HomeMy WebLinkAboutORD 6070CITYOFRENTON,WASHINGTONORDINANCENO.6070ANORDINANCEOFTHECITYOFRENTON,WASHINGTON,AMENDINGSUBSECTIONS4-6-030.CAND4-6-030.1ANDSECTION4-11-190OFTHERENTONMUNICIPALCODE,ADOPTINGBYREFERENCETHE2022CITYOFRENTONSURFACEWATERDESIGNMANUAL,ANDADOPTINGBYREFERENCETHEJULY2021KINGCOUNTYSTORMWATERPOLLUTIONPREVENTIONMANUAL,AUTHORIZINGCORRECTIONS,PROVIDINGFORSEVERABILITY,ANDESTABLISHINGANEFFECTIVEDATE.WHEREAS,theSurfaceWaterUtilityisupdatingtheCityofRentonSurfaceWaterDesignManualfRSWDM);andWHEREAS,theRSWDMisusedbyprivatedevelopersandtheCitywhendesigningnewstormsystems,upgradingexistingstormwaterinfrastructure,orperformingdrainagereviewonprojects;andWHEREAS,theCity’scurrent(2019-2024)MunicipalStormwaterPermit,issuedbytheDepartmentofEcology,requirestheadoptionofamanualequivalenttothe2019EcologyStormwaterManagementManualforWesternWashington(SWMMWW);andWHEREAS,withthisOrdinancetheCityprimarilyseekstoupdatetheCity’sSurfaceWaterDesignManualforconsistencywiththeSWMMWW,andreviseRMC4-6-030,Drainage(SurfaceWater)Standards,andRMC4-11-190,Definitions5,forconsistencywiththeRSWDMupdate;andWHEREAS,thismatterwasdulyreferredtothePlanningCommissionforinvestigationandstudy,andthematterwasconsideredbythePlanningCommission;andWHEREAS,pursuanttoRCW36.70A.106,onMay13,2022,theCitynotifiedtheStateofWashingtonofitsintenttoadoptamendmentstoitsdevelopmentregulations;and1
ORDINANCENO.6070WHEREAS,thePlanningCommissionheldapublichearingonMay18,2022,consideredallrelevantmatters,andheardallpartiesinsupportoropposition,andsubsequentlyforwardedarecommendationtotheCityCouncil;NOW,THEREFORE,THECITYCOUNCILOFTHECITYOFRENTON,WASHINGTON,DOORDAINASFOLLOWS:SECTIONI.AllportionsoftheRentonMunicipalCodeinthisordinancenotshowninstrikethroughandunderlineeditsremainineffectandunchanged.SECTIONII.Subsections4-6-030.Cand4-6-030.1oftheRentonMunicipalCodeareamendedasshownbelow.Allotherprovisionsin4-6-030remainineffectandunchanged.C.ADOPTIONOFSURFACEWATERDESIGNMANUAL:The2016KingCounty,Washington,SurfaceWaterDesignManualasitexistsormaybeamendedbytheCityofRentonAmendmentstotheKingCountySurfaceWaterDesignManual,dated-‘r12,2016,‘-onDecember13,2021,isadoptedbyreferenceandreferredtohereafterasytheCityofRentonforconsistencywiththecurrentversionoftheKingCountySurfaceWaterDesignManual.TheSurfaceWaterDesignManualshallbefiledwiththeCityClerkandavailableforviewingontheCity’swebsite.I.ADOPTIONOFSTORMWATERPOLLUTIONPREVENTIONMANUAL:TheApril2016July2021KingCountyStormwaterPollutionPreventionManual,herebyreferredtoastheStormwaterPollutionPreventionManual,isherebyadoptedbyreference.OnecopyofthemanualshallbefiledwiththeCityClerk.2
ORDINANCENO.6070SECTIONIII.Thedefinitionof“SurfaceWaterDesignManual”insection4-11-190oftheRentonMunicipalCodeisamendedasshownbelow.Allotherdefinitionsin4-11-190remainineffectandunchanged.SURFACEWATERDESIGNMANUALAmanual,asitexistsormaybeamended,adoptedbyreferencebytheCityofRenton,whichprovidesstormwaterpermitimplementationandmanagementguidanceconsistentwiththecurrentversionoftheKingCountySurfaceWaterDesignManual.Shallbcthe2016KingCounty,Washington,SurfaceWaterDc5ignManual,amendedbytheCityofRcntonAmcndmenttotheKingCountySurfaceWaterDesignManual,datedD...........i.....12,2016.SECTIONIV.The2022CityofRentonSurfaceWaterDesignManual,attachedheretoasAttachmentAandincorporatedbythisreference,isherebyadopted.SECTIONV.TheJuly2021KingCountyStormwaterPollutionPreventionManual,attachedheretoasAttachmentBandincorporatedbythisreference,isherebyadopted.SECTIONVI.UponapprovaloftheCityAttorney,theCityClerkisauthorizedtodirectthecodifiertomakenecessarycorrectionstothisordinance,includingthecorrectionsofscrivenersorclericalerrors;referencestootherlocal,state,orfederallaws,codes,rules,orregulations;orordinancenumberingandsection/subsectionnumberingandreferences.SECTIONVII.Ifanysection,subsection,sentence,clause,phrase,orwordofthisordinanceshouldbeheldtobeinvalidorunconstitutionalbyacourtorcompetentjurisdiction,suchinvalidityorunconstitutionalitythereofshallnotaffecttheconstitutionalityofanyothersection,subsection,sentence,clause,phrase,orwordofthisordinance.3
ORDINANCENO.6070SECTIONVIII.Thisordinanceshallbeinfullforceandeffectfive(5)daysafterpublicationofasummaryofthisordinanceintheCity’sofficialnewspaper.Thesummaryshallconsistofthisordinance’stitle.PASSEDBYTHECITYCOUNCILthis13thdayof2022.ia/onA.SerfCityClerkAPPROVEDBYTHEMAYORthisl3thdayofiune,20/2.Approvedastoform:ShaneMoloney,CityAttorneyDateofPublication:June16,2022(Summary)ORD-CED:2218:6/7/224
ATTACHMENT A
2022 CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
CITY OF RENTON
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
SURFACE WATER UTILITY
Adopted on June 22, 2022
Note:
Some pages in this document have been purposely skipped or blank pages inserted so that this
document will copy correctly when duplexed.
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
INTRODUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
AND OVERVIEW
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS AND OVERVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
Section Page 1.4 Adjustment Process 1-99
1.4.1 Adjustment Authority 1-99
1.4.2 Criteria for Granting Adjustments 1-99
1.4.3 Adjustment Application Process 1-100
1.4.4 Adjustment Review Process 1-101
1.4.5 Appeals 1-101
1.1 Drainage Review 1-11
1.1.1 Projects Requiring Drainage Review 1-12
1.1.2 Drainage Review Types and
Requirements 1-12
1.1.3 Drainage Review Required By Other
Agencies 1-22
1.1.4 Drainage Design Beyond Minimum
Compliance 1-22
1.2 Core Requirements 1-23
1.2.1 Core Requirement #1: Discharge at the
Natural Location 1-23
1.2.2 Core Requirement #2: Offsite Analysis 1-24
1.2.3 Core Requirement #3: Flow Control
Facilities 1-35
1.2.4 Core Requirement #4: Conveyance
System 1-50
1.2.5 Core Requirement #5: Construction
Stormwater Pollution Prevention 1-54
1.2.6 Core Requirement #6: Maintenance and
Operations 1-59
1.2.7 Core Requirement #7: Financial
Guarantees and Liability 1-61
1.2.8 Core Requirement #8: Water Quality
Facilities 1-63
1.2.9 Core Requirement #9: On-Site BMPs 1-73
1.3 Special Requirements 1-89
1.3.1 Special Requirement #1: Other Adopted
Area-Specific Requirements 1-89
1.3.2 Special Requirement #2: Flood Hazard
Area Delineation 1-90
1.3.3 Special Requirement #3: Flood
Protection Facilities 1-91
1.3.4 Special Requirement #4: Source
Controls 1-92
1.3.5 Special Requirement #5: Oil Control 1-94
1.3.6 Special Requirement #6: Aquifer
Protection Area 1-97
TABLE OF CONTENTS AND OVERVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DRAINAGE PLAN SUBMITTAL
CHAPTER 3
HYDROLOGIC ANALYSIS & DESIGN
Section Page Section Page
2.1 Plans for Permits and Drainage
Review 2-3
2.1.1 Plans Required for Pre-Application
Submittal 2-3
2.1.2 Site Plans Required for Drainage
Review 2-3
2.2 Plans Required with Construction
Permit Application 2-5
2.2.1 Subdivision, PUD, and Binding Site
Plans 2-6
2.2.2 Short Subdivisions 2-7
2.2.3 Commercial Site Development 2-7
2.2.4 Single-Family Residential 2-7
2.2.5 Other Permits 2-7
2.3 Drainage Review Plan Specifications 2-9
2.3.1 Engineering Plan Specifications 2-10
2.3.2 Projects in Targeted Drainage Review
(TDR) 2-35
2.4 Plans Required After Drainage
Review 2-37
2.4.1 Plan Changes After Permit Issuance 2-37
2.4.2 Final Corrected Plan Submittal 2-37
2.4.3 Final Plat, Short Plat, and Binding Site
Plan Submittals 2-38
3.1 Hydrologic Design Standards and
Principles 3-3
3.1.1 Hydrologic Impacts and Mitigation 3-3
3.1.2 Flow Control Standards 3-5
3.1.3 Hydrologic Analysis Using Continuous
Models 3-5
3.2 Runoff Computation and Analysis
Methods 3-9
3.2.1 Rational Method 3-11
3.2.2 Continuous Models and the Runoff
Files Method 3-19
3.2.3 The Approved Model 3-30
3.2.4 The HSPF Model 3-30
3.3 Hydrologic Design Procedures and
Considerations 3-33
3.3.1 General Hydrologic Design Process 3-33
3.3.2 Flow Control Design Using the Runoff
Files Method 3-34
3.3.3 Conveyance System Design with the
Runoff Files Method 3-37
3.3.4 Safety Factors in Hydrologic Design 3-38
3.3.5 Design Options for Addressing
Downstream Drainage Problems 3-38
3.3.6 Point of Compliance Analysis 3-38
3.3.7 Onsite Closed Depressions and
Ponding Areas 3-41
TABLE OF CONTENTS AND OVERVIEW
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 4
CONVEYANCE SYSTEM ANALYSIS &
DESIGN
CHAPTER 5
FLOW CONTROL DESIGN
Section Page Section Page
4.1 Route Design and Easement
Requirements 4-3
4.1.1 Route Design 4-3
4.1.2 Easement and Setback Requirements 4-3
4.2 Pipes, Outfalls, and Pumps 4-7
4.2.1 Pipe Systems 4-7
4.2.2 Outfall Systems 4-30
4.2.3 Pump Systems 4-36
4.3 Culverts and Bridges 4-37
4.3.1 Culverts 4-37
4.3.2 Culverts Providing for Fish
Passage/Migration 4-50
4.3.3 Bridges 4-52
4.4 Open Channels, Floodplains, and
Floodways 4-55
4.4.1 Open Channels 4-55
4.4.2 Floodplain/Floodway Analysis 4-71
5.1 Detention Facilities 5-3
5.1.1 Detention Ponds 5-3
5.1.2 Detention Tanks 5-17
5.1.3 Detention Vaults 5-21
5.1.4 Control Structures 5-25
5.1.5 Parking Lot Detention 5-35
5.1.6 Roof Detention 5-35
5.1.7 Simple Detention Pond for Cleared
Areas 5-35
5.1.8 Alternative Detention Systems 5-42
5.2 Infiltration Facilities 5-45
5.2.1 General Requirements for Infiltration
Facilities 5-45
5.2.2 Infiltration Ponds 5-56
5.2.3 Infiltration Tanks 5-59
5.2.4 Infiltration Vaults 5-62
5.2.5 Infiltration Trenches 5-64
5.2.6 Alternative Infiltration Systems 5-65
5.2.7 Small Infiltration Basins 5-66
TABLE OF CONTENTS AND OVERVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 6
WATER QUALITY DESIGN
Section Page Section Page
6.1 Water Quality Menus 6-3
6.1.1 Basic Water Quality Menu 6-5
6.1.2 Enhanced Basic Water Quality Menu 6-8
6.1.3 Sensitive Lake Protection Menu 6-10
6.1.4 Sphagnum Bog Protection Menu 6-14
6.1.5 High-Use Menu 6-16
6.1.6 Pretreatment Facilities 6-18
6.2 General Requirements for WQ
Facilities 6-19
6.2.1 Water Quality Design Flows and
Treatment Volumes 6-19
6.2.2 Sequence of Facilities 6-22
6.2.3 Setbacks, Slopes, and Embankments 6-24
6.2.4 Facility Liners 6-28
6.2.5 Flow Splitter Designs 6-32
6.2.6 Flow Spreading Options 6-36
6.3 Vegetated Flowpath Facility Designs 6-41
6.3.1 Basic Bioswales 6-41
6.3.2 Wet Bioswales 6-57
6.3.3 Lateral Inflow Bioswales 6-59
6.3.4 Standard Filter Strips 6-60
6.3.5 Narrow Area Filter Strips 6-68
6.4 Wetpool Facility Designs 6-69
6.4.1 Wetponds — Basic and Large 6-69
6.4.2 Wetvaults 6-84
6.4.3 Stormwater Wetlands 6-90
6.4.4 Combined Detention and Wetpool
Facilities 6-96
6.5 Filtration Facility Designs 6-101
6.5.1 General Requirements For Filtration
Facilities 6-101
6.5.2 Sand Filters — Basic and Large 6-102
6.5.3 Sand Filter Vaults 6-118
6.5.4 Linear Sand Filters 6-123
6.6 Oil Control Facility Designs 6-127
6.6.1 Catch Basin Inserts 6-127
6.6.2 Oil/Water Separators 6-127
6.7 Proprietary Facility Designs 6-141
6.7.1 Ecology Requirements 6-141
6.7.2 City of Renton Requirements 6-141
6.8 Bioretention Facility Designs 6-145
6.8.1 Bioretention 6-145
6.9 WSDOT WQ Facility Designs 6-159
6.9.1 Media Filter Drain 6-159
6.9.2 Compost-Amended Filter Strips 6-169
6.9.3 Compost-Amended Biofiltration Swales 6-170
TABLE OF CONTENTS AND OVERVIEW
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
DEFINITIONS
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A
Maintenance Requirements for Stormwater
Facilities and On-site BMPs
APPENDIX B
Master Drainage Plan Objective, Criteria,
Components and Review Process
APPENDIX C
Simplified Drainage Requirements
APPENDIX D
Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention
Standards
REFERENCE
1. Surface Water Runoff Policy
2. Adopted Critical Drainage Areas
3. Other Adopted Area Specific Drainage
Requirements
4. Other Drainage Related Regulations and
Guidelines
A Grading Code Soil Amendment Standard
B Clearing & Grading Seasonal Limitations
C Landscape Management Plan Guidelines
D Shared Facility Maintenance Responsibility
Guidance
5. Wetland Hydrology Protection Guidelines
6. Hydrologic/Hydraulic Design Methods
A Infiltration Rate Test Methods
B Pond Geometry Equations
C Introduction to Level Pool Routing
D Supplemental Modeling Guidelines
REFERENCE (continued)
7. Engineering Plan Support
A King County Standard Map Symbols
B Standard Plan Notes and Example Construction
Sequence
C Stormfilter Facility Access and Cartridge
Configuration
8. Forms and Worksheets
A Technical Information Report (TIR) Worksheet
B Offsite Analysis Drainage System Table
C Water Quality Facility Sizing Worksheets
D Flow Control and Water Quality Facility
Summary Sheet and Sketch
E CSWPP Worksheet Forms
F Adjustment Application Form and Process
Guidelines
G Dedication and Indemnification Clause –
Final Recording
H Bond Quantities Worksheet
I Maintenance and Defect Agreement
J Drainage Facility Covenant
K Drainage Release Covenant
L Drainage Easement
M On-Site BMP Covenant and Maintenance
Instructions (recordable format)
N Impervious Surface Limit Covenant
O Clearing Limit Covenant
P River Protection Easement
Q Leachable Metals Covenant
R Agreement to Construct Improvements
9. Interim Changes to Requirements
A Blanket Adjustments
B Administrative Changes
10. King County-Identified Water Quality Problems
11. Materials
A (VACANT)
B (VACANT)
C Bioretention Soil Media Standard
Specifications
D (VACANT)
E Roofing Erodible or Leachable Materials
TABLE OF CONTENTS AND OVERVIEW
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
12. (VACANT)
13. (VACANT)
14. Supplemental Approved Facilities
A City of Renton Approved Proprietary Facilities
for Use on Private Development Projects
B City of Renton Approved Proprietary Facilities
for Use in Public Projects
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1
INTRODUCTION
OVERVIEW
The intent of this document is to provide requirements and guidance for the design, construction, and
maintenance of on-site best management practices (BMPs), flow control facilities and water quality
treatment facilities that are approved through the development permit process. This document is based on
the 2021 King County Surface Water Design Manual with some modifications. Revisions have been made
to the 2021 King County Surface Water Manual to reflect City of Renton-specific requirements.
PURPOSE OF AND NEED FOR THIS DOCUMENT
The City’s adoption this manual is required to comply with federal stormwater regulations. Specifically,
the City’s Phase II National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) municipal stormwater
permit establishes regulations for jurisdictions that:
1. Own and operate a storm drain system;
2. Discharge to surface waters;
3. Are located in urbanized areas; and
4. Have a population greater than 1,000.
Washington State’s Department of Ecology (Ecology), who oversees stormwater requirements in the state,
has developed the 2019 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington, which complies with
the NPDES requirements. In addition, Ecology has approved the 2021 King County Surface Water Design
Manual as equivalent to the 2019 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington.
ORGANIZATION
The chapters of this manual are organized as follows:
Chapter 1 – DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
Describes the basic drainage requirements that implement the City of Renton’s adopted
surface water runoff policies and explains how these requirements are applied to
proposed projects through the drainage review process.
Chapter 2 – DRAINAGE PLAN SUBMITTAL
Describes the requirements and specifications for submittal of design plans for drainage
review, including report and plan formats, and scopes.
Chapter 3 – HYDROLOGIC ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
INTRODUCTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2
Presents the acceptable methods of hydrologic analysis used to estimate runoff and
design flow control, conveyance, and water quality facilities.
Chapter 4 – CONVEYANCE SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Presents the acceptable methods, details, and criteria for analysis and design of
conveyance systems.
Chapter 5 – FLOW CONTROL DESIGN
Presents the acceptable methods, details, and criteria for analysis and design of flow
control facilities.
Chapter 6 – WATER QUALITY DESIGN
Presents the acceptable methods, details, and criteria for analysis and design of water
quality facilities.
DEFINITIONS – A comprehensive list of the words, terms, and abbreviations accompanied by their
meaning as applied in this manual.
APPENDICES:
APPENDIX A – MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND
ON-SITE BMPs
Contains the thresholds and standards for maintenance of all flow control facilities,
on-site BMPs, conveyance systems, and water quality facilities required in this
manual.
APPENDIX B – MASTER DRAINAGE PLAN OBJECTIVES, CRITERIA AND COMPONENTS,
AND REVIEW PROCESS
Describes in a general outline, the objectives, criteria, components and review
process for Master Drainage Plans prepared for Urban Planned Developments and
very large projects.
APPENDIX C – SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
Describes, the simplified drainage requirements for smaller projects that qualify for
Simplified Drainage Review.
APPENDIX D – CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
STANDARDS
Describes, the required measures to be implemented during construction to prevent
discharges of sediment-laden runoff from the project site. It also describes
effective management practices for spill control and chemical pollutants used
during construction that may be needed to supplement the required erosion and
sedimentation control measures.
REFERENCE – Includes materials that are strictly for reference only and have not been adopted by the public
rule adopting this manual. The applicant is responsible to ensure that the most current materials
are used in preparing a permit application.
KEY REVISIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3
KEY REVISIONS
This section identifies the key revisions that the City has made to the 2021 King County Surface Water
Design Manual. These revisions were necessary to address specific City of Renton requirements and to
address deficiencies within the 2021 King County Surface Water Design Manual.
1. Aquifer Protection Area – The City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual includes an additional
special requirement (Special Requirement #6) related to the Aquifer Protection Area. Certain facilities
are restricted in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area or may require a liner in Zone 1 Modified or
Zone 2 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
2. On-site BMPs – Core Requirement #9 was renamed to On-site BMPs instead of Flow Control BMPs
to avoid confusion with Flow Control Facilities (Core Requirement #3).
3. Additional On-site BMP Options for Core Requirement #9 –
a) Rain Gardens
b) Soil Amendment (included in King County Code, but details were not included in the King
County Surface Water Design Manual)
c) Tree Retention Credit
d) Vegetated Roofs (optional)
4. LID Performance Standard – The LID performance standard is optional, but is not required for any
projects located within the City of Renton.
5. Flow Control Standards – The City developed specific terminology for flow control standards in
Core Requirement #3:
a) Flow Control Duration Standard – Matching Forested Site Conditions
b) Flow Control Duration Standard – Matching Existing Site Conditions
c) Peak Rate Flow Control Standard – Matching Existing Site Conditions
d) Flood Problem Flow Control Standard
6. Additional Water Quality Facility Options for Core Requirement #8 –
a) The following facilities are available as options on the Basic WQ Menu:
i. Bioretention
ii. WSDOT WQ Facilities – Media Filter Drain, Compost-amended Vegetated Filter Strips, and
Compost-amended Biofiltration Swales
b) The following facilities are available as options on the Enhanced Basic WQ Menu:
i. Bioretention
ii. Proprietary Facilities
iii. WSDOT WQ Facilities – Media Filter Drain, Compost-amended Vegetated Filter Strips, and
Compost-amended Biofiltration Swales
c) The following facilities are available as options on the Sensitive Lake Protection Menu:
i. Proprietary Facilities
7. Proprietary Facilities – Added specific proprietary facilities to Chapter 6, Appendix A, and
Reference Section 14-A.
8. Alternative Detention and Infiltration Systems – Revised Section 5.2.6 Alternative Infiltration
Systems and added new Section 5.1.8 Alternative Detention Systems for proprietary flow control
facilities that deviate from the standard design requirements for other flow control facilities.
INTRODUCTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4
9. Element #11 of Core Requirement #2 – This Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention element
was modified to be more inclusive of other infiltration facilities that are not considered to be On-site
BMPs.
10. Bioretention Design and Construction – The City incorporated the following modifications to the
bioretention design site suitability factors and design criteria:
a) Specific information added regarding perpendicular utility crossings
b) Minimum bottom with is 18 inches
c) Minimum ponding depth is 2 inches
d) Maximum side slopes are 2.5 to 1
e) Minimum berm top width is 6 inches
f) Minimum shoulder between road edge and bioretention side slope is 6 inches
g) Water tolerant plant list has been revised
h) Underdrains are allowed for bioretention facilities designed to meet Core Requirement #8
i) Added a section on construction sequencing
11. Permeable Pavement Design and Construction – The City incorporated the following modifications
to the permeable pavement design criteria:
a) Run-on is not allowed from pervious surfaces
b) Underdrains are allowed in specific settings
c) Added design criteria regarding the overflow
d) Added figures depicting permeable pavement cross sections and permeable pavement with check
dams
e) Added a reference to ASTM C1701 and ASTM C1781 for infiltration rate verification
f) Added a section on construction sequencing
12. Core Requirement #6 and #7 – Language specific to the City of Renton has been incorporated into
Core Requirement #6 (Maintenance and Operations) and Core Requirement #7 (Financial Guarantees
and Liabilities).
13. Basic WQ Thresholds – The thresholds for basic WQ treatment in Core Requirement #8 have been
adjusted for consistency with the Amendments to the 2009 King County Surface Water Design
Manual and the 2012 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington, as amended in 2014.
14. Target impervious surface – The City of Renton does not require including existing impervious
surfaces added on or after January 8, 2001 in the definition of target impervious surfaces.
15. Continuous modeling timestep – Precipitation with a 15-minute precipitation is available for the
entire City of Renton, so references to the 1-hour timestep were removed.
16. Continuous modeling precipitation series – The City of Renton allows either rain gage data (Sea-
Tac Airport) or the 158-year extended precipitation timeseries (Puget East) to be used for modeling.
17. Allowable pipe materials – The City of Renton added a table of allowable pipe materials and
minimum cover to Chapter 4.
18. Conveyance requirements – The City of Renton added requirements to Chapter 4 for changes in pipe
size, structures, pipe cover, pipe clearances, pipe system connections, and pump systems.
19. Fencing requirements – The City of Renton added specific fencing requirements to Chapter 5 and
Chapter 6 for detention ponds and wet ponds related to a City policy decision.
KEY REVISIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5
20. Seeding – The City of Renton revised seeding rates, timing, and mixes in Chapter 5, Chapter 6, and
Appendix C, and Appendix D.
21. Removing terminology that does not apply – Terminology related to the Urban Growth Area, Urban
Planned Development (UPD), Agricultural Projects, Critical Drainage Areas, Large Rural Lots,
Stormwater Compliance Plans (SWCPs), Experimental Design Adjustments, recreational tracts, and
Landscape Management Plan was removed.
22. Removed BMPs that do not apply – Catch Basin Inserts (Chapter 6), Narrow Area Filter Strips
(Chapter 6), and Farmland Dispersion (Appendix C).
23. References
a) Provided links to the City’s website for covenants, easements, agreements, and worksheets
OTHER APPLICABLE REFERENCES
The City also adopts, by reference, the 2021 King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual with
amendments, for determining source control requirements.
INTRODUCTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CHAPTER 1
DRAINAGE REVIEW
AND REQUIREMENTS
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
Section Page
1.1 Drainage Review 1-11
1.1.1 Projects Requiring Drainage Review 1-12
1.1.2 Drainage Review Types and
Requirements 1-12
1.1.3 Drainage Review Required By Other
Agencies 1-22
1.1.4 Drainage Design Beyond Minimum
Compliance 1-22
1.2 Core Requirements 1-23
1.2.1 Core Requirement #1: Discharge at the
Natural Location 1-23
1.2.2 Core Requirement #2: Offsite Analysis 1-24
1.2.3 Core Requirement #3: Flow Control
Facilities 1-35
1.2.4 Core Requirement #4: Conveyance
System 1-50
1.2.5 Core Requirement #5: Construction
Stormwater Pollution Prevention 1-54
1.2.6 Core Requirement #6: Maintenance and
Operations 1-59
1.2.7 Core Requirement #7: Financial
Guarantees and Liability 1-61
1.2.8 Core Requirement #8: Water Quality
Facilities 1-63
1.2.9 Core Requirement #9: On-Site BMPs 1-73
1.3 Special Requirements 1-89
1.3.1 Special Requirement #1: Other Adopted
Area-Specific Requirements 1-89
1.3.2 Special Requirement #2: Flood Hazard
Area Delineation 1-90
1.3.3 Special Requirement #3: Flood
Protection Facilities 1-91
1.3.4 Special Requirement #4: Source
Controls 1-92
1.3.5 Special Requirement #5: Oil Control 1-94
1.3.6 Special Requirement #6: Aquifer
Protection Area 1-97
1.4 Adjustment Process 1-99
1.4.1 Adjustment Authority 1-99
1.4.2 Criteria for Granting Adjustments 1-99
1.4.3 Adjustment Application Process 1-100
1.4.4 Adjustment Review Process 1-101
1.4.5 Appeals 1-101
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-1
CHAPTER 1
DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
This chapter describes the drainage review procedures and types, the drainage requirements, and the
adjustment procedures necessary to implement surface water runoff policies codified in Chapter 4-6-030
of the City of Renton Municipal Code (RMC). It also provides direction for implementing the more
detailed procedures and design criteria found in subsequent chapters of this manual.
Chapter Organization
The information presented in Chapter 1 is organized into four main sections as follows:
Section 1.1, “Drainage Review”
Section 1.2, “Core Requirements”
Section 1.3, “Special Requirements”
Section 1.4, “Adjustment Process”
Each of these sections begins on an odd page so the user can insert tabs if desired for quicker reference.
Formatting of Chapter Text
The text of Chapter 1 and subsequent chapters has been formatted using the following conventions to aid
the user in finding, understanding, and properly applying the thresholds, requirements, and procedures
contained in this manual:
Italic is used to highlight the following: (a) terms when they are first introduced and defined within
the same paragraph; (b) special notes that supplement or clarify thresholds, requirements, and
procedures; (c) sentences considered important for purposes of understanding thresholds,
requirements, and procedures; and (d) titles of publications.
Bold italic is used to highlight terms considered key to understanding and applying drainage review
thresholds, requirements, and procedures. These are called “key terms” and are defined below. This
convention applies after the key term is defined and does not necessarily apply to tables and figures.
Bold is used to highlight words and phrases that are not key terms but are considered important to
emphasize for purposes of finding and properly applying thresholds, requirements, and procedures.
Key Terms and Definitions (a complete list of definitions follows Chapter 6)
Proper application of the drainage review and requirements in this chapter requires an understanding of the
following key terms and their definitions. Other key terms may be defined in subsequent chapters. All
such key terms are highlighted in bold italic throughout the manual. Other important terms that are not key
terms are defined in the text when they are first introduced. These are highlighted in italic when they are
first introduced but are not highlighted throughout the manual. All terms defined in this chapter are also
found in the “Definitions” section of this manual as are other important terms defined throughout the
Manual.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-2
Aquifer Protection Area (APA) means the portion of an aquifer within the zone of capture and recharge
area for a well or well field owned or operated by the City of Renton, as depicted in the Wellhead
Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Arterial – A high traffic-volume road or street primarily for through traffic. The term generally includes
roads or streets considered collectors. It does not include local access roads which are generally
limited to providing access to abutting property. Arterial streets are depicted in the Arterials layer of
COR Maps (<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Bioretention – An on-site and water quality treatment best management practice consisting of a shallow
landscaped depression designed to temporarily store and promote infiltration of stormwater runoff.
Standards for bioretention design, including soil mix, plants, storage volume and feasibility criteria,
are specified in Appendix C of this manual. Bioretention can be used to meet Core Requirement #3,
#8 and/or 9.
CED means the Community and Economic Development Department.
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) means an individual who has current certification
through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the minimum training
standards established by the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology). A CESCL is
knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment control. The CESCL must have
the skills to assess site conditions and construction activities that could impact the quality of
stormwater and, the effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures used to control the quality
of stormwater discharges. Certification is obtained through an Ecology approved erosion and sediment
control course.
Civil engineer means a person licensed by the state of Washington as a professional engineer in civil
engineering.
Construct or modify means to install a new drainage pipe or ditch or make improvements to an existing
drainage pipe or ditch, for purposes other than maintenance, that either serves to concentrate
previously unconcentrated surface water or stormwater runoff or serves to increase, decrease or
redirect the conveyance of surface water or stormwater runoff.
Conveyance system nuisance problem means a flooding or erosion problem that does not constitute a
severe flooding problem or severe erosion problem and that results from the overflow of a
constructed conveyance system for runoff events less than or equal to a 10-year event. Examples
include inundation of a shoulder or lane of a roadway, overflows collecting in yards or pastures,
shallow flows across driveways, minor flooding of crawl spaces or unheated garages/outbuildings, and
minor erosion.
Development The division of a parcel of land into two (2) or more parcels; the construction,
reconstruction, conversion, structural alteration, relocation or enlargement of any structure; any
mining, excavation, landfill or land disturbance and any use or extension of the use of land.
Development review engineer – The City of Renton employee responsible for the conditioning, review,
inspection, and approval of right-of-way use permits, and road and drainage improvements
constructed as part of development permits administered by CED.
Effective impervious surface – Those impervious surfaces that are connected via sheet flow or discrete
conveyance to a drainage system. Impervious surfaces are considered ineffective if: 1) the runoff is
fully dispersed as described in Appendix C of this manual; 2) residential roof runoff is infiltrated in
accordance with the full infiltration BMP described in Appendix C of this manual; or 3) approved
continuous runoff modeling methods indicate that the entire runoff file is infiltrated.
Erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or chemicals are those materials or substances that, when
exposed to rainfall, measurably alter the physical or chemical characteristics of the rainfall runoff
(Examples include but are not limited to erodible soil, uncovered process wastes, manure, fertilizers,
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-3
oily substances, ashes, kiln dust, garbage dumpster leakage, commercial-scale vehicle and animal
wash waste, galvanized structural, architectural, cabinet, and utility steel, architectural copper, bronze,
brass, and lead, treated lumber, etc.).
Erosion hazard area is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is applied
to areas underlain by soils that are subject to severe erosion when disturbed. Erosion hazard areas are
depicted in the Erosion Hazard - High layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Existing site conditions means those that existed prior to May 1979 as determined from aerial photographs
and, if necessary, knowledge of individuals familiar with the area, unless a drainage plan for land
cover changes has been approved by the City of Renton since May 1979 as part of a City permit or
approval (or County-approved permit if in an area that has been annexed by the City). If so, existing
site conditions are those created by the site improvements and drainage facilities constructed per the
approved drainage plan.
Exposed means subject to direct or blown-in precipitation and/or direct or blown in runoff. Not fully
covered.
Exposed area or exposed material means not covered sufficiently to shield from rainfall and stormwater
runoff. At a minimum, full coverage to not be considered exposed requires a roof with enough
overhang in conjunction with walls of sufficient height to prevent rainfall blow-in; and the walls must
extend into the ground or to a berm or footing to prevent runoff from being blown in or from running
onto the covered area.
Flood hazard area is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is applied
to areas subject to flooding. Flood hazard areas are depicted in the Flood layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Flow control facility means a drainage facility designed in accordance with the drainage requirements in
this manual to mitigate the impacts of increased stormwater runoff generated by site development. A
“flow control facility” is designed either to hold water for a considerable length of time and then
release it by evaporation, plant transpiration or infiltration into the ground or to hold runoff for a short
period of time and then release it to the conveyance system.
Forested site conditions means those that existed on the site prior to any development in the Puget Sound
region, assumed to be forest cover (see “historical site conditions”).
Fully covered means covered sufficiently to shield from rainfall and stormwater runoff. At a minimum,
full coverage requires a roof with enough overhang in conjunction with walls of sufficient height to
prevent rainfall blow-in; and the walls must extend into the ground or to a berm or footing to prevent
runoff from being blown in or from running onto the covered area. Not exposed.
Fully dispersed means the runoff from an impervious surface or nonnative pervious surface has dispersed
per the criteria for fully dispersed surface in Section 1.2.3.2 of this manual.
Groundwater protection areas include the Cedar Valley Sole Source Aquifer Project Review Area
designated by the federal Environmental Protection Agency, Wellfield Capture Zones as mapped by
the Washington State Department of Health, and the Aquifer Protection Areas as mapped by the City.
High-use site means a commercial or industrial site that (1) has an expected average daily traffic (ADT)
count equal to or greater than 100 vehicles per 1,000 square feet of gross building area; (2) is subject
to petroleum storage or transfer in excess of 1,500 gallons per year, not including delivered heating
oil; or (3) is subject to use, storage, or maintenance of a fleet of 25 or more vehicles that are over
10 tons net weight (trucks, buses, trains, heavy equipment, etc.). Also included is any road intersection
with a measured ADT count of 25,000 vehicles or more on the main roadway and 15,000 vehicles or
more on any intersecting roadway, excluding projects proposing primarily pedestrian or bicycle use
improvements. For the purposes of this definition, commercial and industrial site means that portion
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-4
of a site’s developed area associated with an individual commercial or industrial business (e.g., the
area occupied by the business’s buildings and required parking).
Historical site conditions means those that existed on the site prior to any development in the Puget Sound
region. For lands not currently submerged (i.e., outside the ordinary high water mark of a lake,
wetland, or stream), historical site conditions shall be assumed to be forest cover unless reasonable,
historical, site-specific information is provided to demonstrate a different vegetation cover. The
historical site conditions exception in the King County Surface Water Design Manual does not apply
to the City.
Impaired waterbody or impaired receiving water means where the receiving waterbody is either (1) listed
as impaired according to Ecology's Water Quality Assessment categories 2, 4, or 5 for water or
sediment, as documented in the state’s Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and
as displayed in WA Ecology’s electronic database and map viewer of these waterbodies, and/or (2)
where subject to any other local, state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation.
Impervious surface means a non-vegetated surface area that either prevents or retards the entry of water
into the soil mantle as under natural conditions before development; or that causes water to run off the
surface in greater quantities or at an increased rate of flow compared to the flow present under natural
conditions prior to development (see also new impervious surface). Common impervious surfaces
include, but are not limited to, roof, walkways, patios, driveways, parking lots, or storage areas, areas
that are paved, graveled or made of packed or oiled earthen materials or other surfaces that similarly
impede the natural infiltration of surface water or stormwater. For the purposes of flow control and
water quality treatment modeling and applying the impervious surface thresholds and exemptions
contained in this manual, permeable pavement, vegetated roofs, and pervious surfaces with
underdrains designed to collect stormwater runoff are considered impervious surface. An open
uncovered flow control or water quality facility is not considered impervious surface for the purposes
of applying impervious surface thresholds and exemptions but shall be modeled as impervious surface
for the purposes of computing runoff.
Land disturbing activity means any activity that results in a change in the existing soil cover, both
vegetative and non-vegetative, or the existing soil topography. Land disturbing activities include, but
are not limited to demolition, construction, clearing, grading, filling, excavation, and compaction.
Land disturbing activity does not include tilling conducted as part of agricultural practices, landscape
maintenance, or gardening.
Landslide hazard is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is applied to
areas subject to severe risk of landslide due to topography, soil conditions, and geology. Landslide
hazard areas are depicted in the Landslide layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Landslide hazard drainage area means an area where overland flows from a project may pose a
significant threat to health and safety because of its close proximity to a landslide hazard.
Local drainage system means any natural or constructed drainage feature that collects and concentrates
runoff from the site and discharges it downstream.
Low Impact Development (LID) – A stormwater and land use management strategy that strives to mimic
pre-disturbance hydrologic processes of infiltration, filtration, storage, evaporation and transpiration
by emphasizing conservation, use of onsite natural features, site planning, and distributed stormwater
management practices that are integrated into a project design.
LID Best Management Practices – Distributed stormwater management practices, integrated into a
project design, that emphasize pre-disturbance hydrologic processes of infiltration, filtration, storage,
evaporation and transpiration. LID BMPs are referred to as on-site BMPs in this manual and include,
but are not limited to, bioretention, permeable pavements, limited infiltration systems, roof
downspout controls, dispersion, soil quality and depth, and minimum disturbance foundations.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-5
LID Principles – Land use management strategies that emphasize conservation, use of onsite natural
features, and site planning to minimize impervious surfaces, native vegetation loss, and stormwater
runoff.
Maintenance means those usual activities taken to prevent a decline, lapse, or cessation in the use of
currently serviceable structures, facilities, BMPs, equipment, or systems if there is no expansion of
any of these, and there are no significant hydrologic impacts. Maintenance includes the repair or
replacement of non-functional facilities and BMPs, and the replacement of existing structures (e.g.,
catch basins, manholes, culverts) with different types of structures, if the repair or replacement is
required to meet current engineering standards or is required by one or more environmental permits
and the functioning characteristics of the original facility or structure are not changed. For the
purposes of applying this definition to the thresholds and requirements of this manual, CED will
determine whether the functioning characteristics of the original facility, structure, or BMP will
remain sufficiently unchanged to consider replacement as maintenance.
Note: The following pavement maintenance practices are exempt from drainage review:
Pothole and square cut patching
Overlaying existing non-permeable asphalt or non-permeable concrete pavement with asphalt
or concrete without expanding the area of coverage
Shoulder grading
Reshaping/regrading drainage systems
Crack sealing
Resurfacing with in-kind material without expanding the road prism, pavement preservation
activities that do not expand the paved prism
Vegetation maintenance.
The following pavement maintenance practices are not categorically exempt from drainage review:
Removing and replacing a paved surface to base course or lower, or repairing the pavement
base (i.e., “replaced impervious surfaces”).
Extending the edge of pavement without increasing the size of the paved area
Resurfacing that meets the definition of new impervious surface in this manual.
Major receiving water means a large receiving water that has been determined by the City of Renton to be
safe for the direct discharge of increased runoff from a proposed project without a flow control
facility, subject to the restrictions on such discharges set forth in Core Requirement #3, Section 1.2.3.
A list of major receiving waters is provided in Section 1.2.3.1. Major receiving waters are also
considered safe for application of Basic WQ treatment in place of otherwise required Enhanced Basic
WQ treatment (see Section 1.2.8.1), except where the receiving water meets the definition of
impaired waterbody or impaired receiving water, specifically with regard to heavy metals.
Multifamily project (or land use) means any project or land use that requires or would require a
commercial building permit or commercial site development permit for development of residential
dwelling units that are not detached single family dwelling units or attached two-unit (duplex)
buildings.
Native vegetated surface means a surface in which the soil conditions, ground cover, and species of
vegetation are like those of the original native condition for the site. More specifically, this means
(1) the soil is either undisturbed or has been treated according to the “native vegetated landscape”
specifications in Appendix C, Section C.2.1.8; (2) the ground is either naturally covered with
vegetation litter or has been top-dressed between plants with 4 inches of mulch consistent with the
native vegetated landscape specifications in Appendix C; and (3) the vegetation is either (a) comprised
predominantly of plant species, other than noxious weeds, that are indigenous to the coastal region of
the Pacific Northwest and that reasonably could have been expected to occur naturally on the site or
(b) comprised of plant species specified for a native vegetated landscape in Appendix C. Examples of
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-6
these plant species include trees such as Douglas fir, western hemlock, western red cedar, alder, big-
leaf maple and vine maple; shrubs such as willow, elderberry, salmonberry and salal; and herbaceous
plants such as sword fern, foam flower, and fireweed.
Natural discharge area means an onsite area tributary to a single natural discharge location.
Natural discharge location means the location where surface and storm water runoff leaves (or would
leave if not infiltrated or retained) the site or project site under existing site conditions.
New impervious surface means the conversion of a pervious surface to an impervious surface; or the
addition of a more compacted surface, such as resurfacing by upgrading from dirt to gravel, asphalt, or
concrete; upgrading from gravel to asphalt, or concrete; or upgrading from a bituminous surface
treatment (“chip seal”) to asphalt or concrete.
New pervious surface means the conversion of a native vegetated surface or other native surface to a
nonnative pervious surface (e.g., conversion of forest or meadow to pasture land, grass land,
cultivated land, lawn, landscaping, bare soil, etc.), or any alteration of existing nonnative pervious
surface that significantly increases surface and storm water runoff (e.g., conversion of pasture land,
grass land, or cultivated land to lawn, landscaping, or bare soil; or alteration of soil characteristics).
New PGIS means new impervious surface that is pollution-generating impervious surface or any
alteration of existing pollution-generating impervious surface that changes the type of pollutants or
results in increased pollution loads and/or concentrations.
New PGPS means new pervious surface that is pollution-generating pervious surface or any alteration of
existing pollution-generating pervious surface that changes the type of pollutants or results in
increased pollution loads and/or concentrations.
Offsite means any area lying upstream of the site that drains onto the site and any area lying downstream
of the site to which the site drains including frontage improvements.
Onsite means the entire site that includes the proposed development.
On-site BMP means a small scale drainage facility or feature that is part of a development site strategy to
use processes such as infiltration, dispersion, storage, evaporation, transpiration, forest retention, and
reduced impervious surface footprint to mimic pre-developed hydrology and minimize stormwater
runoff.
Permeable pavement means pervious concrete, porous asphalt, permeable pavers or other forms of
pervious or porous paving material intended to allow passage of water through the pavement section.
It often includes an aggregate base that provides structural support and acts as a stormwater reservoir.
Pervious Surface – Any surface material that allows stormwater to infiltrate into the ground. Examples
include lawn, landscape, pasture, and native vegetation areas. This designation excludes permeable
pavement, vegetated roofs, and pervious surfaces with underdrains designed to collect stormwater
runoff (see “impervious surface”).
Pollution-generating impervious surface (PGIS) means an impervious surface considered to be a
significant source of pollutants in stormwater runoff. Such surfaces include those that are subject to
vehicular use, industrial activities, or storage of erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or chemicals
and that receive direct rainfall or the run-on or blow-in of rainfall. A covered parking area would be
considered PGIS if runoff from uphill could regularly run through it or if rainfall could regularly blow
in and wet the pavement surface. Metal roofs are also considered PGIS unless they are coated with an
inert, non-leachable material (see Reference Section 11-E); or roofs that are exposed to the venting of
significant amounts of dusts, mists, or fumes from manufacturing, commercial, or other indoor
activities. PGIS includes vegetated roofs exposed to pesticides, fertilizers, or loss of soil. Other
roofing types that may pose risk but are not currently regulated are listed Reference Section 11-E.
Lawns, landscaping, sports fields, golf courses, and other areas that have modified runoff
characteristics resulting from the addition of underdrains that have the pollution generating
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-7
characteristics described under the “pollution-generating pervious surface” definition are also
considered PGIS.
Pollution-generating pervious surface (PGPS) means a non-impervious surface considered to be a
significant source of pollutants in surface and storm water runoff. Such surfaces include those that are
subject to vehicular use, industrial activities, storage of erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or
chemicals, and that receive direct rainfall or the run-on or blow-in of rainfall; or subject to use of
pesticides and fertilizers, or loss of soil. Such surfaces include, but are not limited to, the lawn and
landscaped areas of residential, commercial, and industrial sites or land uses, golf courses, parks,
sports fields (natural and artificial turf), cemeteries, and grassed modular grid pavement.
Project means any proposed action to alter or develop a site. The proposed action of a permit application
or an approval, which requires drainage review.
Project site means that portion of a site and any offsite areas subject to proposed project activities,
alterations, and improvements including those required by this manual. Offsite areas subject to
proposed project activities, include, but are not limited to, frontage improvements required by the
City.
Rain Garden means a shallow, landscaped depression with compost-amended native soils and adapted
plants. The depression is designed to pond and temporarily store stormwater runoff from adjacent
areas, and to allow stormwater to pass through the amended soil profile. Rain gardens can only be
used to meet Core Requirement #9.
Receiving waters means bodies of water, surface water systems, or groundwater receiving water from
upstream man-made or natural systems.
Redevelopment project means a project that proposes to add, replace, or modify impervious surfaces (e.g.,
building, parking lot) for purposes other than a residential subdivision or maintenance on a site that is
already substantially developed in a manner consistent with its current zoning or with a legal non-
conforming use, or has an existing impervious surface coverage of 35% or more. The following
examples illustrate how this definition may apply to residential and commercial sites.
Redevelopment Project that
Adds New Impervious Surface
Redevelopment Project that
Replaces Impervious Surface
Redevelopment Project that
Adds and Replaces Impervious
Surface
Replaced impervious surface means any existing impervious surface on the project site that is proposed
to be removed and re-established as impervious surface, excluding impervious surface removed for
the sole purpose of installing utilities or performing maintenance on underground infrastructure. For
structures, removed means the removal of buildings down to the foundation. For other impervious
surfaces, removed means the removal down to base course or bare soil. For purposes of this
definition, base course is the layer of crushed rock that typically underlies an asphalt or concrete
pavement. It does not include the removal of pavement material through grinding or other surface
modification unless the entire layer of PCC or AC is removed. Replaced impervious surface also
includes impervious surface that is moved from one location to another on the project site where the
Existing
House
Residential Site
New
Bldg.
Existing
Parking
New
Bldg. Existing
Pervious
Area
(65%)
Existing
Impervious
Area (35%)
Commercial Site
Existing Bldg.
Existing
Parking
New
Parking
Existing
Bldg.
Existing
Impervious
Area (35%)
Commercial Site
New
Bldg.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-8
following two conditions are met: (A) runoff characteristics and volumes remain the same or are
improved in the area where the existing impervious surface is removed , and (B) impervious surface
at the new location is either designated as non-pollution generating or the pollution generating
characteristics remain unchanged compared to that of the original location.
Replaced PGIS means replaced impervious surface that is pollution-generating impervious surface.
Sensitive lake means a designation applied by the City to lakes that are particularly prone to
eutrophication from development-induced increases in phosphorus loading.
Severe building flooding problem means there is flooding of the finished floor area1 of a habitable
building,2 or the electrical/heating system of a habitable building for runoff events less than or equal to
a 100-year event. Examples include flooding of finished floors of homes and commercial or industrial
buildings, or flooding of electrical/heating system components in the crawl space or garage of a home.
Severe erosion problem means there is an open drainage feature with evidence of or potential for
erosion/incision sufficient to pose a sedimentation hazard to downstream conveyance systems or pose
a landslide hazard by undercutting adjacent slopes. Severe erosion problems do not include roadway
shoulder rilling or minor ditch erosion.
Severe flooding problem means a severe building flooding problem or a severe roadway flooding
problem.
Severe roadway flooding problem means there is flooding over all lanes of a roadway,3 or a sole access
driveway4 is severely impacted, for runoff events less than or equal to the 100-year event. A severely
impacted sole access driveway is one in which flooding overtops a culverted section of the driveway,
posing a threat of washout or unsafe access conditions due to indiscernible driveway edges, or
flooding is deeper than 6 inches on the driveway, posing a severe impediment to emergency access.
Single family residential project means any project that (a) constructs or modifies a single family
dwelling unit or attached two-unit (duplex) building, (b) makes improvements (e.g., driveways, roads,
outbuildings, play courts, etc.) or clears native vegetation on a lot that contains or will contain a single
family dwelling unit or attached two-unit (duplex) building, or (c) is a plat, short plat, or boundary line
adjustment that creates or adjusts lots that will contain single family dwelling units or attached two-
unit (duplex) buildings.
Site (a.k.a development site) means a single parcel; or, two or more contiguous parcels that are under
common ownership or documented legal control; or a portion of a single parcel under documented
legal control separate from the remaining parcel, used as a single parcel for a proposed project for
purposes of applying for authority from the City to carry out a proposed project. For projects located
primarily within dedicated rights-of-way, the length of the project site and the right-of-way
boundaries define the site.
Steep slope hazard area is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is
applied to areas where extra protection of sensitive slopes is required. Steep slope hazard areas are
depicted in the Regulated Slopes layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Structure means a catch basin or manhole in reference to a storm drainage system.
1 Finished floor area, for the purposes of defining severe building flooding problem, means any enclosed area of a building
that is designed to be served by the building’s permanent heating or cooling system.
2 Habitable building means any residential, commercial, or industrial building that is equipped with a permanent heating or
cooling system and an electrical system.
3 Roadway, for the purposes of this definition, means the traveled portion of any public or private road or street classified as
such in the City of Renton Standard Details and City of Renton Transportation Department guidelines.
4 Sole access driveway means there is no other unobstructed, flood-free route for emergency access to a habitable building.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-9
Subject to vehicular use means the surface is regularly used by motor vehicles including but not limited to
motorcycles, cars, trucks, busses, aircraft, tractors, and heavy equipment. The following surfaces are
considered regularly used by motor vehicles: roads, un-vegetated road shoulders, bike lanes within the
traveled lane of a roadway, driveways, parking lots, unrestricted access fire lanes, vehicular equipment
storage yards, and airport taxiways and runways. The following surfaces are not considered regularly
used by motor vehicles: paved bicycle pathways separated from and not subject to drainage from
roads for motor vehicles, fenced or restricted access fire lanes, and maintenance access roads with a
recurring use of no more than one routine vehicle access per week.
Target impervious surface means that portion of a site’s new and/or replaced impervious surface from
which runoff impacts are required to be mitigated by a particular set of drainage requirements (flow
control facility, water quality facility, and/or on-site BMP).
Type of Development Target Impervious Surface
New development New plus replaced impervious surface
Redevelopment with < 5,000 sf impervious or
improvements < 50% of the assessed value of
the existing site improvements
New impervious surface
Redevelopment with ≥ 5,000 sf impervious
and improvements ≥ 50% of the assessed
value of the existing site improvements
New plus replaced impervious surface
Target pervious surface means all areas subject to clearing and grading that have not been covered by an
impervious surface, incorporated into a drainage facility, or engineered as structural fill or slope.
Threshold discharge area means an onsite area draining to a single natural discharge location, or
multiple natural discharge locations that combine within one-quarter-mile downstream (as
determined by the shortest flowpath). The examples below illustrate this definition. This term is used
to clarify how the thresholds, exemptions, and exceptions of this manual are applied to project sites
with multiple discharge locations.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-10
Example of a Project Site
with a Single Natural
Discharge and a Single
Threshold Discharge Area
Example of a Project Site
with Multiple Natural
Discharges and a Single
Threshold Discharge Area
Example of a Project Site
with Multiple Natural
Discharges and Multiple
Threshold Discharge Areas
Transportation redevelopment project means a stand-alone transportation improvement project that
proposes to add, replace, or modify impervious surface, for purposes other than maintenance, within
a length of dedicated public or private road right-of-way that has an existing impervious surface
coverage of thirty-five percent or more. Road right-of-way improvements required as part of a
subdivision, commercial, industrial, or multifamily project may not be defined as a separate
transportation redevelopment project.
Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area means the land area situated between a well or well field owned by
the City of Renton and the one-year groundwater travel time contour and not otherwise designated as
Zone 1 Modified, as depicted in the Wellhead Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Zone 1 Modified of the Aquifer Protection Area means the land area situated between a well or well field
owned by the City of Renton and the one-year groundwater travel time contour and designated as
Zone 1 Modified, as depicted in the Wellhead Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Zone 2 of the Aquifer Protection Area means the land area situated between the one-year groundwater
travel time contour and the boundary of the zone of potential capture for a well or well field owned or
operated by the City, as depicted in the Wellhead Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Natural
Discharge
Area
THRESHOLD
DISCHARGE
AREA
(Shaded)
Natural
Discharge
Location
Natural
Discharge
Locations
Natural
Discharge
Area 1
Natural
Discharge
Area 2
THRESHOLD
DISCHARGE
AREA
(Shaded)
Natural
Discharge
Area 1
Natural
Discharge
Area 2
THRESHOLD
DISCHARGE
AREA 1
(Shaded)
THRESHOLD
DISCHARGE
AREA 2
¼ Mile Downstream
(shortest flow path)
Natural
Discharge
Locations
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-11
1.1 DRAINAGE REVIEW
Drainage review is the evaluation by City of Renton staff of a proposed project’s compliance with the
drainage requirements of this manual. The City of Renton department responsible for drainage review is
the Community and Economic Development (CED) Department unless otherwise specified in
RMC 4-6-060. Drainage review by CED is an integral part of its permit review process for development
projects. This section describes when and what type of drainage review is required for a proposed project
and how to determine which drainage requirements apply.
The section covers the following topics related to drainage review:
“Projects Requiring Drainage Review,” Section 1.1.1
“Drainage Review Types and Requirements,” Section 1.1.2
“Drainage Review Required By Other Agencies,” Section 1.1.3
“Drainage Design Beyond Minimum Compliance,” Section 1.1.4
Guide to Using Section 1.1
The following steps are recommended for efficient use of Section 1.1:
1. Determine whether your proposed project is subject to the requirements of this manual by seeing if it
meets any of the thresholds for drainage review specified in Section 1.1.1. Making this
determination requires an understanding of the key terms defined at the beginning of this chapter.
2. If drainage review is required per Section 1.1.1, use the flow chart in Figure 1.1.2.A to determine what
type of drainage review will be conducted by the City. The type of drainage review defines the scope
of drainage requirements that will apply to your project as summarized in Table 1.1.2.A.
3. Check the more detailed threshold information in Section 1.1.2 to verify that you have determined the
correct type of drainage review.
4. After verifying the type of drainage review, use the information in Section 1.1.2 to determine which
core requirements (found in Section 1.2) and which special requirements (found in Section 1.3)
must be evaluated for compliance by your project. To determine how to comply with each applicable
core and special requirement, see the more detailed information on these requirements contained in
Sections 1.2 and 1.3 of this chapter.
SECTION 1.1 DRAINAGE REVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-12
1.1.1 PROJECTS REQUIRING DRAINAGE REVIEW
Drainage review is required for any proposed project (except those proposing only maintenance)
that is subject to a City of Renton development permit or approval, including but not limited to
those listed at right, AND that meets any one of the following conditions:
1. The project adds or will result in 2,000 square feet5 or
more of new impervious surface, replaced impervious
surface, or new plus replaced impervious surface, OR
2. The project proposes 7,000 square feet5 or more of land
disturbing activity, OR
3. The project proposes to construct or modify a drainage
pipe/ditch that is 12 inches or more in size/depth, or
receives storm water runoff or surface water from a
drainage pipe/ditch that is 12 inches or more in
size/depth, OR
4. The project contains or is adjacent to a flood, erosion, or
steep slope hazard area as defined in RMC 4-3-050, or
projects located within a Landslide Hazard Drainage
Area or Aquifer Protection Area, OR
5. Condition #5 does not apply to the City,6 OR
6. The project is a redevelopment project proposing
$100,0007 or more of improvements to an existing high-
use site.
If drainage review is required for the proposed project, the
type of drainage review must be determined based on project
and site characteristics as described in Section 1.1.2. The type
of drainage review defines the scope of drainage requirements
that must be evaluated for compliance with this manual.
1.1.2 DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPES AND
REQUIREMENTS
For most projects resulting in 2,000 square feet or more of new plus replaced impervious surface, the full
range of core and special requirements contained in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 must be evaluated for compliance
through the drainage review process. However, for some types of projects, the scope of requirements
applied is narrowed to allow more efficient, customized review. Each of the following five drainage
review types tailors the review process and application of drainage requirements to a project’s size,
location, type of development, and anticipated impacts to the local and regional surface water system:
“Simplified Drainage Review,” Section 1.1.2.1
“Targeted Drainage Review,” Section 1.1.2.2
“Directed Drainage Review,” Section 1.1.2.3
“Full Drainage Review,” Section 1.1.2.4
“Large Project Drainage Review,” Section 1.1.2.5.
5 The thresholds for new impervious surface, replaced impervious surface, and land disturbing activity shall be applied by
project site and in accordance with the definitions of these surfaces and activities.
6 Footnote 6 is not used.
7 This is the “project valuation” as declared on the permit application submitted to CED. The dollar amount of this threshold may
be adjusted on an annual basis using the local consumer price index (CPI).
City of Renton Permits
and
Approvals
Building Permits/Combination
Building Permits
Construction Permits
Demolition Permits
Flood Control Zone Permits
Grading/Filling Permit
Land Use Permit
Mining, Excavation or Grading Permit
or License
Planned Urban Development
Rezones
Right-of-Way Permits
Right-of-Way Use Application
Site Plan Approvals
Shoreline Permits
Short Subdivision Developments
(Short Plat)
Special Permits
Subdivision Developments (Plats)
Temporary Permits when involving
land disturbance
Other City of Renton permits as
required
1.1.2 DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPES AND REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-13
Each project requires only one of the above drainage review types, with the single exception that a project
that qualifies for Simplified Drainage Review may also require Targeted Drainage Review. Figure 1.1.2.A
can be used to determine which drainage review type is required. However, this may entail consulting the
more detailed thresholds for each review type specified in the above-referenced sections.
Table 1.1.2.A can be used to quickly identify which requirements are applied in each type of drainage
review. The applicant must evaluate the requirements “checked” for a particular drainage review type to
determine what is necessary for compliance.
SECTION 1.1 DRAINAGE REVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-14
FIGURE 1.1.2.A FLOW CHART FOR DETERMINING TYPE OF DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIRED
1.1.2 DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPES AND REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-15
TABLE 1.1.2.A REQUIREMENTS APPLIED UNDER EACH DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPE
Simplified
Single family residential projects that result in 2,000 sf of new plus replaced impervious
surface or 7,000 sf of land disturbing activity but do not exceed the new plus replaced PGIS,
new PGPS, and new pervious surface thresholds specified in Sec. 1.1.2.1. Note: The project may
also be subject to Targeted Drainage Review.
Directed
Single family residential projects that result in 2,000 sf of new plus replaced impervious
surface or 7,000 sf of land disturbing activity that are not subject to Simplified Drainage Review
or Large Project Drainage Review. The project may also be subject to Targeted Drainage Review.
Targeted
New and redevelopment projects that are not subject to Directed, Full or Large Project Drainage
Review, AND have characteristics of one or more of the following categories of projects:
1. Projects containing or adjacent to a flood, erosion, or steep slope hazard area; or projects
within a Landslide Hazard Drainage Area or Aquifer Protection Area .
2. Projects that construct or modify a drainage pipe/ditch that is 12″ or larger or receive runoff
from a 12″ or larger drainage pipe/ditch.
3. Redevelopment projects with $100,000 in improvements to a high-use site.(1)
Full
All projects that result in 2,000 sf of new plus replaced impervious surface or 7,000 sf of land
disturbing activity but are not subject to Simplified Drainage Review, Directed Drainage Review,
OR Large Project Drainage Review.
Large Project Projects that result in 50 acres of new impervious surface within a subbasin or multiple
subbasins that are hydraulically connected.
DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPE
Simplified Directed
Targeted
Full
Large
Project Categ 1 Categ 2 Categ 3
SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE
REQUIREMENTS SEE NOTE 4
CORE REQUIREMENT #1
Discharge at Natural Location (4) (2,3) *(2)
CORE REQUIREMENT #2
Offsite Analysis (4) (2,3) *(2) (3) (3) (3)
CORE REQUIREMENT #3
Flow Control Facilities (4) (2,3) *(2) (3) (3)
CORE REQUIREMENT #4
Conveyance System (4) (2,3) *(2)
CORE REQUIREMENT #5
Construction Stormwater
Pollution Prevention
(4) (2,3)
CORE REQUIREMENT #6
Maintenance & Operations (4) (2,3) *(2)
CORE REQUIREMENT #7
Financial Guarantees & Liability (4) (2,3) *(2) (3) (3) (3) (3)
CORE REQUIREMENT #8
Water Quality Facilities (4) (2,3) *(2) (3) (3)
CORE REQUIREMENT #9
On-site BMPs (4)
SECTION 1.1 DRAINAGE REVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-16
TABLE 1.1.2.A REQUIREMENTS APPLIED UNDER EACH DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPE
DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPE
Simplified Directed
Targeted
Full
Large
Project Categ 1 Categ 2 Categ 3
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #1
Other Adopted Area-Specific
Requirements
(4) (2,3) (3) (3) (3)
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #2
Flood Hazard Area Delineation (4) (2,3) (3) (3) (3)
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #3
Flood Protection Facilities (4) (2,3) (3) (3) (3)
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #4
Source Control (4) (2,3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #5
Oil Control (4) (2,3)
(3) (3) (3)
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #6
Aquifer Protection Areas (2,3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)
(1) Category 3 projects installing oil controls that construct or modify a 12-inch pipe/ditch are also Category 2 projects.
(2) May be applied by CED based on project or site-specific conditions. Documentation of compliance required.
(3) These requirements have exemptions or thresholds that may preclude or limit their application to a specific project.
(4) A proposed project subject to Simplified Drainage Review that complies with the Simplified drainage requirements detailed in Appendix
C is presumed to comply with all the core and special requirements in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 except those requirements that would apply
to the project if it is subject to Targeted Drainage Review as specified in Section 1.1.2.2.
1.1.2.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW
Simplified Drainage Review is for small residential building projects or clearing projects that meet the
threshold requirements below. The core and special requirements applied under Full Drainage Review are
replaced with simplified drainage requirements that can be applied by a non-engineer. These requirements
include simple stormwater dispersion, infiltration, and site design techniques called flow control Best
Management Practices (BMPs), which provide the necessary mitigation of flow and water quality impacts
for small projects. Also included are simple measures for erosion and sediment control (ESC). This
simplified form of drainage review acknowledges that drainage impacts for many small project proposals
can be effectively mitigated without construction of costly flow control and water quality facilities.
The Simplified Drainage Review process minimizes the time and effort required to design, submit, review,
and approve drainage facilities for these proposals. In most cases, the requirements can be met with
submittals prepared by contractors, architects, or homeowners without the involvement of a civil engineer.
Note: some projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review may also require Targeted Drainage Review if
they meet any of the threshold criteria in Section 1.1.2.2.
Threshold
Simplified Drainage Review is required for any single family residential project that will result in
2,000 square feet8 or more of new impervious surface, replaced impervious surface, or new plus replaced
8 The thresholds of 2,000 and 7,000 square feet shall be applied by project site. All other thresholds specified in terms of
square feet of impervious or pervious surface shall be applied by threshold discharge area and in accordance with the
definitions of these surfaces in Section 1.1. Note: the calculation of total impervious surface may exclude any such added
impervious surface that is confirmed by CED staff to be already mitigated by a City approved and inspected flow control facility
or on-site BMP.
1.1.2 DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPES AND REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-17
impervious surface, or 7,000 square feet8 or more of land disturbing activity, AND that meets the
following criteria:
The project will result in less than 5,000 square feet of new plus replaced pollution generating impervious
surface, will result in less than ¾ acre of new pollution generating pervious surfaces, AND meets one of
the following three additional criteria:
1. The project meets the Basic Exemption from flow control in Core Requirement #3 : a) the project
results in less than 5,000 square feet of new plus replaced impervious surface, AND b) less than
¾ acres of new pervious surface will be added. Note the Basic Exemption thresholds are applied by
project site.
2. For projects on predominately till soils:
The project results in no more than 7,947 square feet of target impervious surfaces as defined below
AND proposed pervious area is equal to or less than 14,941 – 1.88 x (total target impervious
surfaces).
3. For projects on predominately outwash soils:
The project results in no more than 6,872 square feet of target impervious surfaces as defined below
AND proposed pervious area is equal to or less than 20,343 – 2.96 x (total target impervious
surfaces).
Determination of Target Impervious Surface
If the project is a New Development project,
then target impervious surfaces include new plus proposed replaced impervious surface.
If the project is a Redevelopment project where
o New impervious surface is less than 5,000 square feet or
o Valuation of improvements is less than 50% of the assessed value of the existing site
improvements,
then target impervious surfaces include new impervious surface.
If the project is a Redevelopment project where
o New impervious surface is greater than or equal to 5,000 square feet and
o Valuation of improvements is greater than or equal to 50% of the assessed value of the existing
site improvements,
then target impervious surfaces include new plus proposed replaced impervious surface.
Note: for the purposes applying this threshold to a proposed single family residential subdivision (i.e., plat
or short plat project), the impervious surface coverage assumed on each created lot shall be 4,000 square
feet or the maximum allowed per RMC 4-2-110A, whichever is less. A lower impervious surface coverage
may be assumed for any lot in which the lower impervious surface coverage is set as the maximum
through a declaration of covenant recorded for the lot. Also, the new pervious surface assumed on each
created lot shall be the entire lot area, except the assumed impervious portion and any portion in which
native conditions are preserved by a clearing limit per RMC IV, a covenant or easement recorded for the
lot, or a tract dedicated by the proposed subdivision.
Scope of Requirements
IF Simplified Drainage Review is required, THEN the proposed project must comply with the simplified
project submittal and drainage design requirements detailed in Simplified Drainage Requirements adopted
as Appendix C to this manual. These requirements include simplified BMPs/measures for flow control and
erosion and sediment control.
Presumption of Compliance with Core and Special Requirements
The simplified drainage requirements applied under Simplified Drainage Review are considered sufficient
to meet the overall intent of the core and special requirements in Sections 1.2 and 1.3, except under certain
SECTION 1.1 DRAINAGE REVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-18
conditions when a proposed project has characteristics that trigger Targeted Drainage Review (see the
threshold for Targeted Drainage Review in Section 1.1.2.2) and may require the involvement of a civil
engineer. Therefore, any proposed project that is subject to Simplified Drainage Review as determined
above and complies with the Simplified drainage requirements detailed in Appendix C is presumed to
comply with all the core and special requirements in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 except those requirements that
would apply to the project if it is subject to Targeted Drainage Review as specified in Section 1.1.2.2.
1.1.2.2 TARGETED DRAINAGE REVIEW
Targeted Drainage Review (TDR) is an abbreviated evaluation by CED permit review staff of a proposed
project’s compliance with selected core and special requirements. Projects subject to this type of drainage
review are typically Simplified Drainage Review proposals or other small projects that have site-specific
or project-specific drainage concerns that must be addressed by a civil engineer or CED engineering
review staff. Under Targeted Drainage Review, engineering costs associated with drainage design and
review are kept to a minimum because the review includes only those requirements that would apply to the
particular project.
Threshold
Targeted Drainage Review is required for any proposed project that is subject to drainage review as
determined in Section 1.1.1, but is not subject to Directed, Full or Large Project Drainage Review as
determined in Sections 1.1.2.3, 1.1.2.4 and 1.1.2.5, AND that has the characteristics of one or more of the
following project categories:
TDR Project Category #1: Projects that contain or are adjacent to a flood hazard, erosion hazard
area, or steep slope hazard area as defined in RMC 4-3-050; OR projects located within a Landslide
Hazard Drainage Area or Aquifer Protection Area. Note: at the discretion of CED, this category may
also include any project in Simplified Drainage Review that has a design or site-specific issue that
must be addressed by a civil engineer. A project is considered adjacent to a flood, erosion, or steep
slope hazard area if any portion of the project site is within 50 feet.
TDR Project Category #2: Projects that propose to construct or modify a drainage pipe/ditch that is
12 inches or more in size/depth or receives surface and storm water runoff from a drainage pipe/ditch
that is 12 inches or more in size/depth.
TDR Project Category #3: Redevelopment projects that propose $100,000 or more of improvements
to an existing high-use site.
Scope of Requirements
IF Targeted Drainage Review is required, THEN the applicant must demonstrate that the proposed project
complies with the selected core and special requirements corresponding to the project category or
categories that best match the proposed project. The project categories and applicable requirements for
each are described below and summarized in Table 1.1.2.A.
Note: If the proposed project has the characteristics of more than one project category, the requirements
of each applicable category shall apply.
Compliance with these requirements requires the submittal of engineering plans and calculations stamped
by a civil engineer, unless deemed unnecessary by CED and the City of Renton. The engineer need only
demonstrate compliance with those core and special requirements that have been predetermined to be
applicable based on specific project characteristics as detailed below. The procedures and requirements for
submitting engineering plans and calculations can be found in Section 2.3.
TDR Project Category #1
This category includes projects that are too small to trigger application of most core requirements, but
may be subject to site-specific floodplain or drainage requirements related to certain critical areas, or
other area-specific drainage requirements adopted by the City. Such projects primarily include single
family residential projects in Simplified Drainage Review.
1.1.2 DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPES AND REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-19
IF the proposed project meets the characteristics of TDR Project Category #1, THEN the applicant
must demonstrate that the project complies with the following requirements:
“Core Requirement #5: Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention,” Section 1.2.5
“Special Requirement #1: Other Adopted Area-Specific Requirements,” Section 1.3.1
“Special Requirement #2: Floodplain/Floodway Analysis,” Section 1.3.2
“Special Requirement #3: Flood Protection Facilities,” Section 1.3.3
“Special Requirement #4: Source Control,” Section 1.3.4
“Special Requirement #6: Aquifer Protection Area,” Section 1.3.6.
In addition, CED may require the applicant to demonstrate compliance with any one or more of the
remaining seven core requirements in Section 1.2 based on project or site-specific conditions. For
example, if the proposed project discharges to an erosion or steep slope hazard area as defined in
RMC 4-3-050, CED may require compliance with “Core Requirement #1: Discharge at the Natural
Location” (Section 1.2.1). This may in turn require compliance with “Core Requirement #2: Offsite
Analysis” (Section 1.2.2) if a tightline is required by Core Requirement #1. If a tightline is found to be
infeasible, CED may instead require a flow control facility per “Core Requirement #3: Flow Control”
(Section 1.2.3). If a tightline is feasible, “Core Requirement #4: Conveyance System” (Section 1.2.4)
would be required to ensure proper size and design. Any required flow control facility or tightline
system may also trigger compliance with “Core Requirement #6: Maintenance and Operations”
(Section 1.2.6), “Core Requirement #7: Financial Guarantees and Liability” (Section 1.2.7), and
possibly “Core Requirement #8, Water Quality” (Section 1.2.8) if runoff from pollution-generating
impervious surfaces is collected.
The applicant may also need to address compliance with any applicable critical areas requirements in
RMC 4-3-050 as determined by CED.
TDR Project Category #2
This category is intended to apply selected core and special requirements to those projects that
propose to construct or modify a drainage system of specified size, but are not adding sufficient
impervious surface to trigger Full Drainage Review or Large Project Drainage Review.
IF the proposed project meets the characteristics of TDR Project Category #2, THEN the applicant
must demonstrate that the proposed project complies with the following requirements:
“Core Requirement #1: Discharge at the Natural Location,” Section 1.2.1
“Core Requirement #2: Offsite Analysis,” Section 1.2.2
“Core Requirement #4: Conveyance System,” Section 1.2.4
“Core Requirement #5: Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention,” Section 1.2.5
“Core Requirement #6: Maintenance and Operations,” Section 1.2.6
“Core Requirement #7: Financial Guarantees and Liability,” Section 1.2.7
“Special Requirement #4: Source Control,” Section 1.3.4.
TDR Project Category #3
This category is intended to improve water quality by applying source control and oil control
requirements to redevelopment projects located on the most intensively used sites developed prior to
current water quality requirements. These are referred to as high-use sites.
IF the proposed project meets the characteristics of TDR Project Category #3, THEN the applicant
must demonstrate that the proposed project complies with the following requirements:
“Core Requirement #5: Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention,” Section 1.2.5
“Core Requirement #6: Maintenance and Operations,” Section 1.2.6
“Core Requirement #7: Financial Guarantees and Liability,” Section 1.2.7
“Special Requirement #4: Source Control,” Section 1.3.4
SECTION 1.1 DRAINAGE REVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-20
“Special Requirement #5: Oil Control,” Section 1.3.5.
Note: In some cases, CED may determine that application of these requirements does not require
submittal of engineering plans and calculations stamped by a civil engineer.
1.1.2.3 DIRECTED DRAINAGE REVIEW
Directed Drainage Review (DDR) is an evaluation of a proposed single family residential project by CED
permit review staff to determine a specialized list of submittal (plans, technical reports, etc.) and
engineering requirements that ensures compliance with all core and special requirements in this chapter.
Projects subject to this type of drainage review are single family residential projects that do not qualify
for Simplified Drainage Review.
CED staff will review proposals and determine the following: whether the project is exempt from a given
core or special requirement based on exemptions and exceptions listed in this Manual; whether a pre-
engineered solution is available and feasible for meeting a given core or special requirement; whether a
licensed civil engineer is required to comply with a given core or special requirement; and the type of
technical report and plan submittal required to document compliance with the core and special
requirements. Depending upon a project’s site specific conditions, DDR may result in requirements for
engineering or documentation that range from following the requirements of Appendix C to those required
for full drainage review. CED will provide and/or require documentation of the DDR process and decision
making to be included in the project file that demonstrates how compliance with all core and special
requirements in this Manual are achieved.
Under Directed Drainage Review, engineering costs associated with drainage design and review are
minimized because the review is tailored to the particular project.
Threshold
Directed Drainage Review is required for any single family residential project that results in 2,000 square
feet or more of new plus replaced impervious surface or 7,000 square feet or more of land disturbing
activity (refer to Section 1.1.1) but is not subject to Simplified Drainage Review or Large Project Drainage
Review as determined in Sections 1.1.2.1 and Section 1.1.2.5.
Scope of Requirements
IF Directed Review is required, THEN the proposed project must comply with the following requirements:
All nine core requirements in Section 1.2
All six special requirements in Section 1.3
CED may require submission of engineering plans and calculations stamped by a civil engineer to
demonstrate compliance with these requirements. The procedures and requirements for submittal of
engineering plans and calculations are as directed by CED in the DDR process.
1.1.2.4 FULL DRAINAGE REVIEW
Full Drainage Review is the evaluation by City staff (CED unless otherwise specified in RMC 4-6-060) of
a proposed project’s compliance with the full range of core and special requirements in this chapter. This
review addresses the impacts associated with changing land cover on typical sites.
Threshold
Full Drainage Review is required for any proposed project, including a redevelopment project, that is
subject to drainage review as determined in Section 1.1.1, OR that meets one or more of the following
criteria:
1.1.2 DRAINAGE REVIEW TYPES AND REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-21
The project will result in 2,000 square feet9 or more of new impervious surface, replaced impervious
surface, or new plus replaced impervious surface but is not subject to Simplified Drainage Review or
Directed Drainage Review as determined in Sections 1.1.2.1 and 1.1.2.3, OR
The project will result in 7,000 square feet9 or more of land disturbing activity but is not subject to
Simplified Drainage Review or Directed Drainage Review as determined in Sections 1.1.2.1 and
1.1.2.3.
Scope of Requirements
IF Full Drainage Review is required, THEN the applicant must demonstrate that the proposed project
complies with the following requirements:
All nine core requirements in Section 1.2
All six special requirements in Section 1.3
Engineering plans and calculations stamped by a civil engineer must be submitted to demonstrate
compliance with these requirements. The procedures and requirements for submittal of engineering plans
and calculations are found in Section 2.3.
1.1.2.5 LARGE PROJECT DRAINAGE REVIEW
Large Project Drainage Review is applied to development proposals that are large and/or involve resources
or problems of special sensitivity or complexity. Because of the large size and complexities involved, there
is usually a greater risk of significant impact or irreparable damage to sensitive resources. Such proposals
often require a more definitive approach to drainage requirements than that prescribed by the core and
special requirements in Sections 1.2 and 1.3; it may be appropriate to collect additional information about
site resources, use more sophisticated models, and prepare special studies not specified in this manual.
Large Project Drainage Review entails preparation of a master drainage plan (MDP) or limited scope
MDP that is reviewed and approved by CED.
Threshold
Large Project Drainage Review is required for any proposed project that is subject to drainage review as
determined in Section 1.1.1, AND that would, at full buildout, result in 50 acres or more of new
impervious surface within a single subbasin or multiple subbasins that are hydraulically connected10
across subbasin boundaries. Hydraulically connected means connected through surface flow or water
features such as wetlands or lakes.
Scope of Requirements
IF Large Project Drainage Review is required, THEN the applicant must do the following:
1. Prepare a MDP, limited scope MDP, or special study in accordance with the process and requirements
described in the MDP guidelines, Master Drainage Planning for Large or Complex Site
Developments, available from King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks (DNRP) or
CED. The MDP or special study shall be completed, or a schedule for completion identified and
agreed to by CED, prior to permit approval. Note: Generally, it is most efficient for the MDP process
to parallel the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) process.
2. Demonstrate that the proposed project complies with all the core and special requirements in
Sections 1.2 and 1.3, with some potential modifications as follows:
Core Requirement #2, Offsite Analysis, is typically modified during MDP scoping.
Core Requirement #3, Flow Control, may be modified to require more sophisticated hydrologic
modeling.
Core Requirement #5, ESC, may be modified to require enhanced construction monitoring.
9 The thresholds of 2,000, 5,000, and 7,000 square feet shall be applied by project site.
10 Hydraulically connected means connected through surface flow or water features such as wetlands or lakes.
SECTION 1.1 DRAINAGE REVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-22
Core Requirement #7, Financial Guarantees and Liability, may be modified to implement a
monitoring fund.
Special pre- and post-development monitoring may also be required if deemed necessary by CED
to adequately characterize sensitive site and downstream resources, and to ensure that onsite
drainage controls and mitigation measures are effective in protecting sensitive or critical
resources. Detailed guidelines for monitoring are appended to the MDP guidelines referenced
above.
1.1.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIRED BY OTHER AGENCIES
Drainage review for a proposed project’s impact on surface and storm waters may be addressed by
processes or requirements apart from the City’s. Agencies such as those listed below may require some
form of drainage review and impose drainage requirements that are separate from and in addition to the
City’s drainage requirements. The applicant is responsible for coordinating with these agencies and
resolving any conflicts in drainage requirements.
Agency Permit/Approval
Seattle/King County Department of Public
Health
Onsite Sewage Disposal and Well permits
Washington State
Department of Transportation Developer/Local Agency Agreement
Department of Fish and Wildlife Hydraulic Project Approval
Department of Ecology Short Term Water Quality Modification
Approval
Dam Safety permit
UIC Well Registration
NPDES Stormwater permit
Department of Natural Resources Forest Practices Class IV permit
United States Army Corps of Engineers Sections 10, 401, and 404 permits
1.1.4 DRAINAGE DESIGN BEYOND MINIMUM COMPLIANCE
This manual presents the City of Renton’s minimum standards for engineering and design of drainage
facilities. While the City believes these standards are appropriate for a wide range of development
proposals, compliance solely with these requirements does not relieve the professional engineer submitting
designs of his or her responsibility to ensure drainage facilities are engineered to provide adequate
protection for natural resources and public and private property.
Compliance with the standards in this manual does not necessarily mitigate all probable and significant
environmental impacts to aquatic biota. Fishery resources and other living components of aquatic systems
are affected by a complex set of factors. While employing a specific flow control standard may prevent
stream channel erosion or instability, other factors affecting fish and other biotic resources (e.g., increases
in stream flow velocities) are not directly addressed by this manual. Likewise, some wetlands, including
bogs, are adapted to a very constant hydrologic regime. Even the most stringent flow control standard
employed by this manual does not prevent increases in runoff volume, which can adversely affect wetland
plant communities by increasing the duration and magnitude of water level fluctuations. Thus, compliance
with this manual should not be construed as mitigating all probable and significant stormwater impacts to
aquatic biota in streams and wetlands; additional mitigation may be required.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-23
1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
This section details the following nine core requirements:
“Core Requirement #1: Discharge at the Natural Location,” Section 1.2.1
“Core Requirement #2: Offsite Analysis,” Section 1.2.2
“Core Requirement #3: Flow Control,” Section 1.2.3
“Core Requirement #4: Conveyance System,” Section 1.2.4
“Core Requirement #5: Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention,” Section 1.2.5
“Core Requirement #6: Maintenance and Operations,” Section 1.2.6
“Core Requirement #7: Financial Guarantees and Liability,” Section 1.2.7
“Core Requirement #8: Water Quality,” Section 1.2.8
“Core Requirement #9: On-site BMPs,” Section 1.2.9
1.2.1 CORE REQUIREMENT #1:
DISCHARGE AT THE NATURAL LOCATION
All storm water runoff and surface water from a project must be discharged at the natural location so as
not to be diverted onto or away from downstream properties. The manner in which stormwater runoff and
surface water are discharged from the project site must not create a significant adverse impact to downhill
properties or drainage facilities (see “Discharge Requirements” below). Drainage facilities as described
above means a constructed or engineered feature that collects, conveys, stores, treats, or otherwise
manages surface water or stormwater runoff. “Drainage facility” includes, but is not limited to, a
constructed or engineered stream, lake, wetland, or closed depression, or a pipe, channel, ditch, gutter,
flow control facility, on-site BMP, water quality facility, erosion and sediment control facility, and any
other structure and appurtenance that provides for drainage.
Note: Projects that do not discharge all project site runoff at the natural location will require an approved
adjustment of this requirement (see Section 1.4). CED may waive this adjustment, however, for projects in
which only a small portion of the project site does not discharge runoff at the natural location and the
runoff from that portion is unconcentrated and poses no significant adverse impact to downstream
properties.
Intent: To prevent adverse impacts to downstream properties caused by diversion of flow from one
flowpath to another, and to discharge in a manner that does not significantly impact downhill properties or
drainage systems. Diversions can cause greater impacts (from greater runoff volumes) than would
otherwise occur from new development discharging runoff at the natural location. Diversions can also
impact properties that rely on runoff water to replenish wells and ornamental or fish ponds.
DISCHARGE REQUIREMENTS
Proposed projects must comply with the following discharge requirements (1, 2, and 3) as applicable:
1. Where no conveyance system exists at the abutting downstream property line and the natural
(existing) discharge is unconcentrated, any runoff concentrated by the proposed project must be
discharged as follows:
a) IF the 100-year peak discharge11 is less than or equal to 0.2 cfs under existing conditions and will
remain less than or equal to 0.2 cfs under developed conditions, THEN the concentrated runoff
may be discharged onto a rock pad or to any other system that serves to disperse flows.
11 Peak discharges for applying this requirement are determined using the approved runoff model with 15-minute time steps as
detailed in Chapter 3.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-24
b) IF the 100-year peak discharge is less than or equal to 0.5 cfs under existing conditions and will
remain less than or equal to 0.5 cfs under developed conditions, THEN the concentrated runoff
may be discharged through a dispersal trench or other dispersal system provided the applicant can
demonstrate that there will be no significant adverse impact to downhill properties or drainage
systems.
c) IF the 100-year peak discharge is greater than 0.5 cfs for either existing or developed conditions,
or if a significant adverse impact to downhill properties or drainage systems is likely, THEN a
conveyance system must be provided to convey the concentrated runoff across the downstream
properties to an acceptable discharge point.12 Drainage easements for this conveyance system
must be secured from downstream property owners and recorded prior to engineering plan
approval.
2. IF a proposed project, or any natural discharge area within a project, is located within a Landslide
Hazard Drainage Area and drains over the erodible soils of a landslide hazard with slopes steeper
than 15%, THEN a tightline system must be provided through the landslide hazard to an acceptable
discharge point unless one of the following exceptions applies. The tightline system must comply with
the design requirements in Core Requirement #4 and in Section 4.2.2 unless otherwise approved by
CED. Drainage easements for this system must be secured from downstream property owners and
recorded prior to engineering plan approval.
Exceptions: A tightline is not required for any natural discharge location where CED approves an
alternative system based on a geotechnical evaluation/recommendation from a licensed geotechnical
engineer that considers cumulative impacts on the hazard area under built out conditions AND one of
the following conditions can be met:
a) Less than 2,000 square feet of new impervious surface will be added within the natural
discharge area, OR
b) The developed conditions runoff from the natural discharge area is less than 0.1 cfs for the
100-year runoff event and will be infiltrated for runoff events up to and including the 100-year
event, OR
c) The developed conditions runoff volume13 from the natural discharge area is less than 50% of the
existing conditions runoff volume from other areas draining to the location where runoff from the
natural discharge area enters the landslide hazard onto slopes steeper than 15%, AND the
provisions of Discharge Requirement 1 are met, OR
d) CED determines that a tightline system is not physically feasible or will create a significant
adverse impact based on a soils report by a geotechnical engineer.
3. For projects adjacent to or containing a landslide hazard, steep slope hazard area, or erosion hazard
area as defined in RMC 4-3-050, the applicant must demonstrate that onsite drainage facilities and/or
on-site BMPs will not create a significant adverse impact to downhill properties or drainage systems.
1.2.2 CORE REQUIREMENT #2: OFFSITE ANALYSIS
All proposed projects must submit an offsite analysis report that assesses potential offsite drainage and
water quality impacts associated with development of the project site, and that proposes appropriate
12 Acceptable discharge point means an enclosed drainage system (i.e., pipe system, culvert, or tightline) or open drainage
feature (e.g., ditch, channel, swale, stream, river, pond, lake, or wetland) where concentrated runoff can be discharged without
creating a significant adverse impact.
13 For the purposes of applying this exception, the developed conditions runoff volume is the average annual runoff volume as
computed per Chapter 3. The analysis is performed using the entire period of record. The total volume is divided by the
number of full water years being analyzed to determine the annual average runoff volume. Any areas assumed not to be
cleared when computing the developed conditions runoff volume must be set aside in an open space tract or covenant in order
for the proposed project to qualify for this exception. Preservation of existing forested areas in Landslide Hazard Drainage
Areas is encouraged.
1.2.2 CORE REQUIREMENT #2: OFFSITE ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-25
mitigation of those impacts. The initial permit submittal shall include, at minimum, a Level 1
downstream analysis as described in Section 1.2.2.1 below. If impacts are identified, the proposed
projects shall meet any applicable problem-specific requirements specified in Section 1.2.2.2 for
mitigation of impacts to drainage problems and Section 1.2.2.3 for mitigation of impacts to water quality
problems.
Intent: To identify and evaluate offsite flooding, erosion, and water quality problems that may be created
or aggravated by the proposed project, and to ensure appropriate measures are provided for preventing
creation or aggravation of those problems. In addition, this requirement is intended to ensure appropriate
provisions are made, as needed, to mitigate other identified impacts associated with the quantity and
quality of surface and storm water runoff from the project site (e.g., impacts to the hydrology of a wetland
as may be identified by a “critical area report” per RMC 4-3-050).
The primary component of an offsite analysis report is the downstream analysis, which examines the
drainage system within one-quarter mile downstream of the project site or farther as described in
Section 1.2.2.1 below. It is intended to identify existing or potential/predictable downstream flooding,
erosion, and water quality problems so that appropriate mitigation, as specified in Sections 1.2.2.2 and
1.2.2.3, can be provided to prevent aggravation of these problems. A secondary component of the offsite
analysis report is an evaluation of the upstream drainage system to verify and document that significant
flooding and erosion impacts will not occur as a result of the proposed project. The evaluation must extend
upstream to a point where any backwater effects created by the project cease.
EXEMPTION FROM CORE REQUIREMENT #2
With the exception of:
Projects that trigger Core Requirement #3 (Flow Control Facilities) which must at minimum perform
offsite analysis sufficient to identify and address “Downstream Drainage Problems Requiring Special
Attention (Section 1.2.2.1.1), Problem Type 4 (Potential Impacts to Wetland Hydrology problem),”
and
Projects that trigger Core Requirement # 8 (Water Quality Facilities) which must at minimum perform
offsite analysis sufficient to identify and address “Downstream Water Quality Problems Requiring
Special Attention (Section 1.2.2.1.2),”
a proposed project is exempt from Core Requirement #2 if any one of the following is true:
1. The City of Renton determines there is sufficient information for them to conclude that the project
will not have a significant adverse impact on the downstream and/or upstream drainage system, OR
2. The project adds less than 2,000 square feet of new impervious surface, AND less than ¾ acre of new
pervious surface, AND does not construct or modify a drainage pipe/ditch that is 12 inches or more
in size/depth or that receives runoff from a drainage pipe/ditch that is 12 inches or more in size/depth,
AND does not contain or lie adjacent to a landslide hazard, steep slope hazard area, or erosion
hazard area as defined in RMC 4-3-050, OR
3. The project does not change the rate, volume, duration, or location of discharges to and from the
project site (e.g., where existing impervious surface is replaced with other impervious surface having
similar runoff-generating characteristics, or where pipe/ditch modifications do not change existing
discharge characteristics).
1.2.2.1 DOWNSTREAM ANALYSIS
The level of downstream analysis required depends on specific site and downstream conditions. Each
project submittal must include at least a Level 1 downstream analysis. Upon review of the Level 1
analysis, CED may require a Level 2 or Level 3 analysis. If conditions warrant, additional, more detailed
analysis may be required.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-26
The Level 1 downstream analysis is a qualitative survey of each downstream system and is the first step
in identifying flooding problems, erosion problems, or potential impacts to wetland hydrology problems as
described below under “Downstream Drainage Problems Requiring Special Attention.” The Level 1
analysis also identifies water quality problems as described below under “Downstream Water Quality
Problems Requiring Special Attention.” Each Level 1 analysis is composed of four tasks at a minimum:
Task 1: Define and map the study area
Task 2: Review all available information on the study area
Task 3: Field inspect the study area
Task 4: Describe the drainage system, and its existing and predicted drainage and water quality
problems.
Upon review of the Level 1 analysis, CED may require a Level 2 or 3 downstream analysis, depending on
the presence of existing or predicted flooding, erosion, or nuisance problems identified in the Level 1
analysis.
Levels 2 and 3 downstream analysis quantify downstream flooding, erosion, or nuisance problems by
providing information on the severity and frequency of an existing problem or the likelihood of creating a
new problem. A Level 2 analysis is a rough quantitative analysis (non-survey field data, uniform flow
analysis). Level 3 is a more precise analysis (e.g., survey field data, backwater analysis) of significant
problems. If conditions warrant, additional, more detailed analysis may be required beyond Level 3. For
Levels 2 and 3 downstream analyses, an additional Task 5, addressing mitigation of existing and potential
flooding, erosion, or nuisance problems, will be required.
Extent of Downstream Analysis
The downstream analysis must consider the existing conveyance system(s) for a minimum flowpath
distance downstream of one-quarter mile and beyond that, as needed, to reach a point where the project
site area constitutes less than 15% of the tributary area. This minimum distance may be increased as
follows:
Task 2 of a Level 1 downstream analysis (described in detail in Section 2.3.1.1) is a review of all
available information on the downstream area and is intended to identify existing drainage and water
quality problems. In all cases, this information review shall extend one mile downstream of the project
site. The existence of flooding or erosion problems further downstream may extend the one-quarter-
mile/15% minimum distance for other tasks to allow evaluation of impacts from the proposed
development upon the identified flooding or erosion problems. The existence of documented water
quality problems beyond the one-quarter-mile/15% distance may in some cases require additional
mitigation of impacts as determined necessary by CED based on the type and severity of problem.
If a project’s impacts to flooding or erosion problems are mitigated by improvements to the
downstream conveyance system, the downstream analysis will extend a minimum of one-quarter mile
beyond the improvement. This is necessary because many such improvements result in a reduction of
stormwater storage or an increase in peak flows from the problem location.
At their discretion, CED may extend the downstream analysis beyond the minimum distance specified
above on the reasonable expectation of drainage or water quality impacts.
A detailed description of the scope of offsite analysis and submittal requirements is provided in
Section 2.3.1.1. Hydrologic analysis methods and requirements for Levels 2 and 3 downstream analyses
are contained in Chapter 3; hydraulic analysis methods are contained in Chapter 4.
1.2.2.1.1 DOWNSTREAM DRAINAGE PROBLEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION
While the area-specific flow control facility requirement in Core Requirement #3 (Section 1.2.3.1) serves
to minimize the creation and aggravation of many types of downstream drainage problems, there are some
types that are more sensitive to creation/aggravation than others depending on the nature or severity of the
problem and which flow control facility standard is being applied. In particular, there are four types of
downstream drainage problems for which the City has determined that the nature and/or severity of the
1.2.2 CORE REQUIREMENT #2: OFFSITE ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-27
problem warrants additional attention through the downstream analysis and possibly additional mitigation
to ensure no creation/aggravation:
1. Conveyance system nuisance problem.
2. Severe erosion problem.
3. Severe flooding problem.
4. Potential Impacts to Wetland Hydrology problem.
These four types of downstream drainage problem are further described below and precisely defined at the
beginning of Chapter 1.
Conveyance System Nuisance Problem (Type 1)
Conveyance system nuisance problems are minor but chronic flooding or erosion problems that result
from the overflow of a constructed conveyance system that is substandard or has become too small as a
result of upstream development. Such problems warrant additional attention because of their chronic
nature and because they result from the failure of a conveyance system to provide a minimum acceptable
level of protection.
If a conveyance system nuisance problem is identified or predicted downstream, the need for additional
mitigation must be evaluated as specified in Section 1.2.2.2 under “Drainage Problem-Specific Mitigation
Requirements“. This may entail additional onsite flow control or other measures as needed to prevent
creation or significant aggravation of the problem.
For any other nuisance problem that may be identified downstream, this manual does not require
mitigation beyond the area-specific flow control facility requirement applied in Core Requirement #3
(Section 1.2.3.1) because preventing aggravation of such problems (e.g., those caused by the elevated
water surfaces of ponds, lakes, wetlands, and closed depressions or those involving downstream erosion)
can require two to three times as much onsite detention volume, which is considered unwarranted for
nuisance problems. However, if under some unusual circumstance, the aggravation of such a nuisance
problem is determined by CED to be a significant adverse impact, additional mitigation may be required.
Severe Erosion Problem (Type 2)
Severe erosion problems can be caused by conveyance system overflows or the concentration of runoff
into erosion-sensitive open drainage features. Severe erosion problems warrant additional attention
because they pose a significant threat either to health and safety or to public or private property.
If a severe erosion problem is identified or predicted downstream, additional mitigation must be
considered as specified in Section 1.2.2.2 under “Drainage Problem-Specific Mitigation Requirements“.
This may entail additional onsite flow control or other measures as needed to prevent creation or
aggravation of the problem.
Severe Flooding Problem (Type 3)
Severe flooding problems (i.e., a severe building flooding problem or severe roadway flooding problem)
can be caused by conveyance system overflows or the elevated water surfaces of ponds, lakes, wetlands, or
closed depressions. Severe flooding problems warrant additional attention because they pose a significant
threat either to health and safety or to public or private property.
If a severe flooding problem is identified or predicted downstream, the need for additional mitigation must
be evaluated as specified in Section 1.2.2.2 under “Drainage Problem-Specific Mitigation Requirements“.
This may entail consideration of additional onsite flow control or other measures as needed to prevent
creation or significant aggravation of the problem.
Potential Impacts to Wetlands Hydrology Problem (Type 4)
Potential impacts to wetlands hydrology can be caused by changes in the rate, duration, and quantity of
stormwater discharged from the project site to a wetland.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-28
Where wetlands are identified on the site, the applicant shall submit a critical area report at a level
determined by CED to adequately evaluate the proposal and probable impacts.
Where wetlands are identified off the site AND the project is not exempt from Core Requirement #3, the
applicant shall submit a critical area report at a level determined by CED to adequately evaluate the
proposal and probable impacts.
Projects or threshold discharge areas within projects discharging to wetlands, unless exempt from
providing a flow control facility per Core Requirement 3, must demonstrate that the existing wetland
hydroperiod is maintained in accordance with the wetland hydrology protection guidelines in Reference
Section 5.
Based upon the critical area report and, if applicable, the analysis of project compliance with the wetland
hydrology protection guidelines in Reference Section 5, CED will determine if changes in the rate,
duration, and/or quantity of surface and storm water runoff from a proposed project or threshold
discharge area within a proposed project could significantly alter the hydrology of a wetland-- in which
case, CED will require (as described in Section 1.2.2.2 under “Drainage Problem-Specific Mitigation
Requirements”), implementation of additional flow control or other measures to mitigate the adverse
impacts of this alteration in accordance with the wetland hydrology protection guidelines in Reference
Section 5.
1.2.2.1.2 DOWNSTREAM WATER QUALITY PROBLEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION
A water quality problem, for the purposes of impact mitigation in this manual, is a situation in which a
waterbody of the State is documented by the Federal Government, State, or City to be exceeding or at
concern of exceeding the State’s numeric water quality standards, or is subject to a federal, state, or City
cleanup program or action. Water quality problems and associated water quality standards encompass
surface water, groundwater, and sediment quality. The goal of this manual is to prevent creation or
significant aggravation of such problems to the maximum extent practicable. While the area-specific water
quality facility requirement in Section 1.2.8.1, the source controls required in Section 1.3.4, and the oil
controls required in Section 1.3.5 all serve to minimize the creation and aggravation of many types of
downstream water quality problems, there are some types that are either not addressed by these
requirements (e.g., temperature problems) or warrant additional measures/considerations to minimize the
proposed project’s impacts to the maximum extent practicable. In particular, there are currently 7 types of
downstream water quality problems for which the City has determined that additional attention needs to be
given to preventing or minimizing increases in the pollutant or pollutants of concern discharging from the
site. These are as follows:
1. Bacteria Problem
2. Dissolved Oxygen Problem
3. Temperature Problem
4. Metals Problem
5. Phosphorus Problem
6. Turbidity Problem
7. High pH Problem
These problems are defined below and the mitigation of impacts to them is addressed in Section 1.2.2.3.
Bacteria Problem (Type 1)
A bacteria problem is defined as a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for fecal coliform as documented in the
state’s Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s
1.2.2 CORE REQUIREMENT #2: OFFSITE ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-29
electronic database and map viewer14 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local, state, or
federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for fecal coliform.
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Problem (Type 2)
A dissolved oxygen problem is defined as a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for dissolved oxygen as documented in the
state’s Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s
electronic database and map viewer14 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local, state, or
federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for DO.
Temperature Problem (Type 3)
A temperature problem is defined as a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for temperature as documented in the state’s
Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s electronic
database and map viewer14 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local, state, or federal
cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for temperature.
Metals Problem (Type 4)
A metals problem is defined as a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standards for metals (e.g., copper, zinc, lead, mercury,
etc.) as documented in the state’s Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as
displayed in WA Ecology’s electronic database and map viewer16 of these waterbodies, or (2) where
subject to any other local, state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for metals.
Phosphorus Problem (Type 5)
A phosphorus problem is defined as a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric action standard for total phosphorus as documented in the state’s
Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s electronic
database and map viewer,14 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local, state, or federal
cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for total phosphorus.
Turbidity Problem (Type 6)
A turbidity problem is defined as a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for turbidity as documented in the state’s
Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s electronic
database and map viewer14 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local, state, or federal
cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for turbidity.
High pH Problem (Type 7)
A High pH problem is defined as a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for high pH as documented in the state’s
Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s electronic
database and map viewer16 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local, state, or federal
cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for pH.
14 The link to the Query Tool is <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/ApprovedWQA/ApprovedPages/ApprovedSearch.aspx>; select all
appropriate mediums. The Map Tool is at <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/waterqualityatlas/wqa/map>.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-30
1.2.2.2 DRAINAGE PROBLEM IMPACT MITIGATION
A proposed project must not significantly aggravate existing downstream drainage problems or create
new problems as a result of developing the site. This manual does not require development proposals to fix
or otherwise reduce the severity of existing downstream drainage problems, although doing so may be an
acceptable mitigation.
Principles of Impact Mitigation for Drainage Problems
Aggravation of an existing downstream drainage problem means increasing the frequency of occurrence
and/or severity of the problem. Increasing peak flows at the location of a problem caused by conveyance
system overflows can increase the frequency of the problem’s occurrence. Increasing durations of flows at
or above the overflow return frequency can increase the severity of the problem by increasing the depth
and duration of flooding. Controlling peaks and durations through onsite detention can prevent
aggravation of such problems by releasing the increased volumes from development at return frequencies
below the conveyance overflow return frequency, which limits their effect to just causing the conveyance
system to flow full for a longer period of time.
When a problem is caused by high water-surface elevations of a volume-sensitive water body, such as a
lake, wetland, or closed depression, aggravation is the same as for problems caused by conveyance
overflows. Increasing the volume of flows to a volume-sensitive water body can increase the frequency of
the problem’s occurrence. Increasing the duration of flows for a range of return frequencies both above
and below the problem return frequency can increase the severity of the problem; mitigating these impacts
requires control of flow durations for a range of return frequencies both above and below the problem
return frequency. The net effect of this duration control is to release the increased volumes from
development only at water surface elevations below that causing the problem, which in turn can cause an
increase in these lower, but more frequently occurring, water surface elevations. This underscores an
unavoidable impact of development upstream of volume-sensitive water bodies: the increased volumes
generated by the development will cause some range of increase in water surface elevations, no matter
what detention standard is applied.
Creating a new drainage problem means increasing peak flows and/or volumes so that after development,
the frequency of conveyance overflows or water surface elevations exceeds the thresholds for the various
problem types discussed in Section 1.2.2.1. For example, application of the Peak Rate Flow Control
Standard requires matching the existing site conditions 2- and 10-year peak flows. The 100-year peak
flow is only partially attenuated, and the flow increase may be enough to cause a severe flooding problem
as described in Section 1.2.2.1.1. The potential for causing a new problem is often identified during the
Level 1 downstream analysis, where the observation of a reduction in downstream pipe sizes, for example,
may be enough to predict creation of a new problem. A Level 2 or 3 analysis will typically be required to
verify the capacity of the system and determine whether 100-year flows can be safely conveyed.
Significance of Impacts to Existing Drainage Problems
The determination of whether additional onsite mitigation or other measures are needed to address an
existing downstream drainage problem depends on the significance of the proposed project’s predicted
impact on that problem. For some identified problems, CED will make the determination as to whether the
project’s impact is significant enough to require additional mitigation. For Type 1, 2, and 3 downstream
drainage problems described in Section 1.2.2.1.1, this threshold of significant impact or aggravation is
defined below. For a Type 4, “Potential Impacts to Wetland Hydrology problem,” CED will make this
determination based on required critical area report findings, whether the project is in compliance with the
wetland hydrology protection guidelines found in Reference Section 5, the project’s relative contribution
to the identified wetland’s hydrology, and the mitigation proposed in meeting other requirements (e.g.,
flow control facilities and on-site BMPs).
For conveyance system nuisance problems, the problem is considered significantly aggravated if there
is any increase in the project’s contribution to the frequency of occurrence and/or severity of the problem
for runoff events less than or equal to the 10-year event. Note: Increases in the project’s contribution to
1.2.2 CORE REQUIREMENT #2: OFFSITE ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-31
this type of problem are considered to be prevented if sufficient onsite flow control and/or offsite
improvements are provided as specified in Table 1.2.3.A.
For severe erosion problems, the problem is considered significantly aggravated if there is any increase in
the project’s existing contribution to the flow duration15 of peak flows ranging from 50% of the 2-year
peak flow up to the full 50-year peak flow at the eroded area. Note: Increases in the project’s contribution
to this type of problem are considered to be prevented if Flow Control Duration Standard or offsite
improvements are provided as specified in Table 1.2.3.A.
For severe building flooding problems, the problem is considered significantly aggravated if there is any
increase in the project’s existing contribution16 to the frequency, depth, or duration of the problem for
runoff events less than or equal to the 100-year event.
For severe roadway flooding problems, the problem is considered significantly aggravated if any of the
following thresholds are exceeded and there is any increase in the project’s existing contribution19 to the
frequency, depth, or duration of the problem for runoff events less than or equal to the 100-year event:
The existing flooding17 over all lanes of a roadway or overtopping the culverted section of a sole
access driveway is predicted to increase in depth more than a quarter-inch or 10% (whichever is
greater) for the 100-year runoff event.
The existing flooding over all lanes of a roadway or severely impacting a sole access driveway is
more than 6 inches deep or faster than 5 feet per second for runoff events less than or equal to the
100-year event. A severely impacted sole access driveway is one in which flooding overtops a
culverted section of the driveway, posing a threat of washout or unsafe access conditions due to
indiscernible driveway edges, or flooding is deeper than 6 inches on the driveway, posing a severe
impediment to emergency access.
The existing flooding over all lanes of a sole access roadway18 is more than 3 inches deep or faster
than 5 feet per second for runoff events less than or equal to the 100-year event, or is at any depth for
runoff events less than or equal to the 10-year event.
DRAINAGE PROBLEM-SPECIFIC MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS
1. IF a proposed project or threshold discharge area within a project drains to one or more of Type 1,
Type 2, or Type 3 downstream drainage problems described in Section 1.2.2.1 as identified through a
downstream analysis, THEN the applicant must do one of the following:
a) Submit a Level 2 or Level 3 downstream analysis per Section 2.3.1 demonstrating that the
proposed project will not create or significantly aggravate the identified downstream drainage
problem(s), OR
b) Show that the natural discharge area or threshold discharge area draining to the identified
problem(s) qualifies for an exemption from Core Requirement #3: Flow Control (Section 1.1.1) or
an exception from the applicable area-specific flow control facility requirement per Section
1.2.3.1, OR
15 Flow duration means the aggregate time that peak flows are at or above a particular flow rate (e.g., the amount of time over the
last 50 years that peak flows were at or above the 2-year flow rate). Note: flow duration is not considered to be increased if it is
within the tolerances specified in Chapter 3.
16 Increases in the project’s contribution are considered to be prevented if sufficient onsite flow control and/or offsite
improvements are provided as specified for severe flooding problems in Table 1.2.3.A. For severe flooding problems
located within the mapped 100-year floodplain of a major receiving water (see Table 1.2.3.B) or the mapped 100-year
floodplain of a major stream for which there is an adopted basin plan, increases in the project’s contribution are considered
negligible (zero) regardless of the flow control standard being applied, unless CED determines there is a potential for increased
flooding separate from that associated with the existing 100-year floodplain.
17 Existing flooding, for the purposes of this definition, means flooding over all lanes of the roadway or driveway has occurred in
the past and can be verified by County records, County personnel, photographs, or other physical evidence.
18 Sole access roadway means there is no other flood-free route for emergency access to one or more dwelling units.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-32
c) Document that the applicable area-specific flow control facility requirement specified in Core
Requirement #3 is adequate to prevent creation or significant aggravation of the identified
downstream drainage problem(s) as indicated in Table 1.2.3.A with the phrase, “No additional
flow control needed,” OR
d) Provide additional onsite flow control necessary to prevent creation or significant aggravation of
the downstream drainage problem(s) as specified in Table 1.2.3.A and further detailed in
Section 3.3.5, OR
e) Provide offsite improvements necessary to prevent creation or significant aggravation of the
identified downstream drainage problem(s) as detailed in Chapter 3 unless identified as not
necessary in Table 1.2.3.A, OR
f) Provide a combination of additional onsite flow control and offsite improvements sufficient to
prevent creation or significant aggravation of the downstream drainage problem(s) as
demonstrated by a Level 2 or Level 3 downstream analysis.
2. IF it is identified that the manner of discharge from a proposed project may create a significant
adverse impact as described in Core Requirement #1, THEN CED may require the applicant to
implement additional measures or demonstrate that the impact will not occur.
3. IF it is identified through a critical area review as described under “Potential Impacts to Wetlands
Hydrology Problem (Type 4),” that changes in the rate, duration, and/or quantity of surface and
storm water runoff from a proposed project or threshold discharge area within a proposed project
could significantly alter the hydrology of a wetland (Type 4 problem), THEN CED shall require the
applicant to implement additional flow control or other measures to mitigate the adverse impacts of
this alteration in accordance with the wetland hydrology protection guidelines in Reference Section 5.
Intent: To ensure provisions are made (if necessary) to prevent creation or significant aggravation of the
four types of downstream drainage problems requiring special attention by this manual, and to ensure
compliance with the discharge requirements of Core Requirement #1.
In addressing downstream drainage problems per Problem-Specific Mitigation Requirement 1 above,
additional onsite flow control will often be the easiest provision to implement. This involves designing the
required onsite flow control facility to meet an additional set of performance criteria targeted to prevent
significant aggravation of specific downstream drainage problems. To save time and analysis, a set of
predetermined flow control performance criteria corresponding to each of the three types of downstream
drainage problems is provided in Table 1.2.3.A and described in more detail in Chapter 3.
Note that in some cases the area-specific flow control facility requirement applicable to the proposed
project per Section 1.2.3.1 is already sufficient to prevent significant aggravation of many of the defined
downstream drainage problem types. Such situations are noted in Table 1.2.3.A as not needing additional
onsite flow control or offsite improvements. For example, if the project is located within a Flow Control
Duration Standard Area subject to the Flow Control Duration Standard per Section 1.2.3.1.B, and a
conveyance system nuisance problem is identified through offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2, no
additional onsite flow control is needed, and no offsite improvements are necessary.
1.2.2.3 WATER QUALITY PROBLEM IMPACT MITIGATION
As stated in Section 1.2.2.1, the goal of this manual is to prevent creation and/or significant aggravation of
water quality problems to the maximum extent practicable. This is accomplished through a number of
mitigation requirements, including (1) the area-specific water quality facility requirement in
Section 1.2.8.1, (2) any mitigation required by other adopted area-specific requirements per Special
Requirement #1, Section 1.2.9, (3) the source controls required in Special Requirement #4, Section 1.3.4,
(4) the oil control required in Special Requirement #5, Section 1.3.5, and (5) the water quality problem-
specific mitigation requirements presented in this section. Note that this manual does not require
development proposals to fix or otherwise reduce the severity of existing downstream water quality
problems, although doing so may be an acceptable mitigation.
1.2.2 CORE REQUIREMENT #2: OFFSITE ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-33
WATER QUALITY PROBLEM-SPECIFIC MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS
IF a proposed project drains to one or more of the 7 types of downstream water quality problems defined
in Section 1.2.2.1 as identified through a downstream analysis, THEN the applicant must comply with the
following problem-specific mitigation requirements that apply. Note that CED may require additional
measures if the opportunity exists to further mitigate the pollutants of concern associated with these types
of problems.
Bacteria Problem (Type 1)
IF the proposed project drains to a bacteria problem located within the quarter mile/15% distance
downstream (or beyond as deemed necessary by CED), THEN the following requirements must be met as
applicable:
1. IF a water quality facility is required per Core Requirement #8, THEN a sand filter or stormwater
wetland shall be used to meet the area-specific water quality facility requirement. Sand filters are the
preferred option. Other treatment options for meeting the area-specific facility requirement may be
used in lieu of a sand filter or stormwater wetland only if combined with an emerging technology
treatment method that provides equivalent removal of fecal coliform as demonstrated through an
experimental design adjustment per Section 1.4.
2. IF the proposed project is a residential subdivision, THEN signage shall be provided in the
subdivision’s public areas (i.e., recreation/open space areas and right-of-way) requesting that pet
waste be picked up in order to protect downstream water quality. The extent and location of this
signage shall be reviewed and approved by CED.
3. IF the proposed project is a multifamily development with a recreation/open area or is a park
improvement, THEN signage shall be provided requesting that pet waste be picked up in order to
protect downstream water quality. The extent and location of this signage shall be reviewed and
approved by CED.
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Problem (Type 2)
IF the proposed project drains to a DO problem located within the quarter mile/15% distance downstream
(or beyond as deemed necessary by CED), THEN the following requirements must be met as applicable:
1. IF the proposed project includes a wetpond or wetvault, THEN the wetpool depth shall not exceed
6 feet, AND the outflow system shall include a measure designed to promote aeration of the
facility’s discharges for 2-year runoff events and smaller. One way to do this is to create a drop in
flow elevation within a manhole by placing the outlet invert of the incoming pipe a minimum of
12 inches above the 2-year headwater elevation of the outgoing pipe. Alternatively, if the outflow
system discharges to an open channel, the same drop in flow elevation could be achieved by placing
the outlet invert a minimum of 12 inches above the 2-year tailwater elevation created by the channel.
Other equivalent approaches may be used as approved by CED.
2. IF the proposed project includes a wetvault, THEN the required ventilation area specified in
Chapter 6 shall be doubled.
3. IF the DO problem is documented to be caused by excessive phosphorus and a water quality facility
is required per Core Requirement #8, THEN a water quality facility option from the Sensitive Lake
Protection menu shall be a component of the required treatment system.
Temperature Problem (Type 3)
IF the proposed project drains to a temperature problem located within the quarter mile/15% distance
downstream (or beyond as deemed necessary by CED), THEN the following requirements must be met as
applicable:
1. IF a water quality facility is required per Core Requirement #8, THEN use of a wetpond is
prohibited unless it will be at least 50% shaded at midday in the summer or its discharges will flow
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-34
through 200 feet or more of open channel that is at least 50% shaded at midday in the summer. CED
shall review and approve the extent and location of this shading.
2. IF the proposed project includes open drainage features, THEN vegetation or other means shall be
used where practicable to maximize shading of the drainage features, except bioswales and filter
strips. The extent and location of this shading shall be reviewed and approved by CED.
Metals Problem (Type 4)
IF the proposed project drains to a metals problem located within the quarter mile/15% distance
downstream (or beyond as deemed necessary by CED), THEN the following requirements must be met as
applicable:
1. IF a water quality facility is required per Core Requirement #8, THEN a water quality facility option
from the Enhanced Basic WQ menu shall be a component of the project’s required treatment system.
2. IF the proposed project is a residential subdivision, THEN a covenant shall be recorded for each lot
and common area tract prohibiting use of leachable heavy metals (e.g., galvanized metals) that will
be exposed to the weather (use the covenant in Reference Section 8-Q).
3. IF the proposed project includes road right-of-way improvements, THEN use of leachable heavy
metals (e.g., galvanized metals) that will be exposed to the weather (e.g., guard rails, street lights,
etc.) shall be avoided.
Phosphorus Problem (Type 5)
IF the proposed project drains to a phosphorus problem located within the quarter mile/15% distance
downstream (or beyond as deemed necessary by CED), THEN the following requirements must be met as
applicable:
1. IF a water quality facility is required per Core Requirement #8, THEN the project shall be assumed to
be located within a designated Sensitive Lake WQ Treatment Area for the purposes of applying the
area-specific water quality treatment requirement in Section 1.2.8.1.
2. For the purposes of applying the Erosion and Sediment Control Standards in Appendix D, the project
shall be assumed to be located within a designated Sensitive Lake WQ Treatment Area.
Turbidity Problem (Type 6)
IF the proposed project drains to a turbidity problem located within the quarter mile/15% distance
downstream (or beyond as deemed necessary by CED) AND the downstream flow path from the project
site to the turbidity problem is through a landslide hazard, steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area
or any actively eroding area, THEN the project shall provide a tightline system through the area in
accordance with the same criteria and exceptions specified in Core Requirement #1, Discharge
Requirement 2 for projects located within a designated Landslide Hazard Drainage Area. Other means
for safely conveying project site discharges through the area of concern for erosion may be proposed
subject to approval by CED.
High pH Problem (Type 7)
IF the proposed project drains to a pH problem located within the quarter mile/15% distance downstream
(or beyond as deemed necessary by CED) AND the proposed project includes a concrete vault structure
for stormwater control purposes, THEN the vault’s submerged surfaces shall be coated or otherwise
treated to prevent alteration of pH.
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-35
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
All proposed projects, including redevelopment projects, must provide onsite flow control facilities to
mitigate the impacts of storm and surface water runoff generated by new impervious surface, new
pervious surface, and replaced impervious surface targeted for flow mitigation as specified in the
following sections. Flow control facilities must be provided and designed to perform as specified by the
area-specific flow control facility requirement in Section 1.2.3.1 and in accordance with the applicable
flow control facility implementation requirements in Section 1.2.3.2.
Intent: To ensure the minimum level of control needed to protect downstream properties and resources
from increases in peak, duration, and volume of runoff generated by new development. The level of
control varies depending on location and downstream conditions identified under Core Requirement #2.
EXEMPTION FROM CORE REQUIREMENT #3
There is a single exemption from the flow control provisions of Core Requirement #3:
Basic Exemption
A proposed project is exempt if it meets the following criteria:
1. Less than 5,000 square feet of new plus replaced impervious surface will be created, AND
2. Less than ¾ acres of new pervious surface will be added.
1.2.3.1 AREA-SPECIFIC FLOW CONTROL FACILITY REQUIREMENT
Projects subject to Core Requirement #3 must provide flow control facilities as specified by the area-
specific facility requirements and exceptions for the designated flow control area in which the proposed
project or threshold discharge area of the proposed project is located as described in Subsections A, B,
and C below.
Guide to Applying the Area-Specific Flow Control Facility Requirement
The flow control facility requirement varies across the City according to the flow control area within
which the project or a threshold discharge area of the project is located. There are currently four such
flow control areas, three of which are depicted in the Flow Control Application layer in COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
These are referred to as follows.
1. Flow Control Duration Standard – Matching Forested site conditions for areas draining to streams
and subject to flow-related water quality problems such as erosion or sedimentation.
2. Flow Control Duration Standard – Matching Existing site conditions in designated highly
urbanized areas draining to streams that are currently stable or showing no impacts caused by high
flows.
3. Peak Rate Flow Control Standard – Matching Existing site conditions 2, 10 and 100-year peak-
rate runoff for areas draining to constructed (man-made) or highly modified drainage systems so as
not to create a downstream flooding problem.
4. Flood Problem Flow Control Standard – The City may apply this standard where projects discharge
to a severe flooding or erosion problems. The standard includes matching existing site conditions for
100-year peaks in addition to fulfilling requirements for the flow control duration standard, either
matching forested or existing site conditions based on the downstream flow control area designation.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-36
Guide to Applying the Area-Specific Flow Control Facility Requirement (cont.)
Note that the minimum required performance of the facility as specified by this requirement may need to
be increased to ensure that downstream drainage problems are not created or significantly aggravated as
set forth in Section 1.2.2.2, “Drainage Problem-Specific Mitigation Requirements.” Table 1.2.3.A provides
a quick guide for selecting the flow control performance criteria necessary to meet both the area-specific
flow control facility requirement and the problem-specific mitigation requirement. This is further
explained in Step 4 below.
For efficient application of the flow control facility requirement, the following steps are recommended:
1. Check the Direct Discharge Exemption in Section 1.2.3.1 to determine if and/or which portions of
your project are exempt from the flow control facility requirement. If exempt from the flow control
facility requirement, proceed to Step 6.
2. Refer to the Flow Control Application layer in COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>) to determine the flow
control area in which your project is located.
3. Consult the detailed requirement and exception language for the identified flow control area to
determine if and how the flow control facility requirement applies to your project. This requirement
and exception language is detailed on subsequent pages for each of the flow control areas. If a flow
control facility is not applicable per the area-specific exceptions, proceed to Step 6.
4. If downstream drainage problems were identified through offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2
and are proposed to be addressed through onsite flow control, use Table 1.2.3.A to determine if and
what additional flow control performance is necessary to mitigate impacts (i.e., to prevent creation or
aggravation of the identified problems).
5. Use Section 1.2.3.2 to identify the applicable requirements for implementing the flow control facility
requirement. These requirements cover facility siting, analysis and design, unusual situations, and
other site-specific considerations.
6. Use Core Requirement #9 to identify the on-site BMPs that must be applied to your project site
regardless of whether a flow control facility is required.
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-37
TABLE 1.2.3.A
SUMMARY OF FLOW CONTROL PERFORMANCE CRITERIA ACCEPTABLE FOR IMPACT
MITIGATION(1)
IDENTIFIED
PROBLEM
DOWNSTREAM
AREA-SPECIFIC FLOW CONTROL FACILITY REQUIREMENT
Peak Rate Flow
Control Standard
Areas
Flow Control
Duration Standard
Matching Existing
Condition Areas
Flow Control Duration
Standard Matching
Forested Condition
Areas
Flood Problem Flow
Control Standard
Areas
No Problem
Identified
Apply the minimum
area-specific flow
control performance
criteria.
Apply the Peak Rate
Flow Control
Standard, which
matches the 2-, 10-,
and 100-year peaks
Apply the Flow
Control Duration
Standard, which
matches the flow
duration of pre-
developed rates for
existing site
conditions over the
range of flows
extending from 50%
of 2-year up to the
full 50-year flow AND
matches peaks for
the 2- and 10-year
return periods.
Apply the Flow Control
Duration Standard
which matches the flow
duration of pre-
developed rates for
forested (historical)
site conditions over
the range of flows
extending from 50% of
2-year up to the full 50-
year flow AND matches
peaks for the 2- and
10-year return periods
Apply the existing or
forested (historical)
site conditions Flow
Control Duration
Standard (whichever
is appropriate based
on downstream flow
control areas) AND
match existing site
conditions 100-year
peaks
Type 1 Drainage
Problem
Conveyance
System Nuisance
Problem
Additional Flow
Control
Hold 10-year peak to
overflow Tr peak(2)(3)
Additional Flow
Control
The City may require
design adjustments
to meet the Flow
Control Duration
Standard matching
forested (historical)
conditions.
No additional flow
control or other
mitigation is needed
No additional flow
control or other
mitigation is needed
Type 2 Drainage
Problem
Severe Erosion
Problem
Additional Flow
Control
Apply the Flow
Control Duration
Standard matching
forested (historical)
conditions (3)(4)
Additional Flow
Control
Apply the Flow
Control Duration
Standard matching
forested (historical)
conditions.(3)(4)
No additional flow
control is needed, but
other mitigation may be
required(4)
No additional flow
control is needed, but
other mitigation may
be required(4)
Type 3 Drainage
Problem
Severe Flooding
Problem
Additional Flow
Control
Apply the Flow
Control Duration
Standard matching
forested (historical)
conditions. If
flooding is from a
closed depression,
make design
adjustments as
needed to meet the
“special provision for
closed
depressions”(3)(5)
Additional Flow
Control
Apply the Flow
Control Duration
Standard matching
forested (historical)
conditions. If
flooding is from a
closed depression,
make design
adjustments as
needed to meet the
“special provision for
closed
depressions”(3)(5)
Additional Flow
Control
If flooding is from a
closed depression,
make design
adjustments as needed
to meet the “special
provision for closed
depressions”(3)(5)
Additional Flow
Control
If flooding is from a
closed depression,
make design
adjustments as
needed to meet the
“special provision for
closed depressions”
(3)(5)
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-38
TABLE 1.2.3.A
SUMMARY OF FLOW CONTROL PERFORMANCE CRITERIA ACCEPTABLE FOR IMPACT
MITIGATION(1)
IDENTIFIED
PROBLEM
DOWNSTREAM
AREA-SPECIFIC FLOW CONTROL FACILITY REQUIREMENT
Peak Rate Flow
Control Standard
Areas
Flow Control
Duration Standard
Matching Existing
Condition Areas
Flow Control Duration
Standard Matching
Forested Condition
Areas
Flood Problem Flow
Control Standard
Areas
Type 4 Potential
Impact to Wetland
Hydrology as
Determined through
a Critical Area
Review per RMC
Title IV
Additional Flow
Control
The City may require
design adjustments
per the wetland
hydrology protection
guidelines in
Reference Section 5.
Additional Flow
Control
The City may require
design adjustments
per the wetland
hydrology protection
guidelines in
Reference Section 5.
Additional Flow
Control
The City may require
design adjustments per
the wetland hydrology
protection guidelines in
Reference Section 5.
Additional Flow
Control
The City may require
design adjustments
per the wetland
hydrology protection
guide-lines in
Reference Section 5.
Notes:
(1) More than one set of problem-specific performance criteria may apply if two or more downstream drainage problems are identified
through offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2. If this happens, the performance goals of each applicable problem-specific criterion
must be met. This can require extensive, time-consuming analysis to implement multiple sets of outflow performance criteria if additional
onsite flow control is the only viable option for mitigating impacts to these problems. In these cases, it may be easier and more prudent
to implement the Flow Control Duration Standard matching forested conditions standard in place of the otherwise required area-
specific standard. Use of the Flow Control Duration Standard matching forested conditions standard satisfies the specified
performance criteria for all the area-specific and problem-specific requirements except if adjustments are required per the special
provision for closed depressions described below in Note 5.
(2) Overflow Tr is the return period of conveyance system overflow. To determine Tr requires a minimum Level 2 downstream analysis as
detailed in Section 2.3.1.1. To avoid this analysis, a Tr of 2 years may be assumed.
(3) Offsite improvements may be implemented in lieu of or in combination with additional flow control as allowed in Section 1.2.2.2 and
detailed in Section 3.3.5.
(4) A tightline system may be required regardless of the flow control standard being applied if needed to meet the discharge requirements
of Core Requirement #1 or the outfall requirements of Core Requirement #4, or if deemed necessary by the City of Renton where the
risk of severe damage is high.
(5) Special Provision for Closed Depressions with a Severe Flooding Problem:
IF the proposed project discharges by overland flow or conveyance system to a closed depression experiencing a severe flooding
problem AND the amount of new impervious surface area proposed by the project is greater than or equal to 10% of the 100-year
water surface area of the closed depression, THEN use the “point of compliance analysis technique” described in Section 3.3.6 to verify
that water surface levels are not increasing for the return frequencies at which flooding occurs, up to and including the 100-year
frequency. If necessary, iteratively adjust onsite flow control performance to prevent increases. Note: The point of compliance analysis
relies on certain field measurements taken directly at the closed depression (e.g., soils tests, topography, etc.). If permission to enter
private property for such measurements is denied, the City of Renton may waive this provision and apply the Flow Control Duration
Standard matching forested conditions standard with a mandatory 20% safety factor on the storage volume.
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-39
DIRECT DISCHARGE EXEMPTION
Any onsite natural drainage area is exempt from the flow
control facility requirement if the area drains to one of the
major receiving waters listed in Table 1.2.3.B, AND meets
the following criteria for direct discharge20 to that receiving
water:
1. The flowpath from the project site discharge point to the
edge of the 100-year floodplain of the major receiving
water will be no longer than a half mile, except for
discharges to Lake Washington, AND
2. The conveyance system between the project site and the
major receiving water will extend to the ordinary high
water mark, and will be comprised of manmade
conveyance elements (pipes, ditches, etc.) and will be
within public right-of-way or a public or private drainage easement, AND
3. The conveyance system will have adequate capacity21 to convey the 25-year peak flow (per Core
Requirement #4, Conveyance System), for the entire contributing drainage area, assuming build-out
conditions to current zoning for the equivalent area portion (the area that is contained within an arc
formed by the shortest, straight line distance from the conveyance system discharge point to the
furthermost point of the proposed project) and existing conditions for the remaining area, AND
4. The conveyance system will be adequately stabilized to prevent erosion, assuming the same basin
conditions as assumed in Criteria (c) above, AND
5. The direct discharge proposal will not divert flows from or increase flows to an existing wetland or
stream sufficient to cause a significant adverse impact.
A. PEAK RATE FLOW CONTROL STANDARD AREAS
The Peak Rate Flow Control Standard is a peak-rate matching standard intended to prevent increases of
peak flows for specific events rather than match flow-durations over a range of flows. The standard is
appropriate for use in areas where the concern is flooding rather than stream bed erosion. Within the City
of Renton, this standard is allowed for those areas that are highly urbanized prior to 1985 and that drain to
pipes or non-fish bearing constructed conveyance systems leading to the lower Cedar River, Lake
Washington or the portion of the Green River Valley floor located in Renton.
Minimum Required Performance
Facilities in Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Areas must comply with the following flow control
performance standards and assumptions unless modified by offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2 (see
Table 1.2.3.A):
Peak Rate Flow Control Standard: Match the developed peak discharge rates to existing site
conditions peak discharge rates for 2-, 10-, and 100-year return periods.
Intent
The Peak Rate Flow Control Standard is intended to protect flow-carrying capacity and limit
increased erosion within the downstream conveyance system for runoff events less than or equal to the
100-year event. Matching the 2-, 10-, and 100-year peak flows is intended to prevent increases in
return-frequency peak flows less than or equal to the 100-year peak flow down to the 2-year peak
19 Footnote 22 is not used.
20 Direct discharge means undetained discharge from a proposed project to a major receiving water.
21 Note: The City does not charge a special use fee.
TABLE 1.2.3.B
MAJOR RECEIVING WATERS19
Cedar River downstream of Taylor
Creek confluence
Johns Creek downstream of
Interstate-405 (I-405) east right-of-
way
Lake Washington
Note: The major receiving waters listed
above do not include side adjacent or
associated channels, spring- or
groundwater-fed streams, or wetlands.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-40
flow. This level of control is also intended to prevent creation of new conveyance system nuisance
problems as described in Section 1.2.2.1.
Effectiveness in Addressing Downstream Drainage Problems
While the Peak Rate Flow Control Standard provides reasonable protection from many
development-induced conveyance problems (up to the 100-year event), it does not prevent increases in
runoff volumes or flow durations that tend to aggravate the three types of downstream drainage
problems described in Section 1.2.2.1. Consequently, if one or more of these problems are identified
through offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2, additional onsite flow control and/or offsite
improvements will likely be required (see “Drainage Problem-Specific Mitigation Requirements” in
Section 1.2.2.2).
Target Surfaces
Facilities in Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Areas must mitigate (either directly or in effect) the
runoff from the following target surfaces within the threshold discharge area for which the facility is
required:
1. New impervious surface that is not fully dispersed per the criteria in Section 1.2.3.2.C as specified in
Appendix C. For individual lots within residential subdivision projects, the extent of new impervious
surface shall be assumed as specified in Chapter 3. Note, any new impervious surface such as a
bridge or boardwalk that spans the ordinary high water of a stream, pond, or lake may be excluded as
a target surface if the runoff from such span is conveyed to the ordinary high water area in
accordance with Criteria (b), (c), (d), and (e) of the “Direct Discharge Exemption“ (p 1-39).
2. New pervious surface that is not fully dispersed as specified in Appendix C. For individual lots
within residential subdivision projects, the extent of new pervious surface shall be assumed to be the
entire lot area, except the assumed impervious portion and any portion in which native conditions are
preserved by covenant, tract, or easement. In addition, the new pervious surface on individual lots
shall be assumed to be 100% grass.
Exceptions
The following exceptions apply only in Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Areas:
1. The facility requirement in Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Areas is waived for any threshold
discharge area in which the target surfaces subject to this requirement will generate no more than a
0.15-cfs increase (when modeled using 15 minute time steps) in the existing site conditions 100 -year
peak flow (modeled using same time step unit (e.g., 15 -minute) used to calculate the developed flow).
Note: for the purposes of this calculation, target surfaces served by on-site BMPs per Appendix C
may be modeled in accordance with the on-site BMP sizing credits in Core Requirement #9,
Table 1.2.9.A.
2. The facility requirement in Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Areas may be waived for any
threshold discharge area of a redevelopment project in which all of the following criteria are met:
a) The target surfaces subject to the Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Areas facility requirement
will generate no more than a 0.15-cfs increase (when modeled using 15 -minute time steps) in the
existing site conditions 100 -year peak flow (modeled using same time step unit (e.g., 15 -minute)
used to calculate the developed flow) at any natural discharge location from the project site
(note: for the purposes of this calculation, target surfaces served by on-site BMPs per
Appendix C may be modeled in accordance with the on-site BMP sizing credits in Core
Requirement #9, Table 1.2.9.A, AND
b) The increased runoff from target surfaces will not significantly impact a critical area, severe
flooding problem, or severe erosion problem.
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-41
B. FLOW CONTROL DURATION STANDARD AREAS
The flow control duration standard requires runoff from urban developments to be detained and released at
a rate that matches the flow duration of predeveloped rates over the range of flows extending from ½ of
the 2-year up to the 50-year flow. Also match developed peak discharge rates to predeveloped peak
discharge rates for the 2- and 10-year return periods. Flow duration specifies the cumulative amount of
time that various flows are equaled or exceeded during a long-term simulation using historical rainfall.
The target flow duration may be the “historical” (i.e., fully forested condition) or in specific situations it
may be the existing site or “pre-project” condition as described below. The Flow Control Application layer
in COR Maps (<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>) shows the areas
where the “forested” and “existing” conditions are allowed.
Forested land cover – Runoff from the developed site will be controlled and released at a rate that
matches the flow duration for a forested (“historical”) land cover. The “historical” land cover is the default
standard required by the technical requirements of the NPDES permit. The standard is applicable to those
areas draining to streams that have erodible channels where runoff from urban areas has the potential to
destabilize the channel.
Existing land cover – Runoff from the developed site will be controlled and released at a rate that
matches the flow duration for the site conditions existing before the development. These are areas that
have been developed for years and drain to stream channels that have become stabilized to a new
hydrologic regime. Ecology has proposed that the existing land cover can be used in basins that have had
at least 40% total impervious surface area for the 20 years preceding Ecology’s adoption of the 2005
Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (called the 40/20 rule) and the stream channels
receiving the runoff are considered stable from the standpoint of excessive erosion or sedimentation. In
developing the “40/20 rule” for highly urbanized basins, Ecology conducted a preliminary analysis and
produced maps that identify those areas that may meet the criteria. Portions of Renton were included in the
initial maps prepared by Ecology. These maps have been adjusted to better represent the areas that were
40% impervious in 1985 as well as drainage basin divides within the City.
Flow control facilities designed to the “40/20 rule” will only have to mitigate for the added impervious
surface. As a result, these flow control facilities will be smaller than those required to be designed to
match runoff from a fully forested site.
Minimum Required Performance
Facilities in Flow Control Duration Standard Areas must comply with the following flow control
performance standard and assumptions unless modified by offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2 (see
Table 1.2.3.A):
Flow Control Duration Standard Matching Forested Site Conditions: Developed discharge
durations shall not exceed predeveloped durations for the range of predeveloped discharge rates from
50% of the 2-year peak flow up to the full 50-year peak flow. Developed peak discharge rates shall
not exceed predeveloped peak discharge rates for the 2- and 10-year return periods. Assume forested
(historical) site conditions as the predeveloped condition.
Flow Control Duration Standard Matching Existing Site Conditions: Developed discharge durations
shall not exceed predeveloped durations for the range of predeveloped discharge rates from
50% of the 2-year peak flow up to the full 50-year peak flow. Developed peak discharge rates
shall not exceed predeveloped peak discharge rates for the 2- and 10-year return periods.
Assume existing site conditions as the predeveloped condition.
Intent
The Flow Control Duration Standard flow control standard assuming historical site conditions is
intended to limit the amount of time that erosive flows are at work generating erosion and
sedimentation within natural and constructed drainage systems. Such control is effective in preventing
development-induced increases in natural erosion rates and reducing existing erosion rates where they
may have been increased by past development of the site. This is accomplished by maintaining at
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-42
historical predevelopment levels the aggregate time that developed flows exceed an erosion-causing
threshold (i.e., 50% of the historical 2-year peak flow). Maintaining natural erosion rates within
streams and their tributary areas is important for preventing increases in stream channel erosion and
sediment loading that are detrimental to salmonid habitat and production.
Effectiveness in Addressing Downstream Drainage Problems
While the Flow Control Duration Standard flow control standard assuming historical site
conditions provides a reasonable level of protection for preventing most development-induced
problems, it does not necessarily prevent increases in existing site conditions 100-year peak flows that
can aggravate severe flooding problems as described in Core Requirement #2, nor does it necessarily
prevent aggravation of all severe erosion problems. Consequently, if one or more of these problems
are identified through offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2, additional onsite flow control and/or
offsite improvements will likely be required (see “Drainage Problem-Specific Mitigation
Requirements” in Section 1.2.2.2).
Target Surfaces
Facilities in Flow Control Duration Standard Areas22 must mitigate (either directly or in effect) the
runoff from the following target developed surfaces within the threshold discharge area for which the
facility is required:
1. New impervious surface that is not fully dispersed per the criteria on Section 1.2.3.2.C as specified in
Appendix C. For individual lots within residential subdivision projects, the extent of new impervious
surface shall be assumed as specified in Chapter 3. Note, any new impervious surface such as a
bridge or boardwalk that spans the ordinary high water of a stream, pond, or lake may be excluded as
a target surface if the runoff from such span is conveyed to the ordinary high water area in
accordance with Criteria (b), (c), (d), and (e) of the “Direct Discharge Exemption“ (p 1-39).
2. New pervious surface that is not fully dispersed as specified in Appendix C. For individual lots
within residential subdivision projects, the extent of new pervious surface shall be assumed to be the
entire lot area, except the assumed impervious portion and any portion in which native conditions are
preserved by covenant, tract, or easement. In addition, the new pervious surface on individual lots
shall be assumed to be 100% grass.
3. Replaced impervious surface that is not fully dispersed as specified in Appendix C on a non-
redevelopment project in which the total of new plus replaced impervious surface is 5,000 square feet
or more, OR new pervious surface is ¾ acre or more.
4. Replaced impervious surface that is not fully dispersed on a transportation redevelopment project in
which new impervious surface is 5,000 square feet or more and totals 50% or more of the existing
impervious surface within the project limits.
5. Replaced impervious surface that is not fully dispersed as specified in Appendix C, on a parcel
redevelopment project in which the total of new plus replaced impervious surface is 5,000 square feet
or more and whose valuation of proposed improvements (including interior improvements and
excluding required mitigation improvements) exceeds 50% of the assessed value of: (a) the existing
project site improvements on commercial or industrial projects, or (b) the existing site improvements
on other projects.
Exceptions
The following exceptions apply only in Flow Control Duration Standard Areas:
1. The historical site conditions exception does not apply to the City.
22 Note: Any threshold discharge area that appears to be located within a Flow Control Duration Standard Area according to the
Flow Control Application layer in COR Maps (<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>) but
drains entirely by non-erodible manmade conveyance to a major receiving water (listed on page 1-51) is considered to be
located within a Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Area.
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-43
2. The facility requirement in Flow Control Duration Standard Matching Existing Site Conditions
Areas is waived for any threshold discharge area in which there is no more than a 0.15-cfs
difference (when modeled using 15 minute time steps) in the sum of developed 100-year peak flows
for those target surfaces subject to this requirement and the sum of historical site conditions 100-year
peak flows (modeled using same time step unit (e.g., 15 minute) used to calculate the developed flow)
for the same surface areas.
Note: for the purposes of this calculation, target surfaces served by on-site BMPs per Appendix C
may be modeled in accordance with the on-site BMP sizing credits in Core Requirement #9,
Table 1.2.9.A.
3. The facility requirement in Flow Control Duration Standard Matching Forested Site Conditions
Areas is waived for any threshold discharge area in which there is no more than a 0.15-cfs
difference (when modeled using 15 minute time steps) in the sum of developed 100-year peak flows
for those target surfaces subject to this requirement and the sum of forested (historical) site conditions
100-year peak flows (modeled using same time step unit (e.g., 15 minute) used to calculate the
developed flow) for the same surface areas. Note: for the purposes of this calculation, target surfaces
served by on-site BMPs per Appendix C may be modeled in accordance with the on-site BMP sizing
credits in Core Requirement #9, Table 1.2.9.A.
4. The facility requirement in Flow Control Duration Standard Areas may be reduced or waived for
any threshold discharge area where a plan or study approved by the City and Ecology shows that a
lower standard (e.g., Peak Rate Control Standard or targeting existing site conditions instead of
forested conditions) is sufficient or no facility is necessary to protect or allow for restoration of water
body beneficial uses and habitat functions essential to salmonids.
5. The regional facilities plan exception does not apply to the City.
6. The facility requirement in Flow Control Duration Standard Areas as applied to replaced
impervious surface may be reduced by the CED Manager/designee using the adjustment process
detailed in Sections 1.4.3 and 1.4.4 of the adjustment process, if the cost of flow control facilities to
mitigate all target surfaces exceeds that necessary to mitigate only for new impervious surface plus
new pervious surface and also exceeds 1/3 of the valuation of proposed improvements (including
interior improvements) or twice the cost of a facility to mitigate equivalent surfaces on a new
development site, whichever is less. The amount of reduction shall be limited such that the cost of
flow control facilities is at least equal to that necessary to mitigate only for new impervious surface
plus new pervious surface, and beyond this amount, is no greater than 1/3 of the valuation of proposed
improvements (including interior improvements) or twice the cost of a facility to mitigate equivalent
surfaces on a new development site, whichever is less.
C. FLOOD PROBLEM FLOW CONTROL STANDARD AREAS
Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Areas are designated by the City of Renton where the City has
determined that a higher average level of flow control is needed to prevent aggravation of existing
documented flooding problems. At this time, the City has not mapped specific areas, but may apply this
standard when a project discharges to a severe flooding or erosion problem.
Within Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Areas, or where required by the City to protect
aggravation of a downstream problem, required flow control facilities must comply with the following
minimum requirements for facility performance and mitigation of targeted surfaces, except where such
requirements or the facility requirement itself is waived or reduced by the area-specific exceptions at the
end of this subsection.
Minimum Required Performance
Facilities in Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Areas must comply with the following flow control
performance standard and assumptions unless modified by offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2 (see
Table 1.2.3.A):
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-44
Flood Problem Flow Control Standard: Apply the Flow Control Duration Standard, AND match
the developed 100-year peak discharge rate to the predeveloped 100-year peak discharge rate. If the
Flood Problem Flow Control Area is located within a Flow Control Duration Standard Area and
does not drain entirely by non-erodible manmade conveyance to a major receiving water (see
Table 1.2.3.B), then historical site conditions shall be assumed as the predeveloped condition except
for the purposes of matching 100-year peak discharge rates. For all other situations and for the
purposes of matching 100-year peak discharge rates, existing site conditions may be assumed.
Intent
The Flood Problem Flow Control Standard is intended to prevent significant increases in existing
water surface levels for 2-year through 100-year return frequencies. Such increases are expected to
occur as the volume of runoff discharging to the water body is increased by upstream development.
Because inflow rates to these water bodies are typically much higher than the outflow rates, increased
runoff volumes from upstream development are, in effect, stacked on top of existing volumes in the
water body, resulting in higher water surface levels. The duration-matching and 100-year peak-
matching criteria of the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard counteract this stacking effect by
slowing the arrival of additional runoff volumes. Because it can prevent significant aggravation of
existing flooding, the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard is also applicable to other flow
control areas where severe flooding problems have been identified per Core Requirement #2.
Effectiveness in Addressing Downstream Drainage Problems
If the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard is implemented onsite, no additional measures are
required to prevent aggravation of the three types of downstream drainage problems described in Core
Requirement #2. The one exception is for a wetland or lake that is a closed depression with a severe
flooding problem, and the proposed project is adding impervious surface area amounting to more
than 10% of the 100-year water surface area of the closed depression. In this case, additional onsite
flow control or offsite improvements may be necessary as determined by a “point of compliance
analysis” (see “Special Provision for Closed Depressions” in Table 1.2.3.A, and see Section 3.3.6,
“Point of Compliance Analysis”).
Target Surfaces
Facilities in Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Areas must mitigate (either directly or in effect) the
runoff from the following target developed surfaces within the threshold discharge area for which the
facility is required:
1. If the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Area is located within a Flow Control Duration
Standard Area, then the target surfaces are the same as those required for facilities in Flow Control
Duration Standard Areas (see Section 1.2.3.1.B) unless otherwise allowed by the area-specific
exceptions for Flow Control Duration Standard Areas. Note: Any Flood Problem Flow Control
Standard Area that appears to be located within a Flow Control Duration Standard Area according to
the Flow Control Application layer in COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>), but drains entirely by non-
erodible manmade conveyance to a major receiving water (see Table 1.2.3.B), is considered to be
located within a Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Area.
2. If the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Area is located within a Peak Rate Flow Control
Standard Area or drains entirely by non-erodible manmade conveyance to a major receiving water,
then the target surfaces are the same as those required for facilities in Peak Rate Flow Control
Standard Areas (see Section 1.2.3.1.A).
Exceptions
The following exceptions apply only in Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Areas:
1. If the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Area is located within a Flow Control Duration Standard
Matching Existing Site Conditions Area or Peak Rate Flow Control Area, then the facility
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-45
requirement is waived for any threshold discharge area in which there is no more than a 0.15-cfs
difference (when modeled using 15 minute time steps) in the sum of developed 100-year peak flows
for the target surfaces subject to this requirement and the sum of historical site conditions 100-year
peak flows (modeled using same time step unit (e.g., 15 minute) used to calculate the developed flow)
for the same surface areas. Agricultural zoned projects in current agricultural use may use existing site
conditions as the predeveloped condition for purposes of this exception calculation.
Note: for the purposes of this calculation, target surfaces served by on-site BMPs per Appendix C
may be modeled in accordance with the on-site BMP sizing credits in Core Requirement #9,
Table 1.2.9.A. Also, any Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Area that appears to be located
within a Flow Control Duration Standard Area according to the Flow Control Application layer in
COR Maps (<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>), but drains
entirely by non-erodible manmade conveyance to a major receiving water (see Table 1.2.3.B), is
considered to be located within a Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Area.
2. If the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Area is located within a Peak Rate Flow Control
Standard Area, then the facility requirement is waived for any threshold discharge area in which the
target surfaces subject to this requirement will generate no more than a 0.15-cfs increase (when
modeled using 15-minute time steps) in the existing site conditions 100-year peak flow (modeled
using same time step unit (e.g., 15-minute) used to calculate the developed flow.
Note: for the purposes of this calculation, target surfaces served by on-site BMPs per Appendix C
may be modeled in accordance with the on-site BMP sizing credits in Core Requirement #9,
Table 1.2.9.A.
3. Any required application of the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Areas facility requirement
to replaced impervious surface may be waived if the City has adopted a plan and implementation
schedule approved by the state Department of Ecology for fulfilling this requirement with regional
facilities.
4. Any required application of the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard Areas facility requirement
to replaced impervious surface may be reduced by CED using the procedures detailed in Sections
1.4.3 and 1.4.4 of the adjustment process, if the cost of flow control facilities to mitigate all target
surfaces exceeds that necessary to mitigate only for new impervious surface plus new pervious
surface and also exceeds 1/3 of the valuation of proposed improvements (including interior
improvements) or twice the cost of a facility to mitigate the same surfaces on a new development site,
whichever is less. The amount of reduction allowed by this exception shall be limited such that the
cost of flow control facilities is at least equal to that necessary to mitigate only for new impervious
surface plus new pervious surface, and beyond this amount, is no greater than 1/3 of the valuation of
proposed improvements (including interior improvements) or twice the cost of a facility to mitigate
equivalent surfaces on a new development site, whichever is less.
1.2.3.2 FLOW CONTROL FACILITY IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
Flow control facilities shall be designed and implemented in accordance with the following requirements,
allowances, and flexible compliance provisions:
A. ONSITE VS. OFFSITE IMPLEMENTATION
All required flow control facilities must be implemented onsite except where the requirements below can
be met by direct discharge to a regional or shared facility constructed to provide flow control for the
proposed project. Regional facilities are typically constructed as part of a City-approved plan or study
(e.g., basin plan, stormwater compliance plan, or master drainage plan). Shared facilities may be
constructed under a City-developed shared facility drainage plan or under an agreement between two or
more private developers.
1. The regional or shared facility must be of adequate size and design to meet the current flow control
requirements for the proposed project. Note: the current flow control requirements are those specified
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-46
by Core Requirement #3 of this manual unless superseded by other adopted area-specific flow control
requirements per Special Requirement #1 (see Section 1.3.1). In some cases where the current flow
control requirements differ from those used to originally design the regional or shared facility,
additional analysis and possible retrofitting of the facility may be required to ensure adequate size and
design. In other cases where the current flow control requirements are not significantly different or are
less stringent, adequate size and design may already be documented by an adopted City basin plan or
master drainage plan, an approved shared facility drainage plan, or a detailed drainage analysis
approved by the City for a separate permitted development.
2. The regional or shared facility must be fully operational at the time of construction of the proposed
project. In the case of a shared facility, the proposed project must comply with the terms and
conditions of all contracts, agreements, and permits associated with the shared facility. If the offsite
facility is an existing City-owned facility, the City may charge a special use fee equal to or based on
the property value of the detention capacity being used.
3. The conveyance system between the project site and the regional facility must meet the same criteria
specified for direct discharge to a major receiving water except for Criterion (a) (see “Direct
Discharge Exemption” in Section 1.2.3.1). In the case of a shared facility, the criteria are the same,
except the conveyance system need only have adequate capacity and erosion protection for buildout of
the participating portion23 of the contributing drainage area.
B. METHODS OF ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Flow control facilities must be analyzed and designed using a continuous flow simulation method such as
HSPF (Hydrologic Simulation Program FORTRAN) or the simplified HSPF-based runoff files method.
An overview of the runoff files method is found in Chapter 3. Specifications for use of the approved
modeling software is provided in the software documentation and augmented with limited SWDM-specific
guidance in Reference Section 6-D. Detailed design specifications for flow control facilities are found in
Chapter 5.
C. SIZING CREDITS FOR FULLY DISPERSED SURFACES
A fully dispersed surface (either impervious or nonnative pervious) is one that conforms to the BMP
strategy for “full dispersion” detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.1. This strategy calls for minimizing the
area of onsite developed surface relative to native vegetated surface, together with the application of
dispersion techniques that utilize the natural retention/detention capacity of the native vegetated surface to
mitigate the runoff effects of the developed surfaces. Developed surfaces conforming to this strategy are
considered to have a negligible impact downstream, and therefore, may be modeled as forest and are not
subject to the area-specific flow control facility requirement (Section 1.2.3.1) or the area-specific water
quality facility requirement (Section 1.2.8.1). In order for developed surfaces to qualify as fully dispersed,
they must meet the basic criteria listed below and further detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.1.
Criteria for Fully Dispersed Surfaces
1. The total area of impervious surface being fully dispersed must be no more than 15% of the total
area of native vegetated surface being preserved by a clearing limit by a City-approved recorded tract,
easement, or covenant within the same threshold discharge area. The total area of impervious
surface plus nonnative pervious surface24 being fully dispersed must be no more than 35% of a
threshold discharge area.
2. The runoff from a fully dispersed surface must be discharged using one of the following dispersion
devices in accordance with the design specifications and maximum area of fully dispersed surface for
each device set forth in Appendix C, Section C.2.1:
a) Splash blocks
b) Rock pads
c) Gravel filled trenches
23 The participating portion includes those properties that have agreements for use of the shared facility.
24 Nonnative pervious surface means a pervious surface that does not meet the definition of a native vegetated surface.
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-47
d) Sheet flow
Note: The dispersion device must be situated so as to discharge within the same threshold discharge
area of the surface it serves.
3. A native vegetated flowpath segment of at least 100 feet in length (25 feet for sheet flow from a
nonnative pervious surface) must be available along the flowpath that runoff would follow upon
discharge from a dispersion device listed in Minimum Requirement 2 above. The native vegetated
flowpath segment must meet all of the following criteria:
a) The flowpath segment must be over native vegetated surface.
b) The flowpath segment must be onsite or an offsite tract or easement area reserved for such
dispersion.
c) The average slope of the flowpath segment must be no steeper than 15% for any 20-foot reach
of the flowpath segment.
d) The flowpath segment must be located between the dispersion device and any downstream
drainage feature such as a pipe, ditch, stream, river, pond, lake, or wetland.
e) The flowpath segments for adjacent dispersion devices must comply with the minimum spacing
requirements in Appendix C, Section C.2.1. These requirements do not allow overlap of
flowpath segments, except in the case where sheet flow from a nonnative pervious surface
overlaps with the flowpath of any dispersion device listed in Minimum Requirement 2 above. In
this case, the longer of the two overlapping flowpath segments must be extended at least 1 foot for
every 3 feet of distance along the most representative path that runoff would travel from the
upstream end to the discharge end of the nonnative pervious surface.
4. On sites with septic systems, the discharge of runoff from dispersion devices must not be upgradient
of the drainfield. This requirement may be waived by CED if site topography clearly prohibits flows
from intersecting the drainfield.
5. The dispersion of runoff must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by CED. If
runoff is proposed to be discharged toward a landslide hazard, erosion hazard area, or steep slope
hazard area (i.e., slopes steeper than 20%), CED may require the applicant to have the proposal
evaluated by a geotechnical engineer, engineering geologist, or CED.
D. SIZING CREDITS FOR USE OF ON-SITE BMPS
Projects that implement on-site BMPs as detailed in Core Requirement #9 and Appendix C, whether
required or optional, may use the on-site BMP sizing credits as described and allowed in Section 1.2.9.4
and Table 1.2.9.A.
E. MITIGATION OF TARGET SURFACES THAT BYPASS FACILITY
On some sites, topography may make it difficult or costly to collect all target surface runoff for discharge
to the onsite flow control facility. Therefore, some project runoff subject to flow control may bypass
required onsite flow control facilities provided that all of the following conditions are met:
1. The point of convergence for runoff discharged from the bypassed target surfaces and from the
project’s flow control facility must be within a quarter-mile downstream25 of the facility’s project
site discharge point, AND
2. The increase in the existing site conditions 100-year peak discharge from the area of bypassed target
surfaces must not exceed 0.4 cfs, AND
25 Note: CED may allow this distance to be extended beyond a half mile to the point where the project site area constitutes less
than 15% of the tributary area.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-48
3. Runoff from the bypassed target surfaces must not create a significant adverse impact to
downstream drainage systems, salmonid habitat, or properties as determined by CED, AND
4. Water quality requirements applicable to the bypassed target surfaces must be met, AND
5. Compensatory mitigation by a flow control facility must be provided so that the net effect at the
point of convergence downstream is the same with or without the bypass. This mitigation may be
waived if the existing site conditions 100-year peak discharge from the area of bypassed target
surfaces is increased by no more than 0.15 cfs (modeled using 15 minute time steps) and on-site
BMPs as detailed in Appendix C are applied to all impervious surfaces within the area of bypassed
target surfaces. One or combination of the following methods may be used to provide compensatory
mitigation by a flow control facility subject to permission/approvals from other parties as deemed
necessary by CED:
a) Design the project’s flow control facility or retrofit an existing offsite flow control facility as
needed to achieve the desired effect at the point of convergence, OR
b) Design the project’s flow control facility or provide/retrofit an offsite flow control facility to
mitigate an existing developed area (either onsite or offsite) that has runoff characteristics (i.e.,
peak flow and volume) equivalent to those of the bypassed target surfaces but is currently not
mitigated or required to be mitigated to the same flow control performance requirement as the
bypassed target surfaces. Consideration of an offsite area to be mitigated for must take into
account the likelihood of that area redeveloping in the future. Those areas determined by the City
to have a high likelihood of future redevelopment that will provide its own mitigation may not be
used as compensatory mitigation.
F. BYPASS OF RUNOFF FROM NON-TARGET SURFACES
The performance of flow control facilities can be compromised if the contributing area, beyond that which
must be mitigated by the facility, is too large. Therefore, IF the existing 100-year peak flow rate from any
upstream area (not targeted for mitigation) is greater than 50% of the 100-year developed peak flow rate
(undetained) for the area that must be mitigated, THEN the runoff from the upstream area must bypass the
facility. Offsite areas that naturally drain onto the project site must be intercepted at the natural drainage
course within the project site and conveyed in a separate conveyance system and must bypass onsite
stormwater facilities. The bypass of upstream runoff must be designed so that all of the following
conditions are met:
1. Any existing contribution of flows to an onsite wetland must be maintained, AND
2. Upstream flows that are naturally attenuated by natural detention on the project site under
predeveloped conditions must remain attenuated, either by natural means or by providing additional
onsite detention so that peak flows do not increase, AND
3. Upstream flows that are dispersed or unconcentrated on the project site under predeveloped
conditions must be discharged in a safe manner as described in Core Requirement #1 under
“Discharge Requirements“.
4. Bypasses shall be designed in accordance with standards of Core Requirement #4, Conveyance
System
G. MITIGATION TRADES
A project’s flow control facility may be designed to mitigate an existing developed non-target surface area
(either onsite or offsite) in trade for not mitigating part or all of the project’s target surface area, provided
that all of the following conditions are met:
1. The existing developed non-target surface area (i.e., an area of existing impervious surface and/or
nonnative pervious surface) must have runoff discharge characteristics (i.e., peak flow and volume)
equivalent to those of the target surface area for which mitigation is being traded and must not be
currently mitigated to the same flow control performance requirement as the target surface area, AND
1.2.3 CORE REQUIREMENT #3: FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-49
2. Runoff from both the target surface area being traded and the flow control facility must converge
prior to discharge of the runoff from the target surface area being traded onto private property
without an easement or through any area subject to erosion, AND
3. The net effect in terms of flow control at the point of convergence downstream must be the same with
or without the mitigation trade, AND
4. The undetained runoff from the target surface area being traded must not create a significant
adverse impact to downstream drainage systems, salmonid habitat, or properties prior to convergence
with runoff from the flow control facility.
5. Mitigation trade proposals must be reviewed and approved with input from the City of Renton.
6. The existing non-targeted surface area that is mitigated for purposes of the required flow control must
be documented and tracked by CED. Documentation should clarify that future redevelopment of the
existing non-targeted area used for the mitigation trade will incur additional flow control mitigation
requirements if the redevelopment exceeds Core Requirement #3 thresholds. This additional flow
control mitigation must be met in addition to that previously required and provided for the mitigation
trade. Applicants must consider sizing flow control facilities sufficient for both the mitigation trade
area and future development of the existing non-targeted area, if feasible.
H. MANIFOLD DETENTION FACILITIES
A manifold detention facility is a single detention facility designed to take the place of two or more
otherwise required detention facilities. It combines the runoff from two or more onsite drainage areas
having separate natural discharge locations, and redistributes the runoff back to the natural discharge
locations following detention. Because manifold detention facilities divert flows from one natural
discharge location to another and then back, they are not allowed except by an approved adjustment (see
Section 1.4).
I. FACILITY REQUIREMENT IN LANDSLIDE HAZARD DRAINAGE AREAS
Proposed projects subject to Discharge Requirement 2 in Core Requirement #1 must provide a tightline
system unless the 100-year runoff from the project site can be feasibly infiltrated or one of the other
exceptions listed in Section 1.1.2.2. For infiltration to be used as an alternative to the tightline requirement,
it must be feasible per the facility design requirements and limitations specified in Section 5.2. When
evaluating the feasibility of infiltration, multiple facility locations scattered throughout the project site
shall be considered and used where feasible and practical to avoid concentrating infiltrated water in one
location. If multiple facilities are not feasible or practical, then a single infiltration facility meeting the
minimum setback requirements in Section 5.2 may be used where feasible.
Where infiltration is not feasible, it is still possible for a proposed project to qualify for one of the other
exceptions to the tightline requirement specified in Core Requirement #1. If such a project is subject to the
flow control facility requirement in Core Requirement #3, the required facility must be a detention pond
sized to meet, at minimum, the Flow Control Duration Standard Matching Forested site conditions
flow control facility standard with a safety factor of 20% applied to the storage volume. The detention
pond must be sited and designed so as to maximize the opportunity for infiltration in the pond. To
accomplish this, all of the following design requirements must be met:
1. The detention pond must be preceded by either a water quality treatment facility per Core
Requirement #8 or a presettling basin per Section 5.2, AND
2. All detention pond side slopes must be 3H:1V or flatter and must be earthen, AND
3. Detention pond liners that impede infiltration shall not be used, AND
4. The pond bottom shall be at or above the seasonal high groundwater table, AND
5. The detention pond outflow must meet the discharge dispersal requirements specified in Discharge
Requirement 1 of Core Requirement #1.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-50
1.2.4 CORE REQUIREMENT #4: CONVEYANCE SYSTEM
All engineered conveyance system elements for proposed projects must be analyzed, designed, and
constructed to provide a minimum level of protection against overtopping, flooding, erosion, and structural
failure as specified in the following groups of requirements:
“Conveyance Requirements for New Systems,” Section 1.2.4.1
“Conveyance Requirements for Existing Systems,” Section 1.2.4.2
“Conveyance System Implementation Requirements,” Section 1.2.4.3
Intent: To ensure proper design and construction of engineered conveyance system elements. Conveyance
systems are natural and engineered drainage facilities that provide for the collection and transport of
surface water or stormwater runoff. This core requirement applies to the engineered elements of
conveyance systems (primarily pipes, culverts, and ditches/channels).
1.2.4.1 CONVEYANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW SYSTEMS
All new conveyance system elements,26 both onsite and offsite, shall be analyzed, designed, and
constructed according to the following requirements. Also see Section 4.1 for route design and easement
requirements.
Pipe Systems
1. New pipe systems shall be designed with sufficient capacity to convey and contain (at minimum) the
25-year peak flow, assuming developed conditions for onsite tributary areas and existing conditions
for any offsite tributary areas.
2. Pipe system structures may overtop for runoff events that exceed the 25-year design capacity,
provided the overflow from a 100-year runoff event does not create or aggravate a severe flooding
problem or severe erosion problem as described in Core Requirement #2, Section 1.2.2. Any overflow
occurring onsite for runoff events up to and including the 100-year event must discharge at the natural
location for the project site. In residential subdivisions, this overflow must be contained within an
onsite drainage easement, tract, covenant, or public right-of-way.
3. The upstream end of a pipe system that receives runoff from an open drainage feature (pond, ditch,
etc.) shall be analyzed and sized as a culvert as described below.
Culverts
1. New culverts shall be designed with sufficient capacity to meet the headwater requirements in Section
4.3.1 and convey (at minimum) the 25-year peak flow, assuming developed conditions for onsite
tributary areas and existing conditions for any offsite tributary areas.
2. New culverts must also convey as much of the 100-year peak flow as is necessary to preclude creating
or aggravating a severe flooding problem or severe erosion problem as described in Core
Requirement #2, Section 1.2.2. Any overflow occurring onsite for runoff events up to and including
the 100-year event must discharge at the natural location for the project site. In residential
subdivisions, this overflow must be contained within an onsite drainage easement, tract, covenant, or
public right-of-way.
3. New culverts proposed in streams with salmonids shall be designed to provide for fish passage as
detailed in Section 4.3.2. Note: The City’s critical areas regulations (RMC 4-3-050) or the state
Department of Fish and Wildlife may require a bridge to facilitate fish passage.
26 New conveyance system elements are those that are proposed to be constructed where there are no existing constructed
conveyance elements.
1.2.4 CORE REQUIREMENT #4: CONVEYANCE SYSTEM
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-51
Ditches/Channels
1. New ditches/channels shall be designed with sufficient capacity to convey and contain, at minimum,
the 25-year peak flow, assuming developed conditions for onsite tributary areas and existing
conditions for any offsite tributary areas.
2. New ditches/channels must also convey as much of the 100-year peak flow as is necessary to preclude
creating or aggravating a severe flooding problem or severe erosion problem as described in Core
Requirement #2, Section 1.2.2. Any overflow occurring onsite for runoff events up to and including
the 100-year event must discharge at the natural location for the project site. In residential
subdivisions, such overflow must be contained within an onsite drainage easement, tract, covenant, or
public right-of-way.
3. In both conditions listed above, ditches must be designed with a 6-inch minimum freeboard.
Tightline Systems Traversing Steep Slopes
New tightline conveyance systems traversing slopes that are steeper than 15% and greater than 20 feet in
height, or are within a steep slope hazard area as defined in RMC 4-3-050, shall be designed with
sufficient capacity to convey and contain (at minimum) the 100-year peak flow, assuming full build-out
conditions27 for all tributary areas, both onsite and offsite. Tightline systems shall be designed as detailed
in Section 4.2.2.
Bridges
New bridges shall be designed to accommodate the 100-year peak flow as specified in Section 4.3.3 and in
accordance with the floodplain development standards in RMC 4-3-050.
1.2.4.2 CONVEYANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING SYSTEMS
The following conveyance requirements for existing systems are less rigorous than those for new systems
to allow some salvaging of existing systems that are in useable condition. Existing systems may be utilized
if they are capable of providing a minimum level of protection as-is or with minor modifications.
Existing Onsite Conveyance Systems
No Change in Flow Characteristics: Existing onsite conveyance systems that will not experience a
change in flow characteristics (e.g., peak flows or volume of flows) as a result of the proposed project
need not be analyzed for conveyance capacity.
Change in Flow Characteristics: Existing onsite conveyance systems that will experience a change in
flow characteristics as a result of the proposed project must comply with the following conveyance
requirements:
1. The existing system must be analyzed and shown to have sufficient capacity to convey and contain (at
minimum) the 25-year peak flow assuming developed conditions for onsite tributary areas and
existing conditions for any offsite tributary areas.
2. The applicant must demonstrate that the 100-year peak flow to the existing system will not create or
aggravate a severe flooding problem or severe erosion problem as described in Core Requirement #2,
Section 1.2.2.
3. Minor modifications may be made to the conveyance system to achieve the required capacity stated
above. Examples of minor modifications include raising a catch-basin rim, replacing or relaying a
section of pipe to match the capacity of other pipes in the system, improving a pipe inlet, or enlarging
a short, constricted reach of ditch or channel.
4. Modifications to an existing conveyance system or element that acts to attenuate peak flows, due to
the presence of detention storage upstream, shall be made in a manner that does not significantly
27 Full build-out conditions means the tributary area is developed to its full zoning potential except where there are existing
sensitive areas, open space tracts, and/or native growth protection easements/covenants.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-52
increase peak flows downstream. For example, if water is detained in a pond upstream of a restrictive
road culvert, then installing an overflow system for the culvert should prevent overtopping of the road
without significantly reducing existing detention storage.
Existing Offsite Conveyance Systems
1. Existing offsite conveyance systems need not be analyzed for conveyance capacity except as required
by Core Requirement #2, or if offsite improvements or direct discharge are proposed per Core
Requirement #3.
2. Improvements made to existing offsite conveyance systems to address the drainage problem-specific
mitigation requirements in Section 1.2.2.2 need only change existing conveyance capacity sufficient to
prevent aggravation of the drainage problem(s) being addressed.
3. Existing offsite conveyance systems proposed to be used for direct discharge to a major receiving
water per Core Requirement #3 shall meet the same conveyance requirements specified in Section
1.2.4.1 for new systems.
1.2.4.3 CONVEYANCE SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
Conveyance systems shall be designed and implemented in accordance with the following requirements,
allowances, and flexible compliance provisions:
A. METHODS OF ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Properly sized conveyance elements provide sufficient hydraulic capacity to convey peak flows of the
return frequencies indicated in Sections 1.2.4.1 and 1.2.4.2. Conveyance capacity shall be demonstrated
using the methods of analysis detailed in Chapter 4. Design flows for sizing conveyance systems shall be
determined using the appropriate runoff computation method specified in Section 3.2.
B. COMPOSITION
Where feasible, conveyance systems shall be constructed of vegetation-lined channels, as opposed to pipe
systems, except in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area where pipe systems are required. Vegetative
channels shall generally be considered feasible if all of the following conditions are present:
1. The channel gradient generally does not exceed 5 percent, AND
2. Ditches/roadway section must be approved by the City, AND
3. The channel will be accessible for maintenance (see Section 1.2.6), AND
4. The channel will not be subject to erosion.
Exceptions: The following are exceptions to the requirement for vegetative channels:
Conveyance systems proposed under roadways, driveways, or parking areas
Conveyance systems proposed between houses in urban-zoned plats and short plats
Conveyance systems conveying roof runoff only.
Conveyance systems in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
C. INTERFLOW AND INTERCEPTION
Interflow is near-surface groundwater that moves laterally through the soil horizon following the hydraulic
gradient of underlying relatively impermeable soils. When interflow is expressed on the surface, it is
termed a spring or seepage. Any significant springs or seepage areas that impact a roadway or structure
proposed by the project must be intercepted and directed into a conveyance system. Where roadways may
impede the passage of interflow to downstream wetlands or streams, provision for passage of
unconcentrated flows must be made.
1.2.4 CORE REQUIREMENT #4: CONVEYANCE SYSTEM
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-53
D. PROVISION FOR LOT DRAINAGE WITHIN SUBDIVISIONS
Within subdivision projects,28 provision must be made for the safe conveyance of runoff from the
discharge location of each lot to the subdivision’s main conveyance system or road drainage system. This
may include, but is not limited to, provisional stub-outs from an enclosed roadway drainage system to the
edge of the road right-of-way at each created lot, or lot-line pipes or ditches that collect lot drainage and
convey it to the subdivision’s main conveyance system or road drainage system.
E. OUTFALLS
An outfall is defined as a point where collected and concentrated surface and storm water runoff is
discharged from a pipe system or culvert.
Energy Dissipation: At a minimum, rock erosion protection is required at outfalls from all drainage
systems and elements except where CED determines that erosion protection is being provided by other
means or is not needed. Details on outfall structures are included in Section 4.2.2.
New Point Discharges Over Steep Slopes: Proposed outfalls that will discharge runoff in a location
where the natural (existing) discharge is unconcentrated over a slope steeper than 15% and greater than
20 feet in height, or over a steep slope hazard area (as defined in RMC 4-3-050), must meet the following
criteria:
A tightline conveyance system must be constructed to convey the runoff to the bottom of the slope
unless other measures are approved by CED based on an evaluation/report by a licensed geotechnical
engineer.
The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas
under full built-out conditions.
Tightline systems must be designed so that existing baseflow conditions are not significantly changed
and adequate energy dissipation is provided at the bottom of the slope.
Where alternative measures (e.g., dispersal trench) to the tightline system are approved upstream of a
landslide hazard or steep slope hazard area, they may be placed no closer than 50 feet from the top of
the hazard area slope based on an evaluation/report by a licensed geotechnical engineer.
F. OUTFALLS TO THE GREEN RIVER
New stormwater outfalls or modifications to existing stormwater outfalls discharging to the Green River
between River Mile 6 (South Boeing Access Road) and SR 18 are allowed only through the adjustment
process. These outfalls must comply with requirements of the Green River Pump Operations Procedure
Plan, which establishes storage volumes and release rate criteria for developments proposing to construct
or modify outfalls. Copies of the plan are available from DNRP.
G. SPILL CONTROL
Projects proposing to construct or replace onsite conveyance system elements that receive runoff from
non-roof-top pollution-generating impervious surface must provide a spill control device as detailed in
Section 4.2.1.1 prior to discharge from the site or into a natural onsite drainage feature.29 More
specifically, this requirement applies whenever a proposed project does either of the following:
Constructs a new onsite conveyance system that receives runoff from non-roof-top pollution-
generating impervious surface, OR
Removes and replaces an existing onsite conveyance system element that receives runoff from
5,000 square feet or more of non-roof-top pollution-generating impervious surface onsite.
28 For purposes of this requirement, the term subdivision project refers to any project that creates a short plat, plat, or binding
site plan.
29 Natural onsite drainage feature means a natural swale, channel, stream, closed depression, wetland, or lake.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-54
The intent of this device is to temporarily detain oil or other floatable pollutants before they enter the
downstream drainage system in the event of an accidental spill or illegal dumping. It may consist of a tee
section in a manhole or catch basin, or an equivalent alternative as specified in Section 4.2.1.1.
Note that in addition to this spill control requirement to protect offsite and natural drainage systems,
there are other spill control requirements in this manual for discharges to certain water quality facilities
and all infiltration facilities (see the design criteria for water quality facilities in Chapter 6 and the
general requirements for infiltration facilities in Section 5.2). The application of these requirements must
be such that all stated intents are satisfied.
H. GROUNDWATER PROTECTION
Any reach of new ditch or channel proposed by a project in which the untreated runoff from 5,000 square
feet or more of pollution-generating impervious surface or ¾ acre or more of pollution-generating
pervious surface comes into direct contact with an outwash soil must be lined with either a low
permeability liner or a treatment liner consistent with the specifications for such liners in Section 6.2.4,
except where it can be demonstrated that the soil meets the soil suitability criteria listed in Section 5.2.1.
The intent of this requirement is to reduce the likelihood that pollutants will be discharged to groundwater
when untreated runoff is conveyed in ditches or channels constructed in soils with high infiltration rates.
I. PUMP SYSTEMS
Pump systems may be used to convey water from one location or elevation to another within the project
site provided they meet the design criteria specified for such systems in Section 4.2.3 and will be privately
owned and maintained.
Pump systems discharging flows from the project site that would not have discharged by gravity flow
under existing site conditions will require an approved adjustment to Core Requirement #1 (see
Section 1.4, “Adjustment Process“). These pump systems will be considered only when there is no other
physical gravity alternative and they are necessary to prevent creation or aggravation of a flooding or
erosion problem as specified in Section 1.2.2.
1.2.5 CORE REQUIREMENT #5:
CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
All proposed projects that will clear, grade, or otherwise disturb the site must provide erosion and
sediment controls to prevent, to the maximum extent practicable, the transport of sediment from the
project site to downstream drainage facilities, water resources, and adjacent properties. All proposed
projects that will conduct construction activities onsite or offsite must provide stormwater pollution
prevention and spill controls to prevent, reduce, or eliminate the discharge of pollutants to onsite or
adjacent stormwater systems or watercourses. To prevent sediment transport and pollutant discharges as
well as other impacts related to land-disturbing and construction activities, Erosion and Sediment
Control (ESC) measures and Stormwater Pollution Prevention and Spill Control (SWPPS) measures
that are appropriate to the project site must be applied through a comprehensive Construction
Stormwater Pollution Prevention (CSWPP) plan as described in Sections 1.2.5.1 and 1.2.5.3 and shall
perform as described in Section 1.2.5.2. In addition, these measures, both temporary and permanent, shall
be implemented consistent with the requirements in Section 1.2.5.3 that apply to the proposed project.
Intent:
To prevent the transport of sediment and other impacts, like increased runoff, related to land
disturbing activities. Erosion of disturbed areas on construction sites can result in excessive sediment
transport to adjacent properties and to surface waters. This sediment can result in major adverse
impacts, such as flooding from obstructed drainage ways, smothering of salmonid spawning beds,
algal blooms in lakes, and exceedances of state water quality standards for turbidity. These impacts
can also result from the increased runoff generated by land disturbing activities on construction sites.
1.2.5 CORE REQUIREMENT #5: CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-55
To prevent, reduce, or eliminate the discharge of pollutants to onsite or adjacent stormwater systems
or watercourses from construction-related activities such as materials delivery and storage, onsite
equipment fueling and maintenance, demolition of existing buildings and disposition of demolition
materials and other waste, and concrete handling, washout and disposal.
1.2.5.1 CSWPP MEASURES
Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention (CSWPP) measures include Erosion and Sediment
Control (ESC) measures and Stormwater Pollution Prevention and Spill (SWPPS) measures.
ESC Measures
Each of the following categories of ESC measures must be considered for application to the project site as
detailed in the Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Standards located in the Construction Stormwater
Pollution Prevention Standards adopted as Appendix D of this manual:
1. Clearing Limits
2. Cover Measures
3. Perimeter Protection
4. Traffic Area Stabilization
5. Sediment Retention
6. Surface Water Collection
7. Dewatering Control
8. Dust Control
9. Flow Control
10. Control Pollutants (also see SWPPS Measures below)
11. Protect Existing and Proposed Stormwater Facilities and On-site BMPs
12. Maintain Protective BMPs
13. Manage the Project
SWPPS Measures
Each of the following categories of SWPPS measures must be considered for application to the project site
as detailed in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention and Spill Control (SWPPS) Standards located in the
CSWPP Standards adopted as Appendix D of this manual:
Follow effective pollutant handling and disposal procedures.
Provide cover and containment for materials, fuel and other pollutants.
Manage the project site to maximize pollutant control and minimize pollutant sources.
Protect from spills and drips of petroleum products and other pollutants.
Avoid overapplication or untimely application of chemicals and fertilizers.
Prevent or treat contamination of stormwater runoff by pH modifying sources.
1.2.5.2 CSWPP PERFORMANCE AND COMPLIANCE PROVISIONS
The changing conditions typical of construction sites call for frequent field adjustments of existing ESC
and SWPPS measures or additional ESC and SWPPS measures in order to meet required performance. In
some cases, strict adherence to specified measures may not be necessary or practicable based on site
conditions or project type. In other cases, immediate action may be needed to avoid severe impacts.
Therefore, careful attention must be paid to ESC and SWPPS performance and compliance in accordance
with the following provisions:
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-56
A. CSWPP SUPERVISOR
For projects in Targeted, Full or Large Project Drainage Review, or projects in Directed Drainage Review
as determined by the CED permit reviewer, the applicant must designate a CSWPP supervisor who
shall be responsible for the performance, maintenance, and review of ESC and SWPPS measures and for
compliance with all permit conditions relating to CSWPP as described in the CSWPP Standards. The
applicant’s selection of a CSWPP supervisor must be approved by the City. This approval may be
rescinded for non-compliance, requiring the applicant to select another CSWPP supervisor and obtain City
approval prior to continuing work on the project site. For projects that disturb one acre or more of land,
the CSWPP supervisor must be a Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (see
<www.cpesc.net> for more information) or a Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead whose
certification is recognized by the Department of Ecology or King County.30 The City may also require a
certified ESC professional for sites smaller than one acre of disturbance if CED determines that onsite
ESC measures are inadequately installed, located, or maintained.
For larger, more sensitive sites, the City may require a certified ESC professional with several years of
experience in construction supervision/inspection and a background in geology, soil science, or agronomy
(See Appendix D, Section D.2.3.1 for more information).
B. MONITORING OF DISCHARGES
The CSWPP supervisor shall have a turbidity meter onsite and shall use it to monitor surface and storm
water discharges from the project site and into onsite wetlands, streams, or lakes whenever runoff occurs
from onsite activities and during storm events. If the project site is subject to a NPDES general permit for
construction issued by the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology), then the project must
comply with the monitoring requirements of that permit.
The CSWPP supervisor shall also use the specific SWPPS control BMP procedures for monitoring surface
and stormwater discharge for pollutants and acceptable discharge levels. The CSWPP supervisor shall
keep logs as required by the procedures of all measurements taken onsite and make them available to CED
on request.
C. ESC PERFORMANCE
ESC measures shall be applied/installed and maintained to prevent, to the maximum extent practicable, the
transport of sediment from the project site to downstream drainage systems or surface waters or into onsite
wetlands, streams, or lakes or onto adjacent properties. This performance is intended to be achieved
through proper selection, installation, and operation of the above ESC measures as detailed in the CSWPP
Standards (Appendix D) and approved by the City. However, the CSWPP supervisor or the City may
determine at any time during construction that the approved measures are not sufficient and that additional
action is required based on one of the following criteria:
1. If a turbidity test of surface and storm water discharges leaving the project site is greater than the
benchmark value of 25 NTU (nephelometric turbidity units) set by the Washington State Department
of Ecology, but less than 250 NTU, the CSWPP Supervisor shall do all of the following:
a) Review the ESC plan for compliance and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the
discharge that exceeded the benchmark of 25 NTU, AND
b) Fully implement and maintain appropriate ESC measures as soon as possible but no later than
10 days after the discharge that exceeded the benchmark, AND
c) Document ESC implementation and maintenance in the site log book.
2. If a turbidity test of surface or storm water entering onsite wetlands, streams, or lakes indicates a
turbidity level greater than 5 NTU above background when the background turbidity is 50 NTU or
30 King County recognition of certification means that the individual has taken a King County-approved third party training
program and has passed the King County-approved test for that training program.
1.2.5 CORE REQUIREMENT #5: CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-57
less, or 10% above background when the background turbidity is greater than 50 NTU, then corrective
actions and/or additional measures beyond those specified in Section 1.2.5.1 shall be implemented as
deemed necessary by the City inspector or onsite CSWPP supervisor.
3. If discharge turbidity is 250 NTU or greater, the CSWPP Supervisor shall do all of the following:
a) Notify the City by telephone, AND
b) Review the ESC plan for compliance and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the
discharge that exceeded the benchmark of 25 NTU, AND
c) Fully implement and maintain appropriate ESC measures as soon as possible but no later than
10 days after the discharge that exceeded the benchmark, AND
d) Document ESC implementation and maintenance in the site log book. AND
e) Continue to sample discharges until turbidity is 25 NTU or lower, or the turbidity is no more than
10% over background turbidity.
4. If the City determines that the condition of the construction site poses a hazard to adjacent property
or may adversely impact drainage facilities or water resources, THEN additional measures beyond
those specified in Section 1.2.5.1 may be required by the City.
D. SWPPS PERFORMANCE
SWPPS measures shall be applied/installed and maintained so as to prevent, reduce, or eliminate the
discharge of pollutants to onsite or adjacent stormwater systems or watercourses or onto adjacent
properties. This performance is intended to be achieved through proper selection, installation, and
operation of the above SWPPS measures as detailed in the CSWPP Standards (Appendix D) and approved
by the City. However, the CSWPP supervisor designated per Section 1.2.5.2.A or the City may determine
at any time during construction that such approved measures are not sufficient and additional action is
required based on the criteria described in the specific SWPPS BMP standard and/or conditions of an
approved adjustment:
E. FLEXIBLE COMPLIANCE
Some projects may meet the intent of Core Requirement #5 while varying from specific CSWPP
requirements contained here and in the CSWPP Standards. If a project is designed and constructed to meet
the intent of this core requirement, the City may determine that strict adherence to a specific ESC
requirement is unnecessary; an approved adjustment (see Section 1.4) is not required in these
circumstances. Certain types of projects are particularly suited to this greater level of flexibility, for
instance, projects on relatively flat, well drained soils, projects that are constructed in closed depressions,
or projects that only disturb a small percentage of a forested site may meet the intent of this requirement
with very few ESC measures. However, SWPPS requirements may actually be emphasized on well-
drained soils, particularly in groundwater or well protection areas, or in close proximity to water bodies.
More information on intent and general ESC and SWPPS principles is contained in the CSWPP Standards
in Appendix D.
F. ROADS AND UTILITIES
Road and utility projects often pose difficult erosion control challenges because they frequently cross
surface waters and are long and narrow with limited area available to treat and store sediment-laden water.
Because of these factors, road and utility projects are allowed greater flexibility in meeting the intent of
Core Requirement #5 as described in the CSWPP Standards.
G. ALTERNATIVE AND EXPERIMENTAL MEASURES
All measures proposed for erosion and sediment control shall conform to the details and specifications in
the CSWPP Standards unless an alternative is approved by the City, and if the alternative is a new
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-58
technology, it must also be approved through Ecology’s CTAPE program (see “Alternative and
Experimental Measures” in the CSWPP Standards, Appendix D).
1.2.5.3 CSWPP IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
Proposed projects must identify, install, and maintain required erosion and sediment control and
stormwater pollution prevention and spill control measures consistent with the following requirements:
A. CSWPP PLAN
As specified in Chapter 2, all proposed projects must submit a CSWPP plan for implementing CSWPP
measures. The CSWPP plan is comprised of the ESC plan and the SWPPS plan. The ESC plan must
show the location and details of all ESC measures as specified in Chapter 2 and the CSWPP Standards and
shall include a CSWPP report, which contains additional directions and supporting information like a
detailed construction sequence as proposed by the design engineer and any calculations or information
necessary to size ESC measures and demonstrate compliance with Core Requirement #5. The CSWPP
plan shall also contain plan notes that outline specific permit conditions as outlined in Appendix D
Section D.4.2 Standard ESC and SWPPS Plan Notes. The City may require large, complex projects to
phase construction and to submit multiple ESC plans for the different stages of construction. New CSWPP
plans are not required for changes that are necessary during construction, unless required by the City
inspector.
B. WET SEASON CONSTRUCTION
During the wet season (October 1 to April 30) any site with exposed soils shall be subject to the “Wet
Season Requirements” contained in the ESC Standards. In addition to the ESC cover measures, these
provisions include covering any newly-seeded areas with mulch and seeding as much disturbed area as
possible during the first week of October to provide grass cover for the wet season. Other ESC measures
such as baker tanks and portable sand filters may be required for use during the wet season. A separate
“Wet Season” ESC plan shall be submitted and approved by the City before continuing work on any site
during the wet season.
C. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN CRITICAL AREAS AND BUFFERS
Any construction that will result in disturbed areas on or within a stream or associated buffer, within a
wetland or associated buffer, or within 50 feet of a lake shall be subject to the “Critical Area Restrictions”
contained in the CSWPP Standards. These provisions include phasing the project whenever possible so
that construction in these areas is limited to the dry season.
D. MAINTENANCE
All ESC and SWPPS measures shall be maintained and reviewed on a regular basis as prescribed in the
CSWPP Standards.
E. FINAL STABILIZATION
Prior to obtaining final construction approval, the site shall be stabilized, structural ESC and SWPPS
measures (such as silt fences, sediment traps and concrete waste collection pits) shall be removed, and
drainage facilities shall be cleaned as specified in the CSWPP Standards. A separate ESC plan describing
final stabilization may be required by the City prior to implementation.
F. CONSIDERATION OF OTHER REQUIRED PERMITS
Consideration should be given to the requirements and conditions that may be applied by other agencies as
part of other permits required for land-disturbing activities. In particular, the following permits may be
required and should be considered when implementing CSWPP measures:
A Class IV Special Forest Practices Permit is required by the Washington State Department of
Natural Resources for projects that will clear more than two acres of forest or 5,000 board feet of
1.2.6 CORE REQUIREMENT #6: MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-59
timber. All such clearing is also subject to the State Environmental Policy Act (RCW 43.21C) and will
require SEPA review.
A NPDES General Permit for Construction (pursuant to the Washington State Department of
Ecology’s Construction Stormwater General Permit) is required for projects that will disturb one or
more acres for purposes of constructing or allowing for construction of a development, or projects
disturbing less than one acre that are part of a larger common plan of sale31 that will ultimately disturb
one or more acres.
1.2.6 CORE REQUIREMENT #6: MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS
Maintenance and operation of all drainage facilities is the responsibility of the applicant or property
owner, except those facilities for which the City assumes maintenance and operation as described below
and in RMC 4-6-030.M. Drainage facilities must be maintained and operated in accordance with the
maintenance standards in Appendix A of this manual, or other maintenance standards as approved by the
City.
Intent: To ensure that the maintenance responsibility for drainage facilities is clearly assigned and that
these facilities will be properly maintained and operated in perpetuity.
Drainage facilities serving private improvements are not allowed in public right-of-way. On-site BMPs
serving private improvements are also not allowed in the public right-of-way. Under certain situations,
drainage facilities for single family residential subdivisions with public roads may be allowed in the public
right-of-way through the City adjustment/variance process. Examples of conditions in which facilities may
be considered for placement in the public way are:
Dead end streets or cul-de-sacs where future extensions of the road is unlikely and where drainage
facilities will not conflict with existing utility improvements.
Unimproved right-of-way where future improvements are not anticipated and would not conflict with
existing or future utility improvements.
Drainage Facilities to be Maintained by the City of Renton
The City will assume maintenance and operation of the following drainage facilities 32 for any residential
subdivision with public streets, except where the City grants an adjustment per Section 1.4, allowing the
facilities to be maintained by the homeowners association:
Flow control and water quality treatment facilities within a stormwater tractor right-of-way dedicated
to the City.
On-site BMPs serving more than one lot, and serving public improvements within a stormwater tract.
Bioretention facilities in City right-of-way, mitigating for public improvements.
Where serving public improvements, on-site BMP vegetated flow paths for full dispersion within an
easement that includes provisions for access and maintenance. The City maintenance of these
vegetated flow paths will be limited to their functionality. All other maintenance shall remain the
responsibility of the owner(s).
The conveyance system within a drainage easement, tract or improved public road right-of-way
granted to the City.
31 Common plan of development or sale means a site where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may take
place at different times or on different schedules, but still under a single plan. Examples include: 1) phased projects and
projects with multiple filings or lots, even if the separate phases or filings/lots will be constructed under separate contract or by
separate owners (e.g., a development where lots are sold to separate builders); 2) a development plan that may be phased
over multiple years, but is still under a consistent plan for long-term development; and 3) projects in a contiguous area that
may be unrelated but still under the same contract, such as construction of a building extension and a new parking lot at the
same facility.
32 Note: the City of Renton does not assume maintenance of individual lot drainage systems or drainage stub-outs serving single
family residential lot downspout, footing, or yard drains.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-60
Note: The City may assume maintenance of facilities serving any mix of developments through an
adjustment.
The City will assume maintenance and operation of these facilities two years after final construction
approval by CED and an inspection by the City to ensure the facilities have been properly maintained and
are operating as designed.
Flow control facilities, water quality treatment facilities, and on-site BMPs to be maintained and
operated by the City, along with the required perimeter landscaping (as required per RMC 4-9-150), must
be located in a stormwater tract. For drainage facilities requiring perimeter landscaping, the stormwater
tract shall be granted and conveyed with all ownership and maintenance obligations (excluding
maintenance of the drainage facilities) to the subdivision’s lot owners. An easement under and upon said
tract shall be dedicated to the City for the purpose of operating, maintaining, and repairing the drainage
facilities contained in the stormwater tract. If perimeter landscaping is not required, then the stormwater
tract shall be dedicated to the City along with the maintenance of the drainage facility contained therein.
Required vegetated flow paths for full dispersion and basic dispersion BMPs require a recorded
declaration of covenant that stipulates restrictions on use AND shall be located in an easement that
includes provisions for access and maintenance. City maintenance of these vegetated flow paths will be
limited to their functionality. All other maintenance shall remain the responsibility of the owner(s).
Access roads serving these facilities must also be located in the tract or right-of-way and must be
connected to an improved public road right-of-way.
Conveyance systems to be maintained and operated by the City must be located in a drainage easement,
tract, or right-of-way granted to the City.
Note: the City does not normally assume maintenance responsibility for conveyance systems that are
outside of improved public road right-of-way.
Drainage Facilities to be Maintained by Private Parties
For residential subdivisions of nine lots or less with private streets, planned unit developments, and
commercial and industrial sites, maintenance and operation of flow control and water quality treatment
facilities including on-site BMPs are the responsibility of the property owner (s) and must be located in a
tract or easement that identifies each property owner as having equal and undivided interest.
Shared facilities shall be maintained jointly by the property owners or users of the facility. Shared facilities
must have a City approved maintenance plan or agreement regarding assignment of maintenance and
operation.
All drainage facilities maintained privately, by the City or by other public agencies must be maintained as
specified in Appendix A, “Maintenance Requirements for Stormwater Facilities and On-Site BMPs,” and
as further prescribed in Chapter 6 for water quality facilities, unless otherwise approved by the City. A
copy of the Operation and Maintenance Manual submitted as part of the permit application for flow
control and water quality treatment facilities (see Section 2.3.1) shall be retained on site and shall be
transferred with the property to the new owner. A log of maintenance activity indicating when cleaning
occurred and where waste was disposed of shall also be kept by the owner and be available for inspection
by the City.
All privately maintained on-site BMPs must be maintained as specified in the site/lot’s declaration of
covenant and grant of easement per Section 1.2.9.
The City shall annually inspect all privately maintained drainage facilities for compliance with these
requirements. The City may reduce the inspection frequency based on maintenance records of double the
length of time of the proposed inspection frequency. If the property owner(s) fails to maintain their
facilities to the acceptable standards, the City shall issue a written notice specifying the required remedial
actions and requiring a schedule for timely completion of the actions. If these actions are not performed in
a timely manner, the City shall enter the property to perform the actions needed and bill the property
owner(s) for the cost of the actions. If a hazard to public safety exists, the City shall perform remedial
actions without written notice.
1.2.7 CORE REQUIREMENT #7: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND LIABILITY
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-61
If the proposed project is a commercial, industrial, or multifamily development or redevelopment, or a
single family residential building permit, a drainage facility declaration of covenant and grant of
easement must be recorded at the King County Office of Records and Elections. Whenever a flow control
facility, water quality treatment facility, or on-site BMP is proposed to be located on a parcel separate
from the parcel or parcels containing the target surfaces mitigated by the facility or BMP, provisions must
be made to ensure that the owner or owners of the target surfaces have a perpetual right to operate and
maintain the facility. This may be done either by recording an easement granting this right to the owner(s)
of the target surfaces, or by conveying the land on which the facility sits (or an interest therein) to the
owner(s) of target surfaces.
If the proposed project is a residential subdivision development, all privately maintained conveyance
systems or other drainage facilities that convey flows through private property must be located in a
drainage easement dedicated to convey surface and stormwater . Individual owners of the properties
containing these easements must maintain the drainage facilities through their property. The legal
instrument creating drainage easements on private property must contain language that requires a private
property owner to obtain written approval from the City prior to removing vegetation (except by routine
mowing) from any drainage easement containing open, vegetated drainage facilities (such as swales,
channels, ditches, ponds, etc.).
Maintenance of On-Site BMPs
Maintenance and operation of all on-site BMPs are the responsibility of the property owner unless
specified above in Section 1.2.6 (Drainage Facilities to be Maintained by the City of Renton).
On-site BMPs are not allowed in City right-of-way unless constructed to mitigate for public
improvements. Maintenance and operation of on-site BMPs constructed in the right-of-way is the
responsibility of the adjacent property owner in accordance with RMC 4-6-060.
1.2.7 CORE REQUIREMENT #7:
FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND LIABILITY
In accordance with RMC 4-6-030, CED shall require all persons constructing any surface water facilities
(including flow control/water quality facilities, conveyance systems, erosion control, and road drainage),
to post with the City of Renton a bond, assignment of funds or certified check.
The applicant must also maintain liability insurance as described in this Core Requirement #7.
Intent: To ensure financial guarantees are posted to sufficiently cover the cost of correcting, if necessary,
incomplete or substandard drainage facility construction work, and to warrant for two years the
satisfactory performance and maintenance of those newly-constructed drainage facilities. Core
Requirement #7 is also intended to ensure that a liability policy is provided that protects the proponent and
the City from any damages relating to the construction or maintenance of required drainage facilities by
private parties.
Construction Bond for Required Improvements
Before a permit, pursuant to the provisions of RMC 4-6-030, may be issued, the applicant may be required
to execute to the City a construction bond. In some instances, and at the sole option of the City, a
certificate of occupancy, final inspection, or final approval may be issued prior to completion of required
public or site improvements if an acceptable form of guarantee is provided by the applicant.
Amount of Required Construction Bond: The construction bond shall be for not less than 100 percent of
the amount calculated in the bond quantity worksheet (as provided in Reference Section 8-H) of all
required drainage improvements associated with the proposed project. The bond quantity worksheet shall
be provided by the applicant and is subject to review and acceptance by the City.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-62
Utilization of Funds Provided by the Construction Bond: If the required improvements associated with
the proposed project are not completed by the termination date of the construction bond, the City shall use
the bond to construct the improvements in accordance with the City’s standards.
Release of Construction Bond: The construction bond will be released when the applicant completes the
following:
Correct any defects noted in the final inspection.
Address, to the satisfaction of the City, all deficiencies noted in the final inspection by the City.
Provide to the City as-built drawings, final recorded plat, recorded easements, bill of sale, cost data
inventory of public storm system improvements to be owned and maintained by the City, and recorded
restricted covenant and grant of easement.
Receive a City Final inspection to ensure the drainage facilities have been properly installed and are
operated as desired.
Submission of maintenance bond to the City.
Maintenance Bond
Prior to acceptance by the City of any newly constructed public improvements to be deeded to the City, or
any onsite or offsite private storm drainage improvements, the applicant shall file with the City a
construction maintenance bond. The maintenance bond is to be held by the City for a period of two years.
Amount of Maintenance Bond: The maintenance bond shall be for 20 percent of the amount calculated
in the bond quantity worksheet.
Utilization of Funds Provided by the Maintenance Bond: In the event that required improvements are
not properly maintained during the required maintenance guarantee period, the City shall notify the
developer/owner. If the developer/owner fails to correct the problem within a period of 15 days, the City
shall use the maintenance guarantee to perform the maintenance work. Should any failures occur in regard
to required improvements associated with a development project within the warranty period, the City shall
require the developer/owner to correct all failures. Should the developer/owner fail to perform within a
period of 15 days, the City shall use the maintenance and warranty bond to correct any failures.
Release of Maintenance Bond: Maintenance bond will be released upon completion of the two-year
maintenance bond period following final inspection and correction of any maintenance defects identified
in the final inspection by the City.
Hold Harmless
The permittee shall protect, defend, indemnify, and save harmless the City, its officers, employees, and
agents from any and all costs, claims, judgments, or awards of damages, arising out of or in any way
resulting from the negligent acts or omissions of the permittee. The permittee agrees that its obligations
under this Section extend to any claim, demand, and/or cause of action brought by, or on behalf of, any of
its employees or agents.
Insurance Required
Before a permit shall be issued for any construction, insurance will be required as follows:
1. The applicant shall secure and maintain in force throughout the duration of the permit: Commercial
General Liability insurance written on an occurrence basis with limits no less than one million dollars
($1,000,000) per occurrence/two million dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate.
2. Copies of such insurance policy or policies shall be furnished unto the City with a special
endorsement in favor of the City with the City named as a primary and noncontributory additional
insured on the insurance policy and an endorsement stating such shall be provided to the City.
3. The policy shall provide that it will not be canceled or reduced without 30 days’ advanced written
notice to the City.
1.2.8 CORE REQUIREMENT #8: WATER QUALITY FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-63
4. Upon showing of a hardship and at the discretion of the Administrator or his/her designee, the
insurance requirements may be reduced or waived for single-family or two-family residential
applications.
Other Important Information about Core Requirement #7
Other requirements include the following:
Cash Bond Returned: The cash bond will be returned to applicant when work is accepted by the
City, less any sums due to the City under the terms of this Core Requirement #7.
Reimbursement of City’s Costs Incurred to Obtain Funds Provided by Guarantees: If the City
finds it necessary to utilize funds provided for any guarantee, and incurs expenses in obtaining and
administering such funds, a portion of these monies shall also be used to reimburse the City for such
recovery costs. If the guarantee is not adequate to cover all necessary costs, the developer/owner is
required to make up the deficit in cash within 30 days of receipt of written notice from the City.
1.2.8 CORE REQUIREMENT #8: WATER QUALITY FACILITIES
All proposed projects, including redevelopment projects, must provide water quality (WQ) facilities to
treat the runoff from those new and replaced pollution-generating impervious surfaces and new
pollution-generating pervious surfaces targeted for treatment as specified in the following sections. These
facilities shall be selected from a menu of water quality facility options specified by the area-specific
facility requirements in Section 1.2.8.1 and implemented according to the applicable WQ implementation
requirements in Section 1.2.8.2.
Intent: To require an efficient, cost-effective level of water quality treatment tailored to the sensitivities
and resource protection needs of the downstream receiving water to which the project site drains, or, in the
case of infiltration, protection of the receiving groundwater system.
Guide to Applying Core Requirement #8
Core Requirement #8 requires that WQ facilities be provided to remove pollutants from runoff discharging
from a project site in accordance with land use-specific WQ facility requirements found in Section 1.2.8.1.
For efficient application of Core Requirement #8, the following steps are recommended:
1. Check the exemption language in Section 1.2.8 to determine if or which threshold discharge areas of
the project site must provide WQ facilities per Core Requirement #8.
2. Use the Basic WQ treatment areas section (Section 1.2.8.1.A) to determine if basic or enhanced
treatment is required.
3. Consult Section 1.2.8.2 for other design requirements, allowances, and flexible compliance provisions
related to implementing water quality treatment.
4. Consult Sections 1.2.2, Core Requirement #2: Offsite Analysis, 1.2.2.1, Downstream Analysis, and
1.2.2.1.2, Downstream Water Quality Problems Requiring Special Attention.
Other Important Information about Core Requirement #8
Core Requirement #8 is the primary component of an overall water quality protection strategy required by
this manual. Other requirements include the following:
Core Requirement #4: Conveyance System, Spill Control Provisions, Section 1.2.4 — This
provision generally applies whenever a project constructs or replaces onsite conveyance system
elements that receive runoff from pollution-generating impervious surfaces. The provision requires
that runoff from such impervious surfaces be routed through a spill control device prior to discharge
from the project site or into a natural onsite drainage feature.
Core Requirement #4: Conveyance System, Groundwater Protection, Section 1.2.4 —This
provision requires that ditches/channels be lined as needed to reduce the risk of groundwater
contamination when they convey runoff from pollution-generating impervious surfaces that comes
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-64
into direct contact with an outwash soil. Facilities that allow runoff to have direct contact with the soil
and open channel conveyance systems that are note concrete lined are not allowed in Zone 1 of the
Aquifer Protection Area.
Special Requirement #4: Source Control, Section 1.3.4 — This requirement applies water quality
source controls from the King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual to commercial,
industrial, and multifamily projects.
Special Requirement #5: Oil Control, Section 1.3.5 — This requirement applies special oil controls to
those projects proposing to develop or redevelop a high-use site.
EXEMPTIONS FROM CORE REQUIREMENT #8
There are four possible exemptions from the requirement to provide a water quality facility per Core
Requirement #8:
1. Surface Area Exemption
A proposed project or any threshold discharge area within the project site is exempt if it meets all of
the following criteria:
a) Less than 5,000 square feet of new plus replaced PGIS will be created, AND
b) Less than ¾ acre of new PGPS will be added.
2. Surface Exemption for Transportation Redevelopment Projects
A proposed transportation redevelopment project or any threshold discharge area within the project
site is exempt if it meets all of the following criteria:
a) The total new impervious surface within the project limits is less than 50% of the existing
impervious surface, AND
b) Less than 5,000 square feet of new PGIS will be added, AND
c) Less than ¾ acre of new PGPS will be added.
3. Cost Exemption for Parcel Redevelopment Projects
A proposed redevelopment project on a single or multiple parcel site or any threshold discharge area
within the project site is exempt if it meets all of the following criteria:
a) The total valuation of the project’s proposed improvements (including interior improvements
and excluding required mitigation improvements) is less than 50% of the assessed value of: (a) the
existing project site improvements on commercial or industrial projects, or (b) the existing site
improvements on other projects, AND
b) Less than 5,000 square feet of new PGIS will be added, AND
c) Less than ¾ acre of new PGPS will be added.
4. Soil Treatment Exemption
A proposed project or any drainage area within a project is exempt if the runoff from pollution-
generating impervious surfaces is infiltrated in soils that meet the “groundwater protection criteria”
outlined below. These soil properties must be met by the undisturbed native soils onsite (i.e. in situ).
Soil may not be imported in order to meet groundwater protection criteria.
Groundwater Protection Criteria: The first 2 feet or more of the soil beneath an infiltration facility
must have a cation exchange capacity greater than 5 (tested using EPA Laboratory Method 9081) and
an organic content of 1.0% or greater (measured on a dry weight basis using ASTM D 2974), AND
must meet one of the following specifications for general protection of groundwater:
a) The soil must have a measured infiltration rate37 of less than or equal to 9 inches per hour,
except in groundwater protection areas where the measured rate must be less than or equal to
2.4 inches per hour, OR
1.2.8 CORE REQUIREMENT #8: WATER QUALITY FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-65
b) The soil must be composed of less than 25% gravel by weight with at least 75% of the soil
passing the #4 sieve, and the portion passing the #4 sieve must meet one of the following
gradations:
At least 50% must pass the #40 sieve and at least 2% must pass the #100 sieve, OR
At least 25% must pass the #40 sieve and at least 5% must pass the #200 sieve.33
This exemption is not allowed for areas that are infiltrated (1) within one-quarter-mile of a sensitive
lake, or (2) within one-quarter-mile of fresh water with existing or designated aquatic life use whose
land use would otherwise trigger application of a facility from the enhanced basic treatment menu, or
(3) within one-quarter-mile of a phosphorous or metals problem as described in Section 1.2.2.1.2.
1.2.8.1 LAND USE-SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY FACILITY REQUIREMENT
Projects subject to Core Requirement #8 must provide a water quality facility selected from a menu of
water quality facility options identified in the area-specific facility requirements and exceptions for the
WQ treatment area in which the proposed project or threshold discharge area of the proposed project is
located. These WQ treatment areas are listed below and their requirements and exceptions are detailed in
the following subsections:
A. Basic WQ Treatment Areas
B. Sensitive Lake WQ Treatment Areas
C. Sphagnum Bog WQ Treatment Areas.
Intent: To apply an appropriate level of water quality treatment based on the sensitivities of receiving
waters for the drainage area in which the project lies. These drainage areas are identified as WQ treatment
areas on the WQ Applications Map adopted with this manual. In addition to a minimum basic standard,
which applies broadly to most geographic areas, special menus are provided for land uses that generate the
highest concentrations of metals in stormwater and for sites within the watersheds of sensitive lakes, and
sphagnum bog wetlands.
A. BASIC WQ TREATMENT AREAS
Basic WQ Treatment Areas are designated by the City of Renton where a general, cost-effective level of
treatment is sufficient for most land uses. Most direct discharges only require Basic WQ Treatment. Some
land uses, however, will need an increased level of treatment (Enhanced Basic WQ Treatment) because
they generate high concentrations of metals in stormwater runoff and acute concentrations of metals in
streams are toxic to fish.
Required Treatment Menu
Within Basic WQ Treatment Areas, a water quality facility option from the Basic WQ menu shall be used
to treat runoff from the surfaces listed under “Target Surfaces” below, except where such treatment is
waived or reduced by the area-specific exceptions at the end of this subsection and except where the
Enhanced Basic WQ menu is applicable as follows.
If 50% or more of the runoff that drains to any proposed water quality facility is from one or more of the
following land uses, then the Enhanced Basic WQ menu shall be used in place of the Basic WQ menu
for the design of this facility, except if such treatment is waived or reduced by the area-specific exceptions
at the end of this subsection:
1. Commercial, industrial, or multifamily land use.
2. A road with an expected average daily traffic (ADT) count of 7,500 or more vehicles.
33 Measured infiltration rate shall be as measured by the EPA method or the Double Ring Infiltrometer Method (ASTM D3385). For some soils,
an infiltration rate of less than 9 inches per hour may be assumed based on a soil texture determination rather than a rate measurement. For
more details, see the “Groundwater Protection” requirements in Section 5.2.1.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-66
Treatment Goal and Options
The treatment goal for facility options in the Basic WQ menu is 80% removal of total suspended solids
(TSS) for flows or volumes up to and including the WQ design flow or volume for a typical rainfall year,
assuming typical pollutant concentrations in urban runoff.34 TSS is the general performance indicator for
basic water quality protection because it is the most obvious pollutant of concern. TSS is not a single
pollutant; it is a general term for a highly variable mixture of solid pollutants with variable particle size
and particle density distributions, and to one degree or another containing a variety of sorbed dissolvable
pollutants. The Basic WQ menu includes facilities such as wetponds, combined detention/wetponds,
bioswales, vegetated filter strips, and sand filters. See Chapter 6 for specific facility choices and design
details. Additional facility designs may appear in Reference Section 14 in the future.
The treatment goal for facility options in the Enhanced Basic WQ menu is to accomplish better removal
of heavy metals and potentially other toxic materials than can be achieved by basic treatment, while still
meeting the basic treatment goal of 80% TSS removal. The specific target performance is > 30% reduction
of dissolved copper and > 60% removal of dissolved zinc. Dissolved copper and zinc are indicators of a
wider range of metals typically found in urban runoff that are potentially toxic to fish and other aquatic
life. The Enhanced Basic WQ menu includes options for use of a basic-sized stormwater wetland, a large
sand filter, or a combination of two facilities in series. See Chapter 6 for specific facility options and
designs. Additional facility designs may appear in Reference S14 in the future.
Intent
The Basic WQ menu is intended to be applied to both stormwater discharges draining to surface waters
and those infiltrating into soils that do not provide adequate groundwater protection (see Exemption 4
from Core Requirement #8). Overall, the 80% TSS removal objective, in conjunction with special
requirements for source control and high-use site controls, should result in good stormwater quality for all
but the most sensitive water bodies. Increased water quality treatment is necessary for developments that
generate the highest concentrations of metals and for developments that drain to sensitive lakes and
sphagnum bog wetlands.
Facility options in the Enhanced Basic WQ menu are intended to remove more metals than expected
from those in the Basic WQ menu. Lower metal concentrations reduce the risk to fish from exposure to
both chronic and acute toxic concentrations of metals such as copper and zinc, and very low concentration
copper deleterious olfactory effects. As the toxicity of metals depends on their concentration, this standard
is most effective for project sites with a larger proportion of pollution-generating impervious surface like
roadways and medium to high density subdivisions. The Enhanced Basic WQ menu is intended to apply to
all such project sites that drain by surface flows to a fish-bearing stream. However, projects that drain
entirely by pipe to the major receiving waters listed Table 1.2.3.B may be excused from the increased
treatment and may revert to the Basic WQ menu because concentration effects are of less concern as the
overall flow volume increases; however, this exception is not applicable for metals impaired segments per
Section 1.2.2.1: Downstream Analysis, and 1.2.2.1.2: Downstream Water Quality Problems Requiring
Special Attention, Metals Problem (Type 4).
Target Surfaces
Facilities in Basic WQ Treatment Areas must treat (either directly or in effect) the runoff from the
following target surfaces within the threshold discharge area for which the facility is required:
1. New PGIS that is not fully dispersed per the Criteria for Fully Dispersed Surfaces (see Section
1.2.3.2.C) in Core Requirement #3. For individual lots within residential subdivision projects, the
extent of new PGIS shall be assumed based on expected driveway size as approved by CED.
2. New PGPS that is not fully dispersed and from which there will be a concentrated surface discharge in
a natural channel or man-made conveyance system from the site. For individual lots within residential
34 The influent concentration range for demonstrated pollutant removal is 100 to 200 mg/L. For influent concentrations lower than
100 mg/l the effluent goal is equal to or less than 20 mg/l. For influent concentrations greater than 200 mg/l, the goal is greater
than 80% TSS removal.
1.2.8 CORE REQUIREMENT #8: WATER QUALITY FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-67
subdivision projects, the extent of new pervious surface shall be assumed to be the entire lot area,
except the assumed impervious portion as specified in Chapter 3 and any portion in which native
conditions are preserved by covenant, tract, or easement.
3. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed on a non-redevelopment project.
4. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed on a transportation redevelopment project in which new
impervious surface is 5,000 square feet or more and totals 50% or more of the existing impervious
surface within the project limits.
5. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed on a parcel redevelopment project in which the total of new
plus replaced impervious surface is 5,000 square feet or more and whose valuation of proposed
improvements (including interior improvements and excluding required mitigation improvements)
exceeds 50% of the assessed value of: (a) the existing project site improvements on commercial or
industrial projects, or (b) the existing site improvements on other projects.
Exceptions
The following exceptions apply only in Basic WQ Treatment Areas:
1. Exception #1 does not apply to the City
2. The Enhanced Basic WQ menu as specified above for certain land uses may be reduced to the Basic
WQ menu for treatment of any runoff that is infiltrated per the standards of Section 5.2. This
exception is not allowed where infiltrating into soils that do not meet the groundwater protection
standards described in Section 5.2.1, if within one-quarter-mile of a fresh water designated for aquatic
life use or that has an existing aquatic life use.
3. The Enhanced Basic WQ menu as specified above for certain land uses may be reduced to the Basic
WQ menu for treatment of any runoff that is discharged directly, via a non-fish-bearing conveyance
system, all the way to the ordinary high water mark of a stream with a mean annual flow of 1,000 cfs
or more (at the discharge point of the conveyance system), a lake that is 300 acres or larger, or a
waterbody that is listed as a major receiving water per Table 1.2.3.B. This exception does not apply
where the receiving water is impaired for metals per Section 1.2.2.1: Downstream Analysis, and
1.2.2.1.2: Downstream Water Quality Problems Requiring Special Attention, Metals Problem (Type
4).
4. The Enhanced Basic WQ menu as specified above for treating runoff from a commercial land use may
be reduced to the Basic WQ menu if all of the following criteria are met:
a) A facility from the Enhanced Basic WQ menu is not feasible, AND
b) No leachable heavy metals are currently used or proposed to be used in areas of the site,
exposed to the weather, AND
c) A covenant is recorded that prohibits future such use of leachable, heavy metals on the site
(use the covenant in Reference Section 8-Q), AND
d) Less than 50% of the runoff draining to the proposed water quality facility is from any area of
the site comprised of one or both of the following land uses:
Commercial land use with an expected ADT of 100 or more vehicles per 1,000 square
feet of gross building area.
Commercial land use involved with vehicle repair, maintenance, or sales.
5. The facility requirement as applied to replaced PGIS may be waived if the City has adopted a plan
and implementation schedule for fulfilling this requirement using regional facilities.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-68
B. SENSITIVE LAKE WQ TREATMENT AREAS
There are no Sensitive Lake WQ Treatment Areas in the City at the time this manual was adopted;
however, this section has been retained in case of future changes in lake status.
Required Treatment Menu
Within Sensitive Lake WQ Treatment Areas, a water quality facility option from the Sensitive Lake
Protection menu shall be used to treat runoff from the surfaces listed under “Target Surfaces” below,
except where such treatment is waived or reduced by the area-specific exceptions at the end of this
subsection and except where the Enhanced Basic WQ menu is applicable as follows. If 50% or more of the
runoff that drains to any proposed water quality facility is from one or more of the following land uses,
then a water quality facility option common to both the Sensitive Lake Protection menu and Enhanced
Basic WQ menu shall be used for the design of this facility, except if such treatment is waived or reduced
by the area-specific exceptions at the end of this subsection:
1. Commercial, industrial, or multifamily land use.
2. A road with an expected average daily traffic (ADT) count of 7,500 or more vehicles.
Treatment Goal and Options
The treatment goal for facility options in the Sensitive Lake Protection menu is 50% annual average total
phosphorus (TP) removal assuming typical pollutant concentrations in urban runoff.35 This goal was
chosen as a realistic and cost-effective level of phosphorus removal. The Sensitive Lake Protection menu
includes options for using either Basic WQ facilities of larger size, combinations of two facilities in
series,36 or a single facility in combination with land use planning elements that reduce phosphorus. See
Chapter 6 for specific facility options and design details.
On some developments or portions thereof that have surface uses that generate the highest concentrations
of metals in stormwater runoff, the treatment goal is expanded to include > 30% reduction of dissolved
copper and > 60% removal of dissolved zinc. This expanded goal requires use of a water quality facility
option that is common to both the Sensitive Lake Protection menu and the Enhanced Basic menu.
Intent
A project discharging runoff via surface flow contributes phosphorus loading to a sensitive lake regardless
of distance from the lake. If discharge is via infiltration through coarse soils, it is also possible that
phosphorus would be transported through the ground for some distance without attenuation. This
groundwater transport distance is considered to be typically no more than one-quarter mile. Therefore,
onsite treatment using the Sensitive Lake Protection menu is required prior to infiltration within one-
quarter mile of a sensitive lake. Infiltration through finer soils is expected to provide significant
attenuation of TP, so the general groundwater protection criteria specified in Section 1.2.8 under “Soil
Treatment Exemption” are considered sufficient for infiltration through finer soils.
Where the treatment goal is expanded to include > 30% reduction of dissolved copper and > 60% removal
of dissolved zinc, the facility options common to both the Sensitive Lake Protection menu and the
Enhanced Basic WQ menu should meet this goal as well as the lake protection goal of 50% removal of
annual average total phosphorous. The intent behind the enhanced heavy metals removal goal and why it is
applied is described in Section 1.2.8.1.
35 Phosphorus concentrations of between 0.10 and 0.50 mg/L are considered typical of Seattle area runoff (Table 1, “Water
Quality Thresholds Decision paper,” King County Surface Water Management Division, April 1994).
36 In series means that the entire treatment water volume flows from one facility to the other in turn.
1.2.8 CORE REQUIREMENT #8: WATER QUALITY FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-69
Target Surfaces
Facilities in Sensitive Lake WQ Treatment Areas must mitigate (either directly or in effect) the runoff
from the following target surfaces within the threshold discharge area for which the facility is required:
1. New PGIS that is not fully dispersed per the Criteria for Fully Dispersed Surfaces (see Section
1.2.3.2.C) in Core Requirement #3. For individual lots within residential subdivision projects, the
extent of new PGIS shall be assumed based on expected driveway size as approved by CED.
2. New PGPS that is not fully dispersed and from which there will be a concentrated surface discharge
in a natural channel or man-made conveyance system from the site. For individual lots within
residential subdivision projects, the extent of new pervious surface shall be assumed to be the entire
lot area, except the assumed impervious portion as specified in Chapter 3 and any portion in which
native conditions are preserved by covenant, tract, or easement. Note: where the runoff from target
PGPS is separated from the runoff from target PGIS, the Basic WQ menu may be used in place of the
Sensitive Lake Protection menu for treatment of runoff from the target PGPS (see the area-specific
exceptions at the end of this subsection).
3. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed, on a non-redevelopment project.
4. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed on a transportation redevelopment project in which new
impervious surface is 5,000 square feet or more and totals 50% or more of the existing impervious
surface within the project limits.
5. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed, on a parcel redevelopment project in which the total of
new plus replaced impervious surface is 5,000 square feet or more and whose valuation of proposed
improvements (including interior improvements and excluding required mitigation improvements)
exceeds 50% of the assessed value of: (a) the existing project site improvements on commercial or
industrial projects, or (b) the existing site improvements on other projects.
Exceptions
The following exceptions apply only in Sensitive Lake WQ Treatment Areas:
1. The Basic WQ menu may be used in place of the Sensitive Lake Protection menu for treatment of
any runoff that is infiltrated according to the standards in Section 5.2. This exception is not allowed
where infiltrating into soils that do not meet the groundwater protection standards described in Section
5.2.1, if within one-quarter-mile of a phosphorous sensitive receiving water or a tributary to that
receiving water.
2. Application of the Enhanced Basic WQ menu as specified above for certain land uses may be
waived for treatment of any runoff that is infiltrated according to the standards in Section 5.2 (A
facility from the Sensitive Lake Protection menu is still required unless that requirement has been
reduced to the Basic WQ Menu by another exception). This exception is not allowed where infiltrating
into soils that do not meet the groundwater protection standards described in Section 5.2.1, if within
one-quarter-mile of a fresh water designated for aquatic life use or that has an existing aquatic life use.
3. Application of the Enhanced Basic WQ menu as specified above for certain land uses may be
waived for treatment of any runoff that is discharged, via a non-fish-bearing conveyance system, all
the way to the ordinary high water mark of a stream with a mean annual flow of 1,000 cfs or more (at
the discharge point of the conveyance system), a lake that is 300 acres or larger, or a waterbody that is
listed as a major receiving water per Table 1.2.3.B (A facility from the Sensitive Lake Protection menu
is still required unless that requirement has been reduced to the Basic WQ Menu by another
exception). This exception is not applicable for WQ impaired segments per Section 1.2.2.1:
Downstream Analysis, and 1.2.2.1.2: Downstream Water Quality Problems Requiring Special
Attention, Metals Problem (Type 4).
4. The Enhanced Basic WQ menu as specified above for treating runoff from a commercial land use
may be waived (A facility from the Sensitive Lake Protection menu is still required unless that
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-70
requirement has been reduced to the Basic WQ Menu by another exception) if the all of the following
criteria are met:
a) No leachable metals (e.g., galvanized metals) are currently used or proposed to be used in areas of
the site, exposed to the weather, AND
b) A covenant is recorded that prohibits future such use of leachable metals on the site, exposed to
the weather (use the covenant in Reference Section 8-Q), AND
c) Less than 50% of the runoff draining to the proposed water quality facility is from any area of the
site comprised of one or both of the following land uses:
Commercial land use with an expected ADT of 100 or more vehicles per 1,000 square feet of
gross building area.
Commercial land use involved with vehicle repair, maintenance, or sales.
5. The Basic WQ menu may be used for treatment of any runoff from target PGPS that is treated
separately from the runoff from target PGIS.
6. Exception #6 does not apply in the City.
7. The facility requirement as applied to replaced PGIS may be waived if the City has adopted a plan
and implementation schedule for fulfilling this requirement using regional facilities.
Note: If a lake management plan has been prepared and adopted by the City, additional treatment and/or
other water quality measures may be required as specified in the plan and pursuant to Special
Requirement #1, Section 1.2.9.
C. SPHAGNUM BOG WQ TREATMENT AREAS
There are no Sphagnum Bog WQ Treatment Areas in the City at the time this manual was adopted;
however, this section has been retained in case of future changes. Sphagnum Bog WQ Treatment Areas
are areas of King County from which runoff drains to or otherwise comes into contact with the vegetation
of a sphagnum bog wetland37 larger than 0.25 acres in size.38 These wetlands support unique vegetation
communities, and they tend to develop in areas where water movement is minimized. Although sphagnum
bog wetlands are typically isolated from significant sources of surface and ground water and receive their
main water supply from rainfall, there are instances where they are components of larger wetlands and
may be subject to inundation by those wetlands during high intensity or long duration runoff events.
Sphagnum bog wetlands are generally uncommon in the Puget Sound area; of all the inventoried wetlands
in King County, only a small percentage have sphagnum bog wetland components.39
Only a portion of all sphagnum bog wetlands have been identified and mapped by King County.
Consequently, many of these wetlands and their contributing drainage areas must be identified during the
wetland identification and delineation for a project site and during offsite analysis as required in Core
Requirement #2. A list of identified sphagnum bog wetlands is included on the WQ Applications Map and
in the 1997 King County Bog Inventory, updated November 2002, available at
http://your.kingcounty.gov/dnrp/library/2002/kcr249-2002.pdf ; however, if a wetland that meets the
definition of a sphagnum bog wetland is found downstream of a project site and runoff from the project
site drains to or otherwise comes into contact with the wetland’s vegetation, the project site is considered
to be within a Sphagnum Bog WQ Treatment Area whether the wetland is listed or not.
37 A sphagnum bog wetland is defined as a wetland dominated by sphagnum moss and which has an associated acid-loving
plant community. See the "Definitions" section for more details on how King County defines a sphagnum bog wetland.
38 The size of a sphagnum bog wetland is defined by the boundaries of the sphagnum bog plant community.
39 Approximately 3% of wetlands in the 1990 sensitive areas inventory are either sphagnum bog wetlands or include portions of a
lake or wetland with sphagnum bog wetland characteristics.
1.2.8 CORE REQUIREMENT #8: WATER QUALITY FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-71
Note: Any threshold discharge area from which runoff drains to or comes into contact with the vegetation
of a sphagnum bog wetland larger than 0.25 acres in size is considered to be within a Sphagnum Bog WQ
Treatment Area regardless of the WQ treatment area indicated by the WQ Applications Map.
Required Treatment Menu
A treatment option from the Sphagnum Bog Protection menu shall be used to treat runoff from the target
surfaces specified below, except where this mitigation is waived or reduced by the area-specific exceptions
at the end of this subsection.
Treatment Goals and Options
The treatment goals for protection of sphagnum bog wetlands include the control of nutrients, alkalinity,
and pH. Although these goals may change as additional information about these wetlands becomes
available, target pollutant removals for sphagnum bog protection are currently as follows:
Total phosphorus reduction of 50%
Nitrate + nitrite reduction of 40%
pH below 6.5
Alkalinity below 10 mg CaCO3/L.
Facility options to meet these goals are limited; therefore, the City discourages developments from
discharging runoff to sphagnum bog wetlands. Where infiltration of developed area runoff is not feasible
or applicable per Section 5.2, water quality facility options include a treatment train 40 of two or three
facilities in series. One of the facilities in the train must be a sand filter. The order of facilities in the
treatment train is important; see Chapter 6 for specific facility options and design details.
Intent
Sphagnum bog wetlands support unique vegetation communities that are extremely sensitive to changes in
alkalinity and nutrients from surface water inputs. The most effective way to prevent these changes is to
infiltrate or redirect developed area runoff so it does not come into contact with the vegetation of a
sphagnum bog wetland. However, this is not practicable for most development projects due to soil
constraints precluding infiltration (see Section 5.2) and the onerous nature of bypassing runoff around a
wetland. Therefore, where runoff contact with sphagnum bog vegetation cannot be avoided, the bog
protection menu seeks to minimize certain changes in the chemistry of developed area runoff to protect
this unique vegetation. This menu applies not only to runoff that drains directly to a sphagnum bog
wetland but to runoff that otherwise comes into contact with the bog’s vegetation, such as through
inundation of the bog by an adjacent water body during high intensity or long duration runoff events.
While water quality facility options emphasize reduction of mineral elements (alkalinity) and nutrients in
the runoff, little is known about their ability to reduce alkalinity or to actually protect sphagnum-based
plant communities. In addition, the effect of frequent water level changes on the sphagnum plant
community is also unknown but could be damaging. Hence, it is best to avoid discharge to sphagnum bog
wetlands whenever possible. Permeable pavements that are tributary to sphagnum bog wetlands should be
types other than Portland cement (PCC) permeable pavement, if feasible.
Target Surfaces
Facilities in Sphagnum Bog WQ Treatment Areas must mitigate (either directly or in effect) the runoff
from the following target surfaces within the threshold discharge area for which the facility is required:
1. New PGIS that is not fully dispersed per the Criteria for Fully Dispersed Surfaces (p. 1-46) in Core
Requirement #3. For individual lots within residential subdivision projects, the extent of new PGIS
shall be assumed based on expected driveway size as approved by CED.
40 A treatment train is a combination of two or more treatment BMPs connected in series (i.e., the design water volume passes
through each facility in turn).
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-72
2. New PGPS that is not fully dispersed and from which there will be a concentrated surface discharge
in a natural channel or man-made conveyance system from the site. For individual lots within
residential subdivision projects, the extent of new pervious surface shall be assumed to be the entire
lot area, except the assumed impervious portion as specified in Chapter 3 and any portion in which
native conditions are preserved by covenant, tract, or easement.
3. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed, on a non-redevelopment project.
4. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed on a transportation redevelopment project in which new
impervious surface is 5,000 square feet or more and totals 50% or more of the existing impervious
surface within the project limits.
5. Replaced PGIS that is not fully dispersed on a parcel redevelopment project in which the total of
new plus replaced impervious surface is 5,000 square feet or more and whose valuation of proposed
improvements (including interior improvements and excluding required mitigation improvements)
exceeds 50% of the assessed value of: (a) the existing project site improvements on commercial or
industrial projects, or (b) the existing site improvements on other projects.
Exceptions
The following exceptions apply only in Sphagnum Bog WQ Treatment Areas:
1. The Basic WQ menu may be used in place of the Sphagnum Bog Protection menu for treatment of
any runoff that is infiltrated in a facility per Section 5.2. This exception is not allowed where
infiltrating into soils that do not meet the groundwater protection standards described in Section 5.2.1,
if within one-quarter-mile of a phosphorous sensitive receiving water or a tributary to that receiving
water. If the infiltration facility is located in soils not meeting the groundwater protection standards
described in Section 5.2.1, and within the prescribed distance of a sensitive lake, then the Sensitive
Lake Protection menu shall be used.
2. The facility requirement for Sphagnum Bog WQ Treatment Areas may be reduced to that of the
surrounding WQ treatment area (i.e., either the Basic WQ Treatment Area or Sensitive Lake
Treatment Area, whichever contains the Sphagnum Bog WQ Treatment Area) for treatment of any
replaced PGIS runoff.
1.2.8.2 WATER QUALITY IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
Water quality facilities shall be designed and implemented in accordance with the following requirements,
allowances, and flexible compliance provisions:
A. METHODS OF ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Water quality facilities shall be analyzed and designed as detailed in Chapter 6.
B. SITING OF WATER QUALITY FACILITIES
Required water quality facilities shall be located so as to treat the runoff from all target surfaces, except as
allowed below under “Treatment Trades” and “Untreated Discharges.”
Any other onsite or offsite runoff draining to a proposed water quality facility must be treated whether it is
from a target pollution-generating surface or not and regardless of whether the runoff has already been
treated by another facility. The facility must be sized for all flows/volumes entering the facility. This is
because treatment effectiveness is determined in part by the total volume of runoff entering the facility.
C. TREATMENT TRADES
The runoff from target pollution-generating surfaces may be released untreated if an existing non-
targeted pollution-generating surface of equivalent size and pollutant characteristics lying within the same
watershed or stream reach tributary area is treated on the project site. Such substitution is subject to all of
the following restrictions:
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-73
1. The existing non-targeted pollution-generating surface is not currently being treated, is not required to
be treated by any phase of the proposed project, is not subject to NPDES or other permit requirements,
and is not under a compliance order or other regulatory action.
2. The existing non-targeted pollution-generating surface that is treated for purposes of the treatment
trade must be documented and tracked by CED. Documentation should clarify that future
redevelopment of the existing non-targeted, treated area used for the treatment trade will incur
additional water quality treatment requirements if the redevelopment exceeds Core Requirement #8
thresholds. Any additional water quality treatment triggered by redevelopment of the non-targeted,
treated area must be achieved by implementing an additional treatment trade.
3. The proposal is reviewed and approved by CED.
D. UNTREATED DISCHARGES
If site topographic constraints are such that runoff from a target pollution-generating surface must be
pumped to be treated by the required water quality facility, then CED may allow the area’s runoff to be
released untreated provided that all of the following conditions are met:
1. Treatment of the constrained area by filter strip, bioswale, or a linear sand filter is not feasible, and a
treatment trade as described above is not possible, AND
2. The untreated target surface is less than 5,000 square feet of new plus replaced PGIS.
E. USE OF PROPRIETARY FACILITIES
Water quality facilities other than those identified in Chapter 6, Reference Section 14-A, or Reference
Section 14-B may be allowed if it can be demonstrated that they are likely to meet the pollutant removal
goal for the applicable receiving water. Use of such facilities requires an adjustment, which requires
approval by the City according to Section 1.4, “Adjustment Process,” and Section 6.7, “Alternative
Facilities.” Any new treatment technologies must be approved through the state Department of Ecology’s
TAPE41 program before the technology can be considered by the City. Monitoring will be required, the
nature of which will depend on the pre-existing Ecology use-level designation, the number of existing
facilities of this design for which monitoring data already exists, and review of the monitoring results from
those facilities. When sufficient data on performance and maintenance requirements have been collected
and if both are acceptable, the new facility may be added to the appropriate water quality menu for
common use through a blanket adjustment or update of this manual. Criteria may be set, which if not met,
may require replacement of the facility with a standard facility from Chapter 6.
F. OWNER RESPONSIBILITY FOR WATER QUALITY
Regardless of the means by which a property owner chooses to meet the water quality requirements of this
manual – whether a water quality facility, a train of facilities, or a treatment trade – it is the responsibility
of the property owner to ensure that runoff from their site does not create water quality problems or
degrade beneficial uses downstream. It is also the responsibility of the property owner to ensure that the
discharge from their property is not in violation of state and federal laws.
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
All proposed projects, including redevelopment projects, must provide on-site BMPs to mitigate the
impacts of storm and surface water runoff generated by new impervious surface, new pervious surface,
existing impervious surfaces, and replaced impervious surface targeted for mitigation as specified in the
following sections. On-site BMPs must be selected and applied according to the basic requirements,
41 Ecology W, 2011. Technical Guidance Manual for Evaluating Emerging Stormwater Treatment Technologies: Technology
Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE), Publication No. 11-10-061, 2011 ed. Washington State Department of Ecology,
Lacey, WA, pp. 1–73. <https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/summarypages/1110061.html>.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-74
procedures, and provisions detailed in this section and the design specifications for each BMP in Appendix
C, Section C.2.
On-site BMPs are methods and designs for dispersing, infiltrating, or otherwise reducing or preventing
development-related increases in runoff at or near the sources of those increases. On-site BMPs include,
but are not limited to, preservation and use of native vegetated surfaces to fully disperse runoff; use of
other pervious surfaces to disperse runoff; roof downspout infiltration; permeable pavements;
bioretention; limited infiltration systems; and reduction of development footprint.
Intent: To provide mitigation of hydrologic impacts that are not possible/practical to mitigate with a flow
control facility. Such impacts include increases in runoff volumes and peak discharges and decreases in
groundwater recharge. Increased runoff volume and peak discharges leads to higher and more variable
stream velocities at low flows and more frequent water level fluctuations in streams and wetlands. This
causes wash-out and stranding of aquatic species, algal scour and washout of organic matter, loss of
vegetation diversity and habitat quality, and disruption of cues for spawning, egg hatching, and migration.
Decreased groundwater recharge reduces water supply for human use and summer base flows in streams,
which is critical to water temperature, salmonid use of smaller streams, and the habitat quality of
mainstem side channels and wetlands used for spawning, rearing, and flood refuge. On-site BMPs seek to
reduce runoff volumes and flashiness and increase groundwater recharge by reducing imperviousness and
making use of the pervious portions of development sites to maximize infiltration and retention of
stormwater onsite. Thus, the goal is to apply on-site BMPs to new impervious surfaces, new pervious
surfaces, and replaced impervious surfaces, to the maximum extent feasible without causing flooding or
erosion impacts.
EXEMPTIONS FROM CORE REQUIREMENT #9
There are two exemptions from the on-site BMP provisions of Core Requirement #9:
1. Basic Exemption
A proposed project is exempt if it meets the following criteria:
a) Less than 2,000 square feet of new plus replaced impervious surface will be created, AND
b) Less than 7,000 square feet of land disturbing activity will occur.
2. Infiltration Flow Control Facility Exemption
Any impervious surface served by an infiltration facility designed in accordance with the flow control
facility requirement (Section 1.2.3.1), the facility implementation requirements (Section 1.2.3.2), and
the design criteria for infiltration facilities (Section 5.2) is exempt from the on-site BMP requirement.
1.2.9.1 ON-SITE BMP REQUIREMENTS OVERVIEW
Projects that are subject to Core Requirement #9 must apply on-site BMPs to either supplement the flow
mitigation provided by required flow control facilities or provide flow mitigation where flow control
facilities are not required. All such on-site BMPs are detailed in Appendix C of this manual. On-site
BMPs must be implemented per the requirements and approach detailed in Sections 1.2.9.2 and 1.2.9.3
below for individual lots and subdivisions or road improvement projects, respectively. As described within
Sections 1.2.9.2 and 1.2.9.3, there are two methods of satisfying the on-site BMP requirement:
(1) application of BMPs to the maximum extent feasible using lists specific to the project location, size,
and impervious coverage; or (2) using a continuous runoff model to demonstrate compliance with the Low
Impact Development (LID) Performance Standard, described below. Demonstrating compliance with the
LID Performance Standard using modeling is an optional method for all projects.
A. TARGET SURFACES
Target surfaces for application of Core Requirement #9 (On-site BMPs) include new impervious surfaces,
new pervious surfaces, and replaced impervious surfaces.
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-75
Projects that trigger Core Requirement #9 by disturbing 7,000 square feet or more of land, but where new
plus replaced impervious surface is less than 2,000 square feet, may consider basic dispersion as an equal
choice for treating the target impervious surfaces alongside full infiltration, limited infiltration,
bioretention, and permeable pavement. These projects are not required to meet the minimum BMP
implementation requirements described in “Small Lot BMP Requirements” and “Large Lot BMP
Requirements,” (Requirement #5 on both lists), and are not required to comply with Core Requirement #6 .
Target pervious surfaces must be protected in accordance with the soil amendment BMP as detailed in
Appendix C, Section C.2.13.
Projects or threshold discharge areas of projects qualifying as exempt from the flow control facility
requirement using the Direct Discharge Exemption in accordance with Section 1.2.3.1 do not have to
achieve the LID Performance Standard (described below), nor consider bioretention, permeable
pavement, and full dispersion. However, target pervious surfaces must be protected in accordance with
the soil amendment BMP as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.13; and target impervious surfaces must
implement full infiltration as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.2, Basic Dispersion per Appendix C,
Section C.2.4; perforated pipe connection as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.11 for roofs, if feasible;
and Basic Dispersion per Appendix C, Section C.2.4 for other impervious surfaces, if feasible.
B. LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT PERFORMANCE STANDARD
The LID Performance Standard is defined as follows:
For the target surfaces subject to Core Requirement #9, Stormwater discharges shall match developed
discharge durations to pre-developed durations for the range of pre-developed discharge rates from 8% of
the 2-year peak flow to 50% of the 2-year peak flow. Assume historical site conditions as the
predeveloped condition.
Projects that opt to demonstrate compliance with the LID Performance Standard using a continuous runoff
model must protect the soil moisture capacity of new pervious in accordance with the soil amendment
BMP as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.13. Additionally, any proposed connection of roof
downspouts to the local drainage system must be via a perforated pipe connection as detailed in Appendix
C, Section C.2.11.
Projects that are required or opt to model compliance with the LID Performance Standard are still subject
to meeting applicable area specific flow control requirements as determined in Core Requirement #3
(Section 1.2.3).
Note that when demonstrating compliance with the LID Performance Standard, on-site BMPs are modeled
explicitly, utilizing design infiltration rates as determined and selected per Section 5.2.1. However, when
modeling flow control facility sizing, water quality facility sizing, and the peak flow exceptions from the
area-specific flow control facility requirement in Sections 1.2.3.1.A, B, and C, these BMPs are not
modeled explicitly, but may use modeling credits as allowed and subject to the limitations described in
Section 1.2.9.4 and Table 1.2.9.A. On-site BMPs used to demonstrate compliance with the LID
Performance Standard must meet the implementation requirements described in Section 1.2.9.4.
C. DEMONSTRATING COMPLIANCE WITH THE LID PERFORMANCE STANDARD
Project applicants may opt to use the LID Performance Standard in lieu of the BMP selection and
application requirements described in Sections 1.2.9.2 and 1.2.9.3 below.
D. IMPLEMENTATION
Four kinds of implementation for the on-site BMP requirement are described in this section as follows:
1. For non-subdivision projects making improvements on an individual site/lot, implementation of
this requirement shall be in accordance with the “Individual Lot BMP Requirements” in Section
1.2.9.2, which specify the selection of BMPs and the extent of their application on the site/lot. This
required implementation of on-site BMPs must occur as part of the proposed project and provisions
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-76
must be made for their future maintenance as specified in Section 1.2.9.2. As allowed in Sections
1.2.3 and 1.2.8, credits for the application of on-site BMPs per Table 1.2.9.A may be used to reduce
the size of a required flow control facility, reduce the size of a water quality facility, qualify for a flow
control facility exception or bypass of target surfaces, or reduce the target surfaces subject to flow
control or water quality facility requirements.
2. Subdivision projects and road improvement projects on sites that are 5 acres or larger AND
located outside the Urban Growth Area (UGA). This requirement does not apply to the City of
Renton.
3. For subdivision projects, implementation of on-site BMPs for associated plat infrastructure
improvements (e.g., roads, sidewalks) shall be done per Section 1.2.9.3 and must occur concurrently
and as part of the proposed project, while BMPs associated with the individual lot improvements may
be delayed until construction on the lots. As allowed in Sections 1.2.3 and 1.2.8, credits for the
application of on-site BMPs per Table 1.2.9.A. may be used to reduce the size of a required flow
control facility, reduce the size of a water quality facility, qualify for a flow control facility exception
or bypass of target surfaces, or reduce the target surfaces subject to flow control or water quality
facility requirements. To use these credits, on-site BMPs must be implemented as part of the proposed
project and provisions must be made for their future maintenance as specified in Section 1.2.9.4. For
subdivision projects proposing to take credit for future implementation of BMPs on individual lots,
provisions must be made to ensure their implementation as specified in Section 1.2.9.4.
4. For road improvement projects, implementation of on-site BMPs must occur as part of the
proposed project. As allowed in Sections 1.2.3 and 1.2.8, credits for the application of on-site BMPs
per Table 1.2.9.A may be used to reduce the size of a required flow control facility, reduce the size of
a water quality facility, qualify for a flow control facility exception or bypass of target surfaces, or
reduce the target surfaces subject to flow control or water quality facility requirements. To use these
credits, on-site BMPs must be implemented as part of the proposed project and provisions must be
made for their future maintenance as specified in Section 1.2.9.4.
The information presented in this section is organized as follows:
Section 1.2.9.2, “Individual Lot BMP Requirements”
“Small Lot BMP Requirements,” Section 1.2.9.2.1
“Large Lot BMP Requirements,” Section 1.2.9.2.2
“Large Rural Lot BMP Requirements,” Section 1.2.9.2.3
“Implementation Requirements for Individual Lot BMPs,” Section 1.2.9.2.4
Section 1.2.9.3, “Subdivision and Road Improvement Projects BMP Requirements”
“Small Subdivision Project BMP Requirements,” Section 1.2.9.3.1
“Small Road Improvement and Urban Road Improvement Projects BMP
Requirements,” Section 1.2.9.3.2
“Large Rural Subdivision and Large Rural Road Improvement Projects BMP
Requirements,” Section 1.2.9.3.3
Section 1.2.9.4, “Requirements for Use of BMP Credits”
“Use of Credits by Subdivision Projects,” Section 1.2.9.4.1
“Use of Credits by Projects within Rights-of-Way,” Section 1.2.9.4.2
1.2.9.2 INDIVIDUAL LOT BMP REQUIREMENTS
For projects on individual sites/lots, on-site BMPs must be selected and applied according to the
individual lot BMP requirements in this section. For purposes of applying on-site BMPs to individual
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-77
sites/lots, three categories of requirements have been established based on the size of site/lot subject to
improvements by the project, and the extent of impervious surface coverage resulting from the project on
the site/lot. These categories of requirements are as follows:
Small Lot BMP Requirements (for sites/lots <22,000 square feet)
Large Lot BMP Requirements (for sites/lots 22,000 square feet)
On-site BMPs must be applied in the order of preference and to the extent specified for the category of
individual lot requirements applicable to the proposed project as described in the following subsections.
Note: for lots created by a previous subdivision, some or all of these requirements may have been
addressed by on-site BMPs installed on the lots or within common areas, tracts, or road right-of-way. In
some cases, the type of BMPs required for a subdivision lot have already been established by a recorded
covenant on the lot. See Section 1.2.9.4 for more information on pre-installed or pre-determined BMPs in
subdivisions.
1.2.9.2.1 SMALL LOT BMP REQUIREMENTS
IF the proposed project is on a site/lot smaller than 22,000 square feet, THEN on-site BMPs must be
applied as specified in the requirements below OR the project must demonstrate compliance with the LID
Performance Standard (described in Section 1.2.9.1.B) using an approved continuous runoff model.
Projects on small lots are typically single family residential improvements (e.g., homes, outbuildings, etc.)
but could be a small commercial development.
1. The feasibility and applicability of full dispersion as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.1 must be
evaluated for all target impervious surfaces. If feasible and applicable, full dispersion must be
implemented as part of the proposed project. Typically, small lot full dispersion will be applicable
only in subdivisions where enough forest was preserved by tract, easement, or covenant to meet the
minimum design requirements for full dispersion in Appendix C, Section C.2.1.1
2. Where full dispersion of target impervious roof areas is not feasible or applicable, or will cause
flooding or erosion impacts, the feasibility and applicability of full infiltration as detailed in Appendix
C, Section C.2.2 must be evaluated (note, this will require a soils report for the site/lot). If feasible
and applicable, full infiltration of roof runoff must be implemented as part of the proposed project.
3. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1 and 2 above, must be mitigated to the
maximum extent feasible using one or more BMPs from the following list. Use of a given BMP is
subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C. Feasible BMPs are
required to be implemented. The BMPs listed below may be located anywhere on the site/lot subject
to the limitations and design specifications for each BMP. These BMPs must be implemented as part
of the proposed project.
Full Infiltration per Appendix C, Section C.2.2, or per Section 5.2, whichever is applicable
Limited Infiltration per Appendix C, Section C.2.3,
Rain Gardens per Appendix C, Section C.2.12, sized as follows:
o Rain gardens have a maximum contributing area of 5,000 square feet.
o Rain gardens must have a minimum horizontal projected surface area below the overflow
that is at least 5% of the area draining to it.
Bioretention per Appendix C, Section C.2.6, sized as follows:
o SeaTac regional scale factor equals 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on
0.6 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils provide bioretention volume based
on 0.1 inches of equivalent storage depth,
o SeaTac regional scale factor greater than 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based
on 0.8 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils, provide bioretention volume
based on 0.4 inches of equivalent storage depth,
Permeable Pavement per Appendix C, Section C.2.7
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-78
4. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1, 2 and 3 above, must be mitigated to
the maximum extent feasible using the Basic Dispersion BMP described below. Use of Basic
Dispersion is subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C.
Feasible BMPs are required to be implemented. Basic Dispersion BMPs may be located anywhere on
the site/lot subject to the limitations and design specifications cited in Appendix C. The BMP must be
implemented as part of the proposed project.
Basic Dispersion per Appendix C, Section C.2.4,
5. BMPs must be implemented, at minimum, for an impervious area equal to at least 10% of the site/lot
for site/lot sizes up to 11,000 square feet and at least 20% of the site/lot for site/lot sizes between
11,000 and 22,000 square feet. For projects located in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area, these
impervious area amounts must be doubled. Doubling of the minimum impervious area required for
BMP implementation in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area is not required for projects located
within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, landslide hazard, or erosion hazard area. If these
minimum areas are not mitigated using feasible BMPs from Requirements 1, 2, 3, and 4 above, one or
more BMPs from the following list are required to be implemented to achieve compliance. These
BMPs must be implemented as part of the proposed project.
Reduced Impervious Surface Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.9,
Native Growth Retention Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.10.
Tree Retention Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.14
6. The soil moisture holding capacity of new pervious surfaces (target pervious surfaces) must be
protected in accordance with the soil amendment BMP as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.13.
7. Any proposed connection of roof downspouts to the local drainage system must be via a perforated
pipe connection as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.11.
1.2.9.2.2 LARGE LOT BMP REQUIREMENTS
IF the proposed project is on a site/lot that is 22,000 square feet or larger, THEN on-site BMPs must be
applied as specified in the requirements below OR the project must demonstrate compliance with the LID
Performance Standard (described in Section 1.2.9.1.B) using an approved continuous runoff model.
1. The feasibility and applicability of full dispersion as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.1 must be
evaluated for all target impervious surfaces. If feasible and applicable for any such surface, then full
dispersion must be applied to that surface and implemented as part of the proposed project. Typically,
full dispersion will be applicable only on the largest sites/lots where there may be enough forest area
available within a threshold discharge area to meet the 15% ratio of fully dispersed impervious area
to native vegetated surface.
2. Where full dispersion of target impervious roof areas is not feasible or applicable, or will cause
flooding or erosion impacts, the feasibility and applicability of full infiltration of roof runoff must be
evaluated in accordance with Appendix C, Section C.2.2, or Section 5.2, whichever is applicable
based on the type of project.42 If feasible and applicable, full infiltration of roof runoff must be
implemented as part of the proposed project.
3. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1 and 2 above, must be mitigated to the
maximum extent feasible using one or more BMPs from the following list. Use of a given BMP is
subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C. Feasible BMPs are
required to be implemented. The BMPs listed below may be located anywhere on the site/lot subject
to the limitations and design specifications for each BMP. These BMPs must be implemented as part
of the proposed project.
42 For projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review, and for any single family residential project subject to Full or Large
Project Drainage Review, the design requirements and specifications in Appendix C, Section C.2.2 may be used for evaluation
and design of full infiltration on individual lots. For all other projects, full infiltration must be evaluated and designed in
accordance with the infiltration facility standards in Section 5.2.
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-79
Full Infiltration per Section C.2.2, or per Section 5.2, whichever is applicable
Limited Infiltration per Appendix C, Section C.2.3
Bioretention per Appendix C, Section C.2.6, sized as follows:
o SeaTac regional scale factor equals 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on
0.6 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils provide bioretention volume based
on 0.1 inches of equivalent storage depth
o SeaTac regional scale factor greater than 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based
on 0.8 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils, provide bioretention volume
based on 0.4 inches of equivalent storage depth,
Permeable Pavement per Appendix C, Section C.2.7
4. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1, 2, and 3 above, must be mitigated to
the maximum extent feasible using the Basic Dispersion BMP described below. Use of Basic
Dispersion is subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C.
Feasible BMPs are required to be implemented. Basic Dispersion BMPs may be located anywhere on
the site/lot subject the limitations and design specifications cited in Appendix C. The BMP must be
implemented as part of the proposed project.
Basic Dispersion per Appendix C, Section C.2.4
5. BMPs must be implemented, at minimum, for impervious area amounts defined as follows.
For projects that will result in an impervious surface coverage on the buildable portion of the
site/lot of less than 45%, on-site BMPs must be applied to 50% of target impervious surfaces.
For projects that will result in an impervious surface coverage 45-65% on the buildable portion of
the site/lot, on-site BMPs must be applied to 50% of target impervious surfaces reduced by 1.5%
for each 1% of impervious surface coverage above 45% (e.g., impervious coverage of 55%
results in a requirement of on-site BMPs applied to 35% of target impervious surfaces).
For projects that will result in an impervious surface coverage greater than 65% on the buildable
portion of the site/lot, on-site BMPs must be applied to 20% of the target impervious surfaces or
to an impervious area equal to at least 10% of the site/lot, whichever is less.
The buildable portion of the site/lot is the total area of the site/lot minus any critical areas and minus
200 ft. buffer areas from a steep slope hazard, landslide hazard, or erosion hazard area. If these
minimum areas are not mitigated using feasible BMPs from Requirements 1, 2, 3, and 4 above, one or
more BMPs from the following list are required to be implemented to achieve compliance. These
BMPs must be implemented as part of the proposed project.
Reduced Impervious Surface Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.9,
Native Growth Retention Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.10,
Tree Retention Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.14.
6. The soil moisture holding capacity of new pervious surfaces (target pervious surfaces) must be
protected in accordance with the soil amendment BMP as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.13.
7. Any proposed connection of roof downspouts to the local drainage system must be via a perforated
pipe connection as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.11.
1.2.9.2.3 LARGE RURAL LOT BMP REQUIREMENTS
This requirement does not apply in the City of Renton.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-80
1.2.9.2.4 43IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS FOR INDIVIDUAL LOT BMPS
The on-site BMPs required in Sections 1.2.9.2 above must be implemented in accordance with the
following requirements:
1. Implementation Responsibility. All on-site BMPs required for the site/lot must be implemented
(installed) by the applicant as part of the proposed project unless they have already implemented as
part of a subdivision project that created the lot per Section 1.2.9.4.
2. Maintenance Responsibility. Maintenance of all required on-site BMPs is the responsibility of the
owner of the site/lot served by these BMPs. The responsibility for such maintenance must be clearly
assigned to the current and future owners of the site/lot through a “declaration of covenant and grant
of easement” as described in Requirement 3 below.
3. Declaration of Covenant and Grant of Easement. To ensure future maintenance of on-site BMPs
and allow for City inspection of BMPs, a declaration of covenant and grant of easement must be
recorded for each site/lot that contains on-site BMPs. A draft of the proposed covenant must be
reviewed and approved by CED prior to recording. All required covenants must be recorded prior to
final construction approval for the proposed project. If the individual site/lot contains or will contain
flow control or water quality facilities, then the drainage facility covenant in Reference Section 8-J (or
equivalent) must be used, and is designed to achieve the following:
a) Provide notice to future owners of the presence of on-site BMPs on the lot and the responsibility
of the owner to retain, uphold, and protect the on-site BMPs, features, pathways, limits, and
restrictions.
b) Include as an exhibit, a recordable version44 of the following drainage plan information:
The site plan showing all developed surfaces (impervious and pervious) and the location and
dimensions of on-site BMPs, features, flowpaths (if applicable), limits of native growth
retention areas (if applicable), and limits of tree retention areas (if applicable). This plan(s)
must be to scale and include site topography in accordance with the specifications for such
plans in Appendix C, Section C.4.2. Also indicate any areas where City access is excluded
(see paragraph 3.d below). Note: CED may waive this element if, for example, the only on-
site BMP proposed is a limit on impervious surface (reduced footprint).
The on-site BMP design and maintenance details for each on-site BMP per Appendix C,
Section C.4.3. This includes a diagram (if applicable) of each on-site BMP and written
maintenance and operation instructions and restrictions for each device, feature, flowpath (if
applicable), native growth retention area (if applicable) and impervious surface coverage (if
applicable). See Reference Section 8-M for prepared 8-1/2″ x 11″ maintenance instruction
sheets. See City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Standards web site:
<www.rentonwa.gov/swdm> for downloadable BMP details.
Ensure the exhibits are correctly cross-referenced in the declaration of covenant (the site plan is
typically Exhibit A and the design/maintenance details are typically Exhibit B).
c) Require that each on-site BMP be operated and maintained at the owner’s expense in
accordance with the above exhibit.
d) Grant the City the right to enter the property at reasonable times for purposes of inspecting the
on-site BMPs and to perform any corrective maintenance, repair, restoration, or mitigation work
on the on-site BMPs that has not been performed by the property owner within a reasonable time
43 Footnote 48 is not used.
44 Recordable version means one that meets King County’s “Standard Formatting Requirements for Recording Documents”
pursuant to RCW 36.18.010 and 65.04.045, available online at < https://kingcounty.gov/~/media/depts/records-
licensing/recorders-office/documents/Requirements_WAState_Formatting.ashx?la=en> or from the King County Recorder’s
Office. These requirements include specifications for such things as page size (81/2″ x 14″ or smaller), font size (at least 8-
point), and margin width (1″ on all sides of every page if there is a standard cover sheet).
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-81
set by CED, and to charge the property owner for the cost of any maintenance, repair, restoration,
or mitigation work performed by the City.
e) The right to enter typically applies to the entire property, but occasionally accepts areas on the
property agreed upon by the City to be excluded from access. Such areas are to be shown on the
site plan described above.
f) Prohibit any modification or removal of on-site BMPs without written approval from the City.
The approval must be obtained from CED and a covenant must be recorded to reflect the changes.
Approval will be granted only if equivalent protection in terms of hydrologic performance is
provided by other means.
4. Timing of Implementation. All required on-site BMPs must be installed prior to final inspection
approval of constructed improvements. For BMPs that rely on vegetation, the vegetation must be
planted and starting to grow prior to final construction approval.
5. Acceptance standards. On-site BMPs may be inspected during and/or following construction.
Approval of the constructed BMPs will be based on verification that the materials and placement
appear to meet the specifications and that the BMPs appear to function as designed. Onsite
observations may be used to verify that materials are as specified and material receipts checked.
Performance may be evaluated by a site visit while it is raining or by testing with a bucket of water or
garden hose to check pavement permeability or proper connection to BMP devices/features, etc.
6. Drainage concerns. If CED determines that there is a potential for drainage impacts to a neighboring
property, then additional measures may be required. Some on-site BMPs may not be appropriate in
certain situations, and will not be allowed by CED where they may cause drainage problems.
7. Geotechnical concerns. A geotechnical engineer, engineering geologist, or CED must evaluate and
approve on-site BMPs that are proposed: (A) on slopes steeper than 15%; (B) within a setback from
the top of slope equal to the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15%; or
(C) within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or landslide hazard. In
addition, CED may require review by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist of any
proposed BMP that infiltrates, disperses, or directs overflow adjacent to or towards a steep slope
hazard area, erosion hazard area, or landslide hazard. CED may also require some projects to route
flows down or around such slopes using non-perforated pipes. Some on-site BMPs may not be
appropriate for these locations, and will not be allowed by CED where flows may cause erosion
problems.
8. Sewage system concerns. If CED determines that there is a potential conflict between onsite sewage
systems and on-site BMPs, additional measures may be required. Some projects may need to route
flows past onsite sewage systems using non-perforated pipes. Also, some on-site BMPs may not be
appropriate for these sites, and will not be allowed where sewage systems may be impacted.
9. Engineering Concerns. While most of the on-site BMPs in Appendix C can be implemented by a
non-engineer, there are some that have structural components that must be designed or evaluated by a
civil engineer or structural engineer. When a BMP is proposed that has such components as
identified in Section C.2 in Appendix C, CED may require submittal of engineering plans for that
component signed and stamped by a civil engineer or structural engineer.
10. Connection to Subsurface Drains. On-site BMPs should not be connected to subsurface drains
(e.g., footing drains) as these connections may adversely affect the performance of the BMPs, and in
some cases may cause reverse flow into the footing drains during storm events.
11. Simplified Drainage Plan. The type, size, and placement of proposed on-site BMPs are to be shown
on the site plan submitted for the proposed project. This plan must be in accordance with the
specifications for such plans outlined in Section C.4 in Appendix C unless otherwise directed by CED.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-82
1.2.9.3 SUBDIVISION AND ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS BMP
REQUIREMENTS
For subdivision and road improvement projects, on-site BMPs must be selected and applied according to
the subdivision and road improvement projects BMP requirements in this section. For purposes of
applying on-site BMPs to these projects, two categories of requirements have been established based on
the size of site/lot subject to improvements by the project. These categories of requirements are as follows:
Small Subdivision Project BMP Requirements
Small Road Improvement and Urban Road Improvement Projects BMP Requirements
On-site BMPs must be applied in the order of preference and to the extent specified for the category
of requirements applicable to the proposed project as described in the following subsections.
1.2.9.3.1 SMALL SUBDIVISION PROJECT BMP REQUIREMENTS
On-site BMPs for plat infrastructure improvements (e.g., road and sidewalk etc.) of these projects shall
meet the requirements described in Section 1.2.9.3.2 below for “Small Road Improvement and Urban
Road Improvement Project BMP Requirements.” Implementation of on-site BMPs required for/on the
individual lots of the subdivision may be deferred until a permit is obtained for construction on each lot
and is therefore optional. However, if the applicant wishes to implement or make provision for
implementation of BMPs for the lot improvements as part of the subdivision project for purposes of
receiving BMP modeling credits, the individual lot BMP requirements described in Section 1.2.9.2 and
implementation requirements for subdivision projects described Section 1.2.9.4.1 must be met.
1.2.9.3.2 SMALL ROAD IMPROVEMENT AND URBAN ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS
BMP REQUIREMENTS
IF the proposed project is a road improvement project that is on a site/parcel less than 5 acres in size,
THEN on-site BMPs must be applied as specified in the requirements below.
1. The feasibility and applicability of full dispersion as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.1 must be
evaluated for all target impervious surfaces. If feasible and applicable, full dispersion must be
implemented as part of the proposed project. Typically, small lot full dispersion will be applicable
only in subdivisions where enough forest was preserved by tract, easement, or covenant to meet the
minimum design requirements for full dispersion in Appendix C, Section C.2.1.1.
2. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirement 1 above, must be mitigated to the
maximum extent feasible using one or more BMPs from the following list. Use of a given BMP is
subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C. Infeasible BMPs are
not required to be implemented. The BMPs listed below may be located anywhere on the site/lot
subject to the limitations and design specifications for each BMP. These BMPs must be implemented
as part of the proposed project.
Full Infiltration per Section C.2.2, or per Section 5.2, whichever is applicable
Limited Infiltration per Appendix C, Section C.2.3,
Bioretention per Appendix C, Section C.2.6, sized as follows:
o SeaTac regional scale factor equals 1.0 : In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on
0.6 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils provide bioretention volume based
on 0.1 inches of equivalent storage depth,
o SeaTac regional scale factor greater than 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based
on 0.8 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils, provide bioretention volume
based on 0.4 inches of equivalent storage depth,
Permeable Pavement per Appendix C, Section C.2.7,
3. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1 and 2 above, must be mitigated to the
maximum extent feasible using the Basic Dispersion BMP described below. Use of Basic Dispersion
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-83
is subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C. Infeasible BMPs
are not required to be implemented. Basic Dispersion BMPs may be located anywhere on the site/lot
subject to the limitations and design specifications cited in Appendix C. The BMPs must be
implemented as part of the proposed project.
Basic Dispersion per Appendix C, Section C.2.4,
4. The soil moisture holding capacity of new pervious surfaces (target pervious surfaces) must be
protected in accordance with the soil amendment BMP as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.13.
1.2.9.3.3 LARGE RURAL SUBDIVISION AND LARGE RURAL ROAD IMPROVEMENT
PROJECTS BMP REQUIREMENTS
This requirement does not apply in the City of Renton.
1.2.9.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR USE OF BMP CREDITS
Projects that implement on-site BMPs, whether required or optional, may use the on-site BMP credits
described in this section subject to the implementation requirements in Section 1.2.9.2.4 (for Individual
Lots), Section 1.2.9.4.1 (for Subdivision Projects), Section 1.2.9.4.2 (for Right-of-Way Projects), and any
restrictions noted in this section or Table 1.2.9.A. For all project types, modeling credits cannot be used
for on-site BMPs that will be privately maintained, with the exception of the full dispersion and full
infiltration BMPs. An alternative approach is to perform continuous runoff modeling per Chapter 3 instead
of applying the on-site BMP credits in Table 1.2.9.A.
Two kinds of credits are available. First, any impervious surface served by an on-site BMP that meets the
design specifications for that BMP in Appendix C may be modeled as indicated and allowed in Table
1.2.9.A. Such credits may be used in the following situations:
1. To compute post-development runoff time series when sizing required flow control facilities.
2. To compute post-development 100-year peak flows when assessing any of the peak flow exceptions
from the area-specific flow control facility requirement in Sections 1.2.3.1.A, B, and C.
3. To compute post-development runoff time series when sizing required flow rate based water quality
facilities (e.g., bioswales) and to re-characterize post developed land types when sizing volume based
water quality facilities (e.g., wetponds, wetvaults).
Use of credits for water quality facility sizing as described above is limited to BMPs that are treating flows
downstream from the BMP and tributary to a required water quality facility.
Second, any impervious or nonnative pervious surface that is fully dispersed per the full dispersion
criteria in Section 1.2.3.2.C is not considered a target surface of the area-specific flow control facility
requirement (Section 1.2.3.1) or the area-specific water quality facility requirement (Section 1.2.8.1).
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-84
TABLE 1.2.9.A ON-SITE BMP SIZING CREDITS(1)
On-Site BMP Type Sizing Credit
Privately Maintained
On-Site BMP Publicly Maintained On-Site BMP
Full dispersion Model fully dispersed
surface as forest(2)
Model fully dispersed surface as forest(2)
Full infiltration(3) Subtract impervious area
that is fully infiltrated
Subtract impervious area that is fully infiltrated
Limited infiltration None Model tributary impervious surface as 90% impervious, 10% grass
Basic dispersion None Model dispersed impervious surface as 90% impervious, 10% grass
Rain garden None None
Bioretention None Model tributary impervious surface as 90% impervious, 10% grass
Permeable pavement (unlined
with no underdrain)
None Model permeable pavement area as 50% impervious, 50% grass.
Run-on from other impervious surfaces does not receive a credit.
Grassed modular grid pavement None Model modular grid pavement as all grass
Rainwater harvesting None Credit only allowed via, and as specified in, an approved drainage
adjustment that details conditions of use
Restricted footprint None Model footprint as restricted (Appendix Section C.2.9.2)
Wheel strip driveways None Model credited area as 50% impervious, 50% grass
Minimum disturbance foundation None Model foundation area as 50% impervious, 50% grass
Open grid decking over pervious
area
None Model deck area as 50% impervious, 50% grass
Native growth retention credit None Model mitigated impervious area as 50% impervious, 50% grass
Perforated pipe connection None None
Notes:
(1) These credits do not apply when determining eligibility for exemptions from Core Requirement #3, Core Requirement #8, or exceptions from the
flow control or water quality facility requirements unless otherwise noted in the exemption or exception. Modeling credits cannot be used for
on-site BMPs that will be privately maintained, with the exception of full dispersion and full infiltration BMPs. Explicit modeling of BMP
infiltration for facility sizing is not allowed. When applying modeling credits for flow control facility sizing, infiltrative BMPs tributary to the facility
that are included in the modeling scenario (including the permeable pavement element with area reduced to 50% impervious area fraction, or
other BMPs (e.g., bioretention, trenches, drywells) treating upstream runoff) must have the infiltration option turned off during the flow routing
analysis for facility sizing to avoid double-counting the BMP infiltration benefit. Alternatively, permeable pavement with infiltration turned off may
be represented by an impervious area land use element of equivalent area.
(2) Surface shall be modeled using the soil type found at that location on the site.
(3) For any project subject to Simplified Drainage Review, and for any single family residential project subject to Directed, Full or Large Project
Drainage Review, the design requirements and specifications in Appendix C, Section C.2.2 may be used for design of full infiltration on individual
lots. For all other projects, including any project where full infiltration is proposed to serve more than one lot, full infiltration must be designed in
accordance with infiltration facility standards in Section 5.2.
1.2.9.4.1 USE OF CREDITS BY SUBDIVISION PROJECTS
If a proposed project is a subdivision project,45 implementation of on-site BMPs for plat infrastructure
improvements (e.g., road, sidewalk, or other non-lot improvements) is required concurrent with the
subdivision improvements. Implementation of on-site BMPs on the individual lots of the subdivision may
be deferred until a permit is obtained for construction on each lot and is therefore optional as part of the
subdivision project.
In order to receive the modeling credits (noted above) for on-site BMPs required for plat infrastructure
improvements (e.g., road, sidewalk, or other non-lot improvements), and/or for individual lot BMPs where
the applicant elects to implement or make provision for implementation of individual lot BMPs as part of
45 For purposes of applying on-site BMPs, the term subdivision or subdivision project refers to any project that is a short plat,
plat, or binding site plan.
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-85
the subdivision project, the following requirements must be met depending on where the BMPs are located
on the site. These requirements are in addition to any restrictions for use of modeling credits noted in
Section 1.2.9.4 and/or Table 1.2.9.A.
A. SUBDIVISION IMPLEMENTATION OF BMPS WITHIN ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY
These are on-site BMPs installed within public or private road right-of-way as part of the construction of
street and drainage improvements for the subdivision. To receive credit for these BMPs, the subdivision
project must meet all of the following requirements:
1. The BMPs must serve impervious surface located only within the road right-of-way.
2. The BMPs must be shown on the site improvement plans submitted with the engineering plans for
the proposed project as specified in Section 2.3.1.2.
3. If the road right-of-way will be privately maintained, provision must be made for future maintenance
of the BMPs in accordance with Core Requirement #6, Section 1.2.6. As specified in Core
Requirement #6, the City will assume maintenance of such BMPs in certain cases.
4. If the City will be assuming maintenance of the BMPs, the BMPs must comply with the drainage
facility financial guarantee and liability requirements in Core Requirement #7, Section 1.2.7.
B. SUBDIVISION IMPLEMENTATION OF BMPS WITHIN DEDICATED TRACTS
These are on-site BMPs installed on or associated with the features (e.g., forest) of common area tracts
dedicated by the subdivision. Such BMPs may serve future improvements on lots, common area
improvements, or road right-of-way improvements. To receive credit for these BMPs, the subdivision
project must meet all of the following requirements:
1. The BMPs must be shown on the site improvement plans submitted with the engineering plans for
the proposed project as specified in Section 2.3.1.2.
2. Provision must be made for future maintenance of the BMPs in accordance with Core
Requirement #6, Section 1.2.6. When maintenance by the City is specified by Core Requirement #6,
the City will assume maintenance of BMP devices (e.g., dispersion trenches) that are within a tract
dedicated to the City for drainage purposes. The City will not assume maintenance of BMPs located
in common areas dedicated for purposes other than just drainage (e.g., play areas, parks, etc.). Where
City maintenance is specified by Core Requirement #6, the City will assume maintenance for on-site
BMP vegetated flow paths that are within an easement that allows for inspection and maintenance by
the City. The City maintenance of these vegetated flow paths will be limited to their on-site BMP
functionality. All other maintenance shall remain the responsibility of the owner(s).
3. BMPs to be maintained by the City in accordance with Core Requirement #6 must comply with the
drainage facility financial guarantee and liability requirements in Core Requirement #7,
Section 1.2.7.
4. If the BMPs installed within a dedicated tract satisfy some or all of the BMP requirements for
individual lots per Section 1.2.9.2, then a note must be placed on the recorded documents for the
subdivision indicating those lots for which BMPs have been provided.
C. SUBDIVISION IMPLEMENTATION OF BMPS ON INDIVIDUAL LOTS
These are on-site BMPs installed on a subdivision’s proposed lots as part of the subdivision project. For
example, the subdivision developer may elect to pre-install some or all of the on-site BMPs required by
the individual lot BMP requirements in Section 1.2.9.2. To receive credits for these BMPs, the subdivision
project must meet all of the following requirements:
1. The on-site BMPs must be installed and implemented in accordance with the individual lot BMP
requirements in Section 1.2.9.2. This includes recording a declaration of covenant and grant of
easement for each lot with BMPs as specified in Implementation Requirement 3 of Section 1.2.9.2.4.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-86
If not all of the required BMPs are installed on a lot as part of the subdivision project, language must
be included in the covenant notifying the future lot owner of additional required BMPs.
2. BMPs to be installed on individual lots as part of the subdivision project must be shown on the site
improvement plans submitted with the engineering plans for the proposed project as specified in
Section 2.3.1.2.
D. SUBDIVISION FUTURE IMPLEMENTATION OF BMPS ON INDIVIDUAL LOTS
These are on-site BMPs stipulated to be installed on some or all of a subdivision’s proposed lots by a
declaration of covenant recorded for each such lot. To receive credits for these BMPs, the subdivision
project must meet all of the following requirements:
1. Demonstrate through a lot-specific assessment that the on-site BMPs stipulated for each lot are
feasible and applicable according to the individual lot BMP requirements in Section 1.2.9.2 and the
BMP design specifications in Appendix C. This lot-specific assessment must be included in the TIR
submitted with engineering plans for the subdivision. The assessment shall include any soils reports,
calculations, or other information necessary to select and properly apply BMPs.
2. Record a declaration of covenant and grant of easement for each lot stipulating the type or types of
BMP being proposed for credit. This covenant must be as specified in Implementation Requirement 3
of Section 1.2.9.2.4, except as follows:
a) The site plan requirement may be waived depending on the BMPs proposed or may be
conceptual, showing only the information necessary to stipulate the type or types of BMP being
proposed for credit. For example, if the BMP is full dispersion, the approximate location of future
impervious surface and the limits of the “native vegetated flowpath segment” (see Appendix C,
Section C.2.1) must be shown. If the BMP is full infiltration, the approximate location of future
impervious surface, septic drain field (if applicable), and infiltration devices must be shown. For
all other BMPs, the “design and maintenance details” (see Item b below) for each proposed BMP
per Appendix C may be sufficient as determined by CED.
b) The on-site BMP design and maintenance details must include the dimensions of all proposed
devices, features, and flowpaths, expressed as unit amounts per square foot of impervious surface
served or as a percentage of the lot size or impervious surface created.
c) The notice to future lot owners must indicate that they are responsible to install the on-site BMP
or BMPs stipulated for the lot prior to final inspection approval of constructed lot improvements.
Alternative BMPs that provide equivalent performance may be proposed at the time of permit
application for proposed lot improvements. In any case, a revised covenant will need to be
recorded to reflect the final approved BMPs and site improvement plan(s).
3. If single family residential lots are being created, a note must be placed on the recorded documents
for the subdivision indicating the following:
“Single family residences and other improvements constructed on the lots created by this
subdivision must implement the flow control best management practices (BMPs) stipulated in the
drainage plan declaration of covenant and grant of easement recorded for each lot. Compliance
with this stipulation must be addressed in the small project drainage plan submitted for drainage
review when application is made for a single family residential building permit for the lot.”
4. If commercial lots are being created, a note must be placed on the recorded documents for the
subdivision indicating the following:
“Improvements constructed on the lots created by this subdivision must implement the flow
control best management practices (BMPs) stipulated in the drainage plan declaration of covenant
and grant of easement recorded for each lot. Compliance with this stipulation must be addressed
in the engineering plans submitted for drainage review when application is made for a permit to
make improvements to the lot.”
1.2.9 CORE REQUIREMENT #9: ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-87
5. If a binding site plan is being created, a note must be placed on the recorded documents for the
subdivision indicating the following:
“Improvements constructed on the lots created by this binding site plan must implement the flow
control best management practices (BMPs) stipulated in the drainage plan declaration of covenant
and grant of easement recorded for each lot. Compliance with this stipulation must be addressed
in the engineering plans submitted for drainage review when application is made for a permit to
make improvements to the lot.”
1.2.9.4.2 USE OF CREDITS BY PROJECTS WITHIN RIGHTS-OF-WAY
If a proposed project is located primarily within an established public or private right-of-way,
implementation of on-site BMPs is as required per Section 1.2.9.3. To receive credit for these BMPs, the
project must meet all of the following requirements in addition to any restrictions for use of modeling
credits noted in Section 1.2.9.4 and/or Table 1.2.9.A.:
1. The BMPs must serve impervious surface located only within the right-of-way.
2. If the right-of-way will be privately maintained, provision must be made for future maintenance of
the BMPs in accordance with Core Requirement #6, Section 1.2.6.
3. If the City will be assuming maintenance of the BMPs, the BMPs must comply with the drainage
facility financial guarantee and liability requirements in Core Requirement #7, Section 1.2.7.
SECTION 1.2 CORE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-88
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-89
1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
This section details the following six special drainage requirements that may apply to the proposed project
depending on its location or site-specific characteristics:
“Special Requirement #1: Other Adopted Area-Specific Requirements,” Section 1.3.1
“Special Requirement #2: Flood Hazard Area Delineation,” Section 1.3.2
“Special Requirement #3: Flood Protection Facilities,” Section 1.3.3
“Special Requirement #4: Source Control,” Section 1.3.4
“Special Requirement #5: Oil Control,” Section 1.3.5
“Special Requirement #6: Aquifer Protection Area,” Section 1.3.6
1.3.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #1:
OTHER ADOPTED AREA-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
This manual is one of several adopted regulations in the City of Renton that apply requirements for
controlling drainage on an area-specific basis. Other adopted area-specific regulations include
requirements that have a more direct bearing on the drainage design of a proposed project. These
regulations include the following:
Master Drainage Plans (MDPs): MDPs are comprehensive drainage plans prepared for urban
planned developments (UPDs) or other large, complex projects (described in Section 1.1.2.5). Projects
covered by a MDP must meet any adopted requirements specific to that plan.
Basin Plans (BPs): The City of Renton adopts basin plans to provide for the comprehensive
assessment of resources and to accommodate growth while controlling adverse impacts to the
environment. A basin plan may recommend specific land uses, regional capital projects, and special
drainage requirements for future development within the basin area it covers.
Salmon Conservation Plans (SCPs): Salmon conservation plans are comprehensive, ecosystem-
based plans intended to identify and assess the means to protect and restore salmon habitat through
mechanisms such as habitat improvements, regulations, incentives, BMPs, land acquisition, and public
education activities. These plans are developed in collaboration with other jurisdictions within a water
resource inventory area (WRIA) designated by the state under WAC 173-500-040 and spanning
several basins or subbasins.
Lake Management Plans: The City of Renton may adopt lake management plans to provide for
comprehensive assessment of resources and to accommodate growth while controlling adverse
impacts from nutrient loading to selected lakes. A lake management plan may recommend nutrient
control through special drainage and source control requirements for proposed projects within the area
it covers.
Hazard Mitigation Plan: The City’s Hazard Mitigation Plan prepared in accordance with RCW
86.12.200 includes information on reducing flood risks.
Shared Facility Drainage Plans (SFDPs): SFDPs are approved by the City of Renton to allow two
or more projects to share drainage facilities required by this manual. Projects covered by a SFDP must
meet any specific requirements of that plan.
SECTION 1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-90
Threshold Requirement
IF a proposed project is in an area
included in an adopted master drainage
plan, basin plan, salmon conservation
plan, stormwater compliance plan,
hazard mitigation plan, lake
management plan, or shared facility
drainage plan …
THEN the proposed project shall
comply with the drainage requirements
of the master drainage plan, basin plan,
salmon conservation plan, stormwater
compliance plan, hazard mitigation
plan, lake management plan, or shared
facility drainage plan, respectively.
Application of this Requirement
The drainage requirements of adopted MDPs, BPs, SCPs, Hazard Mitigation Plan, lake management plans,
and SFDPs shall be applied in addition to the drainage requirements of this manual unless otherwise
specified in the adopted regulation. Where conflicts occur between the two, the drainage requirements of
the adopted area-specific regulation shall supersede those in this manual.
Examples of drainage requirements found in other adopted area-specific regulations include the following:
More or less stringent flow control
More extensive water quality controls
Forest retention requirements
Infiltration restrictions
Groundwater recharge provisions
Discharge to a constructed regional flow control or conveyance facility.
Adjustments to vary from the specific drainage requirements mandated by BPs, SCPs, FHMPs, and lake
management plans may be pursued through the adjustment process described in Section 1.4 of this manual.
Copies of all adopted basin plans, SCPs, Hazard Mitigation Plan, and lake management plans are available
from the City of Renton.
Projects covered by SFDPs shall demonstrate that the shared facility will be available by the time the
project is constructed and that all onsite requirements are met. Projects covered by a SFDP are still
required to provide any onsite controls necessary to comply with drainage requirements not addressed by
the shared facility.
1.3.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #2:
FLOOD HAZARD AREA DELINEATION
Flood hazard areas are composed of the 100-year floodplain, zero-rise flood fringe, zero-rise floodway,
and FEMA floodway. If a proposed project contains or is adjacent to a flood hazard area as determined by
CED, this special requirement requires the project to determine those components that are applicable and
delineate them on the project’s site improvement plans and recorded maps.
Floodplains are subject to inundation during extreme events. The 100-year floodplain, and floodway if
applicable, is delineated in order to minimize flooding impacts to new development and to prevent
aggravation of existing flooding problems by new development. Regulations and restrictions concerning
development within a 100-year floodplain are found in the critical areas code, RMC 4-3-050.
1.3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #3: FLOOD PROTECTION FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-91
Threshold Requirement
IF a proposed project contains or is
adjacent to a flood hazard area for a river,
stream, lake, wetland, closed depression, ,
or if other City of Renton regulations
require study of flood hazards related to
the proposed project …
THEN the 100-year floodplain, and
applicable floodway, shall be determined
and their boundaries, together with the
boundaries of the severe and moderate
channel migration hazard area (if
applicable), shall be delineated on the site
improvement plans and profiles, and on
any final subdivision maps prepared for
the proposed project.
Application of this Requirement
The applicant is required to use the best available floodplain/floodway data when delineating the 100-year
floodplain and floodway boundaries on site improvement plans and profiles, and on any final subdivision
maps. The floodplain/floodway delineation used by the applicant shall be in accordance with
RMC 4-3-050 and associated public rules. If floodplain/floodway data and delineation does not exist, then
a floodplain/floodway analysis shall be prepared by the applicant as described in Section 4.4.2,
“Floodplain/Floodway Analysis.”
1.3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #3:
FLOOD PROTECTION FACILITIES
Flood protection facilities, such as levees and revetments require a high level of confidence in their
structural integrity and performance. Proper analysis, design, and construction are necessary to protect
against the potentially catastrophic consequences if such facilities should fail.
Threshold Requirement
IF a proposed project will:
Rely on an existing flood protection
facility (such as a levee or revetment)
for protection against hazards posed
by erosion or inundation, OR
Modify or construct a new flood
protection facility …
THEN the applicant shall demonstrate
that the flood protection facility, as
determined by a licensed professional
engineer, conforms with siting, structural
stability, environmental, and all other
relevant standards cited in the following
regulations and documents:
Washington State Integrated
Streambank Protection Guidelines,
Corps of Engineers Manual for
Design and Construction of Levees
(EM 1110-2-1913),
RMC 4-3-050 and
Special Requirement #1 (specifically
the City Hazard Mitigation Plan)
AND, flood containment levees shall meet
or exceed the professional engineering
standards summarized in FEMA National
Flood Insurance mapping regulations …
(44 CFR, subsection 65.10) or FEMA’s
Analysis and Mapping Procedures for
non-Accredited Levee Systems.
SECTION 1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-92
Application of this Requirement
Conformance with the requirements listed above shall be addressed in the Technical Information Report
submitted with the project’s engineering plans (see Section 2.3.1.1).
Conformance also requires that certain easement requirements (outlined in Section 4.1) be met in order
to allow County access to the facility. If the proposed project contains an existing City of Renton flood
protection facility or proposes to rely on a City of Renton flood protection facility, the applicant shall
provide an easement to the City of Renton consistent with the river protection easement requirements
outlined in Section 4.1.
1.3.4 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #4: SOURCE CONTROLS
Water quality source controls prevent rainfall and runoff water from coming into contact with pollutants,
thereby reducing the likelihood that pollutants will enter public waterways and violate water quality
standards or City stormwater discharge permit limits. A Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual was
prepared for citizens, businesses, and industries to identify and implement source controls for activities
that often pollute water bodies. The City of Renton provides education about source control
implementation upon request. The City will implement a progressive enforcement policy to require
mandatory source controls through education and outreach, technical assistance, and enforcement.
Threshold Requirement
IF a proposed project requires a
commercial building or commercial site
development permit …
THEN water quality source controls
applicable to the proposed project shall
be applied as described below in
accordance with the King County
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
and Renton Municipal Code, Title IV.
Application of this Requirement
When applicable per the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, structural source control measures,
such as car wash pads or dumpster area roofing, shall be applied to the entire site containing the proposed
project, not just the project site. If the applicant is a tenant or lessee for only a portion of the site, CED
may limit the entire site application of structural source controls to only that portion of the site occupied or
leased by the applicant. All applicable structural source control measures shall be shown on the site
improvement plans submitted for engineering review and approval. Other, nonstructural source control
measures, such as covering storage piles with plastic or isolating areas where pollutants are used or
stored, are to be implemented after occupancy and need not be addressed during the plan review process.
All commercial, industrial, and multifamily projects (irrespective of size) undergoing drainage review are
required to implement applicable source controls.
Activities That May Result In Structural Improvements
There are a number of activities that may require structures and/or specific drainage configurations in
order to protect stormwater and maintain compliance with county code. Roof structure s, wheel washes,
cement pads, shutoff valves, containment berms and indoor mop sinks are all examples of things that need
to be in place prior to commencing the activity. These may require building permits and other approvals
prior to construction.
Below are some highlighted activities and the numbered BMP activity sheets in the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Manual that provide more detail:
1.3.4 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #4: SOURCE CONTROLS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-93
Commercial Composting
Structural improvements: paved composting and storage pads, leachate collection system, lined collection
ponds, wheel wash system
A-4 Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand, and Other Erodible Materials
A-24 Commercial Composting
Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Storage
Structural improvements: roofed enclosures, containment, wastewater collection, storage, and disposal
system
A-7 Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Storage
Fueling of Equipment and Vehicles
Structural improvements: Portland cement pads, roofs, spill control devices, trench drains, oil/water
separators
A-17 Stationary Fueling Operations
A-48 Older Stationary Fueling Operations
Greenhouses and Plant Nurseries
Structural improvements: berms, covering, and erosion control measures
A-4 Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand, and Other Erodible Materials
Horse Stables
Structural improvements: Wash racks connected to sanitary sewer or separate infiltration area, manure
containment areas
A-35 Keeping Livestock in Stables, Pens, Pastures, or Fields
Mining of Sand or Gravel
Structural improvements: Wheel wash system and track-out control, catch basin inserts
A-41 Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track Out Control
Painting, Finishing, and Coating of Vehicles and Equipment
Structural improvements: Permitted, enclosed paint booths
A-22 Painting, Finishing, & Coating of Vehicles, Products, & Equipment
Restaurants and Food Trucks
Structural improvements: Indoor sinks format and rack washing and mop and wastewater disposal.
A-8 Storage of Solid and Food Wastes (Including Cooking Grease)
A-12 Cleaning or Washing of Food Services Areas and Equipment
Outdoor Storage of Erodible Materials (e.g., compost, bark, sand, etc.)
Structural improvements: Wheel wash system and track-out control, berms, containment areas, covering,
catch basin inserts
A-41 Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track-Out Control
Outdoor Storage or Processing of Galvanized Materials
Structural improvements: Roofs or other covering, stormwater collection and treatment system
A-21 Manufacturing and Post-Processing of Metal Products
SECTION 1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-94
Storage of Liquid Materials
Structural improvements: Secondary containment, roofed structures, spill control devices
A-2 Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
A-3 Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
Utility Corridor Maintenance
Structural improvements: Road stabilization
A-45 Maintenance of Public and Private Utility Corridors and Facilities
Washing of Cars, Trucks, and Equipment (not just commercial car washes)
Structural improvements: Dedicated wash pads, sewer connection, holding tanks, catch basin inserts
A-13 Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning
Wood Treatment and Preserving
Structural improvements: Paved, contained and covered storage and processing areas
A-4 Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand, and Other Erodible Materials
A-23 Wood Treatment & Preserving
1.3.5 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #5: OIL CONTROL
Projects proposing to develop or redevelop a high-use site must provide oil controls in addition to any
other water quality controls required by this manual. Such sites typically generate high concentrations of
oil due to high traffic turnover, onsite vehicle or heavy or stationary equipment use, some business
operations, e.g., automotive recycling, or the frequent transfer of liquid petroleum or coal derivative
products.
The traffic threshold in the definition above focuses on vehicle turnover per square foot of building area
(trip generation) rather than ADT alone because oil leakage is greatest when engines are idling or cooling.
In general, all-day parking areas are not intended to be captured by these thresholds except those for diesel
vehicles, which tend to leak oil more than non-diesel vehicles. The petroleum storage and transfer
stipulation is intended to address regular transfer operations like service stations, not occasional filling of
heating oil tanks.
Threshold Requirement
IF a proposed project:
Develops a site that will have high-
use site characteristics, OR
Is a redevelopment project
proposing $100,000 or more of
improvements to an existing high-use
site, OR
Is a redevelopment project that
results in new plus replaced pollution
generating impervious surfaces of
5,000 square feet or more or new
pollution generating pervious surface
of ¾ acre or more improvements to
an existing high-use site …
THEN the project must treat runoff from
the high-use portion of the site using oil
control treatment options from the High-
Use menu (described below and detailed
in Chapter 6).
1.3.4 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #4: SOURCE CONTROLS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-95
High-Use Menu
High-use oil control options are selected to capture and detain oil and associated pollutants. The goal of
this treatment is no visible sheen on runoff leaving the facility, or less than 10 mg/L total petroleum
hydrocarbons (TPH) in the runoff, depending on the facility option used. Oil control options include
facilities that are small, handle only a limited tributary area, and require frequent maintenance, as well as
facilities that treat larger areas and generally have less frequent maintenance needs. Facility choices
include linear sand filters and oil/water separators. See Chapter 6 for specific facility choices and design
details.
Application of this Requirement
For high-use sites located within a larger commercial center, only the impervious surface associated with
the high-use portion of the site is subject to treatment requirements. If common parking for multiple
businesses is provided, treatment shall be applied to the number of parking stalls required for the high-use
business only. However, if the treatment collection area also receives runoff from other areas, the water
quality facility must be sized to treat all water passing through it.
High-use roadway intersections shall treat the intersection itself, plus lanes where vehicles accumulate
during the signal cycle, including all lanes, from the beginning of the left turn pocket (see Figure 1.3.5.A
below). If no left turn pocket exists, the treatable area shall begin at a distance of 75 feet from the stop
line. If runoff from the intersection drains to more than two collection areas that do not combine within the
intersection, treatment may be limited to any two of the collection areas. Oil control facilities shall be
designed for all flows tributary to the oil control facility including flow from otherwise exempt areas that
are not bypassed around the facility.
Note: For oil control facilities to be located in public road right-of-way and maintained by the City of
Renton, only coalescing plate or baffle oil/water separators shall be used unless otherwise approved
through an adjustment. Catch basin inserts are not allowed for oil control.
Methods of Analysis
The traffic threshold for the High-Use menu shall be estimated using information from Trip Generation,
published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers, from a traffic study prepared by a professional
engineer or transportation specialist with experience in traffic estimation, or from documented data from
the City.
SECTION 1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-96
FIGURE 1.3.5.A TREATABLE AREAS FOR HIGH-USE ROAD INTERSECTIONS
1.3.6 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #6: AQUIFER PROTECTION AREA
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-97
1.3.6 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #6: AQUIFER PROTECTION AREA
Aquifer Protection Area(s) (APA) are identified in the RMC 4-3-050. If a proposed project is located
within the APA, this special requirement requires the project to determine those components that are
applicable and delineate them on the project’s site improvements plans. APA zones are depicted in the
Wellhead Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Threshold Requirement
IF a proposed project is in Zone 1 of the
APA…
THEN the following are prohibited:
a. Facilities that allow runoff to have
direct contact with the soil, such as
flow control and water quality
treatment ponds, stormwater
wetlands, filter strips, and infiltration
facilities.
b. On-site BMPs that rely on infiltration,
such as bioretention and permeable
pavement.
c. Open channel conveyance systems
that are not concrete lined, such as
ditches and swales.
IF a proposed project is in Zone 1
Modified or Zone 2 of the APA…
THEN the following may require a liner in
accordance with the design criteria in
Section 6.2.4:
a. Facilities that allow runoff to have
direct contact with the soil, such as
flow control and water quality
treatment ponds, stormwater
wetlands, filter strips, and infiltration
facilities.
b. Open channel conveyance systems
that are not concrete lined, such as
ditches as swales.
SECTION 1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-98
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-99
1.4 ADJUSTMENT PROCESS
For proposed projects subject to drainage review by the City of Renton this process is provided for the
occasions when a project proponent desires to vary from one of the core or special requirements, or any
other specific requirement or standard contained in this manual. Proposed adjustments should be approved
prior to final permit approval, but they may be accepted up to the time the City approves final construction
or accepts drainage facilities for maintenance.
Types of Adjustments
To facilitate the adjustment process and timely review of adjustment proposals, the following types of
adjustments are provided:
Standard Adjustments: These are adjustments of the standards and requirements contained in the
following chapters and sections of this manual:
o Chapter 1, “Drainage Review and Requirements”
o Chapter 2, “Drainage Plan Submittal”
o Chapter 3, “Hydrologic Analysis and Design”
o Chapter 4, “Conveyance System Analysis and Design”
o Chapter 5, “Flow Control Design”
o Chapter 6, “Water Quality Design”
o Appendix A, “Maintenance Requirements for Stormwater Facilities and On-Site BMPs”
o Appendix B, “Master Drainage Plans”
o Appendix C, “Simplified Drainage Requirements”
o Appendix D, “Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Standards”
Requests for standard adjustments will be accepted only for permits pending approval or approved
permits that have not yet expired.
Blanket Adjustments: This type of adjustment may be established by the City based on approval of
any of the above-mentioned adjustments. Blanket adjustments are usually based on previously
approved adjustments that can be applied routinely or globally to all projects where appropriate.
Blanket adjustments are also used to effect minor changes or corrections to manual design
requirements or to add new designs and methodologies to this manual. There is no application process
for establishing blanket adjustments because they are initiated solely by the City.
1.4.1 ADJUSTMENT AUTHORITY
CED shall have full authority to determine if and what type of adjustment is required for any proposed
project subject to drainage review by CED. The authority to grant adjustments for such projects is
distributed as follows:
CED shall have full authority to approve or deny adjustments, except those involving outfalls or pump
discharges to the Green River between River Mile 6 and SR 18 per Section 1.2.4.2.F and 1.2.4.2.I.
CED decisions on those adjustments are subject to approval by the King County Flood Control
District.
1.4.2 CRITERIA FOR GRANTING ADJUSTMENTS
Adjustments to the requirements in this manual may be granted provided that granting the adjustment will
achieve the following:
1. Produce a compensating or comparable result that is in the public interest, AND
2. Meet the objectives of safety, function, appearance, environmental protection, and maintainability
based on sound engineering judgment.
Also, the granting of any adjustment that would be in conflict with the requirements of any other City
department will require review and concurrence with that department.
SECTION 1.4 ADJUSTMENT PROCESS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-100
Criteria Exception
If it can be demonstrated that meeting the above criteria for producing a compensating or comparable
result will deny reasonable use of a property, approval of the adjustment will require an adjustment
criteria exception to be approved by the City. An adjustment that requires a criteria exception may be
granted following legal public notice of the adjustment request, the proposed decision on the request, and a
written finding of fact that documents the following:
1. There are special physical circumstances or conditions affecting the property such that strict
application of the criteria for producing a compensating or comparable result would deprive the
applicant of all reasonable use of the parcel of land in question, and every effort has been made to find
creative ways to meet the intent of the requirement for which the adjustment is sought, AND
2. Granting the adjustment for the individual property in question will not create a significant adverse
impact to public health, welfare, water quality, and properties downstream or nearby, AND
3. The adjustment requires the best practicable alternative for achieving the spirit and intent of the
requirement in question.
In addition, the written finding of fact must include the following information:
The current (pre-project) use of the site.
How application of the requirement for which an adjustment is being requested denies reasonable use
of the site compared to the restrictions that existed under the 2009 King County Surface Water Design
Manual and City of Renton Amendments to the 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual.
The possible remaining uses of the site if the criteria exception were not granted.
The uses of the site that would have been allowed under the 2009 King County Surface Water Design
Manual and City of Renton Amendments to the 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual .
A comparison of the estimated amount and percentage of value loss as a result of the requirements of
this manual versus the estimated amount and percentage of value loss as a result of requirements that
existed under the 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual and City of Renton Amendments to
the 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual.
The feasibility for the owner to alter the project to apply the requirements of this manual.46,47
1.4.3 ADJUSTMENT APPLICATION PROCESS
Standard Adjustments
The application process for standard adjustments is as follows:
Requests for standard adjustments will be accepted only for permits pending approval or approved
permits that have not yet expired.
The completed adjustment request application forms must be submitted to CED along with sufficient
engineering information (described in Chapter 2) to evaluate the request. The application shall note
the specific requirement for which the adjustment is sought.
If the adjustment request involves use of a previously unapproved construction material or
construction practice, the applicant should submit documentation that includes, but is not limited to, a
record of successful use by other agencies and/or evidence of meeting criteria for quality and
performance, such as that for the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO) and the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM).
If the adjustment requires a criteria exception, additional engineering or other information may be
required by CED to document that denial of reasonable use would occur, that every effort was made
to achieve compliance, and that the best practicable alternative will not cause significant adverse
impact.
A fee reduction may be requested if it is demonstrated that the adjustment request requires little or no
engineering review.
46 Footnote 51 is not used.
47 Footnote 52 is not used.
1.4.4 ADJUSTMENT REVIEW PROCESS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1-101
Blanket Adjustments
There is no application process for establishing blanket adjustments because they are initiated and issued
solely by the City.
1.4.4 ADJUSTMENT REVIEW PROCESS
All adjustments are governed by the review procedures and time lines set forth by the City. Consistent
with these procedures, the general steps of the review process for specific types of adjustments are
presented as follows.
Standard Adjustments
CED will review the adjustment request application forms and documentation for completeness and
inform the applicant in writing as to whether additional information is required from the applicant in
order to complete the review. The applicant will also be informed if CED determines that special
technical support is required in cases where the adjustment involves a major policy issue or potentially
impacts a City drainage facility.
The CED Development Review Engineer will review and either approve or deny the adjustment
request following determination that all necessary information has been received from the applicant.
If a criteria exception is required for the adjustment, CED will issue a legal public notice of the
adjustment request that indicates the director’s proposed decision on the request, including the written
finding of fact specified in Section 1.4.2. The public notice will include a 15-working-day public
comment period within which a request for reconsideration may be made to the CED director as
described in Section 1.4.5. Absent a request for reconsideration, the director’s decision becomes final
after the two week public comment period.
Approvals of standard adjustments will expire upon expiration of the permit to which they apply.
Blanket Adjustments
Blanket adjustments may be established at the discretion of CED. Blanket adjustments are established by
memorandum based on:
1. Previously approved adjustments and supporting documentation, AND
2. Monitoring results in conjunction with any TAPE or CTAPE results AND
3. Information presenting the need for the blanket adjustment. Typically, blanket adjustments should
apply globally to design or procedural requirements and be independent of site conditions.
CED must approve creation of a blanket adjustment.
Applicants may use any approved blanket adjustment listed in Reference Section 14, by submitting the
form titled “Surface Water Design Manual Requirements/Standards Blanket Adjustment No. ____” to the
CED plan reviewer currently reviewing the specific project proposal, but no further approval is required.
1.4.5 APPEALS
Any appeals from administrative determinations for variances or adjustments related to the Storm
Drainage regulations and codes shall be filed in writing to the Hearing Examiner by any person aggrieved,
or by any officer, department, board or bureau of the City affected by such determination per
RMC 4-8-110.
SECTION 1.4 ADJUSTMENT PROCESS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
1-102
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CHAPTER 2
DRAINAGE PLAN
SUBMITTAL
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
Section Page
2.1 Plans for Permits and Drainage
Review 2-3
2.1.1 Plans Required for Pre-Application
Submittal 2-3
2.1.2 Site Plans Required for Drainage
Review 2-3
2.2 Plans Required with Construction
Permit Application 2-5
2.2.1 Subdivision, PUD, and Binding Site
Plans 2-6
2.2.2 Short Subdivisions 2-7
2.2.3 Commercial Site Development 2-7
2.2.4 Single-Family Residential 2-7
2.2.5 Other Permits 2-7
2.3 Drainage Review Plan Specifications 2-9
2.3.1 Engineering Plan Specifications 2-10
2.3.2 Projects in Targeted Drainage Review
(TDR) 2-35
2.4 Plans Required After Drainage
Review 2-37
2.4.1 Plan Changes After Permit Issuance 2-37
2.4.2 Final Corrected Plan Submittal 2-37
2.4.3 Final Plat, Short Plat, and Binding Site
Plan Submittals 2-38
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-1
CHAPTER 2
DRAINAGE PLAN SUBMITTAL
This chapter details the drainage related submittal requirements for engineering design plans as part of a
permit application to the City of Renton Community and Economic Development (CED) Department. The
intent of these requirements is to present consistent formats for design plans and the technical support data
required to develop the plans. These conventions are necessary to review engineering designs for
compliance with City of Renton ordinances and regulations, and to ensure the intent of the plan is easily
understood and implemented in the field. Properly drafted design plans and supporting information also
facilitate the construction, operation, and maintenance of the proposed system long after its review and
approval. When plans comply with the formats and specifications contained herein, they facilitate review
and approval with a minimum of time-consuming corrections and resubmittals.
Note that this chapter primarily describes how to submit drainage plans for review—what must be
submitted, in what formats, at what times and to what offices. The basic drainage requirements that these
plans must address are contained in Chapter 1, “Drainage Review and Requirements.” The specific design
methods and criteria to be used are contained in Chapters 3, 4, 5, and 6.
Several key forms used in the plan review process are reproduced in Reference Section 8, “Forms and
Worksheets.” The drainage submittal requirements for different types of developments are contained in
this chapter with the exception of Master Drainage Plans, which if required, the scope of the requirements
will be determined by the Surface Water Utility and will generally follow King County’s Master Drainage
Planning for Large or Complex Site Development and requirements. For information on general
requirements for any permit type, refer to the City of Renton website or customer information counter at
CED.
Chapter Organization
The information presented in this chapter is organized into four main sections as follows:
Section 2.1, “Plans for Permits and Drainage Review”
Section 2.2, “Plans Required with Construction Permit Application”
Section 2.3, “Drainage Review Plan Specifications”
Section 2.4, “Plans Required After Drainage Review”
These sections begin on odd pages so the user can insert tabs if desired for quicker reference.
CHAPTER 2 DRAINAGE PLAN SUBMITTAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-2
(T his page intentionally left blan k)
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-3
2.1 PLANS FOR PERMITS AND DRAINAGE REVIEW
CED is responsible for the review of all engineering aspects of private development proposals. Drainage
review is a primary concern of engineering design. This section describes the types of engineered
drainage plans required for engineering review at various permit review stages. Refer to the City website
for other details or requirements, such as the submittal and expiration periods set for each type of permit
application, review fees, right-of-way use requirements, and other code requirements.
2.1.1 PLANS REQUIRED FOR PRE-APPLICATION SUBMITTAL
Most projects require some degree of drainage plans or analysis to be submitted for drainage review; the
extent of which will depend upon the type of permit, size and type of project, and project vicinity to any
critical areas. All proposed developments within the City of Renton have the option to request a free pre-
application meeting to gain feedback on development requirements and feasibility prior to formal
submittal of any required permit application materials. Subdivisions, PUDs, short plats and binding site
plans require conceptual plans (may be engineered or non-engineered) be submitted with the pre-
application meeting request. Preliminary plans provide general information on the proposal, including
location of critical areas, road alignments and right-of-way, site topography, building locations, land use
information, and lot dimensions. They are used to determine the appropriate drainage conditions and
requirements to be applied to the proposal during the drainage review process.
For more information refer to the permit submittal requirements documents that are applicable to the
development proposal (available on the City’s website and from staff in the pre-application meeting, if
held).
2.1.2 SITE PLANS REQUIRED FOR DRAINAGE REVIEW
For drainage review purposes, engineering plans consist of the following:
1. Site improvement plans (see Section 2.3.1.2), which include all plans, profiles, details, notes, and
specifications necessary to construct road, drainage, utilities, and off-street parking improvements.
2. A construction stormwater pollution prevention (CSWPP) plan, which identifies the measures and
BMPs required to prevent the discharge of sediment-laden water and other pollutants associated with
construction/land disturbing activities. The CSWPP plan includes two component plans: an erosion
and sediment control (ESC) plan (see Section 2.3.1.3), which addresses prevention of sediment-
laden discharges; and a stormwater pollution prevention and spill (SWPPS) plan (see
Section 2.3.1.4), which addresses prevention of other pollutant discharges.
3. A technical information report (TIR) (see Section 2.3.1.1), which contains all the technical
information and analysis necessary to develop the site improvement plan and CSWPP plan.
Projects Under Targeted Drainage Review usually require engineering plans, except that only certain
sections of the technical information report are required to be completed and the site improvement plan
may have a limited scope depending upon the characteristics of the proposed project. The scope of these
plans should be confirmed during the pre-application meeting with CED. For other permits, such as
single-family residential permits, the scope of the targeted engineering analysis is usually determined
during CED engineering review.
SECTION 2.1 PLANS FOR PERMITS AND DRAINAGE REVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-4
Plans Required for Simplified Drainage Review
Simplified drainage plans are a simplified form of site improvement and CSWPP plans (without a TIR or a
separate SWPPS plan) that may be prepared by a non-engineer from a set of pre-engineered design details.
Simplified drainage plans are only allowed for single family in Simplified Drainage Review but may be
required for individual lots created by a subdivision project to show how required on-site BMPs, ESC and
SWPPS measures will be applied to future lot construction.
For single-family residential permits, the level and scope of drainage plan requirements are determined by
CED during drainage review. Some projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review may also require
Targeted Drainage Review.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-5
2.2 PLANS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION PERMIT
APPLICATION
This section describes the submittal requirements for construction permit applications at the City of
Renton. Required plans for each permit or project type described in Section 2.2.1 through 2.2.5 are
summarized in Table 2.2.A. The timing for submittal of engineering plans will vary depending on permit
type. For commercial, subdivisions, short plats, and other types of construction permits, this submittal
usually follows the City’s approval of plans described in Section 2.2. For commercial building permits,
engineering plans must be submitted as part of the construction permit application, unless otherwise
approved by CED. For other permit types the drainage plan requirements are determined during the permit
review process.
Note: If engineering plans are required to be submitted with the construction permit application, they must
be accompanied by the appropriate supporting documents (e.g., required application forms, reports, etc.).
For more details, see the City’s website.
Design Plan Certification
All preliminary plans and engineering plans must be stamped by a civil engineer.
All land boundary surveys and legal descriptions used for preliminary and engineering plans must be
stamped by a land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. Topographic survey data and mapping
prepared specifically for a proposed project may be performed by the civil engineer stamping the
engineering plans as allowed by the Washington State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers
and Land Surveyors.
TABLE 2.2.A DRAINAGE PLAN SUBMITTALS
Type of Permit
or Project
Plans Required with
Construction Permit
Application
Type of
Drainage Review
Plans Required for
Drainage Review
SUBDIVISIONS,
PUDs, AND
BINDING SITE
PLANS
Plat Map(5)
Engineering Plans(1),(2)
Full or Targeted Drainage
Review(2)
Preliminary Plans(5)
Engineering Plans(1)
Large Project Drainage
Review
Preliminary Plans(5)
Master Drainage
Plan(4) or Special
Study
Engineering Plans(1)
SHORT PLATS Site Plan(5) Simplified Drainage Review Simplified Drainage
Plans(3)
Site Plan(5)
Preliminary Reports
Simplified Drainage Review
AND Targeted Drainage
Review(2)
Simplified Drainage
Plans(3)
Engineering Plans(1)
Full or Targeted Drainage
Review(2)
Engineering Plans(1)
COMMERCIAL
PERMITS
Engineering Plans(1),(2) Full or Targeted Drainage
Review
Engineering Plans(1)
SINGLE-
FAMILY
Site Plan(5) for Single-Family
Residential Building Permits
Simplified Drainage Review Simplified Drainage
Plans(3)
SECTION 2.2 PLANS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-6
TABLE 2.2.A DRAINAGE PLAN SUBMITTALS
Type of Permit
or Project
Plans Required with
Construction Permit
Application
Type of
Drainage Review
Plans Required for
Drainage Review
RESIDENTIAL
BUILDING
PERMITS
Simplified Drainage Review
AND Targeted Drainage
Review(2) AND Directed
Drainage Review(6)
Simplified Drainage
Plans(3)
Engineering
Plans(1)(6)
Full or Targeted Drainage
Review(2)
Engineering Plans(1)
OTHER
PROJECTS OR
PERMITS
Project-specific (contact CED
or the City’s website)
Full or Targeted Drainage
Review(2)
Engineering Plans(1)
Notes:
(1) Submittal specifications for engineering plans are detailed in Section 2.3.1.
(2) Submittal specifications for Targeted Drainage Review are found in Section 2.3.2.
(3) Specifications for submittal of Simplified drainage plans are found in Appendix C, Simplified Drainage Requirements.
(4) Specifications for submittal of master drainage plans or special studies are found in the King County publication titled
Master Drainage Planning for Large or Complex Site Developments.
(5) Submittal specifications for these plans are found on the City’s website and/or from CED staff in the pre-application
meeting.
(6) Scope of submittals for Directed Drainage Review is determined by CED staff at the City’s Permit Counter and/or
during the plan review process. Submittal specifications per Notes 1, 2, and 3.
2.2.1 SUBDIVISION, PUD, AND BINDING SITE PLANS
Applications for proposed subdivision, PUD, and binding site plan projects must include engineered
preliminary plans, which are used to help determine engineering plan requirements to recommend to the
Hearing Examiner. Preliminary plans shall include the following:
1. A conceptual drainage plan prepared, stamped, and signed by a civil engineer. This plan must show
the location and type of the following:
a) Existing and proposed flow control facilities
b) Existing and proposed water quality facilities
c) Existing and proposed conveyance systems.
The level of detail of the plan should correspond to the complexity of the project.
2. A Level 1 Downstream Analysis as required in Core Requirement #2 and outlined under “TIR
Section 3, Offsite Analysis.” This offsite analysis shall be submitted in order to assess potential offsite
drainage and water quality impacts associated with development of the project, and to help propose
appropriate mitigation of those impacts. A higher level of offsite analysis may be requested by the
City prior to preliminary approval, or as a condition of engineering plan submittal. The offsite analysis
must be prepared, stamped, and signed by a civil engineer.
3. Survey/topographic information. The submitted site plan and conceptual drainage plan shall include
the following:
a) Field topographic base map to accompany application (aerial topography allowed with CED
permission)
b) Name and address of surveyor and surveyor’s seal and signature
2.2.5 OTHER PERMITS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-7
c) Notation for field or aerial survey
d) Datum and benchmark/location and basis of elevation
e) Location of all critical areas
f) Contour intervals per the following chart:
Zoning Designation Contour Intervals
Densities of developed area
of over 4 DU per acre
2 feet at less than 15% slope
5 feet at 15% slope or more
Densities of developed area
of 4 DU or less per acre
5 feet
2.2.2 SHORT SUBDIVISIONS
Applications for proposed short plats1 require a proposed site plan drawn to scale showing geographic
features such as adjacent streets, existing buildings, and critical areas if any are known to be present; and a
Level 1 Downstream Analysis. Site plans are usually engineered, except for projects exempt from
drainage review or projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review for the entire project. The
specifications for submittal of site plans are outlined on the City’s website.
The Level 1 Downstream Analysis is required for all short plats except those meeting the exemptions
outlined in Section 1.2.2 or those subject to Simplified Drainage Review for the entire project. A higher
level of offsite analysis may be requested by CED prior to preliminary approval, or as a condition of
engineering plan submittal.
2.2.3 COMMERCIAL SITE DEVELOPMENT
Applications for commercial permits require that engineering plans be submitted as part of the building
permit application, unless otherwise approved by CED. Most commercial projects will go through Full
Drainage Review and require complete engineering plans. Projects that qualify for limited scope
engineering design should request Targeted Drainage Review during the pre-application meeting with
CED.
2.2.4 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Applications for single-family residential permits1 require a non-engineered site plan to be submitted. The
specifications for site plans are outlined on the City’s website.
2.2.5 OTHER PERMITS
Other permit applications1 will require project-specific information. Submittal requirements can be
obtained by contacting CED or consulting the City’s website.
1 The specific level of required drainage analysis and design is usually determined during the preliminary drainage review of the
plans submitted with the application. The overall plan review process may be expedited if the project is submitted with the
appropriate level of detail.
SECTION 2.2 PLANS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-8
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-9
2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
This section presents the specifications and contents required of plans to facilitate drainage review. Most
projects subject to Full Drainage Review will require engineering plans that include a “technical
information report (TIR),” “site improvement plans,” and a “construction stormwater pollution prevention
(CSWPP) plan,” which includes an “erosion and sediment control (ESC) plan” and a “stormwater
pollution prevention and spill (SWPPS) plan.” For more information on the types of projects subject to
Full Drainage Review, see Section 1.1.2.4. Additional information is available at the City’s website and
from the staff in the pre-application meeting, if held.
Small projects with specific drainage concerns that are subject to Targeted Drainage Review also require
engineering plans that include the same elements, except that the TIR may be of limited scope. The site
improvement plans, ESC and SWPPS plans may also be of limited scope, but must meet all applicable
specifications. For more information on the types of projects subject to Targeted Drainage Review, see
Section 1.1.2.2.
Projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review may be required to submit “Simplified drainage plans.”
These are simplified drainage and erosion control plans that may be prepared by a non-engineer from a set
of pre-engineered design details, and which do not require a TIR or a separate SWPPS plan. The
Simplified Drainage Requirements booklet available at King County Department of Permitting and
Environmental Review and appended to this manual (Appendix C) contains the specifications for
Simplified drainage plans and details on the Simplified Drainage Review process.
Note: Projects in Simplified Drainage Review may be required to submit engineering plans if they are also
subject to Targeted Drainage Review as determined in Section 1.1.2.2 and Appendix C. Also, short plats in
Simplified Drainage Review will be required to submit engineering plans if roadway construction is a
condition of preliminary approval.
Single-family residential projects that do not qualify for Simplified Drainage Review may qualify for
Directed Drainage Review, which requires a specialized list of submittals (plans, technical reports, etc.)
and engineering requirements determined by CED review staff that ensures compliance with all core and
special requirements of the SWDM. The scope of the submittal requirement is determined during the
initial review of the application. Specifications for the plans and TIR generally follow those described for
the other review types but may be reduced in scope or complexity in accordance with CED’s
determination.
Design Plan Certification
All preliminary plans and engineering plans must be stamped by a civil engineer.
All land boundary surveys, and legal descriptions used for preliminary and engineering plans must be
stamped by a land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. Topographic survey data and mapping
prepared specifically for a proposed project may be performed by the civil engineer stamping the
engineering plans as allowed by the Washington State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers
and Land Surveyors.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-10
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
For drainage review purposes, engineering plans must consist of the following:
1. A TIR as detailed in Section 2.3.1.1, AND
2. Site improvement plans as detailed in Section 2.3.1.2, AND
3. A CSWPP plan, which includes an ESC plan as detailed in Section 2.3.1.3 and a SWPPS plan as
detailed in Section 2.3.1.4.
Projects in Targeted Drainage Review require a limited scope TIR with site improvement plans and a
CSWPP plan, as detailed in Section 2.3.2. CED may allow a modified site improvement plan for some
projects in Targeted Drainage Review (see Section 2.3.2) or where major improvements (e.g., detention
facilities, conveyance systems, bridges, road right-of-way improvements, etc.) are not proposed.
2.3.1.1 TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR)
The full TIR is a comprehensive supplemental report containing all technical information and analysis
necessary to develop the site improvement plan. This report shall contain all calculations, conceptual
design analysis, reports, and studies required and used to construct a complete site improvement plan
based on sound engineering practices and careful geotechnical and hydrological design. The TIR must be
stamped and dated by a civil engineer.
The TIR shall contain the following ten sections, preceded by a table of contents:
1. Project Overview
2. Conditions and Requirements Summary
3. Offsite Analysis
4. Flow Control, Low Impact Development (LID) and Water Quality Facility Analysis and Design
5. Conveyance System Analysis and Design
6. Special Reports and Studies
7. Other Permits
8. CSWPP Analysis and Design
9. Bond Quantities, Facility Summaries, and Declaration of Covenant
10. Operations and Maintenance Manual.
Every TIR must contain each of these sections; however, if a section does not apply, the applicant may
simply mark “N/A” and a brief explanation shall be provided. This standardized format allows a quicker,
more efficient review of information required to supplement the site improvement plan.
The table of contents should include a list of the ten section headings and their respective page numbers, a
list of tables with page numbers, and a list of numbered references, attachments, and appendices.
When the TIR package requires revisions, the revisions must be submitted in a complete TIR package.
TIR SECTION 1
PROJECT OVERVIEW
The project overview must provide a general description of the proposal, predeveloped and developed site
conditions, site and project site area, size of the improvements, and the disposition of stormwater runoff
before and after development. The overview shall identify and discuss difficult site parameters, the natural
drainage system, and drainage to and from adjacent property, including bypass flows.
The following figures are required:
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-11
Figure 1. TIR Worksheet
Include a copy of the TIR Worksheet (see Reference Section 8-A).
Figure 2. Site Location
Provide a map that shows the general location of the site. Identify all roads that border the site and all
significant geographic features and critical areas (lakes, streams, steep slopes, etc.).
Figure 3. Drainage Basins, Subbasins, and Site Characteristics
This figure shall display the following:
1. Show acreage of subbasins.
2. Identify all site characteristics.
3. Show all areas used for treatment trades or mitigation trades, if applicable.
4. Show all onsite and offsite bypass areas, if applicable.
5. Show all threshold discharge areas (TDAs).
6. Show existing discharge points to and from the site.
7. Show routes of existing, construction, and future flows at all discharge points and downstream
hydraulic structures.
8. Use a minimum USGS 1:2400 topographic map as a base for the figure.
9. Show (and cite) the length of travel from the farthest upstream end of a proposed storm system in the
development to any proposed flow control facility.
Figure 4. Soils
Show the soils within the following areas:
1. The project site.
2. The area draining to the site.
3. The drainage system downstream of the site for the distance of the downstream analysis (see
Section 1.2.2).
Copies of King County Soil Survey maps may be used; however, if the maps do not accurately represent
the soils for a proposed project (including offsite areas of concern), it is the design engineer’s
responsibility to ensure that the actual soil types are properly mapped. Soil classification symbols that
conform to the SCS Soil Survey for King County shall be used; and the equivalent soil type (till, outwash,
or wetlands) per the approved stormwater model shall be indicated (see Table 3.2.2.B).
Projects will need to evaluate the soils on each lot for applicability of the full infiltration and other low
impact on-site BMPs as specified in Core Requirement #9. This soils report, as well as geotechnical
investigations necessary for proposed infiltration facilities, shall be referenced in the TIR Overview and
submitted under Special Reports and Studies, TIR Section VI. A figure in the required geotechnical report
that meets the above requirements may be referenced to satisfy 1, 2, and 3 above.
Projects located in outwash soils may need to provide a low-permeability liner or a treatment liner for
facilities that allow runoff to have direct contact with the soil and open channel conveyance systems that
are not concrete lined, consistent with the specifications for such liners in Section 6.2.4.
TIR SECTION 2
CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY
The intent of this section is to ensure all preliminary approval conditions and applicable requirements
pertaining to site engineering issues have been addressed in the site improvement plan. All conditions and
requirements for the proposed project shall be included.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-12
In addition to the core requirements of this manual, adopted basin plans and other plans as listed in Special
Requirement #1 should be reviewed and applicable requirements noted. Additionally, critical area
requirements, conditions of plat approval, and conditions associated with development requirements (e.g.,
conditional use permits, rezones, variances and adjustments, SEPA mitigations, etc.) shall be included.
TIR SECTION 3
OFFSITE ANALYSIS
All projects in engineering review shall complete, at a minimum, an Offsite Analysis, except for projects
meeting the exemptions outlined in Section 1.2.2. The Offsite Analysis is usually completed as part of the
initial permit application and review process, and is to be included in the TIR. Note: If offsite conditions
have been altered since the initial submittal, a new offsite analysis may be required.
The primary component of the offsite analysis is the downstream analysis described in detail below.
Upstream areas are included in this component to the extent they are expected to be affected by backwater
effects from the proposed project. Other components of the offsite analysis could include, but are not
limited to, evaluation of impacts to fish habitat, groundwater levels, groundwater quality, or other
environmental features expected to be significantly impacted by the proposed project due to its size or
proximity to such features.
Levels of Analysis
The offsite analysis report requirements vary depending on the specific site and downstream conditions.
Each project submittal shall include at least a Level 1 downstream analysis. Upon review of the Level 1
analysis, CED may require a Level 2 or Level 3 analysis. If conditions warrant, additional, more detailed
analysis may be required. Note: Potential impacts upstream of the proposal shall also be evaluated.
Level 1 Analysis
The Level 1 analysis is a qualitative survey of each downstream system leaving a site. This analysis is
required for all proposed projects and shall be submitted with the initial permit application. Depending
on the findings of the Level 1 analysis, a Level 2 or 3 analysis may need to be completed or additional
information may be required. If further analysis is required, the applicant may schedule a meeting with
CED staff.
Level 2 or 3 Analysis
If drainage problems are identified in the Level 1 analysis, a Level 2 (rough quantitative) analysis or a
Level 3 (more precise quantitative) analysis may be required to further evaluate proposed mitigation
for the problem. CED staff will determine whether a Level 2 or 3 analysis is required based on the
evidence of existing or potential drainage problems identified in the Level 1 analysis and on the
proposed design of onsite drainage facilities. The Level 3 analysis is required when results need to be
as accurate as possible: for example, if the site is flat; if the system is affected by downstream
controls; if minor changes in the drainage system could flood roads or buildings; or if the proposed
project will contribute more than 15 percent of the total peak flow to the drainage problem location.
The Level 2 or 3 analysis may not be required if CED determines from the Level 1 analysis that
adequate mitigation will be provided.
Additional Analysis
Additional, more detailed hydrologic analysis may be required if CED determines that the
downstream analysis has not been sufficient to accurately determine the impacts of a proposed project
on an existing or potential drainage problem. This more detailed analysis may include a point of
compliance analysis as detailed in Section 3.3.6.
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-13
Scope of Analysis
Regardless of the level of downstream analysis required, the applicant shall define and map the study area
(Task 1), review resources (Task 2), inspect the study area (Task 3), describe the drainage system and
problems (Task 4), and propose mitigation measures (Task 5) as described below.
Task 1. Study Area Definition and Maps
For the purposes of Task 2 below, the study area shall extend downstream one mile (minimum
flowpath distance) from the proposed project discharge location and shall extend upstream as
necessary to encompass the offsite drainage area tributary to the proposed project site. For the
purposes of Tasks 3, 4, and 5, the study area shall extend downstream to a point on the drainage
system where the proposed project site constitutes less than 15 percent of the total tributary drainage
area, but not less than one-quarter mile (minimum flowpath distance). The study area shall also extend
upstream of the project site a distance sufficient to preclude any backwater effects from the proposed
project.
The offsite analysis shall include a site map showing property lines, and the best available
topographical map (e.g., from CED and Renton topographic map) with the study area boundaries,
site boundaries, downstream flowpath for a distance of one mile, and potential/existing problems
(Task 4) shown. Other maps, diagrams, photographs and aerial photos may be helpful in describing
the study area.
Task 2. Resource Review
To assist the design engineer in preparing an offsite analysis, Renton has gathered information
regarding existing and potential flooding, erosion, and water quality problems. For all levels of
analysis, all of the resources described below shall be reviewed for existing/potential problems in the
study area (upstream and one mile downstream of the project site):
Adopted basin plans available at King County DLS-Permitting, King County DNRP, and CED.
For areas where there is no adopted basin plan, Basin Reconnaissance Summary Reports may
be useful.
Floodplain/floodway (FEMA) maps available at CED and the library.
Other offsite analysis reports in the same subbasin, if available (check with CED staff).
Sensitive Areas Folio available at King County DLS-Permitting, King County DNRP, and COR
Maps (<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>) must be used to
document the distance downstream from the proposed project to the nearest critical areas.
2U.S. Department of Agriculture, King County Soils Survey available at King County DLS-
Permitting and the library.
Wetlands Inventory maps available at CED.
Washington State Department of Ecology’s latest published Clean Water Act Section 303d list of
polluted waters posted at the following website: <https://ecology.wa.gov/Water-
Shorelines/Water-quality/Water-improvement/Assessment-of-state-waters-303d>.
City of Renton Erosion Maps and Landslide Maps.
Potential/existing problems identified in the above documents shall be documented in the Drainage
System Table (see Reference Section 8-B) as well as described in the text of the Level 1
Downstream Analysis Report. If a document is not available for the site, note in the report that the
information was not available as of a particular date. If necessary, additional resources are available
from King County, the Washington State Department of Fisheries and Wildlife (WDFW), the State
Department of Ecology (Ecology), the United States Army Corps of Engineers (Corps), and the public
works departments of other municipalities in the vicinity of the proposed project site.
2 Footnote 2 is not used.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-14
Task 3. Field Inspection
The design engineer shall physically inspect the existing on- and offsite drainage systems of the study
area for each discharge location. Specifically, he/she shall investigate any evidence of the following
existing or potential problems and drainage features:
Level 1 Inspection:
1. Investigate any problems reported or observed during the resource review.
2. Locate all existing/potential constrictions or lack of capacity in the existing drainage system.
3. Identify all existing/potential downstream drainage problems as defined in Section 1.2.2.1.
4. Identify existing/potential overtopping, scouring, bank sloughing, or sedimentation.
5. Identify significant destruction of aquatic habitat or organisms (e.g., severe siltation, bank
erosion, or incision in a stream).
6. Collect qualitative data on features such as land use, impervious surfaces, topography, and
soil types.
7. Collect information on pipe sizes, channel characteristics, drainage structures, and relevant
critical areas (e.g., wetlands, streams, steep slopes).
8. Verify tributary basins delineated in Task 1.
9. Contact neighboring property owners or residents in the area about past or existing drainage
problems, and describe these in the report (optional).
10. Note the date and weather conditions at the time of the inspection.
Level 2 or 3 Inspection:
1. Perform a Level 1 Inspection.
2. Document existing site conditions (approved drainage systems or pre-1979 aerial
photographs) as defined in Core Requirement #3.
3. Collect quantitative field data. For Level 2, conduct rough field survey using hand tape, hand
level, and rod; for Level 3, collect field survey profile and cross-section topographic data
prepared by an experienced surveyor.
Task 4. Drainage System Description and Problem Descriptions
Each drainage system component and problem shall be addressed in the offsite analysis report in three
places: on a map (Task 1), in the narrative (Task 4), and in the Offsite Analysis Drainage System Table
(see Reference Section 8-B).
Drainage System Descriptions: The following information about drainage system components such
as pipes, culverts, bridges, outfalls, ponds, tanks, and vaults shall be included in the report:
1. Location (corresponding map label and distance downstream/upstream from site discharge)
2. Physical description (type, size, length, slope, vegetation, and land cover)
3. Problems including copies of any relevant drainage complaints
4. Field observations.
Problem Descriptions: All existing or potential drainage and water quality problems (e.g., ponding
water, high/low flows, siltation, erosion, listed water bodies, etc.) identified in the resource review or
field inspection shall be described in the offsite analysis. These descriptions will help in determining if
such problems require special attention per Core Requirement #2 (see Section 1.2.2.1) because they
are one of three defined drainage problem types or one of seven defined water quality problem types.
Special attention may include more analysis, additional flow control, or other onsite or offsite
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-15
mitigation measures as specified by the problem-specific mitigation requirements set forth in
Sections 1.2.2.2 and 1.2.2.3.
The following information shall be provided for each existing or potential drainage problem:
1. Description of the problem (ponding water, high or low flows, siltation, erosion, slides, etc.).
2. Magnitude of or damage caused by the drainage problem (siltation of ponds, dried-up ornamental
ponds, road inundation, flooded property, flooded building, flooded septic system, significant
destruction of aquatic habitat or organisms).
3. General frequency and duration of drainage problem (dates and times the problem occurred, if
available).
4. Return frequency of storm or flow (cfs) of the water when the problem occurs (optional for
Level 1 and required for Levels 2 and 3). Note: A Level 2 or 3 analysis may be required to
accurately identify the return frequency of a particular downstream problem; see Section 3.3.3.
5. Water surface elevation when the problem occurs (e.g., elevation of building foundation, crest of
roadway, elevation of septic drainfields, or wetland/stream high water mark).
6. Names and concerns of involved parties (optional for all levels of analysis).
7. Current mitigation of the drainage problem.
8. Possible cause of the drainage problem.
9. Whether the proposed project is likely to aggravate (increase the frequency or severity of) the
existing drainage problem or create a new one based on the above information. For example, an
existing erosion problem should not be aggravated if Durational flow control is already required
in the region for the design of onsite flow control facilities. Conversely, a downstream flooding
problem inundating a home every 2 to 5 years will likely be aggravated if only Peak Flow
Control is being applied in the region. See Section 1.2.3.1 for more details on the effectiveness of
flow control standards in addressing downstream problems.
The following information shall be provided for each existing or potential water quality problem:
1. Description of the problem as documented by the State, County, or City in the problem’s listing.
This should include the pollutant or pollutants of concern, the nature or category of the listing,
and any other background information provided in the listing.
2. Flow path distance downstream of the project site and percentage of area draining to the problem
that the project site occupies.
3. Possible or probable cause of the water quality problem.
4. Any current mitigation of the water quality problem.
Task 5. Mitigation of Existing or Potential Problems
For any existing or potential offsite drainage problem determined to be one of the three defined
problem types in Section 1.2.2.1, the design engineer must demonstrate that the proposed project
neither aggravates (if existing) nor creates the problem as specified in the drainage problem-specific
mitigation requirements set forth in Section 1.2.2.2. The engineer must review each relevant drainage
complaint found and include a narrative explaining how each complaint problems is addressed or
mitigated. Actual copies of the relevant complaints must be included in the Analysis. To meet these
requirements, the proposed project may need to provide additional onsite flow control as specified in
Table 1.2.3.A (see also Section 3.3.5), or other onsite or offsite mitigation measures as described in
Section 3.3.5.
For any existing or potential water quality problem determined to be one of the seven defined water
quality problem types in Section 1.2.2.1, the design engineer must document how the applicable water
quality problem-specific mitigation requirement in Section 1.2.2.3 will be met.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-16
TIR SECTION 4
FLOW CONTROL, LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT (LID) AND WATER QUALITY
FACILITY ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Existing Site Hydrology (Part A)
This section of the TIR shall include a discussion of assumptions and site parameters used in analyzing the
existing site hydrology.
The acreage, soil types, and land covers used to determine existing flow characteristics, along with basin
maps, graphics, and exhibits for each subbasin affected by the development, shall be included.
The following information must be provided on a topographical map:
1. Delineation and acreage of areas contributing runoff to the site
2. Flow control facility and BMP location(s)
3. Outfall(s)
4. Overflow route(s)
5. Area(s) used for treatment trade or mitigation trade, if applicable
6. Onsite and offsite bypass area(s), if applicable
7. Threshold discharge area(s)
The scale of the map and the contour intervals must be sufficient to determine the basin and subbasin
boundaries accurately. The direction of flow, the acreage of areas contributing drainage, and the limits of
development shall all be indicated on the map.
Each subbasin contained within or flowing through the site shall be individually labeled and parameters
for the approved stormwater model referenced to that subbasin.
All natural streams and drainage features, including wetlands and depressions, must be shown. Rivers,
closed depressions, streams, lakes, and wetlands must have the 100-year floodplain (and floodway where
applicable) delineated as required in Special Requirement #2 (see Section 1.3.2) and by the critical areas
requirements in RMC 4-3-050.
Developed Site Hydrology (Part B)
This section shall provide narrative, mathematical, and graphical presentations of parameters selected and
values used for the developed site conditions, including acreage, soil types and land covers, roadway
layouts, and all constructed drainage facilities and any required on-site BMPs.
Developed subbasin areas and flows shall be clearly depicted on a map and cross-referenced to computer
printouts or calculation sheets. Relevant portions of the calculations shall be highlighted and tabulated in a
listing of all developed subbasin flows.
All maps, exhibits, graphics, and references used to determine developed site hydrology must be included,
maintaining the same subbasin labeling as used for the existing site hydrology whenever possible. If the
boundaries of the subbasin have been modified under the developed condition, the labeling should be
modified accordingly (e.g., Subbasin “Am” is a modified version of existing Subbasin “A”).
Performance Standards (Part C)
The design engineer shall include brief discussions of the following:
The applicable area-specific flow control facility standard as depicted in the Flow Control
Application layer in COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>) per Section 1.2.3.1, any
modifications to the standard to address onsite or offsite drainage conditions, and applicable on-site
BMP requirements determined from Section 1.2.3.3 and Core Requirement #9; and
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-17
The applicable area-specific water quality treatment menu determined from the Water Quality
Applications Map per Section 1.2.8.1, and any applicable special requirements for source control or
oil control determined from Sections 1.3.4 and 1.3.5.
Flow Control System (Part D)
This section requires:
An illustrative sketch of the flow control facility (or facilities), required on-site BMPs, and
appurtenances. The facility sketch (or sketches) must show basic measurements necessary to calculate
the storage volumes available from zero to the maximum head, all orifice/restrictor sizes and head
relationships, control structure/restrictor orientation to the facility, and facility orientation on the site.
The on-site BMP sketch (or sketches) must show basic measurements and dimensions, orientation on
the site, flowpath lengths, etc.
The applicant shall include all supporting documentation such as computer printouts, calculations,
equations, references, storage/volume tables, graphs, soils data, geotechnical reports and any other
aides necessary to clearly show results and methodology used to determine the storage facility
volumes and on-site BMP applications.
Facility documentation files, flow duration comparison files, peaks files, return frequency or
duration curves, etc., developed with the approved model shall be included to verify the facility meets
the performance standards indicated in Part C.
The volumetric safety factor used in the design shall be clearly identified, as well as the reasoning
used by the design engineer in selecting the safety factor for this project.
If on-site BMP credits are used as allowed in Core Requirement #9, documentation must be provided,
explaining how the credits will be used and how the criteria for use of credits will be met.
If the flow control system is an infiltration facility, the soils data, groundwater mounding analysis, and
other calculations used to determine the design infiltration rate shall be provided.
On-site BMP infeasibility discussion and supporting documentation shall also be included in Part D.
Water Quality System (Part E)
This section requires an illustrative sketch of the proposed water quality facility (or facilities), source
controls, oil controls, and appurtenances. This sketch (or sketches) of the facility, source controls, and oil
controls must show basic measurements and dimensions, orientation on the site, location of inflow,
bypass, and discharge systems, etc.
The applicant shall also include all supporting documentation such as computer printouts, calculations,
equations, references, and graphs necessary to show the facility was designed and sized in accordance with
the specifications and requirements in Chapter 6. If the water quality credit option is used as allowed in
Section 6.1.3, documentation must be provided, identifying the actions that will be taken to acquire the
requisite credits.
TIR SECTION 5
CONVEYANCE SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
This section shall present a detailed analysis of any existing conveyance systems, and the analysis and
design of the proposed stormwater collection and conveyance system for the development. This section
also includes any analysis required for the design of bridges to convey flows and pass sediments and
debris per Section 4.4.3. Analysis information should be presented in a clear, concise manner that can be
easily followed, checked, and verified. This section shall explain the applicable conveyance system
capacity standards per Section 1.2.4. All pipes, culverts, catch basins, channels, swales, and other
stormwater conveyance appurtenances must be clearly labeled and correspond directly to the engineering
plans.
The minimum information included shall be pipe flow tables, flow profile computation tables,
nomographs, charts, graphs, detail drawings, and other tabular or graphic aides used to design and confirm
performance of the conveyance system.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-18
Verification of capacity and performance must be provided for each element of the conveyance system.
The analysis must show design velocities and flows for all drainage facilities within the development, as
well as those offsite that are affected by the development. If the final design results are on a computer
printout, a separate summary tabulation of conveyance system performance shall also be provided.
TIR SECTION 6
SPECIAL REPORTS AND STUDIES
Some site characteristics, such as steep slopes or wetlands, pose unique road and drainage design problems
that are particularly sensitive to stormwater runoff. As a result, CED may require the preparation of
special reports and studies that further address the site characteristics, the potential for impacts associated
with the development, and the measures that would be implemented to mitigate impacts. Special reports
shall be prepared by people with expertise in the particular area of analysis. Topics of special reports may
include any of the following:
Floodplain delineation in accordance with Section 1.3.2
Flood protection facility conformance in accordance with Section 1.3.3
Critical areas analysis and delineation
Geotechnical/soils (soils documentation supporting on-site BMP design, infiltration rate
determination and infeasibility conclusions may also be located in TIR Section 6)
Groundwater, including groundwater mounding analyses required for infiltration design
Slope protection/stability
Erosion and deposition
Geology
Hydrology
Fluvial geomorphology
Anadromous fisheries impacts
Water quality
Structural design
Structural fill
Aquifer Protection Areas
TIR SECTION 7
OTHER PERMITS
Construction of road and drainage facilities may require additional permits from other agencies for some
projects. These additional permits may contain more restrictive drainage plan requirements. This section
of the TIR should provide the titles of any other permits, the agencies requiring the other permits, and the
permit requirements that affect the drainage plan. Examples of other permits are listed in Section 1.1.3. If a
UIC well registration is required, a copy must be provided.
TIR SECTION 8
CSWPP PLAN ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
This section of the TIR should include the analysis and design information used to prepare the required
construction stormwater pollution prevention (CSWPP) plan . This information should be presented in
two parts associated with the CSWPP plan’s two component plans, the erosion sediment control (ESC)
plan (Part A) and the stormwater pollution prevention and spill control (SWPPS) plan (Part B). See
Sections 2.3.1.3 and 2.3.1.4 for plan specifications and contents.
ESC Plan Analysis and Design (Part A)
This section must include all hydrologic and hydraulic information used to analyze and design the erosion
and sediment control measures, including final site stabilization measures. The TIR shall explain how
proposed ESC measures comply with the Erosion and Sediment Control Standards in Appendix D and
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-19
show compliance with the implementation requirements of Core Requirement #5, Section 1.2.5.
Part A must include the following:
1. Provide sufficient information to justify the overall ESC plan and the choice of individual ESC
measures. At a minimum, there shall be a discussion of each of the measures specified in Section 1.2.5
and their applicability to the proposed project.
2. Include all hydrologic and hydraulic information used to analyze and size the ESC facilities shown
in the engineering plans. Describe the methodology, and attach any graphics or sketches used to size
the facilities.
3. Identify areas with a particularly high susceptibility to erosion because of slopes or soils, as well as
areas to be protected for existing and proposed on-site BMPs. Discuss any special measures taken to
protect these areas as well as any special measures proposed to protect water resources on or near the
site.
4. Identify any ESC recommendations in any of the special reports prepared for the project. In the
project geotechnical report supporting on-site BMP design, provide recommendations to address
mitigation of on-site BMP areas impacted by erosion and/or sedimentation during construction. If
these special reports’ recommendations are not included in the ESC plan, provide justification.
5. If proposing exceptions or modifications to the standards detailed in the Erosion and Sediment
Control Standards in Appendix D, clearly present the rationale. If proposing techniques or products
different from those detailed in the ESC Standards, provide supporting documentation so the City can
determine if the proposed alternatives provide similar protection.
SWPPS Plan Design (Part B)
The stormwater pollution prevention and spill control plan must identify all activities that could
contribute pollutants to surface and storm water during construction. This section of the TIR must provide
sufficient information to justify the selection of specific stormwater pollution prevention (SWPPS) BMPs
proposed to be applied to the pollution-generating activities that will occur with construction of the
proposed project. BMPs applicable to such activities are found in the Construction Stormwater Pollution
Prevention and Spill Control (CSWPP) Standards (Appendix D) and the King County Stormwater
Pollution Prevention Manual (viewable at <https://www.kingcounty.gov/sppm>) adopted pursuant to
RMC 4-6-030.
At a minimum, there shall be a discussion of each anticipated pollution-generating activity and the
pollution prevention BMPs selected to address it. If there are any calculations required for the selected
BMP, include those in the discussion. If an alternative BMP or major modification to one of the City’s
standard BMPs will be used, a written request must be submitted for review and approval, detailing how
the alternative will work. An “Alternative BMP Request Form” is available in the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Manual.
Updates or revisions to the SWPPS plan may be requested by CED at any time during project
construction if CED determines that pollutants generated on the construction site have the potential to
contaminate surface, storm, or ground water.
The SWPPS plan shall also discuss the receiving waters, especially if the receiving water body is listed
on the 303d list. Information must be provided that shows the plan meets TMDL requirements. Discuss
the 303(d) listed pollutant generated or used onsite and any special handling requirements or BMPs.
TIR SECTION 9
BOND QUANTITIES, FACILITY SUMMARIES, AND DECLARATION OF COVENANT
Bond Quantities Worksheet
Each plan submittal requires a construction quantity summary to establish appropriate bond amounts.
Using the Site Improvement Bond Quantities Worksheet furnished by CED (see the City’s website), the
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-20
design engineer shall separate existing right-of-way and erosion control quantities from other onsite
improvements. In addition, the design engineer shall total the amounts based on the unit prices listed on
the form.
Drainage facilities for single-family residential building permits, which are normally not bonded, shall be
constructed and approved prior to finalization of the permit.
Flow Control and Water Quality Facility Summary Sheet and Sketch
Following approval of the plans, a Flow Control and Water Quality Facility Summary Sheet and Sketch
(see Reference Section 8-D) shall be submitted along with an 81/2″ x 11″ plan sketch for each facility
proposed for construction. The plan shall show a north arrow, the tract, the facility access road, the extent
of the facility, and the control structure location. The approximate street address shall be noted. At project
completion, the Summary Sheet and Sketch shall be updated in the Final Corrected TIR to reflect the
completed project (see Section 2.4.2).
Declaration of Covenant for Privately Maintained Flow Control and WQ Facilities
Any declaration of covenant and grant of easement required for proposed flow control and water quality
facilities per Section 1.2.6 must be included here for review and approval before recording. The
necessary covenant exhibits, and maintenance instructions associated with the facility type (see Reference
Section 5), shall be included with the declaration of covenant. After approval by CED, the declaration of
covenant and grant of easement must be signed and recorded at the office of King County Records and
Elections before finalization of any permit. A copy of the recorded document shall be included in the Final
Corrected TIR (see Section 2.4.2).
Declaration of Covenant for Privately Maintained On-Site BMPs
Any declarations of covenant and grant of easement required for proposed on-site BMPs per Core
Requirement #9 must be included here for review and approval before recording. The necessary
covenant exhibits, and maintenance instructions associated with the on-site BMP type (see Reference
Section 5), shall be included with the declaration of covenant. After approval by CED, all such
documents must be signed and recorded at the office of King County Records and Elections before
finalization of any permit. A copy of the recorded document shall be included in the Final Corrected TIR
(see Section 2.4.2) or otherwise provided to the CED if no TIR was required.
TIR SECTION 10
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
For each flow control and water quality facility and/or BMP that is to be privately maintained, and for
those that have special non-standard features, the design engineer shall prepare an operations and
maintenance manual. The manual should be simply written and should contain a brief description of the
facility or BMP, what it does, and how it works. In addition, the manual shall include a copy of the
Maintenance Requirements for Flow Control, Conveyance, and WQ Facilities (see Appendix A) and
provide an outline of maintenance tasks and the recommended frequency each task should be performed.
This is especially important for on-site BMP and water quality facilities where proper maintenance is
critical to facility performance. For this reason, most of the flow control facility designs in Chapter 5 and
the water quality facility designs in Chapter 6 include “maintenance considerations” important to the
performance of each facility. BMP maintenance instructions by BMP type, prepared in 8-1/2″ x 11″ size
for inclusion in TIRs and declarations of covenant, are also provided in Reference Section 5.
2.3.1.2 SITE IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Site improvement plans shall portray design concepts in a clear and concise manner. The plans must
present all the information necessary for persons trained in engineering to review the plans, as well as
those persons skilled in construction work to build the project according to the design engineer’s intent.
Supporting documentation for the site improvement plans must also be presented in an orderly and concise
format that can be systematically reviewed and understood by others.
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-21
Survey Datum and Precision (RC)
The horizontal component of all surveys shall have as its coordinate base: The North American Datum of
1983/91. All horizontal control for projects must be referenced to or in conjunction with a minimum of
two of the City of Renton’s Survey Control Network monuments. The source of the coordinate values used
will be shown on the survey drawing per RCW 58.09.070. The horizontal component of all surveys shall
meet or exceed the closure requirements of WAC 332-130-060. The control base lines for all surveys shall
meet or exceed the requirements for a Class A survey revealed in Table 2 of the Minimum Standard Detail
Requirements for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by ALTA and ACSM
in 1992 or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The angular and linear closure
and precision ratio of traverses used for survey control shall be revealed on the face of the survey drawing,
as shall the method of adjustment.
The horizontal component of the control system for surveys using global positioning system methodology
shall exhibit at least 1 part in 50,000 precision in line length dependent error analysis at a 95 percent
confidence level and performed pursuant to Federal Geodetic Control Subcommittee Standards for GPS
control surveys as defined in Geometric Geodetic Accuracy Standards & Specifications for Using GPS
Relative Positioning Techniques dated August 1, 1989 or comparable classification in future editions of
said document. The vertical component of all surveys shall be based on NAVD 1988, the North American
Vertical Datum of 1988, and tied to at least one of the City of Renton Survey Control Network
benchmarks. If there are two such benchmarks within 3000 feet of the project site a tie to both shall be
made. The benchmark(s) used will be shown on the drawing. If a City of Renton benchmark does not exist
within 3,000 feet of a project, one must be set on or near the project in a permanent manner that will
remain intact throughout the duration of the project. Source of elevations (benchmark) will be shown on
the drawing, as well as a description of any bench marks established. See the City of Renton Survey and
Drafting Standards.
The site improvement plans consist of all the plans, profiles, details, notes, and specifications necessary to
construct road, drainage structure, and off-street parking improvements. Site improvement plans include
the following:
A base map (described below), and
Site plan and profiles (described below).
Note: Site improvement plans must also include grading plans if onsite grading extends beyond the
roadway.
Modified Site Improvement Plan
CED may allow a modified site improvement plan for some projects in Targeted Drainage Review (see
Section 2.3.2) or Directed Drainage Review, or where major improvements (e.g., detention facilities,
conveyance systems, bridges, road right-of-way improvements, etc.) are not proposed. The modified site
improvement plan must:
1. Be drawn on a 11″ x 17″ or larger sheet,
2. Accurately locate structure(s) and access, showing observance of the setback requirements given in
this manual, the critical areas code (RMC 4-3-050), or other applicable documents,
3. Provide enough information (datum, topography, details, notes, etc.) to address issues as determined
by CED.
GENERAL PLAN FORMAT
Site improvement plans should use City of Renton Drafting Standards as appropriate, and must include
Standard Plan Notes (see Reference Section 7). Each plan must follow the general format detailed below:
1. Plan sheets and profile sheets, or combined plan and profile sheets, specifications, and detail sheets
as required shall be on 22-inch by 34-inch sheets (22″ x 34″). Right-of-way improvements must be on
22-inch by 34-inch sheets (22″ x 34″). Original sheets shall be archive quality reproducibles,
electronic pdf format.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-22
2. Drafting details shall generally conform to City of Renton Survey and Drafting Standards (see
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/civil_construction >)
with standard text height of 0.125″ (1/8″). Existing features shall be shown with dashed lines or as
half-toned (screened) in order to clearly distinguish existing features from proposed improvements.
Hatch patterns shall not be used.
3. Each submittal shall contain a project information/cover sheet with the following:
a) Title: Project name and CED file number(s)
b) Table of contents (if more than three pages)
c) Vicinity map
d) Name and phone number of utility field contacts (e.g., water, sanitary sewer, gas, power,
telephone, and TV) and the One-Call number (811 or 1-800-424-5555)
e) The City’s preconstruction/inspection notification requirements
f) Name and phone number of the erosion control/CSWPP supervisor
g) Name and phone number of the surveyor
h) Name and phone number of the owner/agent
i) Name and phone number of the applicant
j) Legal description
k) Plan approval signature block for CED
l) Name and phone number of the engineering firm preparing the plans (company logos acceptable)
m) Renton Regional Fire Authority’s’ approval stamp (if required)
n) Statement that mailbox locations have been designated or approved by the U.S. Postal Service
(where required)
o) List of conditions of preliminary approval and conditions of approved adjustments and variances
on all site improvements
4. An overall site plan shall be included if more than three plan sheets are used. The overall plan shall
be indexed to the detail plan sheets and include the following:
a) The complete property area development
b) Right-of-way information
c) Street names and road classification
d) All project phasing and proposed division boundaries
e) All natural and proposed drainage collection and conveyance systems with catch basin numbers
shown
5. Each sheet of the plan set shall be stamped, signed, and dated by a civil engineer. At least one sheet
showing all boundary survey information and tied to two City of Renton monuments must be provided
and stamped by a land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington.
6. Detail sheets shall provide sufficient information to construct complex elements of the plan. Details
may be provided on plan and profile sheets if space allows.
7. The City of Renton title block shall be provided on each plan sheet. Title block can be obtained at the
City’s website. At a minimum, the title block shall list the following:
a) Development title
b) Name, address, and phone number of the firm or individual preparing the plan
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-23
c) A revision block
d) Page (of pages) numbering
e) Sheet title (e.g., road and drainage, grading, erosion and sediment control, stormwater pollution
prevention and spill control)
8. A blank CED approval block (included on the City’s title block) shall be provided on each plan
sheet.
9. The location and label for each section or other detail shall be provided.
10. Critical areas, critical area buffers, and critical area building setbacks as required by RMC 4-3-050
shall be delineated and labeled.
11. All match lines with matched sheet number shall be provided.
12. All division or phase lines and the proposed limits of construction under the permit application shall
be indicated.
13. Wetlands shall be labeled with the number from the City’s wetland inventory, or shall be labeled as
“uninventoried” if not listed on the wetland inventory.
14. The standard plan notes that apply to the project shall be provided on the plans (see Reference
Section 7-B).
15. Commercial building permit applications shall include the designated zoning for all properties
adjacent to the development site(s).
BASE MAP
A site improvement plan base map provides a common base and reference in the development and design
of any project. A base map helps ensure that the engineering plans, grading plans, and CSWPP plans are
all developed from the same background information. This base map shall include the information listed in
Table 2.3.1.A.
TABLE 2.3.1.A BASE MAP REQUIREMENTS
Feature Requirements
Ground Surface
Topography
Provide topography within the site and extending beyond the property lines.
Contour lines must be shown as described in “Plan View: Site Plan and
Roadway Elements.”
Surface Water
Discharge
Provide ground surface elevations for a reasonable “fan” around points of
discharge extending at least 50 feet downstream of all point discharge
outlets.
Hydrologic
Features
Provide spot elevations in addition to contour lines to aid in delineating the
boundaries and depth of all existing floodplains, wetlands, channels, swales,
streams, storm drainage systems and BMPs, roads (low spots), bogs,
depressions, springs, seeps, swales, ditches, pipes, groundwater, and
seasonal standing water.
Other Natural
Features
Show the location and relative sizes of other natural features such as rock
outcroppings, existing vegetation, and trees 12 inches in diameter and
greater that could be disturbed by the project improvements and
construction activities (within tree canopy), noting species.
Flows Provide arrows that indicate the direction of surface flow on all public and
private property and for all existing conveyance systems.
Floodplains/
Floodways
Show the floodplain/floodways as required by the flood hazard portion of the
critical areas code (RMC 4-3-050) and Section 4.4.2.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-24
General
Background
Information
Show the location and limits of all existing:
Property boundaries
Structures
Easements (including dimensions)
Total property (including dimensions)
Roads and right-of-way
Sanitary sewers and water utilities
Common open space
Public dedications
Other manmade features affecting existing topography/proposed
improvements.
Development
Limitations
Delineate limitations to the development that may occur as identified on the
TIR worksheet, Part 11 (see Reference Section 8-A).
SITE PLAN AND PROFILES
The design engineer shall provide plans and profiles for all construction, including but not limited to the
following information:
Plan View: Site Plan and Roadway Elements
1. Provide property lines, right-of-way lines, and widths for proposed roads and intersecting roads.
Note: the condition of all public right-of-way and the right to use it as proposed must be verified.
2. Provide all existing and proposed roadway features, such as centerlines, edges of pavement and
shoulders, ditchlines, curbs, and sidewalks. In addition, show points of access to abutting properties
and roadway continuations.
3. Show existing and proposed topography contours at 2-foot intervals (5-foot intervals for slopes
greater than 15 percent, 10-foot intervals for slopes greater than 40 percent). Contours may be
extrapolated from USGS mapping, aerial photos, or other topography map resources. However,
contours shall be field verified for roadway and stream centerlines, steep slopes, floodplains, drainage
tracts easements, and conveyance systems. Contours shall extend 20 feet beyond property lines to
resolve questions of setback, cut and fill slopes, drainage swales, ditches, and access or drainage to
adjacent property.
4. Show the location of all existing utilities and proposed utilities (except those designed by the utility
and not currently available) to the extent that these will be affected by the proposed project. Clearly
identify all existing utility poles.
5. Identify all roads and adjoining subdivisions.
6. Show right-of-way for all proposed roadways, using sufficient dimensioning to clearly show exact
locations on all sections of existing and proposed dedicated public roadway.
7. Clearly differentiate areas of existing pavement and areas of new pavement. If the project is a
redevelopment project, delineate areas of replaced impervious surface.
8. For subdivision projects, generally use drawing scales of 1″=20′; however, 1″=50′ is optional for
development of lots one acre or larger. For commercial, multi-family, or other projects, generally use
scales of 1″=20′; however, 1″=10′, 1″ = 30′, 1″=40′ and 1″=50′ are acceptable. Show details for
clarification, including those for intersections and existing driveways, on a larger scale.
Plan View: Drainage Conveyance
1. Sequentially number all catch basins and curb inlets starting with the structure farthest
downstream.
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-25
2. Represent existing storm drainage facilities and BMPs in dashed lines and label with “Existing.”
3. Clearly label existing storm drainage facilities to be removed with “Existing to be removed.”
4. Show the length, diameter, and material for all pipes, culverts, and stub-outs. Include the slope if not
provided on the profile view. Material may be noted in the plan notes. Where an open channel
conveyance system that is not concrete lined is provided, and a low-permeability liner or treatment
liner is required per Section 6.2.4, indicate the limits of such liner(s).
5. Clearly label catch basins as to size and type (or indicate in the plan notes).
6. Clearly label stub-out locations for footing drains and other lot-specific connections to the storm
drainage system. Locate all stub-outs to allow gravity flow from the lowest corner of the lot to the
connecting catch basin.
7. Show datum, benchmark locations, and elevations on each plan sheet.
8. Clearly label all stub-out locations for any future pipe connections.
9. Clearly show on the plans all drainage easements, tracts, access easements, Native Growth Retention
Areas, Critical Area Tracts, Critical Area Setback Areas, and building setback lines. Show
dimensions, type of restriction, and use.
10. Using arrows, indicate the drainage direction of hydraulic conveyance systems.
11. Clearly label storm drainage facilities, on-site BMPs, pipes, and structures as either privately or
publicly maintained.
Plan View: Other
1. Show the location, identification, and dimensions of all buildings, property lines, streets, alleys, and
easements.
2. Show the locations of structures on abutting properties within 50 feet of the proposed project site.
3. Show the location of all proposed drainage facility fencing, together with a typical section view of
each fencing type.
4. Provide section details of all retaining walls and rockeries, including sections through critical
portions of the rockeries or retaining walls.
5. Show all existing and proposed buildings with projections and overhangs.
6. Show the location of all wells on site and within 100 feet of the site. Note wells to be abandoned.
7. Show the location and dimensions of proposed on-site BMPs, features, pathways, limits, and set-
asides.
8. Show the location and dimensions of structural source control BMPs required by the SWPPS
Standards in Appendix D and the King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual.
Profiles: Roadway and Drainage
1. Provide existing centerline ground profile at minimum of 50-foot stations and at significant ground
breaks and topographic features, with average accuracy to within 0.1 feet on unpaved surface and
0.02 feet on paved surface.
2. For publicly maintained roadways, provide final road and storm drain profile with the same
stationing as the horizontal plan, to show stationing of points of curve, tangent, and intersection of
vertical curves, with elevation of 0.01 feet. Include tie-in with intersecting pipe runs.
3. On a grid of numbered lines, provide a continuous plot of vertical positioning against horizontal.
4. Show finished road grade and vertical curve data (road data measured at centerline or edge of
pavement). Include stopping sight distance.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-26
5. Show all roadway drainage, including drainage facilities and BMPs that are within the right-of-way
or easement.
6. On the profile, show slope, length, size, and type (in plan notes or on a detail sheet) for all pipes and
detention tanks in public right-of-way.
7. Indicate the inverts of all pipes and culverts and the elevations of catch basin grates or lids. It is also
desirable, but not required, to show invert elevations and grate elevations on plan sheets.
8. For pipes that are proposed to be within 2.0 feet of finished grade, indicate the minimum cover
dimensions.
9. Indicate roadway stationing and offset for all catch basins.
10. Indicate vertical and horizontal scale.
11. Clearly label all profiles with respective street names and plan sheet reference numbers, and indicate
all profile sheet reference numbers on plan sheets, if drawn on separate sheets.
12. Locate match points with existing pavements, and show elevations.
13. Show all property boundaries.
14. Label all match line locations.
15. Provide profiles for all 12-inch and larger pipes and for channels (that are not roadside ditches).
16. Show the location of all existing and proposed (if available or critical for clearance) gas, water, and
sanitary sewer crossings.
17. Show energy dissipater locations.
18. Identify datum used and all benchmarks (may be shown on plan view instead). Datum and
benchmarks must refer to established control when available.
19. Use a vertical scale of 1″=5′. As an exception, vertical scale shall be 1″=10′ if the optional 1″=50′
horizontal scale is used on projects with lots one acre or larger. Clarifying details, including those for
intersections and existing driveways, should use a larger scale.
20. Split sheets, with the profile aligned underneath the plan view, are preferred but not required.
DETAILS
The design engineer shall provide details for all construction, including but not limited to the following.
Flow Control, Water Quality, and Infiltration Facility and BMP Details
1. Provide a scaled drawing and supporting details of each detention pond or vault, on-site BMP, and
water quality facility, including the tract boundaries.
2. Show predeveloped and finished grade contours at 2-foot intervals. Show and label maximum design
water elevation.
3. Dimension all berm widths.
4. Show and label at least two cross sections through a pond or water quality facility, or any BMP large
enough to require design elements of ponds and/or water quality facilities. One cross section must
include the restrictor when included in the design.
5. Specify soils and compaction requirements for pond construction and on-site BMP construction.
Specify low-permeability liners or treatment liners as required for facilities that allow runoff to
have direct contact with the soil and open channel conveyance systems that are not concrete lined per
Section 6.2.4.
6. Show the location and detail of emergency overflows, spillways, and bypasses.
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-27
7. Specify rock protection/energy dissipation requirements and details.
8. Provide inverts of all pipes, grates, inlets, tanks, and vaults, and spot elevations of the pond bottom.
9. Show the location of access roads to control manholes and pond/forebay bottoms.
10. Provide plan and section views of all energy dissipaters, including rock splash pads. Specify the
size of rock and thickness.
11. Show bollard locations on plans. Typically, bollards are located at the entrance to drainage facility
access roads.
12. On the pond or water quality facility detail, show the size, type (or in plan notes), slope, and length of
all pipes.
13. Show to scale the section and plan view of restrictor and control structures. The plan view must
show the location and orientation of all inlet pipes, outlet pipes, and flow restrictors.
14. Draw details at one of the following scales: 1″=1′, 1″=2′, 1″=4′, 1″=5′, 1″=10′, or 1″=20′.
Structural Plan Details
Any submittal that proposes a structure (e.g., bridge crossing, reinforced concrete footings, walls, or
vaults) shall include plan sheets that include complete working drawings showing dimensions, steel
placement, and specifications for construction. Structures may require a design prepared and stamped by
a professional structural engineer licensed in the State of Washington, and an application for a separate
commercial building permit.
2.3.1.3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) PLAN
This section details the specifications and contents for ESC plans. Note that an ESC plan includes the
plan’s drawings plus an ESC report, which provides all supporting information and any additional
direction necessary for implementing ESC measures and meeting ESC implementation requirements. The
ESC plan’s drawings may be simplified by the use of the symbols and codes provided for each ESC
measure in the Erosion and Sediment Control Standards in Appendix D. In general, the ESC plan’s
drawings shall be submitted as a separate plan sheet(s). However, there may be some relatively simple
projects where providing separate grading and ESC plan drawings is unnecessary.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
The site improvement plan shall be used as the base of the ESC plan. Certain detailed information that is
not relevant (e.g., pipe/catch basin size, stub-out locations, etc.) may be omitted to make the ESC plan
easier to read. At a minimum, the ESC plan shall include all of the information required for the base map
(see Table 2.3.1.A), as well as existing and proposed roads, driveways, parking areas, buildings, drainage
facilities and BMPs, utility corridors not associated with roadways, relevant critical areas3 and critical
area buffers, and proposed final topography. A smaller scale may be used to provide better comprehension
and understanding.
The ESC plan shall generally be designed for proposed topography, not existing topography, since rough
grading is usually the first step in site disturbance. The ESC plan shall address all phases of construction
(e.g., clearing, grading, installation of utilities, surfacing, and final stabilization). If construction is being
phased, separate ESC plans may need to be prepared to address the specific needs for each phase of
construction.
The ESC plan outlines the minimum requirements for anticipated site conditions. During construction,
ESC plans shall be revised as necessary by the CSWPP supervisor or as directed by CED to address
changing site conditions, unexpected storm events, or non-compliance with the ESC performance criteria
in Core Requirement #5.
3 Relevant critical areas, for the purposes of drainage review, include aquatic areas, wetlands, flood hazard areas, erosion
hazard areas, landslide hazards, steep slope hazard areas, and critical aquifer recharge areas.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-28
The ESC plan shall be consistent with the information provided in Section 8 of the TIR and shall address
the following:
1. Identify areas with a high susceptibility to erosion.
2. Provide all details necessary to clearly illustrate the intent of the ESC design.
3. Include ESC measures for all on- and offsite utility construction included in the project.
4. Specify the construction sequence. The construction sequence shall be specifically written for the
proposed project. An example construction sequence is provided in Appendix D.
5. Include ESC standard plan notes (see Reference Section 7-B).
6. Include an inspection and maintenance program for ESC measures, including designation of a
CSWPP supervisor who is a certified ESC professional and identification of phone numbers for 24-
hour contact.
7. Include the basis and calculations for selection and sizing of ESC measures.
MEASURE-SPECIFIC INFORMATION
ESC plan drawings must include the following information specific to applicable ESC measures and
implementation requirements. As noted above, this information may need to be updated or revised during
the life of the project by the CSWPP supervisor or as directed by CED.
Clearing Limits
1. Delineate clearing limits.
2. Provide details sufficient to install and maintain the clearing limits.
Cover Measures
1. Specify the type and location of temporary cover measures to be used onsite.
2. If more than one type of cover measure is to be used onsite, indicate the areas where the different
measures will be used, including steep cut and fill slopes.
3. If the type of cover measures to be used will vary depending on the time of year, soil type, gradient, or
some other factor, specify the conditions that control the use of the different measures .
4. Specify the nature and location of permanent cover measures. If a landscaping plan is prepared, this
may not be necessary.
5. Specify the approximate amount of cover measures necessary to cover all disturbed areas.
6. If netting, blankets, or plastic sheeting are specified, provide typical detail sufficient for installation
and maintenance.
7. Specify the mulch types, seed mixes, fertilizers, and soil amendments to be used, as well as the
application rate for each item.
8. For surface roughening, describe methods, equipment and areas where surface roughening will be
use.
9. If PAM is used, show location(s) and describe application method.
10. When compost blankets are used, show location, application rates, and the name of the supplier to
document that compost meets quality specifications per Reference Section 11-C.
Perimeter Protection
1. Specify the location and type of perimeter protection to be used.
2. Provide typical details sufficient to install and maintain the perimeter protection.
3. If silt fence is to be used, specify the type of fabric to be used.
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-29
4. If compost berms or socks are used, documentation must be provided to ensure the supplier meets
the criteria and compost meets quality standards per Reference Section 11-C.
Traffic Area Stabilization
1. Locate the construction entrance(s).
2. Provide typical details sufficient to install and maintain the construction entrance.
3. Locate the construction roads and parking areas.
4. Specify the measure(s) that will be used to create stabilized construction roads and parking areas.
Provide sufficient detail to install and maintain.
5. If a wheel wash or tire bath system will be installed, provide location, typical details for installation
and maintenance.
6. Provide a list of dust control products that will be used onsite and the location of potential application
areas.
Sediment Retention
1. Show the locations of all sediment ponds and traps.
2. Dimension pond berm widths and all inside and outside pond slopes.
3. Indicate the trap/pond storage required and the depth, length, and width dimensions.
4. Provide typical section views through pond and outlet structures.
5. If chemical or electrocoagulation treatment of sediment-laden waters will be used, approval
documentation from Ecology must be included (see SWPPS plan requirements for chemical storage).
6. Provide details for disposal of contaminated or chemically treated waters (e.g., where Chitosan or
CO2 have been used) (see SWPPS plan requirements for chemical storage).
7. Include appropriate approval documentation from local sewer districts if contaminated or
chemically treated water will be discharged to the sanitary sewer.
8. Provide typical details of the control structure and dewatering mechanism .
9. Detail stabilization techniques for outlet/inlet protection.
10. Provide details sufficient to install cell dividers.
11. Specify mulch or recommended cover of berms and slopes.
12. Indicate the required depth gage with a prominent mark at 1-foot depth for sediment removal.
13. Indicate catch basins that are to be protected.
14. Indicate existing and proposed on-site BMP areas that are to be protected.
15. Provide details of the catch basin and on-site BMP protection sufficient to install and maintain.
16. Provide sediment retention prior to any discharge to the City sewer or local sewer district system.
Surface Water Control
1. Locate all pipes, ditches, interceptor ditches, dikes, and swales that will be used to convey
stormwater.
2. Provide details sufficient to install and maintain all conveyances.
3. Indicate locations of outlet protection and provide detail of protections.
4. Indicate locations and outlets of any possible dewatering systems. Provide details of alternative
discharge methods from dewatering systems if adequate infiltration rates cannot be achieved. Do not
route dewatering water, clean or untreated, through stormwater sediment ponds.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-30
5. Indicate the location of any level spreaders and provide details sufficient to install and maintain.
6. Show all temporary pipe inverts.
7. Provide location and specifications for the interception of runoff from disturbed areas and the
conveyance of the runoff to a non-erosive discharge point.
8. Provide locations of rock check dams.
9. Provide details, including front and side sections, of typical rock check dams.
Protection of Existing and Proposed On-site BMP Areas
1. Provide perimeter protection at existing and proposed on-site BMP locations
2. Provide cautionary plan notes emphasizing avoidance of negative impacts to receptor soils and
existing vegetation to remain.
BMP Maintenance
1. Provide adequate plan notes for guidance of BMP maintenance methods and schedules.
2. Include an inspection and maintenance program for ESC measures.
Management of the Project
1. Provide plan notes to clarify and emphasize the management responsibilities for the project.
2. Include an inspection and maintenance program for ESC measures, including designation of a
CSWPP supervisor who is a certified ESC professional and identification of phone numbers for 24-
hour contact.
Wet Season Requirements
1. Provide a list of all applicable wet season requirements.
2. Clearly identify that from October 1st through April 30th, no soils shall be exposed for more than two
consecutive working days. Also note that this two-day requirement may be applied at other times of
the year if storm events warrant more conservative measures.
3. Clearly identify that exposed soils shall be stabilized at the end of the workday prior to a weekend,
holiday, or predicted rain event.
4. Weekly maintenance report is required to be submitted to CED.
Critical Areas Restrictions
1. Delineate and label the following critical areas, and any applicable buffers, that are on or adjacent to
the project site: aquatic areas, wetlands, flood hazard areas, erosion hazard areas, landslide hazards,
steep slope hazard areas, and aquifer protection areas per RMC 4-3-050.
2. If construction creates disturbed areas within any of the above listed critical areas or associated
buffers, specify the type, locations, and details of any measures or other provisions necessary to
comply with the critical area restrictions in Appendix D and protect surface waters and steep
slopes.
2.3.1.4 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION AND SPILL (SWPPS) PLAN
This section details the specifications and contents for SWPPS plans, which together with ESC plans,
comprise the construction stormwater pollution prevention (CSWPP) plan that must be submitted as part
of the engineering plans required for drainage review . Additional guidance for developing the SWPPS
plan can be found in the SWPPS Standards in Appendix D, Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention
Standards, in the King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual and in the Stormwater
Management Manual for Western Washington (SWMMWW) published by the Washington State
Department of Ecology (Ecology).
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-31
The SWPPS plan must be kept on site during all phases of construction and shall address the
construction-related pollution-generating activities outlined in Subsection A below. The plan must
include a description of the methods the general contractor will use to ensure sub-contractors are aware of
the SWPPS plan. A form or record must be provided that states all sub-contractors have read and agree to
the SWPPS plan.
A SWPPS plan consists of the following three elements, which are further described in Subsections B, C,
and D below:
1. A site plan showing the location and description of BMPs required to prevent pollution and control
spills from construction activities and from chemicals and other materials used and stored on the
construction site. See Subsection B below for more specifics on the SWPPS site plan.
2. A pollution prevention report listing the potential sources of pollution and identifying the
operational, source control, and treatment BMPs necessary to prevent/mitigate pollution from these
sources. See Subsection C below for more specifics on the SWPPS pollution prevention report.
3. A spill prevention and cleanup report describing the procedures and BMPs for spill prevention and
including provisions for cleanup of spills should they occur. See Subsection D below for more
specifics on the SWPPS spill prevention and cleanup report.
A. ACTIVITY-SPECIFIC INFORMATION REQUIRED
At a minimum, the SWPPS plan shall address, if applicable, the following pollution-generating activities
typically associated with construction and include the information specified below for each activity. If
other pollution-generating activities associated with construction of the proposed project are identified, the
SWPPS plan must address those activities in a similar manner.
Storage and Handling of Liquids
1. Identify liquids that will be handled or stored onsite, including but not limited to petroleum products,
fuel, solvents, detergents, paint, pesticides, concrete admixtures, and form oils.
2. Specify types and sizes of containers of liquids that will be stored/handled onsite. Show locations on
the SWPPS site plan.
3. Describe secondary containment methods adequately sized to provide containment for all liquids
stored onsite. Show the locations of containment areas on the SWPPS site plan.
Storage and Stockpiling of Construction Materials and Wastes
1. Identify construction materials and wastes that may be generated or stockpiled onsite. Show the
locations where these materials and wastes will be generated and stockpiled on the SWPPS site plan.
2. Specify type of cover measures to be used to keep rainwater from contacting construction materials
and wastes that can contribute pollutants to storm, surface, and ground water.
3. If wastes are kept in containers, describe how rainwater will be kept out of the containers.
Fueling
1. Specify method of onsite fueling for construction equipment (i.e., stationary tanks, truck mounted
tanks, wet hosing, etc.). If stationary tanks will be used, show their location on the SWPPS site plan.
2. Describe type and size of tanks.
3. Describe containment methods for fuel spills and make reference to the SWPPS site plan for
location information.
4. If fueling occurs during evening hours, describe lighting and signage plan. Make reference to the
SWPPS site plan for location information.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-32
Maintenance, Repairs, and Storage of Vehicles and Equipment
1. Identify maintenance and repair areas and show their locations on the SWPPS site plan. Use of drip
pans or plastic beneath vehicles is required. A note to this effect must be shown on the SWPPS site
plan.
2. Describe method for collection, storage, and disposal of vehicle fluids.
3. If an area is designated for vehicle maintenance, signs must be posted that state no vehicle washing
may occur in the area. A note to this effect must be shown on the SWPPS site plan.
Concrete Saw Cutting, Slurry, and Washwater Disposal
1. Ensure that washout of concrete trucks is performed off-site or in designated concrete washout areas
only. Identify truck washout areas to ensure such areas are not within a critical aquifer recharge
area. If they are, the washout area must be lined with an impervious membrane. Show location
information on the SWPPS site plan. Locate washout area at least 50 feet from sensitive areas such as
storm drains, open ditches, or water bodies, including wetlands.
2. Specify size of sumps needed to collect and contain slurry and washwater. Show location information
on the SWPPS site plan.
3. Identify areas for rinsing hand tools including but not limited to screeds, shovels, rakes, floats and
trowels. Show the locations of these areas on the SWPPS site plan.
4. Describe methods for collecting, treating, and disposal of waste water from exposed aggregate
processes, concrete grinding and saw cutting, and new concrete washing and curing water.
Handling of pH Elevated Water
New concrete vaults/structures may cause collected water to have an elevated pH. This water cannot be
discharged to storm or surface water until neutralized.
1. Provide details on treating/neutralizing water when pH is not within neutral parameters. Written
approval from Ecology is required before using chemical treatment other than CO 2 or dry ice to adjust
pH.
2. Provide details on disposal of water with elevated pH or of the treated water.
Application of Chemicals including Pesticides and Fertilizers
1. Provide a list of chemicals that may be used on the project site and the application rates.
2. Describe where and how chemicals will be applied. Show location information on the SWPPS site
plan.
3. Describe where and how chemicals will be stored. Show location information on the SWPPS site
plan.
B. SWPPS SITE PLAN
The site plan element of the SWPPS plan shall include all of the information required for the base map
(see Table 2.3.1.A), as well as existing and proposed roads, driveways, parking areas, buildings, drainage
facilities, utility corridors not associated with roadways, relevant critical areas4 and associated buffers,
and proposed final topography. A smaller scale may be used to provide more comprehensive details on
specific locations of each activity and specific prevention measure. In addition to this information, the
following items, at a minimum, shall be provided as applicable:
1. Identify locations where liquids will be stored and delineate secondary containment areas that will be
provided.
4 Relevant critical areas, for the purposes of drainage review, include aquatic areas, wetlands, flood hazard areas, erosion
hazard areas, landslide hazards, steep slope hazard areas, and aquifer protection areas as described in RMC 4-3-050.
2.3.1 ENGINEERING PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-33
2. Identify locations where construction materials and wastes will be generated and stockpiled.
3. Identify location of fueling for vehicles and equipment if stationary tanks will be used.
4. Delineate containment areas for fuel spills.
5. Show location of lighting and signage for fueling during evening hours.
6. Delineate maintenance and repair areas and clearly note that drip pans or plastic shall be used
beneath vehicles. Also, clearly note that signs must be posted that state no vehicle washing may occur
in the area.
7. Delineate truck washout areas and identify the location of slurry/washwater sumps and rinsing
areas for tools.
8. Delineate where chemicals will be applied and identify where they will be stored.
9. Identify where spill response materials will be stored.
C. POLLUTION PREVENTION REPORT
This report provides the specifics on pollution prevention and must include the following information in
addition to the activity-specific information specified in Subsection A above:
1. List the possible sources of pollution per Subsection A above and identify the BMPs to be used for
each source to prevent pollution. Include any supporting information (site conditions, calculations,
etc.) for the selection and sizing of pollution prevention BMPs.
2. Identify the personnel responsible for pollution prevention and clearly list the responsibilities of each
person identified. Contact information for these personnel must be clearly identified in the report and
on the SWPPS site plan.
3. Describe the procedures to be used for monitoring pollution prevention BMPs and for responding to a
BMP that needs attention, including keeping records/reports of all inspections of pollution prevention
BMPs (see Reference Section 8-E for examples of worksheets that may be used).
D. SPILL PREVENTION AND CLEANUP REPORT
This report provides the specifics on spill prevention and cleanup and must include the following
information in addition to any activity-specific information in Subsection A above related to spill
prevention:
1. List the possible sources of a spill and identify the BMPs to be used for each source to prevent a spill.
2. Identify personnel responsible for spill prevention and cleanup and clearly list the responsibilities of
each person identified. Contact information for these personnel must be clearly identified in the
report and on the SWPPS site plan. (On typical projects, the primary contact for SWPPS issues will be
the CSWPP supervisor, who may be managing other spill responders to ensure compliance; complex
projects may warrant specialist personnel for specific site applications.)
3. Describe the procedures to be used for monitoring spill prevention BMPs and for responding to a
spill incident, including keeping records/reports of all inspections and spills (see Reference Section
8-E for examples of worksheets that may be used).
4. Identify where spill response materials will be stored. Make reference to the SWPPS site plan for
location information.
5. Identify disposal methods for contaminated water and soil after a spill.
2.3.1.5 LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT PLANS (IF APPLICABLE)
The City of Renton does not allow landscape management plans to be used as an alternative to the
requirement to formally treat (with a facility) the runoff from pollution generating pervious surfaces
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-34
subject to Core Requirement #8 (see Section 1.2.8). A landscape management plan is an approved plan for
defining the layout and long-term maintenance of landscaping features to minimize the use of pesticides
and fertilizers, and reduce the discharge of suspended solids and other pollutants.
2.3.2 PROJECTS IN TARGETED DRAINAGE REVIEW
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-35
2.3.2 PROJECTS IN TARGETED DRAINAGE REVIEW (TDR)
This section outlines the specifications and contents of limited scope engineering plans allowed for
projects in Targeted Drainage Review. Table 2.3.2.A specifies the minimum required elements of the
targeted technical information report based on the type of permit or project, and on the three categories of
project characteristics subject to Targeted Drainage Review per Section 1.1.2.2.
TABLE 2.3.2.A MINIMUM ENGINEERING PLAN ELEMENTS(1)
FOR PROJECTS IN TARGETED DRAINAGE REVIEW
Type of
Permit or
Project
Drainage
Review
Type
Project Category 1(2)
Projects in TDR that
contain or are adjacent
to a flood, erosion, or
steep slope hazard
area; or are within a
Landslide Hazard
Drainage Area or
Aquifer Protection
Area
Project Category 2(2)
Projects in TDR that
propose to construct or
modify a 12″ or larger
pipe/ditch, or receive
runoff from a 12″ or larger
pipe/ditch
Project
Category 3(2)
Redevelopment
projects in TDR
that propose
$100,000 or more of
improvements to an
existing high-use
site
SINGLE-
FAMILY
RESIDENTIAL
(SFR)
BUILDING
PERMITS
SHORT
PLATS
Targeted
Drainage
Review
ONLY
TIR Sections 1, 2,
and 6 (minimum)
Simplified ESC
Plan(3) and SWPPS
Plan
Site Improvement
Plan(5)
TIR Sections 1, 2, 3, 5,
6, 7, and 8 (minimum)
Simplified ESC Plan(3)
and SWPPS Plan
ESC Plan(4) for
conveyance work
Site Improvement
Plan(5)
N/A
Targeted
Drainage
Review
COMBINE
D WITH
Simplified
Drainage
Review
TIR Sections 1, 2,
and 6 (minimum)
Simplified ESC
Plan(3) and SWPPS
Plan
Site Improvement
Plan(5)
TIR Sections 1, 2, 3, 5,
6, 7, and 8 (minimum)
Simplified ESC Plan(3)
and SWPPS Plan
ESC Plan(4) for
conveyance work
Site Improvement
Plan(5)
N/A
OTHER
PROJECTS
OR PERMITS
Targeted
Drainage
Review
ONLY
TIR Sections 1, 2, 6,
and 8 (minimum)
ESC Plan(4) and
SWPPS Plan for any
site disturbance work
Site Improvement
Plan(5)
TIR Sections 1, 2, 3, 5,
6, 7, and 8 (minimum)
ESC Plan(4) and
SWPPS Plan for any
site disturbance work
Site Improvement
Plan(5)
TIR Sections 1, 2,
4, 8, and 10
(minimum)
ESC Plan(4) and
SWPPS Plan for
any site
disturbance work
Site Improvement
Plan(5)
Notes:
(1) The above plan elements are considered the recommended minimum for most development cases in Targeted
Drainage Review. CED may add to these elements if deemed necessary for proper drainage review. Predesign meetings
with CED are recommended to identify all required elements.
(2) For more detailed descriptions of project categories, see Section 1.1.2.2. If the proposed project has the characteristics
of more than one category, the plan elements under each applicable category shall apply.
(3) Simplified ESC plans are an element of the Simplified drainage plan as explained in the Simplified Drainage
Requirements booklet (Appendix C).
(4) ESC plans shall meet the applicable specifications detailed in Section 2.3.1.3
(5) Site improvement plans shall meet the applicable specifications detailed in Section 2.3.1.2. CED may allow modified site
improvement plans as described in Section 2.3.1.2.
SECTION 2.3 DRAINAGE REVIEW PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-36
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
2-37
2.4 PLANS REQUIRED AFTER DRAINAGE REVIEW
This section includes the specifications and contents required of those plans submitted at the end of the
permit review process or after a permit has been issued.
2.4.1 PLAN CHANGES AFTER PERMIT ISSUANCE
If changes or revisions to the originally approved engineering plans require additional review, the revised
plans shall be submitted to CED for approval prior to construction. The plan change submittals shall
include all of the following:
1. The appropriate Plan Change form(s)
2. One (1) revised TIR or addendum
3. One (1) set of the engineering plans
4. One (1) Complete Electronic copy of all submittal items
5. Other information needed for review.
2.4.2 FINAL CORRECTED PLAN SUBMITTAL
During the course of construction, changes to the approved engineering plans are often required to address
unforeseen field conditions or design improvements. Once construction is completed, it is the applicant’s
responsibility to submit to CED a final corrected plan (or record drawings). These corrected drawings
must be professionally drafted revisions applied to the original approved plan, excluding the CSWPP plan,
and must include all changes made during the course of construction. The final as-built plans must be
stamped, signed, and dated by a civil engineer or land surveyor. A CAD drawing file (.dwg) of the final
as-built plan set must be submitted. The CAD file must contain all the pages of the plan set for road and
drainage infrastructure, but need not contain other sheets. A single hard copy of the draft final corrected
plans may be required by the City to perform onsite field inspections to verify the final corrected plans. A
final corrected TIR, updated to include all changes made to the originally approved TIR during the
course of construction, must be submitted with the final corrected plan. In addition to any design changes
and supporting calculations and documentation, the final corrected TIR shall include a final updated
Stormwater Facility Summary Sheet (see Reference Section 8-D) and signed/recorded copies of all
required easements and declarations of covenant. The electronic copy of the final corrected TIR shall be
in .pdf format.
Additional information regarding the final corrected plan submittal can be found on the City’s website.
Disposition of Approved Engineering Plans for Subdivisions
CED will retain the .pdf copy of the full record drawing set, utilizing it to make copies for public
inspection, distribution, base reference, and permanent public record as required.
SECTION 2.4 PLANS REQUIRED AFTER DRAINAGE REVIEW
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2-38
2.4.3 FINAL PLAT, SHORT PLAT, AND BINDING SITE PLAN
SUBMITTALS
Any subdivision to be finalized, thereby completing the subdivision process and legally forming new lots,
requires a final submittal for approval and recording. Binding site plans and short plats also require a
final submittal for approval and recording. The final plat or map page shall contain the elements
summarized and specified in detail on the City’s website. Submittals shall be accompanied by appropriate
fees as prescribed by Renton Municipal Code. Final submittals will be allowed only after the approval of
preliminary plans (for subdivisions only) and any required engineering plans.
All final map sheets and pages shall be prepared by a land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington
and shall conform to all state and local statutes.
The final submittal for recording only applies to subdivisions (plats), binding site plans, and short plats.
This plan is required by state and local statutes.
In addition to the requirements described on the City’s website and in the City of Renton Municipal Code,
submittals for final recording of subdivisions, short plats, and binding site plans must include the
following information:
1. Indicate dimensions of all easements, tracts, building setbacks, tops of slopes, wetland boundaries,
and floodplains.
2. Include pertinent restrictions as they apply to easements, tracts, and building setback lines.
3. State the maximum amount of added impervious surface and proposed clearing per lot as
determined through engineering review. The maximum amount of impervious surface may be
expressed in terms of percentage of lot coverage or square feet.
4. Include a recorded declaration of covenant and grant of easement for each lot on which on-site
BMPs are installed or stipulated per Core Requirement #9, Section 1.2.9.4.1, and each lot for which
on-site BMPs are installed in a separate dedicated tract per Section 1.2.9.4.1.
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CHAPTER 3
HYDROLOGIC
ANALYSIS & DESIGN
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
Section Page
3.1 Hydrologic Design Standards and
Principles 3-3
3.1.1 Hydrologic Impacts and Mitigation 3-3
3.1.2 Flow Control Standards 3-5
3.1.3 Hydrologic Analysis Using Continuous
Models 3-5
3.2 Runoff Computation and Analysis
Methods 3-9
3.2.1 Rational Method 3-11
3.2.2 Continuous Models and the Runoff
Files Method 3-19
3.2.3 The Approved Model 3-30
3.2.4 The HSPF Model 3-30
3.3 Hydrologic Design Procedures and
Considerations 3-33
3.3.1 General Hydrologic Design Process 3-33
3.3.2 Flow Control Design Using the Runoff
Files Method 3-34
3.3.3 Conveyance System Design with the
Runoff Files Method 3-37
3.3.4 Safety Factors in Hydrologic Design 3-38
3.3.5 Design Options for Addressing
Downstream Drainage Problems 3-38
3.3.6 Point of Compliance Analysis 3-38
3.3.7 Onsite Closed Depressions and
Ponding Areas 3-41
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-1
CHAPTER 3
HYDROLOGIC ANALYSIS & DESIGN
This chapter presents the concepts and rationale for the surface water controls and designs required by this
manual and the acceptable methods for estimating the quantity and characteristics of surface water runoff.
These methods are used to analyze existing and to design proposed drainage systems and facilities.
Hydrologic concepts, tools and methodologies, and an overview of the assumptions and data requirements
of the methods, are described for the following tasks:
Calculating runoff time series and flow statistics
Designing detention and infiltration facilities
Approved hydrologic modeling software are listed in Reference Section 6-D. Tools and methodologies
specific to the software can be obtained from the software documentation and trainings provided by the
software providers. At this writing, the approved models for stormwater runoff and water quality design
include WWHM2012 and WWHM4, available from the Washington State Department of Ecology
(Ecology), MGS Flood, available from MGS Engineering Consultants, Inc., and the Hydrologic
Simulation Program (Fortran) (HSPF). Currently, MGS Flood is not approved for modeling bioretention.
It will be allowed for modeling bioretention only at such time that it is formally approved by Ecology for
that use.
Hydrologic tools and methodologies, and the assumptions and data requirements of the methods, are
presented for the following tasks:
Sizing conveyance facilities
Analyzing conveyance capacities.
Chapter Organization
The information presented in this chapter is organized into three main sections:
Section 3.1, “Hydrologic Design Standards and Principles”
Section 3.2, “Runoff Computation and Analysis Methods”
Section 3.3, “Hydrologic Design Procedures and Considerations”
These sections begin on odd pages so the user can insert tabs if desired for quicker reference.
Other Supporting Information
For specific guidance on the mechanics of using the approved modeling software for hydrologic analysis
and design, refer to the associated approved model website and program documentation. See Reference
Section 6-D for limited modeling guidance and requirements as applicable for specific tasks in this
manual.
CHAPTER 3 HYDROLOGIC ANALYSIS & DESIGN
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-2
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-3
3.1 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN STANDARDS AND PRINCIPLES
This section presents the rationale for and approach to hydrologic analysis and design. Topics covered
include the following:
“Hydrologic Impacts and Mitigation,” Section 3.1.1
“Flow Control Standards,” Section 3.1.2
“Hydrologic Analysis Using Continuous Models,” Section 3.1.3
3.1.1 HYDROLOGIC IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
Hydrologic Effects of Urbanization
The hydrologic effects of development can cause a multitude of problems, including minor nuisance
flooding, degradation of public resources, diminished fish production, and significant flooding
endangering life and property. Increased stormwater flows expand floodplains, bringing flooding to
locations where it did not occur before and worsening flood problems in areas already flood-prone.
Increased stormwater flows also hasten channel erosion, alter channel structure, and degrade fish habitat.
Human alteration of the landscape, including clearing, grading, paving, building construction, and
landscaping, changes the physical and biological features that affect hydrologic processes. Soil
compaction and paving reduce the infiltration and storage capacity of soils. This leads to a runoff process
called Horton overland flow whereby the rainfall rate exceeds the infiltration rate, and the excess
precipitation flows downhill over the soil surface. This type of flow rapidly transmits rainfall to the stream
or conveyance system, causing much higher peak flow rates than would occur in the unaltered landscape.
Horton overland flow is almost nonexistent in densely vegetated areas, such as forest or shrub land, where
the vast majority of rainfall infiltrates into the soil. Some of this infiltrated water is used by plants, and
depending on soil conditions, some of it percolates until it reaches the groundwater table. Sometimes the
percolating soil water will encounter a low-permeability soil or rock layer. In this case, it flows laterally as
interflow over the low-permeability layer until it reaches a stream channel. Generally, forested lands
deliver water to streams by subsurface pathways, which are much slower than the runoff pathways from
cleared and landscaped lands. Therefore, urbanization of forest and pasture land leads to increased
stormwater flow volumes and higher peak flow rates.
Land development increases not only peak flow rates but also changes annual and seasonal runoff
volumes. In forested basins in King County, about 55% of the rain that falls each year eventually appears
as streamflow. This percentage is called the yield of a basin. The remaining 45% of the rain evaporates
and returns to the atmosphere. As trees are cleared and the soil is graded to make way for lawns and
pastures, and as part of the land is covered with asphalt or concrete, the basin yield increases. More of the
rain becomes streamflow, and less evaporates. In lowland King County, the yield of a basin covered with
landscaped lawns would be about 65%, while the yield of an impervious basin would be about 85 to 90%.
For these reasons, development without mitigation increases peak stormwater rates, stormwater volumes,
and annual basin yields. Furthermore, the reduction of groundwater recharge decreases summer base
flows.
In summary, the following are the hydrologic impacts of unmitigated development:
Increased peak flows
Increased durations of high flows
Increased stormwater runoff volumes
Decreased groundwater recharge and base flows
Seasonal flow volume shifts
Altered wetland hydroperiods.
SECTION 3.1 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN STANDARDS AND PRINCIPLES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-4
The resulting economic and ecological consequences of these hydrologic changes include the following:
Increased flooding
Increased stream erosion
Degraded aquatic habitat
Changes to wetland species composition.
Mitigation of Hydrologic Effects of Urbanization
Engineered facilities can mitigate many of the hydrologic changes associated with development.
Detention facilities can maintain the rates and/or durations of high flows at predevelopment levels.
Infiltration facilities can control flow volumes and increase groundwater recharge as well as control flow
rates and durations. Conveyance problems can be avoided through analysis and appropriate sizing and
design of conveyance facilities. Engineered mitigation of the hydrologic impacts of development include
the following:
Managing peak flow rates with detention facilities
Managing high flow durations with detention facilities
Reducing flow volumes and maintaining or enhancing groundwater recharge with infiltration facilities
Avoiding flooding problems with appropriately sized and designed conveyance systems
Bypassing erosion problems with tightlines.
Engineered facilities cannot mitigate all of the hydrologic impacts of development. Detention facilities
do not mitigate seasonal volume shifts, wetland water level fluctuations, groundwater recharge reductions,
or base flow changes. Such impacts can be further reduced through the use of low impact development
(LID) techniques, beginning with careful site planning. For instance, clustering of units to reduce
impervious cover while maintaining site density is an effective way to limit hydrologic change. Preserving
native vegetation and minimizing soil disturbance or compaction in pervious areas also reduces hydrologic
change. Such non-engineered mitigation measures are encouraged by the City and are discussed in Core
Requirement #9 and Appendix C of this manual and are referred to as on-site BMPs.
Other on-site BMPs, such as permeable pavements, bioretention, vegetated roofs, and rainwater
harvesting can be effective in reducing increases in surface water volumes. The incorporation of these
concepts in the design of the project is required, as detailed in Core Requirement #9 and Appendix C.
Many of these approaches will result in a reduction in flow control facility size, so the on-site BMP
requirements in Core Requirement #9 and Appendix C should be carefully considered and applied to
maximize the benefits of this approach.
Detention Facility Concepts
The basic concept of a detention facility is simple: water is collected from developed areas and released at
a slower rate than it enters the collection system. The excess of inflow over outflow is temporarily stored
in a pond or a vault and is typically released over a few hours or a few days. The volume of storage needed
is determined by (1) how much stormwater enters the facility (determined by the size and density of the
contributing area), (2) how rapidly water is allowed to leave the facility, and (3) the level of hydrologic
control the facility is designed to achieve.
To prevent increases in the frequency of flooding due to new development, detention facilities are often
designed to maintain peak flow rates at their predevelopment levels for recurrence intervals of concern
(e.g., 2- and 10-year). Such mitigation can prevent increases in the frequency of downstream flooding.
Facilities that control only peak flow rates, however, usually allow the duration of high flows to increase,
which may cause increased erosion of the downstream system. For example, the magnitude of a 2-year
flow may not increase, but the amount of time that flow rate occurs may double. Therefore, stream
systems, including those with salmonid habitat, which require protection from erosion warrant detention
systems that control the durations of geomorphically significant flows (flows capable of moving
sediment). Such detention systems employ lower release rates and are therefore larger in volume.
3.1.3 HYDROLOGIC ANALYSIS USING CONTINUOUS MODELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-5
3.1.2 FLOW CONTROL STANDARDS
Refer to Chapter 1, Section 1.2.3, for flow control standards.1,2
3.1.3 HYDROLOGIC ANALYSIS USING CONTINUOUS MODELS
The Need for Continuous Hydrologic Modeling
This manual prescribes the use of a continuous hydrologic model for most hydrologic analyses rather
than an event model. Event models such as the Santa Barbara Urban Hydrograph (SBUH), King County
Runoff Series (KCRTS) and the Soil Conservation Service (SCS)3 method were used in previous versions
of the King County Surface Water Design Manual. A continuous model was selected for the current
version of the City of Renton SWDM because hydrologic problems in western Washington are associated
with the high volumes of flow from sequential winter storms rather than high peak flows from short
duration, high intensity rainfall events.
The continuous hydrologic analysis tools prescribed in this manual are generically described as the
“approved model”; a list of the approved models is found in Reference Section 6-D (as updated). At this
writing, the approved continuous hydrologic models4 include the Western Washington Hydrologic
Model (WWHM) and MGS Flood, both of which are variants of the Hydrologic Simulation Program-
FORTRAN (HSPF) model. HSPF is also an approved model, but is more complex than other approved
models and is typically used for basin planning and master drainage plan analyses.
Continuous models are well suited to accounting for the climatological conditions in the lowland Puget
Sound area. Continuous models include algorithms that maintain a continuous water balance for a
catchment to account for soil moisture and hydraulic conditions antecedent to each storm event (Linsley,
Kohler, Paulhus, 1982), whereas event models assume initial conditions and only address single
hypothetical storm events. As a result, continuous hydrologic models are more appropriate for evaluating
runoff during the extended wet winters typical of the Puget Sound area.
The drawbacks of event models are summarized as follows:
Event methods inherently overestimate peak flows from undeveloped land cover conditions. The
overestimation is due, in part, to the assumption that runoff from forest and pasture land covers flows
across the ground surface. In actuality, the runoff from forests and pastures, on till soils, is dominated
by shallow subsurface flows (interflow) which have hydrologic response times much longer than those
used in event methods. This leads to an over estimation of predeveloped peak flows, which results in
detention facility release rates being overestimated and storage requirements being underestimated.
A single event cannot represent the sequential storm characteristics of Puget Sound winters.
Event models assume detention facilities are empty at the start of a design event, whereas actual
detention facilities may be partially full as a result of preceding storms.
Testing of event-designed detention facilities with calibrated, long-term continuous hydrologic
simulations demonstrates that these facilities do not achieve desired performance goals.
Event methods do not allow analysis of flow durations or water level fluctuations.
The benefits of continuous hydrologic modeling are summarized as follows:
1 Footnote 1 does not apply.
2 Footnote 2 does not apply.
3 The Soil Conservation Service (SCS) is now known as the National Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). The method
described in Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, Technical Release 55 (TR-55), June 1986, published by the NRCS, is
commonly referred to as the “SCS method.”
4 Note that MGS Flood is not currently approved for modeling bioretention. It will be allowed for modeling bioretention only at
such time that it is formally approved by Ecology for that use.
SECTION 3.1 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN STANDARDS AND PRINCIPLES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-6
A continuous model accounts for the long duration and high precipitation volume of winter wet
periods characterized by sequential, low-intensity rainfall events. Continuous simulation uses
continuous long-term records of observed rainfall rather than short periods of data representing
hypothetical storm events. As a result, continuous simulation explicitly accounts for the long duration
rainfall events typically experienced in the Pacific Northwest as well as the effects of rainfall
antecedent to major storm events.
HSPF has been shown to more accurately simulate runoff from basins with a wide range of sizes and
land covers using the regional parameters developed by the United States Geologic Survey (USGS).
Continuous simulation allows direct examination of flow duration data for assessing the impacts of
development on stream erosion and morphology. An event model, whether using a 1-day or a 7-day
storm, cannot provide such information.
A continuous model allows water level analysis for wetlands, lakes, and closed depressions whose
water level regime is often dependent on seasonal runoff rather than on 1-day or 7-day event runoff.
Continuous models produce flow control facilities that more accurately and effectively achieve
desired performance goals.
The importance of continuous modeling in the Puget Sound area is illustrated in Figure 3.1.3.A, which
shows a small basin’s runoff response to a series of winter storms and the outflow from a detention pond
designed to control the peak annual flows from this basin. Note that the largest outflow from the detention
pond corresponds not to the peak inflow on 11/6/86, but rather to the high volume of flow from the
sequential storms beginning on 11/19/86. This demonstrates a key difference between continuous and
event based models.
With an event model, designers are accustomed to working with a single design storm event (e.g.,
10-year), which by definition has the same return period once routed through a reservoir (10-year inflow
will always generate 10-year outflow). With a continuous model, flow recurrence estimates are based on
annual peak flow rates, with each time series being analyzed independently. Events that generate annual
peak inflows to a reservoir may not generate annual peak discharges from the reservoir. In other words, the
runoff event containing the 10-year inflow peak, when routed, may not create the 10-year outflow peak.
This is due to natural variability of storm peaks and volumes (e.g., high intensity/short duration
thunderstorms as compared to moderate intensity/long duration winter storms) contained within a
continuous record.
Requirements of Continuous Hydrologic Modeling
For the entire period of simulation, a continuous hydrologic model requires a continuous record of
precipitation and evaporation at discrete time steps small enough to capture the temporal variability of
hydrologic response, and it provides a continuous record of simulated flows at the same time step. The
quicker a basin responds hydrologically (e.g., due to small size, land cover, or lack of detention), the
smaller the time step should be. Time steps of 15 minutes are sufficient for most basins in the Puget Sound
area.
The continuous hydrologic model must include mathematical representations of hydrologic processes to
determine the fate and movement of rainfall. For example, a good continuous hydrologic model must
include representations of infiltration processes to determine how much water infiltrates the soil and how
much runs off the surface. It must represent shallow and deep soil storage as well as the release of
subsurface water to streams via interflow and groundwater flow, and it must also account for the loss of
soil water to the atmosphere via evapotranspiration between rainfall events. The benefit of all this
computation is a complete hydrologic assessment including information on peak flow rates, flow
durations, storm volumes, seasonal volumes, annual volumes, and water levels of receiving bodies.
3.1.3 HYDROLOGIC ANALYSIS USING CONTINUOUS MODELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-7
FIGURE 3.1.3.A EFFECTS OF SEQUENTIAL STORMS ON DETENTION PERFORMANCE
Small Basin Runoff Response:
surface and interflows from 10-acre till site
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
11/2/86 11/9/86 11/16/86 11/23/86 11/30/86
DateFlow, CFSForest Condition Flows
Detention Pond Outflows
Pond Inflows from
Residential Development
SECTION 3.1 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN STANDARDS AND PRINCIPLES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-8
(T his page intentionally left blan k)
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-9
3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
This section presents the following four runoff computation methods accepted for hydrologic analysis and
design:
The Rational Method described below and detailed in Section 3.2.1
The TR-55 or SBUH methods described below.
The Runoff Files Method described below and detailed in Section 3.2.2
The Hydrologic Simulation Program-FORTRAN (HSPF) model described below and detailed in
Section 3.2.4.
ACCEPTABLE USES OF RUNOFF COMPUTATION METHODS
Acceptable uses of the four runoff computation methods are summarized below and in Table 3.2:
Rational Method: This method is most appropriate for sizing new conveyance systems that drain
smaller, quickly responding tributary areas (i.e., less than 10 acres) where very short, intense storms
tend to generate the highest peak flows. The Rational Method may also be used for conveyance sizing
in any size basin if the attenuation effects of existing storage features within the basin are ignored.
TR-55/SBUH Methods: The Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS, formerly the Soil
Conservation Service (SCS)) TR-55 method or the SBUH method of the 1990 King County Surface
Water Design Manual may be used for conveyance sizing where tributary areas are greater than or
equal to 10 acres and if storage features are ignored. The peak flows from these single-event models
are considered conservative for larger tributary areas if the flows are not routed through existing
storage features. The TR-55 method is also used for water quality volume calculation in this manual.
For more background information, refer to NRCS Publication 210-VI-TR-55, Second Edition (June
1986) or the 1990 SWDM.
The Runoff Files Method: This continuous modeling method using the approved model is the most
versatile for quickly performing many of the computations summarized in Table 3.2. For conveyance
sizing and analysis, the peak flows from the approved model are most accurate when the shortest
possible time step is used. Unlike the Rational Method, the approved model may be used for tributary
areas less than 10 acres where there is a significant storage feature(s). The City requires 15-minute
time steps for sizing of all flow control facilities, water quality facilities and conveyance to
provide consistent management of surface water and protect against cumulative increases in peak
flows on a basin-wide basis (see Sections 3.3.1 and 3.3.2). Methods for analysis and design of
detention storage and water levels5 require the use of the approved model. See the user’s
documentation for background and guidance.
HSPF Model: For projects in Large Project Drainage Review (see Section 1.1.2.5), the City may
require HSPF modeling for formulating a Master Drainage Plan (see Master Drainage Planning for
Large Site Developments – Process and Requirement Guidelines available from King County). The
City also generally encourages use of HSPF for tributary areas larger than 200 acres. The HSPF model
can be used wherever the approved model is allowed for sizing and analysis of conveyance systems,
flow control facilities, and water quality facilities using a 15-minute time step. For such projects
draining to a wetland or potentially impacting groundwater resources or stream base flows, the City
may require the collection of actual rainfall and runoff data to be used in developing and calibrating
the HSPF model.
5 One of the simplest and most commonly used level pool routing methods is described in the Handbook of Applied Hydrology
(Chow, Ven Te, 1964) and elsewhere, and summarized in Reference Section 6-C, It is based on the continuity equation and
can be completed with a spreadsheet. Although not approved for design with this manual, it provides a background for
modeled routing techniques.
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-10
TABLE 3.2 ACCEPTABLE USES OF RUNOFF COMPUTATION METHODS
TYPE OF
COMPUTATION APPLIED TO RATIONAL
METHOD TR 55/SBUH THE APPROVED
MODEL HSPF
PEAK FLOW
CONVEYANCE
SIZING INC.
TESC(1)
(DESIGN FLOWS)
(See Chapter 4 for
hydraulic analysis
procedures)
Tributary
Areas 10 ac
(measured to
individual
conveyance
elements)
REQUIRED for
undetained
areas,(2) and
OKAY for
detained areas if
no storage
routing(3) is
performed
OKAY if majority of
tributary area is
detained(4)
OKAY if majority of
tributary area is
detained(4)
Tributary
Areas 10 ac
OKAY if no
storage routing(3)
is performed
OKAY if no
storage
routing(3) is
performed
OKAY (storage
routing is allowed)
OKAY (storage
routing is allowed)
LEVEL-POOL
ROUTING
FLOW CONTROL
(NEW/EXIST.) &
WQ FACILITY
SIZING AND
ANALYSIS
Projects in
Full Drainage
Review
OKAY OKAY
Projects in
Large Project
Drainage
Review
MAY BE
ALLOWED(5)
MAY BE
REQUIRED(5)
DOWNSTREAM
ANALYSIS
Projects in
Full or
Targeted
Drainage
Review
OKAY if no
storage routing(3)
is performed
OKAY for
tributary areas
10 ac. if no
storage
routing(3) is
performed
OKAY OKAY
Projects in
Large Project
Drainage
Review
MAY BE
ALLOWED(5) if
used as
described in the
box above
MAY BE
ALLOWED(5) if
as described in
the box above
MAY BE
ALLOWED(5) if
used as described
in the box above
PEAK FLOWS
FOR APPLYING
EXEMPTIONS &
THRESHOLDS
All Projects OKAY OKAY
Notes:
(1) Water quality design flow rates are determined as described in Section 6.2.1.
(2) Undetained areas are those upstream of detention facilities or other storage features.
(3) Storage routing uses the Level Pool Routing technique (described in Reference Section 6-C) or other similar method to account for the
attenuation of peak flows passing through a detention facility or other storage feature.
(4) The majority of the tributary area is considered detained if the runoff from more than 50% of the tributary area is detained by a detention
facility or other storage facility.
(5) For projects in Large Project Drainage Review, the selection of methodology for detention sizing and/or downstream analysis becomes
a site-specific or basin-specific decision that is usually made by CED during the scoping process for master drainage plans. Guidelines
for selecting the approved model, HSPF, or calibrated HSPF are found in the King County publication Master Drainage Planning for
Large or Complex Site Developments, available from King County.
3.2.1 RATIONAL METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-11
3.2.1 RATIONAL METHOD
The Rational Method is a simple, conservative method for analyzing and sizing conveyance elements
serving small drainage subbasins, subject to the following specific limitations:
Only for use in predicting peak flow rates for sizing conveyance elements
Drainage subbasin area A cannot exceed 10 acres for a single peak flow calculation
The time of concentration Tc must be computed using the method described below and cannot exceed
100 minutes. It is also set equal to 6.3 minutes when computed to be less than 6.3 minutes.
Note: Unlike other methods of computing times of concentration, the 6.3 minutes is not an initial
collection time to be added to the total computed time of concentration.
RATIONAL METHOD EQUATION
The following is the traditional Rational Method equation:
QR = CIRA (3-1)
where QR = peak flow (cfs) for a storm of return frequency R
C = estimated runoff coefficient (ratio of rainfall that becomes runoff)
IR = peak rainfall intensity (inches/hour) for a storm of return frequency R
A = drainage subbasin area (acres)
“C” Values
The allowable runoff coefficients to be used in this method are shown in Table 3.2.1.A by type of land
cover. These values were selected following a review of the values previously accepted by King County
for use in the Rational Method and as described in several engineering handbooks. The values for single
family residential areas were computed as composite values (as illustrated in the following equation) based
on the estimated percentage of coverage by roads, roofs, yards, and unimproved areas for each density. For
drainage basins containing several land cover types, the following formula may be used to compute a
composite runoff coefficient, Cc:
Cc = (C1A1 + C2A2 +… + CnAn)/At (3-2)
where At = total area (acres)
A1,2,…n = areas of land cover types (acres)
C1,2,…n = runoff coefficients for each area land cover type
“IR” Peak Rainfall Intensity
The peak rainfall intensity IR for the specified design storm of return frequency R is determined using a
unit peak rainfall intensity factor iR in the following equation:
IR = (PR)(iR) (3-3)
where PR = the total precipitation at the project site for the 24-hour duration storm event for the
given return frequency. Total precipitation is found on the Isopluvial Maps in
Figure 3.2.1.A through Figure 3.2.1.D.
iR = the unit peak rainfall intensity factor
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-12
The unit peak rainfall intensity factor iR is determined by the following equation:
iR = (aR)(Tc)( )b R (3-4)
where Tc = time of concentration (minutes), calculated using the method described below and
subject to equation limitations (6.3 Tc 100)
aR, bR = coefficients from Table 3.2.1.B used to adjust the equation for the design storm return
frequency R
This “iR” equation was developed by DNRP from equations originally created by Ron Mayo, P.E. It is
based on the original Renton/Seattle Intensity/Duration/Frequency (I.D.F.) curves. Rather than
requiring a family of curves for various locations, this equation adjusts proportionally the Renton/Seattle
I.D.F. curve data by using the 24-hour duration total precipitation isopluvial maps. This adjustment is
based on the assumption that the localized geo-climatic conditions that control the total volume of
precipitation at a specific location also control the peak intensities proportionally.
Note: Due to the mathematical limits of the equation coefficients, values of T c less than 6.3 minutes or
greater than 100 minutes cannot be used. Therefore, real values of Tc less than 6.3 minutes must be
assumed to be equal to 6.3 minutes, and values greater than 100 minutes must be assumed to be equal to
100 minutes.
“Tc” Time of Concentration
The time of concentration is defined as the time it takes runoff to travel overland (from the onset of
precipitation) from the most hydraulically distant location in the drainage basin to the point of discharge.
Note: When Cc (see Equation 3-2) of a drainage basin exceeds 0.60, it may be important to compute Tc
and peak rate of flow from the impervious area separately. The computed peak rate of flow for the
impervious surface alone may exceed that for the entire drainage basin using the value at Tc for the total
drainage basin. The higher of the two peak flow rates shall then be used to size the conveyance element.
Tc is computed by summation of the travel times Tt of overland flow across separate flowpath
segments defined by the six categories of land cover listed in Table 3.2.1.C, which were derived from a
chart published by the Soil Conservation Service in 1975. The equation for time of concentration is:
Tc = T1 + T2 +…+ Tn (3-5)
where T1,2,…n = travel time for consecutive flowpath segments with different land cover
categories or flowpath slope
Travel time for each segment t is computed using the following equation:
Tt = (3-6)
where Tt = travel time (minutes) Note: Tt through an open water body (such as a pond) shall be
assumed to be zero with this method
L = the distance of flow across a given segment (feet)
V = average velocity (fps) across the land cover = kR s o
where kR = time of concentration velocity factor; see Table 3.2.1.C
so = slope of flowpath (feet/feet)
L
V60
3.2.1 RATIONAL METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-13
TABLE 3.2.1.A RUNOFF COEFFICIENTS – “C” VALUES FOR THE RATIONAL METHOD
General Land Covers Single Family Residential Areas*
Land Cover C Land Cover Density C
Dense forest
Light forest
Pasture
Lawns
Playgrounds
Gravel areas
Pavement and roofs
Open water (pond, lakes,
wetlands)
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.20 DU/GA (1 unit per 5 ac.)
0.40 DU/GA (1 unit per 2.5 ac.)
0.80 DU/GA (1 unit per 1.25 ac.)
1.00 DU/GA
1.50 DU/GA
2.00 DU/GA
2.50 DU/GA
3.00 DU/GA
3.50 DU/GA
4.00 DU/GA
4.50 DU/GA
5.00 DU/GA
5.50 DU/GA
6.00 DU/GA
0.17
0.20
0.27
0.30
0.33
0.36
0.39
0.42
0.45
0.48
0.51
0.54
0.57
0.60
* Based on average 2,500 square feet per lot of impervious coverage.
For combinations of land covers listed above, an area-weighted “Cc x At” sum should be computed based on the equation
Cc x At = (C1 x A1) + (C2 x A2) + …+(Cn x An), where A8 = (A1 + A2 + …+An), the total drainage basin area.
TABLE 3.2.1.B COEFFICIENTS FOR THE RATIONAL METHOD “IR” EQUATION
Design Storm Return Frequency aR bR
2 years
5 years
10 years
25 years
50 years
100 years
1.58
2.33
2.44
2.66
2.75
2.61
0.58
0.63
0.64
0.65
0.65
0.63
TABLE 3.2.1.C KR VALUES FOR TT USING THE RATIONAL METHOD
Land Cover Category kR
Forest with heavy ground litter and meadow 2.5
Fallow or minimum tillage cultivation 4.7
Short grass pasture and lawns 7.0
Nearly bare ground 10.1
Grassed waterway 15.0
Paved area (sheet flow) and shallow gutter flow 20.0
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-14
FIGURE 3.2.1.A 2-YEAR 24-HOUR ISOPLUVIALS
3.2.1 RATIONAL METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-15
FIGURE 3.2.1.B 10-YEAR 24-HOUR ISOPLUVIALS
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-16
FIGURE 3.2.1.C 25-YEAR 24-HOUR ISOPLUVIALS
3.2.1 RATIONAL METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-17
FIGURE 3.2.1.D 100-YEAR 24-HOUR ISOPLUVIALS
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-18
RATIONAL METHOD EXAMPLE
Compute the peak flow Q25 to size a new roadway cross culvert for a 9.8-acre drainage basin east of Kent,
P25 = 3.42 inches.
Given: AREAS
A1 = 4.3 acres of single family residential area at 3.8 DU/GA
A2 = 2.3 acres of light forest
A3 = 3.2 acres of pasture
At = 9.8 total acres
DESCRIPTION OF FLOWPATH SEGMENTS FOR Tc
L1 = 300 feet s1 = 0.08 forest land cover kR = 2.5
L2 = 200 feet s2 = 0.03 meadow kR = 2.5
L3 = 1000 feet s3 = 0.015 grassed waterway (ditch) kR = 15.0
Compute: COMPOSITE RUNOFF COEFFICIENT Cc
A1: C1 = From Table 3.2.1.A, C for 4.00 DU/GA = 0.48, C for 3.50 DU/GA = 0.45.
Therefore, C1 for 3.80 DU/GA = 0.47 by visual interpolation.
A2: C2 = 0.15
A3: C3 = 0.20
Cc = [(C1 x A1) + (C2 x A2) + (C3 x A3)]/At
= [(0.47 x 4.3) + (0.15 x 2.3) + (0.20 x 3.2)]/9.8 = 0.31
PEAK RAINFALL INTENSITY IR
First, compute Tc:
T1 =
= 7 minutes
T2 =
= 8 minutes
T3 =
= 9 minutes
Tc = T1 + T2 + T3 = 7 + 8 + 9 = 24 minutes
Second, compute iR for R = 25:
i25 = (aR)(Tc)(-bR) = (2.66)(24)- (0.65) = 0.34
Third, compute IR for R = 25:
I25 = (P25)(i25) = (3.42)(0.34) = 1.16
PEAK RUNOFF RATE
Q25 = C I25 A = Cc I25 A = (0.31)(1.16)(9.8) = 3.5 cfs
L
V
L
k sR
1
1
1
16060
300
60 25 0 08
( ) ( . . )
L
V
L
k sR
2
2
2
26060
200
60 25 003
( ) ( . . )
L
V
L
k sR
3
3
3
36060
1000
60 15 0015
( ) ( . )
3.2.2 CONTINUOUS MODELS AND THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-19
3.2.2 CONTINUOUS MODELS AND THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
The approved continuous model/runoff files implementations of HSPF were developed as tools that have
the accuracy and versatility of HSPF but are much simpler to use and provide a framework for efficient
design of onsite stormwater detention facilities. This section describes the Runoff Files Method. The term
runoff files refers to a database of continuous flows presimulated by HSPF. The KCRTS software package
has formerly been a tool for using this flow database. Current approved continuous models are listed in
Reference Section 6-D (as updated); as of this writing, they include the Western Washington Hydrology
Model (WWHM) and MGSFlood6. Projects are required to use the same model throughout unless
otherwise approved through the adjustment process described in Section 1.4.
The Runoff Files method was developed as a hydrologic modeling tool for western King County to
produce results (design flows, detention pond sizing, etc.) comparable to those obtained with the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency’s HSPF model but with significantly less effort. This is achieved by
providing the user with a set of time series files of unit area land surface runoff (“runoff files”)
presimulated with HSPF for a range of land cover conditions and soil types within King County. The
design flows are estimated and detention facilities are designed by directly accessing and manipulating the
runoff file data by means of the continuous modeling software. Typical basic capabilities of the continuous
modeling software include:
Estimating time series of flows for a specified land use and location within King County
Analyzing flow frequency and duration
Analyzing water surface frequency and duration
Plotting analysis results
Sizing detention facilities.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE RUNOFF FILES
To compile the runoff files, the land surface hydrologic response (represented by a time series of unit area
land surface runoff) was generated by HSPF with regional parameters for a variety of land use
classifications and for a long-term (over 50-year) rainfall station representing the western lowlands of
King County (Sea-Tac Airport). A 158-year extended precipitation timeseries (Puget East) was also
developed by MGS Consulting. The City allows the use of either the 50-year Sea-Tac Airport gage data or
the 158-year simulated timeseries for sizing. The methods for developing the runoff files are specific to the
individual approved models. Consult the program documentation and the software provider’s website
information for the particular model for background on the development of the runoff files for that model.
Runoff time series were generated with data from these and other stations for the following eight soil/land
cover types:
Impervious
Till forest
Till pasture
Till grass
Outwash forest
Outwash pasture
Outwash grass
Wetland.
HSPF and the approved models simulate surface runoff, interflow, and groundwater flow. Groundwater
flow, induced by surface runoff or occurring naturally, is usually lost from the system through the
6 Note that MGS Flood is not currently approved for modeling bioretention. It will be allowed for modeling bioretention only at
such time that it is formally approved by Ecology for that use.
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-20
analysis, but may require consideration in the analysis if it expresses to the surface. Consult the user’s
guide for application of the interflow and groundwater components of runoff in the approved continuous
model.
3.2.2.1 GENERATING TIME SERIES
Most hydrologic analyses will require time series of flows for different land use conditions. For example,
to size a flow control detention facility to meet the Peak Rate Flow Control Standard, the 2-, 10-, and
100-year peaks from the facility discharge time series must be compared with 2-, 10-, and 100-year peaks
from the predevelopment time series. To generate a flow time series with the approved continuous model,
depending on the model used, the program applies the following:
1. As determined by selecting the project’s location on a map,
The rainfall region within which the project lies (i.e., Sea-Tac) and multiplier (a regional scale
factor applied to the runoff files) to account for variations in rainfall volumes between the project
site and the rainfall station, or
A calibrated area-specific rainfall map developed from the Sea-Tac rainfall data, or
A long-term (158-year) simulated precipitation timeseries (i.e., Puget East), or
Site specific calibrated rainfall data. See the approved model’s documentation for background on
the development of the runoff files for the model.
2. The time step to be used in the analysis. As of this manual update, 15-minute time steps are
required for all applications including detention sizing and volume analysis .
3. The complete historical runoff record used in the analysis:
4. The amount of land (acreage) of each soil/cover group for the subbasin under study, as calculated per
model methodology and the methods described in this chapter.
5. If applicable, the percentage of impervious area that is effectively connected to the drainage system,
typically accounted for by adjusting actual impervious area for the model inputs.
See the user’s documentation for the approved model for methodology and guidance for generating a new
time series. See Reference Section 6-D for specific guidance to be used with this manual.
SELECTION OF PRECIPITATION RECORD AND REGIONAL SCALE FACTOR
As noted in the previous section, runoff files were developed using rainfall data from Sea-Tac Airport.
The regional scale factor is a geographically variable multiplier applied to the flow time series to account
for the variations in rainfall amounts, and hence runoff. Whereas previous models (e.g., KCRTS) required
determination by mapped values as data input, the scaling effects are determined in the currently approved
continuous models (e.g., WWHM and MGS Flood) by selecting the project location within the model. See
the approved model user’s documentation for background and guidance.
Alternatively, the user can select the 158-year simulated precipitation timeseries (Puget East) for sizing.
This precipitation timeseries can be found by selected “Use WS-DOT data” in WWHM or under
“Extended Timeseries” in MGS Flood. A scaling factor does not need to be applied to the Puget East
precipitation timeseries.
CATEGORIZATION OF SOIL TYPES AND LAND COVER
The Runoff Files method typically supports several land use classifications, including till forest, till
pasture, till grass, outwash forest, outwash pasture, outwash grass, wetland, and impervious. These
classifications incorporate both the effects of soil type and land cover. In the SCS method, four different
hydrologic soil groups are defined (A, B, C, and D) based on soil type as mapped by the SCS. The SCS
also defines hydrologic response for about a dozen different land use or cover types. The SCS method
3.2.2 CONTINUOUS MODELS AND THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-21
therefore allows the user a considerably greater degree of flexibility in defining land cover and soil types
than do continuous models. However, the flexibility and apparent detail available with the SCS method
cannot be supported on the basis of the data used to develop that method. The Runoff Files method
minimizes the number of land use classifications, thereby simplifying both the analysis and review of
development proposals.
Soil Groups for the Continuous Model
The following soil characterization is generally true for continuous models; however, consult the model
documentation for specific applicability.
Till Soils
Till soils are underlain at shallow depths by relatively impermeable glacial till. The principal SCS soil
group within the City classified as a till soil is the Alderwood series (SCS hydrological soil group C).
The hydrologic response of till soils in an undeveloped, forested state is characterized by relatively
slight surface runoff, substantial interflow occurring along the interface between the till soil and the
underlying glacial till, and slight groundwater seepage into the glacial till.
Bedrock soils, primarily Beausite and Ovall soils in King County, are underlain by either sandstone or
andesite bedrock, and a large group of alluvial soils.
Alluvial soils are found in valley bottoms. These are generally fine-grained and often have a high
seasonal water table. There has been relatively little experience in calibrating the HSPF model to
runoff from these soils, so in the absence of better information, these soils have been grouped as till
soils. Most alluvial soils are classified by the SCS in hydrologic soil groups C and D.
Outwash Soils
Outwash soils are formed from highly permeable sands and gravels. The principal SCS soil group
classified as an outwash soil is the Everett series. Where outwash soils are underlain at shallow depths
(less than 5 feet) by glacial till or where outwash soils are saturated, they may need to be treated as till
soils for the purpose of application in the model. Refer to the model documentation for specifics.
Wetland Soils
Wetland soils have a high water content, are poorly drained, and are seasonally saturated. For the
purposes of applying continuous modeling in King County, wetland soils can be assumed to coincide
with wetlands as defined in the critical areas code (RMC 4-3-050 ).
The approximate correspondence between SCS soil types and the appropriate soil group for typical
continuous modeling is given in Table 3.2.2.A (refer to the model documentation for specific soil group
application for the model). If the soils underlying a proposed project have not been mapped, or if existing
soils maps are in error or not of sufficient resolution, then a soils analysis and report shall be prepared and
stamped by a civil engineer with expertise in soils to verify underlying soil conditions.
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-22
TABLE 3.2.2.A EQUIVALENCE BETWEEN SCS SOIL TYPES AND TYPICAL
CONTINUOUS MODELING SOIL TYPES
SCS Soil Type
SCS
Hydrologic
Soil Group
Soil Group for
Continuous
Model Notes
Alderwood (AgB, AgC, AgD) C Till
Arents, Alderwood Material (AmB, AmC) C Till
Arents, Everett Material (An) B Outwash 1
Beausite (BeC, BeD, BeF) C Till 2
Bellingham (Bh) D Till 3
Briscot (Br) D Till 3
Buckley (Bu) D Till 4
Earlmont (Ea) D Till 3
Edgewick (Ed) C Till 3
Everett (EvB, EvC, EvD, EwC) A/B Outwash 1
Indianola (InC, InA, InD) A Outwash 1
Kitsap (KpB, KpC, KpD) C Till
Klaus (KsC) C Outwash 1
Neilton (NeC) A Outwash 1
Newberg (Ng) B Till 3
Nooksack (Nk) C Till 3
Norma (No) D Till 3
Orcas (Or) D Wetland
Oridia (Os) D Till 3
Ovall (OvC, OvD, OvF) C Till 2
Pilchuck (Pc) C Till 3
Puget (Pu) D Till 3
Puyallup (Py) B Till 3
Ragnar (RaC, RaD, RaC, RaE) B Outwash 1
Renton (Re) D Till 3
Salal (Sa) C Till 3
Sammamish (Sh) D Till 3
Seattle (Sk) D Wetland
Shalcar (Sm) D Till 3
Si (Sn) C Till 3
Snohomish (So, Sr) D Till 3
Sultan (Su) C Till 3
Tukwila (Tu) D Till 3
Woodinville (Wo) D Till 3
Notes:
1. Where outwash soils are saturated or underlain at shallow depth (<5 feet) by glacial till, they should be treated as till
soils.
2. These are bedrock soils, but calibration of HSPF by King County shows bedrock soils to have similar hydrologic
response to till soils.
3. These are alluvial soils, some of which are underlain by glacial till or have a seasonally high water table. In the absence
of detailed study, these soils should be treated as till soils.
4. Buckley soils are formed on the low-permeability Osceola mudflow. Hydrologic response is assumed to be similar to that
of till soils.
3.2.2 CONTINUOUS MODELS AND THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-23
Land Cover Types in Continuous Modeling
Continuous models support land cover types including forest, pasture, grass, and impervious. These cover
types shall be applied in accordance with Core Requirement #3 and as specified in Table 3.2.2.B.
Predevelopment land cover types are determined by whether the project is in a Peak Rate Flow Control
Standard Area or Flow Control Duration Standard Area and whether the area in question is a target
surface, as defined in Section 1.2.3.1. Target surfaces within Peak Rate Flow Control Standard Areas and
Flow Control Duration Standard Matching Existing Condition Areas and non-target surfaces are modeled
as existing site conditions; for target surfaces in Flow Control Duration Standard Matching Forested
Condition Areas, the predeveloped condition is assumed to be forested (historical) site conditions.
TABLE 3.2.2.B CONTINUOUS MODEL COVER GROUPS AND AREAS OF APPLICATION
Continuous
Model Application
Cover Group Predevelopment Post-Development
Forest All forest/shrub cover,
irrespective of age.
All permanent (e.g., protected by covenant or critical
area designation) onsite forest/shrub cover,
irrespective of age, planted at densities sufficient to
ensure 80%+ canopy cover within 5 years.
Pasture All grassland, pasture land,
lawns, and cultivated or cleared
areas, except for lawns in
redevelopment areas with
predevelopment densities in
excess of 4 DU/GA.
Unprotected forest in rural residential development
shall be considered half pasture, half grass.
Grass Lawns in redevelopment areas
with predevelopment densities in
excess of 4 DU/GA.
All post-development grassland and landscaping and
all onsite forested land not protected by covenant or
designated as a protection area (wellhead, wetland,
or buffer) in RMC 4-3-050.
For purposes of runoff modeling, underdrained
pervious areas may be modeled explicitly to account
for attenuation and infiltration, or may be modeled as
50% impervious/50% grass where either: (a) there is
no added liner, (b) where the added liner is a
treatment liner, or (c) where the added liner is one
that does not restrict infiltration rates below the in situ
soil infiltration rate. Other lined underdrained systems
must be modeled explicitly or as 100% impervious.
Wetland All delineated wetland areas. All delineated wetland areas.
Impervious(1) All impervious surfaces,
including compacted dirt roads,
parking areas, etc., and open
water bodies (ponds and lakes).
For purposes of runoff modeling,
gravel lots, roads and parking
areas shall be modeled as 50%
impervious/50% pasture.
All impervious surfaces, including compacted gravel
and dirt roads, parking areas, etc., and open water
bodies, including onsite detention and water quality
ponds.(2)
(1) Impervious acreage used in computations should be the effective impervious area (EIA). This is the effective area as
determined through layouts of the proposal and on-site BMP credit reductions from Table 1.2.9.A in Chapter 1. Non-
effective impervious areas are considered the same as the surrounding pervious land cover.
(2) To avoid iterations in the facility sizing process, the “assumed size” of the facility need only be within 80% of the final
facility size when modeling its contribution of runoff from direct rainfall.
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-24
The following factors are considered in specifying the above land cover types to be used in hydrologic
analysis with continuous modeling:
Cover types are applied to anticipate ultimate land use conditions. For example, probable clearing of
woodland after development is nominally complete suggests that the post-development land use be
specified as grassland (either pasture or grass) unless the forest cover is protected by covenant.
In areas of redevelopment, there are often significant changes between the predevelopment and post-
development efficiencies of the drainage system. For example, in conversion of low density residential
areas to higher density land use, impervious areas prior to redevelopment may not be efficiently
connected to a drainage system (e.g., downspouts draining to splash blocks, ditched instead of piped
roadway systems). These problems are addressed by defining an “effective impervious fraction” for
existing impervious areas and by generally requiring predevelopment grasslands to be modeled as
pasture land.
All onsite, predevelopment forest/shrub cover and all offsite forest/shrub cover is defined as “forest,”
irrespective of age. Post-development onsite land use is defined as forested only if forested areas are
in a critical area buffer or are otherwise protected and will have a minimum 80% canopy cover within
5 years. In urban areas, unprotected onsite forest cover should be treated as grass in the post-
development analysis. In rural areas, unprotected forest cover should be assumed 50% grass, 50%
pasture.
The HSPF grass parameters were developed by the USGS study of regional hydrology and have
generally been interpreted as providing the hydrologic response for “urban” grasslands (lawns, etc.),
which have relatively low infiltration rates and are drained effectively. The HSPF “pasture”
parameters were developed to provide a hydrologic response intermediate to the USGS forest and
grass parameters, as might be typified by ungrazed or lightly grazed pasture with good grass cover.
Because it is impossible to adequately control grassland management after development, all post-
development grassland should be modeled as “grass” (with the exception of unprotected forest, and
pasture areas on large lots, in rural development as noted above). All predevelopment grassland
should be modeled as “pasture” except for redevelopment of areas with predevelopment land use
densities of 4 DU/GA or greater (which are modeled as grass).
CALCULATION OF IMPERVIOUS AREA
Total Impervious Coverage
Table 3.2.2.C lists percent impervious coverage for use in continuous runoff modeling analysis of existing
residential areas. The tabulated figures are useful in offsite analysis that includes large developed
residential areas, making a detailed survey of impervious coverage impractical.
Impervious coverage for proposed residential, commercial, and industrial development must be estimated
for each specific proposal. Impervious coverage of streets, sidewalks, hard surface trails, etc., shall be
taken from layouts of the proposal. House/driveway or building coverage shall be as follows:
For residential development, the assumed impervious coverage shall be 4,000 square feet per lot or the
maximum impervious coverage permitted by RMC 4-2-110A, whichever is less.
For commercial, multi-family, and industrial development, impervious coverage shall be estimated
from layouts of the proposal.
3.2.2 CONTINUOUS MODELS AND THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-25
TABLE 3.2.2.C ESTIMATED PERCENT IMPERVIOUS COVERAGE FOR OFFSITE
EXISTING RESIDENTIAL AREAS
Zoning Designation Percent Impervious Surface Area
Resource Conservation (RC) Lots 5 acres or more: 20%
Lots 10,000 sq ft: 55%. For each additional 10,000 sq ft
increase in lot size, the impervious coverage shall be
decreased by 1.75% to a minimum of 20% for a 5-acre lot
Lots 10,000 sq ft or less: 55%
Residential-1 (R-1) 30%
Residential-4 (R-4) 55%
Residential-6 (R-6) 65%
Residential-8 (R-8) 75%
Residential-10 (R-10) Detached units: 75%
Attached units: 65%
Residential-14 (R-14) 85%
Effective Impervious Area
The net hydrologic response of an impervious area depends on whether that area is effectively connected
(usually by pipes or a channel) to a storm drainage system. The impervious area that the user inputs to the
continuous model is the “Effective Impervious Area” (EIA).
Non-effective impervious area (i.e., total impervious area less EIA) is assumed to have the same
hydrologic response as the immediately surrounding pervious area. For example, for existing
residential areas with rooftops draining to splash pads on lawns or landscaping, the non-effective portion
of the roof areas would be treated as pasture for predevelopment conditions (if DU/GA < 4.0) and grass for
post-development conditions. Note: Credits for infiltration/dispersion of downspouts on individual lots in
proposed single family residential subdivisions are applied separately on a site-specific basis. Core
Requirement #9 outlines where the use of on-site BMPs may be used to reduce the effective impervious
area of the project..
The effective impervious area can be determined from detailed site surveys.
3.2.2.2 TIME SERIES STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
When using a continuous runoff model to size flow control, water quality, and conveyance facilities,
design flows and durations must be determined through statistical analysis of time series data generated by
the software. Flow frequency analysis is used for determining design peak flows while flow duration
analysis is used for determining durations of flow exceedance.
FLOW FREQUENCY ANALYSIS
Flow frequency is a commonly used but often misunderstood concept. The frequency of a given flow is the
average return interval for flows equal to or greater than the given flow. The flow frequency is actually the
inverse of the probability that the flow will be equaled or exceeded in any given year (the exceedance
probability). For example, if the exceedance probability is 0.01, or 1 in 100, that flow is referred to as the
100-year flow. Assuming no underlying changes in local climate, one would expect to see about 10 peak
annual flows equal to or greater than the 100-year flow in a 1,000-year period. Similarly, the 2-year flow is
the flow with a probability of 0.5, or 1 in 2, of being equaled or exceeded in any given year. In a 100-year
period, one would expect to observe 50 peak annual flows greater than or equal to the 2-year flow. The
number of peak annual flows actually equal to the 2-year flow may be zero, since peak annual flows come
from a continuous spectrum.
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-26
There are many methods for estimating exceedance probabilities and therefore flow frequencies. The
USGS Bulletin 17B methods are commonly used, as are graphical methods using the Gringorten, Cunane,
or Weibull plotting schemes (Maidment, 1993). Graphical methods for flow frequency estimation involve
assigning exceedance probabilities, and therefore return intervals, to each annual peak in a series of annual
peak observations, and then plotting the peak flows against their assigned return periods. This plot is
known as a flow-frequency curve, and it is a very useful tool for analyzing flood probabilities. Examples of
flow-frequency curves for a small basin under various conditions are shown in Figure 3.2.2.A.
Flow-frequency curves are used in continuous flow simulations to determine the effect of land use
change and assess the effectiveness of detention facilities. Using continuous methodology to design
detention facilities to control peak flows, the analyst must match (i.e., not exceed) the post-development
(detained) and predevelopment flow-frequency curves at the frequencies of interest, as shown in
Figure 3.2.2.A, rather than match specific design events as when using an event model.
3.2.2 CONTINUOUS MODELS AND THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-27
FIGURE 3.2.2.A EXAMPLE FLOW FREQUENCY ANALYSIS
Post-developed
Pre-developed
Undetained Developed
Detained Developed
Detained Post-developed
Pre-developed
The 2- and 10-year annual peak
flows are matched; however, the
100-year peak flow is only partially
attenuated in this example, so the
detention volume would need to be
increased to fully meet the Peak
Rate Flow Control Standard
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-28
Flow frequency information is derived from the time series flow file by plotting the peak annual events in
the runoff file and calculating runoff frequencies using a Log Pearson distribution or other statistical
analysis. Typical return periods calculated in continuous models are the 100-year, 50-year, 25-year,
10-year, 5-year, 3-year, 2-year, and lesser storms for low-flow regime, LID and water quality applications.
FLOW DURATION ANALYSIS
Flow duration analysis is important because it identifies the changes in durations of all high flows rather
than simply the change in frequency of the peak annual flows. Channel scour and bank erosion rates rise
proportionally with increases in flow durations. Flow duration analysis can only be conducted with
continuous flow models or from gage records.
A flow duration curve is a plot of flow rate against the percentage of time that the flow rate is exceeded.
In a continuous flow model, the percent exceedance of a given flow is determined by counting the number
of time steps during which that flow is equaled or exceeded and dividing that number by the total number
of time steps in the simulation period. Flow duration curves are usually plotted with a linear flow scale
versus a log scale of percent exceedance. The log scale for exceedance percentage is used because
geomorphically significant flows (flows capable of moving sediment) and flows that exceed the 2-year
flow typically occur less than one percent of the total time.
DURATIONS AND PEAKS FOR FLOW CONTROL STANDARDS
The Flow Control Duration Standard matching existing site conditions and Flow Control Duration
Standard matching forested site conditions per Section 1.2.3.1 requires matching predevelopment and
post-development flow duration curves for all flows from 50% of the 2-year flow up to the full 50-year
flow.
To simplify design, brief excursions7 of post development durations above the target predevelopment
durations are allowed for matching flows greater than 50% of the predevelopment 2-year peak flow. These
excursions shall not increase the duration of discharge by more than 10% at any flow level and must be
strictly below the target duration curve at the low end of the range of control from 50% of the 2-year peak
flow to the 2-year peak flow. This allows efficient design using only two orifices for most applications,
although two-orifice designs may not allow sizing with automatic pond sizing routines; see the software
documentation for guidance. An example of a flow duration analysis is shown in Figure 3.2.2.B.
The Flood Problem Flow Control Standard matches predevelopment and post-development flow durations
over the same range of predevelopment flows as the Flow Control Duration Standard and requires
matching the 100-year post-development peak flow. This standard provides additional storage volume
over the Flow Control Duration Standard facility, which substantially mitigates the impacts of increased
volumes of surface runoff on downstream, volume-sensitive flooding problems.
The Peak Rate Flow Control Standard does not require flow duration analysis because it addresses peak
flows only (the 2-year, 10-year, and 100-year peaks).
The Low Impact Development (LID) performance standard requires that stormwater discharges shall
match (i.e., not exceed) developed discharge durations to pre-developed durations for the range of pre-
developed discharge rates from 8% of the 2-year peak flow to 50% of the 2-year peak flow. No excursions
above the pre-developed durations are allowed.
7 Brief excursions may not result in more than 50% of the target duration curve being exceeded.
3.2.2 CONTINUOUS MODELS AND THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-29
FIGURE 3.2.2.B EXAMPLE FLOW DURATION ANALYSIS
Post-developed
Pre-developed
Pre-developed FC Duration Existing Target
Predeveloped
Return
Frequencies
50% 2-year
2-year
10-year
50-year
10% allowable horizontal
tolerance along portion of
target curve above 2-year
predevelopment peak flow
Strictly below target curve
at low end of range of
control (50% of 2-year peak
flow to 2-year peak flow).
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-30
When evaluating impacts to closed depressions, ponding areas and wetlands, or when evaluating for
tightlined system requirements in critical areas per Core Requirement #1, frequencies of water levels or
determination of average annual runoff volumes must be determined through statistical analysis of time
series data generated using a continuous runoff model.
ASSESSING WATER LEVEL STATISTICS
Stage frequency analysis consists of estimating and plotting recurrence estimates for water levels within a
storage feature in the same manner as flow frequency analysis is conducted for discharges. Stage
frequency analysis is required for assessing runoff impacts to offsite closed depressions and ponding areas
as required under Core Requirements #2 and #3, and as discussed Section 3.3.6, “Point of Compliance
Analysis,” or as required for analyses of wetland impacts pursuant to Core Requirement #9.
ASSESSING ANNUAL AVERAGE RUNOFF VOLUMES
To compute the annual average runoff volume, the volume of runoff (surface + interflow) of a time series
must be computed using the approved model. The analysis is performed using the entire period of record.
The total volume is divided by the number of full water years being analyzed to determine the annual
average runoff volume.
3.2.3 THE APPROVED MODEL
The continuous hydrologic analysis tools prescribed in this manual are generically described as the
“approved model”; a list of the approved models is found in Reference Section 6-D. At this writing, the
approved continuous hydrologic models8 include the Western Washington Hydrologic Model
(WWHM) and MGS Flood, both of which are variants of the Hydrologic Simulation Program-
FORTRAN (HSPF) model. HSPF is also an approved model, but is more complex than other approved
models and is typically used for basin planning and master drainage plan analyses.
General instruction and guidance for use of the approved model is found in the user’s documentation for
the model. Guidance specific to the City for the continuous runoff models approved for use with this
manual is contained in Reference Section 6-D. A brief overview of HSPF follows below.
3.2.4 THE HSPF MODEL
HSPF is the parent model from which the other approved model methods are built. It is a very versatile
continuous hydrologic/hydraulic model that allows for a complete range of hydrologic analysis. This
model has been extensively used in King, Snohomish, and Thurston counties and found to be an accurate
tool for representing hydrologic conditions in this area. The USGS has developed regional parameters to
describe the common soil/cover combinations found in this area. In many cases, these regional parameters
can be used to represent rainfall/runoff relationships in lieu of site-specific calibration parameters.
Unfortunately, the HSPF model is very difficult to use. Design engineers using HSPF should study this
model in detail and obtain training before using it on a project. For these reasons, the HSPF model is
recommended only for large and complex projects where the capabilities of the approved model are too
limited.
The strengths of HSPF relative to the approved model are as follows:
1. HSPF can be calibrated to local conditions.
2. HSPF can model, link, and route many separate subbasins.
8 Note that MGS Flood is not currently approved for modeling bioretention. It will be allowed for modeling bioretention only at
such time that it is formally approved by Ecology for that use.
3.2.4 THE HSPF MODEL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-31
3. HSPF includes the groundwater component of streamflow.
4. HSPF can address groundwater connections and perform low-flow analysis.
5. HSPF can handle more complex hydrologic routing (e.g., evaporation, seasonal infiltration, etc.).
The HSPF model is generally recommended for large sites where these additional features are required
for comprehensive hydrologic and/or hydraulic analysis.
Anyone planning a project that is large enough to require Large Project Drainage Review and submittal of
a Master Drainage Plan (MDP) per Section 1.1.2.5 should meet with CED review staff regarding
appropriate hydrologic analysis prior to initiating such analysis. If a project subject to Large Project
Drainage Review drains to a wetland, a salmonid stream with low-flow sensitivities, or a ground water
protection area, it is likely that the City will require a calibrated HSPF model. If such a project drains to
erosion-sensitive streams or has features with complex hydraulics, the City may recommend or require an
HSPF model using the USGS regional parameters. Smaller or less sensitive subbasins within a MDP area
can be analyzed with the approved model.
Additional data is required to develop an HSPF model. At a minimum, development of an HSPF model
requires collection of onsite rainfall data for a period from seven to twelve months. This data is used to
determine which regional long-term rainfall record is most appropriate for modeling the site and for
determining transposition factors for the long-term records. If calibration is required, the onsite rainfall
data is used. Calibration also requires the installation of flow gages and the collection of flow data against
which simulated flows can be compared. HSPF analysis is based on simulations with long-term rainfall
records (greater than 30 years). Long-term precipitation records in HSPF format can be obtained from
King County for the Sea-Tac rain gage and the Puget East 158-year simulated precipitation timeseries.
Land surface representation with HSPF follows the same procedures and classification as used with the
approved model.
Conceptually, the outputs required from an HSPF analysis are consistent with those required from an
approved model analysis, including frequency and durational analysis. Flow and/or water level frequencies
shall be estimated using the full set of annual peaks from the long-term simulations using the USGS
Bulletin 17B methods as well as the Gringorten or Cunane graphical methods. Durational analyses can be
produced from the HSPF model and the results presented graphically. If a wetland is modeled, water level
analyses may be required. Monthly, seasonal, and annual water balance and flow information, if
appropriate, can be calculated with the HSPF model.
SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-32
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-33
3.3 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN PROCEDURES AND
CONSIDERATIONS
This section presents the design procedures and considerations for sizing flow control facilities to meet the
required hydrologic performance specified in Core Requirement #3, Section 1.2.3. It includes the
following procedures and special considerations for proper hydrologic design:
“General Hydrologic Design Process,” Section 3.3.1
“Flow Control Design Using the Runoff Files Method,” Section 3.3.2
“Conveyance System Design with the Runoff Files Method,” Section 3.3.3
“Safety Factors in Hydrologic Design,” Section 3.3.4
“Design Options for Addressing Downstream Drainage Problems,” Section 3.3.5
“Point of Compliance Analysis,” Section 3.3.6
“Onsite Close Depressions and Ponding Areas,” Section 3.3.7
3.3.1 GENERAL HYDROLOGIC DESIGN PROCESS
This section presents the general process involved in conducting a hydrologic analysis using the runoff
computation and analysis tools described in Section 3.2 to design flow control facilities for a project. The
process is described as follows:
1. Review the core and special requirements in Chapter 1 to determine all requirements that will apply
to the proposed project.
a) Determine the applicable flow control standard (outflow performance criteria and land cover
assumptions).
b) If downstream drainage problems are identified through offsite analysis per Core Requirement #2,
determine if they will necessitate additional onsite flow control or other measures as described in
Section 3.3.5.
2. Determine and demonstrate in the Technical Information Report (see Section 2.3) the predeveloped
conditions per Core Requirement #3, Flow Control (see Section 1.2.3).
3. Identify and delineate the drainage basin for each natural discharge location from the project site.
a) Identify existing drainage features such as streams, conveyance systems, detention facilities,
ponding areas, depressions, wetlands, etc.
b) Identify existing land uses.
c) Identify soil types using SCS soil survey or onsite evaluation.
d) Convert SCS soil types to soil classifications for the approved model.
4. Select and delineate appropriate subbasins, including subbasins tributary to major drainage features
and important conveyance points, and subbasins for separate computation of onsite flows and offsite
flows.
5. Determine hydrologic parameters for each subbasin under predeveloped conditions.
a) Categorize soil types and land cover.
b) Determine total impervious areas and effective impervious areas within each subbasin.
c) Determine areas for each soil/cover type in each subbasin.
SECTION 3.3 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN PROCEDURES AND CONSIDERATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-34
6. Determine the runoff time series for predeveloped conditions at each natural discharge location.
a) Compute the predeveloped condition runoff time series for each subbasin using 15-minute time
steps.
b) For subbasins that drain to a drainage feature with significant detention storage (e.g.,
existing detention facilities, ponding areas, closed depressions), route the runoff time series
through the feature per the storage routing methods in the approved model. This will yield an
attenuated flow series, which becomes the effective runoff time series for that subbasin.
c) Sum the appropriate subbasin runoff time series to obtain the total runoff time series for each
natural discharge location.
d) Determine the 100-year peak flow for each natural discharge location.
7. Repeat Steps 4 through 6 for the proposed post-development condition.
8. Compare the 100-year peak flows for the appropriate predeveloped and post-development conditions
at each natural discharge location.
a) Check the “Discharge Requirements” criteria in Core Requirement #1 to determine the
acceptable manner of discharge from the project site (using existing conditions).
b) Check the flow control exemptions in Core Requirement #3 to determine if a flow control
facility is required (using existing site or historical site conditions, as specified in Core
Requirement #3).
c) Check the requirement for bypass of runoff from non-target surfaces in Core Requirement #3
to determine if runoff from non-target surfaces must be conveyed around onsite flow control
facilities (using existing conditions).
9. If flow control facilities are required, determine their location and make any necessary adjustments to
the developed condition subbasins.
10. Design and size each flow control facility using the methods described in Section 3.2 and the Runoff
Files Method design procedure in Section 3.3.2.
a) Analyze the appropriate predeveloped condition runoff time series to determine target release
rates for the proposed facility. Note: If the target release rates are zero, an infiltration facility will
be required.
b) Compute the post-development runoff time series for the proposed facility.
c) Use the post-development runoff time series and an iterative process to size the facility to meet
the required level of performance set forth in Core Requirement #3. See the approved model
user’s documentation for procedures in sizing flow control facilities using continuous flow time
series.
11. Design required onsite conveyance systems using the appropriate runoff computation method (either
the Rational method or the Runoff Files method with 15-minute time steps) as specified in
Section 3.2.
3.3.2 FLOW CONTROL DESIGN USING THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
Flow control facility design using the approved modeling software involves four basic steps:
1. Determining the statistical characteristics (peaks or durations) of predevelopment flows (using
15-minute time steps) which set the targets for the facility release rates,
2. Developing preliminary facility volume and orifice configuration,
3. Routing post-development flow time series through the preliminary facility to check performance, and
4. Iteratively revising the facility and checking performance until the target flow conditions are achieved.
3.3.2 FLOW CONTROL DESIGN USING THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-35
Instead of using individual design rainfall events as in an event model, the design of the facility is based
on simulation of the facility’s performance using the full historical (over 50-years) time series record of
simulated post-development flows, and also on comparison of the outflow record to characteristics of the
predevelopment flow record. Final design is achieved when the outflow time series meets the target flow
specifications.
Detention facility design with a continuous model is based on aggregate flow statistics, not upon
individual storms. When designing detention facilities with a continuous model, the return period of the
peak flow leaving the facility for a particular event may not have the same return period as the peak flow
entering the facility during the same event. Unlike event models, continuous models have natural
variability in the ratio of storm peak and volume. This lack of correspondence in the return periods of peak
inflows and outflows in continuous models means that facility design using a continuous runoff model is
more complicated than with an event method and in general has to be done on an iterative trial-and-error
basis to obtain an optimal (i.e., least volume) design.
The effect of detention facilities in controlling peak flows is dependent on both the volume and peak of the
inflowing hydrograph. Generally, it is high volume storms rather than high intensity storms that cause
detention facilities to fill and overtop. The hydrographs produced by a continuous runoff model show
considerable variability in the relationships between peak flows and storm volumes. For example, one
event produced by high rainfall intensities in a relatively short duration storm may produce high peak
flows with a relatively small hydrograph volume. By contrast, a second rainfall event may have relatively
low intensities but long duration, producing a runoff hydrograph with large volumes and relatively small
peak. Due to this natural variability, the peak annual outflows from a detention facility may not correspond
in time to the annual peaks of the inflow record.
Similarly, the predevelopment peak annual flows may not occur during the same storm as the peak annual
flows for the post-development flow series. This is because the types of storms that produce high flows
from undeveloped land covers are different from those that produce high flows from impervious surfaces.
Forests generate high streamflows in response to long-duration, high-volume rainfall events that soak the
soil profile, whereas impervious surfaces produce the highest flow rates in response to high precipitation
intensity. This is another reason why detention facility design with a continuous runoff model is based on
aggregate flow statistics, not upon individual storm hydrographs.
The following is a typical procedure for hydrologic design of detention/infiltration facilities using a
continuous runoff model. Specific guidance for conducting hydrologic analysis and design with the
approved model is provided in the approved model user’s documentation.
1. Create time series of flows from the predevelopment area using graphic elements that detail the
predevelopment land cover, the post-development area tributary to the facility, any onsite post-
development bypass area, and any offsite flow-through areas.
2. Add any offsite flow-through time series to the predevelopment flow time series using similar
graphic elements to produce a time series of total predevelopment outflows from the project site.
Similarly, add the same offsite flow-through time series to the time series of post-development flows
tributary to the facility to produce a time series of total post-development inflows to the facility.
3. Generate peak annual flow estimates, flow duration curves and flow frequency curves for pre- and
post-development time series.
4. Enter the Facility element for the scenario and specify initial facility specifications for the type of
facility proposed. Use of two orifices is usually sufficient for most designs. If designing an infiltration
facility, the bottom orifice may be elevated or zero orifices may be specified.
5. Route the complete facility inflow time series through the facility. The outflow time series is
automatically saved. Use the analysis tools to evaluate facility performance. When sizing the facility
to account for credits from on-site BMPs per Core Requirement #9 and Appendix C, note that it is
necessary to turn infiltration off for on-line on-site BMPs draining to the facility, to avoid
SECTION 3.3 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN PROCEDURES AND CONSIDERATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-36
counting the flow reduction effect twice. For facilities designed using this manual, explicit modeling
of infiltrative BMPs for downstream flow control facility sizing is not allowed.
6. Adjust orifice configuration and facility size, iterate until desired performance is achieved. Use
of the automatic facility sizing routine in the approved model is helpful.
7. Verify the facility performance by routing the complete time series of inflows and checking the
post-development peak flows and/or durations at the project site boundary against the target flows
and/or durations (see the criteria for “Evaluating Flow Control Performance” provided below). When
explicitly modeling BMPs for compliance with the LID Performance standard, two separate routings
are necessary to evaluate the flow control credit based facility performance and the explicitly
modeled BMPs for the LID Performance standard.
Evaluating Flow Control Performance
Evaluating the performance of facility designs intended to provide flow frequency control is
comparatively straightforward: the post-development facility annual peak flows should be strictly less than
or equal to predevelopment annual peak flows at each of the specified return periods.
Note: Peak flow matching is required per Core Requirement #3. The automatic sizing routines in the
approved continuous runoff models are based on duration matching and do not evaluate for peak flow
compliance. The user must complete this evaluation as an additional step to verify compliance.
Evaluating the design performance of detention facilities providing flow duration control, however,
generally requires several iterations. In fact, considerable time could be spent attempting to match
predevelopment and post-development duration curves. Some flexibility in assessing the adequacy of fit is
clearly needed to expedite both design and review. Therefore, flow duration designs will be accepted as
meeting performance standards when the following conditions are met:
1. The post-development flow duration curve lies strictly on or below the predevelopment curve at the
lower limit of the range of flow control (between 50% of the 2-year and the 2-year).9
2. At any flow value within the upper range of flow control (from the 2-year to the 50-year), the post-
development duration of the flow is no more than 1.1 times the predevelopment flow duration.
3. The target duration curve may not be exceeded along more than 50% of the range of control.
4. Where a facility or BMP is used to meet the LID Performance Standard, the post-development flow
duration curve lies strictly on or below the predevelopment curve for the range of pre-developed
discharge rates for the LID Performance standard (from 8% of the 2-year peak flow to 50% of the
2-year peak flow).10
9 For small projects, the lower limit of the range of control for flow control duration standard matching existing site conditions
is considered met with a minimum diameter (0.25 inches) lower orifice in a low head facility (maximum effective storage depth
of 3 feet) where full duration control cannot be achieved at the lower limit. Predeveloped flow durations, within allowed
tolerances, must be met for all flows above the best achievable lower limit. The LID Performance standard must also be met;
performance results could be influenced by the minimum diameter.
10 See Core Requirement #9 and Appendix C for application of pre-sized on-site BMPs for mitigating the LID Performance
standard in lieu of explicit modeling
3.3.3 CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS DESIGN WITH THE RUNOFF FILES METHOD
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-37
3.3.3 CONVEYANCE SYSTEM DESIGN WITH THE RUNOFF FILES
METHOD
This section provides guidance for use of the Runoff Files method in determining peak flows for the
design and analysis of conveyance elements, overflow structures, and other peak flow sensitive drainage
features.
Rainfall events that create the highest rates of runoff from developed areas are typically shorter in duration
and are characterized by brief periods of high intensity rainfall. To simulate the runoff from higher
intensity, shorter duration rainfall events, a 15-minute time series is used.
The following is the typical procedure for hydrologic design and analysis of conveyance facilities using
the Runoff Files method:
1. Select and delineate appropriate subbasins.
a) Select separate subbasins for major drainage features and important conveyance points.
b) Identify existing land covers offsite and post-development land covers onsite.
c) Identify soil types by using the SCS soil survey or by directly evaluating the site.
d) Convert SCS soil types to the approved model soil classifications.
2. Determine hydrologic parameters for each subbasin.
a) Within the approved model, locate the project to determine appropriate rainfall region and/or
regional scale factor.
b) Categorize soil types and land cover per Table 3.2.2.A and Table 3.2.2.B.
c) Determine total impervious areas and effective impervious areas within each subbasin.
d) Determine areas for each soil/cover type in each subbasin.
3. Determine peak flows for the conveyance element being analyzed.
a) Following the approved model guidance, assemble the post-development scenario including an
element for each subbasin and using 15-minute time steps.
b) Set the point of compliance at the confluence of the post-developed subbasins being routed to the
conveyance element. Run the scenario for the developed subbasins and conduct a flow frequency
analysis on the results of the scenario run. From this analysis the 10-year, 25-year, and 100-year
peak flows can be determined. These design flows can then be used to size or assess the capacity
of pipe systems, culverts, channels, spillways, and overflow structures.
SECTION 3.3 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN PROCEDURES AND CONSIDERATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-38
3.3.4 SAFETY FACTORS IN HYDROLOGIC DESIGN
It is often appropriate to apply safety factors to detention volumes or conveyance design flows. This
manual does not require safety factors for detention or conveyance design, but it does recommend the use
of safety factors when the designer believes the results of the approved model are not sufficiently
conservative given local conditions. The approved model methodology does not include inherent safety
factors as it is meant to account for “average” conditions. On a particular site, the approved model may
overestimate or underestimate flow rates and detention volumes.
Within any soil/cover group, there is a range of hydrologic response dependent on local soil and geologic
conditions for which the approved model methodology does not account. The USGS regional parameters
for HSPF that were used to create the runoff files produce “average” runoff time series that overestimate
peak flows in some basins and underestimate them in others. Similarly, the detention volumes designed
with the approved model for a given conversion type are in the middle of the range of volumes that would
be created if exact local hydrologic conditions were known for every project of that type. Therefore, some
of the detention facilities designed with the approved model are oversized and some are undersized,
depending on variable site conditions.
Because of the uncertainty in local hydrologic response, the City recommends, but does not require, that a
volume safety factor of 10% be applied to all detention facilities. If downstream resources are especially
sensitive, or if the designer believes that the approved model significantly overestimates predevelopment
flows or underestimates post-development flows, a volume safety factor of up to 20% may be appropriate.
If a volume safety factor is applied to a detention facility, the volume should be increased by the given
percentage at each one-foot stage increment. Safety factors for conveyance systems should be evaluated
with respect to the potential damages and costs of failures due to backwatering, overtopping, etc.
Applications of safety factors fall strictly within a professional engineer’s judgment and accountability for
design. Section 4 of the Technical Information Report should state what safety factor was applied to the
design of the flow control facility.
3.3.5 DESIGN OPTIONS FOR ADDRESSING DOWNSTREAM
DRAINAGE PROBLEMS
See Chapter 1, Table 1.2.3.A for options for addressing downstream drainage problems.
3.3.6 POINT OF COMPLIANCE ANALYSIS
The point of compliance is the location where flow control performance standards are evaluated. In most
cases, the point of compliance is the outlet of a proposed detention facility where, for example, 2- and
10-year discharges must match predevelopment 2- and 10-year peak flow rates.
The point of compliance for hydrologic control moves downstream of the detention facility outlet or the
property boundary under the following circumstances:
1. The proposed project discharges to an offsite closed depression with a severe flooding problem per
Section 1.2.2, and the project adds impervious surface greater than or equal to 10% of the 100-year
water surface area of the closed depression (see Table 1.2.3.A). In these cases, the closed depression
becomes the point of compliance, and the engineer must ensure that project site runoff does not
aggravate the flooding problem (or create a new flooding problem).
2. The proposed project includes an onsite runoff bypass, a small developed area that bypasses the flow
control facility (see Section 1.2.3.2). In such cases, runoff from the remainder of the project site is
overdetained so that the sum of the detained and undetained flows meets the required flow control
performance standard. The point of compliance for such projects is where the onsite bypass flows join
the detained flows.
3.3.6 POINT OF COMPLIANCE ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-39
3. The proposed project bypasses offsite flows around an onsite closed depression, ponding area, or
wetland (see Section 3.3.7). As with onsite bypasses, the point of compliance in this case is where
detained flows converge with the bypassed flows.
The approved model allows multiple points of compliance for evaluating runoff performance within a
scenario. The automatic facility sizing routine in the approved model requires a point of compliance to size
an individual facility; a separate point of compliance is required for downstream evaluation. See the
approved model user’s documentation for modeling application of points of compliance to meet the
requirements of this manual.
Note: When controlling flow durations at a downstream point of compliance to demonstrate no adverse
impact, the 10% tolerance specified for the Flow Control Duration Standard may not be used.
Predevelopment condition flow durations should be matched to the extent feasible for all flows above the
level of concern. The resultant facility should also be checked to verify that the minimum onsite
performance standard has also been met.
OFFSITE CLOSED DEPRESSIONS
If a project drains to an offsite closed depression with existing or potential flooding problems, then the
water surface levels of the closed depression must not be allowed to increase for return frequencies at
which flooding occurs, up to and including the 100-year frequency. This section describes the point of
compliance analysis necessary to size detention facilities discharging to such a closed depression. If the
closed depression is classified as a wetland, other requirements apply per Section 1.2.2, Core
Requirement #2.
The closed depression is first modeled (using the site’s predevelopment condition) to determine the return
frequency at which flooding currently occurs and the water levels associated with return frequencies in
excess of this frequency. These flooding levels and their probabilities dictate the detention performance for
the proposed development. The proposed detention facility is then iteratively sized such that discharge
from the site’s post-development condition does not increase water surface levels for the frequencies at
which flooding occurs—that is, after development, water level frequency curves must match for all
frequencies equal to or greater than the frequency at which flooding occurs (up to the 100-year water
level).
The infiltration rate must be determined in order to accurately model the closed depression. In the case of
a closed depression with an existing flooding problem, the infiltration rate is most realistically depicted by
calibrating the model to known flooding events. This should be done using the full historical runoff files
and setting the closed depression outflow (infiltration) such that recorded or anecdotal levels of flooding
occur during the same storm events in the historical record.
Where a flooding problem might be created by discharge of post-development flows to a closed
depression, and in the absence of information on dates and water surface levels in the closed depression
during past runoff events, infiltration rates must be determined through testing as follows:
For a closed depression without standing water, two or more test pits should be dug in the bottom of
the closed depression to a depth of 10 feet or to the water table, whichever is reached first. The test
pits shall be dug under the supervision of a geotechnical engineer, and a test pit log shall be kept.
Evidence of high water table shall be noted.
If the test pit reveals deep homogeneous permeable material with no evidence of a high water table,
then infiltration tests shall be performed in the bottom of the closed depression at locations of similar
elevation and on opposite sides of the bottom area (as feasible). Surface infiltration rates shall be
determined using the methods for assessing measured infiltration rates included in Section 5.2. The
measured rates should be used directly, without applying correction factors.
If the closed depression has standing water or is a defined as a wetland according to RMC 4-3-050, or
if test pits show evidence of a high water table or underlying impermeable material, then procedures
for determining infiltration rates will be established on a case-by-case basis in coordination with CED.
SECTION 3.3 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN PROCEDURES AND CONSIDERATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-40
In the event that a closed depression with a documented severe flooding problem is located on private
property and all reasonable attempts to gain access to the closed depression have been denied, the
Flood Problem Flow Control Standard shall be applied with a 20% factor of safety on the storage
volume.
ONSITE RUNOFF BYPASS
It is sometimes impractical to collect and detain runoff from an entire project area, so provisions are made
to allow undetained discharge from onsite bypass areas (see Section 1.2.3.2) while overdetaining the
remainder of the runoff to compensate for unmitigated flows. A schematic of an onsite runoff bypass is
shown in Figure 3.3.6.A.
For projects employing onsite runoff bypass, flow control performance standards are evaluated at the point
of compliance, the point where detained and undetained flows from the project site are combined.
Point of Compliance Analysis for Onsite Bypass Areas
1. In the approved model, create a predeveloped condition element for the entire project area including
the predevelopment detained area and the predevelopment bypass area. Route the scenario and apply
the analysis tools to determine flow targets (either flow frequencies or durations, depending on the
applicable design standard) from the predeveloped condition runoff time series.
2. Create and route separate developed condition elements for the detained area and the bypass area,
producing a separate time series for each area.
3. Ensure that the flow characteristics of the developed runoff element for the bypass area do not exceed
the targets determined in Step 1 or the 0.4 cfs threshold in Core Requirement #3. If the bypass area
flows exceed the targets or threshold, then the bypass is not feasible.
4. Estimate allowable release rates from the detention facility for each return period of interest with the
following equation:
Allowable release = (Total Project Area Flow)predeveloped cond. – (Bypass Area Flow)developed cond.
Note: WWHM 2012 and later supports the direct sizing of onsite detention facilities based on the results at
a downstream point-of-compliance. See the WWHM user’s documentation for further details.
1. Develop a preliminary design of the flow control facility based on the estimated release rate(s).
2. Route post-development flows from the detained area through the detention facility to create a
detention facility outflow time series. Provide a downstream point of compliance and route the bypass
area and the facility outflow to the downstream POC.
3. The approved model determines the total project post-development outflow by adding the detention
facility outflow runoff time series to the post-development runoff time series from the bypass area at
the downstream point of compliance. Check characteristics of the total project post-development
outflow against the targets determined in Step 1.
4. If compliance is not achieved (e.g., 2- and 10-year post-development flows exceed 2- and 10-year
predevelopment flows), revise the facility design (or revise the project design to reduce the bypass
area) and repeat Steps 6 through 8.
For WWHM 2012 and later, Steps 6 through 8 have been automated for facility sizing by using the point of
compliance option in the facility element of the model. See the WWHM user’s documentation for guidance.
3.3.7 ONSITE CLOSED DEPRESSIONS AND PONDING AREAS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
3-41
FIGURE 3.3.6.A SCHEMATIC OF AN ONSITE RUNOFF BYPASS
3.3.7 ONSITE CLOSED DEPRESSIONS AND PONDING AREAS
Onsite closed depressions, ponding areas, and wetlands require special consideration when determining
detention performance targets; if altered, they can shift the point of compliance downstream. However, the
critical areas code (RMC 4-3-050) regulates wetlands (note that most closed depressions and ponding
areas are wetlands by definition) and generally does not permit alteration through either filling or gross
hydrologic changes such as bypassing offsite flows. Note: Post-development discharges to offsite closed
depressions, ponding areas, or wetlands (with the exception of those in Flood Problem Flow Control
Areas per the Flow Control Applications Map or those discussed in Section 3.3.6) are normally not
required to meet special performance standards unless there is a severe flooding problem as defined in
Section 1.2.2.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The following general requirements apply to onsite closed depressions, ponding areas, and wetlands
(referred to below as “features”):
1. Flow attenuation provided by onsite wetlands and ponding areas, and storage provided by onsite
closed depressions must be accounted for when computing both existing onsite and offsite flows.
Existing onsite flows must be routed through onsite wetlands and ponding areas to provide
accurate target release rates for the developed site. Note: Closed depressions will have no outflow
for some portions of the site for some events, although overflow may occur during extreme events.
Existing offsite flows will increase at the project boundary if the feature is filled or if the offsite
flows are bypassed around the feature. To compensate, post-development onsite flows must be
stream
NG PE bufferdetention
tract
open
space
BYPASS
AREA
DETAINED
AREA
SECTION 3.3 HYDROLOGIC DESIGN PROCEDURES AND CONSIDERATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3-42
overdetained, and the point of compliance will shift downstream to where the detained flows
converge with the bypassed offsite flows.
2. If the onsite feature is used for detention, the 100-year floodplain must be delineated considering
developed onsite and existing offsite flows to the feature. Note: Additional storage volume may be
necessary within the feature, and the point of compliance is the discharge point from the feature.
3. If the detention facility for the proposed project discharges to an onsite wetland, ponding area,
or closed depression that is not altered11 by the proposed project, AND Flow Control Duration
or Flood Problem Flow Control is provided, the point of compliance is the discharge point of the
detention facility, not the outlet of the onsite feature. If Peak Rate Flow Control is being provided,
the point of compliance is the outlet of the onsite feature.
FLOODPLAIN DELINEATION FOR LAKES, WETLANDS, CLOSED DEPRESSIONS, AND
PONDING AREAS
A minor floodplain analysis is required for onsite or adjacent lakes, wetlands, and closed depressions that
do not have an approved floodplain or flood hazard study (see Section 4.4.2; note the exceptions). Minor
floodplain studies establish an assumed base flood elevation below which development is not allowed.
The following are guidelines for minor floodplain analysis of volume sensitive water bodies:
1. Create time series representing tributary flows to the feature from the entire tributary area. Where the
feature is contained entirely onsite and where no offsite flows exist, use the tributary area for the
proposed developed condition.
2. Where the feature is only partially onsite, or where there are offsite flows to the feature, assume the
entire tributary area is fully built out under current zoning , accounting for required open space
and protected critical areas in the basin as well as impervious surfaces and grass.
3. For potential future development, assume detention standards per Section 1.2.3.1. For simplicity
the proposed detention may be simulated with a single assumed detention pond just upstream of
the feature. This pond should be sized to the appropriate detention standard and predevelopment
condition assumption as noted in Section 1.2.3.1 and will require generating a predevelopment time
series for the basin. Large water bodies may provide significant floodwater storage and may also be
included in the analysis. Most existing detention in the basin, with exception of that providing
duration control, will have little effect on the analysis and should be discounted.
4. Sum all subbasin time series to create a single composite time series for the drainage feature.
5. Develop routing curves for the feature. As appropriate, consider infiltration as an outflow for closed
depressions.
6. Route the time series through the storage feature, generate water surface frequency curves, and note
the 100-year water surface elevation.
11 Not altered means existing on- and offsite flows to the feature will remain unchanged and the feature will not be excavated or
filled.
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CHAPTER 4
CONVEYANCE SYSTEM
ANALYSIS & DESIGN
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
Section Page
4.1 Route Design and Easement
Requirements 4-3
4.1.1 Route Design 4-3
4.1.2 Easement and Setback Requirements 4-3
4.2 Pipes, Outfalls, and Pumps 4-7
4.2.1 Pipe Systems 4-7
4.2.2 Outfall Systems 4-30
4.2.3 Pump Systems 4-36
4.3 Culverts and Bridges 4-37
4.3.1 Culverts 4-37
4.3.2 Culverts Providing for Fish
Passage/Migration 4-50
4.3.3 Bridges 4-52
4.4 Open Channels, Floodplains, and
Floodways 4-55
4.4.1 Open Channels 4-55
4.4.2 Floodplain/Floodway Analysis 4-71
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-1
CHAPTER 4
CONVEYANCE SYSTEM ANALYSIS & DESIGN
This chapter presents the City of Renton’s approved methods for the hydraulic analysis and design of
conveyance systems. A conveyance system includes all portions of the surface water system, either natural
or man-made, that transports surface and storm water runoff.
This chapter contains the detailed design criteria, methods of analysis, and schematic representations for
all components of the conveyance system. In some cases, reference is made to other adopted or accepted
design standards and criteria such as the City of Renton Standard Details and the requirements of the City
of Renton Transportation department and Surface Water Utility as applicable.
The figures included in this chapter are provided as schematic representations and should not be used for
design. Refer to the City of Renton Standard Details for specific design information. The figures provided
in this chapter illustrate one example of how the conveyance system design criteria may be applied.
Although the figures are meant to illustrate many of the most important design criteria, they may not show
all criteria that apply. In general, the figures are not used to specify requirements unless they are indicated
elsewhere in this manual. If this manual refers to a standard detail not included in the City of Renton
Standard Details, the applicant shall use the figure provided in this manual.
Chapter Organization
The information presented in this chapter is organized into four main sections:
Section 4.1, “Route Design and Easement Requirements“
Section 4.2, “Pipes, Outfalls, and Pumps”
Section 4.3, “Culverts and Bridges”
Section 4.4, “Open Channels, Floodplains, and Floodways”
These sections begin on odd pages so the user can insert tabs if desired for quicker reference.
Required vs. Recommended Design Criteria
Both required and recommended design criteria are presented in this chapter. Criteria stated using “shall”
or “must” are mandatory, to be followed unless there is a good reason to deviate as allowed by the
adjustment process (see Section 1.4). These criteria are required design criteria and generally affect
facility performance or critical maintenance factors.
Sometimes options are stated as part of the required design criteria using the language “should” or “may.”
These criteria are recommended design criteria, but are closely related to the required criteria, so they
are placed in the same section.
SECTION 4.1 ROUTE DESIGN AND EASEMENT REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-2
(T his page intentionally left blan k)
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-3
4.1 ROUTE DESIGN AND EASEMENT REQUIREMENTS
This section presents the general requirements for aligning conveyance systems and providing easements
and setbacks to allow for proper maintenance and inspection of all conveyance system elements.
4.1.1 ROUTE DESIGN
The most efficient route selected for new conveyance systems will result from careful consideration of the
topography of the area to be traversed, the legal property boundaries, and access for inspection and
maintenance. Additionally, topography and native soil characteristics beneficial to Low Impact
Development (LID) applications may influence the route. The general requirements for route design are as
follows:
1. Proposed new conveyance systems should be aligned to emulate the natural conveyance system to
the extent feasible. Inflow to the system and discharge from the system should occur at the natural
drainage points as determined by topography and existing drainage patterns.
2. New conveyance system alignments in residential subdivisions should be located adjacent and
parallel to property lines so that required drainage easements can be situated along property lines.
Drainage easements should be located entirely on one property and not split between adjacent
properties.
Exception: Streams and natural drainage channels shall not be relocated to meet this requirement.
3. Aesthetic considerations, traffic routes and on-site BMP strategies may dictate the placement and
alignment of open channels. Appropriate vehicular and pedestrian traffic crossings must be provided
in the design.
4. For any reach or partial reach of new conveyance (ditch, channel or closed pipe system) proposed by a
project, a geotechnical analysis and report is required if the conveyance is located within 200 feet of a
steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard area, OR if the conveyance is located within a setback
distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15%.
The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas
under full built-out conditions. A low-permeability liner per Section 6.2.4 for the trench or channel
may be required if warranted by soil stability conditions.
4.1.2 EASEMENT AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS
Proposed projects must comply with the following easement and setback requirements unless otherwise
approved by the City:
1. Any onsite conveyance system element (including on-site BMPs used as conveyance) constructed as
part of a subdivision project shall be located in a dedicated drainage easement, tract, or right-of-way
that preserves the system's route and conveyance capacity as follows:
Onsite conveyance systems within the right-of-way will be inspected and maintained by the City.
Onsite conveyance systems within the drainage easements or tracts will be maintained by the
property owners through the Homeowners Association created by the subdivision (with each
property owner having equal responsibility for maintenance). These conveyance elements include
those entering and exiting the tract from/to the public right-of-way. For conveyance pipes entering
the tract from right-of-way, responsibility begins at the last structure prior to entering the tract.
For conveyance pipes exiting the tract to right-of-way, responsibility ends at the next downstream
structure. The easement shall grant the City rights for inspection.
SECTION 4.1 ROUTE DESIGN AND EASEMENT REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-4
Exception: Roof downspout, minor yard, and footing drains do not require easements, tracts, or right-
of-way. If easements are provided for these minor drains (or for other utilities such as power, gas or
telephone), they need not comply with the requirements of this section.
Note: except for those facilities that have been formally accepted for maintenance by the City,
maintenance and repair of drainage facilities and BMPs on private property is the responsibility of
the property owner. Except for the inflow pipe and discharge pipe of a City-accepted flow control or
water quality facility, the City does not normally accept maintenance of conveyance systems
constructed through private property.
2. Any onsite conveyance system element (including on-site BMPs used as conveyance) constructed
under a commercial building or commercial development permit shall be covered by the drainage
facility declaration of covenant and grant of easement in Reference Section 8-J (or equivalent) that
provides the City right of access for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
Note: except for those facilities that have been formally accepted for maintenance by the City,
maintenance and repair of drainage facilities on private property is the responsibility of the property
owner.
3. Retained or replaced 12-inch or greater pipe diameter (or equivalent) conveyance system elements that
convey offsite flows on a project site on private property shall be covered by the drainage facility
declaration of covenant and grant of easement in Reference Section 8-J (or equivalent) that provides
the City right of access for inspection, maintenance, and repair. For projects with conveyance system
elements as described above that cannot meet or be relocated to meet the easement and building
setback line (BSBL) requirements in Table 4.1 due to the presence of existing structures, applicants
are required only to record a notice on title that identifies the subject conveyance elements and states
that maintenance and repair of those elements is the responsibility of the property owner. For
conveyance system elements as described above that are on a site but not within the project site,
applicants are required only to record a notice on title that identifies the subject conveyance elements
and states that maintenance and repair of those elements is the responsibility of the property owner.
Note: except for those facilities that have been formally accepted for maintenance by the City,
maintenance and repair of drainage facilities on private property is the responsibility of the property
owner.
4. Any offsite conveyance system element (including on-site BMPs used as conveyance) constructed
through private property as part of a proposed project that conveys runoff from public roads within the
project site shall be located in a drainage easement dedicated to the City. If an offsite conveyance
system through private property is proposed by a project to convey runoff diverted from the natural
discharge location, the City may require a drainage release covenant per Reference Section 8-K as a
condition of approval of the adjustment required in Section 1.2.1.
5. A river protection easement shall be required for all properties adjoining or including major rivers1
that may be dedicated to the City or County as applicable. The County shall review and approve river
protection easements dedicated to the County.
6. Table 4.1 lists the required widths and BSBLs for drainage easements. For all pipes or any channels
or constructed swales greater than 30 feet wide, facilities must be placed in the center of the easement.
For channels or constructed swales less than or equal to 30 feet wide, the easement extends to only
one side of the facility.
Note: The requirement for drainage easements with accompanying widths and BSBLs per Table 4.1
also applies to existing and replaced conveyance elements as described in #3 above.
1 Major rivers are defined in the King County Flood Hazard Management Plan.
4.1.2 EASEMENT AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-5
7. Any portion of a conveyance system drainage easement (shown in Table 4.1) shall not be located
within an adjacent property or right-of-way. Building setback lines may cross into adjacent
property.
8. The distance between the easement line and building or other structure footings shall be no less than
the BSBL distance shown in Table 4.1.
Exception: The BSBL distance indicated in Table 4.1 may be measured from the edge of a pipe in the
easement plus 2 feet if all of the following conditions are met:
a) As-builts showing the location of the pipe are submitted
b) A geotechnical/structure analysis demonstrates stability of the proposed structure
c) Access for maintenance/replacement remains unobstructed.
TABLE 4.1 EASEMENT WIDTHS AND BUILDING SETBACK LINES
For Pipes:(1)
Inside Diameter (ID) Easement Width
BSBL
(From Easement)
ID 36″ depth to invert < 8′: 10 feet(2)
depth to invert > 8′: 15 feet
5 feet
36″ < ID 60″ depth to invert < 8′: 10 feet(2)
depth to invert > 8′: 15 feet
7.5 feet
ID > 60″ ID plus 10 feet 10 feet
For Channels and Swales:
Top Width of Channel (W) Easement Width
BSBL
(From Easement)
W 10 feet W plus 10 feet on one side
W if no access required(3)
5 feet
10 feet < W 30 feet W plus 15 feet on one side 5 feet
W > 30 feet W plus 15 feet on both sides 5 feet
For Major Rivers Easement Width
BSBL
(From Easement)
See the King County Flood
Hazard Management Plan for
a list of the major rivers
Varies per site conditions
Minimum 30 feet
from stable top of bank(4)
5 feet
Notes:
(1) Pipes installed deeper than 10 feet require one of the following actions:
Increase the BSBL such that the distance from the BSBL to the centerline of the pipe is at least 1.5 times the depth to
pipe invert, or
Place a restriction on adjacent lots that the footings be placed at a specific elevation, deep enough that the closest
horizontal distance from the footing to the pipe centerline is 1.5 times the difference in elevation of the footing and
pipe invert, or
Place a restriction on adjacent lots that the footings be designed by a geotechnical engineer or licensed engineering
geologist, such that excavation of the pipe may be performed without necessitating shoring of adjacent structures.
(2) Fifteen-foot easement width is required for maintenance access to all manholes, inlets, and culverts.
(3) Access is not required for small channels if the channel gradient is greater than 5% (assumes steep channels will be
self-cleaning).
(4) Stable top of bank shall be as determined by King County.
SECTION 4.1 ROUTE DESIGN AND EASEMENT REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-6
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-7
4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
This section presents the methods, criteria, and schematic representations for analysis and design of pipe
systems, outfalls, and pump-dependent conveyance systems. The information presented is organized as
follows:
Section 4.2.1, “Pipe Systems”
“Design Criteria,” Section 4.2.1.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 4.2.1.2
Section 4.2.2, “Outfall Systems”
“Design Criteria,” Section 4.2.2.1
Section 4.2.3, “Pump Systems”
“Design Criteria,” Section 4.2.3.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 4.2.3.2.
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
Pipe systems are networks of storm drain pipes, catch basins, manholes, inlets, and outfalls designed and
constructed to convey surface water. The hydraulic analysis of flow in storm drain pipes typically is
limited to gravity flow; however, in analyzing existing systems it may be necessary to address pressurized
conditions. A properly designed pipe system will maximize hydraulic efficiency by utilizing proper
material, slope, and pipe size.
4.2.1.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
In addition to the design criteria described below, pipe systems shall be design to meet the hydraulic
criteria as described in Section 1.2.4.1. These criteria supersede the methodology descriptions contained in
Chapter 4.
All pipe material, joints, protective treatment, construction workmanship, and inspection requirements
shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standard Details and the requirements of the City of Renton
Transportation Department of Surface Water Utility as applicable.
Note: The pipe materials and specifications included in this section are for conveyance systems installed
according to engineering plans required for City permits/approvals. Other pipe materials and
specifications may be used by private property owners for drainage systems they construct and maintain
when such systems are not required by or granted to City.
Acceptable Pipe Sizes and Length Between Structures
Acceptable pipe sizes and maximum lengths between structures shall be per Table 4.2.1.A1.
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-8
TABLE 4.2.1.A1 PIPE SIZES AND LENGTHS BETWEEN STRUCTURES
Upstream Structure to
Downstream Structure
Pipe Diameter
(in) Where Allowed
Maximum
Length (ft)
Inlet to CB/MH 8 Private 40
12 Private 60
CB/MH to CB/MH 8 Private/Public(1) 100/66(1)
12 or greater Private/Public 300(2)
Notes:
(1) Minimum diameter for public pipes shall be 12 inches. However, 8-inch diameter public pipes may be
permitted on cross street laterals less than 66 feet to avoid utility conflicts or to meet shallow grade.
(2) Maximum spacing on surface drainage course between catch basins or manholes shall be 150 on
grades less than 1% and 200 feet on grades from 1% to 3%. Otherwise, maximum spacing shall be
300 feet on grades over 3%, or as required by grate flow capacities. Maximum spacing may need to
be reduced depending on street width and inlet capacity analysis in Section 4.2.1.2.
Allowable Pipe Materials and Minimum Cover Requirements
1. The designer shall have the option of constructing storm sewers, drains and culverts of the pipe types
listed below within the cover limits specified. In addition, concrete pipe shall be rubber gasketed and
metal pipe shall be gasketed and securely banded. Leak testing shall be conducted if required by the
City Engineer.
2. The pipe materials included in Table 4.2.1.A2 are allowed for use in meeting the requirements of this
manual. Refer to the current edition of WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications 7-02, 7-03 and 7-04
for detailed specifications for acceptable pipe materials.
TABLE 4.2.1.A2 ALLOWABLE PIPE MATERIALS AND MINIMUM COVER
Pipe Type
Minimum
Cover (ft) Public Private
Allowed in Zone 1
of the APA
Corrugated Steel Pipe 2.0 Yes Yes Yes
Spiral Rib Steel Pipe 2.0 Yes Yes Yes
Plain Concrete Pipe (PCP) 2.0 No Yes No
Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 1.0 Yes Yes No
Ductile Iron 1.0 Yes Yes Yes
Line Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (LCPE) 2.0 Yes Yes Yes
Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (CPE) – Triple Wall 2.0 Yes Yes Yes
Polypropylene Pipe (PP) – Dual Wall 2.0 Yes Yes Yes
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) 3.0 Yes Yes Yes
Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) 2.0 Yes Yes Yes
Allowable Pipe Joints
1. Concrete pipe shall be rubber gasketed.
2. Corrugated steel pipe shall be rubber gasketed and securely banded.
3. Spiral rib steel pipe shall be “hat-banded” with neoprene gaskets.
4. Ductile iron pipe joints shall be flanged, bell and spigot, or restrained mechanical joints.
5. PP and CPE pipe joints (lined and single wall, fully corrugated) shall conform to the current
WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications.
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-9
6. PVC pipe, CPE pipe and PP pipe shall be installed following procedures outlined in ASTM
D2321.Solid wall HDPE pipe shall be jointed by butt fusion methods or flanged according to the City
of Renton Standard Details.
Pipe Alignment
1. Pipes must be laid true to line and grade with no curves, bends, or deflections in any direction.
2. Exception: Vertical deflections in solid wall HDPE and ductile iron pipe with flanged restrained
mechanical joint bends (not greater than 30) on steep slopes, provided the pipe drains.
3. A break in grade or alignment, or changes in pipe material shall occur only at catch basins or
manholes.
Allowable Pipe Slopes and Velocities
Table 4.2.1.A3 presents allowable pipe slopes and velocities by pipe material.
TABLE 4.2.1.A3 ALLOWABLE PIPE SLOPES AND VELOCITIES
Pipe
Material
Minimum
Slope
Allowed(3)
Pipe Slope above which
Pipe Anchors Required and
Minimum Anchor Spacing
Maximum
Slope
Allowed
Minimum
Velocity at
Full Flow(3)
Maximum
Velocity at
Full Flow
Steel or
PVC(1)
0.5% 20%
(1 anchor per 100 LF of pipe)
30%(4) 3 fps 30 fps
Concrete,
CPE, or
PP(1)
0.5% 10%
(1 anchor per 50 LF of pipe)
20%(4) 3 fps 30 fps
Ductile
Iron(2)
0.5% 20%
(1 anchor per pipe section)
None 3 fps None
Solid wall
HDPE(2)
0.5% 20%
(1 anchor per 100 LF of pipe,
cross-slope installations only)
None 3 fps None
Notes:
(1) These materials are not allowed in landslide hazard areas.
(2) Butt-fused or flanged pipe joints are required; above ground installation is recommended on slopes greater than 40%.
(3) Minimum slope and full flow velocity is required unless it cannot be achieved due to outlet control, site topography, burial
depth or other situations or conditions.
(4) A maximum slope of 200% is allowed for these pipe materials with no joints (one section), with structures at each end,
and with proper grouting.
Changes in Pipe Size
1. Increase or decreases in pipe size are allowed only at structures. Exceptions may be allowed as
follows:
Connections to pipe systems may be made without placing a catch basin or manhole on the
mainline by meeting all of the following conditions:
a) The mainline pipe is 48 inches or greater and at least two times the size of the connecting pipe.
b) Make connections in accordance with the manufacture’s recommendations. Standard shop
fabricated tees, wyes and saddles shall be used, except for concrete connections constructed in
accordance with the City of Renton Standard Details.
c) There shall be a catch basin or manhole on the connecting pipe within 2 to 10 feet of the external
wall of the main line.
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-10
d) Offset angle of connecting pipe to mainline, horizontally and vertically shall be less than
45 degrees.
e) Two-point survey control shall be used to set catch basin locations.
2. When connecting pipes at structures, match any of the following (in descending order of
preference): crowns, 80% diameters,2 or inverts of pipes. Side lateral connections3, 12 inches and
smaller, are exempt from this requirement.
3. Drop manholes may be used for energy dissipation when pipe velocities exceed 10 feet per second.
External drop manholes are preferred where maintenance access to the upstream pipe is preserved by
use of a tee section. Internal drop structures may be approved only if adequate scour protection is
provided for the manhole walls. Drop structures must be individually engineered to account for design
variations, such as flow rates, velocities, scour potential and tipping forces.
4. Downsizing pipes larger than 12 inches may be allowed provided pipe capacity is adequate for design
flows.
Note: The above criteria do not apply to detention tanks.
Structures
Table 4.2.1.B lists typical drainage structures with corresponding maximum allowable pipe sizes.
1. Catch basin (or manhole) diameter shall be determined by pipe orientation at the junction structure. A
plan view of the junction structure, drawn to scale, will be required when more than four pipes enter
the structure on the same plane, or if angles of approach and clearance between pipes is of concern.
The plan view (and sections if necessary) must ensure a minimum distance (of solid concrete wall)
between pipe openings of 8 inches for 48-inch and 54-inch catch basins, and 12 inches for 72-inch and
96-inch catch basins.
2. Evaluation of the structural integrity for H-20 loading, or as required by the City of Renton Standard
Details, may be required for multiple junction catch basins and other structures.
3. All solid wall HDPE pipe systems (including buried solid wall HDPE pipe) must be secured at the
upstream end. The downstream end shall be placed in a 4-foot section of the next larger pipe size. This
sliding sleeve connection allows for the high thermal expansion/contraction coefficient of this pipe
material.
4. The maximum slope of the ground surface for a radius of 5 feet around a catch basin grate or solid
lid should be 5:1 (H:V) to facilitate maintenance access. Where not physically feasible, a maximum
slope of 3:1 (H:V) shall be provided around at least 50% of the catch basin circumference.
5. Catch basins (see City of Renton Standard Details) rather than inlets shall be used to collect storm
water from road surfaces, unless approved by the City Engineer.
6. Type 2 (see City of Renton Standard Details) catch basins shall be used where the depth to the invert
of the pipe exceeds 5 feet.
7. Manholes (see City of Renton Standard Details) may be used in lieu of catch basins if they do not
collect surface water. Manholes must be used if inverts are greater than 18 feet.
8. Roof and yard drains, or other concentrated flow from adjacent property shall not discharge over the
surface of roadways, sidewalks, walkways, or shoulders.
2 Match point is at 80% of the pipe diameter, measured from the invert of the respective pipes.
3 Side laterals include any 8-inch or smaller pipe connected to the main conveyance system at a catch basin, or manhole, as
allowed under this manual and/or the City of Renton Standard Details. In addition, 12-inch and smaller pipes that serve a single
inlet point (e.g., roadway simple inlets, footing drains, and lot stubouts including manifold systems serving multiple residential
lots) are also included. Excluded from this definition are inlet pipes that contribute 30% or more of the total flow into a catch
basin, or that collect or convey flows from a continuous source.
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-11
9. Catch basins or manholes are required when joining differing types of pipes.
10. The location of at least two points of all catch basins shall be surveyed to ensure that the catch basin,
frame and grate will properly align with finished curb, horizontally and vertically.
11. Metal castings for drainage structures shall not be dipped, painted, welded, plugged or repaired.
12. Porosity in metal castings for drainage structures shall be considered a workmanship defect subject to
rejection by the inspector.
13. Grates and covers shall be seated properly to prevent rocking, including the replacement of existing
covers with solid metal covers.
14. Unless otherwise specified, vaned grates (see City of Renton Standard Details), shall be used with
standard frame in the traveled way, gutter, or shoulder. Vaned grates shall not be located within
crosswalks.
15. At sag vertical curves, on the end of downgrade cul-de-sacs, or before intersections with a grade four
percent or greater, an analysis shall be done to assure that typical catch basin grates will collect the
surface runoff. To collect excessive volumes of runoff or protect against plugged grates and overflow
situations, the City Road Engineer will require the use of through inlet frames on vertical curbs, (see
City of Renton Standard Details). Where the through-curb inlets cannot be used, place a catch basin at
the low point and two extra inlets located not greater than 0.1 foot above the low point grate within a
spacing of 25 feet.
16. New catch basins and manholes that do not collect runoff shall use solid locking covers (per City of
Renton Standard Details). Existing catch basins, which no longer collect runoff, shall have their frame
and grates replaced with solid covers.
17. All storm drain covers and grates need to be locking regardless of their location.
18. Slot drains may be used when approved by the City Engineer. At a minimum, slot drains shall have
catch basins at either end unless used as a driveway culvert. The maximum distance between catch
basins along a slot drain shall be 50 feet.
TABLE 4.2.1.B ALLOWABLE STRUCTURES AND PIPE SIZES
Catch Basin Type(1)
Maximum Pipe Diameter
Steel, Solid Wall HDPE, PVC, and
Ductile Iron(2)
Concrete,
CPE, PP
Inlet(4) 12″ 12″
Type 1(3) 18″ 12″
Type 1L(3) 24″ 18″
Type 2 – 48-inch dia. 30″ 24″
Type 2 – 54-inch dia. 36″ 30″
Type 2 – 72-inch dia. 54″ 42″
Type 2 – 96-inch dia. 72″ 60″
Notes:
(1) Catch basins (including manhole steps, ladder, and handholds) shall conform to the City of Renton Standard Details.
(2) Generally these pipe materials will be one size larger than concrete, CPE or PP due to smaller wall thickness. However,
for angled connections or those with several pipes on the same plane, this will not apply.
(3) A maximum of 5 vertical feet is allowed between finished grade and invert elevation.
(4) Inlets are normally allowed only for use in privately maintained drainage systems and must discharge to a catch basin
immediately downstream.
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-12
Pipe Design between Structures
1. Minimum velocity at full flow should be 3.0 feet per second (fps). If site constraints result in
velocities less than 3 fps at full flow, impacts from sedimentation in the pipe system shall be
addressed with larger pipes, closer spacing of structures, sediment basins, or other similar measures.
2. Minimum slope for pipes shall be 0.5%, unless otherwise approved by CED in locations with site
constraints provided that the minimum velocity requirement of 3 fps is met.
3. Maximum lengths between structures shall meet the requirements in Table 4.2.1.A1 above. Solid
wall HDPE tightlines down steep slopes are self-cleaning and do not require structures for
maintenance.
Pipe Cover
1. Pipe cover, measured from the finished grade elevation to the top of the outside surface of the pipe,
shall be 2 feet minimum unless otherwise specified or allowed below or as allowed above in Table
4.2.1.A2. Under drainage easements, driveways, parking stalls, or other areas subject to light vehicular
loading, pipe cover may be reduced to 1 foot minimum if the design considers expected vehicular
loading and the cover is consistent with pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. Pipe cover in areas not
subject to vehicular loads, such as landscape planters and yards, may be reduced to 1 foot minimum.
2. All flexible storm sewer pipe and culvert material shall be covered by a minimum of 2 feet of cover
unless the applicant submits detailed plans accompanied by manufacturer’s recommendations
specifying allowable cover less than 2 feet in depth. All non-flexible storm sewer pipe and culvert
material shall be covered by a minimum of 1 foot of cover. Pipe cover over concrete pipe shall
comply with Table 4.2.1.C. For other pipe types, the manufacturer’s specifications or other
documentation shall be provided for proposed cover in excess of 30 feet. Caution: Additional
precautions to protect against crushing during construction may be needed under roadways if the
road bed is included to meet minimum cover requirements. Damaged pipe shall be replaced.
3. For proposed pipe arches, the manufacturer’s specifications or other documentation shall be provided
for proposed cover in excess of 8 feet.
4. Pipe cover over PVC SDR 35 shall be 3 feet minimum and 30 feet maximum.
TABLE 4.2.1.C MAXIMUM COVER (FEET) FOR CONCRETE PIPE
Pipe Diameter
(inches) Plain Class II Class III Class IV Class V
12 18 10 14 21 26
18 18 11 14 22 28
24 16 11 15 22 28
30 11 15 23 29
36 11 15 23 29
48 12 15 23 29
60 12 16 24 30
72 12 16 24 30
84 12 16 24 30
96 12 16 24 30
108 12 16 24 30
Note: See Figure 4.2.1.A for a schematic representation. Only Class IV and V are allowed in public right-of-way.
Pipe Clearances
A minimum 7-foot horizontal separation and 1-foot vertical separation (measured wall to wall) is required
between storm pipe and other utilities with the exception of water lines where a minimum 10-foot
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-13
horizontal separation and 1.5-foot vertical separation (measured wall to wall) is required, unless otherwise
approved by CED in locations with site constraints.
Pipe Bedding, Backfill and Compaction
Pipe bedding and backfill shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standard Details. Pipe
compaction shall follow the current WSDOT Standard Specifications. Where pipes pass through flood
containment structures, these standards shall be supplemented and modified as necessary in accordance
with standards set forth in Corps of Engineers Manual for Design and Construction of Levees
(EM 1110-2-1913).
Pipe System Connections
Connections to a pipe system shall be made only at catch basins or manholes. No wyes or tees are allowed
except on roof/footing/yard drain systems on pipes 8 inches in diameter or less, with clean-outs upstream
of each wye or tee.
Additional exceptions may be made provided the following conditions are met:
1. The mainline pipe is 48 inches or greater and at least two times the size of the connecting pipe.
2. Make connections in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Standard shop fabricated
tees, wyes and saddles shall be used, except for concrete connections constructed in accordance with
the City of Renton Standard Details.
3. There shall be a catch basin or manhole on the connecting pipe within 2 to 10 feet of the external wall
of the main line.
4. Offset angle of connecting pipe to mainline, horizontally and vertically shall be less than 45 degrees.
Storm drainage pipe systems shall not penetrate building foundations, except for sump pump discharge
lines used to drain crawl spaces, provided the sump pump system includes a backflow prevention or a
check valve.
An area drain within a crawl space is allowed to connect into the storm drainage system provided the
following conditions are met:
1. The connection is to be tight lined a minimum of ten feet outside of the foundation, and in no case
connected upstream of the footing drain system for the house.
2. The area drain must be routed through a sump pump system prior to connection to the public storm
drainage system, to help prevent backup during surcharge conditions and of potential sewer gas into
the crawl space area.
Pipe Anchors
Table 4.2.1.A3 presents the requirements, by pipe material, for anchoring pipe systems. Figure 4.2.1.B and
Figure 4.2.1.C show schematic representations of pipe anchors.
Spill Control
Where spill control is required as specified in Section 1.2.4.3.G, allowable options are as follows:
a) A tee section (see Figure 5.1.4.A) in or subsequent to the last catch basin or manhole that collects
runoff from non-roof-top pollution-generating impervious surface prior to discharge from the
site or into an onsite natural drainage feature.4 The tee section typically provided in a wetvault or
detention facility may be used to meet the intent of this requirement. Unless otherwise specified,
the riser top of the tee section shall be at or above the headwater elevation for the 10-year design
4 Natural onsite drainage feature means a natural swale, channel, stream, closed depression, wetland, or lake.
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-14
flow and a minimum of 6 inches below the ceiling of the catch basin or manhole. The bottom end
of the tee section shall be as illustrated in Figure 5.1.4.A.
b) A wall section or other device as approved by the City that provides spill control equivalent to
that of the tee section specified in a) above.
c) A baffle or coalescing plate oil/water separator at or subsequent to the last catch basin or
manhole that collects runoff from non-roof-top pollution-generating impervious surface prior to
discharge from the site or into an onsite natural drainage feature.
d) An active spill control plan. To use this option, the spill control plan and summary of an existing
or proposed training schedule must be submitted as part of the drainage review submittal. At a
minimum, such plans must include the following:
Instructions for isolating the site to prevent spills from moving downstream (shutoff valves,
blocking catch basins, etc.)
Onsite location of spill clean-up materials
Phone numbers to call for emergency response
Phone numbers of company officials to notify
Special safety precautions, if applicable.
Debris Barriers
Debris barriers (trash racks) are required on all pipes 18 to 36 inches in diameter entering a closed pipe
system. Debris barriers for pipes smaller than 18 inches and larger than 36 inches in diameter may be
required depending on conditions and safety concerns. Debris barriers shall have a bar spacing of 6 inches.
See Figure 4.2.1.D for a schematic representation of debris barriers on pipe ends outside of roadways. See
Figure 4.2.1.E and Section 4.3 for a schematic representation of debris barriers on pipe ends (culverts)
projecting from driveway or roadway side slopes.
Outfalls
Outfalls shall be designed as detailed in Section 4.2.2.
Other Details
In addition to the schematic representations provided in Figure 4.2.1.A through Figure 4.2.1.E , standard
construction details are available in the City of Renton Standard Details and APWA/WSDOT Standard
Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction . Commonly used details include field tapping of
concrete pipe, catch basins and catch basin details, manholes and manhole details, curb inlets, frames,
grates, and covers.
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-15
FIGURE 4.2.1.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF PIPE BEDDING AND BACKFILL DESIGNS
6"6"6"6"6"6"85% RISE6"FOUNDATION LEVEL
FOUNDATION LEVEL
FOUNDATION LEVEL
GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR
PIPE ZONE BEDDING
(SEE NOTE 2)
PIPE ZONE BACKFILL
(SEE NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. SEE CURRENT WSDOT
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 7-08.3(3) FOR PIPE
ZONE BACKFILL.
2. SEE CURRENT WSDOT
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONSSECTION 9-03.12(3) FOR GRAVEL
BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE
BEDDING.
3. SEE CURRENT WSDOT
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONSSECTION 2-09.4 FOR
MEASUREMENT OF TRENCH
WIDTH.
4. SEE KCSWDM 4.2.1.1 FOR
CLEARANCE BETWEEN PIPES
AND OTHER UTILITIES.METAL PIPE
THERMOPLASTIC PIPE
CONCRETE AND DUCTILE IRON PIPE
PIPE ARCHES
TRENCH WIDTH
(SEE NOTE 3)PIPE ZONETRENCH WIDTH
(SEE NOTE 3)
TRENCH WIDTH
(SEE NOTE 3)PIPE ZONEGRAVEL BACKFILL FOR
PIPE ZONE BEDDING
(SEE NOTE 2)
PIPE ZONE BACKFILL
(SEE NOTE 1)
GRAVEL BACKFILL
FOR PIPE ZONE
BEDDING
(SEE NOTE 2)
GRAVEL BACKFILL
FOR PIPE ZONE
BEDDING
(SEE NOTE 2)
PIPE ZONE
BACKFILL
(SEE NOTE 1)PIPE ZONEPIPE ZONETRENCH WIDTH
(SEE NOTE 3)
NOTE:
ALL DETAILS
NOT TO SCALE6"15%
RISE
15%
O.D.
85% O.D.O.D.50%O.D.50%O.D.FOUNDATION
LEVEL
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-16
FIGURE 4.2.1.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A PIPE ANCHOR DETAIL
6" MIN.
NOTE: FOR SOLID WALL HDPE, PIPE MUST BE
FREE TO SLIDE INSIDE A 4' LONG SECTION
OF PIPE ONE SIZE DIAMETER LARGER.
SECTION B-B
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
CONCRETE BLOCK ANCHOR
NTS
STRAP-FOOTING ANCHOR
NTS
1" MIN. DIAMETER
STEEL ROD (STRAP)
CLAMPED SECURELY
TO PIPE.
CONCRETE FOOTING
KEYED INTO
UNDISTURBED SOIL
AS SHOWN
PIPE BEDDING
CONCRETE
FOOTING
KEYED INTO
UNDISTURBED
SOIL AS SHOWN
CONCRETE
BLOCK
2 x PIPE DIA.
MIN.1' MIN.1' MIN.
6" MIN.
6" MIN.
2' MIN.
6"
MIN.
3' MIN.
6"
MIN.
6" MIN.
(TYPICAL)
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-17
FIGURE 4.2.1.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE COUPLING
AND/OR GENERAL PIPE ANCHOR ASSEMBLY
NOTES:
1. THE SMOOTH COUPLING BAND SHALL BE USED IN
COMBINATION WITH CONCRETE PIPE.
2. CONCRETE PIPE WITHOUT BELL AND SPIGOT SHALL
NOT BE INSTALLED ON GRADES IN EXCESS OF 20%.
3. THE FIRST ANCHOR SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE
FIRST SECTION OF THE LOWER END OF THE PIPE AND
REMAINING ANCHORS EVENLY SPACED THROUGHOUT
THE INSTALLATION.
4. IF THE PIPE BEING INSTALLED HAS A MANHOLE OR
CATCH BASIN ON THE LOWER END OF THE PIPE, THE
FIRST PIPE ANCHOR MAY BE ELIMINATED.
5. WHEN CMP IS USED, THE ANCHORS MAY BE ATTACHED
TO THE COUPLING BANDS USED TO JOIN THE PIPE AS
LONG AS THE SPECIFIED SPACING IS NOT EXCEEDED.
6. ALL PIPE ANCHORS SHALL BE SECURELY INSTALLED
BEFORE BACKFILLING AROUND THE PIPE.
COUPLING BAND
1 1
2" X 6' PIPE
STAKES EACH
SIDE OF CULVERT
FLATTEN TO POINT
MATERIAL TO BE
ASTM A36 1 4"
PLATE GALVANIZED
AFTER FABRICATION
PER ASTM A123
SLOTS TO BE
119 32 X 3 4"78"SMOOTH COUPLING BAND
FOR SMOOTH PIPE
NTS
PLATE DETAIL
NTS
ANCHOR ASSEMBLY
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE
NTS
3"
MATERIAL TO BE ASTM A36
GALVANIZED AFTER
FABRICATION PER ASTM A153
PLATE (SEE DETAIL)
WELD
COLLAR (2" PIPE)
WELD
PIPE
STAKES6 58"ALL HOLES
3 4" DIAM.4 18"1
"
R
2"3/4"12"
4 12"4 12"
17 8"17 8"
1"
12"
7" COUPLING BAND
12" OR 24" COUPLING BAND
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-18
FIGURE 4.2.1.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A DEBRIS BARRIER (OFF-ROAD RIGHT-OF-
WAY)
3/4" DIAMETER
SMOOTH BARS
CMP OR
LINED CPE
PIPE
PIPE COUPLING
SPOT WELD BARS TO AT
LEAST 2 CORREGATIONS
OF METAL PIPE (TYPICAL)
BOLT TO LINED CPE PIPE
NOTES:
1. THIS DEBRIS BARRIER IS FOR USE OUTSIDE ROADWAYS ON PIPES
18" DIA. TO 36" DIA.. SEE FIGURE 4.2.1.E FOR DEBRIS BARRIERS ON
PIPES PROJECTING FROM DRIVEWAY OR ROADWAY SIDE SLOPES.
2. ALL STEEL PARTS MUST BE GALVANIZED AND ASPHALT COATED
(TREATMENT 1 OR BETTER).
3. LINED CPE PIPE REQUIRES BOLTS TO SECURE DEBRIS BARRIER TO PIPE.
PLAN
NTS
ISOMETRIC
NTS
END VIEW
NTS
SIDE VIEW
NTS
45°3"L/2L
6"
12" MIN.
6" MAX. (TYP.)
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-19
FIGURE 4.2.1.E SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A DEBRIS BARRIER
(IN ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY)
MAY BE REMOVED
3/4" DIAMETER
BAR FRAME
PIPE
COUPLING
2" X 5" ANCHOR STRIPS WELDED TO
3/4" DIA. BAR-FRAME 4 PLACES SPACED
UNIFORMLY. FASTEN W/ 1/2" GALV. OR
NON-CORROSIVE BOLTS & NUTS.
3
1
3/4" DIA. SMOOTH BARS
WITH ENDS WELDED TO
BAR-FRAME
NOTES:
1. CMP OR LINED CPE PIPE END-SECTION SHOWN; FOR CONCRETE PIPE BEVELED
END SECTION, SEE KCRDCS DRAWING NO. 7-001.
2. ALL STEEL PARTS MUST BE GALVANIZED AND ASPHALT COATED (TREATMENT 1 OR BETTER).
BEVELED PIPE END SECTION
6" O.C. MAX.
BAR SPACING
3"-5" FOR 18" DIA.
5"-8" FOR 24" DIA.
7"-9" FOR 30" DIA. & GREATER
1' MIN.
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-20
4.2.1.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
This section presents the methods of analysis for designing new or evaluating existing pipe systems for
compliance with the conveyance capacity requirements set forth in Section 1.2.4, “Core Requirement #4:
Conveyance System.”
DESIGN FLOWS
Design flows for sizing or assessing the capacity of pipe systems shall be determined using the hydrologic
analysis methods described in Chapter 3.
INLET GRATE CAPACITY
The methods described in Chapter 5, Sections 4 and 5, of the Washington State Department of
Transportation (WSDOT) Hydraulics Manual may be used in determining the capacity of inlet grates
when capacity is of concern, with the following exceptions:
1. Use design flows as required in Section 1.2.4 of this manual.
2. Assume grate areas on slopes are 80% free of debris; “vaned” grates, 95% free.
3. Assume grate areas in sags or low spots are 50% free of debris; “vaned” grates, 75% free.
CONVEYANCE CAPACITY
Two methods of hydraulic analysis using Manning's equation are used sequentially for the design and
analysis of pipe systems. First, the Uniform Flow Analysis method is used for the preliminary design of
new pipe systems. Second, the Backwater Analysis method is used to analyze both proposed and existing
pipe systems to verify adequate capacity. See Core Requirement #4, Section 1.2.4, for sizing requirements
of pipe systems.
Note: Use of the Uniform Flow Analysis method to determine preliminary pipe sizes is only suggested as a
first step in the design process and is not required. Results of the Backwater Analysis method determine
final pipe sizes in all cases.
Uniform Flow Analysis Method
In addition to the design criteria described below, new pipe systems shall be design to meet the hydraulic
criteria as described in Section 1.2.4.1.
This method is used for preliminary sizing of new pipe systems to convey the design flow (i.e., the
10-year or 25-year peak flow rate as specified in Core Requirement #4, Section 1.2.4).
Assumptions:
Flow is uniform in each pipe (i.e., depth and velocity remain constant throughout the pipe for a given
flow).
Friction head loss in the pipe barrel alone controls capacity. Other head losses (e.g., entrance, exit,
junction, etc.) and any backwater effects or inlet control conditions are not specifically addressed.
Each pipe within the system is sized and sloped such that its barrel capacity at normal full flow
(computed by Manning's equation) is equal to or greater than the design flow. The nomograph in
Figure 4.2.1.F may be used for an approximate solution of Manning's equation. For more precise results,
or for partial pipe full conditions, solve Manning's equation directly:
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-21
V = R2/3 S1/2 (4-1)
or use the continuity equation, Q = AV, such that:
Q = A R2/3 S1/2 (4-2)
where Q = discharge (cfs)
V = velocity (fps)
A = area (sf)
n = Manning's roughness coefficient; see Table 4.2.1.D below
R = hydraulic radius = area/wetted perimeter (ft)
S = slope of the energy grade line (ft/ft)
For pipes flowing partially full, the actual velocity may be estimated from the hydraulic properties shown
in Figure 4.2.1.G by calculating Qfull and Vfull and using the ratio Qdesign/Qfull to find V and d (depth of
flow).
Table 4.2.1.D provides the recommended Manning's “n” values for preliminary design using the
Uniform Flow Analysis method for pipe systems. Note: The “n” values for this method are 15% higher in
order to account for entrance, exit, junction, and bend head losses.
TABLE 4.2.1.D MANNING’S “n” VALUES FOR PIPES
Type of Pipe Material Analysis Method
Uniform Flow
(preliminary
design)
Backwater Flow
(capacity
verification)
A. Concrete pipe, lined CPE pipe and lined PP pipe
B. Annular Corrugated Steel Pipe or Pipe Arch:
1. 2-2/3″ x 1/2″ corrugation (riveted):
a. plain or fully coated
b. paved invert (40% of circumference paved):
1) flow at full depth
2) flow at 80% full depth
3) flow at 60% full depth
c. treatment 5
2. 3″ x 1″ corrugation
3. 6″ x 2″ corrugation (field bolted)
C. Helical 2-2/3″ x 1/2″ corrugation and unlined CPE pipe
D. Spiral rib metal pipe and PVC pipe
E. Ductile iron pipe cement lined
F. Solid wall HDPE pipe (butt fused only)
0.014
0.028
0.021
0.018
0.015
0.015
0.031
0.035
0.028
0.013
0.014
0.009
0.012
0.024
0.018
0.016
0.013
0.013
0.027
0.030
0.024
0.011
0.012
0.009
n
49.1
n
49.1
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-22
Backwater Analysis Method
This method is used to analyze the capacity of both new and existing pipe systems to convey the required
design flow (i.e., either the 10-year or 25-year peak flow, whichever is specified in Core Requirement #4,
Section 1.2.4). In either case, pipe system structures must be demonstrated to contain the headwater
surface (hydraulic grade line) for the specified peak flow rate. Structures may overtop for the 100-year
peak flow as allowed by Core Requirement #4. When this occurs, the additional flow over the ground
surface is analyzed using the methods for open channels described in Section 4.4.1.2 and added to the flow
capacity of the pipe system.
This method is used to compute a simple backwater profile (hydraulic grade line) through a proposed or
existing pipe system for the purposes of verifying adequate capacity. It incorporates a re-arranged form of
Manning's equation expressed in terms of friction slope (slope of the energy grade line in ft/ft). The
friction slope is used to determine the head loss in each pipe segment due to barrel friction, which can then
be combined with other head losses to obtain water surface elevations at all structures along the pipe
system.
The backwater analysis begins at the downstream end of the pipe system and is computed back through
each pipe segment and structure upstream. The friction, entrance, and exit head losses computed for each
pipe segment are added to that segment's tailwater elevation (the water surface elevation at the pipe's
outlet) to obtain its outlet control headwater elevation. This elevation is then compared with the inlet
control headwater elevation, computed assuming the pipe's inlet alone is controlling capacity using the
methods for inlet control presented in Section 4.3.1.2. The condition that creates the highest headwater
elevation determines the pipe's capacity. The approach velocity head is then subtracted from the
controlling headwater elevation, and the junction and bend head losses are added to compute the total
headwater elevation, which is then used as the tailwater elevation for the upstream pipe segment.
The Backwater Calculation Sheet in Figure 4.2.1.H may be used to compile the head losses
and headwater elevations for each pipe segment. The numbered columns on this sheet are described in
Figure 4.2.1.I. An example calculation is performed in Figure 4.2.1.J.
Note: This method should not be used to compute stage/discharge curves for level pool routing purposes .
Instead, a more sophisticated backwater analysis using the computer software provided with this manual
is recommended as described below.
Computer Applications
The King County Backwater (KCBW) computer program includes a subroutine BWPIPE, which may
be used to quickly compute a family of backwater profiles for a given range of flows through a proposed
or existing pipe system. A schematic description of the nomenclature used in this program is provided in
Figure 4.3.1.G. Program documentation providing instructions on the use of this and the other KCBW
subroutines is available from King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks (DNRP).
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-23
FIGURE 4.2.1.F NOMOGRAPH FOR SIZING CIRCULAR DRAINS FLOWING FULL
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-24
FIGURE 4.2.1.G CIRCULAR CHANNEL RATIOS
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
00.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91
RATIO OF FLOW DEPTH TO DIAMETER (d/D)PROPORTIONAL AREA, DISCHARGE, VELOCITY, HYDRAULIC RADIUSPROPORTIONAL AREA
PROPORTIONAL
DISCHARGE
PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC RADIUS
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-25
FIGURE 4.2.1.H BACKWATER CALCULATION SHEET
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-26
FIGURE 4.2.1.I BACKWATER CALCULATION SHEET NOTES
Column (1) - Design flow to be conveyed by pipe segment.
Column (2) - Length of pipe segment.
Column (3) - Pipe Size; indicate pipe diameter or span x rise.
Column (4) - Manning's “n” value.
Column (5) - Outlet Elevation of pipe segment.
Column (6) - Inlet Elevation of pipe segment.
Column (7) - Barrel Area; this is the full cross-sectional area of the pipe.
Column (8) - Barrel Velocity; this is the full velocity in the pipe as determined by:
V = Q/A or Col.(8) = Col.(1) / Col.(7)
Column (9) - Barrel Velocity Head = V2/2g or (Col.(8))2/2g
where g = 32.2 ft/sec2 (acceleration due to gravity)
Column (10) - Tailwater (TW) Elevation; this is the water surface elevation at the outlet of the pipe segment. If the pipe's outlet is not submerged by
the TW and the TW depth is less than (D+dc)/2, set TW equal to (D+dc)/2 to keep the analysis simple and still obtain reasonable results
(D = pipe barrel height and dc = critical depth, both in feet. See Figure 4.3.1.F for determination of dc).
Column (11) - Friction Loss = Sf x L [or Sf x Col.(2)]
where Sf is the friction slope or head loss per linear foot of pipe as determined by Manning's equation expressed in the form:
Sf = (nV)2/2.22 R1.33
Column (12) - Hydraulic Grade Line (HGL) Elevation just inside the entrance of the pipe barrel; this is determined by adding the friction loss to the
TW elevation:
Col.(12) = Col.(11) + Col.(10)
If this elevation falls below the pipe's inlet crown, it no longer represents the true HGL when computed in this manner. The true
HGL will fall somewhere between the pipe's crown and either normal flow depth or critical flow depth, whichever is greater. To
keep the analysis simple and still obtain reasonable results (i.e., erring on the conservative side), set the HGL elevation equal to
the crown elevation.
Column (13) - Entrance Head Loss = Ke x V2/2g [or Ke x Col.(9)]
where Ke = Entrance Loss Coefficient (from Table 4.3.1.B). This is the head lost due to flow contractions at the pipe entrance.
Column (14) - Exit Head Loss = 1.0 x V2/2g or 1.0 x Col.(9)
This is the velocity head lost or transferred downstream.
Column (15) - Outlet Control Elevation = Col.(12) + Col.(13) + Col.(14)
This is the maximum headwater elevation assuming the pipe's barrel and inlet/outlet characteristics are controlling capacity. It does
not include structure losses or approach velocity considerations.
Column (16) - Inlet Control Elevation (see Section 4.3.1.2, for computation of inlet control on culverts); this is the maximum headwater elevation
assuming the pipe's inlet is controlling capacity. It does not include structure losses or approach velocity considerations.
Column (17) - Approach Velocity Head; this is the amount of head/energy being supplied by the discharge from an upstream pipe or channel section,
which serves to reduce the headwater elevation. If the discharge is from a pipe, the approach velocity head is equal to the barrel
velocity head computed for the upstream pipe. If the upstream pipe outlet is significantly higher in elevation (as in a drop manhole) or
lower in elevation such that its discharge energy would be dissipated, an approach velocity head of zero should be assumed.
Column (18) - Bend Head Loss = Kb x V2/2g [or Kb x Col.(17)]
where Kb = Bend Loss Coefficient (from Figure 4.2.1.K). This is the loss of head/energy required to change direction of flow in an
access structure.
Column (19) - Junction Head Loss. This is the loss in head/energy that results from the turbulence created when two or more streams are merged into
one within the access structure. Figure 4.2.1.L may be used to determine this loss, or it may be computed using the following
equations derived from Figure 4.2.1.L:
Junction Head Loss = Kj x V2/2g [or Kj x Col.(17)]
where Kj is the Junction Loss Coefficient determined by:
Kj = (Q3/Q1)/(1.18 + 0.63(Q3/Q1))
Column (20) - Headwater (HW) Elevation; this is determined by combining the energy heads in Columns 17, 18, and 19 with the highest control
elevation in either Column 15 or 16, as follows:
Col.(20) = Col.(15 or 16) - Col.(17) + Col.(18) + Col.(19)
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-27
FIGURE 4.2.1.J BACKWATER PIPE CALCULATION EXAMPLE
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-28
FIGURE 4.2.1.K BEND HEAD LOSSES IN STRUCTURES
4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-29
FIGURE 4.2.1.L JUNCTION HEAD LOSS IN STRUCTURES
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-30
4.2.2 OUTFALL SYSTEMS
Properly designed outfalls are critical to ensuring no adverse impacts occur as the result of concentrated
discharges from pipe systems and culverts, both onsite and downstream. Outfall systems include rock
splash pads, flow dispersal trenches, gabion or other energy dissipaters, and tightline systems. A tightline
system is typically a continuous length of pipe used to convey flows down a steep or sensitive slope with
appropriate energy dissipation at the discharge end. In general, it is recommended that conveyance
systems be designed to reduce velocity above outfalls to the extent feasible.
4.2.2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
At a minimum, all outfalls shall be provided with a rock splash pad (see Figure 4.2.2.A ) except as
specified below and in Table 4.2.2.A:
1. The flow dispersal trench shown in Figure 4.2.2.B shall only be used as an outfall as described in
Core Requirement #1, Section 1.2.1.
2. For outfalls with a velocity at design flow greater than 10 fps, a gabion dissipater or engineered
energy dissipater shall be required. Note the gabion outfall detail shown in Figure 4.2.2.D is
illustrative only; a design engineered to specific site conditions is required. Gabions shall conform to
WDSOT/APWA specifications.
3. Engineered energy dissipaters, including stilling basins, drop pools, hydraulic jump basins, baffled
aprons, and bucket aprons, are required for outfalls with velocity at design flow greater than 20 fps.
These should be designed using published or commonly known techniques found in such references as
Hydraulic Design of Energy Dissipaters for Culverts and Channels , published by the Federal
Highway Administration of the United States Department of Transportation; Open Channel Flow, by
V.T. Chow; Hydraulic Design of Stilling Basins and Energy Dissipaters, EM 25, Bureau of
Reclamation (1978); and other publications, such as those prepared by the Soil Conservation Service
(now Natural Resource Conservation Service). Alternate mechanisms, such as bubble-up structures
(which will eventually drain) and structures fitted with reinforced concrete posts, may require an
approved adjustment and must be designed using sound hydraulic principles and considering
constructability and ease of maintenance.
4. Tightline systems shall be used when required by the discharge requirements of Core Requirement #1
or the outfall requirements of Core Requirement #4. Tightline systems may also be used to prevent
aggravation or creation of a downstream erosion problem.
5. Flood closure devices shall be provided on new outfalls passing through existing levees or other
features that contain floodwaters. Such structures shall be designed to the Corps of Engineers Manual
for Design and Construction of Levees (EM 1110-2-1913).
6. Backup (secondary gate) closure devices shall be required for new outfalls through flood
containment levees unless this requirement is specifically waived by the City.
7. New outfalls through levees along the Green River between River Mile 6 and State Route 18 shall
comply with the terms of the adopted Lower Green River Pump Operation Procedures Plan.
Tightline Systems
1. Outfall tightlines may be installed in trenches with standard bedding on slopes up to 40%. In order to
minimize disturbance to slopes greater than 40%, it is recommended that tightlines be placed at
grade with proper pipe anchorage and support.
4.2.2 OUTFALL SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-31
2. Solid wall HDPE tightlines must be designed to address the material limitations, particularly thermal
expansion and contraction and pressure design, as specified by the manufacturer. The coefficient of
thermal expansion and contraction for solid wall HDPE is on the order of 0.001 inch per foot per
Fahrenheit degree. Sliding sleeve connections shall be used to address this thermal expansion and
contraction. These sleeve connections consist of a section of the appropriate length of the next larger
size diameter of pipe into which the outfall pipe is fitted. These sleeve connections must be located as
close to the discharge end of the outfall system as is practical.
3. Solid wall HDPE tightlines shall be designed and sized using the applicable design criteria and
methods of analysis specified for pipe systems in Section 4.2.1.
4. Due to the ability of solid wall HDPE tightlines to transmit flows of very high energy, special
consideration for energy dissipation must be made. A schematic representation of a “gabion mattress
energy dissipater” has been provided as Figure 4.2.2.D . Flows of very high energy will require a
specifically engineered energy dissipater structure, as described above in General Criterion #3.
Caution, the in-stream sample gabion mattress energy dissipater may not be acceptable within the
ordinary high water mark of fish-bearing waters or where gabions will be subject to abrasion from
upstream channel sediments. A four-sided gabion basket located outside the ordinary high water mark
should be considered for these applications.
TABLE 4.2.2.A ROCK PROTECTION AT OUTFALLS
Discharge Velocity
at Design Flow (fps) REQUIRED PROTECTION
Greater
than
Less than
or equal to
Minimum Dimensions(1)
Type Thickness Width Length Height
0 5 Rock
lining(2)
1 foot Diameter
+ 6 feet
8 feet
or
4 x diameter,
whichever is
greater
Crown
+ 1 foot
5 10 Riprap(3) 2 feet Diameter
+ 6 feet
or
3 x diameter,
whichever is
greater
12 feet
or
4 x diameter,
whichever is
greater
Crown
+ 1 foot
10 20 Gabion
outfall
As required As required As required Crown
+ 1 foot
20 N/A Engineered
energy
dissipater
required
(1) These sizes assume that erosion is dominated by outfall energy. In many cases sizing will be governed by conditions in
the receiving waters.
(2) Rock lining shall be quarry spalls with gradation as follows:
Passing 8-inch square sieve: 100%
Passing 3-inch square sieve: 40 to 60% maximum
Passing 3/4-inch square sieve: 0 to 10% maximum
(3) Riprap shall be reasonably well graded with gradation as follows:
Maximum stone size: 24 inches (nominal diameter)
Median stone size: 16 inches
Minimum stone size: 4 inches
Note: Riprap sizing governed by side slopes on outlet channel is assumed to be approximately 3:1.
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-32
FIGURE 4.2.2.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF PIPE/CULVERT DISCHARGE PROTECTION
PLACE ROCK 1' ABOVE CROWN
BOTH SIDES OF CHANNEL FOR "A" < 8'
ONE SIDE OF CHANNEL FOR "A" > 8'
DISCHARGE PIPE
FILTER FABRIC
LINER UNDER
ROCK
SECTION A-A
NTS
PLAN
NTSTOE OF BANKTOE OF BANKTOP OF BANKTOP OF BANKFLOWCL
REQUIRED DIMENSIONS
8' FOR ROCK LINING
12' FOR RIP RAP
SEE TABLE 4.2.2.A.
"A"+"B"
CHANNEL
"B"
(4' MIN.)
2'
MIN.
30°
MIN.
1' MIN.
1' OR 2'
ROCK THICKNESS
SEE TABLE 4.4.1.A
A
A
"A"
4.2.2 OUTFALL SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-33
FIGURE 4.2.2.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A FLOW DISPERSAL TRENCH
1. THIS TRENCH SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TOPREVENT POINT DISCHARGE AND/OR EROSION.
2. TRENCHES MAY BE PLACED NO CLOSER THAN
50 FEET TO ONE ANOTHER (100 FEET ALONG
FLOWLINE).3. TRENCH AND GRADE BOARD MUST BE LEVEL.
ALIGN TO FOLLOW CONTOURS OF SITE.
4. VERTICALLY SLOTTED BOLT HOLES, 2" SLOT
LENGTH, ALLOWED FOR GRADE BOARD LEVELADJUSTMENT. PROVIDE BACKING WASHERS AND
FASTEN SECURELY.
5. SUPPORT POST SPACING AS REQUIRED BY SOIL
CONDITIONS TO ENSURE GRADE BOARDREMAINS LEVEL.
6. 15% MAX UNLESS OTHERWISE EVALUATED AND
APPROVED, SEE SECTION C.2.1.1
NOTES:
MIN 6" PERFORATED PIPE LAID FLAT
CLEAN (<5% FINES) 34" - 1 12" WASHED ROCK
FILTER FABRIC TRENCH LINER
GALVANIZED
BOLTS, SEE
NOTE 4
4" X 4"
SUPPORT
POST
2 0% MAX ,
S E E NO T E 6
15% M A X
A
NOTCHED
GRADE BOARD
2" X 2" NOTCHES
18" O.C.*
END CAP OR PLUG
CLEAN OUT WYE FROM PIPE
MIN 6" PERFORATED PIPE
LAID FLAT/LEVEL
TYPE I CB W/SOLID
COVER (LOCKING)
INFLUENT PIPE (MAX DESIGN
FLOW <0.5 CFS PER TRENCH)
CLEAN OUT WYE FROM PIPE
FLOW TO SECOND
DISPERSAL TRENCH
IF NECESSARY
FLOW TO OTHER BRANCHING
CB'S AS NECESSARY
TYPE I CB
W/SOLID
COVER
18" O.C.*
2"
A
50' MAX.
PLAN
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
1'- 0
MIN.
1'- 0
MIN.
PIPE O.D.
2" GRADE BOARD
NOTCHES*1'- 0
MIN.
PIPE O.D.
1'-0
MIN.12" MIN.36" MAX.6"
MIN.
2"x12"
GRADE
BOARD
*FOR WATER QUALITY FACILITIES,
SEE SECTION 6.2.6.1, OPTION A FOR
NOTCH DIMENSIONS AND SPACING
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-34
FIGURE 4.2.2.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF AN ALTERNATIVE
FLOW DISPERSAL TRENCH
1. THIS TRENCH SHALL BE
CONSTRUCTED TO PREVENT POINT
DISCHARGE AND /OR EROSION.
2. TRENCHES MAY BE PLACED NO
CLOSER THAN 50 FEET TO ONE
ANOTHER (100 FEET ALONG
FLOWLINE).
3. TRENCH AND GRADE BOARD MUST
BE LEVEL. ALIGN TO FOLLOW
CONTOURS OF SITE.
4. VERTICALLY SLOTTED BOLT HOLES,
2" SLOT LENGTH, ALLOWED FOR
GRADE BOARD LEVEL ADJUSTMENT.
PROVIDE BACKING WASHERS AND
FASTEN SECURELY.
5. PROVIDE SUPPORT POST SPACING
AS REQUIRED BY SOIL CONDITIONS
TO ENSURE GRADE BOARD
REMAINS LEVEL.
6. 15% MAX UNLESS OTHERWISE
EVALUATED AND APPROVED, SEE
SECTION C.2.1.1
NOTES:
15% M A X
20% M A X
SEE N O TE 6
GALVANIZED
BOLTS, SEE
NOTE 4
2" X 12"
GRADE
BOARD
2" X 2"
NOTCHES
18" O.C.CLEAN (< 5% FINES)
3 4" - 112" WASHED
ROCK
FILTER FABRIC
SECTION A-A
NTS
18" O.C.*
4" X 4" SUPPORT
POST
2"
1'-6"
MIN.12" MIN.36" MAX.2" GRADE BOARD NOTCHES*
*FOR WATER QUALITY FACILITIES,
SEE SECTION 6.2.6.1, OPTION A FOR
NOTCH DIMENSIONS AND SPACING
NOTCH DETAIL
NTS
4.2.2 OUTFALL SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-35
FIGURE 4.2.2.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A GABION MATTRESS ENERGY DISSIPATOR
A
SLEEVE OF NEXT LARGER
SIZE DIAMETER PIPE FOR
THERMAL EXPANSION
AND CONTRACTION
EXISTING
GROUND LINE
PLACE FILTER FABRIC BETWEEN
GABIONS AT SOIL BEDDING
GABION MATTRESSPIPE ANCHOR
RIP RAP
NOTE:
IF PIPE DISCHARGES
PERPENDICULAR TO STREAM,
OR GABIONS ARE LOCATED
WITHIN THE ORDINARY HIGH
WATER MARK (OHWM) OR
WILL BE SUBJECT TO
ABRASION FROM UPSTREAM
SEDIMENTS, A FOUR-SIDED
GABION BASKET LOCATED
OUTSIDE THE OHWM SHOULD
BE CONSIDERED.
GABIONS (TYPICAL)
(SIZE AS REQUIRED)
SOLID WALL
HDPE PIPE
GABION MATTRESS
SECTION C-C
NTS
SECTION B-BSECTION A-A
2 x D
A
PLAN VIEW
NTS
B
BA
45° PREFERRED
C
1'
B
3 x D
D
B
C
A
SECTION 4.2 PIPES, OUTFALLS, AND PUMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-36
4.2.3 PUMP SYSTEMS
As allowed in Core Requirement #4, Section 1.2.4.3, pump systems may be used for conveyance of flows
internal to a site if located on private property and privately maintained. Pump systems discharging to the
Green River between River Mile 6 and State Route 18 (within the Green River Flood Control Zone
District) shall comply with the standards of the adopted Green River Pump Operation Procedures Plan.
4.2.3.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
Proposed pump systems must meet the following minimum requirements:
1. The pump system must be privately owned and maintained.
2. The pump system shall be used to convey water from one location or elevation to another within the
site.
3. The pump system must have a dual pump (alternating) equipped with an external alarm system.
4. The pump system shall not be used to circumvent any other City drainage requirements, and
construction and operation of the pump system shall not violate any other City requirements.
5. The gravity-flow components of the drainage system to and from the pump system must be designed
so that pump failure does not result in flooding of a building or emergency access, or overflow to a
location other than the natural discharge point for the site.
6. The pump system shall have either installed emergency backup power or the ability for portable
backup power generator in the event of a loss of primary power. If portable backup emergency power
is provided, the appliance must include a description of how the backup power will be brought to the
site during an emergency within an emergency response plan (discussed below).
7. The applicant must provide an emergency response plan that details how backup power will be
activated during an emergency and include method for delivering to the site and energizing portable
backup power. The emergency response plan must also describe response for pump failures including
repair and replacement of damaged pumps/motors and generators.
4.2.3.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Pump systems must be sized in accordance with the conveyance capacity requirements for pipe systems
set forth in Section 1.2.4, “Core Requirement #4: Conveyance System.”
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-37
4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
This section presents the methods, criteria, and details for hydraulic analysis and design of culverts and
bridges. The information presented is organized as follows:
Section 4.3.1, “Culverts”
“Design Criteria,” Section 4.3.1.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 4.3.1.2
Section 4.3.2, “Culverts Providing for Fish Passage/Migration”
“Design Criteria,” Section 4.3.2.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 4.3.2.2
Section 4.3.3, “Bridges”
“Design Criteria,” Section 4.3.3.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 4.3.3.2.
4.3.1 CULVERTS
Culverts are relatively short segments of pipe of circular, elliptical, rectangular, or arch cross section. They
are usually placed under road embankments or driveways to convey surface water flow safely under the
embankment. They may be used to convey flow from constructed or natural channels including streams.
The Critical Areas Code (RMC 4-3-050) contains definitions of streams (termed “aquatic areas”) and
requirements for crossing of streams. In addition to those requirements and the design criteria described
below, other agencies such as the Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) may have
additional requirements affecting the design of proposed culverts.
4.3.1.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
In addition to the design criteria described below, culverts shall be designed to meet the hydraulic criteria
as described in Section 1.2.4.1.
1. All circular pipe culverts shall conform to any applicable design criteria specified for pipe systems in
Section 4.2.1.
2. All other types of culverts shall conform to manufacturer's specifications. See the City of Renton
Standard Details for types of culverts allowed in City right-of-way.
Headwater
1. For culverts 18-inch diameter or less, the maximum allowable headwater elevation (measured from
the inlet invert) shall not exceed 2 times the pipe diameter or arch-culvert-rise at design flow (i.e., the
10-year or 25-year peak flow rate as specified in Core Requirement #4, Section 1.2.4).
2. For culverts larger than 18-inch diameter, the maximum allowable design flow headwater elevation
(measured from the inlet invert) shall not exceed 1.5 times the pipe diameter or arch-culvert-rise at
design flow.
3. The maximum headwater elevation at design flow shall be below any road or parking lot subgrade.
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-38
Inlets and Outlets
1. All inlets and outlets in or near roadway embankments must be flush with and conforming to the slope
of the embankment.
2. For culverts 18-inch diameter and larger, the embankment around the culvert inlet shall be protected
from erosion by rock lining or riprap as specified in Table 4.2.2.A, except the length shall extend at
least 5 feet upstream of the culvert, and the height shall be at or above the design headwater elevation.
3. Inlet structures, such as concrete headwalls, may provide a more economical design by allowing the
use of smaller entrance coefficients and, hence, smaller diameter culverts. When properly designed,
they will also protect the embankment from erosion and eliminate the need for rock lining.
4. In order to maintain the stability of roadway embankments, concrete headwalls, wingwalls, or tapered
inlets and outlets may be required if right-of-way or easement constraints prohibit the culvert from
extending to the toe of the embankment slopes. All inlet structures or headwalls installed in or near
roadway embankments must be flush with and conforming to the slope of the embankment.
5. Debris barriers (trash racks) are required on the inlets of all culverts that are over 60 feet in length
and are 18 to 36 inches in diameter. Debris barriers for pipes smaller than 18 inches and larger than 36
inches in diameter may be required depending on conditions and safety concerns. Debris barriers shall
have a bar spacing of 6 inches. This requirement also applies to the inlets of pipe systems. See Figure
4.2.1.D and Figure 4.2.1.E for schematic representations of debris barriers.
6. For culverts 18-inch diameter and larger, the receiving channel of the outlet shall be protected from
erosion by rock lining specified in Table 4.2.2.A, except the height shall be one foot above maximum
tailwater elevation or one foot above the crown, whichever is higher (See Figure 4.2.2.A ).
4.3.1.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
This section presents the methods of analysis for designing new or evaluating existing culverts for
compliance with the conveyance capacity requirements set forth in Section 1.2.4, “Core Requirement #4:
Conveyance System.”
DESIGN FLOWS
Design flows for sizing or assessing the capacity of culverts shall be determined using the hydrologic
analysis methods described in Chapter 3.
CONVEYANCE CAPACITY
The theoretical analysis of culvert capacity can be extremely complex because of the wide range of
possible flow conditions that can occur due to various combinations of inlet and outlet submergence and
flow regime within the culvert barrel. An exact analysis usually involves detailed backwater calculations,
energy and momentum balance, and application of the results of hydraulic model studies.
However, simple procedures have been developed where the various flow conditions are classified and
analyzed on the basis of a control section. A control section is a location where there is a unique
relationship between the flow rate and the upstream water surface elevation. Many different flow
conditions exist over time, but at any given time the flow is either governed by the culvert's inlet geometry
(inlet control) or by a combination of inlet geometry, barrel characteristics, and tailwater elevation (outlet
control). Figure 4.3.1.A illustrates typical conditions of inlet and outlet control. The procedures presented
in this section provide for the analysis of both inlet and outlet control conditions to determine which
governs.
4.3.1 CULVERTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-39
Inlet Control Analysis
Nomographs such as those provided in Figure 4.3.1.B and Figure 4.3.1.C may be used to determine the
inlet control headwater depth at design flow for various types of culverts and inlet configurations. These
nomographs were originally developed by the Bureau of Public Roads—now the Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA)—based on their studies of culvert hydraulics. These and other nomographs can
be found in the FHWA publication Hydraulic Design of Highway Culverts, HDS No. #5 (Report No.
FHWA-IP-85-15) (September 1985), or the WSDOT Hydraulic Manual.
Also available in the FHWA publication, are the design equations used to develop the inlet control
nomographs. These equations are presented below.
For unsubmerged inlet conditions (defined by Q/AD0.5 ≤ 3.5);
Form 1*: HW/D = Hc/D + K(Q/AD0.5)M - 0.5S** (4-3)
Form 2*: HW/D = K(Q/AD0.5)M (4-4)
For submerged inlet conditions (defined by Q/AD0.5 ≥ 4.0);
HW/D = c(Q/AD0.5)2 + Y - 0.5S** (4-5)
where HW = headwater depth above inlet invert (ft)
D = interior height of culvert barrel (ft)
Hc = specific head (ft) at critical depth (dc + Vc2/2g)
Q = flow (cfs)
A = full cross-sectional area of culvert barrel (sf)
S = culvert barrel slope (ft/ft)
K,M,c,Y = constants from Table 4.3.1.A.
The specified head Hc is determined by the following equation:
Hc = dc + Vc
2/2g (4-6)
where dc = critical depth (ft); see Figure 4.3.1.F
Vc = flow velocity at critical depth (fps)
g = acceleration due to gravity (32.2 ft/sec2).
* The appropriate equation form for various inlet types is specified in Table 4.3.1.A below.
** For mitered inlets, use +0.7S instead of -0.5S.
Note: Between the unsubmerged and submerged conditions, there is a transition zone
(3.5 < Q/AD0.5 < 4.0) for which there is only limited hydraulic study information. The transition zone is
defined empirically by drawing a curve between and tangent to the curves defined by the unsubmerged
and submerged equations. In most cases, the transition zone is short and the curve is easily constructed.
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-40
TABLE 4.3.1.A CONSTANTS FOR INLET CONTROL EQUATIONS*
Unsubmerged Submerged
Shape and Material Inlet Edge Description
Equation
Form K M c Y
Circular Concrete Square edge with headwall 1 0.0098 2.0 0.0398 0.67
Groove end with headwall 0.0078 2.0 0.0292 0.74
Groove end projecting 0.0045 2.0 0.0317 0.69
Circular Corrugated
Steel Pipe
Headwall 1 0.0078 2.0 0.0379 0.69
Mitered to slope 0.0210 1.33 0.0463 0.75
Projecting 0.0340 1.50 0.0553 0.54
Rectangular Box 30 to 75 wingwall flares 1 0.026 1.0 0.0385 0.81
90 and 15 wingwall flares 0.061 0.75 0.0400 0.80
0 wingwall flares 0.061 0.75 0.0423 0.82
CM Boxes 90 headwall 1 0.0083 2.0 0.0379 0.69
Thick wall projecting 0.0145 1.75 0.0419 0.64
Thin wall projecting 0.0340 1.5 0.0496 0.57
Arch Corrugated
Steel Pipe
90 headwall 1 0.0083 2.0 0.0496 0.57
Mitered to slope 0.0300 1.0 0.0463 0.75
Projecting 0.0340 1.5 0.0496 0.53
Bottomless Arch 90 headwall 1 0.0083 2.0 0.0379 0.69
Corrugated Steel
Pipe
Mitered to slope 0.0300 2.0 0.0463 0.75
Thin wall projecting 0.0340 1.5 0.0496 0.57
Circular with Smooth tapered inlet throat 2 0.534 0.333 0.0196 0.89
Tapered Inlet Rough tapered inlet throat 0.519 0.64 0.0289 0.90
* Source: FHWA HDS No. 5
Outlet Control Analysis
Nomographs such as those provided in Figure 4.3.1.D and Figure 4.3.1.E may be used to determine the
outlet control headwater depth at design flow for various types of culverts and inlets. Outlet control
nomographs other than those provided can be found in FHWA HDS No.5 or the WSDOT Hydraulic
Manual.
The outlet control headwater depth may also be determined using the simple Backwater Analysis method
presented in Section 4.2.1.2 for analyzing pipe system capacity. This procedure is summarized as follows
for culverts:
HW = H + TW - LS (4-7)
where H = Hf + He + Hex
Hf = friction loss (ft) = (V2n2L)/(2.22R1.33)
Note: If (Hf+TW-LS) < D, adjust Hf such that (Hf+TW-LS) = D. This will keep the
analysis simple and still yield reasonable results (erring on the conservative side).
He = entrance head loss (ft) = Ke(V2/2g)
Hex = exit head loss (ft) = V2/2g
4.3.1 CULVERTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-41
TW = tailwater depth above invert of culvert outlet (ft)
Note: If TW < (D+dc)/2, set TW = (D+dc)/2. This will keep the analysis simple and still
yield reasonable results.
L = length of culvert (ft)
S = slope of culvert barrel (ft/ft)
D = interior height of culvert barrel (ft)
V = barrel velocity (fps)
n = Manning's roughness coefficient from Table 4.2.1.D
R = hydraulic radius (ft)
Ke = entrance loss coefficient (from Table 4.3.1.B)
g = acceleration due to gravity (32.2 ft/sec2)
dc = critical depth (ft); see Figure 4.3.1.F
Note: The above procedure should not be used to develop stage/discharge curves for level pool routing
purposes because its results are not precise for flow conditions where the hydraulic grade line falls
significantly below the culvert crown (i.e., less than full flow conditions).
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-42
TABLE 4.3.1.B ENTRANCE LOSS COEFFICIENTS
Type of Structure and Design Entrance Coefficient, Ke
Pipe, Concrete, PVC, Spiral Rib, DI, and Lined CPE
Projecting from fill, socket (bell) end 0.2
Projecting from fill, square cut end 0.5
Headwall, or headwall and wingwalls
Socket end of pipe (groove-end) 0.2
Square-edge 0.5
Rounded (radius = 1/12D) 0.2
Mitered to conform to fill slope 0.7
End section conforming to fill slope* 0.5
Beveled edges, 33.7 or 45 bevels 0.2
Side- or slope-tapered inlet 0.2
Pipe, or Pipe-Arch, Corrugated Metal and Other Non-Concrete or D.I.
Projecting from fill (no headwall) 0.9
Headwall, or headwall and wingwalls (square-edge) 0.5
Mitered to conform to fill slope (paved or unpaved slope) 0.7
End section conforming to fill slope* 0.5
Beveled edges, 33.7 or 45 bevels 0.2
Side- or slope-tapered inlet 0.2
Box, Reinforced Concrete
Headwall parallel to embankment (no wingwalls)
Square-edged on 3 edges 0.5
Rounded on 3 edges to radius of 1/12 barrel dimension or beveled edges on
3 sides
0.2
Wingwalls at 30 to 75 to barrel
Square-edged at crown 0.4
Crown edge rounded to radius of 1/12 barrel dimension or beveled top edge 0.2
Wingwall at 10 to 25 to barrel
Square-edged at crown 0.5
Wingwalls parallel (extension of sides)
Square-edged at crown 0.7
Side- or slope-tapered inlet 0.2
* Note: “End section conforming to fill slope” are the sections commonly available from manufacturers. From limited hydraulic tests they
are equivalent in operation to a headwall in both inlet and outlet control. Some end sections incorporating a closed taper in their
design have a superior hydraulic performance.
Computer Applications
The “King County Backwater” (KCBW) computer program available with this manual contains two
subroutines (BWPIPE and BWCULV) that may be used to analyze culvert capacity and develop
stage/discharge curves for level pool routing purposes. A schematic description of the nomenclature used
in these subroutines is provided in Figure 4.3.1.G. The KCBW program documentation available from
King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks (DNRP) includes more detailed descriptions of
program features.
4.3.1 CULVERTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-43
FIGURE 4.3.1.A INLET/OUTLET CONTROL CONDITIONS
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-44
FIGURE 4.3.1.B
HEADWATER DEPTH FOR SMOOTH INTERIOR PIPE CULVERTS WITH INLET CONTROL
4.3.1 CULVERTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-45
FIGURE 4.3.1.C HEADWATER DEPTH FOR CORRUGATED PIPE CULVERTS WITH INLET
CONTROL
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-46
FIGURE 4.3.1.D HEAD FOR CULVERTS (PIPE W/“n”= 0.012)
FLOWING FULL WITH OUTLET CONTROL
4.3.1 CULVERTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-47
FIGURE 4.3.1.E HEAD FOR CULVERTS (PIPE W/“n”= 0.024)
FLOWING FULL WITH OUTLET CONTROL
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-48
FIGURE 4.3.1.F CRITICAL DEPTH OF FLOW FOR CIRCULAR CULVERTS
4.3.1 CULVERTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-49
FIGURE 4.3.1.G COMPUTER SUBROUTINES BWPIPE AND BWCULV: VARIABLE DEFINITIONS
FLOW DATA COEFFICIENTS / INLET DATA
DC - Critical Depth (ft) KE - Entrance Coefficient under Outlet
Control
DN - Normal Depth (ft) KB - Bend Loss Coefficient
TW - Tailwater Depth (ft) KJ - Junction Loss Coefficient
DO - Outlet Depth (ft) K - Inlet Control Equation parameter
(See Table 4.3.1.A)
DE - Entrance Depth (ft) M - Inlet Control Equation parameter
(See Table 4.3.1.A)
HWO - Headwater (ft) assuming Outlet Control C - Inlet Control Equation parameter
(See Table 4.3.1.A)
HWI - Headwater (ft) assuming Inlet Control Y - Inlet Control Equation parameter
(See Table 4.3.1.A)
DXN - Distance (expressed as a fraction of the pipe
length) from the outlet to where the flow profile
intersects with normal depth. DXN will equal one
under full-flow conditions and will equal zero when
a hydraulic jump occurs at the outlet or when
normal depth equals zero (normal depth will equal
zero when the pipe grade is flat or reversed).
Q-Ratio - Ratio of tributary flow to main upstream
flow (Q3/Q1)
VBH - Barrel Velocity Head (ft) based on the average
velocity determined by V=Q/Afull
VUH - Upstream Velocity Head (ft) based on an inputted
velocity.
EHU - Upstream Energy Head (ft) available after bend
losses and junction losses have been subtracted
from VUH.
VCH - Critical Depth Velocity Head (ft)
VNH - Normal Depth Velocity Head (ft)
VEH - Entrance Depth Velocity Head (ft)
VOH - Outlet Depth Velocity Head (ft)
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-50
4.3.2 CULVERTS PROVIDING FOR FISH PASSAGE/MIGRATION
In fish-bearing waters, water-crossing structures must usually provide for fish passage as required for
Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) Hydraulic Project Approval or as a condition
of permitting under the critical areas code (RMC 4-3-050). Culverts designed for fish passage must also
meet the requirements of Section 1.2.4, “Core Requirement #4: Conveyance System.”
Fish passage can generally be ensured by providing structures that do not confine the streambed—that is,
a structure wide enough so that the stream can maintain its natural channel within the culvert. Bridges,
bottomless arch culverts, arch culverts, and rectangular box culverts (“utility vaults”) can often be used to
accommodate stream channels.
Where it is unfeasible to construct these types of structures, round pipe culverts may be used if high flow
velocities are minimized and low flow depths are maximized. The Hydraulic Code Rules (Title 220 WAC)
detail requirements for WDFW Hydraulic Project Approval. See the WDFW manual “Design of Road
Culverts for Fish Passage” for detailed design methodologies.
Materials
Galvanized metals leach zinc into the environment, especially in standing water situations. High zinc
concentrations, sometimes in the range that can be toxic to aquatic life, have been observed in the region.
Therefore, use of galvanized materials in stormwater facilities is not allowed, and their use in conveyance
systems is discouraged. Where other metals, such as stainless steel, or plastics are available, they should
be used.
4.3.2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
Table 4.3.2.A lists allowable velocities, flow depths, and hydraulic drops for culverts in fish-bearing
streams. Velocities are for the high flow design discharge; water depths are for the low flow design
discharge. The hydraulic drop (a vertical drop in the water surface profile at any point within culvert
influence) is for all flows between the high and low flow design discharges.
TABLE 4.3.2.A FISH PASSAGE DESIGN CRITERIA
Adult Trout
Adult Pink, Chum
Salmon
Adult Chinook, Coho,
Sockeye, Steelhead
1. Max Velocity (fps)
Culvert Length:
10–60 ft 4.0 5.0 6.0
60–100 ft 4.0 4.0 5.0
100–200 ft 3.0 3.0 4.0
2. Min Flow Depth (ft) 0.8 0.8 1.0
3. Max Hydraulic Drop (ft) 0.8 0.8 1.0
Source: WDFW manual “Design of Road Culverts for Fish Passage” (2003), Chapter 5, p. 21, Table 5-1.
4.3.2 CULVERTS PROVIDING FOR FISH PASSAGE/MIGRATION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-51
4.3.2.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
High Flow Design Discharge
For gaged streams, the high flow design discharge shall be estimated by the 10% exceedance flow for
October through April inclusive, proportioned by tributary area to the culvert using the technique
described in Section 4.4.2.4 under “Flood Flows from Stream Gage Data.”
For ungaged streams, the high flow design discharge shall be estimated by one of the following:
The 10% exceedance flow for October through April inclusive for the nearest hydrologically similar
gaged stream, proportioned by tributary area
The 5% exceedance flow determined through duration analysis with the approved model
The 10% exceedance flow for October through April inclusive determined with the HSPF model or
the approved model using the full historical record.
Low Flow Design Discharge
For gaged streams, the low flow design discharge shall be estimated by the 95% exceedance flow for
October through April inclusive, proportioned by tributary area.
For ungaged streams, the low flow design discharge shall be estimated by one of the following:
The 95% exceedance flow for October through April inclusive for the nearest hydrologically similar
gaged stream, proportioned by tributary area
The 95% exceedance flow for October through April inclusive, determined by the HSPF model or the
approved model using the full historical record
The following equation, using input data from the approved model (Note: Equation 4-9 is not used):
For the Sea-Tac rainfall region:
Ql = fr (0.46Atf + 0.56Atp + 0.46Atg + 0.72Aof + 0.96Aop + 1.10Aog) / 1000 (4-7)
where Ql = low flow design discharge (cfs)
fr = regional rainfall scale factor from the WWHM2012 Site Information map screen
Atf = area of till forest (acres)
Atp = area of till pasture (acres)
Atg = area of till grass (acres)
Aof = area of outwash forest (acres)
Aop = area of outwash pasture (acres)
Aog = area of outwash grass (acres)
Note: Minimum depths may also be met by providing an “installed no-flow depth,” per Title 220 WAC,
where the static water surface level meets minimum flow depth criteria.
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-52
4.3.3 BRIDGES
Bridges over waterways are considered conveyance structures and are generally constructed to allow the
continuation of a thoroughfare (such as a road). They generally consist of foundation abutments and/or
piers that support a deck spanning the waterway. In addition to the design criteria for conveyance
described below, bridge designs must meet the City of Renton Transportation requirements, AASHTO
Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges or AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications and the
most current WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications as well as the requirements of other agencies such
as the Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW).
4.3.3.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
Bridges shall be designed to convey flows and pass sediments and debris for runoff events up to and
including the 100-year event in a manner that does not increase the potential for flooding or erosion to
properties and structures near or adjacent to the bridge, or cause bridge failure. Inadequate conveyance
capacity may cause flooding to increase by restricting flow through the hydraulic openings, by placing
approach fill or abutments in floodplains, by causing changes in channel gradient and alignment or by
trapping debris. A common mode of bridge failure involving debris is the resultant scour and undermining
of piers or abutments where debris accumulates.
Openings between the structural elements of the bridge and the bottom of the channel or floodplain ground
surface must be large enough to allow for passage of water, sediment, and debris. The horizontal openings
are defined by the bridge span, the horizontal distances between piers or abutments.
Bridge clearance is the vertical distance between the 100-year water surface and the low chord of the
bridge. For stream crossing locations where the 100-year peak flow exceeds 100 cfs, the height of a bridge
clearance above rivers and streams shall be a minimum three feet above the 100-year water surface
elevation unless otherwise required by the City based on evaluation of the design criteria in this section.
For stream crossing locations where the 100-year peak flow is 100 cfs or less, there is no specific
clearance requirement.
Hydraulic Capacity
Bridge and approach roads must pass the 100-year flow without creating hydraulic restrictions that cause
or increase flooding. Design of bridge and approach roads shall demonstrate compliance with the
compensatory storage provisions of RMC 4-3-050. Of necessity, bridge and approach roads are sometimes
constructed within 100-year floodplains. In some cases, approach roads will be inundated and the bridge
will not be accessible during extreme events. In other cases, both the bridge and approach roads will be
inundated by the 100-year flood. In these cases, the bridge shall be designed to withstand the expected
condition while inundated. The design shall employ means to facilitate flow over the bridge and to
minimize the potential for erosion of the roadway fill in the approach roads.
Bed Aggradation
Where bed aggradation is probable, the analysis of hydraulic capacity shall assume the bed raised by an
amount expected during a suitable design life (40 years minimum) of the bridge. Aggradation estimates
shall be based on a sediment transport analysis that, where possible, is calibrated to direct cross-section
comparisons over time. This analysis shall extend upstream and downstream a sufficient distance to
adequately characterize bed aggradation that may affect the hydraulic capacity at the bridge location.
Bed aggradation is frequently associated with channel migration. The location and design of bridges and
approach roads shall consider channel migration hazards.
4.3.3 BRIDGES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-53
Debris Passage
Since debris can pass through an opening either partly or totally submerged, the total vertical clearance
from the bottom of the structure to the streambed needs to be considered. Required clearance for debris
shall include an assessment of the maximum material size available, the ability of the stream to transport
it, and the proximity of debris sources. The following factors also must be considered: history of debris
problems in the river reaches upstream and downstream of the proposed bridge location, history of debris
accumulations on an existing bridge structure or nearby structures upstream and downstream from the
proposed bridge location, mapped channel migration hazard and channel migration history of the reach of
stream, and skew of the bridge alignment such that piers in floodplain may be in the path of the debris. For
a detailed qualitative analysis of debris accumulation on bridges, see the U.S. Department of
Transportation, Federal Highway Administration Publication FHWA-RD-97-028, Potential Drift
Accumulation at Bridges, by Timothy H. Diehl (1997).
Safety Margin
When designing bridges to convey flows and pass sediments and debris, a safety margin shall be
considered by the design engineer to account for uncertainties in flow rates, debris hazards, water surface
elevations, aggradation, and channel migration over time. The safety margin should be increased when the
surrounding community is especially susceptible to flood damages that could be exacerbated by a debris
jam at the bridge. Section 5 of the Technical Information Report submitted with the project’s engineering
plans shall include a discussion of the need for a safety margin and the rationale for its selection.
Bridges and Levees
Where bridge structures and approach roads intersect flood containment levees, the bridge structure and
approach roads shall be designed and constructed to preserve existing levels of flood containment
provided by the existing levee.
Where the existing levee currently provides containment of the 100-year flood, the bridge structure and
approach roads shall be designed and constructed to meet FEMA levee and structural performance
standards, including sufficient freeboard on the levee in the bridge vicinity, as provided for in 44 CFR
(also see Section 1.3.3, Special Requirement #3, Flood Protection Facilities).
Bridge Piers and Abutments
Bridge pier and abutment locations are governed by provisions of the City’s critical areas code,
RMC 4-3-050.
4.3.3.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The following methods are acceptable for hydraulic analysis of bridges and approach roads:
1. The Direct Step backwater method described in Section 4.4.1.2 shall be used to analyze the
hydraulic impacts of bridge piers, abutments, and approach roads to the water surface profile.
2. The Army Corps of Engineers Hydraulic Engineering Center publishes technical papers on methods
used to address the hydraulic effects of bridge piers, abutments, and approach roads. The book Open
Channel Hydraulics by V.T. Chow also contains techniques for analyzing hydraulic effects.
SECTION 4.3 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-54
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-55
4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
This section presents the methods, criteria, and details for hydraulic analysis and design of open channels,
and the determination and analysis of floodplains and floodways. The information presented is organized
as follows:
Section 4.4.1, “Open Channels”
“Design Criteria,” Section 4.4.1.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 4.4.1.2
Section 4.4.2, “Floodplain/Floodway Analysis”
“No Floodplain Study Required,” Section 4.4.2.1
“Approximate Floodplain Study,” Section 4.4.2.2
“Minor Floodplain Study,” Section 4.4.2.3
“Major Floodplain/Floodway Study,” Section 4.4.2.4.
4.4.1 OPEN CHANNELS
Open channels may be classified as either natural or constructed. Natural channels are generally referred to
as rivers, streams, creeks, or swales, while constructed channels are most often called ditches, or simply
channels. The Critical Areas, Shorelines, and Clearing and Grading Codes as well as Chapter 1 of this
manual should be reviewed for requirements related to streams.
Natural Channels
Natural channels are defined as those that have occurred naturally due to the flow of surface waters, or
those that, although originally constructed by human activity, have taken on the appearance of a natural
channel including a stable route and biological community. They may vary hydraulically along each
channel reach and should be left in their natural condition, wherever feasible or required, in order to
maintain natural hydrologic functions and wildlife habitat benefits from established vegetation.
Constructed Channels
Constructed channels are those constructed or maintained by human activity and include bank stabilization
of natural channels. Constructed channels shall be either vegetation-lined, rock-lined, or lined with
appropriately bioengineered vegetation5.
Vegetation-lined channels are the most desirable of the constructed channels when properly designed
and constructed. The vegetation stabilizes the slopes of the channel, controls erosion of the channel
surface, and removes pollutants. The channel storage, low velocities, water quality benefits, and
greenbelt multiple-use benefits create significant advantages over other constructed channels. The
presence of vegetation in channels creates turbulence that results in loss of energy and increased flow
retardation; therefore, the design engineer must consider sediment deposition and scour, as well as
flow capacity, when designing the channel.
Rock-lined channels are necessary where a vegetative lining will not provide adequate protection from
erosive velocities. They may be constructed with riprap, gabions, or slope mattress linings. The rock
lining increases the turbulence, resulting in a loss of energy and increased flow retardation. Rock
lining also permits a higher design velocity and therefore a steeper design slope than in grass-lined
5 Bioengineered vegetation lining as referenced here applies to channel stabilization methods. See Appendix C, Simplified
Drainage Requirements for bioswale design criteria. Note, for bioswales and other infiltrative BMPs that may be placed in-line
with conveyance, any infiltration option in the modeling shall be turned off when evaluating conveyance capacity.
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-56
channels. Rock linings are also used for erosion control at culvert and storm drain outlets, sharp
channel bends, channel confluences, and locally steepened channel sections.
Bioengineered vegetation lining is a desirable alternative to the conventional methods of rock
armoring. Soil bioengineering is a highly specialized science that uses living plants and plant parts to
stabilize eroded or damaged land. Properly bioengineered systems are capable of providing a measure
of immediate soil protection and mechanical reinforcement. As the plants grow they produce a
vegetative protective cover and a root reinforcing matrix in the soil mantle. This root reinforcement
serves several purposes:
a) The developed anchor roots provide both shear and tensile strength to the soil, thereby providing
protection from the frictional shear and tensile velocity components to the soil mantle during the
time when flows are receding and pore pressure is high in the saturated bank.
b) The root mat provides a living filter in the soil mantle that allows for the natural release of water
after the high flows have receded.
c) The combined root system exhibits active friction transfer along the length of the living roots.
This consolidates soil particles in the bank and serves to protect the soil structure from collapsing
and the stabilization measures from failing.
The vegetative cover of bioengineered systems provides immediate protection during high flows by
laying flat against the bank and covering the soil like a blanket. It also reduces pore pressure in
saturated banks through transpiration by acting as a natural “pump” to “pull” the water out of the
banks after flows have receded.
The King County publication Guidelines for Bank Stabilization Projects primarily focuses on projects on
larger rivers and streams, but the concepts it contains may be used in conjunction with other natural
resource information for stabilization projects on smaller systems. The WDFW Integrated Streambank
Protection Guidelines is another useful reference.
4.4.1.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
1. Open channels shall be designed to provide required conveyance capacity and bank stability while
allowing for aesthetics, habitat preservation, and enhancement. Open channels shall be consistent with
the WDFW Integrated Streambank Protection Guidelines.
2. An access easement for maintenance is required along all constructed channels located on private
property. Required easement widths and building setback lines vary with channel top width as shown
in Table 4.1.
3. Channel cross-section geometry shall be trapezoidal, triangular, parabolic, or segmental as shown in
Figure 4.4.1.C through Figure 4.4.1.E. Side slopes shall be no steeper than 3:1 for vegetation-lined
channels and 2:1 for rock-lined channels. Note: Roadside ditches shall comply with the City of Renton
Standard Details.
4. To reduce the likelihood that pollutants will be discharged to groundwater when untreated runoff is
conveyed in ditches or channels constructed in soils with high infiltration rates, a low permeability
liner or a treatment liner shall be provided for any reach of new ditch or channel proposed by a
project in which the untreated runoff from 5,000 square feet or more of pollution-generating
impervious surface comes into direct contact with an outwash soil, except where it can be
demonstrated that the soil meets the soil suitability criteria listed in Section 5.2.1. The low
permeability liner or treatment liner shall be consistent with the specifications for such liners in
Section 6.2.4.
5. Vegetation-lined channels shall have bottom slope gradients of 6% or less and a maximum
velocity at design flow of 5 fps (see Table 4.4.1.A).
4.4.1 OPEN CHANNELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-57
6. Rock-lined channels or bank stabilization of natural channels shall be used when design flow
velocities exceed 5 feet per second. Rock stabilization shall be in accordance with Table 4.4.1.A
or stabilized with bioengineering methods as described above in “Constructed Channels.”
TABLE 4.4.1.A CHANNEL PROTECTION
Velocity at Design
Flow (fps) Required Protection
Greater
than
Less than
or Equal to Type of Protection Thickness
Minimum Height
Above Design
Water Surface
0 5 Grass lining
or
Bioengineered lining
N/A N/A
5 8 Rock lining(1)
or
Bioengineered lining
1 foot 1 foot
8 12 Riprap(2) 2 feet 2 feet
12 20 Slope mattress gabion,
etc.
Varies 2 feet
(1) Rock Lining shall be reasonably well graded as follows:
Maximum stone size: 12 inches
Median stone size: 8 inches
Minimum stone size: 2 inches
(2) Riprap shall be reasonably well graded as follows:
Maximum stone size: 24 inches
Median stone size: 16 inches
Minimum stone size: 4 inches
Note: Riprap sizing is governed by side slopes on channel, assumed to be approximately 3:1.
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-58
Riprap Design6
When riprap is set, stones are placed on the channel sides and bottom to protect the underlying material
from being eroded. Proper riprap design requires the determination of the median size of stone, the
thickness of the riprap layer, the gradation of stone sizes, and the selection of angular stones that will
interlock when placed. Research by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers has provided criteria for selecting
the median stone weight, W50 (Figure 4.4.1.A). If the riprap is to be used in a highly turbulent zone (such
as at a culvert outfall, downstream of a stilling basin, at sharp changes in channel geometry, etc.), the
median stone W50 should be increased from 200% to 600% depending on the severity of the locally high
turbulence. The thickness of the riprap layer should generally be twice the median stone diameter (D50)
or at least that of the maximum stone. The riprap should have a reasonably well graded assortment of stone
sizes within the following gradation:
1.25 ≤ Dmax/D50 ≤ 1.50
D15/D50 = 0.50
Dmin/D50 = 0.25
Detailed design methodology may be found in the Corps publication EM 1110-02-1601, Engineering and
Design – Hydraulic Design of Flood Control Channels. For a more detailed analysis and design procedure
for riprap requiring water surface profiles and estimates of tractive force, refer to the paper by Maynord et
al. in Journal of Hydraulic Engineering (A.S.C.E.), July 1989.
Riprap Filter Design
Riprap should be underlain by a sand and gravel filter (or filter fabric) to keep the fine materials in the
underlying channel bed from being washed through the voids in the riprap. Likewise, the filter material
must be selected so that it is not washed through the voids in the riprap. Adequate filters can usually be
provided by a reasonably well graded sand and gravel material where:
D15 < 5d85
The variable d85 refers to the sieve opening through which 85% of the material being protected will pass,
and D15 has the same interpretation for the filter material. A filter material with a D50 of 0.5 mm will
protect any finer material including clay. Where very large riprap is used, it is sometimes necessary to use
two filter layers between the material being protected and the riprap.
Example:
What embedded riprap design should be used to protect a streambank at a level culvert outfall where the
outfall velocities in the vicinity of the downstream toe are expected to be about 8 fps?
From Figure 4.4.1.A, W50 = 6.5 lbs, but since the downstream area below the outfall will be subjected to
severe turbulence, increase W50 by 400% so that:
W50 = 26 lbs, D50 = 8.0 inches
The gradation of the riprap is shown in Figure 4.4.1.B, and the minimum thickness would be 1 foot (from
Table 4.4.1.A); however, 16 inches to 24 inches of riprap thickness would provide some additional
insurance that the riprap will function properly in this highly turbulent area.
Figure 4.4.1.B shows that the gradation curve for ASTM C33, size number 57 coarse aggregate (used in
concrete mixes), would meet the filter criteria. Applying the filter criteria to the coarse aggregate
demonstrates that any underlying material whose gradation was coarser than that of a concrete sand would
be protected.
6 From a paper prepared by M. Schaefer, Dam Safety Section, Washington State Department of Ecology.
4.4.1 OPEN CHANNELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-59
FIGURE 4.4.1.A
MEAN CHANNEL VELOCITY VS. MEDIUM STONE WEIGHT (W50) AND EQUIVALENT STONE
DIAMETER
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-60
FIGURE 4.4.1.B RIPRAP/FILTER EXAMPLE GRADATION CURVE
0.1
1
10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
% Finer by WeightGrain Size (inches)20
RIP-RAP
Coarse Aggregate
size number 57
ASTM 14 C-33
4.4.1 OPEN CHANNELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-61
4.4.1.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
This section presents the methods of analysis for designing new or evaluating existing open channels
for compliance with the conveyance capacity requirements set forth in Section 1.2.4, “Core
Requirement #4: Conveyance System.”
DESIGN FLOWS
Design flows for sizing and assessing the capacity of open channels shall be determined using the
hydrologic analysis methods described in Chapter 3.
CONVEYANCE CAPACITY
There are three acceptable methods of analysis for sizing and analyzing the capacity of open channels:
1. Manning's equation for preliminary sizing
2. Direct Step backwater method
3. Standard Step backwater method.
Manning's Equation for Preliminary Sizing
Manning's equation is used for preliminary sizing of open channel reaches of uniform cross section and
slope (i.e., prismatic channels) and uniform roughness. This method assumes the flow depth (or normal
depth) and flow velocity remain constant throughout the channel reach for a given flow.
The charts in Figure 4.4.1.C and Figure 4.4.1.D may be used to obtain graphic solutions of Manning's
equation for common ditch sections. For conditions outside the range of these charts or for more precise
results, Manning’s equation can be solved directly from its classic forms shown in Equations (4-1) and (4-
2).
Table 4.4.1.B provides a reference for selecting the appropriate “n” values for open channels. A number of
engineering reference books, such as Open-Channel Hydraulics by V.T. Chow, may also be used as guides
to select “n” values. Figure 4.4.1.E contains the geometric elements of common channel sections useful in
determining area A, wetted perimeter WP, and hydraulic radius (R= A/WP).
If flow restrictions occur that raise the water level above normal depth within a given channel reach, a
backwater condition (or subcritical flow) is said to exist. This condition can result from flow restrictions
created by a downstream culvert, bridge, dam, pond, lake, etc., and even a downstream channel reach
having a higher flow depth. If backwater conditions are found to exist for the design flow, a backwater
profile must be computed to verify that the channel's capacity is still adequate as designed. The Direct Step
or Standard Step backwater methods presented in this section may be used for this purpose.
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-62
TABLE 4.4.1.B VALUES OF ROUGHNESS COEFFICIENT “n” FOR OPEN CHANNELS
Type of Channel
and Description
Manning's
“n”*
(normal)
Type of Channel
and Description
Manning's
“n”*
(normal)
A. Constructed Channels
a. Earth, straight and uniform
1. Clean, recently completed
2. Gravel, uniform section,
clean
3. With short grass, few
weeds
b. Earth, winding and sluggish
1. No vegetation
2. Grass, some weeds
3. Dense weeds or aquatic
plants in deep channels
4. Earth bottom and rubble
sides
5. Stony bottom and weedy
banks
6. Cobble bottom and clean
sides
c. Rock lined
1. Smooth and uniform
2. Jagged and irregular
d. Channels not maintained,
weeds and brush uncut
1. Dense weeds, high as flow
depth
2. Clean bottom, brush on
sides
3. Same as #2, highest stage
of flow
4. Dense brush, high stage
B. Natural Streams
B-1 Minor streams (top width at
flood stage < 100 ft.)
a. Streams on plain
1. Clean, straight, full stage
no rifts or deep pools
2. Same as #1, but more
stones and weeds
3. Clean, winding, some pools
and shoals
4. Same as #3, but some
weeds
5. Same as #4, but more
stones
0.018
0.025
0.027
0.025
0.030
0.035
0.030
0.035
0.040
0.035
0.040
0.080
0.050
0.070
0.100
0.030
0.035
0.040
0.040
0.050
6. Sluggish reaches, weedy
deep pools
7. Very weedy reaches,
deep pools, or floodways
with heavy stand of
timber and underbrush
b. Mountain streams, no
vegetation in channel, banks
usually steep, trees and
brush along banks
submerged at high stages
1. Bottom: gravel, cobbles,
and few boulders
2. Bottom: cobbles with
large boulders
B-2 Floodplains
a. Pasture, no brush
1. Short grass
2. High grass
b. Cultivated areas
1. No crop
2. Mature row crops
3. Mature field crops
c. Brush
1. Scattered brush, heavy
weeds
2. Light brush and trees
3. Medium to dense brush
4. Heavy, dense brush
d. Trees
1. Dense willows, straight
2. Cleared land with tree
stumps, no sprouts
3. Same as #2, but with
heavy growth of sprouts
4. Heavy stand of timber, a
few down trees, little
undergrowth, flood stage
below branches
5. Same as #4, but with
flood stage reaching
branches
0.070
0.100
0.040
0.050
0.030
0.035
0.030
0.035
0.040
0.050
0.060
0.070
0.100
0.150
0.040
0.060
0.100
0.120
* Note: These “n” values are “normal” values for use in analysis of channels. For conservative design of channel capacity,
the maximum values listed in other references should be considered. For channel bank stability, the minimum values
should be considered.
4.4.1 OPEN CHANNELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-63
Direct Step Backwater Method
The Direct Step backwater method may be used to compute backwater profiles on prismatic channel
reaches (i.e., reaches having uniform cross section and slope) where a backwater condition or restriction to
normal flow is known to exist. The method may be applied to a series of prismatic channel reaches in
secession beginning at the downstream end of the channel and computing the profile upstream.
Calculating the coordinates of the water surface profile using this method is an iterative process achieved
by choosing a range of flow depths, beginning at the downstream end, and proceeding incrementally up to
the point of interest or to the point of normal flow depth. This is best accomplished by the use of a table
(see Figure 4.4.1.G) or computer programs (as discussed in “Computer Applications” in Section 4.4.1.2).
To illustrate analysis of a single reach, consider the following diagram:
Equating the total head at cross sections 1 and 2, the following equation may be written:
Sox + y1 + = y2 + + Sf x (4-8)
where, x = distance between cross sections (ft)
y1, y2 = depth of flow (ft) at cross sections 1 and 2
V1, V2 = velocity (fps) at cross sections 1 and 2
= energy coefficient at cross sections 1 and 2
So = bottom slope (ft/ft)
Sf = friction slope = (n2V2)/(2.21R1.33)
g = acceleration due to gravity, (32.2 ft/sec2)
If the specific energy E at any one cross-section is defined as follows:
E = y + (4-9)
and assuming = 1 = 2 where is the energy coefficient that corrects for the non-uniform distribution
of velocity over the channel cross section, Equations 4-10 and 4-11 can be combined and rearranged to
solve for x as follows:
g
V
2
2
1
1g
V
2
2
2
2
g
V
2
2
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-64
Dx = (E2 - E1)/(So - Sf) = E/( So - Sf) (4-10)
Typical values of the energy coefficient are as follows:
Channels, regular section 1.15
Natural streams 1.3
Shallow vegetated flood fringes (includes channel) 1.75
For a given flow, channel slope, Manning's “n,” and energy coefficient , together with a beginning water
surface elevation y2, the values of x may be calculated for arbitrarily chosen values of y1. The coordinates
defining the water surface profile are obtained from the cumulative sum of x and corresponding values
of y.
The normal flow depth, yn, should first be calculated from Manning's equation to establish the upper limit
of the backwater effect.
Standard Step Backwater Method
The Standard Step Backwater Method is a variation of the Direct Step Backwater Method and may be used
to compute backwater profiles on both prismatic and non-prismatic channels. In this method, stations are
established along the channel where cross section data is known or has been determined through field
survey. The computation is carried out in steps from station to station rather than throughout a given
channel reach as is done in the Direct Step method. As a result, the analysis involves significantly more
trial-and-error calculation in order to determine the flow depth at each station.
Computer Applications
Because of the iterative calculations involved, use of a computer to perform the analysis is recommended.
The King County Backwater (KCBW) computer program included in the software package available
with this manual includes a subroutine, BWCHAN, based on the Standard Step backwater method, which
may be used for all channel capacity analysis. It can also be combined with the BWPIPE and BWCULV
subroutines to analyze an entire drainage conveyance system. A schematic description of the nomenclature
used in the BWCHAN subroutine is provided in Figure 4.4.1.H. See the KCBW program documentation
for further information.
There are a number of commercial software programs for use on personal computers that use variations of
the Standard Step backwater method for determining water surface profiles. The most common and widely
accepted program is called HEC-RAS, published and supported by the United States Army Corps of
Engineers Hydraulic Engineering Center. It is one of the models accepted by FEMA for use in performing
flood hazard studies for preparing flood insurance maps.
4.4.1 OPEN CHANNELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-65
FIGURE 4.4.1.C DITCHES — COMMON SECTIONS
PROPERTIES OF DITCHES
DIMENSIONS HYDRAULICS
NO. Side Slopes B H W A WP R R(2/3)
D-1 – – 6.5″ 5′-0″ 1.84 5.16 0.356 0.502
D-1C – – 6″ 25′-0″ 6.25 25.50 0.245 0.392
D-2A 1.5:1 2′-0″ 1′-0″ 5′-0″ 3.50 5.61 0.624 0.731
B 2:1 2′-0″ 1′-0″ 6′-0″ 4.00 6.47 0.618 0.726
C 3:1 2′-0″ 1′-0″ 8′-0″ 5.00 8.32 0.601 0.712
D-3A 1.5:1 3′-0″ 1′-6″ 7′-6″ 7.88 8.41 0.937 0.957
B 2:1 3′-0″ 1′-6″ 9′-0″ 9.00 9.71 0.927 0.951
C 3:1 3′-0″ 1′-6″ 12′-0″ 11.25 12.49 0.901 0.933
D-4A 1.5:1 3′-0″ 2′-0″ 9′-0″ 12.00 10.21 1.175 1.114
B 2:1 3′-0″ 2′-0″ 11′-0″ 14.00 11.94 1.172 1.112
C 3:1 3′-0″ 2′-0″ 15′-0″ 18.00 15.65 1.150 1.098
D-5A 1.5:1 4′-0″ 3′-0″ 13′-0″ 25.50 13.82 1.846 1.505
B 2:1 4′-0″ 3′-0″ 16′-0″ 30.00 16.42 1.827 1.495
C 3:1 4′-0″ 3′-0″ 22′-0″ 39.00 21.97 1.775 1.466
D-6A 2:1 – 1′-0″ 4′-0″ 2.00 4.47 0.447 0.585
B 3:1 – 1′-0″ 6′-0″ 3.00 6.32 0.474 0.608
D-7A 2:1 – 2′-0″ 8′-0″ 8.00 8.94 0.894 0.928
B 3:1 – 2′-0″ 12′-0″ 12.00 12.65 0.949 0.965
D-8A 2:1 – 3′-0″ 12′-0″ 18.00 13.42 1.342 1.216
B 3:1 – 3′-0″ 18′-0″ 27.00 18.97 1.423 1.265
D-9 7:1 – 1′-0″ 14′-0″ 7.00 14.14 0.495 0.626
D-10 7:1 – 2′-0″ 28′-0″ 28.00 28.28 0.990 0.993
D-11 7:1 – 3′-0″ 42′-0″ 63.00 42.43 1.485 1.302
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-66
FIGURE 4.4.1.D DRAINAGE DITCHES — COMMON SECTIONS
4.4.1 OPEN CHANNELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-67
FIGURE 4.4.1.E GEOMETRIC ELEMENTS OF COMMON SECTIONS
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-68
FIGURE 4.4.1.F OPEN CHANNEL FLOW PROFILE COMPUTATION
Q = ____________ n = ____________ So = ____________ = ____________ Yn = ____________
y A R R4/3 V V2/2g E E Sf _
Sf
_
So - Sf
x x
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
4.4.1 OPEN CHANNELS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-69
FIGURE 4.4.1.G DIRECT STEP BACKWATER METHOD – EXAMPLE
y A R R4/3 V V2/2g E E Sf _
Sf
_
So - Sf
x x
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
6.0 72.0 2.68 3.72 0.42 0.0031 6.0031 - 0.00002 - - - -
5.5 60.5 2.46 3.31 0.50 0.0040 5.5040 0.4990 0.00003 0.000025 0.00698 71.50 71.5
5.0 50.0 2.24 2.92 0.60 0.0064 5.0064 0.4976 0.00005 0.000040 0.00696 71.49 142.99
4.5 40.5 2.01 2.54 0.74 0.0098 4.5098 0.4966 0.00009 0.000070 0.00693 71.64 214.63
4.0 32.0 1.79 2.17 0.94 0.0157 4.0157 0.4941 0.00016 0.000127 0.00687 71.89 286.52
3.5 24.5 1.57 1.82 1.22 0.0268 3.5268 0.4889 0.00033 0.000246 0.00675 72.38 358.90
3.0 18.0 1.34 1.48 1.67 0.0496 3.0496 0.4772 0.00076 0.000547 0.00645 73.95 432.85
2.5 12.5 1.12 1.16 2.40 0.1029 2.6029 0.4467 0.00201 0.001387 0.00561 79.58 512.43
2.0 8.0 0.89 0.86 3.75 0.2511 2.2511 0.3518 0.00663 0.004320 0.00268 131.27 643.70
The step computations are carried out as shown in the above table. The values in each column of the table
are explained as follows:
Col. 1. Depth of flow (ft) assigned from 6 to 2 feet
Col. 2. Water area (ft2) corresponding to depth y in Col. 1
Col. 3 Hydraulic radius (ft) corresponding to y in Col. 1
Col. 4. Four-thirds power of the hydraulic radius
Col. 5. Mean velocity (fps) obtained by dividing Q (30 cfs) by the water area in Col. 2
Col. 6. Velocity head (ft)
Col. 7. Specific energy (ft) obtained by adding the velocity head in Col. 6 to depth of flow in Col. 1
Col. 8. Change of specific energy (ft) equal to the difference between the E value in Col. 7 and that
of the previous step.
Col. 9. Friction slope Sf, computed from V as given in Col. 5 and R4/3 in Col. 4
Col. 10. Average friction slope between the steps, equal to the arithmetic mean of the friction slope
just computed in Col. 9 and that of the previous step
Col. 11. Difference between the bottom slope, So, and the average friction slope, Sf
Col. 12. Length of the reach (ft) between the consecutive steps;
Computed by x = E/(So - Sf) or by dividing the value in Col. 8 by the value in Col. 11
Col. 13. Distance from the beginning point to the section under consideration. This is equal to the
cumulative sum of the values in Col. 12 computed for previous steps.
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-70
gVECY2*1 2
1
FIGURE 4.4.1.H BWCHAN COMPUTER SUBROUTINE – VARIABLE DEFINITIONS
BWCHAN – VARIABLE DEFINITIONS
YC-IN Critical Depth (ft) at current section based on incoming flow rate.
YC-OT Critical Depth (ft) at current section based on outgoing flow rate.
YN-IN Normal Depth (ft) at current section based on incoming flow rate/channel grade.
YN-OT Normal Depth (ft) at current section based on outgoing flow rate/channel grade.
Y1 Final Water Depth (ft) at current cross section
N-Y1 Composite n-factor of current section for final depth, Y1.
A-Y1 Cross-sectional Area of current section for final depth, Y1.
WP-Y1 Wetted Perimeter (ft) of current section for final depth, Y1.
V-Y1 Average Velocity (fps) of current section for final depth, Y1.
E1 Total Energy Head (ft) at current section
E2 Total Energy Head (ft) at pervious or downstream section.
SF1 Friction Slope of current section.
SF2 Friction Slope of previous or downstream section.
DXY Distance (expressed as a fraction of the current reach length) from the previous
or downstream section to where the flow profile would intersect the final water
depth, Y1, assuming Y1 were to remain constant
EC Energy Coefficient ““
Q-TW The flow rate used to determine Tailwater Height from an inputted HW/TW Data
File.
TW-HT Tailwater Height.
Q-Y1 Flow rate (cfs) in channel at current section, for depth, Y1
VU-Y1 Upstream Velocity (fps) at current section for depth, Y1 (“Adjust” option).
V1-HD Channel Velocity Head (ft) at current section.
VU-HD Upstream Velocity Head (ft) at current section.
4.4.2 FLOODPLAIN/FLOODWAY ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-71
4.4.2 FLOODPLAIN/FLOODWAY ANALYSIS
This section describes the floodplain/floodway studies required by Special Requirement #2, Flood Hazard
Area Delineation, in Section 1.3.2. Floodplain/floodway studies, as required by this manual, establish base
flood elevations and delineate floodplains and/or floodways when the City determines that a proposed
project contains or is adjacent to a flood hazard area for a river, stream, lake, wetland, closed depression,
marine shoreline, or other water feature. Furthermore, when development is proposed within the
floodplain, the floodplain/floodway study is used to show compliance with the critical areas code
(RMC 4-3-050) flood hazard area regulations.
There are four conditions affecting the requirements for floodplain/floodway studies. Each condition is
considered a threshold for determining the type of studies required and the documentation needed to meet
the study requirements. Each study threshold and related study requirements are shown in the table below,
and described further in this section.
Note that any projects or related flood studies that are expected to result in a change to Base Flood
Elevations published in FEMA Flood Insurance Studies and Rate Maps, must also comply with 44 CFR
Part 65.
TABLE 4.4.2.A FLOODPLAIN/FLOODWAY STUDY THRESHOLDS AND
REQUIREMENTS
Threshold Study Requirements
The project site is on land that is
outside of an already delineated
floodplain and above the floodplain's
base flood elevation based on best
available floodplain data.
No floodplain study
required
Show delineation of floodplain on
the site improvement plan and
indicate base flood elevation
Record a notice on title
See Section 4.4.2.1 for more details
The project site is on land that is at
least 10 feet above the ordinary high
water mark or 2 feet above the
downstream overflow elevation of a
water feature for which a floodplain
has not been determined.
Approximate Floodplain
Study per Section 4.4.2.2
Submit an engineering plan with
approximate base flood elevation
Record a notice on title
See Section 4.4.2.2 for more details
The project site does not meet the
above thresholds and is either on land
that is outside of an already
delineated Zone A floodplain (i.e.,
without base flood elevations
determined), or is adjacent to a water
feature for which a floodplain has not
been determined.
Minor Floodplain Study per
Section 4.4.2.3
Backwater model
Submit an engineering plan with
determined base flood elevation1
Record a notice on title
See Section 4.4.2.3 for more details
The project site is on land that is
partially or fully within an already
delineated floodplain of a river or
stream, or is determined by a Minor
Floodplain Study to be partially or fully
within the floodplain of a river or
stream.
Major Floodplain/Floodway
Study per Section 4.4.2.4
Show mapped floodplain/floodway
on the site improvement plan and
indicate base flood elevation
Record a notice on title
See further requirements in
Section 4.4.2.4
For any project site or study that is intended to result in a change to FEMA Flood Insurance Study or Rate
Maps, including changing published based flood elevations, the applicant must comply with documentation
and approval requirements of FEMA regulations 44 CFR Part 65.
1 For marine shorelines, refer to the FEMA Guidelines and Specifications for Flood Hazard Mapping Partners.
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-72
4.4.2.1 NO FLOODPLAIN STUDY REQUIRED
IF the proposed project site is on land that is outside of an already delineated floodplain and is above the
already determined base flood elevation for that floodplain, based on best available floodplain data, THEN
no floodplain study is required.
In this situation, if the already determined floodplain covers any portion of the site, the boundary of that
floodplain and its base flood elevation must be shown on the project's site improvement plan. In addition,
a notice on title must be recorded for the site, alerting future property owners of the presence of a flood
hazard area on the site and its base flood elevation. The notice on title requirement may be waived if the
floodplain is not on any portion of the site.
4.4.2.2 APPROXIMATE FLOODPLAIN STUDY
If the proposed project site is on land that is at least 10 feet above the ordinary high water mark or 2 feet
above the downstream overflow elevation of a water feature for which the floodplain has not been
delineated, then an Approximate Floodplain Study may be used to determine an approximate floodplain
and base flood elevation.
The intent of the Approximate Floodplain Study is to reduce required analysis in those situations where
the project site is adjacent to a flood hazard area, but by virtue of significant topographical relief, is
clearly in no danger of flooding. The minimum 10 feet of separation from ordinary high water reduces the
level of required analysis for those projects adjacent to streams confined to deep channels or ravines, or
near lakes or wetlands. The minimum 2 feet clearance above the downstream overflow elevation is
intended to avoid flood hazard areas created by a downstream impoundment of water behind a road fill or
in a lake, wetland, or closed depression.
Use of the Approximate Floodplain Study requires submittal of an engineering plan7 showing the
proposed project site is at least 10 feet above the ordinary high water elevation of the water feature in
question, or at least 2 feet above the downstream overflow elevation of the water feature, whichever is
less, subject to the following conditions:
1. The design engineer preparing the engineering plan shall determine an approximate base flood
elevation and include a narrative describing his/her level of confidence in the approximate base flood
elevation. The narrative must include, but is not limited to, an assessment of potential backwater
effects (such as might result from nearby river flooding, for example); observations and/or anecdotal
information on water surface elevations during previous flood events; and an assessment of potential
for significantly higher future flows at basin build out. Note: Many of these issues will have been
addressed in a Level 1 downstream analysis, if required. Acceptance of the approximate base flood
elevation shall be at the sole discretion of the City. If the approximate base flood elevation is not
acceptable, a Minor Floodplain Study or Major Floodplain/Floodway Study may be required.
2. That portion of the site that is at or below the assumed base flood elevation must be delineated and
designated as a floodplain on the engineering plan, and a notice on title must be recorded for the site,
notifying future property owners of the approximate floodplain and base flood elevation.
4.4.2.3 MINOR FLOODPLAIN STUDY
IF the proposed project site does not meet the conditions for “no floodplain study required” per
Section 4.4.2.1 or for use of the Approximate Floodplain Study per Section 4.4.2.2, AND the project site
is either on land that is outside of an already delineated Zone A floodplain (i.e., without base flood
7 Engineering plan means a site improvement plan, including supporting documentation, stamped by a licensed civil engineer.
In some instances, CED review staff may determine that the proposed project is sufficiently above the clearances specified in
this exception and may not require an engineering plan. Typically, this is done for projects in Simplified Drainage Review that
clearly exceed minimum clearances and otherwise would not require engineering design.
4.4.2 FLOODPLAIN/FLOODWAY ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-73
elevations determined) or is adjacent to a water feature for which a floodplain has not been determined,
THEN a Minor Floodplain Study may be used to determine the floodplain. However, if the Minor
Floodplain Study determines that all or a portion of the project site is at or below the base flood elevation
of a river or stream and thus within the floodplain, then the applicant must either redesign the project site
to be out of the floodplain or complete a Major Floodplain/Floodway Study per Section 4.4.2.4.
Use of the Minor Floodplain Study requires submittal of an engineering plan and supporting calculations.
That portion of the site that is at or below the determined base flood elevation must be delineated and
designated as a floodplain on the engineering plan, and a notice on title must be recorded for the site,
notifying future property owners of the floodplain and base flood elevation.
Methods of Analysis
For streams without a floodplain or flood hazard study, or for drainage ditches or culvert headwaters,
the base flood elevation and extent of the floodplain shall be determined using the Direct Step backwater
method, Standard Step backwater method, or the King County Backwater computer program, as described
in Section 4.4.1.2.
For lakes, wetlands, and closed depressions without an approved floodplain or flood hazard study, the
base flood elevation and the extent of the floodplain shall be determined using the “point of compliance
technique” described in Section 3.3.6.
4.4.2.4 MAJOR FLOODPLAIN/FLOODWAY STUDY
The floodplain analysis shall be based on the 100-year storm event using existing land use hydrology
except as noted in the paragraph titled “Flood Flows from Adopted Basin Plan Information.”
IF the proposed project site is on land that is partially or fully within an already delineated floodplain of a
river or stream, or determined by a Minor Floodplain Study to be partially or fully within the floodplain
of a river or stream, THEN a Major Floodplain/Floodway Study is required to determine the floodplain,
floodway, and base flood elevation in accordance with the methods and procedures presented in this
section. This information will be used by the City to evaluate the project's compliance with regulations for
development or improvements within the floodplain.
Major Floodplain/Floodway Studies must conform to FEMA regulations described in Part 65 of 44 Code
of Federal Regulations (CFR). In addition, the following information must be provided and procedures
performed.
INFORMATION REQUIRED
The applicant shall submit the following information for review of a floodplain/floodway analysis in
addition to that required for the drainage plan of a proposed project. This analysis shall extend upstream
and downstream a sufficient distance to adequately include all backwater conditions that may affect
flooding at the site and all reaches that may be affected by alterations to the site.
Floodplain/Floodway Map
A Major Floodplain/Floodway Study requires submittal of five copies of a separate floodplain/floodway
map stamped by a licensed civil engineer and a professional land surveyor registered in the State of
Washington (for the base survey). The map must accurately locate any proposed development with respect
to the floodplain and floodway, the channel of the stream, and existing development in the floodplain; it
must also supply all pertinent information such as the nature of any proposed project, legal description of
the property on which the project would be located, fill quantity, limits and elevation, the building floor
elevations, flood-proofing measures, and any use of compensatory storage.
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-74
The map must show elevation contours at a minimum of 2-foot vertical intervals and shall comply with
survey and map guidelines published in the FEMA publication Guidelines and Specifications for Flood
Hazard Mapping Partners. The map must show the following:
Existing elevations and ground contours;
Locations, elevations and dimensions of existing structures, and fills;
Size, location, elevation, and spatial arrangement of all proposed structures, fills and excavations,
including proposed compensatory storage areas, with final grades on the site;
Location and elevations of roadways, water supply lines, and sanitary sewer facilities, both existing
and proposed.
Study Report
A Major Floodplain/Floodway Study also requires submittal of two copies of a study report, stamped by a
licensed civil engineer, which must include calculations or any computer analysis input and output
information as well as the following additional information:
1. Valley cross sections showing the channel of the river or stream, the floodplain adjoining each side of
the channel, the computed FEMA floodway, the cross-sectional area to be occupied by any proposed
development, and all historic high water information.
2. Profiles showing the bottom of the channel, the top of both left and right banks, and existing and
proposed base flood water surfaces.
3. Plans and specifications for flood-proofing any structures and fills, construction areas, materials
storage areas, water supply, and sanitary facilities within the floodplain.
4. Complete printout of input and output (including any error messages) for HEC-RAS. Liberal use of
comments will assist in understanding model logic and prevent review delays.
5. One ready-to-run digital copy of the HEC-RAS input file used in the study. Data shall be submitted
in an electronic format.
6. The applicant shall prepare a written summary describing the model development calibration,
hydraulic analysis, and floodway delineation. The summary shall also include an explanation of
modeling assumptions and any key uncertainties.
DETERMINING FLOOD FLOWS
The three techniques used to determine the flows used in the analysis depend on whether gage data is
available or whether a basin plan has been adopted. The first technique is for basins in adopted basin plan
areas. The second technique is used if a gage station exists on the stream. The third technique is used on
ungaged catchments or those with an insufficient length of record. In all cases, the design engineer shall be
responsible for assuring that the hydrologic methods used are technically reasonable and conservative,
conform to the Guidelines and Specifications for Flood Hazard Mapping Partners, and are acceptable by
FEMA.
Flood Flows from Adopted Basin Plan Information
For those areas where the City or King County has adopted a basin plan since 1986, flood flows may be
determined using information from the adopted basin plan. The hydrologic model used in the basin plan
shall be updated to include the latest changes in zoning, or any additional information regarding the basin
that has been acquired since the adoption of the basin plan.
Flood Flows from Stream Gage Data
Flood flows from stream gage data may be determined using HEC-FFA, which uses the Log-Pearson Type
III distribution method as described in Guidelines for Determining Flood Flow Frequency, Bulletin 17B of
the Hydrology Committee, prepared by the Interagency Advisory Committee on Water Data (1982). Refer
4.4.2 FLOODPLAIN/FLOODWAY ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-75
to the FEMA Guidelines and Specifications for Flood Hazard Mapping Partners to verify the most current
requirements. Use of HEC-FFA is subject to the following requirements:
1. This technique may be used only if data from a gage station in the basin is available for a period of at
least ten years that is representative of the current basin conditions.
2. If the difference in the drainage area on the stream at the study location and the drainage area to a
gage station on the stream at a different location in the same basin is less than or equal to 50 percent,
the flow at the study location shall be determined by transferring the calculated flow at the gage to the
study location using a drainage area ratio raised to the 0.86 power, as in the following equation:
QSS = QG (ASS/AG)0.86 (4-11)
where QSS = estimated flow for the given return frequency on the stream at the study location
QG = flow for the given return frequency on the stream at the gage location
ASS = drainage area tributary to the stream at the study location
AG = drainage area tributary to the stream at the gage location
3. If the difference in the drainage area at the study location and the drainage area at a gage station in the
basin is more than 50 percent and a basin plan has not been prepared, a continuous model shall be
used as described below to determine flood flows at the study location.
4. In all cases where dams or reservoirs, floodplain development, or land use upstream may have altered
the storage capacity or runoff characteristics of the basin so as to affect the validity of this technique, a
continuous model shall be used to determine flood flows at the study location.
Flood Flows from a Calibrated Continuous Model
Flood flows may be determined by utilizing a continuous flow simulation model such as HSPF. Where
flood elevations or stream gage data are available, the model shall be calibrated; otherwise, regional
parameters8 may be used.
DETERMINING FLOOD ELEVATIONS, PROFILES, AND FLOODWAYS
Reconnaissance
The applicant's design engineer is responsible for the collection of all existing data with regard to flooding
in the study area. This shall include a literature search of all published reports in the study area and
adjacent communities, and an information search to obtain all unpublished information on flooding in the
immediate and adjacent areas from federal, state, and local units of government. This search shall include
specific information on past flooding in the area, drainage structures such as bridges and culverts that
affect flooding in the area, available topographic maps, available flood insurance rate maps, photographs
of past flood events, and general flooding problems within the study area. A field reconnaissance shall be
made by the applicant's design engineer to determine hydraulic conditions of the study area, including type
and number of structures, locations of cross sections, and other parameters, including the roughness
values necessary for the hydraulic analysis.
Base Data
Cross sections used in the hydraulic analysis shall be representative of current channel and floodplain
conditions obtained by surveying. When cross-sections data is obtained from other studies, the data shall
be confirmed to represent current channel and floodplain conditions, or new channel cross-section data
shall be obtained by field survey. Topographic information obtained from aerial photographs may be used
in combination with surveyed cross sections in the hydraulic analysis. The elevation datum of all
8 Dinacola, 1990. U.S.G.S., Characterization and Simulation of Rainfall-Runoff Relations for Headwater Basins in Western King
and Snohomish Counties, Washington.
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-76
information used in the hydraulic analysis shall be specified. All information shall be referenced directly
to NAVD 1988 (and include local correlation to NGVD 1929) unless otherwise approved by the City. See
Table 4.4.2.B for correlations of other datum to NAVD 1988.
Methodology
Flood profiles and floodway studies shall be calculated using the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers’ HEC-
RAS computer model (or subsequent revisions).
Floodway Determination
1. Flood hazard areas are identified by the Federal Insurance Administration in a scientific and
engineering report entitled the Flood Insurance Study for the City of Renton, dated September 29,
1989, and any subsequent revision, with accompanying flood insurance maps which are hereby
adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this Section. The flood insurance study is on file at
the Public Works Department.
Previous Floodplain Studies
If differences exist between a study previously approved by the City and the applicant’s design engineer’s
calculated hydraulic floodways or flood profiles, the design engineer shall provide justification and obtain
City approval for these differences.
Zero-Rise Calculation
For a zero-rise analysis, the flow profile for the existing and proposed site conditions shall be computed
and reported to the nearest 0.01 foot. A zero-rise analysis requires only comparisons of the computed
water surface elevations and energy grade lines for the existing and proposed conditions. Such
comparisons are independent of natural dynamics and are not limited by the accuracy of the model’s
absolute water surface predictions.
Adequacy of Hydraulic Model
At a minimum, the City considers the following factors when determining the adequacy of the hydraulic
model and flow profiles for use in floodway analysis:
1. Cross section spacing
2. Differences in energy grade
Note: Significant differences in the energy grade from cross section to cross section are an indication that
cross sections should be more closely spaced or that other inaccuracies exist in the hydraulic model.
1. Methods for analyzing the hydraulics of structures such as bridges and culverts
2. Lack of flow continuity
3. Use of a gradually-varied flow model
Note: In certain circumstances (such as weir flow over a levee or dike, flow through the spillway of a dam,
or special applications of bridge flow), rapidly-varied flow techniques shall be used in combination with a
gradually-varied flow model.
1. Manning's “n” values
2. Calibration of the hydraulic model with past flood events
3. Special applications. In some cases, HEC-RAS alone may not be sufficient for preparing the
floodplain/floodway analysis. This may occur where sediment transport, two-dimensional flow, or
other unique hydraulic circumstances affect the accuracy of the HEC-RAS hydraulic model. In these
cases, the applicant shall obtain City approval of other methods proposed for estimating the water
surface profiles.
4.4.2 FLOODPLAIN/FLOODWAY ANALYSIS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
4-77
TABLE 4.4.2.B DATUM CORRELATIONS
(for general reference use only, values are approximate)
Correlation
From To
(Snoq.
Valley)
NAVD
1988* KCAS
U.S.
Engineers
City of
Seattle
NGVD,
USGS &
USC &
GS 1947
Seattle Area
Tide Tables
&
Navigation
Charts 1954
& Later
NAVD 1988* (Upper
Snoqualmie Valley)
– -3.58 3.44 -9.54 -3.49 2.98
KCAS 3.58 – 7.02 -5.96 0.09 6.56
U.S. Engineers -3.22 -7.02 – -12.98 -6.93 -0.46
City of Seattle 9.54 5.96 12.98 – 6.05 12.52
NGVD, USGS &
USC& GS 1947 (adjusted
to the 1929 datum)
3.49 -0.09 6.93 -6.05 – 6.47
Seattle Area Tide Tables
& Navigation Charts 1954
& Later (based on epoch
1924-1942)
-2.98 -6.56 0.46 -12.52 -6.47 –
Design Tidal Tailwater
Elevation
12.08 8.50 15.52 2.54 8.59 15.06
Mean Higher High Water
(MHHW)
8.34 4.76 11.78 -1.20 4.85 11.32
Mean High Water (MHW) 7.49 3.91 10.93 -2.05 4.00 10.47
Mean Low Water (MLW) -0.16 -3.74 3.28 -9.70 -3.65 2.82
Mean Lower Low Water
(MLLW)
-2.98 -6.56 0.46 -12.52 -6.47 0.00
* Varies, contact the City of Renton for datum correlation for this and other areas.
KCAS datum = Sea Level Datum 1929 (a.k.a. NGVD 1929)
KCAS = King County Aerial Survey
NAVD = North American Vertical Datum
NGVD = National Geodetic Vertical Datum
USGS = United States Geologic Survey
USC & GS = US Coast and Geodetic Survey
SECTION 4.4 OPEN CHANNELS, FLOODPLAINS, AND FLOODWAYS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-78
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CHAPTER 5
FLOW CONTROL
DESIGN
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
Section Page
5.1 Detention Facilities 5-3
5.1.1 Detention Ponds 5-3
5.1.2 Detention Tanks 5-17
5.1.3 Detention Vaults 5-21
5.1.4 Control Structures 5-25
5.1.5 Parking Lot Detention 5-35
5.1.6 Roof Detention 5-35
5.1.7 Simple Detention Pond for Cleared
Areas 5-35
5.1.8 Alternative Detention Systems 5-42
5.2 Infiltration Facilities 5-45
5.2.1 General Requirements for Infiltration
Facilities 5-45
5.2.2 Infiltration Ponds 5-56
5.2.3 Infiltration Tanks 5-59
5.2.4 Infiltration Vaults 5-62
5.2.5 Infiltration Trenches 5-64
5.2.6 Alternative Infiltration Systems 5-65
5.2.7 Small Infiltration Basins 5-66
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-1
CHAPTER 5
FLOW CONTROL DESIGN
This chapter presents the City approved methods, criteria, and details for hydraulic analysis and design of
flow control facilities pursuant to Core Requirement #3, “Flow Control” (see Section 1.2.3). Flow control
facilities, as described in this manual, are detention or infiltration facilities engineered to meet a specified
discharge performance. Four terms are commonly used to describe flow control facilities in the City:
detention facilities, retention facilities, infiltration facilities, and R/D (Retention/Detention) facilities. A
detention facility, by definition, temporarily stores surface water runoff and discharges it at a reduced rate.
A retention facility stores water longer and effectively has no surface outflow (outflow occurs by
evaporation or soaking into the ground). Infiltration facilities are retention facilities that rely entirely on
the soaking of collected surface water into the ground. The term R/D facility has been used in previous
versions of this manual to generally refer to all flow control facilities.
On-site BMPs, also known as low impact development (LID) BMPs, are methods and designs for
dispersing, infiltrating, or otherwise reducing or preventing development-related increases in runoff at or
near the sources of those increases. On-site BMPs include, but are not limited to, preservation and use of
native vegetated surfaces to fully disperse runoff; use of other pervious surfaces to disperse runoff; roof
downspout infiltration; permeable pavement; bioretention; and reduction of development footprint. On-
site BMPs are required pursuant to Core Requirement #9, “On-Site BMPs” (see Section 1.2.9). Design
criteria for on-site BMPs are included in Appendix C of this manual.
The figures included in this chapter are provided as schematic representations and should not be used for
design. Refer to the City of Renton Standard Details for specific design information. The figures provided
in this chapter illustrate one example of how the flow control facility design criteria may be applied.
Although the figures are meant to illustrate many of the most important design criteria, they may not show
all criteria that apply. In general, the figures are not used to specify requirements unless they are indicated
elsewhere in the manual. If this manual refers to a standard detail not included in the City of Renton
Standard Details, the applicant shall use the figure provided in this manual.
Chapter Organization
The information in this chapter is organized into the following four main sections:
Section 5.1, “Detention Facilities”
Section 5.2, “Infiltration Facilities”
These sections begin on odd pages so the user can insert tabs if desired for quicker reference.
Required vs. Recommended Design Criteria
Both required and recommended design criteria are presented in this chapter. Criteria stated using “shall”
or “must” are mandatory, to be followed unless there is a good reason to deviate as allowed by the
adjustment process (see Section 1.4). These criteria are required design criteria and generally affect
CHAPTER 5 FLOW CONTROL DESIGN
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-2
facility performance or critical maintenance factors. Sometimes options are stated as part of the required
design criteria using the language “should” or “may.” These criteria are recommended design criteria,
but are closely related to the required criteria, so they are placed in the same section.
Use of Materials
Galvanized metals leach zinc into the environment, especially in standing water situations. High zinc
concentrations, sometimes in the range that can be toxic to aquatic life, have been observed in the region.
Therefore, use of galvanized materials in flow control facilities and on-site BMPs should be avoided.
Where other metals, such as aluminum or stainless steel, or plastics are available, they shall be used.
Allowable materials are specified in the Design Criteria for the facility.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-3
5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
This section presents the methods, criteria, and details for design and analysis of detention facilities. These
facilities provide for the temporary storage of increased surface water runoff resulting from development
pursuant to the performance standards set forth in Core Requirement #3, “Flow Control” (see
Section 1.2.3).
There are three primary types of detention facilities described in this section: detention ponds, tanks, and
vaults. The information presented in this section is organized as follows:
Section 5.1.1, “Detention Ponds”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.1.1.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.1.1.2
Section 5.1.2, “Detention Tanks”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.1.2.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.1.2.2
Section 5.1.3, “Detention Vaults”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.1.3.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.1.3.2
Section 5.1.4, “Control Structures”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.1.4.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.1.4.2
Section 5.1.5, “Parking Lot Detention”
Section 5.1.6, “Roof Detention”
Section 5.1.7, “Simple Detention Pond for Cleared Areas”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.1.7.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.1.7.2
Section 5.1.8, “Alternative Detention Systems”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.1.8.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.1.8.2.
5.1.1 DETENTION PONDS
Open ponds are the most desirable detention facilities for controlling runoff from developed areas. The
design criteria in Section 5.1.1.1 are for detention ponds. However, many of the criteria also apply to
infiltration ponds (Section 5.2.2), and water quality wetponds and combined detention/wetponds
(Section 6.4).
Dam Safety Compliance
Detention ponds and other open impoundment facilities must comply with requirements for dam safety
(WAC 173-175). Under current regulations (as of February 2012), if the impoundment has a storage
capacity (including both water and sediment storage volumes) greater than 10 acre-feet above natural
ground level and a dam height of more than 6 feet, then dam safety design and review are required by the
Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology). If the storage capacity is less than 10 acre-feet above
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-4
natural ground level, then the facility is exempt from Ecology review. If the dam height is less than 6 feet
but capacity is greater than 10 acre-feet, then Ecology reviews on a case-by-case-basis to determine the
hazard potential downstream in the event of a failure.
5.1.1.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
Schematic representations of detention ponds are shown in Figure 5.1.1.A through Figure 5.1.1.D.
Control structure details are described in Section 5.1.4.
General
1. Ponds must be designed as flow-through systems (however, parking lot storage may be utilized
through a back-up system; see Section 5.1.5). Developed flows must enter through a conveyance
system separate from the control structure and outflow conveyance system. Maximizing distance
between the inlet and outlet is encouraged to promote sedimentation.
2. Pond bottoms shall be level and be located a minimum of 0.5 feet below the inlet and outlet to
provide sediment storage.
3. Outflow control structures shall be designed as specified in Section 5.1.4.
4. Detention ponds preceding required water quality treatment facilities must meet the liner requirements
described in Section 6.2.4 (Facility Liners) to ensure groundwater protection.
5. A geotechnical analysis and report is required if located within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area
or landslide hazard OR if the facility is located within a setback distance from top of slope equal to
the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15%. The geotechnical analysis must
consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
6. The perimeter of all new flow control and/or water quality treatment facilities shall be landscaped in
accordance with RMC 4-4-070 and Section 5.1.
Side Slopes
1. Side slopes (interior and exterior) shall be no steeper than 3H:1V.
2. Pond walls may be vertical retaining walls, provided: (a) they are constructed of reinforced concrete
per Section 5.1.3; (b) a fence is provided along the top of the wall; (c) at least 25% of the pond
perimeter will be a vegetated soil slope not steeper than 3H:1V; and (d) the design is stamped by a
licensed structural civil engineer.
Embankments
1. Pond berm embankments higher than 6 feet shall require design by a geotechnical engineer.
2. For berm embankments 6 feet or less, the minimum top width shall be 6 feet, or as recommended by
a geotechnical engineer.
3. Pond berm embankments must be constructed on native consolidated soil (or adequately compacted
and stable fill soils analyzed by a geotechnical engineer) free of loose surface soil materials, roots, and
other organic debris.
4. Pond berm embankments greater than 4 feet in height must be constructed by excavating a key equal
to 50% of the berm embankment cross-sectional height and width. This requirement may be waived if
specifically recommended by a geotechnical engineer.
5. The berm embankment shall be constructed of soil placed in 6-inch lifts compacted to at least 95%
of maximum dry density, within 2 percentage points of the optimum moisture content, modified
proctor method ASTM D1557. Density tests shall be performed for each lift to confirm compliance
with this specification. The soil used for construction shall have the following soil characteristics: a
minimum of 20% silt and clay, a maximum of 60% sand, a maximum of 60% silt and clay, with
5.1.1 DETENTION PONDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-5
nominal gravel and cobble content. Note: In general, excavated glacial till is well suited for berm
embankment material.
6. Anti-seepage collars must be placed on outflow pipes in berm embankments impounding water
greater than 8 feet in depth at the design water surface.
Overflow
1. In all ponds, tanks, and vaults, a primary overflow (usually a riser pipe within the control structure;
see Section 5.1.4.2) must be provided to bypass the 100-year, 15-minute developed peak flow over or
around the restrictor system. This assumes the facility will be full due to plugged orifices or high
inflows; the primary overflow is intended to protect against breaching of a pond embankment (or
overflows of the upstream conveyance system, in the case of a detention tank or vault). The design
must provide controlled discharge directly into the downstream conveyance system or another
acceptable discharge point.
2. A secondary inlet to the control structure must be provided in ponds as additional protection against
overtopping should the inlet pipe to the control structure become plugged. A grated opening
(“jailhouse window”) in the control structure manhole functions as a weir (see schematic
representation in Figure 5.1.1.B) when used as a secondary inlet. Note: The maximum circumferential
length of this opening shall not exceed one-half the control structure circumference. A “birdcage”
overflow structure as shown in the schematic representation in Figure 5.1.1.C may also be used as a
secondary inlet.
Emergency Overflow Spillway
1. In addition to the above overflow requirements, ponds must have an emergency overflow spillway
sized to pass the 100-year, 15-minute developed peak flow in the event of total control structure
failure (e.g., blockage of the control structure outlet pipe) or extreme inflows. Emergency overflow
spillways are intended to control the location of pond overtopping and direct overflows back into the
downstream conveyance system or other acceptable discharge point.
2. Emergency overflow spillways must be provided for ponds with constructed berms over 2 feet in
height, or for ponds located on grades in excess of 5%. As an option for ponds with berms less than
2 feet in height and located at grades less than 5%, emergency overflow may be provided by an
emergency overflow structure, such as a Type II manhole fitted with a birdcage as shown in
the schematic representation in Figure 5.1.1.C. The emergency overflow structure must be designed
to pass the 100-year developed peak flow, with a minimum 6 inches of freeboard, directly to the
downstream conveyance system or another acceptable discharge point. Where an emergency overflow
spillway would discharge to a slope steeper than 15%, consideration should be given to providing an
emergency overflow structure in addition to the spillway.
3. The emergency overflow spillway shall be armored in conformance with Table 4.2.2.A. The spillway
shall be armored full width, beginning at a point midway across the berm embankment and extending
downstream to where emergency overflows re-enter the conveyance system (see
Figure 5.1.1.B).
4. Design of emergency overflow spillways requires the analysis of a broad-crested trapezoidal weir as
described in Section 5.1.1.2. Either one of the weir sections shown in the schematic representations in
Figure 5.1.1.B may be used.
Access Requirements
1. Maintenance access road(s) shall be provided to the control structure and other drainage structures
associated with the pond (e.g., inlet, emergency overflow or bypass structures). Manhole and catch
basin lids must be in or at the edge of the access road and at least three feet from a property line. Rims
shall be set at the access road grade.
2. An access ramp is required for removal of sediment with a trackhoe and truck. The ramp must extend
to the pond bottom if the pond bottom is greater than 1,500 square feet (measured without the ramp)
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-6
and it may end at an elevation 4 feet above the pond bottom, if the pond bottom is less than
1,500 square feet (measured without the ramp), provided the pond side slopes are 3H:1V or flatter.
3. Intent: On large, deep ponds, truck access to the pond bottom via an access ramp is necessary so
loading can be done in the pond bottom. On small deep ponds, the truck can remain on the ramp for
loading. On small shallow ponds, a ramp to the bottom may not be required if the trackhoe can load a
truck parked at the pond edge or on the internal berm of a wetpond or combined pond (trackhoes can
negotiate interior pond side slopes).
4. The internal berm of a wetpond or combined detention and wetpond may be used for access if it is no
more than 4 feet above the first wetpool cell, if the first wetpool cell is less than 1500 square feet
(bottom area measured without the ramp), and if it is designed to support a loaded truck, considering
the berm is normally submerged and saturated.
5. Access ramps shall meet the requirements for design and construction of access roads specified
below.
6. All control structures shall have round, solid locking lids with 5/8-inch diameter Allen head cap
screws (see the City of Renton Standard Details).
7. Access shall be limited by a double-posted gate if a fence is required, or by bollards. Bollards shall be
designed in accordance with the City of Renton Standard Details.
Design of Access Roads
Access roads shall meet the following design criteria:
1. Maximum grade shall be 15% for asphalt paving and 12% for gravel or modular grid paving.
2. Outside turning radius shall be 40 feet, minimum.
3. Fence gates shall be located only on straight sections of road.
4. Access roads shall be 15 feet in width on curves and 12 feet on straight sections.
5. A paved apron shall be provided where access roads connect to paved public roadways. The apron
shall be consistent with driveway details in the City of Renton Standard Details.
Construction of Access Roads
Access roads shall be constructed with an asphalt, concrete or gravel surface, or modular grid pavement.
Access roads must conform to the City of Renton Standard Details for residential or rural minor access
streets. Modular grid pavement shall meet manufacturer’s specifications. Where access roads pass over
emergency overflow spillways, a HMA wearing course is required (see Figure 5.1.1.B).
Fencing
1. All ponds and other similar facilities, as determined by the City, shall be fenced. On stormwater
facilities to be maintained by the City, a fence shall be placed at the top of the berm with the
maintenance access road in the inside of the fence; or 5 feet minimum from the top of berm if there
is no maintenance access road allowing proper maintenance access of the facility.
2. Fences shall be 6 feet in height. For example designs, see WSDOT Standard Plan L-2, Type 1 or
Type 3 chain link fence.
3. Access road gates shall be 16 feet in width consisting of two swinging sections 8 feet in width.
Additional vehicular access gates may be required as needed to facilitate maintenance access.
4. Pedestrian access gates (if needed) shall be 4 feet in width.
5. Fence material shall be black or green bonded vinyl chain link. The following apply:
5.1.1 DETENTION PONDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-7
a) Vinyl coating shall be compatible with the surrounding environment (e.g., green in open, grassy
areas and black in wooded areas). All posts, cross bars, and gates shall be coated the same color as
the vinyl clad fence fabric.
b) Fence posts and rails shall conform to WSDOT Standard Plan L-2 for Types 1, 3, or 4 chain link
fence.
6. Metal baluster fences are allowed where the fence will be owned and maintained by a private
property owner or homeowners association. Fence maintenance requirements shall be a condition of
subdivision approval, and a statement detailing maintenance responsibility of the fence will be placed
in the final plat. Uniform Building Code standards shall apply.
7. Wood fences are allowed in subdivisions where the fence will be owned and maintained by a private
property owner or homeowners association. Fence maintenance requirements shall be a condition of
subdivision approval, and a statement detailing maintenance responsibility of the fence will be placed
in the final plat.
8. Wood fences shall have pressure treated1 posts (ground contact rated) either set in 24-inch deep
concrete footings or attached to footings by steel brackets. Rails and fence boards shall be cedar.
Signage
Detention ponds, infiltration ponds, wetponds, and combined ponds to be maintained by the City shall
have a sign placed for maximum visibility from adjacent streets, sidewalks, and paths. The sign shall meet
the design and installation requirements illustrated in the City of Renton Standard Details. The fence gate
must be posted with a 12 inch by 18 inch “No Trespassing” sign, unless otherwise approved by the City.
Right-of-Way
1. Open detention ponds shall not be located in dedicated public road right-of-way.
2. Detention ponds to be maintained by the City, along with the perimeter landscaping shall be in a
stormwater tract granted and conveyed with all maintenance obligations (excluding maintenance of
the drainage facilities contained therein) to the property owners. Each property lot owner within the
subdivision shall have an equal and undivided interest in the maintenance of the stormwater tract and
landscaping features. Any tract not abutting public right-of-way will require a 15-foot-wide extension
of the tract to an acceptable access location. An underlying easement under and upon said tract shall
be dedicated to the City for the purpose of operating, maintaining, improving and repairing the
drainage facilities contain therein.
3. Detention ponds to be maintained by a private property owner or homeowners association shall create
stormwater facilities within a private tract or easement or construct the detention pond onsite.
Setbacks
1. A setback of 5 feet from the toe of the exterior slope, retaining walls and rockeries to the tract or
property line is required for City-maintained ponds and recommended for privately maintained ponds.
2. The tract or property line on a detention pond cut slope shall be setback 5 feet from the emergency
overflow water surface.
3. The detention pond water surface at the pond outlet invert elevation shall be setback 100 feet from
proposed or existing septic system drainfields. This setback may be reduced with written approval
of the Public Health – Seattle & King County.
4. The detention pond design water surface shall be a minimum of 200 feet from any steep slope hazard
area or landslide hazard. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider
cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
1 Fence posts represent a rare exception to the rule of no treated lumber. Ground contact requires pressure treatment.
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-8
5. The detention pond design water surface shall be set back a minimum distance from top of slope equal
to the total vertical height of a slope area that is steeper than 15%. Upon analysis and approval of a
licensed geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The
geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under
full built- out conditions.
Seeps and Springs
Intermittent seeps along cut slopes are typically fed by a shallow groundwater source (interflow) flowing
along a relatively impermeable soil stratum. These flows are storm driven and should discontinue after a
few weeks of dry weather. The approved continuous runoff model accounts for this shallow groundwater
component and no special provisions are needed when directing these flows through the flow control
facility. However, more continuous seeps and springs, which extend through longer dry periods, are likely
from a deeper groundwater source. When continuous flows are intercepted and directed through flow
control facilities, adjustments to the approved facility design may be required to account for the additional
base flow (unless already considered in design). If uncertain at the time of construction, the situation may
be monitored while the facility is under maintenance and defect financial guarantee. Adjustments to the
facility may be required prior to the release of the financial guarantee.
Planting Requirements
Exposed earth on the pond bottom and interior side slopes shall be planted or seeded with an appropriate
seed mixture. All remaining areas of the tract must either be planted with grass, or be landscaped in
accordance with the standards below and mulched with a 4-inch cover of hog fuel or shredded wood
mulch.2
Landscaping
Landscaping is not optional; it is required on all stormwater/landscaping tracts. Landscaping is required in
those areas of the tract that will not impact the functionality or maintenance of the drainage facilities. For
stormwater ponds to be maintained by the City, landscaping inside the fence shall be planted with grass,
low-growing shrubs, or groundcovers that are no- to low-maintenance and do not impede other facility
maintenance activities (as required in Section 5.1). Landscaping maintained by the City and comprised of
species other than grass is subject to City approval. Landscaping inside the fence is allowed for storm
water facilities to be privately maintained provided that the landscaping complies with the requirements of
RMC 4‐4‐070F8, Storm Drainage Facilities.
The following requirements shall apply:
1. No trees or shrubs may be planted within 10 feet of inlet or outlet pipes or manmade drainage
structures such as catch basins, spillways or flow spreaders. Species with roots that seek water, such
as willow or poplar, should be avoided within 30 feet of pipes or manmade structures.
2. Planting is restricted on berms that impound water either permanently or temporarily during
storms. If the pond is City-maintained, then landscaping with trees and large shrubs that may
compromise berm integrity are prohibited in the inside slope of the pond and trees are prohibited on
any drainage-related berms.
a) Trees or tall shrubs may not be planted on portions of water-impounding berms taller than four
feet high. Only grasses and low-growing shrubs or groundcovers may be planted on berms taller
than four feet.
Intent: Grasses and low-growing groundcovers allow unobstructed visibility of berm slopes for
detecting potential dam safety problems such as animal burrows, slumping, or fractures in the
berm.
2 Shredded wood mulch is made from shredded tree trimmings, usually from trees cleared onsite. It must be free of garbage and
weeds and may not contain excessive resin, tannin, or other material detrimental to plant growth.
5.1.1 DETENTION PONDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-9
b) Trees planted on portions of water-impounding berms less than 4 feet high must be small, not
higher than 20 feet mature height, and have a fibrous root system. Table 5.1.1.A gives some
examples of trees with these characteristics.
Intent: These trees reduce the likelihood of blow-down trees, or the possibility of channeling or
piping of water through the root system, which may contribute to dam failure on berms that retain
water.
3. All landscape material, including grass, must be planted in good topsoil. Native underlying soils may
be made suitable for planting if amended with 2 inches of mature and stable compost tilled into the top
six inches of soil. Compost used should meet specifications in Reference Section 11-C.
4. Soil in which trees or shrubs are planted may require additional enrichment or additional compost
top-dressing. Consult a landscape professional or arborist for site-specific recommendations.
5. For a naturalistic effect as well as ease of maintenance, trees or shrubs must be planted in clumps to
form “landscape islands” rather than evenly spaced.
6. The landscaped islands must be planted above the 100-year water surface and must be a minimum of
six feet apart, and if set back from fences or other barriers, the setback distance must also be a
minimum of six feet. Where tree foliage extends low to the ground, the six feet of setback should be
counted from the outer drip line of the trees (estimated at maturity).
Intent: This landscape design must allow a 6-foot wide mower to pass around and between clumps.
7. Evergreen trees and trees that produce relatively little leaf-fall such as Oregon ash, Cascara, or
Western crabapple are preferred. Large-leaf deciduous trees may not be planted where branches could
extend over interior pond slopes.
8. All trees shall be set back so branches do not extend over the 100-year water surface of the pond to
prevent leaf-drop into the water.
9. Drought tolerant species are recommended.
10. Landscape areas within the tracts of City-maintained ponds in residential subdivision developments
shall be designated “to be maintained by the homeowner’s association.”
11. For ponds to be maintained by the City, landscaping with trees or large shrubs is not allowed inside
the fence.
TABLE 5.1.1.A SMALL TREES AND SHRUBS WITH FIBROUS ROOTS
Small Trees/High Shrubs Low Shrubs
*Red twig dogwood (Cornus stolonifera) *Snowberry (Symphoricarpus albus)
*Serviceberry (Amelanchier alnifolia) *Salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis)
Strawberry tree (Arbutus unedo) Rosa rugosa (avoid spreading varieties)
Highbush cranberry (Vaccinium opulus) Rock rose (Cistus spp.)
Blueberry (Vaccinium spp.) Ceanothus spp. (choose hardier varieties)
*Filbert (Corylus cornuta, others) New Zealand flax (Phormium penax)
Fruit trees on dwarf rootstock
Rhododendron (native and ornamental
varieties)
Ornamental grasses (e.g., Miscanthis,
Pennisetum)
*Native species.
Guidelines for Naturalistic Planting
Two generic kinds of naturalistic planting are outlined below, but other options are also possible. A
booklet discussing stormwater ponds and landscaping possibilities is available at the King County Water
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-10
and Land Resources Division that can be consulted for additional ideas. Native vegetation is preferred in
naturalistic plantings.
Note: These landscaping criteria must be followed unless a landscape professional judges that long-term
quality of the open space would be improved by deviating from the criteria, AND that if the facility is
maintained by the City, maintenance would not be made more difficult by the deviations.
Open Woodland
In addition to the general landscaping criteria above, the following requirements must be met:
1. Landscaped islands (when mature) should cover a minimum of 30% or more of the tract, exclusive of
the pond area.
2. Tree clumps should be underplanted with shade-tolerant shrubs and groundcover plants. The goal is to
provide a dense understory that need not be weeded or mowed.
3. Landscaped islands should be placed at several elevations rather than “ring” the pond, and the size of
clumps should vary from small to large to create variety.
4. Not all islands need have trees. Shrub or groundcover clumps are acceptable, but lack of shade should
be considered in selecting vegetation.
Note: Landscaped islands are best combined with the use of hog fuel or shredded wood mulch for
erosion control (only for slopes above the flow control water surface). It is often difficult to sustain a
low-maintenance understory if the area was previously hydroseeded.
Northwest Savannah or Meadow
In addition to the general landscape criteria above, the following requirements must be met:
1. Landscape islands (when mature) should cover 10% or more of the tract, exclusive of the pond area.
2. Planting groundcovers and understory shrubs is encouraged to eliminate the need for mowing under
the trees when they are young.
3. Landscape islands should be placed at several elevations rather than “ring” the pond.
4. The remaining tract area should be planted with an appropriate grass seed mix, which may include
northwest meadow or wildflower species. Native or dwarf grass mixes are preferred. Table 5.1.1.B
below gives one acceptable dwarf grass mix. Grass or meadow seed should be applied at a rate of 80
to 100 seeds per square foot. Actual pounds of seed mix per acre will depend on specific species
composition. Note: Amended soil or good topsoil is required for all plantings.
Creation of areas of emergent vegetation in shallow areas of the pond is recommended. Native
wetland plants, such as sedges (Carex sp.), bulrush (Scirpus sp.), water plantain (Alisma sp.), and
burreed (Sparganium sp.) are recommended. If the pond does not hold standing water, a clump of wet-
tolerant, non-invasive shrubs, such as salmonberry or snowberry, is recommended below the
detention design water surface. Note: This landscape style is best combined with the use of grass for
site stabilization and erosion control.
Table 5.1.1.B lists a mix for stormwater tracts and other intermittently wet areas that should be applied at a
rate of 31 pounds of pure live seed per acre.
5.1.1 DETENTION PONDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-11
TABLE 5.1.1.B STORMWATER TRACT SEED MIX.
Common Name Species
Percent Species
Composition
American sloughgrass Beckmannia syzigachne 15%
Tufted hairgrass Deschampsia cespitosa 20%
Blue wildrye Elymus glaucus 18%
Native red fescue Festuca rubra var. rubra 20%
Meadow barley Hordeum brachyantherum 12%
Northwestern mannagrass Glyceria occidentalis 15%
Table 5.1.1.C lists a recommended mix for landscaping seed and should be applied at 19 pounds of pure
live seed per acre.
TABLE 5.1.1.C LANDSCAPING SEED MIX.
Common Name Species
Percent Species
Composition
Sideoats grama Bouteloua curtipendula 20%
California oatgrass Danthonia californica 20%
Native red fescue Festuca rubra var. rubra 30%
Prairie Junegrass Koeleria macrantha 30%
Table 5.1.1.D lists a turf seed mix that should be applied at a rate of 10 pounds of pure live seed per acre.
This mix is for use in dry situations where there is no need for watering. This mix requires very little
maintenance.
TABLE 5.1.1.D LOW-GROWING TURF SEED MIX.
Common Name Species
Percent Species
Composition
Hard fescue Festuca brevipila 25%
Sheep fescue Festuca ovina 30%
Native red fescue Festuca rubra var. rubra 25%
Prairie Junegrass Koeleria macrantha 20%
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-12
FIGURE 5.1.1.A TYPICAL SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A DETENTION POND
FLOW12'/15' ACCESS MAINTENANCE ROADFLOWFLOWFLOWPOND INLET
PIPE
15% MAX.
SLOPE
ACCESS RAMP
INTO POND
SEE SECTION
5.1.1.1 FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
LEVEL
BOTTOM
SEE FIGURE 5.1.1.B
FOR SECTION CUT
DIAGRAMS
NOTE:
THIS DETAIL IS A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION ONLY. ACTUAL CONFIGURATION WILL
VARY DEPENDING ON SPECIFIC SITE CONSTRAINTS AND APPLICABLE DESIGN CRITERIA.
A
A
BB
C
C
ALTERNATE EMERGENCY
OUTFLOW STRUCTURE
FOR PONDS NOT
REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A
SPILLWAY (FIGURE 5.1.1.C)
CONTROL
STRUCTURE
POND DESIGN
WATER SURFACE
6" SEDIMENT
STORAGE
COMPACTED
EMBANKMENT
5' MIN. SETBACK
BETWEEN TOE OF
SLOPE AND TRACT
BOUNDARY
EMERGENCY
OVERFLOW
SPILLWAY
ROCK LINING
PER TABLE
4.2.2.A
TRACT LINES
AS REQUIRED
5.1.1 DETENTION PONDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-13
FIGURE 5.1.1.B TYPICAL SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF DETENTION POND SECTIONS
OVERFLOW
WS
DESIGN
WS
ROCK LININGPER TABLE 4.4.1.A
COMPACTEDEMBANKMENT
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW WS
(AS REQUIRED)
DESIGN WS
OVERFLOW
WS
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW
WS (SEE FIGURE 5.3.1.E)
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW SPILLWAY
NTS
SECTION B-B
SECTION B-B HAS 2 OPTIONS
SECTION a-a
NTS
SECTION C-C
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
FRAME/GRATE FOR SECONDARY INLET.
PROVIDE VERTICAL BARS IN FRAME @4" O.C. (OTHER FLOW SYSTEMS
ACCEPTABLE IF APPROVED BY DPER).BARS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL OR
ALUMINIZED STEEL.SEE ALSO THE SEPARATE OVERFLOW
STRUCTURE SHOWN IN FIGURE 5.3.1.C
CIRCUMFERENCE LENGTH OF
OPENING SIZED FOR 100 YR FLOW
OVERFLOW WS
6" SEDIMENT
STORAGE
OVERFLOW WS
POND DESIGN
WS
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW WS
CONTROL STRUCTURE
6' MIN.
12'/15' MIN. FORACCESS ROAD EXISTINGGROUND
PROFILE
BERM
EMBANKMENTDEBRIS BARRIER
SEE FIGURE 4.2.1.D
TOP WIDTH
OF BERM
L
a
a
2 MIN.
1
KEY,
IF REQUIRED
POND DESIGN
WS
1
10
1
10
2" ASPHALT
(FOR SPILLWAY ON
ACCESS ROAD)
113 36" MIN. FREEBOARD
1' ROCK LINING
EVALUATEDOWNSTREAM
CONVEYANCE PERCORE REQS #2 AND #4
POND OUTLET SIZED
TO CONVEY THE100-YR DEVELOPED
PEAK FLOW
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-14
FIGURE 5.1.1.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF AN OVERFLOW STRUCTURE
UPPER STEEL
BAND 34" X 4"
WIDE
LOWER STEEL BAND 34" X
4" WIDE FORMED TO FIT
IN GROOVE OF C.B. RISER
34" DIA. SMOOTH ROUND BARS
WELDED EQUALLY SPACED.
BARS SHALL BE WELDED TO
UPPER & LOWER BANDS
(24 BARS EVENLY SPACED SEE
NOTE 1)
STANDARD STEPS OR LADDER
SEE NOTE 2
HOOK CLAMP
ANCHORED
TO C.B. RISER
TYPE 2 CB
C.B. RISER
SMOOTH
VERTICAL BARS
1. DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ILLUSTRATION ON 54" DIAMETER CB. FOR DIFFERENT DIAMETER
CB'S ADJUST TO MAINTAIN 45°ANGLE ON "VERTICAL" BARS AND 7" O.C. MAXIMUM SPACING
OF BARS AROUND LOWER STEEL BAND.
2. METAL PARTS MUST BE CORROSION RESISTANT; BARS MUST BE STAINLESS STEEL OR
ALUMINIZED STEEL.
3. THIS DEBRIS BARRIER IS ALSO RECOMMENDED FOR USE ON THE INLET TO ROADWAY
CROSS-CULVERTS WITH HIGH POTENTIAL FOR DEBRIS COLLECTION (EXCEPT ON TYPE 2
STREAMS).
4. THIS DEBRIS BARRIER IS FOR USE OUTSIDE OF ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY ONLY. FOR DEBRIS
CAGES WITHIN ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY, SEE KCRDCS DRAWING NO. 7-028.
PROVIDE MAINTENANCE ACCESS
BY WELDING 4 CROSSBARS TO 4
VERTICAL BARS AS SHOWN.
HINGE UPPER ENDS WITH
FLANGES/ BOLTS AND PROVIDE
LOCKING MECHANISM (PADLOCK)
ON LOWER END.
LOCATE STEPS DIRECTLY BELOW.
34" DIAMETER SMOOTH
BARS EQUALLY SPACED
(4" O.C. MAX.)
4 HOOK CLAMPS EVENLY
PLACED SEE DETAIL BELOW
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
DETAIL HOOK CLAMP
NTS
NOTES:
A A
45 °
15° (TYP.)SEE N
O
TE 1
24"
SEE NOTE 1
5.1.1 DETENTION PONDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-15
FIGURE 5.1.1.D PERMANENT SURFACE WATER CONTROL POND SIGN
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-16
5.1.1.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Detention Volume and Outflow
The volume and outflow design for detention ponds shall be in accordance with the performance
requirements in Chapter 1 and the hydrologic analysis and design methods in Chapter 3. Restrictor orifice
structure design shall comply with Section 5.1.4. Note: The design water surface elevation is the highest
elevation that occurs in order to meet the required outflow performance for the pond.
Detention Ponds in Infiltrative Soils
Detention ponds may occasionally be sited on till soils that otherwise meet the basic criteria of “sufficient
permeable soil” for a properly functioning infiltration system (see Section 5.2.1). These detention ponds
have a surface discharge and may also utilize infiltration as a second pond outflow. Detention ponds sized
with infiltration as a second outflow must meet all the requirements of Section 5.2 for infiltration ponds,
including a soils report, performance testing, groundwater protection, presettling, and construction
techniques. Detention ponds are not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
Emergency Overflow Spillway Capacity
The emergency overflow spillway weir section shall be designed to pass the 100-year runoff event for
developed conditions assuming a broad-crested weir. The broad-crested weir equation for the spillway
section in Figure 5.1.1.E, for example, would be:
Q100 = C (2g)1/2 [2/3 LH3/2 + 8/15 (Tan ) H5/2] (5-1)
where Q100 = peak flow for the 100-year runoff event (cfs)
C = discharge coefficient (0.6)
g = gravity (32.2 ft/sec2)
L = length of weir (ft)
H = height of water over weir (ft)
= angle of side slopes
Assuming C = 0.6 and Tan = 3 (for 3H:1V slopes), the equation becomes:
Q100 = 3.21 (LH3/2 + 2.4 H5/2) (5-2)
To find width L for the weir section, the equation is rearranged to use the computed Q100 and trial values of
H (0.2 feet minimum):
L = [Q100 / (3.21 H3/2)] - 2.4 H or 6 feet minimum (5-3)
FIGURE 5.1.1.E SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A WEIR SECTION FOR EMERGENCY
OVERFLOW SPILLWAY
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW WS
OVERFLOW WS
ROCK LINING
PER TABLE 4.4.1.A
0 1 1
33
L
.7' MIN.
.5' MIN.
.2' MIN. H
5.1.2 DETENTION TANKS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-17
5.1.2 DETENTION TANKS
Detention tanks are underground storage facilities typically constructed with large diameter corrugated
steel pipe. Schematic representations of detention tanks are shown in Figure 5.1.2.A and Figure 5.1.2.B.
Schematic representations of control structures are shown in Section 5.1.4.
5.1.2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
1. Tanks shall be designed as flow-through systems with manholes in line (see Figure 5.1.2.A) to
promote sediment removal and facilitate maintenance.
Exception: Tanks may be designed as back-up systems if preceded by water quality facilities since
little sediment should reach the inlet/control structure and low head losses can be expected because of
the proximity of the inlet/control structure to the tank.
2. The detention tank bottom shall be located a minimum of 0.5 feet below the inlet and outlet to provide
dead storage for sediment.
3. The minimum pipe diameter allowed for a detention tank is 36 inches.
4. Tanks larger than 36 inches may be connected to each adjoining structure with a short section (2-foot
maximum length) of 36-inch minimum diameter pipe.
5. Outflow control structures shall be as detailed in Section 5.1.4.
Note: Control and access manholes shall have additional ladder rungs to allow ready access to all
tank access pipes when the catch basin sump is filled with water (see Figure 5.1.4.A, plan view).
Materials
Pipe material, joints, and protective treatment for tanks shall be in accordance with Sections 7.04 and 9.05
of the WSDOT/APWA Standard Specification as modified by the City of Renton Standard Details and
AASHTO designations. Such materials include the following:
Lined corrugated polyethylene pipe (LCPE)
Aluminized Type 2 corrugated steel pipe and pipe arch (meets AASHTO designations M274 and
M36)
Reinforced concrete pipe
Narrow concrete vaults (see Section 5.1.3).
Corrugated steel pipe and pipe arch, Aluminized or Galvanized3 with treatments 1, 2 or 5
Spiral rib steel pipe, Aluminized or Galvanized3 with treatments 1, 2 or 5
Structural plate pipe and pipe arch, Aluminized or Galvanized3 with treatments 1, 2 or 5
Structural Stability
Tanks shall meet structural requirements for overburden support, buoyancy, and traffic loading if
appropriate. H-20 live loads must be accommodated for tanks lying under parking areas, roadways, and
access roads. Metal tank end plates must be designed for structural stability at maximum hydrostatic
loading conditions. Flat end plates generally require thicker gage material than the pipe and/or require
reinforcing ribs.
Tanks shall be placed on stable, well consolidated native material with a suitable bedding. Backfill shall be
placed and compacted in accordance with the pipe specifications in Chapter 4. Tanks made of LCPE
3 Galvanized metals leach zinc into the environment, especially in standing water situations. High zinc concentrations,
sometimes in the range that can be toxic to aquatic life, have been observed in the region. Therefore, use of galvanized
materials should be avoided. Where other metals, such as aluminum or stainless steel, or plastics are available, they shall be
used. If these materials are not available, asphalt coated galvanized materials may then be used.
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-18
require inspection for deformation prior to installation as well as continuous inspection of backfilling to
one foot above the top of the tank. Tanks shall not be allowed in fill slopes, unless analyzed in a
geotechnical report for stability and constructability.
Buoyancy
In moderately pervious soils where seasonal groundwater may induce flotation, buoyancy tendencies must
be balanced either by ballasting with backfill or concrete backfill, providing concrete anchors, increasing
the total weight, or providing subsurface drains to permanently lower the groundwater table. Calculations
must be submitted that demonstrate stability.
Access Requirements
1. The maximum depth from finished grade to tank invert shall be 20 feet.
2. Access risers required within 50 feet from any location in the detention tank and within 5 feet of each
terminal end. Any location within the detention tank shall have a direct line of sight from an access
point, unobstructed by any restrictions such as a wall of baffle.
3. All tank access openings shall have round, solid locking lids with 5/8-inch diameter Allen head cap
screws (see City of Renton Standard Details).
4. Thirty-six-inch minimum diameter CMP riser-type manholes (Figure 5.1.2.B) of the same gage as
the tank material may be used for access along the length of the tank and at the upstream terminus of
the tank if a backup system. The top slab is separated (1-inch minimum gap) from the top of the riser
to allow for deflections from vehicle loadings without damaging the riser tank.
5. All tank access openings must be readily accessible by maintenance vehicles.
Access Roads
Access roads are required to all detention tank control structures and risers. The access roads shall be
designed and constructed as specified for detention ponds in Section 5.1.1.
Right-of-Way
Detention tanks to be maintained by the City shall be located in a stormwater tract granted and converted
with all maintenance obligations (excluding maintenance of drainage facilities contained therein) to the
homeowners association. If perimeter landscaping is required within the stormwater tract, then said tract
shall be owned by the lot owners within the subdivision. Each lot owner shall have equal and undivided
interest on the plat. Any tract not abutting public right-of-way will require a 15-foot wide extension of the
tract to an acceptable access location. An underlying easement under and upon said tract shall be dedicated
to the City for the purpose of operating, maintaining, improving and repairing the drainage facilities
contain therein. The stormwater tract must be owned by the homeowners association. Each lot owner
within the subdivision shall have an equal and undivided interest in the maintenance of the stormwater
tract. Detention tanks to be maintained by a private property owner or homeowners association shall create
stormwater facilities within a private tract or easement or construct the detention tank onsite.
Setbacks
Setbacks (easement/tract width) and building setback lines (BSBLs) for tanks shall be the same as for
pipes (see Section 4.1).
5.1.2.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Detention Volume and Outflow
The volume and outflow design for detention tanks shall be in accordance with the performance
requirements in Chapter 1 and the hydrologic analysis and design methods in Chapter 3. Restrictor and
orifice design shall be according to Section 5.1.4.
5.1.2 DETENTION TANKS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-19
FIGURE 5.1.2.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL DETENTION TANK
2" MIN. DIAMETER AIR
VENT PIPE WELDED TO
TANK (REQUIRED IF NO
ACCESS RISER ON TANK)
"FLOW-THROUGH" SYSTEM SHOWN SOLID.
DESIGNS FOR "FLOW BACKUP" SYSTEM AND
PARALLEL TANKS SHOWN DASHED
"FLOW-THROUGH" SYSTEM SHOWN SOLID.
CONTROL
STRUCTURE
(FROP-T SHOWN)
MIN. 54" DIA.
TYPE 2 CB
SEE SECTION 5.1.4
SECTION A-A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
36" MIN.
DIAMETER (TYP.)
0.5' SEDIMENT STORAGE
ACCESS
RISERS
ACCESS RISERS
(MAX SPACING SHOWN BELOW)
ACCESS RISERS
SEE FIGURE 5.1.2.B
CONTROL
STRUCTURE
INLET PIPE
(BACKUP
SYSTEMS,
WHERE
ALLOWED)
TYPE 2 CB
REQUIRED
FOR FLOW
THROUGH
SYSTEM ONLY
INLET PIPE
(FLOW THROUGH)
MIN. DIAMETER
SAME AS
INLET PIPE
OPTIONAL PARALLEL TANK
NOTES:
ALL METAL PARTS CORROSION RESISTANT. STEEL PARTS
STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINIZED STEEL, EXCEPT TANK MAY BE
GALVANIZED AND ASPHALT COATED (TREATMENT 1 OR BETTER).
100' MAX.50' MAX.
36"
36"
FLOW
A A
2'
MAX.
2'
MAX.2'
MIN.
2'
MIN.
2 MIN.
DETENTION TANK
SIZE AS REQUIRED
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-20
FIGURE 5.1.2.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A DETENTION TANK ACCESS DETAIL
1. USE ADJUSTING BLOCKS AS REQUIRED TO BRING FRAME TO GUIDE.
2. ALL MATERIALS TO BE ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED AND ASPHALT COATED
(TREAMENT 1 OR BETTER), OR STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINIZED STEEL.
3. MUST BE LOCATED FOR ACCESS BY MAINTENANCE VEHICLES.
4. MAY SUBSTITUTE WSDOT SPECIAL TYPE IV MANHOLE (RCP ONLY).
PLAN
NTS
SECTION
NTS
36"
24" MAX.
NOTES:
WELD OR BOLT
STANDARD M.H. STEPS
M.H. STEPS 12" O.C.
COMPACTED PIPE BEDDING
STANDARD LOCKING
M.H. FRAME & LID SEE
KCRDCS DWG. NO. 7-022
DETENTION TANK
RISER, 36" DIAM. MIN.,
SAME MATERIAL & GAGE AS TANK
WELDED OR FUSED TO TANK
MAINTAIN 1" GAP BETWEEN
BOTTOM OF SLAB & TOP OF
RISER - PROVIDE PLIABLE
GASKET TO EXCLUDE DIRT
FRAME WITH LOCKING LID
(MARKED "DRAIN")
MOUNTED OVER 24" DIAM.
ECCENTRIC OPENING.
ALIGN VERTICALLY WITH
ACCESS LADDER TO
PROVIDE 2-FOOT ACCESS
CLEARANCE
STANDARD TYPE 2-60" DIAM.
CB CONCRETE TOP SLAB
36" CMP RISER
5.1.3 DETENTION VAULTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-21
5.1.3 DETENTION VAULTS
Detention vaults are box-shaped underground storage facilities typically constructed with reinforced
concrete. A schematic representation of a detention vault is shown in Figure 5.1.3.A. Schematic
representations of a control structures are shown in Section 5.1.4.
5.1.3.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
1. Detention vaults shall be designed as flow-through systems with bottoms level (longitudinally) or
sloped toward the inlet to facilitate sediment removal. Distance between the inlet and outlet shall be
maximized (as feasible).
2. The detention vault bottom shall slope at least 5% from each side towards the center, forming a broad
“v” to facilitate sediment removal.
Note: More than one “v” may be used to minimize vault depth.
Exception: The vault bottom may be flat if removable panels are provided over the entire vault.
Removable panels shall be at grade, have stainless steel lifting eyes, and weigh no more than 5 tons
per panel.
3. The invert elevation of the outlet shall be elevated above the bottom of the vault to provide an
average 6 inches of sediment storage over the entire bottom. The outlet must also be elevated a
minimum of 2 feet above the orifice to retain oil within the vault.
4. The outflow system and restrictor device shall be designed according to the applicable requirements
specified for control structures in Section 5.1.4.
Materials
Minimum 3,000 psi structural reinforced concrete must be used for all detention vaults. All construction
joints must be provided with water stops.
Structural Stability
All vaults shall meet structural requirements for overburden support, buoyancy, and H-20 traffic loading.
Cast-in-place wall sections shall be designed as retaining walls. Structural designs for vaults must be
stamped by a licensed structural engineer unless otherwise approved by the City. Vaults shall be placed on
stable, well-consolidated native material with suitable bedding. Vaults shall not be allowed in fill slopes,
unless analyzed in a geotechnical report for stability and constructability.
Access Requirements
1. Access consisting of a frame, grate and locking cover shall be provided over the inlet pipe and outlet
structure and located in a manner to allow visual inspection. Access openings over control structures
shall meet a minimum 2 ft. offset to any portion of the FROP-T as shown in Figure 5.1.4.A. Access
openings shall be positioned a maximum of 50 feet from any location within the vault; additional
access points may be required on large vaults. If more than one “v” is provided in the vault floor,
access to each “v” must be provided.
2. For vaults with greater than 1250 square feet of floor area, a 5′ by 10′ removable, locking panel
shall be provided. Alternatively, a separate access vault may be provided as shown in Figure 5.1.3.A.
3. For vaults under roadways, the removable panel must be located outside the travel lanes.
Alternatively, multiple standard locking manhole covers (see City of Renton Standard Details) may be
provided. Spacing of manhole covers shall be 12 feet, measured on center, to facilitate removal of
sediment. Ladders and hand-holds need only be provided at the outlet pipe and inlet pipe, and as
needed to meet OSHA confined space requirements. Vaults providing manhole access at 12-foot
spacing need not provide corner ventilation pipes as specified in Item 9 below.
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-22
4. All access openings, except those covered by removable panels, shall have round, solid locking
covers (see City of Renton Standard Details), or 3-foot square, locking diamond plate covers. For
raised openings where the depth from the iron cover to the top of the vault exceeds 24 inches, an
access structure equivalent to a Type 2 catch basin or Type 1 manhole shall be used (see City of
Renton Standard Details). The opening in the vault lid need not exceed 24 inches in diameter.
5. Vaults with widths 10 feet or less must have removable lids.
6. The maximum depth from finished grade to the vault invert shall be 20 feet.
7. Internal structural walls of large vaults shall be provided with openings sufficient for maintenance
access between cells. The openings shall be sized and situated to allow access to the maintenance “v”
in the vault floor.
8. The minimum internal height shall be 7 feet from the highest point of the vault floor (not sump), and
the minimum width shall be 4 feet.
Exceptions:
Concrete vaults may be a minimum 3 feet in height and width if used as tanks with access
manholes at each end, and if the width is no larger than the height.
The minimum internal height requirement may be waived for any areas covered by removable
panels.
9. Ventilation pipes (minimum 12-inch diameter or equivalent) shall be provided in all four corners of
vaults to allow for artificial ventilation prior to entry of maintenance personnel into the vault. These
openings shall be capped or otherwise covered, but designed so that maintenance personnel can
remove (and replace) for ventilation purposes as described.
Access Roads
Access roads are required to the access panel (if applicable), the control structure, and at least one access
point per cell, and they shall be designed and constructed as specified for detention ponds in
Section 5.1.1.
Right-of-Way
Detention vaults to be maintained by the City shall be in a stormwater tract granted and converted with all
maintenance obligations (excluding maintenance of drainage facilities contained therein) to the
homeowners association. Each lot owner shall have equal and undivided interest on the plat granted and
converted with all maintenance obligations (excluding maintenance of drainage facilities contained
therein) to the homeowners association. Any tract not abutting public right-of-way will require a 15-foot-
wide extension of the tract to an acceptable access location. An underlying easement under and upon said
tract shall be dedicated to the City for the purpose of operating, maintaining, improving and repairing the
drainage facilities contain therein. The stormwater tract must be owned by the homeowners association.
Each lot owner within the subdivision shall have an equal and undivided interest in the maintenance of the
stormwater tract. Detention vaults to be maintained by a private property owner or homeowners
association shall create stormwater facilities within a private tract or easement or construct the detention
vault onsite.
Setbacks
Setbacks to tract/easement lines for vaults shall be 5 feet; adjacent building setback lines shall be 10 feet.
For privately owned and maintained vaults, building foundations may serve as one or more of the vault
walls.
5.1.3 DETENTION VAULTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-23
5.1.3.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Detention Volume and Outflow
The volume and outflow design for detention vaults shall be in accordance with the performance
requirements in Chapter 1 and the hydrologic analysis and routing/design methods in Chapter 3.
Restrictor and orifice design shall be according to Section 5.1.4.
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-24
FIGURE 5.1.3.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL DETENTION VAULT
FLOOR GRATE WITH
2' X 2' HINGED ACCESS
DOOR. (1" X 14" METAL
BARS), STAINLESS
STEEL OR ALUMINIZED
STEEL
CAPACITY OF OUTLET
PIPE NOT LESS THAN
DEVELOPED 100 - YR
DESIGN FLOW
FLOW
RESTRICTOR
DESIGN W.S.
HANDHOLDS, STEPS OR
LADDER SEE KCRDCS
DWG 7-011
12"
12"
WALL FLANGE
(TYP.)
FRAMES, GRATES AND ROUND
SOLID COVERS MARKED "DRAIN"
WITH LOCKING BOLTS.
SEE KCRDCS DWGS. 7-022, 7-023
FOR SPECIFICATION
5' X 10' OPENING FOR VAULTS
1250 SF OR GREATER FLOOR AREA
5%
5%
NOTE:
ALL VAULT AREAS MUST BE
WITHIN 50' OF AN ACCESS POINT
OUTLET PIPE
1. ALL METAL PARTS MUST BE CORROSION RESISTANT. STEEL PARTS MUST BE STAINLESS
STEEL OR ALUMINIZED STEEL.
2. PROVIDE WATER STOP AT ALL CAST-IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS.
PRECAST VAULTS SHALL HAVE APPROVED RUBBER GASKET SYSTEM.
3. VAULTS <10' WIDE MUST USE REMOVABLE LIDS.
4. PREFABRICATED VAULT SECTIONS MAY REQUIRE STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS TO
SUPPORT 5' X10' OPENING OVER MAIN VAULT. ALTERNATIVELY, ACCESS CAN BE
PROVIDED VIA A SIDE VESTIBULE AS SHOWN.
5. IF SUMP IS SET BACK FROM WALL, TEE WILL REQUIRE ADDITIONAL 3-POINT BRACING
SECURED TO VAULT WALL.
FLOW
FLOW
PROVIDE ACCESS ADJACENT TO
TEE. ASSURE TEE IS VIEWABLE
FROM SURFACE.
10'
4' min.
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
FLOW
A
A
FLOW
NOTES:
6" SEDIMENT
STORAGE
6" MIN.
5'
V-SHAPED
BOTTOM
OPTIONAL 5' X 10'
ACCESS VAULT MAY
BE USED IN LIEU OF
TOP ACCESS
2' MIN.
2' MIN.
5.1.4 CONTROL STRUCTURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-25
5.1.4 CONTROL STRUCTURES
Control structures are catch basins or manholes with a restrictor device for controlling outflow from a
facility to meet the desired performance. The restrictor device is typically a tee section with an orifice
plate welded to the bottom (called a “FROP-T”). To meet performance requirements, one or more elbow
sections with orifice plates may need to be mounted on the side of the tee section. The restrictor device
may also be a weir section sized to meet performance requirements.
Schematic representations of control structures are shown in Figure 5.1.4.A through Figure 5.1.4.C.
5.1.4.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
Multiple Orifice Restrictor
In most cases, control structures need only two orifices: one at the bottom and one near the top of the
riser, although additional orifices may best utilize detention storage volume. Several orifices may be
located at the same elevation if necessary to meet performance requirements.
1. Minimum orifice diameter is 0.25 inches. Note: In some instances, a 0.25-inch bottom orifice may
be too large to meet target release rates, even with minimal head. In these cases, the live storage depth
need not be reduced to less than 3 feet to meet performance.
2. Orifices shall be constructed on a tee section as shown in Figure 5.1.4.A or on a baffle as shown in
Figure 5.1.4.B.
3. In some cases, performance requirements may require the top orifice/elbow to be located too high on
the riser to be physically constructed (e.g., a 13-inch diameter orifice positioned 0.5 feet from the top
of the riser). In these cases, a notch weir in the riser pipe may be used to meet performance
requirements (see Figure 5.1.4.E).
4. Consideration shall be given to the backwater effect of water surface elevations in the downstream
conveyance system. High tailwater elevations may affect performance of the restrictor system and
reduce live storage volumes.
Riser and Weir Restrictor
1. Properly designed weirs may be used as flow restrictors (see Figure 5.1.4.C and Figure 5.1.4.E
through Figure 5.1.4.F). However, they must be designed to provide for primary overflow of the
developed 100-year peak flow discharging from the detention facility.
2. The combined orifice and riser (or weir) overflow may be used to meet performance requirements;
however, the design must still provide for primary overflow of the developed 100-year peak flow
assuming all orifices are plugged. Figure 5.1.4.H may be used to calculate the head in feet above a
riser of given diameter and flow.
Access Requirements
1. An access road to the control structure is required for inspection and maintenance, and shall be
designed and constructed as specified for detention ponds in Section 5.1.1.
2. Manhole and catch basin lids for control structures shall be locking, and rim elevations shall match
proposed finish grade.
3. The restrictor tee shall be located immediately adjacent to the 2-foot clear zone at a maintenance
access ladder. Intent: To provide tee visibility from the surface at the access opening, especially
where a solid vault lid or solid manhole lid design may block view; to provide maintenance access
along the full height of the tee.
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-26
FIGURE 5.1.4.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A FLOW RESTRICTOR (TEE)
ISOMETRIC
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
ELBOW RESTRICTOR
DETAIL
NTS
1. USE A MIMIMUM OF A 54" DIAMETER TYPE 2 CATCH BASIN.
2. OUTLET CAPACITY: 100-YEAR DEVELOPED PEAK FLOW.
3. METAL PARTS: CORROSION RESISTANT.
STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINIZED STEEL.
4. FRAME AND LADDER OR STEPS OFFSET SO:
A. CLEANOUT GATE IS VISIBLE FROM TOP.
B. CLIMB-DOWN SPACE IS CLEAR OF RISER AND CLEANOUT GATE.
C. FRAME IS CLEAR OF CURB.
5. IF METAL OUTLET PIPE CONNECTS TO CEMENT CONCRETE PIPE: OUTLET PIPE TO HAVE SMOOTH
O.D. EQUAL TO CONCRETE PIPE I.D. LESS 1/4".
6. PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE 3" X .090 GAGE SUPPORT BRACKET ANCHORED TO CONCRETE WALL.
(MAXIMUM 3'-0" VERTICAL SPACING)
7. LOCATE ELBOW RESTRICTOR(S) AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE AS SHOWN.
8. LOCATE ADDITIONAL LADDER RUNGS IN STRUCTURES USED AS ACCESS TO TANKS AND VAULT
TO ALLOW ACCESS WHEN CATCH BASIN IS FILLED WITH WATER.
9. TEE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF ALUMINUM CMP OR ALUMINIZED STEEL CMP MEETING
WSDOT/APWA STANDARDS.
NOTES:
ADDITIONAL LADDER
RUN (IN SETS) TO
ALLOW ACCESS TO
TANKS OR VAULTS
WHEN CATCH IS
FILLED WITH WATER.
2' MIN. CLEARANCE TO
ANY PORTION
OF FROP-T INCLUDING
ELBOWS
RESTRICTOR PLATE WITH
ORIFICE DIAMETER AS
SPECIFIED (NOT NEEDED IF
FOR SPILL CONTROL ONLY)
INVERT AND
ELEVATION
PER PLANS
PIPE SUPPORTS
SEE NOTE 6
ELBOW
RESTRICTOR
SEE DETAIL
ELEVATION
PER PLANS
PLATE WELDED
TO ELBOW WITH
ORIFICE AS SPECIFIED
REMOVABLE
WATERTIGHT
COUPLING OR
FLANGE
ANGLE AS
NECESSARY
SEE NOTE 7
ROD FOR
CLEANOUT/DRAIN
(ROD BENT AS
REQUIRED FOR
VERTICAL
ALIGNMENT WITH
COVER) SEE
KCRDCS DWG. 7-026
HANDHOLDS, STEPS
OR LADDER SEE
KCRDCS DWG. 7-006
VERTICAL BAR
GRATE FOR
SECONDARY INLET
INLET
PIPE
FRAME & SOLID COVER
MARKED "DRAIN" WITH LOCKING
BOLTS SEE NOTE 3 & KCRDCS
DWGS 7-022, 7-023
12"
12"
12"
A
6" MAX.
DESIGN
WATER
SURFACE
OUTLET PIPE
SEE NOTES 1 & 5
1' MIN. UNDER
PAVEMENT
6" MIN.
2' MIN.
1.5 x D
MIN.
D
ELBOW
RESTRICTOR
SEE DETAIL 2 ' MI N .2' MIN.2' MIN.2" MIN.
6" MIN.
16" MAX.
ACCESS
ADJACENT TO TEE
5.1.4 CONTROL STRUCTURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-27
FIGURE 5.1.4.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A FLOW RESTRICTOR (BAFFLE)
1. OUTLET CAPACITY: 100 YEAR DEVELOPED PEAK FLOW.
2. METAL PARTS: CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL PARTS
STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINIZED STEEL.
3. CATCH BASIN: TYPE 2 MINIMUM 72" DIAMETER TO
BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
KCRDCS DWG. 7-005 AND AASHTO M-199 UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
4. ORIFICES: SIZED AND LOCATED AS REQUIRED WITH
LOWEST ORIFICE A MINIMUM OF 2' FROM BASE.
ELBOW RESTRICTOR DETAIL
NTS
ISOMETRIC
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION B-B
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
NOTES:
ORIFICE PLATE 10
GAGE MINIMUM
GALVANIZED STEEL
WITH ORIFICE
DIAMETER 1" MINIMUM
LESS THAN DIAMETER
OF CONCRETE HOLE
FRAME AND ROUND SOLID
COVER MARKED "DRAIN"
WITH LOCKING BOLTS.
SEE KCRDCS DWGS. 7-022, 7-023.
FRAME ELEVATION
PER PLANS
DESIGN W.S.MAX W.S.
OVERFLOW
CONDITIONS
ELBOW
RESTRICTORS
SEE DETAIL BELOW
HANDHOLDS,
STEPS OR
LADDER
SEE KCRDCS
DWG. 7-011
ATTACH SHEAR GATE
CONTROL ROD TO
SUPPORT BRACKET
ON INSIDE OF
ACCESS OPENING
SHEAR GATE WITH
CONTROL ROD FOR
DRAIN. SEE KCRDCS
DWG. 7-026
REMOVABLE
WATER-TIGHT
COUPLING GROUTED
PLATE WELDED
TO ELBOW
WITH ORIFICE
AS SPECIFIED
A A
B
B
FLOW
6" MIN.
6" MIN.
6"
MAX.
2' MIN.
2' MIN.
1' MIN.
1' MIN. UNDER
PAVEMENT
16" MAX.
6"
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-28
FIGURE 5.1.4.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A FLOW RESTRICTOR (WEIR)
LOCATE ADDITIONAL LADDER
RUNGS (IN SETS) TO ALLOW
ACCESS TO TANKS OR VAULTS
WHEN SUMP IS FILLED
WITH WATER
SHEAR GATE
LOCATE HORIZONTAL FOR
CLEARANCE WITH
LADDER.
ATTACH ROD TO SUPPORT
BRACKET ON INSIDE OF
ACCESS OPENING
HANDHOLDS,
STEPS OR LADDER (2
PLACES)
SEE KCRDCS DWG. 7-006
FRAME
ELEVATION
PER
PLANS
OUTLET
PIPE
SHEAR GATE WITH
CONTROL ROD
FOR DRAIN.
SEE KCRDCS
DWG. 7-026
I.E. WEIR,
INLET
PIPE AND
DRAIN
= CROWN
OUTLET PIPE
DESIGN W.S.
WEIR
SHAPE
AS NEEDED
FOR
PERFORMANCE
FRAME AND ROUND SOLID
COVER MARKED "DRAIN" WITH
LOCKING BOLTS.
SEE KCRDCS DWGS. 7-022,
7-023
1. OUTLET CAPACITY: 100-YEAR DEVELOPED PEAK FLOW.
2. METAL PARTS: CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL PARTS, STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINIZED STEEL.
3. CATCH BASIN: TYPE 2 MIN. 72" DIAMETER TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
KCRDCS DWG 7-005 AND AASHTO M-199 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
4. BAFFLE WALL: TO BE DESIGNED WITH CONCRETE REINFORCING AS REQUIRED.
5. SPILL CONTROL REQUIREMENTS: SEE SECTION 4.2.1 PIPE SYSTEMS - DESIGN CRITERIA, SPILL
CONTROL
NOTES:
SECTION B-B
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
ISOMETRIC
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
FLOW
B
B
A A
6" MIN.
1' MIN. UNDER
PAVEMENT
W
2' MIN.
2' MIN.
5.1.4 CONTROL STRUCTURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-29
5.1.4.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
This section presents the methods and equations for design of control structure restrictor devices.
Included are details for the design of orifices, rectangular sharp-crested weirs, v-notch weirs, sutro weirs,
and overflow risers.
Orifices
Flow through orifice plates in the standard tee section or turn-down elbow may be approximated by the
general equation:
Q = CA (5-4)
where Q = flow (cfs)
C = coefficient of discharge (0.62 for plate orifice)
A = area of orifice (sf)
h = hydraulic head (ft)
g = gravity (32.2 ft/sec2)
Figure 5.1.4.D illustrates a simplified application of the orifice equation, assuming a water surface at the
top of the riser and that the 2-year water surface represents the head in the outlet pipe.
FIGURE 5.1.4.D SIMPLE ORIFICE
The diameter of the orifice is calculated from the flow. The orifice equation is often useful when expressed
as the orifice diameter in inches:
d = (5-5)
where d = orifice diameter (inches)
Q = flow (cfs)
h = hydraulic head (ft)
gh2
h
Q88.36
h = DISTANCE FROM HYDRAULIC GRADE LINE
AT THE 2-YEAR FLOW OF THE OUTFLOW PIPE
TO THE OVERFLOW ELEVATION.
= C
Q = CA 2gh
2g h h(A + A )
t2gh
b b
b + CA
t
b
t
Q
h b
ht
ORIFICE (t)
ORIFICE (b)
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-30
Rectangular, Sharp-Crested Weir
The rectangular, sharp-crested weir design shown in Figure 5.1.4.E may be analyzed using standard weir
equations for the fully contracted condition.
FIGURE 5.1.4.E RECTANGULAR, SHARP-CRESTED WEIR
Q = C (L - 0.2H)H3/2 (5-6)
where Q = flow (cfs)
C = 3.27 + 0.40 H/P (ft)
H,P are as shown above
L = length (ft) of the portion of the riser circumference as necessary not to exceed 50% of
the circumference
D = inside riser diameter (ft)
Note that this equation accounts for side contractions by subtracting 0.1H from L for each side of the
notch weir.
V-Notch, Sharp-Crested Weir
V-notch weirs, as shown in Figure 5.1.4.F, may be analyzed using standard equations for the fully
contracted condition.
SECTION
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
P
H
LD
RISER
5.1.4 CONTROL STRUCTURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-31
FIGURE 5.1.4.F V-NOTCH, SHARP-CRESTED WEIR
Ratio of H/Y
Where values of C may be taken from the following chart:
Q = C Tan (0/2)H , in cfsd
52
SECTION A-A
NTS
d
dC
A
A
Y
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
2.9
2.8
2.7
2.6
2.5
2.4
60°
20°
45°
90°
H
0
0
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-32
Proportional or Sutro Weir
Sutro weirs are designed so that the discharge is proportional to the total head. This design may be useful
in some cases to meet performance requirements.
The sutro weir consists of a rectangular section joined to a curved portion that provides proportionality for
all heads above the line A-B (see Figure 5.1.4.G). The weir may be symmetrical or non-symmetrical.
FIGURE 5.1.4.G SUTRO WEIR
For this type of weir, the curved portion is defined by the following equation (calculated in radians):
= 1 - Tan-1 (5-7)
where a, b, x and Z are as shown in Figure 5.1.4.G. The head-discharge relationship is:
Q = Cd b Q = Cd b (5-8)
Values of Cd for both symmetrical and non-symmetrical sutro weirs are summarized in Table 5.1.4.A.
Note: When b > 1.50 or a > 0.30, use Cd = 0.6.
b
x
2
a
Z
ag2
31
ah
SEE
EQUATION
BELOW
TOTAL HEADDISCHARGE
SYMMETRICAL NON-SYMMETRICAL
SEE
EQUATION
BELOW
A B
x
h1
b
a
Z
x
b
a
5.1.4 CONTROL STRUCTURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-33
TABLE 5.1.4.A VALUES OF CD FOR SUTRO WEIRS
Cd Values, Symmetrical
b (ft)
a (ft) 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.50
0.02 0.608 0.613 0.617 0.6185 0.619
0.05 0.606 0.611 0.615 0.617 0.6175
0.10 0.603 0.608 0.612 0.6135 0.614
0.15 0.601 0.6055 0.610 0.6115 0.612
0.20 0.599 0.604 0.608 0.6095 0.610
0.25 0.598 0.6025 0.6065 0.608 0.6085
0.30 0.597 0.602 0.606 0.6075 0.608
Cd Values, Non-Symmetrical
b (ft)
a (ft) 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.50
0.02 0.614 0.619 0.623 0.6245 0.625
0.05 0.612 0.617 0.621 0.623 0.6235
0.10 0.609 0.614 0.618 0.6195 0.620
0.15 0.607 0.6115 0.616 0.6175 0.618
0.20 0.605 0.610 0.614 0.6155 0.616
0.25 0.604 0.6085 0.6125 0.614 0.6145
0.30 0.603 0.608 0.612 0.6135 0.614
Riser Overflow
The nomograph in Figure 5.1.4.H may be used to determine the head (in feet) above a riser of given
diameter and for a given flow (usually the 100-year peak flow for developed conditions).
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-34
FIGURE 5.1.4.H RISER INFLOW CURVES
1
10
100
0.1 1 10HEAD IN FEET (measured from crest of riser)
Qweir=9.739 DH3/2
Qorifice=3.782 D2H1/2
Q in cfs, D and H in feet
Slope change occurs at weir-orifice transition Q (cubic feet per second)18
21
24
27
30
42
487254
10
12
15
33
36
RISER DIAMETER (inches)
5.1.7 SIMPLE DETENTION POND FOR CLEARED AREAS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-35
5.1.5 PARKING LOT DETENTION
Private parking lots may be used to provide additional detention volume for runoff events greater than the
2-year runoff event provided all of the following conditions are met:
1. The depth of water detained does not exceed 1 foot at any location in the parking lot for runoff events
up to and including the 100-year event.
2. The gradient of the parking lot area subject to ponding is 1 percent or greater.
3. The emergency overflow path is identified and noted on the engineering plan, and the path complies
with Core Requirements #1 and #2 (see Sections 1.2.1 and 1.2.2).
4. Fire lanes used for emergency equipment are free of ponding water for all runoff events up to and
including the 100-year event.
Note: Flows may be backed up into parking lots by the control structure (i.e., the parking lot need not
function as a flow-through detention pond).
5.1.6 ROOF DETENTION
Detention ponding on roofs of structures may be used to meet flow control requirements provided all of
the following conditions are met:
1. The roof support structure is analyzed by a structural engineer to address the weight of ponded water.
2. The roof area subject to ponding is sufficiently waterproofed to achieve a minimum service life of
30 years.
3. The minimum pitch of the roof area subject to ponding is 1/4-inch per foot.
4. An overflow system is included in the design to safely convey the 100-year peak flow from the roof.
5. A mechanism is included in the design to allow the ponding area to be drained for maintenance
purposes or in the event the restrictor device is plugged.
5.1.7 SIMPLE DETENTION POND FOR CLEARED AREAS
This simplified alternative to the standard detention pond (Section 5.1.1) may be used to satisfy the flow
control facility requirement only for a conversion of forest to pasture or grass, provided that all of the
following conditions are met:
1. The total area draining to any one pond must be no larger than 3 acres and must consist primarily of
vegetated land (e.g., forest, meadow, pasture, grass, garden, crops, etc.) free of impervious surface. If
more than 3 acres of cleared area (i.e., area converted from forest to pasture/grass) is proposed to be
served, multiple simple detention ponds must be used.
2. The area served by the pond must not be located within a Flood Problem Flow Control Area as
determined in Section 1.2.3.1.
3. The pond must not drain to a severe erosion problem or a severe flooding problem as defined in
Section 1.2.2, Core Requirement #2.
4. The pond is not located with Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
5. The pond must be constructed in accordance with the design criteria and methods of analysis
specified in this section.
5.1.7.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
Schematic representations of a simple detention pond are shown in Figure 5.1.7.A and Figure 5.1.7.B.
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-36
General
1. A geotechnical analysis and report is required if located within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area
or landslide hazard OR if the facility is located within a setback distance from top of slope equal to
the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15%. The geotechnical analysis must
consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
2. The detention pond design water surface shall be a minimum of 200 feet from any steep slope hazard
area or landslide hazard. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider
cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
3. The detention pond design water surface shall be set back a minimum distance from top of slope equal
to the total vertical height of a slope area that is steeper than 15%. Upon analysis and approval of a
licensed geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The
geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under
full built- out conditions.
4. The dispersal trench at the outlet from the storage pond may not be placed closer than 50 feet from
the top of slopes, 20% or greater.
5. The pond, berm, and dispersal trench must be fenced to prevent livestock disturbance.
6. Runoff discharge toward landslide hazard or steep slope hazard areas must be evaluated by a
geotechnical engineer or a qualified geologist. The discharge point may not be placed on or above
slopes greater than 20% or above erosion hazard areas without evaluation by a geotechnical engineer
or qualified geologist and City approval.
Berming and Excavation
1. To the extent feasible, the pond shall be excavated into the ground with minimal berming on the
downslope (outlet) end of the pond. An excavated pond is easier to construct and maintain and is less
likely to cause problems during severe storm events.
2. Where berms are used, the top of berm shall be a minimum of 3 feet wide. The soil shall be well
compacted and planted with an erosion-control seed mix as soon as possible.
3. Whether created by excavation or berming, all pond side-slopes shall be gently sloped, no steeper
than 3 feet horizontal per 1 foot of vertical drop.
4. Prior to constructing the berm, the underlying ground shall be scrapped clean of organic material.
5. At a minimum, a hand-level shall be used to ensure the berm and outlet structure are constructed at
the correct relative elevations.
6. The bottom 6 inches of the pond shall retain standing water in the pond between storms to create a
permanent pool. The volume of the permanent pool is not counted towards the required detention
volume, which is above the permanent pool.
7. The water depth of required detention volume above the permanent pool should average about
18 inches and must be no deeper than 24 inches.
Simple Outlet Control Structure
1. Materials Required:
a) PVC pipe, 4 inch diameter or greater as needed.
b) PVC pipe cap.
c) Small plastic or concrete catch basin with grate, minimum 12-inch width.
5.1.7 SIMPLE DETENTION POND FOR CLEARED AREAS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-37
2. Construction Method:
a) Drill or cut a hole just below the rim of the catch basin, sized to connect the PVC pipe.
b) Install the catch basin into the bottom of the pond. The catch basin should be located within a few
feet of the berm at the downslope end of the pond. The top of catch basin must be a minimum of
6 inches above the bottom of the pond to create the permanent pool. Align the hole in the
downslope direction of discharge.
c) Dig a trench for the pipe from the catch basin to the location of the flow spreader.
d) Connect the PVC pipe to the catch basin. PVC pipe should extend about 4 inches into the basin.
e) Drill the appropriate size hole into the PVC cap. Clean hole to remove burrs, without increasing
the size of the opening.
f) Connect the drilled cap to the end of the PVC pipe extending into the catch basin.
g) Extend the PVC pipe to the location of the flow spreader. The pipe shall be laid with a slight slope
towards the flow spreader. A slope of ¼ inch per foot of pipe is recommended and should not
exceed 2 inches per foot.
h) Backfill the trench over the PVC pipe and compact well. Avoid placing large and/or sharp rocks
in the trench to minimize potential for damaging the pipe during compaction.
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-38
FIGURE 5.1.7.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SIMPLE DETENTION POND – PLAN VIEW
SLOPEPLAN VIEW
NTS
A
A
B B
C C
3' MIN BERM
TOP WIDTH
3H:1V MAX. SIDE
SLOPE (TYP.)
SPILLWAY
SMALL
CATCH BASIN
FLOW
SPREADER
5.1.7 SIMPLE DETENTION POND FOR CLEARED AREAS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-39
FIGURE 5.1.7.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SIMPLE DETENTION POND – SECTION
VIEWS
4"
6"
ALL SLOPES 3:1 OR FLATTER
ALL SLOPES 3:1
OR FLATTER
10" HIGH BERM
SECTION A-A
NTS
SECTION B-B
NTS
SECTION C-C
NTS
3
1
3'6"
18"
6"6"
4"
6'
3
1
6"
10" BERM
COMPACTED
EARTHEN
MATERIAL
8' BOARD 2" X 10"
BOTTOM EMBEDDED 6"
INTO THE GROUND
FLOW SPREADER6'1'1'
PVC OUTLET PIPE
COMPACTED
EARTHEN
MATERIAL
SPILLWAY 6"
LOWER
THAN BERM
4"4"4"4"
CATCH BASIN
GRATE
GRASS TYPICAL OF
ALL DISTURBED AREAS
SMALL
CATCH BASINNOTCHED 2" x 10" BY 8'
LONG SPREADER BOARD
4" PVC PIPE CAP WITH
DRILLED
ORIFICE
COMPACTED
EARTHEN BERM
10" HIGH BERM
NATURAL GROUND LINE
END OF BOARD
EMBEDDED 1'
INTO BERM
SECTION 5.1 DETENTION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-40
5.1.7.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The detention volume and orifice sizing for the simple detention pond shall be determined as described in
this section. This determination is based on where the pond is located within the City and how much
cleared area (i.e., area of forest converted to pasture or grass) is served by the pond.
Detention Volume
The map in Figure 5.1.7.C provides the minimum pond volume required based on 10,000 square feet of
cleared area. To determine the total pond volume required, locate the project site on the map and multiply
the number from the map by the amount of cleared area that will be served by the pond (if the cleared area
is measured in units of square feet, remember to divide the actual area by 10,000 before multiplying with
map value). If the project site is located between the lines shown on the map, select the larger of the two
pond unit volumes associated with the lines. Do not interpolate the volume if located midway between two
lines.
To determine if the constructed pond has adequate storage, the pond area must be determined by field
measurements. If all side slopes are at 3H:1V or flatter, the pond’s bottom area may be used to determine
the pond volume, Vt, above the permanent pool using the following equation. The resulting volume, Vt,
must be equal to or greater than the required volume determined from Figure 5.1.7.C.
Vt = 1.5 Ab + 3.4 P (5-9)
where Vt = total pond volume available (cu ft)
Ab = bottom area of pond (sq ft)
P = bottom perimeter of pond (ft)
A more accurate volume determination can be made with field measurements and area calculations taken
at two elevations. The first elevation at which the pond area is measured is at the top of the permanent
pool. The second area measurement is taken at the overflow spillway elevation.
Vt = d (5-10)
where Vt = total pond volume available (cu ft)
Aw = area of pond (sq ft) measured at the lowest elevation of the overflow spillway (Ab)
Ab = area of pond (sq ft) measured at the top of the permanent pool
d = depth of reservoir (ft) = 1.5 feet
Orifice Sizing
Table 5.1.7.A provides the orifice diameter to be drilled into the PVC cap. If the orifice diameter matches
the PVC pipe diameter, no cap is required. Otherwise, the PVC pipe diameter must be greater than the
required orifice diameter. Select the orifice diameter based on the cleared area tributary to the pond,
interpolating between the values when designing for intermediate tributary acreage.
2
)(bwAA
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-41
FIGURE 5.1.7.C SIMPLE DETENTION POND – MINIMUM VOLUME
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-42
TABLE 5.1.7.A SIMPLE DETENTION POND – UNIT VOLUME AND ORIFICE SIZE
Rainfall Region Seatac West Seatac Landsburg West Landsburg East King
County
Unit Volume per
Acre Cleared* 6300 cft 5400 cft 6300 cft 6500 cft 4700 cft**
Acres Cleared Orifice Diameter (decimal inches and equivalent fractional inches, 1/16″ increments)
10,000 sq ft
(0.23 ac)
0.4375″
(7/16″)
0.375″
(3/8″)
0.4375″
(7/16″)
0.5625″
(9/16″)
0.8125″
(13/16″)
0.25 ac 0.4375″
(7/16″)
0.375″
(3/8″)
0.4375″
(7/16″)
0.5625″
(9/16″)
0.8125″
(13/16″)
1 ac 0.875″
(7/8″)
0.75″
(3/4″)
0.875″
(7/8″)
1.1875″
1-3/16″)
1.6875″
(1-11/16″)
2 ac 1.25″
(1-1/4″)
1.0625″
(1-1/16″)
1.25″
(1-1/4″)
1.6875″
(1-11/16″)
2.4375″
(2-7/16″)
3 ac 1.5625″
(1-9/16″)
1.3125″
(1-5/16″)
1.5625″
(1-9/16″)
2.0625″
(2-1/16″)
3.0″
(3″)
* Unit Volume per acre is based on modeling cleared areas as pasture, assuming soil amendment requirements are met, and 1.5 feet of
storage depth in pond with 3:1 side slopes
** Volume variability in regions of increasing rainfall reflects limited single-orifice riser efficiency at shallow storage depths, particularly in
western regions where runoff peaks and volumes are smaller.
HOW TO USE THIS TABLE:
Locate the project on Figure 5.1.7.C.
Design unit volume per acre cleared is selected from the larger of the two values (i.e., not interpolated) associated
with the Rainfall Region isopluvials bracketing the project location.
Determine design volume by multiplying unit volume by cleared acres tributary to facility.
Select and interpolate the orifice diameter based on acreage cleared for the selected region unit volume.
NOTE: Projects proposing to clear an acre or less may qualify for a flow rate increase exception and waiver of the flow
control facility requirement per SWDM 1.2.3, Core Requirement #3. An engineering analysis specific to the project site or
other approval from CED review staff is required to qualify for the exception.
5.1.8 ALTERNATIVE DETENTION SYSTEMS
Manufactures have developed other systems that have properties in common with vaults and tanks, but
that do not conform to the standards for those facility types. These systems may be approved by CED
using suitable design standards adapted from the established standards for similar systems.
5.1.8.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
1. Alternative detention systems shall be designed as flow-through systems to promote sediment
removal and facilitate maintenance.
2. Outflow control structures shall be as detailed in Section 5.1.4.
5.2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILTRATION FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-43
Access Requirements
1. The maximum depth from finished grade to invert shall be 20 feet.
2. Access openings required within 50 feet from any location in the facility and within 5 feet of each
terminal end. Any location within the facility shall have a direct line of sight from an access point,
unobstructed by any restrictions such as a wall of baffle. The facility must be able to be flushed
without restriction from an access point.
3. All access openings, except those covered by removable panels, shall have round, solid locking
covers (see City of Renton Standard Details), or 3-foot square, locking diamond plate covers. For
raised openings where the depth from the iron cover to the top of the alternative detention system
exceeds 24 inches, an access structure equivalent to a Type 2 catch basin or Type 1 manhole shall be
used (see City of Renton Standard Details). The opening in the lid need not exceed 24 inches in
diameter.
4. All access openings must be readily accessible by maintenance vehicles.
Structural Stability, Access Roads, Right-of-Way, and Setbacks
Alternative detention systems shall comply with the structural stability, access road, right-of-way, and
setback criteria consistent with either detention tanks (Section 5.1.2) or detention vaults (Section 5.1.3),
whichever is most similar to the alternative detention system.
5.1.8.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The volume and outflow design for alternative detention systems shall be in accordance with the
performance requirements in Chapter 1 and the hydrologic analysis and routing/design methods in Chapter
3. Restrictor and orifice design shall be according to Section 5.1.4.
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-44
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
5.2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILTRATION FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-45
5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
This section presents the methods, criteria, and details for design and analysis of infiltration facilities.
These facilities are used where soils are suitable for soaking the increased runoff from development into
the ground. Such facilities usually have a detention volume component to allow for temporary storage of
runoff while it is being infiltrated. This detention volume is typically dependent on the infiltration capacity
of the soils and the required facility performance.
There are five types of infiltration facilities allowed for use in complying with Core Requirement #3,
“Flow Control”: infiltration ponds, infiltration tanks, infiltration vaults, infiltration trenches, and small
infiltration basins. In general, ponds are preferred because of the ease of maintenance and the water quality
treatment that surface soil and vegetation provide. Tanks and trenches are useful where site constraints
prevent use of a pond, and small infiltration basins are simple to design but have limited uses.
Infiltration facilities are not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
The information presented in this section is organized as follows:
Section 5.2.1, “General Requirements for Infiltration Facilities”
Section 5.2.2, “Infiltration Ponds”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.2.2.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.2.2.2
Section 5.2.3, “Infiltration Tanks”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.2.3.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.2.3.2
Section 5.2.4, “Infiltration Vaults”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.2.4.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.2.4.2
Section 5.2.5, “Infiltration Trenches”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.2.5.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.2.5.2
Section 5.2.6, “Alternative Infiltration Systems”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.2.6.1
“Methods of Analysis,” Section 5.2.6.2
Section 5.2.7, “Small Infiltration Basins”
“Design Criteria,” Section 5.2.7.1.
5.2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILTRATION FACILITIES
This section presents the design requirements generally applicable to all infiltration facilities. Included are
the general requirements for determining acceptable soil conditions, determining infiltration rates, and
providing overflow protection, spill control, presettling, groundwater protection, protection from upstream
erosion, and construction.
For site selection and design decisions, a geotechnical and hydrogeologic evaluation and report should be
prepared by a licensed engineer with geotechnical and hydrogeologic experience, or a licensed geologist,
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-46
hydrogeologist, or engineering geologist. The design engineer may utilize a team of certified or registered
professionals in soil science, hydrogeology, geology, and other related fields.
SOILS
The applicant must demonstrate through infiltration testing, soil logs, and the written opinion of a
geotechnical professional that sufficient permeable soil exists at the proposed facility location to allow
construction of a properly functioning infiltration facility.
At a minimum, test pits or borings shall extend 5 feet below the bottom of the infiltration facility, and at
least one test hole should reach the water table. If the water table is very deep, the test hole need not
extend more than one-fourth the maximum width of the pond below the bottom of a pond, or more than
5 feet below the bottom of a tank. Measurements shall be made during the period when the water level is
expected to be at a maximum (usually in late winter or early spring). Projects performing a groundwater
mounding analysis may be required to provide more extensive subsurface exploration as described in the
“Groundwater Mounding Analysis” section below.
For projects that perform a groundwater mounding analysis that demonstrates the design is adequate and
that overtopping does not occur, the basic requirement is a minimum of 3 feet of permeable soil below the
bottom of the facility (bottom of pond or excavation for tank) and at least 3 feet between the bottom of the
facility and the maximum wet-season water table. For projects that do not perform a groundwater
mounding analysis as allowed and described in the “Design Infiltration Rate” section below, the basic
requirement is a minimum of 5 feet of permeable soil below the bottom of the facility (bottom of pond or
excavation for tank) and at least 5 feet between the bottom of the facility and the maximum wet-season
water table.
Any requirements associated with impacts to an erosion hazard area, steep slope hazard area, or
landslide hazard should also be addressed in the soil study.
The geotechnical professional shall provide a report stating whether the location is suitable for the
proposed infiltration facility, and shall recommend a design infiltration rate (see “Design Infiltration
Rate” below).
MEASURED INFILTRATION RATES
Infiltration rate tests are used to help estimate the maximum sub-surface vertical infiltration rate of the soil
below a proposed infiltration facility (e.g., pond or tank); an infiltrative BMP serving either more than one
lot, 10,000 square feet or more of impervious surface, 3/4 acre or more of pervious surface or 5,000
square feet or more of pollution generating impervious surface; any BMP explicitly modeled to
accomplish LID Performance Standard criteria (see Section 1.2.9); or a closed depression. The tests are
intended to simulate the physical process that will occur when the facility is in operation; therefore, a
saturation period is required to approximate the soil moisture conditions that may exist prior to the onset of
a major winter runoff event.
Testing Procedure
1. Excavations shall be made to the bottom elevation of the proposed infiltration facility. The measured
infiltration rate of the underlying soil shall be determined using one of the following: a small or large
scale Pilot Infiltration Test (PIT) as described in the 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for
Western Washington and Reference Section 6-A of this manual. The PIT tests have been shown to
more closely match actual full-scale facility performance than other test methods. A single ring
percolation test using a ring at least 3 feet in diameter (see Reference Section 6-A), may be used to
determine BMP infiltration rates used to demonstrate compliance with the LID Performance Standard.
2. The test hole or apparatus shall be filled with water and maintained at depths above the test elevation
for the saturation periods specified for the appropriate test.
3. Following the saturation period, the rate shall be determined in accordance with the specified test
procedures, with a head of 6 inches of water.
5.2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILTRATION FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-47
4. The design engineer shall perform sufficient tests at multiple locations in a proposed facility footprint
to determine a representative infiltration rate. At least one test per 5,000 square feet (or fraction
thereof) of proposed facility footprint shall be performed, with a minimum of one test for each
proposed infiltration facility location; and at least 2 tests per acre shall be performed for a closed
depression. Proposed bioretention swales require a minimum of 1 test per 200 linear feet of swale;
with a minimum of one test performed per site. Proposed bioretention facilities require a minimum of
1 test per 5,000 square feet of facility footprint; with a minimum of one test performed per site.
5. At a minimum, a soils log shall be obtained for each required infiltration test location. Additional tests
shall be obtained as necessary to capture significant soil variations in the facility footprint. Soils shall
be logged for a minimum of 5 feet below the bottom of each proposed infiltration facility. The logs
shall describe the SCS series of the soil, indicate the textural class of the soil horizons throughout the
depth of the log, note any evidence of high groundwater level (such as mottling), and estimate the
maximum groundwater elevation, if within the limits of the log.
DESIGN INFILTRATION RATE- INFILTRATION FACILITIES AND CLOSED
DEPRESSIONS
In the past, many infiltration facilities have been built that have not performed as the designer intended.
This has resulted in flooding and substantial public expenditures to correct problems. Monitoring of actual
facility performance has shown that the full-scale infiltration rate is far lower than the rate determined by
small-scale testing. Actual measured facility rates of 10% of the small-scale test rate have been seen. It is
clear that great conservatism in the selection of design rates is needed, particularly where conditions are
less than ideal.
The design infiltration rate determination shall include a groundwater mounding evaluation using an
analytical groundwater model to investigate the effects of the local hydrologic conditions on facility
performance. Groundwater modeling will not be required for facilities serving less than 1 acre of tributary
area and where there is at least 5 feet of separation between the bottom of the proposed facility and the
maximum seasonal groundwater table or low permeability stratum, unless requested by CED review staff,
or as part of an analysis in the event of facility failure at performance testing. A ground water mounding
analysis is advisable for facilities with drainage areas smaller than 1 acre if the depth to a low permeability
layer (e.g., less than 0.1 inches per hour) is less than 10 feet. If the ground water in the area is known to be
greater than 50 feet below the proposed facility, detailed investigation of the ground water regime for flow
control design is not necessary.
The preliminary design infiltration rate is determined by applying correction factors to the measured
infiltration rate. The correction factors account for uncertainties in testing, depth to the water table or
impervious strata, infiltration receptor geometry, and long-term reductions in permeability due to
biological activity and accumulation of fines. Equation 5-11 has been developed to account for these
factors. This equation estimates the maximum design infiltration rate (Idesign); additional reduction in rate
beyond that produced by the equation may be appropriate. Note that the design infiltration rate Idesign must
not exceed 20 inches/hour.
Idesign = Imeasured x Ftesting x Fgeometry x Fplugging (5-11)
Correction factor Ftesting accounts for uncertainties in the testing methods. For the small and large scale
Pilot Infiltration Test (PIT), Ftesting = 0.50. For the Single Ring Percolation Test (See Reference
Section 6-A) (used only for determining BMP infiltration rates for demonstrating compliance with the LID
Performance Standard), Ftesting = 0.30.
When expanding an existing infiltration facility, the historical full-scale infiltration performance of the
existing facility may be considered in lieu of the testing procedures above. However, determination of
Ftesting for the expanded facility shall include consideration of the existing facility and site characteristics,
existing infiltration performance relative to the original design, facility maintenance and site maintenance
history, and any other factors influencing the performance of the existing facility. A value for Ftesting
between 0.5 and 1.0, as determined by CED review staff, reflecting the existing facility history shall be
applied to the historical full-scale measured infiltration rate.
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-48
Fgeometry accounts for the influence of facility geometry and depth to the water table or impervious strata on
the actual infiltration rate. A shallow water table or impervious layer will reduce the effective infiltration
rate of a large pond, but this will not be reflected in a small scale test. Clearly, a large pond built over a
thin pervious stratum with a shallow water table will not function as well as the same pond built over a
thick pervious stratum with a deep water table. Fgeometry must be between 0.25 and 1.0 as determined by the
following equation:
Fgeometry = 4 D/W + 0.05 (5-12)
where D = depth from the bottom of the proposed facility to the maximum wet-season water table
or nearest impervious layer, whichever is less
W = width of the facility
Note: When conducting a mounding analysis, apply Fgeometry in the mounding analysis only if facility
geometry is not captured in the groundwater model inputs.
Fplugging accounts for reductions in infiltration rates over the long term due to plugging of soils. This factor
is:
0.7 for loams and sandy loams
0.8 for fine sands and loamy sands
0.9 for medium sands
1.0 for coarse sands or cobbles, or any soil type in an infiltration facility preceded by a water quality
facility.
DESIGN INFILTRATION RATE – BIORETENTION AND PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
For bioretention facilities used to meet the LID Performance Standard, a corrected design infiltration rate
shall be used for the standard bioretention soil mix (BSM) cited in Reference Section 11-C. The corrected
rate assumes a correction factor of either 2 or 4 is applied to the standard BSM uncorrected rate of
12 inches per hour. A corrected design rate of 3 inches per hour is used where the drainage area to the
bioretention device exceeds any of the following:
10,000 sq. ft. of impervious surface
5,000 sq. ft. of pollution-generating impervious surface
3/4 acre of pervious surface
A corrected BSM design rate of 6 inches per hour is used if the contributing drainage area does not exceed
any of the above-listed areas, OR for bioretention where the contributing area exceeds any of the
thresholds above AND the design includes a presettling facility for solids removal.
The design rate of the in situ soils underlying the bioretention soil mix shall be the measured infiltration
rate multiplied by a correction factor ranging from 0.33 to 1 as recommended by a geotechnical
professional. The selected correction factor should be based on the number of tests in relation to the size of
the bioretention facility and site variability.
For permeable pavement used to meet the LID Performance Standard, the design rate of the in situ soils
underlying the permeable pavement shall be the measured infiltration rate multiplied by a correction
factor ranging from 0.33 to 1 (no correction) as recommended by a geotechnical professional. The selected
correction factor should be based on the number of tests in relation to the size of the permeable pavement
and site variability. A further correction factor of 0.9 to 1 (no correction) is determined based on the
quality of the aggregate base material. A correction factor of 1 for the quality of pavement aggregate base
material is allowable if the aggregate base is clean washed material with 1% or less fines passing the
200 sieve.
5.2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILTRATION FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-49
GROUNDWATER MOUNDING ANALYSIS
Groundwater mounding analysis is generally required for infiltration facilities that serve 1 acre or more of
tributary area and have less than 15 feet of separation to a restrictive layer or groundwater table, as
described in the “Design Infiltration Rate” section above.
Groundwater modeling (mounding analysis) of the proposed infiltration facility shall be done using the
design infiltration rate (i.e., reduction factors applied to the measured rate) modified to exclude the
correction factor for geometry (Fgeometry) and the estimated maximum groundwater elevation determined
for the proposed facility location. It is assumed the groundwater mounding model inputs will capture the
facility geometry for the analysis, however if this is not true for the chosen model, the correction factor for
geometry shall be included in the infiltration rate. Note the use of the design infiltration rate (rather than
the measured rate) results in a conservative analysis of the pond design, but may not be representative of
the lateral extent of the actual groundwater mounding effect. The design professional is advised to
evaluate the true extent of the mound and its effects on adjacent structures, properties, etc.
MODRET or an equivalent model must be used unless CED approves an alternative analytic technique.
More complex analyses (e.g., MODFLOW) may warrant preliminary discussion with CED to ensure the
modeling strategies are acceptable.
Developed condition hydrographs of the project site shall be exported from the approved model for the
groundwater mounding analysis. Hydrographs for the mounding analysis input shall include, at a
minimum, the complete water year (October 1 through September 30) records containing a) the 100-year
peak rate event and b) the cumulative highest 30-day volume event identified through analysis of the
developed condition runoff (the two events are usually in different water years). The peak rate water year
is readily determined from the flow frequency analysis in the approved model. The cumulative highest
30-day volume analysis can be completed in a spreadsheet using the developed condition hydrograph for
the full historical record exported from the approved model. Due to model limitations on the size of the
input files, a 1-hour timestep shall be used to generate the hydrographs to be exported, unless otherwise
required by CED.
The exported hydrograph file will require minor modification in preparation for import into the
groundwater model; see the specific model’s documentation for guidance (MODRET file preparation for
hydrograph input is described in the appendix for the software user’s guide). See Reference Section 6-D
for modeling guidelines specific for use with this manual.
Note that an iterative process may be required beginning with an estimated design rate, facility sizing with
the approved runoff model, then groundwater model testing.
The mounding analysis report shall be included in the Special Reports section of the technical information
report (TIR, see Section 2.3.1.1). All mounding analysis submittals shall have at least the following
information in one package:
Test pit and boring logs, including actual elevations used on the design plans (not just relative
elevations) documenting subsurface explorations to a depth below the base of the infiltration facility
of at least 5 times the maximum design depth of ponded water proposed for the infiltration facility, but
not less than 10 feet below the base of the facility. At sites with shallow ground water (less than
15 feet from the estimated base of facility), if a ground water mounding analysis is necessary,
determine the thickness of the saturated zone. Note that documentation of the thickness and location
of the saturated zone can generally be beneficial to mounding analysis results.
Logs must include at a minimum, depth of pit or hole, soil descriptions, depth to ground water table
and/or bedrock/impermeable layers, presence of stratification. (Note: Logs must substantiate whether
stratification does or does not exist. The licensed professional may consider additional methods of
analysis to substantiate the presence of stratification that will significantly impact the design of the
infiltration facility).
Continuous sampling (representative samples from each soil type and/or unit within the infiltration
receptor) to a depth below the base of the infiltration facility of 2.5 times the maximum design ponded
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-50
water depth, but not less than 10 feet. For large infiltration facilities serving drainage areas of 10 acres
or more, perform soil grain size analyses on layers up to 50 feet deep (or no more than 10 feet below
the water table).
Map showing location of test pits, borings and infiltration facility
Wet season (October 1 to April 30) maximum water table elevation. Monitoring through at least one
wet season is required, unless substantially equivalent site historical data regarding ground water
levels is available.
If mottling or iron oxide staining is present, and that elevation does not reflect the wet season
maximum water table elevation, include a detailed justification.
Description and documentation supporting all modeling input parameters
LS stamped letter documenting constructed volume, elevations, infiltration area (constructed facilities
only)
PE stamped letter documenting TIR volume, elevations and infiltration area (design reviews only)
PE stamped letter (may be the same letter as the previous bullet) documenting rainfall data and
infiltration rate determination used in the analysis. Rainfall data shall be at a minimum, the complete
water year (October 1 through September 30) records containing a) the 100-year peak rate event and
b) the cumulative highest volume event identified through analysis of the developed condition runoff,
both using 1-hour timesteps minimum. Infiltration rate description shall include the initial measured
rate and details of the reduction factors applied per Section 5.2.1, Design Infiltration Rate.
Actual inflow data (electronic files prepared for model input) used in the mounding analysis modeling
runs.
Separate model runs for the peak rate and highest 30-day cumulative volume periods (two runs unless
the events occur in the same water year).
Justifications for safety factors applied to the infiltration rate applied in the modeling.
Geotechnical professional summary and conclusions
Small scale infiltration test data (inches/hour) with calibration factor for test type, then converted to
Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity (feet/day)
Geotechnical professional documentation of why a particular Horizontal Hydraulic Conductivity to
Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity (HHC:VHC) ratio is applicable.
Without detailed justification, the City will accept for MODRET input an HHC:VHC ratio of 1.5:1 for
homogeneous soils and 3:1 for layered soils. Note, however, the vertical conductivity input KVU is for the
unsaturated condition (typical of small-scale or PIT test results), while the horizontal conductivity input
KHS is for the saturated condition.
Alternatively, if small-scale or PIT is the only test information available, the saturated horizontal hydraulic
conductivity could be estimated by applying two adjustment factors as follows:4
KVS (vertical, saturated) = 1.5 KVU (vertical, unsaturated) (5-13)
KHS (horizontal, saturated) = 1.5 KVS (vertical, saturated) (5-14)
PERFORMANCE TESTING
Performance testing and verification for a facility shall be conducted before final construction approval by
the City, or prior to construction of other project improvements or recording of a subdivision as required
by RMC 4-4-060.
For projects where a mounding analysis is not required at the design phase (i.e., facilities serving less than
1 acre of tributary area and where there is at least 5 feet of separation between the bottom of the proposed
facility and the maximum seasonal groundwater table or low permeability stratum), the completed facility
4 Source: State of Florida Dept. of Transportation, Stormwater Management Facility Drainage Handbook, Jan 2004, p. 70
5.2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILTRATION FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-51
must be tested and monitored to demonstrate that the facility performs as designed. If the facility
performance is not satisfactory, the facility will need to be modified or expanded as needed in order to
make it function as designed.
Where a groundwater mounding analysis was used in the design, performance testing and verification in
the bottom of the facility to demonstrate that the soils in the constructed facility are representative of the
design assumptions is required. The evaluation shall include measured infiltration rate testing and
evaluation of in-situ soil characteristics and groundwater table location as described in this section. The
measured infiltration rate test procedure should follow the same methodology as during the design phase
to be comparable. If the facility performance evaluation is not satisfactory, the facility will need to be
modified or expanded as needed in order to make it function as designed.
100-YEAR OVERFLOW CONVEYANCE
An overflow route shall be identified for stormwater flows that overtop the facility when infiltration
capacity is exceeded or the facility becomes plugged and fails. The overflow route must be able to safely
convey the 100-year developed peak flow to the downstream conveyance system or other acceptable
discharge point in accordance with conveyance requirements in Section 1.2.4.
Where the entire project site is located within a closed depression (such as some gravel pits), the
requirement to identify and analyze a 100-year overflow pathway may be waived by CED if (1) an
additional correction factor of 0.5 is used in calculating the design infiltration rate, (2) the facility is
sized to fully infiltrate the 100-year runoff event, and (3) the facility is not bermed on any side. Intent: to
address situations where the infiltration facility may be a highly permeable onsite closed depression, such
as a gravel pit, where all stormwater is currently, and will remain, fully infiltrated.
SPILL CONTROL DEVICE
All infiltration facilities must have a spill control device upstream of the facility to capture oil or other
floatable contaminants before they enter the infiltration facility. The spill control device shall be a tee
section per Figure 5.1.4.A or an equivalent device approved by CED. If a tee section is used, the top of the
riser shall be set above the 100-year overflow elevation to prevent oils from entering the infiltration
facility.
PRESETTLING
Presettling must be provided before stormwater enters the infiltration facility. This requirement may be
met by either of the following:
A water quality facility from the Basic WQ menu (this alternative is recommended; see Section 6.1.1
for facility options).
A presettling pond or vault with a treatment volume equal to 0.25 times the basic water quality design
volume (see Section 6.4.1.1 for information on computing this volume).
If water in the WQ facility or presettling facility will be in direct contact with the soil, the facility must be
lined according to the liner requirements in Section 6.2.4. If the presettling facility is a vault, design of the
vault shall be the same as required for presettling cells in sand filter vaults (see Section 6.5.3.2).
The settling pond or vault shall be designed to pool water 4 to 6 feet deep with an overflow capacity
sufficient to pass the developed 100-year peak flow. Settling facilities must have a length-to-width ratio of
at least 3:1. The inlet(s) and outlet should be situated to maximize the length of travel through the settling
pond or vault. Berms or baffles may be used to lengthen the travel distance if site constraints limit the
inlet/outlet placement. Inlets should be designed to minimize velocity and turbulence.
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-52
PROTECTION FROM UPSTREAM EROSION
Erosion must be controlled during construction of areas upstream of infiltration facilities since sediment-
laden runoff can permanently impair the functioning of the system. Erosion control measures must be
designed, installed and maintained with great care. Various strategies may be employed to protect
infiltration facilities during construction, as described below.
Projects may be phased to limit clearing and minimize the time that soils are exposed. An alternative to
this approach is to serve the undeveloped area with a large sediment trap on an undeveloped tract with the
trap left in place until all clearing and construction is complete and all permanent landscaping is in place.
See Erosion and Sediment Control Standards (Appendix D) for design details. At the completion of all
construction, the sediment trap must be cleaned out (taking care that no sediment enters the drainage
system) and filled in, and the flow routed to the permanent drainage system.
Another alternative for subdivisions is to stage excavation of the pond as follows:
1. Bottom elevation of the pond prior to paving of plat roadways: 3 feet above the final pond bottom
elevation. At this stage of rough grading, the facility may be used to meet sediment retention
requirements.
2. Bottom elevation of the pond during and after paving and prior to construction of 80% of the houses:
18 inches above the final pond bottom elevation with upstream sediment retention, as needed. At this
stage, the pond will serve as an interim flow control facility pending final stabilization of the site.
Note that RMC 4-4-060 requires that flow control facilities be operational prior to the construction of
any improvements.
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES
Excavation of infiltration facilities should be done with a backhoe working at “arm’s length” to minimize
disturbance and compaction of the completed infiltration surface. If the bottom of the facility will be
less than three feet below final grade, the facility area should be cordoned off so that construction traffic
does not traverse the area. The exposed soil should be inspected by a soils engineer after excavation to
confirm that soil conditions are suitable.
Two simple staff gages for measuring sediment depth should be installed at opposite ends of the bottom
of ponds. The gages may consist of 1-inch pipe driven at least one foot into the soil in the bottom of the
pond, with 12 inches of the pipe protruding above grade.
OFFSITE GROUNDWATER LEVEL IMPACTS
Potential impacts to groundwater levels off the project site should be considered. In general, replacing
vegetation with impervious cover will increase the total annual volume of runoff generated on a site.
Infiltrating this runoff will tend to increase ground water recharge, which may affect groundwater levels
offsite. The impacts of infiltration could include increased water to landslide hazards, increased
groundwater resources available, increased water levels in closed depressions, and higher groundwater
levels. Higher groundwater levels offsite could result in increased flooding of basements, or impaired
functioning of infiltration systems resulting in surface water flooding. Evidence of offsite groundwater
flooding problems should be examined during the offsite analysis required under Core Requirement #2
(see Section 1.2.2).
In general, groundwater level impacts will be very difficult to reduce, and there are no specific
requirements that apply in many cases. The design engineer is encouraged to consider whether there are
any feasible approaches to reduce groundwater flooding impacts, such as moving facilities or changing
facility geometry, retaining forest cover, minimizing impervious coverage, or fixing downstream
problems.
5.2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILTRATION FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-53
GROUNDWATER PROTECTION
The protection of groundwater quality is recognized as an issue of greater concern that in the past, and
groundwater protection standards are changing rapidly, see Section 1.3.6 Core Requirement #6: Aquifer
Protection Area. Increased safeguards are often required. The applicant should refer to the Wellhead
Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>) to determine if the project lies
within a groundwater protection area.
In combination with the general requirements for infiltration facilities, compliance with Core Requirement
#8 (Water Quality Facilities) and Special Requirement #5 (Oil Control), where applicable, of this manual
is required to address protection of groundwater quality where infiltrating runoff from pollution generating
surfaces. Water quality facility requirements, exemptions, and exceptions in Core Requirement #8 are
influenced by whether a project is infiltrating within a groundwater protection area, whether the project
is infiltrating into soils with properties required for groundwater protection, which water quality treatment
menu is applicable, and the infiltration site’s measured distance to either a sensitive lake; a fresh water that
has an existing or designated aquatic life use; or a surface water body impaired for phosphorus or metals.
Soil Properties Required for Groundwater Protection
Soil properties required for groundwater protection both outside of and within groundwater protection
areas are listed below. Groundwater protection areas include the Cedar Valley Sole Source Aquifer
Review Area, Wellhead Protection Areas, and the Aquifer Protection Area.
Note: The soil properties given are primarily for groundwater protection and do not necessarily satisfy
other protection needs. For example, projects infiltrating runoff within a quarter-mile of a Sensitive Lake
may still be required to provide water quality treatment to meet the resource protection needs of the
Sensitive Lake. See Core Requirement #8 (Section 1.2.8) for additional WQ requirements.
Soil Properties Required for Groundwater Protection Outside of Groundwater
Protection Areas
For infiltration facilities located outside of groundwater protection areas, acceptable groundwater
protection is provided by the soil if the first two feet or more of the soil beneath the infiltration facility has
a cation exchange capacity5 greater than 5 and an organic content6 of 1.0% or greater, AND meets one of
the following criteria:
1. The soil has a measured infiltration rate less than or equal to 9 inches per hour7 or is logged as one of
the classes from the USDA Textural Triangle (Figure 5.2.1.A,), excluding sand and loamy sand
(Note: soil texture classes other than sand and loamy sand may be assumed to have an infiltration rate
of less than or equal to 9 inches per hour without doing field testing to measure rates.8), OR
2. The soil is composed of less than 25% gravel by weight with at least 75% of the soil passing the
#4 sieve. The portion passing the #4 sieve must meet one of the following gradations:
At least 50% must pass the #40 sieve and at least 2% must pass the #100 sieve, or
At least 25% must pass the #40 sieve and at least 5% must pass the #200 sieve.
5 Cation exchange capacity shall be tested using EPA Laboratory Method 9081. Note that per EPA method 9081 guidance,
distinctly acidic soils require “the method of cation-exchange capacity by summation (Chapman, 1965, p. 900; see
Paragraph 10.1).”
6 Organic content shall be measured on a dry weight basis using method ASTM D2974 for the fraction passing the #40 sieve.
7 See discussion of the measured infiltration rate in Section 5.2.1.
8 Criteria (a) is based on the relationship between infiltration rates and soil texture. However, there are many other factors, such
as high water table, presence of impervious strata or boulders close to the surface, etc., which also affect infiltration rate. When
any such condition is suspected because soils are coarser than expected from the measured infiltration rate, a sieve analysis
should be done to establish soil characteristics. The judgment of a geotechnical professional shall determine whether a sieve
analysis is warranted. The sieve analysis must meet Criteria (b) above to be considered protective.
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-54
Note: These soil properties must be met by the undisturbed native soils onsite (i.e. in situ). Soil may not be
imported in order to meet groundwater protection criteria.
Soil Properties Required within Groundwater Protection Areas
For projects located within groundwater protection areas (excluding Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection
Area), acceptable groundwater protection is provided by the soil if the first two feet or more of the soil
beneath the infiltration facility has a cation exchange capacity greater than 5 and an organic content of
1% or greater, AND meets one of the following criteria:
1. The soil has a measured infiltration rate less than or equal to 2.4 inches per hour or is logged as
one of the classes from the USDA Textural Triangle (Figure 5.2.1.A), excluding sand, loamy sand,
and sandy loam (Note: soil triangle texture classes other than sand, loamy sand, and sandy loam may
be assumed to have an infiltration rate of less than or equal to 2.4 inches per hour without doing field
testing to measure rates), OR
2. The soil has a measured infiltration rate less than or equal to 9 inches per hour, and it must be
composed of less than 25% gravel by weight with at least 75% of the soil passing the #4 sieve. The
portion passing the #4 sieve must meet one of the following gradations:
At least 50% must pass the #40 sieve and at least 2% must pass the #100 sieve, or
At least 25% must pass the #40 sieve and at least 5% must pass the #200 sieve.
Note: The above soil properties must be met by the undisturbed native soils onsite (i.e. in situ). Soil may
not be imported in order to meet groundwater protection criteria.
FIGURE 5.2.1.A USDA TEXTURAL TRIANGLE
5.2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILTRATION FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-55
Infiltration near Water Supply Wells
The design engineer should consider the following when designing infiltration facilities near water supply
wells:
1. In no case should infiltration facilities be placed closer than 100 feet from drinking water wells and
200 feet from springs used for drinking water supplies. Where water supply wells exist nearby, it is
the responsibility of the applicant’s engineer to locate such wells, meet any applicable protection
standards, and assess possible impacts of the proposed infiltration facility on groundwater quality. If
negative impacts on an individual or community water supply are possible, additional runoff treatment
must be included in the facility design, or relocation of the facility should be considered.
2. All infiltration facilities located within the one-year capture zone of any well should be preceded by a
water quality treatment facility.
Infiltration near Steep Slope Hazard Areas and Landslide Hazards
The following restrictions apply to the design of infiltration systems located near a slope steeper than 15%.
1. Where infiltration facilities are proposed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area or a landslide
hazard, OR closer to the top of slope than the distance equal to the total vertical height of a slope area
that is steeper than 15%, a detailed geotechnical evaluation is required. The geotechnical analysis
must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out
conditions.
2. Individual lot infiltration and dispersion systems rather than a centralized infiltration facility should be
used to the extent feasible, except for lots immediately adjacent to a landslide hazard. The runoff
from such lots should be discharged into a tightline system, if available, or other measures should be
implemented as recommended by a geotechnical engineer, engineering geologist, or CED.
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL WELL REGISTRATION
The Underground Injection Control Program (UIC) administered by WA Ecology protects groundwater
quality by regulating discharges to UIC wells. WA Ecology adopted revisions to Chapter 173-218 WAC,
the UIC program rules, on January 3, 2006. The newly adopted revisions went into effect on February 3,
2006. These rules require the registration of new injection wells that manage stormwater. Information
regarding these new regulations may be found at Ecology’s UIC Program website,
<https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Guidance-technicalassistance/Underground-injection-
control-program>.
UIC wells are manmade structures used to discharge fluids into the subsurface. Examples are drywells,
infiltration trenches with perforated pipe, and any structure deeper than the widest surface dimension (see
Chapter I-4 UIC Program in the 2019 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington
(SWMMWW). For single family projects, drywells that are located immediately adjacent to buildings and
infiltrate roof runoff directly from the gutters and downspouts do not need Ecology registration. Open
ponds are not considered injection wells.
UIC Program rule requirements apply to all UIC wells. If an existing UIC well receives stormwater and
was in use before 2/3/2006, the well owner must complete a well assessment with Ecology to determine if
the UIC well is a high threat to groundwater. See Chapter 173-218-090 (2) WAC UIC Program,
<http://app.leg.wa.gov/WAC/default.aspx?cite=173-218-090> or visit
<https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Guidance-technical-assistance/Underground-
injectioncontrol-program> for more information. An assessment example is available at
https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/publications/documents/1210012.pdf.
If UIC registration is required by Ecology for the proposed design, a copy of the registration, or the
Ecology-issued System ID provided at registration, shall be provided by the applicant prior to plan
approval or permit issuance by the City (see Section 2.3.1.1 Technical Information Report (TIR), TIR
Section 7 Other Permits and Section 5.4.1).
Note that existing UIC wells that are unable to obtain Ecology rule authorization and UIC Site ID number
without modification may require design review and permit approval per City requirements for such
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-56
modifications. Permitting for the modified facility shall follow the UIC registration requirements guidance
for new facilities.
5.2.2 INFILTRATION PONDS
Infiltration ponds may be constructed by excavating or constructing berms. A schematic representation of
a typical infiltration pond is shown in Figure 5.2.2.A. Infiltration ponds are not allowed in Zone 1 of the
Aquifer Protection Area.
5.2.2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
The following criteria for ponds are in addition to the general requirements for infiltration facilities
specified in Section 5.2.1:
1. The proposed pond bottom must be at least 3 feet above the seasonal high groundwater level and
have at least 3 feet of permeable soil beneath the bottom.
2. Infiltration ponds are not allowed on slopes greater than 25% (4H:1V). A geotechnical analysis and
report is required if located within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard OR if the
facility is located within a setback distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical height of a
slope area that is steeper than 15%. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from
the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
3. The infiltration surface must be in native soil (excavated at least one foot in depth).
4. Maintenance access shall be provided to both the presettling pond or vault (if provided) and the
infiltration pond.
5. An overflow structure such as that shown in Figure 5.1.1.C shall be provided. In addition, infiltration
ponds shall have an emergency spillway as required for detention ponds in Section 5.1.1.1.
6. The criteria for general design, side slopes, embankments, planting, maintenance access, access
roads, fencing, signage, and right-of-way shall be the same as for detention ponds (see
Section 5.1.1), except as required for the infiltration design.
Setbacks
1. The toe of the exterior slope of an infiltration pond berm embankment shall be set back 5 feet from
the tract, easement, or property line.
2. The tract, easement, or property line on an infiltration pond cut slope shall be set back 5 feet from
the emergency overflow water surface.
3. The infiltration pond design water surface shall be set back 100 feet from proposed or existing septic
system drainfields. This setback may be reduced to 30 feet with approval from the Public Health –
Seattle & King County.
4. The infiltration pond design water surface shall be a minimum of 200 feet from any steep slope
hazard area or landslide hazard. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider
cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
5. The infiltration pond design water surface shall be set back a minimum distance from top of slope
equal to the total vertical height of a slope area that is steeper than 15%. Upon analysis and approval
of a licensed geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet.
The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas
under full built- out conditions.
5.2.2 INFILTRATION PONDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-57
6. Building setback lines for adjacent internal lots shall be 20 feet. These may be reduced to the
minimum allowed by zoning if the facility soils report addresses the potential impacts of the facility
phreatic surface on structures so located.
7. The infiltration pond design water surface shall be set back 20 feet from external tract, easement or
property lines. This may be reduced to 5 feet if the facility soils report addresses the potential
impacts of the facility phreatic surface on existing or future structures located on adjacent external
lots.
5.2.2.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The size of the pond shall be determined using the hydrologic analysis and routing methods described for
detention ponds in Chapter 3. The storage volume in the pond is used to detain runoff prior to infiltration.
The stage/discharge curve shall be developed from the design infiltration rate determined according to
Section 5.2.1. At a given stage the discharge may be computed using the area of pervious surface
through which infiltration will occur (which will vary with stage) multiplied by the recommended design
infiltration rate (in appropriate units). Berms (which should be constructed of impervious soil such as till),
maintenance access roads, and lined swales should not be included in the design pervious surface area.
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-58
FIGURE 5.2.2.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL INFILTRATION POND
NOTE:
DETAIL IS A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION ONLY. ACTUAL CONFIGURATION WILL VARY
DEPENDING ON SPECIFIC SITE CONSTRAINTS AND APPLICABLE DESIGN CRITERIA.
SECTION A-A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
OVERFLOW/EMERGENCY OVERFLOW
PROVIDED PER SECTION 5.1.1.1
INFLOW PIPE
ACCESS ROAD
SEE SECTION 5.1.1.1
FOR SPECIFICATIONS
TRACT/EASEMENT
LINES AS REQUIRED
CONNECTING
SPILLWAY
INFILTRATION POND
OUTFLOW/
OVERFLOW
STRUCTURE
SEE FIGURE
5.1.1.B
FOR DETAILS
SEE FIGURE 5.1.1.B
SETTLING POND
IF REQUIRED
GEOTECHNICAL
DESIGN REQUIRED
FOR BERM HEIGHT>6'
6' MIN.
5' MINIMUM A
A
EXISTING
GROUND
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW SPILLWAY
KEY REQUIRED FOR
BERM HEIGHT>4'
SLOPES 3H:1V (TYP.)
5.2.3 INFILTRATION TANKS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-59
5.2.3 INFILTRATION TANKS
Infiltration tanks consist of underground pipe that has been perforated to allow detained stormwater to be
infiltrated. A schematic representation of a typical infiltration tank is shown in Figure 5.2.3.A . Infiltration
tanks are not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
5.2.3.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
The following criteria for tanks are in addition to the general requirements for infiltration facilities
specified in Section 5.2.1:
1. The proposed tank trench bottom shall be at least 3 feet above the seasonal high groundwater level
and have at least 3 feet of permeable soil beneath the trench bottom.
2. Infiltration tanks are not allowed on slopes greater than 25% (4H:1V). A geotechnical analysis and
report is required if located within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard OR if the
facility is located within a setback distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical height of a
slope area that is steeper than 15%. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from
the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions. The infiltration surface elevation
(bottom of trench) must be in native soil (excavated at least one foot in depth).
3. Spacing between parallel tanks shall be calculated using the distance from the lowest trench bottom
to the maximum wet season ground water surface (D) and the design width of the trench for a single
tank (W). The tank spacing S = W2/D, where S is the centerline spacing between trenches (or tanks) in
feet. S shall not be less than W, and S need not exceed 2W.
4. Tanks shall be bedded and backfilled with washed drain rock that extends at least 1 foot below the
bottom of the tank, at least 2 feet but not more than 5 feet beyond the sides, and up to the top of the
tank.
5. Drain rock (3 to 11/2 inches) shall be completely covered with filter fabric prior to backfilling.
6. The perforations (holes) in the tank must be one inch in diameter and located in the bottom half of
the tank starting at an elevation of 6 inches above the invert of the tank. The number and spacing of
the perforations should be sufficient to allow complete utilization of the available infiltration capacity
of the soils with a safety factor of 2.0 without jeopardizing the structural integrity of the tank.
7. Infiltration tanks shall have an overflow structure equipped with a solid bottom riser (with clean-out
gate) and outflow system for safely discharging overflows to the downstream conveyance system or
another acceptable discharge point.
8. The criteria for general design, materials, structural stability, buoyancy, maintenance access, access
roads, and right-of-way shall be the same as for detention tanks (see Section 5.1.2,), except for
features needed to facilitate infiltration.
Setbacks
1. Tanks shall be set back 100 feet from proposed or existing septic system drainfields. This setback
may be reduced to 30 feet with approval from the Public Health – Seattle & King County.
2. All tanks shall be a minimum of 200 feet from any steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard. Upon
analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist, this setback may
be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project
and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
3. All tanks shall be set back a minimum distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical height of a
slope area that is steeper than 15%. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-60
engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider
cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
4. Building setback lines for adjacent internal lots shall be 20 feet. These may be reduced to the
minimum allowed by zoning if the facility soils report addresses the potential impacts of the facility
phreatic surface on structures so located.
5. Infiltration tanks shall be set back 20 feet from external tract, easement, or property lines. This may
be reduced to 5 feet if the facility soils report addresses the potential impacts of the facility phreatic
surface on existing or future structures located on adjacent external lots.
5.2.3.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The size of the tank shall be determined using the hydrologic analysis and routing methods described in
Chapter 3, and the stage/discharge curve developed from the recommended design infiltration rate as
described in Section 5.2.1. The storage volume in the tank is used to detain runoff prior to infiltration with
the perforations providing the outflow mechanism. At any given stage, the discharge may be computed
using the area of pervious surface through which infiltration will occur multiplied by the recommended
design infiltration rate (in appropriate units). The area of pervious surface used for determining the
potential infiltration from the tank shall be computed by taking the lesser of the trench width, or two times
the width of the tank, and then multiplying by the length of the tank (assuming infiltration through the
bottom of the trench only).
5.2.3 INFILTRATION TANKS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-61
FIGURE 5.2.3.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL INFILTRATION TANK
NOTES:
1. ALL METAL PARTS CORROSION RESISTANT. STEEL PARTS
STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINIZED STEEL, EXCEPT TANK MAY
BE GALVANIZED AND ASPHALT COATED (TREATMENT 1 OR
BETTER).
2. FILTER FABRIC TO BE PLACED OVER WASHED ROCK BACKFILL
PRIOR TO BACKFILLING OVER FACILITY.
OVERFLOW STRUCTURE
MIN. 54" DIA. TYPE 2 C.B.
SEE SECTION 5.2.3.1
OUTLET PIPE
OUTLET/OVERFLOW
STRUCTURE WASHED ROCK BEDDING
AND BACKFILL TO TOP OF TANK,
MIN. 2' BEYOND EDGES
SETTLING VAULT
OR TYPE 2 C.B.
IF REQUIRED
OPTIONAL PARALLEL TANK
ACCESS RISERS
(MAX SPACING
100-FT)
ACCESS RISERS
SEE FIGURE
5.1.2.B
TYPE 2 C.B. OR
SETTLING VAULT
IF REQUIRED
WASHED ROCK BEDDING
AND BACKFILL TO TOP
OF TANK
FILTER FABRIC
TOP ONLY
RISER FOR
INFILTRATION ONLY;
FOR COMBINED
DETENTION /
INFILTRATION
SEE FIGURE 5.1.4.A
36" MIN. DIA. (TYP.)
DETENTION TANK
SIZE AS REQUIRED
1" HOLES AS
REQUIRED
6" MIN. DEAD STORAGE
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
INLET PIPE
(FLOW THROUGH)
100' MAX.
50'
MAX.
4' MIN.
A A
2.0'
MAX.
2'
MIN.
2" MIN. DIAMETER AIR VENT
PIPE WELDED TO TANK
(REQUIRED IF NO ACCESS
RISER ON TANK)
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-62
5.2.4 INFILTRATION VAULTS
Infiltration vaults consist of a bottomless concrete vault structure placed underground in native infiltrative
soils9. Infiltration is achieved through the native soils at the bottom of the structure.
Infiltration vaults are similar to detention vaults. A schematic representation of a detention vault is shown
in Figure 5.1.3.A. Schematic representations of overflow riser are shown in Section 5.1.4. Infiltration
vaults are not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
5.2.4.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
The following criteria for vaults are in addition to the general requirements for infiltration facilities
specified in Section 5.2.1:
1. The proposed vault bottom shall be at least 3 feet above the seasonal high groundwater level and
have at least 3 feet of permeable soil beneath the bottom.
2. Infiltration vaults are not allowed on slopes greater than 25% (4H:1V). A geotechnical analysis and
report is required if located within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard OR if the
facility is located within a setback distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical height of the
slope area that is steeper than 15%. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from
the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
3. The vault bottom must be in native soil (excavated at least one foot in depth).
4. A suitable means to dissipate energy at the inlet is required to prevent scour and may be accomplished
by using the detail for the sand filter vault (see Figure 6.5.3.A).
5. Infiltration vaults shall have a solid bottom riser (with clean-out gate) and outflow system for safely
discharging overflows to the downstream conveyance system or another acceptable discharge point.
Structural Stability
All vaults shall meet structural requirements for overburden support, buoyancy, and H-20 vehicle loading.
Cast-in-place wall sections shall be designed as retaining walls. Structural designs for vaults must be
stamped by a licensed structural engineer unless otherwise approved by CED. Bottomless vaults shall be
provided with footings placed on stable, well-consolidated native material and sized considering
overburden support, traffic loading (assume maintenance traffic, if placed outside ROW), and lateral soil
pressures when the vault is dry. Infiltration vaults shall not be allowed in fill slopes unless analyzed in a
geotechnical report for stability. The infiltration surface at the bottom of the vault must be in native soil.
Access Requirements
Same as specified for detention vaults in Section 5.1.3.1.
Access Roads
Same as specified for detention vaults in Section 5.1.3.1.
Right-of-Way
Infiltration vaults to be maintained by the City shall be in a stormwater tract granted and converted with all
maintenance obligations (excluding maintenance of drainage facilities contained therein) to the
homeowners association. Any tract not abutting public right-of-way will require a 15-foot wide extension
of the tract to accommodate an acceptable access location. An underlying easement under and upon said
tract shall be dedicated to the City for the purpose of operating, maintaining, improving and repairing the
drainage facilities contain therein. The stormwater tract must be owned by the homeowners association.
Each lot owner within the subdivision shall have an equal and undivided interest in the maintenance of the
9 See Section 5.2.1 and Reference Section 6 for UIC definition and UIC well registration requirements for infiltration vaults
5.2.4 INFILTRATION VAULTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-63
stormwater tract. Infiltration vaults to be maintained by a private property owner or homeowners
association shall create stormwater facilities within a private tract or easement or construct the infiltration
vault onsite.
Setbacks
1. Infiltration vaults shall be set back 100 feet from proposed or existing septic system drainfields. This
setback may be reduced to 30 feet with approval from the Public Health – Seattle & King County.
2. Infiltration vaults shall be a minimum of 200 feet from any steep slope hazard area or landslide
hazard. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist, this
setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from
the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
3. Infiltration vaults shall be set back a minimum distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical
height of a slope area that is steeper than 15%. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis
must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out
conditions.
4. Building setback lines for adjacent internal lots shall be 20 feet. These may be reduced to the
minimum allowed by zoning if the facility soils report addresses the potential impacts of the facility
phreatic surface on structures so located.
5. Infiltration vaults shall be set back 20 feet from external tract, easement, or property lines. This
may be reduced to 5 feet if the facility soils report addresses the potential impacts of the facility
phreatic surface on existing or future structures located on adjacent external lots.
5.2.4.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The size of the vault shall be determined using the hydrologic analysis and routing methods described in
Chapter 3 and the stage/discharge curve developed from the recommended design infiltration rate as
described in Section 5.2.1. The storage volume in the vault is used to detain runoff prior to infiltration. At
any given stage, the discharge may be computed using the area of pervious surface through which
infiltration will occur (the exposed soil comprising the vault bottom) multiplied by the recommended
design infiltration rate (in appropriate units).
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-64
5.2.5 INFILTRATION TRENCHES
Infiltration trenches can be a useful alternative for developments with constraints that make siting a pond
difficult. Infiltration trenches may be placed beneath parking areas, along the site periphery, or in other
suitable linear areas. Infiltration trenches are not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
5.2.5.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
The following criteria for trenches are in addition to the general requirements for infiltration facilities
specified in Section 5.2.1:
1. The proposed trench bottom must be at least 3 feet above the seasonal high groundwater level and
3 feet below finished grade.
2. There must be at least 3 feet of permeable soil beneath the trench bottom.
3. The infiltration surface elevation (bottom of trench) must be in native soil (excavated at least one foot
in depth).
4. Infiltration trenches are not allowed on slopes greater than 25% (4H:1V). A geotechnical analysis
and report is required if located within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard OR if
the facility is located within a setback distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical height of
the slope area that is steeper than 15%. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts
from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions. Trenches shall be a minimum
of 2 feet wide and no more than 5 feet wide10.
5. Trenches shall be backfilled with 11/2 – 3/4-inch washed rock, completely surrounded by filter fabric
and overlain by a minimum 1 foot of compact backfill.
6. Level 6-inch minimum diameter rigid perforated distribution pipes shall extend the length of the
trench. Distribution pipe inverts shall be a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade. Provisions (such
as clean-out wyes) shall be made for cleaning the distribution pipe. The pipe capacity shall be
calculated to verify that the distribution pipe has capacity to handle the maximum design flow.
7. Alternative trench-type systems such as pre-fabricated bottomless chambers that provide an
equivalent system may be used at the discretion of CED.
8. Two feet minimum cover shall be provided in areas subject to vehicle loads.
9. Trenches shall be spaced no closer than 10 feet, measured on center.
Setbacks
1. Trench systems shall be set back 100 feet from proposed or existing septic system drainfields. This
setback may be reduced to 30 feet with approval from the Public Health – Seattle & King County.
2. Trench systems shall be a minimum of 200 feet from any steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard.
Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist, this setback
may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the
project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
3. Trench systems shall be setback a minimum distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical
height of a slope area that is steeper than 15%. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis
must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out
conditions.
10 See Section 5.2.1 and Reference Section 6 for UIC definition and UIC well registration requirements for infiltration trenches.
5.2.6 ALTERNATIVE INFILTRATION SYSTEMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-65
4. A minimum 5-foot setback is required between any part of the trench system and any property line.
5. Structures shall be set back 20 feet from individual trenches. This may be reduced if the facility soils
report addresses potential impacts of trench phreatic surface on structures so located.
5.2.5.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The sections and lengths of trenches shall be determined using the hydrologic analysis and routing
methods for flow control design described in Chapter 3. The stage/discharge curve shall be developed
from the design infiltration rate recommended by the soils engineer, as described in Section 5.2.1.
Storage volume of the trench system shall be determined considering void space of the washed rock
backfill and maximum design water surface level at the crown of the distribution pipe. At any given stage,
the discharge may be computed using the area of pervious surface through which infiltration will occur
(trench bottom area only) multiplied by the recommended design infiltration rate (in appropriate units).
5.2.6 ALTERNATIVE INFILTRATION SYSTEMS
Manufactures have developed other systems that have properties in common with vaults, tanks, and
trenches, but that do not conform to the standards for those facility types. These systems may be approved
by CED using suitable design standards adapted from the established standards for similar systems 11.
Alternative infiltration systems are not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
5.2.6.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
The following criteria for alternative infiltration systems are in addition to the general requirements for
infiltration facilities specified in Section 5.2.1:
1. The proposed infiltration surface must be at least 3 feet above the seasonal high groundwater level.
2. There must be at least 3 feet of permeable soil beneath the infiltration surface.
3. The infiltration surface elevation must be in native soil (excavated at least one foot in depth).
4. Infiltration systems are not allowed on slopes greater than 25% (4H:1V). A geotechnical analysis
and report is required if located within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard OR if
the facility is located within a setback distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical height of
the slope area that is steeper than 15%. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts
from the project and surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
5. Systems shall be backfilled with 11/2 – 3/4-inch washed rock or similar material, completely
surrounded by filter fabric and overlain by a minimum 1 foot of compact backfill.
6. Two feet minimum cover shall be provided in areas subject to vehicle loads.
7. Chambers shall be spaced no more than 10 feet apart as measured from the adjacent edges. Inflow
pipes or a manifold system shall be connected to each infiltration chamber. Inspection and
maintenance access to each chamber shall be provided as deemed necessary by the City.
11 See Section 5.2.1 and Reference Section 6 for UIC definition and UIC well registration requirements for alternative infiltration
systems.
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-66
Access Requirements
1. The maximum depth from finished grade to invert shall be 20 feet.
2. Access openings required within 50 feet from any location in the facility and within 5 feet of each
terminal end. Any location within the facility shall have a direct line of sight from an access point,
unobstructed by any restrictions such as a wall of baffle. The facility must be able to be flushed
without restriction from an access point.
3. All access openings must be readily accessible by maintenance vehicles.
Structural Stability, Access Roads, Right-of-Way, and Setbacks
Alternative infiltration systems shall comply with the structural stability, access road, right-of-way, and
setback criteria consistent with either infiltration tanks (Section 5.2.3), infiltration vaults (Section 5.2.4),
infiltration trenches (Section 5.2.5) whichever is most similar to the alternative infiltration system.
5.2.6.2 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The sizing and layout of the system shall be determined using the hydrologic analysis and routing methods
for flow control design described in Chapter 3, using the approved continuous runoff model. The
stage/discharge curve shall be developed from the design infiltration rate recommended by the soils
engineer, as described in Section 5.2.1. Storage volume of the system shall be determined considering
void space of the washed rock backfill and the volume contained in system elements. At any given stage,
the discharge may be computed using the area of pervious surface through which infiltration will occur
multiplied by the recommended design infiltration rate (in appropriate units).
5.2.7 SMALL INFILTRATION BASINS
Small infiltration basins consist of a bottomless, precast concrete catch basin or equivalent structure
placed in an excavation filled with washed drain rock. Stormwater infiltrates through the drain rock into
the surrounding soil. This facility is intended for use with contributing surface areas of less than 5,000
square feet. Presettlement is most easily provided by a catch basin or manhole with a turned-down elbow;
see Figure 5.2.7.Afor a schematic representation. If water quality treatment is required by Core
Requirement #8 or Special Requirement #5, runoff from pollution-generating impervious surfaces must
be treated before it enters the infiltration portion of the system. Small infiltration basins are not allowed in
Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
5.2.7.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
The design criteria for small infiltration basins are the same as for infiltration tanks (see Sections 5.2.1 and
5.2.3), except that only one infiltration rate test and soil log is required for each small infiltration basin.
Access into the basins shall be provided for inspection and maintenance. Designs may incorporate Type II
catch basins, but equivalent designs using other materials may be accepted 12.
12 See Section 5.2.1 and Reference Section 6 for UIC definition and UIC well registration requirements. Careful consideration of
the catch basin or structure to be used may avoid the requirement to register.
5.2.7 SMALL INFILTRATION BASINS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
5-67
FIGURE 5.2.7.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SMALL INFILTRATION BASIN
INLET
SLOPE
= 2%
SECTION
NTS
FILTER FABRIC
48" PRECAST
CATCH BASIN
W/O BOTTOM
FILL EXCAVATION BELOW
AND SURROUNDING BASIN
WITH 1-1/2" TO 3" WASHED
DRAIN ROCK
24" DIA. CATCH BASIN LID
8" PVC ELBOW SHORT BEND
8" PVC PIPE
20"X24" STANDARD
CATCH BASIN LID
WITH OVERFLOW GRATE
OIL COLLECTION
SEDIMENT
COLLECTION
CATCH BASIN
WITH BOTTOM
6"
3'
2'
2'
6"
SECTION 5.2 INFILTRATION FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5-68
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CHAPTER 6
WATER QUALITY
DESIGN
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
Section Page
6.1 Water Quality Menus 6-3
6.1.1 Basic Water Quality Menu 6-5
6.1.2 Enhanced Basic Water Quality Menu 6-8
6.1.3 Sensitive Lake Protection Menu 6-10
6.1.4 Sphagnum Bog Protection Menu 6-14
6.1.5 High-Use Menu 6-16
6.1.6 Pretreatment Facilities 6-18
6.2 General Requirements for WQ
Facilities 6-19
6.2.1 Water Quality Design Flows and
Treatment Volumes 6-19
6.2.2 Sequence of Facilities 6-22
6.2.3 Setbacks, Slopes, and Embankments 6-24
6.2.4 Facility Liners 6-28
6.2.5 Flow Splitter Designs 6-32
6.2.6 Flow Spreading Options 6-36
6.3 Vegetated Flowpath Facility Designs 6-41
6.3.1 Basic Bioswales 6-41
6.3.2 Wet Bioswales 6-57
6.3.3 Lateral Inflow Bioswales 6-59
6.3.4 Standard Filter Strips 6-60
6.3.5 Narrow Area Filter Strips 6-68
6.4 Wetpool Facility Designs 6-69
6.4.1 Wetponds — Basic and Large 6-69
6.4.2 Wetvaults 6-84
6.4.3 Stormwater Wetlands 6-90
6.4.4 Combined Detention and Wetpool
Facilities 6-96
6.5 Filtration Facility Designs 6-101
6.5.1 General Requirements For Filtration
Facilities 6-101
6.5.2 Sand Filters — Basic and Large 6-102
6.5.3 Sand Filter Vaults 6-118
6.5.4 Linear Sand Filters 6-123
6.6 Oil Control Facility Designs 6-127
6.6.1 Catch Basin Inserts 6-127
6.6.2 Oil/Water Separators 6-127
6.7 Proprietary Facility Designs 6-141
6.7.1 Ecology Requirements 6-141
6.7.2 City of Renton Requirements 6-141
6.8 Bioretention Facility Designs 6-145
6.8.1 Bioretention 6-145
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6.9 WSDOT WQ Facility Designs 6-159
6.9.1 Media Filter Drain 6-159
6.9.2 Compost-Amended Filter Strips 6-169
6.9.3 Compost-Amended Biofiltration Swales 6-170
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-1
CHAPTER 6
WATER QUALITY DESIGN
This chapter presents the City of Renton approved methods, criteria, and details for analysis and design of
water quality facilities pursuant to Core Requirement #8, discussed in Section 1.2.8, and Special
Requirement #5, discussed in Section 1.3.5.
Chapter Organization
The information in this chapter is organized into the following nine main sections.
Section 6.1, “Water Quality Menus,” details the area-specific water quality menus referred to in
Core Requirement #8 of Chapter 1, and the High-Use Menu referred to in Special Requirement #5,
also in Chapter 1.
Section 6.2, “General Requirements for WQ Facilities,” presents general design requirements and
details pertinent to all water quality facilities.
Section 6.3, “Vegetated Flowpath Facility Designs,” presents the details for analysis and design of
bioswales and filter strips.
Section 6.4, “Wetpool Facility Designs,” presents the details for analysis and design of wetponds,
wetvaults, stormwater wetlands, and combinations of these facilities with detention facilities.
Section 6.5, “Filtration Facility Designs,” presents the details for analysis and design of sand filters.
Section 6.6, “Oil Control Facility Designs,” presents the details for analysis and design of
coalescing-plate oil/water separators.
Section 6.7, “Proprietary Facility Designs,” discusses general considerations for proprietary
manufactured facilities, including summary notes regarding City requirements for approval for use of
these systems. This section points to Reference Section 14-A and Reference Section 14-B, which
includes design and maintenance considerations for proprietary facilities which have been approved
by the City.
Section 6.8, “Bioretention Facility Designs,” presents the details for analysis and design of
bioretention facilities.
Section 6.9, “WSDOT WQ Facility Designs,” presents the details for analysis and design of media
filter drains, compost-amended vegetated filter strips, and compost-amended biofiltration swales.
Required vs. Recommended Design Criteria
Both required and recommended design criteria are presented in this chapter. Criteria stated using “shall”
or “must” are mandatory, to be used unless there is a good reason to deviate as allowed under the
adjustment process in Section 1.4. These criteria are required design criteria and generally affect facility
performance or critical maintenance factors.
Sometimes options are stated as part of the required design criteria using the language “should” or “may.”
These criteria are recommended design criteria, but are closely related to the required criteria, so they
CHAPTER 6 WATER QUALITY DESIGN
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-2
are placed in the same section. In some cases, recommended design features are presented under a
separate heading in the “Design Criteria” sections.
Design Criteria Applicable To All Facilities
All facilities must be designed and constructed to allow inspection and maintenance.
Use of Chapter 6 Figures
The figures included in this chapter are provided as schematic representations and should not be used for
design. Refer to the City of Renton Standard Details for specific design information. The figures provided
in this chapter illustrate one example of how the WQ facility design criteria may be applied. Although the
figures are meant to illustrate many of the most important design criteria, they may not show all criteria
that apply. In general, the figures are not used to specify requirements unless they are indicated elsewhere
in the manual. If this manual refers to a standard detail not included in the City of Renton Standard
Details, the applicant shall use the figures provided in the manual.1
Water Quality Facility Sizing Worksheets
Sizing worksheets for the major water quality facilities can be found in Reference Section 8-C of the 2021
King County Surface Water Design Manual at: <https://kingcounty.gov/services/environment/water-and-
land/stormwater/documents/surface-water-design-manual.aspx>. These worksheets are based on the step
by step sizing methods given for the water quality facilities in this Chapter. Most design criteria that are
not required for facility sizing are omitted from the worksheets. It is the designer’s responsibility to make
sure that all the required design criteria for each water quality facility are provided on submitted plans.
Facility sizing credits for water quality facilities may be used as allowed and specified in Chapter 1,
Section 1.2.9.3 “Requirements for Use of BMP Credits.”
Please note that the worksheets are dated in the footer of each page. It is the designer’s responsibility to
ensure that any Manual updates affecting the sizing procedure or design criteria after that date are
incorporated into the worksheet. Updates, errata, and clarifications are posted at the City of Renton’s
Surface Water Design Standards website: <www.rentonwa.gov/swdm>.
If there are instances in which the worksheet differs from the design criteria in the text of this Chapter, the
criteria as given in this Chapter, and as modified by subsequent updates, shall be considered the governing
criteria.
1 Footnote 1 is not used.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-3
6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
This section identifies facility choices and, in some cases, non-structural options that comprise the water
quality (WQ) menus referred to in Chapter 1. The menus covered in this section and summarized in
Figure 6.1.A are as follows:
“Basic Water Quality Menu,” Section 6.1.1
“Enhanced Basic Water Quality Menu,” Section 6.1.2
“Sensitive Lake Protection Menu,” Section 6.1.3
“Sphagnum Bog Protection Menu,” Section 6.1.4
“High-Use Menu,” Section 6.1.5
Guide to Applying Water Quality Menus
1. Check the exemption language on Section 1.2.8 to determine if or which threshold discharge areas of
the project site must provide WQ treatment per Core Requirement #8.
2. Use the Basic WQ treatment areas Section 1.2.8.1.A to determine if basic or enhanced treatment is
required.
3. Consult Section 1.2.8.1 for other design requirements, allowances, and flexible compliance provisions
related to implementing water quality treatment.
4. Read the implementation requirements in Chapter 1 (Section 1.2.8.2) that address pollution
generating pervious surface. For some WQ menus, and in some situations, the facility requirements
for these surfaces are eased.
5. Determine if your project fits the definition of a high-use site (see Special Requirement #5 in
Chapter 1). If it does, or if you elect to provide enhanced oil pollution control, choose one of the
options presented in the High-Use menu, Section 6.1.5. Detailed designs for oil control facilities are
given in Section 6.6.
6. General water quality facility requirements (see Section 6.2) apply to all menus and may affect the
placement of facilities on your site.
SECTION 6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-4
FIGURE 6.1.A WATER QUALITY TREATMENT FACILITY SELECTION FLOW CHART
6.1.1 BASIC WATER QUALITY MENU
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-5
6.1.1 BASIC WATER QUALITY MENU
Where applied: Basic WQ Treatment Areas are designated by the City of Renton where a general, cost-
effective level of treatment is sufficient for most land uses. Some land uses, however, will need an
increased level of treatment because they generate high concentrations of metals in stormwater runoff and
acute concentrations of metals in streams are toxic to fish. The treatment facility requirements for Basic
WQ Treatment Areas provide for this increase in treatment. For precise details on the application of this
and other water quality menus, refer to Section 1.2.8, “Core Requirement #8: Water Quality.”
Treatment goal: The Basic Water Quality menu facility choices are designed to remove 80 percent of
total suspended solids2 (TSS) for flows or volumes up to and including the WQ design flow or volume
(defined in Section 6.2.1). Flows and volumes in excess of the WQ design flow or volume may be routed
around the WQ facility or may be passed through untreated.
Basis:
“The use of TSS as an ‘indicator’ pollutant for sediment is well established.”3
“The control of TSS leads to indirect control of other pollutants of concern that can adhere to
suspended solids in stormwater runoff.”3
“80% TSS removal level is reasonably attainable using properly designed, constructed and maintained
structural stormwater BMPs (for typical ranges of TSS concentration found in stormwater runoff).” 3
For higher removal rates, there are diminishing returns, and relatively less treatment is gained for
incremental increases in facility size.
WA Ecology’s TAPE4 guidance finds 80% removal to be achievable by and a suitable criterion for
proprietary “emerging” technologies.
BASIC WQ OPTION 1 BIOSWALE
A bioswale is a long, gently sloped, vegetated ditch designed to settle out pollutants from stormwater.
Grass is the most common vegetation used. Design details are given in Section 6.3.1. The wet bioswale
(see Section 6.3.2) is a variation of the basic bioswale for use where soils drain poorly, the longitudinal
slope is slight (1.5 percent or less), water tables are high, or continuous base flow is likely to result in
saturated soil conditions. Under such conditions, healthy grass growth is not possible and wetland plants
are used instead. The lateral inflow bioswale (see Section 6.3.3) may be used in situations such as
roadways and parking lots where water enters the swale along the side rather than at one discrete inflow
point at the head of the swale summarizes when the bioswale and its variations are to be applied.
2 The influent concentration range for demonstrated pollutant removal is 100 to 200 mg/L. For influent concentrations lower than
100mg/l the effluent goal is equal to or less than 20 mg/l. For influent concentrations greater than 200 mg/l, the goal is greater
than 80% TSS removal.
3 Source: Knox County Tennessee Stormwater Management Manual, Volume 2, Technical Guidance. Date unknown. Accessed
2014/02/14.
4 Ecology, WA. 2011. Technical Guidance Manual for Evaluating Emerging Stormwater Treatment Technologies: Technology
Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE). In Publication No. 11-10-061, 1-73. Lacey, WA: Washington State Department of
Ecology. <https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/summarypages/1110061.html>;
<https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/publications/1110061.pdf>.
SECTION 6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-6
TABLE 6.1.1.A SELECTION OF BIOSWALE TYPE APPROPRIATE FOR SITE
Site Circumstances Bioswale Type
Flow enters at head of swale
Longitudinal slope 1.5% or less OR
Located downstream of a Flow Control Duration
Standard or Flood Problem Flow Control detention
facility
Wet bioswale (Section 6.3.1)
Flow enters at head of swale
Longitudinal slope between 1 and 2%
Soil saturation or base flows likely in wet season
EITHER wet bioswale (Section 6.3.2),
OR basic bioswale (Section 6.3.1),
depending on site; may require
underdrain or low-flow drain.
Flow enters at head of swale
Longitudinal slope between 2% and 5%
Base flows may or may not be likely in wet season
Not downstream of Flow Control Duration Standard
or Flood Problem Flow Control detention facility
Basic bioswale (Section 6.3.1); may
require low-flow drain, depending on
site
Along a roadway or parking lot with:
Sheet inflow into the bioswale, OR
Numerous discrete inflows with no single inflow
contributing more than about 10% of total swale
flow
Lateral inflow bioswale (Section 6.3.3)
BASIC WQ OPTION 2 FILTER STRIP
A filter strip is a gently sloped grassed area which treats stormwater runoff from adjacent paved areas
before it concentrates into discrete channels; see Section 6.3.4 for design details. TSS removal is achieved
by particle settling.
BASIC WQ OPTION 3 WETPOND
Wetponds are stormwater ponds that maintain a pool of water for most of the year. Stormwater entering
the pond is treated during the relatively long residence time within the pond. Wetpond volume described in
Section 6.2.1 for the Basic treatment menu is determined directly by the approved continuous runoff
model. Alternatively, the manual sizing method provided for use in this manual calculates the wetpond
volume based on a method developed by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS, formerly
the Soil Conservation Service [SCS]). See Section 6.4.1 for design details.
BASIC WQ OPTION 4 WETVAULT
An underground vault may be used to comply with the Basic Water Quality menu. The treatment volume
is the same as for the basic wetpond; see Section 6.4.2 for design details.
BASIC WQ OPTION 5 STORMWATER WETLAND
A stormwater wetland uses biological processes of plant uptake and bacterial degradation as well as
physical and chemical processes, e.g., stilling, and gravity settling to remove pollutants. The footprint of
the stormwater wetland is sized based on the wetpond sizing, but the depth of water in the second cell is
reduced to encourage plant growth; see Section 6.4.3 for design details.
BASIC WQ OPTION 6 COMBINED DETENTION AND WETPOOL FACILITIES
This option allows the wetpond, wetvault, or stormwater wetland to be placed under the detention facility
live storage. Where site conditions permit its use, this option occupies less space than separate siting of
6.1.1 BASIC WATER QUALITY MENU
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-7
detention and water quality facilities. The basic wetpond portion of the combined facility is sized using the
same method as the wetpond in Option 3; see Section 6.4.4 for design details.
BASIC WQ OPTION 7 SAND FILTER
A sand filter is a land depression, pond, or vault, with a bed of sand near the bottom. Stormwater is treated
as it percolates downward through the sand layer. Removal efficiency for sand filters is much less
sensitive to particle density distribution as compared to that of particle settling facilities (e.g., ponds,
vaults, bioswales), which include an assumption that the particle density is close to that of silica sand.
Sand filters may be built as open ponds, underground vaults or linear perimeter trenches; see Section 6.5.2
for basic and large sand filters, Section 6.5.3 for sand filter vaults, and Section 6.5.4 for linear sand filters.
A sand layer may also be installed above an infiltration pond or vault to treat stormwater before it
infiltrates. Note: Presettling is required prior to sand filtration as described in Section 6.5.1.
BASIC WQ OPTION 8 PROPRIETARY FACILITIES
Most proprietary facilities for basic treatment are cartridge filters, although there are some media filter
designs that do not involve cartridges. A cartridge filter system is a flow-through stormwater filtration
system comprised of a manhole or vault that houses one or more media-filled or porous membrane
cartridges through which stormwater is filtered.
Note: a presettling cell or facility is required for both cartridge filters and for non-cartridge media filters.
Approved proprietary facilities are listed in Table 6.1.1.B as well as in Reference Section 14-A and 14-B
of this manual. The City reserves the right to modify the list of proprietary facilities approved for public
maintenance at any time. Section 1.4 of Chapter 1 and Reference Section 8 provide relevant information
on the process necessary to obtain approvals of other proprietary facilities.
TABLE 6.1.1.B PROPRIETARY FACILITIES ON THE BASIC WQ MENU
Proprietary Facility Name Publicly Maintained Privately Maintained
BayFilter Stormwater Treatment System
w/ Enhanced 545 Media Catridge
X X
BioPod X X
Boxless BioPod X X
EcoStorm Plus X
Filterra X X
Filterra Bioscape X
Jellyfish Filter X
Kraken Filter X
Modular Wetlands Linear X X
PerkFilter w/ ZPC Media X X
StormFilter w/ PhosphoSorb Media X
StormFilter w/ ZPG Media X X
StormGarden Biofilter X
StormTree X
Up-Flo Filter w/ Filter Ribbons X
WetlandMod X X
Other Facilities with a General Use Level
Designation (GULD) for Basic Treatment
X
SECTION 6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-8
BASIC WQ OPTION 9 BIORETENTION
A bioretention facility is a shallow landscaped depression designed to temporarily store and promote
infiltration of stormwater runoff; see Section 6.8. Where bioretention is intended to fully meet treatment
requirements for its drainage area, it must be designed, using an approved continuous runoff model, to
pass at least 91% of the influent runoff file through the imported soil mix.
BASIC WQ OPTION 10 WSDOT WQ FACILITIES
WSDOT has developed several water quality facilities that may be used to meet basic water quality. These
facilities include the media filter drain or MFD (formerly known as the Ecology Embankment), compost-
amended vegetated filter strips (CAVFS), and compost-amended biofiltration swales (CABS); see
Section 6.9.
The MFD is a linear flow-through treatment facility that includes four basic components: a gravel no-
vegetation zone, a grass strip, the MFD mix bed, and a conveyance system for flows leaving the MFD mix
(typically a gravel-filled underdrain trench or a layer of crushed surfacing base course). MFDs are
typically used in areas with limited right-of-way such as highway side slopes, medians, ditches and other
linear depressions.
CAVFS and CABS are variations of the basic vegetated filter strip and bioswale, respectively, which
incorporate compost to provide Enhanced Basic WQ treatment. The addition of compost into native soils
also improves plant health and sustainability, increases surface roughness, and improves infiltration
capacity.
6.1.2 ENHANCED BASIC WATER QUALITY MENU
Where applied: The Enhanced Basic Water Quality menu5 is applied where an enhanced level of
treatment is required for those development sites with land uses that generate the highest concentrations of
metals in stormwater runoff and drain by surface flows to a fish-bearing stream. Metals including but not
limited to copper and zinc are toxic to fish and other aquatic biota.6 For precise details on the application
of this and other water quality menus, refer to Section 1.2.8, “Core Requirement #8: Water Quality
Facilities.”
Note: The Enhanced Basic menu is a stand-alone menu. It integrates the Basic menu level of protection
(TSS removal) and the additional measures needed to achieve a higher level of metals removal. When this
menu is required in Basic WQ Treatment Areas per Section 1.2.8.1.A of Core Requirement #8, it is
intended to replace the Basic WQ menu on development sites or portions of development sites that
generate the highest concentrations of metals in stormwater runoff. When this menu is required in
Sensitive Lake WQ Treatment Areas per Section 1.2.8.1.B, it is intended to be combined with the Sensitive
Lake Protection Menu such that a facility design option common to both menus must be used.
Treatment goal: The Enhanced Basic WQ menu is designed to achieve > 30% dissolved copper removal
and > 60% dissolved zinc removal; in addition to Basic treatment (80% TSS removal) for flows up to and
including the WQ design flow or volume (defined in Section 6.2.1). The goal assumes that dissolved
copper concentrations for untreated runoff are between 5 and 20 micrograms per liter (u/L), and that
dissolved zinc concentrations for untreated runoff are between 20 and 300 micrograms per liter (ug/L).
Basis: The treatment goal is expressed in terms of dissolved copper and zinc removal. Copper and zinc are
reliable indicators of a wider range of heavy metals and are typically found in stormwater runoff from
industrial, commercial, and high density residential land uses at levels that are toxic to fish and other
aquatic biota. Many metals are readily adsorbed onto particulates in the runoff, usually the finer fraction of
the particulates. Facility combinations that remove more of the particulate load than the Basic menu,
including the finer fraction, are specified by the Enhanced Basic menu. Facilities providing organic
5 The Enhanced Basic WQ menu targets different pollutants than the lake or bog protection menus. It does not necessarily
provide a higher level of treatment except for the target pollutant, metal contaminants.
6 Other metals, e.g., lead, are toxic to humans and may build up in sediments.
6.1.1 BASIC WATER QUALITY MENU
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-9
binding sites that enhance metal adsorption are also specified. The treatment goals have been found by
WA Ecology to be achievable.
ENHANCED BASIC OPTION 1 LARGE SAND FILTER
This option includes use of a large sand filter, large sand filter vault, or large linear sand filter. Sizing
specifications for these facilities can be found in Sections 6.5.2, 6.5.3, and 6.5.4, respectively. Note:
Presettling is required prior to sand filtration as described in Section 6.5.1.
ENHANCED BASIC OPTION 2 STORMWATER WETLAND
Provision of a stormwater wetland (see Section 6.4.3) or combined detention and stormwater wetland
(see Section 6.4.4) satisfies the Basic (TSS) and Enhanced Basic (dissolved copper and zinc) removal
goals without additional facilities.
ENHANCED BASIC OPTION 3 TWO-FACILITY TREATMENT TRAIN
This option uses one of the basic water quality treatment options listed in Table 5.1.2.A followed by a
basic sand filter (see Section 6.5.2), sand filter vault (see Section 6.5.3), or a linear sand filter (see
Section 6.5.4).
TABLE 6.1.2.A
PAIRED FACILITIES FOR ENHANCED BASIC TREATMENT TRAIN, OPTION 3
First Basic WQ Facility: Second WQ Facility:
Bioswale
(Sections 6.3.1, 6.3.2, and 6.3.3)
Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3) or proprietary facility7
Filter strip
(Sections 6.3.4 and 6.3.5)
Linear sand filter (Section 6.5.4) with no presettling
cell needed
Linear sand filter (Section 6.5.4) Filter strip (Sections 6.3.4 and 6.3.5)
Basic wetpond (Section 6.4.1) Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3) or proprietary facility7
Wetvault (Section 6.4.2) Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3) or proprietary facility7
Basic combined detention and wetpool
facility (Section 6.4.4)
Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3) or proprietary facility7
Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Sections 6.5.2 or 6.5.3). A presettling
cell is required if the sand filter is not
preceded by a detention facility.
Proprietary facility7
Proprietary facility approved by the City
for Basic WQ7 (Section 6.7)
Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3)
ENHANCED BASIC OPTION 4 BIORETENTION
Provision of a bioretention facility (see Section 6.4.3) satisfies the Basic (TSS) and Enhanced Basic
(dissolved copper and zinc) removal goals without additional facilities. Stormwater runoff that infiltrates
through the imported soil mix will have received Enhanced Basic treatment.
ENHANCED BASIC OPTION 5 PROPRIETARY FACILITY
Section 6.7, “Proprietary Facility Designs,” discusses general considerations for proprietary manufactured
facilities. Current approvals for publicly and privately maintained systems are included in Table 6.1.2.B
7 See Reference Section 14-A for City-approved proprietary facilities.
SECTION 6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-10
and Reference Section 14-A and 14-B. The City reserves the right to modify the list of proprietary
facilities approved for public maintenance at any time.
TABLE 6.1.2.B PROPRIETARY FACILITIES ON THE ENHANCED BASIC WQ MENU
Proprietary Facility Name Publicly Maintained Privately Maintained
BioPod X X
Boxless BioPod X X
Filterra X X
Filterra Bioscape X
Modular Wetlands Linear X X
StormTree X
WetlandMod X X
Other Facilities with a General Use
Level Designation (GULD) for
Enhanced Treatment
X
ENHANCED BASIC OPTION 6 WSDOT WQ FACILITIES
Provision of a MFD, CAVFS, or CABS (see Section 6.4.3) satisfies the Basic (TSS) and Enhanced Basic
(dissolved copper and zinc) removal goals without additional facilities.
6.1.3 SENSITIVE LAKE PROTECTION MENU
This section is not currently applicable to the City of Renton.
Where applied: The Sensitive Lake Protection menu is applied to the watersheds of lakes that have been
determined to be particularly sensitive to phosphorus and that are being managed to reduce water quality
impacts. This menu applies to stormwater conveyed to the lake by surface flow as well as to stormwater
infiltrated within one-quarter mile of the lake in soils with high infiltration rates (i.e., measured rate
exceeding 9 inches per hour). If stormwater is infiltrated further than one-quarter mile from the lake, then
the Basic WQ menu is applied unless the project is exempt from Core Requirement #8 per Section 1.2.8.
For precise details on the application of this and other area-specific water quality menus, refer to Section
1.2.8, “Core Requirement #8: Water Quality.”
Note: The Sensitive Lake Protection menu is a stand-alone menu. It integrates the Basic WQ menu level
of protection (TSS removal) and the additional protection needed to achieve lake protection goals in the
options described below. When this menu is required as specified in Core Requirement #8 (see
Section 1.2.8), it is intended to replace the Basic WQ menu in the watersheds of sensitive lakes.
Treatment goal: The Lake Protection menu is designed to achieve a goal of 50 percent total phosphorus
(TP) removal for the WQ design flow or volume (defined in Section 6.2.1), assuming typical forms and
concentrations of phosphorus in untreated stormwater runoff.8
Basis: The Lake Protection menu will result in removal of more of the TSS load, including more of the
finer fraction of TSS, than the Basic menu. The additional increment of solids removal will also provide
enough phosphorus removal to meet the TP goal stated above.
8 Typical TP concentrations in untreated Seattle-area runoff are considered to be between 0.10 and 0.50 mg/L. For projects that
are expected to generate higher levels of TP, such as animal husbandry operations, a higher treatment goal may be
appropriate.
6.1.2 ENHANCED BASIC WATER QUALITY MENU
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-11
LAKE PROTECTION OPTION 1 LARGE WETPOND
The 50 percent TP removal goal can be satisfied by use of a large wetpond or large combined detention
and wetpond sized so that the wetpond volume is 1.5 times the Basic water quality volume as determined
either by the approved continuous runoff model or as calculated using the manual method described in
Section 6.4.1. See Section 6.4.1.1 for the large wetpond design, and Section 6.4.4.1 for the large combined
pond design.
Note: A large wetvault option is not included in this menu since the biological processes thought to
remove phosphorus do not take place in underground vaults.
LAKE PROTECTION OPTION 2 LARGE SAND FILTER
This option includes use of a large sand filter, large sand filter vault, or large linear sand filter. Sizing
specifications for these facilities can be found in Sections 6.5.2, 6.5.3, and 6.5.4, respectively.
Note: Presettling is required prior to sand filtration as described in Section 6.5.1.
LAKE PROTECTION OPTION 3 TWO-FACILITY TREATMENT TRAIN
This option involves use of one of the basic water quality treatment options, listed in Table 6.1.3.A,
followed by either a basic sand filter (Section 6.5.2) or basic sand filter vault (Section 6.5.3). For dispersed
flows, a linear sand filter may be used as the second facility.
TABLE 6.1.3.A
PAIRED FACILITIES FOR LAKE PROTECTION TREATMENT TRAIN, OPTION 3
First Basic WQ Facility Second WQ Facility
Bioswale (Sections 6.3.1, 6.3.2, and 6.3.3) Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3)
Filter strip (Sections 6.3.4 and 6.3.5) Linear sand filter (no presettling cell
needed) (Section 6.5.4)
Linear sand filter (Section 6.5.4) Filter strip (Sections 6.3.4 and 6.3.5)
Basic wetpond (Section 6.4.1) Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3)
Wetvault (Section 6.4.2) Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3)
Stormwater wetland (Section 6.4.3) Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3)
Basic combined detention and wetpool facility
(Section 6.4.4)
Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3)
Proprietary facility approved by the City for Basic
WQ9
9 (Section 6.7)
Basic sand filter or sand filter vault
(Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3)
LAKE PROTECTION OPTION 4 BASIC MENU PLUS PHOSPHORUS CREDIT
This option provides credit to developments that integrate land use and site design measures to prevent or
reduce the levels of phosphorus leaving the site. Credit is also given for the voluntary use of extra levels of
onsite detention, since less in-stream erosion is likely to take place with more highly controlled
stormwater releases. This reduction in in-stream erosion and bank failure translates directly into control of
the phosphorus load delivered to downstream lakes.
The measures for which credit is given are detailed below, along with the point values assigned to each of
the actions. Providing any combination of these measures equaling 10 points or more earns this credit. The
9 See Reference Section 14-A for City-approved proprietary facilities.
SECTION 6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-12
credit excuses the applicant from the requirement to provide a second water quality facility. Thus, even
though the development is located in the watershed of a sensitive lake, the water quality requirements can
be fully met with the provision of a single water quality facility from the Basic Water Quality menu.
Credit-Earning Actions
Several land use actions and source controls are particularly effective in reducing phosphorus. These
actions are not required by this manual or other regulations; they are an alternative to end-of-the-pipe
treatment of stormwater. Credit options for phosphorus-reducing actions are described below.
1. Leaving at least 65 percent of the site undisturbed, including undevelopable land. Full credit, or
10 points, is awarded for leaving 65 percent of a site in undisturbed native vegetation or allowing
native vegetation to re-establish. Critical areas and their buffers may be counted. All areas for
phosphorus credit must be in tracts dedicated to the City or protected by covenant. A descending scale
of points applies where lower percentages of the site are left undisturbed. Possible credit = 1 to 10
points.
2. Providing extra flow control. Credit for providing extra flow control applies only in cases where site
runoff travels via stream or open drainage system to the sensitive lake. Voluntary use of the Flow
Control Duration Standard when the Peak Rate Flow Control Standard would be required = 5
points. Voluntary use of the Flood Problem Flow Control Standard when the Peak Rate Flow
Control Standard would be required = 8 points. Voluntary use of the Flood Problem Flow Control
Standard when the Flow Control Duration Standard would be required = 3 points. Possible credit =
3 to 8 points.
3. Directing runoff from target pollution-generating surfaces to grassy areas with level spreading.
Directing runoff from target pollution-generating areas to grassy areas that are not routinely fertilized
or to areas of native vegetation results in pollutant removals similar to those obtained in swales while
also providing an increased opportunity for infiltration. To use this option, flows must remain
unconcentrated and be spread uniformly over the intended area. (Flow spreader details are given in
Section 6.2.6.)
In general, the vegetated area receiving dispersed flows should be at least 25 percent as large as the
area contributing flow. The receiving area should be increased by one percent for each percent
increase in slope over four percent. The area should be configured so that the length of the flow path is
no longer than the width over which flows are dispersed.
Example:
Assume a parking lot is 100′ 600′, or 60,000 sf. Flows will be dispersed through an adjacent
area of native vegetation with a slope of 8 percent.
The area of vegetation must be at least 17,400 sf
(i.e., 25% + 4% (for the 8% slope) 60,000 sf). Assuming runoff is dispersed continuously along
the wider edge of the parking lot, the flow path would need to be at least 29 feet
(17,400′ 600′). If the water were dispersed along the shorter edge, flow path would be 174 feet
(17,400′ 100′). However, this flow path would be longer than the width over which flows were
dispersed (100′), and would not be a satisfactory option. The parking lot could be graded,
however, so that flows would be dispersed at both of the 100 foot ends, making each flow path
87 feet, which would be acceptable.
Credit is proportional to the total volume of runoff diverted; one point is earned for every 25 percent
of total volume so directed. Possible credit = 1 to 4 points.
4. Providing covered vehicle washing areas connected to the sanitary sewer system. This credit
applies to commercial, industrial, and multifamily sites excluding commercial car washes or other
operations where this action is already required by other regulations . Frequent car-washing can
contribute significant amounts of phosphorus to stormwater. Note that sewer districts may have
pretreatment requirements before allowing connection to the sanitary sewer. Possible
credit = 3 points.
Table 6.1.3.B details the credit options and associated point totals.
6.1.3 SENSITIVE LAKE PROTECTION MENU
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-13
Credit may be applied to the whole site or to a natural discharge area within the site. It may be
advantageous for a developer to concentrate only on a natural discharge area if the point total for that
particular area could equal 10. For example, assume a particular natural discharge area is one half the
total site area. If 65 percent of the land area in the natural discharge area will remain undisturbed, that
natural discharge area is eligible for 10 points (see Table 6.1.3.B). The stormwater from that natural
discharge area could be treated with a single water quality facility from the Basic WQ menu; the second
facility could be waived. The rest of the site would still have the two-facility requirement.
Alternatively, if the entire site were considered, the undisturbed area decreases to 35 percent, eligible for
only 3 points. In this case, the developer would need to implement other controls worth 7 points in order to
waive the second water quality facility for the entire site.
If the credit option is used, it shall be applied for during initial drainage review by CED. The application
shall include a written request for credit based on either the site plan or the grading plan for the project,
and the threshold discharge areas shall be delineated on the plans. The request shall outline where the
credit would be applied and how the point totals are to be achieved. CED would then evaluate the request
and may waive the second water quality treatment requirement for the site or threshold discharge area
based on point totals outlined in Table 6.1.3.B (below). Credit is not given unless requested.
TABLE 6.1.3.B WATER QUALITY CREDIT FOR PHOSPHORUS CONTROL
Credit Option Points
Leaving site undisturbed, in native vegetation. At least 65 % = 10
60% = 9
50% = 7
40% = 5
30% = 3
20% = 1
Directing road runoff to pervious, non-pollution-generating
vegetated area.
100% of volume = 4
75% of volume = 3
50% of volume = 2
25% of volume = 1
Covered car wash area connected to sanitary sewer (multifamily,
commercial, or industrial sites, except for commercial car-wash
businesses).
3
Extra detention with next most restrictive release rate (if
discharge to stream).
Peak Rate Flow Control Flow
Control Duration Standard = 5
Peak Rate Flow Control Flood
Problem Flow Control = 8
Flow Control Duration Standard
Flood Problem Flow Control = 3
LAKE PROTECTION OPTION 5 PROPRIETARY FACILITY
Section 6.7, “Proprietary Facility Designs,” discusses general considerations for proprietary manufactured
facilities. Current approvals for publicly and privately maintained systems are included in Table 6.1.3.C
and Reference Section 14-A and 14-B. The City reserves the right to modify the list of proprietary
facilities approved for public maintenance at any time.
SECTION 6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-14
TABLE 6.1.3.C PROPRIETARY FACILITIES ON THE
SENSITIVE LAKE PROTECTION MENU
Proprietary Facility Name Publicly Maintained Privately Maintained
BayFilter Stormwater Treatment System w/
Enhanced 545 Media Cartrdige
X X
BioPod X X
Boxless BioPod X X
Filterra X X
Filterra Bioscape X
Jellyfish Filter X
Kraken Filter X
Modular Wetlands Linear X X
PerkFilter w/ ZPC Media X X
StormFilter w/ PhosphoSorb Media X
StormGarden Biofilter X
StormTree X
Up-Flo Filter w/ Filter Ribbons X
Other Facilities with a General Use Level
Designation (GULD) for Phosphorus Treatment
X
LAKE PROTECTION OPTION 6 WSDOT WQ FACILITIES
WSDOT has developed the media filter drain that may be used to meet lake protection.
6.1.4 SPHAGNUM BOG PROTECTION MENU
This section is not currently applicable to the City of Renton.
Where applied: The Sphagnum Bog Protection menu10 covers sphagnum bog wetlands11 greater than
0.25 acres in size.12 It applies to stormwater conveyed by surface flow to the sphagnum bog vegetation
community. If stormwater is infiltrated by the project per Section 5.2, then the Basic WQ menu is applied
unless the project is exempt from Core Requirement #8, “Water Quality.” For precise details on the
application of this and other area-specific water quality menus, refer to Section 1.2.8.
Note: The Sphagnum Bog Protection menu is a stand-alone menu. It integrates the Basic WQ menu level
of protection and the additional measures needed to achieve bog protection goals in the options described
below. When this menu is required as specified in Core Requirement #8 (see Section 1.2.8), it is intended
to replace the Basic WQ menu in areas draining to sphagnum bogs.
Treatment goal: If surface water must be discharged to a bog, the treatment goal is to reduce total
phosphorus by 50 percent, reduce nitrate + nitrite by 40 percent, maintain alkalinity below 10 mg/L,
calcium concentrations should be less than 2 mg/L, and maintain pH below 6.0.13
10 The Bog Protection menu targets a different set of pollutants than the Sensitive Lake or Enhanced Basic menus. Since the
targeted pollutants are more difficult to remove, use of larger and/or additional water quality facilities is required.
11 A sphagnum bog wetland is defined as a wetland having a predominance of sphagnum moss creating a substrate upon which
a distinctive community of acid-loving plants is established (see Section 1.2.8.C and "Definitions" for more detail).
12 The size of a sphagnum bog wetland is defined by the boundaries of the sphagnum bog plant community.
13 Calcium, alkalinity, and pH values are from : Kulzer, L., S. Luchessa, S. Cooke, R. Errington, F. Weinmann, and D. Vitt. 2001.
Characteristics of the low-elevation sphagnum-dominated peatlands of western Washington: A community profile. King County,
WA: King County Water and Land Resources Division.
6.1.3 SENSITIVE LAKE PROTECTION MENU
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-15
Basis: In their undeveloped condition, bogs are isolated from surface water, being supplied almost solely
by rainwater. The best strategy for protection of bog water quality is to infiltrate the water quality design
volume while routing high flows around the bog. Although it is not known whether alkalinity or nitrogen
can be reduced sufficiently by the options outlined below, there are no other technologically-feasible
alternatives at this time. An adjustment (see Section 1.4) could be pursued as additional technologies
become available.
SPHAGNUM BOG PROTECTION OPTION 1
LARGE WETPOND FOLLOWED BY LARGE SAND FILTER
This option uses a large wetpond (see Section 6.4.1) or a large combined detention and wetpond (see
Section 6.4.2), sized so that wetpond volume is 1.5 times the Basic water quality volume as determined
either by the approved continuous runoff model or as calculated using the manual method described in
Section 6.4.1. A large sand filtration facility (see Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3) must follow the pond. In order to
ensure that algae and sources of alkalinity from the pond are not washed from the pond into the bog, the
sand filter must be the last facility. The sand used for filtration must be silica-based sand rather
than an aragonite14 sand.
SPHAGNUM BOG PROTECTION OPTION 2
STORMWATER WETLAND IN SERIES WITH A LARGE SAND FILTER
This option uses a stormwater wetland (see Section 6.4.3) or combined detention and stormwater
wetland (see Section 6.4.4) to remove solids and enhance the concentration of organic acids, and a large
sand filter (see Section 6.5.2) to remove the finer sediment for alkalinity and nutrient reduction. The sand
used for filtration must be silica-based sand rather than an aragonite sand. The order of facilities is
interchangeable since there are both advantages and disadvantages to having the sand filter last in the train.
Note: Presettling is required prior to sand filtration as described in Section 6.5.1 .
SPHAGNUM BOG PROTECTION OPTION 3 LARGE SAND FILTER IN SERIES WITH
A PROPRIETARY FACILITY
This option uses a large sand filter or large sand filter vault followed by a proprietary facility. Sizing
specifications for the large sand filters can be found in Sections 6.5.2 and 6.5.3. Proprietary facilities are
detailed in Reference Section 14-A and 14-B. The sand used for filtration must be silica-based sand
rather than an aragonite sand.
Note: Presettling is required prior to sand filtration as described in Section 6.5.1.
SPHAGNUM BOG PROTECTION OPTION 4
THREE-FACILITY TREATMENT TRAIN
This option uses one of the basic water quality treatment options followed by two other facilities.
Table 6.1.4.A lists the possible choices of facilities for this option.
14 Aragonite is the second most common type of sand, and is composed of calcium carbonate from biota including but not limited
to coral and shellfish. (Sand. (2014, April 12). In Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. Retrieved 20:38, April 15, 2014, from
<http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sand&oldid=603938376>)
SECTION 6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-16
TABLE 6.1.4.A FACILITY COMBINATIONS FOR BOG PROTECTION
TREATMENT TRAIN, OPTION 4
First Facility Second Facility Third Facility
Bioswale (Sections 6.3.1, 6.3.2, and 6.3.3)
Basic sand filter
(Sections 6.5.2,
6.5.3, or 6.5.4)
Proprietary facility15
Filter strip (Sections 6.3.4 and 6.3.5)
Basic wetpond (Section 6.4.1)
Basic combined detention and wetpool facility (Section 6.4.4)
Wetvault (Section 6.4.2)
Stormwater wetland (Section 6.4.3)
Proprietary facility 16F
16 (Section 6.7)
* Other treatment options may be pursued through an adjustment per Section 1.4.
6.1.5 HIGH-USE MENU
Where applied: The High-Use menu is applied to all new development and redevelopment projects that
have high-use site characteristics, as defined in Chapter 1 (see “Special Requirement # 5, Oil Control”).
Oil control devices are to be placed upstream of other facilities, as close to the source of oil generation as
practical. Gasoline service stations will likely exceed the high-use site threshold.
Note: Where this menu is applicable, it is in addition to the area-specific WQ menus.
Treatment goal: Oil control options given in the High-Use menu are designed to meet the goals of no
visible sheen or less than 10 mg/L total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) leaving the site.
OIL CONTROL OPTION 1 CATCH BASIN INSERT
This oil control option is not allowed in the City of Renton.
OIL CONTROL OPTION 2 BAFFLE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
Baffle oil/water separators (see Section 6.6.2) may be used to treat stormwater runoff from high-use
developments and facilities that produce relatively high concentrations of oil and grease. Baffle separators
historically have been effective in removing oil having droplet sizes of 150 microns or larger. If sized
properly, they can achieve effluent concentrations as low as 10 to 15 mg/L.
OIL CONTROL OPTION 3 COALESCING PLATE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
Coalescing plate separators (see Section 6.6.2) may be used to treat stormwater runoff from high-use
developments and facilities that can produce relatively high concentrations of oil and grease. Current
technology and design of coalescing plate separators achieve effluent concentrations as low as 10 mg/L
with removal of oil droplet sizes as small as 20 to 60 microns.
OIL CONTROL OPTION 4 LINEAR SAND FILTER
The linear sand filter (see Section 6.5.4) is used in the Core Requirement #8 water quality menus (i.e., the
Basic, Enhanced Basic, Sensitive Lake, and Sphagnum Bog menus), as well as for oil control in the High-
Use menu (Special Requirement #5). However, if used to satisfy Core Requirement #8, the same facility
shall not also be used to satisfy the oil control requirement (Special Requirement #5) unless enhanced
maintenance is ensured. This is to prevent clogging of the filter by oil so that it will function for suspended
solids, metals, and phosphorus removal as well. Quarterly cleaning is required at a minimum unless more
frequent cleaning is specified otherwise by the designer.
15 See Reference Section 14-A for City-approved proprietary facilities.
16 See Reference Section 14-A for approved proprietary facilities.
6.1.6 PRETREATMENT FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-17
OIL CONTROL OPTION 5 WETVAULT WITH BAFFLE
A wetvault may be modified to fulfill requirements for oil control provided the following are true:
1. The criteria given at the end of Section 6.4.2.2 for modification of wetvaults for use as a baffle
oil/water separators shall be met, and
2. Assurance is provided that the maintenance frequency and oil removal frequency for baffle oil/water
separators will be followed (see Section 6.6.2).
OIL CONTROL OPTION 6 PROPRIETARY FACILITIES
Section 6.7, “Proprietary Facility Designs,” discusses general considerations for proprietary manufactured
facilities. Current approvals for publicly and privately maintained systems are included in Table 6.1.5.A
and Reference Section 14-A and 14-B. The City reserves the right to modify the list of proprietary
facilities approved for public maintenance at any time.
TABLE 6.1.5.A PROPRIETARY FACILITIES ON THE HIGH-USE MENU
Proprietary Facility Name Publicly Maintained Privately Maintained
Filterra X X
Filterra Bioscape X
Other Facilities with a General Use Level
Designation (GULD) for Oil Treatment
X
OIL CONTROL OPTION 7 COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER AGENCY REQUIREMENTS
If the site has a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) industrial stormwater permit
that specifically addresses oil control for the target pollution-generating impervious surface of the site,
compliance with NPDES permit conditions may be adequate to comply with the oil control requirements
of Special Requirement #5. Copies of the site’s NPDES permit requirement and the best management
practices specifically addressing oil control shall be submitted to determine adequacy.
If the area under the covered fueling island drains to the sanitary sewer, then only the remaining high-use
area actually draining to the storm drainage system (normally ingress and egress routes) need comply with
the High-Use menu.
Note: Ecology requires that fueling islands be paved with Portland cement concrete (or equivalent, not
including asphaltic concrete) and must drain to a dead-end sump or spill control separator in compliance
with the UFC or IFC, and recommends draining from the sump to a sanitary sewer. An alternative to
discharge to a sanitary sewer is to collect stormwater from the fuel island containment pad and hold for
proper off-site disposal.
Drains to treatment facilities must have a normally closed shutoff valve. The spill control sump must be
sized in compliance with Section 7901.8 of the Uniform Fire Code (UFC). Alternatively the fueling island
must be designed as a spill containment pad with a sill or berm raised to a minimum of four inches
(Section 7901.8 of the UFC) to prevent the runoff of spilled liquids and to prevent run-on of stormwater
from the surrounding area. (See Ecology’s Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington,
Volume IV, Section 2.2, S409 BMPs for Fueling At Dedicated Stations. These BMPs are also required by
the City of Renton for new construction.
SECTION 6.1 WATER QUALITY MENUS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-18
6.1.6 PRETREATMENT FACILITIES
PRETREATMENT FACILITIES OPTION 1 PROPRIETARY FACILITY DESIGN
Current approvals for publicly and privately maintained systems are included in Table 6.1.6.A and
Reference Section 14-A and 14-B. The City reserves the right to modify the list of proprietary facilities
approved for public maintenance at any time.
TABLE 6.1.6.A PROPRIETARY FACILITIES ON THE
PRETREATMENT FACILITIES MENU
Proprietary Facility Name Publicly Maintained Privately Maintained
Aqua-Swirl CONCENTRATOR
Stormwater Treatment System
X
BaySeparator Stormwater Treatment
System
X
CDS X
Downstream Defender X
Stormceptor X
Vortechs X
Other Facilities with a General Use
Level Designation (GULD) for
Pretreatment
X
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-19
6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
This section presents general requirements and other information applicable to the design of water quality
(WQ) facilities. Topics covered include the following:
“Water Quality Design Flows,” Section 6.2.1
“Sequence of Facilities,” Section 6.2.2
“Setbacks, Slopes, and Embankments,” Section 6.2.3
“Facility Liners,” Section 6.2.4
“Flow Splitter Designs,” Section 6.2.5
“Flow Spreading Options,” Section 6.2.6
When detail in the WQ designs is lacking, refer to Chapter 5 for guidance. In cases where requirements are
extremely costly, a less expensive alternative that is functionally equivalent in terms of performance,
environmental effects, health and safety, and maintenance may be sought through the adjustment process
(see Section 1.4).
Proprietary Facility Designs
Current proprietary facility approvals for publicly and privately maintained systems are included in
Reference Section 14-A and 14-B. Other proprietary facilities that have received a general use level
designation (GULD) through the state Department of Ecology’s Technology Assessment Protocol –
Ecology (TAPE) program will be considered for approval by the City through an adjustment process for
water quality treatment. A list of Ecology GULD approved proprietary facilities can be found on the
Department of Ecology website at
<http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/index.html>.17F
17
Use of Materials
Galvanized metals leach zinc into the environment, especially in standing water situations. High zinc
concentrations, sometimes in the range that can be toxic to aquatic life, have been observed in the region.18
Therefore, use of galvanized materials in stormwater facilities and conveyance systems is discouraged.
Where other metals, such as aluminum or stainless steel, or plastics are available, they shall be used.
Groundwater Protection
Water quality facilities that allow runoff to have direct contact with the soil, such as wetponds,
biofiltration swales, bioretention facilities, infiltration facilities and stormwater wetlands, are prohibited in
Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
6.2.1 WATER QUALITY DESIGN FLOWS AND TREATMENT
VOLUMES
Water Quality Design Flow
The water quality design flow is defined as follows:
Downstream of detention: The full 2-year release rate from the detention facility, determined using
the approved continuous runoff model.
Preceding detention, or when detention facilities are not required : The flow rate from the drainage
basin at or below which 91% of the total runoff volume will be treated. Design criteria for
treatment facilities are assigned to achieve the applicable performance goal at the water quality design
flow rate (e.g., 80 percent TSS removal). At a minimum, 91% of the total runoff volume, as estimated
17 Footnote 18 is not used.
18 Finlayson, 1990. Unpublished data from reconnaissance of Metro Park and Ride lot stormwater characteristics.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-20
by an approved continuous runoff model with 15-minute time steps calibrated to site conditions, must
pass through the treatment facility(ies) at or below the approved hydraulic loading rate for the
facility(ies).
Design flow rates for water quality facilities designed using this manual are calculated using a
continuous simulation model. Most of the performance research on biofiltration BMPs has been
conducted on facilities that used event-based designs. The volume of treatment runoff can be predicted
from a 24-hour storm with a 6-month return frequency (a.k.a., 6-month, 24-hour storm). However, the
91st percentile flow event (as calculated by the continuous model) tends to be less than the estimated
6-month, 24-hour event flow rate in most cases. To maintain sizing comparable to the performance
research, Ecology has developed a correlation between the 91st percentile flow event calculated using
the approved models and the single-event predicted flow event. This correlation is used in sizing water
quality flow-based facilities in Section 6.3 and is presented in Table 6.2.1.A below. Intermediate
values of the ratio k for WWHM are calculated by linear interpolation.
(Note: This table does not apply to flow-based non-water quality BMPs; see relevant flow rate
requirements for flow-based non-water quality BMPs in Appendix C.)
TABLE 6.2.1.A
ADJUSTMENT FACTOR k FOR CALCULATING MODIFIED WATER QUALITY FLOW
RATE FROM MODELED ON-LINE/OFF-LINE RATES
SBUH Peak/WWHM On-Line 15-Min WQ Flow
Ratio vs 6-Month Precipitation for 0% to 100%
Impervious Areas
SBUH Peak/WWHM Off-Line 15-Min WQ Flow
Ratio vs 6-Month Precipitation for 0% to 100%
Impervious Areas
6-Month, 24-Hr
Precipitation
(72% of the 2-yr), Inches
Ratio, k 6-Month, 24-Hr
Precipitation
(72% of the 2-yr), Inches
Ratio, k
0.80 1.01 0.80 1.95
1.00 1.30 1.00 2.44
1.50 2.02 1.50 3.68
2.00 2.74 2.00 4.92
2.50 3.45 2.50 6.16
2.90 4.03 2.90 7.15
Intermediate values of k for WWHM are calculated by linear interpolation.
SBUH Peak/MGSFlood On-Line and Off-Line 15-Min WQ Flow Ratio vs 6-month Precipitation for
0% to 100% Impervious Areas
For on-line facilities: k = 1.4366 (P72%, 2-yr.) – 0.1369 (Eq. 6-1)
For off-line facilities: k = 2.4777 (P72%, 2-yr.) – 0.0352 (Eq. 6-2)
where: P72%, 2-yr = 72% of the 2-year, 24-hour precipitation depth (in.)
Note: If the 6-month, 24-hour precipitation depth (in.) is known for the project site, that value may be
used instead of P72%, 2-yr.
The ratio between the 91st percentile flow event and the estimated 6-month, 24-hour flow rate varies
with location and percent of impervious area in the modeled drainage basin. The correlations in the
table account for these variations. When designing bioswales and other flow rate based facilities,
multiply the on-line or off-line water quality design flow rate determined with the approved model by
the coefficient k (off-line or on-line) determined from the associated table (see Methods of Analysis
for guidance on selection of on-line or off-line flow rate and application of the associated correlation).
Unless amended to reflect local precipitation statistics, the 6-month, 24-hour precipitation amount
6.2.1 WATER QUALITY DESIGN FLOWS AND TREATMENT VOLUMES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-21
may be assumed to be 72 percent of the 2-year, 24-hour amount determined either with the approved
model or by interpolating between isopluvials for the 2-year, 24-hour precipitation. Isopluvials for
2-year, 24-hour amounts for Western Washington are reprinted in Section 3.2.1, Figure 3.2.1.A.
Flow Volume to be Treated
When water quality treatment is required pursuant to the core and special requirements of this manual, the
water quality design storm volume, when using an approved continuous runoff model, shall be equal to the
simulated daily volume that represents the upper limit of the range of daily volumes that accounts for 91%
of the entire runoff volume over a multi-decade period of record.
Alternatively, the water quality design volume of runoff can be predicted from a 24-hour storm with a
6-month return frequency (a.k.a., 6-month, 24-hour storm). Wetpool facilities are sized based upon use of
the NRCS (formerly known as SCS) curve number equations for the 6-month, 24-hour storm.19 Treatment
facilities sized by this simple runoff volume-based approach are the same size whether they precede
detention, follow detention, or are integral with the detention facility (i.e., a combined detention and
wetpool facility).
The approved model calculates the water quality design volume directly. Alternatively, the NRCS method
described in Section 6.4.1.1 may be used. Unless amended to reflect local precipitation statistics, the
6-month, 24-hour precipitation amount may be assumed to be 72 percent of the 2-year, 24-hour amount.
Interpolating between isopluvials for the 2-year, 24-hour precipitation and multiplying by 72% yields the
appropriate storm size. Isopluvials detailed for 2-year, 24-hour amounts for western King County
(including the City of Renton) are reprinted in Section 3.2.1, Figure 3.2.1.A. For locations east of the
figure limits, precipitation amounts are more variable; use the 2-year, 24-hour isopluvial map located on
the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) website at
<http://www.nws.noaa.gov/oh/hdsc/PF_documents/Atlas2_Volume9.pdf>.
Note that facilities which are sized based on volume and which include routing of flows through a
detention facility, such as the detailed sand filter method, are significantly smaller when located
downstream of detention, even though the same volume of water is treated in either situation. This is
because the detention facility routing sequence stores peaks within the pond and releases them at a slow
rate, reducing the size of the sand filter pond subsequently needed (the volume needed to store the peaks
need not be provided again in the sand filter pond).
Treatable Flows
As stated in Chapter 1, only runoff from target pollution-generating surfaces must be treated using the
water quality facility options indicated in the applicable water quality menu. These surfaces include both
pollution-generating impervious surface and pollution-generating pervious surface. “Target” means that
portion from which runoff must be treated using a water quality facility as specified in Chapter 1.
Pollution-generating impervious surfaces are those impervious surfaces which are subject to vehicular
use, industrial activities, or storage of erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or chemicals; and which
receive direct rainfall or the run-on or blow-in of rainfall. Target pollution-generating impervious
surfaces typically include right-of-way improvements (roads), parking areas and driveways that are not
fully dispersed as specified in Section 1.2.3.2. Metal roofs are also considered to be pollution-generating
impervious surface unless they are coated with an inert, non-leachable material (see Reference
Section 11-E); or roofs that are subject to venting significant amounts of dusts, mists, or fumes from
manufacturing, commercial, or other indoor activities. Pollution-generating pervious surfaces are those
non-impervious surfaces subject to use of pesticides and fertilizers, loss of soil, or the use or storage of
erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or chemicals. Target pollution-generating pervious surfaces
typically include lawns and landscaped areas that are not fully dispersed and from which there will be
some concentrated surface discharge in a natural channel or man-made conveyance system from the site.
19 For more information, see Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, Technical Release 55 (TR-55), June 1986, published by the
NRCS. See Table 6.4.1.1.xx for CN values to be used with this manual.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-22
The following points summarize which site flows must be treated and under what circumstances:
All runoff from target pollution-generating impervious surfaces is to be treated through the water
quality facility or facilities required in Chapter 1 and specified in the Chapter 6 menus.
Runoff from lawns and landscaped areas often overflows toward street drainage systems where it is
conveyed to treatment facilities along with the road runoff. However, sometimes runoff from
commercial areas and residential backyards drains into open space or vegetated buffer areas. In these
cases, buffers may be used to provide the requisite water quality treatment provided:
1. Runoff sheet flows into the buffer or a dispersal trench is provided to disperse flows broadly into
the buffer, and
2. The flow path through the pollution-generating area is limited to 200 feet, and
3. The buffer contains only native vegetation and is not itself subject to application of any fertilizers
or pesticides.
Drainage from impervious surfaces that are not pollution-generating (such as patios, walkways, and
some roofs) or are not target pollution-generating surfaces may bypass the water quality facility.
However, this allowance to bypass does not excuse target impervious surfaces from, meeting the flow
control requirements per Core Requirement #3. Note that metal roofs are considered pollution-
generating unless they are treated to prevent leaching (see Reference Section 11-E), as are roofs that
are subject to venting significant amounts of dusts, mists, or fumes from manufacturing, commercial,
or other indoor activities.
Drainage from areas in native vegetation should not be mixed with untreated runoff from streets and
driveways, if possible. It is best to infiltrate or disperse this relatively clean runoff to maximize
recharge to shallow groundwater, wetlands, and streams.
Where runoff from non-pollution-generating impervious areas (non-PGIS), areas in native vegetation,
or any other area not targeted for water quality treatment reaches a water quality facility, flows from
those areas must be included in the sizing calculations for the facility. Once runoff from non-
pollution-generating areas and non-target pollution-generating areas is combined with runoff from
target pollution-generating areas, it cannot be separated before treatment.
6.2.2 SEQUENCE OF FACILITIES
As specified in the water quality menus, where more than one water quality facility is used, the order is
often prescribed. This is because the specific pollutant removal role of the second or third facility in a
treatment train often assumes that significant solids settling has already occurred. For example,
phosphorus removal using a two-facility treatment train relies on the second facility (sand filter) to remove
a finer fraction of solids than those removed by the first facility.
There is a larger question, however, of whether water quality facilities should be placed upstream or
downstream of detention facilities. In general, all water quality facilities may be installed upstream of
detention facilities, although presettling basins are needed for sand filters and infiltration basins. Not all
water quality facilities, however, can be located downstream of detention facilities. Those facilities that
treat sheet flows, such as filter strips and narrow-area filter strips, will seldom be practical downstream of
detention facilities. Other facilities present special problems that must be considered before placement
downstream is advisable.
Two facilities that fall into this latter category are the basic bioswale (see Section 6.3.1) and the sand filter
or sand filter vault (see Sections 6.5.2 or 6.5.3). For these facilities, the prolonged low flows resulting from
Flow Control Duration Standard or Flood Problem Flow Control Standard may interfere with facility
operation. In the case of basic bioswales, prolonged flows, generally in excess of about two weeks, will
cause the grass to die. This can be dealt with by using the wet bioswale design.
In the case of sand filters, prolonged flows may result in the sand being saturated for long periods.
Saturated sand can become hypoxic or anoxic (lose most or all oxygen) when dissolved oxygen in the pore
water becomes depleted. Under these conditions, some previously trapped phosphorus can become soluble
6.2.2 SEQUENCE OF FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-23
and be released,20 resulting in phosphorus releases in excess of influent concentrations. To prevent long
periods of sand saturation, adjustments may be necessary after the sand filter is in operation to bypass
some areas of the filter, allowing them to drain completely. If saturated conditions are present after facility
operation, adjustments to the design shall be required. It may also be possible to employ a different
alternative that uses facilities less sensitive to prolonged flows. Table 6.2.2.A summarizes placement
considerations of water quality facilities in relation to detention.
Oil control facilities must be located upstream of water quality facilities and as close to the source of oil-
generating activity as possible. They should also be located upstream of detention facilities, if possible.
TABLE 6.2.2.A WATER QUALITY FACILITY PLACEMENT
IN RELATION TO DETENTION
Water Quality Facility Preceding Detention Following Detention
Basic bioswale
(Section 6.3.1)
OK OK if downstream of detention
sized to meet Peak Rate Flow
Control Standard. However,
prolonged flows may cause soil
saturation and injure grass.
If downstream of a pond sized to
meet Flow Control Duration
Standard or Flood Problem Flow
Control Standard, the wet
bioswale may be needed
(see Section 6.3.2)
Wet bioswale (Section 6.3.2) OK OK
Lateral inflow bioswale
(Section 6.3.3)
OK No—must be installed before
flows concentrate.
Filter strip or roadway filter strip
(Sections 6.3.4 and 6.3.5)
OK No—must be installed before
flows concentrate.
Basic or large wetpond
(Section 6.4.1)
OK OK—less water level fluctuation
in ponds downstream of detention
may improve aesthetic qualities.
Basic or large combined detention
and wetpond (Section 6.4.4)
Not applicable Not applicable
Wetvault (Section 6.4.2) OK OK
Basic or large sand filter or sand
filter vault (Section 6.5.2 or 6.5.3)
OK, but presettling and
control of floatables
needed
OK—sand filters downstream of a
pond sized to meet Flow Control
Duration Standard or Flood
Problem Flow Control Standard
may require field adjustments if
prolonged flows cause sand
saturation and resultant hypoxic,
anoxic or anaerobic conditions,
interfering with the phosphorus
removal mechanism and likely
resulting in episodic phosphorus
releases in excess of influent
concentrations.
20 Bicudo, D. D. C., et al. (2007). "Undesirable side-effects of water hyacinth control in a shallow tropical reservoir." Freshwater
Biology 52(6): 1120-1133.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-24
TABLE 6.2.2.A WATER QUALITY FACILITY PLACEMENT
IN RELATION TO DETENTION
Water Quality Facility Preceding Detention Following Detention
Stormwater wetland/pond
(Section 6.4.3)
OK OK—less water level fluctuation
and better plant diversity are
possible if the stormwater
wetland is located downstream of
the detention facility.
Proprietary facility (Section 6.7) OK OK
Bioretention (Section 6.8) OK No
6.2.3 SETBACKS, SLOPES, AND EMBANKMENTS
This section presents the general requirements for water quality facility setbacks, side slopes, fencing, and
embankments.
When locating water quality facilities near wetlands and streams, there is a potential that the wetland or
stream water level may be lowered by draining to the facility. Care in the design and siting of the facility
or conveyance elements associated with the facility is needed to ensure this impact is avoided. Sufficient
setback of the facility from the water body is one method to prevent impact.
When locating water quality facilities near steep slopes, there is a potential for slope erosion or
destabilization as a result of seepage, infiltration or overflow.
SETBACKS FROM TRACT LINE
Water quality facilities that are maintained by the City must be in tracts dedicated to the City. Different
water quality facilities and different types of side slopes (bermed vs. cut) have somewhat different
requirements for setback from the tract line or setbacks for structures on adjacent tracts; these various
requirements are given in Table 6.2.3.A.
Most setbacks from tract lines are for maintenance equipment maneuverability. Setback requirements do
not apply to water quality facilities that are privately maintained, but adequate room for maintenance
equipment shall be considered during site design. Restrictions on the placement of structures on adjacent
internal lots, as specified for infiltration facilities in Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3, and 5.2.4, do however apply to
privately maintained facilities.
FACILITY SITING
New residential subdivisions with drainage facilities that collect public runoff must place water quality
treatment ponds, vaults, and other similar drainage facilities, along with the required perimeter
landscaping in a separate stormwater tract per RMC 4-6-030. The stormwater tract, including the
landscaped area, must be owned by the homeowners association.
Other types of new development shall create stormwater facilities either within an easement or within a
tract not dedicated to the City per RMC 4-6-030.
SIDE SLOPES, FENCING, AND EMBANKMENTS
Side slopes for water quality facilities should not exceed a slope of 3H:1V. Moderately undulating slopes
are acceptable and can provide a more natural setting for the facility. In general, gentle side slopes
improve the aesthetic attributes of the facility and enhance safety. Fencing may be required for public
safety and/or protecting the integrity and function of the facility.
6.2.3 SETBACKS, SLOPES, AND EMBANKMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-25
Intent:
The requirements for slopes, fencing, and embankments are intended to accomplish the following
objectives:
To prevent persons from inadvertently slipping into the pond, either by providing gentle interior side
slopes (3H:1V or gentler) or by fencing or other barrier
To allow easy egress from the pond (gentle side slopes, safety benches, etc.) when access is not
restricted by a fence or other barrier
To ensure interior and exterior slopes or embankments are stable and will not create a hazardous or
damaging situation.
Water quality facilities must meet the following requirements for side slopes, fencing, and embankments:
1. All wetponds, stormwater wetlands, and similar facilities shall be fenced per Section 5.1.1. A 6-foot
tall chain link fence shall be provided around the facility with access gate(s) to allow maintenance per
City of Renton Standard Details.
2. All open (uncovered) sand filters require fencing. The intent is to prevent sand filters from being used
recreationally and to exclude domestic animals.
3. Where required, fencing shall be placed at the top of the berm with the maintenance access road on
the inside of the fence or 5 feet minimum from top of berm if there is no maintenance access road
allowing proper maintenance access of the facility. The specific fencing requirements in Chapter 5
(see Section 5.1.1) also apply to WQ facilities. Non-residential commercial or industrial facilities that
are privately owned and maintained must still comply with the fencing requirements in
RMC 4-6-030.
4. Side slopes (interior and exterior) shall be no steeper than 3H:1V.
5. Pond walls may be vertical retaining walls, provided: (a) they are constructed of reinforced concrete
per Section 5.3.3; (b) a fence is provided along the top of the wall; (c) at least 25% of the pond
perimeter will be a vegetated soil slope not steeper than 3H:1V; and (d) the design is prepared and
stamped by a licensed structural civil engineer.
6. Water quality facilities with embankments that impound water must comply with Washington State
dam safety regulations (WAC 173-175). The cited language below is as of February 2012 and is
excerpted verbatim from the Washington Administrative Code except for substitution of Department
of Ecology for department. When reading, substitute facility for dam, and overflow water surface for
crest:
(1) These regulations are applicable to dams which can impound a volume of ten acre-feet or more of
water as measured at the dam crest elevation. The ten acre-feet threshold applies to dams which can
impound water on either an intermittent or permanent basis. Only water that can be stored above
natural ground level or which could be released by a failure of the dam is considered in assessing the
storage volume.
The ten acre-feet threshold applies to any dam which can impound water of any quality, or which
contains any substance in combination with sufficient water to exist in a liquid or slurry state at the
time of initial containment.
(2) For a dam whose dam height is six feet or less and which meets the conditions of subsection (1) of
this section, the Washington Department of Ecology (Ecology) may elect to exempt the dam from
these regulations.
The decision by Ecology to exempt a dam will be made on a case-by-case basis for those dams whose
failure is not judged to pose a risk to life and minimal property damage would be expected.
If the storage capacity is less than 10 acre-feet above natural ground level, then the facility is exempt
from Ecology review.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-26
TABLE 6.2.3.A SETBACK REQUIREMENTS *
WATER QUALITY
FACILITY
SETBACK FROM TRACT LINE
At Grade or
Underground
If Facility Slope is Cut
into Grade
If Slope is an
Embankment
Bioswale N/A See conveyance system
requirements
(Section 4.1)
5 feet from toe of
exterior slope
Filter strip 5 feet from toe 5 feet from toe N/A
Wetpond N/A 5 feet from emergency
overflow water surface
(WS)
5 feet from toe of
exterior slope
Combined detention and
wetpond
N/A 5 feet from emergency
overflow WS
5 feet from toe of
exterior slope
Stormwater wetland N/A 5 feet from emergency
overflow WS
5 feet from toe of
exterior slope
Wetvault or sand filter
vault
5 feet from
property line
N/A N/A
Sand filter ponding area N/A 5 feet from emergency
overflow WS
5 feet from toe of
exterior slope
Linear sand filter 5 feet from
property line
N/A N/A
Proprietary facility21 5 feet from
property line
N/A N/A
Bioretention N/A 5 feet from emergency
overflow WS
5 feet from toe of
exterior slope
* Greater setback distances are required whenever expressly stated or referenced in this manual or when
required by other City codes or other agencies. Steep slopes, land slide areas, open water features, springs,
wells, and septic tank drainfields are features that often have additional setback requirements.
Geotechnical Setbacks: Except for tanks, vaults, and pipes:
1. Facilities are not allowed on slopes greater than 25% (4:1). A geotechnical analysis and report is required if located
within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard OR if the facility is located within a setback
distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical height of a slope area that is steeper than 15%. The
geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out
conditions.
2. The facility design water surface shall be a minimum of 200 feet from any steep slope hazard area or landslide
hazard. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist, this setback may
be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and
surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
3. The facility design water surface shall be set back a minimum distance from top of slope equal to the total vertical
height of a slope area that is steeper than 15%. Upon analysis and approval of a licensed geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist, this setback may be reduced to 50 feet. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative
impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
Public Health Minimum Setbacks for All Facilities:
Some typical setback distances imposed by the Public Health – Seattle & King County include the following:
Open water features: 100 feet.
Wells: 100 feet.
Springs used for potable water: 200 feet.
Septic tanks: 50 feet, and drainfields: 100 feet; tanks or vaults must not be located so that they could impede
septic drainfield flows.
WA Ecology Stormwater Facility Setback Requirements for Public Health:
21 See Reference Section 14-A for approved proprietary facilities.
6.2.3 SETBACKS, SLOPES, AND EMBANKMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-27
TABLE 6.2.3.A SETBACK REQUIREMENTS *
Stormwater infiltration systems shall be set back at least 100 feet from open water features and 200 feet from
springs used for drinking water supply. Infiltration facilities up-gradient of drinking water supplies must comply
with State Health Department requirements (Washington Wellhead Protection Program, Department of Health,
12/93).
Stormwater infiltration systems, and unlined wetponds and detention ponds shall be located at least 100 feet
from drinking water wells and septic tanks and drainfields.
Where one agency’s setback requirements are more or less restrictive than another’s, the more restrictive setback is
required.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-28
6.2.4 FACILITY LINERS
Open channel conveyance systems and facilities that allow runoff to have direct contact with the soil may
require liners for any of three reasons: groundwater quality protection, steep slope or building protection,
and/or stormwater treatment facility performance.
Liners are intended to:
1. Reduce the likelihood that pollutants in stormwater will reach ground water by transmission through
soil from earthen facilities and conveyances.
2. Prevent infiltration where underflow could cause problems with steep slopes or nearby structures.
3. Ensure permanent wet pools for proper functioning of wetponds, treatment wetlands, and pre-settling
ponds.
4. Ensure wet conditions in the second cell of stormwater treatment wetland sufficient to maintain
wetland plant vegetation.
Types of Liners
Low Permeability Liners
Low permeability liners reduce infiltration to a very slow rate, generally less than 0.02 inches per hour
(1.22 cm/day). Low permeability liners may be fashioned from compacted till, clay, geomembrane, or
concrete as detailed in Section 6.2.4.1.
Treatment Liners
Treatment liners are soil layers meeting specific quality criteria. Depending on design requirements,
treatment liners may include in-place native soils, amended soils, or imported soils. Treatment liners are
assumed to treat infiltrating stormwater before it reaches more freely draining soils. Treatment liners have
slow rates of infiltration; the initial measured rate should be less than 2.4 inches per hour (1.7 x 10 -3 cm/s),
but rates are not as slow as with low permeability liners. See Section 6.2.4.2 for details.
Where Liners Are Required for Groundwater Protection
Outside of Groundwater Protections Areas
A liner is required for facilities and conveyance systems that allow untreated runoff from PGIS to have
direct contact with the soil if the soil has an initial infiltration rate22 greater than 9 inches per hour (0.15
inches per minute) and the soil suitability criteria for groundwater protection given in Chapter 5, Section
5.2.1 is not met.
Inside Groundwater Protections Areas
Facilities that allow runoff to have direct contact with the soil, on-site BMPs that rely on infiltration, and
open channel conveyance systems that are not concrete lined are not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer
Protection Area. See Section 1.3.6 for details. Other areas, such as Zone 1 Modified or Zone 2 of the
Aquifer Protection Area, may be required to incorporate liners for groundwater protection. A liner is
required for facilities and conveyance sytems that allow untreated runoff from PGIS to have direct contact
with the soil when the soil infiltration rate exceeds an initial infiltration rate of 2.4 inches per hour (0.04
inches per minute) and the soil suitability criteria for groundwater protection given in Chapter 5, Section
5.2.1, is not met.
Where Liners are Required to Ensure Permanent Pools and Wet Conditions
1. Both cells of a two-cell wetpond and the single cell of a one cell wetpond must retain a permanent
pool of water throughout the wet season. A wetpond is considered non-compliant if the pond level
22 Infiltration rates can either be measured in the field using methods given in Chapter 5 or inferred from the USDA soil textural triangle
included in “Groundwater Protection,” Section 5.2.1.
6.2.4 FACILITY LINERS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-29
drops more than 12 inches in any 7-day measurement period. A low permeability liner will be required
to achieve this standard in infiltrative soils.
2. Presettling ponds must retain a permanent pool of water throughout the wet season. A presettling pond
is considered non-compliant if the pond level drops more than 12 inches in any 7-day measurement
period. A low permeability liner will be required to achieve this standard in infiltrative soils.
3. Both cells of a stormwater wetland shall be lined in infiltrative soils as follows:
a) The first cell of a treatment wetland must retain a permanent pool of water throughout the wet
season. It is considered non-compliant if the pond level drops more than 12 inches in any 7-day
measurement period. A low permeability liner will be required to achieve this standard in
infiltrative soils.
b) The second cell must retain water for at least 10 months of the year. A low permeability liner will
be required to achieve this standard in infiltrative soils. A treatment liner is an alternative where
groundwater levels and/or existing soil infiltration rates are sufficient to achieve the standard.
General Design Criteria
1. Table 6.2.4.A identifies the type of liner for use with various water quality treatment facilities. If a
facility requires a liner, a treatment liner shall be provided, except where a low permeability liner is
noted in Table 6.2.4.A.
2. Liners shall be evenly placed over the bottom and/or sides of the treatment area of the facility as
indicated in Table 6.2.4.A. Areas above the treatment volume that are required to pass flows greater
than the water quality treatment flow (or volume) need not be lined, except in groundwater protection
areas which must be lined to the 2 year water surface in a combined facility or overflow water surface
in a non-combined facility. Note: If the liner cannot be anchored at the required elevation, the lining
must be extended to the top of the interior side slope and anchored.
3. For low permeability liners, the following criteria apply:
a) Where the seasonal high groundwater elevation is likely to contact a low permeability liner, liner
buoyancy may be a concern. A low permeability liner shall not be used in this situation unless
evaluated and recommended by a geotechnical engineer.
b) Where grass must be planted over a low permeability liner per the facility design, a minimum of
6 inches of good topsoil or compost-amended23 native soil (2 inches compost23 tilled into 6 inches
of native soil) must be placed over the liner in the area to be planted. Twelve inches is preferred.
c) If an identification sign is required for the facility (see detention pond requirements in
Section 5.1.1), the face of the sign shall bear a note indicating the facility is lined to protect water
quality. In addition, the back of the sign shall include information indicating which facilities are
lined, the extent of lining, the liner material used, the liner thickness (if clay or till), and the type
and distance of the marker above the liner (if a geomembrane). This information need only be
readable by someone standing at arms-length from the sign.
4. If a treatment liner will be below the seasonal high water level, the pollutant removal performance of
the liner must be evaluated by a geotechnical or groundwater specialist and found to be as protective
as if the liner were above the level of the groundwater.
See Sections 6.2.4.1 and 6.2.4.2 for more specific design criteria on the various options for low
permeability liners and treatment liners.
23 Compost must meet the compost quality requirements in Reference Section 11-C. Compost for application of this requirement
in stormwater treatment wetlands must be Specification 1 Compost detailed in Reference Section 11-C.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-30
TABLE 6.2.4.A LINING TYPES FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES
Facility Type Area to be Lined Type of Liner
Bioswale Bottom and sides Treatment liner
Wet bioswale Bottom and sides Low permeability liner (If the swale will
intercept the seasonal high groundwater
table, a treatment liner is recommended.)
Lateral inflow bioswale Bottom and sides Treatment liner
Presettling pond or basin Bottom and sides Low permeability liner (If the cell will
intercept the seasonal high groundwater
table, a treatment liner is recommended.)
Wetpond First cell: bottom and sides to WQ design
water surface, (except in groundwater
protection areas which must be lined to
the overflow water surface
Low permeability liner (If the cell will
intercept the seasonal high groundwater
table, a treatment liner is recommended.)
Second cell: bottom and sides to WQ
design water surface, (except in
groundwater protection areas which
must be lined to the overflow water
surface
Low permeability liner (If the cell will
intercept the seasonal high groundwater
table, a treatment liner is recommended.)
Single cell: bottom and sides to WQ
design water surface, (except in
groundwater protection areas which
must be lined to the overflow water
surface
Low permeability liner
Combined detention/WQ facility First cell: bottom and sides to the 2-year
live storage elevation
Low permeability liner (If the cell will
intercept the seasonal high groundwater
table, a treatment liner is recommended.)
Second cell: bottom and sides to the
2-year live storage elevation
Low permeability liner (If the cell will
intercept the seasonal high groundwater
table, a treatment liner is recommended.)
Single cell: bottom and sides to the
2-year live storage elevation
Low permeability liner
Wet vault Not applicable No liner needed
Stormwater wetland Bottom and sides, both cells Low permeability liner (If the facility will
intercept the seasonal high groundwater
table, a treatment liner is recommended.)
Sand filter Pond sides only Treatment liner
Detention pond Bottom and sides to the 2-year live
storage elevation
Treatment Liner
Sand filter vault Not applicable No liner needed
Linear sand filter Not applicable if in vault
Bottom and sides of presettling cell if not
in vault
No liner needed
Low permeability or treatment liner
Proprietary filter (in vault) Not applicable No liner needed
Bioretention Bottom and sides (when required per
Section 6.8)
Low permeability liner
6.2.4 FACILITY LINERS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-31
6.2.4.1 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR LOW PERMEABILITY LINER OPTIONS
This section presents the design criteria for each of the following four low permeability liner options:
Compacted till liners
Clay liners
Geomembrane liners
Concrete liners
COMPACTED TILL LINERS
1. Liner thickness shall be 18 inches after compaction.
2. Soil shall be compacted to 95% minimum dry density, modified proctor method (ASTM D-1557).
3. Soil should be placed in 6 inch lifts.
4. Soils may be used that meet the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing
6 inch 100
4 inch 90
#4 70–100
#200 30–100
CLAY LINERS
1. Minimum dry (un-swollen) thickness of 12 inches
2. Compacted to 95% minimum dry density, standard proctor method ASTM D-698
3. Clay Particles Passing, ASTM D-422, not less than 30 percent
4. Plasticity Index of Clay, ASTM D4318, not less than 15 percent
5. The slope of clay liners must be restricted to 3H:IV for all areas requiring soil cover; otherwise, the
soil layer must be stabilized by another method so that soil slippage into the facility does not occur.
Any alternative soil stabilization method must take maintenance access into consideration.
6. Where clay liners form the sides of ponds, the interior side slope should not be steeper than 3H:1V,
irrespective of fencing. This restriction is to ensure that anyone falling into the pond may climb out
safely.
GEOMEMBRANE LINERS
1. Geomembrane liners shall be UV resistant and have a minimum thickness of 30 mils. A thickness of
40 mils shall be used in areas of maintenance access or where heavy machinery must be operated
over the membrane. Protect the geomembrane liner from puncture, tearing, and abrasion by installing
geotextile fabric on the top and bottom of the geomembrane.
2. Geomembranes shall be bedded according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
3. Liners shall be installed so that they can be covered with 12 inches of top dressing forming the bottom
and sides of the water quality facility. Top dressing shall consist of 6 inches of crushed rock covered
with 6 inches of native soil. The rock layer is to mark the location of the liner for future maintenance
operations. As an alternative to crushed rock, 12 inches of native soil may be used if orange plastic
“safety fencing” or another highly-visible, continuous marker is embedded 6 inches above the
membrane.
4. If possible, liners should be of a contrasting color so that maintenance workers are aware of any areas
where a liner may have become exposed when maintaining the facility.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-32
5. Where top dressing is required, liners shall not be used on slopes steeper than 5H:1V, to prevent the
top dressing material from slipping. Textured liners may be used on slopes up to 3H:1V upon
recommendation by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist that the top dressing will be
stable for all site conditions, including maintenance.
CONCRETE LINERS
1. Portland cement concrete liners are allowed irrespective of facility size, and shotcrete may be used on
slopes; however, specifications must be developed by an engineer who certifies the liner against
cracking or losing water retention ability under expected conditions of operation, including facility
maintenance operations. Cautionary design note: weight of maintenance equipment can be up to
80,000 pounds when fully loaded.
2. Asphaltic concrete may not be used for a liner because of asphalt’s permeability to many organic
pollutants, and potential for asphalt to leach pollutants into stored or conveyed water.
3. If grass is to be grown in soil over a concrete liner, slopes must be no steeper than 5H:1V to prevent
the top dressing material from slipping.
6.2.4.2 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR TREATMENT LINER OPTIONS
This section presents the design criteria for the organic soil layer used as a treatment liner.
ORGANIC SOIL LAYER
1. A two-foot thick layer of soil with a minimum organic matter (OM) content of 1.0% AND a minimum
cation exchange capacity (CEC) of 8 milliequivalents per 100 grams (meq/100g) can be used as a
treatment layer beneath a water quality or detention facility. If the soil is amended or imported, the top
8 inches must have a minimum cation exchange capacity of 10 meq/100g and the remainder of the
depth no less than 8 meq/100g. An 18-inch layer with the same CEC and OM profile will suffice for
ditch conveyances, based on unsaturated flow as a result of alternating wet-dry periods.
2. To demonstrate that in-place soils meet the above criteria, one sample per 1,000 square feet of facility
area, or 500 linear feet of ditch, and no fewer than three samples shall be tested. Each sample shall be
a composite of equally spaced subsamples taken throughout the full extent of the treatment layer depth
(usually two to six feet below the expected facility invert for facilities), except stratified composite
sampling is required where the top 8 inches are required to meet a higher CEC level (composite of top
eight inches and separate composite of the remainder below).
3. Organic content shall be measured on a dry weight basis using ASTM D2974.
4. Laboratory results shall be provided for cation exchange capacity (CEC).
5. Certification by a soils testing laboratory that imported soil meets the organic content and CEC criteria
above shall be provided to the local approval authority.
6. Soil amendment may only be compost meeting the requirements of Reference Section 11-C. Compost
for application of this requirement in stormwater treatment wetlands must be Specification 1 Compost
detailed in Reference Section 11-C.
7. If a treatment liner will be below the seasonal high water level, the pollutant removal performance of
the liner must be evaluated by a geotechnical or ground water specialist and found to be as protective
as if the liner were above the level of the ground water.
6.2.5 FLOW SPLITTER DESIGNS
Most water quality facilities may be designed as flow-through, or on-line, systems with flows above the
water quality design flow or volume simply passing through the facility untreated. However, it is
sometimes desirable to restrict flows to water quality treatment facilities and bypass the remaining higher
flows around them (off-line facilities). This can be accomplished by splitting flows in excess of the water
6.2.5 FLOW SPLITTER DESIGNS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-33
quality design flow upstream of the facility and diverting higher flows to a bypass pipe or channel. The
bypass typically enters a detention facility or the downstream receiving drainage system, depending on
flow control requirements. In most cases, it is a designer’s choice whether WQ facilities are designed as
on-line or off-line; an exception is oil/water separators, which must be designed off-line.
A crucial factor in designing flow splitters is to ensure that low flows are delivered to the treatment facility
up to the WQ design flow rate. Above this rate, additional flows are diverted to the bypass system with
minimal increase in head at the flow splitter structure to avoid surcharging the water quality facility under
high flow conditions.
Flow splitters are typically catch basins or vaults with concrete baffles. In place of baffles, the splitter
mechanism may be a half tee section with a solid top and an orifice in the bottom of the tee section. A full
tee option may also be used (see “Design Criteria” below). Two possible schematic representations for
flow splitters are shown in Figure 6.2.5.A and Figure 6.2.5.B. Other designs that achieve the result of
splitting low flows, up to the WQ design flow, into the WQ treatment facility and divert higher flows
around the facility may be considered (an adjustment per Section 1.4 may be required upon evaluation by
CED staff).
6.2.5.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Flow splitters are modeled with the approved model using the design flow rates as described in
Section 6.2.1. The stage/discharge relationship of the outflow pipes should be determined using the
backwater analysis techniques in Chapter 4. The orifice shall be sized per Section 5.1.4.2. Weirs should be
analyzed as sharp-crested weirs.
6.2.5.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
General
1. A flow splitter shall be designed to deliver the required water quality design flow rate specified in
Section 6.2.1 to the WQ treatment facility.
2. The top of the weir shall be located at the water surface for the design flow. Remaining flows enter
the bypass line. Flows shall be modeled using 15-minute time steps.
3. The maximum head shall be minimized for flow in excess of the water quality design flow.
Specifically, flow to the WQ facility at the 100-year water surface shall not increase the design WQ
flow by more than 10%.
4. Either design shown in Figure 6.2.5.A or Figure 6.2.5.B shall be used.
5. Special applications, such as roads, may require the use of a modified flow splitter. The baffle wall
may be fitted with a notch and adjustable weir plate to proportion runoff volumes other than high
flows.
6. For ponding facilities, backwater effects must be included in designing the height of the standpipe in
the catch basin.
7. Ladder or step and handhold access (per City of Renton Standard Details) shall be provided. If the
weir wall is higher than 36 inches, two ladders, one to either side of the wall, are required.
Material Requirements
1. The splitter baffle shall be installed in a Type 2 catch basin or vault.
2. The baffle wall shall be made of reinforced concrete or another suitable material resistant to
corrosion, and have a minimum 4-inch thickness. The minimum clearance between the top of the
baffle wall and the bottom of the catch basin cover shall be 4 feet; otherwise, dual access points shall
be provided.
3. All metal parts shall be corrosion resistant. Examples of preferred materials include aluminum,
stainless steel, and plastic. Zinc and galvanized materials, bronze and brass, and cadmium-plated
hardware shall not be used unless there is no substitute, because of aquatic toxicity. Painting or other
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-34
coating of metal parts shall not be allowed because of poor longevity and lack of standardization or
assurance of non-toxic coatings.
FIGURE 6.2.5.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF FLOW SPLITTER, OPTION A
SECTION A-A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
INFLOW
NOTE:
THE WATER QUALITY DISCHARGE PIPE MAY REQUIRE AN ORIFICE PLATE TO BE INSTALLED ON
THE OUTLET TO CONTROL THE HEIGHT OF THE DESIGN WATER SURFACE (WEIR HEIGHT). THE
DESIGN WATER SURFACE SHOULD BE SET TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM HEADWATER/DIAMETER
RATIO OF 2.0 ON THE OUTLET PIPE.
TO WQ FACILITY
TO BYPASS CONVEYANCE
SYSTEM OR DETENTION POND
A
4" MIN. THICKNESS
REINFORCED CONCRETE
BAFFLE WALL OR OTHER
SUITABLE MATERIAL
BYPASS PIPE
4' MIN.
OR PROVIDE SEPARATE
ACCESS TO EITHER SIDE
OF BAFFLE WALL
WQ DESIGN WATER
SURFACE ELEVATION
HANDHOLD AND STEPS OR
LADDER ACCESS (PROVIDE
LADDERS TO BOTH SIDES
OF WALL IF WEIR >36" HIGH)
ROUND SOLID LID
(KCRDCS DWG 7-022 AND 7-023)
INFLOW
REINFORCED BAFFLE WALL
GROUTED TO MANHOLE
STRUCTURE (BOTH ENDS)
TYPE 2 C.B.4' MIN.2' MIN.
A
TO WQ FACILITY
6.2.5 FLOW SPLITTER DESIGNS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-35
FIGURE 6.2.5.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF FLOW SPLITTER, OPTION B
INFLOW
SECTION A-A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
TO WATER QUALITY
FACILITY
TO WATER QUALITY
FACILITY
TO BYPASS CONVEYANCE
SYSTEM OR DETENTION POND
INFLOW
*NOTE:
DIAMETER OF STANDPIPE SHOULD BE LARGE ENOUGH TO MINIMIZE
HEAD ABOVE WQ DESIGN WS AND TO KEEP WQ DESIGN FLOWS FROM
INCREASING MORE THAN 10% DURING 100-YEAR FLOWS.
A 2d*6"6"7' MIN.2' MIN.d
SOLID BOTTOM
(PROVIDE
MAINTENANCE
ACCESS)
LADDER (TYP.)
TOP OF PIPE AT WQ DESIGN
WATER SURFACE ELEVATION
ROUND SOLID LID (SEE
KCRDCS DWG 7-022 AND 7-023)
BAFFLE TO CONTROL FLOATABLES, OR
PROVIDE SPILL CONTROL UPSTREAM
"TEE" SECTION WITH CLEANOUT
(OR REMOVABLE BEND-DOWN
ELBOW)
ORIFICE SIZED TO PASS
WQ DESIGN FLOW
TOP OF RISER AT
DESIGN WS ELEVATION
TYPE II CB
NO BASE CHANNEL REQ'D
DIA. OF STANDPIPE*
(2 X DIA. OF OUTLET PIPE
RECOMMENDED AS
STARTING POINT, SEE
NOTE)
BAFFLE TO CONTROL
FLOATABLES
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-36
6.2.6 FLOW SPREADING OPTIONS
Flow spreaders function to uniformly spread flows across the inflow portion of water quality facilities
(e.g., sand filter, bioswale, or filter strip).
There are five flow spreader options presented in this section:
Anchored section: Anchored plate or board (Option A)
Concrete sump box (Option B)
Notched curb spreader (Option C)
Through-curb ports (Option D)
Interrupted curbing (Option E)
Options A through C may be used for spreading flows that are concentrated. Any one of these options may
be used when spreading is required by the facility design criteria. Options A through C may also be used
for unconcentrated (sheet) flows, and in some cases must be used, such as to correct for moderate grade
changes along a filter strip.
Options D and E are only for flows that are already unconcentrated when they enter a filter strip or lateral
inflow bioswale. Other flow spreader options are possible with approval from CED.
6.2.6.1 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR FLOW SPREADER OPTIONS
General Design Criteria
1. Flow must not escape around ends or through any breaks in a flow spreader.
2. Where flow enters the flow spreader through a pipe, it is recommended that the pipe be submerged to
the extent practical to dissipate energy as much as possible.
3. For higher velocity inflows (greater than 5 cfs for the 100-yr storm), a Type 1 catch basin should be
positioned in the spreader, and the inflow pipe should enter the catch basin with flows exiting through
the top grate. The top of the grate should be lower than the level spreader plate, or if a notched
spreader is used, lower than the bottom of the v-notches.
4. Table 4.2.2.F in Chapter 4 provides general guidance for rock protection at outfalls.
OPTION A ANCHORED PLATE OR BOARD (FIGURE 6.2.6.A)
1. An adjustable-level anchored plate or board flow spreader shall be preceded by a sump having a
minimum depth of 8 inches and minimum width of 24 inches. If not otherwise stabilized, the sump
area shall be lined to reduce erosion and to provide energy dissipation.
2. The top surface of the flow spreader plate or board shall be level, projecting a minimum of 2 inches
above the ground surface of the water quality facility, or v-notched with notches 6 to 10 inches on
center and 1 to 6 inches deep (use shallower notches with closer spacing). Alternative designs are
allowed. The anchored plate or board level shall be adjustable using slotted bolt holes in the anchored
plate or board.
3. A flow spreader plate or board shall extend horizontally beyond the bottom width of the facility to
prevent water from eroding the side slope. The horizontal extent should be such that the bank is
protected for all flows up to the 100-year flow or the maximum flow that will enter the WQ facility.
4. Flow spreader plates or boards shall be securely fixed in place by bolts through slotted holes for
adjustability in establishing and maintaining level.
5. Flow spreader plates or boards may be made of either wood, metal, fiberglass reinforced plastic, or
other durable material. If wood, untreated 4 by 10-inch cedar heartwood lumber or cedar landscape
timbers are acceptable.
6.2.6 FLOW SPREADING OPTIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-37
6. Anchor posts shall be 4-inch square concrete or tubular stainless steel. Other material resistant to
decay may be used if approved by CED.
OPTION B CONCRETE SUMP BOX (FIGURE 6.2.6.B)
1. The wall of the downstream side of a rectangular concrete sump box shall extend a minimum of
2 inches above the treatment bed. This serves as a weir to spread the flows uniformly across the bed.
The wall shall have an adjustable anchored plate or board as described in Option A above. The
adjustable anchored plate or board shall be securely fixed to the concrete wall and meet the same
material specifications as described in Option A above.
2. The downstream wall of a sump box shall have “wing walls” at both ends. Side walls and returns
shall be slightly higher than the weir so that erosion of the side slope is minimized.
3. Concrete for a sump box may be either cast-in-place or precast, but the bottom of the sump shall be
reinforced with wire mesh for cast-in-place sumps.
4. Sump boxes shall be placed over bases that consists of 4 inches of crushed rock, 5/8-inch minus to help
ensure the sump remains level.
OPTION C NOTCHED CURB SPREADER (FIGURE 6.2.6.C)
Notched curb spreader sections shall be made of extruded concrete laid side by side and level. Typically
five “teeth” per four-foot section provide good spacing. The space between adjacent “teeth” forms a v-
notch.
OPTION D THROUGH-CURB PORTS (FIGURE 6.2.6.D)
Sheet flows from paved areas entering filter strips or lateral inflow bioswales may use curb ports or
interrupted curbs (Option E) to allow flows to enter the strip or swale. Curb ports use fabricated openings
that allow concrete curbing to be poured or extruded while still providing an opening through the curb to
admit water to the WQ facility.
Openings in the curb shall be at regular intervals but at least every 6 feet (minimum). The width of each
curb port opening shall be a minimum of 11 inches. Approximately 15 percent or more of the curb section
length should be in open ports, and no port should discharge more than about 10 percent of the flow.
OPTION E INTERRUPTED CURB (NO FIGURE)
Interrupted curbs are sections of curb placed to have gaps spaced at regular intervals along the total width
(or length, depending on facility) of the treatment area. At a minimum, gaps shall be every 6 feet to allow
distribution of flows into the treatment facility before they become too concentrated. The opening shall be
a minimum of 11 inches. As a general rule, no opening should discharge more than 10 percent of the
overall flow entering the facility.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-38
FIGURE 6.2.6.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF FLOW SPREADER OPTION A: ANCHORED
PLATE
ALTERNATIVE DESIGN
CATCH BASIN RECOMMENDED FOR
HIGHER FLOW SITUATIONS (GENERALLY
FOR INFLOW VELOCITIES OF 5 FPS OR
GREATER FOR 100-YEAR STORM).
*SAND FILTER MAY USE OTHER
SPREADING OPTIONS
EXAMPLE OF ANCHORED PLATE
USED WITH A SAND FILTER*
(MAY ALSO BE USED WITH OTHER
WATER QUALITY FACILITIES).
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
(sand bed)
A SEE TABLE 4.2.2.A FOR
GUIDANCE ON ROCK
PROTECTION AT OUTFALLS
EXTEND INTO SLOPE TO
PROTECT FROM THE
100-YEAR FLOW OR THE
HIGHEST FLOW ENTERING
WATER QUALITY FACILITY
EDGE OF SAND
RIPRAP AS
SPECIFIED IN WQ
FACILITY DESIGNS
POND SIDE SLOPES
V-NOTCHED OR LEVEL
PLATE SPREADER PER
SECTION 6.2.6.1
ANCHOR POSTS
SPACED 6' O.C. OR AT
EACH END IF WIDTH <6'
INLET PIPE
SAND LAYER
GRAVEL LAYER
EXISTING
GRADE
LEVEL SPREADER PLATE
BOLTED TO ANCHOR POST
ANCHOR POST EMBEDDED 2'
(MIN.) INTO EXISTING
GROUND. SEE TEXT FOR
ALLOWED POST MATERIALS.
ROCK RIP RAP
2" MIN.
INLET
PIPE
2" MIN.
8" MIN.
24"
MIN.
6.2.6 FLOW SPREADING OPTIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-39
FIGURE 6.2.6.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF FLOW SPREADER OPTION B: CONCRETE
SUMP BOX
NOTE:
EXTEND SIDES INTO SLOPE. HEIGHT OF
SIDE WALL AND WING WALLS MUST BE SUFFICIENT
TO HANDLE THE 100-YEAR FLOW OR THE HIGHEST
FLOW ENTERING THE FACILITY.
EXAMPLE OF A CONCRETE SUMP FLOW
SPREADER USED WITH A BIOFILTRATION SWALE
(MAY BE USED WITH OTHER WQ FACILITIES)
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
SECTION B-B
NTS
WING WALL
A
B
B
SIDE WITH WING WALLS
SEE NOTE
SWALE BOTTOM
CONCRETE SUMP
OUTFALL RIPRAP PAD
INLET PIPE
SEE TABLE 4.2.2.A
FOR GUIDANCE ON
ROCK PROTECTION
AT OUTFALLS
INLET PIPE WING WALL OUTLINE
CONCRETE SUMP
(4" WALL THICKNESS)
8"
MIN.
24"
MIN.
2" MIN. CLEARANCE.
2" MIN.
SECTION 6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WQ FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-40
FIGURE 6.2.6.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF FLOW SPREADER OPTION C: NOTCHED
CURB SPREADER
FIGURE 6.2.6.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF FLOW SPREADER OPTION D: THROUGH-
CURB PORT
NOTE:
SEE TABLE 4.2.2.A
FOR GUIDANCE ON ROCK
PROTECTION AT OUTFALLS
FRONT VIEW A-A
NTS
SECTION B-B
NTS
2 - #5 REBAR OR
REINFORCE AS NECESSARY
sand
30INFLOW
60
6"PLAN VIEW
NTS
B
B
48"/SECTION (TYP.)12"12"8"CURB PORT
NTS
REINFORCED
CONCRETE
CURB
OPENING 11" MIN.
GRASS FILTER STRIP
MA X .
6 ' O .C .
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-41
6.3 VEGETATED FLOWPATH FACILITY DESIGNS
This section presents the methods, details of analysis, and design criteria for bioswales and filter strips.
Included in this section are the following specific facility designs:
“Basic Bioswales,” Section 6.3.1
“Wet Bioswales,” Section 6.3.2
“Lateral Inflow Bioswales,” Section 6.3.3
“Standard Filter Strips,” Section 6.3.4
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Vegetated flowpath facilities are subject to a number of concerns that do not affect other facilities. Failure
mechanisms can include adverse change in plant community, vegetation loss, erosion or channelization,
detrimental change in slope or cross-section from siltation, and ponding. The relationship between the
surface soil, subsurface soil, groundwater interactions, vegetation type, weather, and shading all contribute
to the success or failure of a vegetated flowpath facility. Successful establishment of vegetation requires
seeding or planting at a time of year that ensures optimal moisture and temperature/sunlight for growth.
Typical maintenance requires mowing, mechanical weed control, and silt removal (e.g., in the bed of a
bioswale, or to remove a ‘micro-berm’ forming at the entry edge of a filter strip), which may require re-
planting. While there is initial control over vegetation type, the plant community can change on its own
over time, and soil profile and content can change over time (compaction from mowing, siltation, holes
from voles, etc.). Solutions are site-specific, may require seasonal observation, covering the full range of
climatic conditions, and even then, something that works in a normal rainfall year may not to work in an
excessively dry or wet year.
The information presented for each facility is organized into the following two categories:
1. Methods of Analysis: Contains a step-by-step procedure for designing and sizing each facility.
2. Design Criteria: Contains the details, specifications, and material requirements for each facility, plus
construction and maintenance considerations as applicable.
6.3.1 BASIC BIOSWALES
A bioswale is an open, gently sloped, vegetated channel designed for treatment of stormwater (see the
schematic representations in Figure 6.3.1.A through Figure 6.3.1.E). The primary pollutant removal
mechanism is sedimentation enhanced by plant stems and to a lesser extent by potential trapping and
adhesion of pollutants to the plants and thatch. Bioswales generally do not remove dissolved pollutants
effectively, although some infiltration to underlying soils may occur depending on the nature of those soils
and any required facility liners.
Applications and Limitations
Data suggest that the performance of bioswales is highly variable from storm to storm. Ecology and the
City of Renton recommend considering other treatment methods that perform more consistently, such as
sand filters or wet ponds, before using a bioswale.
A bioswale is designed so that water will flow evenly across the entire width of a densely-vegetated area.
A swale may be designed for both treatment and conveyance of onsite stormwater flow. This combined
use can reduce development costs by eliminating the need for separate conveyance systems.
Bioswales are best applied on a relatively small scale (generally less than 5 acres of impervious surface).
They fit well along roadways, driveways, and parking lots. Swales are more costly to apply in situations
where the swale channel would be deep; in deep swales, self-shading can inhibit the necessary grass
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-42
growth, resulting in poor pollutant removal performance. Some specific considerations for bioswale
applications are as follows:
A bioswale shall not be located in a shaded area. For healthy vegetation growth, a swale should
receive a minimum of 6 hours sunlight daily throughout the year, throughout the length of the swale.
To maintain healthy vegetation growth, a basic bioswale must dry between storms. It shall not
receive continuous base flows (such as seepage from a hill slope throughout the winter) or be located
in a high groundwater area, because saturated soil conditions will kill grass. If these conditions are
likely to occur, design options given under “Design Criteria” shall be used, or the wet bioswale design
may be used (see Section 6.3.2, for details).
Stormwater runoff carrying high concentrations of oil and grease kills vegetation and impairs the
treatment capability of a swale. Where a high use site is tributary to a proposed bioswale, an oil
control facility option listed in Section 6.6 shall be installed to treat the subject runoff prior to entering
the bioswale.
Modifying an existing drainage ditch to create an engineered bioswale may be difficult due to
physical constraints and because ditches often serve as conveyance for higher flows from larger offsite
areas.
Utilities may be located in swale side slopes above the WQ design depth. However, the repair or
placement of utilities in swale side slopes requires aggressive implementation of erosion control
practices to prevent soil and sediment from reaching the treatment area of the swale.
Note: Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how this facility may be used to
meet Core Requirement #8. Also see for guidance on which type of bioswale (basic, wet or lateral inflow)
to use for a given set of site characteristics.
6.3.1.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Bioswale sizing is based on several variables, including the peak water quality design flow, longitudinal
slope, vegetation height, bottom width, side slope, required hydraulic residence time (i.e., the time
required for flow to travel the full length of the swale), and design flow depth. Swales sized and built using
the method of analysis outlined in this section and the required design criteria presented in Section 6.3.1.2
are expected to meet the Basic Water Quality menu goal of 80% TSS removal. Procedures for sizing
bioswales are summarized below.
Step 1: Calculate design flows. The swale design is based on the water quality design flow Qwq (see
Section 6.2.1, for a definition of water quality design flow). If a bioswale is used for conveyance, the
capacity requirements of Core Requirement #4 must be met. These flows must be estimated using the
hydrologic analysis procedures described in detail in Chapter 3 and applying the flow rate modifications
described in Section 6.2.1.
If the bioswale is located upstream of an onsite detention facility, or if a detention facility is not required,
the bioswale design flow shall be the on-line or off-line (as applicable) water quality flow rate determined
from the approved continuous model, modified by a factor k, the on-line or off-line ratio determined from
Table 6.2.1. This modified design flow rate is an estimate of the design flow rate determined by using
SBUH procedures.
Guidance for Bypassing Off-Line Facilities
Most bioswales are currently designed to be on-line facilities. However, an off-line design is possible.
Bioswales designed in an off-line mode should not engage a bypass until the flow rate exceeds the
modified off-line water quality design flow rate.
If the bioswale is located downstream of an onsite detention facility, the swale design flow shall be the
2-year release rate from the detention facility.
6.3.1 BASIC BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-43
Step 2: Calculate swale bottom width. The swale bottom width is calculated based on Manning’s
equation for open-channel flow. This equation can be used to calculate discharges as follows:
Q = (6-3)
where Q = flow rate (cfs)
n = Manning’s roughness coefficient (unitless)
A = cross-sectional area of flow (sf)
R = hydraulic radius (ft) = area divided by wetted perimeter
s = longitudinal slope (along direction of flow) (ft/ft)
For shallow flow depths in swales, channel side slopes are ignored in the calculation of bottom width. Use
the following equation (a simplified form of Manning’s formula) to estimate the required swale bottom
width:
b =
(6-4)
where b = bottom width of swale (ft)
Qwq = the modified water quality design flow, k(Q, modeled on-line or off-line rate), (cfs)
where k = correlation ratio determined from Table 6.2.1.A
nwq = Manning’s roughness coefficient for shallow flow conditions = 0.20 (unitless)
y = design flow depth (ft)
S = longitudinal slope (along direction of flow) (ft/ft)
See “Water Depth and Base Flow” to determine the allowable design water depth. Proceed to Step 3 if the
bottom width is calculated to be between 2 and 10 feet.
A minimum 2-foot bottom width is required. Therefore, if the calculated bottom width is less than 2 feet,
increase the width to 2 feet and recalculate the design flow depth y using Equation 6-5 as follows:
y =
(6-5)
where Qwq, nwq, and s are the same values as used in Equation 6-4, but b = 2 feet.
The maximum bottom width is 10 feet; therefore if the calculated bottom width exceeds 10 feet, then one
of the following steps is necessary to reduce the design bottom width:
Increase the longitudinal slope S to a maximum of 6 feet in 100 feet (0.06 feet per foot).
Increase the design flow depth y to a maximum of 4 inches (0.333 feet).
Reduce the design flow rate by rearranging the swale location with respect to detention facilities; a
swale located downstream of a detention facility may have a lower flow rate due to flow attenuation in
the detention facility. However, if a swale is located downstream of a detention facility providing
Flow Control Duration Standard or Flood Problem Flow Control Standard, and it is located in till
soils (according to the soil groups in Table 3.2.2.A), then the swale must be designed as a wet
bioswale (see Section 6.3.2).
Place a divider lengthwise along the swale bottom (cross section) at least three-quarters of the swale
length (beginning at the inlet), without compromising the design flow depth and swale lateral slope
requirements. See “Design Criteria” for swale divider requirements. A flow spreader must be provided
5.067.049.1 sARn
5.067.149.1 sy
nQ wqwq
53
5.049.1
bs
nQwqwq
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-44
at the inlet to evenly divide flows into each half of the swale cross section. See Section 6.2.6 for
details on flow spreaders.
Step 3: Determine design flow velocity. To calculate the design flow velocity through the swale, use the
flow continuity equation:
Vwq =
(6-6)
where Vwq= design flow velocity (fps)
Awq= by + Zy2 = cross-sectional area (sf) of flow at design depth
Z = side slope length per unit height (e.g., Z = 3 if side slopes are 3H:1V)
If the design flow velocity exceeds 1 foot per second, go back to Step 2 and modify one or more of the
design parameters (longitudinal slope, bottom width, or flow depth) to reduce the design flow velocity to 1
foot per second or less. If the design flow velocity is calculated to be less than 1 foot per second, proceed
to Step 4.
Note: It is desirable to have the design velocity as low as possible, both to improve treatment effectiveness
and to reduce swale length requirements.
Step 4: Calculate swale length. Use the following equation to determine the necessary swale length to
achieve a hydraulic residence time of at least 9 minutes (540 seconds):
L = 540Vwq (6-7)
where L = minimum allowable swale length (ft)
Vwq= design flow velocity (fps)
The minimum swale length is 100 feet; therefore, if the swale length is calculated to be less than 100 feet,
increase the length to a minimum of 100 feet, leaving the bottom width unchanged. If a larger swale could
be fitted on the site, consider using a greater length to increase the hydraulic residence time and improve
the swale’s pollutant removal capability. If the calculated length is too long for the site, or if it would
cause layout problems, such as encroachment into shaded areas, proceed to Step 5 to further modify the
layout. If the swale length can be accommodated on the site, proceed to Step 6.
Step 5: Adjust swale layout to fit on site. If the swale length calculated in Step 4 is too long for the site,
the length may be reduced (to a minimum of 100 feet) by increasing the bottom width up to a maximum of
16 feet, as long as the 9 minute retention time is retained. However, the length cannot be increased in
order to reduce the bottom width because Manning’s depth-velocity-flow rate relationships would not be
preserved. If the bottom width is increased to greater than 10 feet, a low dividing berm is needed to split
the swale cross section in half.
Length can be adjusted by finding the top area of the swale and providing an equivalent top area with the
adjusted dimensions.
1. Calculate the swale treatment top area based on the swale length calculated in Step 4:
Atop = (bi + bslope) Li (6-8)
where Atop = top area (sf) at the design treatment depth
bi = bottom width (ft) calculated in Step 2
bslope = the additional top width (ft) above the side slope for the design water depth (for
3:1 side slopes and a 4-inch water depth, bslope = 2 feet)
Li = initial length (ft) calculated in Step 4.
wq
wq
A
Q
6.3.1 BASIC BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-45
2. Use the swale top area and a reduced swale length Lf to increase the bottom width, using the following
equation:
Lf =
(6-9)
where Lf = reduced swale length (ft)
bf = increased bottom width (ft).
3. Recalculate Vwq according to Step 3 using the revised cross-sectional area Awq based on the increased
bottom width bf. Revise the design as necessary if the design flow velocity exceeds 1 foot per second.
4. Recalculate to ensure that the 9 minute retention time is retained.
Step 6: Provide conveyance capacity for flows higher than Qwq. Bioswales may be designed as flow-
through channels that convey flows higher than the water quality design flow rate, or they may be
designed to incorporate a high-flow bypass upstream of the swale inlet. A high-flow bypass usually results
in a smaller swale size (see flow splitter options, Section 6.2.5, for more information on designing
bypasses). If a high-flow bypass is provided, this step is not needed. If no high-flow bypass is provided,
proceed with the procedure below.
1. Check the swale sized using Steps 2 through 5 above to determine whether the swale can convey the
25-year and 100-year peak flows consistent with the conveyance requirements of Core Requirement
#4 in Chapter 1. The roughness coefficient n in Manning’s equation shall be selected to reflect the
deeper flow conditions with less resistance provided by grass during these high-flow events. The
bottom width (Step 2) should be calculated as per Section 4.4.1.2, “Methods of Analysis” for open
channels.
2. The 100-year peak flow velocity (V100 = Q100/A100) based on the 100-year flow depth must be less than
3.0 feet per second. If V100 exceeds 3.0 feet per second, return to Step 2 and increase the bottom width
or flatten the longitudinal slope as necessary to reduce the 100-year peak flow velocity to 3.0 feet per
second or less. If the longitudinal slope is flattened, the swale bottom width must be recalculated (Step
2) and meet all design criteria.
3. The conveyance requirements in Core Requirement #4 (see Section 1.2.4) must be met.
6.3.1.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
An effective bioswale achieves uniform sheet flow over and through a densely vegetated area for a period
of several minutes. Figure 6.3.1.A shows a typical bioswale schematic. Basic design requirements for
achieving proper flow conditions through a bioswale are described below.
Swale Geometry
1. Swale bottom width shall be between 2 and 16 feet.24
a) Minimum bottom width is 2 feet to allow for ease of mowing.
b) If the bottom width exceeds 10 feet, a length-wise divider shall be provided. The divider shall
extend from the flow spreader at the inlet for at least three-quarters of the swale length.
c) Maximum bottom width is 16 feet, excluding the width of the divider.
24 Experience with biofiltration swales shows that when the width exceeds about 10 feet it is difficult to keep the water from
forming low-flow channels. It is also difficult to construct the bottom level and without sloping to one side. Biofilters are best
constructed by leveling the bottom after excavating, and after the soil is amended. A single-width pass with a front-end loader
produces a better result than a multiple-width pass.
)+ ( slopef
top
bb
A
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-46
Note: Multiple swales may be placed side by side provided the flow to each swale is split at the inlet
and spread separately for each swale. Adjacent swales may be separated with a vertical wall, but a
low berm is preferred for easier maintenance and better landscape integration.
2. The longitudinal slope (along the direction of flow) should be between 1.5 percent and 6 percent.
a) If the longitudinal slope is less than 1.5 percent, underdrains must be provided (see next page and
Figure 6.3.1.C, for underdrain specifications) or the swale must be designed according to the
criteria presented in Section 6.3.2 for wet bioswales.
b) Wet bioswales in outwash soils and low groundwater conditions are discouraged as plant survival
may be compromised.
c) If the longitudinal slope exceeds 6 percent, check dams with vertical drops of 12 inches or less
shall be provided to achieve a bottom slope of 6 percent or less between the drop sections.
3. The swale bottom shall be flat in cross section (perpendicular to the flow direction) to promote even
flow across the whole width of the swale.
4. The minimum swale length shall be 100 feet; no maximum length is set.
5. The swale treatment area (below the WQ design water depth) shall be trapezoidal in cross-section.
Side slopes within the treatment area should be 3H:1V or flatter whenever possible, but shall not
steeper than 2H:1V.
6. Side slope sections above the treatment area may be steeper than 3H:1V, subject to the following
provisions:
a) If there is an interior side slope between 1H:1V and 2H:1V outside the treatment area, the slope
shall be reinforced with erosion control netting or matting during construction.
b) Any interior slope steeper than 1H:1V shall be constructed as a rockery or structural retaining
wall25 to prevent the swale slope from sloughing. To ensure that adequate sunlight reaches the
swale bottom, only one wall can be taller than 2 feet. If possible, the higher wall should be on
the northern or eastern side of the swale to maximize the amount of light reaching the swale
bottom.
7. Curved swales are encouraged for aesthetic reasons, but curves must be gentle to prevent erosion and
allow for vehicle access to remove sediment. Criteria for maintenance access road curves shall also
be applied for swale curves (see Section 5.1.1.1 for design of access roads).
Water Depth and Base Flow
1. A swale that will be frequently mowed, as in commercial or landscaped areas, shall have a design
water depth of no more than 2 inches (0.17 feet) under the water quality design flow conditions.
2. A swale that will not be frequently mowed, such as along roadsides or in rural areas, shall have a
design water depth of no more than 4 inches (0.33 feet) under the water quality design flow
conditions.
3. If a swale is located downstream of a detention facility providing Flow Control Duration Standard
or Flood Problem Flow Control Standard, and it is located in till soils (according to the soil groups
in Table 3.2.2.B, Chapter 3), then the swale must be designed as a wet bioswale (see Section 6.3.2).
4. If a swale will receive base flows because of seeps and springs onsite, then either a low-flow drain
shall be provided or a wet bioswale shall be used. Low-flow drains are narrow surface drains filled
with pea gravel that run lengthwise through the swale to bleed off base flows; they should not be
confused with underdrains. In general, base flows less than 0.01 cfs per acre can be handled with a
low-flow drain. If flows are likely to be in excess of this level, a wet bioswale shall be used.
25 Soil bioengineering techniques may be used as an alternative to a rockery or structural retaining wall.
6.3.1 BASIC BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-47
5. If a low-flow drain is used, it shall extend the entire length of the swale. The drain shall be a
minimum of 6 inches deep, and its width shall be no greater than 5 percent of the calculated swale
bottom width; the width of the drain shall be in addition to the required bottom width. If an anchored
plate or concrete sump is used for flow spreading at the swale inlet, the plate or sump wall shall have a
v-notch (maximum top width = 5% of swale width) or holes to allow preferential exit of low flows
into the drain. See Figure 6.3.1.D for low-flow drain specifications and details.
Flow Velocity, Energy Dissipation, and Flow Spreading
1. The maximum flow velocity through the swale under the water quality design flow conditions shall
not exceed 1.0 foot per second.
2. The maximum flow velocity through the swale under the peak 100-year flow conditions shall not
exceed 3.0 feet per second.
3. A flow spreader shall be used at the inlet of a swale to dissipate energy and evenly spread runoff as
sheet flow over the swale bottom. Flow spreaders are recommended but not required at mid-length.
For details on various types of flow spreaders, see Section 6.2.6.
4. If check dams are used to reduce the longitudinal slope of the swale, a flow spreader shall be
provided at the toe of each vertical drop. The spreader must span the width of the swale. An energy
dissipater shall also be provided if flows leaving the spreader could be erosive.
5. If a swale discharges flows to a slope rather than to a piped system or confined channel, an energy
dissipater shall be provided at the swale outlet. This requirement also applies to discharges from
swale underdrains. The outlet energy dissipater may be a riprap pad sized according to the
specifications described in Table 4.2.2.A for conveyance system outfalls.
Underdrains
If underdrains are required by Criterion 2 under “Swale Geometry,” they must meet the following criteria:
1. Underdrains must be made of PVC perforated pipe (SDR 35), laid parallel to the swale bottom and
backfilled and bedded as shown in Figure 6.3.1.C.
2. For facilities to be maintained by the City, the underdrain pipe must be 6 inches or greater in
diameter. (Six inches is the smallest diameter pipe that can be cleaned without damage to the pipe.)
3. Six inches of clean drain rock (5/8-inch minus) must be above the top of the pipe.
4. The drain rock must be wrapped in geotextile. See WSDOT Standard Specifications (2014), 9-33.2(1)
Geotextile Properties/Table 1/Moderate Survivability/Woven, and Table 2, Class A
5. The underdrain must drain freely to an acceptable discharge point.
Swale Divider
1. If a swale divider is used (such as when swale bottom widths are greater than 10 feet), the divider
shall be constructed of a firm material that will resist weathering and not erode, such as concrete,
compacted soil seeded with grass, untreated heartwood cedar, or untreated whole de-barked cedar
logs. Selection of divider material shall take into consideration swale maintenance, especially
mowing.
2. The divider shall have a minimum height of one inch higher than the water quality design water
depth.
3. Earthen berms shall be no steeper than 2H:1V.
4. Materials other than earth (e.g., concrete, untreated heartwood cedar lumber, etc.) shall be embedded
to a depth sufficient to be stable.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-48
Access
1. For swales to be maintained by the City, an access road shall be provided to the swale inlet and along
one side of the swale according to the schedule shown in Table 6.3.1.B below.
Note: City streets and paved parking areas adjacent to the top of slope may be counted as access.
TABLE 6.3.1.B REQUIREMENTS FOR BIOSWALE ACCESS ROAD
Swale Bottom Area*: L x w (sf) Access Road Length
200–1000 1/2 swale length L
1000–1600 2/3 swale length L
Over 1600 entire swale length L
* The swale area used for computing access road length may be the bottom area.
2. In areas outside critical area buffers, wheel strips made of modular grid pavement may be built into
the swale bottom for maintenance vehicle access instead of an access road. The subgrade for the
strips must be engineered to support a vehicle weight of 16,000 pounds and installed according to the
manufacturer’s recommendations on firm native soil or structural fill, not on the amended topsoils.
Each strip shall be 18 inches wide and spaced as shown in Figure 6.3.1.E. The strip lattice should be
filled or covered with native soil (no amendments required) and overseeded with grass. If a low-flow
drain is also needed (see “Water Depth and Base Flow” in Section 6.3.1.2), a portion of the wheel
strip may be filled with pea gravel as appropriate to form the drain. Continuous vehicle access shall be
provided to the wheel strips from the access road. If access to the wheel strips is over the flow-
spreader, then a grate (or other CED approved method) shall be placed over the flow-spreader for
vehicle access. Wheel strips shall not be counted as treatment area; therefore, the swale bottom width
must be increased accordingly.
Soil Amendment
1. If the soil has an organic content of 1 percent or greater, do not amend. If the soil has an organic
content of less than 1%, two inches of mature, stable compost shall be tilled into the entire swale
treatment area. This applies to both till soils as well as sandy soils. In very coarse soils (gravels or
coarser), top soil must be imported and amended to the required organic content.
a) Compost must be tilled into the underlying native soil to a depth of 6 inches to prevent the
compost from being washed out and to avoid creating a defined layer of different soil types that
can prevent downward percolation of water.
b) Compost must meet Specification 1 described in Reference Section 11-C.
2. Soil or sod with a clay content of greater than 10 percent should be avoided. If there is concern for
contamination of the underlying groundwater, the swale bottom shall be lined with a treatment liner to
prevent groundwater contamination. See “Facility Liners,” Section 6.2.4, for details on treatment liner
options.
Planting Requirements
1. Vegetation shall be established throughout the entire treatment area of the swale subject to the
following provisions:
a) Seeding is best performed in fall (late September to October) or in spring (mid-March to June).
For summer seeding or seeding during dry conditions, sprinkler systems or other measures for
watering the seed must be provided. Soil temperatures should be between 50 and 65 degrees to
allow for seed germination of cool season grasses.
b) Seed may be applied via hydroseeding or broadcast application.
c) Irrigation is required during the first summer following installation if seeding occurs in spring or
summer or during prolonged dry times of year. Swales seeded in the fall may not need irrigation.
However, the maintenance and defect financial guarantee will not be released unless a healthy
grass cover is established. Therefore, site planning should address the need for sprinklers or other
means of irrigation.
6.3.1 BASIC BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-49
2. Swale treatment areas are subject to both dry and wet conditions, as well as accumulation of sediment
and debris. A mixture of dry-area and wet-area grass, rush, and sedge species that can continue to
grow through silt deposits is most effective. Two acceptable grass seed mixes for the City of Renton
are listed in Table 6.3.1.C. The mixes shall be applied throughout the swale in the treatment area at a
rate of 120 to 140 seeds per square foot. As an alternative to these mixes, a horticultural or erosion
control specialist may develop a seed specification tailored to the site. Table 6.3.1.D lists grasses or
other plants particularly tolerant of wet conditions. Some of these seed types, however, may not be
commercially available.
3. A newly constructed swale shall be protected from stormwater flows until vegetation has been
established. This may be done by diverting flows or by placing an erosion control blanket over the
freshly applied seed mix until the grass is well rooted. See Appendix D, ESC Standards, for details on
erosion control blankets.
4. Above the design treatment elevation, either a typical lawn seed mix or landscape plants may be
used. However, for swales also used to convey high flows, consideration shall be given to the soil
binding capacity of the vegetation. Acceptable grasses and groundcovers are presented in
Table 6.3.1.E. Plant material other than that given in the table may be used if the swale is privately
maintained and the plants selected will not spread into the swale treatment area. Ivy shall not be used
because of its tendency to spread. Native plant species (e.g., kinnikinnick) are preferred.
5. Sod may be used as a temporary cover during the wet season, but sodded areas must be reseeded with
a suitable grass seed mix as soon as the weather is conducive to seed germination, unless the sod is
grown from a seed mix suitable for the wetter conditions of a bioswale. Sod must be removed or
rototilled into the underlying soil before reseeding. Criteria #1 and 2 above for seeding shall then be
followed.
TABLE 6.3.1.C GRASS SEED MIXES SUITABLE
FOR BIOSWALE TREATMENT AREAS
MIX 1 STANDARD SEED MIX MIX 2 LOW GROWING SEED MIX
Species
Composition Latin Name
Common
Name
Species
Composition Latin Name
Common
Name
15% Beckmannia
syzigachne
American
sloughgrass
15% Bromus carinatus California
brome
20% Deschampsia
cespitosa
Tufted
hairgrass
18% Bromus vulgaris Columbia
brome
18% Elymus glaucus Blue wildrye 15% Deschampsia
cespitosa
Tufted
hairgrass
20% Festuca rubra
var. rubra
Native red
fescue
15% Danthonia
californica
California
oatgrass
12% Hordeum
brachyantherum
Meadow
barley
17% Festuca rubra
var. rubra
Native red
fescue
15% Glyceria
occidentalis
Northwestern
mannagrass
10% Glyceria
occidentalis
Western
manna
grass
10% Hordeum
brachyantherum
Meadow
barley
Notes:
All percentages are targeted species composition of seed.
Mixes are comprised of species native to King County and are not considered turf grass mixes. Mowing, if necessary,
is best done after mature seeds have dispersed to continue self-propagation of plant community.
Sow Mix 1 at a rate of 31 pounds of pure live seed (PLS) per acre.
Sow Mix 2 at a rate of 39 pounds of pure live seed (PLS) per acre.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-50
TABLE 6.3.1.C FINELY-TEXTURED PLANTS TOLERANT OF
FREQUENT SATURATED SOIL CONDITIONS OR STANDING WATER
Grasses Wetland Plants
Latin Name Common Name Latin Name Common Name
Alopecurus aequalis Shortawn Foxtail Carex deweyana Dewey Sedge
Agrosits spp. Bentgrass Carex stipata Sawbeak Sedge
A. exarata Spike Bentgrass Carex pachystachya Thick Headed Sedge
A. alba or gigantea Redtop Eleocharis palustris Spike Rush
Glyceria spp. Mannagrass Juncus tenuis Slender Rush
G. occidentalis Western Juncus ensifolius Swordleaf Rush
G. borealis Northern
G. leptostachya Slender-Spiked
Poa palustris Fowl Bluegrass
Deschampsia cespitosa Tufted hairgrass
Holcus mollis Velvet Grass
6.3.1 BASIC BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-51
TABLE 6.3.1.D GROUNDCOVERS AND GRASSES
SUITABLE FOR THE UPPER SIDE SLOPES OF A BIOSWALE
Groundcovers
Common Name Latin Name
Kinnikinnick* Arctostaphylos uva-ursi
Alumroot* Heuchera micrantha
Fringecup Tellima grandiflora
Strawberry* Fragaria chiloensis
Broadleaf Lupine* Lupinus latifolius
Dull Oregon grape* Mahonia nervosa
Creeping raspberry Rubus calycinoides
Creeping snowberry* Symphoricarpos mollis
Yarrow* Achillea millifolium
Youth on age Tolmiea menziesii
Grasses (drought-tolerant, minimum mowing)
California brome* Bromus carinatus
California oatgrass* Danthonia californica
Blue wildrye* Elymus glaucus
Tufted Fescue Festuca amethystina
Hard Fescue Festuca ovina duriuscula (e.g., Reliant, Aurora)
Red Fescue* Festuca rubra var. rubra
Blue Oatgrass Helictotrichon sempervirens
Low-growing turf mix (% species composition):
Hard fescue/Festuca brevipila (25%)
Sheep fescue/Festuca ovina (30%)
Red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra (25%)
Prairie junegrass/Koeleria macrantha (20%)
*Native species.
Notes:
Many other ornamental grasses which require only annual mowing are suitable.
Ivy is not permitted.
Recommended Design Features
The following features should be incorporated into bioswale designs where site conditions allow.
Swale Layout and Grading
1. If the longitudinal slope is less than 1.5 percent, and an underdrain is used per Section 6.3.1.2,
“Design Criteria,” the subgrade should contain 10 percent or more of sand to promote infiltration of
standing water. If sand is added to promote drainage, the soil or sand substrate must still be amended
with compost. Compost must meet Specification 1 described in Reference Section 11-C.
2. Underdrains may be necessary for swales greater than 1.5 percent longitudinal slope on poorly
drained till soils, especially if it is likely that the swale will intercept groundwater.
3. Bioswales should be aligned to avoid sharp bends where erosion of the swale side slope can occur.
However, gradual meandering bends in the swale are desirable for aesthetic purposes and to promote
slower flow.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-52
Location and Landscaping
1. During seeding, slow-release fertilizers may be applied to speed the growth of grass. If the swale is
located in a sensitive lake watershed, low phosphorus fertilizers (such as formulations in the
proportion 3:1:3 N-P-K or less) or slow-release phosphorus formulations such as rock phosphate
should be used, and at no more than the minimum necessary agronomic rate. A typical fertilizer
application rate should be no more than 2 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Regardless of location, the
fertilizer must meet the requirements of Chapter 15.54.500 RCW limiting the use of fertilizer
containing phosphorus.
2. Consultation with a landscape or erosion control specialist is recommended for project-specific
recommendations on grass seed, fertilizer, and mulching applications to ensure healthy grass growth.
The grass mix should be capable of surviving and remaining healthy under both dry and wet
conditions with limited maintenance.
3. A grassy swale should be incorporated into the project site landscape design. Shrubs may be planted
along the edges of a swale (above the WQ treatment level) provided that exposure of the swale bottom
to sunlight and maintenance accessibility are not compromised.
Note: For swales used to convey high flows, the plant material selected must bind the soil adequately
to prevent erosion.
4. Swales should not be located in areas where trees will drop leaves or needles that can smother the
grass or clog part of the swale flow path. Likewise, landscaping plans should take into consideration
the problems that falling leaves and needles can cause for swale performance and maintenance.
Landscape planter beds should be designed and located so that soil does not erode from the beds and
enter a nearby bioswale.
Construction Considerations
1. If a bioswale is put into operation before all construction in the drainage area of the swale is complete,
the swale must be cleaned of sediment and reseeded prior to acceptance by the City. The City will not
release financial guarantees if swales are not restored and vigorous grass growth established.
2. It is preferable to provide good erosion control before runoff enters a bioswale. Swales are designed to
handle only modest sediment loads from stabilized sites.
Maintenance Considerations
The design criteria given previously have incorporated maintenance concerns into swale design.
However, the designer should know the type and frequency of maintenance anticipated so that alternative
proposals can incorporate maintenance activity.
Typical swale maintenance includes routine mowing, sediment and debris removal, and repair of eroded
or scoured channel sections as described below.
1. Grass should be mowed to maintain an average grass height between 4 inches and 9 inches,
depending on the site situation. Annual mowing after seed fall is recommended to maintain grass
vigor.
2. Mulch mowing is allowed to replenish soil nutrients. Grass clippings may also be removed and
disposed of properly offsite.
3. Sediment deposited at the head of the swale should be removed if grass growth is being inhibited for
more than 10 percent of the swale length or if the sediment is blocking the even spreading or entry of
water to the rest of the swale. Annual sediment removal and spot reseeding may be necessary.
4. If flow channelization or erosion has occurred, the swale should be regraded to produce a flat bottom
width, and then reseeded as necessary. If the channel results from constant base flow, it may be better
to install a low-flow drain rather than to regrade. Regrading should not be required every year.
6.3.1 BASIC BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-53
5. For swales with underdrains, vehicular access to the swale bottom (other than grass mowing
equipment) should be avoided because the drainpipe cannot support vehicle weight. Consideration
should be given to providing wheel strips in the swale bottom if access is needed.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-54
FIGURE 6.3.1.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A BIOSWALE
MID-SWALE FLOW
SPREADER
(RECOMMENDED)
BIOSWALE BOTTOM
( MIN. SWALE LENGTH=100' )
FLOW SPREADER
OUTLET
NOTE:
PREFERRED LONGITUDINAL SLOPE 1.5% TO 6%, SEE SECTION 6.3.1.2.
FOR SLOPE < 1.5%, PROVIDE UNDERDRAIN OR WET BIOSWALE.
SLOPE > 6% REQUIRES CHECK DAMS AND VERTICAL DROPS TO REDUCE EFFECTIVE SLOPE.
PLAN VIEW
NTS
1
2
'
(
1
5
' ONCURVE
S
)
MAINTENANCE ACCESS ROAD
PER SECTION 5.1.1.1 FOR
VEHICLE ACCESS
(MODULAR GRID PAVEMENT
POROUS PAVEMENT, ASPHALT,
CONCRETE OR GRAVEL)
ROADWAY LENGTH DEPENDS
ON SWALE AREA, SEE TABLE
6.3.1.B
6.3.1 BASIC BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-55
FIGURE 6.3.1.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A BIOSWALE CROSS-SECTION
FIGURE 6.3.1.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A BIOSWALE UNDERDRAIN
BOTTOM WIDTH (b) MAX. = (16 FT + DIVIDER WIDTH)
BOTTOM WIDTH (b) MIN. = 2 FT
TYPICAL SWALE SECTION
NTS
SWALE DIVIDER FOR WIDTH >10 FT
WATER QUALITY DESIGN DEPTH (Y) = 4" MAX.
(2" FOR FREQUENTLY MOWED AREAS)
Y + 1"
2" COMPOST
TILLED INTO
6" NATIVE SOIL
BOTTOM
WIDTH (b)
DETAIL A
SECTION
NTS
UNDERDRAIN FOR SLOPES < 1.5%
NOTE:
UNDERDRAIN MUST INFILTRATE OR DRAIN
FREELY TO AN ACCEPTABLE DISCHARGE POINT.
PERFORATED UNDERDRAIN PIPE
CENTERED BENEATH SWALE
FILTER FABRIC WRAP
OF TOP, SIDES AND BOTTOM
NATIVE SOIL
6" MIN. AMENDED SOIL
SWALE
BOTTOM
SOIL AMENDED WITH COMPOST
PERFORATED UNDERDRAIN
PIPE CENTERED BENEATH SWALE
5/8" MINUS CLEAN DRAIN ROCK
FILTER FABRIC
6" MIN. OVER PIPE
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-56
FIGURE 6.3.1.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A BIOSWALE LOW-FLOW DRAIN
FIGURE 6.3.1.E SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF BIOSWALE WHEEL STRIPS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A
NTS
TOP NOTCH OPENING NO
MORE THAN 5% OF SWALE
BOTTOM WIDTH OR USE
WEEP HOLES
2"
SWALE GRADE
A
6" MIN. DEEP PEA GRAVEL
TRENCH LENGTH OF SWALE
(SEE TEXT FOR APPLICATION)
NOTCH OR
WEEP HOLES
LONGITUDINAL
SLOPE 1.5-6%
CONCRETE
SUMP
SECTION
NTS
6' O.C.
COMPOST
AMENDED SOILMODULAR GRID PAVERS ON
NATIVE SOIL OR ENGINEERED
FILL PER MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS 8" MIN.
b1 18" b2 18" b3
DESIGN BOTTOM WIDTH
(b) = b1 + b2 + b3
6.3.2 WET BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-57
6.3.2 WET BIOSWALES
A wet bioswale is a variation of a basic bioswale for use where the longitudinal slope is slight, water tables
are high, or continuous low base flow is likely to result in saturated soil conditions. Where saturation
exceeds about 2 weeks, typical grasses will die. Thus, vegetation specifically adapted to saturated soil
conditions is needed. Different vegetation in turn requires modification of several of the design parameters
for the basic bioswale detailed in Section 6.3.1.
Applications
Wet bioswales are applied where a basic bioswale is desired but not allowed or advisable because one or
more of the following conditions exist:
The swale is on till soils and is downstream of a detention facility providing Flow Control Duration
Standard or Flood Problem Flow Control Standard.
Saturated soil conditions are likely because of seeps or base flows on the project site.
Longitudinal slopes are slight (generally less than 1.5 percent).
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how this facility may be used to meet
Core Requirement #8.
6.3.2.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Wet bioswales use the same methods of analysis as basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.1) except the
following step is added:
Step 7: Adjust for extended wet season flow. If the swale will be downstream of a detention facility
providing Flow Control Duration Standard or Flood Problem Flow Control Standard, multiply the
treatment area (bottom width times length) of the swale by 2, and readjust the swale length, if desired.
Maintain a 5:1 length to width ratio (see criteria under “Swale Geometry” below).
Intent: An increase in the treatment area of swales following Flow Control Duration Standard or
Flood Problem Flow Control detention facilities is required because of the differences in vegetation
established in a constant flow environment. Although flows following Flow Control Duration
Standard or Flood Problem Flow Control detention facilities are small, and swales are likewise much
smaller than those sized for upstream flows, they are much more protracted. These protracted flows
result in more stream-like conditions than are typical for other wet bioswale situations. Since
vegetation growing in streams is often less dense, this increase in treatment area is needed to ensure
that equivalent pollutant removal is achieved in extended flow situations.
6.3.2.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Swale Geometry
Same as specified for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2) except for the following modifications:
1. Criterion 1: The maximum bottom width may be increased to 25 feet, but a length-to-width ratio of
5:1 must be provided. No longitudinal dividing berm is needed. Note: The minimum swale length is
still 100 feet.
2. Criterion 2: If longitudinal slopes are greater than 2 percent, the wet swale must be stepped so that
the slope within the stepped sections averages 2 percent. Steps may be made of retaining walls, log
check dams, or short riprap sections. No underdrain or low-flow drain is required.
3. Criterion 3: Curved swales are allowed and the application of criteria for maintenance access road
curves are not required.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-58
High-Flow Bypass
A high-flow bypass is required for flows greater than the water quality design flow to protect wetland
vegetation from damage.26 The bypass may be an open channel parallel to the wet bioswale.
Water Depth and Base Flow
Same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2), except the design water depth shall be 4 inches or less
for all wetland vegetation selections, and no underdrains or low-flow drains are required.
Flow Velocity, Energy Dissipation, and Flow Spreading
Same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2), except no flow spreader is needed.
Access
Same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2) except access is only required to the inflow and the
outflow of the swale; access along the length of the swale is not required. Also, wheel strips may not be
used for access in the swale.
Intent: An access road is not required along the length of a wet swale because of infrequent access needs.
Frequent mowing or harvesting is not desirable. In addition, wetland plants are fairly resilient to sediment-
induced changes in water depth, so the need for access should be infrequent.
Soil Amendment
Same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2).
Planting Requirements
Same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2) except for the following modifications:
1. A list of acceptable plants with recommended spacing is given in Table 6.3.2.A. In general, it is best
to plant several species to increase the likelihood that at least some of the selected species will find
growing conditions favorable.
2. A wetland seed mix may be applied by hydroseeding, but if coverage is poor, planting of rootstock or
nursery stock is required. Poor coverage is considered to be more than 30 percent bare area through
the upper 2/3 of the swale after four weeks.
Recommended Design Features
Same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2).
Construction Considerations
Same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2).
Maintenance Considerations
Same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2), except mowing of wetland vegetation is not required.
However, harvesting of very dense vegetation may be desirable in the fall after plant die-back to prevent
the sloughing of excess organic material into receiving waters. Many native Juncus species remain green
throughout the winter; therefore, fall harvesting of Juncus species is not recommended.
26 Unlike grass, wetland vegetation will not quickly regain an upright attitude after being laid down by high flows. New growth,
usually from the base of the plant, often taking several weeks, is required to regain its upright form.
6.3.2 WET BIOSWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-59
TABLE 6.3.2.A RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR WET BIOSWALE
Common Name Scientific Name Spacing (on center)
Shortawn foxtail Alopecurus aequalis seed
Spike rush Eleocharis spp. 4 inches
Slough sedge* Carex obnupta 6 inches or seed
Sawbeak sedge Carex stipata 6 inches
Sedge Carex spp. 6 inches
Western mannagrass Glyceria occidentalis seed
Slender rush Juncus tenuis 6 inches
Watercress* Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum 12 inches
Water parsley* Oenanthe sarmentosa 6 inches
Hardstem bulrush Scirpus acutus 6 inches
Small-fruited bulrush Scirpus microcarpus 12 inches
* Good choices for swales with significant periods of flow, such as those downstream of a detention facility.
Note: Cattail (Typha latifolia) is not appropriate for most wet swales because of its very dense and clumping growth habit,
which prevents water from filtering through the clump.
6.3.3 LATERAL INFLOW BIOSWALES
In situations where water enters a bioswale along the side rather than discretely at the head, a different
design approach – the lateral inflow bioswale – is needed. The basic swale design (see Section 6.3.1) is
modified by increasing swale length to achieve an equivalent average residence time.
Applications
A lateral inflow bioswale is to be used when inflows are not concentrated, such as locations along the
shoulder of a road without curbs. This design may also be used where frequent, small point flows enter
a swale, such as through curb inlet ports spaced at intervals along a road, or from a parking lot with
frequent curb cuts. In general, no inlet port should carry more than about 10 percent of the flow.
A lateral inflow swale is not appropriate for a situation in which significant lateral flows enter a swale at
some point downstream from the head of the swale. In this situation, the swale width and length must be
recalculated from the point of confluence to the discharge point in order to provide adequate treatment for
the increased flows.
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how this facility may be used to meet
Core Requirement #8.
6.3.3.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The design flow for lateral inflow swales must include runoff from the pervious side slopes draining to the
swale along the entire swale length.
The method of analysis for lateral inflow swales is the same as for basic bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.1)
except for the following clarification of Step 1 and modification to Step 4:
Step 1: The WQ design flow may be variable to reflect the increase in flows along the swale length. If
only a single design flow is used, the flow at the outlet shall be used.
Step 4: Double the hydraulic residence time so that it is a minimum of 18 minutes (1,080 seconds).
Equation 6-7 becomes:
L = 1080Vwq (6-10)
where L = minimum allowable swale length (ft)
Vwq = design flow velocity calculated in Step 3 (fps).
Note: Although bottom widths may be increased to reduce length, bottom width cannot be reduced
because Manning’s depth-velocity-flow rate relationships would not be preserved.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-60
6.3.3.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Same as specified for basic bioswales (in Section 6.3.1.2) except for the following modification:
Planting Requirements, Criterion 4: For lateral inflow bioswales, interior side slopes above the WQ
design treatment elevation shall be planted in grass. A typical lawn seed mix or the bioswale seed
mixes are acceptable. Landscape plants or groundcovers other than grass shall not be used anywhere
between the runoff inflow elevation and the bottom of the swale.
Intent: The use of grass on interior side slopes reduces the chance of soil erosion and transfer of
pollutants from landscape areas to the bioswale treatment area.
6.3.4 STANDARD FILTER STRIPS
A filter strip is a grassy slope located adjacent and parallel to an impervious area such as a parking lot,
driveway, or roadway (see the detail in Figure 6.3.4.A). A filter strip is graded to maintain sheet flow of
stormwater runoff over the entire width of the strip. Pollutants are removed primarily by means of
sedimentation, which is enhanced as a consequence of the resistance that the grass blades present to
flowing water. To a much lesser degree, pollutants may adhere or sorb to grass and thatch. Some dissolved
pollutants may also be sorbed by the underlying soil when infiltration occurs, but the extent of infiltration
depends on the type of soil, the density of the grass, and the slope of the strip. The primary pollutant
removal mechanism is particle settling.
Applications and Limitations
Filter strip design is based on the expectation that water will flow fairly evenly across the entire width and
length of the strip area. Thus, paved areas without underground stormwater collection systems, gutters, or
other runoff control features are good candidates for filter strips.
Filter strips are suitable for areas that meet the following conditions:
Stormwater runoff from the area requiring treatment shall be uniformly distributed along the top of the
entire filter strip. If stormwater runoff from the entire area cannot be spread evenly along the top of
the filter strip, the filter strip shall be applied only to flows that can be uniformly distributed. A
different stormwater treatment facility, such as a swale, should be used for areas of the project site
with concentrated flow (for instance, at road intersections).
The flowpath draining to the filter strip shall not exceed 150 feet. Runoff flows traveling greater
distances tend to concentrate before entering the filter strip.
The lateral slope of the drainage area contributing flows to the filter strip (parallel to the edge of
pavement) shall be less than 2 percent. A stepped series of flow spreaders installed at the head of the
strip could compensate for slightly steeper slopes (see “Flow Spreading and Energy Dissipation”).
The longitudinal slope of the contributing drainage area (parallel to the direction of flow entering the
filter strip) should be less than 5 percent. Contributing drainage areas with slopes steeper than 5
percent shall either use a different WQ facility or must provide energy dissipation and flow spreading
mechanisms upslope of the upper edge of the filter strip.
A filter strip generally requires more land area than a bioswale because the flow depth through the filter is
shallower than through a swale. Although the space requirements may be greater, the filter strip is a viable
water quality treatment option in locations where grassy slopes already exist, or where a slope can be
incorporated easily into the landscape design for the project site. Other limitations that shall be considered
are listed below:
1. Filter strips are susceptible to short-circuiting via flow channelization because they rely on a large
smoothly graded area. If rills, gullies, or channels occur in the filter strip area, inflows will travel too
quickly through the filter strip, reducing contact time and pollutant removal performance. A filter strip
slope with uneven grading perpendicular to the sheet flow path will develop flow channels over time.
These problems can be overcome with careful site planning, good soil compaction, skillful grading,
and periodic maintenance.
6.3.4 STANDARD FILTER STRIPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-61
2. Filter strip areas shall not be used for material storage or any activities that could cause disturbance of
the ground surface in a manner that could create or promote preferential flowpaths (rills or channels)
in the filter strip.
3. Filter strips shall not be located in shaded areas, for filter strips require exposure to sunlight to ensure
healthy grass growth.
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how this facility may be used to meet
Core Requirement #8.
6.3.4.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
In this manual, filter strip length is defined as the length of the flowpath through the strip. Strip width is
typically the same as the extent of pavement along the upstream edge of the strip. Thus, in sizing filter
strips, the length is normally the dimension to be sized (see Figure 6.3.4.A).
FIGURE 6.3.4.A FILTER STRIP TERMINOLOGY
The procedure for filter strip design (described below) relies on Manning’s equation to calculate some
design variables. It is recognized that there are problems in this application.27 The filter strip sizing method
will be modified as new research results become available.
Filter strips sized and built using the method of analysis outlined below and the required design criteria
presented in Section 6.3.4.2 are expected to meet the Basic Water Quality menu goal of 80% TSS removal.
Step 1: Calculate design flow. Determine the on-line water quality design flow Qwq (see Section 6.2.1)
using the hydrologic analysis procedures described in Chapter 3 and applying the modification described
in Table 6.2.1.A.
Step 2: Calculate design flow depth. The design flow depth is calculated based on the width of the filter
strip (typically equivalent to the length of the edge of impervious surface contributing flow to the filter
strip) and the longitudinal slope of the filter strip (parallel to the direction of flow) using a form of
Manning’s equation as follows:
27 Ree, W.O., F.L. Wimberley, and F.R. Crow. 1977. Manning n and the overland flow equation. Transactions of the American
Society of Agricultural Engineers 20 (89).
lateral slope
contributing
drainage area
direction
of flow
filter strip length (L)
filter strip width (W)longitudinal slope
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-62
Qwq = (6-11)
where Qwq = water quality design flow, k(Q, modeled on-line rate), (cfs)
where k = correlation ratio determined from Table 6.2.1.A
nwq = Manning’s roughness coefficient (either 0.35 or 0.45; see the criteria under “Filter
Strip Geometry and Flow Resistance”)
W = width of filter strip perpendicular to the direction of flow (ft) ( length of impervious
surface contributing flow)
df = design depth of flow (ft), which is also assumed to be the hydraulic radius (maximum
1 inch, or 0.083 feet; see the criteria under “Water Depth and Velocity”)
s = longitudinal slope of filter strip parallel to the direction of flow (ft/ft) (averaged over
the width of the filter strip; all portions averaged must also meet the slope design
criteria).
Rearranging the above equation, the design depth of flow can be calculated using the following equation:
df = (6-12)
If the calculated flow depth exceeds 1 inch (0.083 feet), the design flow rate routed through the strip must
be reduced. If this is not feasible, it is not possible to use a filter strip.
Step 3: Calculate design flow velocity through filter strip. The design flow velocity Vwq is based on the
water quality design flow rate, the width of the filter strip, and the calculated design flow depth from Step
2 using the following equation:
Vwq = (6-13)
where Vwq = design flow velocity (fps)
W = strip width (ft) (parallel to the edge of pavement)
df = water depth (ft).
If Vwq exceeds 0.5 feet per second, a filter strip shall not be used. Either redesign the area to provide a
gentler longitudinal slope for the strip, or select a different WQ facility.
Step 4: Calculate required length of filter strip. Determine the required length L of the filter strip to
achieve a desired hydraulic residence time of at least 9 minutes (540 seconds) using the following
equation:
L = 540Vwq (6-14)
where L = filter strip length (ft)
Vwq = design flow velocity from Step 3 (fps)
5.067.149.1 sWdnf
wq
6.0
5.049.1
Ws
nQwqwq
f
wq
Wd
Q
6.3.4 STANDARD FILTER STRIPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-63
6.3.4.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Figure 6.3.4.B shows typical filter strip details. The most effective filter strips achieve uniform sheet flow
under all runoff flow conditions. To achieve proper flow conditions, the following basic design
requirements apply.
Drainage Area Restrictions
1. The longest flowpath from the area contributing sheet flow to the filter strip shall not exceed 150 feet.
2. The lateral slope of the contributing drainage (parallel to the edge of pavement) shall be 2 percent
or less.
3. A stepped series of flow spreaders installed at the head of the strip may be used to compensate for
drainage areas having lateral slopes of up to 4 percent (see Section 6.2.6 for information on flow
spreader designs).
4. The longitudinal slope of the contributing drainage area (parallel to the direction of flow entering
the filter strip) should be 5 percent or less.
5. Contributing drainage areas with longitudinal slopes steeper than 5 percent shall either use a different
WQ facility or provide energy dissipation and flow spreading options upslope of the upper edge of the
filter strip to achieve flow characteristics equivalent to those meeting the criteria in items 2 and 4
above.
Filter Strip Geometry and Flow Resistance
1. The longitudinal slope of a filter strip (along the direction of flow) shall be between 1 percent
minimum and 15 percent maximum.
2. The lateral slope of a strip (parallel to the edge of pavement, perpendicular to the direction of flow)
shall be less than 2 percent.
3. The ground surface at the upper edge of a filter strip (adjacent to the contributing drainage area) shall
be at least 1 inch lower than the edge of the impervious area contributing flows.
4. Manning’s roughness coefficient (nwq) for flow depth calculations shall be 0.35. An exception to this
requirement may be made for situations where the filter strip will be mowed weekly in the growing
season to consistently provide a grass height of less than 4 inches; in this case, the value of nwq in
Equation 6-12 may be set to 0.45.
Note: In filter strip design, a larger n value results in a smaller strip size.
Water Depth and Velocity
1. The maximum depth of flow through a filter strip for the WQ design flow shall be 1.0 inch.
2. The maximum allowable flow velocity for the water quality design flow Vwq shall be 0.5 feet per
second.
Flow Spreading and Energy Dissipation
1. Runoff entering a filter strip must not be concentrated. A flow spreader shall be installed at the edge
of the pavement to uniformly distribute the flow along the entire width of the filter strip.
2. At a minimum, a gravel flow spreader (gravel-filled trench) shall be placed between the impervious
area contributing flows and the filter strip, and meet the following requirements:
a) The gravel flow spreader shall be a minimum of 6 inches deep and shall be 18 inches wide for
every 50 feet of contributing flowpath.
b) The gravel shall be a minimum of 1 inch below the pavement surface.
c) Intent: This allows sediment from the paved surface to be accommodated without blocking
drainage onto the strip.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-64
d) For contributing flowpaths less than 50 feet, the spreader width may be reduced to a minimum of
12 inches.
e) Where the ground surface is not level, the gravel spreader must be installed so that the bottom of
the gravel trench and the outlet lip are level.
f) Along roadways, gravel flow spreaders must meet the specification for shoulder ballast given in
Section 9-03.9(2) of the current WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and
Municipal Construction. The ballast shall be compacted to 90 percent standard proctor.
Intent: This specification was chosen to meet traffic safety concerns as well as to limit fines to
less than 2 percent passing the No. 100 sieve.
3. Other flow spreaders (see Section 6.2.6) may also be used. For filter strip applications, the notched
curb spreader and through-curb port spreaders shall not be used without also adding a gravel spreader
to better ensure that water sheet-flows onto the strip.
4. Energy dissipaters are needed in a filter strip if sudden slope drops occur, such as locations where
flows in a filter strip pass over a rockery or retaining wall aligned perpendicular to the direction of
flow. Adequate energy dissipation at the base of a drop section can be provided by a riprap pad (see
Chapter 4, Table 4.2.2.A, for guidance).
Access
Access shall be provided at the upper edge of a filter strip to enable maintenance of the inflow spreader
throughout the strip width and allow access for mowing equipment.
Soil Quality
1. Native topsoil six inches deep with no less than 1% organic matter (OM) does not require soil
amendment, except where grading has occurred and topsoil meeting that OM standard has not been
replaced.
2. Where topsoil has been removed or if native soil OM is less than 1%, Two inches (minimum) of well-
rotted compost shall be provided for the entire filter strip treatment area to amend the topsoil. The
compost must be tilled into the underlying native soil to a depth of 6 inches to prevent washing out the
compost and avoid creating a defined layer of different soil types that can prevent downward
percolation of water. Compost shall meet Specification 1 described in Reference Section 11-C.
3. Soil or sod with a clay content of greater than 10 percent should be avoided. If there is potential for
contamination of the underlying groundwater, the filter strip shall be lined with a treatment liner to
prevent groundwater contamination. See Section 6.2.4, for details on soil liner options.
Planting Requirements
1. Grass shall be established throughout the entire treatment area of the filter strip.
2. Sod may be used instead of grass seed as long as the entire filter strip area is completely covered with
no gaps between sod pieces.
3. Filter strips are subject to drier conditions than bioswales and also may be more vulnerable to erosion
than swales. For these reasons, the following permanent erosion-control grass seed mix shall be
applied at a rate of 39 pounds per acre in filter strips (percentages are by weight):
a) 6 percent spiked bentgrass (Agrostis exarata)
b) 15 percent California brome (Bromus carinatus)
c) 15 percent tufted hairgrass (Deschampsia cespitosa)
d) 18 percent blue wildrye (Elymus glaucus)
e) 18 percent California oatgrass (Danthonia californica)
f) 18 percent red fescue (Festuca rubra var. rubra)
g) 10 percent Meadow barley (Hordeum brachyantherum)
6.3.4 STANDARD FILTER STRIPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-65
4. Alternate seed mixes may be used if a horticultural or erosion-control specialist recommends a
different mix and if erosion prevention is adequately addressed by other erosion-control measures.
5. Seed may be applied by hydroseeding or broadcast application.
6. Seeding is best performed in fall (late September to October) or in spring (mid-March to June). For
summer seeding or seeding during dry conditions, sprinkler systems or other measures for watering
the seed must be provided. Soil temperatures should be between 50 and 65 degrees to allow for seed
germination of cool season grasses.
7. Runoff shall be diverted around a filter strip until the grass is established, or an erosion control
blanket shall be placed over the freshly applied seed mix. See ESC Standards (Appendix D) for
information on erosion control blankets.
Recommended Design Features
Where conditions allow, the following features should be incorporated into a filter strip’s design and its
corresponding site configuration.
Site Layout and Landscaping
1. Filter strips should be incorporated into the landscape design of the site; however, the treatment areas
(i.e., grassy areas) should not be fertilized unless needed for healthy grass growth.
2. Curbs should be avoided, if possible, at the downslope edge of the contributing area. If curbing is
needed, through-curb ports shall be provided (see Section 6.2.6).
3. If parking lot wheel stops are necessary, individual wheel stops should have gaps for water to pass
through. The shorter the wheel stops, the better for sheet flow purposes. See Section 6.2.6 for
requirements.
4. During seeding, slow-release fertilizers may be applied to speed the growth of grass. If the filter strip
is located in a sensitive lake watershed, low phosphorus fertilizers (such as formulations in the
proportion 3:1:3 N-P-K or less) or slow-release phosphorus formulations should be used, and at no
more than the minimum necessary agronomic rate. Regardless of location, the fertilizer must meet the
requirements of Chapter 15.54 RCW limiting the use of fertilizer containing phosphorus.
5. Filter strips should be well defined on a site and marked with signs to prevent future destruction or
alteration of the treatment areas. Small at-grade signage is preferred.
Maintenance Features
1. Irrigation may be required in the summer months following initial filter strip construction to prevent
the filter strip grass from wilting or dying. Site planning should address the need for sprinklers or
other means of irrigation.
2. Flatter slopes are preferred for filter strips to make grass mowing easier.
Use with Oil Control Facilities
A project providing oil control (see the high-use definition in Chapter 1) may employ a filter strip for
runoff treatment if a linear sand filter (see Section 6.5.4) is used for oil control preceding the filter strip.
In this situation, the sand filter should be designed so that flows exit the underdrain gravel along the whole
length of the trench directly to the filter strip.
Construction Considerations
1. If a filter strip is put into operation before all construction in the contributing drainage catchment has
been completed, the strip must be cleaned of sediment and reseeded prior to acceptance by the City.
The City will not release financial guarantees if the filter strip is not restored and vigorous grass
growth re-established.
2. It is preferable to provide erosion control before construction-phase sediment enters the filter strip.
Filter strips are designed to handle only modest sediment loads without frequent maintenance.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-66
Maintenance Considerations
Maintenance considerations, including mowing frequency and sediment removal, are similar to those for
bioswales (see Section 6.3.1.2).
6.3.4 STANDARD FILTER STRIPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-67
FIGURE 6.3.4.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL FILTER STRIP
2% max. slope
(lateral)
contributing
drainage area
edge of pavement
or roadway shoulder longitudinal slope5% max150' max. flow path
18" for each
50' of contributing
flow path (12" min.)
length (L)
(4' min.)
flow spreader extending entire
length of pavement
2% max. slope
filter strip
width (W)
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
4' minimum length filter strip
(1% - 15% long. slope)
6"
2" compost tilled into
6" of native soil
flow spreader or gravel
filled trench (see note)
1" drop
5% max.
pavement surface
NOTE: Invert of flow
spreader must be level.
Roadway shoulders
must use shoulder ballast.
SECTION 6.3 VEGETATED FLOW PATH FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-68
6.3.5 NARROW AREA FILTER STRIPS
This BMP is not allowed in the City for Basic WQ. Designers should refer to the Standard Filter Strip.F
28
29F
29
28
28 Footnote 29 does not apply.
29 Footnote 30 does not apply.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-69
6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
This section presents the methods, criteria, and details for analysis and design of wetponds, wetvaults, and
stormwater wetlands. These facilities have as a common element a permanent pool of water, the wetpool.
Each of the wetpool facilities may be combined with a detention or flow control pond in a combined
facility. Included are the following specific facility designs:
“Wetponds — Basic and Large,” Section 6.4.1
“Wetvaults,” Section 6.4.2
“Stormwater Wetlands,” Section 6.4.3
“Combined Detention and Wetpool Facilities,” Section 6.4.4.
The information presented for each facility is organized into the following two categories:
1. Methods of Analysis: Contains a step-by-step procedure for designing and sizing each facility.
2. Design Criteria: Contains the details, specifications, and material requirements for each facility.
6.4.1 WETPONDS — BASIC AND LARGE
A wetpond is a constructed stormwater pond that retains a permanent pool of water (a “wetpool”) at least
during the wet season (see the schematic representation in Figure 6.4.1.A and Figure 6.4.1.B). The volume
of the wetpool is related to the effectiveness of the pond in settling particulate pollutants. The following
design procedures, requirements, and recommendations cover two wetpond applications, the basic
wetpond and the large wetpond. The two sizes are designed for two different levels of pollutant removal.
Applications and Limitations
A wetpond requires a larger area than a bioswale or a sand filter, but it can be integrated to the contours of
a site fairly easily. In till soils, the wetpond holds a permanent pool of water that provides an attractive
aesthetic feature. In more porous soils, wetponds may still be used, but water seepage from unlined cells
could result in a dry pond, particularly in the summer months. Lining with impervious material is one way
to deal with this situation.
Wetponds may be single-purpose facilities, providing only water quality treatment, or they may be
combined with a detention pond to also provide flow control. If combined, the wetpond can often be
stacked under the detention pond with little further loss of development area. See Section 6.4.4 for a
description of combined WQ and detention facilities.
Wetponds treat water primarily by gravity settling and to some degree by biological uptake by algae and
transformation and degradation by microorganisms. Wetponds can remove some dissolved pollutants such
as soluble phosphorus (phosphate) by uptake, and phosphate may react and combine with cations in
solution, forming solid particulates. Wetponds are therefore used in the Sensitive Lake Protection menu
for phosphorus control in addition to the Basic WQ menu for solids removal. Wetponds work best when
the water already in the pond is moved out en masse by incoming flows, a phenomena called plug flow.
Because treatment works on this displacement principle, the dead storage pool of wetponds may be
provided below the groundwater level without interfering unduly with treatment effectiveness. However, if
combined with a detention function, the live storage must be above the seasonal high groundwater level.
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how basic and large wetponds may be
used to meet Core Requirement #8.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-70
6.4.1.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
This section describes methods of analysis for the following two wetpond sizes:
Basic wetpond
Large wetpond.
BASIC WETPOND
The primary design factor that determines a wetpond’s particulate removal efficiency is the volume of
the wetpool in relation to the volume of stormwater runoff. The larger the wetpond volume in relation to
the volume of runoff, the greater the potential for pollutant removal. Also important are the avoidance of
short-circuiting and the promotion of plug flow. Plug flow describes the hypothetical condition of
stormwater moving through the pond as a unit, displacing the “old” water in the pond with incoming
flows. To prevent short-circuiting, water is forced to flow, to the extent practical, to all potentially
available flow routes, avoiding “dead zones,” and maximizing the time water stays in the pond during the
active part of a storm.
Design features that encourage plug flow and avoid dead zones are as follows:
Dissipating energy at the inlet
Providing a large length-to-width ratio
Providing a broad surface for water exchange across cells rather than a constricted area.
Maximizing the flowpath between inlet and outlet, including the vertical path, also enhances treatment by
increasing residence time.
The basic wetpond volume is equal to the 91% water quality treatment volume (see Section 6.2.1),
calculated with the approved model or by using the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS,
formerly Soil Conservation Service [SCS]) curve number method described in Urban Hydrology for Small
Watersheds, Technical Release 55 (TR-55), June 1986, published by the NRCS. Wetponds designed with
the basic wetpond volume using the method below, and the required design criteria in Section 6.4.1.2 are
expected to meet the Basic WQ menu goal of 80% TSS removal. The actual performance of a wetpond
may vary, however, due to a number of factors, including but not limited to design features, maintenance
frequency, storm characteristics, pond algae dynamics, and waterfowl use.
Procedures for determining a wetpond’s dimensions and volume are outlined below.
Step 1: Identify the required wetpool volume. A basic wetpond requires a volume equal to the 91%
treatment volume, calculated with the approved model or by using the NRCS curve number method. When
using the water quality treatment volume reported by the approved model, skip Steps 2 through 4.
Step 2: Determine the weighted NRCS curve number for the developed tributary area.
Table 6.4.1.1.A shows the CNs, by land use description, for the four hydrologic soil groups. These
numbers are for a 24-hour duration storm and typical antecedent soil moisture condition preceding 24-hour
storms.
6.4.1 WETPONDS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-71
TABLE 6.4.1.1.A RUNOFF CURVE NUMBERS FOR SELECTED AGRICULTURAL,
SUBURBAN, AND URBAN AREAS
(Sources: TR 55, 1986, and Stormwater Management Manual (SWMMWW), 1992.
See SWMMWW Section 2.1.1 for explanation)
COVER TYPE AND HYDROLOGIC CONDITION
CNs for Hydrologic
Soil Group
A B C D
CURVE NUMBERS FOR PRE-DEVELOPMENT CONDITIONS
Pasture, grassland, or range-continuous forage for grazing:
Fair condition (ground cover 50% to 75% and not heavily grazed) 49 69 79 84
Good condition (ground cover >75% and lightly or only occasionally grazed) 39 61 74 80
Woods:
Fair (woods are grazed but not burned, and some forest litter covers the soil) 36 60 73 79
Good (woods are protected from grazing, and litter and brush adequately cover
the soil)
30 55 70 77
CURVE NUMBERS FOR POST-DEVELOPMENT CONDITIONS
Open Space (lawns, parks, golf courses, cemeteries, landscaping, etc.)1
Fair condition (grass cover on 50%–75% of the area) 77 85 90 92
Good condition (grass cover on >75% of the area) 68 80 86 90
Impervious Areas
Open water bodies: lakes, wetlands, ponds etc. 100 100 100 100
Paved parking lots, roofs,2 driveways, etc. (excluding right-of-way) 98 98 98 98
Permeable Pavement
(see SWDM 5.2.2 and Appendix C to decide which condition to use)
Landscaped area 77 85 90 92
50% landscaped area/50% impervious 87 91 94 96
100% impervious area 98 98 98 98
Paved 98 98 98 98
Gravel (including right-of-way) 76 85 89 91
Dirt (including right-of-way) 72 82 87 89
Pasture, Grassland, or Range-Continuous Forage for Grazing
Poor condition (ground cover <50% or heavily grazed with no mulch) 68 79 86 89
Fair condition (ground cover 50% to 75% and not heavily grazed) 49 69 79 84
Good condition (ground cover >75% and lightly or only occasionally grazed) 39 61 74 80
Woods:
Poor (Forest litter, small trees, and brush are destroyed by heavy grazing or
regular burning)
45 66 77 83
Fair (woods are grazed but not burned, and some forest litter covers the soil) 36 60 73 79
Good (woods are protected from grazing, and litter and brush adequately cover
the soil)
30 55 70 77
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-72
TABLE 6.4.1.1.A RUNOFF CURVE NUMBERS FOR SELECTED AGRICULTURAL,
SUBURBAN, AND URBAN AREAS
Single Family
Residential:3
Dwelling Unit/Gross
Acre
Should only be used for
subdivisions > 50 acres
Average Percent
impervious
area3,4
1.0 DU/GA 15 Separate curve
number shall be
selected for pervious
and impervious
portions of the site or
basin
1.5 DU/GA 20
2.0 DU/GA 25
2.5 DU/GA 30
3.0 DU/GA 34
3.5 DU/GA 38
4.0 DU/GA 42
4.5 DU/GA 46
5.0 DU/GA 48
5.5 DU/GA 50
6.0 DU/GA 52
6.5 DU/GA 54
7.0 DU/GA 56
7.5 DU/GA 58
PUDs, condos, apartments,
commercial businesses, industrial
areas, and subdivisions < 50 acres
% impervious must be
computed5
Separate curve numbers shall be
selected for pervious and impervious
portions of the site
For a more detailed and complete description of land use curve numbers refer to Chapter 2, NRCS
<Technical Release No. 55 (June 1986)>.
1 Composite CNs may be computed for other combinations of open space cover type.
2 Where roof runoff and driveway runoff are infiltrated or dispersed according to the requirements in Chapter 5 and
Appendix C, the average percent impervious area may be adjusted in accordance with the procedure described under
Section 5.2.2.
3 Assumes roof and driveway runoff is directed into street/storm system.
4 All the remaining pervious areas (lawn) are considered to be in good condition for these curve numbers.
5 See Section 5.2 and Table 3.2.2.E for application of effective impervious area in percentage calculation.
The following are important criteria/considerations for selection of CN values:
Many factors may affect the CN value for a given land use. For example, the movement of heavy
equipment over bare ground may compact the soil so that it has a lesser infiltration rate and greater runoff
potential than would be indicated by strict application of the CN value to developed site conditions.
CN values can be area weighted when they apply to pervious areas of similar CNs (within 20 CN points).
However, high CN areas should not be combined with low CN areas. In this case, separate estimates of S
(potential maximum natural detention) and Qd (runoff depth) should be generated and summed to obtain
the cumulative runoff volume unless the low CN areas are less than 15 percent of the subbasin.
Separate CN values must be selected for the pervious and impervious areas of an urban basin or subbasin.
For residential districts, for subdivisions larger than 50 acres, the percent impervious area given in
Table 6.4.1.1.A must be used to compute the respective pervious and impervious areas; for subdivisions of
50 acres or less, the percentage must be computed. For proposed commercial areas, planned unit
developments, etc., the percent impervious area must be computed from the site plan. For all other land
uses the percent impervious area must be estimated from best available aerial topography and/or field
6.4.1 WETPONDS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-73
reconnaissance. The pervious area CN value must be a weighted average of all the pervious area CNs
within the subbasin. The impervious area CN value shall be 98.
Cover categories are based on existing U.S. Department of Agriculture soil survey data or site-specific
data where available.
Example: The following is an example of how CN values are selected for a sample project.
Select CNs for the following development:
Existing Land Use – forest (undisturbed)
Future Land Use – residential plat (3.6 DU/GA)
Basin Size – 60 acres
Soil Type – 80 percent Alderwood, 20 percent Ragnor
Table 3.2.2.B shows that Alderwood soil belongs to the “C” hydrologic soil group and Ragnor soil belongs
to the “B” group. Therefore, for the existing condition, CNs of 70 and 55 are read from Table 6.4.1.1.A
and areal weighted to obtain a CN value of 67. For the developed condition with 3.6 DU/GA the percent
impervious of 39 percent is interpolated from Table 6.4.1.1.A and used to compute pervious and
impervious areas of 36.6 acres and 23.4 acres, respectively. The 36.6 acres of pervious area is assumed to
be in Fair condition (for a conservative design) with residential yards and lawns covering the same
proportions of Alderwood and Ragnor soil (80 percent and 20 percent respectively). Therefore, CNs of 90
and 85 are read from Table 6.4.1.1.A and areal weighted to obtain a pervious area CN value of 89. The
impervious area CN value is 98. The result of this example is summarized below:
Onsite Condition Existing Developed
Land use Forest Residential
Pervious area 60 ac. 36.6 ac.
CN of pervious area 67 89
Impervious area 0 ac. 23.4 ac.
CN of impervious area – 98
Step 3: Calculate runoff depth for the developed tributary area. The rainfall-runoff equations of the
NRCS curve number method relate a land area’s runoff depth (precipitation excess) to the precipitation it
receives and to its natural storage capacity, as follows:
Qd = (P - 0.2S)² /(P + 0.8S) for P ≥ 0.2S (6-15)
Qd = 0 for P < 0.2S (6-16)
Where:
Qd = runoff depth in inches over the area,
P = precipitation depth in inches over the area, and
S = potential maximum natural detention, in inches over the area, due to infiltration, storage, etc.
The area’s potential maximum detention, S, is related to its curve number, CN:
S = (1000 /CN) - 10 (6-17)
The combination of the above equations allows for estimation of the total runoff volume by computing
total runoff depth, Qd, given the total precipitation depth, P. For example, if the curve number of the area
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-74
is 70, then the value of S is 4.29. With a total precipitation for the design event of 2.0 inches, the total
runoff depth would be:
Qd = [2.0 - 0.2 (4.29)]² /[2.0 + 0.8 (4.29)] = 0.24 inches
This computed runoff represents inches over the tributary area.
Step 4: Calculate the design wetpool volume. The total volume of runoff is found by multiplying Qd by
the area (with necessary conversions):
Total runoff volume = 3,630 x Qd x A
(cu. ft.) (cu. ft./ac. in.) (in) (ac)
If the area is 10 acres, the total runoff volume is:
3,630 cu. ft./ac. in. x 0.24 in. x 10 ac. = 8,712 cu. ft.
This is the design volume for treatment facilities for which the design criterion is based on the volume of
runoff.
Step 5: Determine wetpool dimensions. Determine the wetpool dimensions satisfying the design criteria
outlined below. A simple way to check the volume of each wetpool cell is to use the following equation:
Vb = (6-18)
where Vb = wetpool volume (cf) (from Step 4 or as determined from the approved model)
h = wetpool depth (ft)
A1 = water quality design surface area of wetpool (sf)
A2 = bottom area of wetpool (sf)
Step 6: Design pond outlet pipe and determine primary overflow water surface. The design criteria
for wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2) calls for a pond outlet pipe to be placed on a reverse grade from the
pond’s wetpool to the outlet structure. Use the following procedure to design the pond outlet pipe and
determine the primary overflow water surface elevation:
1. Use the nomographs in Section 4.3 (Figures 4.3.1.B and 4.3.1.C) to select a trial size for the pond
outlet pipe sufficient to pass the WQ design flow Qwq.
2. Use Figure 4.3.1.F to determine the critical depth dc at the outflow end of the pipe for Qwq.
3. Use Figure 4.2.1.G to determine the flow area Ac at critical depth.
4. Calculate the flow velocity at critical depth using continuity equation (Vc = Qwq /Ac).
5. Calculate the velocity head VH (VH =Vc2/2g), where g is the gravitational constant, 32.2 feet per
second).
6. Determine the primary overflow water surface elevation by adding the velocity head and critical depth
to the invert elevation at the outflow end of the pond outlet pipe (i.e., overflow water surface elevation
= outflow invert + dc + VH)
7. Adjust outlet pipe diameter as needed and repeat Steps (a) through (e).
LARGE WETPOND
Large wetponds are expected to meet the Sensitive Lake Protection menu goal of 50% total phosphorus
removal. The actual performance of a wetpond may vary, however, due to a number of factors.
2
21 )+(AAh
6.4.1 WETPONDS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-75
The methods of analysis presented above for basic wetponds apply to large wetponds, except that a large
wetpond requires an increased volume of 1.5 times the volume reported by the approved model, or
calculated per the NRCS hand method.
6.4.1.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
This section sets forth design criteria for the following:
Basic wetpond
Large wetpond
General wetpond design criteria and concepts are shown in Figure 6.4.1.A.
BASIC WETPOND
Wetpool Geometry
1. The wetpool shall be divided into two cells separated by a baffle or berm.30 The first cell shall contain
between 25 to 35 percent of the total wetpool volume. The baffle or berm volume shall not count as
part of the total wetpool volume.
Intent: The full-length berm or baffle promotes plug flow and enhances quiescence and laminar flow
through as much of the entire water volume as possible. Use of a pipe and full-width manifold system
to introduce water into the second cell is possible on a case-by-case basis if approved by CED.
2. Wetponds with wetpool volumes less than or equal to 4,000 cubic feet may be single celled (i.e., no
baffle or berm is required).
3. Both cells of a two-cell wetpond and the single cell of a one cell wetpond must retain a permanent
pool of water throughout the wet season. A wetpond is considered non-compliant if the pond level
drops more than 12″ in any 7-day measurement period. A low permeability liner per Section 6.2.4
will be required to achieve this standard in infiltrative soils.
4. Sediment storage shall be provided in the first cell. The sediment storage shall have a minimum
depth of 1 foot.
5. The minimum depth of the first cell shall be 4 feet, exclusive of sediment storage requirements. The
depth of the first cell may be greater than the depth of the second cell. If the wetpool is a single cell,
the volume equivalent to the first cell shall have a minimum depth of 4 feet.
6. The maximum depth of each cell shall not exceed 8 feet (exclusive of sediment storage in the first
cell). Pool depths of 3 feet or shallower (second cell) shall be planted with emergent wetland
vegetation (see Planting Requirements).
7. Inlets and outlets shall be placed to maximize the flowpath through the facility. The ratio of flowpath
length to width from the inlet to the outlet shall be at least 3:1. The flowpath length is defined as the
distance from the inlet to the outlet, as measured at mid-depth. The width at mid-depth can be found as
follows: width = (average top width + average bottom width)/2.
8. All inlets shall enter the first cell. If there are multiple inlets, the length-to-width ratio shall be based
on the average flowpath length for all inlets.
Berms, Baffles, and Slopes
1. A berm or baffle shall extend across the full width of the wetpool, and tie into the wetpond side
slopes. If the berm embankments are greater than 4 feet in height, the berm must be constructed by
30 As used here, the term baffle means a vertical divider placed across the entire width of the pond, stopping short of the pond
bottom. A berm is a vertical divider typically built up from the bottom, or if in a vault, connects all the way to the bottom.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-76
excavating a key equal to 50% of the embankment cross-sectional height and width. This requirement
may be waived if recommended by a geotechnical engineer for specific site conditions.31
2. The top of the berm shall extend to the WQ design water surface or be one foot below the WQ
design water surface. If at the WQ design water surface, berm side slopes must be 3H:1V. Berm side
slopes may be steeper (up to 2:1) if the berm is submerged one foot.
3. Intent: Submerging the berm is intended to enhance safety by discouraging pedestrian access when
side slopes are steeper than 3H:1V.
4. If good vegetation cover is not established on the berm, erosion control measures shall be used to
prevent erosion of the berm back-slope when the pond is initially filled.
5. The interior berm or baffle may be a retaining wall provided that the design is prepared and stamped
by a civil engineer. If a retaining wall is used, it shall be submerged one foot below the design water
surface to discourage access by pedestrians.
6. Criteria for wetpond side slopes and fencing are given under “General Requirements for WQ
Facilities,” Section 6.2.3.
7. Berm embankments shall be the same as for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1).
8. Internal berms to lengthen the flow path or allow the inlet and outlet to be at the same side of the
pond may be used if an adjustment is granted. An adjustment may be granted only if physical site
constraints prevent the standard configuration and design features promote water quality treatment.
Required design features to approve an adjustment include minimizing dead spaces, minimizing
turbulence, and promoting plug flow. Internal berms must extend to the 2-year water elevation, a
minimum of 10 feet must be between the berms, and a distance equal to the width between the internal
berms must be provided between the internal berm and the pond side at the point that the flow turns
around the berm.
Inlet and Outlet
See Figure 6.4.1.A for details on the following requirements:
1. The inlet to the wetpond shall be submerged with the inlet pipe invert a minimum of two feet from
the pond bottom (not including sediment storage). The top of the inlet pipe shall be submerged at least
1 foot.
Intent: The inlet is submerged to dissipate energy of the incoming flow. The distance from the bottom
is set to minimize resuspension of settled sediments. Alternative inlet designs that accomplish these
objectives are acceptable.
2. An outlet structure shall be provided. Either a Type 2 catch basin with a grated opening (jail house
window) or a manhole with a cone grate (birdcage) may be used (see Section 5.1.1.1). No sump is
required in the outlet structure for wetponds not providing detention storage. The outlet structure
receives flow from the pond outlet pipe. The grate or birdcage openings provide an overflow route
should the pond outlet pipe become clogged. Criterion 5 below specifies the sizing and position of the
grate opening.
3. The pond outlet pipe (as opposed to the structure outlet) shall be back-sloped or have a turn-down
elbow, and extend 1 foot below the WQ design water surface.
Note: A floating outlet, set to draw water from 1 foot below the water surface, is also acceptable if
vandalism concerns are adequately addressed.
Intent: The inverted outlet pipe provides for trapping of oils and floatables in the wetpond.
31 The geotechnical analysis must address situations in which one of the two cells is empty while the other remains full of water.
These situations can occur, for example, during pump down of either cell for sediment removal, or when water from the second
unlined cell percolates into the ground.
6.4.1 WETPONDS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-77
4. The pond outlet pipe shall be sized, at a minimum, to pass the WQ design flow.
Note: The highest invert of the outlet pipe sets the WQ design water surface elevation.
5. The overflow criteria for single-purpose wetponds are as follows:
a) The requirement for primary overflow as described for flow control ponds is satisfied by either
the grated inlet to the outlet structure or by a birdcage above the pond outlet structure as shown
in Figure 5.1.1.C.
b) The bottom of the grate opening in the outlet structure shall be set at or above the height needed
to pass the WQ design flow through the pond outlet pipe (see Section 6.4.1.1 for sizing details).
Note: The grate invert elevation sets the overflow water surface elevation.
c) In flow-through ponds, the grated opening shall be sized to pass the 100-year design flow.
6. An emergency spillway shall be provided and designed according to the requirements for detention
ponds (see Section 5.1.1).
7. A gravity drain for maintenance shall be provided if grade allows.
Intent: It is anticipated that sediment removal will only be needed for the first cell in the majority of
cases. The gravity drain is intended to allow water from the first cell to be drained to the second cell
when the first cell is pumped dry for cleaning.
a) The drain invert shall be at least 6 inches below the top elevation of the dividing berm or baffle.
Deeper drains are encouraged where feasible, but must be no deeper than 18 inches above the
pond bottom.
b) Intent: to prevent highly sediment-laden water from escaping the pond when drained for
maintenance.
c) The drain shall be at least 8 inches (minimum) diameter and shall be controlled by a valve. Use of
a shear gate is allowed only at the inlet end of a pipe located within an approved structure.
Intent: Shear gates often leak if water pressure pushes on the side of the gate opposite the seal.
The gate should be situated so that water pressure pushes toward the seal.
8. Operational access to the valve shall be provided to the finished ground surface.
a) The valve location shall be accessible and well-marked with one foot of paving placed around the
box. It must also be protected from damage and unauthorized operation.
b) A valve box is allowed to a maximum depth of 5 feet without an access manhole. If over 5 feet
deep, an access manhole or vault is required.
9. All metal parts shall be corrosion-resistant. Galvanized materials are discouraged where substitutes are
available.
Access and Setbacks
1. The location of the pond relative to site constraints (e.g., buildings, property lines, etc.) shall be the
same as for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1). See Section 6.2.3 for typical setback requirements for
WQ facilities.
2. Access and maintenance roads shall be provided and designed according to the requirements for
detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1). Access and maintenance roads shall extend to both the wetpond
inlet and outlet structures. An access ramp shall be provided to the bottom of the first cell unless all
portions of the cell can be reached and sediment loaded from the top of the pond. Also see Section
5.1.1, “Access Requirements” for more information on access alternatives.
3. If the dividing berm is also used for access, it must be built to sustain loads of up to 80,000 pounds.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-78
Signage
General signage shall be provided according to the requirements for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1).
Planting Requirements
1. Planting requirements for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1.1) also apply to wetponds.
If the second cell of the wetpond is 3 feet or shallower, the bottom area shall be planted with emergent
wetland vegetation. See Table 6.4.1.A for recommended emergent wetland plant species for wetponds.
Intent: Planting of shallow pond areas helps to stabilize settled sediment and prevent resuspension.
Note: The recommendations in Table 6.4.1.A are for western Washington only. Local knowledge
should be used to adapt this information if used in other areas.
2. Cattails (Typha latifolia) are not allowed because they tend to crowd out other species, and the dead
shoots need to be removed to prevent oxygen depletion in the wetpool.
3. If the wetpond is in a sensitive lake or sphagnum bog protection area, shrubs that form a dense cover
shall be planted on slopes above the WQ design water surface on at least three sides. For banks that
are berms, no planting is allowed if the berm is regulated by dam safety requirements (see
Section 5.1.1). The purpose of planting is to discourage waterfowl use of the pond and to provide
shading.32 Some suitable trees and shrubs include vine maple (Acer circinatum), wild cherry (Prunus
emarginata), red osier dogwood (Cornus stolonifera), California myrtle (Myrica californica), Indian
plum (Oemleria cerasiformis), and Pacific yew (Taxus brevifolia) as well as numerous ornamental
species.
Recommended Design Features
The following design features should be incorporated into the wetpond design where site conditions allow:
1. For wetpool depths in excess of 6 feet, it is recommended that some form of recirculation be
provided in the summer, such as a fountain or aerator, to prevent stagnation and low dissolved oxygen
conditions. A special use permit is needed for a pump or fountain in a City maintained pond.
2. A flow length-to-width ratio greater than the 3:1 minimum is desirable. If the ratio is 4:1 or greater,
then the dividing berm is not required, and the pond may consist of one cell rather than two.
3. A tear-drop shape, with the inlet at the narrow end, rather than a rectangular pond is preferred since
it minimizes dead zones caused by corners.
4. A small amount of base flow may maintain circulation and reduce the potential for low oxygen
conditions during late summer.
5. Evergreen or columnar deciduous trees along the west and south sides of ponds are recommended to
reduce thermal heating, except that no trees or shrubs shall be planted on berms meeting the criteria of
dams regulated for safety (see “Dam Safety Compliance” in Section 5.1.1). In addition to shade, trees
and shrubs also discourage waterfowl use and the attendant phosphorus enrichment problems they
cause. Trees should be set back so that the branches will not extend over the pond.
Intent: Evergreen trees or shrubs are preferred to avoid problems associated with leaf drop. Columnar
deciduous trees (e.g., hornbeam, Lombardy poplar, etc.) typically have fewer leaves than other
deciduous trees.
6. The number of inlets to the facility should be limited; ideally there should be only one inlet. The
flowpath length should be maximized from inlet to outlet for all inlets to the facility.
32 Waterfowl are believed to limit use of areas where their view of predator approach paths is blocked. Some suitable native
shrubs include vine maple, Indian plum, bitter cherry, red osier dogwood, cascara, and red elderberry. Ornamental hedge
plants such as English laurel, privet and barberry are also good choices.
6.4.1 WETPONDS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-79
7. The access and maintenance road could be extended along the full length of the wetpond and could
double as playcourts or picnic areas. Placing finely ground bark or other natural material over the road
surface would render it more pedestrian friendly.
8. Stormwater facilities may be incorporated within the open space, common space or recreation space
on a case by case basis if:
a) The stormwater facility utilizes the techniques and landscape requirements set forth in The
Integrated Pond, King County Water and Land Resources Division, or an equivalent manual, or
b) The surface water feature serves areas outside of the planned urban development and is
appropriate in size and creates a benefit.
9. The following design features should be incorporated to enhance aesthetics where possible:
a) Subject to dam safety restrictions (WAC 175-175), provide visual enhancement with clusters of
trees and shrubs around the wetpond, above the emergency overflow water surface elevation. In
most pond areas, it is important to amend the soil with compost before planting since ponds are
typically placed well below the native soil horizon in very poor soils. Compost must meet quality
criteria in Reference Section 11-C.
b) Orient the pond length along the direction of prevailing summer winds (typically west or
southwest) to enhance aeration.33 This is beneficial for both aesthetics and treatment.
Construction Considerations
1. Sediment that has accumulated in the pond must be removed after construction in the drainage area of
the pond is complete (unless used for a liner—see Criteria 2 below). If no more than 12 inches of
sediment have accumulated after plat construction, cleaning may be left until after building
construction is complete. In general, sediment accumulation from stabilized drainage areas is not
expected to exceed an average of 4 inches per year in the first cell. If sediment accumulation is greater
than this amount, it will be assumed to be from construction unless it can be shown otherwise. The
City will not release maintenance and defect financial guarantees or assume maintenance
responsibility for a facility unless it has been cleaned of construction phase sediments.
2. Sediment that has accumulated in the pond at the end of construction may be used as a liner in
excessively drained soils if the sediment meets the criteria for low permeability or treatment liners
defined in Section 6.24 and in keeping with guidance given in Table 6.2.4.A. Sediment used for a soil
liner must be graded to provide uniform coverage and thickness.
Maintenance Considerations
1. The pond should be inspected annually. Floating debris and accumulated petroleum products should
be removed as needed, but at least annually.
2. Nearby vegetation should be trimmed as necessary to keep the pond free of leaves and to maintain the
aesthetic appearance of the area. Slope areas that have become bare should be revegetated and eroded
areas should be regraded prior to being revegetated.
3. Sediment should be removed when the 1-foot sediment zone is full plus 6 inches. Sediments should be
tested for toxicants in compliance with current disposal requirements if land uses in the catchment
include commercial or industrial zones, or if visual or olfactory indications of pollution are noticed.
4. Water drained or pumped from ponds prior to sediment removal may be discharged to storm drains if
it is not excessively turbid (i.e., if water appears translucent when held to light) and if floatable debris
33 Wind moving over the surface of standing water can often induce some mixing of surface and near-surface water, replenishing
oxygen and reducing stagnant conditions. If the pond is aligned with the prevailing wind direction, this effect can be maximized.
See Bentzen et al. 2009. Predictions of Resuspension of Highway Detention Pond Deposits in Interrain Event Periods due to
Wind-Induced Currents and Waves. Journal of Environmental Engineering 135 (12):1286-1293
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-80
and visual petroleum sheens are removed. Excessively turbid water (i.e., water appears opaque when
held to light) should be discharged only after the solids have been settled and removed.
5. Pumping rates should be slow enough so that downstream channel erosion problems do not develop.
LARGE WETPOND
All design criteria for basic wetponds shall apply to large wetponds, with the following modifications:
1. The wetpool for a large wetpond shall have a volume equal to 1.5 times the Basic wetpond volume
described above.
2. If the project is subject to the Sensitive Lake Protection menu or the Sphagnum Bog Protection menu,
the following shall apply:
a) Shrubs that form a dense cover shall be planted along the top of the wetpond bank on cut slopes.
Planting is recommended for bermed slopes, except for berms meeting the criteria of dams
regulated for safety (see “Dam Safety Compliance” in Section 5.1.1). Evergreen trees and shrubs
are preferred.
Intent: Trees and shrubs discourage waterfowl use. Waterfowl tend to avoid areas that are not
visually open.
b) Measures to enhance waterfowl habitat value (e.g., nesting structures) are not allowed.
TABLE 6.4.1.A EMERGENT WETLAND PLANT SPECIES RECOMMENDED FOR WETPONDS
Species Common Name Notes Maximum Depth
INUNDATION TO 6 INCHES
Carex amplifolia Bigleaf sedge Pond margins, prefers steady water
levels rather than large water
elevation fluctuations
Carex lenticularis var.
lipocarpa
Kellogg’s sedge Wet, sunny, or partially shaded sites
along stream banks, lakeshores, wet
meadows, and bogs.
Carex stipata Sawbeak sedge Wet ground
Glyceria occidentalis Western mannagrass Marshes, pond margins
Juncus effusus var.
pacificus
Soft rush Wet meadows, pastures, wetland
margins
Juncus tenuis Slender rush Wet soils, wetland margins
Oenanthe sarmentosa Water parsley Shallow water along stream and pond
margins; needs saturated soils all
summer
Scirpus atrocinctus
(formerly S. cyperinus)
Woolgrass Tolerates shallow water; tall clumps
Sagittaria latifolia Arrowhead
Beckmania
syzigachne(1)
Western sloughgrass Wet prairie to pond margins
6.4.1 WETPONDS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-81
TABLE 6.4.1.A EMERGENT WETLAND PLANT SPECIES RECOMMENDED FOR WETPONDS
Species Common Name Notes Maximum Depth
INUNDATION TO 2 FEET
Agrostis exarata(1) Spike bent grass Prairie to coast
Alisma plantago-
aquatica
Water plantain
Eleocharis palustris Spike rush Margins of ponds, wet meadows
Glyceria grandis Reed mannagrass Rhizomatous grass in freshwater
habitats, sun or shade
Scirpus microcarpus Small-fruited bulrush Wet ground 18 inches
Sparganium
emmersum
Bur reed Shallow standing water, saturated
soils
INUNDATION TO 3 FEET
Carex aquatilis* Watersedge Wet and boggy meadows, stream
banks, pond, and lake margins.
Tolerates 1 to 2 months of
submersion.
Carex obnupta Slough sedge Wet ground or standing water
Schoenoplectus
acutus(2)
Hardstem bulrush Single tall stems, not clumping
Schoenoplectus
tabernaemontani(2)
Softstem bulrush
INUNDATION GREATER THAN 3 FEET
Nuphar polysepalum Spatterdock Deep water 3 to 7.5 feet
Nymphaea odorata(1) White waterlily Shallow to deep ponds to 6 feet
Notes:
(1) Nonnative species. Beckmania syzigachne is native to Oregon. Native species are preferred. Carex aquatilis is native to both
Washington and Oregon, but not documented within the USDA Plants Database in King County.
(2) Scirpus tubers must be planted shallower for establishment, and protected from foraging waterfowl until established. Emerging aerial
stems should project above water surface to allow oxygen transport to the roots.
Primary sources: Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle, Water Pollution Control Aspects of Aquatic Plants, 1990. Hortus Northwest,
Wetland Plants for Western Oregon, Issue 2, 1991. Hitchcock and Cronquist, Flora of the Pacific Northwest, 1973.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-82
FIGURE 6.4.1.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A WETPOND PLAN VIEW
PLANTINGS REQUIRED
ON SLOPES ABOVE WQ
DESIGN WS FOR LAKE OR
BOG PROTECTION
FACILITIES
ACCESS ROAD TO INLET STRUCTURE
NOTE:
BERM NOT REQUIRED FOR PONDS
WITH LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO 4:1
OR IF VOLUME LESS THAN 4000 C.F.
wetpool
width
PLAN VIEW
NTS
ACCESS ROAD TO
OUTLET STRUCTURE
PLACE BERM OR BAFFLE AT
DESIGN WS OR SUBMERGED
1' BELOW DESIGN WS.
EXTEND BERM ACROSS
ENTIRE WETPOOL WIDTH
CATCH BASIN & OUTLET PIPE
SIZED TO PASS PEAK FLOW PER
CONVEYANCE REQUIREMENTS OUTLET EROSION CONTROL &
ENERGY DISSIPATION PER
DETENTION FACILITY REQUIREMENTS
EMERGENCY SPILLWAY
PER DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
EMERGENCY
OVERFLOW WS
OVERFLOW WS
WQ DESIGN WS
SECOND WETPOOL CELL
BERM TOP WIDTH 5' MIN.
(IF EARTHEN)
FIRST WETPOOL CELL
APPROX. 1
3 OF TOTAL
WETPOOL VOLUME
EXCLUDING ACCESS
RAMP
ACCESS RAMP TO
BOTTOM OF FIRST
WETPOOL CELL
(7H:1V) (SEE TEXT)
INLET PIPE & CATCH BASIN
PER DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
6.4.1 WETPONDS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-83
FIGURE 6.4.1.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A WETPOND PROFILE
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW WS
OVERFLOW WS
WQ DESIGN WS
SECTION A-A
NTS
INLET
SECTION B-B
NTS
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW WS
OVERFLOW WS
WQ DESIGN WS
NOTE:
SEE DETENTION FACILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR
LOCATION AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS.
12" MIN.
18" MIN.
FENCE REQUIRED FOR SIDE SLOPES
STEEPER THAN 3(H):1(V)
ACCESS ROAD
CAPACITY OF OUTLET SYSTEM
SIZED TO PASS PEAK FLOW
FOR CONVEYANCE
REQUIREMENT
EXTERIOR BERMS DESIGNED PER
DAM SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
IF APPLICABLE
MANHOLE OR
TYPE 2
CATCH BASIN
OUTLET PIPE INVERT AT
WETPOOL WS ELEVATION
GRAVITY DRAIN
(IF GRADE ALLOWS)
8" MIN. DIAMETER
VALVE
(MAY BE LOCATED INSIDE MH
OR OUTSIDE WITH APPROVED
OPERATIONAL ACCESS)
INVERT 6" MIN.
BELOW TOP
OF INTERNAL
BERM. LOWER
PLACEMENT
IS DESIRABLE
EMERGENT VEGETATION
REQUIRED FOR WETPOOL
DEPTHS 3' OR LESS
KEYED BERM
NOTE: BERM SLOPE MAY BE
2:1 WHEN TOP SUBMERGED
1' BELOW WQ DESIGN WS
SLOPE VEGETATION
PER DETENTION
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS
WETPOOL FLOW LENGTH (INLET TO OUTLET) = 3 (MIN.) x WIDTH
INLET EROSION CONTROL/
SLOPE PROTECTION PER
DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
SEDIMENT STORAGE
DEPTH = 1' MIN.
2' MIN.
FIRST CELL DEPTH
4' TO 8' MAX.WETPOOL DEPTH 8' MAX.
RECIRCULATION RECOMMENDED
FOR DEPTH >6'
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-84
6.4.2 WETVAULTS
A wetvault is an underground structure similar in appearance to a detention vault, except that a wetvault
has a permanent pool of water that dissipates energy and improves the settling of particulate pollutants
(see the schematic representation in Figure 6.4.2.A). Being underground, the wetvault lacks the biological
pollutant removal mechanisms, such as algae uptake, present in surface wetponds.
Applications and Limitations
A wetvault may be used in any type or size of development. However, it is most practical in relatively
small catchments (less than 10 acres of impervious surface) with high land values because vaults are
relatively expensive. Combined detention and wetvaults are allowed; see Section 6.4.4.
A wetvault is believed to be ineffective in removing dissolved pollutants such as soluble phosphorus or
metals such as copper. There is also concern that oxygen levels will decline, especially in warm summer
months, because of limited contact with air and wind. However, the extent to which this potential problem
occurs has not been documented.
If oil control is required for a project, the wetvault may be combined with the baffle oil/water separator
facility (see Section 6.6.2) to fulfill Special Requirement #5, “Oil Control” (see Option 5, Section 6.1.5).
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how this facility may be used to meet
Core Requirement #8 and Special Requirement #5.
6.4.2.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
As with wetponds, the primary design factor that determines the removal efficiency of a wetvault is the
volume of the wetpool in relationship to the volume of runoff. The larger the volume, the higher the
potential for pollutant removal. Performance is also improved by avoiding dead zones (like corners) where
little exchange occurs, using large length-to-width ratios, dissipating energy at the inlet, and ensuring that
flow rates are uniform to the extent possible and not increased between cells.
Wetvaults sized using the design methodology below (with a volume equal to the 91% treatment volume
per Section 6.2.1) and following the required design criteria in Section 6.4.2.2 are expected to meet the
Basic WQ menu goal of 80% TSS removal.
The methods of analysis for a wetvault are identical to the methods of analysis for the wetpond . Follow
the procedure specified in Section 6.4.1.1 to determine the wetpool volume for a wetvault.
6.4.2.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
A schematic representation of a wetvault is shown in Figure 6.4.2.A.
Wetpool Geometry
Same as specified for wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2) except for the following two modifications:
1. Criterion 3: The sediment storage in the first cell shall be an average of 1 foot. Because of the v-
shaped bottom, the depth of sediment storage needed above the bottom of the side wall is roughly
proportional to vault width according to the schedule below:
Vault Width
15′
20′
40′
60′
Sediment Depth (from bottom of side wall)
10″
9″
6″
4″
2. Criterion 5: The second cell shall be a minimum of 3 feet deep since planting cannot be used to
prevent resuspension of sediment in shallow water as it can in open ponds.
6.4.2 WETVAULTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-85
Vault Structure
1. Wetvaults shall be designed as flow-through systems.
2. The vault shall be separated into two cells by a wall or a removable baffle.34 If a wall or non-
removable baffle is used, a 5-foot by 10-foot removable maintenance access must be provided for
both cells. If a removable baffle is used, the following criteria apply:
a) The baffle shall extend from a minimum of 1-foot above the WQ design water surface to a
minimum of 1 foot below the invert elevation of the inlet pipe.
b) The lowest point of the baffle shall be a minimum of 2 feet from the bottom of the vault, and
greater if feasible.
3. If the vault is less than 2,000 cubic feet (inside dimensions) or if the length-to-width ratio of the vault
pool is 5:1 or greater, the baffle or wall may be omitted and the vault may be one-celled.
4. The two cells of a wetvault shall not be divided into additional subcells by internal walls. If internal
structural support is needed, post and pier construction may be used to support the vault lid rather than
walls. Any walls used within cells must be positioned so as to lengthen, rather than divide, the
flowpath.
Intent: Treatment effectiveness in wetpool facilities is related to the extent to which plug flow is
achieved and short-circuiting and dead zones are avoided. Structural walls placed within the cells can
interfere with plug flow and create significant dead zones, reducing treatment effectiveness.
5. Internal walls to lengthen the flow path or allow the inlet and outlet to be at the same side of the vault
may be used if an adjustment is granted, or if the requirements for the below exception are met. An
adjustment may be granted only if physical site constraints prevent the standard configuration and
design features promote water quality treatment. Required design features to approve an adjustment
include minimizing dead spaces, minimizing turbulence, and promoting plug flow. Internal walls must
extend to the 2-year water elevation, a minimum of 10 feet must be between the walls, and a distance
equal to the width between the internal walls must be provided between the internal wall and the vault
wall at the point that the flow turns around the wall. All vault requirements apply to each
length/segment. Exception: If the above requirements are met, internal walls are not used to form
more than two u-turns, and these internal walls extend from floor to ceiling, then no adjustment is
required.
Intent: Confined movement around the internal walls creates turbulence, creates dead zones and
decreases treatment effectiveness.
6. The bottom of the first cell shall be sloped toward the access opening. Slope shall be between
0.5 percent (minimum) and 2 percent (maximum). The second cell may be level (longitudinally)
sloped toward the outlet, with a high point between the first and second cells.
7. The vault bottom shall slope laterally a minimum of 5% from each side towards the center, forming a
broad “v” to facilitate sediment removal.
Note: More than one “v” may be used to minimize vault depth.
Exception: The vault bottom may be flat if removable panels are provided over the entire vault.
Removable panels shall be at grade, have stainless steel lifting eyes, and weigh no more than 5 tons
per panel.
8. The highest point of a vault bottom must be at least 6 inches below the outlet elevation to provide for
sediment storage over the entire bottom.
9. Provision for passage of flows should the outlet plug shall be provided.
34 As used here, the term baffle means a divider that does not extend all the way to the bottom of the vault, or if a bottom baffle,
does not extend all the way to the top of the water surface. A wall is used here to mean a divider that extends all the way from
near the water surface to the bottom of the vault.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-86
10. Wetvaults may be constructed using arch culvert sections provided the top area at the WQ design
water surface is, at a minimum, equal to that of a vault with vertical walls designed with an average
depth of 6 feet. If arched culverts are used, the manufacturer must certify that they are water-tight.
Intent: To prevent decreasing the surface area available for oxygen exchange.
11. Wetvaults shall conform to the “Materials” and “Structural Stability” criteria specified for
detention vaults in Section 5.1.3.
12. Where pipes enter and leave the vault below the WQ design water surface, they shall be sealed using a
non-porous, non-shrinking grout.
Inlet and Outlet
1. The inlet to the wetvault shall be submerged with the inlet pipe invert a minimum of 3 feet from the
vault bottom (not including sediment storage). The top of the inlet pipe shall be submerged at least
1 foot.
Note: These dimensional requirements may increase the minimum 4 foot depth of the first cell,
depending on the size of the inlet pipe.
Intent: The submerged inlet is to dissipate energy of the incoming flow. The distance from the bottom
is to minimize resuspension of settled sediments. Alternative inlet designs that accomplish these
objectives are acceptable.
2. Unless designed as an off-line facility, the capacity of the outlet pipe and available head above the
outlet pipe shall be designed to convey the 100-year design flow for developed site conditions (as
described in Section 5.1.4.2) without overtopping the vault. The available head above the outlet pipe
must be a minimum of 6 inches.
3. The outlet pipe shall be back-sloped or have tee section, the lower arm of which shall extend 1 foot
below the WQ design water surface to provide for trapping of oils and floatables in the vault.
4. A gravity drain for maintenance shall be provided if grade allows.
a) The gravity drain should be as low as the site situation allows; however, the invert shall be no
lower than the average sediment storage depth. At a minimum, the invert shall be 6 inches above
the base elevation of the vault side walls.
Intent: This placement prevents highly sediment-laden water from escaping when the vault is
drained for maintenance. A lower placement is allowed than for wetponds since the v-shaped
vault bottom will capture and retain additional sediments.
b) The drain shall be 8 inches (minimum) diameter and shall be controlled by a valve. Use of a shear
gate is allowed only at the inlet end of a pipe located within an approved structure.
Intent: Shear gates often leak if water pressure pushes on the side of the gate opposite the seal.
The gate should be situated so that water pressure pushes toward the seal.
c) Operational access to the valve shall be provided to the finished ground surface. The valve
location shall be accessible and well-marked with one foot of paving placed around the box. It
must also be protected from damage and unauthorized operation.
d) If not located in the vault, a valve box is allowed to a maximum depth of 5 feet without an access
manhole. If over 5 feet deep, an access manhole is required.
Access Requirements
Same as for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3).
Note: If the 5-foot by 10-foot removable maintenance access also provides inlet/outlet access, then a
3-foot by 3-foot inspection port must be provided at the inlet pipe and outlet structure.
6.4.2 WETVAULTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-87
Ventilation Requirements
A minimum of 50 square feet of grate shall be provided over the second cell. For vaults in which the
surface area of the second cell is greater than 1,250 square feet, 4% of the total surface area shall be
grated. This requirement may be met by one grate or by many smaller grates distributed over the second
cell area. If the vault is a single cell, ventilation shall be provided over the second half of the vault.
Note: a grated access door may be used to meet this requirement.
Intent: The grate allows air contact with the wetpool in order to minimize stagnant conditions that can
result in oxygen depletion, especially in warm weather.
Access Roads, Right of Way, and Setbacks
Same as for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3).
Recommended Design Features
The following design features should be incorporated into wetvaults where feasible, but they are not
specifically required:
1. The floor of the second cell should slope toward the outlet for ease of cleaning.
2. The inlet and outlet should be at opposing corners of the vault to increase the flowpath.
3. A flow length-to-width ratio greater than 3:1 minimum is desirable.
4. Lockable grates instead of solid manhole covers are recommended to increase air contact with the
wetpool.
5. Galvanized materials should be avoided whenever possible.
6. The number of inlets to the wetvault should be limited, and the flowpath length should be maximized
from inlet to outlet for all inlets to the vault.
Construction Considerations
Sediment that has accumulated in the vault must be removed after construction in the drainage area is
complete. If no more than 12 inches of sediment have accumulated after the infrastructure is built,
cleaning may be left until after building construction is complete. In general, sediment accumulation from
stabilized drainage areas is not expected to exceed an average of 4 inches per year in the first cell. If
sediment accumulation is greater than this amount, it will be assumed to be from construction unless it can
be shown otherwise. The City will not release maintenance and defect financial guarantees or assume
maintenance responsibility for a facility unless it has been cleaned of construction phase sediments.
Maintenance Considerations
1. Accumulated sediment and stagnant conditions may cause noxious gases to form and accumulate in
the vault.
2. Facilities should be inspected annually. Floating debris and accumulated petroleum products shall be
removed as needed, but at least annually. The floating oil shall be removed from wetvaults used as
oil/water separators when oil accumulation exceeds one inch.
3. Sediment should be removed when the 1-foot (average) sediment zone is full thus 6 inches. Sediments
should be tested for toxicants in compliance with current disposal requirements if land uses in the
catchment include commercial or industrial zones, or if visual or olfactory indications of pollution are
noticed.
4. Water drained or pumped from the vault prior to removing accumulated sediments may be discharged
to storm drains if it is not excessively turbid (i.e., if water appears translucent when held to light) and
if all floatable debris and visual petroleum sheens are removed. Excessively turbid water (i.e., water
appears opaque when held to light) should be discharged only after the settleable solids have been
removed.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-88
MODIFICATIONS FOR COMBINING WITH A BAFFLE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
If the project site is a high-use site and a wetvault is proposed to meet the Basic WQ menu criteria, the
vault may be combined with a baffle oil/water separator (see Section 6.6.2) to meet the requirements of
Special Requirement #5 with one facility rather than two. Structural modifications and added design
criteria are given below. However, the maintenance requirements for baffle oil/water separators must be
adhered to, in addition to those for a wetvault. This will result in more frequent inspection and cleaning
than for a wetvault used only for TSS removal. See Section 6.6.2.2 for information on maintenance of
baffle oil/water separators.
1. The sizing procedures for the baffle oil/water separator should be run as a check to ensure the vault is
large enough. If the oil/water separator sizing procedures result in a larger vault size, increase the
wetvault size to match.
2. An oil retaining baffle shall be provided in the second cell near the vault outlet. The baffle should not
contain a high-flow overflow, or else the retained oil will be washed out of the vault during large
storms.
3. The vault shall have a minimum length-to-width ratio of 5:1.
4. The vault shall have a design water depth-to-width ratio of between 1:3 to 1:2.
5. The vault shall be watertight and shall be coated to protect from corrosion.
6. Separator vaults shall have a shutoff mechanism on the outlet pipe to prevent oil discharges during
maintenance and to provide emergency shut-off capability in case of a spill. A valve box and riser
shall also be provided.
7. Wetvaults used as oil/water separators must be off-line and must bypass flows greater than the off-line
WQ design flow described in Section 6.2.1
Intent: This design minimizes the entrainment and/or emulsification of previously captured oil during
very high flow events.
6.4.2 WETVAULTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-89
FIGURE 6.4.2.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A WETVAULT
SECTION B-B
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
ACCESS COVER OR DOORS REQUIRED.
SEE KCRDCS FOR SPECIFICATIONS FOR
MANHOLES AND LADDERS.
SIZE TO MEET CONVEYANCE
REQUIREMENTS (SEE CH.1)
NOTE: CAPACITY OF OUTLET
PIPE DESIGNED TO PEAK FLOW
FOR CONVEYANCE
WQ DESIGN WS
DETENTION OPTIONAL
1' FOR WQ VAULTS
2' FOR COMBINED W.Q.
AND DETENTION VAULTS
INLET
FIRST CELL SIZED FOR
25% TO 35% OF
WETPOOL VOLUME
WQ DESIGN WS
1'
7' MIN.4' MIN.
AVERAGE 1' SEDIMENT
STORAGE (FIRST CELL)
ACCESS DOORS OR
REMOVAL PANEL
5% (MIN.) SLOPE
TROWEL FINISH
GRAVITY DRAIN (IF GRADE ALLOWS)
PLACE AS LOW AS GRADE ALLOWS BUT
MUST BE 6" MIN. ABOVE THE BASE
ELEVATION OF VAULT WALLS OR ABOVE
SEDIMENT STORAGE AREA
BOTTOM SLOPE 0.5-2%
TOWARDS OUTLET
END OF SECOND CELL
(RECOMMENDED)
BOTTOM SLOPE 0.5%-2%
TOWARD INLET END
AVERAGE SEDIMENT
STORAGE 1' MIN. (FIRST
CELL)
3' MIN.
FRAME, GRATE AND
LOCKING COVER MARKED
"DRAIN" (TYP.)
WETPOOL
WIDTH
WETPOOL LENGTH
VENTILATION PIPE
(12" MIN.)
LADDER
FOR VAULTS > 1250 S.F. PROVIDE A
5' X 10' ACCESS DOOR OR REMOVABLE
PANEL OVER LOWEST PORTION OF VAULT
"V" SHAPED
BOTTOM
OUTLET
OPEN PIPE FOR WETVAULT ONLY.
SEE DETENTION VAULT FOR
COMBINED WATER QUALITY/
DETENTION VAULT OUTLET
5' X 10' GRATE OVER SECOND CELL
(MAY BE PROVIDED BY A GRATED
5' X 10' ACCESS DOOR OR PANEL)
LADDER
WETPOOL DEPTH8' MAX.2'MIN.1'
REMOVABLE
BAFFLE
REMOVABLE
BAFFLE
ACCESS DOORS OR REMOVABLE PANEL
(AS REQUIRED)
1'
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-90
6.4.3 STORMWATER WETLANDS
In land development situations, wetlands are usually constructed for two main reasons: to replace or
mitigate impacts when natural wetlands are filled or impacted by development (mitigation wetlands), and
to treat stormwater runoff (stormwater treatment wetlands). Stormwater wetlands are shallow man-made
ponds that are designed to treat stormwater through the biological processes associated with emergent
aquatic plants (see the schematic representations in Figure 6.4.3.A and Figure 6.4.3.B).
In the City, wetlands created to mitigate disturbance impacts, such as filling, shall not also be used as
stormwater treatment facilities. This is because of the different, incompatible functions of the two kinds of
wetlands. Mitigation wetlands are intended to function as full replacement habitat for fish and wildlife,
providing the same functions and harboring the same species diversity and biotic richness as the wetlands
they replace. Stormwater treatment wetlands are used to capture and transform pollutants, just as
wetponds are, and over time the sediment will concentrate pollutants. This is not a healthy environment for
aquatic life. Stormwater treatment wetlands are used to capture pollutants in a managed environment so
that they will not reach natural wetlands and other ecologically important habitats. In addition,
vegetation must be harvested and sediment dredged in stormwater treatment wetlands, further interfering
with use for wildlife habitat.
In general, stormwater wetlands perform well to remove sediment, metals, and pollutants which bind to
humic or organic acids. Phosphorus removal in stormwater wetlands is highly variable.35
Applications and Limitations
This stormwater wetland design occupies about the same surface area as wetponds, but has the potential to
be better integrated aesthetically into a site because of the abundance of emergent aquatic vegetation. The
most critical factor for a successful design is the provision of an adequate supply of water for most of the
year to replace any lost by infiltration or evapotranspiration. Careful planning is needed to be sure
sufficient water will be retained to sustain good wetland plant growth. Since water depths are shallower
than in wetponds, water loss by evapotranspiration is an important concern, especially during the relatively
warm dry season. Stormwater wetlands may be a good WQ facility choice in areas with high winter
groundwater levels, if there is also some pond intrusion of summer base flow.
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how this facility may be used to meet
Core Requirement #8.
6.4.3.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
When used for stormwater treatment, stormwater wetlands employ some of the same design features as
wetponds. However, in addition to gravity settling, some degree of pollutant removal is mediated by
aquatic vegetation and the microbiological community associated with that vegetation. When designing
wetlands, water volume and factors which affect plant vigor and biomass are all concerns.
Stormwater wetlands designed and constructed using the criteria below are expected to meet both the
Basic and Enhanced Basic water quality treatment goals.
Steps 1 through 5: Determine the volume of a basic wetpond. Follow Steps 1 through 5 for wetponds
(see Section 6.4.1.1). The volume of a basic wetpond is used as a template for sizing the stormwater
wetland.
Step 6: Calculate the surface area of the stormwater wetland. The surface area of the wetland shall be
the same as the top area of a wetpond sized for the same site conditions. Calculate the surface area of the
stormwater wetland by using the volume from Step 5 and dividing by the average water depth (use 3 feet).
Step 7: Determine the surface area of the first cell of the stormwater wetland. Use the volume
determined from Criterion 2 under “Wetland Geometry,” and the actual depth of cell 1.
35 Richardson, C. 1987. "Mechanisms controlling phosphorus retention capacity in freshwater wetlands," Science, 228: 1424.
6.4.3 STORMWATER WETLANDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-91
Step 8: Determine the surface area of the wetland cell. Subtract the surface area of the first cell
(Step 7) from the total surface area (Step 6).
Step 9: Determine water depth distribution in the second cell. Decide if the top of the dividing berm
will be at the surface or submerged (designer’s choice). Adjust the distribution of water depths in the
second cell according to Criterion 8 under “Wetland Geometry” below. Note: This will result in a facility
that holds less volume than that determined in Step 5 above. This is acceptable.
Intent: The surface area of the stormwater wetland is set to be roughly equivalent to that of a wetpond
designed for the same project site so as not to discourage use of this option.
Step 10: Choose plants. See Table 6.4.1.A for a list of plants recommended for wetpond water depth
zones, or consult a wetland scientist.
6.4.3.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Typical details for a stormwater wetland are shown in Figure 6.4.3.A and Figure 6.4.3.B.
Wetland Geometry
1. Stormwater wetlands shall consist of two cells, a presettling cell and a wetland cell.
2. The presettling cell shall contain a volume equal to approximately one-third of the wetpool volume
calculated in Steps 1 through 5 of “Methods of Analysis,” Section 6.4.3.1.
3. The depth of the presettling cell shall be between 4 feet (minimum) and 8 feet (maximum).
4. One foot of sediment storage shall be provided in the presettling cell.
5. The wetland cell shall have an average water depth of about 1.5 feet (plus or minus 3 inches).
6. The “berm” separating the two cells shall be shaped such that its downstream side gradually slopes to
form the second shallow wetland cell (see the section view in Figure 6.4.3.A). Alternatively, the
second cell may be graded naturalistically from the top of the dividing berm (see Criterion 8 below).
7. The top of berm shall be either at the WQ design water surface or submerged 1 foot below the WQ
design water surface, as with wetponds. Correspondingly, the side slopes of the berm must meet the
following criteria:
a) If the top of berm is at the WQ design water surface, the berm side slopes shall be no steeper than
3H:1V.
b) If the top of berm is submerged 1 foot, the upstream side slope may be up to 2H:1V.36
8. Two options (A and B) are provided for grading the bottom of the wetland cell. Option A is a
shallow, evenly graded slope from the upstream to the downstream edge of the wetland cell (see
Figure 6.4.3.A).
Option B is a “naturalistic” alternative, with the specified range of depths intermixed throughout the
second cell (see Figure 6.4.3.B). A distribution of depths shall be provided in the wetland cell
depending on whether the dividing berm is at the water surface or submerged (see Table 6.4.3.A).
The maximum depth is 2.5 feet in either configuration.
36 If the berm is at the water surface, then for safety reasons, its slope must be no greater than 3:1, just as the pond banks must
be 3:1 if the pond is not fenced. A steeper slope (2:1 rather than 3:1) is allowed if the berm is submerged in 1 foot of water. If
submerged, the berm it is not considered accessible, and the steeper slope is allowed.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-92
TABLE 6.4.3.A DISTRIBUTION OF DEPTHS IN WETLAND CELL (OPTION B)
DIVIDING BERM AT
WQ DESIGN WATER SURFACE DIVIDING BERM SUBMERGED 1 FOOT
Depth Range (feet)
Percent of Cell 2
Surface Area Depth Range (feet)
Percent of Cell 2
Surface Area
0.1 to 1 25 1 to 1.5 40
1 to 2 55 1.5 to 2 40
2 to 2.5 20 2 to 2.5 20
Lining Requirements
1. In infiltrative soils, both cells of the stormwater wetland shall be lined. To determine whether a low-
permeability liner or a treatment liner is required, determine whether the following conditions will be
met. If low soil permeability will ensure sufficient water retention, lining may be waived.
The first cell of a treatment wetland must retain a permanent pool of water throughout the wet
season. It is considered non-compliant if the pond level drops more than 12″ in any 7-day
measurement period. A low permeability liner, per Section 6.2.4 will be required to achieve this
standard in infiltrative soils.
The second cell must retain water for at least 10 months of the year.
The complete historical precipitation record should be used in the approved model when
establishing these conditions.
Intent: Many wetland plants can adapt to periods of summer drought, so a limited drought period is
allowed in the second cell. This may allow a treatment liner rather than a low permeability liner to be
used for the second cell. The first cell must retain a permanent pool of water throughout the wet
season in order for the presettling function to be effective.
2. If a low permeability liner is used, a minimum of 18 inches of native soil amended with good topsoil
or compost (one part compost mixed with 3 parts native soil) must be placed over the liner. Compost
must be Specification 1 Compost detailed in Reference Section 11-C. For geomembrane or
geotextile liner, a soil depth of 3 feet covering the liner is required to prevent damage to the liner
during planting. Hydric soils are not required.
3. The criteria for liners given in Section 6.2.4 must be observed.
Inlet and Outlet
Same as for basic wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2) but with the added requirement that spill control be
provided as detailed in Section 4.2.1.1 prior to discharge of runoff from non-roof-top pollution generating
impervious surface into the stormwater wetland.
Access and Setbacks
1. Location of the stormwater wetland relative to site constraints (e.g., buildings, property lines, etc.)
shall be the same as for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1). See Section 6.2.3 for typical setback
requirements for WQ facilities.
2. Access and maintenance roads shall be provided and designed according to the requirements for
detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1). Access and maintenance roads shall extend to both the wetland
inlet and outlet structures. An access ramp shall be provided to the bottom of the first cell unless all
portions of the cell can be reached and sediment loaded from the top of the wetland side slopes. Also
see “Access Requirements” in Section 5.1.1, for more information on access alternatives.
3. If the dividing berm is also used for access, it must be built to sustain loads of up to 80,000 pounds.
6.4.3 STORMWATER WETLANDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-93
Signage
General signage shall be provided according to the requirements for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1).
Planting Requirements
1. The wetland cell shall be planted with emergent wetland plants following the recommendations given
in Table 6.4.1.A or the recommendations of a wetland specialist.
Note: Cattails (Typha latifolia) are not allowed. They tend to escape to natural wetlands and crowd
out other species. In addition, the shoots die back each fall and will result in oxygen depletion in the
wetpool unless they are removed.
2. If the stormwater wetland is in a sensitive lake or sphagnum bog protection area, shrubs that form a
dense cover shall be planted on slopes above the WQ design water surface on at least three sides of the
presettling cell. For banks that are berms, no planting is allowed if the berm is regulated by dam safety
requirements (see Section 5.1.1). The purpose of planting is to discourage waterfowl use of the pond
and to provide shading.37 Some suitable trees and shrubs include vine maple (Acer circinatum), wild
cherry (Prunus emarginata), red osier dogwood (Cornus stolonifera), California myrtle (Myrica
californica), Indian plum (Oemleria cerasiformis), and Pacific yew (Taxus brevifolia) as well as
numerous ornamental species.
Construction and Maintenance Considerations
Construction and maintenance considerations are the same as for basic wetponds. Construction of the
naturalistic alternative (Option B) can be easily done by first excavating the entire area to the 1.5-foot
average depth. Then soil subsequently excavated to form deeper areas can be deposited to raise other areas
until the distribution of depths indicated in the design is achieved.
37 Waterfowl are believed to limit use of areas where their view of predator approach paths is blocked. Some suitable native
shrubs include vine maple, Indian plum, bitter cherry, red osier dogwood, cascara, and red elderberry. Ornamental hedge
plants such as English laurel, privet and barberry are also good choices.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-94
FIGURE 6.4.3.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A STORMWATER WETLAND — OPTION A
SECTION VIEW Option A
NTS
PLAN VIEW Option A
NTS
PLANT WITH
WETLAND
PLANTS
(SEE TEXT)ACCESS ROADACCESS ROAD
SPILLWAY
WETLAND CELL
FIRST CELL
(FOREBAY)
INFLOW
PROVIDE SPILL
CONTROL AT
INLET PER
SECTION 4.2.1.1
NOTE:
SEE DETENTION FACILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR
LOCATION AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS.
WQ DESIGN WS1'
2 min.
1
OUTLET STRUCTURE
(SEE DETAIL
FIGURE 6.4.1.B)
INLET AND OUTLET SUBMERGED
1' OVER PIPE CROWN
FIRST CELL DEPTH
4' MIN. TO 8' MAX.2.5' MAX.
IF REQUIRED, PLACE LINER IN
SECOND CELL TO HOLD WATER
SLOPE MAY BE 2:1 WHEN
TOP SUBMERGED
1 FT BELOW DESIGN WS
INLET EROSION CONTROL /
SLOPE PROTECTION PER
DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
SEDIMENT STORAGE
DEPTH = 1' MIN.
2' MIN.
SUBMERGED OUTLET
6.4.3 STORMWATER WETLANDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-95
FIGURE 6.4.3.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A STORMWATER WETLAND — OPTION B
PLAN VIEW Option B
NTS
Pond Depth
2.5 ft
2.0 ft
1.0 ft
0.5 ft
BERM OR BAFFLE
AT DESIGN WS
OR SUBMERGED 1'
BELOW DESIGN WS
EXTEND BERM
ACROSS ENTIRE
WIDTH
INLET PIPE &
CATCH BASIN
PER DETENTION
FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
OUTLET EROSION CONTROL
ENERGY DISSIPATION PER
DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
CATCH BASIN & OUTLET PIPE,
DESIGNED TO PEAK FLOW
FOR CONVEYANCE
EMERGENCY SPILLWAY
PER DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
BERM TOP WIDTH
5' MIN. (IF EARTHEN)
PLANTINGS REQUIRED ON
FIRST CELL SLOPES FOR
LAKE AND BOG PROTECTION
FACILITIES
EMERGENCY
OVERFLOW WS
OVERFLOW WS
DESIGN WS
FIRST WETPOOL CELL
VOLUME (EXCLUDING
ACCESS RAMP) = APPROX.
1
3 OF TOTAL WQ VOLUME
ACCESS RAMP TO
BOTTOM OF FIRST
CELL (7H:1V)
ACCESS ROAD TO
INLET STRUCTURE
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-96
6.4.4 COMBINED DETENTION AND WETPOOL FACILITIES
Combined detention and WQ wetpool facilities have the appearance of a detention facility but contain a
permanent pool of water as well. The following design procedures, requirements, and recommendations
cover differences in the design of the stand-alone WQ facility when combined with detention storage. The
following combined facilities are addressed:
Detention/wetpond (basic and large)
Detention/wetvault
Detention/stormwater wetland.
There are two sizes of the combined wetpond, a basic and a large, but only a basic size for the combined
wetvault and combined stormwater wetland. The facility sizes (basic and large) are related to the pollutant
removal goals stated in the WQ menus. See Section 6.1 for more information on the WQ menus and
treatment goals.
Applications and Limitations
Combined detention and water quality facilities are very efficient for sites that also have detention
requirements. The water quality facility may often be placed beneath the detention facility without
increasing the facility surface area. However, the fluctuating water surface of the live storage will create
unique challenges for plant growth and for aesthetics alike.
The basis for pollutant removal in combined facilities is the same as in the stand-alone WQ facilities.
However, in the combined facility, the detention function creates fluctuating water levels and added
turbulence. For simplicity, the positive effect of the extra live storage volume and the negative effect of
increased turbulence are assumed to balance, and are thus ignored when sizing the wetpool volume.38 For
the combined detention/stormwater wetland, criteria that limit the extent of water level fluctuation are
specified to better ensure survival of the wetland plants.
Unlike the wetpool volume, the live storage component of the facility should be provided above the
seasonal high water table.
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how these combined facilities may be
used to meet Core Requirement #8.
6.4.4.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
COMBINED DETENTION AND WETPOND (BASIC AND LARGE)
The methods of analysis for combined detention and wetponds are identical to those outlined for wetponds
and for detention facilities. Follow the procedure specified in Section 6.4.1.1 to determine the wetpool
volume for a combined facility. Follow the standard procedure specified in Chapter 5 to size the detention
portion of the pond.
COMBINED DETENTION AND WETVAULT
The methods of analysis for combined detention and wetvaults are identical to those outlined for wetvaults
and for detention facilities. Follow the procedure specified in Section 6.4.2 to determine the wetvault
volume for a combined facility. Follow the standard procedure specified in Chapter 5 to size the detention
portion of the vault.
COMBINED DETENTION AND STORMWATER WETLAND
The methods of analysis for combined detention and stormwater wetlands are identical to those outlined
for stormwater wetlands and for detention facilities. Follow the procedure specified in Section 6.4.3.1 to
38 Many of the ponds studied in the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program were combined ponds.
6.4.4 COMBINED DETENTION AND WETPOOL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-97
determine the stormwater wetland size. Follow the standard procedure specified in Chapter 5 to size the
detention portion of the wetland.
6.4.4.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
COMBINED DETENTION AND WETPOND (BASIC AND LARGE)
Schematic representations of a combined detention and wetpond are shown in Figure 6.4.4.A and Figure
6.4.4.B. The detention portion of the facility shall meet the design criteria set forth in Chapter 5 and
sizing procedures in Chapter 3.
Detention and Wetpool Geometry
1. The wetpool and sediment storage volumes shall not be included in the required detention volume.
2. The “Wetpool Geometry” criteria for wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2) shall apply with the following
modification:
Criterion 4: The minimum sediment storage depth in the first cell is 1 foot. The 6 inches of
sediment storage required for detention ponds does not need to be added to this, but 6 inches of
sediment storage must be added to the second cell to comply with the detention sediment storage
requirement.
Berms, Baffles, and Slopes
Same as for wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2).
Inlet and Outlet
The “Inlet and Outlet” criteria for wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2) shall apply with the following
modifications:
1. Criterion 2: A sump must be provided in the outlet structure of combined ponds.
2. The detention flow restrictor and its outlet pipe shall be designed according to the requirements for
detention ponds (see Section 5.1.4.2).
Access and Setbacks
Same as for wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2).
Signage
Signage shall be provided according to the requirements for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1).
Planting Requirements
Same as for wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2).
COMBINED DETENTION AND WETVAULT
The design criteria for detention vaults and wetvaults must both be met, except for the following
modifications or clarifications:
1. The minimum sediment storage depth in the first cell shall average 1 foot. The 6 inches of sediment
storage required for detention vaults does not need to be added to this, but 6 inches of sediment
storage must be added to the second cell to comply with detention vault sediment storage
requirements.
2. The oil retaining baffle shall extend a minimum of 2 feet below the WQ design water surface.
Intent: The greater depth of the baffle in relation to the WQ design water surface compensates for the
greater water level fluctuations experienced in the combined vault. The greater depth is deemed
prudent to better ensure that separated oils remain within the vault, even during storm events.
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-98
Note: If a vault is used for detention as well as water quality control, the facility shall not be modified
to function as a baffle oil/water separator as allowed for wetvaults in Section 6.4.2.2. This is because
the added pool fluctuation in the combined vault does not allow for the quiescent conditions needed
for oil separation.
COMBINED DETENTION AND STORMWATER WETLAND
The design criteria for detention ponds and stormwater wetlands must both be met, except for the
following modifications or clarifications:
1. The “Wetland Geometry” criteria for stormwater wetlands (see Section 6.4.3.2) are modified as
follows:
Criterion 4: The minimum sediment storage depth in the first cell is 1 foot. The 6 inches of
sediment storage required for detention ponds does not need to be added to this, nor does the 6 inches
of sediment storage in the second cell of detention ponds need to be added.
Intent: Since emergent plants are limited to shallower water depths, the deeper water created before
sediments accumulate is considered detrimental to robust emergent growth. Therefore, sediment
storage is confined to the first cell which functions as a presettling cell.
2. The “Inlet and Outlet” criteria for wetponds (see Section 6.4.1.2) shall apply with the following
modifications:
a) Criterion 2: A sump must be provided in the outlet structure of combined facilities.
b) The detention flow restrictor and its outlet pipe shall be designed according to the requirements
for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.4.2).
3. The “Planting Requirements” for stormwater wetlands (see Section 6.4.3.2) are modified to use the
following plants which are better adapted to water level fluctuations:
Scirpus acutus (hardstem bulrush) 2′ to 6′ depth
Scirpus microcarpus (small-fruited bulrush) 1′ to 2.5′ depth
Sparganium emersum (burreed) 1′ to 2′ depth
Sparganium eurycarpum (burreed) 1′ to 2′ depth
Veronica sp. (marsh speedwell) 0′ to 1′ depth
In addition, the shrub Spirea douglasii (Douglas spirea) may be used in combined facilities.
Water Level Fluctuation Restrictions: The difference between the WQ design water surface and the
maximum water surface associated with the 2-year runoff shall not be greater than 3 feet. If this restriction
cannot be met, the size of the stormwater wetland must be increased. The additional area may be placed
in the first cell, second cell, or both. If placed in the second cell, the additional area need not be planted
with wetland vegetation or counted in calculating the average depth.
Intent: This criterion is designed to dampen the most extreme water level fluctuations expected in
combined facilities to better ensure that fluctuation-tolerant wetland plants will be able to survive in the
facility. It is not intended to protect native wetland plant communities and is not to be applied to natural
wetlands.
6.4.4 COMBINED DETENTION AND WETPOOL FACILITIES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-99
FIGURE 6.4.4.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A COMBINED DETENTION AND WETPOND
PLAN VIEW
ACCESS ROAD TO INLET STRUCTURE
PLAN VIEW
NTS
ACCESS ROAD
TO OUTLET
STRUCTURE
PLANTINGS
REQUIRED ON
SLOPES ABOVE
WQ DESIGN WS
FOR LAKE OR BOG
PROTECTION
FACILITIES
OUTLET EROSION CONTROL
& ENERGY DISSIPATION
PER DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTSCONTROL STRUCTURE & OUTLET
PIPE SIZED PER DETENTION
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS
SECOND WETPOOL CELL
BERM OR BAFFLE AT WQ
DESIGN WS OR SUBMERGED
1' BELOW WQ DESIGN WS
EXTEND BERM ACROSS
ENTIRE
WETPOOL.
FIRST WETPOOL CELL
APPROX. 1
3 OF TOTAL
WETPOOL VOLUME,
EXCLUDING ACCESS RAMP
INLET PIPE & CATCH BASIN
PER WETPOND FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
EMERGENCY SPILLWAY
PER DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
WETPOOL
WIDTH
ACCESS RAMP TO
BOTTOM OF FIRST
WETPOOL CELL
(7H:1V) (SEE TEXT)
BERM TOP WIDTH 5'
MIN. (IF EARTHEN)
WQ DESIGN WS
DETENTION WS
OVERFLOW WS
EMERGENCY
OVERFLOW WS
SECTION 6.4 WETPOOL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-100
FIGURE 6.4.4.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A
COMBINED DETENTION AND WETPOND PROFILE VIEW
SECTION A-A
NTS
SECTION B-B
NTSNOTE:
SEE DETENTION FACILITY REQUIREMENTS
FOR LOCATION, INTERIOR & EXTERIOR SIDE
SLOPES, AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS.
3 1
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW WS
DETENTION OVERFLOW WS
DETENTION DESIGN WS
WQ DESIGN WS
WQ DESIGN WS
WETPOOL LENGTH (INLET TO OUTLET) = 3 (MIN.) x WIDTH
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW WS
DETENTION OVERFLOW WSDETENTION DESIGN WS
DETENTION PER
DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
EMERGENT VEGETATION
REQUIRED FOR WETPOOL
DEPTHS 3' OR LESS.NOTE: BERM SLOPE
MAY BE 2:1 WHEN TOP
OF BERM SUBMERGED
1' BELOW WQ DESIGN WS
WETPOOL DEPTH 8' MAX.
RECIRCULATION RECOMMENDED
FOR DEPTH > 6'.
KEYED
BERM
FIRST CELL DEPTH
4' MIN. TO 8' MAX.
TOP OF BERM OR BAFFLE LEVEL
AND AT WETPOOL DESIGN
ELEVATION (FLOW EXITS FIRST
CELL OVER BERM) OR AS NOTED
ACCESS ROAD
PER DETENTION
FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
SEDIMENT STORAGE
DEPTH = 1' MIN
INLET EROSION CONTROL/
SLOPE PROTECTION PER
DETENTION FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
SUBMERGED INLET (WQ
DESIGN WS 1' ABOVE CROWN)
SLOPE VEGETATION
PER DETENTION
FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS
2' MIN.
1'
MIN.
OUTLET PIPE INVERT OUT AT
WETPOOL WS ELEVATION
1' MIN.
INVERT 6" MIN.
BELOW TOP
OF INTERNAL
BERM. LOWER
PLACEMENT
IS DESIRABLE
GRAVITY DRAIN
(IF GRADE ALLOWS)
8" MIN. DIAMETER
VALVE TYPE 2 CATCH
BASIN w/SUMP
FENCE REQUIRED FOR
INTERIOR SIDE SLOPES
STEEPER THAN 3(H):1 (V)ACCESS
ROAD
CAPACITY OF OUTLET
SYSTEM PER DETENTION
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS
EXTERIOR BERMS
DESIGNED PER DAM
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
IF APPLICABLE
18" MIN.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-101
6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
This section presents the methods, criteria, and details for analysis and design of sand filters and generic
information for proprietary cartridge filters. The following specific facility designs are included in this
section:
“Sand Filters — Basic and Large,” Section 6.5.2
“Sand Filter Vaults,” Section 6.5.3
“Linear Sand Filters,” Section 6.5.4
The information presented for each filtration facility is organized into the following categories:
1. Methods of Analysis: Contains a step-by-step procedure for designing and sizing each facility.
2. Design Criteria: Contains the details, specifications, and material requirements for each facility.
6.5.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FILTRATION FACILITIES
Presettling Requirement
Filtration facilities are particularly susceptible to clogging. Presettling must therefore be provided before
stormwater enters a filtration facility to prolong the periods between required maintenance activities. The
presettling treatment goal is to remove 50 percent of the total suspended solids (TSS). This requirement
may be met by any of the following:
1. A water quality facility from the Basic WQ Menu (Section 6.1.1), except for Basic WQ options 7
(sand filter) and 8 (proprietary media/membrane filter), which shall not be used to meet the presettling
requirement.
2. A presettling pond or vault, which may be integrated as the first cell of the filtration facility, with a
treatment volume equal to 0.25 times the basic water quality treatment volume (see Section 6.2.1)
calculated by the approved model or by using the NRCS curve number method (see Section 6.4.1.1).
See design requirements below.
Note: For the linear sand filter, use the sediment cell sizing given in the design instead of the above sizing.
3. A detention facility sized to meet the Flow Control Duration Standard.
4. An alternative City approved pretreatment technology (see New Facility Designs in Section 6.2,
Section 6.7, “Proprietary Facility Designs,” and Reference Section 14-A and 14-B).
Other Pretreatment Requirements, Limitations, and Notes
1. Sand filters not preceded by a facility that captures floatables, such as a spill control tee, must provide
additional pretreatment to remove floatable trash and debris before flows reach the sand bed. This
requirement may be met by providing a catch basin with a capped riser on the inlet to the sand filter
(see Figure 6.5.2.C).
2. For high-use sites, sand filters must be preceded by an oil control option from the High-Use menu,
Section 6.1.5.
3. The presettling requirement (with 50% TSS treatment goal) for filtration facilities is in addition to and
exclusive of the treatment requirement for the filtration facility (80% TSS treatment goal).
Design Criteria for Presettling Cells
1. If water in the presettling cell or upstream WQ facility will be in direct contact with the soil, the cell
or WQ facility must be lined per the liner requirements in Section 6.2.4.
Intent: to prevent groundwater contamination from untreated stormwater runoff in areas of
excessively drained soils.
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-102
2. The presettling cell shall conform to the following:
a) The length-to-width ratio shall be 2:1, at minimum. A 3:1 ratio is recommended. Berms or
baffles may be used to lengthen the flowpath.
b) The minimum depth shall be 3 feet; the maximum depth shall be 6 feet.
c) One foot of sediment storage shall be provided.
3. Inlets and outlets shall be designed to minimize velocity and reduce turbulence. The top of the inlet
pipe shall be submerged at least 1 foot. The bottom of the inlet pipe shall be at least 1 foot above
sediment storage.
4. If the presettling cell is in a sensitive lake or sphagnum bog protection area, shrubs that form a dense
cover shall be planted on slopes above the WQ design water surface on at least three sides (see the
wetpond planting requirements in Section 6.4.1.2).
5. See Section 6.5.3.2 for details of presettling vault structures.
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
A sand filter operates much like an infiltration pond (see schematic representations in Figure 6.5.2.A and
Figure 6.5.2.B). However, instead of infiltrating into native soils, stormwater filters through a constructed
sand bed with an underdrain system. Runoff enters the pond and spreads over the surface of the filter. As
flows increase, water backs up in the pond where it is held until it can percolate through the sand. The
treatment pathway is vertical (downward through the sand). High flows in excess of the WQ treatment
goal simply spill out over the top of the pond. Water that percolates through the sand is collected in an
underdrain system of drain rock and pipes which directs the treated runoff to the downstream drainage
system.
A sand filter removes pollutants primarily by physical filtration. As stormwater passes through the sand,
pollutants are trapped in the small spaces between sand grains or adhere to the sand surface. Over time, silt
will build up on the surface and soil organisms (bacteria, fungi, protozoa, nematodes, etc.) will populate
the slit layer and sand bed. The silt will enhance pollutant filtration while the organisms may be
responsible for some biological treatment and some filtration by formation of a biofilm. Over time, either
may decrease the sand filter infiltration rate sufficient to require removal and replacement of some to all of
the media. A large sand filter will treat more of the annual flow than will a basic sand filter and will
therefore remove more pollutant load on an annual basis. Increasing the sand thickness will not
appreciably improve performance.
The following design procedures, requirements, and recommendations cover two sand filter sizes: a basic
size and a large size. The basic sand filter is designed to meet the Basic WQ menu goal of 80% TSS
removal. The large sand filter is expected to meet the Enhanced Basic WQ menu goal of > 30% reduction
of dissolved copper and > 60% removal of dissolved zinc, and the Sensitive Lake Protection menu goal of
50% total phosphorus removal.
Applications and Limitations
A sand filter may be used in most residential, commercial, and industrial developments where site
topography and drainage provide adequate hydraulic head to operate the filter. An elevation difference of
about 4 feet between the inlet and outlet of the filter is usually needed to install a sand filter.
Landscaping may be somewhat constrained because the vegetation capable of surviving in sand and not
interfering with sand filter operation, maintenance, or longevity is limited. Trees and shrubs which
generate a large leaf fall shall be avoided in the immediate vicinity of the filter because leaves and other
debris can clog the surface of the filter.
Sand filters are designed to prevent water from backing up into the sand layer (the underdrain system must
drain freely). Therefore, a sand filter is more difficult to install, and may not be suitable, in areas with
high water tables where groundwater could potentially flood the underdrain system. Water standing in the
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-103
underdrain system will also keep the sand saturated. Under these conditions, oxygen can be depleted,
releasing pollutants such as metals and phosphorus that are more mobile under anoxic conditions.
Sand filter discharge must be by gravity, and must not rely on a pump system. If the pump fails, the sand
will become saturated, create anoxic conditions, and release pollutants. Pumped inflow is only allowed for
privately maintained systems meeting the criteria in Section 4.2.3.
Because the surface of the sand filter will clog from sediment and other debris, this facility should not be
used in areas where heavy sediment loads are expected. A sand filter should not be used during
construction to control sediments unless the sand bed is replaced periodically during construction and after
the project site is stabilized.
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how basic and large sand filters may be
used to meet Core Requirement #8.
6.5.2.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
This section presents the methods of analysis for both basic and large sand filters.
A sand filter is designed with two parts: (1) a temporary storage reservoir to store runoff, and (2) a sand
filter bed through which the stored runoff must percolate. Usually the storage reservoir is simply placed
directly above the filter, and the floor of the reservoir pond is the top of the sand bed. For this case, the
storage volume also determines the hydraulic head over the filter surface, which increases the rate of flow
through the sand.
The modeled routing method described below uses the approved continuous runoff computer model to
determine sand filter area and pond size based on individual site conditions. The method includes
parameters for sizing either a basic or a large sand filter.
Background
There are several variables used in sand filter design which are similar and often confused, even by well-
trained individuals. Use of these variables is explained below.
The sand filter design is based on Darcy’s law:
Q = KiA (6-19)
where Q = WQ design flow (cfs)
K = hydraulic conductivity (fps)
A = surface area perpendicular to the direction of flow (sf)
i = hydraulic gradient (ft/ft) for a constant head and constant media depth, computed as
follows:
i = (6-20)
where h = average depth of water above filter (ft), defined for this design as d/2
d = maximum storage depth above filter (ft)
l = thickness of sand media (ft)
Although it is not seen directly, Darcy’s law underlies the modeled routing design method. V is the direct
input in the sand filter design. The relationship between V and K is revealed by equating Darcy’s law and
the equation of continuity, Q = VA.
Note: When water is flowing into the ground, V is commonly called the filtration rate. It is ordinarily
measured in a percolation test.
l
lh
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-104
Specifically:
Q = KiA and Q = VA
So,
VA = KiA or V = Ki (6-21)
Note that V K—that is, the filtration rate is not the same as the hydraulic conductivity, but they do have
the same units (distance per time). K can be equated to V by dividing V by the hydraulic gradient i, which
is defined above in Equation 6-20.
The hydraulic conductivity K does not change with head nor is it dependent on the thickness of the
media, only on the characteristics of the media and the fluid. The hydraulic conductivity of 1 inch per hour
(2.315 x 10-5 fps) used in this design is based on bench-scale tests of conditioned rather than clean sand.
This design hydraulic conductivity represents the average sand bed condition as silt is captured and held in
the filter bed.39
Unlike the hydraulic conductivity, the filtration rate V changes with head and media thickness, although
the media thickness is constant in the sand filter design.
Modeled Routing Method
The modeled routing method allows the designer to optimize filter geometry and sizing to meet specific
site conditions. The modeled method requires a trial and error solution using the approved model to route
the developed inflow runoff time series through various sand filter configurations until the amount of
runoff that passes through the filter media and is treated meets or exceeds the treatment objective defined
for the facility. Refer to the approved model’s computer software reference manual for specific
instructions on using the program. The general design process is described below.
Step 1: Determine whether a basic or large sand filter is required. Consult the water quality menus in
Section 6.1 to determine the size of filter needed. A basic sand filter is sized so that 91% of the runoff
volume will pass through the filter. A large sand filter is sized such that a minimum of 95% of the runoff
volume passes through the filter. See Section 6.2.1 for discussion of the WQ design volume.
Step 2: Prepare the inflow time series. The developed inflow time series is prepared using the approved
model as generally described in Chapter 3. Detailed instructions for preparing the time series can be found
in the approved model’s computer software reference manual. If the sand filter is upstream of detention,
the time series is that of the developed site. If the sand filter is downstream of detention, the time series is
the outflow time series leaving the detention facility.
Note: Sand filters located downstream from detention facilities are significantly smaller than those
treating runoff before it is detained. Likewise, sand filters receiving flows from Flow Control Duration
Standard detention facilities are smaller than those below Peak Rate Flow Control facilities.
Step 3: Determine whether the sand filter will be on-line or off-line. For most WQ facilities, the
designer may choose to design the facility as either on-line (all flow goes through the facility) or off-line
(flows above the WQ design flow bypass the facility). An off-line sand filter has a high-flow bypass with
an upstream flow splitter designed to bypass flows above the WQ design flow (see Section 6.2.5, for more
information on flow splitter design).
Note that the WQ design flow rate for the flow splitter is the rate required to pass the WQ volume (basic or
large). For the basic sand filter, the rate is reported directly by the approved model (i.e., not modified in
39 King County has tested various sand mixes conditioned with simulated stormwater to establish realistic design standards.
Tests were conducted under falling head conditions in columns containing 18 inches of sand underlain with a 2-inch layer of
washed drain gravel containing a section of 2-inch perforated PVC pipe to simulate the underdrain system. Details are given in
Koon, John, "Determination of infiltration rate and hydraulic conductivity for various sand filter media." January 1996.
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-105
the manner for bioswales in Section 6.2.1); for the large sand filter, derive the rate from the ratio of the
basic and large water quality volumes. The basic sand filter uses the 91% runoff volume as the water
quality design volume, corresponding to a 2-year return interval peak flow from the approved continuous
model. The large sand filter design flow can be calculated by increasing the 2-year return interval peak
flow by the ratio of the 95% runoff volume (water quality design volume for the large sand filter) and the
91% runoff volume (water quality design volume for the basic sand filter). In equation form,
Design Flow
Rate for
Large Sand
Filter
=
(95% Runoff Volume)
x 2-year return
interval peak flow (6-22)
(91% Runoff Volume)
Step 4: Define sand filter modeling parameters. Sand filters can be sized in WWHM using the sand
filter element, or in MGS Flood using the infiltration pond element with the Sand Filter Data tab. Follow
the guidance in the approved model’s reference manual and apply the additional guidance below for the
parameters required for the analysis:
1. The surface area of the filter computed by the approved model using inputs of the bottom length and
width of the infiltration pond (ft).
2. Maximum water depth over filter: depth at which runoff begins to overflow the sand filter
3. Permeable surfaces: bottom only.
4. Riser and orifice information:
Riser head: same as the maximum water depth.
Number of orifices: zero. All runoff will either percolate through sand or overflow the riser.
Top of riser: flat.
5. Vertical infiltration: Assume a design filtration rate of 1 inch per hour. Though the sand specified
below will initially infiltrate at a much higher rate, that rate will slow as the filter accumulates
sediment. When the filtration rate falls to 1 inch per hour, removal of sediment is necessary to
maintain rates above the rate assumed for sizing purposes.
Step 5: Size the sand filter. Follow the facility sizing guidance in the approved model’s reference manual
to input the preliminary design configuration of the sand filter.
Step 6: Route the inflow time series through the sand filter and compare volumes. Compare the
volume percentage passing through the filter with the percentage required for the treatment volume (91%
or 95%). The approved model calculates the routed volume percentage for the comparison.
If the volume percentage of water passing through the filter exceeds the design treatment volume
percentage, decrease the bottom area of the facility. Repeat this step until the desired performance is
achieved.
If the volume percentage of water passing through the filter is less than the design treatment volume
percentage, increase the bottom area until the desired performance is achieved.
Step 7: Size the underdrain system. The underdrain system is sized to convey the peak filtered flows to
the outlet. For the basic sand filter, the central collector pipe(s) shall be sized to convey, at a minimum,
the 2-year return frequency flow into the facility using the KCBW program’s backwater analysis
techniques described in Chapter 4.
For large sand filter design, the design flows for the underdrain collector pipe(s) must be increased from
the basic sand filter, which uses the 91% runoff volume as the water quality design volume, corresponding
to a 2-year return interval peak flow from the approved continuous model. For the large sand filter, the
underdrain design flow can be calculated by increasing the 2 year return interval peak flow by the ratio of
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-106
the 95% runoff volume (water quality design volume for the large sand filter) and the 91% runoff volume
(water quality design volume for the basic sand filter). In equation form:
Design Flow Rate
for Large Sand
Filter Underdrain
=
(95% Runoff Volume)
x 2-year return
interval peak flow (6-23)
(91% Runoff Volume)
To simplify the analysis, all flows for basic and large sand filters may be assumed to enter the collector
pipe at the upstream end. Typically, the collector pipe will not be inlet controlled, so a simple square inlet
type may be assumed. The full head of the facility may be utilized to convey flows through the pipe.
Feeder pipes may be sized using the design criteria in “Underdrain Systems” instead of analyzing the
conveyance capacity as described above.
Strip drains must be analyzed for conveyance per manufacturer’s specifications.
Intent: The underdrain must be able to remove standing water from beneath the sand. If standing water
remains, the sand will remain saturated. This could cause reducing conditions in the sand, allowing some
pollutants to become mobile and be released from the filter to downstream receiving waters.
6.5.2.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Schematic representations of a sand filter are shown in Figure 6.5.2.A, Figure 6.5.2.B, Figure 6.5.2.C, and
Figure 6.5.2.D.
Sand Filter Geometry
1. Any shape sand bed may be used, including circular or free-form designs.
Note: The treatment process is governed by vertical flow, so short-circuiting is not a concern as it is
in wetponds.
2. Sand depth (l) shall be 18 inches (1.5 feet) minimum.
3. Depth of storage over the filter media (d) shall be 6 feet maximum.
Pretreatment, Flow Spreading, and Energy Dissipation
1. See general presettling and pretreatment requirements for filtration facilities in Section 6.5.1.
2. A flow spreader shall be installed at the inlet along one side of the filter to evenly distribute incoming
runoff across the filter and prevent erosion of the filter surface. See Section 6.2.6 for details on flow
spreaders.
a) If the sand filter is curved or an irregular shape, a flow spreader shall be provided for a
minimum of 20 percent of the filter perimeter.
b) If the length-to-width ratio of the filter is 2:1 or greater, a flow spreader must be located on the
longer side and for a minimum length of 20 percent of the facility perimeter.
c) In other situations, use good engineering judgment in positioning the spreader.
3. Erosion protection shall be provided along the first foot of the sand bed adjacent to the flow
spreader. Geotextile meeting the specifications in WSDOT Standard Specifications, 9-33.2(1)
Geotextile Properties/Table 1/Moderate Survivability/Woven, and Table 2, Class A, weighted with
sand bags at 15-foot intervals may be used. Quarry spalls may also be used.
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-107
Overflow and Bypass Structures
1. On-line filters40 shall be equipped with overflows (primary, secondary, and emergency) in
accordance with the design criteria for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1.1, criteria for “Overflow”
and “Emergency Overflow Spillway”).
Note: The primary overflow may be incorporated into the emergency spillway in cases where the
spillway discharges into a downstream detention facility, or where overflows can be safely controlled
and redirected into the downstream conveyance system.
2. For off-line filters, the outlet structure for the basic sand filter must be designed to pass the 2-yr peak
inflow rate, as determined using the approved model with 15-minute time steps calibrated to specific
site conditions.
For large sand filter design, the design flows for the overflow must be increased from the basic sand
filter, which uses the 91% runoff volume as the water quality design volume, corresponding to a 2-
year return interval peak flow from the approved continuous model. For the large sand filter, the
overflow design flow can be calculated by increasing the 2 year return interval peak flow by the ratio
of the 95% runoff volume (water quality design volume for the large sand filter) and the 91% runoff
volume (water quality design volume for the basic sand filter). In equation form:
Design Flow
Rate for Large
Sand Filter
Overflow
=
(95% Runoff Volume)
x 2-year return
interval peak flow (6-24)
(91% Runoff Volume)
Intent: Overflow capacity is required for low-flow, high-volume storms which may exceed the
storage capacity of the filter.
3. To the extent base flow conditions can be identified, base flow must be bypassed around the filter to
keep the sand from remaining saturated for extended periods of time.
Filter Composition
A sand filter consists of three or four layers:
Top layer (optional): grass seed or sod grown in sand
Second layer: sand
Third layer: geotextile fabric
Fourth layer: underdrain system.
Sand Specifications
The sand in a filter shall consist of a medium sand with few fines meeting the size gradation (by weight)
given in Table 6.5.2.A. The contractor must obtain a grain size analysis from the supplier to certify that the
No. 100 and No. 200 sieve requirements are met.
40 Whether a WQ facility is designed as on-line (all flow going through the facility) or off-line (high flows bypassing the facility) is a
choice made by the designer. Section 6.2.5 contains information on flow splitters for WQ facilities.
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-108
Note: Many sand mixes supplied locally meet this specification. However, standard backfill for sand
drains (as specified in the Washington Standard Specifications 9-03.13) does not meet this specification
and shall not be used for sand filters.
TABLE 6.5.2.A SAND MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS
U.S. Sieve Size Percent Passing
U.S. No. 4 95 to 100 percent
U.S. No. 8 70 to 100 percent
U.S. No. 16 40 to 90 percent
U.S. No. 30 25 to 75 percent
U.S. No. 50 2 to 25 percent
U.S. No. 100 Less than 4 percent
U.S. No. 200 Less than 2 percent
Geotextile Materials
Geotextile material requirements are specified in WSDOT Standard Specifications, 9-33.2(1) Geotextile
Properties/Table 1/Moderate Survivability/Woven, and Table 2, Class A.
Underdrain Systems
1. Several underdrain systems are acceptable:
A central collector pipe with lateral feeder pipes in an 8-inch drain rock bed
A central collector pipe with a geotextile drain strip in an 8-inch drain rock bed
Longitudinal pipes in an 8-inch drain rock bed, with a collector pipe at the outlet end.
In smaller installations a single perforated pipe in 8 inches of drain rock may be adequate.
2. The maximum perpendicular distance between any two feeder pipes, or the edge of the filter and a
feeder pipe, shall be 15 feet.
Intent: This spacing is required to prevent the underdrain system from backing up into the sand filter
during the early life of the filter when high filtration rates exist.
3. All pipe shall be placed with a minimum slope of 0.5%.
4. The invert of the underdrain outlet shall be above the seasonal high groundwater level. The
seasonal high groundwater level is the highest elevation of groundwater observed.
Intent: The underdrain must be able to remove standing water from beneath the sand. If standing
water remains, the sand will remain saturated. This could cause depletion of dissolved oxygen and
reducing conditions in the sand, allowing some pollutants to become mobile and be released from the
filter to downstream receiving waters.
5. Cleanout wyes with caps or junction boxes shall be provided at both ends of all collector pipes.
Cleanouts shall extend to the surface of the filter.
a) A valve box must be provided for access to the cleanouts.
b) The cleanout assembly must be watertight to prevent short circuiting of the filter.
Intent: Caps are required on cleanout wyes to prevent short-circuiting of water into the underdrain
system when the pond fills with water.
6. If a drain strip is used for lateral drainage, the strip must be placed at the slope specified by the
manufacturer but at least at 0.5%. All drain strip must extend to the central collector pipe. Drain strips
installations must be analyzed for conveyance because manufactured products vary in the amount of
flow they are designed to handle.
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-109
7. At least 8 inches of drain rock must be maintained over all underdrain piping or drain strip, and
6 inches must be maintained on either side to prevent damage by heavy equipment during
maintenance.
Note: If drain strip is used, it may be easier to install the central collector pipe in an 8-inch trench
filled with drain rock, making the cover over the drain strip and the collector pipe the same thickness.
In this case the pipe shall be wrapped with geotextile to prevent clogging. Use the same geotextile
specification as given in WSDOT Standard Specifications, 9-33.2(1) Geotextile
Properties/Table 1/Moderate Survivability/Woven, and Table 2, Class A.
8. A geotextile fabric shall be used between the sand layer and the drain rock and be placed so that one
inch of drain rock is above the fabric.
Intent: The position of the geotextile fabric provides a transition layer of mixed sand and drain rock.
A distinct layer of finely textured sand above a coarser one may cause water to pool at the interface
and not readily drain downward due to the greater capillary forces in the finer material.
9. Sand filters shall not be used in combination with a downstream pump system.
Intent: Sand filters are designed to prevent water from backing up into the sand layer; the underdrain
system must drain freely. If the pump fails, the sand will become saturated, create anoxic conditions,
and release pollutants.
Underdrain Materials
1. Underdrain pipe shall be minimum 6 inch diameter perforated PVC, SDR 35. One acceptable
specification for perforations is as follows: 2 rows of holes (1/2-inch diameter) spaced 6 inches apart
longitudinally (max), with rows 120 degrees apart (laid with holes downward). Other drain pipe may
be used if it adequately drains the filter.
2. Drain rock shall be 11/2- to 3/4-inch rock, washed and free from clay or organic material.
3. If a geotextile drain strip system is used, the attached geotextile fabric should not be used, or the
fabric side should be positioned away from the sand blanket. Geotextile is already required between
the sand and drain rock layers, and must meet the specifications in WSDOT Standard Specifications,
9-33.2(1) Geotextile Properties/Table 1/Moderate Survivability/Woven, and Table 2, Class A, to avoid
clogging the filter prematurely.
Access Roads and Setbacks
1. An access road shall be provided to the inlet and outlet of a sand filter for inspection and maintenance
purposes. Requirements for access roads are the same as for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1.1,
“Design of Access Roads” and “Construction of Access Roads”).
2. The location of the facility relative to site constraints (e.g., buildings, property lines, etc.) shall be the
same as for detention ponds (see Section 5.1.1) except as noted in 3, below. See Section 6.2.3 for
typical setback requirements for WQ facilities.
3. For a sand filter that infiltrates to ground, setbacks shall be same as those for infiltration ponds, (see
Section 5.2.2).
Grass Cover
1. No top soil shall be added to sand filter beds because fine-grained materials (e.g., silt and clay) reduce
the hydraulic capacity of the filter.
2. Growing grass will require selecting species that can tolerate the demanding environment of the sand
bed. Sand filters experience long periods of saturation during the winter wet season, followed by
extended dry periods during the summer. Modeling predicts that sand filters will be dry about
60 percent of the time in a typical year. Consequently, vegetation must be capable of surviving
drought as well as wetness.
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-110
The grasses and plants listed in Table 6.5.2.B are good choices for pond sides. They are
facultative (i.e., they can tolerate fluctuations in soil water). These species can generally survive
approximately 1 month of submersion while dormant in the winter (until about February 15), but
they can withstand only about 1 to 2 weeks of submersion after mid-February.
The lower portion of Table 6.5.2.B lists grass species that are good choices for the sand filter
bottom. They can withstand summer drying and are fairly tolerant of infertile soils. In general,
planting a mixture of 3 or more species is recommended. This ensures better coverage since
tolerance of the different species is somewhat different, and the best adapted grasses will spread
more rapidly than the others. Legumes, such as clover, fix nitrogen and hence can thrive in low-
fertility soils such as sands. This makes them particularly good choices for planting the sand filter
bed.
3. To prevent any use that could compact and potentially damage the filter surface, both permanent and
temporary structures (e.g., playground equipment or bleachers) are not permitted.
4. If the sand filter is located in a Sensitive Lake Protection Area, or discharges to a stream that is listed
as a Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Problem (Type 2) under “Downstream Water Quality Problems
Requiring Special Attention” (Section 1.2.2.1.2) and the problem cause has been identified as nutrient
loading, then low phosphorus fertilizers (such as formulations in the proportion 3:1:3 N-P-K or less)
or slow-release phosphorus formulations should be used, and at no more than the minimum agronomic
rate. Regardless of location, the fertilizer must meet the requirements of Chapter 15.54.500 RCW
limiting the use of fertilizer containing phosphorus.
TABLE 6.5.2.B RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR SATURATED AREAS
RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR POND SIDES
Scientific Name Common Name
Bromus carinatus California brome
Calamagrostis nutkaensis Pacific reed grass
Deschampsia caespitosa Tufted hairgrass
Distichlis spicata Saltgrass
Glyceria borealis Northern mannagrass
Poa palustris Fowl bluegrass
Juncus ensifolius Daggerleaf rush
Juncus patens Spreading rush
Juncus tenuis Poverty rush
RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR POND BOTTOM (SAND SURFACE)
Agrostis tenuis Colonial bentgrass (Highland strain good)
Festuca brevipila Hard fescue
Festuca elatior “Many Mustang,”
“Silverado”
Dwarf tall fescues
Festuca ovina Sheep fescue
Festuca rubra var. rubra Red fescue
Koeleria macrantha Prairie junegrass
Lolium perenne Perennial ryegrass
Lupinus rivularis Riverbank lupine
Note: Other grasses may be used if recommended by a horticultural or erosion control specialist for the specific site.
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-111
Recommended Design Features
The following design features should be incorporated into sand filter designs where site conditions allow:
1. A horticultural specialist should be consulted for advice on planting.
2. Seeding is best performed in fall (late September to October) or in spring (mid-March to June). For
summer seeding or seeding during dry conditions, sprinkler systems or other measures for watering
the seed must be provided. Soil temperatures should be between 50 and 65 degrees to allow for seed
germination of cool season grasses.
3. Seed should be applied at 80 to 100 seeds per square foot. Pounds of seed per acre will depend on
actual species composition as number of seeds vary dramatically by species per pound.
4. During seeding, Slow-release fertilizers may be applied to speed the growth of grass. If the sand filter
is located in a sensitive lake watershed or discharges to a stream that is listed as a Dissolved Oxygen
(DO) Problem (Type 2) under “Downstream Water Quality Problems Requiring Special Attention”
(Section 1.2.2.1.2) and the problem cause has been identified as nutrient loading, then low phosphorus
fertilizers (such as formulations in the proportion 3:1:3 N-P-K or less) or slow-release phosphorus
formulations should be used, and at no more than the minimum agronomic rate. Regardless of
location, the fertilizer must meet the requirements of Chapter 15.54.500 RCW limiting the use of
fertilizer containing phosphorus.
5. A sand filter can add landscape interest and may be incorporated into the project landscape design.
Interior side slopes may be stepped with flat areas for planting (Figure 6.5.2.E). Perennial beds may be
planted above the overflow water surface elevation. However, large shrubs and trees are not allowed
because falling leaves and needles can clog the filter surface, requiring more frequent maintenance,
and roots may damage the structure and/or function of the filter.
Note: Examples of areas with stepped side slopes can be found at the Ballard Locks in Seattle and at
Luther Burbank Park on Mercer Island.
6. Recreational use of the filter surface is not allowed as activity can disrupt the structure and function
of the filter media. Signage discouraging recreation is required. Signage shall be placed for maximum
visibility from adjacent streets, sidewalks, and paths. More than one sign may be required to be sure
the advisory will be noted by anyone approaching the facility.
Construction Considerations
1. If sand filters are put into service before construction of all parcels within the catchment is complete
and all disturbed soil in the sand filter catchment has been stabilized, the filter will very likely clog
prematurely. If individual lots are not stabilized, the options for protection from upstream erosion
given in Section 5.2.1 for infiltration ponds may be used.
An alternative is to install the sand filter pond including full excavation for the filter sand and
underdrain layers, delaying placement of the sand and underdrains until the project site is stabilized.
The partially complete sand filter will then function like a small wetpond. Later, the accumulated
sediment must be removed and the underdrain with gravel, geotextile separator, and sand layers
placed. A second alternative is to place only the gravel underdrain during the construction phase. Then
clean the gravel and place the geotextile separator and sand layer after the project site is stabilized.
The City will not assume maintenance responsibility or release financial guarantees unless the sand
filter is installed per design and functioning properly. If the final sand layer cannot be completed
before the typical two-year holding period for financial guarantees, the applicant may elect to pay the
City to clean and install the sand when the watershed is stabilized, or may arrange a smaller financial
guarantee specifically for completion of the sand filter.
2. Careful placement of the sand is necessary to avoid formation of voids within the sand that could
lead to short-circuiting, particularly around penetrations for underdrain cleanouts, as well as to prevent
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-112
damage to the underlying geomembranes and underdrain system. Voids between the trench wall and
geotextile fabric should also be avoided.
3. Over compaction must be avoided to ensure adequate filtration capacity. Sand is best placed with a
low ground pressure tracked bulldozer (4.6 pounds per square inch or less ground pressure). The
number of passes over sand fill should be minimized during placement; using low ground-pressure
vehicles can minimize ground pressure and compaction.
4. After the sand layer is placed, water settling is recommended. Flood the sand with 10 to 15 gallons of
water per cubic foot of sand.
Maintenance Considerations
Sand filters are subject to clogging by fine sediment, oil and grease, and other debris (e.g., trash and
organic matter such as leaves). Filters and pretreatment facilities should be inspected every 6 months
during the first year of operation. Inspections should also occur immediately following a storm event to
assess the filtration capacity of the filter. Once the filter is performing as designed, the frequency of
inspection may be reduced to once per year.
During an inspection the following features should be evaluated and maintained as needed:
1. Remove debris and sediment from the pretreatment facility when depth exceeds 12 inches.
2. Remove debris and sediment from the surface of the filter when accumulations exceed 0.5 inches.
3. Observe operation of the overflow and drawdown time in the filter. Frequent overflow through the
grated “birdcage” or “jailhouse” window into the outlet structure or slow drawdown are indicators of
plugging problems. Under normal operating conditions, a sand filter should completely empty within
9 to 24 hours following a storm event (i.e., after the inflow of runoff to the filter ceases), depending on
pond depth. Generally, if the water level over the filter drops at a rate less than 1/2-inch per hour
(V < 1/2-inch per hour), corrective maintenance is needed. Recommendations for improving sand filter
performance are summarized below:
a) Remove thatch accumulation in grass.
b) Aerate the filter surface to improve permeability.
c) Till the filter surface. Two separate passes following a criss-cross pattern (i.e., second pass at right
angles to the first) are recommended.
d) Replace upper 4 to 6 inches of grass and sand.
4. Experience with sand filters used for stormwater treatment in Austin, Texas, has shown that the sand
becomes clogged and must be replaced every 4 to 10 years.
5. Rapid drawdown in the filter (i.e., greater than 12 inches per hour) indicates short-circuiting of the
filter media. Inspect the cleanouts on the underdrain pipes and along the base of the embankment for
leakage.
6. Formation of rills and gullies on the surface of the filter indicates improper function of the inlet flow
spreader or poor sand compaction. Check for accumulation of debris on or in the flow spreader, and
refill rills and gullies with sand.
Other maintenance practices that should be employed to ensure proper operation of the sand filter are
summarized below:
1. Avoid use of fertilizers along the bottom or sides of a landscape sand filter. Any fertilizer used must
meet the requirements of Chapter 15.54.500 RCW limiting the use of fertilizer containing
phosphorus.41
41 <http://apps.leg.wa.gov/billinfo/summary.aspx?bill=1489&year=2011>.
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-113
2. Avoid driving heavy machinery or equipment on the sand filter to minimize compaction of the filter
media, prevent the formation of ruts in the surface of the filter that could concentrate or channelize
flow, and prevent damage to the underdrain system. Use only low ground pressure tracked equipment
(4.6 pounds per square inch or less ground pressure). The number of passes over sand fill should be
minimized to the greatest extent possible.
3. Mow grass as needed, and remove the cut grass from the sand filter.
4. If vegetation is present, water it periodically when needed, especially during the summer dry season.
5. Discourage use of the sand bed by pets by installing signs reminding residents of scoop laws,
providing scoop stations near the facilities, planting barriers such as barberry, and/or providing other
measures as appropriate.
MODIFICATIONS FOR COMBINING WITH AN INFILTRATION POND
Where an infiltration pond is proposed for flow control, a sand filter (basic or large) may be combined
with the infiltration pond by making the following modifications in design criteria:
1. The “100-year Overflow Conveyance” requirements for infiltration ponds (see Section 5.2.1) shall
apply in place of the “Overflow and Bypass” requirements for sand filters.
2. The “Filter Composition” criteria are changed to eliminate the requirement for an underdrain system.
The fourth layer of the filter becomes the native infiltrative soils.
3. The “Underdrain System” and “Underdrain Materials” criteria for sand filters are not applied.
Water infiltrating through the sand layer need not be collected but may simply continue infiltrating
downward into native soils.
4. The sides of the infiltration pond must be provided with a treatment liner up to the WQ design water
surface elevation, at a minimum. In a groundwater protection area, the liner must extend up to the
overflow water surface elevation of the pond. See Section 6.2.4 (Facility Liners) for information on
liners.
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-114
FIGURE 6.5.2.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SAND FILTER WITH LEVEL SPREADER
PLAN VIEW
PLAN VIEW
NTS
ACCESS ROAD
3:1
0.5%0.5%
0.5%
ACCESS ROAD
OUTLET STRUCTURE AND OVERFLOW
PER SECTION 5.1.1 DETENTION PONDS
LATERAL FEEDER
PIPE OR DRAIN STRIP
UNDERDRAIN
COLLECTOR
(PERF. PIPE)
CLEANOUT WYES W/CAP
IN VALVE BOX (BOTH
ENDS)
15' SPACING BETWEEN
FEEDER PIPES (MAX)
FLOW SPREADER PER
SECTION 6.2.6.1
(CONCRETE CHANNEL
OR OTHER) FOR
20% OF BOTTOM
PERIMETER (MIN)
EMERGENCY
SPILLWAY
EROSION
PROTECTION
GRATING OVER
FLOW SPREADER
(OPTIONAL)
INLET STRUCTURE
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-115
FIGURE 6.5.2.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SAND FILTER WITH LEVEL SPREADER
PROFILE VIEW
SECTION A-A
NTS
8"
min.
24" min.
TRENCH DETAIL
NTS
WQ DESIGN WS
INLET
SECTION B-B
NTS
3H:1V SLOPE
RECOMMENDED
INVERT OF UNDERDRAIN ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH GROUND WATER LEVELTRENCH OPTIONAL, BUT 8" CRUSHED
GRAVEL REQUIRED OVER DRAIN PIPE
EROSION PROTECTION
GRASS (OPTIONAL)
NO TOPSOIL MAY BE ADDED
DESIGN WS
6' MAX.
FLOW SPREADER PER SECTION 6.2.6.1
SAND
1" COVER OF
DRAIN ROCK OVER
GEOTEXTILE
GEOTEXTILE
FABRIC, SEE
TABLE 6.5.2.D
DRAIN ROCK, 1-1
2" TO 34"
GRATING
(OPTIONAL)
UNDERDRAIN
COLLECTOR PIPE
(6" MIN.)
18" MIN.
8" MIN.
SPILL CONTROL PROVIDED BY TEE
SECTION IN TYPE II CATCH BASIN
(NOT REQUIRED IF FILTER PROCEEDED
BY FACILITY WITH SPILL CONTROL)
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-116
FIGURE 6.5.2.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SAND FILTER WITH PRETREATMENT
CELL PLAN VIEW
ACCESS ROAD
NOTE:
SEE SECTION 6.2.6 FOR
OTHER TYPES OF FLOW
SPREADERS
0.5%0.5%
0.5%
PLAN VIEW
NTS
Lc (INLET TO OUTLET)
= 2 (MIN.) x (Wc AT
MID-DEPTH)
PRESETTLING CELL
(IF NO WQ OR
DETENTION
FACILITY UPSTREAM),
VOLUME PER
SECTION 6.5.1
Wc AT MID-DEPTHARMORED OUTLET
DITCH INTO
FLOW SPREADER
EROSION PROTECTION
INLET FLOW SPREADER
(SECTION 6.2.6.1) FOR
20% (MIN.) OF PERIMETER
OF POND BOTTOM
UNDERDRAIN
COLLECTOR
(PERF. PIPE)
EMERGENCY SPILLWAY
DRAIN STRIP
(SPACING PER
MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS)
OR FEEDER PIPES
CLEANOUT WYES
W/WATERTIGHT
CAP IN VALVE
BOX (BOTH ENDS)
INFLOW
5' MIN. TOP WIDTH
A
A
6.5.2 SAND FILTERS — BASIC AND LARGE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-117
FIGURE 6.5.2.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SAND FILTER WITH PRETREATMENT
CELL PROFILE VIEW
FIGURE 6.5.2.E SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF STEPPED SIDE SLOPES
SECTION A-A
NTS
INLET
3
1
3
1
WQ DESIGN WS
OVERFLOW STRUCTURE SIZED TO CONVEY PEAK FLOW RATE THROUGH FILTER
(OFF-LINE SYSTEM) OR PEAK FLOW FOR DEVELOPED SITE (ON-LINE SYSTEM)
(SEE SECTION 5.1.1.1 DETENTION PONDS - DESIGN CRITERIA, OVERFLOW)
RECOMMENDED
SAND
GRAVEL OR DRAIN ROCK
UNDERDRAIN COLLECTOR
IN GRAVEL FILLED TRENCH
1' STORAGE
SEDIMENT
PROVIDE TEE FOR CONTROL
OF FLOATABLES IF NEEDED
(SEE SECTION 6.5.1)
GRASS (OPTIONAL)
NO SOIL MAY BE ADDED TO SAND
RECOMMENDED
6' MAX.
3' MIN.
6' MAX.
SECTION
NTS
3
1
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-118
6.5.3 SAND FILTER VAULTS
A sand filter vault is similar to an open sand filter except that the sand layer and underdrains are installed
below grade in a vault. Like a sand filter, a sand filter vault may be sized as either a basic or a large facility
to meet different water quality objectives. The basic sand filter vault is designed to meet the Basic WQ
menu goal of 80% TSS removal for the water quality design flow. The large sand filter vault is expected
to meet the Sensitive Lake Protection menu goal of 50% total phosphorus removal.
Applications and Limitations
A sand filter vault may be used on sites where space limitations preclude the installation of above
ground facilities. In highly urbanized areas, particularly on redevelopment and infill projects, a vault is a
viable alternative to other treatment technologies that require more area to construct.
Like sand filters, sand filter vaults are not suitable for areas with high water tables where infiltration of
groundwater into the vault and underdrain system will interfere with the hydraulic operation of the filter.
Soil conditions in the vicinity of the vault installation should also be evaluated to identify special design or
construction requirements for the vault.
It is desirable to have an elevation difference of 4 feet between the inlet and outlet of the filter for
efficient operation. Therefore, site topography and drainage system hydraulics must be evaluated to
determine whether use of an underground filter is feasible.
Because the surface of a sand filter vault is prone to clogging from sediment and other debris, this facility
should not be used in areas where heavy sediment loads are expected .
Refer to the WQ menus, Section 6.1, for information on how sand filter vaults may be used to meet Core
Requirement #8.
6.5.3.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
The methods of analysis for basic and large sand filter vaults are identical to the methods described for
basic and large sand filters. Follow the procedures described in Section 6.5.2.1.
6.5.3.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Schematic representations of sand filter vaults are shown in Figure 6.5.3.A and Figure 6.5.3.B.
Sand Filter Geometry
Same as for sand filters (see Section 6.5.2.2).
Pretreatment, Flow-Spreading, and Energy Dissipation
1. See general presettling and pretreatment requirements for filtration facilities, Section 6.5.1.
2. A flow spreader shall be installed at the inlet to the filter bed to evenly distribute incoming runoff
across the filter and prevent erosion of the filter surface.
3. For vaults with presettling cells, the presettling cells shall be constructed so that the divider wall
extends from the floor of the vault to the WQ design water surface and is water tight
4. The flow spreader shall be positioned so that the top of the spreader is no more than 8 inches above
the top of the sand bed (and at least 2 inches higher than the top of the inlet pipe if a pipe and manifold
distribution system is used). See Section 6.2.6 for details on flow spreaders. For vaults with
presettling cells, a concrete sump-type flow spreader (see Figure 6.2.6.B) shall be built into or
affixed to the divider wall. The sump shall be a minimum of 1 foot wide and extend the width of the
sand filter. The downstream lip of the sump shall be no more than 8 inches above the top of the sand
bed.
6.5.3 SAND FILTER VAULTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-119
5. Flows shall enter the sand bed by spilling over the top of the wall into a flow spreader pad, or
alternatively a pipe and manifold system may be designed and approved at the discretion of CED to
deliver water through the wall to the flow spreader.
Note: Water in the first or presettling cell is dead storage. Any pipe and manifold system designed
must retain the required dead storage volume in the first cell, minimize turbulence, and be readily
maintainable.
6. If a pipe and manifold system is used, the minimum pipe size shall be 8 inches. Multiple inlets are
recommended to minimize turbulence and reduce local flow velocities.
7. Erosion protection shall be provided along the first foot of the sand bed adjacent to the spreader.
Geotextile weighted at the corners with sand bags, quarry spalls, or other suitable erosion control may
be used.
Overflow and Bypass Structures
Same as for sand filters (see Section 6.5.2.2).
Filter Composition
The filter bed shall consist of three layers as follows:
Top layer: sand
Second layer: geotextile fabric
Third layer: underdrain system.
Sand Specifications and Geotextile Materials
Same as for sand filters (see Section 6.5.2.2).
Underdrain Systems and Underdrain Materials
Same as for sand filters (see Section 6.5.2.2).
Vault Structure
1. Sand filter vaults are typically designed as on-line (flow-through) systems with a flat bottom under the
filter bed.
2. If a presettling cell is provided, the cell bottom may be longitudinally level or inclined toward the
inlet. To facilitate sediment removal, the bottom shall also slope from each side towards the center at a
minimum of 5%, forming a broad “v.”
Note: More than one “v” may be used to minimize cell depth.
Exception: The bottom of the presettling cell may be flat rather than v-shaped if removable panels
are provided over the entire presettling cell. Removable panels shall be at grade, have stainless steel
lifting eyes, and weigh no more than 5 tons per panel.
3. One foot (average) of sediment storage must be provided in the presettling cell.
4. Where pipes enter and leave the presettling cell below the WQ design water surface, they shall be
sealed using a non-porous, non-shrinking grout.
5. If an oil retaining baffle is used for control of floatables in the presettling cell, it must conform to the
following:
a) The baffle shall extend from 1 foot above to 1 foot below the WQ design water surface (minimum
requirements) and be spaced a minimum of 5 feet horizontally from the inlet and 4 feet
horizontally from the outlet.
b) Provision for passage of flows in the event of plugging shall be provided.
c) An access opening and ladder shall be provided on both sides of the baffle into the presettling
cell.
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-120
6. Sand filter vaults shall conform to the “Materials” and “Structural Stability” criteria specified for
detention vaults in Section 5.1.3.
7. The arch culvert sections allowed for wetvaults shall not be used for sand filter vaults. Free access to
the entire sand bed is needed for maintenance.
Access Requirements
Same as for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3) except for the following modifications:
1. For facilities maintained by the City, removable panels must be provided over the entire sand bed.
Panels shall be at grade, have stainless steel lifting eyes, and weigh no more than 5 tons per panel.
Concrete bridge decking or industrial decking are options. If within the roadway and outside the travel
lane, the panels must meet traffic loading requirements.
2. A minimum of 24 square feet of ventilation grate must be provided for each 250 square feet of
sandbed surface area. Grates may be located in one area if the sand filter is small, but placement at
each end is preferred. Small grates may also be dispersed over the entire sand bed.
Intent: Grates are important to allow air exchange above the sand. Poor air exchange will hasten
anoxic conditions which may result in release of pollutants such as phosphorus and metals and cause
objectionable odors.
Access Roads, Right of Way, and Setbacks
Same as for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3).
Recommended Design Features
The following design features should be incorporated into sand filter vaults where feasible but are not
specifically required:
1. The floor of the presettling cell should be sloped toward the inlet to allow for sediment
accumulation and ease of cleaning.
2. A geotextile fabric is recommended over the sand bed to make sand bed maintenance easier. If used,
the geotextile should be a flexible, high-permeability, three-dimensional matrix of the kind commonly
used for erosion control. Sand bags should be used at 10 to 15 foot intervals to hold the geotextile in
place.
3. Additional grates are recommended instead of solid panels to increase air contact with the sand bed.
Construction Considerations
Same as for sand filters (see Section 6.5.2.2) plus, upon completion of installation, the vault shall be
thoroughly cleaned and flushed prior to placement of sand and drain rock.
Maintenance Considerations
Maintenance considerations for sand filter vaults are similar to those described for sand. Maintenance
practices need to be modified somewhat due to the sand filter being in a vault, including the use of safe
confined space entry procedures.
MODIFICATIONS FOR COMBINING WITH AN INFILTRATION VAULT
Where an infiltration vault is proposed for flow control, a sand filter vault (basic or large) may be
combined with the infiltration facility by making the following modifications in design criteria:
1. The “100-year Overflow Conveyance” requirements for infiltration ponds (see Section 5.2.1) shall
apply in place of the “Overflow and Bypass” requirements for sand filter vaults.
2. The “Filter Composition” criteria are changed to eliminate the requirement for an underdrain system.
The third layer of the filter becomes the native infiltrative soils.
6.5.3 SAND FILTER VAULTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-121
3. The “Underdrain System” and “Underdrain Materials” criteria for sand filter vaults are not
applied. Water infiltrating through the sand layer need not be collected but may simply continue
infiltrating downward into native soils.
4. “Access requirements” for grating may be reduced at the discretion of the design and review
engineers.
Intent: when water infiltrates into the soil directly without being collected by an underdrain system,
the concern for pollutant release diminishes. Ventilation for odor control is, then, the only concern .
FIGURE 6.5.3.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SAND FILTER VAULT PLAN VIEW
PLAN VIEW
NTS
INLET
B
B
AA
UNDERDRAIN SLOPE
0.5% (MIN.)
UNDERDRAIN
COLLECTOR
NOTE:
PROVIDE 24 S.F. OF GRATE FOR
EACH 250 S.F. OF SAND AREA
VENTILATION
GRATESLOPE FLOOR
TOWARDS CENTER
AT 5% SLOPE (MIN.)FIRST CHAMBER FOR
ENERGY DISSIPATION
AND PRETREATMENT
PROVIDE REMOVABLE
ACCESS PANELS
OVER ENTIRE SAND AREA
CONCRETE SUMP
W/LIP USED AS
FLOW SPREADER
OVERFLOW
WEIR
OIL RETAINING BAFFLE
FOR RETENTION OF
FLOATABLES
(OPTIONAL)
VENTILATION
PIPE (12" MIN.)
ACCESS
COVER
"V" SHAPED
BOTTOM
5' MIN.4' MIN.
EROSION
PROTECTIONCLEANOUT WYES
WITH CAPS (BOTH ENDS)
MUST BE WATERTIGHT
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-122
FIGURE 6.5.3.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A SAND FILTER VAULT PROFILE VIEW
SECTION A-A
NTS
WS ELEV. (MAX.)
6" MIN.
8" MAX.
OVERFLOW SIZED TO CONVEY
DESIGN FLOW RATE THROUGH
FILTER (OFF-LINE SYSTEM) OR
PEAK FLOW AS DEFINED IN
CHAPTER 5 (ON-LINE SYSTEM)
PROVIDE REMOVABLE PANELS
OVER THE ENTIRE SAND AREA.
A 4' X 6' AREA (MIN.) MUST BE
GRATED FOR EACH 250 SF
OF SAND BED
STEPS
2' MIN.BOTTOM
SLOPE 0.5-2%
TOWARD
INLET
(RECOM-
MENDED)1' AVG. SEDIMENT
STORAGE
PRE-SETTLING CELL
VOLUME PER SECTION 6.5.1
SAND
GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
DRAIN PIPE
DRAIN ROCK, 1-1/2"
TO 3
4" WASHED
45°
MAX.
FLOW SPREADER
EROSION PROTECTION1' (MIN.)
SUMP
WIDTH
PIPE
SUPPORT
18" (MIN.)
GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
w/1" DRAIN ROCK COVER
WATERTIGHT
CAP SAND
UNDERDRAIN
COLLECTOR PIPE
6" MIN.
18" MIN.
DRAIN ROCK
(8" MIN. DEPTH)
8" MIN. COVER
OVER PIPE
BAFFLE
ACCESS
COVER
1'
1'
SECTION B-B
NTS
6.5.4 LINEAR SAND FILTERS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-123
6.5.4 LINEAR SAND FILTERS
Linear sand filters are typically long, shallow, rectangular vaults. The vaults consist of two cells or
chambers, one for settling coarse sediment from the runoff and the other containing sand. Stormwater
flows into the second cell via a weir section that also functions as a flow spreader to distribute the flow
over the sand. The outlet consists of an underdrain pipe system that connects to the storm drain system. As
with other sand filters, linear filters come in two sizes, basic and large. The basic linear sand filter is
designed to meet the Basic WQ menu goal of 80% TSS removal for the water quality design flow. The
large linear sand filter is expected to meet the Sensitive Lake Protection menu goal of 50% total
phosphorus removal.
Applications and Limitations
The linear sand filter is used for stormwater flows for two different treatment purposes:
1. To provide basic or second-tier water quality treatment, and
2. To treat runoff from high-use sites (i.e., sites generating higher than typical concentrations of oil and
grease).
The presettling cell in a linear sand filter does not meet standard presettling cell requirements, so it is not
expected to achieve the presettling goal of 50% TSS removal. Sediment storage capacity will also be more
limited. These factors will necessitate more frequent maintenance than for a standard sand filter, and are
likely to result in poorer net pollutant removal overall. Therefore, linear sand filters are discouraged where
a different facility can be used. Linear sand filters are best suited for treating small drainages (less than
two acres), particularly long, narrow areas. A linear sand filter may be located along the perimeter of a
paved impervious surface or may be installed downstream of a filter strip where additional treatment is
needed. If used for oil control, the filter should be located upstream from the main water quality treatment
facility (i.e., wetpond, bioswale, or combined detention and wetpond).
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how linear sand filters may be used to
meet Core Requirement #8 or Special Requirement #5.
6.5.4.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Size the sand filter bed. A linear sand filter is sized based on the infiltration rate of the sand and the
amount of runoff draining to the facility. The filter is sized to infiltrate the sand filter design flow without
significant ponding above the sand. The sand filter bed for linear sand filters, basic and large, is sized
using the modeled routing procedure of Section 6.5.2.1.
Size the sediment cell. The sediment cell width should be set after the sand filter width is determined. Use
Table 6.5.4.A below to set the width of the sediment cell. If another WQ facility precedes the sand filter,
the sediment cell may be waived.
TABLE 6.5.4.A SEDIMENT CELL WIDTH, LINEAR SAND FILTER
If Sand Filter Width Is: Width of Sediment Cell Shall Be:
1 to 2 feet 12 inches
2 to 4 feet 18 inches
4 to 6 feet 24 inches
Over 6 feet One-third of sand cell width
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-124
6.5.4.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
A schematic representation is shown in Figure 6.5.4.A.
Geometry, Sizing, and Overflow
1. A linear sand filter shall consist of two cells or chambers, a sediment cell and a sand bed cell, divided
by a low divider wall. If the sand filter is preceded by another WQ facility, and the flow enters the
sand filter along the side as sheet flow, the sediment cell may be waived.
2. Stormwater may enter the sediment cell by sheet flow or via a piped inlet.
3. Minimum inside width of the sand filter cell shall be 1 foot. Maximum width shall be 15 feet.
4. The two cells must be separated by a divider wall that is level and extends a minimum of 6 inches and
a maximum of 12 inches above the sand bed. The riser overflow elevation must be adjusted for the
wall height.
5. The sand filter bed shall be 18 inches deep, reducible to no less than 12 inches deep if grade
limitations show a greater depth is not feasible. An 8-inch layer of drain rock with perforated
drainpipe shall be installed beneath the sand layer.
6. The drainpipe shall have a minimum diameter of 6 inches and be wrapped in geotextile and sloped
0.5 % (min) to drain.
7. For design, the maximum depth of ponding over the sand shall be 1 foot.
8. If separated from traffic areas, a linear sand filter may be covered or open, but if covered, the cover
must be removable for the entire length of the filter. Covers must be grated if flow to the filter is from
sheet flow.
9. A linear sand filter shall have an emergency overflow route, either surface overland, tightline, or
other structure for safely controlling the overflow, and shall meet the conveyance requirements
specified in Chapter 1.
Structure Specifications
1. A linear sand filter vault shall be concrete (precast/prefabricated or cast-in-place). The concrete must
conform to the “Material” requirements for detention vaults in Section 5.1.3.
2. Where linear sand filters are located in traffic areas, they must meet the “Structural Stability”
requirements specified for detention vaults in Section 5.1.3. The sediment cell shall have a
removable grated cover that meets HS-25 traffic loading requirements. The cover over the sand filter
cell may be either solid or grated.
3. A minimum of 24 square feet of ventilation grate must be provided for each 250 square feet of
sandbed surface area. Grates located over the sediment chamber are preferred. Grates may be in one
central location or dispersed over the entire sand bed. Vertical grates may also be used such as at a
curb inlet. If a sediment chamber is not required, ventilation shall be provided over the sandbed.
Intent: Grates are important to allow air exchange above the sand. Poor air exchange will hasten
anoxic conditions which may result in release of pollutants such as phosphorus and metals and cause
objectionable odors.
Sand Specifications
Same as for sand filters (see Table 6.5.2.A).
Geotextile Materials
Same as for sand filters (see WSDOT Standard Specifications (2014), 9-33.2(1) Geotextile
Properties/Table 1/Moderate Survivability/Woven, and Table 2, Class A).
6.5.4 LINEAR SAND FILTERS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-125
Underdrain Materials
Same as for sand filters (see Section 6.5.2.2).
Access Roads, Right of Way, and Setbacks
Same as for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3).
Construction Considerations
If put into service before the project site is stabilized, placement of the sand layer should be delayed, and
the linear sand filter may be used with the gravel layer only. The gravel layer must be replaced and the
vault cleaned when the project site is stabilized and the sand bed installed. The City will not assume
maintenance responsibility or release financial guarantees until the final installation is complete.
Maintenance Considerations
Maintenance considerations for linear sand filters are similar to those for basic sand filters (see
Section 6.5.2.2) except sediment should be removed from the sediment cell when the sediment depth
exceeds 6 inches.
SECTION 6.5 FILTRATION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-126
FIGURE 6.5.4.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A LINEAR SAND FILTER
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
SECTION B-B
NTS
NOTES
1. WITH PIPED INLET,
COVER MAY BE SOLID
2. SAND DEPTH MAY BE
REDUCED TO 12", SEE
SECTION 6.5.4.2
3. SEE TABLE 6.5.4.A
INLET PIPE
FLOW DIRECTIONB REMOVABLE GRATED COVER
(OPTIONAL, SEE NOTE 1) (MUST BEAR
TRAFFIC LOADS IF IN A ROAD OR
PARKING AREA)
PERF. PIPE, 0.5% SLOPE
TOWARD OUTLET
(OR STRIP DRAIN)
OUTLET PIPE
CLEANOUT WYE
GRAVEL DRAIN ROCK
SAND LAYER
BAFFLE
6" PERF. PIPE
w/GEOTEXTILE
FABRIC WRAP
OUTLET PIPE3'-6" MIN.(SEE NOTE 2)18" (SEE
NOTE 2)
12"
8"
SAND FILTER CHAMBER
REMOVABLE COVER
(OPTIONAL, SEE NOTE 1)
GRATED COVER
SAND LAYER (18"
DEPTH, SEE NOTE 2)
GRAVEL DRAIN ROCK
6" PERF. PIPE
w/GEOTEXTILE
FABRIC WRAPFILTER
WIDTH
SEDIMENT CHAMBER
OPTIONAL INLET PIPE
12" MIN.
12" MIN.
15" MAX.
8" MIN.
SEE NOTE 3
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-127
6.6 OIL CONTROL FACILITY DESIGNS
This section presents the methods, criteria, and details for oil control facilities that are not discussed in
other sections. Included are the following facility designs:
“Oil/Water Separators,” Section 6.6.2.
Other oil control facilities include wetvaults, with minor modifications (see Section 6.4.2), and linear sand
filters (see Section 6.5.4). Non-facility options include parking lot washing with proper disposal of wash
water and compliance with a NPDES permit that already addresses oil control. More information on non-
structural options can be found in the High-Use menu, Section 6.1.5.
The information presented for each facility is organized into the following two categories:
1. Methods of Analysis: Contains a step-by-step procedure for designing and sizing each facility.
2. Design Criteria: Contains the details, specifications, and material requirements for each facility.
6.6.1 CATCH BASIN INSERTS
A catch basin insert is a device installed underneath a catch basin inlet that treats stormwater through
filtration, settling, absorption, adsorption, or a combination of these mechanisms. This BMP is not allowed
in the City for oil control for compliance with Special Requirement #5.42,43
6.6.2 OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
Oil/water separators rely on passive mechanisms that take advantage of oil being lighter than water. Oil
rises to the surface and can be periodically removed. The two types of oil/water separators typically used
for stormwater treatment are the baffle type or API (American Petroleum Institute) oil/water separator and
the coalescing plate oil/water separator.
Baffle oil/water separators use vaults that have multiple cells separated by baffles extending down from
the top of the vault (see Figure 6.6.2.D for schematic representation). The baffles block oil flow out of the
vault. Baffles are also commonly installed at the bottom of the vault to trap solids and sludge that
accumulate over time. In many situations, simple floating or more sophisticated mechanical oil skimmers
are installed to remove the oil once it has separated from the water.
Coalescing plate separators are typically manufactured units consisting of a baffled vault containing
several inclined corrugated plates stacked and bundled together (see Figure 6.6.2.E for schematic
representation). The plates are equally spaced (typical plate spacing ranges from 1/4-inch to 1 inch) and are
made of a variety of materials, the most common being fiberglass and polypropylene. Efficient separation
results because the plates reduce the vertical distance oil droplets must rise in order to separate from the
stormwater. Once they reach a plate, oil droplets form a film on the plate surface. The film builds up over
time until it becomes thick enough to migrate upward because of oil’s lower density relative to water.
When the film reaches the edge of the plate, oil is released as large droplets which rise rapidly to the
surface, where the oil accumulates until the unit is maintained. Because the plate pack increases treatment
effectiveness significantly, coalescing plate separators can achieve a specified treatment level with a
smaller vault size than a simple baffle separator.
Oil/water separators are meant to treat stormwater runoff from more intensive land uses, such as high-use
sites, and facilities that produce relatively high concentrations of oil and grease. Although baffle separators
historically have been used to remove larger oil droplets (150 microns or larger), they may also be sized to
42 Footnote 43 is not used.
43 Footnote 44 is not used.
SECTION 6.6 OIL CONTROL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-128
remove smaller oil droplets. Both separators may be used to meet a performance goal of 10 to 15 mg/L
by designing the unit to removal oil particles 60 microns and larger.
Applications and Limitations
Oil/water separators are designed to remove free oil and are not generally effective in separating oil that
has become either chemically or mechanically emulsified and dissolved in water. Therefore, it is desirable
for separators be installed upstream of facilities and conveyance structures that introduce
turbulence and consequently promote emulsification. Emulsification of oil can also result if surfactants
or detergents are used to wash parking areas that drain to the separator. Detergents shall not be used to
clean parking areas unless the wash water is collected and disposed of properly (usually to the sanitary
sewer).
There is concern that oil/water separators used for stormwater treatment have not performed to
expectations.44 Therefore, emphasis should be given to proper application, design, operations and
maintenance – particularly sludge and oil removal, and prevention of coalescing-plate fouling and
plugging.45
Oil/water separators are best located in areas where the tributary drainage area is nearly all
impervious, and a fairly high load of petroleum hydrocarbons is likely to be generated . Oil/water
separators are not recommended for areas with very dilute concentrations of petroleum hydrocarbons since
their performance is not effective at low concentrations. Excluding unpaved areas helps to minimize the
amount of sediment entering the vault, reducing the need for maintenance. A unit that fails and ceases to
function can release previously trapped oil to the downstream receiving water, both in release from the
oily sediments and from entrainment of surface oils.
Wetvaults may also be modified to function as baffle oil/water separators (see design criteria for
wetvaults, Section 6.4.2.2).
Consult the water quality menus in Section 6.1 for information on how baffle and coalescing plate
oil/water separators may be used to meet Special Requirement # 5.
6.6.2.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Background
Generally speaking, in most oil and water mixtures the degree of oil/water separation that occurs is
dependent on both the time the water is detained in the separator and the oil droplet size. The sizing
methods in this section are based on Stokes’ law:
VT = (6-25)
where VT = rise velocity of oil droplet
g = gravitational constant
dp = density of oil droplet to be removed
dc = density of carrier fluid
Do = diameter of oil droplet
= absolute viscosity of carrier fluid
44 WA Ecology 2014, SWMMWW, citing: Schueler, Thomas R., “Water Quality inlets/Oil Grit Separators,” BMP Fact Sheet #11,
Current Assessment of Urban Best Management Practices, March 1992.; Watershed Protection Techniques, “Hydrocarbon
Hotspots in the Urban Landscape: Can They be Controlled?,” February 1994.
45 WA Ecology 2014, SWMMWW, citing: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, “Selection and Design of Oil and Water Separators,”
August 26, 1994.
18
2
ocpDddg
6.6.2 OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-129
The basic assumptions inherent in Stokes’ law are: (1) flow is laminar, and (2) the oil droplets are
spherical.
Traditional baffle separators are designed to provide sufficient hydraulic residence time to permit oil
droplets to rise to the surface. The residence time Tr is mathematically expressed as follows:
Tr = (6-26)
where V = effective volume of the unit or container, or As x H, where
As = surface area of the separator unit, and
H = height of water column in the unit Q = hydraulic capacity or flow through the separator
The time required for the oil droplet to rise to the surface within the unit is found by the relation:
TT = (6-27)
where VT = rise velocity of the oil droplet
The oil droplet rises to the water surface if the residence time in the separator is at least equal to the oil
droplet rise time. This can be expressed as follows:
Tr = TT
By substituting terms and simplifying:
VT = (6-28)
where As = surface area of the separator unit
The ratio in Equation 6-28 is designated as the surface overflow rate or loading rate. It is this rate that
governs the removal efficiency of the process and predicts whether an oil droplet will be removed by the
separator.
Method for Baffle Separators
Design steps for the baffle separator are summarized below:
Step 1: Determine the WQ design flow (Q). The facility is sized based on the WQ design flow (see
Section 6.2.1). The separator must be designed as an off-line facility. That is, flows higher than the WQ
design flow (i.e., the modified off-line flow rate) must bypass the separator.
Step 2: Calculate the minimum vertical cross-sectional area. Use the following equation:
Ac = (6-29)
where Ac = minimum cross-sectional area (sf)
Q = modified off-line water quality design flow per Section 6.2.1 (cfs)
VH = design horizontal velocity (fps)
Q
V
TV
H
sA
Q
HV
Q
SECTION 6.6 OIL CONTROL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-130
Set the horizontal velocity VH equal to 15 times the oil droplet’s rise rate VT. A design rise rate of 0.033
feet per minute shall be used unless it is demonstrated that conditions of the influent or performance
function warrant the use of an alternative value. Using the 0.033 feet per minute rise rate results in VH =
0.008 fps (= 0.495 fpm).
Step 3: Calculate the width and depth of the vault. Use the following equation:
D = (6-30)
where D = maximum depth (ft)
W = width of vault (ft)
and where Ac is from Step 2 above.
The computed depth D must meet a depth-to-width ratio r of between 0.3 and 0.5 (i.e., 0.3 D/W 0.5).
Note: D = (r Ac)0.5 and
W = D/r and
r = the depth-to-width ratio
Step 4: Calculate the length of the vault. Use the following equation:
L = FD (6-31)
where L = length of vault (ft)
F = turbulence and short-circuiting factor (unitless, see Figure 6.6.2.A)
VH = horizontal velocity (ft/min)
VT = oil droplet rise rate (ft/min)
D = depth (ft)
The turbulence factor F shall be selected using a VH /VT ratio of 15, so F = 1.64.
Therefore Equation 6-31 becomes: L = 1.64 15 D
W
Ac
T
H
V
V
6.6.2 OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-131
FIGURE 6.6.2.A TURBULENCE FACTOR PLOT
Step 5: Check the separator’s length-to-width ratio. The length L of the vault must be at least 5 times
its width in order to minimize effects from inlet and outlet disturbances. The length of the forebay shall be
approximately L/3.
Step 6: Compute and check that the minimum horizontal surface area (AH) criterion is satisfied. This
criterion is expressed by the following equation:
AH = LW (6-32)
Step 7: Compute and check that the horizontal surface area of the vault forebay. This area must be
greater than 20 square feet per 10,000 square feet of tributary impervious area. The length of the forebay
(L/3) may be increased to meet this criterion without having to increase the overall length of the vault.
Step 8: Design the flow splitter and high-flow bypass. See Section 6.2.5 for information on flow splitter
design.
Method for Coalescing Plate Separators
Coalescing plate separators are designed using the same basic principles as baffle separators. The major
difference is that in the baffle separator, horizontal separation is related only to water surface area, while in
the coalescing plate separator, horizontal separation is related to the sum of the plan-areas of the plates.
The treatment area is increased by the sum of the horizontal projections of the plates being added, and is
referred to as the plate effective separation area.
The basic procedure for designing a coalescing plate separator is to determine the effective separation area
required for a given design flow. The specific vault sizing then depends on the manufacturer’s plate
design. The specific design, analysis, configuration, and specifications for coalescing plates are
empirically based and variable. Manufacturers’ recommendations may be used to vary the
recommendations given below.
165
000055
.
.
Q
TURBULENCE FACTOR PLOT
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
V H/V TTurbulence Factor, F
SECTION 6.6 OIL CONTROL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-132
Step 1: Determine the WQ design flow. The coalescing plate oil/water separator must be sized based on
the WQ design flow (see Section 6.2.1). The separator must be designed as an off-line facility; flows
higher than the WQ design flow (i.e., the modified off-line flow rate) must bypass the separator.
Step 2: Calculate the plate minimum effective separation area (Ah). Ah is found using the following
equation:
ow
h SS
QA
00386.0
60 (6-33)
where Sw = specific gravity of water = 1.0
So = specific gravity of oil = 0.85
= absolute viscosity of water (poises); use 0.015674 for temp = 39°F
Q = modified off-line water quality design flow rate per Section 6.2.1 (cfs)
Ah = required effective (horizontal) surface area of plate media (sf).
Equation 6-33 is based on an oil droplet diameter of 60 microns. A graphical relation of Equation 6-33 is
shown in Figure 6.6.2.B below. This graph may be used to determine the required effective separation
surface area of the plate media.
FIGURE 6.6.2.B EFFECTIVE SEPARATION SURFACE VS FLOW RATE
Step 3: Calculate the collective projected surface area (Ap). A key design step needed to ensure
adequate performance of the separator unit is to convert the physical plate area (the surface area of the
plates if laid flat) into the effective (horizontal) separation surface area Ah (calculated in step 2). The
effective separation surface area Ah is based on the collective projected horizontal surface area Ap of the
plates where the plates are inclined, rather than laid flat.
Ah = Ap = Aa (cos H) (6-34)
where Aa = actual collective plate area of the plate configuration (sf)
H = angle of the plates to the horizontal (degree)
This equation is represented graphically in Figure 6.6.2.C below. The designer shall make sure that the
manufacturer sizes the oil/water separator using the projected surface area rather than the actual plate area.
Note: For this method, only the lower plate surface may be counted as effective separation surface,
regardless of manufacturer’s claims.
0.00
500.00
1000.00
1500.00
2000.00
2500.00
3000.00
3500.00
4000.00
4500.00
0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00
FLOW RATE (CFS)REQUIRED EFFECTIVE SEPARATION AREA (SF).Operating Temp=40 F
Oil Droplet Size
= 60 microns
6.6.2 OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-133
FIGURE 6.6.2.C PROJECTED HORIZONTAL PLATE AREA FOR
COALESCING PLATE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
Step 4: Check with specific separator manufacturers. Check with specific manufacturers to choose a
separator that provides the required actual collective plate area calculated in Step 3, and meets the other
design criteria given in the next section. The specific vault design will depend upon each manufacturer’s
design. The geometric configuration and dimensions of the plate pack as well as the vault design are
variable and flexible depending on each manufacturer’s product.
Table 6.6.2.A provides approximate vault sizes for rough planning purposes. In reality, various
manufacturers have quite different designs, both for the plate packs themselves as well as for forebay and
afterbays. In addition, standard pre-cast vault dimensions vary with each manufacturer. These various
factors can greatly affect the volume of vault needed to provide a given effective separation area. The
numbers in Table 6.6.2.A should therefore be considered “order of magnitude” estimates only.
TABLE 6.6.2.A
APPROXIMATE COALESCING PLATE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR VAULT DIMENSIONS*
Area of Effective Separation
(square feet)
Approximate Vault Volume Required (cubic feet) for Plates with 1/2
Inch Spacing and Inclined 60 Degrees from Horizontal (cubic feet)
100 150
200 240
300 330
600 530
1,200 890
2,400 1150
3,200 2090
4,800 2640
* Order of magnitude estimates for planning purposes only. Actual vault volumes vary considerably depending on
separator design features and pre-cast vault dimensions.
SECTION 6.6 OIL CONTROL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-134
6.6.2.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
A schematic representation of a baffle oil/water separator is shown in Figure 6.6.2.D. Other designs and
configurations of separator units and vaults are allowed, including above ground units. However, they
must produce equivalent treatment results and treat equivalent flows as conventional units.
General Siting
1. Oil/water separators must be installed off-line, bypassing flows greater than the WQ design flow
described in Step 1 above.
2. When a separator is required, it shall precede other water quality treatment facilities (except
wetvaults). It may be positioned either upstream or downstream from flow control facilities, since
there are both advantages and disadvantages with either placement.
3. In moderately pervious soils where seasonal groundwater may induce flotation, buoyancy tendencies
shall be balanced by ballasting or other methods as appropriate.
4. Any pumping devices shall be installed downstream of the separator to prevent oil emulsification in
stormwater.
Vault Structure — General
The following criteria apply to both baffle and coalescing plate separators:
1. Separator vaults shall be watertight. Where pipes enter and leave a vault below the WQ design water
surface, they shall be sealed using a non-porous, non-shrinking grout.
2. Separator vaults shall have a shutoff mechanism on the outlet pipe to prevent oil discharges during
maintenance and to provide emergency shut-off capability in case of a spill. A valve box and riser
shall also be provided according to the design criteria for wetponds (see “Inlet and Outlet Criteria,”
Section 6.4.1.2).
Vault Structure — Baffle Separators
In addition to the above general criteria, the following criteria apply specifically to baffle separators:
1. Baffle separators shall be divided into three compartments: a forebay, an oil separation cell, and an
afterbay. The forebay is primarily to trap and collect sediments, encourage plug flow, and reduce
turbulence. The oil separation cell traps and holds oil as it rises from the water column, and it serves
as a secondary sediment collection area. The afterbay provides a relatively oil-free cell before the
outlet, and it provides a secondary oil separation area and holds oil entrained by high flows.
2. The length of the forebay shall be approximately 1/3 to 1/2 of the length of the vault, L. In addition,
the surface area of the forebay must be at least 20 square feet per 10,000 square feet of tributary
impervious area draining to the separator.
3. A removable flow-spreading baffle, extending from the surface to a depth of up to 1/2 the vault depth
(D) is required to spread flows.
4. The removable bottom baffle (sediment-retaining baffle) shall be a minimum of 24 inches (see
Figure 6.6.2.D), and located at least 1 foot from the oil-retaining baffle. A “window wall” baffle may
be used, but the area of the window opening must be at least three times greater than the area of the
inflow pipe.
5. A removable oil retaining baffle shall be provided and located approximately 1/4 L from the outlet
wall or a minimum of 8 feet, whichever is greater (the 8-foot minimum is for maintenance purposes).
The oil-retaining baffle shall extend from the elevation of the water surface to a depth of at least 50%
of the design water depth. Various configurations are possible, but the baffle shall be designed to
minimize turbulence and entrainment of sediment.
6. Baffles may be fixed rather than removable if additional entry ports and ladders are provided so that
both sides of the baffle are accessible by maintenance crews.
6.6.2 OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-135
7. Baffle separator vaults shall have a minimum length-to-width ratio of 5.
8. The design water depth (D) shall be no deeper than 8 feet unless approved by CED.
9. Baffle separator vaults shall have a design water depth-to-width ratio of between 0.3 and 0.5.
Vault Structure — Coalescing Plate Separators
In addition to the above general criteria, the following criteria apply specifically to coalescing plate
separators:
1. Coalescing plate separators shall be divided by baffles or berms into three compartments: a forebay,
an oil separation cell which houses the plate pack, and an afterbay. The forebay controls turbulence
and traps and collects debris. The oil separation cell captures and holds oil. The afterbay provides a
relatively oil-free exit cell before the outlet.
2. The length of the forebay shall be a minimum of 1/3 the length of the vault, L (but 1/2 L is
recommended). In addition, it is recommended that the surface area of the forebay be at least
20 square feet per 10,000 square feet of tributary impervious area draining to the separator. In lieu of
an attached forebay, a separate grit chamber, sized to provide be at least 20 square feet per 10,000
square feet of tributary impervious area, may precede the oil/water separator.
3. An oil-retaining baffle shall be provided. If maintained by the City, the baffle must be a minimum of
8 feet from the outlet wall (for maintenance purposes). For large units, a baffle position of 0.25L from
the outlet wall is recommended. The oil-retaining baffle shall extend from the water surface to a depth
of at least 50% of the design water depth. Various configurations are possible, but the baffle shall be
designed to minimize turbulence and entrainment of sediment.
4. A bottom sediment-retaining baffle shall be provided upstream of the plate pack. The minimum
height of the sludge-retaining baffle shall be 18 inches. Window walls may be used, but the window
opening must be a minimum of three times greater than the area of the inflow pipe.
5. It is recommended that entire space between the sides of the plate pack and the vault wall be filled
with a solid but light-weight removable material such as a plastic or polyethylene foam to reduce
short-circuiting around the plate pack. Rubber flaps are not effective for this purpose.
6. If a separator will be maintained by the City, the separator plates shall meet the following
requirements:
a) Plates shall be inclined at 45° to 60° from the horizontal. This range of angles exceeds the angle
of repose of many solids and therefore provides more effective droplet separation while
minimizing the accumulation of solids on the individual plates.
b) Plates shall have a minimum plate spacing of 1/2-inch and have corrugations.
c) Plates shall be securely bundled in a plate pack so that they can be removed as a unit.
d) The plate pack shall be a minimum of 6 inches from the vault bottom.
e) There should be 1 foot of head space between the top of the plate pack and the bottom of the vault
cover.
Inlet and Outlet
1. The inlet shall be submerged. A tee section may be used to submerge the incoming flow and must be
at least 2 feet from the bottom of the tank and extend above the WQ design water surface.
Intent: The submerged inlet is to dissipate energy of the incoming flow. The distance from the bottom
is to minimize resuspension of settled sediments. Extending the tee to the surface allows air to escape
the flow, thus reducing turbulence. Alternative inlet designs that accomplish these objectives are
acceptable.
SECTION 6.6 OIL CONTROL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-136
2. The vault outlet pipe shall be sized to pass the modified off-line WQ design flow before overflow
(using the pipe sizing methods in Chapter 4). The vault outlet pipe shall be back-sloped or have a tee
extending 1 foot above and below the WQ design water surface to provide for secondary trapping of
oils and floatables in the wetvault.
Note: The invert of the outlet pipe sets the WQ design water surface elevation.
Material Requirements
1. All metal parts shall be corrosion-resistant. Zinc and galvanized materials shall not be used unless
there is no substitute, because of aquatic toxicity potential. Painting or other coating of metal parts for
corrosion resistance is not allowed due to lack of longevity and lack of standardization or assurance of
non-toxic coatings.
2. Vault baffles shall be concrete, stainless steel or other acceptable material and shall be securely
fastened to the vault.
3. Gate valves, if used, shall be designed for seating and unseating heads appropriate for the design
conditions.
4. For coalescing plate separators, plate packs shall be made of stainless steel or polypropylene.
Access Requirements
Same as for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3) except for the following modifications:
1. Access to each compartment is required. If the length or width of any compartment exceeds 50 feet,
an additional access point for each 50 feet is required.
2. Access points for the forebay and afterbay shall be positioned partially over the inlet or outlet tee to
allow visual inspection as well as physical access to the bottom of the vault.
3. For coalescing plate separators, the following also apply:
a) Access to the compartment containing the plate pack shall be a removable panel or other
access able to be opened wide enough to remove the entire coalescing plate bundle from the cell
for cleaning or replacement. Doors or panels shall have stainless steel lifting eyes, and panels
shall weigh no more than 5 tons per panel.
b) A parking area or access pad (25-foot by 15-foot minimum) shall be provided near the
coalescing plate bundles to allow for their removal from the vault by a truck-mounted crane or
backhoe, and to allow for extracting accumulated solids and oils from the vault using a vactor
truck.
Access Roads, Right of Way, and Setbacks
Same as for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3).
Recommended Design Features
1. A gravity drain for maintenance is recommended if grade allows. The drain invert should be at a
depth equal to the depth of the oil retaining baffle. Deeper drains are encouraged where feasible.
2. The recommended design features for wetvaults should be applied.
3. If large amounts of oil are likely to be captured, a bleed-off pipe and separate waste oil tank may be
located adjacent to the vault to channel separated oils into the tank. This improves the overall
effectiveness of the facility, especially if maintenance is only annually. It also improves the quality of
the waste oil recovered from the facility.
6.6.2 OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-137
Construction Considerations
1. Construction of oil/water separators shall follow and conform to the manufacturer’s recommended
construction procedures and installation instructions as well as the City of Renton Standard Details.
Where the possibility of vault flotation exists, the vault shall be properly anchored in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations or an engineer’s design and recommendations.
2. Particular care must be taken when inserting coalescing plate packs in the vault so as not to damage or
deform the plates.
3. Upon completion of installation, the oil/water separator shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed prior
to operating.
Maintenance Considerations
1. Oil/water separators must be cleaned regularly to ensure that accumulated oil does not escape from the
separator. Separators should be cleaned by November 15 of each year to remove accumulation during
the dry season. They must also be cleaned after spills of polluting substances such as oil, chemicals, or
grease. Vaults must also be cleaned when inspection reveals any of the following conditions:
a) Oil accumulation in the oil separation compartment equals or exceeds 1 inch, unless otherwise
rated for greater oil accumulation depths recommended by the specific separator manufacturer.
b) Sediment deposits in the bottom of the vaults equals or exceeds 6 inches in depth.
2. For the first several years, oil/water separators should be checked on a quarterly basis for proper
functioning and to ensure that accumulations of oil, grease, and solids in the separator are at
acceptable levels. Effluent from the vault shall also be observed for an oil sheen to ensure that oil
concentrations are at acceptable levels and that expected treatment is occurring. Separators should also
be inspected after large storm events (about 2 inches in 24 hours).
3. Access to separators shall be maintained free of all obstructions, and units shall be readily accessible
at all times for inspection and maintenance.
4. Maintenance personnel entering oil/water separator vaults should follow the state regulations
pertaining to confined space entry, if applicable.
SECTION 6.6 OIL CONTROL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-138
FIGURE 6.6.2.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A BAFFLE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION VIEW
NTS
INFLOW
ACCESS COVER (TYP.) W/LADDER ACCESS
TO VAULT. IF > 1250 SF, PROVIDE 5 X 10
REMOVABLE PANEL OVER INLET/OUTLET PIPE.
VENTILATION PIPES
(12" MIN.) AT CORNERS
LADDER (TYP.)
(KCRDCS DWG 7-006)
INLET PIPE (8" MIN.)
TYPE II CATCH BASIN
HIGH FLOW BYPASS
OUTLET PIPE (8" MIN.)
SHUT OFF VALVE w/
RISER & VALVE BOX
20' MAX.
(RECOMMENDED)6' MIN.W5' MAX.
VARIES (CAN BE
CONSTRUCTED ON
GRADE WITHOUT
RISERS)
SLUDGE RETAINING BAFFLE
OIL RETAINING BAFFLE
EXISTING GRADE
TEE (8" MIN.)
GRAVITY DRAIN
(RECOMMENDED,
SEE CRITERIA
FOR WETVAULTS)
REMOVABLE TEE
(RECOMMENDED)
L = 5W
L/3 - L/2
(APPROX.)8' MIN.1' MIN.
FOREBAY OIL/WATER
SEPARATOR
CHAMBER20' MAX.H=7' MIN.2' MIN.
D*
D* = 3' MIN.
8' MAX.
1' MIN.24" MIN.
50%D
(MIN.)
1' MIN.
1' MIN.
FLOW SPREADING
BAFFLE
6" MIN.
OUTLET PIPE (8" MIN.)
VALVE BOX
6.6.2 OIL/WATER SEPARATORS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-139
FIGURE 6.6.2.E SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A COALESCING PLATE OIL/WATER
SEPARATOR
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION VIEW
NTS
WQ
WATER
SURFACE
SUBMERGED
INLET PIPE
AFTERBAYFOREBAY
LADDER (TYP.)
(KCRDCS DWG. 7-006)
8" TEE
OUTLET PIPE (8" MIN.)
SHUT OFF VALVE w/
RISER & VALVE BOXACCESS DOOR ALLOWING REMOVAL OF
PLATE PACK OR PROVIDE FULL LENGTH
REMOVABLE COVERS ACROSS ENTIRE CELL
ACCESS COVER
(OVER OUTLET)
ACCESS COVER
(OVER INLET)
VENTILATION PIPES
(12" MIN.) AT CORNERS
COALESCING
PLATE PACK
20' MAX.
(RECOMMENDED)
LADDER
AND
ACCESS
INLET
PIPE
(8" MIN.)
HIGH FLOW BYPASS
5' MAX.
VARIES (CAN BE CONSTRUCTED
ON GRADE WITHOUT RISERS)
OIL RETAINING BAFFLE
(50% D, MIN.)
COALESCING PLATE PACK
INLET WEIR-SOLIDS
RETAINING BAFFLE
OR WINDOW WALL
(SEE TEXT)20' MAX.7' MIN.18"
MIN.
D
1' MIN.
1' MIN.
6" MIN.
L
(L/2 RECOMM.)
L/3 MIN.8' MIN.
(L/4 RECOMM.)
1' MIN.6" MIN.
2' MIN.
SECTION 6.6 OIL CONTROL FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-140
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-141
6.7 PROPRIETARY FACILITY DESIGNS
Traditional public domain water quality treatment facilities such as wetponds and bioswales may not be
feasible or appropriate in some situations due to size and space constraints or limited ability or inability to
remove target pollutants.46 Even where public domain facilities are feasible, development applicants may
seek to use proprietary manufactured alternatives for economic, aesthetic, or other reasons. This is a
narrower range of facilities than those referred to by Ecology as “Emerging Technologies,”47 which also
include some public domain facilities that are in process of or have been approved through Ecology’s
TAPE program, e.g., WSDOT’s Media Filter Drain. Proprietary designs have been and are continuing to
be developed by the stormwater treatment industry.
Approval by Ecology through TAPE, CTAPE or Ecology’s Approved as Equivalent process does not itself
constitute approval by the City. An adjustment is required for use of proprietary facilities approved by
Ecology but not yet approved by the City.
Proprietary facilities which have been approved by the City are listed in Reference Section 14-A.
6.7.1 ECOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
Ecology refers to proprietary facilities as emerging technologies, and more broadly includes under that
designation stormwater treatment devices and some public domain facilities for which Ecology has
required testing through its Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE) program. All proprietary
facilities are emerging technologies, but not all emerging technologies are proprietary.
Proprietary systems include both permanent and construction site treatment technologies. Many of these
have not undergone complete performance testing so their performance claims cannot be verified. Some
have been tested and approved by Ecology through its TAPE program or Chemical Technology
Assessment Protocol Ecology (CTAPE) protocols (see <https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-
Permits/Guidance-technical-assistance/Stormwater-permittee-guidance-resources/Emerging-stormwater-
treatment-technologies>).
In addition, Ecology also has a category designated Approved as Equivalent to Existing Technologies, with
the following description: These technologies …
“… have been approved by Ecology as equivalent to existing water quality treatment technologies that
are currently listed in the 2014 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington and/or the
2004 Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington . These technologies did not pass
through the Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (TAPE) process.”
6.7.2 CITY OF RENTON REQUIREMENTS
Only water quality facilities listed in Chapter 6 of this manual, Reference Section 14-A or 14-B, or
approved via a Blanket Adjustment may be used for water quality treatment required per Core
Requirement #8.
46 “Traditional” target pollutants are TSS, heavy metals, phosphorus, and petroleum hydrocarbons (“high-use” oil, etc.). There are many
TMDLs for bacteria, but no facilities approved by Ecology for bacteria treatment. Other pollutants of concern for which there are no
designated facilities include but are not limited to e.g., nitrate, PAHs, and phthalates. The SWDM presents treatment trains for alkalinity
(sphagnum bog wetland menu), but there is evidence that at least one of the allowed treatment trains does not work for alkalinity, hence,
potential need for other options.
47 “Emerging” implies previously unknown, undeveloped, or unused. While some of these technologies are new, others are not, nor is their
application for stormwater management necessarily new. While performance demonstration through TAPE is required for use of all
proprietary facilities, it has also been required by Ecology for the public domain Ecology-approved Media Filter Drain and Compost
Amended Bioswales (CABS), but not for the Ecology-approved Compost Amended Vegetated Filter Strips (CAVFS), or any of the legacy
stormwater facilities, e.g., ponds, vaults, bioswales, or sand filters.
SECTION 6.7 PROPRIETARY FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-142
6.7.2.1 GENERAL
The following requirements are expected to be applicable to any proprietary facility included in Reference
Section 14-A, and may be applicable to other proprietary facilities depending on the details of those
designs.
1. At a minimum, all proprietary facilities must meet design, construction, and maintenance
requirements required by Ecology, as documented at Ecology’s Emerging Technologies website.48
2. In addition, vaults shall conform to the “Materials” and “Structural Stability” requirements
specified for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3).
Presettling
For any proprietary facilities included in Reference Section 14-A, presettling requirements will be
described in detail within the design criteria for the approved facility in Reference Section 14-A.
Note that where a proprietary facility is used as the second or third facility in a treatment train for
Enhanced Basic treatment, presettling is provided by the first facility. Use of a proprietary facility for
Basic treatment or as the first facility (Basic) in a treatment train may require presettling. See
Section 6.5.1, for general presettling requirements for filtration facilities.
Access Requirements for Vaults
1. Access must be provided by either removable panels or other City approved accesses to allow for
removal and replacement of the filter cartridges. Removable panels, if used, shall be at grade, have
stainless steel lifting eyes, and weight no more than 5 tons per panel.
2. Access to the inflow and outlet cells must also be provided.
3. Ladder access is required when vault height exceeds 4 feet.
4. Required clear space for ladder access is a minimum two foot diameter floor-to-ceiling space at the
ladder, and between the ladder and any cartridges or other vertical obstructions on the vault floor.
5. Locking lids shall be provided as specified for detention (see Section 5.1.3).
6. If removable panels are not used, corner ventilation pipes shall be provided, and the minimum
internal height and width and maximum depth shall be met (see Section 5.1.3).
Access Roads, Right of Way, and Setbacks for Vaults
Same as for detention vaults (see Section 5.1.3).
Construction Considerations
Installation of a proprietary facility shall follow the manufacturer’s recommended procedures.
Maintenance Requirements
Maintenance needs vary depending on the facility, and from site to site based on the type of land use
activity, implementation of source controls, and weather conditions. The facility shall be inspected
quarterly or at a frequency recommended by the supplier. Inspection and maintenance shall include the
following:
1. The operation and maintenance instructions from the manufacturer shall be kept along with an
inspection and maintenance log. The maintenance log shall be available for review by City
inspectors.
2. Routine maintenance criteria can be found in Appendix A and Reference Section 14-A.
48 <http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/technologies.html>.
SECTION 6.7.2 CITY OF RENTON REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-143
3. Media shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations, including RMC Title VIII,
Chapter 1 and state dangerous waste regulations (WAC 173-303). In most cases, the media may be
disposed of as solid waste.
6.7.2.2 FACILITY APPROVAL
The City’s facility approval process is summarized as follows:
Ecology may assign General Use Level Designation (GULD) or Conditional Use Level Designation
(CULD) to a given facility.
Before the City will consider adding a proprietary facility to the list of water quality facilities
approved for use without adjustments, Ecology must grant GULD approval and the City must
determine that sufficient performance monitoring data satisfying all requirements of TAPE are met.
City approval may require that monitoring data satisfying requirements of TAPE be provided for 3 or
more sites and that qualified samples equal 12 or more at each site. The City’s evaluation for inclusion
of facilities in this manual will also consider maintenance, operation, and durability factors. For
facilities to be maintained by the City, regular maintenance frequency must be no more than once per
year.
During the permitting process with CED, an applicant for an alternative facility may apply for an
adjustment to use a device or system not listed in this manual. There is no guarantee that an
adjustment will be granted, but if one is, monitoring will be required. All TAPE monitoring
requirements and criteria are applicable. The City does not pay for this monitoring. The cost of
monitoring commercial products is covered by the applicant and/or the facility vendor according to
their agreement. The cost of testing public domain devices or systems for which an adjustment is
requested is borne by the applicant.
6.7.2.3 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN CITY MAINTAINED AND PRIVATELY
MAINTAINED PROPRIETARY FACILITIES
The City will not consider adoption of proprietary facilities for public maintenance which are likely
to require maintenance more frequently than annually. A privately maintained proprietary facility
may have an inspection/maintenance cycle as short as quarterly.
Where the City will be taking over maintenance responsibilities from a developer, the City may
consider maintenance costs in deciding which proprietary facilities to allow.
SECTION 6.7 PROPRIETARY FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-144
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-145
6.8 BIORETENTION FACILITY DESIGNS
This section presents the methods, details of analysis, and design criteria for bioretention facilities.
Included in this section are the following specific facility designs:
“Bioretention cells”
“Bioretention swales”
“Bioretention planters”
6.8.1 BIORETENTION
Bioretention cells are shallow depressions with a designed planting soil mix and a variety of plant
material, including trees, shrubs, grasses, and/or other herbaceous plants. Bioretention cells are not
designed as a conveyance system.
Bioretention swales incorporate the same design features as bioretention cells; however, bioretention
swales are designed as part of a system that can convey stormwater when maximum ponding depth is
exceeded. Bioretention swales have relatively gentle side slopes and ponding depths that are typically
6 to 12 inches.
Bioretention planters include a designed soil mix and a variety of plant material including trees, shrubs,
grasses, and/or other herbaceous plants within a vertical walled container usually constructed from formed
concrete, but could include other materials. Planters have an open bottom and allow infiltration to the
subgrade. These designs are often used in ultra-urban settings.
Applications and Limitations
1. A minimum of 3 feet of clearance is necessary between the lowest elevation of the bioretention soil,
or any underlying gravel layer, and the seasonal high groundwater elevation or other impermeable
layer if the area tributary to the bioretention facility meets or exceeds any of the following limitations:
5,000 square feet of pollution-generating impervious surface; or
10,000 square feet of impervious area; or
¾ acres of lawn and landscape.
2. If the tributary area to an individual bioretention facility does not exceed the areal limitations above, a
minimum of 1 foot of clearance is adequate between the lowest elevation of the bioretention soil (or
any underlying gravel layer) and the seasonal high groundwater elevation or other impermeable layer.
Because bioretention facilities use an imported soil mix that has a moderate design infiltration rate, they
are best applied for small drainages, and near the source of the stormwater. Cells may be scattered
throughout a subdivision; a swale may run alongside the access road; or a series of planter boxes may
serve the road. In these situations, they can but are not required to fully meet the requirement to treat 91%
of the stormwater runoff file from pollution-generating surfaces. But the amount of stormwater that is
predicted to pass through the soil profile may be estimated and subtracted from the 91% volume that must
be treated. Downstream treatment facilities may be significantly smaller as a result.
When used in combination with other BMPs, they can also help achieve compliance with the 0.15 cfs
threshold for Core Requirement #3.
Applications with or without underdrains vary extensively and can be applied in new development,
redevelopment and retrofits. Typical applications include:
Individual lots for rooftop, driveway, and other on-lot impervious surface.
Shared facilities located in common areas for individual lots.
Areas within loop roads or cul-de-sacs.
SECTION 6.8 BIORETENTION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-146
Landscaped parking lot islands.
Within right-of-ways along roads (often linear bioretention swales and cells).
Common landscaped areas in apartment complexes or other multifamily housing designs.
Planters on building roofs, patios, and as part of streetscapes.
Setbacks
Note: Criteria with setback distances are as measured from the outermost edge of the bioretention soil
mix.
1. Bioretention areas should have a minimum shoulder of 6 inches between the road edge and beginning
of the bioretention side slope where flush curbs are used.
2. A minimum 5-foot setback shall be maintained between the outermost edge of the bioretention soil
mix and any building structure or property line.
3. For sites with septic systems, bioretention must be located downgradient of the primary and reserve
drainfield areas. CED review staff can waive this requirement if site topography clearly prohibits
subsurface flows from intersecting the drainfield.
4. Bioretention is not allowed in critical area buffers or on slopes steeper than 20%.
5. Bioretention is not allowed within 50 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or
landslide hazard.
6. Bioretention proposed on slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider
cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
7. Bioretention proposed near slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist if the facility is located within a setback from the top of slope equal to the total
vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15% unless otherwise approved by CED. The
geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under
full built-out conditions.
8. Bioretention that directs overflow towards slopes steeper than 15% may require evaluation and
approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist as determined by CED.
The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas
under full built-out conditions.
9. Bioretention proposed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or landslide
hazard must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise
approved by CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and
surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
10. Bioretention must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by CED. If bioretention is
proposed near or directs overflows towards a landslide hazard, erosion hazard area, or a steep slope
hazard area, CED may require evaluation and approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project
and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
6.8.1.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
This section provides a description, recommendations, and requirements for the components of
bioretention facilities. Refer to Appendix C for additional infeasibility criteria for Core Requirement #9.
Design criteria are provided in this section for the following elements:
Contributing area
Flow entrance
SECTION 6.8.1 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-147
Presettling
Water storage area
Bioretention soil
Subgrade
Underdrain (if required)
Overflow
Liners (optional)
Plant material
Mulch layer
Check dams and weirs
UIC discharge
Contributing Area
Bioretention cells are small and distributed. The contributing area to a bioretention facility is limited as
follows:
No single cell may receive runoff from more than 5,000 square feet of impervious area, except as
noted below for a series of bioretention cells.
Runoff from more than 5,000 square feet of impervious area may be directed to an upstream cell in a
bioretention series (interconnected series of cells).
The bioretention facility should be sized for the contributing area routed to the facility. It is recommended
that facilities not be oversized because the vegetation in oversized facilities may not receive sufficient
stormwater runoff for irrigation, increasing maintenance.
Stormwater flows from other areas (beyond the area for which the facility is sized) should be bypassed
around the facility in order to reduce sediment loading to the cell and the potential for bioretention soil
clogging and increased maintenance needs. If bypass is not feasible, facilities shall be sized to treat runoff
from the entire area draining to the facility.
Additional flows may pass through a bioretention facility with the following limitations:
The maximum additional area (i.e., areas beyond the area for which the facility is sized) that may pass
through a bioretention facility shall not exceed twice the area for which it is sized due to sediment
loading concerns;
If additional area is routed to the bioretention facility, it shall be clearly noted on submitted plans;
The overflow infrastructure shall be sized for the full contributing area; and
Presettling calculations shall demonstrate that the water velocities in the vegetated areas of the
bioretention facility do not exceed 2 feet per second during peak flows with 4 percent annual
probability (the 25 year recurrence interval flow) (calculated through the narrowest vegetated cross
section of the facility).
Flow Entrance
Flow entrances shall be sized to capture flow from the drainage area and designed to both reduce the
potential for clogging at the inlet and prevent inflow from causing erosion in the facility. Four primary
types of flow entrances can be used for bioretention facilities: dispersed flow (e.g., vegetated buffer
strips), sheet flow, curb cuts, and concentrated flow (e.g., piped flow). Where feasible and appropriate
within the site context, vegetated buffer strips are the preferred entrance type because they slow incoming
flows and provide initial settling of particulates.
SECTION 6.8 BIORETENTION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-148
Requirements associated with the flow entrance design include the following:
For facilities in the right-of-way, the flow entrance elevation shall be above the overflow elevation.
For sheet flow into a facility, a minimum 1 inch drop from the edge of a contributing hard surface to
the vegetated flow entrance is required. This drop is intended to allow for less frequent maintenance
by allowing some sediment/debris buildup at the edge where flow enters the facility.
The following requirements apply to roadway and parking lot curb cut flow entrances:
o The curb cut width shall be sized based on the drainage area, longitudinal slope along the curb,
and the cross slope at the inlet.
o The minimum curb cut opening shall be 12 inches; however, 18 inches is recommended.
o The curb cut shall have either a minimum of 8 percent slope from the outer curb face extending to
a minimum of 12 inches beyond the back of curb, or provide a minimum of a 2 inch vertical drop
from the back of curb to the vegetated surface of the facility.
If concentrated flows are entering the facility (e.g., pipe or curb cut), flow energy dissipation (e.g.,
rock/cobble pad or flow dispersion weir) shall be incorporated to reduce the potential for erosion at
the inlet.
Presettling
Presettling to capture debris and sediment load from contributing drainage areas is required at the flow
entrance for some bioretention facilities. By having a designated presettling zone, maintenance can be
targeted in this area to remove sediment build-up.
Requirements associated with the presettling design include the following:
Presettling requirements for bioretention facilities are provided in Table 6.8.1.A.
If the cell will receive flows from impervious areas beyond the area for which the facility is sized, the
presettling measures shall be designed for the entire area draining to the facility.
The area designated as the presettling zone shall not be included in the calculation of the bottom area of
the bioretention facility.
TABLE 6.8.1.A PRESETTLING REQUIREMENTS FOR BIORETENTION FACILITIES
IMPERVIOUS AREA (SQUARE FEET)
CONTRIBUTING RUNOFF TO A SINGLE FLOW
ENTRANCE PRESETTLING REQUIREMENTS
< 5,000 No presettling is required. Designer to determine if site
specific presettling is needed based on upstream area
conditions.
≥ 5,000 and < 10,000 The bottom of the first 2 to 3 feet of the upstream
bioretention cell (at the flow entrance) shall be
designated the presettling zone. This bottom area of
the cell shall be constructed of cobbles, concrete open
celled paving grids, plastic lattices filled with gravel or
groundcover vegetation, a roughened concrete pad, or
similar material for collection of sediment for
maintenance.
Alternatively, a catch basin with a minimum 2-foot
sump may be used as the presettling zone. Where the
pipe (from the catch basin) daylights into the
bioretention cell, provide energy dissipation within the
cell.
≥ 10,000 Presettling requirements are project specific, to be
determined by designer and approved by the City.
SECTION 6.8.1 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-149
Water Storage Area
The water storage area provides space for storm flows and the first stages of pollutant treatment within the
bioretention facility. Requirements for water storage area design for bioretention facilities with both side
slopes and vertical sides include:
The bottom area of an individual cell shall be no larger than 800 square feet (limitation is to ensure
that bioretention facilities are small-scale and distributed).
The bottom area of an individual cell shall be no less than 4 square feet.
The average ponding depth shall be no less than 2 inches.
The ponding depth shall be no more than 12 inches. In right-of-way areas with high pedestrian traffic,
the ponding depth may be restricted to 6 inches or less.
The maximum allowable drawdown time of the water storage area is 24 hours. A correction factor of
0.33 to 1 (no correction factor) as recommended by a licensed geotechnical professional should be
applied to initial measured infiltration rates of the in situ soils to determine the design rate for this
drawdown calculation. The designed water storage depth (2″ minimum to 12″ maximum) must be
considered in light of the drawdown time requirement (e.g., in slow draining soils, the designed
ponding depth may need to be decreased in order to meet the drawdown criteria). As an example, a
6″ deep pool with an initial measured rate of 0.5 in/hour and a correction factor of 0.5 applied will
achieve drawdown in exactly 24 hours (0.5 in/hour x 0.5 correction factor x 24 hours = 6 inches).
The bottom slope shall be no more than 6 percent.
Additional requirements for water storage area design specific to bioretention facilities with side slopes
include the following:
The maximum planted side slope is 2.5H:1V. In the ROW, if the facility is on a curbless street and
less than 50 feet of an intersection, the maximum planted sides slope is 3H:1V. If total facility depth
exceeds 3 feet, the maximum planted side slope is 3H:1V. If steeper sides are necessary, rockery,
concrete walls, or steeper soil wraps may be used.
If berming is used to achieve the minimum top facility elevation needed to meet ponding depth and
freeboard needs, the following requirements apply:
o Maximum berm slope is 2.5H:1V
o Minimum berm top width is 6 inches.
o Soil used for berming where the permanent restoration is landscape shall meet the bioretention
soil mix specification and be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent dry density.
o A catch basin or rock pad must be provided to release water when the water level exceeds the
12 inches of water depth. The catch basin may discharge to the local drainage system or other
acceptable discharge location via a 6-inch rigid pipe (private) or 8-inch rigid pipe (public). The
rock pad may be used with or without a constructed drainage system downstream. If a rock pad is
used, it must be composed of crushed or fractured rock, 6 inches deep and 2 feet wide
(perpendicular to flow) and must extend at least 4 feet or beyond the containment berm,
whichever is greater. The rock pad must be situated so that overflow does not cause erosion
damage or unplanned inundation
For trees planted alongside slopes of the bioretention cell, the maximum side slope around the tree is
1H:1V.
The average bottom width for the facility shall be no less than 18 inches.
Additional requirements for water storage area design specific to bioretention facilities with vertical sides
include the following:
The facility width (planted area between walls) shall be no less than 2 feet. For plant health, the
recommended minimum facility width is 4 feet.
SECTION 6.8 BIORETENTION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-150
Additional requirements for bioretention swales:
Bioretention swales shall have a minimum 18-inch bottom width. Swales shall be flat in cross section
to promote event flow across the width of the swale. See Renton Standard Details for design details
for bioretention swales in the ROW.
Bioretention swales shall meet the conveyance requirements described in Section 1.2.4.1 of this
manual. Maximum 100-year peak flow velocity through bioretention swales is 3 feet per second.
Maximum longitudinal (along direction of flow) slope of bioretention swales shall be 6%.
To address traffic and pedestrian safety concerns, the following additional requirements apply to
bioretention facilities in the right-of-way:
The following minimum setbacks shall be provided for facilities with sloped sides:
o 2 feet minimum from face of curb to top of slope on non-major arterial streets
o 4 feet minimum from face of curb to top of slope for major arterial street
o 1 foot minimum from edge of sidewalk to top of slope
A minimum of one access path across planting strip shall be provided between the street and public
sidewalk for each parcel. Access paths shall be a minimum of 5 feet wide. It is preferred that the
access path is within 15 feet of the structure access point (such as path to doorway or stairs).
Bioretention cells shall not impact driveway/alley access. A 2-foot minimum setback shall be
provided from the pavement edge of the driveway curb cut wing to the top (top of slope) of
bioretention cell.
A 2-foot minimum setback shall be provided from the edge of paving for the public sidewalk/curb
ramp at the intersection to the top of slope of the bioretention cell. Curb ramp improvements are
required whenever the construction of bioretention cells and associated street improvements remove
pavement within the crosswalk area of the street or sidewalk, impact curbs, sidewalks, curb ramps,
curb returns or landings within the intersection area, or affect access to or use of a public facility.
Bioretention Soil Mix
Requirements for the bioretention soil mix include:
1. An 18″-thick bioretention soil mix liner extending up slopes to maximum water storage depth is
required in the bioretention cell, swale, or planter. The bioretention soil mix shall be per Reference
Section 11-C. Compost shall meet Specification 1 described in Reference Section 11-C.
2. Do not use filter fabrics between the subgrade and the Bioretention Soil Mix. The gradation between
existing soils and Bioretention Soil Mix is typically not great enough to allow significant migration of
fines into the Bioretention Soil Mix. Additionally, filter fabrics may clog with downward migration of
fines from the Bioretention Soil Mix.
3. Onsite soil mixing or placement shall not be performed if Bioretention Soil Mix or subgrade soil is
saturated. The bioretention soil mixture should be placed and graded by machinery operating adjacent
to the bioretention facility.
4. If machinery must operate in the bioretention cell for soil placement, use light weight equipment with
low ground-contact pressure. The soil mixture shall be placed in horizontal layers not to exceed
12 inches per lift for the entire area of the bioretention facility.
5. Compact the Bioretention Soil Mix to a relative compaction of 85 percent of modified maximum dry
density (ASTM D 1557). Compaction can be achieved by boot packing (simply walking over all areas
of each lift), and then apply 0.2 inches (0.5 cm) of water per 1 inch (2.5 cm) of Bioretention Soil Mix
depth. Water for settling should be applied by spraying or sprinkling.
6. Prior to placement of the BSM, the finished subgrade shall: (a) Be scarified to a minimum depth of
3 inches; (b) have any sediment deposited from construction runoff removed (to remove all introduced
sediment, subgrade soil should be removed to a depth of 3–6 inches and replaced with BSM); and
(c) be inspected by the responsible engineer to verify required subgrade condition.
SECTION 6.8.1 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-151
7. If using the default bioretention soil mix described in Reference Section 11-C, pre-placement
laboratory analysis for saturated hydraulic conductivity of the bioretention soil mix is not required.
Verification of the mineral aggregate gradation, compliance with the compost specifications, and the
mix ratio must be provided.
8. Custom bioretention soil mixes may be considered under the adjustment process described in
Section 1.4.
9. Bioretention constructed with imported compost materials are not allowed within one-quarter mile of
a sensitive lake if the underlying native soil does not meet the soil suitability criteria for treatment in
Section 5.2.1.
10. Bioretention constructed with imported compost materials are not allowed within ¼ mile of those
waterbodies listed as category 2, 4, or 5 for either nutrients or low DO determined to be caused by
nutrients. These waterbodies are found on Ecology’s combined 303(d)/305(b) Water Quality
Assessment list. The exception to this prohibition is where phosphorous is the identified nutrient and
the underlying native soil meets soil suitability criteria for treatment described in Section 5.2.1.
Subgrade
The minimum measured subgrade infiltration rate for bioretention facilities without underdrains is
0.3 inches per hour. For bioretention facilities with underdrains, there is no minimum subgrade infiltration
rate.
During construction, the subgrade soil surface can become smeared and sealed by excavation equipment.
The design shall require scarification or raking of the side walls and bottom of the bioretention facility
excavation to a minimum depth of 4 inches after excavation to restore infiltration rate.
Follow the process outlined in Section 5.2.1 for determining the design infiltration rate for the subgrade.
Underdrain (if required)
Underdrain systems must be installed if the bioretention facility is:
Located near sensitive infrastructure (e.g., unsealed basements) and potential for flooding is likely
Used for filtering stormwater flows from gas stations or other pollutant hotspots (requires an
impermeable liner)
Located above subgrade soils with a measured infiltration rate of less than 0.3 inches per hour.
In an area that does not provide a minimum of 3 feet of clearance between the lowest elevation of the
bioretention soil mix, or any underlying gravel layer, and the seasonal high groundwater elevation or
other impermeable layer
The underdrain pipe diameter will depend on hydraulic capacity required. The underdrain shall be
connected to an acceptable discharge point which can either be an enclosed drainage system (i.e., pipe
system, culvert, or tightline) or an open drainage feature (e.g., second bioretention cell, ditch, channel).
Requirements associated with the underdrain design include:
Slotted subsurface drain PVC per ASTM D1785 SCH 40.
Slots should be cut perpendicular to the long axis of the pipe and be 0.04 to 0.069 inches by 1 inch
long and be spaced 0.25 inches apart (spaced longitudinally). Slots should be arranged in four rows
spaced on 45-degree centers and cover ½ of the circumference of the pipe.
Underdrain pipe shall have a minimum diameter of 8 inches in the public ROW and 6 inches for
private property.
Underdrain pipe slope shall be no less than 0.5 percent unless otherwise specified by an engineer.
Pipe shall be placed in filter material and have a minimum cover depth of 12 inches and bedding depth
of 6 inches. Cover depth may be reduced up to 6 inches in order to discharge stormwater from the
facility under gravity flow conditions while meeting the applicable engineering standards, if approved
by the City.
SECTION 6.8 BIORETENTION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-152
Filter material shall meet the specifications in Table 6.8.1.C.
TABLE 6.8.1.C. UNDERDRAIN AGGREGATE
Sieve Size Percent Passing
¾ inch 100 percent
¼ inch 30 to 60 percent
U.S. No. 8 20 to 50 percent
U.S. No. 50 3 to 12 percent
U.S. No. 200 0 to 1 percent
Underdrains shall have a maintenance access point (e.g., cleanout, observation port, overflow
structure) at each end of a facility and a minimum of every 100 feet along the pipe. Cleanouts and
observation ports shall have locking cast iron caps and shall be constructed of non-perforated pipe
(sized to match the underdrain diameter).
When bioretention facilities with underdrains drain to a retention or detention facility, the subsurface
gravel reservoir beneath the underdrain pipe shall be widened to extend across the entire facility
bottom.
If an orifice is included in the design, the minimum diameter shall be 0.5 inches to minimize clogging
and maintenance requirements.
Overflow
A bioretention facility overflow controls overtopping with a pipe, an earthen channel, a weir, or a curb cut
installed at the designed maximum ponding elevation and is connected to a downstream BMP or an
approved point of discharge.
The minimum requirements associated with the overflow design include the following:
Overflows shall convey any flow exceeding the capacity of the facility.
The overflow point of the water storage area (i.e., freeboard) shall be at least 6 inches below any
adjacent pavement area.
The overflow point must be situated so that overflow does not cause erosion damage or unplanned
inundation
The drain pipe, if used, shall have a minimum diameter of 8 inches in the public ROW and 6 inches
for private property.
Liners (optional)
Adjacent roads, foundations, slopes, utilities, or other infrastructure may require that certain infiltration
pathways are restricted to prevent excessive hydrologic loading. Two types of hydraulic restricting layers
can be incorporated into bioretention facility designs with underdrains:
Clay (bentonite) liners as low permeability liners
Geomembrane liners which completely block flow
Plants
In general, the predominant plantings used in bioretention facilities are species adapted to stresses
associated with wet and dry conditions. Soil moisture conditions will vary within the facility from
saturated (bottom of cell) to relatively dry (rim of cell). Accordingly, wetland plants may be planted in the
lower areas and drought-tolerant species planted on the perimeter of the facility or on mounded areas.
Trees outside of the saturated zone are allowed as part of bioretention facility designs. Trees installed in
the public ROW must also comply with the City’s Street Tree Standards (RMC 4-4-070).
SECTION 6.8.1 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-153
Requirements associated with the vegetation design include the following:
The design plans shall specify that vegetation coverage of plants will achieve 90 percent coverage
within 2 years. For this purpose, cover is defined as canopy cover and should be measured when
deciduous plants are in bloom.
For facilities receiving runoff from 5,000 square feet or more impervious surface, plant spacing and
plant size shall be designed by a licensed landscape architect to achieve specified coverage.
The plants shall be sited according to sun, soil, wind, and moisture requirements.
At a minimum, provisions shall be made for supplemental irrigation/watering during the first two
growing seasons following installation and in subsequent periods of drought.
Water tolerant plants shall be planted in the pond bottom.
Plants native to Western Washington are preferred.
Mulch
Properly selected organic mulch material reduces weed establishment, regulates soil temperatures and
moisture, and adds organic matter to the soil. Compost and arborist wood chip mulch are required for
different applications within the bioretention cell. Compost mulch is an excellent slow-release source of
plant nutrients and does not float, but compost does not suppress weed growth as well as bulkier, higher
carbon mulches like arborist wood chips. Arborist wood chips are superior to bark mulch in promoting
plant growth, feeding beneficial soil organisms, reducing plant water stress, and maintaining surface soil
porosity.
Requirements associated with organic mulch include:
Organic mulch in the bottom of the cell and up to the ponding elevation shall consist of coarse
compost. Coarse compost shall meet the requirements for fine compost provided in Reference Section
11-C and the following gradation by dry weight:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
Minimum Maximum
3″ 100%
1″ 90% 100%
3/4″ 70% 100%
1/4″ 40% 6%
Organic mulch on cell slopes above the ponding elevation and the around the rim area shall consist of
arborist wood chip mulch. Arborist wood chip mulch shall meet the criteria below:
o Arborist wood chip mulch shall be coarse ground wood chips (approximately 0.5 inch to 6 inches
along the longest dimension) derived from the mechanical grinding or shredding of the
aboveground portions of trees. It may contain wood, wood fiber, bark, branches, and leaves; but
may not contain visible amounts of soil. It shall be free of weeds and weed seeds Including but
not limited to plants on the King County Noxious Weed list available at:
<www.kingcounty.gov/weeds>, and shall be free of invasive plant portions capable of
resprouting, including but not limited to horsetail, ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. It may not contain
more than 0.5 percent by weight of manufactured inert material (plastic, concrete, ceramics,
metal, etc.).
o Arborist wood chip mulch, when tested, shall meet the following loose volume gradation:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
Minimum Maximum
2″ 95 100
1″ 70 100
5/8″ 0 50
1/4″ 0 40
SECTION 6.8 BIORETENTION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-154
No particles may be longer than eight inches.
A minimum of 2 inches and a maximum of 3 inches for both types of organic mulch
In bioretention areas where higher flow velocities are anticipated, an aggregate mulch may be used to
dissipate flow energy and protect underlying bioretention soil. Aggregate mulch varies in size and type,
but 1- to 1.5-inch gravel (rounded) decorative rock is typical. The aggregate mulch shall be washed rock
(free of fines) and the area covered with aggregate mulch shall not exceed one-fourth of the facility bottom
area.
As an alternative to mulch, a dense groundcover may be used. Mulch is required in conjunction with the
groundcover until groundcover is established.
Check Dams and Weirs
Check dams are necessary for reducing flow velocity and potential erosion, as well as increasing detention
time and infiltration capability on sloped sites. Typical materials include concrete, rock, compacted dense
soil covered with vegetation, and vegetated hedge rows. Design depends on flow control goals, local
regulations for structures within road right-of-ways and aesthetics. Optimum spacing is determined by
modeling and cost considerations.
UIC Discharge
Stormwater that has passed through the bioretention soil mix may also discharge to a gravel-filled dug or
drilled drain. Underground Injection Control (UIC) regulations are applicable and must be followed
(Chapter 173-218 WAC).
6.8.1.2 INSTALLATION
Excavation
Soil compaction can lead to facility failure; accordingly, minimizing compaction of the base and sidewalls
of the bioretention area is critical. Excavation should never be allowed during wet or saturated conditions
(compaction can reach depths of 2-3 feet during wet conditions and mitigation is likely not be possible).
Excavation should be performed by machinery operating adjacent to the bioretention facility and no heavy
equipment with narrow tracks, narrow tires, or large lugged, high pressure tires should be allowed on the
bottom of the bioretention facility. If machinery must operate in the bioretention cell for excavation, use
light weight, low ground-contact pressure equipment and rip the base at completion to refracture soil to a
minimum of 12 inches. If machinery operates in the facility, subgrade infiltration rates must be field tested
and compared to design rates. Failure to meet or exceed the design infiltration rate will require revised
engineering designs to verify achievement of treatment and flow control benefits that were estimated in the
Stormwater Site Plan.
Prior to placement of the bioretention soil mix, the finished subgrade shall:
Be scarified to a minimum depth of 3 inches.
Have any sediment deposited from construction runoff removed. To remove all introduced sediment,
subgrade soil should be removed to a depth of 3–6 inches and replaced with bioretention soil mix.
Be inspected by the responsible engineer to verify required subgrade condition.
Sidewalls of the facility, beneath the surface of the bioretention soil mix, can be vertical if soil stability is
adequate. Exposed sidewalls of the completed bioretention area with bioretention soil mix in place should
be no steeper than 3H:1V. The bottom of the facility should be flat.
Soil Placement
Onsite soil mixing or placement shall not be performed if bioretention soil mix or subgrade soil is
saturated. The bioretention soil mixture should be placed and graded by machinery operating adjacent to
the bioretention facility. If machinery must operate in the bioretention cell for soil placement, use light
weight equipment with low ground-contact pressure. If machinery operates in the facility, subgrade
SECTION 6.8.1 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-155
infiltration rates must be field tested and compared to design rates. Failure to meet or exceed the design
infiltration rate will require revised engineering designs to verify achievement of treatment and flow
control benefits that were estimated in the Stormwater Site Plan.
The soil mixture shall be placed in horizontal layers not to exceed 12 inches per lift for the entire area of
the bioretention facility.
Compact the bioretention soil mix to a relative compaction of 85 percent of modified maximum dry
density (ASTM D 1557). Compaction can be achieved by boot packing (simply walking over all areas of
each lift), and then apply 0.2 inches (0.5 cm) of water per 1 inch (2.5 cm) of bioretention soil mix depth.
Water for settling should be applied by spraying or sprinkling.
Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC)
Controlling erosion and sediment are most difficult during clearing, grading, and construction;
accordingly, minimizing site disturbance to the greatest extent practicable is the most effective sediment
management. During construction:
Bioretention facilities should not be used as sediment control facilities and all drainage should be
directed away from bioretention facilities after initial rough grading. Flow can be directed away from
the facility with temporary diversion swales or other approved protection. If introduction of
construction runoff cannot be avoided see below for guidelines.
Construction on bioretention facilities should not begin until all contributing drainage areas are
stabilized according to erosion and sediment control BMPs and to the satisfaction of the engineer.
If the design includes curb and gutter, the curb cuts and inlets should be blocked until bioretention
soil mix and mulch have been placed and planting completed (when possible), and dispersion pads are
in place.
Every effort during design, construction sequencing and construction should be made to prevent sediment
from entering bioretention facilities. However, bioretention areas are often distributed throughout the
project area and can present unique challenges during construction.
Erosion and sediment control practices must be inspected and maintained on a regular basis.
6.8.1.3 VERIFICATION
If using the default bioretention soil mix, pre-placement laboratory analysis for saturated hydraulic
conductivity of the bioretention soil mix is not required. Verification of the mineral aggregate gradation,
compliance with the compost specifications, and the mix ratio must be provided.
If using a custom bioretention soil media, verification of compliance with the minimum design criteria
cited above for such custom mixes must be provided. This will require laboratory testing of the material
that will be used in the installation. Testing shall be performed by a Seal of Testing Assurance, AASHTO,
ASTM or other standards organization accredited laboratory with current and maintained certification.
Samples for testing must be supplied from the bioretention soil mix that will be placed in the bioretention
areas.
If testing infiltration rates is necessary for post-construction verification use the Pilot Infiltration Test
(PIT) method or a double ring infiltrometer test (or other small-scale testing allowed by the local
government with jurisdiction). If using the PIT method, do not excavate bioretention soil mix (conduct
test at level of finished bioretention soil mix elevation), use a maximum of 6 inch ponding depth and
conduct test before plants are installed.
6.8.1.4 RUNOFF MODEL REPRESENTATION IN WWHM2012
Use new bioretention element for each type: cell, swale, or planter box.
The equations used by the elements are intended to simulate the wetting and drying of soil as well as how
the soils function once they are saturated. This group of LID elements uses the modified Green Ampt
SECTION 6.8 BIORETENTION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-156
equation to compute the surface infiltration into the amended soil. The water then moves through the top
amended soil layer at the computed rate, determined by Darcy’s and Van Genuchten’s equations. As the
soil approaches field capacity (i.e., gravity head is greater than matric head), the model determines when
water will begin to infiltrate into the second soil layer (lower layer). This occurs when the matric head is
less than the gravity head in the first layer (top layer). The second layer is intended to prevent loss of the
amended soil layer. As the second layer approaches field capacity, the water begins to move into the third
layer – the gravel underlayer. For each layer, the user inputs the depth of the layer and the type of soil.
For the bioretention soil mix, the model will automatically assign pre-determined appropriate values for
parameters that determine water movement through that soil. These include: wilting point, minimum
hydraulic conductivity, maximum saturated hydraulic conductivity, and Van Genuchten number.
If a user opts to use soils that deviate from the bioretention soil mix specifications, the default parameter
values do not apply. The user will have to use the “Gravel trench/bed” element to represent the
bioretention facility and follow the procedures identified for WWHM3 in Section 6.8.1.5.
For bioretention facilities with underdrains, the only volume available for storage (and modeled as storage
as explained herein) is the void space within the aggregate bedding layer below the invert of the drain
pipe. Use 40% void space for the Type 26 mineral aggregate specified in Table 6.8.1.C.
Using one of the procedures explained in Section 5.2.1, estimate the initial measured (a.k.a., short-term)
infiltration rate of the native soils beneath the bioretention soil and any base materials. Because these soils
are protected from fouling, no correction factor will be applied.
6.8.1.5 RUNOFF MODEL REPRESENTATION IN WWHM3
Pothole design (bioretention cells)
Bioretention is represented by using the “Gravel trench/bed” element with a steady-state infiltration rate.
Proper infiltration rate selection is described in Section 5.2.1. The user inputs the dimensions of the gravel
trench. Layer 1 on the input screen is the bioretention soil layer. Enter the soil depth and a porosity of
40%. Layer 2 is the free standing water above the bioretention soil. Enter the maximum depth of free
standing water (i.e., up to the invert of an overflow pipe or a spillway, whatever engages first for surface
release of water), and 100% for porosity. Bioretention with underdrains can also be modeled as a gravel
trench/bed with a steady-state infiltration rate. However, the only volume available for storage (and
modeled as storage as explained herein) is the void space within the imported material (usually sand or
gravel) below the bioretention soil layer and below the invert of the drain pipe.
Using one of the procedures explained in Section 5.2.1, estimate the initial measured (a.k.a., short-term)
infiltration rate of the native soils beneath the bioretention soil and any base materials. Because these soils
are protected from fouling, no correction factor will be applied.
Facilities without an underdrain
If using the default bioretention soil mix, 12 inches per hour is the initial infiltration rate. The long-term
rate is either 3 inches per hour or 6 inches per hour depending upon the size of the drainage area and the
use of a pretreatment device for solids removal prior to the bioretention facility. See Section 5.2.1. If using
a custom imported soil mix other than the default, its saturated hydraulic conductivity (used as the
infiltration rate) must be determined using the procedures described in Section 5.2.1. The long-term
infiltration rate is one-fourth or one-half of that rate depending upon the size of the drainage area and the
use of a pretreatment device for solids removal. See Section 5.2.1.
Facilities with an elevated underdrain
Note that only the estimated void space of the aggregate bedding layer that is below the invert of the
underdrain pipe provides storage volume that provides a flow control benefit. Assume a 40% void volume
for the Type 26 mineral aggregate specified in Table 6.8.1.C.
SECTION 6.8.1 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-157
Linear Design: (bioretention swale or slopes)
Where a bioretention swale has a roadside slope and a back slope between which water can pond, and an
overflow/drainage pipe at the lower end of the swale, the swale may be modeled as a gravel trench/bed
with a steady state infiltration rate. This method does not apply to bioretention swales that are underlain
by a drainage pipe.
If the long-term infiltration rate through the imported bioretention soil is lower than the infiltration rate of
the underlying soil, the surface dimensions and slopes of the swale should be entered into WWHM3 as the
trench dimensions and slopes. The effective depth is the distance from the soil surface at the bottom of the
swale to the invert of the overflow/drainage pipe. If the infiltration rate through the underlying soil is
lower than the estimated long-term infiltration rate through the imported bioretention soil mix, the gravel
trench/bed dimensions entered into WWHM3 should be adjusted to account for the storage volume in the
void space of the bioretention soil. Use 40 percent porosity for the bioretention soil mix.
This procedure to estimate storage space should only be used on bioretention swales with a 1% slope or
less. Swales with higher slopes should more accurately compute the storage volume in the swale below the
drainage pipe invert.
For a bioretention swale with an underdrain, follow the directions provided above.
WWHM Routing and Runoff File Evaluation
In WWHM3, all infiltrating facilities must have an overflow riser to model overflows that occur should the
available storage be exceeded. In the Riser/Weir screen, for the Riser head enter a value slightly smaller
than the effective depth of the trench (e.g., 0.1 ft below the Effective Depth); and for the Riser diameter
enter a large number (e.g., 10,000 inches) to ensure that there is ample capacity for overflows.
Within the model, route the runoff into the gravel trench by placing the gravel trench/bed element below
the tributary “basin” area. Include the surface area of the bioretention area in the tributary “basin” area.
Run the model to produce the effluent runoff file from the theoretical gravel trench.
6.8.1.6 MODELING OF MULTIPLE BIORETENTION FACILITIES
Where multiple bioretention facilities are scattered throughout a development, it may be possible to
cumulatively represent a group of them that have similar characteristics as one large bioretention facility
serving the cumulative area tributary to those facilities. For this to be a reasonable representation, the
design of each bioretention facility in the group should be similar (e.g., same depth of soil, same depth of
surface ponded water, roughly the same ratio of impervious area to bioretention volume). In addition, the
group should have similar (0.5x to 1.5x the average) controlling infiltration rates (i.e., either the long-term
rate of the bioretention soil mix, or the initial rate of the underlying soil) that can be averaged as a single
infiltration rate.
SECTION 6.8 BIORETENTION FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-158
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-159
6.9 WSDOT WQ FACILITY DESIGNS
This section presents the methods, details of analysis, and design criteria for the following WSDOT WQ
facilities:
“Media Filter Drain (MFD),” Section 6.9.1
“Compost-Amended Vegetated Filter Strips (CAVFS),” Section 6.9.2
“Compost-amended biofiltration swales (CABS),” Section 6.9.3
6.9.1 MEDIA FILTER DRAIN
The media filter drain (MFD), previously referred to as the ecology embankment, is a linear flow-through
stormwater runoff treatment device that can be sited along highway side slopes (conventional design) and
medians (dual MFDs), borrow ditches, or other linear depressions. Cut-slope applications may also be
considered. The MFD can be used where available right of way is limited, sheet flow from the highway
surface is feasible, and lateral gradients are generally less than 25% (4H:1V).
MFDs have four basic components: a gravel no-vegetation zone, a grass strip, the MFD mix bed, and a
conveyance system for flows leaving the MFD mix. This conveyance system usually consists of a gravel-
filled underdrain trench or a layer of crushed surfacing base course (CSBC). This layer of CSBC must be
porous enough to allow treated flows to freely drain away from the MFD mix.
Typical MFD configurations are shown in Figures 6.9.1.A, 6.9.1.B, and 6.9.1.C.
SECTION 6.9 WSDOT WQ FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-160
FIGURE 6.9.1.A MEDIA FILTER DRAIN: SIDE SLOPE APPLICATION WITH UNDERDRAIN
SECTION 6.9.1 MEDIA FILTER DRAIN
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-161
FIGURE 6.9.1.B DUAL MEDIA FILTER DRAIN: MEDIAN APPLICATION
SECTION 6.9 WSDOT WQ FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-162
FIGURE 6.9.1.C MEDIA FILTER DRAIN: SIDE SLOPE APPLICATION WITHOUT UNDERDRAIN
SECTION 6.9.1 MEDIA FILTER DRAIN
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-163
Functional Description
The MFD removes suspended solids, phosphorus, and metals from highway runoff through physical
straining, ion exchange, carbonate precipitation, and biofiltration.
Stormwater runoff is conveyed to the MFD via sheet flow over a vegetation-free gravel zone to ensure
sheet dispersion and provide some pollutant trapping. Next, a grass strip, which may be amended with
composted material, is incorporated into the top of the fill slope to provide pretreatment, further enhancing
filtration and extending the life of the system. The runoff is then filtered through a bed of porous,
alkalinity-generating granular medium—the MFD mix. MFD mix is a fill material composed of crushed
rock (sized by screening), dolomite, gypsum, and perlite. The dolomite and gypsum additives serve to
buffer acidic pH conditions and exchange light metals for heavy metals. Perlite is incorporated to improve
moisture retention, which is critical for the formation of biomass epilithic biofilm to assist in the removal
of solids, metals, and nutrients. Treated water drains from the MFD mix bed into the conveyance system
below the MFD mix. Geotextile lines the underside of the MFD mix bed and the conveyance system.
The underdrain trench is an option for hydraulic conveyance of treated stormwater to a desired location,
such as a downstream flow control facility or stormwater outfall. The trench’s perforated underdrain pipe
is a protective measure to ensure free flow through the MFD mix and to prevent prolonged ponding. It
may be possible to omit the underdrain pipe if it can be demonstrated that the pipe is not necessary to
maintain free flow through the MFD mix and underdrain trench.
It is critical to note that water should sheet flow across the MFD. Channelized flows or ditch flows running
down the middle of the dual MFD (continuous off-site inflow) should be minimized.
Applications and Limitations
In many instances, conventional runoff treatment is not feasible due to right of way constraints (such as
adjoining wetlands and geotechnical considerations). The MFD and the dual MFD designs are runoff
treatment options that can be sited in most right of way confined situations. In many cases, a MFD or a
dual MFD can be sited without the acquisition of additional right of way needed for conventional
stormwater facilities or capital-intensive expenditures for underground wet vaults.
Media Filter Drains
The longest flow path from the contributing area delivering sheet flow to the MFD should not exceed
150 feet.
If there is sufficient roadway embankment width, the designer should consider placing the grass strip
and MFD mix downslope when feasible.
Steep slopes. Avoid construction on longitudinal slopes steeper than 5%. As side slopes approach
3H:1V, without design modifications, sloughing may become a problem due to friction limitations
between the separation geotextile and underlying soils. Avoid construction on 3H:1V lateral slopes,
and preferably use less than 4H:1V slopes. In areas where lateral slopes exceed 4H:1V, it may be
possible to construct terraces to create 4H:1V slopes or to otherwise stabilize up to 3H:1V slopes.
Wetlands. Do not construct in wetlands and wetland buffers. In many cases, a MFD (due to its small
lateral footprint) can fit within the highway fill slopes adjacent to a wetland buffer. In those situations
where the highway fill prism is located adjacent to wetlands, an interception trench/underdrain will
need to be incorporated as a design element in the MFD.
Shallow ground water. The designer should ensure the MFD does not intercept seeps, springs, or
ground water. Mean high water table levels at the project site need to be determined to ensure the
MFD mix bed and the underdrain (if needed) will not become saturated by shallow ground water.
Unstable slopes. In areas where slope stability may be problematic, consult a geotechnical engineer.
Areas of seasonal ground water inundations or basement flooding. Site-specific piezometer data
may be needed in areas of suspected seasonal high ground water inundations. The hydraulic and
runoff treatment performance of the dual MFD may be compromised due to backwater effects and
lack of sufficient hydraulic gradient.
SECTION 6.9 WSDOT WQ FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-164
Narrow roadway shoulders. In areas where there is a narrow roadway shoulder that does not allow
enough room for a vehicle to fully stop or park, consider placing the MFD farther down the
embankment slope. This will reduce the amount of rutting in the MFD and decrease overall
maintenance repairs.
Dual Media Filter Drain for Medians
The dual MFD is fundamentally the same as the side-slope version. It differs in siting and is more
constrained with regard to drainage options. Prime locations for dual MFDs are medians, roadside
drainage or borrow ditches, or other linear depressions. It is especially critical for water to sheet flow
across the dual MFD. Channelized flows or ditch flows running down the middle of the dual MFD
(continuous off-site inflow) should be minimized.
6.9.1.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Media Filter Drain Mix Bed Sizing Procedure
The basic design concept behind the MFD and dual MFD is to fully filter all runoff through the MFD mix.
Therefore, the infiltration capacity of the medium and drainage below needs to match or exceed the
hydraulic loading rate. The MFD mix should be a minimum of 12 inches deep, including the section on
top of the underdrain trench. Table 6.9.1.1.A was developed to simplify the design steps and should be
used to establish an appropriate width. In general, the length of a MFD or dual MFD is the same as the
contributing pavement. Any length is acceptable as long as the surface area MFD mix bed is sufficient to
fully infiltrate the runoff treatment design flow rate.
TABLE 6.9.1.1.A DESIGN WIDTHS FOR MEDIA FILTER DRAINS
Pavement Width that Contributes Runoff to the
Media Filter Drain Minimum Media Filter Drain Width*
≤ 20 feet 2 feet
≥ 20 and ≤ 35 feet 3 feet
> 35 feet 4 feet
*Width does not include the required 1- to 3-foot gravel vegetation-free zone or the 3-foot filter strip width
(see Figure 6.9.1.A).
Underdrain Design
Underdrain pipe can provide a protective measure to ensure free flow through the MFD mix and is sized
similar to storm drains. For MFD underdrain sizing, an additional step is required to determine the flow
rate that can reach the underdrain pipe. This is done by comparing the contributing basin flow rate to the
infiltration flow rate through the media filter mix and then using the smaller of the two to size the
underdrain. The analysis described below considers the flow rate per foot of MFD, which allows you the
flexibility of incrementally increasing the underdrain diameter where long lengths of underdrain are
required. When underdrain pipe connects to a storm drain system, place the invert of the underdrain pipe
above the 25-year water surface elevation in the storm drain to prevent backflow into the underdrain
system.
The following describes the procedure for sizing underdrains installed in combination with MFDs.
1. Calculate the flow rate per foot from the contributing basin to the MFD. The design storm event used
to determine the flow rate should be relevant to the purpose of the underdrain. For example, if the
underdrain will be used to convey treated runoff to a detention facility, size the underdrain for the
50-year storm event. (See Chapter 4, for conveyance flow rate determination.)
SECTION 6.9.1 MEDIA FILTER DRAIN
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-165
𝑄௪
𝑓𝑡=𝑄௪௬
𝐿ெி
where:
ொೢೌ
௧ = contributing flow rate per foot (cfs/ft)
LMFD = length of MFD contributing runoff to the underdrain (ft)
2. Calculate the MFD flow rate of runoff per foot given an infiltration rate of 10 in/hr through the MFD
mix.
sec3600
1
12
11 hr
in
ft
ft
ftWfQ
ft
MFD
where:
= flow rate of runoff through MFD mix layer (cfs/ft)
W = width of underdrain trench (ft); the minimum width is 2 ft
f = infiltration rate though the MFD mix (in/hr) = 10 in/hr
Size the underdrain pipe to convey the runoff that can reach the underdrain trench. This is taken to be the
smaller of the contributing basin flow rate or the flow rate through the MFD mix layer.
𝑄
௧
= 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑟 ቊ𝑄௪
௧
𝑜𝑟 𝑄ெி
௧
ቋ
where:
𝑄ೆವ
= underdrain design flow rate per foot (cfs/ft)
3. Determine the underdrain design flow rate using the length of the MFD and a factor of safety of 1.2.
MFD
ft
UDUD LWQQ2.1
where:
QUD = estimated flow rate to the underdrain (cfs)
W = width of the underdrain trench (ft); the minimum width is 2 ft
LMFD = length of MFD contributing runoff to the underdrain (ft)
ft
MFDQ
SECTION 6.9 WSDOT WQ FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-166
4. Given the underdrain design flow rate, determine the underdrain diameter. Round pipe diameters to
the nearest standard pipe size and have a minimum diameter of 6 inches. For diameters that exceed
12 inches, contact the City.
8/3
5.0
)(16
s
nQDUD
where:
D = underdrain pipe diameter (inches)
n = Manning’s coefficient
s = slope of pipe (ft/ft)
6.9.1.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Design criteria are provided in this section for the following elements:
Inflow
No-vegetation zone
Grass strip
Media filter drain mix bed
Conveyance system below media filter drain mix bed
Side slopes
Signage
Inflow
Runoff is conveyed to a MFD using sheet flow from the pavement area. The longitudinal pavement slope
contributing flow to a MFD should be less than 5%.
Although there is no lateral pavement slope restriction for flows going to a MFD, the designer should
ensure flows remain as sheet flow.
No-Vegetation Zone
The no-vegetation zone (vegetation-free zone) is a shallow gravel zone located directly adjacent to the
highway pavement. The no-vegetation zone is a crucial element in a properly functioning MFD or other
BMPs that use sheet flow to convey runoff from the roadway surface to the BMP. The no-vegetation zone
functions as a level spreader to promote sheet flow and a deposition area for coarse sediments. The no-
vegetation zone should be between 1 foot and 3 feet wide. Depth will be a function of how the roadway
section is built from subgrade to finish grade; the resultant cross section will typically be triangular to
trapezoidal. Within these bounds, width varies depending on maintenance spraying practices.
Grass Strip
The width of the grass strip is dependent on the availability of space within the side slope. The baseline
design criterion for the grass strip within the MFD is a 3-foot minimum width, but wider grass strips are
recommended if the additional space is available. The designer may consider adding aggregate to the soil
mix to help minimize rutting problems from errant vehicles. The soil mix should ensure grass growth for
the design life of the MFD. Composted material used in the grass strip shall meet the specifications for
compost in Reference Section 11-C. Landscaping for the grass strip is the same as for bioswales unless
otherwise specified in the special provisions for the project’s construction documents.
Media Filter Drain Mix Bed
The MFD mix is a mixture of crushed rock, dolomite, gypsum, and perlite as listed in Table 6.9.1.2.A. The
MFD mix has an estimated initial filtration rate of 50 inches per hour and a long-term filtration rate of
28 inches per hour due to siltation. With an additional safety factor, the rate used to size the length of the
SECTION 6.9.1 MEDIA FILTER DRAIN
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-167
MFD should be 10 inches per hour. Mixing and transportation must occur in a manner that ensures the
materials are thoroughly mixed prior to placement and that separation does not occur during transportation
or construction operations.
Conveyance System Below Media Filter Drain Mix
The gravel underdrain trench provides hydraulic conveyance when treated runoff needs to be conveyed to
a desired location such as a downstream flow control facility or stormwater outfall.
In Group C and D soils, an underdrain pipe would help to ensure free flow of the treated runoff through
the MFD mix bed. In some Group A and B soils, an underdrain pipe may be unnecessary if most water
percolates into subsoil from the underdrain trench. The need for underdrain pipe should be evaluated in all
cases. The underdrain trench should be a minimum of 2 feet wide for either the conventional or the dual
MFD.
The gravel underdrain trench may be eliminated if there is evidence to support that flows can be conveyed
laterally to an adjacent ditch or onto a fill slope that is properly vegetated to protect against erosion. The
MFD mix should be kept free draining up to the 50-year storm event water surface elevation represented in
the downstream ditch.
Side Slopes
In profile, the surface of the MFD should preferably have a lateral slope less than 4H:1V (<25%). On
steeper terrain, it may be possible to construct terraces to create a 4H:1V slope, or other engineering may
be employed if approved by the City, to ensure slope stability up to 3H:1V. If sloughing is a concern on
steeper slopes, consideration should be given to incorporating permeable soil reinforcements, such as
geotextiles, open-graded/permeable pavements, or commercially available ring and grid reinforcement
structures, as top layer components to the MFD mix bed. Consultation with a geotechnical engineer is
required.
Signage
Nonreflective guideposts will delineate the MFD. This practice allows personnel to identify where the
system is installed and to make appropriate repairs should damage occur to the system. If the MFD is
located in an Aquifer Protection Area, signage prohibiting the use of pesticides must be provided.
SECTION 6.9 WSDOT WQ FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-168
TABLE 6.9.1.2.A MEDIA FILTER DRAIN MIX
Amendment Quantity
Mineral Aggregate: Aggregate for Media Filter Drain Mix
Aggregate for MFD Mix shall be manufactured from ledge rock,
talus, or gravel in accordance with the WSDOT Standard
Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction,
which meets the following test requirements for quality. The use
of recycled material is not permitted:
Los Angeles Wear, 500 Revolutions 35% max.
Degradation Factor 30 min.
Aggregate for the MFD Mix shall conform to the following
requirements for grading and quality:
3 cubic yards
Sieve Size Percent Passing (by weight)
1/2″ square
3/8″ square
U.S. No. 4
U.S. No. 1
U.S. No. 200
100
90–100
30–56
0 0–10
0–1.5
% fracture, by weight, min. 75
Static stripping test Pass
The fracture requirement shall be at least two fractured faces
and will apply to material retained on the U.S. No. 10.
Aggregate for the MFD shall be substantially free from adherent
coatings. The presence of a thin, firmly adhering film of
weathered rock shall not be considered as coating unless it
exists on more than 50% of the surface area of any size
between successive laboratory sieves.
Perlite:
Horticultural grade, free of any toxic materials)
0–30% passing US No. 18 Sieve
0–10% passing US No. 30 Sieve
1 cubic yard per 3 cubic yards of mineral
aggregate
Dolomite: CaMg(CO3)2 (calcium magnesium carbonate)
Agricultural grade, free of any toxic materials)
100% passing US No. 8 Sieve
0% passing US No. 16 Sieve
10 pounds per cubic yard of perlite
Gypsum: Noncalcined, agricultural gypsum CaSO4•2H2O
(hydrated calcium sulfate)
Agricultural grade, free of any toxic materials)
100% passing US No. 8 Sieve
0% passing US No. 16 Sieve
1.5 pounds per cubic yard of perlite
SECTION 6.9.2 COMPOST-AMENDED FILTER STRIPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
6-169
6.9.2 COMPOST-AMENDED FILTER STRIPS
The CAVFS is a variation of the basic vegetated filter strip that adds soil amendments to the roadside
embankment (See Figure 6.9.2.A). The soil amendments improve infiltration characteristics, increase
surface roughness, and improve plant sustainability. Once permanent vegetation is established, the
advantages of the CAVFS are higher surface roughness; greater retention and infiltration capacity;
improved removal of soluble cationic contaminants through sorption; improved overall vegetative health;
and a reduction of invasive weeds. Compost-amended systems have somewhat higher construction costs
due to more expensive materials, but require less land area for runoff treatment, which can reduce overall
costs.
6.9.2.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Use the “CAVFS” element in an approved continuous runoff model to determine the amount of water that
is treated by the CAVFS. To fully meet treatment requirements, 91 percent of the influent runoff file must
pass through the soil profile of the CAVFS. Water that merely flows over the surface is not considered
treated. Approved continuous runoff models should be able to report the amount of water that it estimates
will pass through the soil profile.
6.9.2.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Soil Component
The texture for the soil component should be loamy sand (USDA Soil Textural Classification).
Compost Component
Compost shall be per the specifications in Reference Section 11-C.
Compost must not contain biosolids, manure, any street or highway sweepings, or any catch basin
solids.
Soil/Compost Mix
Presumptive approach: Place and rototill 1.75 inches of composted material into 6.25 inches of soil (a
total amended depth of about 9.5 inches), for a settled depth of 8 inches. Water or roll to compact soil
to 85% maximum. Plant grass.
Custom approach: Place and rototill the calculated amount of composted material into a depth of soil
needed to achieve 8 inches of settled soil at 5% organic content. Water or roll to compact soil to 85%
maximum. Plant grass. The amount of compost or other soil amendments used varies by soil type and
organic matter content. If there is a good possibility that site conditions may already contain a
relatively high organic content, then it may be possible to modify the pre-approved rate described
above and still be able to achieve the 5% organic content target.
The final soil mix (including compost and soil) should have an initial saturated hydraulic conductivity
less than 12 inches per hour, and a minimum long-term hydraulic conductivity of 1.0 inch/hour per
ASTM Designation D 2434 (Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils) at 85%
compaction per ASTM Designation D 1557 (Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. Infiltration rate and hydraulic conductivity are assumed
to be approximately the same in a uniform mix soil. Note: Long term saturated hydraulic conductivity
is determined by applying the appropriate infiltration correction factors as explained in Section 5.2.1.
The final soil mixture should have a minimum organic content of 5% by dry weight per ASTM
Designation D 2974 (Standard Test Method for Moisture, Ash and Organic Matter of Peat and Other
Organic Soils).
Achieving the above recommendations will depend on the specific soil and compost characteristics. In
general, the recommendation can be achieved with 60% to 65% loamy sand mixed with 25% to 30%
compost or 30% sandy loam, 30% coarse sand, and 30% compost.
SECTION 6.9 WSDOT WQ FACILITY DESIGNS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6-170
The final soil mixture should be tested prior to installation for fertility, micronutrient analysis, and
organic material content.
Clay content for the final soil mix should be less than 5%.
The pH for the soil mix should be between 5.5 and 7.0. If the pH falls outside the acceptable range, it
may be modified with lime to increase the pH or iron sulfate plus sulfur to lower the pH. The lime or
iron sulfate must be mixed uniformly into the soil.
The soil mix should be uniform and free of stones, stumps, roots, or other similar material larger than
2 inches.
When placing topsoil, it is important that the first lift of topsoil is mixed into the top of the existing
soil. This allows the roots to penetrate the underlying soil easier and helps prevent the formation of a
slip plane between the two soil layers.
6.9.3 COMPOST-AMENDED BIOFILTRATION SWALES
The CABS is a variation of the basic biofiltration swale (bioswale) that adds soil amendments. The soil
amendments improve infiltration characteristics, increase surface roughness, and improve plant
sustainability. Once permanent vegetation is established, the advantages of the CABS are higher surface
roughness; greater retention and infiltration capacity; improved removal of soluble cationic contaminants
through sorption; improved overall vegetative health; and a reduction of invasive weeds. Compost-
amended systems have somewhat higher construction costs due to more expensive materials, but require
less land area for runoff treatment, which can reduce overall costs.
6.9.3.1 METHODS OF ANALYSIS
Follow the methods of analysis outlined in Section 6.3.1 for Basic Bioswales.
6.9.3.2 DESIGN CRITERIA
Follow the design criteria outlined in Section 6.3.1 for Basic Bioswales with the addition of a compost
blanket with the following requirements:
Compost Component
Compost depth shall be 3 inches
Compost shall be per the specifications in Reference Section 11-C.
Compost must not contain biosolids, manure, any street or highway sweepings, or any catch basin
solids.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1
DEFINITIONS
Note: The following terms are provided for reference and use with this manual. They shall be superseded
by any other definitions for these terms adopted by ordinance.
Acceptable discharge point means an enclosed drainage system (i.e., pipe system, culvert, or tightline) or
open drainage feature (e.g., ditch, channel, swale, stream, river, pond, lake, or wetland) where
concentrated runoff can be discharged without creating a significant adverse impact.
Adjustment means a department-approved variation in the application of the requirements of
RMC 4-6-030 and this manual.
Alkalinity means a measure of the acid neutralizing capacity of water; the ability of a solution to resist
changes in pH by neutralizing acidic input.
Alluvial soil means a soil found in valley bottoms that is generally fine-grained and often has a high
seasonal water table.
Anadromous fish means fish that live as adults in saltwater and migrate up freshwater streams and rivers
for spawning.
Applicant means a property owner or a public agency or public or private utility that owns a right-of-way
or other easement or has been adjudicated the right to such an easement under RCW 8.12.090, or any
person or entity designated or named in writing by the property or easement owner to be the applicant,
in an application for a development proposal, permit, or approval.
Appurtenances means machinery, appliances, or auxiliary structures attached to a main structure, but not
considered an integral part thereof, for the purpose of enabling it to function.
Aquatic area means any non-wetland water feature including all shorelines of the state, rivers, streams,
marine waters, inland bodies of open water including lakes and ponds, reservoirs and conveyance
systems and impoundments of these features if any portion of the feature is formed from a stream or
wetland and if any stream or wetland contributing flows is not created solely as a consequence of
stormwater pond construction. Aquatic area does not include water features that are entirely
artificially collected or conveyed storm or wastewater systems or entirely artificial channels, ponds,
pools or other similar constructed water features.
Aquifer means a geologic stratum containing groundwater that can be withdrawn and used for human
purposes.
Aquifer Protection Area (APA) means the portion of an aquifer within the zone of capture and recharge
area for a well or well field owned or operated by the City of Renton, as depicted in the Wellhead
Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Area-specific flow control facility requirement means the requirement of an onsite flow control facility
or facilities designed in accordance with the performance criteria, target surfaces, and exceptions
specified for the mapped flow control area in which a proposed project is located.
Area-specific water quality facility requirement means the requirement of an onsite water quality
facility or facilities designed in accordance with the treatment menu, target surfaces, and exceptions
specified for the mapped water quality treatment area in which a proposed project is located.
Arterial – A high traffic-volume road or street primarily for through traffic. The term generally includes
roads or streets considered collectors. It does not include local access roads which are generally
limited to providing access to abutting property. Arterial streets are depicted in the Arterials layer of
COR Maps (<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2
As-built drawings means engineering plans which have been revised to reflect all changes to the plans
which occurred during construction.
Back-up system means a retention/detention facility where inflows are routed through the control
structure before entering the facility; they are “backed up” into the facility by the flow restrictor.
Backwater means water upstream from an obstruction that is deeper than it would normally be without
the obstruction.
Bacteria problem means a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either (1) currently
designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern for
exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for fecal coliform bacteria as documented in
the state’s latest Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA
Ecology’s electronic database and map viewers1 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any
other local, state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for fecal coliform.
Baffle means a device, usually a flow-directing or impeding panel, used to deflect, check or regulate flow.
Base flood means a flood having a one percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year;
also referred to as the 100-year flood. The base flood is determined for existing conditions, unless a
basin plan including projected flows under future developed conditions has been completed and
adopted by the City, in which case these future flow projections shall be used. In areas where the
Flood Insurance Study includes detailed base flood calculations, those calculations may be used until
projections of future flows are completed and approved by the City.
Base flood elevation means the water surface elevation of the base flood. It shall be referenced to either
the North American Vertical Datum of 1988 (NAVD88) or the National Geodetic Vertical Datum of
1929 (NGVD), depending on the datum used in the relative FEMA flood insurance rate map (FIRM)2.
Basin means a geographic area that contains and drains to a stream or river named and noted on common
maps, such as the Cedar River, Sammamish River, Green River, Snoqualmie River, Skykomish River,
or White River, or a geographic area that drains to a non-flowing water body named and noted on
common maps, such as Lake Washington or Puget Sound.
Basin plan means a plan and all implementing regulations and procedures including, but not limited to,
capital projects, public education activities, land use management adopted by ordinance for managing
surface and storm water within the basin.
Berm means a constructed mound of earth or other material used to confine, control, spread, or filter
water.
Best management practice (BMP) means any schedule of activities, prohibition of practices,
maintenance procedure, or structural and/or managerial practice approved by the City that, when used
singly or in combination, prevents or reduces the release of pollutants and other adverse impacts to
surface water, stormwater and groundwater.
Bioswale means a long, gently sloped, vegetated ditch designed to remove pollutants from stormwater.
Grass is the most common vegetation, but wetland vegetation can be used if the soil is saturated.
Bioretention – An on-site and water quality treatment best management practice consisting of a shallow
landscaped depression designed to temporarily store and promote infiltration of stormwater runoff.
Standards for bioretention design, including soil mix, plants, storage volume and feasibility criteria,
are specified in Appendix C of this manual. Bioretention can be used to meet Core Requirement #3, 8,
and/or 9.
1 The link to the Query Tool is <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/ApprovedWQA/ApprovedPages/ApprovedSearch.aspx>; select all
appropriate mediums. The Map Tool is at <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/waterqualityatlas/wqa/map>.
2 See <http://www.fema.gov/media-library-data/e0431351fd0536694a66cef26268a694/440+NGVD-NAVD+5-09+508OK.pdf > for
discussion of the datum conversion from NGVD29 to NAVD88.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
3
Blanket adjustment means an adjustment established by the City that can be applied routinely or globally
to all projects where appropriate. Blanket adjustments are usually based on a previously approved
adjustment and can be used to effect minor changes or corrections to the design requirements of this
manual, or to add new designs and methodologies to this manual.
Blind, blinding means to severely reduce the ability of a normally infiltrative media to pass water, usually
by plugging with sediment or debris.
BMP means best management practice.
Bollard means a post used to prevent vehicular access. A bollard may or may not be removable.
BSBL means building setback line.
Buffer means a designated area contiguous to a steep slope or landslide hazard area intended to protect
slope stability, attenuation of surface water flows, and landslide hazards, or a designated area
contiguous to and intended to protect and be an integral part of an aquatic area or wetland
Building setback line means a line measured parallel to a property, easement, drainage facility, or buffer
boundary that delineates the area (defined by the distance of separation) where buildings or other
obstructions are prohibited (including decks, patios, outbuildings, or overhangs beyond 18 inches).
Wooden or chain link fences and landscaping are allowable within a building setback line. In this
manual the minimum building setback line shall be 5 feet.
Catch basin means a chamber or well, usually built at the curb line of a street, for the admission of
surface water to a sewer or subdrain, having at its base a sediment sump designed to retain grit and
detritus below the point of overflow.
Catch basin insert means a device installed underneath a catch basin inlet that uses gravity, filtration, or
various sorbent materials to remove pollutants from stormwater. When used with sorbent material,
catch basin inserts are primarily for oil removal.
Catch line means the point where a severe slope intercepts a different, gentler slope.
Cation exchange means “The interchange between a cation in solution and another cation on the surface
of any surface-active material such as clay or organic matter.” (Buckman & Brady, 1969)
Cation exchange capacity (CEC) means the quantity of ammonium cations in a dry mass saturated with
ammonium acetate that can be displaced by a strong solution of NaCl, measured in milliequivalents
per gram or 100 grams. The test is usually performed at neutral pH (Freeze & Cherry, Groundwater,
1979).
CED means the Community and Economic Development Department.
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) means an individual who has current
certification through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the
minimum training standards established by the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology). A
CESCL is knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment control. The CESCL
must have the skills to assess site conditions and construction activities that could impact the quality
of stormwater and, the effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures used to control the
quality of stormwater discharges. Certification is obtained through an Ecology approved erosion and
sediment control course.
Channel means a long, narrow excavation or surface feature that conveys surface water and is open to the
air.
Channel, constructed means a channel or ditch constructed to convey surface water; also includes
reconstructed natural channels.
Channel, natural means a channel that has occurred naturally due to the flow of surface waters or a
channel that, although originally constructed by human activity, has taken on the appearance of a
natural channel including a stable route and biological community.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4
Civil engineer means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a professional engineer in civil
engineering.
Clearing means the conversion of native vegetated surface to a nonnative surface.
Closed depression means an area greater than 5,000 square feet at overflow elevation that is low-lying
and that has no or such a limited surface water outlet that the area acts as a stormwater retention
facility. The primary loss of water volume from a closed depression is through evapotranspiration and
discharge into the ground rather than surface flow.
Commercial or industrial site, for the purposes of defining a high-use site, means that portion of a
site’s developed area associated with an individual commercial or industrial business (e.g., the area
occupied by the business’s buildings and required parking).
Commercial project (or land use) means any project or land use that requires a commercial building
permit or is on or at a site where a such a permit would be required for construction of a building,
excluding industrial projects/land uses (see definition of industrial project/land use) and multifamily
projects/land uses (see definition of multifamily project/land use). Agricultural projects are included
only if they require a commercial building permit. Single family residential projects are not included.
Common plan of development or sale means a site where multiple separate and distinct construction
activities may take place at different times or on different schedules, but still under a single plan.
Examples include: 1) phased projects and projects with multiple filings or lots, even if the separate
phases or filings/lots will be constructed under separate contract or by separate owners (e.g., a
development where lots are sold to separate builders); 2) a development plan that may be phased over
multiple years, but is still under a consistent plan for long-term development; and 3) projects in a
contiguous area that may be unrelated but still under the same contract, such as construction of a
building extension and a new parking lot at the same facility.
Compaction means the densification, settlement, or packing of soil in such a way that permeability of the
soil is reduced. Compaction effectively shifts the performance of a hydrologic group to a lower
permeability hydrologic group. For example, a group B hydrologic soil can be compacted and be
effectively converted to a group C hydrologic soil in the way it performs in regard to runoff.
Compaction may also refer to the densification of a fill by mechanical means.
Compensatory storage means new excavated storage volume equivalent to the flood storage capacity
eliminated by filling or grading within the flood fringe. Equivalent shall mean that the storage
removed shall be replaced by equal volume between corresponding one foot contour intervals that are
hydraulically connected to the floodway through their entire depth.
Compost is a product that is used as a soil amendment, mulch, or as filter media either alone or with other
media, e.g., sand. Compost is the result of the biological degradation and transformation of biological
organic source materials under controlled conditions designed to promote aerobic decomposition. As
applied in this manual, compost must be stable with regard to oxygen consumption and carbon dioxide
generation. Compost must be mature with regard to its suitability for serving as a soil amendment, for
erosion control BMP applications, for facility media, and for on-site BMPs3. Compost varies in
chemical and biological content, and physical gradation (screen size). See Reference Section 11-C for
compost specifications depending on application.
Construct or modify means to install a new drainage pipe or ditch or make improvements to an existing
drainage pipe or ditch, for purposes other than maintenance, that either serves to concentrate
previously unconcentrated surface water or stormwater runoff or serves to increase, decrease or
redirect the conveyance of surface water or stormwater runoff.
3 Adapted from WSDOT, 2014. Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. M 41-10. Washington
State Department of Transportation. Section 9-14.4(8) Compost
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
5
Construction stormwater pollution prevention BMP means a control or measure that prevents or
reduces the discharge of pollutants and sediments resulting from construction activities.
Construction stormwater pollution prevention plan (CSWPPP) means the plan and supporting
documentation for implementing construction site ESC measures, pollution prevention BMPs, and
spill control. The CSWPPP is a component of the engineering plans required for drainage review and
has two component plans, the ESC plan and stormwater pollution prevention and spill (SWPPS) plan.
Conveyance means a mechanism for transporting water from one point to another, including pipes,
ditches, and channels.
Conveyance system means the drainage facilities and features, both natural and constructed, that provide
for the collection and transport of surface water or stormwater runoff. The natural elements of the
conveyance system include swales and small drainage courses, streams, rivers, lakes and wetlands.
The constructed elements of the conveyance system include gutters, ditches, pipes, catch basins,
channels and most flow control and water quality facilities.
Conveyance system nuisance problem means a flooding or erosion problem that does not constitute a
“severe flooding problem” or “severe erosion problem” and that results from the overflow of a
constructed conveyance system for runoff events less than or equal to a 10-year event. Examples
include inundation of a shoulder or lane of a roadway, overflows collecting in yards or pastures,
shallow flows across driveways, minor flooding of crawl spaces or unheated garages/outbuildings, and
minor erosion. See “severe flooding problem” and “severe erosion problem.”
Criteria exception means a department-approved exception to the criteria for granting an adjustment from
the requirements of RMC 4-6-030 and this manual based on demonstration that meeting the criteria
will deny reasonable use of the applicant’s property and the applicant will implement the best
practicable alternative to meeting the criteria. Criteria exceptions require approval by CED, legal
public notice, and a written finding of fact.
Critical area means wetlands, aquifer protection areas, fish and wildlife habitat, frequently flooded and
geologically hazardous areas as defined by the Growth Management Act and RMC 4-3-050.
Critical area report means the report that evaluates all probable impacts of a development proposal on
critical areas as specified in RMC 4-3-050. The report is required for any development proposal that is
subject to a critical area review by CED under RMC 4-3-050.
Critical area management tract means a separate tract that is created to protect a critical area and its
buffer, and whose ownership was assigned as provided in RMC 4-3-050.
Critical depth means the depth that minimizes the specific energy E of the flow.
Critical flow means flow at the critical depth and velocity.
Culvert means pipe or concrete box structure that drains an open channel, swale, or ditch under a roadway
or embankment, typically with no catch basins or manholes along its length.
Cut slope means a slope formed by excavating overlying material to connect the original ground surface
with a lower ground surface created by the excavation. A cut slope is opposed to a bermed slope,
which is constructed by importing soil to create the slope.
Dead storage means the volume available in a depression in the ground below any conveyance system, or
surface drainage pathway, or outlet invert elevation that could allow the discharge of surface and
storm water runoff.
Dedication of land means setting aside and assigning ownership for a portion of a property for a specific
use or function.
Depression storage means the amount of precipitation that is trapped in depressions on the surface of the
ground.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
6
Design engineer means the civil engineer who prepares the analysis, design, and engineering plans for an
applicant’s permit or approval submittal (see “civil engineer”).
Detention means release of surface and storm water runoff from the site at a slower rate than it is collected
by the drainage facility system, the difference being held in temporary storage.
Detention facility means a facility that collects water from developed areas and releases it at a slower rate
than it enters the collection system. The excess of inflow over outflow is temporarily stored in a pond
or a vault and is typically released over a few hours or a few days.
Determination of Non-Significance (DNS) means the written decision by the responsible official of the
lead agency that a proposal is not likely to have a significant adverse environmental impact per the
SEPA process, and therefore an EIS is not required.
Development means the division of a parcel of land into two (2) or more parcels; the construction,
reconstruction, conversion, structural alteration, relocation or enlargement of any structure; any
mining, excavation, landfill or land disturbance and any use or extension of the use of land.
Development review engineer –The City of Renton employee responsible for the conditioning, review,
inspection, and approval of right-of-way use permits, and road and drainage improvements
constructed as part of development permits administered by CED.
Direct discharge means undetained discharge from a proposed project to a “major receiving water.”
Directed drainage review means the drainage review for a proposed single-family residential project or
agricultural project that is not subject to simplified or large project drainage review
Discharge means runoff, excluding offsite flows, leaving the proposed development through overland
flow, built conveyance systems, or infiltration facilities.
Dissolved oxygen (DO) problem means a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for dissolved oxygen as documented in
the state’s latest Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA
Ecology’s electronic database and map viewers4 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any
other local, state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for DO.
Dispersed discharge means release of surface and storm water runoff from a drainage facility system such
that the flow spreads over a wide area and is located so as not to allow flow to concentrate anywhere
upstream of a drainage channel with erodible underlying granular soils or the potential to flood
downstream properties.
Ditch means a constructed channel with its top width less than 10 feet at design flow.
Diversion means a change in the natural discharge location or runoff flows onto or away from an adjacent
downstream property. See Core Requirement #1.
DNS means Determination of Non-Significance.
DOE means the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Drainage means the collection, conveyance, containment, or discharge, or any combination thereof, of
storm water runoff or surface water.
Drainage area means an area draining to a point of interest.
Drainage basin means an area draining to a point of interest.
4 The link to the Query Tool is <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/ApprovedWQA/ApprovedPages/ApprovedSearch.aspx>; select all
appropriate mediums. The Map Tool is at <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/waterqualityatlas/wqa/map>.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
7
Drainage channel means a drainage pathway with well-defined bed and banks indicating frequent
conveyance of surface and storm water runoff.
Drainage course means a pathway for watershed drainage often characterized by wet soil vegetation and
often intermittent in flow.
Drainage easement means a legal encumbrance that is placed against a property’s title to reserve
specified privileges for the users and beneficiaries of the drainage facilities contained within the
boundaries of the easement.
Drainage facility means a constructed or engineered feature that collects, conveys, stores, treats, or
otherwise manages stormwater runoff or surface water. “Drainage facility” includes, but is not limited
to, a constructed or engineered stream, lake, wetland, or closed depression, or a pipe, channel, ditch,
gutter, flow control facility, on-site BMP, water quality facility, erosion and sediment control facility,
and any other structure and appurtenance that provides for drainage.
Drainage pathway means the route that surface or storm water runoff follows downslope as it leaves any
part of the site.
Drainage plan means a plan that depicts the drainage improvements and mitigation measures proposed
for a particular project and includes any documentation/technical information necessary for
construction and determination of compliance with drainage requirements. The drainage plan can be
an “engineering plan” or “limited scope” engineering plan prepared for drainage review purposes as
described in Chapter 2 of the Surface Water Design Manual (SWDM), or it can be a “simplified
project drainage plan” as described in Appendix C of the SWDM.
Drainage review means an evaluation by CED staff of a proposed project’s compliance with the drainage
requirements in this manual. The types of drainage review include: Simplified Drainage Review,
Targeted Drainage Review, Directed Drainage Review, Full Drainage Review, and Large Project
Drainage Review.
Dry Season means May 1 to September 30.
Easement means the legal right to use a parcel of land for a particular purpose. It does not include fee
ownership, but it may restrict the owner’s use of the land.
Effective impervious fraction means the fraction of actual total impervious area connected to a drainage
system. These figures should be used in the absence of detailed surveys or physical inspection (e.g.,
via pipe, channel, or short sheet flow path).
Effective impervious surface – Those impervious surfaces that are connected via sheet flow or discrete
conveyance to a drainage system. Impervious surfaces are considered ineffective if: 1) the runoff is
fully dispersed as described in Appendix C of this manual; 2) residential roof runoff is infiltrated in
accordance with the full infiltration BMP described in Appendix C of this manual; or 3) approved
continuous runoff modeling methods indicate that the entire runoff file is infiltrated.
EIS means Environmental Impact Statement.
Embankment means a structure of earth, gravel, or similar material raised to form a pond bank or
foundation for a road.
Energy dissipater means any means by which the total energy of flowing water is reduced. In stormwater
design, it is usually a mechanism that reduces velocity prior to, or at, discharge from an outfall in
order to prevent erosion. Energy dissipaters include rock splash pads, drop manholes, concrete stilling
basins or baffles, and check dams.
Energy gradient means the slope of the specific energy line (i.e., the sum of the potential and velocity
heads).
Engineering geologist means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a geologist specializing in
evaluating geologic site characteristics to determine the responses of geologic processes and materials
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
8
to development activities, such as removal of vegetation; construction activities such as earthwork;
applying loads in foundations and embankments; use of earth materials in construction; and modifying
ground water flow.
Engineering plan means a plan prepared and stamped by a licensed civil engineer that depicts
improvements and mitigation measures proposed for a particular site and includes supporting
documentation and technical information. For drainage review purposes, an engineering plan includes
a Technical Information Report (TIR), Site Improvement Plans, and a Construction Stormwater
Pollution Prevention Plan (CSWPPP), which are described in detail in Chapter 2 of the Surface Water
Design Manual.
Engineering review means an evaluation by CED of a proposed project’s compliance with the drainage
requirements in this manual and with other City requirements.
Enhancement means an increase in ecological functions and value, desirability, or attractiveness of an
environmental feature.
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) means a document that discusses the likely significant adverse
impacts of a proposal, ways to lessen the impacts, and alternatives to the proposal. It is required by the
national and state environmental policy acts when projects are determined to have the potential for
significant environmental impact.
Equivalent area means the area tributary to the receiving water body equal to or less than the shortest,
straight-line distance from the receiving water body (or regional facility) to the farthest point of the
proposed project.
Erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or chemicals are those materials or substances that, when
exposed to rainfall, measurably alter the physical or chemical characteristics of the rainfall runoff
(Examples include but are not limited to erodible soil, uncovered process wastes, manure, fertilizers,
pesticides, oily substances, ashes, kiln dust, garbage dumpster leakage, commercial-scale vehicle and
animal wash waste, galvanized structural, architectural, cabinet, and utility steel, architectural copper,
bronze, brass, and lead, treated lumber, etc.).
Erodible granular soils means soil materials that are easily eroded and transported by running water,
typically fine or medium grained sand with minor gravel, silt, or clay content. Such soils are
commonly described as Everett or Indianola series soil types in the SCS classification. Also included
are any soils showing examples of existing severe stream channel incision as indicated by unvegetated
streambanks standing over two feet high above the base of the channel.
Erosion means detachment and transport of soil or rock fragments by water, wind, ice, etc.
Erosion and sediment control (ESC) means any temporary or permanent measures taken to reduce
erosion, control siltation and sedimentation, and ensure that sediment-laden water does not leave the
site or enter into wetlands or aquatic areas.
Erosion Hazard Area is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is
applied to areas underlain by soils that are subject to severe erosion when disturbed. Erosion hazard
areas are depicted in the Erosion Hazard - High layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
ESC plan means the plan and supporting documentation for implementing erosion and sediment control
measures on the project site. This plan is a component of the construction stormwater pollution
prevention plan (CSWPPP), which is submitted with the engineering plans required for drainage
review.
ESC Standards means the requirements and specifications for design, maintenance, and implementation
of erosion and sediment control measures specified in Appendix D of this manual.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
9
Eutrophic means a condition of a water body in which excess nutrients, particularly phosphorous,
stimulates the growth of aquatic plant life usually resulting in the depletion of dissolved oxygen. Thus,
less dissolved oxygen is available to other aquatic life.
Eutrophication means the process where excess nutrients in water lead to excessive growth of aquatic
plants.
Evapotranspiration is the collective term for the processes of evaporation and plant transpiration by
which water is returned to the atmosphere as a vapor.
Exceedance probability means the probability that the flow will be equaled or exceeded in any given
year.
Existing conditions means the conditions of drainage, vegetation, and impervious cover at the time of
analysis.
Existing offsite conditions means the conditions of drainage, vegetation, and impervious cover offsite,
including any problems recorded or observed in the study area (except on the proposed project site), at
the time of analysis (see “existing site conditions”).
Existing site conditions means the conditions of drainage, vegetation, and impervious cover onsite that
existed prior to May 1979 as determined from aerial photographs and, if necessary, knowledge of
individuals familiar with the area, unless a drainage plan for land cover changes has been approved by
the City of Renton since May 1979 as part of a City permit or approval (or County-approved permit if
in an area that has been annexed by the City). If so, existing site conditions are those created by the
site improvements and drainage facilities constructed per the approved drainage plan.
Exposed means subject to direct or blown-in precipitation and/or direct or blown in runoff. Not fully
covered.
Exposed area or exposed material means not covered sufficiently to shield from rainfall and stormwater
runoff. At a minimum, full coverage to not be considered exposed requires a roof with enough
overhang in conjunction with walls of sufficient height to prevent rainfall blow-in; and the walls must
extend into the ground or to a berm or footing to prevent runoff from being blown in or from running
onto the covered area..
FEMA means Federal Emergency Management Agency
FEMA floodway means a distinct floodway definition that describes the limit to which encroachment into
the natural conveyance channel can cause one foot or less rise in water surface elevation.
Fertilizer means any material or mixture used to supply one or more of the essential plant nutrient
elements.
Filter strip means a grassy area with gentle slopes which treats stormwater runoff from adjacent areas
before it concentrates into a discrete channel.
Financial guarantee means a form of financial security posted to do one or more of the following: ensure
timely and proper completion of improvements; ensure compliance with the RMC; or provide secured
warranty of materials, workmanship of improvements and design. “Financial guarantees” include
assignments of funds, cash deposit, surety bonds, or other forms of financial security acceptable to
CED. “Performance guarantee,” “maintenance guarantee,” and “defect guarantee” are considered
subcategories of financial guarantee.
FIRM means Flood Insurance Rate Map.
Flood An overflow or inundation that comes from a river or any other source, including (but not limited
to) streams, tides, wave action, storm drains, or excess rainfall. Any relatively high stream flow
overtopping the natural or artificial banks in any reach of a stream.
Flood fringe means that portion of the floodplain outside of the floodway which is covered by floodwaters
during the base flood; it is generally associated with standing water rather than rapidly flowing water.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
10
Flood Hazard Area is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is applied
to areas that are subject to flooding. Flood hazard areas are depicted in the Flood layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Hazard mitigation plan means a plan and all implementing programs, regulations, and procedures
including, but not limited to, capital projects, public education activities and enforcement programs
for reduction of flood hazards and prepared in accordance with RCW 86.12.200.
Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) means the official map on which the Federal Insurance
Administration has delineated flood hazard areas, floodways, and risk premium zones.
Flood Insurance Study means the official report provided by the Federal Insurance Administration that
includes flood profiles and the FIRM.
Floodplain means the total area subject to inundation by the base flood including the flood fringe and
floodway.
Flood-proofing means adaptations to ensure that a structure is substantially impermeable to the passage of
water below the flood protection elevation, and that it resists hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and
effects of buoyancy.
Flood protection elevation means an elevation that is one foot above the base flood elevation.
Flood protection facility means any levee, berm, wall, enclosure, raised bank, revetment, constructed
bank stabilization, or armoring that is commonly recognized by the community as providing
significant protection to a property from inundation by floodwaters.
Flood routing means an analytical technique used to compute the effects of system storage and system
dynamics on the shape and movement of flow; represented by a hydrograph.
Floodway means the channel of the river or stream and those portions of the adjoining floodplain which
are reasonably required to carry and discharge the base flood flow (see “zero-rise floodway”).
Flow control area means a geographic area of the City within which proposed projects must comply with
the flow control facility requirements adopted for that area as part of this manual. The flow control
areas in the City include: (1) Flow Control Duration Standard – Matching Forested, (2) Flow Control
Duration Standard – Matching Existing, (3) Peak Rate Flow Control Standard – Matching Existing,
and (4) Flood Problem Flow Control Standard. These areas are depicted in the Flow Control
Application layer in COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Flow control facility means a drainage facility designed in accordance with the drainage requirements in
this manual to mitigate the impacts of increased stormwater runoff generated by site development. A
“flow control facility” is designed either to hold water for a considerable length of time and then
release it by evaporation, plant transpiration, or infiltration into the ground or to hold runoff for a short
period of time and then release it to the conveyance system.
Flow duration means the aggregate time that peak flows are at or above a particular flow rate (e.g., the
amount of time over the last 50 years that peak flows were at or above the 2-year flow rate).
Flow frequency means the inverse of the probability that the flow will be equaled or exceeded in any
given year (the exceedance probability). For example, if the exceedance probability is 0.01, or 1 in
100, that flow is referred to as the 100-year flow.
Flowpath means the route that surface and storm water runoff follows between two points of interest.
Flow-through system means a retention/detention facility where inflows are routed through the storage
facility before discharge through the flow restrictor.
Forested site conditions means those that existed on the site prior to any development in the Puget Sound
region, assumed to be forest cover (see “historical site conditions”).
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
11
Freeboard means the vertical distance between the design water surface elevation and the elevation of the
structure or facility which contains the water.
Full build-out conditions means the tributary area is developed to its full zoning potential except where
there are existing sensitive areas, open space tracts, and/or native growth protection
easements/covenants.
Full Drainage Review means the evaluation required by RMC 4-6-030 of a proposed project’s
compliance with the full range of core and special requirements in Chapter 1 of this manual. Full
Drainage Review is required for any proposed project, unless the project is subject to simplified
drainage review, targeted drainage review, directed drainage review, or large project drainage review,
that (1) would result in two thousand square feet or more of new plus replaced impervious surface; or
(2) would result in 7,000 square feet or more of land disturbing activity.
Fully covered means covered sufficiently to shield from rainfall and stormwater runoff. At a minimum,
full coverage requires a roof with enough overhang in conjunction with walls of sufficient height to
prevent rainfall blow-in; and the walls must extend into the ground or to a berm or footing to prevent
runoff from being blown in or from running onto the covered area. Not exposed.
Fully dispersed means the runoff from an impervious surface or nonnative pervious surface has dispersed
per the criteria for fully dispersed surface in Section 1.2.3.2 of this manual.
Geologist means a person who has earned a degree in geology from an accredited college or university or
who has equivalent educational training, and who has at least five years of experience as a practicing
geologist or four years of experience and at least two years post-graduate study, research, or teaching.
The practical experience shall include at least three years’ work in applied geology and landslide
evaluation, in close association with qualified practicing geologists or geotechnical professional/civil
engineers.
Geomorphically significant flow means a flow capable of moving sediment.
Geotechnical engineer means a civil engineer, licensed by the State of Washington, who has at least four
years of professional employment as a geotechnical engineer in responsible charge, including
experience with landslide evaluation. Geotechnical engineers specialize in the design and construction
aspects of earth materials.
Groundwater means all water found in the soil and stratum beneath the land surface or beneath the bed of
any surface water. Wells tap the groundwater for water supply uses.
Groundwater protection areas include the Cedar Valley Sole Source Aquifer Project Review Area
designated by the federal Environmental Protection Agency, Wellfield Capture Zones as mapped by
the Washington State Department of Health, and the Aquifer Protection Area Zones as mapped by the
City.
Gully means a channel caused by the concentrated flow of surface and stormwater runoff over unprotected
erodible land.
Habitable building means any residential, commercial, or industrial building that is equipped with a
permanent heating or cooling system and an electrical system.
Habitat means the specific area or environment in which a particular type of plant or animal lives and
grows.
Hardpan means a cemented or compacted and often clay-like layer of soil that is impenetrable by roots.
Harmful pollutant means a substance that has adverse effects to an organism including death, chronic
poisoning, impaired reproduction, cancer, or other effects.
High infiltration rates means those in excess of 9 inches per hour as measured by the EPA method or the
double ring infiltrometer method (ASTM D 3385). These will typically be course sand or gravel soil
with low silt content.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
12
High pH problem means a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either (1) currently
designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern for
exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for high pH as documented in the state’s
latest Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s
electronic database and map viewers of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local,
state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for pH.
High-use site means a commercial or industrial site that (1) has an expected average daily traffic (ADT)
count equal to or greater than 100 vehicles per 1,000 square feet of gross building area; (2) is subject
to petroleum storage or transfer in excess of 1,500 gallons per year, not including delivered heating
oil; or (3) is subject to use, storage, or maintenance of a fleet of 25 or more vehicles that are over
10 tons net weight (trucks, buses, trains, heavy equipment, etc.). Also included is any road intersection
with a measured ADT count of 25,000 vehicles or more on the main roadway and 15,000 vehicles or
more on any intersecting roadway, excluding projects proposing primarily pedestrian or bicycle use
improvements. For the purposes of this definition, commercial and industrial site means that portion
of a site’s developed area associated with an individual commercial or industrial business (e.g., the
area occupied by the business’s buildings and required parking).
Historical site conditions mean those which existed on the site prior to any development in the Puget
Sound region. For lands not currently submerged (i.e., outside the ordinary high water mark of a lake,
wetland, or stream), “historical site conditions” shall be assumed to be forest cover unless reasonable,
historical, site-specific information is provided to demonstrate a different vegetation cover. The
historical site conditions exception in the King County Surface Water Design Manual does not apply
to the City.
Horton overland flow means a runoff process whereby the rainfall rate exceeds the infiltration rate, and
the excess precipitation flows downhill over the soil surface.
Hydraulically connected means connected through surface flow or water features such as wetlands or
lakes.
Hydraulic gradient means slope of the potential head relative to a fixed datum.
Hydrogeologist means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a geologist specializing in the
study and analysis of ground water and other fluids as they move within the geologic environment.
This includes ground water well design, construction supervision, and testing; remediation of soil and
ground water at contaminated sites; and impact analysis of proposed manmade structures on the
environment as they may relate to water.
Hydrograph means a graph of runoff rate, inflow rate, or discharge rate past a specific point over time.
Hydrologic cycle means the circuit of water movement from the atmosphere to the earth and return to the
atmosphere through various stages or processes such as precipitation, interception, runoff, infiltration,
percolation, storage, evaporation, and transpiration.
Hydrologic soil groups means a soil characteristic classification system defined by the U.S. Soil
Conservation Service in which a soil may be categorized into one of four soil groups (A, B, C, or D)
based upon infiltration rate and other properties.
Impact means an adverse effect or harm, or the act of adversely affecting or harming.
Impaired waterbody or impaired receiving water means where the receiving waterbody is either
(1) listed as impaired according to Ecology’s Water Quality Assessment categories 2, 4, or 5 for water
or sediment, as documented in the state’s Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report
and as displayed in WA Ecology’s electronic database and map viewer of these waterbodies and/or (2)
where subject to any other local, state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation.
Impervious surface means a non-vegetated surface area that either prevents or retards the entry of water
into the soil mantle as under natural conditions before development; or that causes water to run off the
surface in greater quantities or at an increased rate of flow compared to the flow present under natural
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
13
conditions prior to development (see also “new impervious surface”). Common impervious surfaces
include, but are not limited to, roof, walkways, patios, driveways, parking lots, or storage areas, areas
that are paved, graveled or made of packed or oiled earthen materials or other surfaces that similarly
impede the natural infiltration of surface water or stormwater. For the purposes of flow control and
water quality treatment modeling and applying the impervious surface thresholds and exemptions
contained in this manual, permeable pavement, vegetated roofs, and pervious surfaces with
underdrains designed to collect stormwater runoff are considered impervious surface. An open
uncovered flow control or water quality facility is not considered impervious surface for the purposes
of applying impervious surface thresholds and exemptions but shall be modeled as impervious surface
for the purposes of computing runoff.
Impoundment means a natural or man-made containment for surface water.
Improvement means a permanent, man-made, physical change to land or real property including, but not
limited to, buildings, streets, driveways, sidewalks, crosswalks, parking lots, water mains, sanitary and
storm sewers, drainage facilities, and landscaping.
Industrial project (or land use) means any project or land use that requires or would require a
commercial building permit or commercial site development permit and is on an industrial-zoned site
or is otherwise conducting industrial activities. Industrial activities means material handling,
transportation, or storage; manufacturing; maintenance; treatment; or disposal. Areas with industrial
activities include plant yards, access roads and rail lines used by carriers of raw materials,
manufactured products, waste material, or by-products; material handling sites; refuse sites; sites used
for the application or disposal of process waste waters; sites used for the storage and maintenance of
material handling equipment; sites used for residual treatment, storage, or disposal; shipping and
receiving areas; manufacturing buildings; storage areas for raw materials, and intermediate and
finished products; and areas where industrial activity has taken place in the past and significant
materials remain and are exposed to stormwater.
Infiltration facility means a drainage facility designed to use the hydrologic process of water soaking into
the ground (commonly referred to as percolation) to dispose of surface and storm water runoff.
Ingress/egress means the points of access to and from a property.
Inlet means a form of connection between the surface of the ground and a channel or pipe for the
admission of surface and stormwater runoff.
Inlet control means a flow condition where the flow is governed by the culvert’s inlet geometry.
Interflow means near-surface groundwater that moves laterally through the soil horizon following the
hydraulic gradient of underlying relatively impermeable soils. When interflow is expressed on the
surface, it is called a spring or seepage.
KCAS means King County Aerial Survey.
Lake means an area permanently inundated by water in excess of two meters (7 feet) deep and greater
than twenty acres in size as measured at the ordinary high water mark.
Lake management plan means a plan describing the lake management recommendations and
requirements adopted by public rule for managing water quality within individual lake basins.
Land disturbing activity means any activity that results in a change in the existing soil cover (both
vegetative and non-vegetative and/or the existing soil topography. Land disturbing activities include,
but are not limited to demolition, construction, clearing, grading, filling, excavation, and compaction.
Land disturbing activity does not include tilling conducted as part of agricultural practices, landscape
maintenance, or gardening.
Landslide means episodic downslope movement of a mass of soil or rock; includes but is not limited to
rockfalls, slumps, mudflows, and earthflows.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
14
Landslide Hazard is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is applied
to areas subject to risk of landslide due to topography, soil conditions, and geology. Landslide hazard
areas are depicted in the Landslide layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Landslide Hazard Drainage Area means an area where overland flows from a project may pose a
significant threat to health and safety because of its close proximity to a landslide hazard.
Land surveyor means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a professional land surveyor.
Large Project Drainage Review means the evaluation required by RMC 4-6-030 for development
proposals that are large and/or involve resources or problems of special sensitivity or complexity.
Large Project Drainage Review is required of any project that would, at full buildout of the project
site, result in 50 acres or more of new impervious surface within a drainage subbasin or a number of
subbasins that are hydraulically connected across subbasin boundaries. Hydraulically connected
means connected through surface flow or water features such as wetlands or lakes.. Large Project
Drainage Review entails preparation of a master drainage plan (MDP) or limited scope MDP which is
reviewed and approved by CED.
Leaf compost filter means a treatment device that uses a specially prepared and potentially patented leaf
compost product to remove pollutants from stormwater.
Level pool routing means the basic technique of storage routing used in the City for sizing and analyzing
detention storage and determining water levels for ponding water bodies. The level pool routing
technique is based on the continuity equation: Inflow – Outflow = Change in storage.
Local drainage system means any natural or constructed drainage feature that collects and concentrates
runoff from the site and discharges it downstream.
Low Impact Development (LID) – A stormwater and land use management strategy that strives to mimic
pre-disturbance hydrologic processes of infiltration, filtration, storage, evaporation and transpiration
by emphasizing conservation, use of on-site natural features, site planning, and distributed stormwater
management practices that are integrated into a project design.
LID Best Management Practices – Distributed stormwater management practices, integrated into a
project design, that emphasize pre-disturbance hydrologic processes of infiltration, filtration, storage,
evaporation and transpiration. LID BMPs are referred to as on-site BMPs in this manual and include,
but are not limited to, bioretention, permeable pavements, roof downspout controls, dispersion, soil
quality and depth, and minimum disturbance foundations.
LID Principles – Land use management strategies that emphasize conservation, use of on-site natural
features, and site planning to minimize impervious surfaces, native vegetation loss, and stormwater
runoff.
Lowest floor means the lowest enclosed area (including basement) of a structure. An area other than a
basement area that is used solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage is not considered
a building’s lowest floor, provided that the enclosed area meets all of the structural requirements of
the flood hazard standards.
Maintenance means those usual activities taken to prevent a decline, lapse, or cessation in the use of
currently serviceable structures, facilities, BMPs, equipment, or systems if there is no expansion of
any of these, and there are no significant hydrologic impacts. Maintenance includes the repair or
replacement of non-functional facilities and BMPs, and the replacement of existing structures (e.g.,
catch basins, manholes, culverts) with different types of structures, if the repair or replacement is
required to meet current engineering standards or is required by one or more environmental permits
and the functioning characteristics of the original facility or structure are not changed. For the
purposes of applying this definition to the thresholds and requirements of this manual, CED will
determine whether the functioning characteristics of the original facility, structure, or BMP will
remain sufficiently unchanged to consider replacement as maintenance.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
15
Note: The following pavement maintenance practices are exempt from drainage review:
Pothole and square cut patching
Overlaying existing non-permeable asphalt or non-permeable concrete pavement with
asphalt or concrete without expanding the area of coverage
Shoulder grading
Reshaping/regrading drainage systems
Crack sealing
Resurfacing with in-kind material without expanding the road prism, pavement preservation
activities that do not expand the paved prism
Vegetation maintenance
The following pavement maintenance practices are not categorically exempt from drainage review:
Removing and replacing a paved surface to base course or lower, or repairing the pavement
base (i.e., “replaced impervious surfaces”)
Extending the edge of pavement without increasing the size of the paved area
Resurfacing that meets the definition of “new impervious surface” in this manual
Major receiving water means a large receiving water that has been determined by the City of Renton to
be safe for the direct discharge of increased runoff from a proposed project without a flow control
facility, subject to the restrictions on such discharges set forth in Core Requirement #3, Section 1.2.3.
A list of major receiving waters is provided in Section 1.2.3.1. Major receiving waters are also
considered safe for application of Basic WQ treatment in place of otherwise required Enhanced Basic
WQ treatment (see Section 1.2.8.1), except where the receiving water meets the definition of
impaired waterbody or impaired receiving water, specifically with regard to heavy metals.
Mass wasting means the movement of large volumes of earth material downslope.
Master Drainage Plan (MDP) means a comprehensive drainage control plan required for projects subject
to large project drainage review and intended to prevent significant adverse impacts to surface water
and groundwater, both onsite and offsite.
Maximum extent practicable means the use of best management practices that are available and capable
of being designed, constructed and implemented in a reliable and effective manner including, but not
limited to, consideration of site conditions and cost.
MDNS means a Mitigated Determination of Non-Significance per SEPA (see “DNS” and “mitigation”).
Mean annual storm means a statistically derived rainfall event derived by dividing the annual rainfall in
an area by the number of storm events per year.
Metals as used in this manual generally refers to heavy metals5 such as copper, mercury, lead, nickel, zinc,
cadmium, and arsenic; and alloys such as bronze, brass, and Galvalume®. Metals are of
environmental concern because although some heavy metal elements are necessary micronutrients,
they may also be toxic at very low levels to some organisms; are sometimes magnified in the food
chain where they can be toxic to organisms at higher concentrations; and are not biodegradable.
Metals problem means a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either (1) currently
designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern for
exceedance of the state’s numeric water or sediment quality standards for metals (e.g., copper, zinc,
lead, mercury, etc.) as documented in the state’s latest Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b)
5 “a loosely defined subset of elements that exhibit metallic properties” (Wikipedia contributors, “Heavy metal (chemistry),”
Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia, <http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Heavy_metal_(chemistry)&oldid=583203892>
(accessed November 27, 2013))
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
16
Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s electronic database and map viewers6 of these
waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local, state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site
designation for metals.
Mitigation means an action taken to compensate for adverse impacts to the environment resulting from a
development activity or alteration.
Modified site improvement plan means a limited or simplified “site improvement plan” used for some
projects in Targeted Drainage Review and/or where major improvements are not proposed.
Monitor means to systematically and repeatedly measure something in order to track changes.
Monitoring means the collection and analysis of data by various methods for the purposes of
understanding natural systems and features, evaluating the impacts of development proposals on the
biological, hydrologic, and geologic elements of such systems, and assessing the performance of
mitigation measures imposed as conditions of development.
Mulch is a layer of material applied to cover an area of soil. As used in this manual, the purpose of mulch
is to provide temporary protection from erosion, to enhance plant establishment by conserving
moisture, to hold fertilizer, seed, and topsoil in place, to moderate soil temperatures, and to inhibit
weeds from sprouting between established vegetation. See Reference 11-C for on allowable mulch
types and further specifications.
Multifamily project (or land use) means any project or land use that requires or would require a
commercial building permit or commercial site development permit for development of residential
dwelling units that are not detached single family dwelling units or attached two-unit (duplex)
buildings.
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) means the part of the federal Clean Water
Act which requires point source discharges to obtain permits. These permits, referred to as NPDES
permits, are administered by the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Native Growth Protection Easements (NGPE) means an easement granted to the City for the protection
of native vegetation within a sensitive area or its associated buffer. This term was used by the County
prior to December 1990 when it was replaced with “sensitive area.” All references to critical areas in
this manual also apply to sensitive areas and native growth protection easements.
Native growth retention area means the area of native vegetated surface set aside by a covenant,
easement, or tract for purposes of implementing an on-site BMP.
Native vegetated surface means a surface in which the soil conditions, ground cover, and species of
vegetation are like those of the original native condition for the site. More specifically, this means
(1) the soil is either undisturbed or has been treated according to the “native vegetated landscape”
specifications in Appendix C, Section C.2.1.8; (2) the ground is either naturally covered with
vegetation litter or has been top-dressed between plants with 4 inches of mulch consistent with the
native vegetated landscape specifications in Appendix C; and (3) the vegetation is either (a) comprises
predominantly plant species, other than noxious weeds, that are indigenous to the coastal region of the
Pacific Northwest and that reasonably could have been expected to occur naturally on the site or
(b) comprises plant species specified for a native vegetated landscape in Appendix C. Examples of
these plant species include trees such as Douglas fir, western hemlock, western red cedar, alder, big-
leaf maple and vine maple; shrubs such as willow, elderberry, salmonberry and salal; and herbaceous
plants such as sword fern, foam flower, and fireweed.
Natural channel (see “channel, natural”).
Natural discharge area means an onsite area tributary to a single natural discharge location.
6 The link to the Query Tool is <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/ApprovedWQA/ApprovedPages/ApprovedSearch.aspx>; select all
appropriate mediums. The Map Tool is at <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/waterqualityatlas/wqa/map>.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
17
Natural discharge location means the location where surface and storm water runoff leaves (or would
leave if not infiltrated or retained) the site or project site under existing site conditions.
Natural hazard means a condition in land or water, or both, that arises in whole or in part out of natural
processes and that creates a threat of immediate and substantial harm. A natural hazard may include,
but is not limited to, a beaver dam, a debris dam in a stream, severe erosion at the base of a steep
slope, or a stream displaced from its original channel.
Natural onsite drainage feature means a natural swale, channel, stream, closed depression, wetland, or
lake.
NAVD means North American Vertical Datum (see “base flood elevation”).
New conveyance system elements means those that are proposed to be constructed where there are no
existing constructed conveyance elements.
New impervious surface means the conversion of a pervious surface to an impervious surface; or the
addition of a more compacted surface, such as resurfacing by upgrading from dirt to gravel, asphalt, or
concrete; upgrading from gravel to asphalt, or concrete; or upgrading from a bituminous surface
treatment (“chip seal”) to asphalt or concrete.
New pervious surface means the conversion of a native vegetated surface or other native surface to a
nonnative pervious surface (e.g., conversion of forest or meadow to pasture land, grass land, cultivated
land, lawn, landscaping, bare soil, etc.), or any alteration of existing nonnative pervious surface that
significantly increases stormwater runoff (e.g., conversion of pasture land, grass land, or cultivated
land to lawn, landscaping, or bare soil; or alteration of soil characteristics).
New PGIS means new impervious surface that is pollution-generating impervious surface or any
alteration of existing pollution-generating impervious surface that changes the type of pollutants or
results in increased pollution loads and/or concentrations.
New PGPS means new pervious surface that is pollution-generating pervious surface or any alteration of
existing pollution-generating pervious surface that changes the type of pollutants or results in
increased pollution loads and/or concentrations.
NGPE means Native Growth Protection Easement.
NGVD means National Geodetic Vertical Datum (see “base flood elevation”).
Nonnative pervious surface means a pervious surface that does not meet the definition of a “native
vegetated surface.”
Normal depth means the depth of uniform flow. This is a unique depth of flow for any combination of
channel characteristics and flow conditions. Normal depth is found from Manning’s equation.
NPDES means National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.
NTU means Nephelometric Turbidity Units, a measurement unit for turbidity in water.
Nutrient means one of the essential chemicals needed by plants or animals for growth. Excessive amounts
of nutrients can lead to degradation of water quality and excessive algae growth. Some nutrients can
be toxic at high concentrations.
Offsite means any area lying upstream of the site that drains onto the site and any area lying downstream
of the site to which the site drains including frontage improvements.
Offsite flows means runoff conveyed to a proposed project from adjacent properties.
Off-line systems – restrict flows to treatment facilities and bypass the incremental portion of remaining
higher flows around them.
Oil/water separator means a vault, usually underground designed to provide a quiescent environment to
separate oil from water. Solid floatables (e.g., Styrofoam) are also removed.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
18
One-year capture zone means the surface area overlying the portion of the aquifer which contributes
water to the well within a one year period.
On-line systems – Most treatment facilities can be designed as “On-line” systems with flows above the
water quality design flow or volume simply passing through the facility with lesser or no pollutant
removal efficiency. However, it is sometimes desirable to restrict flows to treatment facilities and
bypass the incremental portion of remaining higher flows around them. These are called “Off-line.”
An example of an on-line system is a wetpool that maintains a permanent pool of water for runoff
treatment purposes.
Onsite means the entire site that includes the proposed development.
On-site BMP means a small scale drainage facility or feature that is part of a development site strategy to
use processes such as infiltration, dispersion, storage, evaporation, transpiration, forest retention, and
reduced impervious surface footprint to mimic pre-developed hydrology and minimize stormwater
runoff.
On-site BMP design and maintenance details means the diagrams/figures, design specifications, and
maintenance instructions for each on-site BMP proposed on an individual site/lot that does not contain
a flow control or water quality facility. These details are intended to be recordable to facilitate
attachment to the declaration of covenant and grant of easement required for implementation of on-
site BMPs on individual sites/lots. CED may waive all or a portion of this component if they
determine there is no need to specify design details or maintenance instructions for certain proposed
BMPs.
Ordinary high water mark means the mark that will be found by examining the bed and banks of a
stream, lake, pond, or tidal water and ascertaining where the presence and action of waters are so
common and usual, and so long maintained in all ordinary years as to mark upon the soil a vegetative
character distinct from that of the abutting upland. In an area where the ordinary high water mark
cannot be found, the line of mean high water in areas adjoining freshwater or mean higher high tide in
areas adjoining saltwater is the “ordinary high water mark.” In an area where neither can be found, the
top of the channel bank is the “ordinary high water mark.” In braided channels and alluvial fans, the
ordinary high water mark or line of mean high water include the entire water or stream feature.
Orifice means an opening with closed perimeter (usually sharp-edged) and of regular form in a plate, wall,
or partition through which water may flow, generally used for the purpose of measurement or control
of such water.
Outfall means a point where collected and concentrated surface and storm water runoff is discharged from
a pipe system or culvert.
Outlet control means a flow condition where the flow is governed by a combination of inlet geometry,
barrel characteristics, and tailwater elevation.
Outwash soil means a soil formed from highly permeable sands and gravels.
Overtopping means to flow over the limits of a containment or conveyance element.
Parcel redevelopment project means a redevelopment project on a site comprised of one or more parcels
of land on which an assessed value of existing site improvements has been determined by the King
County Assessor’s Office.
Permeable pavement means pervious concrete, porous asphalt, permeable pavers or other forms of
pervious or porous paving material intended to allow passage of water through the pavement section.
It often includes an aggregate base that provides structural support and acts as a stormwater reservoir.
Permeable soils means soil materials with a sufficiently rapid infiltration rate so as to greatly reduce or
eliminate surface and storm water runoff.
Pervious surface means any surface material that allows stormwater to infiltrate into the ground.
Examples include lawn, landscape, pasture, and native vegetation areas. This designation excludes
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
19
permeable pavement, vegetated roofs, and pervious surfaces with underdrains designed to collect
stormwater runoff (see “impervious surface”).
Perviousness means related to the size and continuity of void spaces in soils; related to a soil’s infiltration
rate.
Pesticide means any substance (usually chemical) used to destroy or control organisms; includes
herbicides, insecticides, algaecides, fungicides, and others. Many of these substances are
manufactured and are not naturally found in the environment. Others, such as pyrethrum, are natural
toxins which are extracted from plants and animals.
pH means a measure of the acidity or basicity of a substance found by measuring the concentration of
hydrogen ions in the substance. pH is the negative log10 of the hydrogen ion concentration, or -
log10([H+]). The pH scale ranges from 1 to 14 with 1 being highly acidic, 14 highly basic, and
7 neutral. Most natural waters in King County are slightly acidic having a pH of around 6.5. The pH
range of precipitation in Western Washington is between 5.1 and 5.37.
Phosphorus problem means a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either
(1) currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern
for exceedance of the state’s numeric action standard for total phosphorus as documented in the state’s
latest Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s
electronic database and map viewers8 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local,
state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for total phosphorus.
Physiographic means characteristics of the natural physical environment (including hills).
Pipe system means a network of storm drain pipes, catch basins, manholes, inlets, and outfalls designed
and constructed to convey surface water.
Plat means a map or representation of a subdivision showing the division of a tract or parcel of land into
lots, blocks, streets, or other divisions and dedications.
Point discharge means the release of collected and/or concentrated surface and storm water runoff from a
pipe, culvert, or channel.
Point of compliance means the location where detention performance standards are evaluated. In most
cases, the point of compliance is the outlet of the proposed detention facility where, for example,
2- and 10-year discharges must match predevelopment 2- and 10-year peak flow rates.
Pollution-generating impervious surface (PGIS) means an impervious surface considered to be a
significant source of pollutants in stormwater runoff. Such surfaces include those that are subject to:
vehicular use, industrial activities, or storage of erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or chemicals
and that receive direct rainfall or the run-on or blow-in of rainfall. A covered parking area would be
considered PGIS if runoff from uphill could regularly run through it or if rainfall could regularly blow
in and wet the pavement surface. Metal roofs are also considered PGIS unless they are coated with an
inert, non-leachable material (see Reference Section 11-E). PGIS includes roofs that are exposed to
the venting of significant amounts of dusts, mists, or fumes from manufacturing, commercial, or other
indoor activities. PGIS includes vegetated roofs exposed to pesticides, fertilizers, or loss of soil. Other
roofing types that may pose risk but are not currently regulated are listed in Reference Section 11-E.
Lawns, landscaping, sports fields, golf courses, and other areas that have modified runoff
characteristics resulting from the addition of underdrains that have the pollution generating
characteristics described under the “pollution-generating pervious surface” definition are also
considered PGIS.
7 USGS, 1997. What is acid rain? <http://pubs.usgs.gov/gip/acidrain/2.html>, maintained by John Watson, jmwatson@usgs.gov;
accessed 2013/11/27.
8 The link to the Query Tool is <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/ApprovedWQA/ApprovedPages/ApprovedSearch.aspx>; select all
appropriate mediums. The Map Tool is at <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/waterqualityatlas/wqa/map>.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
20
Pollution-generating pervious surface (PGPS) means a non-impervious surface considered to be a
significant source of pollutants in surface and stormwater runoff. Such surfaces include those that are
subject to vehicular use, industrial activities, storage of erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or
chemicals, and that receive direct rainfall or the run-on or blow-in of rainfall; or subject to use of
pesticides and fertilizers, or loss of soil. Such surfaces include, but are not limited to, the lawn and
landscaped areas of a residential, commercial, or industrial site or land use, golf courses, parks, sports
fields (natural and artificial turf), cemeteries, and grassed modular grid pavement.
Porosity means the property of having pores (small openings) that allow the passage of water.
Pre-application means the meeting or form used by an applicant for a development permit to present
initial project intentions to CED. Preapplication does not mean application.
Pre-application adjustment means an adjustment that can be requested prior to permit application. It is
useful for when an adjustment decision is needed to determine if a project is feasible, or when the
approval conditions must be known to determine if a project is viable before funding a full
application. The approval of pre-application adjustments is tied by condition to the project proposal
presented at a pre-application meeting with CED.
Project means any proposed action to alter or develop a site. The proposed action of a permit application
or an approval, which requires drainage review.
Project site means that portion of a site and any offsite areas subject to proposed project activities,
alterations, and improvements including those required by this manual (see “site”). Offsite areas
subject to proposed project activities, include, but are not limited to, frontage improvements required
by the City.
Rain garden means a shallow, landscaped depression with compost-amended native soils and adapted
plants. The depression is designed to pond and temporarily store stormwater runoff from adjacent
areas, and to allow stormwater to pass through the amended soil profile. Rain gardens can only be
used to meet Core Requirement #9.
R/D means retention/detention facility, another term for flow control facility.
Reach means a length of channel with uniform characteristics.
Receiving waters means bodies of water, surface water systems, or groundwater receiving water from
upstream man-made or natural systems.
Recharge means the flow to groundwater from the infiltration of surface and storm water runoff.
Redevelopment project means a project that proposes to add, replace, or modify impervious surface (e.g.,
building, parking lot) for purposes other than a residential subdivision or maintenance on a site that is
already substantially developed in a manner consistent with its current zoning or with a legal non-
conforming use or has an existing impervious surface coverage of 35% or more. The following
examples illustrate how this definition may apply to residential and commercial sites.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
21
Redevelopment Project that
Adds New Impervious Surface
Redevelopment Project that
Replaces Impervious Surface
Redevelopment Project that
Adds and Replaces Impervious
Surface
Regional detention facility means a stormwater quantity control structure designed to prevent or correct
the existing or future surface water runoff problems of a basin or subbasin as defined by the City of
Renton.
Regional scale factor means a geographically variable multiplier applied to the flow time series to
account for the variations in rainfall amounts, and hence runoff, between the project site and the
rainfall station (Landsburg or Sea-Tac).
Release rate means the computed peak rate of surface and storm water runoff from a site.
Replaced impervious surface means any existing impervious surface on the project site that is proposed
to be removed and re-established as impervious surface, excluding impervious surface removed for
the sole purpose of installing utilities or performing maintenance on underground infrastructure. For
structures, removed means the removal of buildings down to the foundation. For other impervious
surfaces, removed means the removal down to base course or bare soil. It does not include the removal
of pavement material through grinding or other surface modification unless the entire layer of PCC or
AC is removed. Replaced impervious surface also includes impervious surface that is moved from one
location to another on the project site where the following two conditions are met: (A) runoff
characteristics and volumes remain the same or are improved in the area where the existing
impervious surface is removed, and (B) impervious surface at the new location is either designated as
non- pollution generating or the pollution generating characteristics remain unchanged compared to
that of the original location.
Replaced PGIS means replaced impervious surface that is pollution-generating impervious surface.
Retention means the process of collecting and holding surface and storm water runoff with no surface
outflow.
Retention/detention facility (R/D) means a type of drainage facility designed either to hold water for a
considerable length of time and then release it by evaporation, plant transpiration, and/or infiltration
into the ground, or to hold surface and storm water runoff for a short period of time and then release it
to the surface and storm water conveyance system.
Retrofitting means the renovation of an existing site, structure, or facility to meet changed conditions or
to improve mitigation of stormwater flow and water quality impacts.
Riparian means pertaining to the banks of rivers and streams, and sometimes also wetlands, lakes, or
tidewater.
Riprap means a facing layer or protective mound of stones placed to prevent erosion or sloughing of a
structure or embankment due to the flow of surface and storm water runoff.
Runoff means that portion of water originating from rainfall and other precipitation that flows over the
surface or just below the surface from where it fell and is found in drainage facilities, rivers, streams,
springs, seeps, ponds, lakes, wetlands, and shallow groundwater as well as on ground surfaces.
Existing
House
Residential Site
New
Bldg.
Existing
Parking
New
Bldg. Existing
Pervious
Area
(65%)
Existing
Impervious
Area (35%)
Commercial Site
Existing Bldg.
Existing
Parking
New
Parking
Existing
Bldg.
Existing
Impervious
Area (35%)
Commercial Site
New
Bldg.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
22
Runoff files means a database of continuous flows pre-simulated by HSPF.
Runoff Files Method means a hydrologic modeling tool for the City to produce results (design flows,
detention pond sizing, etc.) comparable to those obtained with the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency’s HSPF model but with significantly less effort. This is achieved by providing the user with a
set of 15 minute time series files of unit area land surface runoff (“runoff files”) pre-simulated with
HSPF for a range of land cover conditions and soil types within the City.
Run-on or blow-in of rainfall means stormwater from uphill that could regularly run through an area, or
rainfall that could regularly be blown in and wet the pavement surface.
Salmon conservation plan means a plan and all implementing regulations and procedures including, but
not limited to, land use management adopted by ordinance, capital projects, public education activities
and enforcement programs for conservation and recovery of salmon within a water resource inventory
area designated by the state under WAC 173-500-040.
Salmonid means a member of the fish family Salmonidae. In the City of Renton, salmonid species include
Chinook, Coho, and sockeye salmon; as well as steelhead and kokanee trout. Sand filter means a
depression, basin, or vault with the bottom made of a layer of sand. Stormwater is treated as it
percolates through the sand layer and is discharged via a central collector pipe.
Scour means erosion of channel banks due to excessive velocity of the flow of surface and stormwater
runoff.
SCS means Soil Conservation Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture.
SCS Method means a hydrologic analysis based on the Curve Number method (National Engineering
Handbook – Section 4: Hydrology, August 1972).
Seasonal high groundwater level means the highest elevation attained by groundwater, as measured by
piezometers or wells, during any calendar year.
Sediment means fragmented material which originates from weathering and erosion of rocks or
unconsolidated deposits, and which is transported by, suspended in, or deposited by water.
Sedimentation means the depositing or formation of sediment.
Sensitive area means the area delineated on a site which contains wetlands, streams, steep slopes, hazard
areas, landslide hazard areas, and their required buffers. Sensitive areas are recorded as tracts or
sensitive area notice on titles.
Sensitive area setback area means the area delineated on a site which contains wetlands, streams, steep
slopes, hazard areas, landslide hazard areas, and their required buffers. This term was used from
November 1990 through December 1995. References to critical areas and their required buffers in this
manual shall also apply to sensitive area setback areas.
Sensitive lake means a designation applied by the City to lakes that are particularly prone to
eutrophication from development-induced increases in phosphorus loading.
SEPA means State Environmental Policy Act.
Severe building flooding problem means there is flooding of the finished floor area9 of a habitable
building,10 or the electrical/heating system of a habitable building for runoff events less than or equal
to a 100-year event. Examples include flooding of finished floors of homes and commercial or
industrial buildings, or flooding of electrical/heating system components in the crawl space or garage
of a home.
9 Finished floor area, for the purposes of defining severe building flooding problem, means any enclosed area of a building that is designed
to be served by the building’s permanent heating or cooling system.
10 Habitable building means any residential, commercial, or industrial building that is equipped with a permanent heating or cooling system
and an electrical system.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
23
Severe erosion problem means there is an open drainage feature with evidence of or potential for
erosion/incision sufficient to pose a sedimentation hazard to downstream conveyance systems or pose
a landslide hazard by undercutting adjacent slopes. Severe erosion problems do not include roadway
shoulder rilling or minor ditch erosion.
Severe flooding problem means a severe building flooding problem or a severe roadway flooding
problem.
Severe roadway flooding problem means there is flooding over all lanes of a roadway,11 or a sole access
driveway12 is severely impacted, for runoff events less than or equal to the 100-year event. A severely
impacted sole access driveway is one in which flooding overtops a culverted section of the driveway,
posing a threat of washout or unsafe access conditions due to indiscernible driveway edges, or
flooding is deeper than 6 inches on the driveway, posing a severe impediment to emergency access.
Shared facility means a drainage facility designed to meet one or more of the requirements of
RMC 4-6-030 for two or more separate projects contained within a basin. Shared facilities usually
include shared financial commitments for those drainage facilities.
Sheet erosion means the relatively uniform removal of soil from an area without the development of
conspicuous water channels.
Sheet flow means relatively uniform flow over plane surfaces without the concentration of water into
conspicuous channels.
Shoreline development means the proposed projects regulated by the Shoreline Management Act.
Usually this includes the construction over water or within a shoreline zone (generally 200 feet
landward of the water) of structures such as buildings, piers, bulkheads, and breakwaters, including
environmental alterations such as dredging and filling, or any project which interferes with public
navigational rights on the surface waters.
Shredded wood mulch means a mulch made from shredded tree trimmings, usually from trees cleared on
site and stockpiled until needed. It must be free of garbage and weeds and may not contain excessive
resin, tannin, or other material detrimental to plant growth.
Siltation means the process by which a river, lake, or other water body becomes clogged with sediment.
Silt can clog gravel beds and prevent successful survival of salmon eggs.
Simplified drainage plan means a simplified form of site improvement and erosion and sediment control
plans (without a technical information report) which can be prepared by a non-engineer from a set of
pre-engineered design details. Simplified drainage plans are allowed for projects in Simplified
Drainage Review.
Simplified Drainage Review means the drainage review for a proposed single family residential project
or agricultural project that: results in less than 5,000 square feet of new plus replaced pollution
generating impervious surface, results in less than ¾ acre of pollution generating pervious surface,
limits target impervious and pervious surface as specified in the Section 1.1.2.1, and meets the
simplified drainage requirements specified in Appendix C of this manual, including on-site BMPs,
erosion and sediment control measures, and drainage plan submittal requirements.
Simplified site ESC plan means a plan and supporting documentation for implementing erosion and
sediment control measures that may be prepared by a person who is not a civil engineer for projects
that are exempt from drainage review or that are subject to Simplified Project Drainage Review but
disturb less than 3 acres of a site. The plan is a scale drawing of the site or project site that shows the
limits of disturbance and how required ESC measures will be applied to prevent sediment from
leaving the project site. The plan must include or be accompanied by any diagrams or figures
11 Roadway, for the purposes of this definition, means the traveled portion of any public or private road or street classified as such in the City
of Renton Standard Details.
12 Sole access driveway means there is no other unobstructed, flood-free route for emergency access to a habitable building.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
24
necessary for installation of proposed ESC measures. CED may allow a written version of this plan if
they determine there is no need to illustrate the extent and location of proposed ESC measures.
Single family residential project means any project that (a) constructs or modifies a single family
dwelling unit or attached two-unit (duplex) building, (b) makes improvements (e.g., driveways, roads,
outbuildings, play courts, etc.) or clears native vegetation on a lot that contains or will contain a single
family dwelling unit or attached two-unit (duplex) building, or (c) is a plat, short plat, or boundary line
adjustment that creates or adjusts lots that will contain single family dwelling units or attached two-
unit (duplex) buildings.
Site (a.k.a development site) means a single parcel, or either: two or more contiguous parcels that are
under common ownership or documented legal control or a portion of a single parcel under
documented legal control separate from the remaining parcel, used as a single parcel for a proposed
project for purposes of applying for authority from the City to carry out a proposed project. For
projects located primarily within dedicated rights-of-way, the length of the project site and the right-
of-way boundaries define the site.
Site plan (or site improvement plan) means the plan that consists of all the plans, profiles, details, notes
and specifications necessary to construct road, drainage structure and off-street parking improvements.
See also “modified site improvement plan.” The site plan shall include a scale drawing of an
individual site/lot to show how required on-site BMPs will be applied to the target surfaces of an
individual site/lot that does not contain a flow control facility or water quality facility. CED may allow
a written version of this plan if they determine that there is no need to illustrate the size and location
of proposed on-site BMPs.
Slope means the gradient in feet (vertical) per feet (horizontal) or expressed as percent. Side slopes of
drainage facilities are usually referred to with the horizontal dimension first (as in 3H:1V).
Sloughing means the sliding of overlying material. Sloughing has the same effect as caving, but it usually
occurs when the bank or an underlying stratum is saturated or scoured.
Soil bioengineering means a method of soil or land stabilization that uses living plant material selected
for the specific site situation as the major structural or engineering component of the stabilization.
Soil permeability means the ease with which gases, liquids, or plant roots penetrate or pass through a
layer of soil.
Soil scientist means a person who has earned a degree in soil science, agronomy, or hydrogeology from an
accredited college or university, or who has equivalent educational training and has at least five years
of experience, or who has four years of experience and at least two years of post-graduate study. Two
years of experience must be in the State of Washington with local soil types.
Soil stabilization means the use of measures such as rock lining, vegetation, or other engineering
structures to prevent the movement of soil when loads are applied to the soil.
Sole access driveway means there is no other unobstructed, flood-free route for emergency access to a
habitable building. Severely impacting means the flooding overtops a culverted section of the
driveway, posing a threat of washout or unsafe access conditions due to indiscernible driveway edges,
or the flooding is deeper than 6 inches on the driveway, posing a severe impediment to emergency
access.
Sole access roadway means there is no other flood-free route for emergency access to one or more
dwelling units.
Sole-source aquifer means an aquifer that is the only source of drinking water for a given community and
that is so designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Specific energy means the total energy within any system with respect to the channel bottom; equal to the
potential head plus velocity and pressure heads.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
25
Sphagnum bog wetland means a unique wetland having a predominance of sphagnum moss creating a
substrate upon which a distinctive community of plants is established. Some of these include Ledum
groenlandicum (Labrador tea), Kalmia occidentalis (bog laurel), Drosera rotundifolia (sundew), and
Vaccinium oxycoccos (cranberry). Stunted evergreen trees are also sometimes present. In addition to a
distinctive plant community, the water chemistry of a sphagnum bog wetland is unique. It is
characterized by acidic waters (pH 3 to 5.5), low nutrient content, low alkalinity, and a buffering
system composed predominantly of organic acids. In the Puget Sound area, mature sphagnum bog
wetlands are typically very old, often dating back thousands of years. There are several classification
schemes for wetlands dominated by sphagnum moss, and a successional series from conventional
wetlands to fens to sphagnum bog is recognized by most ecologists. Some biologists use water
chemistry and plant community composition to determine where in this successional series a wetland
should be placed. In these classification schemes, the sphagnum wetlands defined in this manual
would be bogs. Others base the wetland type on the source of water, in which case most King County
sphagnum wetlands would be fens. This manual has adopted the classification scheme based on water
chemistry and plant communities and hence refers to these wetlands as bogs rather than fens. The size
of a sphagnum bog wetland is defined by the boundaries of the sphagnum bog plant community.
Spill control device means a Tee section or down turned elbow designed to retain a limited volume of
pollutant that floats on water, such as oil or antifreeze. Spill control devices are passive and must be
followed by clean-up activity for the spilled pollutant to actually be removed.
State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) means the Washington State law intended to minimize
environmental damage. SEPA requires that state agencies and local governments consider
environmental factors when making decisions on activities, such as development proposals over a
certain size and comprehensive plans. As part of this process, environmental documents are prepared
and opportunities for public comment are provided.
Steep slope hazard area is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is
applied to areas where extra protection of sensitive slopes is required. Steep slope hazard areas are
depicted in the Regulated Slopes layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Storage routing means a method to account for the attenuation of peak flows passing through a detention
facility or other storage feature.
Storm drains means the enclosed conduits that transport surface and storm water runoff toward points of
discharge (sometimes called storm sewers).
Storm drain system means the system of gutters, pipes, streams, or ditches used to carry surface and
storm water from surrounding lands to streams, lakes, or Puget Sound.
Stormwater means the water produced during precipitation or snowmelt, which runs off, soaks into the
ground, or is dissipated through evapotranspiration. Stormwater that runs off or soaks into the ground
ultimately becomes surface water or groundwater.
Stormwater compliance plan means a plan or study and all regulations and procedures that have been
adopted by the City to implement the plan or study, including, but not limited to, capital projects,
public education activities, and enforcement programs for managing stormwater quantity and quality
discharged from the City’s municipal separate storm sewer system in compliance with the National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit program under the Clean Water Act.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual means the manual referenced in RMC 4-6-030, including
supporting documentation referenced or incorporated in the manual, describing best management
practices and procedures for eliminating or reducing surface, storm, and ground water contamination
from existing facilities and existing and new activities not covered by this manual.
Stormwater pollution prevention and spill (SWPPS) plan means the plan and supporting
documentation for implementing pollution and spill prevention BMPs on the project site during
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
26
construction as required by the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual. This plan is a component of
the construction stormwater pollution prevention plan (CSWPPP), which is submitted with the
engineering plans required for drainage review.
Stormwater runoff means stormwater that flows over, or just below, the surface where it fell or melted.
Stormwater runoff contributes to and becomes surface water or groundwater.
Stormwater wetland means a wetland constructed, often in areas of upland soil, for the purpose of
treating stormwater. When created in upland soils, stormwater wetlands are not considered waters of
the State if they are regularly maintained. In the City, stormwater wetlands cannot currently be used to
mitigate for impacts to an existing natural wetland.
Stream means an aquatic area where surface water produces a channel, not including a wholly artificial
channel unless it is used by salmonids or used to convey a stream that occurred naturally before
construction of the artificial channel. Those topographic features that resemble streams but have no
defined channels (e.g., swales) shall be considered streams when hydrologic and hydraulic analyses
done pursuant to a development proposal predict formation of a defined channel after development.
Structural engineer means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a professional civil engineer
specializing in structural engineering.
Structure means a catch basin or manhole in reference to a storm drainage system.
Stub-out means a length of pipe provided for future connection to the storm drainage system.
Subbasin means a geographic area that (1) drains to a stream or waterbody named and noted on common
maps and (2) is contained within the basin of the stream or water body.
Subcritical flow means flow at depths greater than the critical depth.
Subject to vehicular use means the surface is regularly used by motor vehicles including but not limited
to motorcycles, cars, trucks, busses, aircraft, tractors, and heavy equipment. The following surfaces
are considered regularly used by motor vehicles: roads, un-vegetated road shoulders, bike lanes within
the traveled lane of a roadway, driveways, parking lots, unrestricted access fire lanes, vehicular
equipment storage yards, and airport taxiways and runways. The following surfaces are not considered
regularly used by motor vehicles: paved bicycle pathways separated from and not subject to drainage
from roads for motor vehicles, fenced or restricted access fire lanes, and maintenance access roads
with a recurring use of no more than one routine vehicle access per week.
Supercritical flow means flow at depths less than the critical depth.
Surface and storm water management system means drainage facilities and any other natural features
which collect, store, control, treat, and/or convey surface and storm water.
Surface flow means that which travels over land or in an open or piped conveyance system.
Surface water means the water that exists on land surfaces before, during, and after stormwater runoff
occurs and includes, but is not limited to, the water found on ground surfaces and in drainage
facilities, rivers, streams, springs, seeps, ponds, lakes, wetlands, and Puget Sound. It also includes
shallow groundwater.
Surface Water Design Manual means this manual, and supporting documentation referenced or
incorporated in the manual, describing surface and stormwater design and analysis requirements,
procedures, and guidance. The Surface Water Design Manual is available from the City of Renton.
Swale means a shallow drainage conveyance with relatively gentle side slopes, generally with flow depths
less than one foot.
SWDM means Surface Water Design Manual.
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
27
Targeted Drainage Review means an abbreviated evaluation required by RMC 4-6-030 for certain types
of proposed projects that are not subject to full or large project drainage review. Targeted drainage
review may be required for some projects in simplified drainage review.
Target impervious surface means that portion of a site’s new and/or replaced impervious surface from
which runoff impacts are required to be mitigated by a particular set of drainage requirements (flow
control facility, water quality facility, and/or on-site BMP).
Type of Development Target Impervious Surface
New development New plus replaced impervious surface
Redevelopment with < 5,000 sf impervious or
improvements < 50% of the assessed
value of the existing site improvements
New impervious surface
Redevelopment with ≥ 5,000 sf impervious
and improvements ≥ 50% of the
assessed value of the existing site
improvements
New plus replaced impervious surface
Target pervious surface means all areas subject to clearing and grading that have not been covered by an
impervious surface, incorporated into a drainage facility, or engineered as structural fill or slope.
Target surface means a developed surface from which runoff impacts are required to be mitigated by a
particular set of drainage requirements.
Target PGIS means a pollution-generating impervious surface from which runoff impacts to water quality
are required to be mitigated by the area-specific water quality facility requirement (see “pollution-
generating impervious surface”).
Target PGPS means a pollution-generating pervious surface from which runoff impacts to water quality
are required to be mitigated by the area-specific water quality facility requirement (see “pollution-
generating pervious surface”).
Temperature problem means a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either (1)
currently designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Water due to exceedance or concern for
exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for temperature as documented in the state’s
latest Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s
electronic database and map viewers13 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local,
state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for temperature.
Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC, or TESC) Measures means those erosion and
sediment control measures implemented before final stabilization of the site to reduce erosion, control
siltation and sedimentation, and prevent the discharge of sediment-laden water from the site.
Threshold discharge area means an onsite area draining to a single natural discharge location, or
multiple natural discharge locations that combine within one-quarter-mile downstream (as
determined by the shortest flowpath). The examples below illustrate this definition. This term is used
to clarify how the thresholds, exemptions, and exceptions of this manual are applied to project sites
with multiple discharge locations.
13 The link to the Query Tool is <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/ApprovedWQA/ApprovedPages/ApprovedSearch.aspx>; select all
appropriate mediums. The Map Tool is at <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/waterqualityatlas/wqa/map>.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
28
Example of a Project Site
with a Single Natural
Discharge and a Single
Threshold Discharge Area
Example of a Project Site
with Multiple Natural
Discharges and a Single
Threshold Discharge Area
Example of a Project Site
with Multiple Natural
Discharges and Multiple
Threshold Discharge Areas
Tightline means a continuous length of pipe that conveys water from one point to another (typically down
a steep slope) with no inlets or collection points in between.
Tightline system means a continuous length of pipe used to convey flows down a steep or sensitive slope
with appropriate energy dissipation at the discharge end.
Till means a layer of poorly sorted soil deposited by glacial action; in the City of Renton, till typically has
a high silt content (see Section 3.2.2.1 for a description of soil groups).
Time of concentration means the time it takes runoff to travel overland (from the onset of precipitation)
from the most hydraulically distant location in the drainage basin to the point of discharge.
Total phosphorous (TP) means a naturally occurring element essential for plant growth. Total
phosphorous includes both dissolved and particulate phases of phosphorous. Excess phosphorous can
cause excess algae growth in lakes and streams, resulting in aesthetic problems and threats to aquatic
life.
Total suspended solids (TSS) means that portion of the solids carried by stormwater that can be caught
on a standard glass filter. Additional pollutants such as metals and organics are often associated with
the finer portion of the solids.
Toxic means poisonous, carcinogenic, or otherwise directly harmful to life.
Tract means a legally created parcel of property designated for special non-residential and non-
commercial uses.
Transportation redevelopment project means a stand-alone transportation improvement project that
proposes to add, replace, or modify impervious surface, for purposes other than maintenance, within a
length of dedicated public or private road right-of-way that has an existing impervious surface
coverage of thirty-five percent or more. Road right-of-way improvements required as part of a
Natural
Discharge
Area
THRESHOLD
DISCHARGE
AREA
(Shaded)
Natural
Discharge
Location
Natural
Discharge
Locations
Natural
Discharge
Area 1
Natural
Discharge
Area 2
THRESHOLD
DISCHARGE
AREA
(Shaded)
Natural
Discharge
Area 1
Natural
Discharge
Area 2
THRESHOLD
DISCHARGE
AREA 1
(Shaded)
THRESHOLD
DISCHARGE
AREA 2
¼ Mile Downstream
(shortest flow path)
Natural
Discharge
Locations
CHAPTER 1—KEY TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
29
subdivision, commercial, industrial, or multifamily project may not be defined as a separate
transportation redevelopment project.
Travel time means the estimated time for surface water to flow between two points of interest.
Treatment train means a combination of two or more treatment facilities connected in series (i.e., the
design water volume passes through each facility in turn).
Tributary means a drainage feature that collects water and conveys it to another drainage feature (e.g., a
drainage channel is tributary to a stream into which it flows).
Tributary area means the geographical area (not constrained by property boundaries) that drains to the
point of concern.
Turbidity means the dispersion or scattering of light in a liquid, caused by suspended solids and other
factors: commonly used as a measure of suspended solids in a liquid.
Turbidity problem means a stream reach, lake, or other waterbody of the state that is either (1) currently
designated by the state as a Category 5, 4, or 2 Waterbody due to exceedance or concern for
exceedance of the state’s numeric water quality standard for turbidity as documented in the state’s
latest Water Quality Assessment 303(d)/305(b) Integrated Report and as displayed in WA Ecology’s
electronic database and map viewers14 of these waterbodies, or (2) where subject to any other local,
state, or federal cleanup plan or contaminated site designation for turbidity.
Undisturbed buffer means a zone where development activity, including logging and the construction of
utility trenches, roads, and/or surface and storm water drainage facility systems, shall not occur.
Undisturbed low gradient uplands means forested land that is sufficiently large and flat to infiltrate
surface and storm runoff without allowing the concentration of water on the surface of the ground.
Water quality facility means a drainage facility designed to mitigate the impacts of increased pollutants
in stormwater runoff generated by site development. A water quality facility uses processes that
include but are not limited to settling, filtration, adsorption, and absorption to decrease pollutant
concentrations and loadings in stormwater runoff.
Watershed means the geographic region from which water drains toward a central collector such as a
stream, river, lake, or salt water.
Wetpool means the volume of water more or less permanently contained in a pond or vault. The volume
of water in a wetpool is normally lost only through natural processes such as evaporation,
evapotranspiration, or slow infiltration into the ground.
Wetpond and wetvault mean drainage facilities for water quality treatment that contain a permanent pool
of water. They are designed to optimize water quality by providing long retention times (on the order
of a week or more) to settle out particles of fine sediment to which pollutants such as heavy metals
may adsorb, and to allow biologic activity to occur that metabolizes nutrients and organic pollutants.
For wetvaults, the permanent pool of water is covered by a lid which blocks sunlight from entering the
facility, limiting light-dependent biologic activity.
Wetland means an area that is not an aquatic area and that is inundated or saturated by ground or surface
water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and under normal circumstances supports, a
prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions. For purposes of this
definition:
Where the vegetation has been removed or substantially altered, wetland is determined by the
presence or evidence of hydric soil, by other documentation such as aerial photographs of the
previous existence of wetland vegetation or by any other manner authorized in the wetland
delineation manual required by RCW 36.70A.175; and
14 The link to the Query Tool is <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/ApprovedWQA/ApprovedPages/ApprovedSearch.aspx>; select all
appropriate mediums. The Map Tool is at <https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/waterqualityatlas/wqa/map>.
CHAPTER 1 DRAINAGE REVIEW AND REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
30
Except for artificial features intentionally made for purposes of mitigation, wetland does not
include an artificial feature made from a non-wetland area, which may include, but is not limited
to a surface water conveyance for drainage or irrigation; a grass-lined swale; a canal; a flow
control facility; a wastewater treatment facility; a farm pond; a wetpond; landscape amenities; or a
wetland created after July 1, 1990, that was unintentionally made as a result of construction of a
road, street or highway.
Wetland edge means the line delineating the outer edge of a wetland, consistent with the wetland
delineation manual required by RCW 36.70A.175.
Wet Season means October 1 to April 30.
WQ means water quality.
Zero-rise floodway means the channel of a stream and that portion of the adjoining floodplain that is
necessary to contain and discharge the base flood flow without measurable increase in the base flood
elevation. For the purpose of this definition, “measurable increase in base flood elevation” means a
calculated upward rise in the base flood elevation, equal to or greater than 0.01 foot, resulting from a
comparison of existing conditions and changed conditions directly attributable to alterations of the
topography or any other flow obstructions in the floodplain. The “zero rise floodway” is broader than
that of the FEMA floodway but always includes the FEMA floodway. The “zero-rise floodway”
includes the entire floodplain unless a critical areas report demonstrates otherwise.
Zinc is one of several heavy metals of concern in the aquatic environment, and is used as one indicator of
a whole range of metals found in urban runoff.
Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area means the land area situated between a well or well field owned
by the City of Renton and the one-year groundwater travel time contour and not otherwise designated
as Zone 1 Modified, as depicted in the Wellhead Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Zone 1 Modified of the Aquifer Protection Area means the land area situated between a well or well field
owned by the City of Renton and the one-year groundwater travel time contour and designated as
Zone 1 Modified, as depicted in the Wellhead Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Zone 2 of the Aquifer Protection Area means the land area situated between the one-year groundwater
travel time contour and the boundary of the zone of potential capture for a well or well field owned or
operated by the City, as depicted in the Wellhead Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
1
References
AASHTO. (2001). Guidelines for geometric design of very low-volume local roads (ADT < 400).
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
American Land Title Association, & American Congress on Surveying and Mapping. (1997). Minimum
standard detail requirements for ALTA/ACSM land title surveys. Washington, D.C.: The Association.
Buckman, & Brady. (1969). The Nature and Properties of Soils. Canada Ltd., Toronto, Ontario: Collier-
Macmillan.
Chapman. (1965). Cation-exchange Capacity. In C. A. Black (Ed.), Method of Soil Analysis, Part 2:
Chemical and Microbiological Properties. Number 9 in the series Agronomy (pp. 891-900). Madison,
Wisconsin: American Society of Agronomy, Inc.
Diehl. (1997). Potential drift accumulation at bridges. McLean, Va: U.S. Dept. of Transportation, Federal
Highway Administration, Research and Development, Turner-Fairbank Highway Research Center.
Goldman, Jackson, & Bursztynsky. (1986). Erosion and sediment control handbook. New York: McGraw-
Hill.
Hinman. (2013). Rain garden handbook for Western Washington: A guide for design, installation and
maintenance. Puyallup, Wash.: WSU Extension.
Horner, Guedry, & Kortenhof. (1990). Improving the cost effectiveness of highway construction site
erosion and pollution control. Washington State Department of Transportation.
King County. (1993). Guidelines for bank stabilization projects in the riverine environments of King
County. Seattle, Washington: King County Department of Public Works, Surface Management Division.
King County (Wash.). (1990). King County, Washington surface water design manual. Seattle,
Washington: Surface Water Management Division, King County Department of Public Works.
King County. (1995). Master Drainage Planning for Large Site Development- Process and Requirement
Guidelines.
King County. (2009). Surface Water Design Manual. King County, Washington. Department of Natural
Resources and Parks.
King County. (2016). Surface Water Design Manual. King County, Washington. Department of Natural
Resources and Parks.
Linsley, Kohler, & Paulhus. (1975). Hydrology for engineers. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Maidment. (1993). Handbook of Hydrology. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Maynord, Ruff & Abt. (1989). Riprap design. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 115, 7, 937–949.
NRCS. (1986). Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, Technical Release 55 (TR-55). United States
Department of Agriculture. Natural Resources Conservation Service. Conservation Engineering Division.
June 1986.
Renton. (2010). Amendments to the King County Surface Water Design Manual. City of Renton. Public
Works Department. Surface Water Utility.
Renton. (2016). 2017 Surface Water Design Manual. City of Renton. Public Works Department. Surface
Water Utility.
WA Ecology. (1992). Stormwater Management Manual for the Puget Sound Basin. The Technical
Manual. Washington State Department of Ecology.
DEFINITIONS SECTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
2
WA Ecology. (2004). Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington. Washington State
Department of Ecology.
WA Ecology. (2014). Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington. Washington State
Department of Ecology.
WA Ecology. (2014). Stormwater Management manual for Western Washington. Washington State
Department of Ecology.
Wikipedia. (2013). Cation exchange capacity. Retrieved November 7, 2013, from
<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cation-exchange_capacity>
WSDOT. (2014). Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. M 41-10.
Washington State Department of Transportation.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-1
APPENDIX A
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR
STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE
BMPS
This appendix contains the maintenance requirements for the following typical stormwater flow control
and water quality facilities and on-site BMPs (ctrl/click the title to follow the link):
No. 1 – Detention Ponds
No. 2 – Infiltration Facilities
No. 3 – Detention Tanks and Vaults
No. 4 – Control Structure/Flow Restrictor
No. 5 – Catch Basins and Manholes
No. 6 – Conveyance Pipes and Ditches
No. 7 – Debris Barriers (e.g., trash racks)
No. 8 – Energy Dissipaters
No. 9 – Fencing
No. 10 – Gates/Bollards/Access Barriers
No. 11 – Grounds (landscaping)
No. 12 – Access Roads
No. 13 – Basic Bioswale (grass)
No. 14 – Wet Bioswale
No. 15 – Filter Strip
No. 16 – Wetpond
No. 17 – Wetvault
No. 18 – Stormwater Wetland
No. 19 – Sand Filter Pond
No. 20 – Sand Filter Vault
No. 21 – Proprietary Facility Cartridge Filter Systems
No. 22 – Baffle Oil/Water Separator
No. 23 – Coalescing Plate Oil/Water Separator
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-2
No. 24 – Catch Basin Insert (not allowed in the city for oil control)
No. 25 – Drywell BMP
No. 26 – Gravel Filled Infiltration Trench BMP
No. 27 – Gravel Filled Dispersion Trench BMP
No. 28 – Native Vegetated Surface/Native Vegetated Landscape BMP
No. 29 – Perforated Pipe Connections BMP
No. 30 – Permeable Pavement BMP
No. 31 – Bioretention BMP
No. 32 – RainWater Harvesting BMP
No. 33 – Rock Pad BMP
No. 34 – Sheet Flow BMP
No. 35 – Splash Block BMP
No. 36 – Vegetated Roof BMP
No. 37 – Rain Garden BMP
No. 38 – Soil Amendment BMP
No. 39 – Retained Trees
No. 40 – Filterra System
No. 41 – Compost Amended Vegetated Filter Strip (CAVFS)
No. 42 – Media Filter Drain (MFD)
No. 43 – Compost-Amended Biofiltration Swale
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-3
NO. 1 – DETENTION PONDS
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and debris which exceed 1 cubic
foot per 1,000 square feet (this is about
equal to the amount of trash it would take
to fill up one standard size office garbage
can). In general, there should be no visual
evidence of dumping.
Trash and debris cleared from site.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Excessive growth of
grass/groundcover
Grass or groundcover exceeds 18 inches
in height.
Grass or groundcover mowed to a height
no greater than 6 inches.
Top or Side Slopes
of Dam, Berm or
Embankment
Rodent holes Any evidence of rodent holes if facility is
acting as a dam or berm, or any evidence
of water piping through dam or berm via
rodent holes.
Rodents removed or destroyed and dam or
berm repaired.
Tree growth Tree growth threatens integrity of slopes,
does not allow maintenance access, or
interferes with maintenance activity. If
trees are not a threat or not interfering with
access or maintenance, they do not need
to be removed.
Trees do not hinder facility performance or
maintenance activities.
Erosion Eroded damage over 2 inches deep where
cause of damage is still present or where
there is potential for continued erosion.
Any erosion observed on a compacted
slope.
Slopes stabilized using appropriate erosion
control measures. If erosion is occurring on
compacted slope, a licensed civil engineer
should be consulted to resolve source of
erosion.
Settlement Any part of a dam, berm or embankment
that has settled 4 inches lower than the
design elevation.
Top or side slope restored to design
dimensions. If settlement is significant, a
licensed civil engineer should be consulted
to determine the cause of the settlement.
Storage Area Sediment
accumulation
Accumulated sediment that exceeds 10%
of the designed pond depth.
Sediment cleaned out to designed pond
shape and depth; pond reseeded if
necessary to control erosion.
Liner damaged
(If applicable)
Liner is visible or pond does not hold water
as designed.
Liner repaired or replaced.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Emergency
Overflow/Spillway
Tree growth Tree growth impedes flow or threatens
stability of spillway.
Trees removed.
Rock missing Only one layer of rock exists above native
soil in area five square feet or larger or any
exposure of native soil on the spillway.
Spillway restored to design standards.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-4
NO. 2 – INFILTRATION FACILITIES
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and debris which exceed 1 cubic
foot per 1,000 square feet (this is about
equal to the amount of trash it would take
to fill up one standard size office garbage
can). In general, there should be no visual
evidence of dumping.
Trash and debris cleared from site.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations.
Source control BMPs implemented if
appropriate. No contaminants present
other than a surface oil film.
Excessive growth of
grass/groundcover
Grass or groundcover exceeds 18 inches
in height.
Grass or groundcover mowed to a height
no greater than 6 inches.
Infiltration Pond, Top
or Side Slopes of
Dam, Berm or
Embankment
Rodent holes Any evidence of rodent holes if facility is
acting as a dam or berm, or any evidence
of water piping through dam or berm via
rodent holes.
Rodents removed or destroyed and dam
or berm repaired.
Tree growth Tree growth threatens integrity of dams,
berms or slopes, does not allow
maintenance access, or interferes with
maintenance activity. If trees are not a
threat to dam, berm, or embankment
integrity or not interfering with access or
maintenance, they do not need to be
removed.
Trees do not hinder facility performance or
maintenance activities.
Erosion Eroded damage over 2 inches deep where
cause of damage is still present or where
there is potential for continued erosion.
Any erosion observed on a compacted
slope.
Slopes stabilized using appropriate
erosion control measures. If erosion is
occurring on compacted slope, a licensed
civil engineer should be consulted to
resolve source of erosion.
Settlement Any part of a dam, berm or embankment
that has settled 4 inches lower than the
design elevation.
Top or side slope restored to design
dimensions. If settlement is significant, a
licensed civil engineer should be consulted
to determine the cause of the settlement.
Infiltration Pond,
Tank, Vault, Trench,
or Small Basin
Storage Area
Sediment
accumulation
If two inches or more sediment is present
or a percolation test indicates facility is
working at or less than 90% of design.
Facility infiltrates as designed.
Liner damaged
(If applicable)
Liner is visible or pond does not hold water
as designed.
Liner repaired or replaced.
Infiltration Tank
Structure
Plugged air vent Any blockage of the vent. Tank or vault freely vents.
Tank bent out of
shape
Any part of tank/pipe is bent out of shape
more than 10% of its design shape.
Tank repaired or replaced to design.
Gaps between
sections, damaged
joints or cracks or
tears in wall
A gap wider than ½-inch at the joint of any
tank sections or any evidence of soil
particles entering the tank at a joint or
through a wall.
No water or soil entering tank through
joints or walls.
Infiltration Vault
Structure
Damage to wall,
frame, bottom, and/or
top slab
Cracks wider than ½-inch, any evidence of
soil entering the structure through cracks
or qualified inspection personnel
determines that the vault is not structurally
sound.
Vault is sealed and structurally sound.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-5
NO. 2 – INFILTRATION FACILITIES
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Inlet/Outlet Pipes Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Access Manhole Cover/lid not in place Cover/lid is missing or only partially in
place. Any open manhole requires
immediate maintenance.
Manhole access covered.
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
Ladder rungs unsafe Missing rungs, misalignment, rust, or
cracks.
Ladder meets design standards. Allows
maintenance person safe access.
Large access
doors/plate
Damaged or difficult
to open
Large access doors or plates cannot be
opened/removed using normal equipment.
Replace or repair access door so it can be
opened as designed.
Gaps, doesn't cover
completely
Large access doors not flat and/or access
opening not completely covered.
Doors close flat; covers access opening
completely.
Lifting rings missing,
rusted
Lifting rings not capable of lifting weight of
door or plate.
Lifting rings sufficient to lift or remove
door or plate.
Infiltration Pond,
Tank, Vault, Trench,
or Small Basin Filter
Bags
Plugged filter bag (if
applicable)
Filter bag more than 1/2 full. Replace filter bag or redesign system.
Infiltration Pond,
Tank, Vault, Trench,
or Small Basin Pre-
settling Ponds and
Vaults
Sediment
accumulation
6" or more of sediment has accumulated. Pre-settling occurs as designed
Infiltration Pond,
Rock Filter
Plugged rock filter High water level on upstream side of filter
remains for extended period of time or little
or no water flows through filter during
heavy rain storms.
Rock filter replaced evaluate need for filter
and remove if not necessary.
Infiltration Pond
Emergency
Overflow Spillway
Rock missing Only one layer of rock exists above native
soil in area five square feet or larger, or
any exposure of native soil at the top of
out flow path of spillway. Rip-rap on inside
slopes need not be replaced.
Spillway restored to design standards.
Tree growth Tree growth impedes flow or threatens
stability of spillway.
Trees removed.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-6
NO. 3 – DETENTION TANKS AND VAULTS
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and debris which exceed 1 cubic
foot per 1,000 square feet (this is about
equal to the amount of trash it would take
to fill up one standard size office garbage
can). In general, there should be no visual
evidence of dumping.
Trash and debris cleared from site.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Excessive growth of
grass/groundcover
Grass or groundcover exceeds 18 inches
in height.
Grass or groundcover mowed to a height
no greater than 6 inches.
Tank or Vault
Storage Area
Trash and debris Any trash and debris accumulated in vault
or tank (includes floatables and non-
floatables).
No trash or debris in vault.
Sediment
accumulation
Accumulated sediment depth exceeds
10% of the diameter of the storage area for
½ length of storage vault or any point
depth exceeds 15% of diameter. Example:
72-inch storage tank would require
cleaning when sediment reaches depth of
7 inches for more than ½ length of tank.
All sediment removed from storage area.
Tank Structure Plugged air vent Any blockage of the vent. Tank or vault freely vents.
Tank bent out of
shape
Any part of tank/pipe is bent out of shape
more than 10% of its design shape.
Tank repaired or replaced to design.
Gaps between
sections, damaged
joints or cracks or
tears in wall
A gap wider than ½-inch at the joint of any
tank sections or any evidence of soil
particles entering the tank at a joint or
through a wall.
No water or soil entering tank through
joints or walls.
Vault Structure Damage to wall,
frame, bottom, and/or
top slab
Cracks wider than ½-inch, any evidence of
soil entering the structure through cracks
or qualified inspection personnel
determines that the vault is not structurally
sound.
Vault is sealed and structurally sound.
Inlet/Outlet Pipes Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipes
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Access Manhole Cover/lid not in place Cover/lid is missing or only partially in
place. Any open manhole requires
immediate maintenance.
Manhole access covered.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-7
NO. 3 – DETENTION TANKS AND VAULTS
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Access Manhole
(cont.)
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
Ladder rungs unsafe Missing rungs, misalignment, rust, or
cracks.
Ladder meets design standards. Allows
maintenance person safe access.
Large access
doors/plate
Damaged or difficult
to open
Large access doors or plates cannot be
opened/removed using normal equipment.
Replace or repair access door so it can be
opened as designed.
Gaps, doesn't cover
completely
Large access doors not flat and/or access
opening not completely covered.
Doors close flat; covers access opening
completely.
Lifting rings missing,
rusted
Lifting rings not capable of lifting weight of
door or plate.
Lifting rings sufficient to lift or remove door
or plate.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-8
NO. 4 – CONTROL STRUCTURE/FLOW RESTRICTOR
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Structure Trash and debris Trash or debris of more than ½ cubic foot
which is located immediately in front of the
structure opening or is blocking capacity of
the structure by more than 10%.
No Trash or debris blocking or potentially
blocking entrance to structure.
Trash or debris in the structure that
exceeds 1/3 the depth from the bottom of
basin to invert the lowest pipe into or out of
the basin.
No trash or debris in the structure.
Deposits of garbage exceeding 1 cubic
foot in volume.
No condition present which would attract or
support the breeding of insects or rodents.
Sediment
accumulation
Sediment exceeds 60% of the depth from
the bottom of the structure to the invert of
the lowest pipe into or out of the structure
or the bottom of the FROP-T section or is
within 6 inches of the invert of the lowest
pipe into or out of the structure or the
bottom of the FROP-T section.
Sump of structure contains no sediment.
Damage to frame
and/or top slab
Corner of frame extends more than ¾ inch
past curb face into the street (If
applicable).
Frame is even with curb.
Top slab has holes larger than 2 square
inches or cracks wider than ¼ inch.
Top slab is free of holes and cracks.
Frame not sitting flush on top slab, i.e.,
separation of more than ¾ inch of the
frame from the top slab.
Frame is sitting flush on top slab.
Cracks in walls or
bottom
Cracks wider than ½ inch and longer than
3 feet, any evidence of soil particles
entering structure through cracks, or
maintenance person judges that structure
is unsound.
Structure is sealed and structurally sound.
Cracks wider than ½ inch and longer than
1 foot at the joint of any inlet/outlet pipe or
any evidence of soil particles entering
structure through cracks.
No cracks more than 1/4 inch wide at the
joint of inlet/outlet pipe.
Settlement/
misalignment
Structure has settled more than 1 inch or
has rotated more than 2 inches out of
alignment.
Basin replaced or repaired to design
standards.
Damaged pipe joints Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering the structure at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of inlet/outlet pipes.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Ladder rungs missing
or unsafe
Ladder is unsafe due to missing rungs,
misalignment, rust, cracks, or sharp edges.
Ladder meets design standards and allows
maintenance person safe access.
FROP-T Section Damaged FROP-T T section is not securely attached to
structure wall and outlet pipe structure
should support at least 1,000 lbs of up or
down pressure.
T section securely attached to wall and
outlet pipe.
Structure is not in upright position (allow up
to 10% from plumb).
Structure in correct position.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-9
NO. 4 – CONTROL STRUCTURE/FLOW RESTRICTOR
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
FROP-T Section
(cont.)
Damaged FROP-T
(cont.)
Connections to outlet pipe are not
watertight or show signs of deteriorated
grout.
Connections to outlet pipe are water tight;
structure repaired or replaced and works
as designed.
Any holes—other than designed holes—in
the structure.
Structure has no holes other than designed
holes.
Cleanout Gate Damaged or missing
cleanout gate
Cleanout gate is missing. Replace cleanout gate.
Cleanout gate is not watertight. Gate is watertight and works as designed.
Gate cannot be moved up and down by
one maintenance person.
Gate moves up and down easily and is
watertight.
Chain/rod leading to gate is missing or
damaged.
Chain is in place and works as designed.
Orifice Plate Damaged or missing
orifice plate
Control device is not working properly due
to missing, out of place, or bent orifice
plate.
Plate is in place and works as designed.
Obstructions to orifice
plate
Any trash, debris, sediment, or vegetation
blocking the plate.
Plate is free of all obstructions and works
as designed.
Overflow Pipe Obstructions to
overflow pipe
Any trash or debris blocking (or having the
potential of blocking) the overflow pipe.
Pipe is free of all obstructions and works
as designed.
Deformed or
damaged lip of
overflow pipe
Lip of overflow pipe is bent or deformed. Overflow pipe does not allow overflow at
an elevation lower than design
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Metal Grates
(If applicable)
Unsafe grate opening Grate with opening wider than 7/8 inch. Grate opening meets design standards.
Trash and debris Trash and debris that is blocking more
than 20% of grate surface.
Grate free of trash and debris.
Damaged or missing
grate
Grate missing or broken member(s) of the
grate.
Grate is in place and meets design
standards.
Manhole Cover/Lid Cover/lid not in place Cover/lid is missing or only partially in
place. Any open structure requires
urgent maintenance.
Cover/lid protects opening to structure.
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs. of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-10
NO. 5 – CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Structure Sediment
accumulation
Sediment exceeds 60% of the depth from
the bottom of the catch basin to the invert
of the lowest pipe into or out of the catch
basin or is within 6 inches of the invert of
the lowest pipe into or out of the catch
basin.
Sump of catch basin contains no sediment.
Trash and debris Trash or debris of more than ½ cubic foot
which is located immediately in front of the
catch basin opening or is blocking capacity
of the catch basin by more than 10%.
No Trash or debris blocking or potentially
blocking entrance to catch basin.
Trash or debris in the catch basin that
exceeds 1/3 the depth from the bottom of
basin to invert the lowest pipe into or out of
the basin.
No trash or debris in the catch basin.
Dead animals or vegetation that could
generate odors that could cause
complaints or dangerous gases (e.g.,
methane).
No dead animals or vegetation present
within catch basin.
Deposits of garbage exceeding 1 cubic
foot in volume.
No condition present which would attract or
support the breeding of insects or rodents.
Damage to frame
and/or top slab
Corner of frame extends more than ¾ inch
past curb face into the street (If
applicable).
Frame is even with curb.
Top slab has holes larger than 2 square
inches or cracks wider than ¼ inch.
Top slab is free of holes and cracks.
Frame not sitting flush on top slab, i.e.,
separation of more than ¾ inch of the
frame from the top slab.
Frame is sitting flush on top slab.
Cracks in walls or
bottom
Cracks wider than ½ inch and longer than
3 feet, any evidence of soil particles
entering catch basin through cracks, or
maintenance person judges that catch
basin is unsound.
Catch basin is sealed and is structurally
sound.
Cracks wider than ½ inch and longer than
1 foot at the joint of any inlet/outlet pipe or
any evidence of soil particles entering
catch basin through cracks.
No cracks more than 1/4 inch wide at the
joint of inlet/outlet pipe.
Settlement/
misalignment
Catch basin has settled more than 1 inch
or has rotated more than 2 inches out of
alignment.
Basin replaced or repaired to design
standards.
Damaged pipe joints Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering the catch basin at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of inlet/outlet pipes.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-11
NO. 5 – CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Inlet/Outlet Pipe
(cont.)
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Metal Grates
(Catch Basins)
Unsafe grate opening Grate with opening wider than 7/8 inch. Grate opening meets design standards.
Trash and debris Trash and debris that is blocking more
than 20% of grate surface.
Grate free of trash and debris.
Damaged or missing
grate
Grate missing or broken member(s) of the
grate. Any open structure requires
urgent maintenance.
Grate is in place and meets design
standards.
Manhole Cover/Lid Cover/lid not in place Cover/lid is missing or only partially in
place. Any open structure requires
urgent maintenance.
Cover/lid protects opening to structure.
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs. of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-12
NO. 6 – CONVEYANCE PIPES AND DITCHES
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Pipes Sediment & debris
accumulation
Accumulated sediment or debris that
exceeds 20% of the diameter of the pipe.
Water flows freely through pipes.
Vegetation/root
growth in pipe
Vegetation/roots that reduce free
movement of water through pipes.
Water flows freely through pipes.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Damage to protective
coating or corrosion
Protective coating is damaged; rust or
corrosion is weakening the structural
integrity of any part of pipe.
Pipe repaired or replaced.
Damaged pipes Any dent that decreases the cross section
area of pipe by more than 20% or is
determined to have weakened structural
integrity of the pipe.
Pipe repaired or replaced.
Ditches Trash and debris Trash and debris exceeds 1 cubic foot per
1,000 square feet of ditch and slopes.
Trash and debris cleared from ditches.
Sediment
accumulation
Accumulated sediment that exceeds 20%
of the design depth.
Ditch cleaned/flushed of all sediment and
debris so that it matches design.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Excessive vegetation
growth
Vegetation that reduces free movement of
water through ditches.
Water flows freely through ditches.
Erosion damage to
slopes
Any erosion observed on a ditch slope. Slopes are not eroding.
Rock lining out of
place or missing (If
applicable)
One layer or less of rock exists above
native soil area 5 square feet or more, any
exposed native soil.
Replace rocks to design standards.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-13
NO. 7 – DEBRIS BARRIERS (E.G., TRASH RACKS)
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED.
Site Trash and debris Trash or debris plugging more than 20% of
the area of the barrier.
Barrier clear to receive capacity flow.
Sediment
accumulation
Sediment accumulation of greater than
20% of the area of the barrier
Barrier clear to receive capacity flow.
Structure Cracked, broken, or
loose pipe or structure
Structure which bars attached to is
damaged – pipe is loose or cracked or
concrete structure is cracked, broken, or
loose.
Structure barrier attached to is sound.
Bars Incorrect bar spacing Bar spacing exceeds 6 inches. Bars have at most 6 inches spacing.
Damaged or missing
bars
Bars are bent out of shape more than 3
inches.
Bars in place with no bends more than ¾
inch.
Bars are missing or entire barrier missing. Bars in place according to design.
Bars are loose and rust is causing 50%
deterioration to any part of barrier.
Repair or replace barrier to design
standards.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-14
NO. 8 – ENERGY DISSIPATERS
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED.
Site Trash and debris Trash and/or debris accumulation. Dissipater clear of trash and/or debris.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Rock Pad Missing or moved
rock
Only one layer of rock exists above native
soil in area five square feet or larger or any
exposure of native soil.
Rock pad prevents erosion.
Dispersion Trench Pipe plugged with
sediment
Accumulated sediment that exceeds 20%
of the design depth.
Pipe cleaned/flushed so that it matches
design.
Not discharging water
properly
Visual evidence of water discharging at
concentrated points along trench (normal
condition is a “sheet flow” of water along
trench).
Water discharges from feature by sheet
flow.
Perforations plugged Over 1/4 of perforations in pipe are
plugged with debris or sediment.
Perforations freely discharge flow.
Water flows out top of
“distributor” catch
basin.
Water flows out of distributor catch basin
during any storm less than the design
storm.
No flow discharges from distributor catch
basin.
Receiving area over-
saturated
Water in receiving area is causing or has
potential of causing landslide problems.
No danger of landslides.
Gabions Damaged mesh Mesh of gabion broken, twisted or
deformed so structure is weakened or rock
may fall out.
Mesh is intact, no rock missing.
Corroded mesh Gabion mesh shows corrosion through
more than ¼ of its gage.
All gabion mesh capable of containing rock
and retaining designed form.
Collapsed or
deformed baskets
Gabion basket shape deformed due to any
cause.
All gabion baskets intact, structure stands
as designed.
Missing rock Any rock missing that could cause gabion
to loose structural integrity.
No rock missing.
Manhole/Chamber Worn or damaged
post, baffles or side of
chamber
Structure dissipating flow deteriorates to ½
or original size or any concentrated worn
spot exceeding one square foot which
would make structure unsound.
Structure is in no danger of failing.
Damage to wall,
frame, bottom, and/or
top slab
Cracks wider than ½-inch or any evidence
of soil entering the structure through
cracks, or maintenance inspection
personnel determines that the structure is
not structurally sound.
Manhole/chamber is sealed and
structurally sound.
Damaged pipe joints Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering the structure at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes.
No soil or water enters and no water
discharges at the joint of inlet/outlet pipes.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-15
NO. 9 – FENCING
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Erosion or holes
under fence
Erosion or holes more than 4 inches high
and 12-18 inches wide permitting access
through an opening under a fence.
No access under the fence.
Wood Posts, Boards
and Cross Members
Missing or damaged
parts
Missing or broken boards, post out of
plumb by more than 6 inches or cross
members broken
No gaps on fence due to missing or broken
boards, post plumb to within 1½ inches,
cross members sound.
Weakened by rotting
or insects
Any part showing structural deterioration
due to rotting or insect damage
All parts of fence are structurally sound.
Damaged or failed
post foundation
Concrete or metal attachments
deteriorated or unable to support posts.
Post foundation capable of supporting
posts even in strong wind.
Metal Posts, Rails
and Fabric
Damaged parts Post out of plumb more than 6 inches. Post plumb to within 1½ inches.
Top rails bent more than 6 inches. Top rail free of bends greater than
1 inch.
Any part of fence (including post, top rails,
and fabric) more than 1 foot out of design
alignment.
Fence is aligned and meets design
standards.
Missing or loose tension wire. Tension wire in place and holding fabric.
Deteriorated paint or
protective coating
Part or parts that have a rusting or scaling
condition that has affected structural
adequacy.
Structurally adequate posts or parts with a
uniform protective coating.
Openings in fabric Openings in fabric are such that an 8-inch
diameter ball could fit through.
Fabric mesh openings within 50% of grid
size.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-16
NO. 10 – GATES/BOLLARDS/ACCESS BARRIERS
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Chain Link Fencing
Gate
Damaged or missing
members
Missing gate. Gates in place.
Broken or missing hinges such that gate
cannot be easily opened and closed by a
maintenance person.
Hinges intact and lubed. Gate is working
freely.
Gate is out of plumb more than 6 inches
and more than 1 foot out of design
alignment.
Gate is aligned and vertical.
Missing stretcher bar, stretcher bands, and
ties.
Stretcher bar, bands, and ties in place.
Locking mechanism
does not lock gate
Locking device missing, non-functioning or
does not link to all parts.
Locking mechanism prevents opening of
gate.
Openings in fabric Openings in fabric are such that an 8-inch
diameter ball could fit through.
Fabric mesh openings within 50% of grid
size.
Bar Gate Damaged or missing
cross bar
Cross bar does not swing open or closed,
is missing or is bent to where it does not
prevent vehicle access.
Cross bar swings fully open and closed
and prevents vehicle access.
Locking mechanism
does not lock gate
Locking device missing, non-functioning or
does not link to all parts.
Locking mechanism prevents opening of
gate.
Support post
damaged
Support post does not hold cross bar up. Cross bar held up preventing vehicle
access into facility.
Bollards Damaged or missing
bollards
Bollard broken, missing, does not fit into
support hole or hinge broken or missing.
No access for motorized vehicles to get
into facility.
Bollards do not lock Locking assembly or lock missing or
cannot be attached to lock bollard in place.
No access for motorized vehicles to get
into facility.
Boulders Dislodged boulders Boulders not located to prevent motorized
vehicle access.
No access for motorized vehicles to get
into facility.
Evidence of vehicles
circumventing
boulders
Motorized vehicles going around or
between boulders.
No access for motorized vehicles to get
into facility.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-17
NO. 11 – GROUNDS (LANDSCAPING)
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and debris which exceed 1 cubic
foot per 1,000 square feet (this is about
equal to the amount of trash it would take
to fill up one standard size office garbage
can). In general, there should be no visual
evidence of dumping.
Trash and debris cleared from site.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Excessive growth of
grass/groundcover
Grass or groundcover exceeds 18 inches
in height.
Grass or groundcover mowed to a height
no greater than 6 inches.
Trees and Shrubs Hazard tree identified Any tree or limb of a tree identified as
having a potential to fall and cause
property damage or threaten human life. A
hazard tree identified by a qualified
arborist must be removed as soon as
possible.
No hazard trees in facility.
Damaged tree or
shrub identified
Limbs or parts of trees or shrubs that are
split or broken which affect more than 25%
of the total foliage of the tree or shrub.
Trees and shrubs with less than 5% of total
foliage with split or broken limbs.
Trees or shrubs that have been blown
down or knocked over.
No blown down vegetation or knocked over
vegetation. Trees or shrubs free of injury.
Trees or shrubs which are not adequately
supported or are leaning over, causing
exposure of the roots.
Tree or shrub in place and adequately
supported; dead or diseased trees
removed.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-18
NO. 12 – ACCESS ROADS
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris exceeds 1 cubic foot per
1,000 square feet (i.e., trash and debris
would fill up one standards size garbage
can).
Roadway drivable by maintenance
vehicles.
Debris which could damage vehicle tires or
prohibit use of road.
Roadway drivable by maintenance
vehicles.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Blocked roadway Any obstruction which reduces clearance
above road surface to less than 14 feet.
Roadway overhead clear to 14 feet high.
Any obstruction restricting the access to a
10- to 12 foot width for a distance of more
than 12 feet or any point restricting access
to less than a 10 foot width.
At least 12-foot of width on access road.
Road Surface Erosion, settlement,
potholes, soft spots,
ruts
Any surface defect which hinders or
prevents maintenance access.
Road drivable by maintenance vehicles.
Vegetation on road
surface
Trees or other vegetation prevent access
to facility by maintenance vehicles.
Maintenance vehicles can access facility.
Shoulders and
Ditches
Erosion Erosion within 1 foot of the roadway more
than 8 inches wide and 6 inches deep.
Shoulder free of erosion and matching the
surrounding road.
Weeds and brush Weeds and brush exceed 18 inches in
height or hinder maintenance access.
Weeds and brush cut to 2 inches in height
or cleared in such a way as to allow
maintenance access.
Modular Grid
Pavement
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Damaged or missing
blocks/grids
Access surface compacted because of
broken on missing modular block.
Access road surface restored so road
infiltrates.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-19
NO. 13 – BASIC BIOSWALE (GRASS)
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and/or debris accumulated on
the bioswale site.
No trash or debris on the bioswale site.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Swale Section Sediment
accumulation
Sediment depth exceeds 2 inches in 10%
of the swale treatment area.
No sediment deposits in grass treatment
area of the bioswale.
Sediment inhibits grass growth over 10%
of swale length.
Grass growth not inhibited by sediment.
Sediment inhibits even spreading of flow. Flow spreads evenly through swale
Erosion/scouring Eroded or scoured swale bottom due to
channelization or high flows.
No eroded or scoured areas in bioswale.
Cause of erosion or scour addressed.
Poor vegetation
coverage
Grass is sparse or bare or eroded patches
occur in more than 10% of the swale
bottom.
Swale has no bare spots and grass is thick
and healthy.
Excessive vegetation
growth
Grass excessively tall (greater than 10
inches), grass is thin or nuisance weeds
and other vegetation have taken over.
Grass is between 3 and 4 inches tall, thick
and healthy. No nuisance vegetation
present.
Excessive shade Grass growth is poor because sunlight
does not reach swale.
Healthy grass growth or swale converted
to a wet bioswale.
Constant baseflow Continuous flow through the swale, even
when it has been dry for weeks or an
eroded, muddy channel has formed in the
swale bottom.
Baseflow removed from swale by a low-
flow pea-gravel drain or bypassed around
the swale.
Standing water Water pools in the swale between storms
or does not drain freely.
Swale freely drains and there is no
standing water in swale between storms.
Channelization Flow concentrates and erodes channel
through swale.
No flow channels in swale.
Flow Spreader Concentrated flow Flow from spreader not uniformly
distributed across entire swale width.
Flows are spread evenly over entire swale
width.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-20
NO. 14 – WET BIOSWALE
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and/or debris accumulated at the
site.
No trash or debris at the site.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Swale Section Sediment
accumulation
Sediment depth exceeds 2 inches in 10%
of the swale treatment area.
No sediment deposits in treatment area.
Erosion/scouring Eroded or scoured swale bottom due to
channelization or high flows.
No eroded or scoured areas in bioswale.
Cause of erosion or scour addressed.
Water not retained in
swale during wet
season
Water not retained to a depth of about 4
inches during the wet season.
Water depth of 4 inches throughout swale
for most of wet season.
Poor vegetation
coverage and/or
nuisance vegetation
present
Vegetation sparse, does not provide
adequate filtration or crowded out by very
dense clumps of cattail or nuisance
vegetation.
Wetland vegetation fully covers bottom of
swale and no cattails or nuisance
vegetation present.
Insufficient water to
maintain vegetation
growth
Wetland vegetation dies due to lack of
water.
Wetland vegetation remains healthy (may
require converting to grass lined bioswale)
Flow Spreader Concentrated flow Flow from spreader not uniformly
distributed across entire swale width.
Flows are spread evenly over entire swale
width.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-21
NO. 15 – FILTER STRIP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and debris accumulated on the
filter strip site.
Filter strip site free of any trash or debris
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Grass Strip Sediment
accumulation
Sediment accumulation on grass exceeds
2 inches depth.
No sediment deposits in treatment area.
Erosion/scouring Eroded or scoured swale bottom due to
channelization or high flows.
No eroded or scoured areas in bioswale.
Cause of erosion or scour addressed.
Excessive vegetation
growth
Grass excessively tall (greater than 10
inches), grass is thin or nuisance weeds
and other vegetation have taken over.
Grass is between 3 and 4 inches tall, thick
and healthy. No nuisance vegetation
present.
Poor vegetation
coverage and/or
nuisance vegetation
present
Grass has died out, become excessively
tall (greater than 10 inches) or nuisance
vegetation is taking over.
Grass is healthy, less than 9 inches high
and no nuisance vegetation present.
Flow Spreader Concentrated flow Flow from spreader not uniformly
distributed across entire swale width.
Flows are spread evenly over entire swale
width.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-22
NO. 16 – WETPOND
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and debris accumulated on the
wetpond site.
Wetpond site free of any trash or debris.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Excessive growth of
grass/groundcover
Grass or groundcover exceeds 18 inches
in height.
Grass or groundcover mowed to a height
no greater than 6 inches.
Side Slopes of Dam,
Berm, internal berm
or Embankment
Rodent holes Any evidence of rodent holes if facility is
acting as a dam or berm, or any evidence
of water piping through dam or berm via
rodent holes.
Rodents removed or destroyed and dam or
berm repaired.
Tree growth Tree growth threatens integrity of dams,
berms or slopes, does not allow
maintenance access, or interferes with
maintenance activity. If trees are not a
threat to dam, berm or embankment
integrity, are not interfering with access or
maintenance or leaves do not cause a
plugging problem they do not need to be
removed.
Trees do not hinder facility performance or
maintenance activities.
Erosion Eroded damage over 2 inches deep where
cause of damage is still present or where
there is potential for continued erosion.
Any erosion observed on a compacted
slope.
Slopes stabilized using appropriate erosion
control measures. If erosion is occurring on
compacted slope, a licensed civil engineer
should be consulted to resolve source of
erosion.
Top or Side Slopes
of Dam, Berm,
internal berm or
Embankment
Settlement Any part of a dam, berm or embankment
that has settled 4 inches lower than the
design elevation.
Top or side slope restored to design
dimensions. If settlement is significant, a
licensed civil engineer should be consulted
to determine the cause of the settlement.
Irregular surface on
internal berm
Top of berm not uniform and level. Top of berm graded to design elevation.
Pond Areas Sediment
accumulation (except
first wetpool cell)
Accumulated sediment that exceeds 10%
of the designed pond depth.
Sediment cleaned out to designed pond
shape and depth.
Sediment
accumulation (first
wetpool cell)
Sediment accumulations in pond bottom
that exceeds the depth of sediment
storage (1 foot) plus 6 inches.
Sediment storage contains no sediment.
Liner damaged (If
applicable)
Liner is visible or pond does not hold water
as designed.
Liner repaired or replaced.
Low water level (all
wetpool cells)
Cell level(s) drops more than 12 inches in
any 7-day period.
Cell level(s) drops less than 12 inches in
any 7-day period.
Algae mats (first
wetpool cell)
Algae mats develop over more than 10%
of the water surface should be removed.
Algae mats removed (usually in the late
summer before Fall rains, especially in
Sensitive Lake Protection Areas.)
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-23
NO. 16 – WETPOND
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Pond Areas (cont.) Sparse or dying
design planting and
poor vegetation
survival
Sparse or dying design planting, or when
design plantings are not thriving across
80% or more of the design vegetated
areas within the pond; invasive vegetation
(e.g., cattails)
Design plantings and vegetation are
thriving and appropriately spaced across
80% or more of the design vegetated
areas within the pond; invasives removed
including root clumps
Gravity Drain Inoperable valve Valve will not open and close. Valve opens and closes normally.
Valve won’t seal Valve does not seal completely. Valve completely seals closed.
Emergency
Overflow Spillway
Tree growth Tree growth impedes flow or threatens
stability of spillway.
Trees removed.
Rock missing Only one layer of rock exists above native
soil in area five square feet or larger, or
any exposure of native soil at the top of out
flow path of spillway. Rip-rap on inside
slopes need not be replaced.
Spillway restored to design standards.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-24
NO. 17 – WETVAULT
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated on facility
site.
Trash and debris removed from facility site.
Treatment Area Trash and debris Any trash and debris accumulated in vault
(includes floatables and non-floatables).
No trash or debris in vault.
Sediment
accumulation
Sediment accumulation in vault bottom
exceeds the depth of the sediment zone
plus 6 inches.
No sediment in vault.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Vault Structure Damage to wall,
frame, bottom, and/or
top slab
Cracks wider than ½-inch, any evidence of
soil entering the structure through cracks,
vault does not retain water or qualified
inspection personnel determines that the
vault is not structurally sound.
Vault is sealed and structurally sound.
Baffles damaged Baffles corroding, cracking, warping and/or
showing signs of failure or baffle cannot be
removed.
Repair or replace baffles or walls to
specifications.
Ventilation area
blocked/plugged
Ventilation area blocked or plugged. No reduction of ventilation area exists.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Gravity Drain Inoperable valve Valve will not open and close. Valve opens and closes normally.
Valve won’t seal Valve does not seal completely. Valve completely seals closed.
Access Manhole Access cover/lid
damaged or difficult to
open
Access cover/lid cannot be easily opened
by one person. Corrosion/deformation of
cover/lid.
Access cover/lid can be opened by one
person.
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
Access doors/plate
has gaps, doesn't
cover completely
Large access doors not flat and/or access
opening not completely covered.
Doors close flat; covers access opening
completely.
Lifting rings missing,
rusted
Lifting rings not capable of lifting weight of
door or plate.
Lifting rings sufficient to lift or remove door
or plate.
Ladder rungs unsafe Missing rungs, misalignment, rust, or
cracks.
Ladder meets design standards. Allows
maintenance person safe access.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-25
NO. 18 – STORMWATER WETLAND
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated on facility
site.
Trash and debris removed from facility site.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Excessive growth or
grass/groundcover
Grass or groundcover exceeds 18 inches
in height.
Grass or groundcover mowed to a height
no greater than 6 inches.
Side Slopes of Dam,
Berm, Internal Berm
or Embankment
Rodent holes Any evidence of rodent holes if facility is
acting as a dam or berm, or any evidence
of water piping through dam or berm via
rodent holes.
Rodents removed or destroyed and dam or
berm repaired.
Tree growth Tree growth threatens integrity of dams,
berms or slopes, does not allow
maintenance access, or interferes with
maintenance activity. If trees are not a
threat to dam, berm, or embankment
integrity or not interfering with access or
maintenance, they do not need to be
removed.
Trees do not hinder facility performance or
maintenance activities.
Erosion Eroded damage over 2 inches deep where
cause of damage is still present or where
there is potential for continued erosion.
Any erosion observed on a compacted
slope.
Slopes stabilized using appropriate erosion
control measures. If erosion is occurring on
compacted slope, a licensed civil engineer
should be consulted to resolve source of
erosion.
Top or Side Slopes
of Dam, Berm,
Internal Berm or
Embankment
Settlement Any part of a dam, berm or embankment
that has settled 4 inches lower than the
design elevation.
Top or side slope restored to design
dimensions. If settlement is significant, a
licensed civil engineer should be consulted
to determine the cause of the settlement.
Irregular surface on
internal berm
Top of berm not uniform and level. Top of berm graded flat to design
elevation.
Pond Areas Sediment
accumulation (first
cell/forebay)
Sediment accumulations in pond bottom
that exceeds the depth of sediment
storage (1 foot) plus 6 inches.
Sediment storage contains no sediment.
Sediment
accumulation (wetland
cell)
Accumulated sediment that exceeds 10%
of the designed pond depth.
Sediment cleaned out to designed pond
shape and depth.
Liner damaged (If
applicable)
Liner is visible or pond does not hold water
as designed.
Liner repaired or replaced.
Low water level (first
cell/forebay)
Cell level drops more than 12 inches in any
7-day period.
Cell level drops no more than 12 inches in
any 7-day period.
Low water level
(wetland cell)
Cell does not retain water for at least 10
months of the year or wetland plants are
not surviving.
Water retained at least 10 months of the
year or wetland plants are surviving.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-26
NO. 18 – STORMWATER WETLAND
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Pond Areas (cont.) Algae mats (first
cell/forebay)
Algae mats develop over more than 10%
of the water surface should be removed.
Algae mats removed (usually in the late
summer before Fall rains, especially in
Sensitive Lake Protection Areas.)
Vegetation Vegetation dead, dying, or overgrown
(cattails) or not meeting original planting
specifications across more than 20% of the
entire design vegetated area within the
pond.
Plants in wetland cell surviving across 80%
or more of the entire design vegetated
area within the pond and not interfering
with wetland function.
Gravity Drain Inoperable valve Valve will not open and close. Valve opens and closes normally.
Valve won’t seal Valve does not seal completely. Valve completely seals closed.
Emergency
Overflow Spillway
Tree growth Tree growth impedes flow or threatens
stability of spillway.
Trees removed.
Rock missing Only one layer of rock exists above native
soil in area five square feet or larger, or
any exposure of native soil at the top of
outflow path of spillway. Rip-rap on inside
slopes need not be replaced.
Spillway restored to design standards.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-27
NO. 19 – SAND FILTER POND
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated on facility
site.
Trash and debris removed from facility site.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Excessive growth of
grass/groundcover
(not in the treatment
area)
Grass or groundcover exceeds 18 inches
in height.
Grass or groundcover mowed to a height
no greater than 6 inches.
Pre-Treatment (if
applicable)
Sediment
accumulation
Sediment accumulations in pond bottom
that exceeds the depth of sediment
storage (1 foot) plus 6 inches.
Sediment storage contains no sediment.
Liner damaged (If
applicable)
Liner is visible or pond does not hold water
as designed.
Liner repaired or replaced.
Low water level Cell empty, doesn't hold water. Water retained in first cell for most of the
year.
Algae mats Algae mats develop over more than 10%
of the water surface should be removed.
Algae mats removed (usually in the late
summer before Fall rains, especially in
Sensitive Lake Protection Areas.)
Pond Area Sediment
accumulation
Sediment or crust depth exceeds ½-inch
over 10 % of surface area of sand filter.
No sediment or crust deposit on sand filter
that would impede permeability of the filter
section.
Excessive grass
growth (if applicable)
Grass becomes excessively tall (greater
than 6 inches) or when nuisance weeds
and other vegetation start to take over or
thatch build up occurs.
Mow vegetation and/or remove nuisance
vegetation.
Side Slopes of Pond Rodent holes Any evidence of rodent holes if facility is
acting as a dam or berm, or any evidence
of water piping through dam or berm via
rodent holes.
Rodents removed or destroyed and dam or
berm repaired.
Tree growth Tree growth threatens integrity of dams,
berms or slopes, does not allow
maintenance access, or interferes with
maintenance activity. If trees are not a
threat to dam, berm, or embankment
integrity or not interfering with access or
maintenance, they do not need to be
removed.
Trees do not hinder facility performance or
maintenance activities.
Erosion Eroded damage over 2 inches deep where
cause of damage is still present or where
there is potential for continued erosion.
Any erosion observed on a compacted
slope.
Slopes stabilized using appropriate erosion
control measures. If erosion is occurring on
compacted slope, a licensed civil engineer
should be consulted to resolve source of
erosion.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-28
NO. 19 – SAND FILTER POND
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Sand Filter Media Plugged media Drawdown of water through the sand filter
media, takes longer than 24 hours, and/or
flow through the overflow pipes occurs
frequently. A sieve analysis of >4% -100 or
>2% -200 requires replacing sand filter
media.
Sand filter media surface is aerated or the
surface is scraped and replaced, and
drawdown rate is normal.
Prolonged flows Sand is saturated for prolonged periods of
time (several weeks) and does not dry out
between storms due to continuous base
flow or prolonged flows from detention
facilities.
Excess flows bypassed or confined to
small portion of filter media surface.
Short circuiting Flows become concentrated over one
section of the sand filter rather than
dispersed or drawdown rate of pool
exceeds 12 inches per hour.
Flow and percolation of water through the
sand filter is uniform and dispersed across
the entire filter area and drawdown rate is
normal.
Insufficient media
thickness
Sand thickness is less than 18 inches. Rebuild sand thickness to a minimum of 18
inches.
Underdrains and
Clean-Outs
Sediment and debris Underdrains or clean-outs partially plugged
or filled with sediment and/or debris.
Junction box/cleanout wyes not watertight.
Underdrains and clean-outs free of
sediment and debris and are watertight.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Rock Pad Missing rock or out of
place
Only one layer of rock exists above native
soil in area five square feet or larger, or
any exposure of native soil.
Rock pad restored to design standards.
Flow Spreader Concentrated flow Flow from spreader not uniformly
distributed across sand filter.
Flows spread evenly over sand filter.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-29
NO. 20 – SAND FILTER VAULT
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated on facility
site.
Trash and debris removed from facility site.
Noxious weeds Any noxious or nuisance vegetation which
may constitute a hazard to City personnel
or the public.
Noxious and nuisance vegetation removed
according to applicable regulations. No
danger of noxious vegetation where City
personnel or the public might normally be.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Excessive growth of
grass/groundcover
Grass or groundcover exceeds 18 inches
in height.
Grass or groundcover mowed to a height
no greater than 6 inches.
Pre-Treatment
Chamber
Sediment
accumulation
Sediment accumulation exceeds the depth
of the sediment zone plus 6 inches.
Sediment storage contains no sediment.
Sand Filter Media Sediment
accumulation
Sediment depth exceeds ½-inch on sand
filter media.
Sand filter freely drains at normal rate.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in vault
(floatables and non-floatables).
No trash or debris in vault.
Plugged media Drawdown of water through the sand filter
media, takes longer than 24 hours, and/or
flow through the overflow pipes occurs
frequently. A sieve analysis of >4% -100 or
>2% -200 requires replacing sand filter
media.
Sand filter media drawdown rate is normal.
Short circuiting Seepage or flow occurs along the vault
walls and corners. Sand eroding near
inflow area. Cleanout wyes are not
watertight.
Sand filter media section re-laid and
compacted along perimeter of vault to form
a semi-seal. Erosion protection added to
dissipate force of incoming flow and curtail
erosion.
Vault Structure Damaged to walls,
frame, bottom and/or
top slab.
Cracks wider than ½-inch, any evidence of
soil entering the structure through cracks
or qualified inspection personnel
determines that the vault is not structurally
sound.
Vault replaced or repaired to provide
complete sealing of the structure.
Ventilation area
blocked/plugged
Ventilation area blocked or plugged. No reduction of ventilation area exists.
Underdrains and
Cleanouts
Sediment and debris Underdrains or clean-outs partially
plugged, filled with sediment and/or debris
or not watertight.
Underdrains and clean-outs free of
sediment and debris and sealed.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-30
NO. 20 – SAND FILTER VAULT
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Access Manhole Cover/lid not in place Cover/lid is missing or only partially in
place. Any open manhole requires
immediate maintenance.
Manhole access covered.
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
Ladder rungs unsafe Missing rungs, misalignment, rust, or
cracks.
Ladder meets design standards. Allows
maintenance person safe access.
Large Access
Doors/Plate
Damaged or difficult
to open access
doors/plate
Large access doors or plates cannot be
opened/removed using normal equipment.
Replace or repair access door so it can be
opened as designed.
Gaps, doesn't cover
completely
Large access doors not flat and/or access
opening not completely covered.
Doors close flat; covers access opening
completely.
Lifting rings missing,
rusted
Lifting rings not capable of lifting weight of
door or plate.
Lifting rings sufficient to lift or remove door
or plate.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-31
NO. 21 – PROPRIETARY FACILITY CARTRIDGE FILTER SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
In addition to the specific maintenance criteria provided below, all manufacturers’ requirements shall be followed.
Facility Documentation Update facility inspection record after each
inspection.
Maintenance records are up to date.
Provide certification of replaced filter
media.
Filter media is certified to meet
manufacturer specifications.
Site Trash and debris Any trash or debris which impairs the
function of the facility.
Trash and debris removed from facility.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oils, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Life cycle Once per year. Facility is re-inspected and any needed
maintenance performed.
Vault Treatment
Area
Sediment on vault
floor
Varies – Refer to manufacturer’s
requirements.
Vault is free of sediment.
Sediment on top of
cartridges
Varies – Refer to manufacturer’s
requirements.
Vault is free of sediment.
Multiple scum lines
above top of
cartridges
Thick or multiple scum lines above top of
cartridges. Probably due to plugged
canisters or underdrain manifold.
Cause of plugging corrected, canisters
replaced if necessary.
Vault Structure Damage to wall,
frame, bottom, and/or
top slab
Cracks wider than ½-inch and any
evidence of soil particles entering the
structure through the cracks, or qualified
inspection personnel determines the vault
is not structurally sound.
Vault replaced or repaired to design
specifications.
Baffles damaged Baffles corroding, cracking warping, and/or
showing signs of failure as determined by
maintenance/inspection person.
Repair or replace baffles to specification.
Filter Media Standing water in
vault
Varies – Refer to manufacturer’s
requirements.
No standing water in vault 24 hours after a
rain event.
Short circuiting Flows do not properly enter filter
cartridges.
Flows go through filter media.
Underdrains and
Clean-Outs
Sediment and debris Underdrains or clean-outs partially plugged
or filled with sediment and/or debris.
Underdrains and clean-outs free of
sediment and debris.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-32
NO. 21 – PROPRIETARY FACILITY CARTRIDGE FILTER SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Access Manhole Cover/lid not in place Cover/lid is missing or only partially in
place. Any open manhole requires
immediate maintenance.
Manhole access covered.
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
Ladder rungs unsafe Missing rungs, misalignment, rust, or
cracks.
Ladder meets design standards. Allows
maintenance person safe access.
Large Access
Doors/Plate
Damaged or difficult
to open
Large access doors or plates cannot be
opened/removed using normal equipment.
Replace or repair access door so it can be
opened as designed.
Gaps, doesn't cover
completely
Large access doors not flat and/or access
opening not completely covered.
Doors close flat and cover access opening
completely.
Lifting Rings missing,
rusted
Lifting rings not capable of lifting weight of
door or plate.
Lifting rings sufficient to lift or remove door
or plate.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-33
NO. 22 – BAFFLE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT DEFECT
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash or debris which impairs the
function of the facility.
Trash and debris removed from facility.
Contaminants and
pollution
Floating oil in excess of 1 inch in first
chamber, any oil in other chambers or
other contaminants of any type in any
chamber.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Vault Treatment
Area
Sediment
accumulation
Sediment accumulates exceeds 6 inches
in the vault.
No sediment in the vault.
Discharge water not
clear
Inspection of discharge water shows
obvious signs of poor water quality-
effluent discharge from vault shows thick
visible sheen.
Effluent discharge is clear.
Trash or debris
accumulation
Any trash and debris accumulation in vault
(floatables and non-floatables).
Vault is clear of trash and debris.
Oil accumulation Oil accumulations that exceed 1 inch, at
the surface of the water in the oil/water
separator chamber.
No visible oil depth on water.
Vault Structure Damage to wall,
frame, bottom, and/or
top slab
Cracks wider than ½-inch or evidence of
soil particles entering the structure through
the cracks, or maintenance/inspection
personnel determines that the vault is not
structurally sound.
Vault replaced or repaired to design
specifications.
Baffles damaged Baffles corroding, cracking, warping and/or
showing signs of failure as determined by
maintenance inspection personnel.
Repair or replace baffles to specifications.
Gravity Drain Inoperable valve Valve will not open and close. Valve opens and closes normally.
Valve won’t seal Valve does not seal completely. Valve completely seals closed.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Access Manhole Cover/lid not in place Cover/lid is missing or only partially in
place. Any open manhole requires
immediate maintenance.
Manhole access covered.
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
Ladder rungs unsafe Missing rungs, misalignment, rust, or
cracks.
Ladder meets design standards. Allows
maintenance person safe access.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-34
NO. 22 – BAFFLE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT DEFECT
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Large Access
Doors/Plate
Damaged or difficult
to open
Large access doors or plates cannot be
opened/removed using normal equipment.
Replace or repair access door so it can be
opened as designed.
Gaps, doesn't cover
completely
Large access doors not flat and/or access
opening not completely covered.
Doors close flat and cover access opening
completely.
Lifting rings missing,
rusted
Lifting rings not capable of lifting weight of
door or cover/lid.
Lifting rings sufficient to lift or remove
cover/lid.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-35
NO. 23 – COALESCING PLATE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT DEFECT
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash or debris which impairs the
function of the facility.
Trash and debris removed from facility.
Contaminants and
pollution
Floating oil in excess of 1 inch in first
chamber, any oil in other chambers or
other contaminants of any type in any
chamber.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Vault Treatment
Area
Sediment
accumulation in the
forebay
Sediment accumulation of 6 inches or
greater in the forebay.
No sediment in the forebay.
Discharge water not
clear
Inspection of discharge water shows
obvious signs of poor water quality –
effluent discharge from vault shows thick
visible sheen.
Repair function of plates so effluent is
clear.
Trash or debris
accumulation
Trash and debris accumulation in vault
(floatables and non-floatables).
Trash and debris removed from vault.
Oil accumulation Oil accumulation that exceeds 1 inch at the
water surface in the in the coalescing plate
chamber.
No visible oil depth on water and
coalescing plates clear of oil.
Coalescing Plates Damaged Plate media broken, deformed, cracked
and/or showing signs of failure.
Replace that portion of media pack or
entire plate pack depending on severity of
failure.
Sediment
accumulation
Any sediment accumulation which
interferes with the operation of the
coalescing plates.
No sediment accumulation interfering with
the coalescing plates.
Vault Structure Damage to wall,
frame, bottom, and/or
top slab
Cracks wider than ½-inch and any
evidence of soil particles entering the
structure through the cracks, or
maintenance inspection personnel
determines that the vault is not structurally
sound.
Vault replaced or repaired to design
specifications.
Baffles damaged Baffles corroding, cracking, warping and/or
showing signs of failure as determined by
maintenance/inspection person.
Repair or replace baffles to specifications.
Ventilation Pipes Plugged ventilation
pipes
Any obstruction to the ventilation pipes. Ventilation pipes are clear.
Shutoff Valve Damaged or
inoperable shutoff
valve
Shutoff valve cannot be opened or closed. Shutoff valve operates normally.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
Access Manhole Cover/lid not in place Cover/lid is missing or only partially in
place. Any open manhole requires
immediate maintenance.
Manhole access covered.
Locking mechanism
not working
Mechanism cannot be opened by one
maintenance person with proper tools.
Bolts cannot be seated. Self-locking
cover/lid does not work.
Mechanism opens with proper tools.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-36
NO. 23 – COALESCING PLATE OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT DEFECT
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Access Manhole
(cont.)
Cover/lid difficult to
remove
One maintenance person cannot remove
cover/lid after applying 80 lbs of lift.
Cover/lid can be removed and reinstalled
by one maintenance person.
Ladder rungs unsafe Missing rungs, misalignment, rust, or
cracks.
Ladder meets design standards. Allows
maintenance person safe access.
Large access
doors/plate
Damaged or difficult
to open
Large access doors or plates cannot be
opened/removed using normal equipment.
Replace or repair access door so it can be
opened as designed.
Gaps, doesn't cover
completely
Large access doors not flat and/or access
opening not completely covered.
Doors close flat and cover access opening
completely.
Lifting rings missing,
rusted
Lifting rings not capable of lifting weight of
door or plate.
Lifting rings sufficient to lift or remove door
or plate.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-37
NO. 24 – CATCH BASIN INSERT (NOT ALLOWED IN THE CITY FOR OIL CONTROL)
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-38
NO. 25 – DRYWELL BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Preventive Plugging, obstructions Any cause limiting flow into drywell. Drywell able to receive full flow prior to and
during wet season.
Site Trash and debris Trash or debris that could end up in the
drywell is evident.
No trash or debris that could get into the
drywell can be found.
Pipes Plugged inlet The entrance to the pipe is restricted due
to sediment, trash, or debris.
The entrance to the pipe is not restricted.
Vegetation/root
growth in pipes
Vegetation/roots that reduce free
movement of water through pipes.
Water flows freely through pipes.
Plugged pipe Sediment or other material prevents free
flow of water through the pipe.
Water flows freely through pipes.
Broken pipe or joint
leaks
Damage to the pipe or pipe joints allowing
water to seep out.
Pipe does not allow water to exit other
than at the outlet.
Structure Basin leaks Holes or breaks in the basin allow water to
leave the basin at locations other than per
design.
Basin is sealed and allows water to exit
only where designed.
Filter Media Plugged filter media Filter media plugged. Flow through filter media is normal.
NO. 26 – GRAVEL FILLED INFILTRATION TRENCH BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Preventive Blocking, obstructions Debris or trash limiting flow to infiltration
trench.
Infiltration trench able to receive full flow
prior to and during wet season.
Site Trash and debris Trash or debris that could end up in the
infiltration trench is evident.
No trash or debris that could get into the
infiltration trench can be found.
Pipes Plugged inlet The entrance to the pipe is restricted due
to sediment, trash, or debris.
The entrance to the pipe is not restricted.
Vegetation/root
growth in pipes
Vegetation/roots that reduce free
movement of water through pipes.
Water flows freely through pipes.
Plugged pipes Sediment or other material prevents free
flow of water through the pipe.
Water flows freely through pipes.
Broken pipe or joint
leaks
Damage to the pipe or pipe joints allowing
water to seep out.
Pipe does not allow water to exit other
than at the outlet to the trench.
Structure Flow not reaching
trench
Flows are not getting into the trench as
designed.
Water enters and exits trench as designed.
Cleanout/inspection
access does not allow
cleaning or inspection
of trench
The cleanout/inspection access is not
available.
Cleanout/inspection access is available.
Filter Media Plugged filter media Filter media plugged. Flow through filter media is normal.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-39
NO. 27 – GRAVEL FILLED DISPERSION TRENCH BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Preventive Blocking, obstructions Debris or trash limiting flow to dispersion
trench or preventing spreader function.
Dispersion trench able to receive full flow
prior to and during wet season.
Site Trash and debris Trash or debris that could end up in the
dispersion trench is evident.
No trash or debris that could get into the
dispersion trench can be found.
Pipes Plugged inlet The entrance to the pipe is restricted due
to sediment, trash, or debris.
The entrance to the pipe is not restricted.
Vegetation/root
growth in pipes
Vegetation/roots that reduce free
movement of water through pipes.
Water flows freely through pipes.
Plugged pipe Sediment or other material prevents free
flow of water through the pipe.
Water flows freely through pipes.
Broken pipe or joint
leaks.
Damage to the pipe or pipe joints allowing
water to seep out.
Pipe does not allow water to exit other than
at the outlet to the trench.
Broken or missing
cleanout caps
Cleanout caps are broken, missing, or
buried.
Cleanout caps are accessible and intact.
Structure Flow not reaching
trench
Flows are not getting into the trench as
designed.
Water enters and exits trench as designed.
Perforated pipe
plugged
Flow not able to enter or properly exit from
perforated pipe.
Water freely enters and exits perforated
pipe.
Flow not spreading
evenly at outlet of
trench
Outlet flows channelizing or not spreading
evenly from trench.
Sheet flow occurs at the outlet of the
trench.
Cleanout/inspection
access does not allow
cleaning or inspection
of perforated pipe
The cleanout/inspection access is not
available.
Cleanout/inspection access is available.
Filter Media Plugged filter media Filter media plugged. Flow through filter media is normal.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-40
NO. 28 – NATIVE VEGETATED SURFACE/NATIVE VEGETATED LANDSCAPE BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated on the
native vegetated surface/native vegetated
landscape site.
Native vegetated surface site free of any
trash or debris.
Vegetation Insufficient vegetation Less than two species each of native
trees, shrubs, and groundcover occur in
the design area.
A minimum of two species each of native
trees, shrubs, and groundcover is
established and healthy.
Poor vegetation
coverage
Less than 90% if the required vegetated
area has healthy growth.
A minimum of 90% of the required
vegetated area has healthy growth.
Undesirable
vegetation present
Weeds, blackberry, and other undesirable
plants are invading more than 10% of
vegetated area.
Less than 10% undesirable vegetation
occurs in the required native vegetated
surface area.
Vegetated Area Soil compaction Soil in the native vegetation area
compacted.
Less than 8% of native vegetation area is
compacted.
Insufficient vegetation Less than 3.5 square feet of native
vegetation area for every 1 square foot of
impervious surface.
A minimum of 3.5 square feet of native
vegetation area for every 1 square foot of
impervious surface.
Excess slope Slope of native vegetation area greater
than 15%.
Slope of native growth area does not
exceed 15%.
NO. 29 – PERFORATED PIPE CONNECTIONS BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Preventive Blocking, obstructions Debris or trash limiting flow into perforated
pipe system or outfall of BMP is plugged or
otherwise nonfunctioning.
Outfall of BMP is receiving designed flows
from perforated pipe connection.
Inflow Inflow impeded Inflow into the perforated pipe is partially or
fully blocked or altered to prevent flow from
getting into the pipe.
Inflow to the perforated pipe is unimpeded.
Pipe Trench Area Surface compacted Ground surface over the perforated pipe
trench is compacted or covered with
impermeable material.
Ground surface over the perforated pipe is
not compacted and free of any impervious
cover.
Outflow Outflow impeded Outflow from the perforated pipe into the
public drainage system is blocked.
Outflow to the public drainage system is
unimpeded.
Outfall Area Erosion or landslides Existence of the perforated pipe is causing
or exasperating erosion or landslides.
Perforated pipe system is sealed off and
an alternative BMP is implemented.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-41
NO. 30 – PERMEABLE PAVEMENT BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Preventive Surface cleaning/
vegetation control
Media surface vacuumed or pressure
washed annually, vegetation controlled to
design maximum. Weed growth
suggesting sediment accumulation.
No dirt, sediment, or debris clogging
porous media, or vegetation limiting
infiltration.
Porous Concrete,
Porous Asphaltic
Concrete, and
Permeable Pavers
Trash and debris Trash and debris on the pavement
interfering with infiltration; leaf drop in fall
season.
No trash or debris interfering with
infiltration.
Sediment
accumulation
Sediment accumulation on the pavement
interfering with infiltration; runoff from
adjacent areas depositing sediment/debris
on pavement.
Pavement infiltrates as designed; adjacent
areas stabilized.
Insufficient infiltration
rate
Pavement does not infiltrate at a rate of 10
inches per hour.
Pavement infiltrates at a rate greater than
10 inches per hour.
Excessive ponding Standing water for a long period of time on
the surface of the pavement.
Standing water infiltrates at the desired
rate.
Broken or cracked
pavement
Pavement is broken or cracked. No broken pavement or cracks on the
surface of the pavement.
Settlement Uneven pavement surface indicating
settlement of the subsurface layer.
Pavement surface is uniformly level.
Moss growth Moss growing on pavement interfering with
infiltration.
No moss interferes with infiltration.
Inflow restricted Inflow to the pavement is diverted,
restricted, or depositing sediment and
debris on the pavement.
Inflow to pavement is unobstructed and not
bringing sediment or debris to the
pavement.
Underdrain not freely
flowing
Underdrain is not flowing when pavement
has been infiltrating water.
Underdrain flows freely when water is
present.
Overflow not
controlling excess
water
Overflow not controlling excess water to
desired location; native soil is exposed or
other signs of erosion damage are present.
Overflow permits excess water to leave the
site at the desired location; Overflow is
stabilized and appropriately armored.
Permeable Pavers Broken or missing
pavers
Broken or missing paving blocks on
surface of pavement.
No missing or broken paving blocks
interfering with infiltration.
Uneven surface Uneven surface due to settlement or scour
of fill in the interstices of the paving blocks.
Pavement surface is uniformly level.
Compaction Poor infiltration due to soil compaction
between paving blocks.
No soil compaction in the interstices of the
paver blocks limiting infiltration.
Poor vegetation
growth (if applicable)
Grass in the interstices of the paving
blocks is dead.
Healthy grass is growing in the interstices
of the paver blocks.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-42
NO. 31 – BIORETENTION BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Preventive Vegetation Vegetation to be watered and pruned as
needed and mulch applied to a minimum of
2 inches to maintain healthy growth.
Healthy vegetation growth with full
coverage as designed.
Bioretention Area Trash and debris Trash and debris in the bioretention area;
leaf drop in the fall season.
No trash or debris In the bioretention area.
Sediment
accumulation
Sediment accumulation in the bioretention
area interfering with infiltration.
Water in the bioretention infiltrates as
designed.
Excessive ponding Standing water in the bioretention area for
more than two days.
Standing water infiltrates at the desired
rate.
Inflow restricted Inflow not getting into bioretention;
debris/sediment blockage at inlet features;
native soil is exposed or other signs of
erosion damage is present.
Unobstructed and properly routed inflow
into bioretention area; inlet is stabilized and
appropriately armored.
Overflow not
controlling excess
water
Overflow water not controlled by outlet
features; native soil is exposed or other
signs of erosion damage is present.
Outlet features control overflow; overflow is
stabilized and appropriately armored.
Underdrain not freely
flowing
Underdrain is not flowing when bioretention
area has been infiltrating water.
Underdrain flows freely when water is
present.
Vegetation Poor vegetation
coverage
Plants not thriving across at least 80% of
the entire design vegetated area within the
BMP; overly dense vegetation requiring
pruning.
Healthy water tolerant plants in
bioretention area, plants thriving across at
least 80% of the entire design vegetated
area within the facility.
Insufficient vegetation Plants not water tolerant species. Plants are water tolerant.
Weeds present Weeds growing in bioretention area. No weeds in bioretention area.
Watering not
occurring
Planting schedule requires frequent
watering (approx. weekly Year 1, bimonthly
Years 2 and 3) for new facilities, and as
needed for established plantings or dry
periods
Plants are established and thriving
Pest control Signs of pests, such as wilting or chewed
leaves or bark, spotting or other indicators;
extended ponding period encouraging
mosquitoes
Plant community is pest-free when
following an approved Integrated Pest
Management plan; bioretention functioning
normally and ponding controlled as needed
for pest control
Containment Berm
and Earthen Slopes
Erosion Erosion occurring at earthen slopes or
containment berm side slope.
Erosion on the containment berm and side
slopes has been repaired and the cause of
the erosion corrected.
Voids created by
nuisance animals
(e.g., rodents) or tree
roots
Voids affecting berm integrity or creating
leaky pond condition
Voids have been repaired; facility is free of
nuisance animals following an approved
Integrated Pest Management plan.
Settlement Any part of the containment berm top has
less than 6 inches of freeboard from the
maximum pond level to the top of the
berm.
A minimum of 6 inches freeboard from the
maximum pond level to the top of the
berm.
Amended Soil Poor soil nutrients Soil not providing plant nutrients. Soil providing plant nutrients.
Bare spots Bare spots on soil in bioretention area. No bare spots, bioretention area covered
with vegetation or mulch mixed into the
underlying soil.
Compaction Poor infiltration due to soil compaction in
the bioretention area.
No soil compaction in the bioretention
area.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-43
NO. 32 – RAINWATER HARVESTING BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Preventive Insufficient storage
volume
No rain water in storage unit at the
beginning of the rain season.
Maximum storage available at the
beginning of the rain season (Oct. 1).
Collection Area Trash and debris Trash of debris on collection area may plug
filter system
Collection area clear of trash and debris.
Filter Restricted or plugged
filter
Filter is partially or fully plugged preventing
water from getting in to the storage unit.
Filter is allowing collection water into
storage unit.
NO. 33 – ROCK PAD BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated on rock pad
site.
Rock pad site free of any trash or debris.
Rock Pad Area Insufficient rock pad
size
Rock pad is not 2 feet by 3 feet by 6 inches
thick or as designed.
Rock pad is 2 feet by 3 feet by 6 inches
thick or as designed.
Vegetation growth Vegetation is seen growing in or through
rock pad.
No vegetation within rock pad area.
Rock Exposed soil Soil can be seen through the rock pad. Full thickness of the rock pad is in place,
no soil visible through rock pad.
NO. 34 – SHEET FLOW BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated on the
sheet flow site.
Sheet flow site free of any trash or debris.
Sheet flow area Erosion Soil erosion occurring in sheet flow zone. Soil erosion is not occurring and rills and
channels have been repaired.
Concentrated flow Sheet flow is not occurring in the sheet
flow zone.
Sheet flow area is regraded to provide
sheet flow.
NO. 35 – SPLASH BLOCK BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated on the
splash block.
Splash block site free of any trash or
debris.
Splash Block Dislodged splash
block
Splash block moved from outlet of
downspout.
Splash block correctly positioned to catch
discharge from downspout.
Channeling Water coming off the splash block causing
erosion.
No erosion occurs from the splash block.
Downspout water
misdirected
Water coming from the downspout is not
discharging to the dispersal area.
Water is discharging normally to the
dispersal area.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-44
NO. 36 – VEGETATED ROOF BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Preventive Vegetation Vegetation to be watered and pruned as
needed to maintain healthy growth.
Healthy vegetation growth with full
coverage as designed.
Site Trash and debris Trash and debris has accumulated on the
vegetated roof.
Vegetated roof free of any trash or debris.
Waterproof
Membrane
Leaking waterproof
membrane
Waterproof membrane breached. Waterproof membrane has no tears or
holes allowing water through it.
Drainage Layer Drainage pathway
plugged/obstructed
Drainage layer flow plugged or obstructed. Drainage layer passing water with no
obstruction.
Drainage Overflow obstructed Drainage of overflow is obstructed. Overflow has no obstruction.
Growth Media Compaction Soil in the growth media area compacted. No part of the growth media is compacted.
Erosion Growth media washed out. Growth media is not being washed away.
Insufficient nutrients Plants are not thriving. Growth media has proper nutrients to
support plant growth.
Vegetation Insufficient vegetation Vegetation species not succulents, grass,
herbs,
and/or wildflowers adapted to harsh
conditions.
Correct species of vegetation is used.
Poor vegetation
coverage
Healthy vegetation covers less than 90% of
vegetation area.
Healthy vegetation covers more than 90%
of vegetation area.
Undesirable
vegetation
Weeds and other undesirable plants are
invading more than 10% of vegetated area.
No undesirable vegetation occurs in the
vegetated area. No herbicides or
pesticides used to control undesirable
vegetation.
Poor vegetation
growth
Special vegetation not thriving. Special vegetation is kept healthy and
inspected on frequent schedule.
Border Zone Access restricted Border zone limited by vegetation
overgrowth or other means.
Border zone is kept open so vegetated
area is accessible.
Gravel Stop Overflow uncontained Gravel stop does not contain overflow or
divert it to a designed outlet.
Overflow water is only exits from the
designed outlet.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-45
NO. 37 – RAIN GARDEN BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Facility – General
Requirements
Mosquitoes Standing water remains for more than 3
days after the end of a storm
Rain garden drains freely. Standing water in
rain garden does not persist for more than 3
days after a storm event. Cause of the
standing water addressed (see “Ponded
water”).
Trash and debris Trash and debris present No trash or debris present
Earthen Side Slopes
and Berms
Erosion Persistent soil erosion on slopes No eroded or scoured areas. Cause of
erosion or scour addressed.
Rockery Sidewalls Unstable rockery Rockery side walls are insecure Stable rockery sidewalls (may require
consultation with licensed engineer,
particularly for walls 4 feet or greater in
height)
Rain Garden Bottom
Area
Sediment accumulation Visible sediment deposition in the rain
garden that reduces drawdown time of
water in the rain garden
No sediment accumulation in rain garden.
Source of sediment addressed.
Debris accumulation Accumulated leaves in facility No leaves clogging outlet structure or
impeding water flow.
Mulch Lack of mulch Bare spots (without mulch cover) are
present or mulch depth less than 2 inches
Facility has a minimum 2- to 3-inch layer of
an appropriate type of mulch. Mulch kept
away from woody stems.
Splash Block Inlet Water not properly
directed to rain garden
Water is being directed towards building
structure
Blocks are reconfigured to direct water to
rain garden and away from structure.
Pipe Inlet/Outlet Erosion Rock or cobble removed or missing and
concentrated flows contacting soil
No eroded or scoured areas. Cause of
erosion or scour addressed. Cover of rock
or cobbles protects the ground where
concentrated water flows into the rain
garden.
Accumulated debris Accumulated leaves, sediment, debris or
vegetation at curb cuts, inlet or outlet pipe
Blockage cleared
Damaged pipe Pipe is damaged Pipe repaired/replaced
Clogged pipe Pipe is clogged Pipe clear of roots and debris
Blocked access Maintain access for inspections Vegetation cleared or transplanted within
1 foot of inlets and outlets
Ponded Water Ponded water Excessive ponding water: Ponded water
remains in the rain garden more than 48
hours after the end of a storm
Rain garden drains freely. Standing water in
rain garden does not persist for more than
48 hours after a storm event. Leaf
litter/debris/sediment removed.
Overflow Blocked overflow Capacity reduced by sediment or debris No sediment or debris in overflow.
Vegetation Blocked site distances
and sidewalks
Vegetation inhibits sight distances and
sidewalks
Sidewalks and sight distances along
roadways and sidewalks are kept clear.
Blocked pipes Vegetation is crowding inlets and outlets Inlets and outlets in rain garden clear of
vegetation.
Unhealthy vegetation Yellowing: possible Nitrogen (N) deficiency
Poor growth: possible Phosphorous (P)
deficiency
Poor flowering, spotting or curled leaves, or
weak roots or stems: possible Potassium
(K) deficiency
Plants are healthy and appropriate for site
conditions.
Weeds Presence of weeds Weeds removed (manual methods
preferred) and mulch applied.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-46
NO. 37 – RAIN GARDEN BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Summer Watering
(years 1–3)
Plant establishment Tree, shrubs and groundcovers in first
3 years of establishment period
Plants are watered during plant
establishment period
(years 1–3).
Summer Watering
(after establishment)
Drought conditions Vegetation requires supplemental water Plants are watered during drought
conditions or more often if necessary during
post-establishment period (after 2 years).
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-47
NO. 38 – SOIL AMENDMENT BMP
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Soil Media Unhealthy vegetation Vegetation not fully covering ground
surface or vegetation health is poor.
Yellowing: possible Nitrogen (N)
deficiency. Poor growth: possible
Phosphorous (P) deficiency. Poor
flowering, spotting or curled leaves, or
weak roots or stems: possible Potassium
(K) deficiency.
Plants are healthy and appropriate for site
conditions
Inadequate soil
nutrients and
structure
In the fall, return leaf fall and shredded
woody materials from the landscape to the
site when possible
Soil providing plant nutrients and structure
Excessive vegetation
growth
Grass becomes excessively tall (greater
than 10 inches); nuisance weeds and other
vegetation start to take over.
Healthy turf- “grasscycle” (mulch-mow or
leave the clippings) to build turf health
Weeds Preventive maintenance Avoid use of pesticides (bug and weed
killers), like “weed & feed,” which damage
the soil
Fertilizer needed Where fertilization is needed (mainly turf
and annual flower beds), a moderate
fertilization program should be used which
relies on compost, natural fertilizers or
slow-release synthetic balanced fertilizers
Integrated Pest Management (IPM)
protocols for fertilization followed
Bare spots Bare spots on soil No bare spots, area covered with
vegetation or mulch mixed into the
underlying soil.
Compaction Poor infiltration due to soil compaction
To remediate compaction, aerate
soil, till to at least 8-inch depth, or
further amend soil with compost and
re-till
If areas are turf, aerate compacted
areas and top dress them with 1/4 to
1/2 inch of compost to renovate them
If drainage is still slow, consider
investigating alternative causes (e.g.,
high wet season groundwater levels,
low permeability soils)
Also consider site use and protection
from compacting activities
No soil compaction
Poor infiltration Soils become waterlogged, do not appear
to be infiltrating.
Facility infiltrating properly
Erosion/Scouring Erosion Areas of potential erosion are visible Causes of erosion (e.g., concentrate flow
entering area, channelization of runoff)
identified and damaged area stabilized
(regrade, rock, vegetation, erosion control
matting).For deep channels or cuts (over 3
inches in ponding depth), temporary
erosion control measures in place until
permanent repairs can be made
Grass/Vegetation Unhealthy vegetation Less than 75% of planted vegetation is
healthy with a generally good appearance.
Healthy vegetation. Unhealthy plants
removed/replaced. Appropriate vegetation
planted in terms of exposure, soil and soil
moisture.
Noxious Weeds Noxious weeds Listed noxious vegetation is present (refer
to current County noxious weed list).
No noxious weeds present.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-48
NO. 39 – RETAINED TREES
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITIONS WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Tree Dead or declining Dead, damaged, or declining Tree replaced per planting plan or
acceptable substitute
NO. 40 – FILTERRA SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
In addition to the specific maintenance criteria provided below, all manufacturer’s requirements shall be followed.
Facility – General
Requirements
Life cycle Once per year, except mulch and trash
removal twice per year
Facility is re-inspected and any needed
maintenance performed
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries, or
paint
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Inlet Excessive sediment or
trash accumulation
Accumulated sediments or trash impair free
flow of water into system
Inlet should be free of obstructions allowing
free distributed flow of water into system
Mulch Cover Trash and floatable
debris accumulation
Excessive trash and/or debris accumulation Minimal trash or other debris on mulch
cover. Mulch cover raked level.
“Ponding” of water on
mulch cover
“Ponding” in unit could be indicative of
clogging due to excessive fine sediment
accumulation or spill of petroleum oils
Stormwater should drain freely and evenly
through mulch cover
Proprietary Filter
Media/
Vegetation Substrate
“Ponding” of water on
mulch cover after
mulch cover has been
maintained
Excessive fine sediment passes the mulch
cover and clogs the filter media/vegetative
substrate
Stormwater should drain freely and evenly
through mulch cover. Replace substrate and
vegetation when needed
Vegetation Plants not growing or in
poor condition
Soil/mulch too wet, evidence of spill,
incorrect plant selection, pest infestation,
and/or vandalism to plants
Plants should be healthy and pest free
Media/mulch too dry Irrigation is required
Plants absent Plants absent Appropriate plants are present
Excessive plant growth Excessive plant growth inhibits facility
function or becomes a hazard for pedestrian
and vehicular circulation and safety
Pruning and/or thinning vegetation maintains
proper plant density. Appropriate plants are
present.
Structure Structure has visible
cracks
Cracks wider than ½ inch
Evidence of soil particles entering the
structure through the cracks
Structure is sealed and structurally sound
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-49
NO. 41 – COMPOST AMENDED VEGETATED FILTER STRIP (CAVFS)
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
General Sediment
accumulation on grass
Sediment depth exceeds 2 inches. Remove sediment deposits. Relevel so
slope is even and flows pass evenly
through strip.
Excessive vegetation
growth
Grass becomes excessively tall (greater
than 10 inches); nuisance weeds and other
vegetation start to take over.
Mow grass and control nuisance vegetation
so that flow is not impeded. Grass should
be mowed to a height of 6 inches.
Trash and debris Trash and debris have accumulated on the
vegetated filter strip.
Remove trash and debris from filter.
Erosion/scouring Areas have eroded or scoured due to flow
channelization or high flows.
For ruts or bare areas less than 12 inches
wide, repair the damaged area by filling
with a 50/50 mixture of crushed gravel and
compost. The grass will creep in over the
rock in time. If bare areas are large,
generally greater than 12 inches wide, the
vegetated filter strip should be regraded
and reseeded. For smaller bare areas,
overseed when bare spots are evident.
Flow spreader uneven
or clogged
Flow spreader is uneven or clogged so that
flows are not uniformly distributed over
entire filter width.
Level the spreader and clean so that flows
are spread evenly over entire filter width
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-50
NO. 42 – MEDIA FILTER DRAIN (MFD)
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
General Sediment
accumulation on
grass filter strip
Sediment depth exceeds 2 inches or
creates uneven grading that interferes with
sheet flow.
Remove sediment deposits on grass
treatment area of the embankment. When
finished, embankment should be level from
side to side and drain freely toward the toe
of the embankment slope. There should be
no areas of standing water once inflow has
ceased.
No-vegetation
zone/flow spreader is
uneven or clogged
Flow spreader is uneven or clogged so that
flows are not uniformly distributed over
entire embankment width.
Level the spreader and clean to spread
flows evenly over entire embankment
width.
Poor vegetation
coverage
Grass is sparse or bare, or eroded patches
are observed in more than 10% of the
grass strip surface area.
Determine why grass growth is poor and
correct the offending condition. Reseed
into loosened, fertile soil or compost; or,
replant with plugs of grass from the upper
slope.
Excessive vegetation
growth
Grass becomes excessively tall (greater
than 10 inches); nuisance weeds and other
vegetation start to take over.
Mow vegetation or remove nuisance
vegetation to not impede flow. Mow grass
to a height of 6 inches.
Media filter drain mix
needs replacement
Water is seen on the surface of the media
filter drain mix long after the storms have
ceased. Typically, the 6-month, 24-hour
precipitation event should drain within 48
hours. More common storms should drain
within 24 hours. Maintenance also needed
on a 10-year cycle and during a
preservation project.
Excavate and replace all of the media filter
drain mix contained within the media filter
drain.
Excessive shading Grass growth is poor because sunlight
does not reach embankment.
If possible, trim back overhanging limbs
and remove brushy vegetation on adjacent
slopes.
Trash and debris Trash and debris have accumulated on
embankment.
Remove trash and debris from
embankment.
Flooding of media
filter drain
When media filter drain is inundated by
flood water
Evaluate media filter drain material for
acceptable infiltration rate and replace if
media filter drain does not meet long-term
infiltration rate standards.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
A-51
NO. 43 – COMPOST-AMENDED BIOFILTRATION SWALE
MAINTENANCE
COMPONENT
DEFECT OR
PROBLEM
CONDITION WHEN MAINTENANCE
IS NEEDED
RESULTS EXPECTED WHEN
MAINTENANCE IS PERFORMED
Site Trash and debris Any trash and/or debris accumulated on
the bioswale site.
No trash or debris on the bioswale site.
Contaminants and
pollution
Any evidence of contaminants or pollution
such as oil, gasoline, concrete slurries or
paint.
Materials removed and disposed of
according to applicable regulations. Source
control BMPs implemented if appropriate.
No contaminants present other than a
surface oil film.
Swale Section Sediment
accumulation
Sediment depth exceeds 2 inches in 10%
of the swale treatment area.
No sediment deposits in grass treatment
area of the bioswale.
Sediment inhibits grass growth over 10%
of swale length.
Grass growth not inhibited by sediment.
Sediment inhibits even spreading of flow. Flow spreads evenly through swale
Erosion/scouring Eroded or scoured swale bottom due to
channelization or high flows.
No eroded or scoured areas in bioswale.
Cause of erosion or scour addressed.
Poor vegetation
coverage
Grass is sparse or bare or eroded patches
occur in more than 10% of the swale
bottom.
Swale has no bare spots and grass is thick
and healthy.
Excessive vegetation
growth
Grass excessively tall (greater than 10
inches), grass is thin or nuisance weeds
and other vegetation have taken over.
Grass is between 3 and 4 inches tall, thick
and healthy. No nuisance vegetation
present.
Excessive shade Grass growth is poor because sunlight
does not reach swale.
Healthy grass growth or swale converted
to a wet bioswale.
Constant baseflow Continuous flow through the swale, even
when it has been dry for weeks or an
eroded, muddy channel has formed in the
swale bottom.
Baseflow removed from swale by a low-
flow pea-gravel drain or bypassed around
the swale.
Standing water Water pools in the swale between storms
or does not drain freely.
Swale freely drains and there is no
standing water in swale between storms.
Channelization Flow concentrates and erodes channel
through swale.
No flow channels in swale.
Insufficient compost
depth
Depth of compost is less than 3 inches. Compost depth is 3 inches.
Flow Spreader Concentrated flow Flow from spreader not uniformly
distributed across entire swale width.
Flows are spread evenly over entire swale
width.
Inlet/Outlet Pipe Sediment
accumulation
Sediment filling 20% or more of the pipe. Inlet/outlet pipes clear of sediment.
Trash and debris Trash and debris accumulated in
inlet/outlet pipes (includes floatables and
non-floatables).
No trash or debris in pipes.
Damaged inlet/outlet
pipe
Cracks wider than ½-inch at the joint of the
inlet/outlet pipes or any evidence of soil
entering at the joints of the inlet/outlet
pipes.
No cracks more than ¼-inch wide at the
joint of the inlet/outlet pipe.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
A-52
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
B-1
APPENDIX B
MASTER DRAINAGE PLAN OBJECTIVE,
CRITERIA AND COMPONENTS, AND REVIEW
PROCESS
OBJECTIVE
The objective of the Master Drainage Plan (MDP) is to propose specific drainage control systems that will
prevent significant adverse impacts to the site’s natural hydrologic system and to existing and planned
offsite drainage systems and resources. Although this is also the objective of the Surface Water Design
Manual (SWDM) generally, the City allows smaller-scale projects to rely more heavily on the “cookbook”
approach of the Core and Special Requirements specified in the Manual. Land use alterations from larger
scale projects have a higher potential to result in resource and flooding impacts if the “cookbook”
standards miss their mark. These larger projects, then, are required to take a more detailed, site-specific
look at drainage resources and associated management issues.
Larger projects are seen to entail more risk to receiving waters (including groundwater) for two reasons:
(a) the relatively large area of the subbasin which is developed and (b) the shorter than typical time frame
in which that development occurs. If the same area were developed as smaller parcels, rather than as a
large site, development would normally be staggered over a longer period of time. This longer time frame
allows a certain “grace” period for problems to be identified and corrective actions incorporated into later
development proposals. Not only are formal drainage complaints called in to the City a source of
information, but the SEPA public review process accompanying permit review offers an avenue for
existing drainage problems to be made known. This longer time frame and input from the affected public
offers certain safeguards that any problems resulting from application of the more general drainage
planning approach specified in the SWDM are dealt with before additional development in the subbasin
proceeds.
Some of the impacts that MDPs would be expected to address include the following:
1. Increase in flow rates and/or volumes that would result in flooding along the natural and/or
constructed drainage system, or that would aggravate existing flooding problems, either onsite or
downstream.
2. Increase of flow rates and/or volumes, both on- and offsite that would de-stabilize the existing
geomorphic balance of the natural drainage systems. Examples would include an increase in the rate
or frequency of streambank erosion resulting in bank/slope failures along stream corridors, and
downstream sedimentation reducing channel capacity.
APPENDIX B MASTER DRAINAGE PLAN OBJECTIVE, CRITERIA AND COMPONENTS, AND REVIEW PROCESS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
B-2
3. Alteration of natural topography and/or native vegetation that would result in unstable soil conditions,
slopes, or embankments.
4. Alteration of natural hydrologic features or provision of site improvements that would reduce the
functional ability of the subbasin to preserve water quality and quantity and/or in-stream and other
aquatic habitat values.
5. Alteration of ground water/interflow that would adversely change downstream base flows and/or
impair existing water rights.
CRITERIA
The proposed drainage plan, impact analysis and mitigation measures shall be supported by detailed
technical analyses and reports as part of the MDP. In addition to the engineering plans, the MDP shall
include appropriate geotechnical investigations, water quality and aquatic habitat analysis, and hydrologic
computer modeling (see Section 3.2 in Chapter 3). The report shall also include maintenance and operation
provisions for the existing natural drainage system and any onsite drainage facilities. Specific maintenance
plans and agreements, identifying maintenance responsibilities, must be provided for any facility privately
maintained.
The hydrologic and hydraulic analysis of the site, basin, and downstream system shall be done using the
methods described in this Manual. Exceptions are for plans required to prepare hydrologic models using
rainfall and stream gage data. Any upstream contributing systems or subbasins shall be analyzed for both
existing and future development conditions (as shown in the City of Renton Comprehensive Plan or other
land use maps). Any agreements, contracts or work scopes for the MDP or monitoring plan are also
considered a component of the MDP. Specific requirements and the order for submittal of the various
components are given in a detached document entitled: Master Drainage Planning for Large Site
Developments – Process and Requirements, May 1995.
COMPONENTS OF MASTER DRAINAGE PLANS
The MDP consists of several components. These components are typically presented in a drainage plan
developed using an approved hydrological model, special reports and studies to identify impacts,
mitigation measures to reduce impacts, a technical report containing engineering analyses such as the
offsite and flood plain analyses, and a post-development monitoring plan. The drainage plan shall provide
a comprehensive analysis of existing and proposed surface and subsurface water quantity and quality
conditions for both on and offsite systems. Offsite systems may include upstream and downstream
hydrology. Upstream analysis shall include the total drainage area contributing to the site. Downstream
analysis shall extend to an acceptable receiving body of water.
Technical Elements
At a minimum, specific technical elements of the MDP include the following:
1. A conceptual or preliminary plan of the proposed drainage collection and flow control systems, based
upon accurate field topographic mapping and geologic data, should be provided, along with
appropriate cross-sections and details necessary to identify drainage system elements.
2. All assumptions, parameters, and input data used in the hydrologic model. Input and output files from
hydrologic and/or hydraulic computer models shall be included as an appendix.
3. Hydraulic performance data (stage, storage, discharge) for all elements of the hydrologic system,
whether existing or proposed, including lakes, ponds, and wetlands. This data shall be used to route
inflow hydrographs to produce outflow hydrographs.
4. Flow data for all existing and proposed conveyance facilities, including streams, swales, pipes, and
ditches which will support the proposed system.
APPENDIX B MASTER DRAINAGE PLAN OBJECTIVE, CRITERIA AND COMPONENTS, AND REVIEW PROCESS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
B-3
5. Floodplain analysis identifying flows, velocities, and extent of flooding for the existing and proposed
conditions. Other backwater analysis required to determine existing and proposed conveyance
capacity within the MDP and downstream of the MDP.
6. Erosion analysis of onsite and downstream open-drainage systems, identifying flows, velocities, areas
of existing and future deposition and channel erosion, and characterization of sediment.
7. Geotechnical analysis of the site and proposed improvements which specifically addresses soils and
slope stability for proposed lakes/ponds, road alignments, channel/ravine conditions, building setbacks
from steep slopes, vegetative preservation and controls, existing and proposed drainage facilities, and
downstream system stability.
8. Ecological analysis to include the physical and biological features of the streams, lakes, wetlands and
swales. The features identified shall be keyed to the map produced in Item (2)(b), below.
9. Method and conceptual design for maintaining existing flow regimes in any swales/ravines that may
be altered by the development.
10. Method, conceptual design, and location of water quality compensating facilities that may be
necessary to replace naturally occurring “biofiltration” functions of site vegetation, i.e., provision
and/or preservation of vegetated swales.
11. Description of maintenance design features and provisions that will ensure reliable and long-term
facility operation.
12. Provide construction phasing plan that will ensure stormwater/erosion control during development of
individual subbasins.
13. Establish a stream flow/rainfall gauging and stream cross section monitoring plan that will document
any changes in the levels of flooding, erosion, and sedimentation, and identify responsible parties for
necessary mitigation.
Mapping Requirements
Mapping for the MDP must be of adequate scale and detail for accurate definition and location of all
system elements, both onsite and offsite, and must provide support for hydrologic model characterization.
In general, the following are required:
1. Delineation of subbasins of appropriate size/land use for computer model characterization and
hydraulic analysis of all tributary flows.
2. Location and size of all existing and proposed hydrologic features and facilities in the basins. This
includes lakes, ponds, wetlands, swales, streams, pipes, and culverts.
3. Overall plan/profile and cross-sections of conveyance systems and identification of the floodplain and
floodway and frequency of flooding for existing and developed conditions.
4. Identify areas of in-stream erosion, sedimentation and/or unstable slopes.
5. Identify site soils for use in hydrologic modeling and preliminary analysis for controlling erosion
during construction.
6. Identify upstream and downstream habitat condition, i.e., spawning, rearing, and transport areas;
pools, riffles, and other in-stream habitat features; and species and populations observed. Locations
shall be keyed to the map produced in Item (2)(b), above.
7. Identify general required building setbacks, clearing limits and Native Growth Protection Easements
in areas of steep slopes and drainage features.
APPENDIX B MASTER DRAINAGE PLAN OBJECTIVE, CRITERIA AND COMPONENTS, AND REVIEW PROCESS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
B-4
REVIEW PROCESS
Master Drainage Plans (MDPs) are submitted directly to the Department of Community and Economic
Development (CED) for review. They must, however, be a part of a permit application that has been filed
with CED (see Section 1.1.1). The MDP process should commence concurrently with the SEPA process.
King County has prepared MDP guidelines entitled: Master Drainage Planning for Large Site
Developments – Process and Requirements, May 1995, which provide technical guidance to implement
the requirements of Section 1.2.2.5 and this Appendix B. The MDP Guidelines may be obtained by
contacting CED.
Prior to commencing preparation of the MDP, the applicant and design engineer (including the team that
includes other design professionals such as geotechnical engineers and/or biologists, etc.) should request a
MDP pre-application meeting for general information followed by a scoping meeting with CED in order to
coordinate the requirements for the hydrologic modeling and other special analysis which may be required.
At these meetings, the applicant should present an outline for the proposed MDP that includes a
description of the proposed project, a schedule for preparation of the MDP, and a description of any
known environmental or regulatory issues related to the proposal.
CED will review the components of the MDP as submitted, in a timely manner. The fees for review of the
MDP will be determined from resources required (e.g., consultant, staff, and equipment) and will be billed
to the applicant by the City of Renton. Review fees shall be paid by the applicant to the City prior to
receiving MDP plan approval.
Following approval in concept of all of the MDP components, the applicant will submit four complete
final MDP packages to CED for approval. Three copies will be kept by CED, and one copy will be
returned to the applicant for their records.
Questions regarding the MDP review process should be directed to CED.
APPENDIX C
SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
June 22, 2022
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
APPENDIX C
SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
June 22, 2022
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
APPENDIX C
SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE
REQUIREMENTS
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
Section Page
C.1 Simplified Drainage Review
Requirements C-7
C.1.1 Procedure for Determining
Requirements C-8
C.1.2 Targeted Drainage Review
Requirements C-13
C.1.3 Application of On-site BMPs C-16
C.1.4 Application of CSWPP Measures C-24
C.1.5 Simplified Submittal Requirements C-27
C.2 On-Site BMPs C-29
C.2.1 Full Dispersion C-29
C.2.2 Full Infiltration C-44
C.2.3 Limited Infiltration C-53
C.2.4 Basic Dispersion C-54
C.2.5 Farmland Dispersion C-63
C.2.6 Bioretention C-63
C.2.7 Permeable Pavement C-76
C.2.8 Rainwater Harvesting C-88
C.2.9 Reduced Impervious Surface Credit C-90
C.2.10 Native Growth Retention Credit C-93
C.2.11 Perforated Pipe Connection C-95
C.2.12 Rain Gardens C-97
C.2.13 Soil Amendment C-99
C.2.14 Tree Retention Credit C-102
C.2.15 Vegetated Roofs C-103
C.3 Construction Stormwater Pollution
Prevention (CSWPP) Measures C-109
C.3.1 Stabilized Construction Entrance C-110
C.3.2 Mulching C-112
C.3.3 Nets and Blankets C-114
C.3.4 Plastic Covering C-116
C.3.5 Mark Clearing Limits/Minimize
Clearing C-117
C.3.6 Silt Fence C-117
C.3.7 Vegetated Strip C-120
C.3.8 Triangular Silt Dike C-120
C.3.9 Storm Drain Inlet Protection C-121
C.3.10 Seeding C-127
C.3.11 Sodding C-129
C.3.12 Interceptor Dikes and Swales C-130
C.3.13 Ditches C-132
C.3.14 Pipe Slope Drain C-134
C.3.15 Dewatering Control C-135
APPENDIX C SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C.3.16 Control of Other Pollutants (SWPPS) C-136
C.4 Simplified Drainage Plan
Specifications C-139
C.4.1 Components of Simplified Drainage
Plans C-139
C.4.2 Specifications for Site Plans C-141
C.4.3 BMP Design and Maintenance Details C-145
C.4.4 Written Drainage Assessment C-146
C.5 Reference Section C-149
C.5.1 Simplified Drainage Review Process C-149
C.5.2 Declaration of Covenant C-151
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-1
APPENDIX C
SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
The drainage requirements in this appendix are for residential projects that are subject to Simplified
Drainage Review as determined in Section 1.1.2 of the Surface Water Design Manual (SWDM).
Simplified Drainage Review is a simplified alternative to the Full Drainage Review process normally
conducted by the City as part of its review of permits to evaluate a project’s compliance with the core and
special requirements of the SWDM. The thrust of these requirements is to provide for mitigation and
control of increased runoff and pollution from development sites. For larger developments, this typically
involves engineering analysis and design of flow control facilities (e.g., detention ponds) to mitigate
increased runoff, water quality treatment facilities (e.g., wetponds) to remove pollutants from the runoff,
and erosion and sediment controls (ESC) to minimize the discharge of sediment-laden runoff and other
pollutants during construction.
For projects in Simplified Drainage Review, required mitigation of runoff impacts can usually be achieved
with measures that can be applied by a non-engineer. These include on-site BMPs (Best Management
Practices) such as splash blocks or gravel trenches to disperse or infiltrate runoff from impervious areas, or
reducing the amount of impervious area and preserving native vegetation. Such measures provide both
flow and water quality mitigation. Also included are simpler erosion and sediment control (ESC)
measures to prevent the discharge of sediment and other pollutants during construction. Examples of ESC
measures include phasing or minimizing clearing, installing silt fences to contain sediment on site, and
placing straw or other mulching materials on exposed soils. It also includes implementation of
stormwater pollution prevention and spill control (SWPPS) practices applicable to specific
construction activities such as proper use, handling, and storage of materials, chemicals, equipment, and
fuel.
In most cases, the Simplified Drainage Review requirements in this appendix can be met with submittals
prepared by contractors, architects, or homeowners without the involvement of a professional engineer.
For more information on the Simplified Drainage Review process, see Section C.5.1.
Why On-Site BMPs are Necessary
On undeveloped land, most rainwater soaks into the ground and flows slowly to nearby lakes and streams
through the upper layers of soil. When that same area is cleared or covered with an impervious surface,
the rainwater is no longer captured by dense vegetation and forest duff, but flows quickly and in greater
quantities across the site and through pipes and channels to streams and lakes. Also, as it flows over
developed surfaces (e.g., driveways, roads, lawns, and pastures), various pollutants generated by human
uses of the land are picked up and carried downstream. The increased quantities of runoff from the site,
when combined with increases from other sites, results in increased flooding and erosion of downstream
properties and damage to aquatic areas habitat. And, the pollutants collected by the runoff degrade the
water quality and habitat functions of streams, lakes, and wetlands. Larger developments address these
APPENDIX C SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-2
impacts by both storing the runoff in engineered flow control facilities (e.g., detention or infiltration ponds
or vaults) that slowly release the runoff downstream and by treating the runoff in engineered water quality
facilities (e.g., wet ponds, biofiltration swales, or sand filters) and by application of on-site BMPs to
maximum extent feasible.
Controlling flows from smaller projects is just as important as controlling flows from large developments,
because the cumulative effect of uncontrolled flows from many small projects can be equivalent to those
from a single large project. For projects that qualify as Simplified Drainage Review projects, however,
engineered flow control facilities may not be practicable or even warranted if the quantity of runoff from
developed surfaces can be minimized, dispersed, or otherwise infiltrated onsite through the use of on-site
BMPs. The same holds true for water quality facilities. While the primary focus of on-site BMPs is to
mitigate increased runoff quantities, they are also effective in mitigating increased pollution generated by
developed surfaces.
Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention (CSWPP), and Why CSWPP Is
Necessary
Construction stormwater pollution prevention (CSWPP) is the combined strategies of ESC and SWPPS to
control pollutants on construction sites. ESC measures are necessary because land disturbing activity
associated with clearing and grading exposes a site’s soils to erosion by stormwater. The soil eroded from
disturbed areas is referred to as sediment, which is washed downstream and deposited in pipes, ditches,
streams and lakes. Sediment deposited in a pipe or ditch reduces its capacity to convey flows and can
increase the likelihood of flooding. Sediment deposited in streams clog the gravels that salmon use for
spawning. Nutrients contained in the eroded soil that reach lakes can upset the chemical balance of the
lake, causing excessive growth of algae, milfoil, and other plants, and decreasing recreational uses such as
swimming, boating, and fishing. ESC measures are typically used during construction to prevent soil
erosion and/or transport of sediment downstream until the site can be stabilized with vegetation
cover/landscaping. Other construction activities such as the use, handling, and storage of materials,
chemicals, equipment, and fuel can result in contaminates coming into contact with stormwater and
potentially washed downstream. Therefore, stormwater pollution prevention and spill control (SWPPS)
measures applicable to specific construction activities need to be implemented to avoid the discharge of
pollutants from the construction site.
Utility of Appendix C
For projects in Simplified Drainage Review, this appendix outlines the drainage requirements, on-site
BMPs, and CSWPP measures necessary to mitigate the stormwater impacts of development without the
construction of expensive stormwater facilities (i.e., flow control and water quality facilities). For projects
in Full Drainage Review or other types of drainage review, the on-site BMPs contained in this appendix
are referenced for application to any size or type of project as specified in the SWDM. In fact, because
flow control facilities cannot mitigate all the impacts from developed surfaces, on-site BMPs are required
on all projects in drainage review regardless of whether stormwater facilities are required (see SWDM
Core Requirement #9, Section 1.2.9, “On-site BMPs”).
Organization of Appendix C
The information presented in this appendix is organized into five main sections as follows:
Section C.1, “Simplified Drainage Review Requirements”
Section C.2, “On-Site BMPs”
Section C.3, “Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention (CSWPP) Measures”
Section C.4, “Simplified Drainage Plan Specifications”
Section C.5, “Drainage Review”
APPENDIX C—DEFINITIONS OF KEY TERMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-3
Definitions of Key Terms
Proper application of the Simplified Drainage Review requirements in this appendix requires an
understanding of the following key terms and their definitions. These terms are highlighted in bold italic
throughout Appendix C. Other important terms are defined in the text when they are first introduced.
These are highlighted in italic when they are first introduced but are not highlighted throughout the
appendix as are key terms.
Civil engineer means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a professional engineer in civil
engineering.
Engineering geologist means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a geologist specializing in
evaluating geologic site characteristics to determine the responses of geologic processes and materials
to development activities, such as removal of vegetation; construction activities such as earthwork;
applying loads in foundations and embankments; use of earth materials in construction; and modifying
ground water flow.
Erosion hazard area is the critical area1 designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is
applied to areas underlain by soils that are subject to severe erosion when disturbed. Erosion hazard
areas are depicted in the Erosion Hazard - High layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Flood hazard area is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is applied
to areas subject to flooding. Flood hazard areas are depicted in the Flood layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Geotechnical engineer means a civil engineer licensed by the State of Washington who has at least four
years of professional employment as a geotechnical engineer in responsible charge, including
experience with landslide evaluation. Geotechnical engineers specialize in the design and construction
aspects of earth materials.
Impervious surface means a non-vegetated surface area that either prevents or retards the entry of water
into the soil mantle as under natural conditions before development; or that causes water to run off the
surface in greater quantities or at an increased rate of flow compared to the flow present under natural
conditions prior to development (see also “new impervious surface”). Common impervious surfaces
include, but are not limited to, roof, walkways, patios, driveways, parking lots, or storage areas, areas
that are paved, graveled or made of packed or oiled earthen materials or other surfaces that similarly
impede the natural infiltration of surface water or stormwater. For the purposes of flow control and
water quality treatment modeling and applying the impervious surface thresholds and exemptions
contained in this manual, permeable pavement, vegetated roofs, and underdrained pervious surfaces
are considered impervious surface. An open uncovered flow control or water quality facility is not
considered impervious surface for the purposes of applying impervious surface thresholds and
exemptions but shall be modeled as impervious surface for the purposes of computing runoff.
Land disturbing activity means any activity that results in a change in the existing soil cover, both
vegetative and non-vegetative, or the existing soil topography. Land disturbing activities include, but
are not limited to demolition, construction, clearing, grading, filling, excavation, and compaction.
Land disturbing activity does not include tilling conducted as part of agricultural practices, landscape
maintenance, or gardening.
1 Footnote 1 is not used.
APPENDIX C SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-4
Landslide hazard is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3050, that is applied to
areas subject to risk of landslide due to topography, soil conditions, and geology. Landslide hazard
areas are depicted in the Landslide layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Native vegetated surface means a surface in which the soil conditions, ground cover, and species of
vegetation are like those of the original native condition for the site. More specifically, this means
(1) the soil is either undisturbed or has been treated according to the “native vegetated landscape”
specifications in Appendix C, Section C.2.1.8; (2) the ground is either naturally covered with
vegetation litter or has been top-dressed between plants with 4 inches of mulch consistent with the
native vegetated landscape specifications in Appendix C; and (3) the vegetation is either (a) comprised
predominantly of plant species, other than noxious weeds, that are indigenous to the coastal region of
the Pacific Northwest and that reasonably could have been expected to occur naturally on the site or
(b) comprised of plant species specified for a native vegetated landscape in Appendix C. Examples of
these plant species include trees such as Douglas fir, western hemlock, western red cedar, alder, big-
leaf maple and vine maple; shrubs such as willow, elderberry, salmonberry and salal; and herbaceous
plants such as sword fern, foam flower, and fireweed.
New impervious surface means the conversion of a pervious surface to an impervious surface; or the
addition of a more compacted surface, such as resurfacing by upgrading from dirt to gravel, asphalt, or
concrete; upgrading from gravel to asphalt, or concrete; or upgrading from a bituminous surface
treatment (“chip seal”) to asphalt or concrete.
New pervious surface means the conversion of a native vegetated surface or other native surface to a
nonnative pervious surface (e.g., conversion of forest or meadow to pasture land, grass land, cultivated
land, lawn, landscaping, bare soil, etc.), or any alteration of existing nonnative pervious surface that
significantly increases surface and storm water runoff (e.g., conversion of pasture land, grass land, or
cultivated land to lawn, landscaping, or bare soil; or alteration of soil characteristics).
On-site BMP means a small scale drainage facility or feature that is part of a development site strategy to
use processes such as infiltration, dispersion, storage, evaporation, transpiration, forest retention, and
reduced impervious surface footprint to mimic pre-developed hydrology and minimize stormwater
runoff.
Pollution-generating impervious surface means an impervious surface considered to be a significant
source of pollutants in stormwater runoff. Such surfaces include those that are subject to: vehicular
use, industrial activities, or storage of erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or chemicals and that
receive direct rainfall or the run-on or blow-in of rainfall. A covered parking area would be considered
PGIS if runoff from uphill could regularly run through it or if rainfall could regularly blow in and wet
the pavement surface. Metal roofs are also considered PGIS unless they are coated with an inert, non-
leachable material (see Reference Section 11-E). PGIS includes roofs that are exposed to the venting
of significant amounts of dusts, mists, or fumes from manufacturing, commercial, or other indoor
activities. PGIS includes vegetated roofs exposed to pesticides, fertilizers, or loss of soil. Other
roofing types that may pose risk but are not currently regulated are listed in Reference Section 11-E.
Lawns, landscaping, sports fields, golf courses, and other areas that have modified runoff
characteristics resulting from the addition of underdrains that have the pollution generating
characteristics described under the “pollution-generating pervious surface ” definition are also
considered PGIS.
Pollution-generating pervious surface (PGPS) means a non-impervious surface considered to be a
significant source of pollutants in surface and storm water runoff. Such surfaces include those that are
subject to vehicular use, industrial activities, storage of erodible or leachable materials, wastes, or
chemicals, and that receive direct rainfall or the run-on or blow-in of rainfall; or subject to use of
pesticides and fertilizers, or loss of soil. Such surfaces include, but are not limited to, the lawn and
landscaped areas of residential, commercial, and industrial sites or land uses, golf courses, parks,
sports fields (natural and artificial turf), cemeteries, and grassed modular grid pavement.
APPENDIX C—DEFINITIONS OF KEY TERMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-5
Project site means that portion of a site and any offsite areas subject to proposed project activities,
alterations, and improvements including those required by this appendix. Offsite areas subject to
proposed project activities, include, but are not limited to, frontage improvements required by the
City.
Rain garden means a shallow, landscaped depression with compost-amended native soils and adapted
plants. The depression is designed to pond and temporarily store stormwater runoff from adjacent
areas, and to allow stormwater to pass through the amended soil profile. Rain gardens can only be
used to meet Core Requirement #9.
Replaced impervious surface means any existing impervious surface on the project site that is proposed
to be removed and re-established as impervious surface, excluding impervious surface removed for
the sole purpose of installing utilities or performing maintenance on underground infrastructure. For
structures, removed means the removal of buildings down to the foundation. For other impervious
surfaces, removed means the removal down to base course or bare soil. It does not include the
removal of pavement material through grinding or other surface modification unless the entire layer of
PCC or AC is removed. Replaced impervious surface also includes impervious surface that is moved
from one location to another on the project site where the following two conditions are met:
(A) runoff characteristics and volumes remain the same or are improved in the area where the existing
impervious surface is removed , and (B) impervious surface at the new location is either designated
as non-pollution generating or the pollution generating characteristics remain unchanged compared to
that of the original location.
Single family residential project means any project that (a) constructs or modifies a single family dwelling
unit or attached two-unit (duplex) building, (b) makes improvements (e.g., driveways, roads,
outbuildings, play courts, etc.) or clears native vegetation on a lot that contains or will contain a single
family dwelling unit or attached two-unit (duplex) building, or (c) is a plat, short plat, or boundary line
adjustment that creates or adjusts lots that will contain single family dwelling units or attached two-
unit (duplex) buildings.
Site (a.k.a. development site), as used in this appendix, means a single parcel, or either: two or more
contiguous parcels that are under common ownership or documented legal control or a portion of a
single parcel under documented legal control separate from the remaining parcel, used as a single
parcel for a proposed project for purposes of applying for authority from the City to carry out a
proposed project. For projects located primarily within dedicated rights-of-way, the length of the
project site and the right-of-way boundaries define the site.
Steep slope hazard area is the critical area designation, defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050, that is
applied to areas where extra protection of sensitive slopes is required. Steep slope hazard areas are
depicted in the Regulated Slopes layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Target impervious surface means that portion of a site’s existing, new, and replaced impervious surface
from which runoff impacts are required to be mitigated by a particular set of drainage requirements
(on-site BMPs in this appendix). . Note: any impervious surface on the site other than target
impervious surface may be mitigated by on-site BMPs in trade for not mitigating an equivalent-sized
area of target impervious surface.
Target pervious surface means all areas subject to clearing and grading that have not been covered by an
impervious surface, incorporated into a drainage facility, or engineered as structural fill or slope.
APPENDIX C SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-6
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-7
C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
Threshold
Simplified Drainage Review is required for any single family residential project that will result in
2,000 square feet2 or more of new impervious surface, replaced impervious surface, or new plus replaced
impervious surface, or 7,000 square feet or more of land disturbing activity, AND that meets the
following criteria:
The project will result in less than 5,000 square feet of new plus replaced pollution generating impervious
surface, result in less than ¾ acre of new pollution generating pervious surfaces, AND meets one of the
following three additional criteria:
The project meets the Basic Exemption from flow control in Core Requirement #3 a) the project results in
less than 5,000 square feet of new plus replaced impervious surface, AND b) less than ¾ acres of new
pervious surface will be added. Note the Basic Exemption thresholds are applied by project site.
For projects on predominately till soils:
The project results in no more than 7,947 square feet of target impervious surfaces (see below) as
defined in Section 1.1.2.1 AND proposed pervious area is equal to or less than 14,941 – 1.88 x (total
target impervious surfaces).
For projects on predominately outwash soils:
The project results in no more than 6,872 square feet of target impervious surfaces (see below) as
defined in Section 1.1.2.1 AND proposed pervious area is equal to or less than 20,343 – 2.96 x (total
target impervious surfaces).
Determination of Target Impervious Surface
If the project is a New Development project,
then target impervious surfaces include new plus proposed replaced impervious surface.
If the project is a Redevelopment project where
o New impervious surface is less than 5,000 square feet or
o Valuation of improvements is less than 50% of the assessed value of the existing site
improvements.
then target impervious surfaces include new impervious surface.
If the project is a Redevelopment project where
o New impervious surface is greater than or equal to 5,000 square feet and
o Valuation of improvements is greater than or equal to 50% of the assessed value of the existing
site improvements
then target impervious surfaces include new plus proposed replaced impervious surface.
Note: for the purposes applying this threshold to a proposed single family residential subdivision (i.e., plat
or short plat project), the impervious surface coverage assumed on each created lot shall be 4,000 square
feet or the maximum allowed by RMC 4-2-110A, whichever is less. A lower impervious surface coverage
may be assumed for any lot in which the lower impervious surface coverage is set as the maximum
through a declaration of covenant recorded for the lot. Also, the new pervious surface assumed on each
created lot shall be the entire lot area, except the assumed impervious portion and any portion in which
2 The thresholds of 2,000 and 7,000 square feet shall be applied by project site. All other thresholds specified in terms of
square feet of impervious or pervious surface shall be applied by threshold discharge area and in accordance with the
definitions of these surfaces in the preamble to Section C.1 above. Note: the calculation of total impervious surface may
exclude any such added impervious surface that is confirmed by CED staff to be already mitigated by a City approved and
inspected flow control facility or on-site BMP.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-8
native conditions are preserved by a clearing limit per RMC IV, a covenant or easement recorded for the
lot, or a tract dedicated by the proposed subdivision.
All projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review must comply with the following two basic mitigation
requirements in this appendix:
1. Apply on-site BMPs to developed surfaces as directed in Section C.1.3, and
2. Apply erosion and sediment control (ESC) measures to disturbed areas during construction and
applicable stormwater pollution prevention and spill control (SWPPS) measures as directed in
Section C.1.4.
To show how these requirements will be met, project applicants must submit drainage plans and
supporting documentation as directed in Section C.1.5.
In addition, some Simplified drainage review projects may have site-specific or project-specific drainage
concerns or requirements that must be addressed by a civil engineer or City engineering review staff.
Examples include the presence of flood, erosion, or landslide hazards on or near the site, safe conveyance
of stormwater through the site, and application of special drainage requirements. The City will identify any
such issues during Simplified Drainage Review and will require a separate Targeted Drainage Review
in addition to Simplified Drainage Review to address them (see Section C.1.2). This may require the
additional submittal of site information, reports, and/or engineering plans signed and stamped by a civil
engineer. For more information on how Targeted Drainage Review relates to Simplified Drainage
Review, see Section C.5.1.
Use Section C.1.1 (below) to determine the scope of requirements, if any, that must be addressed by a civil
engineer and/or City engineering review staff under Targeted Drainage Review, and learn where to look
to determine the scope of requirements for application of on-site BMPs and CSWPP measures and
submittal of information necessary for Simplified Drainage Review.
C.1.1 PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS
The following questionnaire/flow chart (Table C.1.1.A) is intended to be a guide for determining the scope
of requirements that will apply to a project in Simplified Drainage Review, and Targeted Drainage
Review if applicable. It will refer or direct you to more specific information on the application of
requirements found in subsequent subsections, and in some cases, City of Renton Municipal Code.
TABLE C.1.1.A QUESTIONNAIRE/FLOW CHART FOR DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS
No. Question If YES If NO
1. Is the proposed project
subject to drainage review
as determined by
consulting CED 3 or
Section 1.1.1 of the
SWDM?
Go to the next question. The project does not need to
meet the requirements of the
SWDM or this appendix.
3 CED means the City of Renton Department of Community and Economic Development, which is the department responsible
for conducting drainage review of proposed projects that are subject to a City of Renton development permit or approval.
Applicants for a permit or approval should contact CED staff prior to submittal to determine/confirm that drainage review is
required, and if so, what type of drainage review is appropriate. Applicants may also arrange a predesign meeting with CED
review staff to confirm the type of drainage review and scope of drainage requirements that apply to the proposed project.
C.1.1 PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-9
TABLE C.1.1.A QUESTIONNAIRE/FLOW CHART FOR DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS
No. Question If YES If NO
2. Is the project subject to
Simplified Drainage
Review as determined in
Section C.1 and confirmed
with CED?
Step through the following
questions to (1) determine
the scope of requirements, if
any, that must be addressed
by a civil engineer and/or
CED under Targeted
Drainage Review, and
(2) learn where to look to
determine the scope of
requirements for application
of on-site BMPs and
CSWPP measures and
submittal of information
necessary for Simplified
Drainage Review.
Directed Drainage Review,
Full Drainage Review,
Targeted Drainage Review,
or Large Project Drainage
Review is required as
specified in the SWDM, and
engineering plans signed and
stamped by a civil engineer
must be submitted to CED.
Use the SWDM and not this
appendix to determine
drainage review
requirements.
3. Does the site contain or is
it adjacent to a flood
hazard as determined by
CED through a “critical
area review” per RMC Title
IV?
A notice on title will be
required and any proposed
structures or substantial
improvements within the 100-
year floodplain will require a
FEMA Elevation Certificate
completed by a civil
engineer or land surveyor.
See Section C.1.2.1 for
further details. Go to the next
question.
Skip to Question 7.
4. Has the 100-year
floodplain boundary and
base flood elevation4 been
determined for the flood
hazard based on available
flood hazard data and
deemed acceptable by
CED in accordance with
RMC 4-3-050?
The floodplain boundary and
base flood elevation must be
shown on the project’s site
plans and on the face of any
recorded documents if the
project is a subdivision. See
Section C.1.2.1 for further
details. Go to the next
question.
A floodplain study in
accordance with
Section 4.4.2 of the SWDM
must be completed by a civil
engineer (or authorized
agency) to determine the
appropriate floodplain
boundary and base flood
elevation that will be used by
CED to evaluate the
proposed project’s
compliance with the flood
hazard development
standards in RMC 4-3-050.
See Section C.1.2.1 for
further details and
requirements. Go to the next
question.
4 Base flood elevation is the elevation of the 100-year floodplain, at the project site, that has been determined in accordance
with the standards in RMC 4-3-050.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-10
TABLE C.1.1.A QUESTIONNAIRE/FLOW CHART FOR DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS
No. Question If YES If NO
5. Is the project site portion
of the site located on land
that is entirely outside of
the 100-year floodplain
boundary and above the
base flood elevation
determined in Question 1?
Go to the next question. The project site must be
relocated to land that is
outside of the 100-year
floodplain and above the
base flood elevation, or a
civil engineer must evaluate
and modify the project as
needed to comply with the
standards in RMC 4-3-050 for
development within the
floodplain. This may require a
major floodplain study in
accordance with
Section 4.4.2 of the SWDM to
determine the floodway
boundary of the flood
hazard. See Section C.1.2.1
for further details and
requirements. Go to the next
question.
6. Has a channel migration
zone5 been mapped by
King County for the flood
hazard?
This question does not apply
to projects in the City. Go to
the next question.
This question does not apply
to projects in the City. Go to
the next question.
7. Does the site contain or is
it adjacent to an erosion
hazard area as
determined by CED
through a “critical area
review” per RMC Title IV?
CED may require additional
flow control or ESC measures
designed by a civil engineer
to avoid impacts to these
areas. See Section C.1.2.2
for further details. Go to the
next question.
Go to the next question.
8. Does the site contain or is
it adjacent to a steep
slope hazard area or
landslide hazard as
determined by CED
through a “critical area
review” per RMC Title IV?
CED will review the project
for compliance with the
development standards for
these hazard areas as
specified in RMC 4-3-050.
CED must approve all
drainage systems for the
project and may require a
geotechnical analysis. A
tightline designed by a civil
engineer may be required to
safely convey any
concentrated runoff through
the hazard area. See
Section C.1.2.3 for further
details. Go to the next
question.
Go to the next question.
5 Footnote 5 is not used.
C.1.1 PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-11
TABLE C.1.1.A QUESTIONNAIRE/FLOW CHART FOR DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS
No. Question If YES If NO
9. Is the project located in an
Aquifer Protection Area,
a basin planning area,
community planning area,
and/or other area with
adopted area-specific
drainage requirements
AND does the project
exceed the minimum
thresholds for these
drainage requirements as
determined by CED (see
Section C.1.2.4)?
The project must meet the
Aquifer Protection Area
and/or area-specific drainage
requirements, some of which
may require drainage
systems or measures
designed by a civil engineer.
CED will determine which
requirements are applicable
and if engineering plans
signed and stamped by a
civil engineer are required.
Go to the next question
Go to the next question.
10. Is the project proposing
1 acre or more of land
disturbing activity (see
Section C.1.2.5)?
CSWPP plans signed and
stamped by a civil engineer
are required to address
compliance with the ESC
standards for larger projects
specified in the SWDM. Go to
the next question.
Go to the next question.
11. Is the project proposing to
construct or modify a
drainage pipe or ditch that
is 12 inches or more in
diameter/depth, or does
the project site receive
surface or storm water
from a drainage pipe or
ditch that is 12 inches or
more in diameter/depth
(see Section C.1.2.6)?
Engineering plans signed and
stamped by a civil engineer
are required to address
compliance with the Targeted
Drainage Review
requirements pertaining to
constructed or modified
conveyance systems in the
SWDM. Go to the next
question.
Go to the next question.
12. Are there any other
drainage features onsite
(swales, ditches, etc.) that
may impact the proposed
project or downstream
properties or be impacted
by the project?
Engineering analysis by a
civil engineer may be
required. CED staff will need
to assess features. Go to the
next question.
Go to the next question.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-12
TABLE C.1.1.A QUESTIONNAIRE/FLOW CHART FOR DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS
No. Question If YES If NO
13. Is the proposed project on
a site/lot smaller than
22,000 square feet?
Apply on-site BMPs in
accordance with the Small
Lot BMP Requirements in
Section C.1.3.1 and the On-
Site BMP Implementation
Requirements in
Section C.1.3.4.
Apply ESC and SWPPS
measures in accordance with
Section C.1.4.
Comply with the Simplified
submittal requirements in
Section C.1.5.
Apply on-site BMPs in
compliance with the Large
Lot BMP Requirements in
Section C.1.3 and the On-
Site BMP Implementation
Requirements in
Section C.1.3.4.
Apply ESC and SWPPS
measures in accordance with
Section C.1.4.
Comply with the Simplified
submittal requirements in
Section C.1.5.
C.1.2 TARGETED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-13
C.1.2 TARGETED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
Targeted Drainage Review is usually required in addition to Simplified Drainage Review for any
projects that have one or more of the following characteristics as determined by CED:
The project’s drainage or improvements may impact or be impacted by the presence of certain critical
areas (i.e., streams, lakes, wetlands, aquifer protection areas, flood hazard areas, erosion hazard
areas, steep slope hazard areas, and landslide hazards).
The project is subject to additional drainage requirements by virtue of its location in areas where
special drainage requirements have been adopted.
The project proposes 1 acre or more of land disturbing activity.
The project proposes to construct or modify a drainage pipe/ditch that is 12 inches or more in size or
depth or receives runoff from a drainage pipe/ditch that is 12 inches or more in size or depth.
The project has other concerns that require evaluation, analysis, and/or design by civil engineer.
For some projects in Targeted Drainage Review, CED review staff may be able to address some of the
above concerns/requirements without a civil engineer through approval of the on-site BMPs/CSWPP
measures in this appendix combined with increased setbacks, geotechnical review, or permit approval
conditions. In other cases, a civil engineer will be required to address specific requirements in the SWDM
and submit engineering plans.
Note: Targeted Drainage Review is not a substitute for a Critical Area Review. Simplified Drainage
Review project proposals are not exempted from applicable requirements of RMC 4-3-050 (critical areas
regulations) including critical area reports, notices on title, buffers, building setbacks, and development
standards/alterations.
C.1.2.1 FLOOD HAZARD AREAS
Some Simplified Drainage Review projects may be on sites that contain or are adjacent to a flood hazard
area for a stream, lake, wetland, closed depression,6 marine shoreline, or other water feature as determined
by CED through a critical area review. If the project is on such a site, the 100-year floodplain boundary
and base flood elevation, at a minimum, must be determined and shown on the project’s site plans7 and on
the face of any recorded documents for a subdivision. The floodplain and base flood elevation may be
identified from an already completed 100-year floodplain study approved by CED in accordance with
RMC 4-3-050. Examples of approved floodplain studies include the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA) mapping of the 100-year floodplain and base flood elevation, and floodplain mapping
completed by the King County Department of Natural Resources, Water and Land Resources Division
(WLRD).
If an approved floodplain study does not exist for the site, one must be prepared by a civil engineer in
accordance with the methods and procedures in Section 4.4.2 of the SWDM. For some sites, if the project
site is at least 10 feet above the ordinary high water mark or 2 feet above the downstream overflow
elevation of a water feature, a Simplified study per Section 4.4.2 may be used to identify an “approximate”
floodplain boundary and base flood elevation. In some cases, CED review staff, in lieu of a civil engineer,
may identify this approximate floodplain boundary and base flood elevation based on elevation
information provided by the applicant’s land surveyor. 8
If any portion of the project is within the 100-year floodplain, the 100-year floodway boundary must also
be determined and shown on the project’s site plans and on the face of any recorded documents for a
6 Closed depression means an area greater than 5,000 square feet at overflow elevation that is low-lying and that has no or such
a limited surface water outlet that the area acts as a stormwater retention facility. The primary loss of water volume from a
closed depression is through evapotranspiration and discharge into the ground rather than surface flow.
7 Note: for single family residential permits, CED may waive the requirement for floodplain delineation on the site plan,
provided the plan notes that a floodplain exists and indicates the base flood elevation.
8 Land surveyor means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a professional land surveyor.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-14
subdivision. As with the floodplain boundary and base flood elevation, a floodplain study may be required
in accordance with Section 4.4.2 of the SWDM to determine the floodway if one has not already been
completed and approved by CED for the site.
CED uses all of the flood hazard area information determined above to review a project for compliance
with FEMA regulations and the City’s flood hazard area regulations in RMC 4-3-050. If CED staff
determines that the proposed project meets these regulations for building in or near a floodplain, the permit
may be approved with specific conditions to ensure the project does not impact the floodplain and that a
flood will have minimal impact on the project site. Examples of conditions could include:
Building on a portion of the site where the existing ground is higher than the 100-year flood elevation,
Building within the flood fringe using a pier or pile foundation to provide unrestricted flow through
the foundation area,
Placing no fill within any portion of the floodplain without providing equivalent compensating
storage.
For permits proposing a building within the 100-year floodplain, a “FEMA Elevation Certificate” must
be completed by a civil engineer or land surveyor and submitted to CED after the foundation is
constructed but prior to the framing approval. The certificate documents the elevation of the lowest
finished floor of the building as determined by or under the direction of a civil engineer or land surveyor.
This certificate is often required by mortgage companies, and it helps the homeowner obtain proper flood
insurance and maintain accurate insurance ratings for flood-prone areas.
Prior to permit approval (or in the case of a subdivision, at or before recording), a notice on title must be
recorded for the site (or the individual lots of a subdivision). The notice on title must note that a flood
hazard area exists and that no fill or alteration is allowed within the flood hazard area. The base flood
elevation must also be noted.
If CED staff determines that the proposed project does not meet FEMA or City regulations for building in
or near a floodplain, the applicant may be required to hire a civil engineer to address compliance with
these regulations. If the project site is partially or fully located in the mapped 100-year floodway, the
permit may be denied as federal and City regulations prohibit building structures in the floodway.
C.1.2.2 EROSION HAZARD AREAS
Some projects may drain to or are on sites that contain an erosion hazard area, which is a critical area
defined and regulated in RMC 4-3-050. Vegetation removal and grading make erosion hazard areas prone
to erosion and sediment transport, and the point discharge9 of stormwater runoff can cause erosion in such
areas even if they are well vegetated. Projects in Simplified Drainage Review that are determined to drain
to these areas may be required to provide additional on-site BMPs or other measures that must be
engineered. If flow control and erosion and sediment control cannot be adequately addressed by the on-
site BMPs and ESC measures in this appendix, CED may require a civil engineer to provide a site-specific
construction sequence and engineered site improvement/ESC plans.
C.1.2.3 STEEP SLOPE AND LANDSLIDE HAZARDS
Some projects may drain to or are on sites that contain or are adjacent to a steep slope hazard area or a
landslide hazard. Storm runoff not properly controlled can cause erosion, landslides, raveling, and
instability. Point discharge of runoff is not allowed near or onto these areas. On-site BMPs may be
allowed if installed according to the design requirements and specifications in Section C.2.
All drainage systems on or near steep slope hazard areas or landslide hazard must be approved by CED.
9 Point discharge means a concentrated flow from a pipe, ditch, or other similar drainage feature.
C.1.2 TARGETED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-15
If on-site BMPs are not adequate to prevent adverse impacts to a steep slope hazard area or landslide
hazard as determined by the CED, a tightline10 may be constructed to convey the runoff to a stable
discharge point with adequate energy dissipation. The location of the discharge point must be onsite or
within a drainage easement or public right-of-way. The tightline must conform to the materials and design
requirements of Section 4.2 of the SWDM and must be approved by a geotechnical engineer, engineering
geologist, or CED.
Tightlines typically require design by a civil engineer in accordance with Section 4.2.2.1 of the Surface
Water Design Manual. However, for a simple installation serving one lot, CED may provide a
standardized design if they determine that the standardized tightline and energy dissipation system is
appropriate.
Note: For most projects in Simplified Drainage Review with less than 10,000 square feet of impervious
surface, the tightline system may be constructed using 6-inch diameter solid wall polyethylene (solid wall
PE) pipe with a standard outfall. See Figure 4.2.2.D of the SWDM for an example tightline outfall.
C.1.2.4 ADOPTED AREA-SPECIFIC DRAINAGE REQUIREMENTS
Some projects may be subject to additional drainage requirements and/or engineering analysis by virtue of
their location in an area subject to aquifer protection, or where special drainage requirements have been
adopted via a basin plan, salmon conservation plan, stormwater compliance plan, lake management plan,
flood hazard reduction plan, etc. Projects located in such areas must comply with these requirements if the
requirements are more stringent than the requirements of this appendix as determined by CED.
Aquifer Protection Areas (APA) are identified in RMC 4-3-050. If a proposed project is located within the
APA, Special Requirement #6 in Section 1.3.6 of the SWDM applies. APA zones are depicted in the
Wellhead Protection Area Zones layer of COR Maps
(<https://maps.rentonwa.gov/Html5viewer/Index.html?viewer=cormaps>).
Engineering analysis and/or engineering plans signed and stamped by a civil engineer may be required to
comply with these requirements or show that the project is exempt or below the threshold for application
of specific requirements. CED staff will determine which requirements apply and the extent of engineering
analysis required. When engineering analysis shows that a requirement threshold will not be exceeded, the
project’s applicant, contractors, and inspectors must be notified of any actions or limitations necessary to
prevent that threshold from being exceeded.
C.1.2.5 ONE ACRE OR MORE OF LAND DISTURBING ACTIVITY
Projects in Simplified Drainage Review that are proposing 1 acre or more of land disturbing activity
typically necessitate more expert attention to required ESC and SWPPS pollution prevention measures.
Consequently, a construction stormwater pollution prevention (CSWPP) plan will need to be prepared in
accordance with the CSWPP plan requirements for larger projects specified in Chapter 2 of the SWDM. In
order to comply with these requirements, an engineered CSWPP plan and limited scope Technical
Information Report (TIR) signed and stamped by a civil engineer will be required. CED may waive this
requirement if the site’s topography is such that no more than 1 acre of disturbed area will drain to one
location.
C.1.2.6 PIPES/DITCHES TWELVE INCHES OR MORE IN SIZE/DEPTH
Projects in Simplified Drainage Review that propose to construct or modify a drainage pipe that is
12 inches or more in size or a ditch that is 12 inches or more in depth, or modify a drainage pipe/ditch that
receives runoff from a drainage pipe/ditch that is 12 inches or more in size/depth, must submit engineering
plans meeting the requirements outlined for Targeted Drainage Review Category #2 (see Section 1.1.2.2 of
10 Tightline means a continuous length of pipe that conveys water from one point to another (typically down a steep slope) with no
inlets or collection points in between.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-16
the SWDM). This requirement may be waived by CED for driveway culverts less than 25 feet in length
that match downstream and upstream culvert sizes.
C.1.3 APPLICATION OF ON-SITE BMPS
On-site BMPs are methods and designs for dispersing, infiltrating, or otherwise reducing or preventing
development-related increases in runoff at or near the sources of those increases. On-site BMPs include,
but are not limited to, preservation and use of native vegetated surfaces to fully disperse runoff; use of
other pervious surfaces to disperse runoff; roof downspout infiltration; permeable pavements; bioretention;
and reduction of development footprint.
For projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review, the application of on-site BMPs is mandatory. For
individual lot projects, on-site BMPs must be applied as specified by one of the following three sets of
BMP requirements, whichever is applicable based on the size of site/lot, the extent of impervious surface
coverage resulting from the project on the site/lot, and the location of the project:
Small Lot BMP Requirements (for sites/lots <22,000 square feet), Section C.1.3.1
Large Lot BMP Requirements (for sites/lots 22,000 square feet), Section C.1.3.2
These requirements specify both the order of preference for selection of on-site BMPs and their extent of
application to the developed surfaces of an individual lot project. The implementation of on-site BMPs
by projects on the individual site/lot must be in accordance with the “On-site BMP Implementation
Requirements” detailed in Section C.1.3.4.
On-site BMP requirements for subdivision projects and projects within rights-of-way (e.g., road
improvements are detailed in Section 1.2.9 of the SWDM.
EVALUATING WHETHER A BMP IS REQUIRED: INFEASIBILITY AND COMPETING
NEEDS
Proper application of the requirements is intended to result in on-site BMPs implemented to the maximum
extent feasible on the site/lot. Whether a BMP is considered feasible or not is determined by evaluation of
specific criteria provided for each BMP in the detailed BMP sections of this manual. In addition to a
determination of infeasibility, a BMP may not be required if implementation of the BMP would be in
conflict with:
Requirements of the following federal or state laws, rules, and standards: Historic Preservation Laws
and Archaeology Laws as listed at <https://dahp.wa.gov/project-review/preservation-laws>, Federal
Superfund or Washington State Model Toxics Control Act, Federal Aviation Administration
requirements for airports, Americans with Disabilities Act.
Where a BMP requirement has been found to be in conflict with special zoning district design criteria
adopted and being implemented pursuant to a community planning process, the existing local codes
may supersede or reduce the BMP requirement.
Public health and safety standards.
Transportation regulations to maintain the option for future expansion or multi-modal use of public
rights-of-way.
A local Critical Area Ordinance that provides protection of tree species.
A local code or rule adopted as part of a Wellhead Protection Program established under the Federal
Safe Drinking Water Act; or adopted to protect a Critical Aquifer Recharge Area established under the
State Growth Management Act.
REQUIRED SOIL REPORT, INVESTIGATION AND INFILTRATION RATE TESTING
Determining the feasibility of infiltrative BMPs requires soils investigation and testing of the subgrade to
identify soil types, soil characteristics, depth to impermeable layers (hardpan) or maximum wet season
groundwater level, and infiltration rates of the native soil.
C.1.3 APPLICATION OF ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-17
Specific requirements for the soils report and infiltration testing are as follows:
Required Soil Report
Where full dispersion of runoff from target surfaces for each site/lot is not feasible or applicable as
specified in Section C.2.1.1 and C.2.1.2, a soils report is a required for the purpose of determining the
feasibility of full infiltration of roof runoff and other infiltrative BMPs that may need to be evaluated to
meet the project’s defined BMP requirements.
Soils reports must be prepared by or under the direction of a licensed onsite sewage system designer or
geotechnical professional (e.g., licensed engineer with geotechnical and/or hydrogeologic experience,
licensed geologist, hydrogeologist, or engineering geologist).
A soils report produced for siting and design of an onsite sewage system may also be used to satisfy this
soils report requirement, provided that the report includes all of the information required and described
below.
The soils report shall reference a sufficient number of soils logs to establish the type and limits of soils
on the project site. The report should at a minimum identify the limits of any outwash type soils (e.g.,
textural classes ranging from coarse sand and cobbles to medium sand). Soils reports for individual
lots must include at least one soils log for each proposed infiltration location. Each log shall be a
minimum of 4 feet deep and at least 1 foot below the expected bottom elevation of the infiltrative
BMP. The report shall describe the SCS series of the soil and the textural class of each horizon
through the depth of the log, and it shall include notes of any evidence of a high groundwater table,
such as mottling.
Evaluation of native soils for determination of groundwater protective characteristics (see
Section 5.2.1 “Groundwater Protection” in the SWDM) is required in the soils report to demonstrate
the feasibility of full infiltration, limited infiltration, and permeable pavement BMPs where treating
pollution generating surfaces. This evaluation is not required if treating non-pollution generating
surfaces only, or if a water quality facility chosen from the Basic Water Quality Treatment menu in
Chapter 6 of the SWDM provides treatment prior to infiltration.
Infiltration testing, as described below, is required to be included in the soils report to demonstrate the
feasibility of bioretention and permeable pavement BMPs for the site/lot. The report on infiltration
testing should include a recommended correction factor to be applied to the required in-situ, small-
scale infiltration test results. The correction factor recommended should be determined by considering
the number of infiltration tests performed in relation to the number of bioretention areas and site
variability. Correction factors can range from 0.33 to 1 (no correction) and are determined by a
geotechnical professional.
Note: For either a single infiltration system or an infiltrative BMP serving:
more than one lot, 10,000 square feet or more of impervious surface,
¾ acre or more of pervious surface,
5,000 square feet or more of pollution generating impervious surface, OR
for any infiltrative BMP used in modeling to demonstrate compliance with the LID Performance
Standard (see Section 1.2.9 of SWDM),
the requirements detailed in Section 5.2.1 of the SWDM shall be met for the following: “Soils, Measured
Infiltration Rates, and Design Infiltration Rate.” Those sections detail higher level requirements for soils
investigation, permeable soil and depth to seasonal high groundwater, determination of initial infiltration
rates, calculation of design infiltration rates, and preparation of soils reports consistent with the larger
size and risk associated with these systems.
Infiltration Testing Requirements
The testing procedure described below is for bioretention and permeable pavement serving a single lot,
less than 10,000 square feet of impervious area, less than 5,000 square feet of pollution generating
impervious surface, less than ¾ acre of pervious area, and less than 1 acre total tributary area.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-18
Where required to determine feasibility/infeasibility based on native soil infiltration rates, the following
test procedure is required:
Infiltration Testing Procedure
1. Excavations shall be made to the bottom elevation of the proposed infiltration BMP. The measured
infiltration rate of the underlying soil shall be determined using one of the following: the EPA falling
head percolation test procedure (Onsite Wastewater Treatment and Disposal Systems, EPA, 1980;
see Reference Section 6-A), the double ring infiltrometer test (ASTM D3385), a single ring
percolation test using a ring at least 3 feet in diameter (see Reference Section 6-A), or a small or
large scale Pilot Infiltration Test (PIT) as described in the 2014 Stormwater Management Manual
for Western Washington and Reference Section 6-A of this manual. The larger PIT tests have been
shown to more closely match actual full-scale facility performance than the single ring and smaller
test methods.
2. The test hole or apparatus shall be filled with water and maintained at depths above the test elevation
for the saturation periods specified for the appropriate test.
3. Following the saturation period, the rate shall be determined in accordance with the specified test
procedures, with a head of 6 inches of water.
4. The design engineer shall perform sufficient tests at multiple locations in a proposed BMP footprint to
determine a representative infiltration rate. At least one test shall be performed (two if using the
smaller-sized EPA falling head or ASTM D3385 double ring infiltrometer test methods) for each
proposed bioretention BMP location. Proposed bioretention swales require 1 test per 200 linear feet of
swale with a minimum of one test (two if using the smaller-sized EPA falling head or ASTM D3385
double ring infiltrometer test methods) performed. Proposed permeable pavement requires 1 test per
5,000 square feet of proposed footprint with a minimum of one tests (two if using the smaller-sized
EPA falling head or ASTM D3385 double ring infiltrometer test methods) performed.
MITIGATION OF WATER QUALITY IMPACTS
For projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review, most water quality impacts will be adequately
addressed through proper application of on-site BMPs to impervious and pervious surface as specified
below. Projects in Simplified Drainage Review are required to have less than 5,000 square feet targeted
pollution generating impervious surfaces and less than ¾ acres of new pollution generating pervious
surfaces—therefore, water quality facilities are not required.
C.1.3.1 SMALL LOT BMP REQUIREMENTS
IF the proposed project is on a site/lot smaller than 22,000 square feet, THEN on-site BMPs must be
applied as specified in the requirements below OR the project must demonstrate compliance with the LID
Performance Standard (described in Section 1.2.9 of the SWDM) using an approved continuous runoff
model. Projects on small lots are typically single family residential improvements (e.g., homes,
outbuildings, etc.) but could be a small commercial development.
1. The feasibility and applicability of full dispersion as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.1 must be
evaluated for all target impervious surfaces. If feasible and applicable, full dispersion must be
implemented as part of the proposed project. Typically, small lot full dispersion will be applicable
only in subdivisions where enough forest was preserved by tract, easement, or covenant to meet the
minimum design requirements for full dispersion in Appendix C, Section C.2.1.1
2. Where full dispersion of target impervious roof areas is not feasible or applicable, or will cause
flooding or erosion impacts, the feasibility and applicability of full infiltration as detailed in Appendix
C, Section C.2.2 must be evaluated (note, this will require a soils report for the site/lot). If feasible
and applicable, full infiltration of roof runoff must be implemented as part of the proposed project.
3. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1 and 2 above, must be mitigated to the
maximum extent feasible using one or more BMPs from the following list. Use of a given BMP is
C.1.3 APPLICATION OF ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-19
subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C. Feasible BMPs are
required to be implemented. The BMPs listed below may be located anywhere on the site/lot subject
to the limitations and design specifications for each BMP. These BMPs must be implemented as part
of the proposed project.
Full Infiltration per Appendix C, Section C.2.2, or per Section 5.2, whichever is applicable
Limited Infiltration per Appendix C, Section C.2.3,
Rain Gardens per Appendix C, Section C.2.12, sized as follows:
o Rain gardens have a maximum contributing area of 5,000 square feet.
o Rain gardens must have a minimum horizontal projected surface area below the overflow
which is at least 5% of the area draining to it.
Bioretention per Appendix C, Section C.2.6, sized as follows:
o Rainfall region SeaTac 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on 0.6 inches of
equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils provide bioretention volume based on 0.1 inches of
equivalent storage depth.
o Rainfall regions greater than SeaTac 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on
0.8 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils, provide bioretention volume based
on 0.4 inches of equivalent storage depth.
Permeable Pavement per Appendix C, Section C.2.7,
4. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1, 2 and 3 above, must be mitigated to
the maximum extent feasible using the Basic Dispersion BMP described below. Use of Basic
Dispersion is subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C.
Feasible BMPs are required to be implemented. Basic Dispersion BMPs may be located anywhere on
the site/lot subject to the limitations and design specifications cited in Appendix C. The BMP must be
implemented as part of the proposed project.
Basic Dispersion per Appendix C, Section C.2.4,
5. BMPs must be implemented, at minimum, for an impervious area equal to at least 10% of the site/lot
for site/lot sizes up to 11,000 square feet and at least 20% of the site/lot for site/lot sizes between
11,000 and 22,000 square feet. For projects located in critical aquifer recharge areas, these
impervious area amounts must be doubled. Doubling of the minimum impervious area required for
BMP implementation in a CARA is not required for projects located within 200 ft. of a steep slope
hazard area, landslide hazard, or erosion hazard area. If these minimum areas are not mitigated
using feasible BMPs from Requirements 1, 2, 3, and 4 above, one or more BMPs from the following
list are required to be implemented to achieve compliance. These BMPs must be implemented as part
of the proposed project.
Reduced Impervious Surface Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.9,
Native Growth Retention Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.10.
Tree Retention Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.14
6. The soil moisture holding capacity of new pervious surfaces (target pervious surfaces) must be
protected in accordance with the soil amendment BMP as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.13.
7. Any proposed connection of roof downspouts to the local drainage system must be via a perforated
pipe connection as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.11.
C.1.3.2 LARGE LOT BMP REQUIREMENTS
IF the proposed project is on a site/lot that is 22,000 square feet or larger, THEN on-site BMPs must be
applied as specified in the requirements below OR the project must demonstrate compliance with the LID
Performance Standard (described in Core Requirement #9, Section 1.2.9 of the SWDM) using an approved
continuous runoff model.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-20
1. The feasibility and applicability of full dispersion as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.1 must be
evaluated for all target impervious surfaces. If feasible and applicable for any such surface, then full
dispersion must be applied to that surface and implemented as part of the proposed project. Typically,
full dispersion will be applicable only on the largest sites/lots where there may be enough forest area
available within a threshold discharge area to meet the 15% ratio of fully dispersed impervious area
to native vegetated surface.
2. Where full dispersion of target impervious roof areas is not feasible or applicable, or will cause
flooding or erosion impacts, the feasibility and applicability of full infiltration of roof runoff must be
evaluated in accordance with Appendix C, Section C.2.2, or Section 5.2 of the SWDM, whichever is
applicable based on the type of project.11 If feasible and applicable, full infiltration of roof runoff must
be implemented as part of the proposed project.
3. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1 and 2 above, must be mitigated to the
maximum extent feasible using one or more BMPs from the following list. Use of a given BMP is
subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C. Feasible BMPs are
required to be implemented. The BMPs listed below may be located anywhere on the site/lot subject
to the limitations and design specifications for each BMP. These BMPs must be implemented as part
of the proposed project.
Full Infiltration per Appendix C, Section C.2.2, or per SWDM Section 5.2, whichever is
applicable
Limited Infiltration per Appendix C, Section C.2.3,
Bioretention per Appendix C, Section C.2.6, sized as follows:
o Rainfall region SeaTac 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on 0.6 inches of
equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils provide bioretention volume based on 0.1 inches of
equivalent storage depth
o Rainfall regions greater than SeaTac 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on
0.8 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils, provide bioretention volume based
on 0.4 inches of equivalent storage depth,
Permeable Pavement per Appendix C, Section C.2.7,
4. All target impervious surfaces not mitigated by Requirements 1, 2 and 3 above, must be mitigated to
the maximum extent feasible using the Basic Dispersion BMP described below. Use of Basic
Dispersion is subject to evaluation of its feasibility and applicability as detailed in Appendix C.
Feasible BMPs are required to be implemented. Basic Dispersion BMPs may be located anywhere on
the site/lot subject the limitations and design specifications cited in Appendix C. The BMP must be
implemented as part of the proposed project.
Basic Dispersion per Appendix C, Section C.2.4,
5. BMPs must be implemented, at minimum, for impervious area amounts defined as follows:
a) For projects that will result in an impervious surface coverage on the buildable portion of the
site/lot of less than 45%, on-site BMPs must be applied to 50% of target impervious surfaces.
b) For projects that will result in an impervious surface coverage of 45% to 65% on the buildable
portion of the site/lot, on-site BMPs must be applied to 50% of target impervious surfaces
reduced by 1.5% for each 1% of impervious surface coverage above 45% (e.g., impervious
coverage of 55% results in a requirement of on-site BMPs applied to 35% of target impervious
surfaces). See Table C.1.3.A below for calculated totals.
11 For projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review, and for any single family residential project subject to Full or Large
Project Drainage Review, the design requirements and specifications in Appendix C, Section C.2.2 may be used for evaluation
and design of full infiltration on individual lots. For all other projects, full infiltration must be evaluated and designed in
accordance with the infiltration facility standards in Section 5.2.
C.1.3 APPLICATION OF ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-21
c) For projects that will result in an impervious surface coverage greater than 65% on the buildable
portion of the site/lot, on-site BMPs must be applied to 20% of the target impervious surfaces or
to an impervious area equal to at least 10% of the site/lot, whichever is less.
TABLE C.1.3.A ON-SITE BMP APPLICATION RATES
Impervious
Surface
Coverage Reduction On-Site BMP Application
30% N/A 50% of target impervious surfaces
35% N/A 50% of target impervious surfaces
40% N/A 50% of target impervious surfaces
45% N/A 50% of target impervious surfaces
50% 50% - 45% = 5%
5% x 1.5% = 7.5%
50% - 7.5% = 42.5% of target impervious surfaces
55% 55% - 45% = 10%
10 x 1.5% = 15%
50% - 15% = 35% of target impervious surfaces
60% 60% - 45% = 15%
15 x 1.5% = 22.5%
50% - 22.5% = 27.5% of target impervious surfaces
65% 65% - 45% = 20%
20 x 1.5% = 30%
50% - 30% =20% of target impervious surfaces
70% N/A 20% of target impervious surfaces, or 10% of
site/lot, whichever is less
75% N/A 20% of target impervious surfaces, or 10% of
site/lot, whichever is less
80% N/A 20% of target impervious surfaces, or 10% of
site/lot, whichever is less
85% N/A 20% of target impervious surfaces, or 10% of
site/lot, whichever is less
The buildable portion of the site/lot is the total area of the site/lot minus any critical areas and minus
200-foot buffer areas from a steep slope hazard area, landslide hazard, or erosion hazard area. If
these minimum areas are not mitigated using feasible BMPs from Requirements 1, 2, 3, and 4 above,
one or more BMPs from the following list are required to be implemented to achieve compliance.
These BMPs must be implemented as part of the proposed project.
Reduced Impervious Surface Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.9,
Native Growth Retention Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.10,
Tree Retention Credit per Appendix C, Section C.2.14.
6. The soil moisture holding capacity of new pervious surfaces must be protected in accordance the soil
amendment BMP as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.13.
7. Any proposed connection of roof downspouts to the local drainage system must be via a perforated
pipe connection as detailed in Appendix C, Section C.2.11.
C.1.3.3 LARGE RURAL LOT BMP REQUIREMENTS
This requirement does not apply in the City of Renton.12
12 Footnote 12 is not used.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-22
C.1.3.4 ON-SITE BMP IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
The on-site BMPs required in Section C.1.3.1, C.1.3.2, and C.1.3.3 above must be implemented in
accordance with the following requirements:
1. Implementation Responsibility. All on-site BMPs required for the site/lot must be implemented
(installed) by the applicant as part of the proposed project unless they have already implemented as
part of a subdivision project (e.g., plat or short plat) that created the lot.
2. Maintenance Responsibility. Maintenance of all required on-site BMPs is the responsibility of the
owner of the site/lot served by these BMPs. The responsibility for such maintenance must be clearly
assigned to the current and future owners of the site/lot through a “declaration of covenant and grant
of easement” as described in Requirement 3 below.
3. Declaration of Covenant and Grant of Easement. A declaration of covenant and grant of easement
must be recorded for each site/lot that contains on-site BMPs. A draft of the proposed covenant must
be reviewed and approved by CED prior to recording. All required covenants must be recorded prior
to final construction approval for the proposed project. The covenant in Reference Section C.5.2 (or
equivalent) must be used, and is designed to achieve the following:
a) Provide notice to future owners of the presence of on-site BMPs on the lot and the responsibility
of the owner to retain, uphold, and protect the on-site BMP devices, features, pathways, limits,
and restrictions.
b) Include as an exhibit, a recordable version13 of the following drainage plan information:
The site plan showing all developed surfaces (impervious and pervious) and the location and
dimensions of on-site BMPs, features, flowpaths (if applicable), and limits of native growth
retention areas (if applicable). This plan(s) must be to scale and include site topography in
accordance with the specifications for such plans in Section C.4.2. Also indicate any areas
where City access is excluded (see paragraph 3.d below). Note: CED may waive this element
if, for example, the only on-site BMP proposed is a limit on impervious surface (reduced
footprint).
The on-site BMP design and maintenance details for each on-site BMP per Section C.4.3.
This includes a diagram (if applicable) of each on-site BMP and written maintenance and
operation instructions and restrictions for each device, feature, flowpath (if applicable), native
growth retention area (if applicable) and impervious surface coverage (if applicable). See
Reference Section 8-M for prepared 8-1/2″ x 11″ maintenance instruction sheets. See <
https://edocs.rentonwa.gov/Documents/Browse.aspx?startid=1363703> for downloadable
BMP details. Ensure the exhibits are correctly cross-referenced in the declaration of covenant
(the site plan is typically Exhibit A and the design/maintenance details are typically
Exhibit B).
c) Require that each on-site BMP be operated and maintained at the owner’s expense in
accordance with the above exhibit.
d) Grant the City or its successor the right to enter the property at reasonable times for purposes of
inspecting the on-site BMPs and to perform any corrective maintenance, repair, restoration, or
mitigation work on the on-site BMPs that has not been performed by the property owner within a
reasonable time set by CED, and to charge the property owner for the cost of any maintenance,
repair, restoration, or mitigation work performed by the City.
13 Recordable version means one that meets King County’s “Standard Formatting Requirements for Recording Documents”
pursuant to RCW 36.18.010 and 65.04.045, available online and from the King County Recorder’s Office. These requirements
include specifications for such things as page size (81/2″ x 14″ or smaller), font size (at least 8-point), and margin width (1″ on
all sides of every page if there is a standard cover sheet).
C.1.3 APPLICATION OF ON-SITE BMPS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-23
The right to enter typically applies to the entire property, but occasionally accepts areas on the
property agreed upon by the City to be excluded from access. Such areas are to be shown on the
site plan described above.
e) Prohibit any modification or removal of on-site BMPs without written approval from the City of
Renton. In cases where the modification or removal is done under a City of Renton development
permit, the approval must be obtained from CED (or its successor) and a covenant must be
recorded to reflect the changes. In all other cases, the approval must be obtained from CED and a
covenant must be recorded to reflect the changes. Approval will be granted only if equivalent
protection in terms of hydrologic performance is provided by other means.
4. Timing of Implementation. All required on-site BMPs must be installed prior to final inspection
approval of constructed improvements. For BMPs that rely on vegetation, the vegetation must be
planted and starting to grow prior to final construction approval.
5. Acceptance Standards. On-site BMPs may be inspected during and/or following construction.
Approval of the constructed BMPs will be based on verification that the materials and placement
appear to meet the specifications and that the BMPs appear to function as designed. Onsite
observations may be used to verify that materials are as specified and material receipts checked.
Performance may be evaluated by a site visit while it is raining or by testing with a bucket of water or
garden hose to check pavement permeability or proper connection to BMP devices/features, etc.
6. Drainage Concerns. If CED determines that there is a potential for drainage impacts to a neighboring
property or critical area, then additional measures may be required. Some on-site BMPs may not be
appropriate in certain situations, and will not be allowed by CED where they may cause drainage
problems.
7. Geotechnical Concerns. A geotechnical engineer, engineering geologist, or CED must evaluate and
approve on-site BMPs that are proposed: (A) on slopes steeper than 15%; (B) within a setback from
the top of slope equal to the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15%; or
(C) within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or landslide hazard. In
addition, CED may require review by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist of any
proposed BMP that infiltrates, disperses, or directs overflow adjacent to or towards a steep slope
hazard area, erosion hazard area, or landslide hazard. CED may also require some projects to route
flows down or around such slopes using non-perforated pipes. Some on-site BMPs may not be
appropriate for these locations, and will not be allowed by CED where flows may cause erosion
problems.
8. Sewage System Concerns. If CED determines that there is a potential conflict between onsite sewage
systems and on-site BMPs, additional measures may be required. Some projects may need to route
flows past onsite sewage systems using non-perforated pipes. Also, some on-site BMPs may not be
appropriate for these sites, and will not be allowed where sewage systems may be impacted.
9. Engineering Concerns. While most of the on-site BMPs in this appendix can be implemented by a
non-engineer, there are some that have structural components that must be designed or evaluated by a
civil engineer or structural engineer.14 When a BMP is proposed that has such components as
identified in Section C.2, CED may require submittal of engineering plans for that component signed
and stamped by a civil engineer or structural engineer.
10. Connection to Subsurface Drains. On-site BMPs should not be connected to subsurface drains
(e.g., footing drains) as these connections may adversely affect the performance of the BMPs, and in
some cases may cause reverse flow into the footing drains during storm events.
14 Structural engineer means a person licensed by the State of Washington as a professional civil engineer specializing in
structural engineering.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-24
11. Simplified Drainage Plan. The type, size, and placement of proposed on-site BMPs are to be shown
on the site plan submitted for the proposed project. This plan must be in accordance with the
specifications for such plans outlined in Section C.4 unless otherwise directed by CED.
C.1.4 APPLICATION OF CSWPP MEASURES
It is the responsibility of both the applicant and contractor to prevent the erosion and transport of sediment
and other construction-related pollutants to the maximum extent practicable. Erosion and sediment control
(ESC) measures and stormwater pollution prevention and spill control (SWPPS) measures must be used
both during and after construction as specified in this section.
For projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review and disturbing less than 1 acre of land, the application
of ESC and SWPPS measures must be in accordance with the “Small Site CSWPP Requirements” in
Section C.1.4.1 and the “CSWPP Implementation Requirements” in Section C.1.4.2. The CSWPP
Simplified Site Requirements specify the types of measures that must be considered for application to the
construction site based on project-specific site features, soil conditions, weather conditions, time of year,
and construction activities. The CSWPP implementation requirements are generally applicable to all
projects in Simplified Drainage Review disturbing less than 1 acre.
C.1.4.1 SMALL SITE CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
For projects in Simplified Drainage Review that disturb less than 1 acre of land, all of the following
Small Site ESC and SWPPS requirements must be evaluated for applicability to the proposed project:
A. MARK CLEARING LIMITS/MINIMIZE CLEARING
Prior to beginning land disturbing activities, all clearing limits, sensitive areas and their buffers, and trees
that are to be preserved within the construction area and any existing or proposed LID facility areas shall
be clearly marked, both in the field and on the Small Site CSWPP plan, to prevent damage and offsite
impacts. Also, clearing shall be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. See “Mark Clearing
Limits/Minimize Clearing,” Section C.3.5, for more detailed specifications.
B. MINIMIZE SEDIMENT TRACKED OFFSITE
1. Establish a stabilized entrance for construction vehicle access to minimize the tracking of sediment
onto public roads. Entrance and exit shall be limited to one route, if possible. See “Stabilized
Construction Entrance,” Section C.3.1, for detailed specifications.
2. If sediment is tracked offsite, public roads shall be cleaned thoroughly at the end of each day, or more
frequently during wet weather, if necessary to prevent sediment from entering waters of the state.
Sediment shall be removed from roads by shoveling or pickup sweeping and shall be transported to a
controlled sediment disposal area. Street washing will be allowed only after sediment is removed in
this manner. Street wash wastewater shall be controlled by pumping back onsite, or otherwise be
prevented from discharging into drainage systems tributary to surface waters. This requirement shall
be included as a note on the Small Site CSWPP plan.
C. CONTROL SEDIMENT
Runoff from disturbed areas must pass through a sediment control measure to prevent the transport of
sediment downstream until the disturbed area is fully stabilized. Sediment controls must be installed as
one of the first steps in grading and shall be functional before other land disturbing activities take place.
One or more the following sediment controls may be used to meet this requirement:
Silt Fence (See Section C.3.6)
Vegetated Strip (See Section C.3.7)
Triangular Silt Dike (See Section C.3.8)
Storm Drain Inlet Protection (See Section C.3.9)
C.1.4 APPLICATION OF CSWPP MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-25
D. STABILIZE EXPOSED SOILS
All exposed and unworked soils shall be stabilized through the application of cover measures to protect
the soil from the erosive forces of raindrop impact, flowing water, and wind erosion. One or more of the
following cover measures may be used to meet this requirement during the construction phase:
Mulching (See Section C.3.2)
Nets and Blankets (See Section C.3.3)
Plastic Covering (See Section C.3.4)
Seeding (See Section C.3.10)
Sodding (See Section C.3.11)
Cover measures shall be applied in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Cover measures must be installed if an area is to remain unworked for more than seven days during
the dry season (May 1 to September 30) or for more than two consecutive working days during the
wet season (October 1 to April 30). These time limits may be relaxed if an area poses a low risk of
erosion due to soil type, slope gradient, anticipated weather conditions, or other factors. Conversely,
the City may reduce these time limits if site conditions warrant greater protection (e.g., adjacent to
significant aquatic resources or highly erosive soils) or if significant precipitation is expected.
2. Any area to remain unworked for more than 30 days shall be seeded or sodded unless the City
determines that winter weather makes vegetation establishment infeasible. During the wet season,
exposed ground slopes and stockpile slopes with an incline of 3 horizontal to 1 vertical (3H:1V) or
steeper and with more than ten feet of vertical relief shall be covered if they are to remain unworked
for more than 12 hours. Also during the wet season, the material necessary to cover all disturbed areas
must be stockpiled on site. The intent of these cover requirements is to have as much area as possible
covered during any period of precipitation.
E. CONTROL RUNOFF
Stormwater runoff originating on the site and/or entering the site from offsite areas must be controlled so
as to minimize erosion of disturbed areas and exposed cut and fill slopes, and to minimize erosive impacts
on existing or proposed LID facility areas. The following runoff control measures shall be used as needed
per the conditions of use and specifications for each measure:
Interceptor Dikes and Swales (see Section C.3.12 for conditions of use and specifications)
Ditches (see Section C.3.13 for conditions of use and specifications)
Pipe Slope Drain (see Section C.3.14 for conditions of use and specifications)
F. CONTROL DEWATERING
Accumulated water in foundation areas, excavations, and utility trenches shall be removed and disposed of
in a manner that does not pollute surface waters or cause downstream erosion or flooding. See
“Dewatering Control,” Section C.3.15 for detailed specifications.
G. CONTROL OTHER POLLUTANTS (SWPPS)
All construction activities shall be done in a manner that prevents pollution of surface waters and ground
waters as specified in the Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Standards (Appendix D of the
SWDM) and King County’s Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual (SPPM). See “Control of Other
Pollutants (SWPPS),” Section C.3.16, for specific measures and references to Appendix D and applicable
activity sheets in the SPPM. References to applicable measures in Appendix D and activity sheets in
SPPM shall be included in the Small Site CSWPP plan.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-26
H. PROTECT EXISTING AND PROPOSED STORMWATER FACILITIES AND ON-SITE
BMPS
Protection measures shall be applied/installed and maintained so as to prevent adverse impacts to existing
stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs and areas of proposed stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs for
the project. Adverse impacts can prompt the requirement to restore or replace affected stormwater
facilities and on-site BMPs.
Purpose: The purpose of protecting existing and proposed stormwater facility and on-site BMP areas is to
avoid sedimentation and soil compaction that would adversely affect infiltration, and also avoid
contamination by other pollutants.
When to Install: Stormwater facility and on-site BMP area protection shall be installed or otherwise
provided prior to any clearing and/or grading of the site, except that required to construct stormwater
facilities and on-site BMPs.
Measures to Use:
1. Protect all stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs and proposed stormwater facility and on-site BMP
footprints from sedimentation through installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment control
BMPs on portions of the site that drain into the stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs.
2. Stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs shall be restored to their fully functioning condition if they
accumulate sediment during construction. Restoring the stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs shall
include, at a minimum, removal of sediment and any sediment-laden bioretention soils, and replacing
the removed soils with soils meeting the design specification. Replacement with a new fully-
functioning stormwater facility and/or on-site BMP may be required if restoration to the fully-
functioning condition can’t be accomplished.
3. Prevent compacting Bioretention BMPs/facilities by excluding construction equipment and foot
traffic. Protect completed lawn and landscaped areas from compaction due to construction equipment.
4. Control erosion and avoid introducing sediment from surrounding land uses onto permeable pavement
BMPs. Do not allow muddy construction equipment on the base material or pavement. Do not allow
sediment-laden runoff onto permeable pavements.
5. Permeable pavement BMPs fouled with sediments or no longer passing an initial infiltration text must
be cleaned using procedures from Appendix A or the manufacturer’s procedures.
6. Keep all heavy equipment off existing soils under stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs that have
been excavated to final grade to retain the infiltration rate of the soils.
I. MAINTAIN BMPS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL SITE STABILIZATION
1. TESC BMPs shall be maintained and repaired as needed throughout construction to ensure continued
performance of their intended function in accordance with the BMP specifications.
2. Prior to final construction approval, the project site shall be stabilized to prevent sediment-laden water
from leaving the project site after project completion. All disturbed areas of the project site shall be
vegetated or otherwise permanently stabilized. At a minimum, disturbed areas must be seeded and
mulched to ensure that sufficient cover will develop shortly after final approval. Mulch without
seeding is adequate for small areas to be landscaped before October 1.
3. All temporary ESC and SWPPS measures shall be removed within 30 days after final site stabilization
is achieved or after the temporary measures are no longer needed. Trapped sediment shall be removed
or stabilized onsite. LID facilities impacted during construction shall be restored. Disturbed soil areas
resulting from removal of measures or vegetation shall be permanently stabilized with seeding or
sodding.
C.1.4 APPLICATION OF CSWPP MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-27
C.1.4.2 CSWPP IMPLEMENTATION AND MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
Projects in Simplified Drainage Review that disturb less than 1 acre of land must implement the CSWPP
measures determined necessary in Section C.1.4.1 in accordance with the following requirements:
1. The placement and type of proposed ESC and SWPPS measures are to be shown on the Small Site
CSWPP plan portion of the Simplified Drainage Plan submitted for the proposed project. This plan
must be in accordance with the specifications for such plans outlined in Section C.4 unless otherwise
directed by CED.
2. If CED finds that implementation of the proposed Small Site CSWPP plan is insufficient to prevent
the discharge of sediment or other pollutants to the maximum extent practicable, additional measures
will be required by CED. In some cases, an ESC plan or a complete Construction Stormwater
Pollution Plan prepared by a civil engineer per Chapter 2 of the SWDM may be required.
3. The contractor or other persons performing construction activities shall comply with the stormwater
pollution prevention and spill control measures/BMPs specified for such activities in Appendix D
and/or the King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual. A note to this effect must be put on
the approved CSWPP plan.
4. Prior to commencing construction, the applicant must identify to the City a contact person
responsible for overseeing the installation and maintenance of required ESC and SWPPS measures
and compliance with Appendix D and the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual during
construction. The name and contact information for this person must be on or attached to Small Site
CSWPP plan at the time of construction.
5. Both the applicant and contractor are responsible for implementation and maintenance of the
approved Small Site CSWPP plan and any additional measures required by the City.
6. The Small Site CSWPP plan shall be retained onsite or within reasonable access to the site. The
plan shall be modified whenever there is a significant change in the design, construction, operation, or
maintenance at the construction site that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of
pollutants to surface waters. The plan shall be modified, if during inspections or investigations
conducted by the City, it is determined that the plan is ineffective in eliminating or significantly
minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. The plan shall be modified as necessary
to include additional or modified measures designed to correct problems identified.
C.1.5 SIMPLIFIED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
For projects in Simplified Drainage Review, the items listed below must be submitted to CED for review
unless the item is not applicable or necessary as specified for that item below or as determined by CED.
See Section C.5.1 for a description of the CED permit review process for Simplified Drainage Review.
1. A Simplified Drainage Plan, which includes the components specified in Section C.4 unless
otherwise directed by CED. These components vary depending on whether the project is an individual
lot development or a subdivision. For most projects in Simplified Drainage Review (i.e., individual
lot projects), the required components of a Simplified Drainage Plan include a site plan, on-site BMP
design and maintenance details, a Small Site CSWPP plan, and a written drainage assessment with
supporting documentation (e.g., soils report, special studies, etc.).
Note: subdivisions in Simplified Drainage Review that do not require engineering plans or analysis
will typically be asked to complete Simplified Drainage Plans prior to preliminary approval of the
subdivision. Projects submitting Simplified Drainage Plans after preliminary approval must include in
the written assessment a discussion of any changes made to the project after preliminary approval.
2. A draft of the declaration of covenant and grant of easement required to be recorded for application
of on-site BMPs on an individual site/lot in accordance with Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4.
SECTION C.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-28
3. A copy of any recorded covenant that limits the amount of impervious surface or clearing on the site
for purposes of qualifying for Simplified Drainage Review. If one does not exist or does not include
provisions for City inspection, it must be combined with the covenant required for application of on-
site BMPs.
4. An engineering plan and technical information report signed and stamped by a civil engineer if
needed to address targeted drainage review requirements identified in Section C.1.1 and described in
Section C.1.2. The specifications for such plans and reports are found in Chapter 2 of the SWDM.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-29
C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
This section presents the minimum design requirements, specifications, and infeasibility criteria for each
type of on-site BMP. On-site BMPs are methods and designs for dispersing, infiltrating, or otherwise
reducing or preventing development-related increases in runoff at or near the sources of those increases.
On-site BMPs include, but are not limited to, preservation and use of native vegetated surface to fully
disperse runoff; use of other pervious surfaces to disperse runoff; roof downspout infiltration; permeable
pavements; rainwater harvesting; rain gardens; bioretention; and reduction of development footprint.
Intent of On-Site BMPs
The primary intent of on-site BMPs is to mitigate the hydrologic impacts of impervious surface, which
means preventing or reducing the increased runoff peaks, volumes, and loss of groundwater recharge
associated with conversion of forest or grassland to impervious surface. Such impacts are known to cause
or contribute to downstream flooding, erosion, sedimentation, loss of aquatic habitat, and loss of
groundwater available for human consumption and summer stream flows necessary for fish use.
The secondary intent of on-site BMPs is to mitigate the water quality impacts of impervious surface and
in some cases, new pervious surface, where the new pervious surface exceeds ¾ acre.
Some on-site BMPs are more effective than others at minimizing hydrologic impacts and are given
preference in the BMP application requirements. For example, where substantial amounts of native
vegetation are being retained onsite, “full dispersion” of runoff is the preferred or required BMP if it can
be implemented onsite per the minimum design requirements and specifications in Section C.2.1.
Organization of Section C.2
Section C.2 is organized as follows:
Section C.2.1, “Full Dispersion”
Section C.2.2, “Full Infiltration”
Section C.2.3, “Limited Infiltration”
Section C.2.4, “Basic Dispersion”
Section C.2.5, “Farmland Dispersion”
Section C.2.6, “Bioretention”
Section C.2.7, “Permeable Pavement”
Section C.2.8, “Rainwater Harvesting”
Section C.2.9, “Reduced Impervious Surface Credit”
Section C.2.10, “Native Growth Retention Credit”
Section C.2.11, “Perforated Pipe Connection”
Section C.2.12, “Rain Gardens”
Section C.2.13, “Soil Amendment”
Section C.2.14, “Tree Retention Credit”
Section C.2.15, “Vegetated Roofs”
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
Full dispersion is a BMP strategy for minimizing the area of onsite developed surface (i.e., impervious or
nonnative pervious surface) relative to native vegetated surface (e.g., forested surface) together with the
application of dispersion techniques that utilize the natural capacity of the native vegetated surface to
mitigate the runoff quantity and quality impacts of the developed surfaces. Developed surfaces that meet
the minimum design requirements and specifications for full dispersion as set forth in this section are
referred to as fully dispersed surfaces. As specified in the SWDM, fully dispersed impervious surface is
not subject to the “flow control facility requirement.” Similarly, any pollution-generating impervious
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-30
surface or pervious surface that is fully dispersed is not subject to the water quality facility requirements
of the SWDM.
Applicable Surfaces
Full dispersion may be applied to any impervious surface such as a roof, driveway, parking area, or road,
and to any nonnative pervious surface such as a lawn, landscaped area, or pasture.
Infeasibility Criteria
Full dispersion is considered infeasible and not required for projects that cannot meet the minimum design
requirements listed below. Where geotechnical evaluation and approval is required for full dispersion that
proposes to discharge towards or is within described setbacks of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard
area, landslide hazard, or slopes greater than 15%, full dispersion is considered infeasible and not
required. Though not required in these circumstances, a project proponent may still opt to use full
dispersion as long as the geotechnical evaluation and approval requirement is met.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.1.9.
C.2.1.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR FULL DISPERSION
All of the following requirements must be met in order for full dispersion to be feasible and applicable to a
target impervious surface or new pervious surface:
1. The total area of impervious surface being fully dispersed must be no more than 15% of the total
area of native vegetated surface being preserved by a recorded tract, easement, or covenant on the
site. This area of native vegetated surface must be delineated on the site as specified in and subject to
the restrictions in Section C.2.1.2. The total area of impervious surface plus nonnative pervious
surface15 being fully dispersed must be no more than 35% of the site.
Note: for sites that span the divide between two or more stream basins, CED may require that these
percentages be applied by “threshold discharge area” as defined in the SWDM.
2. The runoff from a fully dispersed surface must be discharged using one of the following dispersion
devices in accordance with the design specifications and maximum area of fully dispersed surface for
each device as set forth in Sections C.2.1.3 through C.2.1.6:
Splash blocks (see Section C.2.1.3)
Rock pads (see Section C.2.1.4)
Gravel filled trenches (see Section C.2.1.5)
Sheet flow (see Section C.2.1.6)
3. A native vegetated flowpath segment of at least 100 feet in length (25 feet for sheet flow from a
nonnative pervious surface) must be available along the flowpath that runoff would follow upon
discharge from a dispersion device listed in Minimum Design Requirement 2 above. The native
vegetated flowpath segment must meet all of the following criteria:
a) The flowpath segment must be over native vegetated surface.
b) The flowpath segment must be onsite or in an offsite tract or easement area reserved for such
dispersion.
c) The slope of the flowpath segment must be no steeper than 15% for any 20-foot reach of the
flowpath segment.
15 Nonnative pervious surface means a pervious surface that does not meet the definition of a native vegetated surface and is
not a natural water body or critical area.
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-31
d) The flowpath segment must be located between the dispersion device and any downstream
drainage feature such as a pipe, ditch, stream, river, pond, lake, or wetland. All or a portion of
the flowpath segment may be located within a critical area buffer.
e) The flowpath segments for adjacent dispersion devices must be sufficiently spaced in order to
prevent overlap of flows in the segment areas. The minimum spacing between flowpath
segments is specified for each dispersion device in subsequent sections, and includes an exception
made in cases where sheet flow from a nonnative pervious surface overlaps with other flowpath
segments.
4. For sites with septic systems, the discharge of runoff from dispersion devices must be located down
slope of the primary and reserve drainfield areas. CED review staff can waive this requirement if site
topography clearly prohibits discharged flows from intersecting the drainfield.
5. Dispersion devices are not allowed in critical area buffers (unless approved by CED) or on slopes
steeper than 20%.
6. Dispersion devices are not allowed within 50 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area,
or landslide hazard.
7. Dispersion devices proposed on slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by the CED. The geotechnical analysis
must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out
conditions.
8. Dispersion devices proposed near slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by the CED if the facility is located
within a setback from the top of slope equal to the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper
than 15%. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and
surrounding areas under full built- out conditions.
9. Dispersion devices that direct runoff toward a slope steeper than 15% may require evaluation and
approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist as determined by CED.
The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas
under full built-out conditions.
10. Dispersion devices proposed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or
landslide hazard must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist unless
otherwise approved by the CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from
the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
11. The dispersion of runoff must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by the CED. If
runoff is discharged toward a landslide hazard, erosion hazard area, or steep slope hazard area,
CED may require evaluation and approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering
geologist. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and
surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
C.2.1.2 DELINEATION OF NATIVE VEGETATED AREA FOR FULL DISPERSION
The area of native vegetated surface used for full dispersion must be delineated as a “native growth
retention area” on the site plan that will be attached to the required declaration of covenant and grant of
easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. Delineation of the native growth retention area is subject
to the following restrictions:
1. The principle restriction on native growth retention areas is removal of vegetation and trees. All
trees within the native growth retention area at the time of permit application shall be retained, aside
from approved timber harvest activities and the removal of dangerous and diseased trees.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-32
2. The native growth retention area may include any unsubmerged16 critical areas and any critical area
buffers.
3. The native growth retention area may include previously cleared areas replanted by the proposed
project in accordance with the native vegetated landscape specifications in Section C.2.1.8.
4. The native growth retention area may be used for passive recreation and related facilities, including
pedestrian and bicycle trails, nature viewing areas, fishing and camping areas, and other similar
activities that do not require permanent structures, provided that cleared areas and areas of compacted
soil associated with these areas and facilities do not exceed eight percent of the native growth
retention area.
5. The native growth retention area may contain utilities and utility easements, including other on-site
BMPs, but not septic systems.
C.2.1.3 USE OF SPLASH BLOCKS FOR FULL DISPERSION
Splash blocks such as that shown in Figure C.2.1.A may be used to disperse the runoff collected from
small amounts of roof area and discharged via a downspout.
Design Specifications
1. No more than 700 square feet of roof area may be drained to a single splash block unless the native
vegetated flowpath segment is longer than the 100-foot minimum length specified in Minimum
Design Requirement 3 of Section C.2.1.1.
2. A maximum roof area of 1,400 square feet may be discharged to a single splash block if the native
vegetated flowpath segment is at least 200 feet in length.
Note: for roof areas larger than 700 square feet, the splash block should be located away from
building or other provisions should be made to prevent flooding/erosion problems.
3. For roof areas of between 700 square feet and 1,400 square feet, the length of the flowpath segment
may vary proportionally between 100 and 200 feet.
4. For purposes of maintaining adequate separation of flows discharged from adjacent dispersion
devices, the native vegetated flowpath segment for the splash block must have at least 50 feet of
separation from an adjacent flowpath segment at the downstream end of whichever segment is the
shorter. Exception: where sheet flow from a nonnative pervious surface overlaps with the flowpath of
a splash block, the splash block flowpath segment must be extended at least 1 foot for every 3 feet of
nonnative pervious surface area width draining to the same flowpath.
Note that width is measured in the general direction that runoff flows across the nonnative pervious
surface.
C.2.1.4 USE OF ROCK PADS FOR FULL DISPERSION
Pads of crushed rock, 2 feet wide (perpendicular to flow) by 3 feet long by 6 inches deep, may be used as a
dispersion device to discharge small amounts of concentrated runoff from impervious surface or
nonnative pervious surface.
Design Specifications
1. No more than 700 square feet of impervious surface may be drained to a single rock pad unless the
native vegetated flowpath segment is longer than the 100-foot minimum length specified in Minimum
Design Requirement 3 of Section C.2.1.1. If the developed surface is nonnative pervious surface other
than pasture, no more than 2,500 square feet may be drained to a single rock pad with a 100-foot
native vegetated flowpath segment. For pasture, the maximum is 8,000 square feet. Combinations of
16 Unsubmerged means outside the ordinary high water mark of streams, lakes, and wetlands.
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-33
different surfaces draining to a single rock pad are allowed provided that the sum of each surface area
divided by its maximum (e.g., impervious area divided by 700) is less than or equal to 1.0.
2. A maximum impervious surface area of 1,400 square feet may be drained to a single rock pad if the
native vegetated flowpath segment is at least 200 feet in length. For nonnative pervious surface other
than pasture, the maximum area is 5,000 square feet. For pasture, the maximum is 16,000 square feet.
Again, combinations of different surfaces are allowed as explained in Item 1 above.
3. For impervious surface areas of between 700 and 1,400 square feet, the length of the flowpath
segment may vary proportionally between 100 and 200 feet. This variation is also allowed for
nonnative pervious surfaces (i.e., between 2,500 and 5,000 square feet for surfaces other than pasture,
and between 8,000 and 16,000 square feet for pasture).
4. For purposes of maintaining adequate separation of flows discharged from adjacent dispersion
devices, the native vegetated flowpath segment for the rock pad must have at least 50 feet of
separation from an adjacent flowpath segment at the downstream end of whichever segment is the
shorter. Exception: where sheet flow from a nonnative pervious surface overlaps with the flowpath of
a rock pad, the rock pad flowpath segment must be extended at least 1 foot for every 3 feet of
nonnative pervious surface area width draining to the same flowpath.
Note that width is measured in the general direction that runoff flows across the nonnative pervious
surface.
C.2.1.5 USE OF GRAVEL FILLED TRENCHES FOR FULL DISPERSION
Either of the two types of gravel filled trenches (also called “dispersion trenches”) shown in
Figure C.2.1.C and Figure C.2.1.D may be used as a dispersion device to spread the discharge of
concentrated runoff from any type of developed surface.
General Design Specifications
1. All trenches are filled with 3/4-inch to 11/2-inch washed rock.
2. In outwash soils, a treatment liner to protect groundwater quality per Section 6.2.4 should be provided
underneath the trench.
3. All trenches must be placed at least 10 feet from any building and must be as parallel as possible to
the contour of the ground.
4. For purposes of maintaining adequate separation of flows discharged from adjacent dispersion
devices, the outer edge of the native vegetated flowpath segment for the dispersion trench must have
at least 50 feet of separation from an adjacent flowpath segment at the downstream end of whichever
segment is the shorter. Exception: where sheet flow from a nonnative pervious surface overlaps with
the flowpath of a dispersion trench, the dispersion trench flowpath segment must be extended at least
1 foot for every 3 feet of nonnative pervious surface area width draining to the same flowpath.
Note that width is measured in the general direction that runoff flows across the nonnative pervious
surface.
Design Specifications for Simple 10-Foot Trench (Full Dispersion)
1. The simple 10-foot-long trench illustrated in Figure C.2.1.B and Figure C.2.1.C (must be at least
2 feet wide by 18 inches deep.
2. The 10-foot trench length is the maximum allowed without a notch grade board as shown in
Figure C.2.1.D.
3. No more than 1,400 square feet of impervious area may be drained to a single 10-foot trench unless
the native vegetated flowpath segment is longer than the 100-foot minimum length specified in
Minimum Design Requirement 3 of Section C.2.1.1. If the developed surface is nonnative pervious
surface other than pasture, no more than 5,000 square feet may be drained to a single 10-foot trench
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-34
with a 100-foot native vegetated flowpath segment. For pasture, the maximum is 16,000 square feet.
Combinations of different surfaces draining to a single 10-foot trench are allowed provided that the
sum of each surface area divided by its maximum (e.g., impervious area divided by 1,400) is less than
or equal to 1.0.
4. A maximum impervious surface area of 2,800 square feet may be drained to a single 10-foot trench if
the native vegetated flowpath segment is at least 200 feet in length. For nonnative pervious surface
other than pasture, the maximum area is 10,000 square feet. For pasture, the maximum is
32,000 square feet. Again, combinations of different surfaces are allowed as explained in Item 3
above.
5. For impervious surface areas of between 1,400 and 2,800 square feet, the length of the flowpath
segment may vary proportionally between 100 and 200 feet. This variation is also allowed for
nonnative pervious surfaces (i.e., between 5,000 and 10,000 square feet for surfaces other than
pasture, and between 16,000 and 32,000 square feet for pasture).
Design Specifications for 50-Foot Trench with Notch Board (Full Dispersion)
1. The 50-foot-long trench with notch grade board detailed in Figure C.2.1.D must be at least 2 feet wide
by 24 inches deep.
2. The 50-foot trench length is the longest allowed.
3. No more than 5,000 square feet of impervious area may be drained to a single 50-foot trench unless
the native vegetated flowpath segment is longer than the 100-foot minimum length specified in
Minimum Design Requirement 3 of Section C.2.1.1. If the developed surface is nonnative pervious
surface other than pasture, no more than 17,500 square feet may be drained to a single 50-foot trench
with a 100-foot native vegetated flowpath segment. For pasture, the maximum is 1.25 acres
(54,450 square feet). Combinations of different surfaces draining to a single 50-foot trench are
allowed provided that the sum of each surface area divided by its maximum (e.g., impervious area
divided by 5,000) is less than or equal to 1.0.
4. A maximum impervious surface area of 10,000 square feet may be drained to a single 50-foot trench
if the native vegetated flowpath segment is at least 200 feet in length. For nonnative pervious surface
other than pasture, the maximum area is 35,000 square feet. For pasture, the maximum is 2.5 acres
(108,900 square feet). Again, combinations of different surfaces are allowed as explained in Item 3
above.
5. For between 5,000 square feet and 10,000 square feet of impervious area, the length of the flowpath
segment may vary proportionally between 100 and 200 feet for a 50-foot trench. The trench length
may also vary proportionally between the 10-foot trench values above and the 50-foot values given
here. For impervious surface areas of between 5,000 and 10,000 square feet, the length of the
flowpath segment may vary proportionally between 100 and 200 feet. This variation is also allowed
for nonnative pervious surfaces (i.e., between 17,500 and 35,000 square feet for surfaces other than
pasture, and between 1.25 and 2.5 acres for pasture).
6. Manifolds may be used to split flows between up to four 50-foot trenches.
C.2.1.6 USE OF SHEET FLOW FOR FULL DISPERSION
Sheet flow, as a dispersion device, is the grading of a developed surface (either a strip of impervious
surface or a patch of nonnative pervious surface) as needed to avoid the concentration of runoff before and
after discharge from the surface. Two types of sheet flow, one for impervious surface and one for pervious
surface, are detailed below.
Design Specifications for Impervious Surface Sheet Flow (Full Dispersion)
1. The strip of impervious surface may be either roof (with no gutter) or pavement. The edge of the
impervious strip and the ground adjacent to or immediately below the edge must be level or sloped no
more than 5% along the edge as shown in Figure C.2.1.E.
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-35
2. A 2-foot-wide, 4-to-6 inch-deep, strip of crushed rock or the extended base course of a road or
driveway must be provided at or below the edge of the impervious strip to facilitate dispersal of
runoff. In outwash soils, a treatment liner to protect groundwater quality per Section 6.2.4 should be
provided underneath this flow spreader.
3. No more than a 25-foot-wide strip of impervious surface may be sheet flowed in this manner unless
the native vegetated flowpath segment is longer than the 100-foot minimum length specified in
Minimum Design Requirement 3 of Section C.2.1.1.
4. A maximum 50-foot-wide strip may be sheet flowed if the flowpath segment is at least 200 feet in
length.
5. For strip widths of between 25 and 50 feet, the length of the flowpath segment may vary
proportionally between 100 and 200 feet in length.
6. For purposes of maintaining adequate separation of flows discharged from adjacent dispersion
devices, the outer edge of the native vegetated flowpath segment for the strip of impervious surface
must have at least 50 feet of separation from an adjacent flowpath segment at the downstream end of
whichever segment is the shorter. Exception: where sheet flow from a nonnative pervious surface
overlaps with the flowpath for sheet flow from an impervious surface, the impervious surface
flowpath segment must be extended at least 1 foot for every 3 feet of nonnative pervious surface area
width draining to the same flowpath.
Note that width is measured in the general direction that runoff flows across the nonnative pervious
surface.
Design Specifications for Pervious Surface Sheet Flow (Full Dispersion)
1. The area of nonnative pervious surface being dispersed by sheet flow must have a width17 of no more
than 25 feet unless the native vegetated flowpath segment is longer than the 25-foot minimum length
specified in Minimum Design Requirement 3 of Section C.2.1.1.
2. If the width of the nonnative pervious surface is greater than 25 feet, the vegetated flowpath segment
must be extended 1 foot for every 3 feet of width beyond 25 feet up to a maximum width of 250 feet.
3. The topography of the nonnative pervious surface must be such that runoff will not concentrate prior
to discharge from surface.
4. The vegetated flowpath segment for sheet flow from nonnative pervious surface may overlap with the
flowpath segments for other dispersion devices provided adjustments are made to the length of those
segments as specified in the design specifications for each dispersion device.
C.2.1.7 FULL DISPERSION FIGURES AND SUMMARY INFORMATION
This section contains the figures referenced in the preceding sections for details on full dispersion devices
and includes a useful summary table of the flowpath lengths and capacities of the dispersion devices.
Table C.2.1.A applies to BMPs that are used to meet Full Dispersion requirements only. See Section C.2.4
for Basic Dispersion requirements.
17 Width is measured in the general direction that runoff flows across the area of nonnative pervious surface. For irregular-shaped
areas, the width may be an average of distances along multiple paths of runoff across the nonnative pervious surface.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-36
TABLE C.2.1.A SUMMARY OF DISPERSION DEVICE FLOWPATH LENGTHS AND
CAPACITIES
Full Dispersion
Device
Native Vegetated
Flowpath Length
Maximum Impervious
Surface Amount
Maximum Nonnative Pervious
Surface Amount
Non-Pasture Pasture
Splash Block 100 feet 700 sq ft NA NA
200 feet 1,400 sq ft NA NA
Rock Pad 100 feet 700 sq ft 2,500 sq ft 8,000 sq ft
200 feet 1,400 sq ft 5,000 sq ft 16,000 sq ft
10-foot Gravel
Trench
100 feet 1,400 sq ft 5,000 sq ft 16,000 sq ft
200 feet 2,800 sq ft 10,000 sq ft 32,000 sq ft
50-foot Gravel
Trench
100 feet 5,000 sq ft 17,500 sq ft 54,450 sq ft
200 feet 10,000 sq ft 35,000 sq ft 108,900 sq ft
Sheet Flow from
Impervious Surface
100 feet 25-ft strip width NA NA
200 feet 50-ft strip width NA NA
Sheet Flow from
Nonnative Pervious
Surface
25 feet NA 25 feet of width in direction of flow
50 feet NA 100 feet of width in direction of flow
75 feet NA 175 feet of width in direction of flow
100 feet NA 250 feet of width in direction of flow
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-37
FIGURE C.2.1.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL SPLASH BLOCK
SIDE VIEW
NTS
HOUSE
DOWNSPOUT
EXTENSION
SPLASH
BLOCK
ROOF DOWNSPOUT
SPLASH BLOCK
100' MIN. VEGETATED
FLOWPATH UNDER
FULL DISPERSION,
SEE SECTION C.2.1.3
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-38
FIGURE C.2.1.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A DRIVEWAY APPLICATION OF DISPERSION
TRENCH AND ROCK PAD
PLAN VIEW OF DRIVEWAY
NTS
MIN 100-FOOT-LONG NATIVE
VEGETATED FLOWPATH
SEGMENT (NVFS)
10-FOOT LONG
DISPERSION
TRENCH)
2-FT x 3-FT x 6-INCH
CRUSHED ROCK
PAD
50'SEPARATION
BETWEEN
FLOWPATH
SEGMENTS
MIN 100-FOOT-LONG
NATIVE VEGETATED
FLOWPATH SEGMENT
EDGE OF
UNDISTURBED
NATIVE VEGETATION
DIAGONAL ASPHALT BERM
2 TO 4 INCHES HIGH
SLOT DRAIN
= 1,400 SQ FT
FOR A 100-FT NVFS
= 2,800 SQ FT
FOR A 200-FT NVFS
= 700 SQ FT
FOR A 100-FT NVFS
= 1,400 SQ FT
FOR A 200-FT NVFS
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-39
FIGURE C.2.1.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A 10-FOOT DISPERSION TRENCH CROSS-
SECTION AND ROOF APPLICATION
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-40
FIGURE C.2.1.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A 50-FOOT DISPERSION TRENCH WITH
NOTCHED BOARD
1. THIS TRENCH SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TOPREVENT POINT DISCHARGE AND/OR EROSION.
2. TRENCHES MAY BE PLACED NO CLOSER THAN
50 FEET TO ONE ANOTHER (100 FEET ALONG
FLOWLINE).
3. TRENCH AND GRADE BOARD MUST BE LEVEL.
ALIGN TO FOLLOW CONTOURS OF SITE.4. SUPPORT POST SPACING AS REQUIRED BY SOIL
CONDITIONS TO ENSURE GRADE BOARD
REMAINS LEVEL.
5. 15% MAX UNLESS OTHERWISE EVALUATED AND
APPROVED, SEE SECTION C.2.1.1
NOTES:
MIN 6" PERFORATED PIPE LAID FLAT
CLEAN (<5% FINES)
34" - 1 12" WASHED ROCK
FILTER FABRIC TRENCH LINER
GALVANIZED
BOLTS
4" X 4"
SUPPORT
POST
20% MAX,
S EE N O TE 5
15% M A X
A
NOTCHED
GRADE BOARD
2" X 2" NOTCHES
18" O.C.*
END CAP OR PLUG
CLEAN OUT WYE FROM PIPE
MIN 6" PERFORATED PIPE
LAID FLAT/LEVEL
TYPE I CB W/SOLID
COVER (LOCKING)
INFLUENT PIPE (MAX DESIGN
FLOW <0.5 CFS PER TRENCH)
CLEAN OUT WYE FROM PIPE
FLOW TO SECOND
DISPERSAL TRENCH
IF NECESSARY
FLOW TO OTHER BRANCHING
CB'S AS NECESSARY
TYPE I CB
W/SOLID
COVER
18" O.C.*
2"
A
50'
PLAN
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
1'- 0
MIN.
1'- 0
MIN.
PIPE O.D.
2" GRADE BOARD
NOTCHES*1'- 0
MIN.
PIPE O.D.
1'-0
MIN.12" MIN.36" MAX.6"
MIN.
2"x12"
GRADE
BOARD
*FOR WATER QUALITY FACILITIES,
SEE SECTION 6.2.6.1, OPTION A FOR
NOTCH DIMENSIONS AND SPACING
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-41
FIGURE C.2.1.E SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF AN APPLICATION OF SHEET FLOW
DISPERSION
C.2.1.8 NATIVE VEGETATED LANDSCAPE SPECIFICATIONS
Native vegetated landscape is basically the manmade version of a native vegetated surface. It may be
used in situations where an applicant wishes to convert a previously developed surface to a native
vegetated surface for purposes of meeting full dispersion requirements or code requirements for forest
retention. Native vegetated landscape is intended to have the soil, vegetation, and runoff characteristics
approaching that of natural forestland.
Conversion of a developed surface to native vegetated landscape requires the removal of impervious
surface, de-compaction of soils, and the planting of native trees, shrubs, and ground cover in compost-
amended soil according to all of the following specifications:
1. Existing impervious surface and any underlying base course (e.g., crushed rock, gravel, etc.) must be
completely removed from the conversion area(s).
2. Underlying soils must be broken up to a depth of 18 inches. This can be accomplished by excavation
or ripping with either a backhoe equipped with a bucket with teeth, or a ripper towed behind a tractor.
3. At least 4 inches of well-decomposed compost must be tilled into the broken up soil as deeply as
possible. The finished surface should be gently undulating and must be only lightly compacted.
4. The area of native vegetated landscape must be planted with native species trees, shrubs, and ground
cover from Table C.2.1.B. Species must be selected as appropriate for site shade and moisture
conditions, and in accordance with the following requirements:
a) Trees: a minimum of two species of trees must be planted, one of which is a conifer. Conifer and
other tree species must cover the entire landscape area at the spacing given in Table C.2.1.B.
b) Shrubs: a minimum of two species of shrubs should be planted. Space plants to cover the entire
landscape area, excluding points where trees are planted.
WIDTH = 25 FT FOR
A 100-FT NVFS
WIDTH = 50 FT FOR
A 200-FT NVFS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
CRUSHED ROCK STRIP
2-FT WIDE
= 5%
SLOPE
NATIVE VEGETATED
FLOWPATH SEGMENT
(NVFS)
=15% SLOPE
100 FT MINIMUM
EDGE OF
UNDISTURBED NATIVE
VEGETATION
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-42
c) Groundcover: a minimum of two species of ground cover should be planted. Space plants so as
to cover the entire landscape area, excluding points where trees or shrubs are planted.
Note: for landscape areas larger than 10,000 square feet, planting a greater variety of species than
the minimum suggested above is strongly encouraged. For example, an acre could easily
accommodate three tree species, three species of shrubs, and two or three species of groundcover.
5. At least 4 inches of hog fuel or other suitable mulch must be placed between plants as mulch for weed
control. It is also possible to mulch the entire area before planting; however, an 18-inch diameter
circle must be cleared for each plant when it is planted in the underlying amended soil.
Note: plants and their root systems that come in contact with hog fuel or raw bark have a poor chance
of survival.
6. Plantings must be watered consistently once per week during the dry season for the first two years.
7. The plantings must be well established on at least 90% of the converted area in order to be
considered a native vegetated surface. A minimum of 90% plant survival is required after 3 years.
Conversion of an area that was under cultivation to native vegetated landscape requires a different
treatment. Elimination of cultivated plants, grasses and weeds is required before planting and will be
required on an on-going basis until native plants are well-established. The soil should be tilled to a depth
of 18 inches. A minimum of 8 inches of soil having an organic content of 6 to 12 percent is required, or a
four inch layer of compost may be placed on the surface before planting, or 4 inches of clean wood chips
may be tilled into the soil, as recommended by a landscape architect or forester. After soil preparation is
complete, continue with steps 4 through 7 above. Placing 4 inches of compost on the surface may be
substituted for the hog fuel or mulch. For large areas where frequent watering is not practical, bare-root
stock may be substituted at a variable spacing from 10 to 12 feet o.c. (with an average of 360 trees per
acre) to allow for natural groupings and 4 to 6 feet o.c. for shrubs. Allowable bare-root stock types are 1-1,
2-1, P-1 and P-2. Live stakes at 4 feet o.c. may be substituted for willow and red-osier dogwood in wet
areas.
TABLE C.2.1.B SELECTED NATIVE VEGETATION, SIZE, AND SPACING REQUIREMENTS
Species Type Sun and Moisture Preferences
Planted
Size Spacing
TREES
Douglas fir (Psedotsuga menziesii) conifer Sun, dry to moist soil 5 gallon,
6′–7′ B&B
12′ o.c.
Western red cedar (Thuja plicata) conifer Sun or shade, moist to wet soil 5 gallon,
6′–7′ B&B
12′ o.c.
Western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla) conifer Sun or shade, well-drained soil 5 gallon,
6′–7′ B&B
12′ o.c.
Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis) conifer Sun or shade, moist mineral soils
to wet soils
5 gallon,
6′–7′ B&B
12′ o.c.
Shore Pine (Pinus contorta var. contorta) conifer Sun to partial shade, dry to wet 5 gallon,
6′–7′ B&B
12′ o.c.
Western white pine (Pinus monticola) conifer Sun to part shade, dry to moist 5 gallon,
6′–7′ B&B
12′ o.c.
Grand fir (Abies grandis) conifer Sun to shade, dry to moist 5 gallon,
6′–7′ B&B
12′ o.c.
TREES (cont.)
Red alder (Alnus rubra) tree Sun, a nitrogen fixer 5 gallon,
5′–6′ B&B
12′ o.c.
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-43
TABLE C.2.1.B SELECTED NATIVE VEGETATION, SIZE, AND SPACING REQUIREMENTS
Species Type Sun and Moisture Preferences
Planted
Size Spacing
Bigleaf maple (Acer macrophyllum) tree Sun or shade, dry to moist soil 5 gallon,
5′–6′ B&B
12′ o.c.
Black cottonwood (Populus trichocarpa) tree Sun, wet soil 5 gallon,
5′–6′ B&B
12′ o.c.
Cascara (Rhamnus purshiana) tree/shrub Sun to partial shade, dry to moist
soil
5 gallon,
5′–6′ B&B
8′ o.c.
Pacific willow (Salix lucida) tree/shrub Sun, damp soil 1 gallon
2 gallon
5 gallon
4′ o.c.
6′ o.c.
8′ o.c.
SHRUBS
Sitka willow (Salix sitchensis) shrub Sun or shade, dry to damp soil 1 gallon
2 gallon
5 gallon
4′ o.c.
6′ o.c.
8′ o.c.
Vine maple (Acer circinatum) shrub Shade, moist to damp soils 1 gallon
2 gallon
5 gallon
4′ o.c.
6′ o.c.
8′ o.c.
Filbert (hazelnut) (Corylus cornuta) shrub Sun to shade, dry soil 1 gallon
2 gallon
5 gallon
4′ o.c.
6′ o.c.
8′ o.c.
Red-osier dogwood (Cornus sericea) shrub Sun to shade, moist to wet soil 1 gallon
2 gallon
5 gallon
4′ o.c.
6′ o.c.
8′ o.c.
Salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis) shrub Sun to shade, moist to wet soil 1 gallon
2 gallon
5 gallon
4′ o.c.
6′ o.c.
8′ o.c.
Thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus) shrub Sun to partial shade, dry to moist
soil
1 gallon
2 gallon
5 gallon
4′ o.c.
6′ o.c.
8′ o.c.
Ocean spray (Holodiscus discolor) shrub Sun to partial shade, dry 1 gallon
2 gallon
5 gallon
4′ o.c.
6′ o.c.
8′ o.c.
Tall Oregon grape (Berberis aquifolium) shrub Sun to shade, dry to moist soil 1 gallon 4′ o.c.
Snowberry (Symphoricarpos albus) shrub Sun to shade, dry to wet soil 1 gallon,
30″–36″
4′ o.c.
Service berry (Amelanchier alnifolia) shrub Sun to shade, dry to wet soil 1 gallon 6′ o.c.
Indian plum (Oemleria cerasiformis) shrub Sun to shade, moist soil 1 gallon 4′ o.c.
Twinberry (Lonicera involucrata) shrub Sun to partial shade, moist soil 1 gallon 4′ o.c.
GROUND COVER
Evergreen huckleberry (Vaccinium ovatum) groundcover Sun to partial shade, moist soil 1 gallon 2′ o.c.
Kinnikinick (Arctostaphyllos uva-ursa) groundcover Sun to partial shade, dry soil 1 gallon 2′ o.c.
Salal (Gaultheria shallon) groundcover Sun to shade, dry to moist soil 1 gallon 18″ o.c.
Low Oregon grape (Mahonia repens) groundcover Sun to partial shade, dry to moist
soil
9″–12″ 18″ o.c.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-44
TABLE C.2.1.B SELECTED NATIVE VEGETATION, SIZE, AND SPACING REQUIREMENTS
Species Type Sun and Moisture Preferences
Planted
Size Spacing
Sword fern (Polystichum munitum) groundcover Sun to deep shade, dry to moist
soil
2 gallon 3′ o.c.
C.2.1.9 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FULL DISPERSION
If full dispersion is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the
BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; CED
may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. Future updates to the instructions
will be posted on the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.2 FULL INFILTRATION
This section presents the minimum design requirements and design specifications for “full infiltration” of
runoff from impervious surfaces. Full infiltration means the use of BMPs that can “fully and reliably”
infiltrate (i.e., soak) runoff into the ground. “Fully” in this context means all the runoff from nearly all
storm events is soaked into the ground. “Reliably” means that the soil conditions are favorable enough to
ensure that the device used to soak water into the ground (e.g., gravel filled trench, drywell, etc.) will
perform as expected for a reasonable number of years before having to be replaced.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, full infiltration may be
applied to any non-pollution generating impervious surface (e.g., approved non-pollution generating roof
systems, sidewalks or patios) and to those pollution generating impervious surfaces (e.g., driveways,
roads, parking areas, and pollution generating roof systems) where either the soil beneath the infiltration
BMP has properties that reduce the risk of groundwater contamination from typical stormwater runoff or
where a water quality facility provides treatment prior to infiltration as specified in Core Requirement #8
and Special Requirement #5 of the SWDM.
Infeasibility Criteria
Full infiltration is considered infeasible and not required for projects that cannot meet the minimum design
requirements listed below. Where geotechnical evaluation and approval is required for full infiltration that
proposes to discharge towards or is within described setbacks of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard
area, landslide hazard, or slopes greater than 15%, full infiltration is considered infeasible and not
required. Though not required in these circumstances, a project proponent may still opt to use full
infiltration as long as the geotechnical evaluation and approval requirement is met. This BMP is not
allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.2.6.
C.2.2.1 REQUIRED SOILS REPORT
Many locations in the City have soils that are underlain by a compacted layer of soil (i.e., glacial till or
hardpan) which severely limits soaking capacity and causes water to perch on the relatively impervious
layer during the wet season. In other areas, soil does not have the properties that reduce the risk of
groundwater contamination from typical stormwater runoff from pollution generating surfaces. These
factors can make full infiltration of runoff impracticable, cost prohibitive, unreliable, or deleterious to
C.2.1 FULL DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-45
groundwater quality. Thus, a soils report is necessary to identify soil types, soil characteristics, and depth
to impermeable layers (hardpan) or the maximum wet season groundwater level.
For the purposes of determining if full infiltration of roof runoff is mandatory as outlined in
Section C.1.3, the report is a requirement for any site/lot where full dispersion of runoff from target
impervious surface is not feasible or applicable as specified in the individual lot BMP requirements in
Sections C.1.3.1 and C.1.3.2. The report is also required for any optional use of full infiltration.
Detailed requirements for the soils report are found under “Required Soils Report” in Section C.1.3.
C.2.2.2 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR FULL INFILTRATION
All of the following requirements must be met in order for full infiltration to be feasible and applicable to
a target impervious surface:
1. As determined from the soils report required in Section C.2.2.1, all of the following soil conditions
must be met in vicinity of where the infiltration system would be located:
a) Existing soils must be coarse sands or cobbles or medium sands and cannot be comprised of fill
materials where the infiltration device will be located.
Note: full infiltration may be possible in other types of soils or fill materials if designed by a civil
engineer in accordance with the infiltration facility standards in Section 5.2 of the SWDM.
b) For purposes of determining whether full infiltration of roof runoff is mandatory as outlined in
Section C.1.3, the distance measured down from the bottom of the infiltration device to the
maximum wet season water table or hardpan must be at least 3 feet. For any optional or
mandatory application of full infiltration, the distance measured down from the bottom must be at
least 1 foot for a gravel filled infiltration system and 3 feet for a ground surface depression.
2. For purposes of determining whether full infiltration of roof runoff is feasible as outlined in
Section C.1.3, one of the following infiltration devices must be used in accordance with the design
specifications for each device set forth in Sections C.2.2.3, C.2.2.4, and C.2.2.5.
Note: full infiltration may be possible using other types and sizes of infiltration devices if designed by
a civil engineer in accordance with the infiltration facility standards in Section 5.2 of the SWDM.
Gravel filled trenches (see Section C.2.2.3)
Drywells (see Section C.2.2.4)
Ground surface depressions (see Section C.2.2.5)
3. A minimum 5-foot setback shall be maintained between any part of an infiltration device and any
structure or property line. Larger setbacks from structures may be specified in the design
specifications for each infiltration device.
4. For sites with septic systems, infiltration devices must be located downgradient of the primary and
reserve drainfield areas. CED review staff can waive this requirement if site topography clearly
prohibits subsurface flows from intersecting the drainfield.
5. Infiltration devices may not be placed in sensitive area buffers. Infiltration devices are not allowed in
critical area buffers or on slopes steeper than 25% (4 horizontal to 1 vertical).
6. Infiltration devices are not allowed within 50 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area,
or landslide hazard.
7. Infiltration devices proposed on slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by CED. The geotechnical analysis
must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out
conditions.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-46
8. Infiltration devices proposed near slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist if the facility is located within a setback from the top of slope equal
to the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15% unless otherwise approved by
CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding
areas under full built-out conditions.
9. Infiltration devices that direct overflow toward a slope steeper than 15% may require evaluation and
approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist as determined by CED.
The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas
under full built-out conditions.
10. Infiltration devices proposed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or
landslide hazard must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist unless
otherwise approved by CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the
project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
11. The infiltration of runoff must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by CED. If
runoff is infiltrated near or directs overflow towards a landslide hazard, erosion hazard area, or steep
slope hazard area, CED may require evaluation and approval of the proposal by a geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from
the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
12. Infiltration of runoff from pollution generating surfaces (e.g., roadways, driveways, parking areas, and
pollution generating roof systems) is only allowed when soil beneath the BMP has properties that
reduce the risk of groundwater contamination from typical stormwater runoff. Such properties are
defined in Section 5.2.1 of the SWDM. Where soils do not have the required groundwater protection
properties, applicants have the option to provide a water quality facility that provides treatment prior
to infiltration as specified in Core Requirement #8 and Special Requirement #5 of the SWDM.
However, for determining feasibility of this BMP, this option is not required to be considered.
13. Underground Injection Control Program (UIC) administered by WA Ecology protects groundwater
quality by regulating discharges to UIC wells. WA Ecology adopted revisions to Chapter 173-218
WAC, the Underground Injection Control (UIC) program rules, on January 3, 2006. The newly
adopted revisions went into effect on February 3, 2006. These rules require the registration of new
injection wells that manage stormwater. Information regarding these new regulations may be found at
Ecology’s Underground Injection Control Program website, <https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-
Permits/Guidance-technical-assistance/Underground-injection-control-program>.
14. UIC wells are manmade structures used to discharge fluids into the subsurface. Examples are
drywells, infiltration trenches with perforated pipe, and any structure deeper than the widest surface
dimension (see Reference 6 or Ecology’s UIC Program website for the Underground Injection Control
(UIC) Program Class V Well Identification Guide provided by WA Ecology). In general, infiltration
systems that have buried pipe, tanks, or vaults would be considered injection wells, but systems
managing runoff only from single-family or duplex roofs, or used to control basement flooding, are
exempt. Open ponds are not considered injection wells.
15. If Underground Injection Control (UIC) registration is required by Ecology for the proposed design, a
copy of the registration, or the Ecology-issued System ID provided at registration, shall be provided
by the applicant prior to plan approval or permit issuance by the City (see Section 2.3.1.1 Technical
Information Report (TIR), TIR Section 7 Other Permits and Section 5.4.1 of the SWDM).
C.2.2.3 USE OF GRAVEL FILLED TRENCHES FOR FULL INFILTRATION
Gravel filled trenches (also called “infiltration trenches”) are a good option where the depth to the
maximum wet-season water table or hardpan is between 3 and 6 feet. Figure C.2.2.A and Figure C.2.2.B
illustrate the specifications for gravel filled trench systems as outlined below:
C.2.2 FULL INFILTRATION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-47
1. When located in coarse sands or cobbles, infiltration trenches must be at least 20 feet in length per
1,000 square feet of impervious surface served. When located in medium sands, infiltration trenches
must be at least 30 feet in length per 1,000 square feet of impervious surface served.
2. Maximum trench length must not exceed 100 feet from the inlet sump.
3. The trench width must be a minimum of 2 feet.
4. The trench must be filled with at least 18 inches of 3/4-inch to 11/2-inch washed drain rock. The drain
rock may be covered with backfill material as shown in Figure C.2.2.A or remain exposed at least
6 inches below the lowest surrounding ground surface as shown in Figure C.2.2.B.
5. Filter fabric (geotextile) must be placed on top of the drain rock (if proposed to be covered with
backfill material) and on the trench sides prior to filling with the drain rock.
6. Spacing between trench centerlines must be at least 6 feet.
7. Infiltration trenches must be setback at least 15 feet from buildings with crawl space or basement
elevations that are below the overflow point of the infiltration system.
8. To prevent damage to overlying pavement, trenches located beneath pavement shall be constructed
such that the trench pipe is connected to a small yard drain or catch basin with a grate cover so that if
the trench infiltration capacity is exceeded, the overflow would occur out of the catch basin at an
elevation at least one foot below that of any overlying pavement, and in a location that provides a safe
path for the overflow.
9. Runoff from roadways, driveways, and parking areas shall pass through a yard drain or catch basin
fitted with a down-turned elbow prior to entering the infiltration trench (see Figure C.2.2.A). The
elbow is intended to trap spilled material in the catch basin sump so that the spilled material can be
cleaned up more easily by the homeowner.
C.2.2.4 USE OF DRYWELLS FOR FULL INFILTRATION
Drywells are gravel filled holes as opposed to trenches and therefore may allow for a more compact design
in areas where the depth to the maximum wet-season water table is relatively deep (e.g., 6 feet or greater).
Figure C.2.2.C illustrates the specifications for drywell infiltration systems as outlined below:
1. When located in coarse sands and cobbles, drywells must contain a volume of gravel equal to or
greater than 60 cubic feet per 1,000 square feet of impervious surface served. When located in
medium sands, drywells must contain at least 90 cubic feet of gravel per 1,000 square feet of
impervious surface served.
2. Drywells must be at least 48 inches in diameter and deep enough to contain the gravel amounts
specified above for the soil type and impervious surface area served.
3. The gravel used for drywells must be 11/2-inch to 3-inch washed drain rock. The drain rock may be
covered with backfill material as shown in Figure C.2.2.C or remain exposed at least 6 inches below
the lowest surrounding ground surface.
4. Filter fabric (geotextile) must be placed on top of the drain rock (if proposed to be covered with
backfill material) and on the drywell sides prior to filling with the drain rock.
5. Spacing between drywells shall be a minimum of 10 feet.
6. Drywells must be setback at least 15 feet from buildings with crawl space or basement elevations that
are below the overflow point of the drywell.
C.2.2.5 USE OF GROUND SURFACE DEPRESSIONS FOR FULL INFILTRATION
Ground surface depressions (also called “infiltration depressions”) are another option for full infiltration
if the maximum wet-season water table or hardpan is at least 3 feet below the bottom of the depression.
Figure C.2.2.D illustrates the specifications for infiltration depressions as outlined below:
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-48
1. When located in coarse sands or cobbles, infiltration depressions must be able to store at least
40 cubic feet of stormwater per 1,000 square feet of impervious surface served. When located in
medium sands, ground surface depressions must be able to store at least 60 cubic feet of stormwater
per 1,000 square feet of impervious surface served. This volume of water storage must be achieved
through the excavation of existing native soil, not through the construction of berms.
2. The stormwater storage areas of infiltration depressions must be at least 12 inches in depth with a
minimum 6 inches of freeboard before overflow.
3. The depression overflow point must be at least 6 inches below any adjacent pavement area and must
be situated so that overflow does not cause erosion damage or unplanned inundation.
4. The depression side slopes must be no steeper than 3 horizontal to 1 vertical.
5. Spacing between multiple infiltration depressions shall be a minimum of 4 feet.
6. Infiltration depressions must be setback at least 15 feet from buildings with crawl space or basement
elevations that are below the overflow point of the infiltration depression.
7. Infiltration depressions may be any size or shape provided the above specifications and the minimum
design requirements in Sections C.2.2.2 and C.2.2.3 are met.
8. The ground surface of the infiltration depression must be vegetated with grass or other dense ground
cover.
C.2.2.6 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FULL INFILTRATION
If the full infiltration on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions must
be recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future property owners,
the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be
a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. Future updates to
the instructions will be posted on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.2 FULL INFILTRATION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-49
FIGURE C.2.2.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL TRENCH INFILTRATION SYSTEM
6"
24"
12"
24"
WASHED ROCK 1 12"- 34"
LEVEL
INFILTRATION TRENCH
SECTION A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION VIEW
NTS
VARIES
A
A
6"
6"
4" RIGID OR 6"
FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED
PIPE
CB SUMP w/SOLID LID ROOF DRAIN
4" RIGID OR 6" FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED PIPE
OVERFLOW
SPLASH BLOCK
ROOF DRAIN
CB SUMP w/SOLID LID
12"
FINE MESH
SCREEN
SETBACK
FROM
BUILDING
5' MIN.
1' MIN.
1' MIN.
FILTER FABRIC
COMPACTED BACKFILL
4" RIGID OR 6" FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED PIPE
112" - 34" WASHED ROCK
MIN. 1' ABOVE SEASONAL
HIGH GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE SECTION C.2.2.2
TRENCH SETBACK FROM
BUILDING AS REQUIRED,
15' MIN.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-50
FIGURE C.2.2.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF AN ALTERNATIVE TRENCH INFILTRATION
SYSTEM
DR IVEW AY
X-SECTION
NTS
X-SECTION
NTS
2' MIN.
FILTER STRIP
SEE SECTIONS
6.3.4 & 6.3.5
18" MIN.
6" MIN.
3/4" TO 1-1/2"
WASHED DRAIN
ROCK
GRASS
OVERFLOW
NOTE:
SEE C.2.2.3 FOR
TRENCH LENGTHS,
TRENCH SPACING AND
SITE LIMITATIONS
GRASS
2' MIN.
18" MIN.
6" MIN.
3/4" TO 1-1/2"
WASHED DRAIN
ROCK
OVERFLOW
15' MIN. AS
REQUIRED,
SEE C.2.2.3
FROM ROOF
NOTE:
SEE C.2.2.3 FOR
TRENCH LENGTHS,
TRENCH SPACING AND
SITE LIMITATIONS
MIN. 1' ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH
GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.2
MIN. 1' ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH
GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.2
C.2.2 FULL INFILTRATION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-51
FIGURE C.2.2.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL DRYWELL INFILTRATION
SYSTEM
FLOW
HOUSE
FLOW
48 INCH DIAMETER
HOLE FILLED WITH
1 12" - 3" WASHED
DRAIN ROCK
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION
NTS
MARK CENTER OF HOLE
WITH 1" CAPPED PVC
OR OTHER MEANS
FLUSH WITH SURFACE
ROOF DOWNSPOUT
OVERFLOW
SPLASH BLOCK TOPSOIL
FINE MESH SCREEN
MIN. 4" DIA.
PVC PIPE
SIDES OF HOLE
LINED WITH
FILTER FABRIC
CATCH BASIN
(YARD DRAIN)
15' MIN. AS REQUIRED, SEE SECTION C.2.2.3
VARIES
1' MIN.
MIN. 1' ABOVE SEASONAL
HIGH GROUNDWATER TABLE,
SEE SECTION C.2.2.2
HOUSE
ROOF
DOWNSPOUT
ROOF
DOWNSPOUT
CATCH BASIN
(YARD DRAIN)
48 INCH DIAMETER
HOLE FILLED WITH
1 12" - 3" WASHED
DRAIN ROCK
5' MIN. SETBACK
FROM BUILDING
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-52
FIGURE C.2.2.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL GROUND SURFACE DEPRESSION
INFILTRATION SYSTEM
INFILTRATION
OVERFLOW
SECTION
NTS
SECTION
NTS
FROM ROOF
GRASS
15' MIN. AS
REQUIRED, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.3.
DRIVEWAY
OVERFLOW
6" MIN. FREEBOARD GRASS
12" MIN. WATER
STORAGE DEPTH
FILTER STRIP
SEE SECTIONS
6.3.4 & 6.3.5.
INFILTRATION
12" MIN. WATER
STORAGE DEPTH
MIN. 1' ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH
GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.2
6" MIN. FREEBOARD
MIN. 1' ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH
GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.2
C.2.3 LIMITED INFILTRATION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-53
C.2.3 LIMITED INFILTRATION
Limited infiltration is the use of infiltration devices from Section C.1.1 in soils that are not as permeable as
the medium sands or coarse sands/cobbles targeted for full infiltration in Section C.1.1. These less
desirable soils include fine sands, loamy sands, sandy loams, and loams, which tend to be more variable in
permeability, more frequently saturated during the wet season, and more prone to plugging over time.
While full infiltration may be possible under the best of these soil conditions, in the long run, these
conditions will conspire to limit average infiltration capacity to something much less than that of full
infiltration. Therefore, using limited infiltration as specified in this section will not be credited the same as
using full infiltration as specified in Section C.1.1.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, limited infiltration may be
applied to any non-pollution generating impervious surface (e.g., approved roofs, sidewalks, or patio)
and to those pollution generating impervious surfaces (e.g., driveway, road, or parking area) where the
soil beneath the infiltration BMP has properties that reduce the risk of groundwater contamination from
typical stormwater runoff or where a water quality facility provides treatment prior to infiltration as
specified in Core Requirement #8 and Special Requirement #5 of the SWDM.
Infeasibility Criteria
Limited infiltration is considered infeasible and not required for projects that cannot meet the minimum
design requirements listed below. Where geotechnical evaluation and approval is required for limited
infiltration that proposes to discharge towards or is within described setbacks of a steep slope hazard area,
erosion hazard area, landslide hazard, or slopes greater than 15%, limited infiltration is considered
infeasible and not required. Though not required in these circumstances, a project proponent may still opt
to use limited infiltration as long as the geotechnical evaluation and approval requirement is met. This
BMP is not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.3.5.
C.2.3.1 REQUIRED SOILS REPORT
In order to properly design limited infiltration devices, a soils report is required to identify soil types, soil
characteristics, the depth to impermeable layers (i.e., hardpan) and to the maximum wet season
groundwater level. Detailed requirements for the soils report are found under “Required Soils Report” in
Section C.1.3. In many cases, this report will have already been prepared as required in Sections C.1.3.1
and C.1.3.2 for lots where full dispersion is not feasible or applicable to target impervious surface per
Section C.2.1.
C.2.3.2 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR LIMITED INFILTRATION
The minimum design requirements for limited infiltration are the same as those for full infiltration, except
infiltration depressions are excluded and existing soils in the location of the infiltration device may be fine
sands, loamy sands, sandy loams, or loams as opposed to only medium sands or better.
Note that gravel and medium sand soils used for full infiltration correspond to Soil Types 1A, 1B, 2A, and
2B in the Soil Textural Classification system used for onsite septic system design; fine sands are Type 3;
and loamy sands, sandy loams and loams are Type 4 soils. Silt and clay loams, and cemented till
(hardpan) are not suitable for limited infiltration systems.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-54
C.2.3.3 USE OF GRAVEL FILLED TRENCHES FOR LIMITED INFILTRATION
The specifications for use of gravel filled trenches for limited infiltration are the same as those used for
full infiltration, except that the required trench lengths are as follows:
For each 1,000 square feet of tributary impervious surface:
Rainfall region SeaTac 1.0 and less: (a) 21 feet if the soil is a fine sand/loamy sand, (b) 36 feet if the
soil is a sandy loam, or (c) 52 feet if the soil is a loam.
Rainfall regions greater than SeaTac 1.0: (d) 48.3 feet if the soil is a fine sand/loamy sand, (e) 60.5
feet if the soil is a sandy loam, or (f) 73 feet if the soil is a loam.
C.2.3.4 USE OF DRYWELLS FOR LIMITED INFILTRATION
The specifications for use of drywells for limited infiltration are the same as those used for full infiltration,
except that the required gravel volumes are as follows:
For each 1,000 square feet of tributary impervious surface:
(a) 315 cubic feet if the soil is a fine sand/loamy sand, (b) 360 cubic feet if the soil is a sandy loam, or
(c) 407 cubic feet if the soil is a loam.
Note: For projects using the BMP list approach to comply with Core Requirement #9 (On-Site BMPs), the
drywell sizing cited is restricted to configurations with a maximum depth of 5 feet and a minimum area
footprint of 12.56 square feet. Projects that are using hydraulic modeling to demonstrate compliance with
the LID Performance Standard to meet Core Requirement #9 (On-Site BMPs) may propose deeper
configurations subject to other applicable design criteria and limitations.
C.2.3.5 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR LIMITED INFILTRATION
If the limited infiltration on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions
must be recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future property owners,
the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be
a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. Future updates to
the instructions will be posted on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.4 BASIC DISPERSION
Basic dispersion is the application of dispersion devices that utilize any available capacity of onsite
vegetated areas to mitigate the runoff quantity and quality impacts from developed surfaces (i.e.,
impervious and nonnative pervious surfaces). The requirements for basic dispersion are less restrictive
than full dispersion (Section C.2.1) in that any type of vegetation cover is allowed, the flowpath lengths
through the vegetation are shorter, and there is no requirement to preserve native vegetated surface (e.g.,
forested surface) or minimize developed surface. As such, its mitigation of runoff impacts is significantly
lower than that of full dispersion.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, basic dispersion may be
applied to any impervious surface such as a roof, driveway, parking area, road, or sidewalk. Basic
dispersion may also be used to disperse runoff from nonnative pervious surface (e.g., lawns, landscaped
areas, or pastures) if runoff from these surfaces is concentrated.
C.2.4 BASIC DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-55
Infeasibility Criteria
Basic dispersion is considered infeasible and not required for projects that cannot meet the minimum
design requirements listed below. Where geotechnical evaluation and approval is required for basic
dispersion that proposes to discharge towards or is within described setbacks of a steep slope hazard area,
erosion hazard area, landslide hazard, or slopes greater than 15%, basic dispersion is considered
infeasible and not required. Though not required in these circumstances, a project proponent may still opt
to use basic dispersion as long as the geotechnical evaluation and approval requirement is met.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.4.6.
C.2.4.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR BASIC DISPERSION
All of the following requirements must be met in order for basic dispersion to be applicable to a target
impervious or pervious surface:
1. Runoff from the target impervious or pervious surface must be discharged using one of the following
dispersion devices in accordance with the design specifications and maximum area of developed
surface for each device as set forth in Sections C.2.4.2 through C.2.4.5:
Splash blocks (see Section C.2.4.2)
Rock pads (see Section C.2.4.3)
Gravel filled trenches (see Section C.2.4.4)
Sheet flow (see Section C.2.4.5)
2. Each device must discharge runoff such that it flows over a minimum distance of vegetated area called
the “vegetated flowpath segment.” The minimum distance, or length of the flowpath segment, is
specified in the design specifications for each device. The “vegetated flowpath segment” itself must
meet all of the following criteria:
a) The flowpath segment must be over well-established lawn or pasture, landscaping with well-
established groundcover, or native vegetation with natural groundcover. The groundcover must be
dense enough to help disperse and infiltrate flows and to prevent erosion.
b) The flowpath segment must be onsite or in an offsite tract or easement area reserved for such
dispersion.
c) The slope of the flowpath segment must be no steeper than 15% for any 20-foot reach of the
flowpath segment.
d) The flowpath segment must be located between the dispersion device and any downstream
impervious surface or drainage feature such as a pipe, ditch, stream, river, pond, lake, or wetland.
All or a portion of the flowpath segment may be located within a critical area buffer.
3. For sites with septic systems, the discharge of runoff from dispersion devices must be located down
slope of the primary and reserve drainfield areas. CED review staff may waive this requirement if site
topography clearly prohibits discharged flows from intersecting the drainfield.
4. Dispersion devices are not allowed in critical area buffers or on slopes steeper than 20%.
5. Dispersion devices are not allowed within 50 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area,
or landslide hazard.
6. Dispersion devices proposed on slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by the CED. The geotechnical analysis
must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out
conditions.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-56
7. Dispersion devices proposed near slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist if the facility is located within a setback from the top of slope equal
to the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15% unless otherwise approved by the
CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding
areas under full built-out conditions.
8. Dispersion devices that direct runoff toward a slope steeper than 15% may require evaluation and
approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist as determined by CED.
The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas
under full built-out conditions.
9. Dispersion devices proposed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or
landslide hazard must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist unless
otherwise approved by the CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from
the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
10. The dispersion of runoff must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by the CED. If
runoff is discharged toward a landslide hazard, erosion hazard area, or steep slope hazard area,
CED may require evaluation and approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering
geologist. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and
surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
C.2.4.2 USE OF SPLASH BLOCKS FOR BASIC DISPERSION
Splash blocks are the simplest way to disperse flows from a roof area. Downspout splash blocks or
downspout/drain extensions with splash blocks are often the only hardware required for this type of
system. Vegetated flowpaths do the work of slowing and cleaning stormwater runoff. In general, if the
ground is sloped away from the foundation, and there is adequate vegetation and area for effective
dispersion, splash blocks will adequately disperse storm runoff. If the ground is fairly level, or if the
structure includes a basement, or if foundation drains are proposed, splash blocks with downspout
extensions may be a better choice because the discharge point is moved away from the foundation.
Downspout extensions may include piping to a splash block that is a considerable distance from the roof
downspout, provided the runoff can travel through a well-vegetated area as described below.
Uses: Roofs where runoff is collected and discharged via downspouts.
Design Specifications
Figure C.2.4.A shows details of a roof downspout and splash block. The following specifications apply to
use of splash blocks for basic dispersion:
1. No more than 700 square feet of roof area may be drained to a single splash block.
2. A “vegetated flowpath segment” of at least 50 feet in length must be available along the flowpath that
runoff would follow upon discharge from the splash block.
3. For purposes of maintaining adequate separation of flows discharged from adjacent dispersion
devices, the vegetated flowpath segment for the splash block must not overlap with other flowpath
segments, except those associated with sheet flow from a nonnative pervious surface.
C.2.4.3 USE OF ROCK PADS FOR BASIC DISPERSION
Pads of crushed rock, 2 feet wide (perpendicular to flow) by 3 feet long by 6 inches deep, may be used as a
dispersion device to discharge concentrated runoff from small amounts of impervious surface or
nonnative pervious surface.
Uses: Roofs, driveways, lawns, pasture, etc. from which runoff is concentrated in a downspout, gutter,
pipe, yard drain, ditch, swale, etc.
C.2.4 BASIC DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-57
Design Specifications
Figure C.2.4.C shows two possible ways of spreading flows from steep driveways. The following
specifications apply to use of rock pads for basic dispersion:
1. No more than 700 square feet of impervious surface (or 5,000 square feet of nonnative pervious
surface) may be drained to a single rock pad.
2. A “vegetated flowpath segment” of at least 50 feet in length as illustrated in Figure C.2.4.C must be
available along the flowpath that runoff would follow upon discharge from the rock pad.
3. The pad of crushed rock shall be 2 feet wide by 3 feet long by 6 inches deep.
4. For purposes of maintaining adequate separation of flows discharged from adjacent dispersion
devices, the vegetated flowpath segment for the rock pad must not overlap with other flowpath
segments, except those associated with sheet flow from a nonnative pervious surface.
C.2.4.4 USE OF GRAVEL FILLED TRENCHES FOR BASIC DISPERSION
Where dispersion of concentrated flows through 50 feet of vegetation is not feasible, such as on a small or
highly constrained site, a gravel filled trench (also called a dispersion trench) may be used to
“unconcentrate” flows. Dispersion trenches provide some storage for runoff, promote infiltration, and
spread concentrated flows so that a shorter vegetated flowpath length can be used at the trench outlet. This
BMP is more expensive than the simple dispersion systems described above, and must be carefully
constructed to be effective.
Uses: Roofs, driveways, lawns, pasture, etc. from which runoff is concentrated in a downspout, yard
drain, pipe, drainage tile, etc.
Design Specifications
Figure C.2.4.B shows two types of dispersion trenches that may be used, a “simple 10-foot trench” and a
maximum “50-foot trench with notch board.” The 50-foot trench with notch board is further detailed in
Figure C.2.1.D. These gravel filled trenches must meet the following specifications for basic dispersion:
1. No more than 700 square feet of impervious surface (or 5,000 square feet of nonnative pervious
surface) may be drained to a simple 10-foot dispersion trench. Up to 3,500 square feet of impervious
surface (or 25,000 square feet of nonnative pervious surface) may be drained to a 50-foot trench with
notch board. Smaller lengths of trench with notch board may be used at a ratio of 10 feet of trench per
700 square feet of impervious surface (or 5,000 square feet of nonnative pervious surface). The 10-
foot trench length is the maximum allowed without a notch grade board as shown in Figure C.2.1.D.
2. A “vegetated flowpath segment” of at least 25 feet in length must be available along the flowpath that
runoff would follow upon discharge from a dispersion trench. This length must be increased to 50 feet
if the discharge is toward a steep slope hazard area or a landslide hazard steeper than 15%. All or a
portion of the vegetated flowpath segment may be within the buffer for the steep slope hazard area or
landslide hazard.
3. The simple 10-foot trench illustrated in Figure C.2.4.B must be at least 2-feet wide by 18-inches deep.
The maximum 50-foot trench with notch board detailed in Figure C.2.1.D must be at least 2-feet wide
by 24-inches deep.
4. All trenches must be filled with 3/4 to 11/2-inch washed rock.
5. All trenches must be placed at least 10 feet from any building and must be parallel as possible to the
contour of the ground. A setback of at least 5 feet must be maintained between any edge of a trench
and the property line.
6. For purposes of maintaining adequate separation of flows discharged from adjacent dispersion
devices, the outer edge of the vegetated flowpath segment for the dispersion trench must not overlap
with other flowpath segments, except those associated with sheet flow from a nonnative pervious
surface.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-58
C.2.4.5 USE OF SHEET FLOW FOR BASIC DISPERSION
Sheet flow, as a dispersion device, is the grading of a developed surface (either a strip of impervious
surface or a width of nonnative pervious surface) as needed to avoid the concentration of runoff before
and after discharge from the surface. Two types of sheet flow, one for impervious surface and one for
pervious surface, are detailed in this section.
Uses: Flat or moderately sloping surfaces (<15% slope) such as driveways, sport courts, patios, roofs
without gutters, lawns, pastures, etc.; or any situation where concentration of flows can be
avoided.
Design Specifications for Impervious Surface Sheet Flow (Basic Dispersion)
Figure C.2.4.D illustrates a typical use of sheet flow dispersion for impervious surface in accordance with
the following specifications:
1. The strip of impervious surface may be either roof (with no gutter) or pavement. The edge of the
target impervious strip and the ground adjacent to or immediately below the edge must be either level
or sloped such that the direction of sheet flow is perpendicular to the edge or no more than 45 degrees
from perpendicular.
2. A 2-foot-wide, 4-to-6 inch-deep, strip of crushed rock or the extended base course of a road or
driveway must be provided at or below the edge of the impervious strip to facilitate dispersal of
runoff. This requirement may be waived for use of reverse slope sidewalks18 and other impervious
strips that are 10-feet wide or less.
3. A “vegetated flowpath segment” of at least 10 feet in length must be available along the flowpath that
runoff would follow upon discharge from the strip of crushed rock.
4. No more than a 20-foot-wide strip of impervious surface may be sheet flowed in this manner unless
the length of vegetated flowpath segment is increased 10 feet for each additional 20 feet of impervious
surface width or fraction thereof.
5. For purposes of maintaining adequate separation of flows discharged from adjacent dispersion
devices, the outer edge of the vegetated flowpath segment for the strip of impervious surface must not
overlap with other flowpath segments, except those associated with sheet flow from a nonnative
pervious surface.
Design Specifications for Pervious Surface Sheet Flow (Basic Dispersion)
The runoff from any new pervious surface is considered dispersed by sheet flow if the runoff is not
concentrated by a manmade or natural conveyance system (e.g., pipe, yard drain, drain tile, ditch, swale,
etc.) within 25 feet of leaving the new pervious surface area or prior to leaving the site or entering a
critical area buffer on the site.
C.2.4.6 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR BASIC DISPERSION
If the basic dispersion on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions must
be recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future property owners,
the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be
a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. Future updates to
the instructions will be posted on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
18 Reverse slope sidewalk is one that slopes away from rather than onto the roadway it abuts as required by City road standards.
If this technique is proposed within City right-of-way, a Road Variance will be required for its use.
C.2.4 BASIC DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-59
FIGURE C.2.4.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL SPLASHBLOCK FOR BASIC
DISPERSION
SIDE VIEW
NTS
HOUSE
DOWNSPOUT
EXTENSION
SPLASH
BLOCK
ROOF DOWNSPOUT
SERVES UP TO 700 S.F.
OF ROOF UNDER
BASIC DISPERSION
SPLASH BLOCK
50' MIN. VEGETATED
FLOWPATH UNDER
BASIC DISPERSION
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-60
FIGURE C.2.4.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL GRAVEL-FILLED DISPERSION
TRENCH FOR BASIC DISPERSION
MAXIMUM 50-FOOT TRENCH WITH
NOTCHED BOARD (SEE FIGURE C.2.1.D)
25-FOOT (MIN.) VEGETATED
FLOWPATH SEGMENT
25-FOOT (MIN.) VEGETATED
FLOWPATH SEGMENT
SIMPLE 10- FOOT TRENCH
24" MIN.
MAX 15% SLOPE
TRENCH SECTION
NTS
3/4" TO 1-1/2"
WASHED
DRAIN ROCK
RIGID PEFORATED
PIPE, 4" MIN. DIA.
LEVEL OUTLETMAX 20% SLOPE
18" MIN.
6" MIN.
= 700 SQ. FT.
= 3,500 SQ. FT.
SLOPE
SMALL CATCH BASIN OR YARD DRAIN
TYPE 1 CB
PLAN VIEW OF ROOF
NTS
FLOWPATH SEGMENTS
MUST NOT OVERLAP
C.2.4 BASIC DISPERSION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-61
FIGURE C.2.4.C SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF BASIC DISPERSION FOR STEEP DRIVEWAYS
25' VEGETATED
FLOWPATH
SEGMENT
DRIVEWAY
SLOPE
50
'
V
E
G
E
T
A
T
E
D
FL
O
W
P
A
T
H
S
E
G
M
E
N
T
LOCATE DRAIN 25'
FROM R.O.W. IF
DRIVEWAY SLOPES
TOWARD STREET RIGHT-OF-WAYSTREET125'120'115'110'105'RIGHT-OF-WAYSTREET250'245'240'235'DRIVEWAY
SLOPE
SLOT DRAIN WITH
DISPERSION
TRENCH
6" MIN.
700 SQ. FT. MAX.
BETWEEN DRAINS
2" TO 4"
BERM DETAIL
NTS
PLAN - STEEP DRIVEWAY WITH DIAGONAL BERMS
NTS
PLAN - STEEP DRIVEWAY WITH SLOTTED DRAINS
NTS
700 SQ. FT. MAX.
BETWEEN BERMS
LOCATE DRAIN
25' FROM R.O.W. IF
DRIVEWAY SLOPES
TOWARD STREET
25' VEGETATED
FLOWPATH
SEGMENT
5
0
' V
E
G
E
T
A
T
E
D
F
L
O
W
P
A
T
H
S
E
G
M
E
N
T
DIAGONAL BERM
WITH DISPERSION
TRENCH
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-62
FIGURE C.2.4.D SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A BASIC DISPERSION FOR DRIVEWAYS
25' VEGETATED
FLOWPATH
SEGMENT STREETLOCATE DRAIN
25' FROM R.O.W.
IF DRIVEWAY
SLOPES
TOWARD STREET340'RIGHT-OF-WAY345'350'335'BERM DETAIL
NTS
175'170'STREETRIGHT-OF-WAYDRIVEWAY
SLOPE
PLAN - DRIVEWAY DISPERSION TRENCH
DRIVEWAY SLOPE VARIES AND SLOPES TOWARD STREET
NTS
25'
25'
700 SQ. FT. MAX.
BETWEEN BERMS
DIAGONAL BERM WITH
DISPERSION TRENCH
MIN. 2%
CROSS
SLOPE
6" MIN.
PLAN - SHEET FLOW DISPERSION FROM A DRIVEWAY
FLAT TO MODERATELY STOPING DRIVEWAYS
NTS
1
0
'
V
E
G
E
T
A
T
E
D
F
L
O
W
P
A
T
H
S
E
G
M
E
N
T
DRIVEWAY
SLOPE
LOCATE DRAIN 25' FROM
R.O.W. IF DRIVEWAY
SLOPES TOWARD STREET
CRUSHED
ROCK STRIP
C.2.6 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-63
C.2.5 FARMLAND DISPERSION
This BMP does not apply to the City of Renton.
C.2.6 BIORETENTION
Note: This section is intended to apply only to bioretention designed to meet Core Requirement #9.
Additional design requirements apply to bioretention designed to meet Core Requirement #8 (described in
Chapter 6 of the SWDM).
Bioretention areas are shallow landscaped depressions, with a designed soil mix and plants adapted to the
local climate and soil moisture conditions that receive stormwater from a contributing area. Four types of
bioretention designs are discussed in this section: bioretention cells, bioretention swales, bioretention
planters, and a road-side ditch bioretention alternative design. These are briefly described below:
Bioretention Cells:
Shallow depressions with a designed planting soil mix and a variety of plant material, including trees,
shrubs, grasses, and/or other herbaceous plants. Bioretention cells are not designed as a conveyance
system. (See Figures C.2.6.A and C.2.6.B)
Bioretention Swales:
Incorporate the same design features as bioretention cells; however, bioretention swales are designed
as part of a system that can convey stormwater when maximum ponding depth is exceeded.
Bioretention swales have relatively gentle side slopes and water storage depths that are typically
2 to 12 inches.
Bioretention Planters:
Designed soil mix and a variety of plant material including trees, shrubs, grasses, and/or other
herbaceous plants within a vertical walled container usually constructed from formed concrete, but
could include other materials. Planters have an open bottom and allow infiltration to the subgrade.
These designs are often used in ultra-urban settings.
Road-Side Bioretention Ditch:
This BMP is not approved for use in the city without an adjustment. This feature uses a designed soil
mix underlain by drain rock for increased storage, low maintenance vegetation typical of road-side
ditches, and requires no permanent ponding-- allowing for road side conveyance to function per
current design and maintenance standards without need for weirs or excess standing water along the
road.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, bioretention may be
applied to any impervious surface such as a roof, driveway, parking area, road, or sidewalk, and to any
nonnative pervious surface such as a lawn, landscaped area, or pasture. Bioretention proposed in road
rights-of-way must be per the City of Renton Standard Details and the requirements of the City of Renton
Transportation Department and Surface Water Utility as applicable or as otherwise approved by the City.
Infeasibility Criteria
Bioretention is considered infeasible and not required for projects that cannot meet the minimum design
requirements for bioretention or via the bioretention infeasibility criteria list that follows in this section.
Where the minimum design requirements call for geotechnical evaluation and approval for bioretention
that proposes to discharge towards or is within described setbacks of a steep slope hazard area, erosion
hazard area, landslide hazard, or slopes greater than 15%, bioretention is considered infeasible and not
required. Though not required in these circumstances, a project proponent may still opt to use bioretention
as long as the geotechnical evaluation and approval requirement is met. This BMP is not allowed in Zone
1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-64
Additional Requirements for Large Bioretention Facilities:
Bioretention that receives runoff from:
Impervious surfaces totaling 10,000 square feet or more; or
New pervious surfaces totaling ¾ acre or more, or
A combination of impervious and pervious surfaces that results in a 0.15 cfs increase (using 15-minute
time steps) or 0.1 cfs (using 1-hour time steps) in the 100-year peak flow when comparing
predeveloped (historical) and developed conditions,
must meet the following additional requirements to address their larger size, risk, and maintenance needs:
Bioretention Cells:
SWDM Section 5.2: 100 year overflow conveyance (if applicable); Spill Control Device;
Presettling, Protection from Upstream Erosion; Facility Construction Guidelines; Offsite
Groundwater Impacts; Groundwater Protection; Infiltration near Water Supply Wells; and
Infiltration near Steep Slopes and Landslide Hazards.
SWDM Section 5.2.2.1 Infiltration Ponds Design Criteria: General, Setbacks.
Bioretention Swales:
SWDM Section 5.2: 100 year overflow conveyance (if applicable); Protection from Upstream
Erosion; Facility Construction Guidelines; Offsite Groundwater Impacts; Groundwater Protection;
Infiltration near Water Supply Wells; and Infiltration near Steep Slopes and Landslide Hazards.
SWDM Section 6.3: Vegetated Flowpath Facility Designs: Access; Construction Considerations;
Flow Velocity, Energy Dissipation, and Flow Spreading (#2, 3, 4 and 5)
Other Site Suitability Factors
Utility conflicts: Perpendicular utility crossing within bioretention facilities is allowed with the following
conditions:
Horizontal separation between water main wall and top of slope of the bioretention facility shall be no
less than 7 feet
30 inches of cover for service line shall be maintained.
Fire hydrants shall be at least 5 feet from bioretention footprint.
Water meter shall be located outside bioretention facility footprint
Manholes shall be located outside bioretention facility footprint
A minimum 1-foot separation between sanitary sewer crossings and underdrains shall be maintained.
When separation requirements cannot be met, designs should include appropriate mitigation measures,
such as impermeable liners over the utility, sleeving utilities, fixing known leaky joints or cracked
conduits, and/or adding an underdrain to the bioretention facility.
Transportation safety: The design configuration and selected plant types should provide adequate sight
distances, clear zones, and appropriate setbacks for roadway applications in accordance with
RMC 4-6-060.
Ponding depth and surface water draw-down: Flow control needs, as well as location in the
development, and mosquito breeding cycles will determine draw-down timing. For example, front yards
and entrances to residential or commercial developments may require rapid surface dewatering for
aesthetics.
Impacts of surrounding activities: Human activity influences the location of the facility in the
development. For example, locate bioretention areas away from traveled areas on individual lots to prevent
soil compaction and damage to vegetation or provide elevated or bermed pathways in areas where foot
traffic is inevitable, and provide barriers, such as wheel stops, to restrict vehicle access in roadside
applications.
C.2.6 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-65
Visual buffering: Bioretention facilities can be used to buffer structures from roads, enhance privacy
among residences, and for an aesthetic site feature.
Site growing characteristics and plant selection: Appropriate plants should be selected for sun
exposure, soil moisture, and adjacent plant communities. Native species or hardy cultivars are
recommended and can flourish in the properly designed and placed Bioretention Soil Mix with no nutrient
or pesticide inputs and 2 to 3 years’ irrigation for establishment. Invasive species control may be
necessary.
Required Soils Report
Many locations in the City have soils that are underlain by a compacted layer of soil (i.e., glacial till or
hardpan) which severely limits soaking capacity and causes water to perch on the relatively impervious
layer during the wet season. This can make bioretention impracticable, unreliable, and reduce plant
survivability in the bioretention system. Thus, a soils report is necessary to identify soil types, depth to
impermeable layers (hardpan) or the maximum wet season groundwater level, and infiltration rates.
Detailed requirements for the soils report are found under “Required Soils Report” in Section C.1.3.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section 2.6.3.
Bioretention Infeasibility Criteria List
These are conditions that make bioretention not required to be implemented as part of the prescriptive
BMP lists detailed in Core Requirement #9 of the SWDM and Section 1.3 of Appendix C. The lists require
BMPs to be evaluated and installed to the maximum extent feasible. Where determined infeasible by these
criteria, an applicant has the option to propose a functional design via the adjustment process described in
Section 1.4 of the SWDM in order to: (a) use the on-site BMP facility modeling credits described in
SWDM Section 1.2.9.4; (b) to use in achieving the LID Performance Standard (where required or
optional); or (c) to meet the minimum on-site BMP implementation requirements ensconced in the “Small
Lot and Large Lot requirements” lists located in SWDM Section 1.2.9.2 and Appendix C, Section 1.3.
Note: Criteria with setback distances are as measured from the outermost edge of the bioretention soil
mix.
Citation of any of the following infeasibility criteria (#1–7) must be based on an evaluation of site-
specific conditions and a written recommendation from an appropriate licensed professional (e.g.,
engineer, geologist, hydrogeologist):
1. Where professional geotechnical evaluation recommends infiltration not be used due to reasonable
concerns about erosion, slope failure, or down gradient flooding.
2. Within an area whose ground water drains into an erosion hazard area or landslide hazard.
3. Where the only area available for siting would threaten the safety or reliability of pre-existing
underground utilities, pre-existing underground storage tanks, pre-existing structures, or pre-existing
road or parking lot surfaces.
4. Where the only area available for siting does not allow for a safe overflow pathway to the municipal
separate storm sewer system or private storm sewer system.
5. Where there is a lack of usable space for bioretention facilities at re-development sites, or where there
is insufficient space within the existing public right-of-way on public road projects.
6. Where infiltrating water would threaten existing below grade basements.
7. Where infiltrating water would threaten shoreline structures such as bulkheads.
The following criteria can be cited as reasons for a finding of infeasibility without further
justification (though some require professional services):
8. Within setbacks from structures as established by the RMC.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-66
9. Where the project drains to an existing stormwater collection system whose elevation or location
precludes connection to a properly functioning bioretention facility (e.g., installation required that an
existing major publicly or privately-owned infrastructure or utility element to be relocated, the facility
cannot be built and operated to discharge stormwater from the site under gravity flow conditions while
meeting the applicable engineering standards).
10. Where land for bioretention is within area designated as an erosion hazard area or landslide hazard.
11. Where the site cannot be reasonably designed to locate bioretention facilities on slopes less than 8%.
12. Within 50 feet from the top of slopes that are greater than 20% and over 10 feet of vertical relief.
13. For properties with known soil or ground water contamination (typically federal Superfund sites or
state cleanup sites under the Model Toxics Control Act [MTCA]):
a) Within 100 feet of an area known to have deep soil contamination;
b) Where ground water modeling indicates infiltration will likely increase or change the direction of
the migration of pollutants in the ground water;
c) Wherever surface soils have been found to be contaminated unless those soils are removed within
10 horizontal feet from the infiltration area;
d) Any area where these facilities are prohibited by an approved cleanup plan under the state Model
Toxics Control Act or Federal Superfund Law, or an environmental covenant under Chapter 64.70
RCW.
14. Within 100 feet of a closed or active landfill.
15. Within 100 feet of a drinking water well, or a spring used for drinking water supply. Within Zone 1 of
the Aquifer Protection Area.
16. Within 10 feet of small onsite sewage disposal drainfield, including reserve areas, and grey water
reuse systems. For setbacks from a “large onsite sewage disposal system,” see Chapter 246-272B
WAC.
17. Within 10 feet of an underground storage tank and connecting underground pipes when the capacity of
the tank and pipe system is 1100 gallons or less. (As used in these criteria, an underground storage
tank means any tank used to store petroleum products, chemicals, or liquid hazardous wastes of which
10% or more of the storage volume (including volume in the connecting piping system) is beneath the
ground surface.
18. Within 100 feet of an underground storage tank and connecting underground pipes when the capacity
of the tank and pipe system is greater than 1100 gallons.
19. Where the minimum vertical separation of 1 foot to the seasonal high water table, bedrock, or other
impervious layer would not be achieved below bioretention that would serve a drainage area that is:
1) less than 5,000 sq. ft. of pollution-generating impervious surface, and 2) less than 10,000 square
feet of impervious surface; and, 3) less than three-quarters (3/4) acres of pervious surface.
20. Where the a minimum vertical separation of 3 feet to the seasonal high water table, bedrock or other
impervious layer would not be achieved below bioretention that: 1) would serve a drainage area that
meets or exceeds: a) 5,000 square feet of pollution-generating impervious surface, or
b) 10,000 square feet of impervious surface, or c) three-quarters (3/4) acres of pervious surfaces; and
2) cannot reasonably be broken down into amounts smaller than indicated in (1).
21. Where the field testing indicates potential bioretention sites have a measured (a.k.a., initial) native soil
saturated hydraulic conductivity less than 0.30 inches per hour.
22. The minimum bottom width (18 inches) cannot be met due to, but not limited to: encroachment within
the critical root zone of an existing tree(s) or minimum setbacks to structures, utilities, or property
lines.
C.2.6 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-67
23. In the right-of-way, installation requires a vertical walled facility.
C.2.6.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (CELLS, SWALES, AND
PLANTERS)
All of the following requirements must be met in order for bioretention to be applicable to a target
impervious or target pervious surface:
1. A minimum water storage volume shall be provided in the bioretention BMP that is calculated by
multiplying the equivalent storage depth by the square footage of the target surface area served.
For target impervious areas:
Rainfall region SeaTac 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on 0.6 inches of
equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils provide bioretention volume based on 0.1 inches of
equivalent storage depth
Rainfall regions greater than SeaTac 1.0: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on
0.8 inches of equivalent storage depth; in outwash soils, provide bioretention volume based on
0.4 inches of equivalent storage depth,
For target pervious areas: In till soils, provide bioretention volume based on 0.7 inches of equivalent
storage depth; in outwash soils, provide bioretention volume based on 0.006 inches of equivalent
storage depth.
2. The water storage area, containing the minimum required storage volume, shall be 6-12 inches deep
at overflow and have side slopes no steeper than 2.5 horizontal to 1 vertical (except where the storage
area is structurally contained, e.g., a planter configuration). The overflow point of the water storage
area shall be at least 6 inches below any adjacent pavement area. The overflow point must be situated
so that overflow does not cause erosion damage or unplanned inundation.
3. The bioretention footprint as measured at the overflow elevation shall be a minimum of 5% of the
impervious surface directed to the bioretention BMP. The bottom area of an individual cell shall be
no less than 4 square feet. The bottom area of an individual cell shall be no larger than 800 square feet
(limitation is to ensure that bioretention facilities are small-scale and distributed).
4. The maximum allowable drawdown time of the water storage area is 24 hours. A correction factor of
0.33 to 1 (no correction factor) as recommended by a licensed geotechnical professional should be
applied to initial measured infiltration rates of the in situ soils to determine the design rate for this
drawdown calculation. The designed depth of ponding (2″ minimum to 12″ maximum) must be
considered in light of the drawdown time requirement (e.g., in slow draining soils, the designed
ponding depth may need to be decreased ″in order to meet the drawdown criteria). As an example, a
6″ deep pool with an initial measured rate of 0.5″/hour and a correction factor of 0.5 applied will
achieve drawdown in exactly 24 hours (0.5 in/hour x 0.5 correction factor x 24 hours = 6 inches).
5. Bioretention with underdrains is not allowed for Core Requirement #9 unless approved via a SWDM
adjustment per Section 1.4 that, at minimum, addresses comparable hydraulic performance, water
quality concerns, and maintainability. Bioretention with underdrains is allowed for Core
Requirement #8.
6. Bioretention areas should have a minimum shoulder of 6 inches between the road edge and beginning
of the bioretention side slope where flush curbs are used.
7. Flow entrance techniques for energy dissipation shall be utilized. Flow entrances shall be per design
criteria in Section 6.8.1.1..
8. If a containment berm is used to form the water storage area, the berm must be at least 6 inches wide
and 6 inches above the 12 inches of water depth. A catch basin or rock pad must be provided to
release water when the pond’s water level exceeds the 12 inches of water depth. The catch basin may
discharge to the local drainage system or other acceptable discharge location via a 6-inch rigid pipe
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-68
(private) or 8-inch rigid pipe (public). The rock pad may be used with or without a constructed
drainage system downstream. If a rock pad is used, it must be composed of crushed or fractured rock,
6-inches deep and 2 feet wide (perpendicular to flow) and must extend at least 4 feet or beyond the
containment berm, whichever is greater. The rock pad must be situated so that overflow does not
cause erosion damage or unplanned inundation.
9. An 18″ thick bioretention soil mix liner extending up slopes to maximum storage depth is
required in the bioretention cell, swale, or planter. The bioretention soil mix shall be per Reference
Section 11-C. Compost shall meet Specification 1 described in Reference Section 11-C.
10. Do not use filter fabrics between the subgrade and the Bioretention Soil Mix. The gradation between
existing soils and Bioretention Soil Mix is typically not great enough to allow significant migration of
fines into the Bioretention Soil Mix. Additionally, filter fabrics may clog with downward migration of
fines from the Bioretention Soil Mix.
11. On-site soil mixing or placement shall not be performed if Bioretention Soil Mix or subgrade soil is
saturated. The bioretention soil mixture should be placed and graded by machinery operating adjacent
to the bioretention facility.
12. If machinery must operate in the bioretention cell for soil placement, use light weight equipment with
low ground-contact pressure. The soil mixture shall be placed in horizontal layers not to exceed
12 inches per lift for the entire area of the bioretention facility.
13. Compact the Bioretention Soil Mix to a relative compaction of 85 percent of modified maximum dry
density (ASTM D 1557). Compaction can be achieved by boot packing (simply walking over all areas
of each lift), and then apply 0.2 inches (0.5 cm) of water per 1 inch (2.5 cm) of Bioretention Soil Mix
depth. Water for settling should be applied by spraying or sprinkling.
14. Prior to placement of the Bioretention Soil Mix, the finished subgrade shall: (a) Be scarified to a
minimum depth of 3 inches; (b) have any sediment deposited from construction runoff removed (to
remove all introduced sediment, subgrade soil should be removed to a depth of 3 to 6 inches and
replaced with Bioretention Soil Mix); and (c) be inspected by the responsible engineer to verify
required subgrade condition.
15. If using the default Bioretention Soil Mix described in Reference Section 11-C, pre-placement
laboratory analysis for saturated hydraulic conductivity of the bioretention soil mix is not required.
Verification of the mineral aggregate gradation, compliance with the compost specifications, and the
mix ratio must be provided.
16. Custom bioretention soil mixes may be considered under the adjustment process described in
Section 1.4.
17. Water tolerant plants such as those in Table C.2.6.A shall be planted in the bottom of the
bioretention facility. Plants native to Western Washington are preferred. Trees outside of the saturated
zone are allowed as part of bioretention facility designs.
18. A minimum 5-foot setback shall be maintained between the outermost edge of the bioretention soil
mix and any building structure or property line.
19. Bioretention constructed with compost materials are not allowed within one-quarter mile of a sensitive
lake if the underlying native soil does not meet the soil suitability criteria for treatment in Section
5.2.1.
20. Bioretention constructed with compost materials are not allowed within ¼ mile of those waterbodies
listed as category 2, 4, or 5 for either nutrients or low DO determined to be caused by nutrients. These
waterbodies are found on Ecology’s combined 303(d)/305(b) Water Quality Assessment list. The
exception to this prohibition is where phosphorous is the identified nutrient and the underlying native
soil meets soil suitability criteria for treatment described in Section 5.2.1.
C.2.6 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-69
21. Bioretention swales shall have a minimum 18-inch bottom width. Swales shall be flat in cross section
to promote even flow across the width of the swale. See the City of Renton Standard Details and the
requirements of the City of Renton Transportation Department and Surface Water Utility as applicable
for design details for bioretention swales in the ROW.
22. Bioretetention swales shall meet the conveyance requirements described in Section 1.2.4.1 of the
SWDM. Maximum 100 year peak flow velocity through bioretention swales is 3 feet per second.
23. Maximum longitudinal (along direction of flow) slope of bioretention swales shall be 6%.
24. For sites with septic systems, bioretention must be located downgradient of the primary and reserve
drainfield areas. CED review staff can waive this requirement if site topography clearly prohibits
subsurface flows from intersecting the drainfield.
25. Bioretention is not allowed in critical area buffers or on slopes steeper than 20%.
26. Bioretention is not allowed within 50 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or
landslide hazard.
27. Bioretention proposed on slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by the CED. The geotechnical analysis must
consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
28. Bioretention proposed near slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist if the facility is located within a setback from the top of slope equal to the total
vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15% unless otherwise approved by CED. The
geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under
full built-out conditions.
29. Bioretention that directs overflow towards slopes steeper than 15% may require evaluation and
approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist as determined by CED.
The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas
under full built-out conditions.
30. Bioretention proposed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or landslide
hazard must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise
approved by CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and
surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
31. Bioretention must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by CED. If bioretention is
proposed near or directs overflows towards a landslide hazard, erosion hazard area, or a steep slope
hazard area, CED may require evaluation and approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project
and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-70
TABLE C.2.6.A WATER TOLERANT PLANTS
Common Name Scientific Name Spacing (on center)
California brome Bromus carinatus 12 inches
Tufted hair grass Deschampsia cespitosa 12 inches
Dewey sedge Carex deweyanna 12 inches
Spike rush Eleocharis spp. 12 inches
Slough sedge Carex obnupta 24 inches
Sawbeak sedge Carex stipata 12 inches
Sedge Carex spp. 12 inches
Dagger-leaf rush Juncus ensifolius 12 inches
Spreading rush Juncus patens 12 inches
Slender rush Juncus tenuis 12 inches
Small-fruited bulrush Scirpus microcarpus 12 inches
Yellow-eyed grass Sisyrinchium californicum 12 inches
C.2.6.2 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (ROADSIDE BIORETENTION
DITCH)
This BMP is not approved for use in the City without an adjustment.
All of the following requirements must be met in order for bioretention to be applicable to a target
impervious surface:
1. The roadside bioretention ditch is only allowed to serve road and sidewalk improvements.
2. The roadside bioretention ditch is considered optional only and not required for purposes of
complying with the prescriptive BMP list approach from Core Requirement #9 where a standard
bioretention cell is deemed infeasible.
3. The longitudinal slope of the road side bioretention ditch shall be consistent with the City of Renton
Standard Details and the requirements of the City of Renton Transportation Department and Surface
Water Utility as applicable which allow a maximum slope of 6% for grass-lined ditches. Grades
between 3% and 6% may require check dams to reduce potential erosion.
4. The roadside bioretention ditch shall meet the conveyance requirements described in Section 1.2.4.1
of the SWDM.
5. Flow entrance techniques for energy dissipation shall be utilized and may include where applicable:
flow spreaders described in Section 6.2.6 of the SWDM, gravel flow spreaders described in Section
6.3.4.2 of the SWDM, rock pads for pipe flow entrances, and/or catch basins preceding bioretention
where high sediment loads are anticipated. Other equivalent options may be considered. Consideration
should be given as to whether the design details specified in Section 4.2.2 (Outfalls) are applicable to
a given design.
6. Side slopes shall be per the City of Renton Standard Details and the requirements of the City of
Renton Transportation Department and Surface Water Utility as applicable for roadside ditches.
7. Vegetation in the roadside bioretention ditch shall conform to the City of Renton Standard Details and
the requirements of the City of Renton Transportation Department and Surface Water Utility as
applicable for grass lined road ditches.
8. A minimum 2 ft. wide, 18″ thick bioretention soil mix liner is required along the full length of the
roadside bioretention ditch. The bioretention soil mix shall be per Reference Section 11-C. Compost
shall meet Specification 1 described in Reference Section 11-C.
C.2.6 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-71
9. A linear trench of washed rock that is 1.5 ft. deep x 2 ft. wide (typical ditch bottom width) shall be
placed underneath the bioretention soil mix liner. The length of the trench shall be that specified in
Section C.2.3.3 “Use of Gravel Filled Trenches for Limited Infiltration” based on the tributary area to
the roadside bioretention ditch. Where this length is not achievable, the width of the gravel trench may
be widened as allowed by ROW or tract width to provide an equivalent area footprint. To slow flows
and encourage infiltration, the gravel filled trench shall be broken up along every 50 feet its length by
a minimum 4 foot long plug of native, unexcavated soil or native material (or equivalent) free of wood
waste, debris, clods or rocks greater than 6″ in any dimension, compacted to 95% maximum density
(ASTM D1557).
10. Do not use filter fabrics between the subgrade and the Bioretention Soil Mix. The gradation between
existing soils and Bioretention Soil Mix is not great enough to allow significant migration of fines into
the Bioretention Soil Mix. Additionally, filter fabrics may clog with downward migration of fines
from the Bioretention Soil Mix.
11. On-site soil mixing or placement shall not be performed if Bioretention Soil Mix or subgrade soil is
saturated. The bioretention soil mixture should be placed and graded by machinery operating adjacent
to the bioretention facility.
12. If machinery must operate in the bioretention cell for soil placement, use light weight equipment with
low ground-contact pressure. The soil mixture shall be placed in horizontal layers not to exceed
12 inches per lift for the entire area of the bioretention facility.
13. Compact the Bioretention Soil Mix to a relative compaction of 85 percent of modified maximum dry
density (ASTM D 1557). Compaction can be achieved by boot packing (simply walking over all areas
of each lift), and then apply 0.2 inches (0.5 cm) of water per 1 inch (2.5 cm) of Bioretention Soil Mix
depth. Water for settling should be applied by spraying or sprinkling.
14. Prior to placement of the Bioretention Soil Mix, the finished subgrade shall: (a) be scarified to a
minimum depth of 3 inches; (b) have any sediment deposited from construction runoff removed (to
remove all introduced sediment, subgrade soil should be removed to a depth of 3 to 6 inches and
replaced with Bioretention Soil Mix); and (c) be inspected by the responsible engineer to verify
required subgrade condition.
15. If using the default Bioretention Soil Mix described in Reference Section 11-C, pre-placement
laboratory analysis for saturated hydraulic conductivity of the Bioretention Soil Mix is not required.
Verification of the mineral aggregate gradation, compliance with the compost specifications, and the
mix ratio must be provided.
16. Custom bioretention soil mixes may be considered under the adjustment process described in Section
1.4 of the SWDM.
17. Bioretention with underdrains is not allowed for Core Requirement #9 unless approved via a SWDM
adjustment per Section 1.4 that, at minimum, addresses comparable hydraulic performance, water
quality concerns, and maintainability. Bioretention with underdrains is allowed for Core
Requirement #8.
18. Bioretention constructed with compost materials are not allowed within one-quarter mile of a sensitive
lake if the underlying native soil does not meet the soil suitability criteria for treatment in Section
5.2.1 of the SWDM.
19. Bioretention constructed with compost materials are not allowed within ¼ mile of those waterbodies
listed as category 2, 4, or 5 for either nutrients or low DO determined to be caused by nutrients. These
waterbodies are found on Ecology’s combined 303(d)/305(b) Water Quality Assessment list. The
exception to this prohibition is where phosphorous is the identified nutrient and the underlying native
soil meets soil suitability criteria for treatment described in Section 5.2.1 of the SWDM.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-72
20. For sites with septic systems, bioretention must be located downgradient of the primary and reserve
drainfield areas. CED review staff can waive this requirement if site topography clearly prohibits
subsurface flows from intersecting the drainfield.
21. Bioretention is not allowed in critical area buffers or on slopes steeper than 20%.
22. Bioretention is not allowed within 50 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or
landslide hazard.
23. Bioretention proposed on slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider
cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
24. Bioretention proposed near slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist if the facility is located within a setback from the top of slope equal to the total
vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than 15% unless otherwise approved by CED. The
geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding areas under
full built-out conditions
25. Bioretention that directs overflow towards slopes steeper than 15% may require evaluation and
approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist as determined by CED.
26. Bioretention proposed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or landslide
hazard must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise
approved by CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and
surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
27. Bioretention must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by CED. If bioretention is
proposed near or directs overflow towards a landslide hazard, erosion hazard area, or a steep slope
hazard area, CED may require evaluation and approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or
engineering geologist. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project
and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
C.2.6.3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIORETENTION
If a bioretention on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future property owners,
the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be
a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. Future updates to
the instructions will be posted on the City of Renton’s SWDM website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.6.4 EXAMPLE SIZING CALCULATION
Runoff Source: 20-foot by 20-foot driveway
Equivalent Storage Depth = 1.0 inches (0.083 feet)
Bioretention Storage Volume Needed = 20 feet x 20 feet x 0.083 feet = 33 cubic feet
Note that if the design soil percolation rate is 0.5 inches per hour, a pond 1-foot deep will take 24 hours to
drain when filled.
C.2.6.5 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING
There are many potential applications and site scenarios where bioretention can be applied. The following
techniques highlight the most broadly applicable techniques to be used to protect bioretention during
C.2.6 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-73
construction. Refer to Appendix D for general site protection measures and Appendix D, Section D.2.1.10
for protection measures specific to existing and proposed on-site BMPs. In addition to those techniques,
the following techniques apply specifically for protection of bioretention during construction:
Prior to construction:
o The bioretention area shall be clearly identified (e.g., using flagging or high visibility fencing) and
protected prior to construction to prevent compaction of underlying soils by vehicle traffic.
o The Construction SWPPP sheets must outline construction sequencing that will protect the
bioretention area during construction.
o Stabilize upslope construction areas (e.g., using silt fences, berms, mulch, or other Construction
SWPPP BMPs) and minimize overland flow distances.
Excavation:
o Excavation of bioretention areas shall be performed by machinery operating adjacent to the BMP.
No heavy equipment with narrow tracks, narrow tires, or large lugged high pressure tires shall be
allowed on the bioretention area footprint.
o If machinery must operate in the bioretention area for excavation, use lightweight, low ground-
contact pressure equipment and rip the base at completion to scarify soil to a minimum of
12 inches.
o Where feasible, excavate bioretention areas to final grade only after all disturbed areas in the up-
gradient project drainage area have been permanently stabilized. (If bioretention areas must be
excavated before permanent site stabilization, initial excavation must be conducted to no less than
6 inches of the final elevation of the facility floor.)
o Excavation of bioretention areas shall not be allowed during wet or saturated conditions.
o The use of draglines and trackhoes should be considered for constructing bioretention areas.
o The sidewalls and bottom of a bioretention excavation must be raked or scarified to a minimum
depth of 3 inches after final excavation to restore infiltration rates.
Sediment control:
o Bioretention shall not be used as a sediment control facility, and all drainage shall be directed
away from the bioretention area after initial rough grading.
o Direct construction site flow away from the bioretention area using applicable Construction
SWPPP BMPs (e.g., temporary diversion swales).
Protect bioretention soil mix from compaction during construction
o Do not place bioretention soil mix if saturated or during wet periods.
o Check for compaction prior to planting. If compaction occurs, aerate the bioretention soil and then
proceed to plant.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-74
FIGURE C.2.6.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL BIORETENTION CELL
C.2.6 BIORETENTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-75
FIGURE C.2.6.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL BIORETENTION
WITH CONTAINMENT BERM
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-76
C.2.7 PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
Permeable pavements include porous concrete, porous asphalt, cellular confinement gravel systems, unit
pavers with a gravel bed, and grassed modular grid systems. There are many types of permeable pavement
on the market today. Permeable pavement systems require careful design, construction, and maintenance
in order to provide good service life and proper drainage. Manufacturer’s recommendations should be
strictly followed for proprietary systems.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, permeable pavement may
be applied to non-pollution generating impervious surface (sidewalks or patio) and to those pollution
generating impervious surfaces (e.g., driveway, road, or parking area) where the soil beneath the BMP
meets the following properties:
Minimum organic matter content of 1.0%, and
Minimum cation exchange capacity of 5 milliequivalents per 100 grams
A 6″ sand layer must be included in the design beneath the pollution generating permeable pavement if the
soil beneath the BMP does not meet the properties listed above. This BMP is not allowed in Zone 1 of the
Aquifer Protection Area. Permeable pavement proposed for roadway improvements (e.g., roads and
sidewalks) shall be per the City of Renton Standard Details and the requirements of the City of Renton
Transportation Department and Surface Water Utility as applicable or as otherwise approved by the City
Engineer.
Design Considerations
Application of permeable pavement on steeper slopes may not be suitable because water draining through
permeable base may daylight downslope. Ideally, permeable pavement slopes should be less than 5%.
Areas with a high water table or highly impervious soils may be unsuitable for this pavement type.
Runoff from other impervious areas (“run on”) may be directed to permeable pavements that meet the
following criteria:
Run-on area is limited to a maximum of 5 times the permeable pavement area to which the run-on is
directed, of which no more than 2 times may be from pollution generating impervious surfaces. An area-
weighted ratio shall be used for a mix of pollution generating and non-pollution generating impervious
surface areas (e.g., a contributing area that is 50% parking lot and 50% roof area would be subject to a
maximum run-on of 3.5 times the permeable pavement area).
Run-on is not allowed from pervious surfaces.
For permeable pavement installations on slopes greater than 5%, impermeable check dams are required
underneath the pavement. The surface area of the impermeable check dams shall not be counted as part of
the permeable pavement when determining the allowable area of run-on.
Target impervious surfaces from which runoff is directed to permeable pavements are considered to have
met the minimum on-site BMP implementation requirements contained in the “Small Lot and Large Lot
requirements” lists located in the SWDM Section 1.2.9.2 and Appendix C, Section C.1.3. No on-site BMP
modeling credits for sizing flow control or water quality facilities are given for surfaces that are run-on to
permeable pavements.
Infeasibility Criteria
Permeable pavement is considered infeasible and not required for projects that cannot meet the minimum
design requirements for permeable pavement described or via the permeable pavement infeasibility criteria
list below. Where the minimum design requirements call for geotechnical evaluation and approval for
permeable pavement that proposes to discharge towards or is within described setbacks of a steep slope
hazard area, erosion hazard area, landslide hazard, or slopes greater than 15%, permeable pavement is
considered infeasible and not required. Though not required in these circumstances, a project proponent
C.2.7 PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-77
may still opt to use permeable pavement as long as the geotechnical evaluation and approval requirement
is met. This BMP is not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area. Functionally equivalent design
alternatives to permeable pavement may be considered to meet BMP requirements if approved by CED. A
functionally equivalent design will provide the same infiltrative capacity (storage and infiltration rate) or
be demonstrated via modeling to meet the LID Performance Standard. An example of an equivalent design
includes a standard impermeable pavement design where runoff is collected and redistributed/infiltrated
below or adjacent to the pavement.
Required Soils Report
Many locations in the City have soils that are underlain by a compacted layer of soil (i.e., glacial till or
hardpan) which severely limits soaking capacity and causes water to perch on the relatively impervious
layer during the wet season. In other areas, soil does not have the properties that reduce the risk of
groundwater contamination from typical stormwater runoff from pollution generating surfaces. These
factors can make permeable pavements impractical, unreliable, or deleterious to groundwater quality.
Thus, a soils report is necessary to identify soil types, soil characteristics, depth to impermeable layers
(hardpan) or the maximum wet season groundwater level, and infiltration rates.
Detailed requirements for the soils report are found under “Required Soils Report” in Section C.1.3 of the
SWDM.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.7.7.
Permeable Pavement Infeasibility Criteria List
These are conditions that make permeable pavement not required to be implemented as part of the
prescriptive BMP lists detailed in Core Requirement #9 of the SWDM and Section C.1.3 of Appendix C.
The lists require BMPs be evaluated and installed to the maximum extent feasible. Where determined
infeasible by these criteria, an applicant has the option to propose a functional design via the adjustment
process described in Section 1.4 of the SWDM in order to: (a) use the on-site BMP facility modeling
credits described in SWDM Section 1.2.9.4; (b) to use in achieving the LID Performance Standard (where
required or optional);or (c) to meet the minimum on-site BMP implementation requirements contained in
the “Small Lot and Large Lot requirements” lists located in SWDM Section 1.2.9.2 and Appendix C,
Section C.1.3.
These criteria also apply to impervious pavements that would employ stormwater collection from the
surface of impervious pavement with redistribution below the pavement.
Citation of any of the following infeasibility criteria must be based on an evaluation of site-specific
conditions and a written recommendation from an appropriate licensed professional (e.g., engineer,
geologist, hydrogeologist).
1. Where professional geotechnical evaluation recommends infiltration not be used due to reasonable
concerns about erosion, slope failure, or down gradient flooding.
2. Within an area whose ground water drains into an erosion hazard area or landslide hazard.
3. Where infiltrating and ponded water below new permeable pavement area would compromise
adjacent impervious pavements.
4. Where infiltrating water below a new permeable pavement area would threaten existing below grade
basements.
5. Where infiltrating water would threaten shoreline structures such as bulkheads.
6. Down slope of steep, erosion prone areas that are likely to deliver sediment.
7. Where fill soils are used that can become unstable when saturated.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-78
8. Excessively steep slopes where water within the aggregate base layer or at the sub-grade surface
cannot be controlled by detention structures and may cause erosion and structural failure, or where
surface runoff velocities may preclude adequate infiltration at the pavement surface.
9. Where permeable pavements cannot provide sufficient strength to support heavy loads at industrial
facilities such as ports.
10. Where installation of permeable pavement would threaten the safety or reliability of pre-existing
underground utilities, pre-existing underground storage tanks, or pre-existing road sub-grades.
The following criteria can be cited as reasons for a finding of infeasibility without further
justification (though some require professional services to make the observation):
11. Within an area designated as an erosion hazard area or landslide hazard.
12. Within 50 feet from the top of slopes that are greater than 20%.
13. For properties with known soil or ground water contamination (typically federal Superfund sites or
state cleanup sites under the Model Toxics Control Act [MTCA]):
a) Within 100 feet of an area known to have deep soil contamination;
b) Where ground water modeling indicates infiltration will likely increase or change the direction of
the migration of pollutants in the ground water;
c) Wherever surface soils have been found to be contaminated unless those soils are removed within
10 horizontal feet from the infiltration area;
d) Any area where these facilities are prohibited by an approved cleanup plan under the state Model
Toxics Control Act or Federal Superfund Law, or an environmental covenant under Chapter 64.70
RCW.
14. Within 100 feet of a closed or active landfill.
15. Within 100 feet of a drinking water well, or a spring used for drinking water supply, if the pavement is
a pollution-generating surface. Within Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
16. Within 10 feet of a small on-site sewage disposal drainfield, including reserve areas, and grey water
reuse systems. For setbacks from a “large on-site sewage disposal system,” see Chapter 246-272B
WAC.
17. Within 10 feet of any underground storage tank and connecting underground pipes, regardless of tank
size. As used in these criteria, an underground storage tank means any tank used to store petroleum
products, chemicals, or liquid hazardous wastes of which 10% or more of the storage volume
(including volume in the connecting piping system) is beneath the ground surface.
18. At multi-level parking garages, and over culverts and bridges.
19. Where the site design cannot avoid putting pavement in areas likely to have long-term excessive
sediment deposition after construction (e.g., construction and landscaping material yards).
20. Where the site cannot reasonably be designed to have a porous asphalt surface at less than 5 percent
slope, or a pervious concrete surface at less than 10 percent slope, or a permeable interlocking
concrete pavement surface (where appropriate) at less than 12 percent slope. Grid systems upper slope
limit can range from 6 to 12 percent; check with manufacturer and local supplier.
21. Where the native soils below a pollution-generating permeable pavement (e.g., road or parking lot) do
not meet the soil suitability criteria for providing treatment:
Minimum organic matter content of 1.0%, and
Minimum cation exchange capacity of 5 milliequivalents per 100 grams
C.2.7 PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-79
Note that where the soil beneath the infiltration BMP does not have properties that reduce the risk of
groundwater contamination, the applicant has the option of using permeable pavement if a 6″ sand
layer beneath the permeable pavement is included in the design. This approach is optional and does
not make permeable pavement required to be implemented as part of the prescriptive BMP lists
detailed in Core Requirement #9 of the SWDM and Section C.1.3 of Appendix C.
22. Where seasonal high ground water or an underlying impermeable/low permeable layer would create
saturated conditions within one foot of the bottom of the lowest gravel base course or sand layer, if
required.
23. Where underlying soils are unsuitable for supporting traffic loads when saturated. Soils meeting a
California Bearing Ratio of 5% are considered suitable for residential access roads.
24. Where appropriate field testing indicates soils have a measured (a.k.a., initial) native soil saturated
hydraulic conductivity less than 0.3 inches per hour.
25. Roads that receive more than very low traffic volumes, and areas having more than very low truck
traffic. Roads with a projected average daily traffic volume of 400 vehicles or less are very low
volume roads (AASHTO, 2001) (U.S. Dept. of Transportation, 2013). Areas with very low truck
traffic volumes are roads and other areas not subject to through truck traffic but may receive up to
weekly use by utility trucks (e.g., garbage, recycling), daily school bus use, and multiple daily use by
pick-up trucks, mail/parcel delivery trucks, and maintenance vehicles.
Note: This infeasibility criterion does not extend to sidewalks and other non-traffic bearing surfaces.
26. Where replacing existing impervious surfaces unless the existing surface is a non-pollution generating
surface over an outwash soil with a saturated hydraulic conductivity of four inches per hour or greater.
27. At sites defined as “high use sites.”
28. In areas with “industrial activity” as identified in 40 CFR 122.26(b)(14).
29. Where the risk of concentrated pollutant spills is more likely such as gas stations, truck stops, and
industrial chemical storage sites.
30. Where routine, heavy applications of sand occur in frequent snow zones to maintain traction during
weeks of snow and ice accumulation, including sidewalks within 7 feet of driving lanes with sand
application.
31. The areas contributing runoff to the permeable pavement facilities exceed the maximum run-on limits:
Pollution-generating impervious surfaces (e.g., roadways, parking lots) exceed the maximum
run-on area ratio of 2:1
Non-pollution generating impervious surfaces (e.g., roofs, sidewalks) exceed the maximum run-
on area ratio of 5:1
C.2.7.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
All of the following requirements must be met in order for permeable pavement to be applicable to a
target impervious surface:
1. One of the following types of permeable pavement must be used in accordance with the design
specifications for each type as set forth in Sections C.2.7.2 through C.2.7.6:
Porous concrete (see Section C.2.7.2)
Porous asphalt (see Section C.2.7.3)
Permeable pavers (see Section C.2.7.4)
Modular grid pavement (see Section C.2.7.5)
Grassed modular grid pavement (see Section C.2.7.6)
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-80
2. Permeable pavements shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications, except
when such specifications are less stringent than those set forth in Sections 2.7.2 through C.2.7.6.
A schematic representation of permeable pavement is shown on Figure C.2.7.1.A.
3. Permeable pavements shall not be placed on slopes steeper than 5% for porous asphaltic concrete and
10% for all other types.
4. For permeable pavements placed on slopes steeper than 5%, impermeable check dams shall be placed
on the subgrade and below the pavement surface with the intent to increase infiltration, improve flow
attenuation, and reduce structural problems associated with subgrade erosion on slopes (See
Figure C.2.7.1.B). Check dams should have an overflow drain invert placed at the maximum ponding
depth created by the check dam. Based on an assumed 5″ check dam height in a 6″-thick gravel
storage base, check dam spacing shall range from 4 feet on center for 10% slopes to 8 feet on center
for 5% slopes and interpolated linearly for slopes in between. At minimum, one check dam shall be
provided at the toe of the subgrade/downstream limit of the permeable pavement section. Check dams
used to achieve LID Performance modeling shall be placed as required by the design—note that the
area of the check dams is not counted as part of the infiltrative footprint when modeling.
5. Permeable pavements that are pollution generating are only allowed where the underlying soils meet
criteria for groundwater protection:
Minimum organic matter content of 1.0%, and
Minimum cation exchange capacity of 5 milliequivalents per 100 grams
Where the soil beneath the infiltration BMP does not have properties that reduce the risk of
groundwater contamination, the applicant has the option of using permeable pavement if a 6″ sand
layer beneath the permeable pavement is included in the design. This approach is optional and does
not prompt the requirement that the permeable pavement be implemented as part of the prescriptive
BMP lists detailed in Core Requirement #9 of the SWDM and Section C.1.3 of Appendix C.
6. Permeable pavement is not allowed within 50 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area,
or landslide hazard.
7. Permeable pavement proposed near slopes steeper than 15% must be approved by a geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by CED if the facility is located within a
setback from the top of slope equal to the total vertical height of the slope area that is steeper than
15%. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and surrounding
areas under full built-out conditions.
8. Permeable pavement that directs overflow towards slopes steeper than 15% may require evaluation
and approval of the proposal by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist unless otherwise
approved by CED. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative impacts from the project and
surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
9. Permeable pavement proposed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard area, erosion hazard area, or
landslide hazard must be approved by a geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist unless
otherwise approved by CED.
10. Permeable pavement must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by CED. If
permeable pavement is proposed near or directs overflow towards a landslide hazard, erosion hazard
area, or a steep slope hazard area, CED may require evaluation and approval of the proposal by a
geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist. The geotechnical analysis must consider cumulative
impacts from the project and surrounding areas under full built-out conditions.
Underdrain (if required)
Underdrain systems must be installed for private roads and privately maintained facilities if the permeable
pavement is:
Located near sensitive infrastructure (e.g., unsealed basements) and potential for flooding is likely
C.2.7 PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-81
Used for filtering stormwater flows from gas stations or other pollutant hotspots (requires an
impermeable liner)
Located above subgrade soils with a measured infiltration rate of less than 0.3 inches per hour.
In an area that does not provide a minimum of 3 feet of clearance between the bottom of the lowest
gravel base course or sand layer, if required, and the seasonal high groundwater elevation or other
impermeable layer
The underdrain pipe diameter will depend on hydraulic capacity required. The underdrain shall be
connected to an acceptable discharge point which can either be an enclosed drainage system (i.e., pipe
system, culvert, or tightline) or an open drainage feature (e.g., ditch, channel).
Requirements associated with the underdrain design include:
1. The underdrain must be elevated within the aggregate base course to protect the pavement wearing
course from saturation.
2. Slotted subsurface drain PVC per ASTM D1785 SCH 40.
3. Slots should be cut perpendicular to the long axis of the pipe and be 0.04 to 0.069 inches by 1 inch
long and be spaced 0.25 inches apart (spaced longitudinally). Slots should be arranged in four rows
spaced on 45-degree centers and cover ½ of the circumference of the pipe.
4. Underdrain pipe shall have a minimum diameter of 8 inches in the public ROW and 6 inches for
private property.
5. Underdrain pipe slope shall be no less than 0.5 percent unless otherwise specified by an engineer.
6. Pipe shall be placed in filter material and have a minimum cover depth of 12 inches and bedding depth
of 6 inches. Cover depth may be reduced up to 6 inches in order to discharge stormwater from the
facility under gravity flow conditions while meeting the applicable engineering standards, if approved
by the City.
7. Filter material shall meet the specifications in Table C.2.7.1.A.
TABLE C.2.7.1.A. UNDERDRAIN AGGREGATE
Sieve Size Percent Passing
¾ inch 100 percent
¼ inch 30 to 60 percent
U.S. No. 8 20 to 50 percent
U.S. No. 50 3 to 12 percent
U.S. No. 200 0 to 1 percent
11. Underdrains shall have a maintenance access point (e.g., cleanout, observation port, overflow
structure) at each end of a facility and a minimum of every 100 feet along the pipe. Cleanouts and
observation ports shall have locking cast iron caps and shall be constructed of non-perforated pipe
(sized to match the underdrain diameter).
12. If an orifice is included in the design, the minimum diameter shall be 0.5 inches to minimize clogging
and maintenance requirements.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-82
Overflow
Minimum design requirements associated with the overflow design for permeable pavement include the
following:
1. Overflow shall be designed to convey any flow exceeding the capacity of the facility. Options include:
Subsurface slotted drain pipe(s) set at the design ponding elevation to route flow to a conveyance
system
Lateral flow through the storage reservoir to a daylighted conveyance system
2. For permeable pavement installed on a sloped subgrade, at least one overflow shall be sited at the
downslope extent of the facility.
3. If a slotted overflow pipe is used to collect water in the permeable pavement section, the pipe diameter
and spacing shall be designed based on the hydraulic capacity required. A non-perforated cleanout
(sized to match underdrain diameter) shall be connected to the underdrain every 100 feet at a
minimum.
4. A minimum wearing course surface slope of 1 percent is required (2 percent recommended) to ensure
positive surface drainage should the surface become clogged.
5. The designer shall consider the flow path of water when the permeable pavement section is fully
saturated to the maximum design depth or when the wearing course is clogged to confirm there are no
unanticipated discharge locations (e.g., impact to intersecting utility trenches, sheet flow to adjacent
properties). The flow path shall be described on the plan submittal.
C.2.7 PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-83
FIGURE C.2.7.1.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-84
FIGURE C.2.7.1.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
WITH CHECK DAMS
C.2.7 PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-85
C.2.7.2 POROUS CONCRETE
Porous concrete consists of a mix of aggregate, cement paste, water and admixtures, but contains less fine
aggregate than conventional concrete. Voids in the hardened concrete allow water to drain through the
surface into the subgrade.
Uses: Sidewalks, patios, parking areas, roads and driveways.
Design Specifications
1. A minimum of 6 inches of free-draining sand or gravel base is required under the porous concrete
surface.
2. The free-draining base shall have less than 5% fines (material passing the #200 sieve) based on the
fraction passing the #4 sieve.
3. The porous concrete pavement shall be permeable enough to absorb water at a minimum rate of
20 inches per hour immediately after the pavement surface has been wetted continuously for at least
10 minutes. Compliance with this minimum rate shall be checked prior to construction approval of the
pavement. Compliance may be checked using a simple bucket test in which 5 gallons of water are
poured onto the pavement surface all at once from a 5-gallon bucket. If nothing but a scant amount of
water puddles or runs off the surface, then the pavement is considered to meet the minimum rate of
absorption. If this test is not conclusive, use of ASTM C1701 is recommended using a 12-inch ring
sealed at the base to the pavement surface shall be used to measure the actual rate of absorption. At
least one test should be conducted per 1,000 square feet of permeable pavement. As an alternative for
large areas (e.g., parking areas), testing observation may be accomplished while walking behind a
slowly moving water truck discharging water at an acceptable rate for the test (observable volume and
rate of application similar, at least, to the bucket test).
4. Porous concrete proposed for roadway improvements (e.g., roads and sidewalks) shall be per the City
of Renton Standard Details and the requirements of the City of Renton Transportation Department and
Surface Water Utility as applicable or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer.
5. Sidewalks and patios on private property not subject to vehicles shall be a minimum of 4 inches thick
and should have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2,000 psi.
C.2.7.3 POROUS ASPHALT
Porous asphalt uses a mix that contains less fine aggregate than conventional asphaltic concrete. Voids in
the pavement allow water to drain through the surface into the subgrade.
Uses: Sidewalks, patios, parking areas, roads and driveways.
Design Specifications
Same as for porous concrete.
C.2.7.4 PERMEABLE PAVERS
Permeable pavers provide a solid surface but allow natural drainage and migration of water into the earth
by permitting water to drain through the spaces between the pavers. On the Internet, there are a number of
manufacturers and installers.
Uses: Sidewalks, patios, parking areas, and driveways.
Design Specifications
Same as for porous concrete, except that the pavement thickness shall be as specified by the manufacturer
or a civil engineer. Use of ASTM C1781 is recommended to confirm the initial surface absorption rate.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-86
C.2.7.5 MODULAR GRID PAVEMENT
Modular grid pavement consists of a lattice of concrete, plastic, or other load bearing material over a
permeable base of gravel or sand (or both). Several manufacturers supply the modular grid materials used
for such pavement. These materials include plastic lattice, concrete pavers, or special forms for a cast-in-
place concrete grid. These systems use a confining structure incorporated into the subgrade with an
engineered fill material.
Uses: Low-traffic or infrequently used areas such as low-traffic driveways, overflow parking, event
parking, church parking, employee parking, maintenance access roads, etc.; they are not allowed
road rights-of-way.
Design Specifications
1. A minimum of 6 inches of free draining base material (sand or gravel) is required under the modular
grid material.
2. The modular grid material must be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
3. The surface area of the modular grid openings must be at least 50% of the total surface area of the
modular grid pavement.
4. The modular grid openings must be filled with gravel, sand, or a mixture of both.
5. Smooth surface walkways may be run across modular grid pavements, provided the impervious
surfaced walkways do not exceed 10 percent of the total pavement surface.
C.2.7.6 GRASSED MODULAR GRID PAVEMENT
Grassed modular grid pavement is basically a modular grid pavement with grass planted in the openings
or in a thin layer of soil over the grid material. The benefits of this measure are reduced runoff peaks and
volumes resulting from the increased infiltration of stormwater, the increased water storage provided in the
grid soil and base, and the increased evapotranspiration provided by the grass. The grassed surface also
helps remove pollutants that are left behind by vehicles.
Uses: Low-traffic or infrequently used areas such as low-traffic driveways, overflow parking, event
parking, church parking, employee parking, maintenance access roads, etc.; they are not allowed
in road rights-of-way.
Design Specifications
1. A minimum of 6 inches of free draining base material (sand or gravel) is required under the modular
grid material.
2. The modular grid material must be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
3. The surface area of the modular grid openings must be at least 50% of the total surface area of the
modular grid pavement.
4. The modular grid openings must be filled with a sandy soil mix suitable for growing grass as specified
by the manufacturer’s instructions or a landscape architect.
5. Smooth surface walkways may be run across modular grid pavements, provided the impervious
surfaced walkways do not exceed 10 percent of the total pavement area.
C.2.7 PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-87
C.2.7.7 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
If the permeable pavement on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions,
plus any provided by the manufacturer or installer, must be recorded as an attachment to the required
declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of
these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be
maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; CED may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions or manufacturer’s recommendations. Future updates to these
instructions will be posted on the City of Renton’s SWDM website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.7.8 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING
There are many potential applications and site scenarios where permeable pavement can be applied. The
following techniques highlight the most broadly applicable techniques to be used to protect permeable
pavement during construction. Refer to Appendix D for general site protection measures and Appendix D,
Section D.2.1.10 for protection measures specific to existing and proposed on-site BMPs. In addition to
those techniques, the following techniques apply specifically for protection of permeable pavement during
construction:
Prior to construction:
o Use procedural BMPs to plan construction. For example, phase construction to minimize
compaction, sedimentation, or structural damage to the permeable pavement.
o The permeable pavement area shall be clearly identified (e.g., using flagging or high visibility
fencing) and protected prior to construction to prevent compaction of underlying soils by vehicle
traffic.
o The Construction SWPPP sheets must outline construction sequencing that will protect the
permeable pavement during construction.
o Stabilize upslope construction areas (e.g., using silt fences, berms, mulch, or other Construction
SWPPP BMPs) and minimize overland flow distances.
During construction:
o Use physical construction BMPs SWPPP BMPs and/or grade the site to avoid sediment laden
runoff from reaching permeable pavements.
o Place protective surfaces (e.g., waterproof tarps and steel plates) over any permeable pavement
areas used for construction staging.
o Do not drive sediment-laden construction equipment on the base material or pavement. Do not
allow sediment-laden runoff on permeable pavements or base materials.
o Once the pavement is finished and set, cover the pavement surface with plastic and geotextile to
protect from other construction activities. Close and protect the pavement area until the site is
permanently stabilized.
o Incorporate measures to protect road subgrade from over compaction and sedimentation if
permeable pavement roads are used for construction access.
o Cover the aggregate base or pavement surface with protective geotextile fabric and protect fabric
with steel plates or gravel. Gravel should only be used to protect the fabric placed over aggregate
base.
Post construction:
o Once construction is complete and the site is permanently stabilized, remove protective geotextile,
clean, and complete pavement installation.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-88
C.2.8 RAINWATER HARVESTING
Rainwater harvesting means the collection and storage of roof runoff for domestic or irrigation uses.
Rainwater harvesting systems include a collection area, a filter, a storage device and an outflow device.
Storage may be above ground or below grade and may consist of tanks or vaults. Example configurations
are shown in Figure C.2.8.A and Figure C.2.8.B. The stored water may be used for any domestic purpose
including irrigation. The distribution system may be gravity or pumped.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, rainwater harvesting
systems may be used with any roof area.
Design Considerations
Provisional specifications available in the State Uniform Building Code (UBC) for commercial rainwater
systems may be used for guidance in designing the various elements of a non-commercial system.
Note: a water right is not required for on-site storage and use of rooftop or guzzler-collected rainwater.
A guzzler is a device used to catch and store rainwater to provide drinking water for wildlife, livestock, or
birds.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.8.2 and Minimum Design Requirement 2 below.
C.2.8.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
All of the following requirements must be met in order for rainwater harvesting to be applicable to a target
impervious surface:
1. For a rainwater harvesting system proposed to be used towards meeting Core Requirement #3 (Flow
Control) or Core Requirement #9 (On-site BMPs) requirements, an approved drainage adjustment is
required that demonstrates the system’s impact/benefit and specifies conditions of use to achieve the
same.
2. To ensure the system functions as designed and provides the required stormwater management,
system-specific maintenance and operation instructions must be submitted and approved by CED.
Such instructions should be prepared by the system’s manufacturer or installer.
3. A minimum 5-foot setback shall be maintained between any part of the rainwater harvesting system
and any property line.
C.2.8 RAINWATER HARVESTING
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-89
FIGURE C.2.8.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL ABOVE GROUND RESERVOIR
CONFIGURATION (STENSROD, 1978)
FIGURE C.2.8.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF VARIOUS POSSIBLE RESERVOIR
CONFIGURATIONS (STENSROD, 1978)
FOUNDATION
BOTTOM TAP
CISTERN
WELL VENTILATED SPACE
OVERFLOW
MANHOLE
OVERFLOW
SEDIMENT TRAP
DOWNSPOUT
GUTTER
VALVE
SPOUT
SPLASH BLOCK
VALVE FOR DRAINING
AND CLEANING OF FILTER
PARIALLY BURIED RESERVOIR
RESERVED ABOVE GROUND
(INSULATE IF NECESSARY)
RESERVOIR IN BASEMENTRESERVOIR BURIED
OUTSIDE BASEMENT
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-90
C.2.8.2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING
If the rainwater harvesting on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions
must be incorporated into the maintenance and operation instructions required per Minimum Design
Requirement 2. All such instructions must be recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of
covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated.
These instructions are intended to be a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-
specific conditions or manufacturer’s recommendations. Future updates to these instructions will be posted
on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.9 REDUCED IMPERVIOUS SURFACE CREDIT
Reduced impervious surface credit means a credit toward meeting impervious surface on-site BMP
requirements through application of techniques that result in less impervious surface coverage than is
typically constructed or allowed for a particular land use. The credit may be used to mitigate for
impervious surface to which on-site BMPs must be applied as specified by BMP Requirement 3 in either
Section C.1.3.1 or Section C.1.3.2 .
To receive the credit, a reduction in impervious surface below established norms must be assured through
covenant and/or alternative design of impervious surfaces as described in the subsections below. For
every square foot of reduced impervious surface assured, an equal area of actual proposed target
impervious surface may be credited as mitigated, provided the runoff from the credited area is either
directed to vegetated pervious areas on the site or discharged through a perforated pipe connection per
Section C.2.11.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, the reduced impervious
surface credit may be applied to any impervious surface such as a roof, driveway, parking area, or road.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.9.7.
C.2.9.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
All of the following requirements must be met in order for the reduced impervious surface credit to be
applicable to a target impervious surface:
1. One or more of the following techniques must be used to reduce, restrict, or otherwise mitigate for
impervious surface subject to on-site BMPs:
Restricted footprint (see Section C.2.9.2)
Wheel strip driveways (see Section C.2.9.3)
Minimum disturbance foundation (see Section C.2.9.4)
Open grid decking over pervious surface (see Section C.2.9.5)
2. The area of target impervious surface credited as mitigated by the reduced impervious surface
credit must meet all of the following requirements:
a) The area credited as mitigated must be no more than 10,000 square feet on any one site/lot unless
the surface is served by a flow control facility designed by a civil engineer in accordance with
Section 1.2.3 of the SWDM.
C.2.9 REDUCED IMPERVIOUS SURFACE CREDIT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-91
b) Any runoff from the area credited as mitigated must be directed to vegetated pervious areas on the
site/lot or discharged through a perforated pipe connection per Section C.2.11.
c) Any portion of the area credited as mitigated that is pollution-generating impervious surface
must be less than 5,000 square feet on any one site/lot unless the surface is served by a water
quality treatment facility designed by a civil engineer in accordance with Section 1.2.8 of the
SWDM.
C.2.9.2 RESTRICTED FOOTPRINT
Restricted footprint means the recording of a covenant that limits the amount of future impervious surface
coverage on a site/lot to an amount less than the norm as specified below:
1. For sites/lots that are smaller than 22,000 square feet, any recorded limit on total impervious
surface less than a norm of 4,000 square feet or the maximum allowed by the site/lot’s zoning,
whichever is smaller, qualifies for a restricted footprint credit equal to the difference in square
footage. In other words, for every square foot that the recorded limit is below the norm, an equal area
of actual proposed target impervious surface is credited as mitigated subject to Minimum Design
Requirement 2 in Section C.2.9.1.
2. For sites/lots that are between 22,000 square feet and 250,000 square feet , any recorded limit of
total impervious surface in an amount less than a norm of 4,000 square feet or 4% of the site/lot area,
whichever is greater, qualifies for a restricted footprint credit equal to the difference in square footage.
For every square foot that the recorded limit is below the norm, an equal area of actual proposed
target impervious surface is credited as mitigated subject to Minimum Design Requirement 2 in
Section C.2.9.1.
3. For sites/lots that are greater than 250,000 square feet, no restricted footprint credit is available.
C.2.9.3 WHEEL STRIP DRIVEWAYS
Wheel strip driveways consist of two pavement strips and grass planted in amended soil, all within a
“driveway width norm” of 10 feet. Subject to Minimum Design Requirement 2 in Section C.2.9.1, an area
of actual proposed target impervious surface equal to the driveway length times 10 feet of width is
credited as mitigated if all of the following requirements are met:
1. The pavement strips must be no more than 2.5-feet wide.
2. At least 4 feet of the driveway width must be amended soil planted with grass. The amended soil
must consist of at least 4 inches of well-rotted compost tilled into the upper 8 inches of the soil
between the impervious strips.
C.2.9.4 MINIMUM DISTURBANCE FOUNDATION
Minimum disturbance foundations consist of pile or pier supports such that all or a portion of the finished
living space is elevated over a pervious surface. The intent of this system is to provide additional storage
for runoff in the soil beneath the structure. Subject to Minimum Design Requirement 2 in Section C.2.9.1,
this technique qualifies for a 100% credit if the following requirements are met:
1. The pervious surface beneath the elevated portion of the structure must be either undisturbed native
soil or amended soil. Any amended soil must consist of at least 4 inches of well-rotted compost tilled
into the upper 8 inches of the soil.
2. Runoff from the structure must be discharged via downspouts or sheet flow onto a vegetated surface
or into a 4- to 6-inch gravel bed within close proximity of the elevated structure. Runoff discharging
from downspouts onto a vegetated surface must be via splash blocks.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-92
C.2.9.5 OPEN GRID DECKING OVER PERVIOUS SURFACE
Open grid decking over pervious surface is a steel, plastic, or wood deck with regularly spaced openings
suspended over a pervious surface. Such decking may be used as an alternative to impervious surface for
such applications as parking or other vehicle use, and/or walkways, etc. This technique qualifies for a
100% credit if the following requirements are met:
1. The pervious surface beneath the decking must be either undisturbed native soil, or amended soil in
accordance with Section C.2.13 which requires soil amendment to mitigate for lost moisture holding
capacity where compaction or removal of some or all of the duff layer or underlying topsoil has
occurred.
2. The full area of decking over pervious surface may be used to qualify for a reduced impervious
surface credit subject to Minimum Design Requirement 2 in Section C.2.9.1. This means that for
every square foot of decking over pervious surface, an equal amount of target impervious surface is
considered mitigated, except as restricted by Minimum Design Requirement 2 in Section C.2.9.1.
3. The openings in the decking must be at least 8% of the surface area and must be evenly distributed
across the surface such that there are at least 2 openings per square foot.
4. The decking and its supports shall be designed by a civil engineer or structural engineer as deemed
necessary by CED.
C.2.9.6 EXAMPLE CREDIT CALCULATIONS
A project proposes to add 3,500 square feet of impervious surface to a 2-acre lot, which includes a
2,575-square-foot house (footprint) with a 1,600 square foot minimum disturbance foundation, a
600-square-foot parking pad, 25-foot-long wheel strip driveway (125 square feet), and a 200-square-foot
wood deck. The 3,500 sf of impervious surface includes the two concrete wheel strips, which are each
2.5 feet wide (125 sf). The project is subject to the Large Lot BMP Requirements in Section C.1.3.2, so all
new impervious surface (i.e., target impervious surface) must be mitigated with on-site BMPs. Full
dispersion and full infiltration are not applicable or feasible. Therefore, other on-site BMPs in Section C.2
must be used to mitigate all 3,500 square feet of proposed target impervious surface.
Restricted Footprint
Because the 3,500 square feet of proposed impervious surface is less than the established norm for the lot
of 4,000 square feet, the project is eligible for a reduced footprint credit if a covenant is recorded that
limits impervious surface coverage to the 3,500 square feet proposed.
Therefore, the area of target impervious surface credited as mitigated is: 4,000 sf – 3,500 sf = 500 sf
This leaves a remaining impervious area (restricted footprint) of 3,000 sf (3,500 sf – 500 sf = 3,000 sf) that
must be mitigated by other on-site BMPs.
Wheel Strip Driveway
If the wheel strip driveway complies with the specifications in Section C.2.9.3, an area of actual proposed
target impervious surface equal to the area that would be covered by a 10-foot-wide driveway (i.e., the
established “driveway width norm”) is credited as mitigated. The wheel strips themselves are considered
part of the actual proposed target impervious surface area being credited as mitigated.
Thus, the area of target impervious surface credited as mitigated is: 10 ft x 25 ft = 250 sf
This leaves a remaining impervious area of 2,750 sf (3,000 sf – 250 sf = 2,750 sf) that must be mitigated
by other on-site BMPs.
Minimum Disturbance Foundation
If the 1,600 square foot minimum disturbance foundation complies with the specifications in
Section C.2.9.4, the foundation area is credited at 100%.
C.2.10 NATIVE GROWTH RETENTION CREDIT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-93
Thus, the area of target impervious surface credited as mitigated is: 1,600 sf
This leaves a remaining impervious area of 1,150 sf (2,750 sf – 1,600 sf = 1,150 sf) that must be mitigated
by other on-site BMPs.
Open Grid Decking Over Pervious Surface
If the 200 square-foot wood deck complies with the specifications in C.2.9.5, the deck is credited at 100%.
Thus, the total area of target impervious surface credited as mitigated is: 200 sf
This leaves a remaining impervious area of 950 sf (1,150 sf – 200 sf = 950 sf) that must be mitigated by
other on-site BMPs.
C.2.9.7 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
If a reduced impervious surface on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation
instructions must be recorded in or as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of
easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future
property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions
are intended to be a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions.
Future updates to the instructions will be posted on the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.10 NATIVE GROWTH RETENTION CREDIT
Native growth retention credit means a credit toward meeting impervious surface on-site BMP
requirements through voluntary preservation of native vegetated surface on otherwise unencumbered land
that is flat to moderately sloped. The credit may be used to mitigate for impervious surface to which on-
site BMPs must be applied as specified and allowed in Section C.1.3 and Section 1.2.9 of the SWDM.
To receive the credit, at least 3.5 square feet of native vegetated surface must be preserved for every
square foot of impervious surface to be mitigated by the native vegetated surface. In other words, for
every 3.5 square feet of native vegetated pervious surface preserved, one square foot of target impervious
surface may be credited as mitigated, provided the runoff from the credited area is either directed to
vegetated pervious areas on the site or discharged through a perforated pipe connection per Section C.2.11.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, the native growth retention
credit may be applied to any impervious surface such as a roof, driveway, parking area, or road.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.10.3.
C.2.10.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
All of the following requirements must be met in order for the native growth retention credit to be
applicable to a target impervious surface:
1. The area of native vegetated surface being preserved (donor area) to mitigate for target impervious
surface must meet all of the following criteria:
a) The donor area must be 3.5 times the area of impervious surface being credited as mitigated by
the native vegetated surface.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-94
b) The donor area must consist of native vegetated surface, which means that the area may be either
existing forest or forest created in accordance with the specifications for “native vegetated
landscape” in Section C.2.1.8.
c) The donor area must be in addition to any required set-asides for recreation prior to City
annexation, critical areas (and applicable buffers) in RMC 4-3-050, or to meet the clearing
standards in RMC 4-4-060.
d) The donor area must not slope more than 15%.
e) The donor area must be set aside as “native growth retention area” as specified in Section C.2.1.9.
Note this area may be used to manage dispersed stormwater from other areas within the site.
4. The area of target impervious surface credited as being mitigated by the native growth retention
credit must meet all of the following requirements:
a) The area credited as mitigated must be no more than 10,000 square feet on any one site unless the
surface is served by a flow control facility designed by a civil engineer in accordance with
Section 1.2.3 of the SWDM.
b) Any runoff from the area credited as mitigated must be directed to vegetated pervious areas on the
site/lot or discharged through a perforated pipe connection per Section C.2.11.
c) Any portion of the area credited as mitigated that is pollution-generating impervious surface
must be less than 5,000 square feet on any one site unless the surface is served by a water quality
treatment facility designed by a civil engineer in accordance with Section 1.2.8 of the SWDM.
C.2.10.2 EXAMPLE SIZING CALCULATION
Area of target impervious surface to be credited as mitigated: 500 square feet
Donor area of native vegetated surface that must be preserved: 500 x 3.5 = 1,750 square feet
C.2.10.3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
If the native growth retention credit on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation
instructions must be recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of
easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future
property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions
are intended to be a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions.
Future updates to the instructions will be posted on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.11 PERFORATED PIPE CONNECTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-95
C.2.11 PERFORATED PIPE CONNECTION
Perforated pipe connections are intended to convey concentrated runoff from impervious surfaces
(usually roof runoff) directly to a local drainage system while providing some infiltration of that runoff in
the process. They are required for any pipe connection of roof downspouts to the local drainage system
regardless of the extent to which on-site BMPs are required or being used onsite. Perforated pipe
connections are intended to provide for some infiltration during drier periods (late spring through early
fall), which may help dampen the flashiness of stream flows in developed areas and provide some
groundwater recharge. During the wet winter months, however, this BMP likely provides little or no flow
control benefits. Therefore, it is not credited with mitigating target impervious surface.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements below, the perforated pipe connection may be applied to
concentrated runoff from any impervious surface or nonnative pervious surface.
Infeasibility Criteria
Perforated pipe connections are considered infeasible and not required for projects that cannot meet the
minimum design requirements listed below. This BMP is not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection
Area.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.11.2.
C.2.11.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Figure C.2.11.A illustrates a perforated pipe connection for a typical single family residence. Impervious
areas larger than 10,000 square feet and nonnative pervious areas larger than 35,000 square feet may
require larger pipe to adequately convey flows and should be designed by a civil engineer. Perforated pipe
connections must be installed according to the following requirements:
1. Where possible, the perforated pipe connection must be placed in native soil to maximize infiltration
of water, and must not be located under impervious surfaces, except as a last resort.
2. The gravel filled trench must be at least 10-feet in length for every 5,000 square feet of impervious
surface or 35,000 square feet of nonnative pervious surface from which runoff is conveyed.
3. The perforated portion of the system may not be placed in a critical area buffer or on slopes steeper
than 25%. Any proposed placement of the perforated portion on slopes steeper than 15% or within
50 feet of a steep slope hazard area or landslide hazard must be approved by a geotechnical engineer
or engineering geologist unless otherwise approved by CED.
4. For sites with septic systems, the perforated portion of the system must be down slope of the
drainfield primary and reserve areas. CED review staff can waive this requirement if site topography
clearly prohibits subsurface flows from intersecting the drainfield.
5. The perforated pipe connection must not create flooding or erosion impacts as determined by CED.
If the system discharges toward or is near a landslide hazard, erosion hazard area, steep slope hazard
area, or a slope steeper than 15%, CED may require evaluation and approval of the proposal by a
geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist.
6. A minimum of a 5 foot setback is required between any part of the perforated pipe trench and any
property line.
7. The depth from the bottom of the trench to the seasonal high groundwater table or impermeable layer
must be at least one foot.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-96
C.2.11.2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
If the perforated pipe connection on-site BMP is required for a project, maintenance and operation
instructions must be recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of
easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future
property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions
are intended to be a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions.
Future updates to the instructions will be posted on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
FIGURE C.2.11.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A PERFORATED PIPE CONNECTION FOR A
SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE
PLAN VIEW OF ROOF
NTS
24" MIN.
TRENCH X-SECTION
NTS
1 12" - 34" WASHED ROCK
FILTER FABRIC18" MIN.
6" MIN.
RANDOM FILL
6" PERFORATED PIPE
2' x 10' LEVEL TRENCH
w/PERFORATED PIPE
TO ROAD
DRAINAGE SYSTEM
SLOPE
C.2.12 RAIN GARDENS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-97
C.2.12 RAIN GARDENS
Rain gardens are an on-site BMP that can provide effective removal of many stormwater pollutants, and
provide reductions in stormwater runoff quantity and surface runoff flow rates. Rain gardens are non-
engineered, shallow, landscaped depressions with compost amended soils and adapted plants. The
depression ponds and temporarily stores stormwater runoff from adjacent areas. A portion of the influent
stormwater passes through the amended soil profile and into the native soil beneath. Stormwater that
exceeds the storage capacity is designed to overflow to an adjacent drainage system.
Applicable Surfaces
Rain gardens are an on-site BMP option for projects that have to comply with Core Requirement #9, but
not Core Requirements #3 or #8. Rain gardens shall have a maximum contributing area of 5,000 square
feet.
Infeasibility Criteria
Infeasibility criteria for rain gardens are the same as for bioretention. Refer to Bioretention infeasibility
criteria in Section C.2.6. This BMP is not allowed in Zone 1 of the Aquifer Protection Area.
Rain gardens constructed with imported compost materials should not be used within one-quarter mile of
phosphorus-sensitive waterbodies. Preliminary monitoring indicates that new rain gardens can add
phosphorus to stormwater.
C.2.12.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1. Refer to the Rain Garden Handbook for Western Washington (2013) for rain garden specifications
and construction guidance.
2. For amending the native soil within the rain garden, compost is recommended that meets the compost
specification for bioretention (see Section C.2.6). Compost that includes biosolids or manures shall
not be used.
3. Rain gardens must have a horizontally projected surface area below the overflow which is at least 5%
of the area draining to it. If lawn/landscape area will also be draining to the rain garden, it is
recommended that the rain garden’s horizontally projected surface area below the overflow be
increased by 2% of the lawn/landscape area.
4. The City does not allow the use of underdrains for rain gardens.
C.2.12.2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Please refer to the Rain Garden Handbook for Western Washington (2013) for tips on mulching, watering,
weeding, pruning, and soil management. The “Western Washington Low Impact Development (LID)
Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Guidance Document” may be consulted for more detailed guidance.
If a rain garden on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future property owners,
the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be
a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. Future updates to
the instructions will be posted on the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-98
C.2.12.3 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING
There are many potential applications and site scenarios where rain gardens can be applied. The following
techniques highlight the most broadly applicable techniques to be used to protect rain gardens during
construction. Refer to Appendix D for general site protection measures and Appendix D, Section D.2.1.10
for protection measures specific to existing and proposed on-site BMPs. In addition to those techniques,
the following techniques apply specifically for protection of rain gardens during construction:
Prior to construction:
o The rain garden shall be clearly identified (e.g., using flagging or high visibility fencing) and
protected prior to construction to prevent compaction of underlying soils by vehicle traffic.
o The Construction SWPPP sheets must outline construction sequencing that will protect the rain
garden during construction.
o Stabilize upslope construction areas (e.g., using silt fences, berms, mulch, or other Construction
SWPPP BMPs) and minimize overland flow distances.
Excavation:
o Excavation of rain gardens shall be performed by machinery operating adjacent to the BMP. No
heavy equipment with narrow tracks, narrow tires, or large lugged high pressure tires shall be
allowed on the rain garden footprint.
o If machinery must operate in the rain garden for excavation, use lightweight, low ground-contact
pressure equipment and rip the base at completion to scarify soil to a minimum of 12 inches.
o Where feasible, excavate rain garden areas to final grade only after all disturbed areas in the up-
gradient project drainage area have been permanently stabilized. (If rain gardens must be
excavated before permanent site stabilization, initial excavation must be conducted to no less than
6 inches of the final elevation of the facility floor.)
o Excavation of rain garden areas shall not be allowed during wet or saturated conditions.
o The use of draglines and trackhoes should be considered for constructing rain gardens.
o The sidewalls and bottom of a rain garden excavation must be raked or scarified to a minimum
depth of 3 inches after final excavation to restore infiltration rates.
Sediment control:
o Rain gardens shall not be used as a sediment control facility, and all drainage shall be directed
away from the rain garden after initial rough grading.
o Direct construction site flow away from the rain garden using applicable Construction SWPPP
BMPs (e.g., temporary diversion swales).
Protect rain gardens from compaction during construction
o Check for compaction prior to planting. If compaction occurs, aerate the rain garden soil and then
proceed to plant.
C.2.12.4 EXAMPLE SIZING CALCULATION
Runoff Source: 20-foot by 20-foot driveway
Rain Garden Surface Area (below the overflow): 0.05 x (20 feet x 20 feet) = 20 square feet
C.2.13 SOIL AMENDMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-99
C.2.13 SOIL AMENDMENT
Naturally occurring (undisturbed) soil and vegetation provide important stormwater functions including:
water infiltration; nutrient, sediment, and pollutant adsorption; sediment and pollutant biofiltration; water
interflow storage and transmission; and pollutant decomposition.
These functions are largely lost when development strips away native soil and vegetation and replaces it
with minimal topsoil and sod. Not only are these important stormwater functions lost, but such landscapes
themselves become pollution generating pervious surfaces due to increased use of pesticides, fertilizers
and other landscaping and household/industrial chemicals, the concentration of pet wastes, and pollutants
that accompany roadside litter.
Establishing soil quality and depth regains greater stormwater functions in the post development
landscape, provides increased treatment of pollutants and sediments that result from development and
habitation, and minimizes the need for some landscaping chemicals, thus reducing pollution through
prevention.
Applicable Surfaces
Establishing a minimum soil quality and depth through soil amendment is not the same as preservation of
naturally occurring soil and vegetation. However, establishing a minimum soil quality and depth will
provide improved on-site management of stormwater flow and water quality.
Soil organic matter can be attained through numerous materials such as compost, composted woody
material, biosolids, and forest product residuals. It is important that the materials used to meet the soil
quality and depth BMP be appropriate and beneficial to the plant cover to be established. Likewise, it is
important that imported topsoils improve soil conditions and do not have an excessive percent of clay
fines.
Infeasibility Criteria
Soil amendment can be considered infeasible on till soil slopes greater than 33 percent.
C.2.13.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Soil retention. Retain, in an undisturbed state, the duff layer and native topsoil to the maximum extent
practicable. In any areas requiring grading remove and stockpile the duff layer and topsoil on site in a
designated, controlled area, not adjacent to public resources and critical areas, to be reapplied to other
portions of the site where feasible.
Soil quality. All areas subject to clearing and grading that have not been covered by impervious
surface, incorporated into a drainage facility or engineered as structural fill or slope shall, at project
completion, demonstrate the following:
1. A topsoil layer with a minimum organic matter content of 10% dry weight in beds, and 5%
organic matter content in turf areas, and a pH from 6.0 to 8.0 or matching the pH of the
undisturbed soil. The topsoil layer shall have a minimum depth of eight inches except where tree
roots limit the depth of incorporation of amendments needed to meet the criteria. Subsoils below
the topsoil layer should be scarified at least 4 inches with some incorporation of the upper
material to avoid stratified layers, where feasible.
2. Mulch planting beds with 2 inches of organic material
3. Use compost and other materials that meet these organic content requirements:
a) The organic content for “pre-approved” amendment rates can be met only using compost
meeting the compost specification for Bioretention (Refer to Section C.2.6) with the
exception that the compost may have up to 35% biosolids or manure. The compost must also
have an organic matter content of 40% to 65%, and a carbon to nitrogen ratio below 25:1. The
carbon to nitrogen ratio may be as high as 35:1 for plantings composed entirely of plants
native to the Puget Sound Lowlands region.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-100
b) Calculated amendment rates may be met through use of composted material meeting “a)”
above; or other organic materials amended to meet the carbon to nitrogen ratio requirements,
and not exceeding the limits identified in Table 220-B, Testing Parameters, in
WAC 173-350-220.
4. The resulting soil should be conducive to the type of vegetation to be established.
Implementation Options: The soil quality design guidelines listed above can be met by using one of
the methods listed below:
1. Leave undisturbed native vegetation and soil, and protect from compaction during construction.
2. Amend existing site topsoil or subsoil either at default “pre-approved” rates, or at custom
calculated rates based on tests of the soil and amendment.
3. Stockpile existing topsoil during grading, and replace it prior to planting.
4. Stockpiled topsoil must also be amended if needed to meet the organic matter or depth
requirements, either at a default “pre-approved” rate or at a custom calculated rate.
5. Import topsoil mix of sufficient organic content and depth to meet the requirements.
More than one method may be used on different portions of the same site. Soil that already meets the
depth and organic matter quality standards, and is not compacted does not need to be amended.
C.2.13.2 PLANNING AND PERMITTING
A site specific Soil Management Plan (SMP) must be approved as part of the clearing and grading or
construction permit application.
The Soil Management Plan (SMP) includes:
A scale-drawing (11″ X 17″ or larger) identifying area where native soil and vegetation will be
retained undisturbed, and which soil treatments will applied in landscape areas.
A completed SMP form identifying treatments and products to be used to meet the soil depth and
organic content requirements for each area.
Computations of compost or topsoil volumes to be imported (and/or site soil to be stockpiled) to meet
“pre-approved” amendment rates; or calculations by a qualified professional to meet organic content
requirements if using custom calculated rates. Qualified professionals include certified Agronomists,
Soil Scientists or Crop Advisors; and licensed Landscape Architects, Civil Engineers or Geologists.
Copies of laboratory analyses for compost and topsoil products to be used, documenting organic
matter contents and carbon to nitrogen ratios.
C.2.13.3 INSPECTION/VERIFICATION PROCEDURES
Inspection and verification should be performed by appropriate jurisdiction inspectors. Some verification
may be made by supervising Landscape Architects or Civil Engineers, who submit signed certification
that the approved SMP had been implemented.
The following is an outline of a preferred inspection schedule and tasks:
Depending on local resources and procedures, the inspection tasks may be consolidated into fewer visits.
1. Pre-Grading Inspection
Verify delineation and fencing off of native soils and vegetation to be left undisturbed, per the
SMP.
Review the SMP with the general contractor to ensure that topsoil stockpiling and other specified
measures are incorporated into the work plan.
2. Grading Progress Inspection
C.2.13 SOIL AMENDMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-101
Verify that proper erosion control methods are being implemented.
Verify that excavation and stockpiling of native soils follows the SMP.
Verify that subgrades are consistent with the SMP.
3. Post-Construction Inspection
Preferably prior to planting, so that omissions can easily be corrected:
Verify that compost, mulch, topsoil and amendment delivery tickets match volumes, types and
sources approved in the SMP. If materials other than those approved in the SMP were delivered,
submissions by the supplier should verify that they are equivalent to approved products.
Check soil for compaction, scarification and amendment incorporation by digging at least one
12-inch deep test hole per acre for turf and at least one per acre for planting beds. Test holes must
be excavated using only a garden spade driven solely by inspector’s weight.
Test 10 locations per landscaped acre (10 locations minimum) for compaction, using a simple
“rod penetrometer” (a 4 foot long 3/8th inch diameter stainless steel rod, with and a 30 degree
bevel cut into the side at that goes in 1/8 inch at the tip). Rod must penetrate to 12″ depth driven
solely by inspector’s weight.
Verify placement of two inches of organic mulch material on all planting beds.
Secondary Verification For Failing Sites:
If inspector believes the installation does not meet the approved permit conditions, additional testing
may be ordered to determine whether remediation steps are required prior to final occupancy and
payment. An independent consultant (Certified Soil Scientist, Crop Advisor or Agronomist; or
Licensed Landscape Architect, Civil Engineer or Geologist) should conduct the following additional
sampling and analysis:
Organic matter content should be verified by an independent soil testing service, using the Loss
On Ignition method.
If necessary, the percentage of fine particles (less than #200 mesh) should be confirmed by a
certified Soil Laboratory using a wet sieve test.
At present, an analytical method for verifying scarification has not been identified. Verification
may be a matter of professional opinion.
C.2.13.4 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
If the soil amendment on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions must
be recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future property owners,
the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be
a minimum; CED may require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. Future updates to
the instructions will be posted on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
SECTION C.2 ON-SITE BMPS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-102
C.2.14 TREE RETENTION CREDIT
Trees provide flow control benefits via interception, transpiration, and increased infiltration. Additional
environmental benefits include improved air quality, carbon sequestration, reduced heat island effect,
pollutant removal, and habitat preservation or formation. When implemented in accordance with the
criteria outlined below, retained trees can receive credits toward meeting on-site BMP requirements. The
degree of flow control benefits provided by a tree depends on the tree type (i.e., evergreen or deciduous),
canopy area, and whether or not the tree canopy overhangs impervious surfaces.
C.2.14.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1. Setbacks of proposed infrastructure from existing trees are critical considerations. Tree protection
requirements limit grading and other disturbances in proximity to the tree. Existing tree species and
location must be clearly shown on submittal drawings. Trees must be viable for long-term retention
(i.e., in good health and compatible with proposed construction).
2. Tree size: To receive the tree retention credit, retained trees shall have a minimum 6 inches diameter
at breast height (DBH). DBH is defined as the outside bark diameter at 4.5 feet above the ground on
the uphill side of a tree.
3. The retained tree canopy area shall be measured as the area within the tree drip line. A drip line is the
line encircling the base of a tree, which is delineated by a vertical line extending from the outer limit
of a tree’s branch tips down to the ground. If trees are clustered, overlapping canopies are not double
counted.
4. Tree location: Tree retention credit depends upon proximity to ground level impervious or other hard
surfaces. To receive a tree retention credit, the existing tree must be on the development site and
within 20 feet of new and/or replaced ground level impervious surfaces (e.g., driveway or patio) on
the development site. Distance from impervious surfaces is measured from the tree trunk center.
5. An arborist report may be required if impervious surface is proposed within the critical root zone of
the existing tree. The critical root zone is defined as the line encircling the base of the tree with half
the diameter of the dripline. If the arborist report concludes that impervious surface should not be
placed within 20 feet of the tree and canopy overlap with impervious surface is still anticipated given
a longer setback, the higher tree flow control credit may be approved.
6. Protection during construction: The existing tree roots, trunk, and canopy shall be fenced and
protected during construction activities.
7. Retention and protection: Trees shall be retained, maintained and protected on the site after
construction and for the life of the development or until any approved redevelopment occurs in the
future. Trees that are removed or die shall be replaced with like species during the next planting
season (typically in fall). Trees shall be pruned according to industry standards (ANSI A 300
standards).
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-103
C.2.14.2 EXAMPLE SIZING CALCULATION
Flow control credits for retained trees are provided in Table C.2.14.A by tree type. These credits can be
applied to reduce impervious area requiring on-site BMPs. Credits are given as a percentage of the
existing tree canopy area. The minimum credit for existing trees ranges from 50 to 100 square feet.
TABLE C.2.14.A TREE RETENTION CREDIT
Tree Type Credit
Evergreen 20% of canopy area (minimum of
100 sq.ft./tree)
Deciduous 10% of canopy area (minimum of 50 sq. ft/tree)
Impervious/Hard Surface Area Mitigated =
(Σ Evergreen Canopy Area x 0.2) + (Σ Deciduous Canopy Area x 0.1)
Tree credits are not applicable to trees in native vegetation areas used for flow dispersion or other
impervious surface credits. Credits are also not applicable to trees in planters. The total tree retention
credit shall not exceed 25 percent of impervious surface requiring mitigation.
C.2.14.3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
If tree retention is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of Section
C.1.3.4. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP
and how it must be maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; CED may
require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. Future updates to the instructions will be
posted on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
C.2.15 VEGETATED ROOFS
Vegetated roofs (also called green roofs) consist of pervious growing medium, plants and a moisture
barrier. There are currently several different proprietary systems available that use different media
types and thickness. Figure C.2.15.A and Figure C.2.15.B show a schematic representation of a typical
vegetated roof and a vegetated roof tray system. Actual design specifications should be provided by the
manufacturer and/or installer. The benefits of this BMP are reduced runoff peaks and volumes resulting
from the increased water storage provided by the soil and the increased evapotranspiration provided by the
vegetation.
Applicable Surfaces
Subject to the minimum design requirements and specifications in this section, vegetated roof systems may
be applied to any roof area.
Design Considerations
The roof must be designed to carry the added load of a vegetated roof system; therefore design by a
structural engineer may be needed.
Operation and Maintenance
See Section C.2.15.3.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-104
C.2.15.1 MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
All of the following requirements must be met in order for a vegetated roof to be applicable to a target
impervious surface.
1. A 60- to 80-mil reinforced PVC membrane must be placed on the roof surface to provide
waterproofing and protect against root penetration, or if the roof is asphalt-based, the membrane must
be high-density polyethylene (HDPE).
2. If the roof surface is flat or has a pitch flatter than 1 in 12, an underdrain system or layer must be
provided to drain excess water away from the root zone of the soil layer.
3. The growing medium must have the capacity to store a minimum depth of 3 inches of water for full
BMP credit, partial credit will be given for reduced storage.
4. The soil layer must be adequately contained on the roof with sidewalks or other appropriate means.
5. The composition of the soil layer must be confirmed by a civil engineer as meeting the desired soil
storage and the maximum allowable loading specified by the structural engineer.
6. Grass or other vegetative cover suitable for shallow soils and harsh roof conditions (e.g., various
species of sedum, sempervivum, creeping thyme, allium, phloxes, annternaria, armeria, and aubrieta
shall be used.
7. Vegetated roofs must not be subject to any use that would significantly compact the soil.
8. Provision must be made for supplemental irrigation during the first dry season to ensure plant
survival, replacing dead plants, and removal of weeds and leaves, clearing drain inlets.
C.2.15.2 EXAMPLE SIZING CALCULATION
Target impervious surface area: 1,000 square feet.
Proposed vegetated roof system provides 1.5 inches storage.
Required vegetated roof area = (1000 x 3)/1.5 = 2,000 square feet.
C.3.1 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-105
FIGURE C.2.15. SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A TYPICAL VEGETATED ROOF
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-106
FIGURE C.2.15.B SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A VEGETATED ROOF TRAY SYSTEM
C.3.1 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-107
C.2.15.3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR VEGETATED ROOFS
If the vegetated roof on-site BMP is proposed for a project, maintenance and operation instructions, plus
any provided by the manufacturer or installer, must be recorded as an attachment to the required
declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. The intent of these
instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained
and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; CED may require additional instructions
based on site-specific conditions or manufacturer’s recommendations. Future updates to the instructions
will be posted on City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
A reproducible copy of the instructions, prepared for inclusion with the declaration of covenant, is located
in Reference Section 8-M.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-108
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
C.3.1 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-109
C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
This section presents the specifications for the kinds of the ESC and SWPPS measures applicable to
Simplified project sites as allowed by the City’s Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention (CSWPP)
Standards (Appendix D of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual). For projects in Simplified
Drainage Review, these ESC measures may be used if no more than 1 acre of soil will be disturbed by the
project. Other ESC measures may be allowed or required by CED if these are inappropriate for the project
or fail to contain sediment on the project site. A description of other measures and a more detailed
description of those included here can be found in the CSWPP Standards. Projects that disturb 1 acre or
more of soil will require an ESC plan developed by a civil engineer under a Targeted Drainage Review.
CSWPP: Intent of ESC and SWPPS Measures
The intent of ESC measures is to prevent, to the maximum extent practicable, the transport of sediment
and other construction-related pollutants to streams, wetlands, lakes, drainage systems, and adjacent
properties during and after construction. Erosion of disturbed areas on construction sites can result in
excessive sediment transport to adjacent properties and to surface waters. This sediment can result in
major adverse impacts, such as flooding due to obstructed drainage ways, smothering of salmonid
spawning beds, creation of algal blooms in lakes, and violation of State water quality standards for
turbidity. In addition to sediment, SWPPS measures address other construction-related pollutants that can
be generated by uncovered waste materials, stockpiles, and demolition debris; de-watering; maintenance
and operation of heavy equipment; chemical spills; oil spills; placement of concrete; and application of
fertilizers and pesticides. Such pollutants can be toxic to both fish and humans and may violate State water
quality standards and the prohibited discharges section of RMC 4-6-030. Stabilization of the site after
construction and prior to the wet season is also important to preventing these impacts.
Organization of Section C.3
This section is organized as follows:
“Stabilized Construction Entrance,” Section C.3.1
“Mulching,” Section C.3.2
“Nets and Blankets,” Section C.3.3
“Plastic Covering,” Section C.3.4
“Mark Clearing Limits/Minimize Clearing,” Section C.3.5
“Silt Fence,” Section C.3.6
“Vegetated Strip,” Section C.3.7
“Triangular Silt Dike,” Section C.3.8
“Storm Drain Inlet Protection,” Section C.3.9
“Seeding,” Section C.3.10
“Sodding,” Section C.3.11
“Interceptor Dikes and Swales,” Section C.3.12
“Ditches,” Section C.3.13
“Pipe Slope Drain,” Section C.3.14
“Dewatering Control,” Section C.3.15
“Control of Other Pollutants (SWPPS),” Section C.3.16
The above measures must be implemented as needed to prevent the discharge of sediment-laden water and
other pollutants from the construction site. Proposed measures must be shown on the Small Site CSWPP
plan required to be submitted with the Simplified Drainage Plans. Site-specific conditions during
construction may require additional measures as deemed necessary by CED. As noted in Section C.3
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-110
above, other ESC and/or SWPPS measures found in Appendix D of the SWDM may be needed or may be
more appropriate for the project site as determined by CED.
C.3.1 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
Purpose
Construction entrances are stabilized to reduce the amount of sediment transported onto paved roads by
motor vehicles or runoff by constructing a stabilized pad of quarry spalls at the entrances to construction
sites.
Application
Construction entrances shall be stabilized wherever traffic will be leaving a construction site and traveling
on paved roads or other paved areas within 1,000 feet of the site. Access and exits shall be limited to one
route if possible, or two for linear projects such as roadway where more than one access/exit is necessary
for maneuvering large equipment.
For residential construction provide stabilized construction entrances for each residence in addition to the
main subdivision entrance. Stabilized surfaces shall be of sufficient length/width to provide vehicle
access/parking, based on lot size/configuration.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See schematic representation in Figure C.3.1.A.
2. A separation geotextile shall be placed under the spalls to prevent fine sediment from pumping up into
the rock pad. The geotextile shall meet the following standards:
Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632) 200 lbs min.
Grab Tensile Elongation (ASTM D4632) 30% max.(woven)
Puncture Strength (ASTM D6241) 495 lbs min.
AOS (ASTM D4751) 20–45 (U.S. standard sieve size)
3. Do not use crushed concrete, cement, or calcium chloride for construction entrance stabilization
because these products raise pH levels in stormwater and concrete discharge to surface waters of the
State is prohibited.
4. Hog fuel (wood based mulch) may be substituted for or combined with quarry spalls in areas that will
not be used for permanent roads. The effectiveness of hog fuel is highly variable, but it has been used
successfully on many construction sites. It generally requires more maintenance than quarry spalls.
Hog fuel is not recommended for entrance stabilization in urban areas. The inspector may at any time
require the use of quarry spalls if the hog fuel is not preventing sediment from being tracked onto
pavement or if the hog fuel is being carried onto pavement. Hog fuel is prohibited in permanent
roadbeds because organics in the subgrade soils cause difficulties with compaction.
5. Fencing shall be installed as necessary to restrict traffic to the construction entrance.
6. Whenever possible, the entrance shall be constructed on a firm, compacted subgrade. This can
substantially increase the effectiveness of the pad and reduce the need for maintenance.
Maintenance
1. Quarry spalls (or hog fuel) shall be added if the pad is no longer in accordance with the specifications.
2. If the entrance is not preventing sediment from being tracked onto pavement, then alternative
measures to keep the streets free of sediment shall be used. This may include street sweeping, an
increase in the dimensions of the entrance, or the installation of a wheel wash. If washing is used, it
shall be done on an area covered with crushed rock, and wash water shall drain to a sediment trap or
pond.
C.3.1 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-111
3. Any sediment that is tracked onto pavement shall be removed immediately by sweeping. The sediment
collected by sweeping shall be removed or stabilized onsite. The pavement shall not be cleaned by
washing down the street, except when sweeping is ineffective and there is a threat to public safety. If
it is necessary to wash the streets, a small sump must be constructed. The sediment would then be
washed into the sump where it can be controlled. Wash water must be pumped back onto the site and
cannot discharge to systems tributary to surface waters.
4. Any quarry spalls that are loosened from the pad and end up on the roadway shall be removed
immediately.
5. If vehicles are entering or exiting the site at points other than the construction entrance(s), fencing
shall be installed to control traffic.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-112
FIGURE C.3.1.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
C.3.2 MULCHING
Purpose
The purpose of mulching soils is to provide immediate temporary protection from erosion. Mulch also
enhances plant establishment by conserving moisture, holding fertilizer, seed, and topsoil in place, and
moderating soil temperatures. There is an enormous variety of mulches that may be used. Only the most
common types are discussed in this section.
Conditions of Use
As a temporary cover measure, mulch should be used:
1. On disturbed areas that require cover measures for less than 30 days
2. As a cover for seed during the wet season and during the hot summer months
3. During the wet season on slopes steeper than 3H:1V with more than 10 feet of vertical relief.
Design and Installation Specifications
For mulch materials, application rates, and specifications, see Table C.3.2.A.
Note: Thicknesses may be increased for disturbed areas in or near critical areas or other areas highly
susceptible to erosion.
Maintenance Standards
1. The thickness of the mulch cover must be maintained.
2. Any areas that experience erosion shall be re-mulched and/or protected with a net or blanket. If the
erosion problem is drainage related, then the drainage problem shall be assessed and alternate drainage
such as interceptor swales may be needed to fix the problem and the eroded area re-mulched.
PER KING COUNTY ROAD DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS (KCRDCS), DRIVEWAYS SHALL
BE PAVED TO EDGE OF R-O-W PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE TO
AVOID DAMAGING OF THE ROADWAY.
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE ENTRANCE BE CROWNED SO THAT RUNOFF DRAINS OFF THE PAD.
12" MIN.
THICKNESS
PROVIDE FULL WIDTH OF
INGRESS/EGRESS AREA
IF A ROADSIDE DITCH IS
PRESENT, INSTALL
DRIVEWAY CULVERT
PER KCRDCS
GEOTEXTILE
4"- 8" QUARRY
SPALLS
R=25' MIN.
100
'
MI
N
.
EXIS T ING R
OA D
1 5 ' MIN.
NOTES:
C.3.2 MULCHING
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-113
TABLE C.3.2.A MULCH STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES
Mulch
Material Quality Standards Application Rates Remarks
Straw Air-dried; free from
undesirable seed and
coarse material
2″–3″ thick; 2–3
bales per 1000 sf
or 2–3 tons per
acre
Cost-effective protection when applied with adequate
thickness. Hand-application generally requires greater
thickness than blown straw. Straw should be crimped to
avoid wind blow. The thickness of straw may be reduced
by half when used in conjunction with seeding.
Wood Fiber
Cellulose
No growth inhibiting
factors
Approx. 25–30 lbs
per 1,000 sf or
1,000–1,500 lbs
per acre
Shall be applied with hydromulcher. Shall not be used
without seed and tackifier unless the application rate is
at least doubled. Some wood fiber with very long fibers
can be effective at lower application rates and without
seed or tackifier.
Compost No visible water or dust
during handling. Must
be purchased from
supplier with Solid
Waste Handling Permit.
2″ thick min.;
approx. 100 tons
per acre (approx.
800 lbs per cubic
yard)
More effective control can be obtained by increasing
thickness to 3″. Excellent mulch for protecting final
grades until landscaping because it can be directly
seeded or tilled into soil as an amendment.
Hydraulic
Matrices
(Bonded
Fiber Matrix
[BFM])
This mulch category
includes hydraulic
slurries composed of
wood fiber, paper fiber
or a combination of the
two held together by a
binding system. The
BFM shall be a mixture
of long wood fibers and
various bonding agents.
Apply at rates from
3,000 lbs per acre
to 4,000 lbs per
acre and based on
manufacturers
recommendations
The BFM shall not be applied immediately before, during
or immediately after rainfall so that the matrix will have
an opportunity to dry for 24 hours after installation.
Application rates beyond 2,500 pounds may interfere
with germination and are not usually recommended for
turf establishment. BFM is generally a matrix where all
fiber and binders are in one bag, rather than having to
mix components from various manufacturers to create a
matrix. BFMs can be installed via helicopter in remote
areas. They are approximately $1,000 per acre cheaper
to install.
Chipped Site
Vegetation
Average size shall be
several inches.
2″ minimum
thickness
This is a cost-effective way to dispose of debris from
clearing and grubbing, and it eliminates the problems
associated with burning. Generally, it should not be used
on slopes above approx. 10% because of its tendency to
be transported by runoff. It is not recommended within
200 feet of surface waters. If seeding is expected shortly
after mulch, the decomposition of the chipped vegetation
may tie up nutrients important to grass establishment.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-114
C.3.3 NETS AND BLANKETS
Purpose
Erosion control nets and blankets are intended to prevent erosion and hold seed and mulch in place on
steep slopes and in channels so that vegetation can become well established. In addition, some nets and
blankets can be used to permanently reinforce turf to protect drainage ways during high flows. Nets are
strands of material woven into an open, but high-tensile strength net (for example, jute matting). Blankets
are strands of material that are not tightly woven, but instead form a layer of interlocking fibers, typically
held together by a biodegradable or photodegradable netting (for example, excelsior or straw blankets).
They generally have lower tensile strength than nets, but cover the ground more completely. Coir (coconut
fiber) fabric comes as both nets and blankets.
Conditions of Use
Erosion control nets and blankets should be used:
1. For permanent stabilization of slopes 2H:1V or greater and with more than 10 feet of vertical relief.
2. In conjunction with seed for final stabilization of a slope, not for temporary cover. However, they may
be used for temporary applications as long as the product is not damaged by repeated handling. In fact,
this method of slope protection is superior to plastic sheeting, which generates high-velocity runoff.
3. For drainage ditches and swales (highly recommended). The application of appropriate netting or
blanket to drainage ditches and swales can protect bare soil from channelized runoff while vegetation
is established. Nets and blankets also can capture a great deal of sediment due to their open, porous
structure. Synthetic nets and blankets may be used to permanently stabilize channels and may provide
a cost-effective, environmentally preferable alternative to riprap.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure C.3.3.A and Figure C.3.3.B for typical orientation and installation of nettings and blankets.
Note: Installation is critical to the effectiveness of these products. If good ground contact is not
achieved, runoff can concentrate under the product, resulting in significant erosion.
2. With the variety of products available, it is impossible to cover all the details of appropriate use and
installation. Therefore, it is critical that the design engineer thoroughly consults the manufacturer’s
information and that a site visit takes place in order to ensure that the product specified is
appropriate.
3. Jute matting must be used in conjunction with mulch. Excelsior, woven straw blankets, and coir
(coconut fiber) blankets may be installed without mulch. There are many other types of erosion
control nets and blankets on the market that may be appropriate in certain circumstances. Other
types of products will have to be evaluated individually. In general, most nets (e.g., jute matting)
require mulch in order to prevent erosion because they have a fairly open structure. Blankets typically
do not require mulch because they usually provide complete protection of the surface.
4. Purely synthetic blankets are allowed but shall only be used for long-term stabilization of waterways.
The organic blankets authorized above are better for slope protection and short-term waterway
protection because they retain moisture and provide organic matter to the soil, substantially improving
the speed and success of re-vegetation.
Maintenance Standards
1. Good contact with the ground must be maintained, and there must not be erosion beneath the net or
blanket.
2. Any areas of the net or blanket that are damaged or not in close contact with the ground shall be
repaired and stapled.
C.3.3 NETS AND BLANKETS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-115
3. If erosion occurs due to poorly controlled drainage, the problem shall be fixed and the eroded area
protected.
FIGURE C.3.3.A WATERWAY INSTALLATION OF NETS AND BLANKETS
FIGURE C.3.3.B SLOPE INSTALLATION OF NETS AND BLANKETS
DO NOT STRETCH BLANKETS/MATTINGS TIGHT - ALLOW THE ROLLS
TO MOLD TO ANY IRREGULARITIES.
SLOPE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH BEFORE PLACEMENT FOR
PROPER SOIL CONTACT.
ANCHOR, STAPLE, AND INSTALL CHECK SLOTS AS PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
AVOID JOINING MATERIAL IN THE CENTER OF THE DITCH.
LIME, FERTILIZE AND SEED BEFORE INSTALLATION.
MIN.4" OVERLAP'
MIN.6"
OVERLAP
SLOPE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH BEFORE
PLACEMENT FOR PROPER SOIL CONTACT
STAPLING PATTERN AS PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION
MIN. 2" OVERLAP
LIME, FERTILIZE AND SEED BEFORE
INSTALLATION. PLANTING OF SHRUBS, TREES,
ETC. SHOULD OCCUR AFTER INSTALLATION
DO NOT STRETCH BLANKETS/MATTINGS TIGHT - ALLOW
THE ROLLS TO MOLD TO ANY IRREGULARITIES
FOR SLOPES LESS THAN 3H:1V, ROLLS MAY BE PLACED
IN HORIZONTAL STRIPS
BRING MATERIAL DOWN TO A LEVEL
AREA, TURN THE END UNDER 4" AND
STAPLE AT 12" INTERVALS
ANCHOR IN 6"x6" MIN.
TRENCH AND STAPLE
AT 12" INTERVALS
STAPLE OVERLAPS
MAX. 5' SPACING
IF THERE IS A BERM AT THE
TOP OF SLOPE, ANCHOR
UPSLOPE OF THE BERM
MIN. 6" OVERLAP
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-116
C.3.4 PLASTIC COVERING
Purpose
Plastic covering provides immediate, short-term erosion protection to slopes and disturbed areas.
Conditions of Use
1. Plastic covering may be used on disturbed areas that require cover measures for less than 30 days.
2. Plastic is particularly useful for protecting cut and fill slopes and stockpiles. Note: The relatively rapid
breakdown of most polyethylene sheeting makes it unsuitable for long-term applications.
3. Clear plastic sheeting may be used over newly-seeded areas to create a greenhouse effect and
encourage grass growth. Clear plastic should not be used for this purpose during the summer months
because the resulting high temperatures can kill the grass.
4. Due to rapid runoff caused by plastic sheeting, this method shall not be used upslope of areas that
might be adversely impacted by concentrated runoff. Such areas include steep and/or unstable slopes.
Note: There have been many problems with plastic, usually attributable to poor installation and
maintenance. However, the material itself can cause problems, even when correctly installed and
maintained, because it generates high-velocity runoff and breaks down quickly due to ultraviolet
radiation. In addition, if the plastic is not completely removed, it can clog drainage system inlets and
outlets. It is highly recommended that alternatives to plastic sheeting be used whenever possible and that
its use be limited.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure C.3.4.A for details.
2. Plastic sheeting shall have a minimum thickness of 0.06 millimeters.
3. If erosion at the toe of a slope is likely, a gravel berm, riprap, or other suitable protection shall be
installed at the toe of the slope in order to reduce the velocity of runoff.
FIGURE C.3.4.A PLASTIC COVERING
TIRES, SANDBAGS, OR
EQUIVALENT MAY BE USED
TO WEIGHT PLASTIC
SEAMS BETWEEN SHEETS
MUST OVERLAP A MINIMUM
OF 12" AND BE WEIGHTED
OR TAPED
TOE IN SHEETING
IN MINIMUM 4"X4"
TRENCH
PROVIDE ENERGY DISSIPATION
AT TOE WHEN NEEDED
10' MAX.
10' MAX.
C.3.6 SILT FENCE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-117
Maintenance Standards for Plastic Covering
1. Torn sheets must be replaced and open seams repaired.
2. If the plastic begins to deteriorate due to ultraviolet radiation, it must be completely removed and
replaced.
3. When the plastic is no longer needed, it shall be completely removed.
C.3.5 MARK CLEARING LIMITS/MINIMIZE CLEARING
Purpose
Minimizing clearing is the most effective method of erosion control. Undisturbed vegetation intercepts and
slows rainwater. Plant roots hold soil in place, and dead vegetation on the ground acts as a mulch. Marking
clearing limits around existing or proposed on-site BMP areas helps protect their infiltrative soil
characteristics from construction activity.
Applications
Clearing limits shall be marked and clearing minimized on any site where significant areas of undisturbed
vegetation will be retained or where existing or proposed BMP/facility areas require protection from
construction activities.
Design Specifications
1. Minimizing clearing should be incorporated into the site design. Clearing limits must be marked on
the Small Site CSWPP plan.
2. On the ground, clearing limits must be clearly marked with brightly colored tape or plastic or metal
safety fencing. If tape is used, it should be supported by vegetation or stakes, and should be about 3 to
6 feet high and highly visible. BMP/facility areas to be protected should be marked with brightly
colored silt fence to add sedimentation protection. Equipment operators should be informed of areas of
vegetation that are to be left undisturbed and BMP/facility areas that are to be protected.
3. The duff layer, native top soil, and natural vegetation shall be retained in an undisturbed state to the
maximum extent practicable. If it is not practicable to retain the duff layer in place, it should be
stockpiled on-site, covered to prevent erosion, and replaced immediately upon completion of the
ground disturbing activities.
Maintenance
Fencing shall be inspected regularly and repaired or replaced as needed.
C.3.6 SILT FENCE
Purpose
Use of a silt fence reduces the transport of coarse sediment from a construction site by providing a
temporary physical barrier to sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow.
Conditions of Use
1. Silt fence may be used downslope of all disturbed areas.
2. Silt fence is not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor is it intended to treat substantial amounts of
overland flow. Any concentrated flows must be conveyed through the drainage system to a sediment
trap or pond.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure C.3.6.A and Figure C.3.6.B for details.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-118
2. The geotextile used must meet the standards listed below. A copy of the manufacturer’s fabric
specifications must be available onsite.
AOS (ASTM D4751) 30–100 sieve size (0.60–0.15 mm) for slit film
50–100 sieve size (0.30–0.15 mm) for other fabrics
Water Permittivity (ASTM D4491) 0.02 sec-1 minimum
Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632)
(see Specification Note 3)
180 lbs. min. for extra strength fabric
100 lbs. min. for standard strength fabric
Grab Tensile Elongation (ASTM D4632) 30% max. (woven)
Ultraviolet Resistance (ASTM D4355) 70% min.
3. Standard strength fabric requires wire backing to increase the strength of the fence. Wire backing or
closer post spacing may be required for extra strength fabric if field performance warrants a stronger
fence.
4. Where the fence is installed, the slope shall be no steeper than 2H:1V.
5. If a typical silt fence (per Figure C.3.6.A) is used, the standard 4 x 4 trench may be reduced as long as
the bottom 8 inches of the silt fence fabric is well buried and secured in a trench that stabilizes the
fence and does not allow water to bypass or undermine the silt fence.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any damage shall be repaired immediately.
2. If concentrated flows are evident uphill of the fence, they must be intercepted and conveyed to a
sediment trap or pond.
3. It is important to check the uphill side of the fence for signs of the fence clogging and acting as a
barrier to flow and then causing channelization of flows parallel to the fence. If this occurs, replace the
fence or remove the trapped sediment.
4. Sediment must be removed when the sediment is 6 inches high.
5. If the filter fabric (geotextile) has deteriorated due to ultraviolet breakdown, it shall be replaced.
C.3.6 SILT FENCE
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-119
FIGURE C.3.6.A SILT FENCE
FIGURE C.3.6.B SILT FENCE INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
2"X2" BY 14 Ga. WIRE OR
EQUIVALENT, IF STANDARD
STRENGTH FABRIC USED
NOTE: FILTER FABRIC FENCES
SHALL BE INSTALLED ALONG
CONTOURS WHENEVER POSSIBLE
JOINTS IN FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE SPLICED
AT POSTS. USE STAPLES, WIRE RINGS OR
EQUIVALENT TO ATTACH FABRIC TO POSTS.
FILTER FABRIC
BACKFILL TRENCH WITH NATIVE SOIL
OR 3/4" TO 1-1/2" WASHED GRAVEL
MINIMUM 4"x4" TRENCH
2"x4" WOOD POSTS, STEEL FENCE
POSTS, REBAR, OR EQUIVALENT
POST SPACING MAY BE
INCREASED TO 8' IF
WIRE BACKING IS USED
6' MAX.2' MIN.12" MIN.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-120
C.3.7 VEGETATED STRIP
Purpose
Vegetated strips reduce the transport of coarse sediment from a construction site by providing a temporary
physical barrier to sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow.
Conditions of Use
1. Vegetated strips may be used downslope of all disturbed areas.
2. Vegetated strips are not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor are they intended to treat substantial
amounts of overland flow. Any concentrated flows must be conveyed through the drainage system to a
sediment trap or pond.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. The vegetated strip shall consist of a 25-foot minimum width continuous strip of dense vegetation
with a permeable topsoil. Grass-covered, landscaped areas are generally not adequate because the
volume of sediment overwhelms the grass. Ideally, vegetated strips shall consist of undisturbed native
growth with a well-developed soil that allows for infiltration of runoff.
2. The slope within the strip shall not exceed 4H:1V.
3. The uphill boundary of the vegetated strip shall be delineated with clearing limits as specified in
Section C.3.5.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any areas damaged by erosion or construction activity shall be seeded immediately and protected by
mulch.
2. If more than 5 feet of the original vegetated strip width has had vegetation removed or is being eroded,
sod must be installed.
If there are indications that concentrated flows are traveling across the buffer, surface water controls must
be installed to reduce the flows entering the buffer, or additional perimeter protection must be installed.
C.3.8 TRIANGULAR SILT DIKE
Purpose
Triangular silt dikes (TSDs) may be used as check dams, for perimeter protection, for temporary soil
stockpile protection, for drop inlet protection, or as a temporary interceptor dike. Silt dikes, if attached to
impervious surfaces with tack or other adhesive agent may also be used as temporary wheel wash areas,
or concrete washout collection areas.
Conditions of Use
1. May be used for temporary check dams in ditches.
2. May be used on soil or pavement with adhesive or staples.
3. TSDs have been used to build temporary sediment ponds, diversion ditches, concrete washout
facilities, curbing, water bars, level spreaders, and berms.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. TSDs must be made of urethane foam sewn into a woven geosynthetic fabric.
2. TSDs are triangular, 10 inches to 14 inches high in the center, with a 20-inch to 28-inch base. A 2-foot
apron extends beyond both sides of the triangle along its standard section of 7 feet. A sleeve at one
end allows attachment of additional sections as needed
3. Install TSDs with ends curved up to prevent water from flowing around the ends
C.3.9 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-121
4. Attach the TSDs and their fabric flaps to the ground with wire staples. Wire staples must be No. 11
gauge wire or stronger and shall be 200 mm to 300 mm in length.
5. When multiple units are installed, the sleeve of fabric at the end of the unit shall overlap the abutting
unit and be stapled.
6. TSDs must be located and installed as soon as construction will allow.
7. TSDs must be placed perpendicular to the flow of water.
8. When used as check dams, the leading edge must be secured with rocks, sandbags, or a small key slot
and staples.
9. When used in grass-lined ditches and swales, the TSD check dams and accumulated sediment shall be
removed when the grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale unless the slope of the
swale is greater than 4 percent. The area beneath the TSD check dams shall be seeded and mulched
immediately after dam removal.
Maintenance Standards
1. Triangular silt dikes shall be monitored for performance and sediment accumulation during and after
each runoff producing rainfall event. Sediment shall be removed when it reaches one half the height of
the silt dike.
2. Anticipate submergence and deposition above the triangular silt dike and erosion from high flows
around the edges of the dike/dam. Immediately repair any damage or any undercutting of the
dike/dam.
C.3.9 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
Purpose
Storm drain inlets are protected to prevent coarse sediment from entering storm drainage systems.
Temporary devices around storm drains assist in improving the quality of water discharged to inlets or
catch basins by ponding sediment-laden water. These devices are effective only for relatively small
drainage areas.
Conditions of Use
1. Protection shall be provided for all storm drain inlets downslope and within 500 feet of a disturbed or
construction area, unless the runoff that enters the catch basin will be conveyed to a sediment pond or
trap.
2. Inlet protection may be used anywhere at the applicant’s discretion to protect the drainage system.
This will, however, require more maintenance, and it is highly likely that the drainage system will still
require some cleaning.
3. The contributing drainage area must not be larger than one acre.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. There are many options for protecting storm drain inlets. Two commonly used options are filter
fabric protection and catch basin inserts. Filter fabric protection (see Figure C.3.9.A) is filter fabric
(geotextile) placed over the grate. This method is generally very ineffective and requires intense
maintenance efforts. Therefore, filter fabric protection is not allowed in the City of Renton. Catch
basin inserts (see Figure C.3.9.B) are manufactured devices that nest inside a catch basin. This method
also requires a high frequency of maintenance to be effective.
Trapping sediment in the catch basins is unlikely to improve the water quality of runoff if it is treated
in a pond or trap because the coarse particles that are trapped at the catch basin settle out very quickly
in the pond or trap. Catch basin protection normally only improves water quality where there is
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-122
no treatment facility downstream. In these circumstances, catch basin protection is an important last
line of defense. It is not, however, a substitute for preventing erosion.
2. It is sometimes possible to construct a small sump around the catch basin before final surfacing of the
road. This is allowed because it can be a very effective method of sediment control.
3. Block and gravel filters, gravel and wire mesh filter barriers, and bag barriers filled with various
filtering media placed around catch basins can be effective when the drainage area is 1 acre or less and
flows do not exceed 0.5 cfs. It is necessary to allow for overtopping to prevent flooding. Many
manufacturers have various inlet protection filters that are very effective in keeping sediment-laden
water from entering the storm drainage system. The following are examples of a few common
methods.
a) Block and gravel filters (Figure C.3.9.C) are a barrier formed around an inlet with standard
concrete block and gravel, installed as follows:
Height is 1 to 2 feet above the inlet.
Recess the first row of blocks 2 inches into the ground for stability.
Support subsequent rows by placing a 2 x 4 through the concrete block opening.
Do not use mortar.
Lay some blocks in the bottom row on their side for dewatering the pooled water.
Place cloth or mesh with ½ inch openings over all block openings.
Place gravel below the top of blocks on slopes of 2:1 or flatter.
An alternate design is a gravel donut.
b) Gravel and wire mesh filters consist of a gravel barrier placed over the top of an inlet. This
structure generally does not provide overflow. Install as follows:
Cloth or comparable wire mesh with ½ inch openings is placed over inlet.
Coarse aggregate covers the cloth or mesh.
Height/depth of gravel should be 1 foot or more, 18 inches wider than inlet on all sides.
c) Curb inlet protection with a wooden weir is a barrier formed around an inlet with a wooden
frame and gravel, installed as follows:
Construct a frame and attach wire mesh (½ inch openings) and filter fabric to the frame.
Pile coarse washed aggregate against the wire/fabric.
Place weight on frame anchors.
d) Curb and gutter sediment barriers (Figure C.3.9.D) consist of sandbags or rock berms (riprap
and aggregate) 3 feet high and 3 feet wide in a horseshoe shape, installed as follows:
Bags of either burlap or woven geotextile fabric, filled with a variety of media such as gravel,
wood chips, compost or sand stacked tightly allows water to pond and allows sediment to
separate from runoff.
Leave a “one bag gap” in the top row of the barrier to provide a spillway for overflow.
Construct a horseshoe shaped berm, faced with coarse aggregate if using riprap, 3 x 3 and at
least 2 feet from the inlet.
Construct a horseshoe shaped sedimentation trap on the outside of the berm to sediment trap
standards for protecting a culvert inlet.
4. Excavated drop inlet sediment traps are appropriate where relatively heavy flows are expected and
overflow capability is needed. If emergency overflow is provided, additional end-of-pipe treatment
may be required. Excavated drop inlets consist of an excavated impoundment area around a storm
drain. Sediment settles out of the stormwater prior to enter the drain. Install according to the following
specifications:
C.3.9 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-123
a) The impoundment area should have a depth of 1 to 2 feet measured from the crest of the inlet
structure.
b) Side slopes of the excavated area must be no steeper than 2:1.
c) Minimum volume of the excavated area should be 35 cubic yards.
d) Install provisions for draining the area to prevent standing water problems.
e) Keep the area clear of debris.
f) Weep holes may be drilled into the side of the inlet.
g) Protect weep holes with wire mesh and washed aggregate.
h) Weep holes must be sealed when removing and stabilizing excavated area.
i) A temporary dike may be necessary on the down slope side of the structure to prevent bypass
flow.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any accumulated sediment on or around inlet protection shall be removed immediately. Sediment
shall not be removed with water, and all sediment must be disposed of as fill on site or hauled off site.
2. Any sediment in the catch basin insert shall be removed when the sediment has filled one-third of the
available storage. The filter media for the insert shall be cleaned or replaced at least monthly.
3. Regular maintenance is critical for all forms of catch basin/inlet protection. Unlike many forms of
protection that fail gradually, catch basin protection will fail suddenly and completely if not
maintained properly.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-124
FIGURE C.3.9.A FILTER FABRIC PROTECTION (NOT ALLOWED)
FIGURE C.3.9.B CATCH BASIN INSERT
CATCH BASIN
NOTE: ONLY TO BE USED WHERE
PONDING OF WATER ABOVE THE
CATCH BASIN WILL NOT CAUSE
TRAFFIC PROBLEMS AND WHERE
OVERFLOW WILL NOT RESULT IN
EROSION OF SLOPES.
GRATE
STANDARD STRENGTH
FILTER FABRIC
NOTE: THIS DETAIL IS ONLY
SCHEMATIC. ANY INSERT IS
ALLOWED THAT HAS:
A MIN. 0.5 C.F. OF STORAGE,
THE MEANS TO DEWATER THE
STORED SEDIMENT,
AN OVERFLOW, AND
CAN BE EASILY MAINTAINED.
OVERFLOW
GRATECATCH BASIN
POROUS
BOTTOM
SOLID
WALLS
FILTER
MEDIA FOR
DEWATERING
C.3.9 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-125
FIGURE C.3.9.C BLOCK AND GRAVEL CURB INLET PROTECTION
1. USE BLOCK AND GRAVEL TYPE SEDIMENT BARRIER WHEN CURB INLET IS LOCATED
IN GENTLY SLOPING SEGMENT, WHERE WATER CAN POND AND ALLOW SEDIMENT TO
SEPARATE FROM RUNOFF.
2. BARRIER SHALL ALLOW FOR OVERFLOW FROM SEVERE STORM EVENT.
3. INSPECT BARRIERS AND REMOVE SEDIMENT AFTER EACH STORM EVENT. SEDIMENT
AND GRAVEL MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE TRAVELED WAY IMMEDIATELY.
2x4 WOOD STUD
OVERFLOW
WATER
A
A
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
BLOCK AND GRAVEL CURB INLET PROTECTION
NTS
CATCH BASIN COVER
CURB INLET
CONCRETE BLOCKS
CATCH BASIN COVER
CURB INLET
CATCH BASIN
BACK OF SIDEWALK
CURB FACE
3/4" DRAIN
GRAVEL (20 mm)
WIRE SCREEN OR
FILTER FABRIC
POND HEIGHT
WIRE SCREEN
OR FILTER FABRIC
2x4 WOOD STUD
(100x50 TIMBER STUD)
3/4" DRAIN
GRAVEL (20 mm)
NOTES:
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-126
FIGURE C.3.9.D CURB AND GUTTER BARRIER PROTECTION
RUNOFF
RUNOFF
SPILLWAY
1. PLACE CURB-TYPE SEDIMENT BARRIERS ON GENTLY SLOPING STREET SEGMENTS,
WHERE WATER CAN POND AND ALLOW SEDIMENT TO SEPARATE FROM RUNOFF.
2. SANDBAGS OF EITHER BURLAP OR WOVEN GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ARE FILLED WITH
GRAVEL, LAYERED AND PACKED TIGHTLY.
3. LEAVE A ONE-SANDBAG GAP IN THE TOP ROW TO PROVIDE A SPILLWAY FOR OVERFLOW.
4. INSPECT BARRIERS AND REMOVE SEDIMENT AFTER EACH STORM EVENT. SEDIMENT
AND GRAVEL MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE TRAVELED WAY IMMEDIATELY.
GRAVEL FILLED SANDBAGS
STACKED TIGHTLY
DRAIN GRATE
GUTTER
CURB FACE
CURB INLET
SANDBAGS TO OVERLAP
ONTO CURB
BACK OF SIDEWALK
PLAN VIEW
NTS
CURB AND GUTTER BARRIER
NTS
NOTES:
C.3.10 SEEDING
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-127
C.3.10 SEEDING
Purpose
Seeding is intended to reduce erosion by stabilizing exposed soils. A well-established vegetative cover is
one of the most effective methods of reducing erosion.
Conditions of Use
1. Seeding shall be used throughout the project on disturbed areas that have reached final grade or that
will remain unworked for more than 30 days.
2. At the City’s discretion, seeding without mulch during the dry season is allowed even though it will
take more than seven days to develop an effective cover. Mulch is, however, recommended at all
times because it protects seeds from heat, moisture loss, and transport due to runoff.
3. Prior to the beginning of the wet season, all disturbed areas shall be reviewed to identify which ones
can be seeded in preparation for the winter rains. Disturbed areas shall be seeded within one week of
the beginning of the wet season. A sketch map of those areas to be seeded and those areas to remain
uncovered shall be submitted to the CED inspector. The CED inspector may require seeding of
additional areas in order to protect surface waters, adjacent properties, or drainage facilities.
4. At final site stabilization, all disturbed areas not otherwise vegetated or stabilized shall be seeded and
mulched.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. The best time to seed is fall (late September to October) or in spring (mid-March to June). Irrigation
is required during the first summer following installation if seeding occurs in spring or summer or
during prolonged dry times of year. Areas may also be seeded during the winter months, but it may
take additional spring seeding applications to develop a dense groundcover due to cold temperatures.
The application and maintenance of mulch is critical for winter seeding.
2. To prevent seed from being washed away, confirm that all required surface water control measures
have been installed.
3. The seedbed should not be compacted because soils that are well compacted will not vegetate as
quickly or thoroughly.
4. In general, 10-20-20 N-P-K (nitrogen-phosphorus-potassium) fertilizer may be used at a rate of
90 pounds per acre. Slow-release fertilizers are preferred because they are more efficient and have
fewer environmental impacts. It is recommended that areas being seeded for final landscaping conduct
soil tests to determine the exact type and quantity of fertilizer needed. This will prevent the over-
application of fertilizer. Disturbed areas within 200 feet of water bodies and wetlands must use slow-
release low-phosphorus fertilizer (typical proportions 3-1-2 N-P-K).
5. The following requirements apply to mulching:
a) Mulch is always required for seeding slopes greater than 3H:1V (see Section D.4.2.1).
b) If seeding during the wet season, mulch is required.
c) The use of mulch may be required during the dry season at the City’s discretion if grass growth is
expected to be slow, the soils are highly erodible due to soil type or gradient, there is a water body
close to the disturbed area, or significant precipitation is anticipated before the grass will provide
effective cover.
d) Mulch may be applied on top of the seed or simultaneously by hydroseeding.
6. Hydroseeding is allowed as long as tackifier is included. Hydroseeding with wood fiber mulch is
adequate during the dry season. During the wet season, the application rate shall be doubled because
the mulch and tackifier used in hydroseeding break down fairly rapidly.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-128
7. Areas to be permanently landscaped shall use soil amendments. Good quality topsoil shall be tilled
into the top six inches to reduce the need for fertilizer and improve the overall soil quality. Most
native soils will require the addition of four inches of well-rotted compost to be tilled into the soil to
provide a good quality topsoil. Compost used should meet specifications in Reference Section 11-C.
8. The seed mixes listed below in Table C.3.10.A and Table C.3.10.B include recommended mixes for
both temporary and permanent seeding. These mixes, with the exception of the wetland mix, shall be
applied at a rate of 80 to 100 seeds per square foot. Wet sites should apply 120 to 150 seeds per square
foot. Local suppliers should be consulted for information on current Pure Live Seed (PLS) rates and
species specific seeds per pound in order to determine seed mix PLS pounds of seed per acre. The
appropriate mix depends on a variety of factors, including exposure, soil type, slope, and expected
foot traffic. Alternative seed mixes approved by the City may be used.
TABLE C.3.10.A EROSION CONTROL SEED MIX
Common Name/Latin Name
% Species
Composition
Desired Seeds
per Square Foot
PLS
pounds/Acre
Spike bentgrass Agrostis exarata 6 9 0.1
California brome/Bromus carinatus 15 23 9.8
Tufted hairgrass/Deschampsia cespitosa 15 23 0.4
Blue wildrye/Elymus glaucus 18 27 10.7
California oatgrass/Danthonia californica 18 27 5.6
Native red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra 18 27 2.4
Meadow barley/Hordeum brachyantherum 10 15 7.7
TABLE C.3.10.B LANDSCAPING SEED MIX
Common Name/Latin Name
% Species
Composition
Desired Seeds
per Square Foot
PLS
pounds/Acre
Sideoats grama/Bouteloua curtipendula 20 30 6.8
California oatgrass/Danthonia californica 20 30 6.2
Native red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra 30 45 3.9
Prairie junegrass/Koeleria macrantha 30 45 0.8
Maintenance Standards for Seeding
1. Any seeded areas that fail to establish at least 80 percent cover within one month shall be reseeded. If
reseeding is ineffective, an alternate method, such as sodding or nets/blankets, shall be used. If winter
weather prevents adequate seed establishment and growth, this time limit may be relaxed at the
discretion of the City when critical areas would otherwise be protected.
2. After adequate cover is achieved, any areas that experience erosion shall be re-seeded and protected
by mulch. If the erosion problem is drainage related, the problem shall be fixed and the eroded area re-
seeded and protected by mulch.
3. Seeded areas shall be supplied with adequate moisture, but not watered to the extent that it causes
runoff.
C.3.11 SODDING
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-129
C.3.11 SODDING
Purpose
The purpose of sodding is to establish permanent turf for immediate erosion protection and to stabilize
drainage ways where concentrated overland flow will occur.
Conditions of Use
Sodding may be used in the following areas:
1. Disturbed areas that require short-term or long-term cover
2. Disturbed areas that require immediate vegetative cover
Design and Installation Specifications
Sod shall be free of weeds, of uniform thickness (approximately 1-inch thick), and shall have a dense root
mat for mechanical strength.
The following steps are recommended for sod installation:
1. Shape and smooth the surface to final grade in accordance with the approved grading plan.
2. Amend two inches (minimum) of well-rotted compost into the top six inches of the soil if the organic
content of the soil is less than ten percent. Compost used should meet specifications in Reference
Section 11-C.
3. Fertilize according to the supplier’s recommendations. Disturbed areas within 200 feet of water bodies
and wetlands must use non-phosphorus fertilizer.
4. Work lime and fertilizer 1 to 2 inches into the soil, and smooth the surface.
5. Lay strips of sod beginning at the lowest area to be sodded and perpendicular to the direction of water
flow. Wedge strips securely into place. Square the ends of each strip to provide for a close, tight fit.
Stagger joints at least 12 inches. Staple on slopes steeper than 3H:1V.
6. Roll the sodded area and irrigate.
7. When sodding is carried out in alternating strips or other patterns, seed the areas between the sod
immediately after sodding.
Maintenance Standards
If the grass is unhealthy, the cause shall be determined and appropriate action taken to reestablish a
healthy groundcover. If it is impossible to establish a healthy groundcover due to frequent saturation,
instability, or some other cause, the sod shall be removed, the area seeded with an appropriate mix, and
protected with a net or blanket.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-130
C.3.12 INTERCEPTOR DIKES AND SWALES
Purpose
Interceptor dikes and swales intercept storm runoff from drainage areas on or above disturbed slopes and
convey it to a sediment pond or trap. They may also be used to intercept runoff from undisturbed areas and
convey the runoff to a point below any exposed soils. Interception of surface water reduces the possibility
of slope erosion. Interceptor dikes and swales differ from ditches in that they are intended to convey
smaller flows along low-gradient drainage ways to larger conveyance systems such as ditches or pipe
slope drains.
Conditions of Use
Interceptor dikes and swales are required in the following situations:
1. At the top of all slopes in excess of 3H:1V and with more than 20 feet of vertical relief.
2. At intervals on any slope that exceeds the dimensions specified in this section for the horizontal
spacing of dikes and swales.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure C.3.12.A for details of an interceptor dike and Figure C.3.12.B for an interceptor swale.
2. Interceptor dikes and swales shall be spaced horizontally as follows:
Average Slope Slope Percent Flowpath Length
20H:1V or less 3–5% 300 feet
(10 to 20)H:1V 5–10% 200 feet
(4 to 10)H:1V 10–25% 100 feet
(2 to 4)H:1V 25–50% 50 feet
3. For slopes steeper than 2H:1V with more than 10 feet of vertical relief, benches may be constructed
or closer spaced interceptor dikes or swales may be used. Whichever measure is chosen, the spacing
and capacity of the measures must be designed by the engineer and the design must include provisions
for effectively intercepting the high velocity runoff associated with steep slopes.
4. If the dike or swale intercepts runoff from disturbed areas, it shall discharge to a stable conveyance
system that routes the runoff to a sediment pond or trap. If the dike or swale intercepts runoff that
originates from undisturbed areas, it shall discharge to a stable conveyance system that routes the
runoff downslope of any disturbed areas and releases the water at a stabilized outlet.
5. Construction traffic over temporary dikes and swales shall be minimized.
Maintenance Standards
1. Damage resulting from runoff or construction activity shall be repaired immediately.
2. If the facilities do not regularly retain storm runoff, the capacity and/or frequency of the dikes/swales
shall be increased.
C.3.12 INTERCEPTOR DIKES AND SWALES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-131
FIGURE C.3.12.A INTERCEPTOR DIKE
FIGURE C.3.12.B INTERCEPTOR SWALE
DIKE SPACING DEPENDS ON SLOPE GRADIENT
2' MIN.18" MIN.
2 MAX.
12 MAX.
1
DIKE MATERIAL COMPACTED
90% MODIFIED PROCTOR
SWALE SPACING DEPENDS ON SLOPE GRADIENT
2' MIN.
1' MIN.
LEVEL BOTTOM
2:1 MAX. SLOPE
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-132
C.3.13 DITCHES
Purpose
Ditches intercept and convey runoff from disturbed areas to sediment control locations. They also convey
runoff intercepted from undisturbed areas around the construction site to a non-erosive discharge point.
Conditions of Use
Ditches may be used anywhere that concentrated runoff is to be conveyed on or around the construction
site. Temporary pipe systems may also be used to convey runoff.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Up to 30,000 square feet may be drained by a 12-inch deep trapezoidal ditch with a 1-foot bottom
width. Up to 2 acres may be drained by an 18-inch deep trapezoidal ditch with a 1-foot bottom width.
Ditches draining larger areas will need to be sized by a civil engineer.
2. Ditch side slopes shall be no steeper than 2H:1V.
3. Ditches on 5% or steeper grades shall be armored with rip rap or contain crushed rock check dams
spaced such that the crest of each dam is even with the toe of the next upstream dam. See
Figure C.3.13.A for details on check dam installation.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any sediment deposition of more than 0.5 feet shall be removed so that the channel is restored to its
design capacity.
2. If the channel capacity is insufficient for the design flow, it must be determined whether the problem
is local (e.g., a constriction or bend) or the channel is under-designed. If the problem is local, the
channel capacity must be increased through construction of a berm(s) or by excavation. If the problem
is under-design, the design engineer shall be notified and the channel redesigned to a more
conservative standard to be approved by the City.
3. The channel shall be examined for signs of scouring and erosion of the bed and banks. If scouring or
erosion has occurred, affected areas shall be protected by riprap or an erosion control blanket or net.
C.3.13 DITCHES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-133
FIGURE C.3.13.A CHECK DAMS
6" MIN.
ROCK MUST COMPLETELY COVER
THE BOTTOM AND SIDES OF THE DITCH
24" MIN.
2H:1V SLOPES
L 2"- 4" ROCKBA
L=THE DISTANCE SUCH THAT POINTS
A AND B ARE OF EQUAL ELEVATION
CROSS SECTION
CHECK DAM SPACING
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-134
C.3.14 PIPE SLOPE DRAIN
Purpose
Pipe slope drains are designed to carry concentrated runoff down steep slopes without causing erosion, or
saturation of slide-prone soils. Pipe slope drains may be used to divert water away from or over bare soil
to prevent gullies, channel erosion, and saturation of slide prone soils
Conditions of Use
Pipe slope drains should be used when a temporary or permanent stormwater conveyance is needed to
move water down a steep slope to avoid erosion. Pipe slope drains may be:
1. Used on any slope with a gradient of 2H:1V or greater and with at least 10 feet of vertical relief.
2. Used to drain water collected from aquifers exposed on cut slopes and convey it to the base of the
slope.
3. Used to collect clean runoff from plastic sheet cover and direct away from any exposed soils.
4. Installed in conjunction with silt fence to drain collected water to a controlled area.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure C.3.14.A for details.
2. Up to 30,000 square feet may be drained by each 6-inch minimum diameter pipe. Up to 2 acres may
be drained by each 12-inch minimum diameter pipe.
3. The maximum drainage area allowed for any 12-inch pipe is 2 acres. For larger areas, more than one
pipe shall be used.
4. The soil around and under the pipe and entrance section shall be thoroughly compacted.
5. The flared inlet section shall be securely connected to the slope drain and be fused or welded, or have
flange-bolted mechanical joints to ensure a watertight seal. Ensure that the entrance area is stable and
large enough to direct flow into the pipe.
6. Slope drains shall be continuously fused, welded, or flange-bolted mechanical joint pipe systems with
proper anchoring to the soil.
7. Re-establish cover immediately on areas disturbed by the installation.
Maintenance Standards
1. The inlet shall not be undercut or bypassed by water. If there are problems, the head wall shall be
appropriately reinforced.
2. No erosion shall occur at the outlet point. If erosion occurs, additional protection shall be added.
C.3.15 DEWATERING CONTROL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-135
FIGURE C.3.14.A PIPE SLOPE DRAIN
C.3.15 DEWATERING CONTROL
Purpose
To prevent the untreated discharge of sediment-laden water from dewatering of utility trenches, excavated
areas, foundations, etc.
Conditions of Use
Dewatering control measures shall be used whenever there is a potential for runoff from dewatering of
utility trenches, excavations, foundations, etc.
Design Specifications
1. Foundation, vault, excavation, and trench dewatering water that has similar characteristics to
stormwater runoff at the site shall be discharged into a controlled conveyance system prior to
discharge to a sediment trap or sediment pond. Foundation and trench dewatering water that has
similar characteristics to stormwater runoff at the site, must be disposed of through one of the
following options depending on site constraints:
a) Infiltration,
b) Transport offsite in a vehicle, such as a vacuum flush truck, for legal disposal in a manner that
does not pollute surface waters,
c) Discharge to the sanitary sewer discharge with approval from King County and the City of Renton
if there is no other option, or
d) Use of a sedimentation bag with outfall to a ditch or swale for small volumes of localized
dewatering.
2. Clean, non-turbid dewatering water, such as well-point ground water, may be discharged via stable
conveyance to systems tributary to surface waters, provided the dewatering flow does not cause
erosion or flooding of receiving waters.
3. Highly turbid or contaminated dewatering water shall be handled separately from stormwater.
INLET AND ALL SECTIONS
MUST BE SECURELY
FASTENED TOGETHER
WITH GASKETED
WATERTIGHT FITTINGS
DIKE MATERIAL COMPACTED
90% MODIFIED PROCTOR
CPE PIPE (LINED OR
UNLINED) OR EQUIVALENT
INTERCEPTOR
DIKE
INTERCEPTOR
DIKE
PROVIDE RIPRAP PAD OR
EQUIVALENT ENERGY
DISSIPATION
DISCHARGE TO A STABILIZED
WATERCOURSE, SEDIMENT
RETENTION FACILITY OR
STABILIZED OUTLET
STANDARD
FLARED
END SECTION
12"
MIN.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-136
C.3.16 CONTROL OF OTHER POLLUTANTS (SWPPS)
Purpose
To prevent the discharge of pollutants resulting from construction activities.
SWPPS measures are not modified for Simplified sites; however, the scope and complexity may be
lessened in accordance with the scope of the Simplified site project. Construction activity shall not allow
pollutant discharge to surface waters or water resources. The measures listed below provide summary
guidance on typical issues and associated BMPs. See Section D.2.2 in Appendix D for additional SWPPS
information.
The Small Site CSWPP plan is not complete if this section is not included in the planning and
implementation of CSWPP for the Simplified Site project.
Application
Pollution control measures shall be used whenever there is a potential for the discharge to ground or
surface water of any pollutants used on the site.
Pollution Control Measures
The following pollution control measures shall be implemented as applicable using activity-specific BMPs
detailed in SWDM Appendix D (CSWPP Standards) and the King County Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Manual (SPPM):
1. All pollutants, including waste materials, that occur onsite shall be handled and disposed of in a
manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. See Section D.2.2 in the CWSPP Standards
and SPPM Activity Sheets A-8, A-11, A-12, A-16, A-17, A-22, A-29, A-38, A-41, and A-47.
2. Cover, containment, and protection from vandalism shall be provided for all chemicals, liquid
products, petroleum products, and non-inert wastes present on the site (see Chapter 173-304 WAC for
the definition of inert waste). Onsite fueling tanks shall include secondary containment. See
Section D.2.2 in the CWSPP Standards and SPPM Activity Sheets A-2, A-3, A-4, A-6, A-8, and A-9.
3. Maintenance and repair of heavy equipment and vehicles involving oil changes, hydraulic system
drain down, solvent and de-greasing cleaning operations, fuel tank drain down and removal, and other
activities which may result in discharge or spillage of pollutants to the ground or into stormwater
runoff must be conducted using spill prevention measures, such as drip pans. Contaminated surfaces
shall be cleaned immediately following any discharge or spill incident. Emergency repairs may be
performed onsite using temporary plastic placed beneath and, if raining, over the vehicle. See Section
D.2.2 in the CWSPP Standards and SPPM Activity Sheets A-11, A-13, A-17, A-18, A-22, A-30, A-
47, and A-48.
4. Application of agricultural chemicals, including fertilizers and pesticides, shall be conducted in a
manner and at application rates that will not result in loss of chemical to stormwater runoff.
Manufacturers’ recommendations for application rates and procedures shall be followed. See
Section D.2.2 in the CWSPP Standards and SPPM Activity Sheets A-5, A-25, A-26, and A-49.
5. Measures shall be used to prevent or treat contamination of stormwater runoff by pH modifying
sources. These sources include, but are not limited to, bulk cement, cement kiln dust, fly ash, new
concrete washing and curing waters, waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing,
exposed aggregate processes, and concrete pumping and mixer washout waters. Stormwater
discharges shall not cause or contribute to a violation of the water quality standard for pH in the
receiving water. See Section D.2.2 in the CWSPP Standards and SPPM Activity Sheets A-19, A-20,
A-29, A-43, and A-44.
6. For full compliance with RMC 4-6-030 Drainage (Surface Water) Standards, the project may need to
include measures for the permanent structures and features constructed under associated permits (e.g.,
permanent canopy requirement for permanent outdoor vehicle maintenance areas constructed under a
C.3.16 CONTROL OF OTHER POLUTANTS (SWPPS)
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-137
building permit). See the SPPM for Activity Sheets describing issues and measures to address them.
Common issues include:
Containment area planning for storage of liquid materials in stationary or portable tanks, storage
of solid waste and food wastes including cooking grease, and to avoid pollutant spills to surface
waters. See SPPM Activity Sheets A-2, A-3, A-7, and A-8.
Permanent canopy and paving requirements for permanent outdoor vehicle parking, maintenance
and storage areas, and manufacturing or processing associated with metal products. See SPPM
BMP Information Sheets #3 and #4 and Activity Sheets A-4, A-17, A-21, A-31, and A-47.
SECTION C.3 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) MEASURES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-138
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-139
C.4 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
This section presents the specifications of drainage plans and supporting documentation that must be
submitted for projects in Simplified Drainage Review. See Section C.1.5 for a complete list of items that
must be submitted. See Reference Section C.5.1 in this appendix for a description of the Simplified
Drainage Review Process.
Organization of Section C.4
This section is organized as follows:
Section C.4.1, “Components of Simplified Drainage Plans”
Section C.4.2, “Specifications for Site Plans”
Section C.4.3, “BMP Design and Maintenance Details”
Section C.4.4, “Written Drainage Assessment”
C.4.1 COMPONENTS OF SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE PLANS
Unless otherwise directed by CED, Simplified Drainage Plans for projects on individual sites/lots
typically include a site plan, on-site BMP design and maintenance details, a Small Site CSWPP plan, and
a written drainage assessment as described and illustrated in this section. If the project is a subdivision, a
site improvement plan is typically required; but if on-site BMPs are proposed to be installed by the
subdivision project on the individual lots, a site plan may substitute for the site improvement plan as
allowed by CED. This should be determined in a preapplication meeting with CED.
Note: if there are any site conditions or drainage issues that must be addressed by a civil engineer as
determined by CED, an engineering plan as described in Chapter 2 of the SWDM will be required in
addition to the Simplified Drainage Plan.
C.4.1.1 COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR INDIVIDUAL LOT PROJECTS
Most of the information required for the Simplified Drainage Plan is also required for a residential site
plan, which must be submitted with the permit application (see CED Residential Building Permit Drainage
Review Checklist). In fact, the residential site plan may be used as a base map for the site plan and Small
Site CSWPP plan components of the Simplified Drainage Plan.
Required components for all individual lot projects are as follows:
1. Site Plan. This is a scale drawing of the individual site/lot used to show how required on-site BMPs
will be applied to the target impervious surface and new pervious surface proposed on the site/lot.
The site plan is intended to be a recordable document (or reducible to a recordable document) that can
be attached to the declaration of covenant and grant of easement required for implementation of on-
site BMPs on individual sites/lots. CED may allow a written version of this plan if they determine
there is no need to illustrate the size and location of proposed on-site BMPs.
2. On-site BMP Design and Maintenance Details (required whenever on-site BMPs are proposed by a
project). These are diagrams/figures, design specifications, and maintenance instructions for each on-
site BMP proposed. On-site BMP design and maintenance details are intended to be recordable to
facilitate attachment to the declaration of covenant and grant of easement required for implementation
of on-site BMPs on individual sites/lots. CED may waive all or a portion of this component if they
determine there is no need to specify design details or maintenance instructions for certain proposed
BMPs (e.g., the reduced footprint BMP).
SECTION C.4 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-140
3. Small Site CSWPP Plan. This is a scale drawing of the site or project site used to show the limits of
disturbance by the project and how required ESC measures will be applied to prevent sediment from
leaving the project site. Additionally, the plan identifies construction activities requiring SWPPS
measures and how these measures will be applied. The plan must include or be accompanied by any
necessary standard details for installation of proposed ESC and SWPPS measures. The figures in
Section C.3 may be used as details. CED may allow a written version of this plan if they determine
there is no need to illustrate the extent and location of proposed ESC and SWPPS measures.
Note: if the project proposes to disturb 1 or more acre, a CSWPP plan prepared by a civil engineer
will be required in accordance with the City’s CSWPP Standards (Appendix D of the SWDM).
4. Written Drainage Assessment.19 This is an overview of the proposed project and its compliance with
the drainage requirements of this appendix. It includes a description of proposed site improvements,
existing site conditions, critical areas, existing drainage features, proposed on-site BMPs, and ESC
and SWPPS measures, including how they were selected and sized. The drainage assessment should
also discuss the results and implications of any soils reports or special studies completed for the site.
C.4.1.2 COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR SUBDIVISION PROJECTS
The components required for a subdivision project depend on whether on-site BMPs are proposed to be
installed as part of the project as described below.
A. NO ON-SITE BMPS PROPOSED
1. Site Improvement Plan. This is a scale drawing of the site used to show the proposed lot layout,
building restrictions, road and drainage improvements, and any measures necessary to mitigate the
stormwater impacts of road improvements.
2. Small Site CSWPP Plan. Same as for individual lot projects in Section C.4.1.1.
3. Written Drainage Assessment. Same as for individual lot projects in Section C.4.1.1.
B. ON-SITE BMPS PROPOSED
1. Site Plan (required for each lot). This is a scale drawing of each lot used to show how required on-site
BMPs will be applied to the future anticipated target impervious surface and new pervious surface
on the site/lot. All other aspects of this plan are the same as for individual lot projects in Section
C.4.1.1.
2. On-site BMP Design and Maintenance Details (required for each lot). Same as for individual lot
projects in Section C.4.1.1.
3. Site Improvement Plan. May be waived by CED if they determine the site plan and design details are
an adequate substitute or if no road or drainage improvements are proposed.
4. Small Site CSWPP Plan. Same as for individual lot projects in Section C.4.1.1.
5. Written Drainage Assessment. Same as for individual lot projects in Section C.4.1.1.
19 If engineering plans are required, the information requested in the written drainage assessment should be incorporated in the
technical information report.
C.4.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR SITE PLANS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-141
C.4.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR SITE PLANS
Site plans, subdivision site improvement plans, and Small Site CSWPP plans are drawings of the entire
site that contains the project. They should be drawn on 8½″ x 11″, 8½″ x 14″, or 11″ x 17″ paper, although
the applicant is advised to draw site plans on 8½″ x 11″ or 8½″ x 14″ paper with 1-inch margins so they
can be directly recorded as attachments to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement
per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4.
Site plans for projects in Simplified Drainage Review must include the information specified in the
following subsections.
C.4.2.1 GENERAL INFORMATION
The following information must be included on all site plans, subdivision site improvement plans, and
Small Site CSWPP plans, unless otherwise directed by CED:
Identification
Name, address, and phone number of applicant
Parcel number
Dimension of all property lines, easements, and building setback lines
Street names and existing or proposed property address
Section, township, and range of proposal.
North arrow
Legend if needed
Scale—use a scale that clearly illustrates drainage features and BMPs/measures (1″ = 20′ is standard
scale; minimum acceptable scale is 1″ = 50′). If necessary, split the site plan into two or more plan
sheets and indicate a “match line” on each sheet to show how the sheets splice together. A variation of
this approach is to use separate scales for the project site versus the entire site and draw them on
separate plan sheets.
Building and Site Development Features
Footprint of all structures (existing and proposed)
Parking, roads, and driveways (existing and proposed)
Sport courts and any other paved or impervious surfaces (existing and proposed)
Pervious surface land cover (existing and proposed)
Location of any retaining walls and rockeries (existing and proposed)
Existing or proposed septic system, including all system components and both primary and reserve
drainfields
Utility structures (poles, fire hydrants, etc.)
Existing wells or wells to be abandoned.
Topography
Corner elevations of the site/lot
Benchmark (a permanent mark indicating elevation and serving as a reference in the topographic
survey)
Datum [assumed datum is acceptable in many cases (i.e., fire hydrant base = 100′); datum for projects
in or near FEMA floodplain should be per the relevant Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) (typically
NGVD 1929, or NAVD 1988 on many recently updated maps, see
<https://msc.fema.gov/portal/search?AddressQuery=7732%2020th%20ave%20nw%2C%20seattle%2
0wa%2098117>). Datum for projects in or near unmapped floodplain shall use NAVD 1988.]
Show 5-foot contours for all slopes steeper than 15% and delineate the top and bottom of these slopes
SECTION C.4 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-142
For sites/lots that are 22,000 square feet and larger, show 2-foot or 5-foot contours as needed to design
and demonstrate compliance with the minimum design requirements and specifications for proposed
on-site BMPs and ESC and SWPPS measures.
Drainage Features and Critical Areas
Location of all existing and proposed ditches, swales, pipes, etc.
Delineation of all streams, wetlands, lakes, closed depressions, or other water features (including any
required buffer widths)
Delineation of all flood hazard areas, erosion hazard areas, steep slope hazard areas, landslide
hazards, and their buffers and building setback lines
Delineation of all drainage easements, tracts, and right-of-way
Delineation of all critical areas as shown on any recorded critical areas notice on title
C.4.2.2 INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO ON-SITE BMPS
In addition to the general information required in Section C.4.2.1, the following additional information is
required on site plans and on subdivision site improvement plans that include installation of on-site BMPs
within a dedicated tract or road right-of-way:
Location and dimensions of on-site BMP devices such as dispersion trenches, infiltration trenches,
drywells, ground surface depressions, bioretention, permeable pavements, rain water storage tanks,
and perforated pipe connections
Delineation and dimensions of target impervious surface and new pervious surface
Delineation and dimensions of vegetated flowpath segments if applicable
Delineation of native vegetated surface to be created and preserved
Setback lengths between on-site BMPs and any property line, structure, steep slope, stream, wetland,
or septic system
C.4.2.3 INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO SMALL SITE CSWPP PLANS
In addition to the general information required in Section C.4.2.1, the following additional information is
required on Small Site CSWPP plans, unless otherwise directed by CED:
Delineation of proposed clearing limits (i.e., area to be disturbed)
Type and location of ESC and SWPPS measures
Notes indicating the location of any significant offsite drainage features within 200 feet of the
discharge point(s) for the site/lot, including streams, lakes, roadside ditches, etc.
C.4.2.4 EXAMPLE SITE PLANS
Presented in this section is an example of a site plan (Figure C.4.2.A) and a Small Site CSWPP plan
(Figure C.4.2.B) for construction of a single family residence.
C.4.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR SITE PLANS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-143
FIGURE C.4.2.A SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE – SITE PLAN
RESERVE
DRAINFIELD
8" PIPE
PRIMARY
DRAINFIELD
HOUSE
75'x50'
=3750 SQ. FT.
465'
470'475'
480'
50
0'
ELEV.
502'
ELEV.
495'
ELEV.
440'
ELEV.
460'
495'
4
9
5
'
455'
485'
490'
4
8
5
'
4
9
0'
C NE Q ST.L
145 '390'315'290'
1
2
"
P
I
P
E
SWALEN
SCALE: 1"=40'
BUILDING SETBACK =
30' FROM STREET,
35' FROM INTERIOR
PROPERTY LINES.
DOWN
SPOUT
W/ EXT.
LEGEND:
PROPERTY LINE
ST. CENTERLINE
CONTOUR
WETLAND
STEEP SLOPE (40%+)
OFFSITE DRAINAGE
SOILS REPORT FOR
ON-SITE SEWAGE
SYSTEM ATTACHED
FLOW PATH460'
BENCHMARK:
FIRE HYDRANT
480' AT BASE
TOP
OF SLOPE
DRIVEWAY
10'x120'=
1200 SQ. FT.
PARKING
30'x40'
=1200 SQ. FT.
STEEP SLOPE
BUFFER + 15'
B.S.B.L.
DISPERSION
TRENCH
BERM
SEPTIC TANK
PUMP CHAMBER 50' VEG.DOWN
SPOUT
TOE OF
SLOPE
WETLAND
BUFFER
WETLAND
EDGE
DOWN
SPOUT
DOWN
SPOUT DOWN
SPOUTFLOW PATH50' VEG.FLOW PATH50' VEG.FLOW PATH50' VEG.FLOW PATH50' VEG.APPLICANT: Malene McResident
600 NE Z Street
Sometown, WA. 98111
(206) 555-1212
PROJECT PARCEL NO.= 322708
PROJECT ADDRESS= 7519 NE Q Street
(proposed) Sometown, WA. 98111
SECTION/TOWNSHIP/RANGE: 32-27-08
TOTAL SITE ACREAGE: 1.69
TOTAL IMPERVIOUS AREA: 6950 SQ. FT.
C N E P S T.
L
SECTION C.4 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-144
FIGURE C.4.2.B SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE – SMALL SITE CSWPP PLAN
1
2
"
P
I
P
E
N
MAINTAIN ROCKED
TRAFFIC AREAS AS
NECESSARY.
LEGEND:
PROPERTY LINE
ST. CENTERLINE
CONTOUR
WETLAND
STEEP SLOPE (40%+)
OFFSITE DRAINAGE
S.A.S.B. = SENSITIVE AREA SETBACK
APPLICANT: Malene McResident
600 NE Z Street
Sometown, WA. 98111
(206) 555-1212
PROJECT PARCEL NO.= 322708
PROJECT ADDRESS= 7519 NE Q Street
(proposed) Sometown, WA. 98111
SECTION/TOWNSHIP/RANGE: 32-27-08
TOTAL SITE ACREAGE: 1.69
TOTAL IMPERVIOUS AREA: 6950 SQ. FT.
SCALE: 1"=40'
FLAG WETLAND
BUFFER EDGE
w/S.A.S.B. TAPE
C N E P ST .L
465'
470'
475'
480'
500'
495'
4
9
5
'
455'
485'
490'
4
8
5
'
4
9
0
'
460'
ELEV.
502'
ELEV.
495'
ELEV.
440'
ELEV.
460'
1 4 5'390'315'290'
TOP OF
SLOPE
TOE OF
SLOPE
SWALESILT FENCE
ROCK
CONSTRUCTION
ENTRANCE
APPROX. AREA TO BE
CLEARED. ALL EXPOSED
SOILS WILL BE MULCHED
WHEN NOT BEING WORKED.
MARK CLEARING LIMIT
w/S.A.S.B. FENCE
CONCRETE
WASHOUT
AREA
ROCKED PARKING/
EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS STORAGE;
CONDUCT MAINTENANCE OFFSITE
OR PROVIDE SPILL PROTECTION
APPROX. BUILDING FOOTPRINT
MARK CLEARING LIMIT
w/S.A.S.B. FENCE
CSWPP/ESC CONTACT:
Malene McResident (206) 555-1212
DISTURBED ACREAGE: APPROX. 0.9
C.4.3 BMP DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE DETAILS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-145
C.4.3 BMP DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE DETAILS
For each on-site BMP shown on a site plan or in the right-of-way or tract of a subdivision site
improvement plan, design details and maintenance instructions must be provided to clarify the design,
installation, and long term maintenance and operation of the BMP. See the City of Renton Standard
Details and the maintenance instructions in Reference Section 8-M.
C.4.3.1 DESIGN DETAILS
Design details are typically diagrams with notes that show a close-up view and/or cross-section of the
BMP device and provide dimensions and specifications of size, placement, materials, components,
downstream vegetation requirements, etc. Although diagrams are typical, there are many BMP devices
(e.g., rock pads) for which only written details and specifications are more than sufficient. For some
BMPs, design details may not be needed at all (e.g., the reduced footprint BMP).
Design details should be displayed on 8½″ x 11″ or 8½″ x 14″ paper with 1-inch margins so they can be
directly recorded as attachments to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. No scale is required for the diagrams used. The design details for each
on-site BMP may be combined with its maintenance instructions on the same sheet or multiple sheets.
Design details may also be placed on the site plan if there is room. To be recordable, however, the font
size must be no less than 8-pt.
The BMP-specific figures and minimum design specifications presented in Section C.2 can be used to
prepare the design details for a specific application of an on-site BMP to a particular site/project. Also, the
City of Renton Surface Water Utility’s Surface Water Design Manual website contains downloadable,
electronic versions of these and other figures/design specifications that can be adapted to a site/project as
well. The 2005 Puget Sound Low Impact Development Manual is yet another source of figures and design
specifications. If a proprietary version of an on-site BMP is used, the manufacturer or installer will
usually provide a diagram and site-specific design specifications.
C.4.3.2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Maintenance instructions are intended to explain to future property owners, the purpose of each on-site
BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. A set of minimum maintenance instructions is
provided for each on-site BMP is included in Reference Section 8-M. Updated maintenance instructions
will be posted on the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website. If a proprietary facility is
used, system-specific maintenance instructions from the manufacturer or installer must be included.
Maintenance instructions should be displayed on 8½″ x 11″ or 8½″ x 14″ paper with 1-inch margins so
they can be directly recorded as attachments to the required declaration of covenant and grant of
easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4. Instructions prepared in this format are located in
Reference Section 8-M. The maintenance instructions for each on-site BMP may be combined with its
design details on the same sheet or multiple sheets. Maintenance instructions may also be placed on the
site plan if there is room. To be recordable, however, the font size must be no less than 8 point.
SECTION C.4 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-146
C.4.4 WRITTEN DRAINAGE ASSESSMENT
The written drainage assessment is a supporting document of the Simplified Drainage Plan and typically
includes the following information:
A narrative description of proposed project
Any proposed changes to the project after preliminary approval
A description of proposed on-site BMPs shown on the site plan and how they were selected.
Supporting documentation (e.g., soil tests, infiltration rates, geotechnical recommendations, etc.)
where BMPs were not selected based upon determinations of infeasibility
A description of proposed ESC and SWPPS measures shown or noted on the plans and how they
were selected
A description of any necessary special studies or soils reports
A description of any other information required by CED
C.4.4.1 EXAMPLE ASSESSMENT FOR A SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE
The purpose of this section is to illustrate the application of simplified drainage requirements to a house
being built on an existing lot. The site plan for this example is shown in Figure C.4.2.A, and the Small
Site CSWPP plan is shown in Figure C.4.2.B. Although the example was written for an existing lot in
King County, the level of detail included is an example of what could be used for a single lot in the City of
Renton. The written drainage assessment is as follows:
Drainage Assessment
Malene McResident Residence
7519 NE Q Street
Permit # B05R7184
The project is located east of Duvall on a 1.69-acre lot that is zoned RA. The lot is mostly forested
with a wetland on the northeast corner of the property. The lot slopes down from Q Street on the south
to P Street on the north. The slope on the south portion of the property is 6-14%. The house and its
septic drainfields are proposed on the southern portion of the lot. The driveway will be approximately
10 feet by 120 feet (1,200 square feet) of impervious surface, the parking area 1,200 square feet, and
the house 3,750 square feet. The total proposed impervious surface is 6,150 square feet. The total
proposed clearing for the house, yard, drainfield areas, and driveway is 0.84 acres.
The wetland is a Category III wetland with a minimum required buffer width of 60 feet as determined
in the preapplication meeting with CED. By definition, the wetland is also a flood hazard area for
which a floodplain and base flood elevation must be determined. Subject to CED review and approval,
an approximate base flood elevation of 452 has been estimated based on a downstream overflow
elevation of 450 (see attached notes from the project’s land surveyor). This elevation is well below the
proposed house and driveway location.
The portion of the lot that is on a 40-50% slope is a steep slope hazard area as determined in the
preapplication meeting with CED. A 15-foot building setback as shown on the on-site BMP plan is
required. Dispersion and infiltrative BMPs are not allowed within 200 feet of a steep slope hazard
area without approval by a geotechnical engineer unless approved by the CED. The CED determined
that dispersing of the roof runoff toward the steep slope was acceptable, as shown on the plan.
Because the lot is larger than 22,000 square feet, it is subject to the Large Lot BMP Requirements in
Appendix C of the Surface Water Design Manual. As mandated by these requirements, all proposed
impervious surface (6,150 square feet) is targeted for application of on-site BMPs. As for new
pervious surface (totaling 30,440 square feet), it is less than ¾ acre; therefore, no on-site BMPs are
required for this surface beyond the requirement that the existing native topsoil be retained to the
C.4.4 WRITTEN DRAINAGE ASSESSMENT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-147
maximum extent practicable. Soil amendments will be provided to mitigate for lost moisture holding
capacity where compaction or removal of underlying topsoil occurs.
To address the requirements for mitigation of target impervious surface, the applicability and
feasibility of full dispersion was considered first. After subtracting out the wetland and the portion of
the lot that may be cleared, about 34,000 square feet of the lot will remain as unsubmerged native
vegetated surface. This means that full dispersion could be applicable to up to 5,100 square feet of the
target impervious surface (15% of 34,000). However, because of the lot’s topography and the
location of proposed clearing, there is no way to achieve the minimum required 100 feet of native
vegetated flowpath segment that has a slope of 15% or flatter. Therefore, full dispersion is not
feasible.
Full infiltration of roof runoff was considered next. According to the attached soils report for the
septic system design, the soil on the project site is a sandy loam underlain by dense glacial till.
Therefore, full infiltration is not applicable. Permeable pavement was considered for the driveway and
parking area, but the geotechnical report recommended against this since the underlying soils do not
have properties considered adequate to protect groundwater. This allowed for selection of basic
dispersion as the on-site BMP of choice for application to the target impervious surfaces of this
project.
To implement basic dispersion, the roof downspouts of the proposed house will discharge via splash
blocks to minimum 50-foot vegetated flowpath segments located on slopes no steeper than 15% as
shown on the site plan. No more than 700 square feet of roof area will discharge to any one splash
block and vegetated flowpath segment. All of the flowpaths will be downslope of septic tank and
drainfields.
The northern portion of the driveway will be discharged via sheet flow over a 10-foot vegetated
flowpath segment to the north, as shown on the site plan. Runoff from approximately 700 square feet
of the southern portion of the driveway will be collected by a rock-lined ditch and a concrete driveway
berm and discharged to a 12-foot-long dispersion trench with notch board and then over a 25-foot
vegetated flowpath segment toward the north. The 30-foot wide parking area will be discharged via
sheet flow over a 2-foot-wide crushed rock strip and a vegetated flowpath segment of 15 feet as shown
on the site plan.
In order to prevent erosion and trap sediments within the project site, the following BMPs will be used
approximately as shown in the ESC details on the CSWPP plan:
Clearing limits will be marked by fencing or other means on the ground.
The driveway will be constructed and graveled immediately. A rocked construction entrance will
be placed at the end of the driveway. Dispersion trenches will be placed according to flow control
requirements. Cleared areas accepting sheet flow from the driveway and parking area will be
seeded and mulched.
Runoff will not be allowed to concentrate and no water will be allowed to point discharge onto the
slopes.
Silt fencing will be placed along slope contours at the downslope limit of clearing.
Mulch will be spread over all cleared areas of the site when they are not being worked. Mulch will
consist of air-dried straw and chipped site vegetation.
SECTION C.4 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE PLAN SPECIFICATIONS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-148
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-149
C.5 REFERENCE SECTION
This section contains background and supplemental information on the Simplified Drainage Review
process and an example declaration of covenant and grant of easement required for individual lot
developments. The materials in this section are for reference only and may be updated over time. For the
latest versions of these materials, see the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website.
C.5.1 SIMPLIFIED DRAINAGE REVIEW PROCESS
Drainage review, when required, is one of several reviews conducted by the CED as part of its review
process for City development permits and approvals. The process used for drainage review depends
largely on the permit review process already established for different types of developments (e.g.,
subdivision, single family residence, or commercial building). For projects in Simplified Drainage
Review, the review process primarily depends on whether the project is a proposed short plat or just
proposed site improvements to an existing parcel or combination of parcels (individual lot project). Below
is a description of the Simplified Drainage Review process for each of these development types.
C.5.1.1 INDIVIDUAL LOT PROJECTS
This section describes the Simplified Drainage Review process for single family residential projects that
apply for a permit or approval to make specific site improvements such as construction of buildings,
additions, driveways, or other impervious surfaces, or clearing of native vegetation.
When a permit/approval for a single family residential project requires drainage review as specified in the
SWDM, CED staff plot the project location on various maps (Assessor’s, Kroll, topography, soils, etc.),
research critical areas on or near the site, and check for adopted area-specific conditions that might affect
the drainage requirements for the site. CED reviews this information with respect to the proposed
application. In most cases, a visit to the site is made to check existing conditions and drainage concerns.
CED makes a determination of the type of drainage review required for the project and will either:
Request additional information as needed,
Request that a Simplified Drainage Plan (see Section C.4) be submitted,
Determine the project is subject to Directed Drainage Review as described in Chapter 1 of the SWDM,
request additional information as needed, specify which core and special requirements are applicable
to the project, and specify the corresponding applicable drainage plan submittal requirements,
Request that an engineered drainage plan be submitted in accordance with Chapter 2 of the SWDM,
OR
Approve the permit subject to complying with an approved Simplified Drainage Plan or engineered
drainage plan,
Deny the permit application because it cannot meet required codes (e.g., a proposed new residence
located in a FEMA floodway).
C.5.1.2 SUBDIVISION PROJECTS
For single family residential projects that are subdivisions, the Simplified Drainage Review process
generally includes the following elements:
Pre-Application Submittal
A pre-application meeting is recommended for short plats prior to formal submittal. The purpose of the
pre-application meeting is to identify potential site constraints and regulatory requirements for the
proposed project. If the short plat is subject to Simplified Drainage Review, the applicant may use this
appendix or other information necessary to complete the Simplified Drainage Plan.
SECTION C.5 REFERENCE SECTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-150
If the drainage requirements for a specific short plat are determined during a pre-application meeting,
Simplified Drainage Plans (see Section C.4) may be submitted with the application. Section C.1.1 contains
a series of questions that may help assess the requirements for a potential Simplified Drainage Plan
submittal. Submitting plans with the short plat permit application may expedite the review of the proposed
application. However, there is risk that the plans prepared may exceed, or not adequately address, the yet-
to-be-determined conditions of preliminary approval.
Preliminary Approval
After formal permit application, a more detailed review of the site and a determination of the type of
drainage review required for the proposed subdivision are made. If subject to Simplified Drainage Review,
the application may be placed on hold pending the completion of a Simplified Drainage Plan.
The applicant is responsible for submitting a Simplified Drainage Plan as detailed in Section C.4. Upon
completion and approval of the Simplified Drainage Plan (and other application requirements),
preliminary approval may be granted, subject to the conditions of the Simplified Drainage Plan. For simple
short plats that have no drainage issues triggering Targeted Drainage Review, engineered drainage plans
are not usually required.
For proposed short plats requiring some engineering analysis, preliminary approval may be granted subject
to the approval of engineering plans and a Simplified Drainage Plan. The applicant may choose to have the
Simplified Drainage Plan incorporated into the engineered plans (prepared by a civil engineer) or may
elect to have a separate Simplified Drainage Plan that is not prepared by an engineer.
Proposed short plats that are subject to Simplified Drainage Review but cannot comply with the Simplified
drainage requirements will be subject to Full Drainage Review. Any proposed short plats unable to comply
with all applicable regulations (drainage or non-drainage) may be denied.
Engineering Review
Short plats receiving preliminary approval subject to the completion of a Simplified Drainage Plan and/or
engineering plans are subject to engineering review. When separate plans are being prepared, submittals
for engineering review should include both sets of plans to minimize review time and re-submittal fees.
Final Recording
All short plat applications must complete the requirements of final recording. Simplified projects may
require additional note(s) be placed on the recorded documents that reference the approved Simplified
Drainage Plan for future lot construction.
Note: Future building permit applications that do not comply with the conditions of the approved
Simplified Drainage Plan (e.g., impervious coverage limits, location of BMPs, etc.) may be subject to Full
Drainage Review.
C.5.1.3 CHANGES FROM THE ORIGINAL APPROVED PLAN
Approval of Simplified Drainage Plans is based on a specific proposed project. Changes from the original
approved Simplified Drainage Plan (e.g., additional impervious surface or clearing, right-of-way
improvements) may require additional review by CED staff, or they may initiate Full Drainage Review,
where a civil engineer must analyze the project and submit engineering plans. This will add additional
review time and expense to the review process.
Changes proposed prior to permit issuance must be submitted through the standard revision process for the
type of application.
Changes proposed after permit issuance (during construction) must be submitted through CED. Proposed
changes shall not be implemented prior to CED approval. Changes performed without engineering
approval may be subject to Stop Work notices and accompanying fees and reviews.
C.5.2 DECLARATION OF COVENANT
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
C-151
C.5.2 DECLARATION OF COVENANT
A declaration of covenant may be used to achieve the objectives specified in Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4. The completed covenant must be reviewed and approved by CED prior to recording.
When preparing any form that grants an interest in real property, applicants are encouraged to seek legal
advice from a professional qualified in real estate matters. The declaration of covenant can be found on the
City of Renton’s web site at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/civil_construction >.
SECTION C.5 REFERENCE SECTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
C-152
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
APPENDIX D
CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER
POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP) STANDARDS
EROSION AND SEDIMENT
CONTROL (ESC) STANDARDS
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
AND SPILL CONTROL (SWPPS) STANDARDS
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
June 22, 2022
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
APPENDIX D
CONSTRUCTION
STORMWATER
POLLUTION
PREVENTION
STANDARDS
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER
DESIGN MANUAL
Section Page
D.1 Principles of Construction
Stormwater Pollution Prevention
(CSWPP) D-5
D.1.1 Erosion and Sediment Control
Principles D-5
D.1.2 Stormwater Pollution Prevention and
Spill Control Principles D-7
D.2 General CSWPP Requirements D-9
D.2.1 ESC Measures D-9
D.2.1.1 Clearing Limits D-11
D.2.1.2 Cover Measures D-12
D.2.1.3 Perimeter Protection D-30
D.2.1.4 Traffic Area Stabilization D-40
D.2.1.5 Sediment Retention D-46
D.2.1.6 Surface Water Collection D-58
D.2.1.7 Dewatering Control D-66
D.2.1.8 Dust Control D-67
D.2.1.9 Flow Control D-68
D.2.1.10 Protect Existing and Proposed
Stormwater FacilitIes and On-site
BMPs D-69
D.2.1.11 Maintain Protective BMPs D-69
D.2.1.12 Manage the Project D-70
D.2.2 SWPPS Measures D-71
D.2.2.1 Concrete Handling D-72
D.2.2.2 Concrete Washout Area D-73
D.2.2.3 Sawcutting and Surfacing Pollution
Prevention D-78
D.2.2.4 Material Delivery, Storage, and
Containment D-78
D.2.2.5 Construction Stormwater Chemical
Treatment D-80
D.2.2.6 Construction Stormwater Filtration D-86
D.2.2.7 High pH Neutralization Using CO2 D-89
D.2.2.8 pH Control for High pH Water D-91
D.2.2.9 Use of High pH Soil Amendments on
Construction Sites D-92
D.2.2.10 Maintain Protective BMPs D-100
D.2.2.11 Manage the Project D-100
D.2.3 CSWPP Performance and
Compliance Provisions D-101
D.2.3.1 CSWPP Supervisor D-101
D.2.3.2 Monitoring of Discharges D-102
D.2.3.3 ESC Performance D-102
APPENDIX D CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION STANDARDS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D.2.3.4 SWPPS Performance D-103
D.2.3.5 Flexible Compliance D-103
D.2.3.6 Roads and Utilities Compliance D-103
D.2.3.7 Alternative Measures D-104
D.2.4 CSWPP Implementation
Requirements D-105
D.2.4.1 CSWPP Plan D-105
D.2.4.2 Wet Season Requirements D-106
D.2.4.3 Critical Areas Restrictions D-106
D.2.4.4 Maintenance Requirements D-107
D.2.4.5 Final Stabilization D-108
D.2.4.6 NPDES Requirements D-108
D.2.4.7 Forest Practice Permit Requirements D-109
D.2.5 Construction Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plans D-109
D.2.5.1 ESC Plan D-109
D.2.5.2 SWPPS Plan D-112
D.3 Small Site CSWPP D-117
D.3.1 Introduction to Small Site CSWPP D-117
D.3.2 Small Site CSWPP Requirements D-118
D.3.3 Small Site CSWPP Implementation
Requirements D-120
D.3.4 ESC Measures Modified for Small
Sites D-120
D.3.4.1 Mark Clearing Limits/Minimize
Clearing D-120
D.3.4.2 Ditches D-121
D.3.4.3 Pipe Slope Drain D-122
D.3.5 Control of Other Pollutants (SWPPS) D-122
D.3.6 Small Site CSWPP Submittal
Requirements D-124
D.3.6.1 Small Site CSWPP Plan Map D-124
D.3.6.2 Features Required on Small Site
CSWPP Plans D-124
D.3.6.3 Sample Small Site CSWPP Plan D-125
D.4 Reference Section D-129
D.4.1 Standard ESC Plan Notes D-129
D.4.2 Recommended Construction
Sequence D-129
D.4.3 ESC and SWPPS Maintenance
Reports D-130
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-1
APPENDIX D
CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION STANDARDS
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC)
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION AND SPILL CONTROL (SWPPS)
Construction sites have a potential to pollute stormwater by sediment erosion and by ineffective
management of onsite construction-related activities and materials storage. The Construction Stormwater
Pollution Prevention (CSWPP) Plan is comprised of the Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Plan to
address erosion and sediment control requirements, and the Stormwater Pollution Prevention and Spill
Control (SWPPS) Plan to aid effective management of onsite activities and materials.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC)
The purpose of ESC is to prevent to the maximum extent practicable,1 the transport of sediment to
streams, wetlands, lakes, drainage systems, and adjacent properties during and following construction of a
proposed project or other land disturbing activity.2 In many circumstances it is difficult to completely
prevent the transport of sediment to these features, either because of the difficulty in removing silt and
clay-sized particles from runoff or because of large, infrequent storms that overwhelm the ESC facilities. It
is the responsibility of those involved in the design and construction of any project to utilize a variety of
strategies to minimize erosion and the transport of sediment to the maximum extent practicable. These
strategies shall include overall project planning that reduces the risk of erosion through appropriate design
and scheduling (see Section D.1) and traditional structural and cover measures, such as those described in
Section D.2.1.
Erosion and sediment control is necessary because erosion rates associated with uncontrolled construction
sites are much higher than normal rates—often a thousand or more times that of undeveloped land. The
erosion rates increase during construction due to the removal of soil cover, alteration of soil
characteristics, and changes in site topography. These vastly accelerated erosion rates, together with the
higher rates typical of urbanized areas, result in excessive deposition of sediment in water resources and
drainage facilities. This excessive erosion and consequent sediment deposition can result in devastating
1 Maximum extent practicable means the use of best management practices that are available and capable of being designed,
constructed and implemented in a reliable and effective manner including, but not limited to, consideration of site conditions
and cost.
2 Land disturbing activity means any activity that results in a change in the existing soil cover (both vegetative and non-
vegetative and/or the existing soil topography. Land disturbing activities include, but are not limited to demolition, construction,
clearing, grading, filling, excavation, and compaction. Land disturbing activity does not include tilling conducted as part of
agricultural practices, landscape maintenance, or gardening.
APPENDIX D CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION STANDARDS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-2
impacts to surface waters such as smothering of salmonid spawning beds, algal blooms in lakes, and
flooding due to obstruction of drainage ways.
Applying erosion and sediment controls to construction sites can greatly reduce the delivery of sediment to
surface waters. The chart on the next page shows how controls can significantly reduce the concentration
of sediment leaving the project site.3 Even with good controls, the concentration of sediment leaving the
site will still be significantly higher than either undeveloped or developed conditions and this may result in
significant adverse impacts; however, the likelihood of such impacts are dramatically less than if no
controls are used.
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION AND SPILL CONTROL (SWPPS)
The purpose of stormwater pollution prevention and spill control is to prevent, reduce, or eliminate the
discharge of pollutants to onsite or adjacent stormwater systems or watercourses from construction-related
activities such as materials delivery and storage, onsite equipment fueling and maintenance, demolition of
existing buildings and disposition of demolition materials and other waste, and concrete handling, washout
and disposal.
Construction activities usually necessitate the onsite storage of earth-moving vehicles and provision for
parking for contractors and employees. Parking and typical fueling and maintenance can result in fuel
spills and dripping vehicular fluids. Construction practices often involve the use and storage of materials
such as soil treatments, flocculant chemicals, toxic solvents and building materials, and caustic concrete
materials that could cause negative impacts if allowed to leak, drip or otherwise escape into surface and
ground waters or become airborne. Concrete delivery, preparation, handling and disposal occur on most
construction sites. The resultant high pH concrete wastewater from placement and washout operations can
be toxic to aquatic resources and groundwater if left uncaptured or untreated or improperly disposed,
It is the responsibility of those involved in the design and construction of any project to utilize a variety of
strategies to prevent pollutants from entering stormwater runoff. These strategies shall include overall
project planning that reduces the risk of pollution through appropriate site management and project
scheduling (see Section D.1.1) and structural, cover, containment and handling measures, such as those
described in Section D.2.2.
Compliance with Surface Water Quality Requirements RMC 4-6-030
The City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual (SWDM), (including this Appendix D, Construction
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Standards) and the King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention
Manual (SPPM) collectively address the surface water quality requirements of the City of Renton
Municipal Code (RMC) 4-6-030. While the SWDM addresses impacts from construction, the SPPM spans
construction and post-construction time frames. For full compliance with RMC 4-6-030, the applicant
must address the requirements of the SPPM, which may include permanent structural elements requiring
separate permit review.
Organization of Appendix D
Appendix D is organized as follows:
Section D.1, “Principles of Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention (CSWPP)”
Section D.2, “General CSWPP Requirements”
Section D.3, “Small Site CSWPP”
Section D.4, “Reference Section”
3 Project site means that portion of a site and any offsite areas subject to proposed project activities, alterations, and
improvements. Site means a single parcel, or two or more contiguous parcels that are under common ownership or
documented legal control, used as a single parcel for purposes of applying for authority from the City of Renton to carry out a
development/project proposal. For projects located primarily within dedicated rights-of-way, site includes the entire width of
right-of-way within the total length of right-of-way subject to improvements proposed by the project.
APPENDIX D CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION STANDARDS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-3
MEDIAN STORM SEDIMENT CONCENTRATIONS
(METROPOLITAN WASHINGTON COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS, 1990)
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
UNCONTROLLED EROSION SEDIMENT URBANIZED NATURAL
CONSTRUCTION SITE CONDITIONSEDIMENT CONCENTRATION (mg/l)UNCONTROLLED - NO EROSION OR SEDIMENT CONTROL
EROSION - EROSION CONTROL ONLY
SEDIMENT - SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL
URBANIZED - POST CONSTRUCTION (NURP, 1987)
NATURAL - PREDEVELOPMENT
4,145
680
283
50 25
APPENDIX D CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION STANDARDS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-4
(T his page intentionally left blan k)
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-5
D.1 PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER
POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP)
D.1.1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRINCIPLES
This section provides basic information on the principles of erosion and sediment control that shall be
applied to all projects in the City of Renton. This section is intended to highlight certain principles that are
particularly critical to achieving effective control and that are the basis for the erosion and sediment
control requirements of the SWDM’s Core Requirement #5: Construction Stormwater Pollution
Prevention. Projects that are consistent with these principles will generally meet the intent of the ESC
aspects of Core Requirement #5 and this appendix, even if the details of the project are not entirely
consistent with City standards. If a more complete treatment of ESC is needed, there are a number of
useful references available (for example, Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Goldman et al., 1986).
Additionally, information on permanent erosion control in natural channels is available in the Guidelines
for Bank Stabilization Projects (King County, 1993).
Design the project to fit the natural topography, soils, and drainage patterns. Through such
practices as limiting disturbance of steeper slopes, avoiding disturbance of natural drainage ways, or
using soils with a high infiltration rate to treat polluted runoff, the characteristics of the site can be
used to minimize erosion and sediment transport.
Emphasize erosion control rather than sediment control. Erosion control minimizes the
entrainment of sediment by runoff or in the air due to wind, while sediment control removes entrained
sediment from runoff. Erosion control is more efficient and cost-effective because it is nearly
impossible to entirely remove sediment from runoff once it is entrained. Examples of erosion control
include covering disturbed soils and controlling surface runoff using measures such as dikes and lined
ditches. One illustration of the relative effectiveness of erosion control is straw mulch, which can
reduce sediment concentrations in runoff over 90%.
Since it is nearly impossible to entirely prevent erosion, it will also be necessary to incorporate
sediment control facilities such as sedimentation ponds and silt fences. Sediment controls vary in their
effectiveness, but typically reduce sediment concentrations 50 to 75%. However, sediment controls
have little effect on the very fine sediment that causes turbidity, whereas cover measures, such as
straw mulch, can be highly effective in reducing turbidity.
Minimize the extent and duration of area exposed. Restricting clearing to only those areas
necessary for construction is probably the single most effective form of erosion control. Additionally,
exposing areas only as long as necessary reduces the risk of erosion substantially. This can be
accomplished by planning the project so that areas are disturbed only when construction is imminent,
and by mulching or seeding disturbed areas as soon as grading is completed.
Keep runoff velocities low. While erosion of exposed soil begins with a single raindrop or the wind,
the largest volumes of eroded materials are typically associated with concentrated runoff forming rills
and gullies. One of the best ways to minimize erosion, therefore, is to reduce the possibility of
concentrated runoff by intercepting runoff and conveying it in a non-erosive manner to a sediment
pond or trap. This can include the use of dikes, swales, and benches to intercept runoff on slopes and
ditches or drains to convey the intercepted runoff.
Retain sediment on site. Sediment retention is less effective than erosion control measures, such as
cover, but it is nevertheless a vital part of most projects because it is impossible to completely prevent
erosion and the entrainment of sediment by runoff. Sediment can be retained by allowing it to settle
out in ponds and traps or by filtering runoff from small areas through vegetation or use of a silt fence.
Note that settling and filtration typically only remove sand-sized and coarse silt particles. Fine silts
and clays cannot be removed in these ways unless the runoff is released to vegetated areas, or unless
chemical treatment (e.g., with alum or chitosan introduction) or electroflocculation are used.
SECTION D.1 PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP)
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-6
Protect all existing and proposed Low Impact Development (LID) on-site BMPs from
sedimentation and compaction during construction. On-site BMPs rely on infiltration into the
native soils onsite. Sedimentation can clog and compaction can reduce the void space in the soil,
lessening the soil’s ability to infiltrate. Effective ESC measures can protect existing stormwater
facilities and on-site BMPs from sedimentation and intrusion by construction activities, while assuring
the areas planned for new BMPs/facilities retain their infiltrative capacity
Thoroughly monitor the site and maintain all ESC measures. Maintenance and vigilance are the
most vital components of effective ESC management. All measures require regular maintenance,
monitoring and inspection. The overall site also needs to be constantly examined to ensure that all
areas are protected, that the measures are working together to provide maximum protection, and that
all areas are mulched and/or vegetated as soon as possible.
Schedule major earthwork during the dry season. The climate in the Puget Sound region is unique
in that there are generally well-defined wet and dry seasons (see Figure D.1.1.A) and the wet season4
is characterized by a large number of low-intensity, but frequent and long-lasting, storms. As a result,
construction in the dry season5 is a very effective form of erosion control. If construction does occur
in the wet season, the need for regular maintenance is even more imperative.
FIGURE D.1.1.A YEARLY RAINFALL PATTERN
4 Wet season means October 1 to April 30.
5 Dry season means May 1 to September 30.
D.1.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION AND SPILL CONTROL PRINCIPLES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-7
D.1.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION AND SPILL
CONTROL PRINCIPLES
This section provides basic information on the principles of stormwater pollution prevention and control
that shall be applied to all projects in the City of Renton. This section is intended to highlight certain
principles that commonly apply to construction sites and are particularly critical to achieving effective
control. These principles are the basis for the stormwater pollution prevention and spill control
requirements of the SWDM’s Core Requirement #5: Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention.
Projects that are consistent with these principles will generally meet the intent of the SWPPS aspects of
Core Requirement #5 and this appendix, even if the details of the project are not entirely consistent with
City standards. Additional information and BMP options other than those listed below can be found in the
King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual (SPPM).
Follow effective pollutant handling and disposal procedures. Conduct handling and disposal of all
pollutants that occur onsite, including waste materials, in a manner that does not cause contamination
of stormwater. Ensure employees are following handling and waste protocols.
Provide cover and containment for materials, fuel and other pollutants. Cover, contain and
protect from vandalism all chemicals, liquid products, petroleum products, and non-inert wastes
present on the site (see Chapter 173-304 WAC for the definition of inert waste). Provide secondary
containment for onsite fueling tanks and as required for other materials.
Manage the project site to maximize pollutant control and minimize pollutant sources. Limit
onsite parking for construction equipment and contractor vehicles to a designated and controllable
area. Provide drip pans for fueling operations and disallow onsite parking for leaky vehicles. Schedule
construction and maintenance operations to avoid exposing pollutant sources to inclement weather.
Anticipate and prepare traffic routes through the site and limit traffic to those locations.
Protect from spills and drips of petroleum products and other pollutants . Limit maintenance and
repair of heavy equipment and vehicles to minor maintenance and fueling as much as possible. If
conducting maintenance or repair involving oil changes, hydraulic system drain down, solvent and de-
greasing cleaning operations, fuel tank drain down and removal, and other activities that may result in
discharge or spillage of pollutants to the ground or into stormwater runoff, provide spill prevention
measures, such as drip pans and temporary plastic sheet placed beneath the vehicle. Clean
contaminated surfaces immediately following any discharge or spill incident.
Avoid overapplication or untimely application of chemicals and fertilizers. Apply agricultural
chemicals, including fertilizers and pesticides, in a manner and at application rates that will not result
in loss of chemical to stormwater runoff. Plan ahead to avoid application prior to or during inclement
weather.
Prevent or treat contamination of stormwater runoff by pH modifying sources. These sources
include, but are not limited to, bulk cement, cement kiln dust, fly ash, new concrete washing and
curing waters, waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing, exposed aggregate
processes, and concrete pumping and mixer washout waters. Stormwater discharges shall not cause or
contribute to a violation of the water quality standard for pH in the receiving water.
SECTION D.1 PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (CSWPP)
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-8
(T his page intentionally left blan k)
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-9
D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
To satisfy the City of Renton’s requirements for CSWPP, the following steps are required of all
construction projects:
1. Design the plan: In accordance with Sections 2.3.1 and 2.3.3 of the SWDM, prepare and submit a
technical information report (TIR) and a CSWPP plan (comprised of the ESC plan and the SWPPS
plan) for City review. Utilize the standards and details for ESC (Section D.2.1) and SWPPS control
(Section D.2.2) of this appendix. Incorporate any City of Renton review comments as necessary to
comply with Core Requirement #5, Section 1.2.5 of the SWDM, the Erosion and Sediment Control and
Stormwater Pollution Prevention and Spill Control Standards in this appendix.
2. Construct the approved plan: Construct initial ESC, SWPPS and stormwater facility (flow control
facility, runoff treatment facility, and on-site BMP) protection measures on site according to the
approved CSWPP plan.
3. Maintain the BMPs: Inspect and maintain all CSWPP measures and stormwater facility (flow control
facility, runoff treatment facility, and on-site BMP) protection throughout construction in accordance
with the inspection and maintenance standards of Section D.2.4.4. Keep current any required
documentation and reporting.
4. Manage the project: Make any changes or additions necessary during construction to ensure that
CSWPP measures and stormwater facility (flow control facility, runoff treatment facility, and on-site
BMP) protection perform in accordance with Core Requirement #5 and Sections D.2.1, D.2.2 and
D.2.4. Coordinate construction in consideration of the applied BMP strategies. Ensure pollutant
controls, facility processes and reporting requirements are met in accordance with Section D.2.3. The
CSWPP supervisor is the primary point of contact for all ESC and SWPPP issues (see
Section D.2.3.1).
5. Conclude the plan: Prior to final construction approval, meet all the conditions in Section D.2.4.5 for
final stabilization.
A National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Construction (pursuant
to the Washington State Department of Ecology’s Construction Stormwater General Permit) may also be
required for projects that will disturb one or more acres (see SWDM Section 1.2.5.3 for additional
information). Proposed projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review as determined in SWDM
Section 1.1.2.1 may satisfy City of Renton CSWPP requirements by meeting the Small Site CSWPP
requirements specified in Section D.3 and reiterated in Appendix C of the SWDM titled, “Simplified
Drainage Requirements.”
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
This section details the ESC measures that are required to minimize erosion and sediment transport off a
construction site and protect areas of existing and proposed stormwater facilities (flow control facilities,
runoff treatment facilities, and on-site BMPs). These ESC measures represent Best Management Practices
(BMPs)6 for the control of erosion and entrained sediment as well as other impacts related to construction
such as increased runoff due to land disturbing activities. The measures and practices are grouped into nine
sections corresponding to each of the nine categories of ESC measures in Core Requirement #5, Section
1.2.5 of the SWDM. The introductory paragraphs at the beginning each section present the basic
requirement for that category of measures, the purpose of those measures, installation requirements
relative to construction activity, guidelines for the conditions of use, and other information relevant to all
measures in the section/category. Compliance with each of the nine categories of the ESC measures, to the
6 Best Management Practices (BMPs) means the best available and reasonable physical, structural, managerial, or behavioral
activities, that when singly or in combination, eliminate or reduce the contamination of surface and/or ground waters.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-10
extent applicable and necessary to meet the performance criteria in Section D.2.1, and compliance with the
ESC implementation requirements in Section D.2.4, constitutes overall compliance with the City’s ESC
Standards.
Note: Additional measures shall be required by the City if the existing standards are insufficient to protect
adjacent properties, drainage facilities, or water resources.
The standards for each individual ESC measure are divided into four sections:
1. Purpose
2. Conditions of Use
3. Design and Installation Specifications
4. Maintenance Requirements.
A code and symbol for each measure have also been included for ease of use on ESC plans. Note that the
“Conditions of Use” always refers to site conditions. As site conditions change, ESC measures must be
changed to remain in compliance with the requirements of this appendix.
Whenever compliance with the City’s ESC Standards is required, all of the following categories of ESC
measures must be considered for application to the project site as detailed in the following sections:
1. Clearing Limits: Prior to any site clearing or grading, areas to remain undisturbed during project
construction shall be delineated on the project’s ESC plan and physically marked on the project site.
2. Cover Measures: Temporary and permanent cover measures shall be provided when necessary to
protect disturbed areas. The intent of these measures is to prevent erosion by having as much area as
possible covered during any period of precipitation.
3. Perimeter Protection: Perimeter protection to filter sediment from sheet flow shall be provided
downstream of all disturbed areas prior to upslope grading.
4. Traffic Area Stabilization: Unsurfaced entrances, roads, and parking areas used by construction
traffic shall be stabilized to minimize erosion and tracking of sediment offsite.
5. Sediment Retention: Surface water collected from all disturbed areas of the site shall be routed
through a sediment pond or trap prior to release from the site, except those areas at the perimeter of
the site small enough to be treated solely with perimeter protection. Sediment retention facilities shall
be installed prior to grading any contributing area.
6. Surface Water Collection: Surface water collection measures (e.g., ditches, berms, etc.) shall be
installed to intercept all surface water from disturbed areas, convey it to a sediment pond or trap, and
discharge it downstream of any disturbed areas. Areas at the perimeter of the site, which are small
enough to be treated solely with perimeter protection, do not require surface water collection.
Significant sources of upstream surface water that drain onto disturbed areas shall be intercepted and
conveyed to a stabilized discharge point downstream of the disturbed areas. Surface water collection
measures shall be installed concurrently with or immediately following rough grading and shall be
designed, constructed, and stabilized as needed to minimize erosion.
7. Dewatering Control: The water resulting from construction site de-watering activities must be
treated prior to discharge or disposed of as specified.
8. Dust Control: Preventative measures to minimize wind transport of soil shall be implemented when a
traffic hazard may be created or when sediment transported by wind is likely to be deposited in water
resources.
9. Flow Control: Surface water from disturbed areas must be routed through the project’s onsite flow
control facility or other provisions must be made to prevent increases in the existing site conditions
2-year and 10-year runoff peaks discharging from the project site during construction (flow control
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-11
facility, runoff treatment facility, and on-site BMP areas [existing or proposed] shall not be used for
this purpose).
10. Control Pollutants: Stormwater pollution prevention (SWPPS) measures are required to prevent,
reduce, or eliminate the discharge of pollutants to onsite or adjacent stormwater systems or
watercourses from construction-related activities such as materials delivery and storage, onsite
equipment fueling and maintenance, demolition of existing buildings and disposition of demolition
materials and other waste, and concrete handling, washout and disposal. Section D.2.2 describes
BMPs specific to this purpose; additionally, several of the ESC BMPs described herein are applicable.
11. Protect Existing and Proposed Stormwater Facilities and On-site BMPs: Sedimentation and soil
compaction reduce the infiltration capacity of native and engineered soils. Protection measures shall
be applied/installed and maintained so as to prevent adverse impacts to existing stormwater facilities
and on-site BMPs and areas of proposed stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs for the project.
Adverse impacts can prompt the requirement to restore or replace affected stormwater facilities and
on-site BMPs.
12. Maintain Protective BMPs: Protection measures shall be maintained to ensure continued
performance of their intended function, to prevent adverse impacts to existing BMPs/facilities and
areas of proposed BMPs/facilities, and protect other disturbed areas of the project.
13. Manage the Project: Coordination and timing of site development activities relative to ESC
concerns, and timely inspection, maintenance and update of protective measures are necessary to
effectively manage the project and ensure the success of protective ESC and SWPPS design and
implementation.
D.2.1.1 CLEARING LIMITS
Prior to any site clearing or grading, those areas that are to remain undisturbed during project construction
shall be delineated. At a minimum, clearing limits shall be installed at the edges of all critical area buffers
and any other areas required to be left uncleared such as portions of the site subject to clearing limits under
RMC 4-4-060, areas around significant trees identified to be retained, on-site BMP areas to be protected,
and other areas identified to be left undisturbed to protect sensitive features.
Purpose: The purpose of clearing limits is to prevent disturbance of those areas of the project site that are
not designated for clearing or grading. This is important because limiting site disturbance is the single
most effective method for reducing erosion. Clearing limits may also be used to control construction
traffic, thus reducing the disturbance of soil and limiting the amount of sediment tracked off site.
When to Install: Clearing limits shall be installed prior to the clearing and/or grading of the site.
Measures to Use: Marking clearing limits by delineating the site with a continuous length of brightly
colored survey tape is sometimes sufficient. The tape may be supported by vegetation or stakes, and it
shall be 3 to 6 feet high and highly visible. Critical areas and their buffers require more substantial
protection and shall be delineated with plastic or metal safety fences or stake and wire fences. Fencing
may be required at the City’s discretion to control construction traffic or at any location where greater
protection is warranted. Permanent fencing may also be used if desired by the applicant. Silt fence, in
combination with survey flagging, is also an acceptable method of marking critical areas and their buffers.
D.2.1.1.1 PLASTIC OR METAL FENCE
Code: FE Symbol:
Purpose
Fencing is intended to (1) restrict clearing to approved limits; (2) prevent disturbance of critical areas, their
buffers, and other areas required to be left undisturbed; (3) limit construction traffic to designated
construction entrances or roads; and (4) protect areas where marking with survey tape may not provide
adequate protection.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-12
Conditions of Use
To establish clearing limits, plastic or metal fence may be used:
1. At the boundary of critical areas, their buffers, and other areas required to be left uncleared.
2. As necessary to control vehicle access to and on the site (see Sections D.2.1.4.1 and D.2.1.4.2).
Design and Installation Specifications
1. The fence shall be designed and installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
2. The fence shall be at least 3 feet high and must be highly visible.
3. The fence shall not be wired or stapled to trees.
Maintenance Requirements
1. If the fence has been damaged or visibility reduced, it shall be repaired or replaced immediately and
visibility restored.
2. Disturbance of a critical area, critical area buffer, native growth retention area, or any other area
required to be left undisturbed shall be reported to the City for resolution.
D.2.1.2 COVER MEASURES
Temporary and permanent cover measures shall be provided to protect all disturbed areas, including the
faces of cut and fill slopes. Temporary cover shall be installed if an area is to remain unworked for more
than seven days during the dry season (May 1 to September 30) or for more than two consecutive working
days during the wet season (October 1 to April 30). These time limits may be relaxed if an area poses a
low risk of erosion due to soil type, slope gradient, anticipated weather conditions, or other factors.
Conversely, the City may reduce these time limits if site conditions warrant greater protection (e.g.,
adjacent to significant aquatic resources or highly erosive soils) or if significant precipitation (see
Section D.2.4.2) is expected. Any area to remain unworked for more than 30 days shall be seeded or
sodded, unless the City determines that winter weather makes vegetation establishment infeasible. During
the wet season, slopes and stockpiles at 3H:1V or steeper and with more than ten feet of vertical relief
shall be covered if they are to remain unworked for more than 12 hours. Also during the wet season, the
material necessary to cover all disturbed areas must be stockpiled on site. The intent of these cover
requirements is to have as much area as possible covered during any period of precipitation.
Purpose: The purpose of covering exposed soils is to prevent erosion, thus reducing reliance on less
effective methods that remove sediment after it is entrained in runoff. Cover is the only practical method
of reducing turbidity in runoff. Structural measures, such as silt fences and sediment ponds, are only
capable of removing coarse particles and in most circumstances have little to no effect on turbidity.
When to Install: Any exposed soils that will remain unworked for more than the time limit set above shall
be covered by the end of the working day. If the exposed area is to remain unworked for more than
30 days, the area shall be seeded with the temporary seed mix or an equivalent mix that will provide rapid
protection (see Section D.2.1.2.6). If the disturbed area is to remain unworked for a year or more or if the
area has reached final grade, permanent seed mix or an equivalent mix shall be applied.
Measures to Use: Cover methods include the use of surface roughening, mulch, erosion control nets and
blankets, plastic covering, seeding, and sodding. Mulch and plastic sheeting are primarily intended to
protect disturbed areas for a short period of time, typically days to a few months. Seeding and sodding are
measures for areas that are to remain unworked for months. Erosion nets and blankets are to be used in
conjunction with seeding steep slopes. The choice of measures is left to the designer; however, there are
restrictions on the use of these methods, which are listed in the “Conditions of Use” and the “Design and
Installation Specifications” sections for each measure.
The methods listed are by no means exhaustive. Variations on the standards presented here are encouraged
if other cost-effective products or methods provide substantially equivalent or superior performance. Also,
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-13
the details of installation can, and should, vary with the site conditions. A useful reference on the
application of cover measures in the Puget Sound area is Improving the Cost Effectiveness of Highway
Construction Site Erosion and Pollution Control, Horner, Guedry, and Kortenhof (1990).
D.2.1.2.1 SURFACE ROUGHENING
Purpose
The purpose of surface roughening is to aid in the establishment of vegetative cover and to reduce runoff
velocity, increase infiltration, and provide for sediment trapping through the provision of a rough soil
surface. The rough soil surface may be created by operating a tiller or other equipment on the contour to
form horizontal depressions or by leaving slopes in a roughened condition by not fine grading.
Conditions of Use
1. All slopes steeper than 3H:1V and greater than 5 vertical feet require surface roughening to a depth of
2 to 4 inches prior to seeding.
2. Areas that will not be stabilized immediately may be roughened to reduce runoff velocity until seeding
takes place.
3. Slopes with a stable rock face do not require roughening.
4. Slopes where mowing is planned should not be excessively roughened.
Design and Installation Specifications
There are different methods for achieving a roughened soil surface on a slope, and the selection of an
appropriate method depends upon the type of slope. Roughening methods include stair-step grading,
grooving, contour furrows, and tracking. See Figure D.2.1.2.A for information on tracking and contour
furrows. Factors to be considered in choosing a method are slope steepness, mowing requirements, and
whether the slope is formed by cutting or filling. Sole reliance on roughening for temporary erosion
control is of limited effectiveness in intense rainfall events. Stair-step grading may not be practical for
sandy, steep, or shallow soils.
1. Disturbed areas that will not require mowing may be stair-step graded, grooved, or left rough after
filling
2. Stair Step grading is particularly appropriate in soils containing large amounts of soft rock. Each
“step” catches material that sloughs from above, and provides a level site where vegetation can
become established. Stairs should be wide enough to work with standard earth moving equipment.
Stair steps must be on contour or gullies will form on the slope.
3. Areas that will be mowed (slopes less steep than 3H:1V) may have small furrows left by disking,
harrowing, raking, or seed-planting machinery operated on the contour.
4. Graded areas with slopes greater than 3H:1V but less than 2H:1V should be roughened before
seeding. This can be accomplished in a variety of ways, including “track walking” or driving a crawler
tractor up and down the slope, leaving a pattern of cleat imprints parallel to slope contours.
5. Tracking is done by operating equipment up and down the slope to leave horizontal depressions in the
soil.
Maintenance Standards
Periodically check roughened, seeded, planted, and mulched slopes for rills and gullies, particularly after a
significant storm event. Fill these areas slightly above the original grade, then re-seed and mulch as soon
as possible.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-14
FIGURE D.2.1.2.A SURFACE ROUGHENING
50'
(15 m)
1
GROOVES WILL CATCH SEED,
FERTILIZER, MULCH, RAINFALL
AND DECREASE RUNOFF.
"TRACKING" WITH MACHINERY UP AND DOWN
THE SLOPE PROVIDES GROOVES THAT WILL CATCH
SEED, RAINFALL AND REDUCE RUNOFF.
CONTOUR FURROWS
TRACKING
6" MIN.
(150mm)
3 MAX.
SURFACE ROUGHENING BY TRACKING AND CONTOUR FURROWS
NTS
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-15
D.2.1.2.2 MULCHING
Code: MU Symbol:
Purpose
The purpose of mulching soils is to provide immediate temporary protection from erosion. Mulch also
enhances plant establishment by conserving moisture, holding fertilizer, seed, and topsoil in place, and
moderating soil temperatures. There is an enormous variety of mulches that may be used. Only the most
common types are discussed in this section.
Conditions of Use
As a temporary cover measure, mulch should be used:
1. On disturbed areas that require cover measures for less than 30 days
2. As a cover for seed during the wet season and during the hot summer months
3. During the wet season on slopes steeper than 3H:1V with more than 10 feet of vertical relief.
Design and Installation Specifications
For mulch materials, application rates, and specifications, see Table D.2.1.2.A. Note: Thicknesses may be
increased for disturbed areas in or near critical areas or other areas highly susceptible to erosion.
Maintenance Standards
1. The thickness of the cover must be maintained.
2. Any areas that experience erosion shall be remulched and/or protected with a net or blanket. If the
erosion problem is drainage related, then the drainage problem shall be assessed and alternate drainage
such as interceptor swales may be needed to fix the problem and the eroded area remulched.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-16
TABLE D.2.1.2.A MULCH STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES
Mulch
Material
Quality Standards Application
Rates
Remarks
Straw Air-dried; free from
undesirable seed and
coarse material
2″–3″ thick;
5 bales per
1,000 sf or 2–
3 tons per acre
Cost-effective protection when applied with
adequate thickness. Hand-application generally
requires greater thickness than blown straw. Straw
should be crimped to avoid wind blow. The
thickness of straw may be reduced by half when
used in conjunction with seeding.
Wood Fiber
Cellulose
No growth inhibiting
factors
Approx. 25–30 lbs
per 1,000 sf or
1,500–2,000 lbs
per acre
Shall be applied with hydromulcher. Shall not be
used without seed and tackifier unless the
application rate is at least doubled. Some wood
fiber with very long fibers can be effective at lower
application rates and without seed or tackifier.
Compost No visible water or
dust during handling.
Must be purchased
from supplier with
Solid Waste Handling
Permit.
2″ thick min.;
approx. 100 tons
per acre (approx.
1.5 cubic feet per
square yard)
More effective control can be obtained by
increasing thickness to 3″ (2.25 cubic feet per
square yard). Excellent mulch for protecting final
grades until landscaping because it can be directly
seeded or tilled into soil as an amendment.
Compost may not be used in Sensitive Lake7
basins unless analysis of the compost shows no
phosphorous release.
Hydraulic
Matrices
(Bonded
Fiber Matrix
[BFM])
This mulch category
includes hydraulic
slurries composed of
wood fiber, paper
fiber or a
combination of the
two held together by
a binding system.
The BFM shall be a
mixture of long wood
fibers and various
bonding agents.
Apply at rates
from 3,000 lbs per
acre to 4,000 lbs
per acre and
based on
manufacturers
recommendations
The BFM shall not be applied immediately before,
during or immediately after rainfall so that the
matrix will have an opportunity to dry for 24 hours
after installation. Application rates beyond 2,500
pounds may interfere with germination and are not
usually recommended for turf establishment. BFM
is generally a matrix where all fiber and binders
are in one bag, rather than having to mix
components from various manufacturers to create
a matrix. BFMs can be installed via helicopter in
remote areas. They are approximately $1,000 per
acre cheaper to install.
Chipped Site
Vegetation
Average size shall be
several inches.
2″ minimum
thickness
This is a cost-effective way to dispose of debris
from clearing and grubbing, and it eliminates the
problems associated with burning. Generally, it
should not be used on slopes above approx. 10%
because of its tendency to be transported by
runoff. It is not recommended within 200 feet of
surface waters. If seeding is expected shortly after
mulch, the decomposition of the chipped
vegetation may tie up nutrients important to grass
establishment.
7 Sensitive lake means a lake that has proved to be particularly prone to eutrophication; the City did not have any lakes that had
this designation at the time of SWDM adoption.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-17
D.2.1.2.3 NETS AND BLANKETS
Code: NE Symbol:
Purpose
Erosion control nets and blankets are intended to prevent erosion and hold seed and mulch in place on
steep slopes and in channels so that vegetation can become well established. In addition, some nets and
blankets can be used to permanently reinforce turf to protect drainage ways during high flows. Nets are
strands of material woven into an open, but high-tensile strength net (for example, jute matting). Blankets
are strands of material that are not tightly woven, but instead form a layer of interlocking fibers, typically
held together by a biodegradable or photodegradable netting (for example, excelsior or straw blankets).
They generally have lower tensile strength than nets, but cover the ground more completely. Coir (coconut
fiber) fabric comes as both nets and blankets.
Conditions of Use
Erosion control nets and blankets should be used:
1. For permanent stabilization of slopes 2H:1V or greater and with more than 10 feet of vertical relief.
2. In conjunction with seed for final stabilization of a slope, not for temporary cover. However, they may
be used for temporary applications as long as the product is not damaged by repeated handling. In fact,
this method of slope protection is superior to plastic sheeting, which generates high-velocity runoff
(see Section D.2.1.2.4).
3. For drainage ditches and swales (highly recommended). The application of appropriate netting or
blanket to drainage ditches and swales can protect bare soil from channelized runoff while vegetation
is established. Nets and blankets also can capture a great deal of sediment due to their open, porous
structure. Synthetic nets and blankets may be used to permanently stabilize channels and may provide
a cost-effective, environmentally preferable alternative to riprap.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.2.B and Figure D.2.1.2.C for typical orientation and installation of nettings and
blankets. Note: Installation is critical to the effectiveness of these products. If good ground contact is
not achieved, runoff can concentrate under the product, resulting in significant erosion.
2. With the variety of products available, it is impossible to cover all the details of appropriate use and
installation. Therefore, it is critical that the design engineer thoroughly consults the manufacturer’s
information and that a site visit takes place in order to ensure that the product specified is
appropriate.
3. Jute matting must be used in conjunction with mulch (Section D.2.1.2.2). Excelsior, woven straw
blankets, and coir (coconut fiber) blankets may be installed without mulch. There are many other
types of erosion control nets and blankets on the market that may be appropriate in certain
circumstances. Other types of products will have to be evaluated individually. In general, most nets
(e.g., jute matting) require mulch in order to prevent erosion because they have a fairly open structure.
Blankets typically do not require mulch because they usually provide complete protection of the
surface.
4. Purely synthetic blankets are allowed but shall only be used for long-term stabilization of waterways.
The organic blankets authorized above are better for slope protection and short-term waterway
protection because they retain moisture and provide organic matter to the soil, substantially improving
the speed and success of re-vegetation.
Maintenance Standards
1. Good contact with the ground must be maintained, and there must not be erosion beneath the net or
blanket.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-18
2. Any areas of the net or blanket that are damaged or not in close contact with the ground shall be
repaired and stapled.
3. If erosion occurs due to poorly controlled drainage, the problem shall be fixed and the eroded area
protected.
FIGURE D.2.1.2.B WATERWAY INSTALLATION OF NETS AND BLANKETS
FIGURE D.2.1.2.C SLOPE INSTALLATION OF NETS AND BLANKETS
DO NOT STRETCH BLANKETS/MATTINGS TIGHT - ALLOW THE ROLLS
TO MOLD TO ANY IRREGULARITIES.
SLOPE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH BEFORE PLACEMENT FOR
PROPER SOIL CONTACT.
ANCHOR, STAPLE, AND INSTALL CHECK SLOTS AS PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
AVOID JOINING MATERIAL IN THE CENTER OF THE DITCH.
LIME, FERTILIZE AND SEED BEFORE INSTALLATION.
MIN.4" OVERLAP'
MIN.6"
OVERLAP
SLOPE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH BEFORE
PLACEMENT FOR PROPER SOIL CONTACT
STAPLING PATTERN AS PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION
MIN. 2" OVERLAP
LIME, FERTILIZE AND SEED BEFORE
INSTALLATION. PLANTING OF SHRUBS, TREES,
ETC. SHOULD OCCUR AFTER INSTALLATION
DO NOT STRETCH BLANKETS/MATTINGS TIGHT - ALLOW
THE ROLLS TO MOLD TO ANY IRREGULARITIES
FOR SLOPES LESS THAN 3H:1V, ROLLS MAY BE PLACED
IN HORIZONTAL STRIPS
BRING MATERIAL DOWN TO A LEVEL
AREA, TURN THE END UNDER 4" AND
STAPLE AT 12" INTERVALS
ANCHOR IN 6"x6" MIN.
TRENCH AND STAPLE
AT 12" INTERVALS
STAPLE OVERLAPS
MAX. 5' SPACING
IF THERE IS A BERM AT THE
TOP OF SLOPE, ANCHOR
UPSLOPE OF THE BERM
MIN. 6" OVERLAP
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-19
D.2.1.2.4 PLASTIC COVERING
Code: PC Symbol:
Purpose
Plastic covering provides immediate, short-term erosion protection to slopes and disturbed areas.
Conditions of Use
1. Plastic covering may be used on disturbed areas that require cover measures for less than 30 days.
2. Plastic is particularly useful for protecting cut and fill slopes and stockpiles. Note: The relatively rapid
breakdown of most polyethylene sheeting makes it unsuitable for long-term applications.
3. Clear plastic sheeting may be used over newly-seeded areas to create a greenhouse effect and
encourage grass growth. Clear plastic should not be used for this purpose during the summer months
because the resulting high temperatures can kill the grass.
4. Due to rapid runoff caused by plastic sheeting, this method shall not be used upslope of areas that
might be adversely impacted by concentrated runoff. Such areas include steep and/or unstable slopes.
Note: There have been many problems with plastic, usually attributable to poor installation and
maintenance. However, the material itself can cause problems, even when correctly installed and
maintained, because it generates high-velocity runoff and breaks down quickly due to ultraviolet
radiation. In addition, if the plastic is not completely removed, it can clog drainage system inlets and
outlets. It is highly recommended that alternatives to plastic sheeting be used whenever possible and that
its use be limited.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.2.D for details.
2. Plastic sheeting shall have a minimum thickness of 0.06 millimeters.
3. If erosion at the toe of a slope is likely, a gravel berm, riprap, or other suitable protection shall be
installed at the toe of the slope in order to reduce the velocity of runoff.
FIGURE D.2.1.2.D PLASTIC COVERING
TIRES, SANDBAGS, OR
EQUIVALENT MAY BE USED
TO WEIGHT PLASTIC
SEAMS BETWEEN SHEETS
MUST OVERLAP A MINIMUM
OF 12" AND BE WEIGHTED
OR TAPED
TOE IN SHEETING
IN MINIMUM 4"X4"
TRENCH
PROVIDE ENERGY DISSIPATION
AT TOE WHEN NEEDED
10' MAX.
10' MAX.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-20
Maintenance Standards for Plastic Covering
1. Torn sheets must be replaced and open seams repaired.
2. If the plastic begins to deteriorate due to ultraviolet radiation, it must be completely removed and
replaced.
3. When the plastic is no longer needed, it shall be completely removed.
D.2.1.2.5 STRAW WATTLES
Code: SW Symbol:
Purpose
Wattles are erosion and sediment control barriers consisting of straw wrapped in biodegradable tubular
plastic or similar encasing material. Wattles may reduce the velocity and can spread the flow of rill and
sheet runoff, and can capture and retain sediment. Straw wattles are typically 8 to 10 inches in diameter
and 25 to 30 feet in length. The wattles are placed in shallow trenches and staked along the contour of
disturbed or newly constructed slopes.
Conditions of Use
1. Install on disturbed areas that require immediate erosion protection.
2. Use on slopes requiring stabilization until permanent vegetation can be established.
3. Can be used along the perimeter of a project, as a check dam in unlined ditches and around temporary
stockpiles
4. Wattles can be staked to the ground using willow cuttings for added revegetation.
5. Rilling can occur beneath and between wattles if not properly entrenched, allowing water to pass
below and between wattles
Design and Installation Specifications
1. It is critical that wattles are installed perpendicular to the flow direction and parallel to the slope
contour.
2. Narrow trenches should be dug across the slope, on contour, to a depth of 3 to 5 inches on clay soils
and soils with gradual slopes. On loose soils, steep slopes, and during high rainfall events, the trenches
should be dug to a depth of 5 to 7 inches, or ½ to 2/3 of the thickness of the wattle.
3. Start construction of trenches and installing wattles from the base of the slope and work uphill.
Excavated material should be spread evenly along the uphill slope and compacted using hand tamping
or other method. Construct trenches at contour intervals of 3 to 30 feet apart depending on the
steepness of the slope, soil type, and rainfall. The steeper the slope the closer together the trenches
should be constructed. Vertical distance between wattles is not to exceed 10 feet.
4. Install the wattles snugly into the trenches and abut tightly end to end. Do not overlap the ends.
5. Install stakes at each end of the wattle, and at 4 foot centers along the entire length of the wattle.
6. If required, install pilot holes for the stakes using a straight bar to drive holes through the wattle and
into the soil.
7. At a minimum, wooden stakes should be approximately ¾ x ¾ x 24 inches. Willow cuttings or
3/8 inch rebar can also be used for stakes.
8. Stakes should be driven through the middle of the wattle, leaving 2 to 3 inches of the stake protruding
above the wattle.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-21
Maintenance Standards
1. Inspect wattles prior to forecasted rain, daily during extended rain events, after rain events, weekly
during the wet season, and at two week intervals at all other times of the year.
2. Repair or replace split, torn, raveling, or slumping wattles
3. Remove sediment accumulations when exceeding ½ the height between the top of the wattle and the
ground surface.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-22
FIGURE D.2.1.2.E STRAW WATTLES
1. STRAW ROLL INSTALLATION REQUIRES THE PLACEMENT AND SECURE STAKING
OF THE ROLL IN A TRENCH, 3" x 5" (75-125mm) DEEP, DUG ON CONTOUR.
2. RUNOFF MUST NOT BE ALLOWED TO RUN UNDER OR AROUND ROLL.
ROLL SPACING DEPENDS ON SOIL
TYPE AND SLOPE STEEPNESS
STRAW ROLLS MUST BE PLACED
ALONG SLOPE CONTOURS
3'-4'
(1.2m)
10'-25'
(3-8m)
3"-5"
(75-125mm)
ADJACENT ROLLS
SHALL TIGHTLY ABUT
SEDIMENT, ORGANIC MATTER,
AND NATIVE SEEDS ARE
CAPTURED BEHIND THE ROLLS
LIVE STAKE
1" x 1" STAKE
8"-10" DIA.
(200-250mm)
NOTES:
STRAW WATTLES
NTS
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-23
D.2.1.2.6 TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT SEEDING
Code: SE Symbol:
Purpose
Seeding is intended to reduce erosion by stabilizing exposed soils. A well-established vegetative cover is
one of the most effective methods of reducing erosion.
Conditions of Use
1. Seeding shall be used throughout the project on disturbed areas that have reached final grade or that
will remain unworked for more than 30 days.
2. Vegetation-lined channels shall be seeded. Channels that will be vegetated should be installed before
major earthwork and hydroseeded or covered with a Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM).
3. Retention/detention ponds shall be seeded as required.
4. At the City’s discretion, seeding without mulch during the dry season is allowed even though it will
take more than seven days to develop an effective cover. Mulch is, however, recommended at all
times because it protects seeds from heat, moisture loss, and transport due to runoff.
5. Prior to the beginning of the wet season, all disturbed areas shall be reviewed to identify which ones
can be seeded in preparation for the winter rains (see Section D.2.4.2). Disturbed areas shall be seeded
within one week of the beginning of the wet season. A sketch map of those areas to be seeded and
those areas to remain uncovered shall be submitted to the CED inspector. The CED inspector may
require seeding of additional areas in order to protect surface waters, adjacent properties, or drainage
facilities.
6. At final site stabilization, all disturbed areas not otherwise vegetated or stabilized shall be seeded and
mulched (see Section D.2.4.5).
Design and Installation Specifications
1. The best time to seed is fall (late September to October) or in spring (mid-March to June). Irrigation
is required during the first summer following installation if seeding occurs in spring or summer or
during prolonged dry times of year. Areas may also be seeded during the winter months, but it may
take additional spring seeding applications to develop a dense groundcover due to cold temperatures.
The application and maintenance of mulch is critical for winter seeding.
2. To prevent seed from being washed away, confirm that all required surface water control measures
have been installed.
3. The seedbed should not be compacted because soils that are well compacted will not vegetate as
quickly or thoroughly. Slopes steeper than 3H:1V shall be surface roughened. Roughening can be
accomplished in a variety of ways, but the typical method is track walking, or driving a crawling
tractor up and down the slope, leaving cleat imprints parallel to the slope contours.
4. In general, 10-20-20 N-P-K (nitrogen-phosphorus-potassium) fertilizer may be used at a rate of
90 pounds per acre. Slow-release fertilizers are preferred because they are more efficient and have
fewer environmental impacts. It is recommended that areas being seeded for final landscaping conduct
soil tests to determine the exact type and quantity of fertilizer needed. This will prevent the over-
application of fertilizer. Disturbed areas within 200 feet of water bodies and wetlands must use slow-
release low-phosphorus fertilizer (typical proportions 3-1-2 N-P-K).
5. The following requirements apply to mulching:
a) Mulch is always required for seeding slopes greater than 3H:1V (see Section D.2.1.2.2).
b) If seeding during the wet season, mulch is required.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-24
c) The use of mulch may be required during the dry season at the City’s discretion if grass growth is
expected to be slow, the soils are highly erodible due to soil type or gradient, there is a water body
close to the disturbed area, or significant precipitation (see Section D.2.4.2) is anticipated before
the grass will provide effective cover.
d) Mulch may be applied on top of the seed or simultaneously by hydroseeding.
6. Hydroseeding is allowed as long as tackifier is included. Hydroseeding with wood fiber mulch is
adequate during the dry season. Application of hydroseeded wood fiber mulch should be appropriate
for slope angle. Follow manufacturer specifications for application rates.
7. Areas to be permanently landscaped shall use soil amendments. Good quality topsoil shall be tilled
into the top six inches to reduce the need for fertilizer and improve the overall soil quality. Most
native soils will require the addition of four inches of well-rotted compost to be tilled into the soil to
provide a good quality topsoil. Compost used should meet specifications provided in Reference
Section 11-C of the SWDM.
8. The seed mixes listed below include recommended mixes for both temporary and permanent seeding.
These mixes, with the exception of the wetland mix, shall be applied at a rate of 80 to 100 seeds per
square foot. Wet sites should apply 120 to 150 seeds per square foot. Local suppliers should be
consulted for information on current Pure Live Seed (PLS) rates and species specific seeds per pound
in order to determine seed mix PLS pounds of seed per acre. The appropriate mix depends on a variety
of factors, including exposure, soil type, slope, and expected foot traffic. Alternative seed mixes
approved by the City may be used.
Table D.2.1.2.B presents the standard mix for those areas where temporary or permanent vegetative cover
is required. The following mix assumes a desired 150 seeds per square foot and should be applied at
approximately 37 pounds of pure live seed per acre.
TABLE D.2.1.2.B EROSION CONTROL SEED MIX
Common Name/Latin Name
% Species
Composition
Desired Seeds
per
Square Foot
PLS
Pounds/Acre
Spike bentgrass/Agrostis exarata 6 9 0.1
California brome/Bromus carinatus 15 23 9.8
Tufted hairgrass/Deschampsia cespitosa 15 23 0.4
Blue wildrye/Elymus glaucus 18 27 10.7
California oatgrass/Danthonia californica 18 27 5.6
Native red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra 18 27 2.4
Meadow barley/Hordeum brachyantherum 10 15 7.7
Table D.2.1.2.C provides just one recommended possibility for landscaping seed. It assumes a desired
100 seeds per square foot and should be applied at 18 pounds of pure live seed per acre.
TABLE D.2.1.2.C LANDSCAPING SEED MIX
Common Name/Latin Name
% Species
Composition
Desired Seeds
per
Square Foot
PLS
Pounds/Acre
Sideoats grama/Bouteloua curtipendula 20 30 6.8
California oatgrass/Danthonia californica 20 30 6.2
Native red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra 30 45 3.9
Prairie junegrass/Koeleria macrantha 30 45 0.8
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-25
This turf seed mix in Table D.2.1.2.D is for dry situations where there is no need for much water. The
advantage is that this mix requires very little maintenance.
TABLE D.2.1.2.D LOW-GROWING TURF SEED MIX
Common Name/Latin Name
% Species
Composition
Desired Seeds
per
Square Foot
PLS
Pounds/Acre
Hard fescue/Festuca brevipila 25 20 1.5
Sheep fescue/Festuca ovina 30 24 1.5
Native red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra 25 20 1.7
Prairie junegrass/Koeleria macrantha 20 16 0.3
Table D.2.1.2.E presents a mix recommended for bioswales and other intermittently wet areas. The mix
assumes a desired 150 seeds per square foot and approximately 29 pounds of pure live seed per acre. Sod
shall generally not be used for bioswales because the seed mix is inappropriate for this application. Sod
may be used for lining ditches to prevent erosion, but it will provide little water quality benefit during the
wet season.
TABLE D.2.1.2.E BIOSWALE SEED MIX
Common Name/Latin Name
% Species
Composition
Desired Seeds
per
Square Foot
PLS
Pounds/Acre
American sloughgrass/Beckmannia
syzigachne 15 23 0.9
Tufted hairgrass/Deschampsia cespitosa 20 30 0.5
Blue wildrye/Elymus glaucus 18 27 10.7
Native red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra 20 30 2.6
Meadow barley/Hordeum brachyantherum 12 18 9.2
Northwestern mannagrass/Glyceria
occidentalis 15 23 4.9
The seed mix shown in Table D.2.1.2.F is a recommended low-growing, non-invasive seed mix
appropriate for very wet areas that are not regulated wetlands (if planting in wetland areas, see
Section 6.3.1 of the SWDM). Other mixes may be appropriate, depending on the soil type and hydrology of
the area. This mixture assumes a target goal of 150 seeds per square foot and should be applied at a rate of
36 pounds per acre.
TABLE D.2.1.2.F WET AREA SEED MIX*
Common Name/Latin Name
% Species
Composition
Desired Seeds
per
Square Foot
PLS
Pounds/Acre
California brome/Bromus carinatus 15 23 9.8
Columbia brome/Bromus vulgaris 18 27 8.1
Tufted hairgrass/Deschampsia cespitosa 15 23 0.4
California oatgrass/Danthonia californica 15 23 4.7
Native red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra 17 26 2.2
Western manna grass/Glyceria
occidentalis
10 15 3.3
Meadow barley/Hordeum brachyantherum 10 15 7.7
* Modified Briargreen, Inc. Hydroseeding Guide Wetlands Seed Mix
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-26
The meadow seed mix in Table D.2.1.2.G is recommended for areas that will be maintained infrequently
or not at all and where colonization by native plants is desirable. Likely applications include rural road and
utility right-of-way. Seeding should take place in September or very early October in order to obtain
adequate establishment prior to the winter months. This seed mix assumes a target goal of 120 seeds per
square foot and an application rate of 23 pounds of pure live seed per acre.
TABLE D.2.1.2.G MEADOW SEED MIX
Common Name/Latin Name
% Species
Composition
Desired Seeds
per
Square Foot
PLS
Pounds/Acre
Common yarrow/Achillea millefolium 4 5 0.1
Pearly everlasting/Anaphalis margartacae 1 1 0.0
California brome/Bromus carinatus 15 18 7.8
California oatgrass/Danthonia californica 15 18 3.7
Blue wildrye/Elymus glaucus 16 19 7.6
Festuca idahoensis 15 18 1.7
Native red fescue/Festuca rubra var. rubra 18 22 1.9
Sickle keeled lupine/Lupinus albicaulis 1 1 2.2
Fowl bluegrass/Poa palustris 15 18 0.4
Maintenance Standards for Temporary and Permanent Seeding
1. Any seeded areas that fail to establish at least 80 percent cover within one month shall be reseeded. If
reseeding is ineffective, an alternate method, such as sodding or nets/blankets, shall be used. If winter
weather prevents adequate seed establishment and growth, this time limit may be relaxed at the
discretion of the City when critical areas would otherwise be protected.
2. After adequate cover is achieved, any areas that experience erosion shall be re-seeded and protected
by mulch. If the erosion problem is drainage related, the problem shall be fixed and the eroded area re-
seeded and protected by mulch.
3. Seeded areas shall be supplied with adequate moisture, but not watered to the extent that it causes
runoff.
D.2.1.2.7 SODDING
Code: SO Symbol:
Purpose
The purpose of sodding is to establish permanent turf for immediate erosion protection and to stabilize
drainage ways where concentrated overland flow will occur.
Conditions of Use
Sodding may be used in the following areas:
1. Disturbed areas that require short-term or long-term cover
2. Disturbed areas that require immediate vegetative cover
3. All waterways that require vegetative lining (except biofiltration swales—the seed mix used in most
sod is not appropriate for biofiltration swales). Waterways may also be seeded rather than sodded, and
protected with a net or blanket (see Section D.2.1.2.3).
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-27
Design and Installation Specifications
Sod shall be free of weeds, of uniform thickness (approximately 1-inch thick), and shall have a dense root
mat for mechanical strength.
The following steps are recommended for sod installation:
1. Shape and smooth the surface to final grade in accordance with the approved grading plan.
2. Amend four inches (minimum) of well-rotted compost into the top eight inches of the soil if the
organic content of the soil is less than ten percent. Compost used shall meet compost specifications
per SWDM Reference Section 11-C.
3. Fertilize according to the supplier’s recommendations. Disturbed areas within 200 feet of water bodies
and wetlands must use non-phosphorus fertilizer.
4. Work lime and fertilizer 1 to 2 inches into the soil, and smooth the surface.
5. Lay strips of sod beginning at the lowest area to be sodded and perpendicular to the direction of water
flow. Wedge strips securely into place. Square the ends of each strip to provide for a close, tight fit.
Stagger joints at least 12 inches. Staple on slopes steeper than 3H:1V.
6. Roll the sodded area and irrigate.
7. When sodding is carried out in alternating strips or other patterns, seed the areas between the sod
immediately after sodding.
Maintenance Standards
If the grass is unhealthy, the cause shall be determined and appropriate action taken to reestablish a
healthy groundcover. If it is impossible to establish a healthy groundcover due to frequent saturation,
instability, or some other cause, the sod shall be removed, the area seeded with an appropriate mix, and
protected with a net or blanket.
D.2.1.2.8 POLYACRYLAMIDE FOR SOIL EROSION PROTECTION
Purpose
Polyacrylamide (PAM) is used on construction sites to prevent soil erosion. Applying PAM to bare soil in
advance of a rain event significantly reduces erosion and controls sediment in two ways. First, PAM
increases the soil’s available pore volume, thus increasing infiltration through flocculation and reducing
the quantity of stormwater runoff. Second, it increases flocculation of suspended particles and aids in their
deposition, thus reducing stormwater runoff turbidity and improving water quality.
Conditions of Use
1. PAM shall not be directly applied to water or allowed to enter a water body.
2. PAM may be applied to wet soil, but dry soil is preferred due to less sediment loss.
3. PAM will work when applied to saturated soil but is not as effective as applications to dry or damp
soil.
4. PAM may be applied only to the following types of bare soil areas that drain to a sediment trap or a
sediment pond:
Staging areas
Stockpiles
Pit sites
Balanced cut and fill earthwork
Haul roads prior to placement of crushed rock surfacing
Compacted soil road base
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-28
5. PAM may be applied only during the following phases of construction:
During rough grading operations
After final grade and before paving or final seeding and planting
During a winter shut down of site work. In the case of winter shut down, or where soil will remain
unworked for several months, PAM should be used together with mulch.
6. Do not use PAM on a slope that flows directly to a stream or wetland. The stormwater runoff shall
pass through a sediment control measure prior to discharging to surface waters.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. PAM must be applied using one of two methods of application, “preferred” or “alternative.” The
specifications for these methods are described under separate headings below.
2. PAM may be applied in dissolved form with water, or it may be applied in dry, granular or powdered
form. The preferred application method is the dissolved form.
3. PAM is to be applied at a maximum rate of ½ pound PAM per 1000 gallons of water per 1 acre of
bare soil. Table D.2.1.2.H may be used to determine the PAM and water application rate for disturbed
soil areas. Higher concentrations of PAM do not provide any additional effectiveness.
4. Do not add PAM to water discharging from the site.
5. PAM shall be used in conjunction with other ESC measures and not in place of them. When the total
drainage area is greater than or equal to 3 acres, PAM treated areas shall drain to a sediment pond per
Section D.2.1.5.2. For drainage areas less than 3 acres, PAM treated areas must drain to a sediment
trap per Section D.2.1.5.1. Other normally required sediment control measures such as perimeter
protection measures (Section D.2.1.3) and surface water collection measures (Section D.2.1.6) shall be
applied to PAM treated areas.
6. All areas not being actively worked shall be covered and protected from rainfall. PAM shall not be the
only cover BMP used.
7. Keep the granular PAM supply out of the sun. Granular PAM loses its effectiveness in three months
after exposure to sunlight and air.
8. Care must be taken to prevent spills of PAM powder onto paved surfaces. PAM, combined with water,
is very slippery and can be a safety hazard. During an application of PAM, prevent over-spray from
reaching pavement as the pavement will become slippery. If PAM powder gets on skin or clothing,
wipe it off with a rough towel rather than washing with water. Washing with water only makes
cleanup more difficult, messier, and time consuming.
9. The specific PAM copolymer formulation must be anionic. Cationic PAM shall not be used in any
application because of known aquatic toxicity concerns. Only the highest drinking water grade PAM,
certified for compliance with ANSI/NSF Standard 60 for drinking water treatment, may be used for
soil applications. The Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) lists approved PAM
products on their web page. All PAM use shall be reviewed and approved by CED.
10. The PAM anionic charge density may vary from 2 to 30 percent; a value of 18 percent is typical.
Studies conducted by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA)/ARS demonstrated that
soil stabilization was optimized by using very high molecular weight (12 to 15 mg/mole), highly
anionic (>20% hydrolysis) PAM.
11. PAM must be “water soluble” or “linear” or “non-cross-linked.” Cross-linked or water absorbent
PAM, polymerized in highly acidic (pH<2) conditions, are used to maintain soil moisture content.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-29
TABLE D.2.1.2.H PAM AND WATER APPLICATION RATES
Disturbed Area (ac) PAM (lbs) Water (gal)
0.50 0.25 500
1.00 0.50 1,000
1.50 0.75 1,500
2.00 1.00 2,000
2.50 1.25 2,500
3.00 1.50 3,000
3.50 1.75 3,500
4.00 2.00 4,000
4.50 2.25 4,500
5.00 2.50 5,000
Preferred Application Method
1. Pre-measure the area where PAM is to be applied and calculate the amount of product and water
necessary to provide coverage at the specified application rate (1/2 pound PAM/1,000 gallons/acre).
2. Dissolve pre-measured dry granular PAM with a known quantity of clean water in a bucket several
hours or overnight. PAM has infinite solubility in water, but dissolves very slowly. Mechanical
mixing will help dissolve PAM. Always add PAM to water – not water to PAM.
3. Pre-fill the water truck about 1/8 full with water. The water does not have to be potable, but it must
have relatively low turbidity – in the range of 20 NTU or less.
4. Add PAM/Water mixture to the truck.
5. Completely fill the water truck to specified volume.
6. Spray PAM/Water mixture onto dry soil until the soil surface is uniformly and completely wetted.
Alternate Application Method
PAM may also be applied as a powder at the rate of 5 pounds per acre. This must be applied on a day that
is dry. For areas less than 5 to 10 acres, a hand-held “organ grinder” fertilized spreader set to the smallest
setting will work. Tractor mounted spreaders will work for larger areas.
Maintenance Standards
1. PAM may be reapplied on actively worked areas after a 48-hour period
2. Reapplication is not required unless PAM treated soil is disturbed or unless turbidity levels show the
need for an additional application. If PAM treated soil is left undisturbed, a reapplication may be
necessary after two months. More PAM applications may be required for steep slopes, silty and clay
soils, (USDA classification Type “C” and “D” soils), long grades, and high precipitation areas. When
PAM is applied first to bare soil and then covered with straw, a reapplication may not be necessary for
several months.
D.2.1.2.9 COMPOST BLANKETS
Code: COBL Symbol:
Purpose
Compost blankets are intended to:
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-30
Provide immediate temporary protection from erosion by protecting soil from rainfall and slowing
flow velocity over the soil surface.
Enhance temporary or permanent plant establishment by conserving moisture, holding seed and
topsoil in place, providing nutrients and soil microorganisms, and moderating soil temperatures.
Compost blankets, applied at the proper thickness and tilled into the soil, are also an option for
amending soils for permanent landscaping.
Compost generally releases and adds phosphorous to stormwater. Therefore, compost blankets are not
recommended for use in watersheds where phosphorous sensitive water resources are located. Unless
prior approval is given by the City, they should not be used in Sensitive Lake Watersheds.
Conditions of Use
1. Compost blankets may be used unseeded on disturbed areas that require temporary cover measures up
to 1 year. Compost applied as temporary cover may be reclaimed and re-used for permanent cover.
2. Compost provides cover for protecting final grades until landscaping can be completed as it can be
directly seeded or tilled into soil as an amendment.
3. Compost blankets meet mulch requirements for seed.
4. Seed may be applied to a compost blanket at any time for permanent or temporary stabilization of
disturbed areas. Seed may be applied prior to blanket application, on top of blankets, or injected and
mixed into the compost as it is applied.
5. Compost blankets may be applied on slopes up to 2H:1V.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Compost shall be applied at a minimum of 2 inches thick, unless otherwise directed by an ESC
supervisor or the City. At an application of 2 inches, this will equal approximately 100 tons per acre
(compost generally weighs approximately 800 lbs per cubic yard). Thickness shall be increased at the
direction of the design engineer for disturbed areas in or near critical areas or other areas highly
susceptible to erosion.
2. Compost shall meet criteria in Reference Section 11-C of the SWDM.
3. Compost shall be obtained from a supplier meeting the requirements in Reference Section 11-C.
4. Compost blankets shall be applied over the top of the slope to which it is applied, to prevent water
from running under the blanket
5. Compost blankets shall not be used in areas exposed to concentrated flow (e.g., channels, ditches,
dikes)
Maintenance Standards
1. The specified thickness of the blanket/cover must be maintained.
2. Any areas that show signs of erosion must be re-mulched. If the erosion problem is drainage related,
then the drainage problem must first be remedied and then the eroded area re-mulched.
D.2.1.3 PERIMETER PROTECTION
Perimeter protection to filter sediment from sheetwash shall be located downslope of all disturbed areas
and shall be installed prior to upslope grading. Perimeter protection includes the use of vegetated strips as
well as, constructed measures, such as silt fences, fiber rolls, sand/gravel barriers, brush or rock filters,
triangular silt dikes and other methods. During the wet season, 50 linear feet of silt fence (and the
necessary stakes) per acre of disturbed area must be stockpiled on site.
Purpose: The purpose of perimeter protection is to reduce the amount of sediment transported beyond the
disturbed areas of the construction site. Perimeter protection is primarily a backup means of sediment
control. Most, if not all, sediment-laden water is to be treated in a sediment trap or pond. The only
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-31
circumstances in which perimeter control is to be used as a primary means of sediment removal is when
the catchment is very small (see below).
When to Install: Perimeter protection is to be installed prior to any upslope clearing and grading.
Measures to Use: The above measures may be used interchangeably and are not the only perimeter
protection measures available. If surface water is collected by an interceptor dike or swale and routed to a
sediment pond or trap, there may be no need for the perimeter protection measures specified in this
section.
Criteria for Use as Primary Treatment: At the boundary of a site, perimeter protection may be used as
the sole form of treatment when the flowpath meets the criteria listed below. If these criteria are not met,
perimeter protection shall only be used as a backup to a sediment trap or pond.
Average Slope Slope Percent Flowpath Length
1.5H:1V or less 67% or less 100 feet
2H:1V or less 50% or less 115 feet
4H:1V or less 25% or less 150 feet
6H:1V or less 16.7% or less 200 feet
10H:1V or less 10% or less 250 feet
D.2.1.3.1 SILT FENCE
Code: SF Symbol:
Purpose
Use of a silt fence reduces the transport of coarse sediment from a construction site by providing a
temporary physical barrier to sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow.
Conditions of Use
1. Silt fence may be used downslope of all disturbed areas.
2. Silt fence is not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor is it intended to treat substantial amounts of
overland flow. Any concentrated flows must be conveyed through the drainage system to a sediment
trap or pond. The only circumstance in which overland flow may be treated solely by a silt fence,
rather than by a sediment trap or pond, is when the area draining to the fence is small (see “Criteria for
Use as Primary Treatment” in Section D.2.1.3 above).
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.3.A and Figure D.2.1.3.B for details.
2. The geotextile used must meet the standards listed below. A copy of the manufacturer’s fabric
specifications must be available on site.
AOS (ASTM D4751) 30–100 sieve size (0.60–0.15 mm) for slit film
50–100 sieve size (0.30–0.15 mm) for other fabrics
Water Permittivity (ASTM D4491) 0.02 sec-1 minimum
Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632)
(see Specification Note 3)
180 lbs. min. for extra strength fabric
100 lbs. min. for standard strength fabric
Grab Tensile Elongation (ASTM D4632) 30% max. (woven)
Ultraviolet Resistance (ASTM D4355) 70% min.
3. Standard strength fabric requires wire backing to increase the strength of the fence. Wire backing or
closer post spacing may be required for extra strength fabric if field performance warrants a stronger
fence.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-32
4. Where the fence is installed, the slope shall be no steeper than 2H:1V.
5. If a typical silt fence (per Figure D.2.1.3.A) is used, the standard 4 x 4 trench may be reduced as long
as the bottom 8 inches of the silt fence fabric is well buried and secured in a trench that stabilizes the
fence and does not allow water to bypass or undermine the silt fence.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any damage shall be repaired immediately.
2. If concentrated flows are evident uphill of the fence, they must be intercepted and conveyed to a
sediment trap or pond.
3. It is important to check the uphill side of the fence for signs of the fence clogging and acting as a
barrier to flow and then causing channelization of flows parallel to the fence. If this occurs, replace the
fence or remove the trapped sediment.
4. Sediment must be removed when the sediment is 6 inches high.
5. If the filter fabric (geotextile) has deteriorated due to ultraviolet breakdown, it shall be replaced.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-33
FIGURE D.2.1.3.A SILT FENCE
2"X2" BY 14 Ga. WIRE OR
EQUIVALENT, IF STANDARD
STRENGTH FABRIC USED
NOTE: FILTER FABRIC FENCES
SHALL BE INSTALLED ALONG
CONTOURS WHENEVER POSSIBLE
JOINTS IN FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE SPLICED
AT POSTS. USE STAPLES, WIRE RINGS OR
EQUIVALENT TO ATTACH FABRIC TO POSTS.
FILTER FABRIC
BACKFILL TRENCH WITH NATIVE SOIL
OR 3/4" TO 1-1/2" WASHED GRAVEL
MINIMUM 4"x4" TRENCH
2"x4" WOOD POSTS, STEEL FENCE
POSTS, REBAR, OR EQUIVALENT
POST SPACING MAY BE
INCREASED TO 8' IF
WIRE BACKING IS USED
6' MAX.2' MIN.12" MIN.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-34
FIGURE D.2.1.3.B SILT FENCE INSTALLATION BY SLICING
1. GATHER FABRIC AT POSTS, IF NEEDED.
2. UTILIZE THREE TIES PER POST, ALL
WITHIN TOP 8" OF FABRIC.
3. POSITION EACH TIE DIAGONALLY,
PUNCTURING HOLES VERTICALLY A
MINIMUM OF 1" APART.
4. HANG EACH TIE ON A POST NIPPLE AND
TIGHTEN SECURELY. USE CABLE TIES
(50 LBS) OF SOFT WIRE.
TOP OF FABRIC
BELT
DIAGONAL ATTACHMENT
DOUBLES STRENGTH
FLOW
STEEL SUPPORT POST1. POST SPACING: 7' MAX. ON OPEN RUNS
4' MAX. ON POOLING AREAS.
2. POST DEPTH: AS MUCH BELOW GROUND
AS FABRIC ABOVE GROUND.
3. PONDING HEIGHT MAX. 24" ATTACH
FABRIC TO UPSTREAM SIDE OF POST.
4. DRIVE OVER EACH SIDE OF SILT FENCE
2 TO 4 TIMES WITH DEVICE EXERTING
60 P.S.I. OR GREATER.
5. NO MORE THAN 24" OF A 36" FABRIC
IS ALLOWED ABOVE GROUND.
6. VIBRATORY PLOW IS NOT ACCEPTABLE
BECAUSE OF HORIZONTAL COMPACTION.
100% COMPACTION
EACH SIDE
OPERATION
ROLL OF SILT FENCE
PLOW
FABRIC ABOVE
GROUND
HORIZONTAL CHISEL POINT
(76 mm WIDTH)200-300mm
SILT FENCE
TOP 8"
NOTES:
ATTACHMENT DETAILS:
SILT FENCE INSTALLATION BY SLICING METHOD
NTS
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-35
D.2.1.3.2 BRUSH BARRIER
Code: BB Symbol:
Purpose
The purpose of brush barriers is to reduce the transport of coarse sediment from a construction site by
providing a temporary physical barrier to sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow.
Conditions of Use
1. Brush barriers may be used downslope of all disturbed areas.
2. Brush barriers are not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor are they intended to treat substantial
amounts of overland flow. Any concentrated flows must be conveyed through the drainage system to a
sediment trap or pond. The only circumstance in which overland flow may be treated solely by a
barrier, rather than by a sediment trap or pond, is when the area draining to the barrier is small (see
“Criteria for Use as Primary Treatment” in Section D.2.1.3).
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.3.C for details.
2. The City may require filter fabric (geotextile) anchored over the brush berm to enhance the filtration
ability of the barrier.
Maintenance Standards
1. There shall be no signs of erosion or concentrated runoff under or around the barrier. If concentrated
flows are bypassing the barrier, it must be expanded or augmented by toed-in filter fabric.
2. The dimensions of the barrier must be maintained.
FIGURE D.2.1.3.C BRUSH BARRIER
IF REQUIRED, DRAPE FILTER FABRIC
OVER BRUSH AND SECURE IN 4"x4"
MIN. TRENCH WITH COMPACTED
BACKFILL
MAX. 6" DIAMETER WOODY DEBRIS
FOR BARRIER CORE. ALTERNATIVELY
TOPSOIL STRIPPINGS MAY BE USED
TO FORM THE BARRIER.
ANCHOR DOWNHILL EDGE OF
FILTER FABRIC WITH STAKES,
SANDBAGS, OR EQUIVALENT
2' MIN. HEIGHT
5' MIN.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-36
D.2.1.3.3 VEGETATED STRIP
Code: VS Symbol:
Purpose
Vegetated strips reduce the transport of coarse sediment from a construction site by providing a temporary
physical barrier to sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow.
Conditions of Use
1. Vegetated strips may be used downslope of all disturbed areas.
2. Vegetated strips are not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor are they intended to treat substantial
amounts of overland flow. Any concentrated flows must be conveyed through the drainage system to a
sediment trap or pond. The only circumstance in which overland flow may be treated solely by a strip,
rather than by a sediment trap or pond, is when the area draining to the strip is small (see “Criteria for
Use as Primary Treatment” in Section D.2.1.3).
Design and Installation Specifications
1. The vegetated strip shall consist of a 25-foot minimum width continuous strip of dense vegetation
with a permeable topsoil. Grass-covered, landscaped areas are generally not adequate because the
volume of sediment overwhelms the grass. Ideally, vegetated strips shall consist of undisturbed native
growth with a well-developed soil that allows for infiltration of runoff.
2. The slope within the strip shall not exceed 4H:1V.
3. The uphill boundary of the vegetated strip shall be delineated with clearing limits as specified in
Section D.2.1.1.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any areas damaged by erosion or construction activity shall be seeded immediately and protected by
mulch.
2. If more than 5 feet of the original vegetated strip width has had vegetation removed or is being eroded,
sod must be installed using the standards for installation found in Section D.2.1.2.7.
If there are indications that concentrated flows are traveling across the buffer, surface water controls must
be installed to reduce the flows entering the buffer, or additional perimeter protection must be installed.
D.2.1.3.4 TRIANGULAR SILT DIKE (GEOTEXTILE ENCASED CHECK DAM)
Code: TSD Symbol:
Purpose
Triangular silt dikes (TSDs) may be used as check dams, for perimeter protection, for temporary soil
stockpile protection, for drop inlet protection, or as a temporary interceptor dike. Silt dikes, if attached to
impervious surfaces with tack or other adhesive agent may also be used as temporary wheel wash areas, or
concrete washout collection areas.
Conditions of Use
1. May be used for temporary check dams in ditches.
2. May be used on soil or pavement with adhesive or staples.
3. TSDs have been used to build temporary sediment ponds, diversion ditches, concrete washout
facilities, curbing, water bars, level spreaders, and berms.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-37
Design and Installation Specifications
1. TSDs must be made of urethane foam sewn into a woven geosynthetic fabric.
2. TSDs are triangular, 10 inches to 14 inches high in the center, with a 20-inch to 28-inch base. A 2-foot
apron extends beyond both sides of the triangle along its standard section of 7 feet. A sleeve at one
end allows attachment of additional sections as needed
3. Install TSDs with ends curved up to prevent water from flowing around the ends
4. Attach the TSDs and their fabric flaps to the ground with wire staples. Wire staples must be No. 11
gauge wire or stronger and shall be 200 mm to 300 mm in length.
5. When multiple units are installed, the sleeve of fabric at the end of the unit shall overlap the abutting
unit and be stapled.
6. TSDs must be located and installed as soon as construction will allow.
7. TSDs must be placed perpendicular to the flow of water.
8. When used as check dams, the leading edge must be secured with rocks, sandbags, or a small key slot
and staples.
9. When used in grass-lined ditches and swales, the TSD check dams and accumulated sediment shall be
removed when the grass has matured sufficiently to protect the ditch or swale unless the slope of the
swale is greater than 4 percent. The area beneath the TSD check dams shall be seeded and mulched
immediately after dam removal.
Maintenance Standards
1. Triangular silt dikes shall be monitored for performance and sediment accumulation during and after
each runoff producing rainfall event. Sediment shall be removed when it reaches one half the height of
the silt dike.
2. Anticipate submergence and deposition above the triangular silt dike and erosion from high flows
around the edges of the dike/dam. Immediately repair any damage or any undercutting of the
dike/dam.
D.2.1.3.5 COMPOST BERMS
Code: COBE Symbol:
Purpose
Compost berms are an option to meet the requirements of perimeter protection. Compost berms may
reduce the transport of sediment from a construction site by providing a temporary physical barrier to
sediment and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow. Compost berms trap sediment by filtering
water passing through the berm and allowing water to pond, creating a settling area for solids behind the
berm. Organic materials in the compost can also reduce concentrations of metals and petroleum
hydrocarbons from construction runoff. Due to the increase in phosphorous seen in the effluent data from
compost berms, they should be used with some cautions in areas that drain to phosphorus sensitive water
bodies, and should only be used in Sensitive Lake watersheds, such as Lake Sammamish, with the
approval from the City or the local jurisdiction.
Conditions of Use
1. Compost berms may be used in most areas requiring sediment or erosion control where runoff is in the
form of sheet flow or in areas where silt fence is normally considered acceptable. Compost berms may
be used in areas where migration of aquatic life such as turtles and salamanders are impeded by the
use of silt fence.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-38
2. Compost berms are not intended to treat concentrated flows, nor are they intended to treat substantial
amounts of overland flow. Any concentrated flows must be conveyed via a drainage system to a
sediment pond or trap.
3. For purposes of long-term sediment control objectives, berms may be seeded at the time of installation
to create an additional vegetated filtering component.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Compost berms shall be applied using a pneumatic blower device or equivalent, to produce a uniform
cross-section and berm density.
2. Compost berms shall be triangular in cross-section. The ratio of base to height dimensions shall be
2:1.
3. The minimum size of a compost berm is a 2-foot base with a 1-foot height.
4. Compost berms shall be sized and spaced as indicated in the table below.
SLOPE SLOPE
Maximum Slope Length or
Berm Spacing (linear feet)
Berm Size Required
(height x base width)
0% – 2% Flatter than
50:1 250 1 ft x 2 ft
2% – 10% 50:1 – 10:1 125 1 ft x 2 ft
10% – 20% 10:1 – 5:1 100 1 ft x 2 ft
20% – 33% 5:1 – 3:1 75 1 ft x 2 ft
33% – 50% 3:1 – 2:1 50 1.5 ft x 3 ft
5. Compost berms shall not be used on slopes greater than 2H:1V.
6. Compost shall meet criteria in Reference Section 11-C of the SWDM except for the particle size
distribution (see Bullet 8).
7. Compost shall be obtained from a supplier meeting the requirements in Reference Section 11-C.
8. Compost particle size distribution shall be as follows: 99% passing a 1 inch sieve, 90% passing a
3/4-inch sieve and a minimum of 70% greater than the 3/8-inch sieve. A total of 98% shall not exceed
3 inches in length.
9. Berms shall be placed on level contours to assist in dissipating flow into sheet flow rather than
concentrated flows. Berms shall not be constructed to concentrate runoff or channel water. Sheet flow
of water shall be perpendicular to the berm at impact. No concentrated flow shall be directed towards
compost berms.
10. Where possible, berms shall be placed 5 feet or more from the toe of slopes to allow space for
sediment deposition and collection.
11. In order to prevent water from flowing around the ends of the berms, the ends of the berm shall be
constructed pointing upslope so the ends are at a higher elevation than the rest of the berm.
12. A compost blanket extending 10 to 15 feet above the berm is recommended where the surface above
the berm is rutted or uneven, to reduce concentrated flow and promote sheet flow into the berm.
Maintenance Standards
1. Compost berms shall be regularly inspected to make sure they retain their shape and allow adequate
flow-through of stormwater.
2. When construction is completed on site, the berms shall be dispersed for incorporation into the soil or
left on top of the site for final seeding to occur.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-39
3. Any damage to berms must be repaired immediately. Damage includes flattening, compacting, rills,
eroded areas due to overtopping.
4. If concentrated flows are evident uphill of the berm, the flows must be intercepted and conveyed to a
sediment trap or pond.
5. The uphill side of the berm shall be inspected for signs of the berm clogging and acting as a barrier to
flows and causing channelization of flows parallel to the berm. If this occurs, replace the berm or
remove the trapped sediment.
6. Sediment that collects behind the berm must be removed when the sediment is more than 6 inches
deep.
D.2.1.3.6 COMPOST SOCKS
Code: COSO Symbol:
Purpose
Compost socks reduce the transport of sediment from a construction site by providing a temporary
physical barrier to sediment-laden water and reducing the runoff velocities of overland flow. Compost
socks trap sediment by filtering water that passes through the sock and allows water to pond behind the
sock, creating a settling area for solids. Organic materials in the compost also may reduce metal and
petroleum hydrocarbon concentrations in construction runoff. Compost socks function similarly to
compost berms; however, because the compost is contained in a mesh tube, they are appropriate for both
concentrated flow and sheet flow. Compost socks may be used to channel concentrated flow on hard
surfaces.
Conditions of Use
1. Compost socks may be used in areas requiring sediment or erosion control where runoff is in the form
of sheet flow or in areas that silt fence is normally considered acceptable. Compost socks may also be
used in sensitive environmental areas where migration of aquatic life, including turtles, salamanders
and other aquatic life may be impeded by the used of silt fence.
2. Compost socks are not intended to treat substantial amounts of overland flow. However, compost
socks may be subjected to some ponding and concentrated flows. If intended primarily as a filtration
device, the socks should be sized and placed so that flows do not overtop the socks.
3. For purposes of long term sediment control objectives, compost socks may be seeded at the time of
installation to create an additional vegetated filtering component.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Compost socks shall be produced using a pneumatic blower hose or equivalent to fill a mesh tube with
compost to create a uniform cross-section and berm density.
2. Socks shall be filled so they are firmly – packed yet flexible. Upon initial filling, the socks shall be
filled to have a round cross-section. Once placed on the ground, it is recommended to apply weight to
the sock to improve contact with the underlying surface. This may cause the sock to assume an oval
shape.
3. Compost socks shall be a minimum of 8 inches in diameter. Larger diameter socks are recommended
for areas where ponding is expected behind the sock.
4. Compost socks shall not be used on slopes greater than 2H:1V.
5. Compost shall meet criteria in Reference Section 11-C of the SWDM, except for the particle size
distribution (see Bullet 7).
6. Compost shall be obtained from a supplier meeting the requirements in Reference Section 11-C.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-40
7. Compost particle size distribution shall be as follows: 99% passing a 1-inch sieve, 90% passing a
3/4-inch sieve and a minimum of 70% greater than the 3/8-inch sieve. A total of 98% shall not exceed
3 inches in length.
8. In order to prevent water from flowing around the ends of compost socks, the ends must be pointed
upslope so the ends of the socks are at a higher elevation than the remainder of the sock.
Maintenance Standards
1. Compost socks shall be regularly inspected to make sure the mesh tube remains undamaged, the socks
retain their shape, and allow adequate flow through of surface water. If the mesh tube is torn, it shall
be repaired using twine, zip-ties, or wire. Large sections of damaged socks must be replaced. Any
damage must be repaired immediately upon discovery of damage.
2. When the sock is no longer needed, the socks shall be cut open and the compost dispersed to be
incorporated into the soil or left on top of the soil for final seeding to occur. The mesh material must
be disposed of properly as solid waste. If spills of oil, antifreeze, hydraulic fluid, or other equipment
fluids have occurred that have saturated the sock, the compost must be disposed of properly as a
waste.
3. Sediment must be removed when sediment accumulations are within 3 inches of the top of the sock.
D.2.1.4 TRAFFIC AREA STABILIZATION
Unsurfaced entrances, roads, and parking areas used by construction traffic shall be stabilized to minimize
erosion and tracking of sediment off site. Stabilized construction entrances shall be installed as the first
step in clearing and grading. At the City’s discretion, road and parking area stabilization is not required
during the dry season (unless dust is a concern) or if the site is underlain by coarse-grained soils. Roads
and parking areas shall be stabilized immediately after initial grading.
Purpose: The purpose of traffic area stabilization is to reduce the amount of sediment transported off site
by construction vehicles and to reduce the erosion of areas disturbed by vehicle traffic. Sediment
transported off site onto paved streets is a significant problem because it is difficult to effectively remove,
and any sediment not removed ends up in the drainage system. Additionally, sediment on public right-of-
way can pose a serious traffic hazard. Construction road and parking area stabilization is important
because the combination of wet soil and heavy equipment traffic typically forms a slurry of easily erodible
mud. Finally, stabilization also is an excellent form of dust control in the summer months.
When to Install: The construction entrance is to be installed as the first step in clearing and grading.
Construction road stabilization shall occur immediately after initial grading of the construction roads and
parking areas.
Measures to Use: There are two types of traffic area stabilization: (1) a stabilized construction entrance
and (2) construction road/parking area stabilization. Both measures must be used as specified under
“Conditions of Use” for each measure.
D.2.1.4.1 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
Code: CE Symbol:
Purpose
Construction entrances are stabilized to reduce the amount of sediment transported onto paved roads by
motor vehicles or runoff by constructing a stabilized pad of quarry spalls at entrances to construction sites.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-41
Conditions of Use
Construction entrances shall be stabilized wherever traffic will be leaving a construction site and traveling
on paved roads or other paved areas within 1,000 feet of the site. Access and exits shall be limited to one
route if possible, or two for linear projects such as roadway where more than one access/exit is necessary
for maneuvering large equipment.
For residential construction provide stabilized construction entrances for each residence in addition to the
main subdivision entrance. Stabilized surfaces shall be of sufficient length/width to provide vehicle
access/parking, based on lot size/configuration.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.4.A for details.
2. A separation geotextile shall be placed under the spalls to prevent fine sediment from pumping up into
the rock pad. The geotextile shall meet the following standards:
Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632) 200 lbs min.
Grab Tensile Elongation (ASTM D4632) 30% max.(woven)
Puncture Strength (ASTM D6241) 495 lbs min.
AOS (ASTM D4751) 20–45 (U.S. standard sieve size)
3. Do not use crushed concrete, cement, or calcium chloride for construction entrance stabilization
because these products raise pH levels in stormwater and concrete discharge to surface waters of the
State is prohibited.
4. Hog fuel (wood based mulch) may be substituted for or combined with quarry spalls in areas that will
not be used for permanent roads. The effectiveness of hog fuel is highly variable, but it has been used
successfully on many sites. It generally requires more maintenance than quarry spalls. Hog fuel is not
recommended for entrance stabilization in urban areas. The inspector may at any time require the use
of quarry spalls if the hog fuel is not preventing sediment from being tracked onto pavement or if the
hog fuel is being carried onto pavement. Hog fuel is prohibited in permanent roadbeds because
organics in the subgrade soils cause difficulties with compaction.
5. Fencing (see Section D.2.1.1) shall be installed as necessary to restrict traffic to the construction
entrance.
6. Whenever possible, the entrance shall be constructed on a firm, compacted subgrade. This can
substantially increase the effectiveness of the pad and reduce the need for maintenance.
Maintenance Standards
1. Quarry spalls (or hog fuel) shall be added if the pad is no longer in accordance with the specifications.
2. If the entrance is not preventing sediment from being tracked onto pavement, then alternative
measures to keep the streets free of sediment shall be used. This may include street sweeping, an
increase in the dimensions of the entrance, or the installation of a wheel wash. If washing is used, it
shall be done on an area covered with crushed rock, and wash water shall drain to a sediment trap or
pond.
3. Any sediment that is tracked onto pavement shall be removed immediately by sweeping. The sediment
collected by sweeping shall be removed or stabilized on site. The pavement shall not be cleaned by
washing down the street, except when sweeping is ineffective and there is a threat to public safety. If
it is necessary to wash the streets, a small sump must be constructed. The sediment would then be
washed into the sump where it can be controlled. Wash water must be pumped back onto the site and
cannot discharge to systems tributary to surface waters.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-42
4. Any quarry spalls that are loosened from the pad and end up on the roadway shall be removed
immediately.
5. If vehicles are entering or exiting the site at points other than the construction entrance(s), fencing (see
Section D.2.1.1) shall be installed to control traffic.
FIGURE D.2.1.4.A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
D.2.1.4.2 CONSTRUCTION ROAD/PARKING AREA STABILIZATION
Code: CRS Symbol:
Purpose
Stabilizing subdivision roads, parking areas and other onsite vehicle transportation routes immediately
after grading reduces erosion caused by construction traffic or runoff.
Conditions of Use
1. Roads or parking areas shall be stabilized wherever they are constructed, whether permanent or
temporary, for use by construction traffic.
2. Fencing (see Section D.2.1.1) shall be installed, if necessary, to limit the access of vehicles to only
those roads and parking areas that are stabilized.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. A 6-inch depth of 2- to 4-inch crushed rock, gravel base, or crushed surfacing base course shall be
applied immediately after grading or utility installation. A 4-inch course of asphalt treated base (ATB)
may also be used, or the road/parking area may be paved. It may also be possible to use cement or
PER KING COUNTY ROAD DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS (KCRDCS), DRIVEWAYS SHALL
BE PAVED TO EDGE OF R-O-W PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE TO
AVOID DAMAGING OF THE ROADWAY.
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE ENTRANCE BE CROWNED SO THAT RUNOFF DRAINS OFF THE PAD.
12" MIN.
THICKNESS
PROVIDE FULL WIDTH OF
INGRESS/EGRESS AREA
IF A ROADSIDE DITCH IS
PRESENT, INSTALL
DRIVEWAY CULVERT
PER KCRDCS
GEOTEXTILE
4"- 8" QUARRY
SPALLS
R=25' MIN.
100'
M
IN.
EX IST ING R OAD
1 5' MI N.
NOTES:
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-43
calcium chloride for soil stabilization. If the area will not be used for permanent roads, parking areas,
or structures, a 6-inch depth of hog fuel may also be used, but this is likely to require more
maintenance. Whenever possible, construction roads and parking areas shall be placed on a firm,
compacted subgrade. Note: If the area will be used for permanent road or parking installation later in
the project, the subgrade will be subject to inspection.
2. Temporary road gradients shall not exceed 15 percent. Roadways shall be carefully graded to drain
transversely. Drainage ditches shall be provided on each side of the roadway in the case of a crowned
section, or on one side in the case of a super-elevated section. Drainage ditches shall be designed in
accordance with the standards given in Section D.2.1.6.4 and directed to a sediment pond or trap.
3. Rather than relying on ditches, it may also be possible to grade the road so that runoff sheet-flows
into a heavily vegetated area with a well-developed topsoil. Landscaped areas are not adequate. If this
area has at least 50 feet of vegetation, then it is generally preferable to use the vegetation to treat
runoff, rather than a sediment pond or trap. The 50 feet shall not include vegetated wetlands. If runoff
is allowed to sheet flow through adjacent vegetated areas, it is vital to design the roadways and
parking areas so that no concentrated runoff is created.
4. In order to control construction traffic, the City may require that signs be erected on site informing
construction personnel that vehicles, other than those performing clearing and grading, are restricted
to stabilized areas.
5. If construction roads do not adequately reduce trackout to adjacent property or roadways, a wheel
wash system will be required.
Maintenance Standards
Crushed rock, gravel base, hog fuel, etc., shall be added as required to maintain a stable driving surface
and to stabilize any areas that have eroded.
D.2.1.4.3 WHEEL WASH
Code: WW Symbol:
Purpose
Wheel wash systems reduce the amount of sediment transported onto paved roadways and into surface
water systems by construction vehicles.
Conditions of Use
When a stabilized construction entrance is not preventing sediment from being tracked onto pavement:
Wheel washing is generally an effective erosion and sediment control method and BMP when
installed with careful attention to topography. For example, a wheel wash can be detrimental if
installed at the top of a slope abutting a right-of-way where the water from the dripping truck wheels
and undercarriage can run unimpeded into the street.
Pressure washing combined with an adequately sized and properly surfaced wash pad with direct
drainage discharge to a large 10-foot x 10-foot sump can be very effective.
Design and Installation Specifications
A suggested detail is shown in Figure D.2.1.4.B.
1. A minimum of 6 inches of asphalt treated base (ATB) over crushed base material or 8 inches over a
good subgrade is recommended to pave the wheel wash area.
2. Use a low clearance truck to test the wheel wash before paving. Either a belly dump or lowboy will
work well to test clearance.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-44
3. Keep the water level from 12 to 14 inches deep to avoid damage to truck hubs and filling the truck
tongues with water.
4. Midpoint spray nozzles are only needed in very muddy conditions.
5. Wheel wash systems should be designed with a small grade change, 6 to 12 inches for a 10-foot-wide
pond, to allow sediment to flow to the low side of the pond and to help prevent re-suspension of
sediment.
6. A drainpipe with a 2- to 3-foot riser should be installed on the low side of the wheel wash pond to
allow for easy cleaning and refilling. Polymers may be used to promote coagulation and flocculation
in a closed-loop system.
7. Polyacrylamide (PAM) added to the wheel washwater at a rate of 0.25 to 0.5 pounds per 1,000 gallons
of water increases effectiveness and reduces cleanup time. If PAM is already being used for dust or
erosion control and is being applied by a water truck, the same truck may be used to change the
washwater.
Maintenance Standards
1. The wheel wash should start out each day with clean, fresh water.
2. The washwater should be changed a minimum of once per day. On large earthwork jobs where more
than 10 to 20 trucks per hour are expected, the washwater will need to be changed more often.
3. Wheel wash or tire bath wastewater shall be discharged to a separate onsite treatment system that
prevents discharge to surface water, or to the sanitary sewer system with proper approval and/or
permits from King County and the City of Renton.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-45
FIGURE D.2.1.4.B WHEEL WASH AND PAVED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
2%
SLOPE
15'15'20'15'50'
18'
12'
3'
5'
BUILD 8'x8' SUMP TO ACCOMODATE
CLEANING BY TRACKHOE.
SECTION A-A
NTS
8'x8' SUMP,
SEE NOTE
LOCATE INVERT OF TOP
PIPE 1' ABOVE BOTTOM
OF WHEEL WASH
DRAIN PIPE 1:1 SLOPE
WATER LEVEL
ELEVATION VIEW
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
6" SLEEVE
CURB
ASPHALT CURB ON THE
LOW ROAD SIDE TO DIRECT
WATER BACK TO POND
6" ATB CONSTRUCTION
ENTRANCE
1-1/2" SCHEDULE 40
FOR SPRAYERS
2% SLOPE
MIDPOINT SPRAY
NOZZLES, IF NEEDED
3" TRASH PUMP WITH FLOATS
ON SUCTION HOSE
2" SCHEDULE 40
6" SLEEVE UNDER ROAD
8'x8' SUMP WITH 5'
OF CATCH
6" SEWER PIPE WITH
BUTTERFLY VALVES
1:1 SLOPE
A
A
5:1
SLOPE
5:1
SLOPE
15' ATB APRON TO PROTECT
GROUND FROM SPLASHING WATER
BALL VALVES
NOTE:
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-46
D.2.1.5 SEDIMENT RETENTION
Surface water collected from disturbed areas of the site shall be routed through a sediment pond or trap
prior to release from the site. An exception is for areas at the perimeter of the site with drainage areas
small enough to be treated solely with perimeter protection (see Section D.2.1.3). Also, if the soils and
topography are such that no offsite discharge of surface water is anticipated up to and including the
developed 2-year runoff event, sediment ponds and traps are not required. A 10-year peak flow using the
approved model with 15-minute time steps shall be used for sediment pond/trap sizing if the project size,
expected timing and duration of construction, or downstream conditions warrant a higher level of
protection (see below). At the City’s discretion, sites may be worked during the dry season without
sediment ponds and traps if there is some other form of protection of surface waters, such as a 100-foot
forested buffer between the disturbed areas and adjacent surface waters. For small sites, use the criteria
defined in Section D.2.1.3, Perimeter Protection to determine minimum flow path length. If the site work
has to be extended into the wet season, a back-up plan must be identified in the CSWPP plan and
implemented. Protection of catch basins is required for inlets that are likely to be impacted by sediment
generated by the project and that do not drain to an onsite sediment pond or trap. Sediment retention
facilities shall be installed prior to grading of any contributing area and shall be located so as to avoid
interference with the movement of juvenile salmonids attempting to enter off-channel areas or drainages.
Purpose: The purpose of sediment retention facilities is to remove sediment from runoff generated from
disturbed areas.
When to Install: The facilities shall be constructed as the first step in the clearing and grading of the site.
The surface water conveyances may then be connected to the facilities as site development proceeds.
Measures to Use: There are three sediment retention measures in this section. The first two, sediment
traps and ponds, serve the same function but for different size catchments. All runoff from disturbed areas
must be routed through a trap or pond except for very small areas at the perimeter of the site small enough
to be treated solely with perimeter protection (see Section D.2.1.3). The third measure is for catch basin
protection. It is only to be used in limited circumstances and is not a primary sediment treatment facility. It
is only intended as a backup in the event of failure of other onsite systems.
Use of Permanent Drainage Facilities: All projects that are constructing permanent facilities for runoff
quantity control are strongly encouraged to use the rough-graded or final-graded permanent facilities for
ponds and traps. This includes combined facilities and infiltration facilities. When permanent facilities are
used as temporary sedimentation facilities, the surface area requirements of sediment traps (for drainages
less than 3 acres) or sediment ponds (more than 3 acres) must be met. If the surface area requirements are
larger than the surface area of the permanent facility, then the pond shall be enlarged to comply with the
surface area requirement. The permanent pond shall also be divided into two cells as required for sediment
ponds. Either a permanent control structure or the temporary control structure described in Section
D.2.1.5.2 may be used. If a permanent control structure is used, it may be advisable to partially restrict the
lower orifice with gravel to increase residence time while still allowing dewatering of the pond.
If infiltration facilities are to be used, the sides and bottom of the facility must only be rough excavated to
a minimum of three feet above final grade. Excavation should be done with a backhoe working at “arm’s
length” to minimize disturbance and compaction of the infiltration surface. Additionally, any required
pretreatment facilities shall be fully constructed prior to any release of sediment-laden water to the facility.
Pretreatment and shallow excavation are intended to prevent the clogging of soil with fines. Final grading
of the infiltration facility shall occur only when all contributing drainage areas are fully stabilized (see
Section D.2.4.5).
Selection of the Design Storm: In most circumstances, the developed condition 2-year peak flow using
the approved model with 15-minute time steps is sufficient for calculating surface area for ponds and traps
and for determining exemptions from the sediment retention and surface water collection requirements
(Sections D.2.1.5 and D.2.1.6, respectively). In some circumstances, however, the approved model 10-year
15-minute peak flow should be used. Examples of such circumstances include the following:
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-47
Sites that are within ¼ mile of salmonid streams, wetlands, and designated sensitive lakes such as
Lake Sammamish
Sites where significant clearing and grading is likely to occur during the wet season
Sites with downstream erosion or sedimentation problems.
Natural Vegetation: Whenever possible, sediment-laden water shall be discharged into onsite, relatively
level, vegetated areas. This is the only way to effectively remove fine particles from runoff. This can be
particularly useful after initial treatment in a sediment retention facility. The areas of release must be
evaluated on a site-by-site basis in order to determine appropriate locations for and methods of releasing
runoff. Vegetated wetlands shall not be used for this purpose. Frequently, it may be possible to pump
water from the collection point at the downhill end of the site to an upslope vegetated area. Pumping shall
only augment the treatment system, not replace it because of the possibility of pump failure or runoff
volume in excess of pump capacity.
D.2.1.5.1 SEDIMENT TRAP
Code: ST Symbol:
Purpose
Sediment traps remove sediment from runoff originating from disturbed areas of the site. Sediment traps
are typically designed to only remove sediment as small as medium silt (0.02 mm). As a consequence,
they usually only result in a small reduction in turbidity.
Conditions of Use
A sediment trap shall be used where the contributing drainage area is 3 acres or less.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.5.A for details.
2. If permanent runoff control facilities are part of the project, they should be used for sediment retention
(see “Use of Permanent Drainage Facilities” in Section D.2.1.5).
3. To determine the trap geometry, first calculate the design surface area (SA) of the trap, measured at the
invert of the weir. Use the following equation:
SA = FS(Q2/Vs)
where Q2 = Design inflow (cfs) from the contributing drainage area based on the developed
condition 2-year or 10-year peak discharge using the approved model with 15-minute
time steps as computed in the hydrologic analysis. The approved model 10-year
15-minute peak flow shall be used if the project size, expected timing and duration of
construction, or downstream conditions warrant a higher level of protection, or if the
pond discharge path leaves the site (note provisions must made to prevent increases
in the existing site conditions 2-year and 10-year runoff peaks discharging from the
project site during construction, see Section D.3.9, Flow Control). If no hydrologic
analysis is required, the Rational Method may be used (Section 3.2.1 of the SWDM).
Vs = The settling velocity (ft/sec) of the soil particle of interest. The 0.02 mm (medium
silt) particle with an assumed density of 2.65 g/cm3 has been selected as the particle
of interest and has a settling velocity (Vs) of 0.00096 ft/sec.
FS = A safety factor of 2 to account for non-ideal settling.
Therefore, the equation for computing surface area becomes:
SA = 2 x Q2/0.00096 or 2080 square feet per cfs of inflow
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-48
Note: Even if permanent facilities are used, they must still have a surface area that is at least as large
as that derived from the above formula. If they do not, the pond must be enlarged.
4. To aid in determining sediment depth, all traps shall have a staff gage with a prominent mark one foot
above the bottom of the trap.
Maintenance Standards
1. Sediment shall be removed from the trap when it reaches 1 foot in depth.
2. Any damage to the trap embankments or slopes shall be repaired.
FIGURE D.2.1.5.A SEDIMENT TRAP
NOTE:
TRAP MAY BE FORMED BY BERM OR BY
PARTIAL OR COMPLETE EXCAVATION
3
H
:
1
VMA
X
.FLAT BOTTOM
1' MIN.
18" MIN.
1' MIN.
1' MIN. DEPTH OVERFLOW SPILLWAY
CROSS SECTION
TRAP OUTLET
NATIVE SOIL OR
COMPACTED
BACKFILL
GEOTEXTILE
6' MIN.
MIN.1' DEPTH
2"-4" ROCK
MIN. 1' DEPTH 3/4"-1 1/2"
WASHED GRAVEL
4' MIN.
3.5'-5'
SURFACE AREA DETERMINED
AT TOP OF WEIR
DISCHARGE TO STABILIZED CONVEYANCE,
OUTLET OR LEVEL SPREADER
3/4"-1 1/2"
WASHED
GRAVEL GEOTEXTILE
2"-4" ROCK
RIPRAP
1' MIN. OVERFLOW
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-49
D.2.1.5.2 SEDIMENT POND
Code: SP Symbol:
Purpose
Sediment ponds remove sediment from runoff originating from disturbed areas of the site. Sediment ponds
are typically designed to only remove sediment as small as medium silt (0.02 mm). As a consequence,
they usually reduce turbidity only slightly.
Conditions of Use
A sediment pond shall be used where the contributing drainage area is 3 acres or more.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.5.B, Figure D.2.1.5.C, and Figure D.2.1.5.D for details.
2. If permanent runoff control facilities are part of the project, they should be used for sediment retention
(see “Use of Permanent Drainage Facilities” in Section D.2.1.5).
Determining Pond Geometry
1. Obtain the discharge from the hydrologic calculations for the 2-year and 10-year peak flows using the
approved model with 15-minute time steps (Q2 and Q10). The approved model 10-year 15-minute peak
flow shall be used if the project size, expected timing and duration of construction, or downstream
conditions warrant a higher level of protection, or if the pond discharge path leaves the site (note
provisions must made to prevent increases in the existing site conditions 2-year and 10-year runoff
peaks discharging from the project site during construction, see Section D.3.9, Flow Control). If no
hydrologic analysis is required, the Rational Method may be used (Section 3.2.1 of the SWDM).
2. Determine the required surface area at the top of the riser pipe with the equation:
SA = 2 x Q10/0.00096 or 2080 square feet per cfs of inflow
See Section D.2.1.5.1 for more information on the derivation of the surface area calculation.
3. The basic geometry of the pond can now be determined using the following design criteria:
Required surface area SA (from Step 2 above) at top of riser
Minimum 3.5-foot depth from top of riser to bottom of pond
Maximum 3:1 interior side slopes and maximum 2:1 exterior slopes. The interior slopes may be
increased to a maximum of 2:1 if fencing is provided at or above the maximum water surface
One foot of freeboard between the top of the riser and the crest of the emergency spillway
Flat bottom
Minimum one foot deep spillway
Length-to-width ratio between 3:1 and 6:1.
Sizing of Discharge Mechanisms
Principal Spillway: Determine the required diameter for the principal spillway (riser pipe). The diameter
shall be the minimum necessary to pass the developed condition 10-year peak flow using the approved
model with 15-minute time steps (Q10). Use Figure 5.1.4.H (SWDM Chapter 5) to determine this diameter
(h = one foot). Note: A permanent control structure may be used instead of a temporary riser.
Emergency Overflow Spillway: Determine the required size and design of the emergency overflow
spillway for the developed condition 100-year approved model 15-minute peak flow using the procedure
in Section 5.1.1 (“Emergency Overflow Spillway” subsection) of the SWDM.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-50
Dewatering Orifice: Determine the size of the dewatering orifice(s) (minimum 1-inch diameter) using a
modified version of the discharge equation for a vertical orifice and a basic equation for the area of a
circular orifice.
1. Determine the required area of the orifice with the following equation:
hATg
hAA sso)10(81.43600x6.0
)2(6
5.0
5.0
where Ao = orifice area (square feet)
As = pond surface area (square feet)
h = head of water above orifice (height of riser in feet)
T = dewatering time (24 hours)
g = acceleration of gravity (32.2 feet/second2)
2. Convert the required surface area to the required diameter D (inches) of the orifice:
o
o AADx54.13x24
3. The vertical, perforated tubing connected to the dewatering orifice must be at least 2 inches larger in
diameter than the orifice to improve flow characteristics. The size and number of perforations in the
tubing should be large enough so that the tubing does not restrict flow. The flow rate should be
controlled by the orifice.
Additional Design Specifications
The pond shall be divided into two roughly equal volume cells by a permeable divider that will
reduce turbulence while allowing movement of water between cells. The divider shall be at least one-
half the height of the riser and a minimum of one foot below the top of the riser. Wire-backed, 2- to 3-
foot high, extra strength filter fabric (see Section D.2.1.3.1) supported by treated 4″ x 4″s may be used
as a divider. Alternatively, staked straw bales wrapped with filter fabric (geotextile) may be used.
If the pond is more than 6 feet deep, a different mechanism must be proposed. A riprap embankment
is one acceptable method of separation for deeper ponds. Other designs that satisfy the intent of this
provision are allowed as long as the divider is permeable, structurally sound, and designed to prevent
erosion under or around the barrier.
To aid in determining sediment depth, one-foot intervals shall be prominently marked on the riser.
If an embankment of more than 6 feet is proposed, the pond must comply with the criteria under
“Embankments” in Section 5.1.1 of the Surface Water Design Manual.
Maintenance Standards
1. Sediment shall be removed from the pond when it reaches 1 foot in depth.
2. Any damage to the pond embankments or slopes shall be repaired.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-51
FIGURE D.2.1.5.B SEDIMENT POND PLAN VIEW
FIGURE D.2.1.5.C SEDIMENT POND CROSS SECTION
INFLOW
NOTE:
POND MAY BE FORMED BY BERM OR BY
PARTIAL OR COMPLETE EXCAVATION
DISCHARGE TO
STABILIZED
CONVEYANCE,
OUTLET OR LEVEL
SPREADER
EMERGENCY
OVERFLOW
SPILLWAY
KEY DIVIDER INTO SLOPE TO
PREVENT FLOW AROUND SIDES
THE POND LENGTH SHALL
BE 3 TO 6 TIMES THE
MAXIMUM POND WIDTH
SILT FENCE OR
EQUIVALENT
DIVIDER
RISER
PIPE
POND LENGTH
3H:1V MAX.
RISER PIPE (PRINCIPAL
SPILLWAY) OPEN AT TOP WITH
TRASH RACK PER FIG. 5.1.1.C
DEWATERING
DEVICE (SEE
RISER DETAIL)2H:1VMAX.3H:1VMAX.WIRE-BACKED SILT
FENCE, STAKED STRAW
BALES WRAPPED WITH
FILTER FABRIC, OR
EQUIVALENT DIVIDER
CONCRETE BASE
(SEE RISER DETAIL)
DISCHARGE TO STABILIZED
CONVEYANCE, OUTLET OR
LEVEL SPREADER
DEWATERING
ORIFICE
CREST OF
EMERGENCY
SPILLWAY
1'
6' MIN. BERM WIDTH
EMBANKMENT
COMPACTED 95%
MODIFIED PROCTOR.
PERVIOUS MATERIALS
SUCH AS GRAVEL OR
CLEAN SAND SHALL
NOT BE USED.
1' MIN.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-52
FIGURE D.2.1.5.D SEDIMENT POND RISER DETAIL
D.2.1.5.3 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
Code: FFP or CBI or CBP Symbol: or or
Purpose
Storm drain inlets are protected to prevent coarse sediment from entering storm drainage systems.
Temporary devices around storm drains assist in improving the quality of water discharged to inlets or
catch basins by ponding sediment-laden water. These devices are effective only for relatively small
drainage areas.
Conditions of Use
1. Protection shall be provided for all storm drain inlets downslope and within 500 feet of a disturbed or
construction area, unless the runoff that enters the catch basin will be conveyed to a sediment pond or
trap.
2. Inlet protection may be used anywhere at the applicant’s discretion to protect the drainage system.
This will, however, require more maintenance, and it is highly likely that the drainage system will still
require some cleaning.
3. The contributing drainage area must not be larger than one acre.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. There are many options for protecting storm drain inlets. Two commonly used options are filter
fabric protection and catch basin inserts. Filter fabric protection (see Figure D.2.1.5.E) is filter fabric
(geotextile) placed over the grate. This method is generally very ineffective and requires intense
maintenance efforts. Therefore, filter fabric protection is not allowed in the City of Renton. Catch
basin inserts (see Figure D.2.1.5.F) are manufactured devices that nest inside a catch basin. This
method also requires a high frequency of maintenance to be effective.
3.5' MIN.
18" MIN.
2X RISER DIA. MIN.
CORRUGATED
METAL RISER
CONCRETE BASE ALTERNATIVELY, METAL
STAKES AND WIRE MAY
BE USED TO PREVENT
FLOTATION
DEWATERING ORIFICE,
SCHEDULE 40 STEEL
STUB MIN. DIAMETER
AS PER CALCULATIONS
6" MIN.
PROVIDE
ADEQUATE
STRAPPING
POLYETHYLENE CAP
PERFORATED
DEWATERING DEVICE,
SEE NOTE WATERTIGHT
COUPLING TACK
WELD
NOTE:
PERFORATED CORRUGATED
POLYETHYLENE (CPE)
DRAINAGE TUBING, DIAMETER
MIN. 2" LARGER THAN
DEWATERING ORIFICE. TUBING
SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM
F667 AND AASHTO M294.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-53
Trapping sediment in the catch basins is unlikely to improve the water quality of runoff if it is treated
in a pond or trap because the coarse particles that are trapped at the catch basin settle out very quickly
in the pond or trap. Catch basin protection normally only improves water quality where there is
no treatment facility downstream. In these circumstances, catch basin protection is an important last
line of defense. It is not, however, a substitute for preventing erosion.
2. It is sometimes possible to construct a small sump around the catch basin before final surfacing of the
road. This is allowed because it can be a very effective method of sediment control.
3. Block and gravel filters, gravel and wire mesh filter barriers, and bag barriers filled with various
filtering media placed around catch basins can be effective when the drainage area is 1 acre or less and
flows do not exceed 0.5 cfs. It is necessary to allow for overtopping to prevent flooding. Many
manufacturers have various inlet protection filters that are very effective in keeping sediment-laden
water from entering the storm drainage system. The following are examples of a few common
methods.
a) Block and gravel filters (Figure D.2.1.5.G) are a barrier formed around an inlet with standard
concrete block and gravel, installed as follows:
Height is 1 to 2 feet above the inlet.
Recess the first row of blocks 2 inches into the ground for stability.
Support subsequent rows by placing a 2x4 through the concrete block opening.
Do not use mortar.
Lay some blocks in the bottom row on their side for dewatering the pooled water.
Place cloth or mesh with ½ inch openings over all block openings.
Place gravel below the top of blocks on slopes of 2:1 or flatter.
An alternate design is a gravel donut.
b) Gravel and wire mesh filters consist of a gravel barrier placed over the top of an inlet. This
structure generally does not provide overflow. Install as follows:
Cloth or comparable wire mesh with ½ inch openings is placed over inlet.
Coarse aggregate covers the cloth or mesh.
Height/depth of gravel should be 1 foot or more, 18 inches wider than inlet on all sides.
c) Curb inlet protection with a wooden weir is a barrier formed around an inlet with a wooden
frame and gravel, installed as follows:
Construct a frame and attach wire mesh (½ inch openings) and filter fabric to the frame.
Pile coarse washed aggregate against the wire/fabric.
Place weight on frame anchors.
d) Curb and gutter sediment barriers (Figure D.2.1.5.H) consist of sandbags or rock berms (riprap
and aggregate) 3 feet high and 3 feet wide in a horseshoe shape, installed as follows:
Bags of either burlap or woven geotextile fabric, filled with a variety of media such as gravel,
wood chips, compost or sand stacked tightly allows water to pond and allows sediment to
separate from runoff.
Leave a “one bag gap” in the top row of the barrier to provide a spillway for overflow.
Construct a horseshoe shaped berm, faced with coarse aggregate if using riprap, 3 x 3 and at
least 2 feet from the inlet.
Construct a horseshoe shaped sedimentation trap on the outside of the berm to sediment trap
standards for protecting a culvert inlet.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-54
4. Excavated drop inlet sediment traps are appropriate where relatively heavy flows are expected and
overflow capability is needed. If emergency overflow is provided, additional end-of-pipe treatment
may be required. Excavated drop inlets consist of an excavated impoundment area around a storm
drain. Sediment settles out of the stormwater prior to enter the drain. Install according to the following
specifications:
a) The impoundment area should have a depth of 1 to 2 feet measured from the crest of the inlet
structure.
b) Side slopes of the excavated area must be no steeper than 2:1.
c) Minimum volume of the excavated area should be 35 cubic yards.
d) Install provisions for draining the area to prevent standing water problems.
e) Keep the area clear of debris.
f) Weep holes may be drilled into the side of the inlet.
g) Protect weep holes with wire mesh and washed aggregate.
h) Weep holes must be sealed when removing and stabilizing excavated area.
i) A temporary dike may be necessary on the down slope side of the structure to prevent bypass
flow.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any accumulated sediment on or around inlet protection shall be removed immediately. Sediment
shall not be removed with water, and all sediment must be disposed of as fill on site or hauled off site.
2. Any sediment in the catch basin insert shall be removed when the sediment has filled one-third of the
available storage. The filter media for the insert shall be cleaned or replaced at least monthly.
3. Regular maintenance is critical for all forms of catch basin/inlet protection. Unlike many forms of
protection that fail gradually, catch basin protection will fail suddenly and completely if not
maintained properly.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-55
FIGURE D.2.1.5.E FILTER FABRIC PROTECTION (NOT ALLOWED)
FIGURE D.2.1.5.F CATCH BASIN INSERT
CATCH BASIN
NOTE: ONLY TO BE USED WHERE
PONDING OF WATER ABOVE THE
CATCH BASIN WILL NOT CAUSE
TRAFFIC PROBLEMS AND WHERE
OVERFLOW WILL NOT RESULT IN
EROSION OF SLOPES.
GRATE
STANDARD STRENGTH
FILTER FABRIC
NOTE: THIS DETAIL IS ONLY
SCHEMATIC. ANY INSERT IS
ALLOWED THAT HAS:
A MIN. 0.5 C.F. OF STORAGE,
THE MEANS TO DEWATER THE
STORED SEDIMENT,
AN OVERFLOW, AND
CAN BE EASILY MAINTAINED.
OVERFLOW
GRATECATCH BASIN
POROUS
BOTTOM
SOLID
WALLS
FILTER
MEDIA FOR
DEWATERING
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-56
FIGURE D.2.1.5.G BLOCK AND GRAVEL CURB INLET PROTECTION
1. USE BLOCK AND GRAVEL TYPE SEDIMENT BARRIER WHEN CURB INLET IS LOCATED
IN GENTLY SLOPING SEGMENT, WHERE WATER CAN POND AND ALLOW SEDIMENT TO
SEPARATE FROM RUNOFF.
2. BARRIER SHALL ALLOW FOR OVERFLOW FROM SEVERE STORM EVENT.
3. INSPECT BARRIERS AND REMOVE SEDIMENT AFTER EACH STORM EVENT. SEDIMENT
AND GRAVEL MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE TRAVELED WAY IMMEDIATELY.
2x4 WOOD STUD
OVERFLOW
WATER
A
A
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
BLOCK AND GRAVEL CURB INLET PROTECTION
NTS
CATCH BASIN COVER
CURB INLET
CONCRETE BLOCKS
CATCH BASIN COVER
CURB INLET
CATCH BASIN
BACK OF SIDEWALK
CURB FACE
3/4" DRAIN
GRAVEL (20 mm)
WIRE SCREEN OR
FILTER FABRIC
POND HEIGHT
WIRE SCREEN
OR FILTER FABRIC
2x4 WOOD STUD
(100x50 TIMBER STUD)
3/4" DRAIN
GRAVEL (20 mm)
NOTES:
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-57
FIGURE D.2.1.5.H CURB AND GUTTER BARRIER PROTECTION
RUNOFF
RUNOFF
SPILLWAY
1. PLACE CURB-TYPE SEDIMENT BARRIERS ON GENTLY SLOPING STREET SEGMENTS,
WHERE WATER CAN POND AND ALLOW SEDIMENT TO SEPARATE FROM RUNOFF.
2. SANDBAGS OF EITHER BURLAP OR WOVEN GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ARE FILLED WITH
GRAVEL, LAYERED AND PACKED TIGHTLY.
3. LEAVE A ONE-SANDBAG GAP IN THE TOP ROW TO PROVIDE A SPILLWAY FOR OVERFLOW.
4. INSPECT BARRIERS AND REMOVE SEDIMENT AFTER EACH STORM EVENT. SEDIMENT
AND GRAVEL MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE TRAVELED WAY IMMEDIATELY.
GRAVEL FILLED SANDBAGS
STACKED TIGHTLY
DRAIN GRATE
GUTTER
CURB FACE
CURB INLET
SANDBAGS TO OVERLAP
ONTO CURB
BACK OF SIDEWALK
PLAN VIEW
NTS
CURB AND GUTTER BARRIER
NTS
NOTES:
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-58
D.2.1.6 SURFACE WATER COLLECTION
All surface water from disturbed areas shall be intercepted, conveyed to a sediment pond or trap, and
discharged downslope of any disturbed areas. An exception is for areas at the perimeter of the site with
drainage areas small enough to be treated solely with perimeter protection (see Section D.2.1.3). Also, if
the soils and topography are such that no offsite discharge of surface water is anticipated up to and
including the developed 2-year runoff event, surface water controls are not required. A 10-year approved
model 15-minute peak flow shall be used for sizing surface water controls if the project size, expected
timing and duration of construction, or downstream conditions warrant a higher level of protection (see the
introduction to Section D.2.1.5). At the City’s discretion, sites may be worked during the dry season
without surface water controls, if there is some other form of protection of surface waters, such as a
100-foot forested buffer between the disturbed areas and adjacent surface waters. Significant sources of
upslope surface water that drain onto disturbed areas shall be intercepted and conveyed to a stabilized
discharge point downslope of the disturbed areas. Surface water controls shall be installed concurrently
with rough grading.
Purpose: The purpose of surface water control is to collect and convey surface water so that erosion is
minimized, and runoff from disturbed areas is treated by a sediment pond or trap. Surface water control
essentially consists of three elements:
1. Interception of runoff on and above slopes
2. Conveyance of the runoff to a sediment pond or trap (if the runoff was collected from a disturbed
area)
3. Release of the runoff downslope of any disturbed areas.
When to Install: Surface water controls shall be constructed during the initial grading of an area and must
be in place before there is any opportunity for storm runoff to cause erosion.
Measures to Install: Interceptor dikes/swales intercept runoff, ditches and pipe slope drains convey the
runoff, and riprap or level spreaders help release the runoff in a non-erosive manner. Each measure is to be
used under different circumstances so there is very little overlap. However, the two options for releasing
water in a non-erosive manner, outlet protection and level spreaders, can be somewhat interchangeable.
See Figure D.2.1.6.A for a schematic drawing demonstrating the use of these measures.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-59
FIGURE D.2.1.6.A SKETCH PLAN OF SURFACE WATER CONTROLS
D.2.1.6.1 INTERCEPTOR DIKE AND SWALE
Code: ID or IS Symbol: or
Purpose
Interceptor dikes and swales intercept storm runoff from drainage areas on or above disturbed slopes and
convey it to a sediment pond or trap. They may also be used to intercept runoff from undisturbed areas and
convey the runoff to a point below any exposed soils. Interception of surface water reduces the possibility
of slope erosion. Interceptor dikes and swales differ from ditches (see Section D.2.1.6.4) in that they are
intended to convey smaller flows along low-gradient drainage ways to larger conveyance systems such as
ditches or pipe slope drains.
Conditions of Use
Interceptor dikes and swales are required in the following situations:
1. At the top of all slopes in excess of 3H:1V and with more than 20 feet of vertical relief.
2. At intervals on any slope that exceeds the dimensions specified in this section for the horizontal
spacing of dikes and swales.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.6.B for details of an interceptor dike and Figure D.2.1.6.C for an interceptor swale.
2. Interceptor dikes and swales shall be spaced horizontally as follows:
Average Slope Slope Percent Flowpath Length
20H:1V or less 3–5% 300 feet
(10 to 20)H:1V 5–10% 200 feet
(4 to 10)H:1V 10–25% 100 feet
(2 to 4)H:1V 25–50% 50 feet
INTERCEPTOR DIKE
TOP OF SLOPE
TOE OF SLOPE
OUTLET
PROTECTION
DITCH
SEDIMENT POND
SILT FENCE
STREAM
PIPE SLOPE DRAIN
FLOW
ID
PD
ID
OP
DI
SP
SF
SF
OP
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-60
3. For slopes steeper than 2H:1V with more than 10 feet of vertical relief, benches may be constructed
or closer spaced interceptor dikes or swales may be used. Whichever measure is chosen, the spacing
and capacity of the measures must be designed by the engineer and the design must include provisions
for effectively intercepting the high velocity runoff associated with steep slopes.
4. If the dike or swale intercepts runoff from disturbed areas, it shall discharge to a stable conveyance
system that routes the runoff to a sediment pond or trap (see Section D.2.1.5). If the dike or swale
intercepts runoff that originates from undisturbed areas, it shall discharge to a stable conveyance
system that routes the runoff downslope of any disturbed areas and releases the water at a stabilized
outlet.
5. Construction traffic over temporary dikes and swales shall be minimized.
Maintenance Standards
1. Damage resulting from runoff or construction activity shall be repaired immediately.
2. If the facilities do not regularly retain storm runoff, the capacity and/or frequency of the dikes/swales
shall be increased.
FIGURE D.2.1.6.B INTERCEPTOR DIKE
FIGURE D.2.1.6.C INTERCEPTOR SWALE
DIKE SPACING DEPENDS ON SLOPE GRADIENT
2' MIN.18" MIN.
2 MAX.
12 MAX.
1
DIKE MATERIAL COMPACTED
90% MODIFIED PROCTOR
SWALE SPACING DEPENDS ON SLOPE GRADIENT
2' MIN.
1' MIN.
LEVEL BOTTOM
2:1 MAX. SLOPE
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-61
D.2.1.6.2 PIPE SLOPE DRAINS
Code: PD Symbol:
Purpose
Pipe slope drains are designed to carry concentrated runoff down steep slopes without causing erosion, or
saturation of slide-prone soils. Pipe slope drains may be used to divert water away from or over bare soil
to prevent gullies, channel erosion, and saturation of slide prone soils
Conditions of Use
Pipe slope drains should be used when a temporary or permanent stormwater conveyance is needed to
move water down a steep slope to avoid erosion. Pipe slope drains may be:
1. Connected to new catch basins and used temporarily until all permanent piping is installed.
2. Used on any slope with a gradient of 2H:1V or greater and with at least 10 feet of vertical relief.
3. Used to drain water collected from aquifers exposed on cut slopes and convey it to the base of the
slope.
4. Used to collect clean runoff from plastic sheet cover and direct away from any exposed soils.
5. Installed in conjunction with silt fence to drain collected water to a controlled area.
6. Used to divert small seasonal streams away from construction. Pipe slope drains have been used
successfully on culvert replacement and extension projects. Large flex pipe may be used on larger
streams during culvert removal, repair, or replacement.
7. Connected to existing downspouts and roof drains used to divert water away from work areas during
building renovation, demolition, and construction projects.
8. Rock-lined ditches or other permanent, non-erosive conveyances used to convey runoff down steep
slopes that are not steep slope hazard areas.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.6.D for details.
2. The capacity for temporary drains shall be sufficient to handle the developed 10-year peak flow using
the approved model with 15-minute time steps. Up to 30,000 square feet may be drained by each
6--inch minimum diameter pipe without computation of the peak flow. Up to 2 acres may be drained
by each 12-inch minimum diameter pipe without computation of the peak flow. Otherwise, the peak
flow will need to be computed using the approved model with 15-minute timesteps. If no hydrologic
analysis is required for the site, the Rational Method described in Section 3.2.1 of the SWDM may be
used.
3. The maximum drainage area allowed for any sized pipe is 10 acres. For larger areas, more than one
pipe shall be used or a rock-lined channel shall be installed (see SWDM Section 4.4.1, “Open
Channels”).
4. The soil around and under the pipe and entrance section shall be thoroughly compacted.
5. The flared inlet section shall be securely connected to the slope drain and be fused or welded, or have
flange-bolted mechanical joints to ensure a watertight seal. Ensure that the entrance area is stable and
large enough to direct flow into the pipe.
6. Slope drains shall be continuously fused, welded, or flange-bolted mechanical joint pipe systems with
proper anchoring to the soil.
7. Where slope drains cross steep slope hazard areas or their associated buffers, the installation shall be
on the ground surface, accomplished with minimum alteration. In most circumstances, this requires
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-62
that slope drains be constructed of corrugated metal, CPE, or equivalent pipe and installed by hand
(see SWDM Section 4.2.1). Any area disturbed during installation or maintenance must be
immediately stabilized.
8. If the pipe slope drain will convey sediment-laden runoff, the runoff must be directed to a sediment
retention facility (see Section D.2.1.5). If the runoff is not from a disturbed area or is conveyed from a
sediment trap or pond, it must be conveyed to a stabilized discharge point (see Section D.2.1.6.5).
9. Re-establish cover immediately on areas disturbed by the installation.
Maintenance Standards
1. The inlet shall not be undercut or bypassed by water. If there are problems, the head wall shall be
appropriately reinforced.
2. No erosion shall occur at the outlet point. If erosion occurs, additional protection shall be added.
FIGURE D.2.1.6.D PIPE SLOPE DRAIN
D.2.1.6.3 SUBSURFACE DRAINS
Purpose
To intercept, collect, and convey ground water to a satisfactory outlet, using a perforated pipe or conduit
below the ground surface. Subsurface drains are also known as “French Drains.” The perforated pipe
provides a dewatering mechanism to drain excessively wet soils, provide a stable base for construction,
improve stability of structures with shallow foundations, or to reduce hydrostatic pressure and to improve
slope stability.
Conditions of Use
Use when excessive water must be removed from the soil. The soil permeability, depth to water table, and
impervious layers are all factors that may govern the use of subsurface drains.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Two types of drains may be used as follows:
a) Relief drains are used either to lower the water table in large, relatively flat areas, improve the
growth of vegetation, or to remove surface water. They are installed along a slope and drain in the
direction of the slope. They may be installed in a grid pattern, a herringbone pattern, or a random
pattern.
INLET AND ALL SECTIONS
MUST BE SECURELY
FASTENED TOGETHER
WITH GASKETED
WATERTIGHT FITTINGS
DIKE MATERIAL COMPACTED
90% MODIFIED PROCTOR
CPE PIPE (LINED OR
UNLINED) OR EQUIVALENT
INTERCEPTOR
DIKE
INTERCEPTOR
DIKE
PROVIDE RIPRAP PAD OR
EQUIVALENT ENERGY
DISSIPATION
DISCHARGE TO A STABILIZED
WATERCOURSE, SEDIMENT
RETENTION FACILITY OR
STABILIZED OUTLET
STANDARD
FLARED
END SECTION
12"
MIN.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-63
b) Interceptor drains are used to remove excess groundwater from a slope, stabilize steep slopes,
and lower the water table below a slope to prevent the soil from becoming saturated. They are
installed perpendicular to a slope and drain to the side of the slope. They usually consist of a
single pipe or single pipes instead of a patterned layout.
2. Size of Drains – Size subsurface drains to carry the required capacity without pressurized flow.
Minimum diameter for a subsurface drain is 4 inches.
3. Outlet – Ensure that the outlet of a drain empties into a channel or other watercourse above the
normal water level.
Maintenance Standards
1. Subsurface drains shall be checked periodically to ensure that they are free flowing and not clogged
with sediment or roots.
2. The outlet shall be kept clear and free of debris.
3. Surface inlets shall be kept open and free of sediment and other debris.
4. Trees located too close to a subsurface drain often clog the system with roots. If a drain becomes
clogged, relocate the drain or remove the trees as a last resort. Drain placement should be planned to
minimize this problem.
5. Where drains are crossed by heavy equipment, the line shall be checked to ensure that it is not crushed
and have adequate cover protection.
D.2.1.6.4 DITCHES
Code: DI Symbol:
Purpose
Ditches convey intercepted runoff from disturbed areas to and from sediment ponds or traps. They also
convey runoff intercepted from undisturbed areas around the site to a non-erosive discharge point.
Conditions of Use
Ditches may be used anywhere that concentrated runoff is to be conveyed on or around the construction
site. Temporary pipe systems may also be used to convey runoff.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Channels and ditches shall be sized to accommodate the developed condition 10-year approved model
15-minute peak flow with 0.5 feet of freeboard. If no hydrologic analysis is required for the site, the
Rational Method may be used (see Section 3.2.1 of the SWDM).
2. See SWDM Section 4.4.1 for open-channel design requirements.
3. The only exception to the requirements of SWDM Section 4.4.1 is the use of check dams, rather than
grass lining, for channels in which the design flow velocity does not exceed 5 fps. See Figure
D.2.1.6.E for details on check dam installation.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any sediment deposition of more than 0.5 feet shall be removed so that the channel is restored to its
design capacity.
2. If the channel capacity is insufficient for the design flow, it must be determined whether the problem
is local (e.g., a constriction or bend) or the channel is under-designed. If the problem is local, the
channel capacity must be increased through construction of a berm(s) or by excavation. If the problem
is under-design, the design engineer shall be notified and the channel redesigned to a more
conservative standard to be approved by the City of Renton.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-64
3. The channel shall be examined for signs of scouring and erosion of the bed and banks. If scouring or
erosion has occurred, affected areas shall be protected by riprap or an erosion control blanket or net.
FIGURE D.2.1.6.E CHECK DAMS
D.2.1.6.5 OUTLET PROTECTION
Code: OP Symbol:
Purpose
Outlet protection prevents scour at conveyance outlets.
Conditions of Use
Outlet protection is required at the outlets of all ponds, pipes, ditches, or other approved conveyances, and
where runoff is conveyed to a natural or manmade drainage feature such as a stream, wetland, lake, or
ditch.
Design and Installation Specifications
For the standard pipe slope drains in Section D.2.1.6.2 and other smaller conveyance systems, the standard
rock pad (6 feet by 8 feet) made of 1-foot thick quarry spall is adequate. For all other outlets, the outlet
protection shall meet the requirements of the “Outfalls” section of Core Requirement #4 and Section 4.2.2
of the SWDM.
Maintenance Standards for Outlet Protection
If there is scour at the outlet, the eroded area shall be protected with more conservative measures proposed
by the design engineer and approved by the City of Renton.
6" MIN.
ROCK MUST COMPLETELY COVER
THE BOTTOM AND SIDES OF THE DITCH
24" MIN.
2H:1V SLOPES
L 2"- 4" ROCKBA
L=THE DISTANCE SUCH THAT POINTS
A AND B ARE OF EQUAL ELEVATION
CROSS SECTION
CHECK DAM SPACING
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-65
D.2.1.6.6 LEVEL SPREADER
Code: LS Symbol:
Purpose
Level spreaders convert concentrated runoff to sheet flow and release it onto areas stabilized by existing
vegetation.
Conditions of Use
Level spreaders may be used where runoff from undisturbed areas or sediment retention facilities is
discharged. This practice applies only where the spreader can be constructed on undisturbed soil and the
area below the level lip is vegetated and low gradient (see below).
Note: Level spreaders are conceptually an ideal way to release stormwater since the vegetation and soil
allow for the removal of fines from runoff that cannot be removed by settling or filtration. Unfortunately,
the performance record of spreaders in the field is dismal. They are frequently under-designed and,
despite the best installations, are rarely perfectly level, which results in the release of stormwater at a
particular point. This concentrated runoff can result in catastrophic erosion downslope. Given such
design failures, the use of spreaders is not encouraged. However, where slopes are gentle and the water
volume is relatively low, spreaders may still be the best method. When proposing their use, the designer
shall carefully evaluate the site for possible concerns.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.6.F for detail. Other designs may be used subject to City approval.
2. If runoff velocity as it enters the level spreader is more than 4 fps for the developed condition 10-year
approved model 15-minute peak flow, a riprap apron must be provided to dissipate energy before the
runoff enters the spreader (Section D.2.1.6.5).
3. The total spreader length shall be at least the square root of the catchment area. The maximum
length for an individual spreader is 50 feet, limiting the catchment area that a single spreader may
serve to 2500 square feet. Although this is very small, four 50-foot level spreaders next to one another
could serve nearly an acre (40,000 square feet). Multiple spreaders shall not be placed uphill or
downhill from one another in a configuration that would allow water released from one spreader to
enter a downslope spreader.
4. The area below the spreader for a horizontal distance of 100 feet shall not exceed 20 percent and shall
be completely vegetated with no areas of instability or erosion. The topography for a horizontal
distance of 50 feet below the spreader shall be uniform so that runoff is not funneled into a swale or
channel immediately after its release.
5. The area below the level spreader shall be seeded and mulched in accordance with Section D.2.1.2.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any damage to the spreader shall be immediately repaired. Ensure flows do not bypass the spreader at
the ends of the spreader.
2. The downslope area shall be checked for signs of erosion and to verify that the spreader is not
functioning as a point discharge. Any eroded areas shall be immediately stabilized, and the cause
determined and eliminated if possible. If the erosion is recurrent and the design, even when properly
installed and maintained, is not adequate to prevent erosion, a new method of releasing runoff shall be
installed in accordance with the standards of this appendix. Any new design must be approved by the
City of Renton.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-66
FIGURE D.2.1.6.F LEVEL SPREADER
D.2.1.7 DEWATERING CONTROL
Any runoff generated by dewatering shall be treated through construction of a sediment trap
(Section D.2.1.5.1) when there is sufficient space or by releasing the water to a well vegetated, gently
sloping area. Since pumps are used for dewatering, it may be possible to pump the sediment-laden water
well away from the surface water so that vegetation can be more effectively utilized for treatment.
Discharge of sediment-laden water from dewatering activities to surface and storm waters is prohibited. If
dewatering occurs from areas where the water has come in contact with new concrete, such as tanks,
vaults, or foundations, the pH of the water must be monitored and must be neutralized prior to discharge.
Clean non-turbid dewatering water, such as well point ground water can be discharged to systems tributary
to, or directly to surface waters provided the flows are controlled so no erosion or flooding occurs. Clean
water must not be routed through a stormwater sediment pond. Highly turbid or contaminated dewatering
water must be handled separately from stormwater.
Purpose: To prevent the untreated discharge of sediment-laden water from dewatering of utilities,
excavated areas, foundations, etc.
When to Install: Dewatering control measures shall be used whenever there is a potential for runoff from
dewatering of utilities, excavations, foundations, etc.
Measures to install:
1. Foundation, vault, excavation, and trench dewatering water that has similar characteristics to
stormwater runoff at the site shall be discharged into a controlled conveyance system prior to
discharge to a sediment trap or sediment pond. Foundation and trench dewatering water that has
similar characteristics to stormwater runoff at the site must be disposed of through one of the
following options depending on site constraints:
a) Infiltration,
b) Transport offsite in a vehicle, such as a vacuum flush truck, for legal disposal in a manner that
does not pollute surface waters,
SPREADER MUST BE LEVEL
18" MIN. REBAR SUPPORTS
8' MIN. SPACING
CROSS SECTION
DETAIL OF SPREADER
DENSELY VEGETATED FOR
A MIN. OF 100' AND SLOPE
LESS THAN 5:1
PRESSURE-TREATED
2"X10"
3' MIN.
TREATED 2"x10" MAY BE ABUTTED END TO
END FOR MAX. SPREADER LENGTH OF 50'
6" MIN.
6" MIN.1" MIN.2H:1V MAX.1' MIN.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-67
c) Discharge to the sanitary sewer discharge with approval from King County and the City of Renton
if there is no other option, or
d) Use of a sedimentation bag with outfall to a ditch or swale for small volumes of localized
dewatering.
2. Clean, non-turbid dewatering water, such as well-point ground water, may be discharged via stable
conveyance to systems tributary to surface waters, provided the dewatering flow does not cause
erosion or flooding of receiving waters.
3. Highly turbid or contaminated dewatering water (high pH or other) shall be handled separately
from stormwater. See Section D.2.2 , SWPPS Measures.
D.2.1.8 DUST CONTROL
Preventative measures to minimize the wind transport of soil shall be taken when a traffic hazard may be
created or when sediment transported by wind is likely to be deposited in water resources or adjacent
properties.
Purpose: To prevent wind transport of dust from exposed soil surfaces onto roadways, drainage ways, and
surface waters.
When to Install: Dust control shall be implemented when exposed soils are dry to the point that wind
transport is possible and roadways, drainage ways, or surface waters are likely to be impacted. Dust
control measures may consist of chemical, structural, or mechanical methods.
Measures to Install: Water is the most common dust control (or palliative) used in the area. When using
water for dust control, the exposed soils shall be sprayed until wet, but runoff shall not be generated by
spraying. Calcium chloride, Magnesium chloride, Lignin derivatives, Tree Resin Emulsions, and Synthetic
Polymer Emulsions may also be used for dust control. Exposed areas shall be re-sprayed as needed. Oil
shall not be used for dust control. The following table lists many common dust control measures. Some of
the measures are not recommended for use in the City and must have prior approval prior to use from the
CED inspector assigned to specific projects.
TABLE D.2.1.8.A DUST CONTROL MEASURES
Method Considerations Site Preparation
Recommended
Application Rate
Water -Most commonly used practice
-Evaporates quickly
-Lasts less than 1 day
For all liquid agents:
-Blade a small surface
-Crown or slope surface to avoid
ponding
-Compact soils if needed
-Uniformly pre-wet at
0.03 – 0.3 gal/sq yd
-Apply solution under pressure.
Overlap solution 6 – 12 inches
-Allow treated area to cure
0 – 4 hours
-Compact area after curing
-Apply second treatment before first
treatment becomes ineffective
0.125 gal/sq yd every
20 to 30 minutes
Salts
Calcium
Chloride
(CaCl)
-Restricts evaporation
-Lasts 6–12 months
-Can be corrosive
-Less effective in low humidity
-Can build up in soils and leach by rain
Apply 38% solution at
1.21L/m2 (0.27 gal/yd2)
or as loose dry granules
per manufacturer
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-68
TABLE D.2.1.8.A DUST CONTROL MEASURES
Method Considerations Site Preparation
Recommended
Application Rate
Magnesium
Chloride
(MgCl)
-Restricts evaporation
-Works at higher temperatures and lower
humidity than CaCl
-May be more costly than CaCl
Apply 26 – 32%
solution at 2.3 L/m2
(0.5 gal/yd2)
Sodium
Chloride
(NaCl)
-Effective over smaller range of
conditions
-Less expensive
-Can be corrosive
-Less effective in low humidity
Per Manufacturer
Silicates -Generally expensive
-Available in small quantities
-Require Second application
Surfactants -High evaporation rates
-Effective for short time periods
-Must apply frequently
Copolymers -Forms semi-permeable transparent
crust
-Resists ultraviolet radiation and
moisture induced breakdown
-Last 1 to 2 years
750 – 940 L/ha (80 –
100 gal/ac)
Petroleum
Products
-Used oil is prohibited as a dust control
method
-Bind soil particles
-May hinder foliage growth
-Environmental and aesthetic concerns
-Higher cost
Use 57 – 63% resins as
base. Apply at 750 –
940 L/ha
(80–100 gal/ac)
Lignin
Sulfonate
-Paper industry waste product
-Acts as dispersing agent
-Best in dry climates
-Can be slippery
-Will decrease Dissolved Oxygen in
waterways therefore cannot be used
adjacent to surface water systems
Loosen surface
25–50 mm (1–2 inches)
Need 4–8% fines
Vegetable
Oils
-Coat grains of soils, so limited binding
ability
-May become brittle
-Limited availability
Per Manufacturer
Spray on
Adhesives
-Available as organic or synthetic
-Effective on dry, hard soils
-Forms a crust
-Can last 3 to 4 years
Per Manufacturer
D.2.1.9 FLOW CONTROL
Surface water from disturbed areas must be routed through the project’s onsite flow control facility or
other provisions must made to prevent increases in the existing site conditions 2-year and 10-year runoff
peaks discharging from the project site during construction.
Purpose: The purpose of surface water flow control is to mitigate increases in runoff peaks that occur
during construction as a result of clearing vegetation, compacting the soil, and adding impervious surface.
Such increases can cause or aggravate downstream flooding and erosion.
D.2.1 ESC MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-69
When to Install: Surface water flow control shall be installed or otherwise provided prior to any clearing
and/or grading of the site, except that required to construct the surface water flow control facilities.
Measures to Use: The project’s onsite flow control facility or other equivalent storage facility that meets
the peak-matching performance criteria stated above.
D.2.1.10 PROTECT EXISTING AND PROPOSED STORMWATER FACILITIES AND
ON-SITE BMPS
Protection measures shall be applied/installed and maintained so as to prevent adverse impacts to existing
stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs and areas of proposed stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs for
the project. Adverse impacts can prompt the requirement to restore or replace affected stormwater
facilities and on-site BMPs.
Purpose: The purpose of protecting existing and proposed stormwater facility and on-site BMP areas is to
avoid sedimentation and soil compaction that would adversely affect infiltration, and also avoid
contamination by other pollutants.
When to Install: Stormwater facility and on-site BMP area protection shall be installed or otherwise
provided prior to any clearing and/or grading of the site, except that required to construct stormwater
facilities and on-site BMPs.
Measures to Use:
1. Protect all stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs and proposed stormwater facility and on-site BMP
footprints from sedimentation through installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment control
BMPs on portions of the site that drain into the BMPs/facilities.
2. Stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs shall be restored to their fully functioning condition if they
accumulate sediment during construction. Restoring the stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs shall
include, at a minimum, removal of sediment and any sediment-laden bioretention soils, and replacing
the removed soils with soils meeting the design specification. Replacement with a new fully-
functioning stormwater facility and/or on-site BMP may be required if restoration to the fully-
functioning condition can’t be accomplished.
3. Prevent compacting Bioretention BMPs/facilities by excluding construction equipment and foot
traffic. Protect completed lawn and landscaped areas from compaction due to construction equipment.
4. Control erosion and avoid introducing sediment from surrounding land uses onto permeable pavement
BMPs. Do not allow muddy construction equipment on the base material or pavement. Do not allow
sediment-laden runoff onto permeable pavements.
5. Permeable pavement BMPs fouled with sediments or no longer passing an initial infiltration text must
be cleaned using procedures from Appendix A or the manufacturer’s procedures.
6. Keep all heavy equipment off existing soils under stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs that have
been excavated to final grade to retain the infiltration rate of the soils.
D.2.1.11 MAINTAIN PROTECTIVE BMPS
Protection measures shall be maintained to ensure continued performance of their intended function, to
prevent adverse impacts to existing stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs and areas of proposed
BMPs/facilities, and protect other disturbed areas of the project.
Purpose: The purpose of maintaining protective BMPs is to provide continuous erosion and sediment
control protection throughout the life of the project, and avoid sedimentation, soil compaction and
contamination by other pollutants that would adversely affect infiltration and surface runoff.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-70
When to Maintain: Protection measures shall be monitored per Section D.2.4.4 at a minimum, and
promptly maintained to fully functioning condition as necessary to ensure continued performance of their
intended function.
Measures to Use:
1. Maintain and repair all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs as needed to
ensure continued performance of their intended function in accordance with BMP specifications.
2. Remove all temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs prior to final construction approval, or
within 30 days after achieving final site stabilization or after the temporary BMPs are no longer
needed.
3. Provide protection to all stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs installed for the permanent control of
stormwater from sediment and compaction. All stormwater facilities and on-site BMPs that are to
remain in place following completion of construction shall be examined and placed in full operating
conditions. If sediment enters the stormwater facilities and/or on-site BMPs during construction, it
shall be removed and the stormwater facility and on-site BMP shall be returned to the conditions
specified in the construction documents or as required for full stormwater facility and on-site BMP
replacement.
4. Remove or stabilize trapped sediment on site. Permanently stabilize disturbed soil resulting from
removal of erosion and sediment control BMPs or vegetation.
D.2.1.12 MANAGE THE PROJECT
Coordination and timing of site development activities relative to ESC concerns (Section D.2.4), and
timely inspection, maintenance and update of protective measures (Section D.2.3) are necessary to
effectively manage the project and ensure the success of protective ESC and SWPPS design and
implementation.
Projects shall assign a qualified CSWPP Supervisor (Section D.2.3.1) to be the primary contact for ESC
and SWPPP issues and reporting, coordination with subcontractors and implementation of the CSWPP
plan as a whole.
Measures to Use:
1. Phase development projects to the maximum degree practicable and take into account seasonal work
limits.
2. Inspection and monitoring – Inspect, maintain, and repair all BMPs as needed to ensure continued
performance of their intended function. Conduct site inspections and monitoring in accordance with
the Construction Stormwater General Permit and City requirements.
3. Maintaining an updated construction SWPPP – Maintain, update, and implement the SWPPP in
accordance with the Construction Stormwater General Permit and City requirements.
4. Projects that disturb one or more acres must have, site inspections conducted by a Certified Erosion
and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) (see Section D.2.3.1). Project sites less than one acre (not part
of a larger common plan of development or sale) may have a person without CESCL certification
conduct inspections. By the initiation of construction, the SWPPP must identify the CESCL or
inspector, who shall be present onsite or on-call at all times.
The CESCL or inspector (project sites less than one acre) must have the skills to assess the:
Site conditions and construction activities that could impact the quality of stormwater.
Effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures used to control the quality of stormwater
discharges.
The CESCL or inspector must examine stormwater visually for the presence of suspended
sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil sheen. They must evaluate the effectiveness of BMPs
and determine if it is necessary to install, maintain, or repair BMPs to improve the quality of
stormwater discharges.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-71
Based on the results of the inspection, construction site operators must correct the problems identified
by:
Reviewing the SWPPP for compliance with all construction SWPPP elements and making
appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection.
Immediately beginning the process of fully implementing and maintaining appropriate source
control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems not later than within
10 days of the inspection. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10
days, the construction site operator may request an extension within the initial 10-day response
period.
Documenting BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book (applies only to sites
that have coverage under the Construction Stormwater General Permit).
The CESCL or inspector must inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all BMPs, and
all stormwater discharge points at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours of any
discharge from the site. (For purposes of this condition, individual discharge events that last more
than one day do not require daily inspections. For example, if a stormwater pond discharges
continuously over the course of a week, only one inspection is required that week.) The CESCL
or inspector may reduce the inspection frequency for temporary stabilized, inactive sites to once
every calendar month.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
This section details the SWPPS measures that are required to prevent, reduce, or eliminate the discharge of
pollutants to onsite or adjacent stormwater systems or watercourses from construction-related activities
such as materials delivery and storage, onsite equipment fueling and maintenance, demolition of existing
buildings and disposition of demolition materials and other waste, and concrete handling, washout and
disposal. These SWPPS measures represent Best Management Practices (BMPs)8 for the control of
pollutant drips and spills as well as other impacts related to construction such as increased pH in concrete
construction and handling activities. Compliance with each of the SWPPS measures, and with any project-
specific control measures, to the extent applicable and necessary to meet the performance criteria in
Section D.2.2, and compliance with the CSWPP implementation requirements in Section D.2.4, constitutes
overall compliance with the City’s CSWPP Standards.
Note: Additional measures shall be required by the City if the existing standards are insufficient to protect
adjacent properties, drainage facilities, or water resources.
The standards for each individual SWPPS measure are divided into four sections:
1. Purpose
2. Conditions of Use
3. Design and Installation Specifications
4. Maintenance Requirements.
Note that the “Conditions of Use” always refers to site conditions. As site conditions change, SWPPS
measures must be changed to remain in compliance with the requirements of this appendix.
Whenever compliance with City SWPPS Standards is required, all of the following SWPPS measures must
be considered for application to the project site as detailed in the following sections. The construction
pollutant generating concerns addressed by the BMPs that follow include:
Concrete handling, washout and disposal(specifically portland cement concrete)
Sawcutting and surfacing activities
Materials delivery, storage and containment
8 Best Management Practices (BMPs) means the best available and reasonable physical, structural, managerial, or behavioral
activities, that when singly or in combination, eliminate or reduce the contamination of surface and/or ground waters.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-72
Filtration and chemical treatment of construction water to facilitate disposal or discharge to approved
locations
Reporting requirements and documentation availability for specific BMP processes
Additionally, several of the ESC BMPs described in Section D.2.1 can be applicable to the SWPPS plan,
e.g., use of cover, fencing and access protection to protect temporary materials storage locations. The
applicant’s material supplier may be a resource (subject to City approval) for BMPs to address specific
project applications or proposals. Conditions of approval on adjustments may also specify additional
requirements for the SWPPS plan.
D.2.2.1 CONCRETE HANDLING
Purpose
Concrete work can generate process water and slurry that contain fine particles and high pH, both of which
can violate water quality standards in the receiving water. Concrete spillage or concrete discharge to
surface waters of the State is prohibited. Use this BMP to minimize and eliminate concrete, concrete
process water, and concrete slurry from entering waters of the state.
Conditions of Use
Any time concrete is used, utilize these management practices. Concrete construction projects include, but
are not limited to, curbs, sidewalks, roads, bridges, foundations, floors, stormwater vaults, retaining walls,
driveways and runways.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Ensure that washout of concrete trucks, chutes, pumps, and internals is performed at an approved off-
site location or in designated concrete washout areas. Do not wash out concrete trucks, chutes, pumps,
or internals onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. Refer to BMP
D.2.2.2 for information on concrete washout areas.
2. Return unused concrete remaining in the truck and pump to the originating batch plant for recycling.
Do not dump excess concrete on site, except in designated concrete washout areas.
3. Wash off hand tools including, but not limited to, screeds, shovels, rakes, floats, and trowels into
formed areas awaiting future concrete pours only.
4. Do not wash out to formed areas awaiting infiltration BMPs.
5. Wash equipment difficult to move, such as concrete pavers in areas that do not directly drain to
natural or constructed stormwater conveyances.
6. Do not allow washdown from areas, such as concrete aggregate driveways, to drain directly to natural
or constructed stormwater conveyances.
7. Contain washwater and leftover product in a lined container when no formed areas are available.
Dispose of contained concrete in a manner that does not violate ground water or surface water quality
standards.
8. Always use forms or solid barriers for concrete pours, such as pilings, within 15-feet of surface
waters.
9. Refer to BMPs D.2.2.7 and D.2.2.8 for pH adjustment requirements.
10. Refer to the Construction Stormwater General Permit for pH monitoring requirements if the project
involves one of the following activities:
Significant concrete work (greater than 1,000 cubic yards poured concrete or recycled concrete
used over the life of a project).
The use of engineered soils amended with (but not limited to) Portland cement-treated base,
cement kiln dust or fly ash.
Discharging stormwater to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category 5) for high pH.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-73
Maintenance Standards
Check containers for holes in the liner daily during concrete pours and repair the same day.
D.2.2.2 CONCRETE WASHOUT AREA
Purpose
Prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants to stormwater from concrete waste by conducting washout
off-site, or performing onsite washout in a designated area to prevent pollutants from entering surface
waters or ground water.
Conditions of Use
Concrete washout area best management practices are implemented on construction projects where:
Concrete is used as a construction material
It is not possible to dispose of all concrete wastewater and washout off-site (ready mix plant, etc.).
Concrete trucks, pumpers, or other concrete coated equipment are washed onsite.
Note: If less than 10 concrete trucks or pumpers need to be washed out onsite, the washwater may be
disposed of in a formed area awaiting concrete or an upland disposal site where it will not contaminate
surface or ground water. The upland disposal site shall be at least 50 feet from sensitive areas such as
storm drains, open ditches, or water bodies, including wetlands.
Design and Installation Specifications
Implementation
The following steps will help reduce stormwater pollution from concrete wastes:
1. Perform washout of concrete trucks at an approved off-site location or in designated concrete washout
areas only.
2. Do not wash out concrete trucks onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or
streams.
3. Do not allow excess concrete to be dumped onsite, except in designated concrete washout areas.
4. Concrete washout areas may be prefabricated concrete washout containers, or self-installed structures
(above-grade or below-grade).
5. Prefabricated containers are most resistant to damage and protect against spills and leaks. Companies
may offer delivery service and provide regular maintenance and disposal of solid and liquid waste.
6. If self-installed concrete washout areas are used, below-grade structures are preferred over above-
grade structures because they are less prone to spills and leaks.
7. Self-installed above-grade structures should only be used if excavation is not practical.
Education
1. Discuss the concrete management techniques described in this BMP with the ready-mix concrete
supplier before any deliveries are made.
2. Educate employees and subcontractors on the concrete waste management techniques described in this
BMP.
3. Arrange for contractor’s superintendent or Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) to
oversee and enforce concrete waste management procedures.
4. A sign should be installed adjacent to each temporary concrete washout facility to inform concrete
equipment operators to utilize the proper facilities.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-74
Contracts
Incorporate requirements for concrete waste management into concrete supplier and subcontractor
agreements.
Location and Placement
1. Locate washout area at least 50 feet from sensitive areas such as storm drains, open ditches, or water
bodies, including wetlands.
2. Allow convenient access for concrete trucks, preferably near the area where the concrete is being
poured.
3. If trucks need to leave a paved area to access washout, prevent track-out with a pad of rock or quarry
spalls (see BMP D.2.1.4.2). These areas should be far enough away from other construction traffic to
reduce the likelihood of accidental damage and spills.
4. The number of facilities you install should depend on the expected demand for storage capacity.
5. On large sites with extensive concrete work, washouts should be placed in multiple locations for ease
of use by concrete truck drivers.
On-Site Temporary Concrete Washout Facility, Transit Truck Washout Procedures:
1. Temporary concrete washout facilities shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from sensitive areas
including storm drain inlets, open drainage facilities, and watercourses. (See Figures D.2.2.2.A,
D.2.2.2.B, and D.2.2.2.C).
2. Concrete washout facilities shall be constructed and maintained in sufficient quantity and size to
contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout operations.
3. Washout of concrete trucks shall be performed in designated areas only.
4. Concrete washout from concrete pumper bins can be washed into concrete pumper trucks and
discharged into designated washout area or properly disposed of off-site.
5. Once concrete wastes are washed into the designated area and allowed to harden, the concrete should
be broken up, removed, and disposed of per applicable solid waste regulations. Dispose of hardened
concrete on a regular basis.
6. Temporary Above-Grade Concrete Washout Facility
a) Temporary concrete washout facility (type above grade) should be constructed as shown on the
details below, with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 10 ft, but with
sufficient quantity and volume to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout
operations.
b) Plastic lining material should be a minimum of 10 mil polyethylene sheeting and should be free of
holes, tears, or other defects that compromise the impermeability of the material.
7. Temporary Below-Grade Concrete Washout Facility
a) Temporary concrete washout facilities (type below grade) should be constructed as shown on the
details below, with a recommended minimum length and minimum width of 10 ft. The quantity
and volume should be sufficient to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout
operations.
b) Lath and flagging should be commercial type.
c) Plastic lining material shall be a minimum of 10 mil polyethylene sheeting and should be free of
holes, tears, or other defects that compromise the impermeability of the material.
d) Liner seams shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-75
e) Soil base shall be prepared free of rocks or other debris that may cause tears or holes in the plastic
lining material.
Maintenance Standards
Inspection and Maintenance
1. Inspect and verify that concrete washout BMPs are in place prior to the commencement of concrete
work.
2. During periods of concrete work, inspect daily to verify continued performance.
a) Check overall condition and performance.
b) Check remaining capacity (% full).
c) If using self-installed washout facilities, verify plastic liners are intact and sidewalls are not
damaged.
d) If using prefabricated containers, check for leaks.
3. Washout facilities shall be maintained to provide adequate holding capacity with a minimum
freeboard of 12 inches.
4. Washout facilities must be cleaned, or new facilities must be constructed and ready for use once the
washout is 75% full.
5. If the washout is nearing capacity, vacuum and dispose of the waste material in an approved manner.
a) Do not discharge liquid or slurry to waterways, storm drains or directly onto ground.
b) Do not use sanitary sewer without local approval.
c) Place a secure, non-collapsing, non-water collecting cover over the concrete washout facility prior
to predicted wet weather to prevent accumulation and overflow of precipitation.
d) Remove and dispose of hardened concrete and return the structure to a functional condition.
Concrete may be reused onsite or hauled away for disposal or recycling.
6. When you remove materials from the self-installed concrete washout, build a new structure; or, if the
previous structure is still intact, inspect for signs of weakening or damage, and make any necessary
repairs. Re-line the structure with new plastic after each cleaning.
Removal of Temporary Concrete Washout Facilities
1. When temporary concrete washout facilities are no longer required for the work, the hardened
concrete, slurries and liquids shall be removed and properly disposed of.
2. Materials used to construct temporary concrete washout facilities shall be removed from the site of the
work and disposed of or recycled.
3. Holes, depressions or other ground disturbance caused by the removal of the temporary concrete
washout facilities shall be backfilled, repaired, and stabilized to prevent erosion.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-76
FIGURE D.2.2.2.A CONCRETE WASHOUT AREA (ABOVE GRADE)
SECTION B-B
NTS
SECTION A-A
NTS
STAPLE DETAIL
NTS
PLAN
NTS
ABOVE GRADE TEMPORARY CONCRETE WASHOUT FACILITY
NTS
CONCRETE WASHOUT SIGN DETAIL
NTS 10 mil PLASTIC
LINING
PLAN
NTS
TYPE "ABOVE GRADE" WITH
WOOD PLANKS
TYPE "ABOVE GRADE" WITH STRAW BALES
10 mil PLASTIC
LINING
16 GAUGE
STEEL WIRE
2"
8"
LAG SCREWS ( 12" )
BLACK LETTERS
6" HEIGHT
PLYWOOD 4' X 2'
PAINTED WHITE
WOOD POST
312" x 312" x 8'
3'
3'
STRAW
BALES
(TYP.)
STAKE
(TYP.)
WEDGE LOOSE
STRAW
BETWEEN BALES
SAND OR GRAVEL-FILLED
BAGS IN CORNERS
10' MIN. RECOMMENDED
VARIES
WOOD OR
METAL STAKES
(2 PER BALE)
STRAW BALES (2
BALES HIGH, MAX.)
ORIGINAL GROUND
10 mil PLASTIC
LINING
STAPLES (2 PER BALE)
SAND OR GRAVEL-FILLED
BAGS IN CORNERS
NATIVE MATERIAL
(OPTIONAL)
10 mil
PLASTIC
LINING
WOOD FRAME SECURELY
FASTENED AROUND
ENTIRE PERIMETER WITH
TWO STAKES
TWO-STACKED
2x12 ROUGH
WOOD FRAME
STAKE
(TYP.)
10' MIN. RECOMMENDED
VARIES
NOTES:
1. ACTUAL LAYOUT DETERMINED IN
THE FIELD
2. THE CONCRETE WASHOUT SIGN
SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 30'
OF THE FACILITY
1' MIN.
Adapted from CalTrans Fig4-14 SAC 8-14-02
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-77
FIGURE D.2.2.2.B CONCRETE WASHOUT AREA (BELOW GRADE)
FIGURE D.2.2.2.C PREFABRICATED CONCRETE WASHOUT CONTAINER W/RAMP
EARTHEN BERM
TYPICAL SECTION
NTS
BELOW GRADE TEMPORARY CONCRETE WASHOUT FACILITY
NTS
CONCRETE WASHOUT SIGN DETAIL
NTS
SANDBAG
PLAN
NTS
Adapted from CalTrans Fig4-14 SAC 8-14-02
10 mil
PLASTIC
LINING
LAG SCREWS ( 12" )
BLACK
LETTERS
6" HEIGHT
PLYWOOD 4' X 2'
PAINTED WHITE
WOOD POST
312" x 312" x 8'
3'
3'
EARTHEN
BERM
10 mil
PLASTIC
LINING
SANDBAG
10' MIN. RECOMMENDED
VARIES
BERM
3'
LATH AND
FLAGGING
ON 3 SIDES
NOTES:
1. ACTUAL LAYOUT DETERMINED IN
THE FIELD
2. THE CONCRETE WASHOUT SIGN
SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 30' OF
THE FACILITY
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-78
D.2.2.3 SAWCUTTING AND SURFACING POLLUTION PREVENTION
Purpose
Sawcutting and surfacing operations generate slurry and process water that contains fine particles and high
pH (concrete cutting), both of which can violate the water quality standards in the receiving water.
Concrete spillage or concrete discharge to surface waters of the State is prohibited. Use this BMP to
minimize and eliminate process water and slurry created through sawcutting or surfacing from entering
waters of the State.
Conditions of Use
Utilize these management practices anytime sawcutting or surfacing operations take place. Sawcutting and
surfacing operations include, but are not limited to, sawing, coring, grinding, roughening, hydro-
demolition, bridge and road surfacing
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Vacuum slurry and cuttings during cutting and surfacing operations.
2. Slurry and cuttings shall not remain on permanent concrete or asphalt pavement overnight.
3. Slurry and cuttings shall not drain to any natural or constructed drainage conveyance including
stormwater systems. This may require temporarily blocking catch basins.
4. Dispose of collected slurry and cuttings in a manner that does not violate ground water or surface
water quality standards.
5. Do not allow process water generated during hydro-demolition, surface roughening or similar
operations to drain to any natural or constructed drainage conveyance including stormwater systems.
Dispose process water in a manner that does not violate ground water or surface water quality
standards.
6. Handle and dispose cleaning waste material and demolition debris in a manner that does not cause
contamination of water. Dispose of sweeping material from a pick-up sweeper at an appropriate
disposal site.
Maintenance Standards
Continually monitor operations to determine whether slurry, cuttings, or process water could enter waters
of the state. If inspections show that a violation of water quality standards could occur, stop operations and
immediately implement preventive measures such as berms, barriers, secondary containment, and vacuum
trucks.
D.2.2.4 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND CONTAINMENT
Purpose
Prevent, reduce, or eliminate the discharge of pollutants to the stormwater system or watercourses from
material delivery and storage. Minimize the storage of hazardous materials onsite, store materials in a
designated area, and install secondary containment.
Conditions of Use
These procedures are suitable for use at all construction sites with delivery and storage of the following
materials:
Petroleum products such as fuel, oil and grease
Soil stabilizers and binders (e.g., Polyacrylamide)
Fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides
Detergents
Asphalt and concrete compounds
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-79
Hazardous chemicals such as acids, lime, adhesives, paints, solvents and curing compounds
Any other material that may be detrimental if released to the environment
Design and Installation Specifications
The following steps should be taken to minimize risk:
1. Temporary storage area should be located away from vehicular traffic, near the construction
entrance(s), and away from waterways or storm drains.
2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) should be supplied for all materials stored. Chemicals should be
kept in their original labeled containers.
3. Hazardous material storage onsite should be minimized.
4. Hazardous materials should be handled as infrequently as possible.
5. During the wet weather season (October 1 – April 30), consider storing materials in a covered area.
6. Materials should be stored in secondary containments, such as earthen dike, horse trough, or even a
children’s wading pool for non-reactive materials such as detergents, oil, grease, and paints. Small
amounts of material may be secondarily contained in “bus boy” trays or concrete mixing trays.
7. Do not store chemicals, drums, or bagged materials directly on the ground. Place these items on a
pallet and, when possible, and within secondary containment.
8. If drums must be kept uncovered, store them at a slight angle to reduce ponding of rainwater on the
lids to reduce corrosion. Domed plastic covers are inexpensive and snap to the top of drums,
preventing water from collecting.
Material Storage Areas and Secondary Containment Practices:
1. Liquids, petroleum products, and substances listed in 40 CFR Parts 110, 117, or 302 shall be stored in
approved containers and drums and shall not be overfilled. Containers and drums shall be stored in
temporary secondary containment facilities.
2. Temporary secondary containment facilities shall provide for a spill containment volume able to
contain 10% of the total enclosed container volume of all containers, or 110% of the capacity of the
largest container within its boundary, whichever is greater.
3. Secondary containment facilities shall be impervious to the materials stored therein for a minimum
contact time of 72 hours.
4. Secondary containment facilities shall be maintained free of accumulated rainwater and spills. In the
event of spills or leaks, accumulated rainwater and spills shall be collected and placed into drums.
These liquids shall be handled as hazardous waste unless testing determines them to be non-
hazardous.
5. Sufficient separation should be provided between stored containers to allow for spill cleanup and
emergency response access.
6. During the wet weather season (October 1 – April 30), each secondary containment facility shall be
covered during non-working days, prior to and during rain events.
7. Keep material storage areas clean, organized and equipped with an ample supply of appropriate spill
clean-up material (spill kit).
8. The spill kit should include, at a minimum:
1-Water Resistant Nylon Bag
3-Oil Absorbent Socks 3″ x 4′
2-Oil Absorbent Socks 3″ x 10′
12-Oil Absorbent Pads 17″ x 19″
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-80
1-Pair Splash Resistant Goggles
3-Pair Nitrile Gloves
10-Disposable Bags with Ties
Instructions
D.2.2.5 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER CHEMICAL TREATMENT
Purpose
This BMP applies when using stormwater chemicals in batch treatment or flow-through treatment.
Turbidity is difficult to control once fine particles are suspended in stormwater runoff from a construction
site. Sedimentation ponds are effective at removing larger particulate matter by gravity settling, but are
ineffective at removing smaller particulates such as clay and fine silt. Traditional erosion and sediment
control BMPs may not be adequate to ensure compliance with the water quality standards for turbidity in
receiving water.
Chemical treatment can reliably provide exceptional reductions of turbidity and associated pollutants.
Chemical treatment may be required to meet turbidity stormwater discharge requirements, especially when
construction is to proceed through the wet season.
Conditions of Use
Formal written approval from Ecology is required for the use of chemical treatment regardless of
site size. The City also requires review and approval. When approved, the chemical treatment systems
must be included in the SWPPS portion of the project’s CSWPP.
Design and Installation Specifications
Coagulation and flocculation have been used for over a century to treat water. It is used less frequently for
the treatment of wastewater. The use of coagulation and flocculation for treating stormwater is a very
recent application. Experience with the treatment of water and wastewater has resulted in a basic
understanding of the process, in particular factors that affect performance. This experience can provide
insights as to how to most effectively design and operate similar systems in the treatment of stormwater.
Fine particles suspended in water give it a milky appearance, measured as turbidity. Their small size, often
much less than 1 μm in diameter, give them a very large surface area relative to their volume. These fine
particles typically carry a negative surface charge. Largely because of these two factors, small size and
negative charge, these particles tend to stay in suspension for extended periods of time. Thus, removal is
not practical by gravity settling. These are called stable suspensions. Polymers, as well as inorganic
chemicals such as alum, speed the process of clarification. The added chemical destabilizes the suspension
and causes the smaller particles to agglomerate. The process consists of three steps: coagulation,
flocculation, and settling or clarification. Each step is explained below as well as the factors that affect the
efficiency of the process.
Coagulation: Coagulation is the first step. It is the process by which negative charges on the fine particles
that prevent their agglomeration are disrupted. Chemical addition is one method of destabilizing the
suspension, and polymers are one class of chemicals that are generally effective. Chemicals that are used
for this purpose are called coagulants. Coagulation is complete when the suspension is destabilized by the
neutralization of the negative charges. Coagulants perform best when they are thoroughly and evenly
dispersed under relatively intense mixing. This rapid mixing involves adding the coagulant in a manner
that promotes rapid dispersion, followed by a short time period for destabilization of the particle
suspension. The particles are still very small and are not readily separated by clarification until
flocculation occurs.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-81
Flocculation: Flocculation is the process by which fine particles that have been destabilized bind together
to form larger particles that settle rapidly. Flocculation begins naturally following coagulation, but is
enhanced by gentle mixing of the destabilized suspension. Gentle mixing helps to bring particles in contact
with one another such that they bind and continually grow to form “flocs.” As the size of the flocs
increases they become heavier and tend to settle more rapidly.
Clarification: The final step is the settling of the particles. Particle density, size and shape are important
during settling. Dense, compact flocs settle more readily than less dense, fluffy flocs. Because of this,
flocculation to form dense, compact flocs is particularly important during water treatment. Water
temperature is important during settling. Both the density and viscosity of water are affected by
temperature; these in turn affect settling. Cold temperatures increase viscosity and density, thus slowing
down the rate at which the particles settle.
The conditions under which clarification is achieved can affect performance. Currents can affect settling.
Currents can be produced by wind, by differences between the temperature of the incoming water and the
water in the clarifier, and by flow conditions near the inlets and outlets.
Quiescent water such as that which occurs during batch clarification provides a good environment for
effective performance as many of these factors become less important in comparison to typical
sedimentation basins. One source of currents that is likely important in batch systems is movement of the
water leaving the clarifier unit. Given that flocs are relatively small and light the exit velocity of the water
must be as low as possible. Sediment on the bottom of the basin can be resuspended and removed by fairly
modest velocities.
Coagulants: Polymers are large organic molecules that are made up of subunits linked together in a chain-
like structure. Attached to these chain-like structures are other groups that carry positive or negative
charges, or have no charge. Polymers that carry groups with positive charges are called cationic, those
with negative charges are called anionic, and those with no charge (neutral) are called nonionic.
Cationic polymers can be used as coagulants to destabilize negatively charged turbidity particles present in
natural waters, wastewater and stormwater. Aluminum sulfate (alum) can also be used as this chemical
becomes positively charged when dispersed in water. In practice, the only way to determine whether a
polymer is effective for a specific application is to perform preliminary or onsite testing.
Polymers are available as powders, concentrated liquids, and emulsions (which appear as milky liquids).
The latter are petroleum based, which are not allowed for construction stormwater treatment. Polymer
effectiveness can degrade with time and also from other influences. Thus, manufacturers’
recommendations for storage should be followed. Manufacturer’s recommendations usually do not provide
assurance of water quality protection or safety to aquatic organisms. Consideration of water quality
protection is necessary in the selection and use of all polymers.
Criteria for Chemical Treatment Product Use:
Chemically treated stormwater discharged from construction sites must be nontoxic to aquatic organisms.
The Chemical Technology Assessment Protocol (CTAPE) must be used to evaluate chemicals proposed
for stormwater treatment. Only chemicals approved by Ecology under the CTAPE may be used for
stormwater treatment. The approved chemicals, their allowable application techniques (batch treatment or
flow-through treatment), allowable application rates, and conditions of use can be found at the Department
of Ecology Emerging Technologies website:
<http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/newtech/technologies.html>.
Treatment System Design Considerations:
The design and operation of a chemical treatment system should take into consideration the factors that
determine optimum, cost-effective performance. It is important to recognize the following:
Only Ecology approved chemicals may be used and must follow approved dose rate.
The pH of the stormwater must be in the proper range for the polymers to be effective, which is
typically 6.5 to 8.5
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-82
The coagulant must be mixed rapidly into the water to ensure proper dispersion.
A flocculation step is important to increase the rate of settling, to produce the lowest turbidity, and to
keep the dosage rate as low as possible.
Too little energy input into the water during the flocculation phase results in flocs that are too small
and/or insufficiently dense. Too much energy can rapidly destroy floc as it is formed.
Care must be taken in the design of the withdrawal system to minimize outflow velocities and to
prevent floc discharge. Discharge from a batch treatment system should be directed through a physical
filter such as a vegetated swale that would catch any unintended floc discharge. Currently, flow-
through systems always discharge through the chemically enhanced sand filtration system.
System discharge rates must take into account downstream conveyance integrity.
Polymer Batch Treatment Process Description:
A batch chemical treatment system consists of the stormwater collection system (either temporary
diversion or the permanent site drainage system), a storage pond, pumps, a chemical feed system,
treatment cells, and interconnecting piping.
The batch treatment system shall use a minimum of two lined treatment cells in addition to an untreated
stormwater storage pond. Multiple treatment cells allow for clarification of treated water while other cells
are being filled or emptied. Treatment cells may be ponds or tanks. Ponds with constructed earthen
embankments greater than six feet high or which impound more than 10 acre-feet require special
engineering analyses. The Ecology Dam Safety Section has specific design criteria for dams in
Washington State (see <http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wr/dams/GuidanceDocs.html>).
Stormwater is collected at interception point(s) on the site and is diverted by gravity or by pumping to an
untreated stormwater storage pond or other untreated stormwater holding area. The stormwater is stored
until treatment occurs. It is important that the holding pond be large enough to provide adequate storage.
The first step in the treatment sequence is to check the pH of the stormwater in the untreated stormwater
storage pond. The pH is adjusted by the application of carbon dioxide or a base until the stormwater in the
storage pond is within the desired pH range, 6.5 to 8.5. When used, carbon dioxide is added immediately
downstream of the transfer pump. Typically sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) is used as a base, although
other bases may be used. When needed, base is added directly to the untreated stormwater storage pond.
The stormwater is recirculated with the treatment pump to provide mixing in the storage pond. Initial pH
adjustments should be based on daily bench tests. Further pH adjustments can be made at any point in the
process.
Once the stormwater is within the desired pH range (dependent on polymer being used), the stormwater is
pumped from the untreated stormwater storage pond to a treatment cell as polymer is added. The polymer
is added upstream of the pump to facilitate rapid mixing.
After polymer addition, the water is kept in a lined treatment cell for clarification of the sediment-floc. In a
batch mode process, clarification typically takes from 30 minutes to several hours. Prior to discharge
samples are withdrawn for analysis of pH, flocculent chemical concentration, and turbidity. If both are
acceptable, the treated water is discharged.
Several configurations have been developed to withdraw treated water from the treatment cell. The
original configuration is a device that withdraws the treated water from just beneath the water surface
using a float with adjustable struts that prevent the float from settling on the cell bottom. This reduces the
possibility of picking up sediment-floc from the bottom of the pond. The struts are usually set at a
minimum clearance of about 12 inches; that is, the float will come within 12 inches of the bottom of the
cell. Other systems have used vertical guides or cables which constrain the float, allowing it to drift up and
down with the water level. More recent designs have an H-shaped array of pipes, set on the horizontal.
This scheme provides for withdrawal from four points rather than one. This configuration reduces the
likelihood of sucking settled solids from the bottom. It also reduces the tendency for a vortex to form. Inlet
diffusers, a long floating or fixed pipe with many small holes in it, are also an option.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-83
Safety is a primary concern. Design should consider the hazards associated with operations, such as
sampling. Facilities should be designed to reduce slip hazards and drowning. Tanks and ponds should have
life rings, ladders, or steps extending from the bottom to the top.
Polymer Flow-Through Treatment Process Description:
At a minimum, a flow-through chemical treatment system consists of the stormwater collection system
(either temporary diversion or the permanent site drainage system), an untreated stormwater storage pond,
and the chemically enhanced sand filtration system.
Stormwater is collected at interception point(s) on the site and is diverted by gravity or by pumping to an
untreated stormwater storage pond or other untreated stormwater holding area. The stormwater is stored
until treatment occurs. It is important that the holding pond be large enough to provide adequate storage.
Stormwater is then pumped from the untreated stormwater storage pond to the chemically enhanced sand
filtration system where polymer is added. Adjustments to pH may be necessary before chemical addition.
The sand filtration system continually monitors the stormwater for turbidity and pH. If the discharge water
is ever out of an acceptable range for turbidity or pH, the water is recycled to the untreated stormwater
pond where it can be retreated.
For batch treatment and flow-through treatment, the following equipment should be located in a lockable
shed:
The chemical injector.
Secondary containment for acid, caustic, buffering compound, and treatment chemical.
Emergency shower and eyewash.
Monitoring equipment which consists of a pH meter and a turbidimeter.
System Sizing:
Certain sites are required to implement flow control for the developed sites. These sites must also control
stormwater release rates during construction. Generally, these are sites that discharge stormwater directly,
or indirectly, through a conveyance system, into a fresh water. System sizing is dependent on flow control
requirements.
Sizing Criteria for Batch Treatment Systems for Flow Control Exempt Water Bodies:
The total volume of the untreated stormwater storage pond and treatment ponds or tanks must be large
enough to treat stormwater that is produced during multiple day storm events. It is recommended that at a
minimum the untreated stormwater storage pond be sized to hold 1.5 times the runoff volume of the
10-year, 24-hour storm event. Bypass should be provided around the chemical treatment system to
accommodate extreme storm events. Runoff volume shall be calculated using the methods presented in
Chapter 3 of the SWDM. Worst-case land cover conditions (i.e., producing the most runoff) should be used
for analyses (in most cases, this would be the land cover conditions just prior to final landscaping).
Primary settling should be encouraged in the untreated stormwater storage pond. A forebay with access for
maintenance may be beneficial.
There are two opposing considerations in sizing the treatment cells. A larger cell is able to treat a larger
volume of water each time a batch is processed. However, the larger the cell the longer the time required
to empty the cell. A larger cell may also be less effective at flocculation and therefore require a longer
settling time. The simplest approach to sizing the treatment cell is to multiply the allowable discharge flow
rate times the desired drawdown time. A 4-hour drawdown time allows one batch per cell per 8-hour work
period, given 1 hour of flocculation followed by two hours of settling.
If the discharge is directly to a direct discharge exempt receiving water in Section 1.2.3 (Core
Requirement #3) of the SWDM, or to an infiltration system, there is no discharge flow limit.
Ponds sized for flow control water bodies must at a minimum meet the sizing criteria for direct discharge
exempt receiving waters.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-84
Sizing Criteria for Flow-Through Treatment Systems for Flow Control Exempt Water Bodies:
When sizing storage ponds or tanks for flow-through systems for flow control exempt water bodies, the
treatment system capacity should be a factor. The untreated stormwater storage pond or tank should be
sized to hold 1.5 times the runoff volume of the 10-year, 24-hour storm event minus the treatment system
flowrate for an 8-hour period. For a chitosan-enhanced sand filtration system, the treatment system
flowrate should be sized using a hydraulic loading rate between 6 to 8 gpm/ft². Other hydraulic loading
rates may be more appropriate for other systems. Bypass should be provided around the chemical
treatment system to accommodate extreme storms. Runoff volume shall be calculated using the methods
presented in Chapter 3 of the SWDM. Worst-case land cover conditions (i.e., producing the most runoff)
should be used for analyses (in most cases, this would be the land cover conditions just prior to final
landscaping).
Sizing Criteria for Flow Control Water Bodies:
Sites that must implement flow control for the developed site condition must also control stormwater
release rates during construction. Construction site stormwater discharges shall not exceed the discharge
durations of the pre-developed condition for the range of pre-developed discharge rates from ½ of the
2-year flow through the 10-year flow as predicted by an approved continuous runoff model. The pre-
developed condition to be matched shall be the land cover condition immediately prior to the development
project. This restriction on release rates can affect the size of the storage pond and treatment cells.
The following is how WWHM can be used to determine the release rates from the chemical treatment
systems:
1. Determine the pre-developed flow durations to be matched by entering the existing land use area
under the “Pre-developed” scenario in WWHM. The default flow range is from ½ of the 2-year flow
through the 10-year flow.
2. Enter the post developed land use area in the “Developed Unmitigated” scenario in WWHM.
3. Copy the land use information from the “Developed Unmitigated” to “Developed Mitigated” scenario.
4. While in the “Developed Mitigated” scenario, add a pond element under the basin element containing
the post-developed land use areas. This pond element represents information on the available
untreated stormwater storage and discharge from the chemical treatment system. In cases where the
discharge from the chemical treatment system is controlled by a pump, a stage/storage/discharge
(SSD) table representing the pond must be generated outside WWHM and imported into WWHM.
WWHM can route the runoff from the post-developed condition through this SSD table (the pond) and
determine compliance with the flow duration standard. This would be an iterative design procedure
where if the initial SSD table proved to be inadequate, the designer would have to modify the SSD
table outside WWHM and re-import in WWHM and route the runoff through it again. The iteration
will continue until a pond that complies with the flow duration standard is correctly sized.
Notes on SSD table characteristics:
The pump discharge rate would likely be initially set at just below ½ of the 2-year flow from the
pre-developed condition. As runoff coming into the untreated stormwater storage pond increases
and the available untreated stormwater storage volume gets used up, it would be necessary to
increase the pump discharge rate above ½ of the 2-year. The increase(s) above ½ of the 2-year
must be such that they provide some relief to the untreated stormwater storage needs but at the
same time will not cause violations of the flow duration standard at the higher flows. The final
design SSD table will identify the appropriate pumping rates and the corresponding stage and
storages.
When building such a flow control system, the design must ensure that any automatic adjustments
to the pumping rates will be as a result of changes to the available storage in accordance with the
final design SSD table.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-85
5. It should be noted that the above procedures would be used to meet the flow control requirements. The
chemical treatment system must be able to meet the runoff treatment requirements. It is likely that the
discharge flow rate of ½ of the 2-year or more may exceed the treatment capacity of the system. If that
is the case, the untreated stormwater discharge rate(s) (i.e., influent to the treatment system) must be
reduced to allow proper treatment. Any reduction in the flows would likely result in the need for a
larger untreated stormwater storage volume.
If the discharge is to a municipal storm drainage system, the allowable discharge rate may be limited by
the capacity of the public system. It may be necessary to clean the municipal storm drainage system prior
to the start of the discharge to prevent scouring solids from the drainage system. If the municipal storm
drainage system discharges to a water body not on the flow control exempt list, the project site is subject
to flow control requirements. Obtain permission from the owner of the collection system before
discharging to it.
If system design does not allow you to discharge at the slower rates as described above and if the site has a
retention or detention pond that will serve the planned development, the discharge from the treatment
system may be directed to the permanent retention/detention pond to comply with the flow control
requirement. In this case, the untreated stormwater storage pond and treatment system will be sized
according to the sizing criteria for flow-through treatment systems for flow control exempt water bodies
described earlier except all discharge (water passing through the treatment system and stormwater
bypassing the treatment system) will be directed into the permanent retention/detention pond. If site
constraints make locating the untreated stormwater storage pond difficult, the permanent
retention/detention pond may be divided to serve as the untreated stormwater storage pond and the post-
treatment flow control pond. A berm or barrier must be used in this case so the untreated water does not
mix with the treated water. Both untreated stormwater storage requirements, and adequate post-treatment
flow control must be achieved. The post-treatment flow control pond’s revised dimensions must be entered
into the WWHM and the WWHM must be run to confirm compliance with the flow control requirement.
Maintenance Standards
Monitoring:
At a minimum, the following monitoring shall be conducted. Test results shall be recorded on a daily log
kept on site. Additional testing may be required by the NPDES permit based on site conditions.
Operational Monitoring:
Total volume treated and discharged.
Flow must be continuously monitored and recorded at not greater than 15-minute intervals.
Type and amount of chemical used for pH adjustment.
Amount of polymer used for treatment.
Settling time.
Compliance Monitoring:
Influent and effluent pH, flocculent chemical concentration, and turbidity must be continuously monitored
and recorded at not greater than 15-minute intervals. pH and turbidity of the receiving water.
Biomonitoring:
Treated stormwater must be non-toxic to aquatic organisms. Treated stormwater must be tested for aquatic
toxicity or residual chemicals. Frequency of biomonitoring will be determined by Ecology.
Residual chemical tests must be approved by Ecology prior to their use.
If testing treated stormwater for aquatic toxicity, you must test for acute (lethal) toxicity. Bioassays shall
be conducted by a laboratory accredited by Ecology, unless otherwise approved by Ecology. Acute
toxicity tests shall be conducted per the CTAPE protocol.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-86
Discharge Compliance:
Prior to discharge, treated stormwater must be sampled and tested for compliance with pH, flocculent
chemical concentration, and turbidity limits. These limits may be established by the Construction
Stormwater General Permit or a site-specific discharge permit. Sampling and testing for other pollutants
may also be necessary at some sites. pH must be within the range of 6.5 to 8.5 standard units and not cause
a change in the pH of the receiving water of more than 0.2 standard units. Treated stormwater samples and
measurements shall be taken from the discharge pipe or another location representative of the nature of the
treated stormwater discharge. Samples used for determining compliance with the water quality standards
in the receiving water shall not be taken from the treatment pond prior to decanting. Compliance with the
water quality standards is determined in the receiving water.
Operator Training:
Each contractor who intends to use chemical treatment shall be trained by an experienced contractor. Each
site using chemical treatment must have an operator trained and certified by an organization approved by
Ecology.
Standard BMPs:
Surface stabilization BMPs should be implemented on site to prevent significant erosion. All sites shall
use a truck wheel wash to prevent tracking of sediment off site.
Sediment Removal and Disposal:
Sediment shall be removed from the storage or treatment cells as necessary. Typically, sediment
removal is required at least once during a wet season and at the decommissioning of the cells.
Sediment remaining in the cells between batches may enhance the settling process and reduce the
required chemical dosage.
Sediment that is known to be non-toxic may be incorporated into the site away from drainages.
D.2.2.6 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER FILTRATION
Purpose
Filtration removes sediment from runoff originating from disturbed areas of the site.
Background Information:
Filtration with sand media has been used for over a century to treat water and wastewater. The use of sand
filtration for treatment of stormwater has developed recently, generally to treat runoff from streets, parking
lots, and residential areas. The application of filtration to construction stormwater treatment is currently
under development.
Conditions of Use
Traditional BMPs used to control soil erosion and sediment loss from sites under development may not be
adequate to ensure compliance with the water quality standard for turbidity in the receiving water.
Filtration may be used in conjunction with gravity settling to remove sediment as small as fine silt
(0.5 μm). The reduction in turbidity will be dependent on the particle size distribution of the sediment in
the stormwater. In some circumstances, sedimentation and filtration may achieve compliance with the
water quality standard for turbidity.
The use of construction stormwater filtration does not require approval from Ecology as long as treatment
chemicals are not used. Filtration in conjunction with polymer treatment requires testing under the
Chemical Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology (CTAPE) before it can be initiated. Approval from
the appropriate regional Ecology office must be obtained at each site where polymers use is proposed prior
to use. For more guidance on stormwater chemical treatment see BMP D.2.2.5.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-87
Design and Installation Specifications
Two types of filtration systems may be applied to construction stormwater treatment: rapid and slow.
Rapid sand filters are the typical system used for water and wastewater treatment. They can achieve
relatively high hydraulic flow rates, on the order of 2 to 20 gpm/sf, because they have automatic backwash
systems to remove accumulated solids. In contrast, slow sand filters have very low hydraulic rates, on the
order of 0.02 gpm/sf, because they do not have backwash systems. Slow sand filtration has generally been
used to treat stormwater. Slow sand filtration is mechanically simple in comparison to rapid sand filtration
but requires a much larger filter area.
Filtration Equipment
Sand media filters are available with automatic backwashing features that can filter to 50 μm particle size.
Screen or bag filters can filter down to 5 μm. Fiber wound filters can remove particles down to 0.5 μm.
Filters should be sequenced from the largest to the smallest pore opening. Sediment removal efficiency
will be related to particle size distribution in the stormwater.
Treatment Process Description
Stormwater is collected at interception point(s) on the site and is diverted to an untreated stormwater
sediment pond or tank for removal of large sediment and storage of the stormwater before it is treated by
the filtration system. The untreated stormwater is pumped from the trap, pond, or tank through the
filtration system in a rapid sand filtration system. Slow sand filtration systems are designed as flow
through systems using gravity.
Maintenance Standards
Rapid sand filters typically have automatic backwash systems that are triggered by a pre-set pressure drop
across the filter. If the backwash water volume is not large or substantially more turbid than the untreated
stormwater stored in the holding pond or tank, backwash return to the untreated stormwater pond or tank
may be appropriate. However, other means of treatment and disposal may be necessary.
Screen, bag, and fiber filters must be cleaned and/or replaced when they become clogged.
Sediment shall be removed from the storage and/or treatment ponds as necessary. Typically, sediment
removal is required once or twice during a wet season and at the decommissioning of the ponds.
Sizing Criteria for Flow-Through Treatment Systems for Flow Control Exempt Water Bodies:
When sizing storage ponds or tanks for flow-through systems for flow control exempt water bodies the
treatment system capacity should be a factor. The untreated stormwater storage pond or tank should be
sized to hold 1.5 times the runoff volume of the 10-year, 24-hour storm event minus the treatment system
flowrate for an 8-hour period. For a chitosan-enhanced sand filtration system, the treatment system
flowrate should be sized using a hydraulic loading rate between 6 to 8 gpm/ft². Other hydraulic loading
rates may be more appropriate for other systems. Bypass should be provided around the chemical
treatment system to accommodate extreme storms. Runoff volume shall be calculated using the methods
presented in Chapter 3 of the SWDM (if no chemicals are proposed for use). Worst-case conditions (i.e.,
producing the most runoff) should be used for analyses (most likely conditions present prior to final
landscaping).
Sizing Criteria for Flow Control Water Bodies:
Sites that must implement flow control for the developed site condition must also control stormwater
release rates during construction. Construction site stormwater discharges shall not exceed the discharge
durations of the pre-developed condition for the range of pre-developed discharge rates from 1/2 of the
2-year flow through the 10-year flow as predicted by an approved continuous runoff model. The pre-
developed condition to be matched shall be the land cover condition immediately prior to the development
project. This restriction on release rates can affect the size of the storage pond, the filtration system, and
the flow rate through the filter system.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-88
The following is how WWHM can be used to determine the release rates from the filtration systems:
1. Determine the pre-developed flow durations to be matched by entering the land use area under the
“Pre-developed” scenario in WWHM. The default flow range is from ½ of the 2-year flow through the
10-year flow.
2. Enter the post developed land use area in the “Developed Unmitigated” scenario in WWHM.
3. Copy the land use information from the “Developed Unmitigated” to “Developed Mitigated” scenario.
4. There are two possible ways to model stormwater filtration systems:
a) The stormwater filtration system uses an untreated stormwater storage pond/tank and the
discharge from this pond/tank is pumped to one or more filters. In-line filtration chemicals would
be added to the flow right after the pond/tank and before the filter(s). Because the discharge is
pumped, WWHM can’t generate a stage/storage /discharge (SSD) table for this system. This
system is modeled the same way as described Ecology’s BMP C250 (or BMP D.2.2.5 when
seeking City approval for non-chemical treatment) and is as follows:
While in the “Developed Mitigated” scenario, add a pond element under the basin element
containing the post-developed land use areas. This pond element represents information on the
available untreated stormwater storage and discharge from the filtration system. In cases where
the discharge from the filtration system is controlled by a pump, a stage/storage/discharge (SSD)
table representing the pond must be generated outside WWHM and imported into WWHM.
WWHM can route the runoff from the post-developed condition through this SSD table (the
pond) and determine compliance with the flow duration standard. This would be an iterative
design procedure where if the initial SSD table proved to be out of compliance, the designer
would have to modify the SSD table outside WWHM and re-import in WWHM and route the
runoff through it again. The iteration will continue until a pond that enables compliance with the
flow duration standard is designed.
Notes on SSD table characteristics:
The pump discharge rate would likely be initially set at just below ½ if the 2-year flow from
the pre-developed condition. As runoff coming into the untreated stormwater storage pond
increases and the available untreated stormwater storage volume gets used up, it would be
necessary to increase the pump discharge rate above ½ of the 2-year. The increase(s) above ½
of the 2-year must be such that they provide some relief to the untreated stormwater storage
needs but at the same time they will not cause violations of the flow duration standard at the
higher flows. The final design SSD table will identify the appropriate pumping rates and the
corresponding stage and storages.
When building such a flow control system, the design must ensure that any automatic
adjustments to the pumping rates will be as a result of changes to the available storage in
accordance with the final design SSD table.
b) The stormwater filtration system uses a storage pond/tank and the discharge from this pond/tank
gravity flows to the filter. This is usually a slow sand filter system and it is possible to model it in
WWHM as a Filter element or as a combination of Pond and Filter element placed in series. The
stage/storage/discharge table(s) may then be generated within WWHM as follows:
i. While in the “Developed Mitigated” scenario, add a Filter element under the basin element
containing the post-developed land use areas. The length and width of this filter element
would have to be the same as the bottom length and width of the upstream untreated
stormwater storage pond/tank.
ii. In cases where the length and width of the filter is not the same as those for the bottom of the
upstream untreated stormwater storage tank/pond, the treatment system may be modeled as a
Pond element followed by a Filter element. By having these two elements, WWHM would
then generate a SSD table for the storage pond which then gravity flows to the Filter element.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-89
The Filter element downstream of the untreated stormwater storage pond would have a
storage component through the media, and an overflow component for when the filtration
capacity is exceeded.
WWHM can route the runoff from the post-developed condition through the treatment systems in
4b and determine compliance with the flow duration standard. This would be an iterative design
procedure where if the initial sizing estimates for the treatment system proved to be inadequate,
the designer would have to modify the system and route the runoff through it again. The iteration
would continue until compliance with the flow duration standard is achieved.
5. It should be noted that the above procedures would be used to meet the flow control requirements. The
filtration system must be able to meet the runoff treatment requirements. It is likely that the discharge
flow rate of ½ of the 2-year or more may exceed the treatment capacity of the system. If that is the
case, the untreated stormwater discharge rate(s) (i.e., influent to the treatment system) must be
reduced to allow proper treatment. Any reduction in the flows would likely result in the need for a
larger untreated stormwater storage volume.
If system design does not allow you to discharge at the slower rates as described above and if the site has a
retention or detention pond that will serve the planned development, the discharge from the treatment
system may be directed to the permanent retention/detention pond to comply with the flow control
requirements. In this case, the untreated stormwater storage pond and treatment system will be sized
according to the sizing criteria for flow-through treatment systems for flow control exempt waterbodies
described earlier except all discharges (water passing through the treatment system and stormwater
bypassing the treatment system) will be directed into the permanent retention/detention pond. If site
constraints make locating the untreated stormwater storage pond difficult, the permanent
retention/detention pond may be divided to serve as the untreated stormwater discharge pond and the post-
treatment flow control pond. A berm or barrier must be used in this case so the untreated water does not
mix with the treated water. Both untreated stormwater storage requirements, and adequate post-treatment
flow control must be achieved. The post-treatment flow control pond’s revised dimensions must be entered
into the WWHM and the WWHM must be run to confirm compliance with the flow control requirement.
D.2.2.7 HIGH PH NEUTRALIZATION USING CO2
Purpose
When pH levels in stormwater rise above 8.5 it is necessary to lower the pH levels to the acceptable range
of 6.5 to 8.5, this process is called pH neutralization. pH neutralization involves the use of solid or
compressed carbon dioxide gas in water requiring neutralization. Neutralized stormwater may be
discharged to surface waters under the Construction Stormwater General permit.
Neutralized process water such as concrete truck wash-out, hydro-demolition, or saw-cutting slurry must
be managed to prevent discharge to surface waters. Any stormwater contaminated during concrete work is
considered process wastewater and must not be discharged to surface waters.
Reason for pH Neutralization:
A pH level range of 6.5 to 8.5 is typical for most natural watercourses, and this neutral pH is required for
the survival of aquatic organisms. Should the pH rise or drop out of this range, fish and other aquatic
organisms may become stressed and may die.
Calcium hardness can contribute to high pH values and cause toxicity that is associated with high pH
conditions. A high level of calcium hardness in waters of the state is not allowed.
The water quality standard for pH in Washington State is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5. Ground water standard
for calcium and other dissolved solids in Washington State is less than 500 mg/l.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-90
Conditions of Use
Causes of High pH:
High pH at construction sites is most commonly caused by the contact of stormwater with poured or
recycled concrete, cement, mortars, and other Portland cement or lime containing construction materials.
(See BMP D.2.2.1, Concrete Handling for more information on concrete handling procedures). The
principal caustic agent in cement is calcium hydroxide (free lime).
Advantages of CO2 Sparging:
Rapidly neutralizes high pH water.
Cost effective and safer to handle than acid compounds.
CO2 is self-buffering. It is difficult to overdose and create harmfully low pH levels.
Material is readily available.
The Chemical Process:
When carbon dioxide (CO2) is added to water (H2O), carbonic acid (H2CO3) is formed which can further
dissociate into a proton (H+) and a bicarbonate anion (HCO3-) as shown below:
CO2 + H2O ↔ H2CO3 ↔ H+ + HCO3-
The free proton is a weak acid that can lower the pH. Water temperature has an effect on the reaction as
well. The colder the water temperature is the slower the reaction occurs and the warmer the water
temperature is the quicker the reaction occurs. Most construction applications in Washington State have
water temperatures in the 50°F or higher range so the reaction is almost simultaneous.
Design and Installation Specifications
Treatment Process:
High pH water may be treated using continuous treatment, continuous discharge systems. These
manufactured systems continuously monitor influent and effluent pH to ensure that pH values are within
an acceptable range before being discharged. All systems must have fail safe automatic shut off switches
in the event that pH is not within the acceptable discharge range. Only trained operators may operate
manufactured systems. System manufacturers often provide trained operators or training on their devices.
The following procedure may be used when not using a continuous discharge system:
1. Prior to treatment, the appropriate jurisdiction should be notified in accordance with the regulations
set by the jurisdiction.
2. Every effort should be made to isolate the potential high pH water in order to treat it separately from
other stormwater onsite.
3. Water should be stored in an acceptable storage facility, detention pond, or containment cell prior to
treatment.
4. Transfer water to be treated to the treatment structure. Ensure that treatment structure size is sufficient
to hold the amount of water that is to be treated. Do not fill tank completely, allow at least 2 feet of
freeboard.
5. The operator samples the water for pH and notes the clarity of the water. As a rule of thumb, less CO 2
is necessary for clearer water. This information should be recorded.
6. In the pH adjustment structure, add CO2 until the pH falls in the range of 6.9 to 7.1. Remember that
pH water quality standards apply so adjusting pH to within 0.2 pH units of receiving water
(background pH) is recommended. It is unlikely that pH can be adjusted to within 0.2 pH units using
dry ice. Compressed carbon dioxide gas should be introduced to the water using a carbon dioxide
diffuser located near the bottom of the tank, this will allow carbon dioxide to bubble up through the
water and diffuse more evenly.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-91
7. Slowly discharge the water making sure water does not get stirred up in the process. Release about
80% of the water from the structure leaving any sludge behind.
8. Discharge treated water through a pond or drainage system.
9. Excess sludge needs to be disposed of properly as concrete waste. If several batches of water are
undergoing pH treatment, sludge can be left in treatment structure for the next batch treatment.
Dispose of sludge when it fills 50% of tank volume.
Sites that must implement flow control for the developed site must also control stormwater release rates
during construction. All treated stormwater must go through a flow control facility before being released
to surface waters which require flow control.
Maintenance Standards
Safety and Materials Handling:
All equipment should be handled in accordance with OSHA rules and regulations.
Follow manufacturer guidelines for materials handling.
Operator Records:
Each operator should provide:
A diagram of the monitoring and treatment equipment.
A description of the pumping rates and capacity the treatment equipment is capable of treating.
Each operator should keep a written record of the following:
Client name and phone number.
Date of treatment.
Weather conditions.
Project name and location.
Volume of water treated.
pH of untreated water.
Amount of CO2 needed to adjust water to a pH range of 6.9 to 7.1.
pH of treated water.
Discharge point location and description.
A copy of this record should be given to the client/contractor who should retain the record for 3 years.
D.2.2.8 PH CONTROL FOR HIGH PH WATER
Purpose
When pH levels in stormwater rise above 8.5 it is necessary to lower the pH levels to the acceptable range
of 6.5 to 8.5, this process is called pH neutralization. Stormwater with pH levels exceeding water quality
standards may be treated by infiltration, dispersion in vegetation or compost, pumping to a sanitary sewer,
disposal at a permitted concrete batch plant with pH neutralization capabilities, or carbon dioxide
sparging. BMP D.2.2.7, High pH Neutralization Using CO2 gives guidelines for carbon dioxide sparging.
Reason for pH Neutralization:
A pH level range of 6.5 to 8.5 is typical for most natural watercourses, and this pH range is required for
the survival of aquatic organisms. Should the pH rise or drop out of this range, fish and other aquatic
organisms may become stressed and may die.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-92
Conditions of Use
Causes of High pH:
High pH levels at construction sites are most commonly caused by the contact of stormwater with poured
or recycled concrete, cement, mortars, and other Portland cement or lime containing construction
materials. (See BMP D.2.2.1, Concrete Handling for more information on concrete handling procedures).
The principal caustic agent in cement is calcium hydroxide (free lime).
Design and Installation Specifications
Disposal Methods:
Infiltration
Infiltration is only allowed if soil type allows all water to infiltrate (no surface runoff) without causing
or contributing to a violation of surface or ground water quality standards.
Infiltration techniques should be consistent with Chapter 5 of the SWDM
Dispersion
Dispersion techniques should be consistent with Appendix C of the SWDM
Sanitary Sewer Disposal
Approval from King County and the City of Renton is required prior to disposal via the sanitary
sewer.
Concrete Batch Plant Disposal
Only permitted facilities may accept high pH water.
Facility should be contacted before treatment to ensure they can accept the high pH water.
Stormwater Discharge
Any pH treatment options that generate treated water that must be discharged off site are subject to flow
control requirements. Sites that must implement flow control for the developed site must also control
stormwater release rates during construction. All treated stormwater must go through a flow control
facility before being released to surface waters which require flow control.
D.2.2.9 USE OF HIGH PH SOIL AMENDMENTS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES
The use of soil amendments (including cement treated base [CTB] and cement kiln dust [CKD]) on
development sites must be approved by the City. The approval process is described in “Processing
Requirements for Use of Soil Amendments on Construction Sites” below.
Use of Soil Amendments
It is sometimes a construction practice to add soil amendments to the surfaces of some construction areas
in order to stabilize the ground for building. This practice includes placing an additive on the ground then
mixing with the soil to a specified depth and finally compacting the mix. When mixed with the soil, the
moisture in the ground may allow these additives to create a chemical reaction that cures similar to
concrete and may absorb excessive moisture to allow soils to be compacted. The end result is a stable site
for constructing a road or building pad.
Because soil amendments may be rich in lime content and other material, water runoff from these areas
can be affected. If not controlled and treated, this could result in a degradation of water quality and natural
drainage systems. Because these additives come in a fine powder form, the actual application can create
fugitive dust. When mixed with water, some additives can become corrosive.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-93
Definitions
The following are definitions of soil amendment products that are allowed for use under these procedures:
1. Cement Kiln Dust (CKD) is a by-product in the manufacturing of cement9.
2. Cement Treated Base (CTB) utilizes Portland Cement Type II as the soil additive.
CTB/CKD Soil Amendment BMPs
Table D.2.2.9.A on the following pages lists twelve BMP categories of action and specific BMPs for each
category to be applied when proposing CTB/CKD soil amendments or using soil amendments onsite.
Note: Additional BMPs may be required to prevent adverse impacts to the public and/or the environment.
It is the responsibility of the permit holder to remain in compliance with all other applicable local, state,
and federal regulations.
TABLE D.2.2.9.A CTB/CKD SOIL AMENDMENT BMPS
Category of
Action
Specific
Action CTB/CKD Best Management Practices
1. Materials
Source Analysis
Solubility Testing
& Specifications
A. If CKD is proposed, a chemical analysis of soluble pollutants of
the product to be used will be provided to the Washington State
Department of Ecology (Ecology) and the CED review staff in
advance of any product is applied.
B. CTB/CKD mixing percentage is anticipated to be approximately 3
percent to 5 percent.
C. A Geotechnical Engineer will establish the mixing percentage for
the onsite soils.
D. All treatment procedures shall be directed, monitored, and
verified by a Geotechnical Engineer.
E. Soil amendments will never occur in excess of the ability of the
onsite equipment and resources to meet all BMP requirements
specified herein.
2. Site
Preparation
Runoff Collection
System
A. Areas that are to be treated as shown on the plan are flagged off
to prevent equipment from leaving treated area and going onto
untreated areas, and to prevent unauthorized equipment from
entering the treated area.
B. Assessment of surface runoff collection points are noted.
C. Cutoff trenches, collection sumps, and pumps are installed.
D. Sealed storage tanks will be properly sized to contain all runoff
from treated areas.
E. Sealed storage tanks shall be set up and ready for use to treat
contact water.
F. An approved wheel wash will be constructed at the construction
exit, typically a paved ramp sump that utilizes high-pressure
washers.
G. Copies of Treatment Plan, Approval, and Contingency Plan area
are required to be located on site.
9 CKD is collected by air pollution control devices used to clean kiln exhaust during the manufacturing of Portland Cement. EPA
has classified CKD a non-hazardous waste product provided management standards are followed for groundwater protection
and control of fugitive dust releases.
CKD should not to be confused with Fly Ash, which is a by-product of burning coal or wood and incineration of other material.
Fly ash can contain major oxides and trace metals, depending upon the fuel source, and is considered too hazardous for use
as a soil amendment. Using this product is not authorized or endorsed by Ecology or the City.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-94
TABLE D.2.2.9.A CTB/CKD SOIL AMENDMENT BMPS
Category of
Action
Specific
Action CTB/CKD Best Management Practices
3. Lay-down
Mixing Equipment
A. Exposure of CTB/CKD materials to air to be minimized. Delivery
tankers shall be set up to place CTB/CKD directly into spreading
trucks or equipment.
B. CTB/CKD operations are only allowed during daylight hours.
C. Tarps or dust bags will be used over the discharge truck hose at
unloading to prevent dust particles for becoming airborne.
D. Unloading will occur at the lowest possible pump pressure.
E. Unloading and mixing will be avoided on high wind days.
PSAPCA Section 9.15 prohibits visible emissions of fugitive dust.
F. CTB/CKD to be placed on ground by large wheeled spreaders
designed for this purpose capable of measuring application.
G. When spreading CTB/CKD it shall be kept 2–3 feet away from
untreated areas boundaries to prevent the material from
migration and contaminating outside the treatment zone.
H. Treatment area will be kept damp/wet at all times CTB/CKD is
being spread and mixed. Skirting around applicator/spreader and
mixer is required to minimize CTB/CKD dust.
I. CTB/CKD is to be roto-tilled into soil immediately after being
spread onto soils and shall be done with a skirted tiller.
J. Direct auguring machine that measures, spreads, and mixes
CTB/CKD in one operation is preferred.
K. Compaction will be complete within 2 hours after CTB/CKD
application.
4. Site
Management
Work Progress
and Weather
Conditions
A. Dust suppression by use of water trucks shall be used on areas
where work on dry soil is performed and potential airborne
contamination may occur.
B. The volume of CTB/CKD allowed on site will be limited to the
amount that can be used within a normal workday. Every effort
will be made to forecast the daily delivery rate to match the daily
onsite use rate.
C. CTB/CKD will not be added to soils at a rate that exceeds the
ability of onsite resources to immediately commence mixing and
compacting.
D. No work will occur in rain heavier than drizzle, or under drizzle
that exceeds 6 hours duration, or under any rainfall which
generates runoff from the areas being worked.
E. Should the weather change to stop the application, remaining
CTB/CKD will be covered and contained to prevent stormwater
from entering storage containment, and causing runoff.
F. All vehicles and equipment leaving the treatment area/site must
be cleaned/washed to prevent CTB/CKD from leaving site. Wash
water will be contained and treated as needed.
G. CTB/CKD contact water in the wheel wash will be removed from
the site via a Vactor truck for transport to an approved off-site
treatment or disposal facility in accordance with all federal, state,
and local laws and regulations; or, if permitted, to the sanitary
sewer system.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-95
TABLE D.2.2.9.A CTB/CKD SOIL AMENDMENT BMPS
Category of
Action
Specific
Action CTB/CKD Best Management Practices
5. Surface Water
Collection
A. Surface runoff from the treated areas is to be collected and
stored in onsite sealed treatment tanks.
B. A rigid schedule of TESC inspection, maintenance, and drainage
controls will be maintained.
C. Temporarily plugging and using detention facilities is not allowed
as a storage practice.
D. Runoff from compacted areas amended with CTB/CKD will be
directed to previously sealed tank(s) until pH levels of water are
verified to be within acceptable background water limits. No
uncontrolled discharge or infiltration from the sealed tank(s) will
be allowed.
E. Drainage from areas amended with CTB/CKD within the past 72
hours will be prevented from co-mingling with any other project
drainage.
6. Discharge
Compliance
Applicable
Regulations
A. Any and all discharges from this site will be in compliance with all
applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations
pertaining to health and safety, water, air, waste, and wildlife,
including the Federal Clean Water Act, Clean Air Act, and
Endangered Species Act. Laboratory analysis of water is
required prior to discharge to verify compliance.
B. No infiltration is allowed to occur if pH readings are above 8.5
standard pH units, or below 6.5 standard pH units.
C. A pH meter must be used to determine levels. pH meter is to be
calibrated following proper QA/QC procedures. Fresh buffers are
to be available to re-calibrate as needed.
D. A log of turbidity and pH readings will be kept on site for
inspection.
E. All treatment of water must be directed, bench tested, monitored
and verified by a qualified water quality specialist.
F. Treated area water runoff shall not enter the permanent
stormwater system.
G. Stormwater drainage system within treatment area is to be
cleaned out prior to use for regular water runoff conveyance from
untreated areas. Water from cleanout is to be tested and treated
following the approved treatment criteria.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-96
TABLE D.2.2.9.A CTB/CKD SOIL AMENDMENT BMPS
Category of
Action
Specific
Action CTB/CKD Best Management Practices
7. Natural
Treatment and
Discharge
A. The preferred method of disposal of the treatment water will be
discharge to the sanitary sewer, provided a permit is obtained to
do so.
B. If infiltration is proposed, the area of infiltration is to be identified,
capacity confirmed, and a contingency discharge plan in place in
the event facilities fail to infiltrate.
C. For infiltration, pH limits shall be strictly adhered to.
D. If a permit to discharge to the sanitary sewer is not obtained, a
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
discharge permit is required from Ecology. The retention volume
of the lined pond(s) will also be increased to ensure complete
control of the retained volume. Monitoring, bench testing, and
controlled discharge rates, with prior approval by Ecology, would
be needed prior to discharge to an approved off-site surface
drainage system. Sites that currently have NPDES permits will
need to amend permit prior to discharge to cover this action. City
approval is still required.
E. Per RMC 4-6-030, discharges into receiving drainage systems
shall not have acid or basic pH levels.
F. Sealed storage tanks shall be used to reduce turbidity and pH
before discharge.
8. Chemical
Treatment
A. Carbon dioxide sparging (dry ice pellets) may be used as the
chemical treatment agent to reduce the water pH.
B. Any means of water treatment to reduce pH will require an
NPDES discharge permit from Ecology. Permit would only be
granted after bench testing performed by an independent
qualified party.
C. Active mixing will cease if the residual retention water volume
falls below the ability to treat and properly dispose of contact
storm water.
D. Discharge would only occur after the approval of Ecology,
following bench testing and consultation with Ecology.
E. All materials for chemical treatment will be on site and property
stored, during all phases of CTB/CKD treatment.
9. Water Quality Monitoring A. Turbidity and pH will be monitored on a twice-daily basis, prior to
operations and immediately upon ceasing operations, and these
measurements will be recorded. Monitoring will also occur
immediately after any storm event of ½ inch in 24 hours, or water
migration to the retention pond(s), and the measurements
recorded. If the pH approaches 8.0, monitoring frequency will
increase.
B. Turbidity and pH monitoring will occur in all treatment facilities,
stormwater detention facilities, infiltration areas (if infiltration is
used), and in all surface water areas adjacent to site where
stormwater potentially discharges. Additional upstream surface
water sites will be established to determine background levels of
turbidity and pH.
C. All water quality monitoring data will be conducted and evaluated
by an independent, qualified party and conducted using
professionally supportable test protocols and QA/QC procedures.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-97
TABLE D.2.2.9.A CTB/CKD SOIL AMENDMENT BMPS
Category of
Action
Specific
Action CTB/CKD Best Management Practices
10. Reporting Ecology and
CED
A. All water quality monitoring data will be included in weekly CED
TESC reports to CED, and in weekly NPDES reports to Ecology.
B. All work, testing, and monitoring associated with the application
of CTB/CKD shall be observed by engineer. The engineer shall
prepare and submit a report to the assigned CED project
inspector indicating BMPs were/were not being met.
C. Copies of all reports and logs will be available on site during the
soil and surface runoff treatment activities.
Other elements to consider:
11. Water
Quality – Soils
Source Controls A. There may be very small amounts of concrete washout produced
onsite as a result of construction of erosion control measures
during reclamation. Concrete washout, if any, would be retained
in a lined enclosure of at least 6-ml Visqueen or plastic sheeting,
with no outlet. The washout retention enclosure would be isolated
and separate from any CTB/CKD area runoff. Contents of the
lined concrete washout enclosure will be removed from the site
via a Vactor truck for disposal in an approved off-site treatment or
disposal facility in accordance with all federal, state, and local
laws and regulations. Signed trip tickets, as proof of proper
disposal, will be provided to Ecology and CED.
12. Water
Quality – pH
Cover Measures A. Areas amended with CTB/CKD for compaction after CTB/CKD
addition will be covered with plastic or Visqueen sheeting, or
other impervious material by the end of each working day.
B. Temporary cover will be maintained over all compacted areas
amended with CTB/CKD until testing confirms that pH levels are
stabilized to background measurements. [Note: Curing to avoid
pH effects has no relationship to the rate at which material can
be compacted in multiple lifts. Compaction will commence
immediately after application and mixing, and multiple lifts will
occur as quickly as each lift is compacted and ready to accept
the next.]
C. Should weather conditions prevent mixing, any unmixed
CTB/CKD remaining on site will be enclosed in a sealed
containment, such as portable silo, or removed from site.
Processing Requirements for Use of High pH Soil Amendments on Construction
Sites10
Purpose
This section establishes procedures for implementing BMPs when using high pH soil amendments on
construction sites. See Table D.2.2.9.A for a description of the BMPs. This section outlines an expedited
review process and typical approval conditions that will allow contractors and builders to use soil
amendments without impacting water quality. Additional BMPs may be required based upon site specific
conditions that may warrant more protection. This policy is limited to those amendments, defined below,
commonly known to add stability to sloppy soil conditions but which can alter water runoff quality.
Authority: RMC 4-6-030(J) prohibits discharges of polluted or contaminated water into surface or storm
water drainage systems. The purpose of this statute is to protect surface and ground water by regulating the
discharge of potentially contaminated surface water. If soil amendments are proposed with an initial
application, an environmental review is required, under SEPA, which assesses impacts, provides public
input and mitigated conditions for its use.
10 Excerpted from the King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual (SPPM), BMP Info Sheet #11
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-98
The City of Renton also requires an engineered design for use of a soil amendment on road surfaces or
around drainage systems (see Appendix C). The design may incorporate a thorough assessment of soil
composition and laboratory analysis. The SWDM authorizes CED to adopt BMPs for the control and
protection of surface water. Currently, for all sites, the BMPs established in this policy are the minimum
standards that shall be applied.
Procedure
An applicant may apply for use of soil amendments allowed under this policy anytime during the permit
application review or after the permit has been issued and site construction is underway. After making a
submittal to CED, the applicant may receive approval conditions. Conditions may vary from site to site,
but typically will include many of the BMPs included in this policy.
Applicants should identify any use of soil amendments as early in the process as possible to avoid delays
in obtaining approval for use during the construction phase. If a site has known soil and water conditions
that might make work during rainy periods difficult, they may want to plan to use soil amendments on
their site. Obviously, if this issue is addressed at the permit review phase, implementation in the field can
occur without delay. However, because of the potential risks of surface water pollution discharge and
required treatment, an environmental assessment will be necessary before conditions for use can be
established.
Limitations
This policy applies to the intended use of soil amendments in areas that will be covered by impervious
surfaces. For areas not covered by impervious surfaces, additional reviews, study, and BMPs may be
required. In addition, alterations to original approved use plans will require a resubmittal for approval.
Approval for the use of the soil amendments can only occur by strictly following the procedures contained
herein and not by any other approval obtained from CED.
Submittal Requirements
To obtain approval for the use of soil amendments allowed under this policy, the applicant shall prepare a
submittal package to CED that includes the following:
Letter to CED requesting use of soil amendments at a construction site allowed under this policy.
Document or letter attachment that identifies source of materials and description of mixing and
laydown process, plan for disposal of treated contact water, sanitary sewer permits and/or BMPs, and
special precautions proposed to prevent the contamination of surface or stormwater drainage systems,
other than ‘sealed’ drainage systems.
Site Plan: Show a site plan map which:
1) Shows overall grading plan showing existing and proposed contours.
2) Identifies sensitive areas and permanent or temporary drainage facilities.
3) Identifies areas that soil amendment is planned.
4) Shows depths of application and percent of amendment to be used.
5) Shows location of special wheel wash facility.
6) Shows location of collection and conveyance swales or pipes for contact water.
7) Shows location of sealed storage/treatment tanks or temporary ponds (fully lined).
8) Identifies any discharge point from the site into natural drainage systems.
9) Includes soil log locations that identify seasonal high groundwater areas.
Report and analysis of engineering mix design which includes depths of application and percent of
amendment usage.
For proposals that use CKD and CKD additive, provide analysis of source material for soluble
contaminants. Include a description of fuel source.
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-99
Monitoring criteria, including locations for pH and turbidity testing.
Provide contingency plan should use of soil amendment and site and weather conditions result in
polluted or contact water entering natural drainage systems.
Provide contact information or water quality specialist assigned to monitor application of soil
amendments and BMPs.
If the project is under construction, the applicant shall contact the CED inspector assigned to the project to
initiate a review for compliance with the BMPs and requirements herein. Otherwise contact the planner or
engineer assigned to review the permit or land use application.
Review and Approval
Once the review has been completed, the applicant shall be notified by letter which stipulates the
conditions of approval. Prior to authorizing the use of soil amendments at the site, the applicant shall
provide a special restoration financial guarantee cash deposit in the amount as determined by the existing,
established processes. Note: It remains the applicant/contractor’s responsibility to comply with any other
applicable state or federal regulations such as use of NIOSH respiratory protection, safety goggles, gloves
and protective clothing whenever using hazardous materials.
Applicable Standards
Typically, all proposals using soil amendments shall have these conditions as standard requirements:
1. Prior to any application of CKD/CTB, the general contract shall hold a preconstruction meeting with
the assigned CED inspector at least 3 working days in advance.
2. CKD will not be permitted for use in areas adjacent to or in proximity to wetlands and streams areas.
CTB may or may not be permitted in these areas.
3. Areas not covered by impervious surfaces:
CKD will not be permitted in areas that will not be covered by impervious surfaces.
If CTB is proposed in these areas, an analysis of whether or not the soil amendment will change
the post-development runoff characteristics and the permanent stormwater facilities were sized
appropriately shall be submitted for review. Use of CTB in areas not permanently covered by
impervious surface may require re-sizing of the permanent stormwater facilities.
4. If CKD is proposed, the contractor shall provide mill certificates verifying the product composition.
The contractor/developer must be prepared to follow BMPs during and after soil treatment and be
prepared to treat runoff from the treatment area(s) immediately. All stormwater collection systems
must be in place and all equipment (pH meters, dry ice, etc.) must be onsite.
5. Collection of stormwater (see BMP #5 in Table D.2.2.9.A):
Stormwater from the application area shall be kept separate from and prevented from comingling
with uncontaminated stormwater.
During the application of CKD/CTB, stormwater runoff shall be collected in temporary collection
systems and shall not be allowed to enter the permanent facilities. Permanent drainage systems
shall be capped to prevent contact stormwater from entering the inlets of the catch basins.
Stormwater from the application area shall not be collected in the temporary/permanent detention
ponds, even if the underlying soils are ‘impermeable.’
6. Treatment: If necessary, pH adjustment shall be done in the collection tanks or temporary ponds and
not in the permanent detention ponds.
7. Disposal options: The proposal to use CKD/CTB must contain a disposal plan that may include one or
a combination of sanitary sewer or approved offsite disposal. Treated contact water may be discharged
to the sanitary sewer if authorizations are obtained from the King County and the City of Renton. All
discharge conditions (e.g., pH, settleable solids) must be followed. If a sanitary sewer is not available
at the site, contact water may be transported offsite to an approved site for disposal and proof of
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-100
proper disposal must be submitted to the City. All authorizations for disposal shall be obtained prior to
CKD/CTB application.
Infiltration: Depending on the site conditions, pH-adjusted stormwater may be infiltrated. Prior to
infiltration, pH must be between 6.5 and 8.5.
Surface Water: Contact water from the application area shall not be discharged to surface waters,
even if treatment has adjusted the pH.
8. Emergency backup plan: An emergency backup plan must be prepared and ready to implement to
handle large quantities of stormwater.
9. Monitoring shall be conducted to determine that contact stormwater is not leaving the site. Offsite
monitoring shall also be conducted to identify impacts to adjacent water bodies. Bonding may be
required to cover mitigation of impacts and restoration.
10. A soils specialist will establish the mixing percentage for onsite soils. Soil amendments will never
occur in excess of the ability of the onsite equipment and resources to meet all BMP requirements.
11. For sites one acre or larger, a Construction Stormwater General permit must be obtained from
Ecology. Construction Stormwater General permits and ‘Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans
(SWPPPs) must be amended and the use of CKD/CTB must be approved by Ecology prior to
application.
The contractor/developer shall comply will all federal, state, and local regulations. A health and safety
plan may be required for the protection of CED inspectors.
Additional BMPs may be applicable depending on mix design, proximity of wetlands or streams (e.g.,
within 300 feet of class/type I and 100 feet or less for other types) and site conditions.
D.2.2.10 MAINTAIN PROTECTIVE BMPS
Pollutant protection measures shall be maintained to ensure continued performance of their intended
function. Reporting and documentation shall be kept current and made available to CED as indicated.
Purpose: The purpose of maintaining protective BMPs is to provide effective pollutant protection when
and where required by the plan and the project, and to provide timely and relevant project information.
When to Maintain: Protection measures shall be monitored per Section D.2.4.4 at a minimum,
continuously during operation, and promptly maintained to fully functioning condition as necessary to
ensure continued performance of their intended function. Documentation shall be kept current per specific
BMP requirements.
Measures to Use:
1. Maintain and repair all pollutant control BMPs as needed to ensure continued performance of their
intended function in accordance with BMP specifications.
2. Maintain and repair storage locations for equipment and materials associated with BMP processes.
Conduct materials disposal in compliance with City requirements.
3. As required, provide current reporting and performance documentation at an accessible location for
the site inspector and other CED staff.
4. Remove all temporary pollutant control BMPs prior to final construction approval, or within 30 days
after achieving final site stabilization or after the temporary BMPs are no longer needed.
D.2.2.11 MANAGE THE PROJECT
SWPPP requirements shall be implemented and managed as part of the overall CSWPP plan. Concrete
construction and its impacts are primary among pollutant concerns on site development projects. Fueling
operations and materials containment of treatment chemicals and other project materials are also typical
D.2.2 SWPPS MEASURES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-101
pollutant concerns. Operations that produce these and other pollutants are often conducted by
subcontractors and their laborers, yet may require specific protective measures, documentation and
reporting. Protective measures and BMPs need to be made available prior to construction and suitable
oversight provided to ensure inspection, monitoring and documentation requirements are met.
Projects shall assign a qualified CSWPP Supervisor (Section D.2.3.1) to be the primary contact for
SWPPP and ESC issues and reporting, coordination with subcontractors and implementation of the
CSWPP plan as a whole.
Measures to Use:
1. Phase development projects to the maximum degree practicable and take into account seasonal work
limits.
2. Inspection and monitoring – Inspect, maintain, and repair all BMPs as needed to ensure continued
performance of their intended function. Conduct site inspections and monitoring in accordance with
the Construction Stormwater General Permit and City requirements. Coordinate with subcontractors
and laborers to ensure the SWPPP measures are followed.
3. Documentation and reporting – Inspect, maintain, and repair all BMPs as needed to ensure continued
performance of their intended function. Document site inspections and monitoring in accordance with
the Construction Stormwater General Permit, specific BMP conditions and City requirements. Log
sheets provided in Reference Section 8 may be used if appropriate. Follow reporting requirements and
provide documentation as requested to CED staff.
4. Maintaining an updated construction SWPPP – Maintain, update, and implement the SWPPP in
accordance with the Construction Stormwater General Permit and City requirements. Obtain approval
for specific SWPPP measures (e.g., chemical treatments of stormwater) well in advance of need.
Coordinate SWPPP plan updates with the site inspector (see Section D.2.4.1).
D.2.3 CSWPP PERFORMANCE AND COMPLIANCE PROVISIONS
The changing conditions typical of construction sites call for frequent field adjustments of existing ESC
and SWPPS measures or additional ESC and SWPPS measures in order to meet required performance. In
some cases, strict adherence to specified measures may not be necessary or practicable based on site
conditions or project type. In other cases, immediate action may be needed to avoid severe impacts.
Therefore, careful attention must be paid to ESC and SWPPS performance and compliance in accordance
with the provisions contained in this section.
D.2.3.1 CSWPP SUPERVISOR
For projects in Targeted, Full, or Large Project Drainage Review, or projects in Directed Drainage Review
as determined by CED review staff, the applicant must designate a CSWPP supervisor who shall be
responsible for the performance, maintenance, and review of ESC and SWPPS measures and for
compliance with all permit conditions relating to CSWPP as described in the CSWPP Standards. The
applicant’s selection of a CSWPP supervisor must be approved by the City. (City approval may be
rescinded for non-compliance, requiring the applicant to select another CSWPP supervisor and obtain City
approval prior to continuing work on the project site.)
For projects that disturb one acre or more of land, the CSWPP supervisor must be a Certified
Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (see <www.cpesc.net> for more information) or a
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead whose certification is recognized by the City.11 The City
may also require a certified ESC professional for sites smaller than one acre of disturbance if CED
determines that onsite ESC measures are inadequately installed, located, or maintained.
11 The City’s recognition of certification means that the individual has taken an approved third party training program and has
passed the approved test for that training program.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-102
For larger, more sensitive sites, the City may require a certified ESC professional with several years of
experience in construction supervision/inspection and a background in geology, soil science, or agronomy.
Typically, if a geotechnical consultant is already working on the project, the consultant may also be a
certified ESC professional designated as the CSWPP supervisor. The design engineer may also be
qualified for this position. This requirement shall only be used for sensitive sites that pose an unusually
high risk of impact to surface waters as determined by CED. At a minimum, the project site must meet all
of the following conditions in order to require the applicant to designate as the CSWPP supervisor a
certified ESC professional with such expertise:
Alderwood soils or other soils of Hydrologic Group C or D
Five acres of disturbance
Large areas (i.e., two or more acres) with slopes in excess of 10 percent.
Proximity to streams or wetlands or phosphorus-sensitive lakes, such as Lake Sammamish, shall also be a
factor in determining if such expertise in the CSWPP supervisor is warranted. However, proximity alone
shall not be a determining factor because even projects that are a considerable distance from surface
waters can result in significant impacts if there is a natural or constructed drainage system with direct
connections to surface waters.
The name, address, and phone number of the CSWPP supervisor shall be supplied to the City prior to the
start of construction. A sign shall be posted at all primary entrances to the site identifying the CSWPP
supervisor and his/her phone number. The requirement for a CSWPP supervisor does not relieve the
applicant of ultimate responsibility for the project and compliance with Renton Municipal Code.
D.2.3.2 MONITORING OF DISCHARGES
The CSWPP supervisor shall have a turbidity meter onsite and shall use it to monitor surface and storm
water discharges from the project site and into onsite wetlands, streams, or lakes whenever runoff occurs
from onsite activities and during storm events. The CSWPP supervisor shall keep a log of all turbidity
measurements taken onsite and make it available to CED upon request. If the project site is subject to a
NPDES general permit for construction issued by the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology),
then the project must comply with the monitoring requirements of that permit.
The CSWPP supervisor shall also use the specific SWPPS BMP procedures for monitoring surface and
stormwater discharge for pollutants and acceptable discharge levels. The CSWPP supervisor shall keep
logs as required by the procedures of all measurements taken onsite and make them available to CED on
request.
D.2.3.3 ESC PERFORMANCE
ESC measures shall be applied/installed and maintained so as to prevent, to the maximum extent
practicable, the transport of sediment from the project site to downstream drainage systems or surface
waters or into onsite wetlands, streams, or lakes or onto adjacent properties. This performance is intended
to be achieved through proper selection, installation, and operation of the above ESC measures as detailed
in the CSWPP Standards (Appendix D) and approved by the City. However, the CSWPP supervisor
designated per Section D.2.3.1 or the City may determine at any time during construction that such
approved measures are not sufficient and additional action is required based on one of the following
criteria:
1. IF a turbidity test of surface and storm water discharges leaving the project site is greater than the
benchmark value of 25 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) set by the Washington State Department
of Ecology, but less than 250 NTU, the CSWPP Supervisor shall do all of the following:
a) Review the ESC plan for compliance and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the
discharge that exceeded the benchmark of 25 NTU, AND
D.2.3 CSWPP PERFORMANCE AND COMPLIANCE PROVISIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-103
b) Fully implement and maintain appropriate ESC measures as soon as possible but no later than 10
days after the discharge that exceeded the benchmark, AND
c) Document ESC implementation and maintenance in the site log book.
2. IF a turbidity test of surface or storm water entering onsite wetlands, streams, or lakes indicates a
turbidity level greater than 5 NTU above background when the background turbidity is 50 NTU or
less, or 10% above background when the background turbidity is greater than 50 NTU, then corrective
actions and/or additional measures beyond those specified in SWDM Section 1.2.5.1 shall be
implemented as deemed necessary by the CED inspector or onsite CSWPP supervisor.
3. IF discharge turbidity is 250 NTU or greater, the CSWPP Supervisor shall do all of the following:
a) Notify the City by telephone, AND
b) Review the ESC plan for compliance and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the
discharge that exceeded the benchmark of 25 NTU, AND
c) Fully implement and maintain appropriate ESC measures as soon as possible but no later than 10
days after the discharge that exceeded the benchmark, AND
d) Document ESC implementation and maintenance in the site log book. AND
e) Continue to sample discharges until turbidity is 25 NTU or lower, or the turbidity is no more than
10% over background turbidity.
4. IF the City determines that the condition of the construction site poses a hazard to adjacent property
or may adversely impact drainage facilities or water resources, THEN additional measures beyond
those specified in SWDM Section 1.2.5.1 may be required by the City.
D.2.3.4 SWPPS PERFORMANCE
SWPPS measures shall be applied/installed and maintained so as to prevent, reduce, or eliminate the
discharge of pollutants to onsite or adjacent stormwater systems or watercourses or onto adjacent
properties. This performance is intended to be achieved through proper selection, installation, and
operation of the above SWPPS measures as detailed in the CSWPP Standards (Appendix D) and approved
by the City. However, the CSWPP supervisor designated per Section D.2.3.1 or the City may determine at
any time during construction that such approved measures are not sufficient and additional action is
required based on the criteria described in the specific SWPPS BMP standard and/or conditions of an
approved adjustment.
D.2.3.5 FLEXIBLE COMPLIANCE
Some projects may meet the intent of Core Requirement #5 while varying from specific CSWPP
requirements in this appendix. If a project is designed and constructed such that it meets the intent of the
core requirement, the City may determine that strict adherence to a specific ESC requirement is
unnecessary; an approved adjustment (see Section 1.4) from the SWDM is not required in these
circumstances. Certain types of projects are particularly likely to warrant this greater level of flexibility;
for instance, projects on relatively flat, well drained soils, projects that are constructed in closed
depressions, or projects that only disturb a small percentage of a forested site may meet the intent of this
requirement with very few ESC measures. Note, however, that SWPPS requirements may actually be
emphasized on well-drained soils, particularly in groundwater protection or well-protection areas, or in
close proximity to water bodies.
D.2.3.6 ROADS AND UTILITIES COMPLIANCE
Road and utility projects often pose difficult erosion control challenges because they frequently cross
surface waters and because narrow right-of-way constrains areas available to store and treat sediment-
laden water. In most cases, the standards of this appendix may be applied to such linear projects without
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-104
modification. For instance, the ability to use perimeter control rather than a sediment retention facility for
small drainage areas (see Section D.2.1.3) will apply to many of these projects.
However, there may be some projects that cannot reasonably meet the standards of Core Requirement #5
and this appendix. In these cases, other measures may be proposed that will provide reasonable protection.
An adjustment is not required for such projects, unless the City determines that measures proposed by the
applicant fail to meet the intent of Core Requirement #5 and this appendix, and that significant adverse
impacts to surface water may result. Examples of other measures that may be taken in lieu of the standards
of this appendix are:
1. Phasing the project so that the site is worked progressively from end to end, rather than clearing and
grubbing the entire length of the project. This results in smaller exposed areas for shorter durations,
thus reducing the erosion risk. It is recommended that there be no more than 500 feet of open trench
during any phase of construction.
2. Placement of excavated materials from utility trenches on the upslope side of the excavation, to
minimize transport of sediment outside of the project area.
3. Mulching and vegetating cut and fill slopes as soon as they are graded. Frequently, this is done at the
end of construction when paving or utility installation is complete. Vegetating these areas at the start
of the project stabilizes those areas most susceptible to erosion.
4. Protecting all catch basin inlets with catch basin inserts or other inlet protection when these do not
drain to ponds or traps. This will not provide the same level of protection as a sediment pond or trap,
but can remove most of the sand-sized material entrained in the runoff.
5. Phasing the project so that all clearing and grading in critical area buffers occurs in the dry season.
This substantially reduces the chance of erosion and allows for rapid revegetation in the late summer
and early fall.
6. Using approved flocculent or other chemical treatment approved by the City to reduce the turbidity of
water released from sediment ponds.
7. Hiring a private consultant with expertise in ESC to review and monitor the site.
8. Limiting employee/contractor parking and overnight/weekend parking of construction vehicles to
dedicated and controlled areas prepared for drip and spill control. Options in the right-of-way for such
areas can be limited.
If alternatives are used, it may be appropriate to develop a monitoring program that would monitor
compliance with the performance standard of Core Requirement #5 and/or impacts to nearby water
resources. Of particular concern are impacts to salmonid spawning gravels. McNeil sampling is a possible
method of sampling to determine impacts to spawning gravels (see Section D.2.4.3).
D.2.3.7 ALTERNATIVE MEASURES
In general, the SWDM only contains those BMPs that are standards of the local industry. There are a
variety of other BMPs available that may also be used, even though they are not included in this appendix.
Such alternatives may be approved without an adjustment if the alternative will produce a compensating or
comparable result with the measures in this appendix. Variations on or modifications of the BMPs in this
appendix may also be granted based on the same criteria.
An adjustment may be required for products or techniques that are new and untested (see Section 1.4.4 of
the SWDM). In addition, the new product or technique must be approved through the state Department of
Ecology’s CTAPE program.12 The intent of this requirement is not to discourage new techniques, but to
12 CTAPE stands for Chemical Technology Assessment Protocol – Ecology. For more information, see Ecology’s website at
<https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Guidance-technical-assistance/Stormwater-permittee-guidance-
resources/Emerging-stormwater-treatment-technologies>.
D.2.3 CSWPP PERFORMANCE AND COMPLIANCE PROVISIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-105
ensure that new techniques are monitored and documented for adequacy and possible inclusion in
subsequent versions of the SWDM.
D.2.4 CSWPP IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
This section describes the CSWPP implementation requirements that are required at each construction site.
The measures and practices correspond to the implementation requirements in Core Requirement #5.
Three of the sections (the CSWPP report (Section D.2.4.1, below), CSWPP maintenance requirements
(Section D.2.4.4), and final site stabilization (Section D.2.4.5) are required of every project. The rest of the
sections are special requirements that may apply to the project depending on site conditions and project
type. The introductory paragraphs at the beginning of most sections present the purpose of the measures
and when they should be applied to the site. Compliance with the implementation requirements (as
appropriate for the site) ensures compliance with the CSWPP measures. Note, however, that additional
measures shall be required by the City if the existing standards are insufficient to protect adjacent
properties, drainage facilities, or water resources.
D.2.4.1 CSWPP PLAN
A CSWPP plan, containing the ESC plan and the SWPPS plan, and showing the location and details of
ESC and SWPPS measures, is required for all proposed projects. It shall include a CSWPP report, which
includes supporting information for providing ESC and SWPPS measures and meeting CSWPP
implementation requirements. A copy of the CSWPP plan with CSWPP report shall be kept at the project
site throughout all phases of construction. All of the materials required for the CSWPP report are standard
parts of engineering plan submittals for projects requiring drainage review. The simplest approach to
preparing this report is to compile the pieces during preparation for submittal and include the report as a
separate part of the CSWPP plan submittal package. The CSWPP report shall include the following:
1. A detailed construction sequence, as proposed by the design engineer or erosion control specialist,
identifying required ESC measures and implementation requirements;
2. A technical information report (TIR) and ESC and SWPPS plans for CED review in accordance
with Sections 2.3.1 and 2.3.3 of the SWDM. Incorporate any City review comments as necessary to
comply with Core Requirement #5 of the SWDM (Section 1.2.5) and the Construction Stormwater
Pollution Prevention Standards adopted in this appendix;
3. Any calculations or information necessary to size ESC measures and demonstrate compliance with
Core Requirement #5;
4. Descriptions and any supporting documentation, operating procedures, precautions, logging and
reporting requirements, etc., for the project’s SWPPS BMPs,
5. An inspection and maintenance program in accordance with Section D.2.4.4 that includes the
designation of a certified CSWPP supervisor as point of contact; and
6. Anticipated changes or additions necessary during construction to ensure that ESC and SWPPS
measures perform in accordance with Core Requirement #5 and Sections D.2.1 and D.2.2.
While the CSWPP plan focuses on the initial measures to be applied to the site, any changes or additions
necessary during construction to ensure that ESC and SWPPS measures perform in accordance with Core
Requirement #5 and Sections D.2.1, D.2.2 and D.2.4 must be identified in the CSWPP report. The City
may require large, complex projects to phase construction and submit multiple ESC plans for different
stages of construction. Development of new CSWPP plans is not required for changes that are necessary
during construction.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-106
D.2.4.2 WET SEASON REQUIREMENTS
Any site with exposed soils during the wet season (October 1 to April 30) shall be subject to the special
provisions below. In addition to the ESC cover measures (see Section D.2.1.2), these provisions include
covering any newly seeded areas with mulch and identifying and seeding as much disturbed area as
possible prior to September 23 in order to provide grass cover for the wet season. A “wet season ESC
plan” must be submitted and approved by the City before work proceeds or continues.
Wet Season Special Provisions
All of the following provisions for wet season construction are detailed in the referenced sections. These
requirements are listed here for the convenience of the designer and the reviewer.
1. The allowed time that a disturbed area may remain unworked without cover measures is reduced to
two consecutive working days, rather than seven (Section D.2.1.2).
2. Stockpiles and steep cut and fill slopes are to be protected if unworked for more than 12 hours
(Section D.2.1.2).
3. Cover materials sufficient to cover all disturbed areas shall be stockpiled on site (Section D.2.1.2).
4. All areas that are to be unworked during the wet season shall be seeded within one week of the
beginning of the wet season (Section D.2.1.2.6).
5. Mulch is required to protect all seeded areas (Section D.2.1.2.2).
6. Fifty linear feet of silt fence (and the necessary stakes) per acre of disturbance must be stockpiled on
site (Section D.2.1.3.1).
7. Construction road and parking lot stabilization are required for all sites unless the site is underlain by
coarse-grained soil (Section D.2.1.4.2).
8. Sediment retention is required unless no offsite discharge is anticipated for the specified design flow
(Section D.2.1.5).
9. Surface water controls are required unless no offsite discharge is anticipated for the specified design
flow (Section D.2.1.6).
10. Phasing and more conservative BMPs must be evaluated for construction activity near surface waters
(Section D.2.4.3).
11. Any runoff generated by dewatering may be required to discharge to the sanitary sewer (with
appropriate discharge authorization), portable sand filter systems, or holding tanks (Section D.2.2).
D.2.4.3 CRITICAL AREAS RESTRICTIONS
Any construction that will result in disturbed areas on or within a stream or associated buffer, a wetland or
associated buffer, or within 50 feet of a lake shall be subject to the special provisions below. These
provisions include, whenever possible, phasing the project so that construction in these areas is limited to
the dry season. The City may require more conservative BMPs, including more stringent cover
requirements, in order to protect surface water quality. Any project proposing work within 50 feet of a
steep slope hazard area shall evaluate the need for diverting runoff that might flow over the top of the
slope.
Critical Areas Special Provisions
Any project that disturbs areas on or within a stream or associated buffer, wetland or associated buffer, or
within 50 feet of a lake has the potential to seriously damage water resources, even if the project is
relatively small. While it is difficult to require specific measures for such projects because the CSWPP
plan must be very site specific, the following recommendations shall be incorporated into the plan where
appropriate:
D.2.4 CSWPP IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-107
1. Whenever possible, phase all or part of the project so that it occurs during the dry season. If this is
impossible, November through February shall be avoided since this is the most likely period for large,
high-intensity storms.
2. All projects shall be completed and stabilized as quickly as possible. Limiting the size and duration of
a project is probably the most effective form of erosion control.
3. Where appropriate, sandbags or an equivalent barrier shall be constructed between the project area and
the surface water in order to isolate the construction area from high water that might result due to
precipitation.
4. Additional perimeter protection shall be considered to reduce the likelihood of sediment entering the
surface waters. Such protection might include multiple silt fences, silt fences with a higher AOS,
construction of a berm, or a thick layer of organic mulch upslope of a silt fence.
5. If work is to occur within the ordinary high water mark of a stream, most projects must isolate the
work area from the stream by diverting the stream or constructing a cofferdam. Certain small projects
that propose only a small amount of grading may not require isolation since diversions typically result
in disturbance and the release of some sediment to the stream. For such small projects, the potential
impacts from construction with and without a diversion must be weighed.
6. If a stream must be crossed, a temporary bridge shall be considered rather than allowing equipment to
utilize the streambed for a crossing.
For projects in or near a salmonid stream, it may be appropriate to monitor the composition of any
spawning gravels within a quarter-mile of the site with a McNeil sampler or similar method approved by
the City before, during, and after construction. The purpose of such monitoring would be to determine if
the fine content of the gravels increases as a result of construction impacts. Monitoring results could be
used to guide erosion control efforts during construction and as a threshold for replacing spawning gravels
if the fine content rises significantly.
D.2.4.4 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
All ESC and SWPPS measures shall be maintained and reviewed on a regular basis as prescribed in the
maintenance requirements for each BMP and in this section. The CSWPP supervisor shall review the site
for ESC and SWPPS at least weekly and within 24 hours of significant storms. The CWSPP supervisor
shall also review the site for ESC and SWPPS during periods of active construction where maintenance
conditions change with construction activity (e.g., site grading operations, or concrete construction and
dewatering operations for a detention vault). The City requires a written record of these reviews be kept on
site with copies submitted to CED within 48 hours.
Documentation
If CED requires that a written record be maintained, standard ESC and SWPPS Maintenance Reports
forms, included in Section D.4.1, may be used. A copy of all the required maintenance reports shall be
kept on site throughout the duration of construction. Detailed maintenance requirements for each ESC
measure are provided in Section D.2.1. Maintenance requirements for SWPPS BMPs are specified in
Section D.2.2 (as in the case of BMPs related to concrete handling or material containment) or may be
specified as part of a treatment or monitoring program, often accompanied with adjustment conditions of
approval.
Review Timing
Weekly reviews shall be carried out every 6 to 8 calendar days. Reviews shall also take place within
24 hours of significant storms. In general, a significant storm is one with more than 0.5 inches of rain in
24 hours or less. Other indications that a storm is “significant” are if the sediment ponds or traps are filled
with water, or if gullies form as a result of the runoff.
Note: The site is to be in compliance with the regulations of this appendix at all times. The requirement for
periodic reviews does not remove the applicant’s responsibility for having the site constantly in
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-108
compliance with Core Requirement #5 and the requirements of this appendix. The reviews are a
mechanism to ensure that all measures are thoroughly checked on a regular basis and that there is
documentation of compliance. The requirement for these reviews does not mean that CSWPP is to be
ignored in between.
D.2.4.5 FINAL STABILIZATION
Prior to obtaining final construction approval, the site shall be stabilized, the structural ESC and SWPPS
measures (such as silt fences, sediment traps, and concrete waste collection pits) removed, and drainage
facilities cleaned. The removal of ESC and SWPPS measures is not required for those projects, such as
plats, that will be followed by additional construction under a different permit. In these circumstances, the
need for removing or retaining the measures must be evaluated on a site-specific basis.
To obtain final construction approval, the following conditions must be met:
1. All disturbed areas of the site shall be vegetated or otherwise permanently stabilized. At a
minimum, disturbed areas shall be seeded and mulched (see Section D.2.1.2.6) with a high likelihood
that sufficient cover will develop shortly after final approval. Mulch without seeding is not adequate
to allow final approval of the permit, except for small areas of mulch used for landscaping. The only
exceptions to these requirements are lots within a plat that are to be developed under an approved
residential permit immediately following plat approval. In these cases, mulch and/or temporary
seeding are adequate for cover.
2. Structural measures such as, but not limited to, silt fences, pipe slope drains, construction entrances,
storm drain inlet protection, sediment traps and ponds, concrete washout and collection pits, and
pollutant storage shall be removed from the site. Measures that will quickly decompose, such as brush
barriers and organic mulches, may be left in place. In the case of silt fences, it may be best to remove
fences in conjunction with the seeding, since it may be necessary to bring machinery back in to
remove them. This will result in disturbed soils that will again require protection. The CED inspector
must approve an applicant’s proposal to remove fencing prior to the establishment of vegetation. In
some cases, such as residential building following plat development, it shall be appropriate to leave
some or all ESC measures for use during subsequent development. This shall be determined on a site-
specific basis.
3. All permanent surface water facilities, including catch basins, manholes, pipes, ditches, channels, flow
control facilities, and water quality facilities, shall be cleaned. Existing and newly constructed
BMPs/facilities shall be cleaned and/or mitigated as necessary to restore functionality. Any offsite
catch basin that required protection during construction (see Section D.2.1.5.3) shall also be cleaned.
4. If only the infrastructure of the site has been developed (e.g., subdivisions and short plats) with
building construction to occur under a different permit, then the critical area buffers, Critical Area
Tracts, or Critical Area Setback Areas shall be clearly marked as described in Section D.2.1.1 in order
to alert future buyers and builders.
D.2.4.6 NPDES REQUIREMENTS
As part of NPDES implementation, projects that will disturb one or more acres for purposes of
constructing or allowing for construction of a development, or projects disturbing less than one acre that
are part of a larger common plan of development or sale13 that will ultimately disturb one or more acres,
must apply for coverage under Ecology’s Construction Stormwater General Permit. In general, the
13 Common plan of development or sale means a site where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may take
place at different times or on different schedules, but still under a single plan. Examples include: 1) phased projects and
projects with multiple filings or lots, even if the separate phases or filings/lots will be constructed under separate contract or by
separate owners (e.g., a development where lots are sold to separate builders); 2) a development plan that may be phased
over multiple years, but is still under a consistent plan for long-term development; and 3) projects in a contiguous area that may
be unrelated but still under the same contract, such as construction of a building extension and a new parking lot at the same
facility.
D.2.4 CSWPP IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-109
construction stormwater pollution prevention plan required by the SWDM is equivalent to that required by
the State. The Ecology stormwater permit application requires the filing of a Notice of Intent (NOI) at
least 30 days prior to the start of construction. The only major requirement of the stormwater permit that is
not included in the SWDM is a public notice requirement. Note that this public notice for Ecology’s
stormwater permit may be published concurrently with other public notices required for permits or SEPA.
Contact Ecology at (360) 407-7156 for complete information on permit thresholds, applications, and
requirements.
D.2.4.7 FOREST PRACTICE PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
Projects that will clear more than two acres of forest or 5,000 board feet of timber must apply for a Class
IV Special Forest Practice permit from the Washington State Department of Natural Resources (WSDNR).
All such clearing is also subject to the State Environmental Policy Act (RCW 43.21C) and will require
SEPA review. The City assumes lead agency status for Class IV permits and the application may be
consolidated with the associated City development permit or approval. The permit must be initiated with
WSDNR, but will then be transferred over to the City to conduct the SEPA review and grant the permit.
Contact the WSDNR for complete information on permit thresholds, applications, and requirements.
D.2.5 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
PLANS
This section details the specifications and contents for CSWPP plans, containing ESC plans and SWPPS
plans. A CSWPP plan includes the plan’s drawings plus a CSWPP report, which provides all supporting
information and any additional direction necessary for implementing ESC and SWPPS measures and
meeting CSWPP implementation requirements. The CSWPP plan must be submitted to CED as part of a
complete engineering plan to facilitate proper drainage review. A copy of the approved CSWPP plan (with
CSWPP report) must be kept on the project site (see Section D.2.4.1) at all times during the construction
phase.
D.2.5.1 ESC PLAN
ESC Plan General Specifications
The site improvement plan shall be used as the base of the ESC plan. Certain detailed information (e.g.,
pipe catch basin size, stub-out locations, etc.) that is not relevant may be omitted to make the ESC plan
easier to comprehend. At a minimum, the ESC plan shall include all of the information required for the
base map of a site improvement plan (see Table 2.3.1A of the SWDM), as well as existing and proposed
roads, driveways, parking areas, buildings and drainage facilities (including existing and proposed
BMPs/facilities), utility corridors not associated with roadways, relevant critical areas14 and associated
buffers, and proposed final topography. A smaller scale may be used to provide better comprehension and
understanding.
The ESC plan shall generally be designed for proposed topography, not existing topography, since rough
grading is usually the first step in site disturbance. The ESC plan shall address all phases of construction
(e.g., clearing, grading, installation of utilities, surfacing, and final stabilization). The City may require
large, complex projects to phase construction and submit multiple ESC plans for different stages of
construction.
The ESC plan outlines the minimum requirements for anticipated site conditions. During construction,
ESC plans shall be revised as necessary by the CSWPP supervisor or as directed by the City to address
changing site conditions, unexpected storm events, or non-compliance with the ESC performance criteria
in Section D.2.3.3. If non-compliance with the ESC performance criteria occurs, the plan must be updated
14 Relevant critical areas, for the purposes of drainage review, include aquatic areas, wetlands, flood hazard areas, erosion
hazard areas, landslide hazard areas, steep slope hazard areas, and critical aquifer recharge areas.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-110
within 7 days of inspections or investigations. Implementation of the onsite changes must occur within
10 days.
The following list provides the basic information requirements for the ESC plan and its supporting
documentation. This information shall be consistent with that in Section 8 of the plan’s technical
information report (TIR) required in the engineering plan submittal (see Section 2.3.1 of the SWDM). Note
that the ESC plan’s drawings may be simplified by the use of the symbols and codes provided for each
ESC measure in Section D.2.1. In general, the ESC plan’s drawings shall be submitted as a separate plan
sheet(s). However, there may be some relatively simple projects where providing a separate grading and
ESC plan drawing is unnecessary.
1. Identify areas with a high susceptibility to erosion.
2. Provide all details necessary to clearly illustrate the intent of the ESC design.
3. Include ESC measures for all on- and offsite utility construction included in the permit.
4. Specify the construction sequence. The construction sequence shall be specifically written for the
proposed project. An example construction sequence is provided in Reference Section 7-B.
5. Include standard ESC plan notes. Standard ESC and SWPPS Notes are provided in Reference
Section 7-B.
6. Include an inspection and maintenance program for ESC measures, including designation of a
certified ESC supervisor and identification of phone numbers for 24-hour contact.
7. Include the basis and calculations for selection and sizing of ESC measures.
8. Include documentation, conditions of approval and discussion of approvals from other agencies for
alternative treatment and/or disposal methods.
ESC Plan Measure-Specific Information
The ESC plan must include the following information specific to applicable ESC measures and
implementation requirements. As noted above, this information may need to be updated or revised during
the life of the project by the CSWPP supervisor or as directed by the City.
Clearing Limits
1. Delineate clearing limits (areas to remain uncleared) and on-site BMP area protection limits.
2. Provide details sufficient for installation of markings for maintenance of clearing limits and protection
limits.
Cover Measures
1. Specify the type and location of temporary cover measures to be used on site.
2. If more than one type of cover measure is to be used on site, indicate the areas where the different
measures shall be used, including steep cut and fill slopes.
3. If the type of cover measures to be used will vary depending on the time of year, soil type, gradient, or
some other factor, specify the conditions that control the use of the different measures.
4. Specify the nature and location of permanent cover measures. If a landscaping plan is prepared, this
may not be necessary.
5. Specify the approximate amount of cover measures necessary to cover all disturbed areas.
6. If netting, blankets, or plastic sheeting are specified, provide typical details sufficient for installation
and maintenance.
7. Specify the mulch types, seed mixes, fertilizers, and soil amendments to be used, as well as the
application rate for each item. (Also include fertilizer and application rate information in the SWPPS
documents)
D.2.5 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLANS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-111
8. For surface roughening, describe methods, equipment and areas where surface roughening will be
use.
9. If PAM is used on a site, show location(s) and describe application method.
10. When compost blankets are used, show site location, application rates, and the name of the supplier
to document that compost meets quality specifications per SWDM Reference Section 11-C.
Perimeter Protection
1. Specify the location and type of perimeter protection to be used.
2. Provide typical details sufficient for installation and maintenance of perimeter protection.
3. If a silt fence is to be used, specify the type of fabric.
4. If compost berms or socks are used, documentation must be provide to ensure the supplier meets
quality specifications per SWDM Reference Section 11-C.
Traffic Area Stabilization
1. Locate the construction entrance(s).
2. Provide typical details sufficient for installation and maintenance of the construction entrance.
3. Locate the construction roads and parking areas.
4. Specify the measure(s) that will be used to create stabilized construction roads and parking areas.
Provide sufficient detail to install and maintain.
5. If a wheel wash or tire bath system will be installed, provide location, typical details for installation
and maintenance.
6. Provide a list of dust control products that will be used onsite and the location of potential application
areas.
Sediment Retention
1. Show the locations of all sedimentation ponds and traps.
2. Dimension pond berm widths and all inside and outside pond slopes.
3. Indicate the trap/pond storage required and the depth, length, and width dimensions.
4. Provide typical section views throughout the pond and outlet structure.
5. If chemical or electrocoagulation treatment of sediment-laden waters will be used, approval
documentation from Ecology must be included.
6. Provide details for disposal of contaminated or chemically treated waters (e.g., where Chitosan or
CO2 have been used).
7. Include here and in the SWPPS plan appropriate approval documentation from King County and
the City of Renton if contaminated or chemically treated water will be discharged to the sanitary
sewer.
8. Provide typical details of the control structure and dewatering mechanism.
9. Detail stabilization techniques for the outlet/inlet protection.
10. Provide details sufficient to install cell dividers.
11. Specify mulch and/or recommended cover of berms and slopes.
12. Indicate the required depth gage with a prominent mark at 1-foot depth for sediment removal.
13. Indicate catch basins that are to be protected.
14. Indicate existing and proposed BMP/facility areas that are to be protected.
15. Provide details of the catch basin and BMP/facility protection sufficient to install and maintain.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-112
Surface Water Control
1. Locate all pipes, ditches, and interceptor ditches, dikes, and swales that will be used to convey
stormwater.
2. Provide details sufficient to install and maintain all conveyances.
3. Indicate locations of outlet protection and provide detail of protections.
4. Indicate locations and outlets of any possible dewatering systems. Provide details of alternative
discharge methods from dewatering systems if adequate infiltration rates cannot be achieved.
Alternative dewatering systems may also require documentation per the SWPPS plan.
5. Indicate the location of any level spreaders and provide details sufficient to install and maintain.
6. Provide all temporary pipe inverts.
7. Provide location and specifications for the interception of runoff from disturbed areas and the
conveyance of the runoff to a non-erosive discharge point.
8. Provide locations of rock check dams.
9. Provide details, including front and side sections, of typical rock check dams.
Wet Season Requirements
1. Provide a list of all applicable wet season requirements.
2. Clearly identify that from October 1 through April 30, no soils shall be exposed for more than two
consecutive working days. Also note that this two-day requirement may be applied at other times of
the year if storm events warrant more conservative measures.
3. Clearly identify that exposed soils shall be stabilized at the end of the workday prior to a weekend,
holiday, or predicted rain event.
Critical Areas Restrictions
1. Delineate and label the following critical areas, and any applicable buffers, that are on or adjacent
to the project site: aquatic areas, wetlands, flood hazard areas, erosion hazard areas, landslide hazard
areas, steep slope hazard areas, and critical aquifer recharge areas.
2. If construction creates disturbed areas within any of the above listed critical areas or associated
buffers, specify the type, locations, and details of any measures or other provisions necessary to
comply with the critical area restrictions in this appendix and protect surface waters and steep
slopes.
D.2.5.2 SWPPS PLAN
SWPPS Plan General Specifications
The SWPPS plan, together with the ESC plan, comprise the CSWPP that must be submitted as part of the
engineering plans required for drainage review.
The SWPPS plan shall address all phases of construction (e.g., clearing, grading, installation of utilities,
surfacing, and final stabilization). The City may require large, complex projects to phase construction and
submit multiple SWPPS plans for different stages of construction.
The SWPPS plan outlines the minimum requirements for anticipated site conditions and construction
activity. During construction, SWPPS plan shall be revised as necessary by the CSWPP supervisor or as
directed by the City to address changing site conditions or construction activity, unexpected storm events,
or non-compliance with the SWPPS performance criteria in Section D.2.3.4. If non-compliance with the
SWPPS performance criteria occurs (e.g., a pollutant spill), immediate action may be necessary to address
the occurrence; otherwise, the plan must be updated within 7 days of inspections or investigations.
Implementation of the onsite changes must occur within 10 days.
D.2.5 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLANS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-113
The SWPPS plan must be kept on site during all phases of construction and shall address the
construction-related pollution-generating activities outlined in Subsection A below. The plan must
include a description of the methods the general contractor will use to ensure sub-contractors are aware of
the SWPPS plan. A form or record must be provided that states all sub-contractors have read and agree to
the SWPPS plan.
A SWPPS plan consists of the following three elements, which are further described in Subsections B, C,
and D below:
1. A site plan with supporting documentation, showing the location and description of BMPs required to
prevent pollution and control spills from construction activities and from chemicals and other
materials used and stored on the construction site. Supporting documentation (see the TIR Section 8
discussion in Section 2.3.1.1 of the SWDM) shall include:
all details necessary to clearly illustrate the intent of the SWPPS design;
the basis, supporting documentation and approvals, and any calculations for selection and sizing
of SWPPS measures; and
an inspection and maintenance program for SWPPS measures, including designation of a certified
ESC professional and CSWPP supervisor and identification of phone numbers for 24-hour
contact.
documentation, conditions of approval and discussion of approvals from other agencies for
treatment and/or disposal methods (e.g., discharge to sanitary sewer, Ecology-approved chemical
treatments).
The SWPPS plan shall also discuss the receiving waters, especially if the receiving water body
is listed on the 303d list. Information must be provided that shows the plan meets TMDL
requirements. Discuss the 303(d) listed pollutant generated or used onsite and any special
handling requirements or BMPs.
See Subsection B below for more specifics on the SWPPS site plan.
2. A pollution prevention report listing the potential sources of pollution and identifying the
operational, source control, and treatment BMPs necessary to prevent/mitigate pollution from these
sources. See Subsection C below for more specifics on the SWPPS pollution prevention report.
3. A spill prevention and cleanup report describing the procedures and BMPs for spill prevention and
including provisions for cleanup of spills should they occur. See Subsection D below for more
specifics on the SWPPS spill prevention and cleanup report.
A. ACTIVITY-SPECIFIC INFORMATION REQUIRED
At a minimum, the SWPPS plan shall address, if applicable, the following pollution-generating activities
typically associated with construction and include the information specified below for each activity. If
other pollution-generating activities associated with construction of the proposed project are identified, the
SWPPS plan must address those activities in a similar manner.
Storage and Handling of Liquids
1. Identify liquids that will be handled or stored onsite, including but not limited to petroleum products,
fuel, solvents, detergents, paint, pesticides, concrete admixtures, and form oils.
2. Specify types and sizes of containers of liquids that will be stored/handled onsite. Show locations on
the SWPPS site plan.
3. Describe secondary containment methods adequately sized to provide containment for all liquids
stored onsite. Show the locations of containment areas on the SWPPS site plan.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-114
Storage and Stockpiling of Construction Materials and Wastes
1. Identify construction materials and wastes that may be generated or stockpiled onsite. Show the
locations where these materials and wastes will be generated and stockpiled on the SWPPS site plan.
2. Specify type of cover measures to be used to keep rainwater from contacting construction materials
and wastes that can contribute pollutants to storm, surface, and ground water.
3. If wastes are kept in containers, describe how rainwater will be kept out of the containers.
Fueling
1. Specify method of onsite fueling for construction equipment (i.e., stationary tanks, truck mounted
tanks, wet hosing, etc.). If stationary tanks will be used, show their location on the SWPPS site plan.
2. Describe type and size of tanks.
3. Describe containment methods for fuel spills and make reference to the SWPPS site plan for
location information.
4. If fueling occurs during evening hours, describe lighting and signage plan. Make reference to the
SWPPS site plan for location information.
Maintenance, Repairs, and Storage of Vehicles and Equipment
1. Identify maintenance and repair areas and show their locations on the SWPPS site plan. Use of drip
pans or plastic beneath vehicles is required. A note to this effect must be shown on the SWPPS site
plan.
2. Describe method for collection, storage, and disposal of vehicle fluids.
3. If an area is designated for vehicle maintenance, signs must be posted that state no vehicle washing
may occur in the area. A note to this effect must be shown on the SWPPS site plan.
Concrete Saw Cutting, Slurry, and Washwater Disposal
1. Identify truck washout areas to ensure such areas are not within an Aquifer Protection Area. If they
are, the washout area must be lined with an impervious membrane. Show location information on the
SWPPS site plan.
2. Specify size of sumps needed to collect and contain slurry and washwater. Show location information
on the SWPPS site plan.
3. Identify areas for rinsing hand tools including but not limited to screeds, shovels, rakes, floats and
trowels. Show the locations of these areas on the SWPPS site plan.
4. Describe methods for collecting, treating, and disposal of waste water from exposed aggregate
processes, concrete grinding and saw cutting, and new concrete washing and curing water. Do not use
upland land applications for discharging wastewater from concrete washout areas.
Handling of pH Elevated Water
New concrete vaults/structures may cause collected water to have an elevated pH. This water cannot be
discharged to storm or surface water until neutralized.
1. Provide details on treating/neutralizing water when pH is not within neutral parameters.
2. Provide details on disposal of water with elevated pH or of the treated water.
3. If approvals from other agencies for treatment and/or disposal methods (e.g., discharge to
sanitary sewer, Ecology-approved chemical treatments) have been obtained, indicate such approvals
on the plan.
D.2.5 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLANS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-115
Application of Chemicals Including Pesticides and Fertilizers
1. Provide a list of chemicals that may be used on the project site and the application rates.
2. Describe where and how chemicals will be applied. Show location information on the SWPPS site
plan.
3. Describe where and how chemicals will be stored. Show location information on the SWPPS site
plan.
B. SWPPS SITE PLAN
The site plan element of the SWPPS plan shall include all of the information required for the base map
(see SWDM Table 2.3.1.A), as well as existing and proposed roads, driveways, parking areas, buildings,
drainage facilities, utility corridors not associated with roadways, relevant critical areas15 and associated
buffers, and proposed final topography. A smaller scale may be used to provide more comprehensive
details on specific locations of each activity and specific prevention measure. In addition to this
information, the following items, at a minimum, shall be provided as applicable:
1. Include SWPPS measures for all on- and offsite utility and roadway construction included in the
permit.
2. Specify the construction sequence. The construction sequence shall be specifically written for the
proposed project. An example construction sequence is provided in Reference Section 7-B.
3. Append to the standard ESC plan notes any site specific SWPPS notes (see ESC Plans General
Specifications above) and specify the construction sequence, including offsite roadway/utility
construction and periods of concentrated construction of concrete structures (e.g., detention vaults).
Standard ESC and SWPPS Notes are provided in the Reference Section 7-B.
4. Identify locations where liquids will be stored and delineate secondary containment areas that will be
provided. (Secondary containment means placing tanks or containers within an impervious structure
capable of containing 110% of the volume contained in the largest tank within the containment
structure. Double-walled tanks do not require additional secondary containment.)
5. Identify locations where construction materials and wastes will be generated and stockpiled.
6. Identify location of fueling for vehicles and equipment if stationary tanks will be used.
7. Delineate containment areas for fuel spills.
8. Show location of lighting and signage for fueling during evening hours.
9. Delineate maintenance and repair areas and clearly note that drip pans or plastic shall be used
beneath vehicles. Also, clearly note that signs must be posted that state no vehicle washing may occur
in the area.
10. Delineate truck washout areas and identify the location of slurry/washwater sumps and rinsing
areas for tools. To ensure the wheel wash/tire bath from the ESC plan and the concrete washout areas
are at separate locations, show the location of the wheel wash or tire bath per the ESC plan. (ESC
wheel wash or tire bath wastewater shall not include wastewater from concrete washout areas.)
11. Delineate where chemicals will be applied and identify where they will be stored.
12. Identify where spill response materials will be stored.
13. Indicate whether written approval from Ecology has been obtained for the use of chemical treatment
other than CO2 or dry ice to adjust pH, and provide necessary details and conditions.
15 Relevant critical areas, for the purposes of drainage review, include aquatic areas, wetlands, flood hazard areas, erosion
hazard areas, landslide hazard drainage areas, and steep slope hazard areas.
SECTION D.2 GENERAL CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-116
C. POLLUTION PREVENTION REPORT
This report provides the specifics on pollution prevention and must include the following information in
addition to the activity-specific information specified in Subsection A above:
1. List the possible sources of pollution per Subsection A above and identify the BMPs to be used for
each source to prevent pollution. Include any supporting information (site conditions, calculations,
etc.) for the selection and sizing of pollution prevention BMPs.
2. Identify the personnel responsible for pollution prevention and clearly list the responsibilities of each
person identified. Contact information for these personnel must be clearly identified in the report and
on the SWPPS site plan.
3. Describe the procedures to be used for monitoring pollution prevention BMPs and for responding to a
BMP that needs attention, including keeping records/reports of all inspections of pollution prevent
BMPs (see Reference Section 4.3 in this appendix) for examples of worksheets that may be used).
D. SPILL PREVENTION AND CLEANUP REPORT
This report provides the specifics on spill prevention and cleanup and must include the following
information in addition to any activity-specific information in Subsection A above related to spill
prevention:
1. List the possible sources of a spill and identify the BMPs to be used for each source to prevent a spill.
2. Identify personnel responsible for spill prevention and cleanup and clearly list the responsibilities of
each person identified. Contact information for these personnel must be clearly identified in the
report and on the SWPPS site plan.
3. Describe the procedures to be used for monitoring spill prevention BMPs and for responding to a
spill incident, including keeping records/reports of all inspections and spills (see Reference Section
4.3 in this appendix for examples of worksheets that may be used).
4. Identify where spill response materials will be stored. Make reference to the SWPPS site plan for
location information.
5. Identify disposal methods for contaminated water and soil after a spill.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-117
D.3 SMALL SITE CSWPP
Smaller project sites have similar ESC and SWPPS needs. This section offers a simplified set of
requirements for applying erosion and sediment and pollutant/spill controls to certain smaller project sites
and guides the user through the preparation and submittal of a Small Site CSWPP Plan with the permit
application.
D.3.1 INTRODUCTION TO SMALL SITE CSWPP
What is CSWPP, ESC and SWPPS, and Why is it Required for My Site?
ESC – for erosion and sediment control and SWPPS – for stormwater pollution prevention and spill control
are two strategies comprising the Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention (CSWPP) plan
requirement on construction sites in the City.
The basic erosion and sediment control requirement—that sediment transport and other construction
related pollutants shall be prevented to the maximum extent practicable from leaving the site—applies to
all projects in the City of Renton. All projects, including those with small project sites, are required to
use ESC measures. ESC measures prevent soil erosion during development of the site. The types of
measures required for small sites are generally simple to construct and easy to maintain, and with few
exceptions do not require engineering or formal design. Examples of such measures include silt fences,
phasing or minimizing clearing, routing water around exposed soils, and placing straw or other mulching
materials and cover exposed soils.
ESC is required because soils eroded from the site are always deposited downstream in pipes, streams, or
lakes. Soils deposited in a pipe or channel reduce its capacity to convey flows and can increase the
likelihood of flooding. Soils deposited in BMPs/facilities can significantly reduce their infiltrative
capacity. Soils deposited in streams can clog the gravels that salmon use for spawning. Nutrients
associated with soils that reach lakes can upset the chemical balance of the lake, causing excessive growth
of algae and decreasing recreational uses such as swimming, boating, and fishing.
While the majority of small sites will have less need for the type and extent of construction activity found
on large projects, some activities and the materials used are common to all site construction. SWPPS
measures are required to ensure effective planning and implementation of proper handling, spill prevention
and cleanup for equipment fuels and petroleum products, paints and solvents, high pH wastewater from
concrete construction operations and other pollutants common on small sites. Measures on small sites are
usually straightforward and easily implemented
Which Projects May Use Small Site Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention
Requirements?
All projects that do any amount of land disturbing activity are subject to the ESC standards in this
appendix per RMC 4-4-060 regardless of whether a permit is required or drainage review under the
SWDM is triggered. Any such project that is not subject to drainage review under the SWDM and that
disturbs soil on less than 1 acre of land may use the Small Site CSWPP requirements contained in this
section. In addition, these projects must apply erosion and sediment control in accordance with
RMC 4-4-060.
Any proposed project subject to Simplified Drainage Review as determined in Section 1.1.2.1 of the
SWDM, and which disturbs soil on less than 1 acre of land, may use the Small Site CSWPP requirements
contained in this section. These same requirements are contained in Appendix C of the SWDM, which
details the drainage requirements for small agricultural and single family residential building or
subdivision projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review.
SECTION D.3 SMALL SITE CSWPP
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-118
What Will I Be Required To Do?
It is the responsibility of both the applicant and the contractor to minimize erosion and the transport of
sediment and pollutants to the greatest extent possible. You and/or your contractor will be required to
evaluate each of the small site ESC and SWPPS requirements specified in Section D.3.2 below for
applicability to your project site. This evaluation and the proposed ESC and SWPPS measures to be used
to meet these requirements will need to be documented in a Small Site CSWPP Plan that must be
submitted to CED for approval prior to commencing land disturbing activities. See the submittal
requirements in Section D.3.6.
D.3.2 SMALL SITE CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
For projects that disturb less than 1 acre of land, all of the following small site ESC and SWPPS
requirements must be evaluated for applicability to the proposed project:
A. MARK CLEARING LIMITS/MINIMIZE CLEARING
Prior to beginning land disturbing activities, all clearing limits, sensitive areas and their buffers, trees that
are to be preserved within the construction area and any existing or proposed on-site BMP areas shall be
clearly marked, both in the field and on the small site CSWPP plan, to prevent damage and offsite impacts.
Also, clearing shall be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. See “Mark Clearing
Limits/Minimize Clearing,” Section D.3.4.1, for more detailed specifications.
B. MINIMIZE SEDIMENT TRACKED OFFSITE
1. Establish a stabilized entrance for construction vehicle access to minimize the tracking of sediment
onto public roads. Entrance and exit shall be limited to one route, if possible. See “Stabilized
Construction Entrance,” Section D.2.1.4.1, for detailed specifications.
2. If sediment is tracked offsite, public roads shall be cleaned thoroughly at the end of each day, or more
frequently during wet weather, if necessary to prevent sediment from entering waters of the state.
Sediment shall be removed from roads by shoveling or pickup sweeping and shall be transported to a
controlled sediment disposal area. Street washing will be allowed only after sediment is removed in
this manner. Street wash wastewater shall be controlled by pumping back onsite, or otherwise be
prevented from discharging into drainage systems tributary to surface waters. This requirement shall
be included as a note on the small site CSWPP plan.
C. CONTROL SEDIMENT
Runoff from disturbed areas must pass through a sediment control measure to prevent the transport of
sediment downstream until the disturbed area is fully stabilized. Sediment controls must be installed as
one of the first steps in grading and shall be functional before other land disturbing activities take place.
One or more the following sediment controls may be used to meet this requirement:
Silt Fence (See Section D.2.1.3.1)
Vegetated Strip (See Section D.2.1.3.3)
Triangular Silt Dike (See Section D.2.1.3.4)
Storm Drain Inlet Protection (See Section D.2.1.5.3)
D. STABILIZE EXPOSED SOILS
All exposed and unworked soils shall be stabilized through the application of cover measures to protect
the soil from the erosive forces of raindrop impact, flowing water, and wind erosion. One or more of the
following cover measures may be used to meet this requirement during the construction phase:
Mulching (See Section D.2.1.2.2)
Plastic Covering (See Section D.2.1.2.4)
Nets and Blankets (See Section D.2.1.2.3)
D.3.2 SMALL SITE CSWPP REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-119
Seeding (See Section D.2.1.2.6)
Sodding (See Section D.2.1.2.7)
Cover measures shall be applied in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Cover measures must be installed if an area is to remain unworked for more than seven days during
the dry season (May 1 to September 30) or for more than two consecutive working days during the
wet season (October 1 to April 30). These time limits may be relaxed if an area poses a low risk of
erosion due to soil type, slope gradient, anticipated weather conditions, or other factors. Conversely,
the City may reduce these time limits if site conditions warrant greater protection (e.g., adjacent to
significant aquatic resources or highly erosive soils) or if significant precipitation is expected.
2. Any area to remain unworked for more than 30 days shall be seeded or sodded unless the City
determines that winter weather makes vegetation establishment infeasible. During the wet season,
exposed ground slopes and stockpile slopes with an incline of 3 horizontal to 1 vertical (3H:1V) or
steeper and with more than ten feet of vertical relief shall be covered if they are to remain unworked
for more than 12 hours. Also during the wet season, the material necessary to cover all disturbed areas
must be stockpiled on site. The intent of these cover requirements is to have as much area as possible
covered during any period of precipitation.
E. CONTROL RUNOFF
Stormwater runoff originating on the site and/or entering the site from offsite areas must be controlled so
as to minimize erosion of disturbed areas and exposed cut and fill slopes, and to minimize erosive impacts
on existing or proposed on-site BMP areas. The following runoff control measures shall be used as needed
per the conditions of use and specifications for each measure:
Interceptor Dikes and Swales (see Section D.2.1.6.1 for conditions of use and specifications)
Ditches (see Section D.3.4.2 for conditions of use and specifications)
Pipe Slope Drain (see Section D.3.4.3 for conditions of use and specifications)
F. CONTROL DEWATERING
Accumulated water in foundation areas, excavations, and utility trenches shall be removed and disposed of
in a manner that does not pollute surface waters or cause downstream erosion or flooding. See
“Dewatering Control,” Section D.2.1.7, for detailed specifications.
G. CONTROL OTHER POLLUTANTS (SWPPS)
All construction activities shall be done in a manner that prevents pollution of surface waters and ground
waters as specified in this appendix and King County’s Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual (SPPM).
See “Control of Other Pollutants (SWPPS)” (Section D.3.5) for specific measures and references to
applicable activity sheets in the SPPM. References to SWPPS BMPs from this appendix and applicable
activity sheets in SPPM shall be included in the small site CSWPP plan.
H. FINAL STABILIZATION
1. Prior to final construction approval, the project site shall be stabilized to prevent sediment-laden water
from leaving the project site after project completion. All disturbed areas of the project site shall be
vegetated or otherwise permanently stabilized. At a minimum, disturbed areas must be seeded and
mulched to ensure that sufficient cover will develop shortly after final approval. Mulch without
seeding is adequate for small areas to be landscaped before October 1.
2. All temporary ESC and SWPPS measures shall be removed within 30 days after final site stabilization
is achieved or after the temporary measures are no longer needed. Trapped sediment shall be removed
or stabilized onsite. On-site BMPs impacted during construction shall be restored. Disturbed soil areas
resulting from removal of measures or vegetation shall be permanently stabilized with seeding or
sodding.
SECTION D.3 SMALL SITE CSWPP
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-120
D.3.3 SMALL SITE CSWPP IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
Projects that disturb less than 1 acre of land must implement the CSWPP measures determined necessary
in Section D.3.2 in accordance with the following requirements:
1. The placement and type of proposed ESC and SWPPS measures are to be shown on a Small Site
CSWPP plan. This plan must be in accordance with the specifications for such plans outlined in
Section D.3.6 unless otherwise directed by CED.
2. If CED finds that implementation of the proposed Small Site CSWPP plan is insufficient to prevent
the discharge of sediment or other pollutants to the maximum extent practicable, additional measures
will be required by CED. In some cases, an ESC plan or a complete Construction Stormwater
Pollution Plan prepared by a civil engineer per Chapter 2 of the SWDM may be required.
3. The contractor or other persons performing construction activities shall comply with the stormwater
pollution prevention and spill control measures/BMPs specified for such activities in Section D.3.5
and/or the King County SPPM. A note to this effect must be put on the approved Small Site CSWPP
plan.
4. Prior to commencing construction, the applicant must identify to the City a contact person
responsible for overseeing the installation and maintenance of required ESC and SWPPS measures
and compliance with this appendix and the SPPM during construction. The name and contact
information for this person must be on or attached to Small Site CSWPP plan at the time of
construction.
5. Both the applicant and contractor are responsible for implementation and maintenance of the
approved CSWPP plan and any additional measures required by the City.
6. The Small Site CSWPP plan shall be retained onsite or within reasonable access to the site. The
plan shall be modified whenever there is a significant change in the design, construction, operation, or
maintenance at the construction site that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of
pollutants to surface waters. The plan shall be modified, if during inspections or investigations
conducted by the City, it is determined that the plan is ineffective in eliminating or significantly
minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. The plan shall be modified as necessary
to include additional or modified measures designed to correct problems identified.
D.3.4 ESC MEASURES MODIFIED FOR SMALL SITES
ESC for Small Sites. This section presents supplementary or modified ESC measures for use on small
sites (i.e., construction sites of projects disturbing less than 1 acre of land). General ESC measures can be
found in Section D.2.1.
D.3.4.1 MARK CLEARING LIMITS/MINIMIZE CLEARING
Purpose
Minimizing clearing is the most effective method of erosion control. Undisturbed vegetation intercepts and
slows rainwater. Plant roots hold soil in place, and dead vegetation on the ground acts as a mulch. Marking
clearing limits around existing or proposed on-site BMP areas helps protect their infiltrative soil
characteristics from construction activity.
Applications
Clearing limits shall be marked and clearing minimized on any site where significant areas of undisturbed
vegetation will be retained, or where existing or proposed BMP/facility areas require protection from
construction activities.
D.3.4 ESC MEASURES MODIFIED FOR SMALL SITES
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-121
Design Specifications
1. Minimizing clearing should be incorporated into the site design. Clearing limits must be marked on
the small site ESC plan.
2. On the ground, clearing limits must be clearly marked with brightly colored tape or plastic or metal
safety fencing. If tape is used, it should be supported by vegetation or stakes, and should be about
3 to 6 feet high and highly visible. BMP/facility areas to be protected should be marked with brightly
colored silt fence to add sedimentation protection. Equipment operators should be informed of areas of
vegetation that are to be left undisturbed and BMP/facility areas that are to be protected.
3. The duff layer, native top soil, and natural vegetation shall be retained in an undisturbed state to the
maximum extent practicable. If it is not practicable to retain the duff layer in place, it should be
stockpiled onsite, covered to prevent erosion, and replaced immediately upon completion of the
ground disturbing activities.
Maintenance
Fencing shall be inspected regularly and repaired or replaced as needed.
D.3.4.2 DITCHES
Purpose
Ditches intercept and convey runoff from disturbed areas to sediment control locations. They also convey
runoff intercepted from undisturbed areas around the construction site to a non-erosive discharge point.
Conditions of Use
Ditches may be used anywhere that concentrated runoff is to be conveyed on or around the construction
site. Temporary pipe systems may also be used to convey runoff.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. Up to 30,000 square feet may be drained by a 12-inch deep trapezoidal ditch with a 1-foot bottom
width. Up to 2 acres may be drained by an 18-inch deep trapezoidal ditch with a 1-foot bottom width.
Ditches draining larger areas will need to be sized by a civil engineer.
2. Ditch side slopes shall be no steeper than 2H:1V.
3. Ditches on 5% or steeper grades shall be armored with rip rap or contain crushed rock check dams
spaced such that the crest of each dam is even with the toe of the next upstream dam. See Figure
D.2.1.6.E for details on check dam installation.
Maintenance Standards
1. Any sediment deposition of more than 0.5 feet shall be removed so that the channel is restored to its
design capacity.
2. If the channel capacity is insufficient for the design flow, it must be determined whether the problem
is local (e.g., a constriction or bend) or the channel is under-designed. If the problem is local, the
channel capacity must be increased through construction of a berm(s) or by excavation. If the problem
is under-design, the design engineer shall be notified and the channel redesigned to a more
conservative standard to be approved by the City.
3. The channel shall be examined for signs of scouring and erosion of the bed and banks. If scouring or
erosion has occurred, affected areas shall be protected by riprap or an erosion control blanket or net.
SECTION D.3 SMALL SITE CSWPP
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-122
D.3.4.3 PIPE SLOPE DRAIN
Purpose
Pipe slope drains are designed to carry concentrated runoff down steep slopes without causing erosion, or
saturation of slide-prone soils. Pipe slope drains may be used to divert water away from or over bare soil
to prevent gullies, channel erosion, and saturation of slide prone soils
Conditions of Use
Pipe slope drains should be used when a temporary or permanent stormwater conveyance is needed to
move water down a steep slope to avoid erosion. Pipe slope drains may be:
1. Used on any slope with a gradient of 2H:1V or greater and with at least 10 feet of vertical relief.
2. Used to drain water collected from aquifers exposed on cut slopes and convey it to the base of the
slope.
3. Used to collect clean runoff from plastic sheet cover and direct away from any exposed soils.
4. Installed in conjunction with silt fence to drain collected water to a controlled area.
Design and Installation Specifications
1. See Figure D.2.1.6.D for details.
2. Up to 30,000 square feet may be drained by each 6-inch minimum diameter pipe. Up to 2 acres may
be drained by each 12-inch minimum diameter pipe.
3. The maximum drainage area allowed for any 12-inch pipe is 2 acres. For larger areas, more than one
pipe shall be used.
4. The soil around and under the pipe and entrance section shall be thoroughly compacted.
5. The flared inlet section shall be securely connected to the slope drain and be fused or welded, or have
flange-bolted mechanical joints to ensure a watertight seal. Ensure that the entrance area is stable and
large enough to direct flow into the pipe.
6. Slope drains shall be continuously fused, welded, or flange-bolted mechanical joint pipe systems with
proper anchoring to the soil.
7. Re-establish cover immediately on areas disturbed by the installation.
Maintenance Standards
1. The inlet shall not be undercut or bypassed by water. If there are problems, the head wall shall be
appropriately reinforced.
2. No erosion shall occur at the outlet point. If erosion occurs, additional protection shall be added.
D.3.5 CONTROL OF OTHER POLLUTANTS (SWPPS)
SWPPS for Small Sites. SWPPS measures are not modified for small sites; however, the scope and
complexity may be lessened in accordance with the scope of the small site project. Construction activity
shall not allow pollutant discharge to surface waters or water resources. The measures listed below provide
summary guidance on typical issues and associated BMPs. See Section D.2.2 for additional SWPPS
information and measures.
Purpose
To prevent the discharge of pollutants resulting from construction activities. The Small Site CSWPP plan
is not complete if this section is not included in the planning and implementation of CSWPP for the Small
Site project.
D.3.5 CONTROL OF OTHER POLLUTANTS (SWPPS)
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-123
Application
Pollution control measures shall be used whenever there is a potential for the discharge to ground or
surface water of any pollutants used on the site.
Pollution Control Measures
The following pollution control measures shall be implemented as applicable using activity-specific BMPs
detailed in Section D.2.2 (and Section D.2.1 as applicable) of this appendix and the King County SPPM
(listed Activity Sheets are viewable at <https://www.kingcounty.gov/sppm>):
1. All pollutants, including waste materials, that occur onsite shall be handled and disposed of in a
manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. See BMPs D.2.2.1 “Concrete Handling” and
D.2.2.4 “Material Delivery, Storage, and Containment” in Section D.2.2 of this appendix and SPPM
Activity Sheets A-8, A-11, A-12, A-16, A-17, A-22, A-29, A-38, A-41, and A-47.
2. Cover, containment, and protection from vandalism shall be provided for all chemicals, liquid
products, petroleum products, and non-inert wastes present on the site (see Chapter 173-304 WAC for
the definition of inert waste). Onsite fueling tanks shall include secondary containment. See BMP
D.2.2.4 “Material Delivery, Storage, and Containment” in Section D.2.2 of this appendix and SPPM
Activity Sheets A-2, A-3, A-4, A-6, A-8, and A-9.
3. Maintenance and repair of heavy equipment and vehicles involving oil changes, hydraulic system
drain down, solvent and de-greasing cleaning operations, fuel tank drain down and removal, and other
activities which may result in discharge or spillage of pollutants to the ground or into stormwater
runoff must be conducted using spill prevention measures, such as drip pans. Contaminated surfaces
shall be cleaned immediately following any discharge or spill incident. Emergency repairs may be
performed onsite using temporary plastic placed beneath and, if raining, over the vehicle. See BMP
D.2.2.4 “Material Delivery, Storage, and Containment” in Section D.2.2 of this appendix and SPPM
Activity Sheets A-11, A-13, A-17, A-18, A-22, A-30, A-47, and A-48.
4. Application of agricultural chemicals, including fertilizers and pesticides, shall be conducted in a
manner and at application rates that will not result in loss of chemical to stormwater runoff.
Manufacturers’ recommendations for application rates and procedures shall be followed. See SPPM
Activity Sheets A-5, A-25, A-26, and A-49.
5. Stormwater discharges shall not cause or contribute to a violation of the water quality standard for pH
in the receiving water. Measures shall be used to prevent or treat contamination of stormwater runoff
by pH modifying sources. These sources include, but are not limited to:
Bulk cement (see SPPM Activity Sheets A-19, A-20, A-43, and BMPs D.2.2.1 “Concrete
Handling” and D.2.2.4 “Material Delivery, Storage, and Containment” in this appendix)
Cement kiln dust, fly ash (see SPPM Activity Sheet A-19, and BMPs D.2.2.1 “Concrete
Handling” and D.2.2.9 “Use of High pH Soil Amendments on Construction Sites” in this
appendix)
New concrete washing and curing waters (see BMPs D.2.2.5 through D.2.2.8 in this appendix for
high pH treatment and wastewater disposal requirements)
Waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing (see SPPM Activity Sheets A-19, A-
20, A-29, A-44 and BMP D.2.2.3 “Sawcutting and Surfacing Pollution Prevention” in this
appendix)
Exposed aggregate processes, and concrete pumping and mixer washout waters (see SPPM
Activity Sheets A-19, A-44 and BMPs D.2.2.2 “Concrete Washout Area” and D.2.2.1 “Concrete
Handling”)
Also see Section D.2.1 of this appendix for ESC measures that will assist in containment of high pH
runoff.
SECTION D.3 SMALL SITE CSWPP
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-124
6. For full compliance with RMC 4-6-030 Drainage (Surface Water) Standards, the project may need to
include measures for the permanent structures and features constructed under other permits. See the
SPPM for Activity Sheets describing issues and measures to address them. Common issues include:
Containment area planning for storage of liquid materials in stationary or portable tanks, storage
of solid waste and food wastes including cooking grease, and to avoid pollutant spills to surface
waters. See SPPM Activity Sheets A-2, A-3, A-7, and A-8.
Permanent canopy and paving requirements for permanent outdoor vehicle parking, maintenance
and storage areas, and manufacturing or processing associated with metal products. See SPPM
BMP Information Sheets #3 and #4 and Activity Sheets A-4, A-17, A-21, A-31, and A-47.
D.3.6 SMALL SITE CSWPP SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A Small Site CSWPP Plan must be submitted for all projects that are eligible to use the Small Site CSWPP
requirements in this section. For projects in Simplified Drainage Review that disturb soil on less than
1 acre of land, this plan is part of the Simplified Drainage Plan described in the Simplified Drainage
Requirements (Appendix C of the SWDM). For other projects, including those that may not be subject to
drainage review, this plan would be submitted as directed by CED. Directions for preparing a Small Site
CSWPP Plan are provided below, and a sample plan is presented in Section D.3.6.3.
D.3.6.1 SMALL SITE CSWPP PLAN MAP
The Small Site CSWPP Plan includes information that is routinely collected for a single family residence
site plan or a short plat plot plan already required to be submitted with a permit application. One copy
of the site plan or plot plan shall be used to show how ESC and SWPPS measures are to be applied to the
site to comply with the Small Site CSWPP requirements. The approximate location and size of clearing
limits, rock construction entrance, flow paths, silt fences, etc., should be indicated on the Small Site
CSWPP Plan. Any plan must contain at a minimum the features listed in Section D.3.6.2.
Single family residential projects that qualify for Small Site CSWPP requirements should use the
Residential Site Plan (see CED Bulletin No. 9, “Obtaining a Residential Building Permit”) as the base map
for the CSWPP plan.
Proposed short plats that qualify for Simplified Drainage Review should use the Simplified Drainage
Plan (see Simplified Drainage Requirements, Appendix C of the SWDM) as a base plan for the CSWPP
plan. All projects subject to Simplified Drainage Review are required to submit these plans and a drainage
assessment. If engineering plans are required for a short plat application, they may be used as a base plan
for Small Site CSWPP plans. How the ESC and SWPPS measures are to be applied on the site are added
directly to the base map. For more complicated sites, an erosion control professional should be readily able
to add Small Site CSWPP BMPs to the base map with minimal additional effort or expense.
The CSWPP plans for short plats usually apply only to the site development, since siting of homes on lots
created by short plats is done after the short plat is approved (when the home applies for a residential
building permit). It is the responsibility of the applicant for a proposed single family residence to show in
detail how ESC and SWPPS requirements are met. The applicant is also required to comply with the King
County SPPM and RMC 4-6-030.
D.3.6.2 FEATURES REQUIRED ON SMALL SITE CSWPP PLANS
The Small Site CSWPP Plan should be drawn on 8-1/2″ x 11″, 8-1/2″ x 14″, or 11″ x 17″ paper (see the
sample plan in Figure D.3.6.A), and must include the following information.
Identification
1. Name, address, and phone number of the applicant
2. Scale—use a scale that clearly illustrates drainage features and flow controls (1″ = 20′ is standard
engineering scale; minimum acceptable scale is 1″ = 50′)
D.3.6 SMALL SITE CSWPP SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-125
3. Parcel number
4. North arrow
5. Dimension of all property lines, easements, and building setback lines
6. Street names and existing or proposed property address
7. Section, township, and range of proposal.
Topography
1. Corner elevations
2. Benchmark (a permanent mark indicating elevation and serving as a reference in the topographic
survey)
3. Datum (assumed datum is acceptable in many cases, i.e., fire hydrant base = 100′; datum for projects
in or near FEMA floodplains should be NGVD 1929 or NAVD 1988 per the appropriate FEMA flood
mapping, as directed by the local authority)
4. If over 15% slope: 5-foot contours, top of slope, toe of slope, and any erosion or landslide areas.
Proposed ESC
1. Delineation of proposed clearing limits
2. Type and location of erosion control facilities
3. Location of any significant offsite drainage features within 200 feet of the discharge point(s) for the
lot, including streams, lakes, roadside ditches.
Proposed SWPPS
1. Areas of designated contractor and equipment parking, fueling and equipment maintenance
2. Type and location of spill control, materials containment and concrete handling/washout facilities
3. Notes referencing BMPs in this appendix and/or in the SPPM.
Topography/Drainage Features
1. Outline of any stream, wetland, lake, closed depression, or other water feature (including any required
buffer width)
2. Location of all steep slopes, landslide hazard areas, and coal mine hazard areas (including buffers)
3. Location of all existing and proposed drainage easements, ditches, swales, pipes, etc.
4. Location of all critical areas as shown on any recorded critical areas notice on title.
D.3.6.3 SAMPLE SMALL SITE CSWPP PLAN
Proposed ESC. All sites are required to control erosion and contain sediment. The planning and use of
ESC measures will be illustrated for a single family residence. Although the specifics of any lot will differ
from those shown here, the process will be similar. The first step in the process is to determine whether the
site is eligible to use the Small Site ESC requirements. This evaluation and the following materials are
usually included in the drainage assessment that accompanies the Small Site ESC Plan.
The proposed house is to be placed on an existing 1.69-acre lot (see Figure D.3.6.A). Impervious surfaces
are the roof, a driveway, and a parking area. The total proposed impervious surface is 6,950 square feet as
determined from the residential site plan layout of residence and driveway (the site plan provides the base
map for the Small Site CSWPP Plan). The amount exceeds 2,000 square feet but falls below the
10,000-square-foot limit for Simplified Drainage Review. Therefore, a Small Site CSWPP Plan is
applicable.
SECTION D.3 SMALL SITE CSWPP
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-126
The proposal is not in a basin plan area or critical drainage area that might contain clearing limits.
However, a portion of a wetland and an erosion hazard area have been identified on the site, and their
approximate locations are shown in Figure D.3.6.A. While neither the wetland and its buffer, nor the
erosion hazard area would be disturbed during construction, the locations of these critical areas must be
verified.
Approximately the southern 2/3 of the site will be cleared. Trees and other native vegetation will be left
intact along the northern edge, near the street. Buffers will be maintained around the wetland and erosion
hazard areas, respectively. The site slopes towards the street.
In order to prevent erosion and to encourage sedimentation, the following ESC BMPs are used:
1. Clearing will be minimized to the extent possible, and clearing limits will be marked by fencing or
other means on the ground.
2. Water will be routed around the erosion hazard area and around the steep section of the driveway by
constructing an interceptor dike or ditch that will intersect and direct water away to the east of the site.
3. Water will be filtered before it reaches the wetland. Silt fencing or other perimeter protection will be
placed along slope contours at the limits of clearing in the vicinity of both the wetland and the erosion
hazard area.
4. A rocked construction entrance will be placed at the end of the driveway.
5. Mulch will be spread over all cleared areas of the site when they are not being worked. Mulch will
consist of air-dried straw and chipped site vegetation. Other cover methods that prevent erosion may
also be installed.
The BMPs shown in Figure D.3.6.A must be installed as clearing progresses. For example, the rock
construction entrance must be installed as soon as the path for the driveway has been cleared. Additional
ESC measures must be installed if the ones proposed above prove insufficient.
Proposed SWPPS. Although the footprints of the proposed house and driveway are not shown in this
example, the project description suggests typical house building materials and concrete
foundation/driveway construction. In order to prevent pollutants from entering water resources and
groundwater, the following SWPPS BMPs would be used:
1. Designated parking for contractors and spill containment if equipment will be left onsite (reference
SPPM Activity Sheet A-31 on the Small Site CSWPP plan).
2. Concrete handling/washout containment area (indicate location) and description/detail (reference
BMPs D.2.2.1 “Concrete Handling” and D.2.2.2 “Concrete Washout Area” from this appendix on the
Small Site CSWPP plan).
D.3.6 SMALL SITE CSWPP SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-127
FIGURE D.3.6.A SAMPLE SMALL SITE CSWPP PLAN
1
2
"
P
I
P
E
N
MAINTAIN ROCKED
TRAFFIC AREAS AS
NECESSARY.
LEGEND:
PROPERTY LINE
ST. CENTERLINE
CONTOUR
WETLAND
STEEP SLOPE (40%+)
OFFSITE DRAINAGE
S.A.S.B. = SENSITIVE AREA SETBACK
APPLICANT: Malene McResident
600 NE Z Street
Sometown, WA. 98111
(206) 555-1212
PROJECT PARCEL NO.= 322708
PROJECT ADDRESS= 7519 NE Q Street
(proposed) Sometown, WA. 98111
SECTION/TOWNSHIP/RANGE: 32-27-08
TOTAL SITE ACREAGE: 1.69
TOTAL IMPERVIOUS AREA: 6950 SQ. FT.
SCALE: 1"=40'
FLAG WETLAND
BUFFER EDGE
w/S.A.S.B. TAPE
C NE P S T .L
465'
470'475'
48
0
'
50
0'
495'
4
9
5'
455'
485'
490'
4
8
5
'
4
9
0'
460'
ELEV.
502'
ELEV.
495'
ELEV.
440'
ELEV.
460'
1 45'390'315'290'
TOP OF
SLOPE
TOE OF
SLOPE
SWALESILT FENCE
ROCK
CONSTRUCTION
ENTRANCE
APPROX. AREA TO BE
CLEARED. ALL EXPOSED
SOILS WILL BE MULCHED
WHEN NOT BEING WORKED.
MARK CLEARING LIMIT
w/S.A.S.B. FENCE
CONCRETE
WASHOUT
AREA
ROCKED PARKING/
EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS STORAGE;
CONDUCT MAINTENANCE OFFSITE
OR PROVIDE SPILL PROTECTION
APPROX. BUILDING FOOTPRINT
MARK CLEARING LIMIT
w/S.A.S.B. FENCE
CSWPP/ESC CONTACT:
Malene McResident (206) 555-1212
DISTURBED ACREAGE: APPROX. 0.9
SECTION D.3 SMALL SITE CSWPP
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-128
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-129
D.4 REFERENCE SECTION
This reference section provides materials useful in developing erosion and sediment control plans and for
effectively implementing erosion control measures in the field.
D.4.1 STANDARD ESC PLAN NOTES
The standard ESC plan notes included in Reference Section 7-B must be included on all ESC plans.
D.4.2 RECOMMENDED CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
A detailed construction sequence is needed to ensure that erosion and sediment control measures are
applied at the appropriate times. A recommended construction sequence is provided in Reference
Section 7-B.
SECTION D.4 REFERENCE SECTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-130
D.4.3 ESC AND SWPPS MAINTENANCE REPORTS
CED may require a written record of all maintenance activities to be kept to demonstrate compliance with
the Maintenance Requirements (Section D.2.4.4). A standard ESC Maintenance Report is provided on the
next page and typical SWPPS Maintenance Reports follow. Copies of the ESC and SWPPS Maintenance
Reports must be kept on site throughout the duration of construction.
E S C M A I N T E N A N C E R E P O R T
Performed By: ___________________________
Date:___________________________
Project Name: ___________________________
CED Permit #: ___________________________
Clearing Limits
Damage OK Problem
Visible OK Problem
Intrusions OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Mulch
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Thickness OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Nets/Blankets
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Ground Contact OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Plastic
Tears/Gaps OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Seeding
Percent Cover OK Problem
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Mulch OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Sodding
Grass Health OK Problem
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Perimeter Protection Including Silt Fence
Damage OK Problem
Sediment Build-up OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Other OK Problem
BMP/Facility Protection
Damage OK Problem
Sedimentation OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Intrusions OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Brush Barrier
Damage OK Problem
Sediment Build-up OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Other OK Problem
D.4.3 ESC AND SWPPS MAINTENANCE REPORTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-131
Vegetated Strip
Damage OK Problem
Sediment Build-up OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Construction Entrance
Dimensions OK Problem
Sediment Tracking OK Problem
Vehicle Avoidance OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Wheel Wash
Dimensions OK Problem
Sed buildup or tracking OK . Problem
Other OK Problem
Construction Road
Stable Driving Surf. OK Problem
Vehicle Avoidance OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Sediment Trap/Pond
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Overtopping OK Problem
Inlet/Outlet Erosion OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Catch Basin/Inlet Protection
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Damage OK Problem
Clogged Filter OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Interceptor Dike/Swale
Damage OK Problem
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Overtopping OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Pipe Slope Drain
Damage OK Problem
Inlet/Outlet OK Problem
Secure Fittings OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Ditches
Damage OK Problem
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Overtopping OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Outlet Protection
Scour OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Level Spreader
Damage OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Dewatering Controls
Sediment OK Problem
Dust Control
Palliative applied OK Problem
SECTION D.4 REFERENCE SECTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-132
Miscellaneous
Wet Season Stockpile OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Comments:
Actions Taken:
Problems Unresolved:
D.4.3 ESC AND SWPPS MAINTENANCE REPORTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-133
Pollution Prevention Team
Completed by: ______________________
Title: ______________________________
Date: ______________________________
Responsible Official: Title: ___________________________
Team Leader: Office Phone:____________________
Cell Phone #: ____________________
Responsibilities:
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
(1) Title:____________________________
Office Phone: ____________________
Cell Phone #: ____________________
Responsibilities:
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
(2) Title:____________________________
Office Phone: ____________________
Cell Phone #: ____________________
Responsibilities:
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
D.4 REFERENCE SECTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-134
Employee Training
Completed by:______________________________________
Title:______________________________________________
Date: ______________________________________________
Describe the annual training of employees on the SWPPP, addressing spill response, good housekeeping, and material management practices.
Training Topics
1.) LINE WORKERS
Brief Description of Training Program/Materials
(e.g., film, newsletter course)
Schedule for Training
(list dates)
Attendees
Spill Prevention and
Response
Good Housekeeping
Material Management
Practices
2.) P2 TEAM:
SWPPP Implementation
Monitoring Procedures
D.4.3 ESC AND SWPPS MAINTENANCE REPORTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-135
List of Significant Spills and Leaks
Completed by:
Title:
Date:
List all spills and leaks of toxic or hazardous pollutants that were significant but are not limited to, release of oil or hazardous substances in excess of
reportable quantities. Although not required, we suggest you list spills and leaks of non-hazardous materials.
Description Response Procedure
Date
(month/day/
year)
Location
(as
indicated
on site
map)
Type of
Material
Quantity Source,
If Known
Reason for
Spill/Leak
Amount of
Material
Recovered
Material No
longer
exposed to
Stormwater
(Yes/No)
Preventive Measure Taken
D.4 REFERENCE SECTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-136
Potential Pollutant Source Identification
Completed by:
Title:
Date:
List all potential stormwater pollutants from materials handled, treated, or stored onsite.
Potential Stormwater Pollutant
Stormwater Pollutant Source
Likelihood of pollutant being present in your
stormwater discharge. If yes, explain
D.4.3 ESC AND SWPPS MAINTENANCE REPORTS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
D-137
Material Inventory
Completed by:
Title:
Date:
List materials handled, treated, stored, or disposed of at the project site that may potentially be exposed to precipitation or runoff.
Material Purpose/Location
Quantity (Units)
Likelihood of contact with stormwater Past Spill or
Used Produced Stored If Yes, describe reason Leak
(indicate per week or year) Yes No
D.4 REFERENCE SECTION
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
D-138
(T his page intentionally left blan k)
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/20222
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 1
SURFACE WATER RUNOFF POLICY
See Renton Municipal Code (RMC) Section 4-6-030
<http://www.codepublishing.com/WA/Renton/>
REFERENCE 2
ADOPTED CRITICAL DRAINAGE AREAS
Does not apply to the City.
REFERENCE 3
OTHER ADOPTED AREA SPECIFIC DRAINAGE
REQUIREMENTS
Does not apply to the City.
REFERENCE 4
OTHER DRAINAGE RELATED REGULATIONS AND
GUIDELINES
4-A GRADING CODE SOIL AMENDMENT STANDARD
See Soil Amendment BMP in Appendix C of the City of Renton Surface Water
Design Manual
4-B CLEARING AND GRADING SEASONAL LIMITATIONS
See RMC Section 4-4-060
<http://www.codepublishing.com/WA/Renton/>.
4-C LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT PLAN GUIDELINES
Does not apply to the City.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL: REFERENCES 1, 2, 3, AND 4
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
4-D SHARED FACILITY MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY
GUIDANCE
Does not apply to the City.
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 5
WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION
GUIDELINES
WA State Department of Ecology Wetland Protection Requirements and
Guidelines
• Appendix I-C.4 Wetland Hydroperiod Protection
• Appendix I-C.5 Wetland Hydroperiod Data Collection and Evaluation
Procedures
• Appendix I-C.8 Wetland Protection Definitions
REFERENCE 5: WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 5-1
REFERENCE 5
WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION
GUIDELINES
This Reference is excerpted from the Washington State Department of Ecology's 2019 Stormwater Management Manual for
Western Washington (SMMWW), with modifications where necessary to refer to City of Renton Surface Water Design
Manual (SWDM) sections and terminology. “Flow Control BMPs” in the following text refer to what are termed “flow
control facilities” in the SWDM.
I-C.4 Wetland Hydroperiod Protection
Protection of many wetland functions and values depends on maintaining the existing wetland’s hydroperiod. This means
maintaining the annual fluctuations in water depth and its timing as closely as possible. If a project or threshold discharge
area within a project discharging to a wetland require a flow control facility per Core Requirement # 3 of the SWDM, the
project must apply the following Wetland Hydroperiod Protection.
The Wetland Hydroperiod Protection is separated into two methods (Methods 1 and 2) that are dependent on the wetland
category, and whether the project proponent has legal access to the wetland.
The first method requires a minimum one year of monitoring followed by continuous simulation modeling of the wetland
stage (called Method 1). Method 1 shall be applied to the wetlands listed below.
• Category I or II depressional or riverine impounding (including special characteristics Category I or II) wetlands
that the project proponent owns, or the project proponent has legal access to - for purposes of conducting monitoring
in the wetland.
Method 1 takes into account wetland specific information and field data, therefore, it allows more detailed evaluation of
effects of stormwater on wetland functions. In cases where the project proponent neither owns nor has legal access to the
Category I or II wetlands receiving stormwater from a proposed project, Method 2 shall be used.
Method 2 uses a site discharge volume model to evaluate hydrologic changes in a wetland, with no additional wetland
monitoring requirement. Method 2 shall be applied to the wetlands listed below.
• Category I or II wetlands that are off-site or the project proponent doesn’t have legal access to conduct monitoring
in the wetland,
• Category I or II riverine, slope or lake-fringe wetlands,
• Category III and IV wetlands with habitat score greater than 5,
• Category III or IV interdunal special characteristic wetlands,
• Category III and IV wetlands that provide habitat for rare, threatened, endangered or sensitive species,
• Category III and IV wetlands that contain a breeding population of any native amphibian species.
o If the wetland has permanent or seasonal ponding or inundation, assume that it has a breeding population
of native amphibians.
REFERENCE 5: WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 5-2
o For seasonal ponding, if the wetland has surface ponding after May 1 of a normal water year or drier,
assume that it has a breeding population of native amphibians.
o See the Wetland Rating System for guidance on identifying field indicators.
o Recent aerial images of surface water in the wetland during normal water year or drier year can also
indicate presence of permanent or seasonal ponding.
Method 1: 1-yr Wetland Monitoring and Wetland Stage Modeling
Method 1 criteria and analysis is based on the presumption that a wetland has limited water level fluctuation and water
holding capacity. The risk to the wetland will be minimal if the frequency and duration of water level fluctuation (WLF) in
the wetland and the WLF timing post project remain as similar to pre-project levels as possible. Therefore, the criteria sets
limits on the frequency and duration of stage excursions (greater WLF than the pre-project level), as well as on overall WLF
after development. The criteria were developed based on studies in Wetlands and Urbanization, Implications for the Future
(Azous and Horner, 1997)".
One water year of field monitoring will characterize the existing WLF and water holding capacity of the wetland, and it will
be used to calculate the allowable WLF by the proposed development.
A hydrologic assessment to measure or estimate elements of the hydroperiod under pre-project and post-project conditions
should be performed with the aid of a qualified scientist or wetland specialist.
Criteria for Method 1
The project proponent must meet the following six Method 1 criteria in order to comply with the Wetland Hydroperiod
Protection requirements.
Criteria 1. Mean Monthly WLF Limit
• If the pre-project (monitored) mean monthly WLF for a given calendar month is < 15cm (0.49ft, 5.91inch), the
post-project mean WLF of the wetland for that calendar month may increase to no more than 20 cm (0.66ft,
7.87inch).
• If the pre-project (monitored) mean monthly WLF for a given calendar month is > 15 cm (0.49ft, 5.91inch), the
post-project mean monthly WLF of the wetland for that calendar month may increase by up to, but no more than, 5
cm (0.16ft, 1.97inch).
• Without one year of monitoring data, assume the pre-project mean monthly WLF for any month is > 15 cm (0.49ft,
5.91inch), and the post-project mean monthly WLF of the wetland for that calendar month may increase by up to,
but no more than, 5 cm (0.16ft, 1.97inch).
Criteria 2. Mean Annual WLF Limit
• If the pre-project (monitored) mean annual WLF is < 15cm (0.49ft), the post-project mean annual WLF of the
wetland may increase to no more than 20 cm (0.66ft, 7.87inch).
• If the pre-project (monitored) mean annual WLF is > 15 cm (0.49ft, 5.91inch), the post - project mean annual WLF
of the wetland may increase by up to, but no more than, 5 cm (0.16ft, 1.97inch).
• Without one year of monitoring data, assume the pre-project mean annual WLF is > 15 cm (0.49ft, 5.91inch), and
the post-project mean annual WLF of the wetland may increase by up to, but no more than, 5 cm (0.16ft, 1.97inch)
Criteria 3. Frequency of Stage Excursions
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 5-3
• The frequency of stage excursions of 15 cm (0.49ft, 5.91inch) above or below the preproject stage must not exceed
an annual average of six.
Criteria 4. Durations of Stage Excursions
• The duration of stage excursions of 15 cm (0.49ft, 5.91inch) above or below the preproject stage must not exceed 3
days per excursion. AND
o For a Wetland that Provides Habitat for Native Amphibians: The stage excursions above or below the
pre-project stage must not exceed 8 cm (0.26ft, 3.15inch) for more than 1 day in any 30-day period between
January 1 and May 31. The hydroperiod limits characterize wetlands inhabited by breeding native
amphibians and apply to breeding zones during the period of January 1 through May 31. If these limits are
exceeded, then amphibian breeding success is likely to decline. OR
o For a Peat Wetland: The duration of stage excursions in the post-project scenario cannot be above the
pre-project stage for more than 1 day in any year, and applies to all zones over the entire year. If this limit
is exceeded, then characteristic bog or fen wetland vegetation is likely to decline.
Criteria 5. Total Dry Period Change
• The total dry period (when pools dry down to the soil surface everywhere in the wetland) must not increase or
decrease by more than two weeks in any year between the preproject and post-project scenarios.
Criteria 6. Perennial to Ephemeral or Seasonal Avoidance
• Alterations to watershed and wetland hydrology that may cause perennial wetlands to become ephemeral or
seasonal post-project must be avoided.
• If modeled wetland stage indicates that the wetland is perennial, the dry period at the post-project scenario should
not exceed 1 day in any year.
Additional guidance, as well as an Excel template to assist with the calculations to verify compliance with Method 1 is
provided in I-C.5 Wetland Hydroperiod Data Collection and Evaluation Procedures.
Method 2: Site Discharge Modeling
An alternative way to predict the risk to the wetland hydroperiod from stormwater discharges is to assess the changes in total
volume of flows into a wetland that result from the development project. The size of the wetland and its capacity are not
known or needed to utilize Method 2. The risk to wetland functions will be assumed to increase as the total discharge
volumes from the site into the wetland diverge from the pre-project conditions. The risk will be decreased if the divergence is
smaller.
As stormwater generated at the project site passes through the wetland buffer, total discharge volumes from the site to the
wetland are to be calculated at the outflow of the wetland buffer. The existing or required length and area of wetland buffer
per local and/or state regulations around the wetland should be included as an element in the model under both pre-project
(existing) and post-project scenarios.
Criteria for Method 2
The project proponent must ensure they are meeting both of the following Method 2 criteria in order to comply with Wetland
Hydroperiod Protection.
Criteria 1. Mean Daily Total Discharge Volumes from the Site
REFERENCE 5: WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 5-4
Total volume of water into a wetland on daily basis should not be more than 20% higher or lower than the pre-project
volumes.
• Calculate the average of the total discharge volumes from the site for each day over the period of precipitation
record in the approved model for pre- and post-project scenarios. There will be 365 (366 for a leap year) average
daily values for the pre-project scenario and 365 (366 for a leap year) for the post-project. No day can exceed 20%
change in volume.
Criteria 2. Mean Monthly Total Discharge Volumes from the Site
Total volume of water into a wetland on a monthly basis should not be more than 15% higher or lower than the pre-project
volumes.
• Calculate the average of the monthly total discharge volumes from the site for each calendar month over the period
of precipitation record in the approved model for pre- and post-project scenarios. No month can exceed 15% change
in volume.
The guidance for implementing Method 2 and assessing the criteria above in the respective model is provided in section I-C.5
Wetland Hydroperiod Data Collection and Evaluation Procedures.
Limitations
Method 2 may not result in complete protection of wetland functions and values as these criteria are based on risk to the
resource rather than an actual understanding of the impacts. When applicable, Ecology recommends application of the
Wetland Hydroperiod Protection with wetland-specific monitoring as described in Method 1.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 5-5
I-C.5 Wetland Hydroperiod Data Collection and Evaluation
Procedures
Method 1
Field Monitoring and Data Collection
Field monitoring data of the wetland must be collected to determine the existing pre-project hydroperiod, which will then be
compared to model outputs to verify compliance with the Hydroperiod Protection Criteria. Without one year of hydroperiod
monitoring, the minimum allowable WLF change can be used (see Criteria for Method 1 in I-C.4 Wetland Hydroperiod
Protection and Steps to Verify Compliance with the Method 1 Hydroperiod Protection Criteria below).
An Ecology approved continuous simulation model will be needed for data analysis. Relevant historic monitoring
information can also inform the pre-project condition of the wetland. The following lists describe the minimum required
wetland specific information in order to implement the Method 1 Wetland Hydroperiod Protection guidance.
1. Contour Data or Water Storage Capacity
Bathymetry, or wetland contours, is indicative of the water storage capacity of the wetland that will be used in the model
simulation.
If possible, the bathymetry of the wetland should be surveyed. LIDAR data or GIS analysis may also be used to provide
approximate wetland contours.
In the absence of bathymetry data, approximate the bathymetry using the permanent ponding area and assume that the storage
will occur on top of that area. This resulting storage area will be lower than the actual area, providing a more protective
model.
2. Hydroperiod Monitoring
Collect at least one year of water levels (instantaneous water stage and crest stage) using a crest stage gage or continuous
water level loggers in the wetland. Water levels should be collected at least monthly over a year.
Average base stage = (Instantaneous stage at the beginning of interval + Instantaneous stage at the end of interval)/2
3. Flow Monitoring
The goal of this monitoring is to construct a relationship in the model to simulate how flows will be released from the
wetland for each given stage. A simplified monitoring approach may be appropriate for a simple wetland flow regime. For
instance, where a well-defined outlet controls the outflows from a wetland, instantaneous monitoring of the outflow for the
typical range of flows may be sufficient. In this simple case, a velocity and cross-section and stage monitoring at the outlet
can be sufficient to create the relationship for the model. These measurements may be performed in conjunction with the
hydroperiod monitoring described above. Additional field visits timed with precipitation or dry periods may be necessary to
ensure that the outflow relationship covers the range of modeled flows.
Ecology acknowledges that it can be challenging to determine the location(s) of flows to and from wetlands. In some cases,
there will be a clear channel that is the source of the inflows and outflows, while in others, the water may disperse over a
wide area. An alternative would be to gather nearly continuous (every 15 minute) rainfall data along with wetland stage data
(hydroperiod monitoring) and adjust the storage and discharge rate within the model using these data. If the flow data or
estimation in the model are not available, assume there is no surface outflow for the wetland (closed depression).
REFERENCE 5: WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 5-6
Chapter 8 of Wetlands and Urbanization, Implications for the Future (Azous and Horner, 1997)" indicates that a complete
wetland water balance includes precipitation, evapotranspiration, surface inflow, surface outflow, groundwater exchange, and
change in wetland storage using a tipping-bucket gage and continuous flow measurements. The wetland assessment as part of
this Method 1 needs to consider the more protective approach to develop that relationship. A scientist (e.g. wetland scientist
or hydrologist) may determine that the groundwater flow is a significant characteristic of the outflow of the system. In this
case the project proponent may need to determine the groundwater regime of the system.
Model Construction and Simulation
The project proponent should develop a stage-storage-discharge (SSD) table that represents the volume of water that ponds in
the wetland and the flow rate of water that discharges from the wetland at a given stage.
Having a reliable SSD table that represents the wetland is essential to evaluate the effects of development in the model.
Wetland bathymetry and contour data by field measurement or using equations to represent the volume-area-depth relations
of wetlands and wetland flow monitoring data are critical to develop the SSD table for the wetland.
In the absence of actual wetland flow monitoring data, it may be possible to develop a SSD table for the wetland by
combining the model simulated flows with the field data obtained on the wetland WLF (hydroperiod monitoring) data. This
would require an iterative modeling process. The modeling iterations would involve manually changing the discharge rates in
the SSD table until the resulting simulated WLF approach WLF from the field monitoring data. The project proponent or
modeler should provide the details of how this estimated in its hydrologic assessment report, so that it can be reviewed by the
local jurisdiction.
With an SSD table, the following are necessary for the model simulation to evaluate the discharge of development in the
model and determine compliance with the Method 1 Wetland Hydroperiod Protection criteria.
• Pre-project condition land uses and associated acreage for the entire contributing area that drains to the wetland.
• Post-project condition land uses and associated acreage for the entire contributing area that drains to the wetland.
• Percentage of developing project area compared to total acreage of contributing area that drains to the wetland.
Pre-Project Simulation
1. Identify existing impervious and pervious surfaces that discharge to the wetland and use the model elements to
represent the land use and associated acreage for all hydrologically contributing areas to the wetland.
2. Add the wetland buffer using the lateral flow soil basin, or include it as part of the contributing area land use.
3. Connect the runoff from the contributing basin(s) including interflow and groundwater to the SSD table that
represents the wetland.
4. Set the outflow of the wetland as the Point of Compliance (POC).
Post-Project Simulation
1. Identify anticipated impervious and pervious surfaces that discharge to the wetland and use the model elements to
represent the land use and associated acreage for all hydrologically contributing areas to the wetland.
2. Identify any Flow Control BMPs in the contributing area draining to the wetland and use the appropriate model
elements to represent these facilities.
3. Add the wetland buffer using the lateral flow soil basin, or include it as part of the contributing area land use.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 5-7
4. Connect the runoff from the contributing basin(s) (including the buffer) including interflow and groundwater to
the same SSD table that was used in the pre-project scenario.
5. Connect flows from any Flow Control BMP elements through the downstream element(s) to SSD table that
represents the wetland.
6. Connect any infiltration from Flow Control BMP elements to groundwater of SSD table (if applicable).
7. Set the outflow of the wetland as the POC.
The order of the steps above depends on the type of elements and their intended function and could change to be more
representative of the contributing flow pathways to the wetland.
Once the model simulations are done for post and pre-project scenarios, export the SSD table stage data for the full period of
record: daily, monthly and yearly average, and Max and Min stage.
These model outputs, together with monitored WLF, are to be used to verify compliance with the Method 1 Hydroperiod
Protection Criteria in I-C.4 Wetland Hydroperiod Protection.
Steps to Verify Compliance with the Method 1 Hydroperiod Protection Criteria
Ecology has provided an Excel template to assist with the calculations in the steps below. The Excel template may be
downloaded from the interactive online version of the 2019 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington.
1) Calculate the Existing WLF of Wetland using Monitored Water Levels
Using the measurements of crest and instantaneous stage during a series of time intervals over a year, calculate water level
fluctuation (WLF) between measurements.
Calculate mean annual and mean monthly WLF as the arithmetic averages of a year and each month for which data are
available.
Water level fluctuation (WLF) = Crest stage - Average base stage
2) Estimate the WLF by Continuous Simulation of Stages in the Model
Using modeled daily, monthly and yearly stages (average, max and min) for the full period of record, calculate daily,
monthly or annual WLF as follows:
WLF = Max stage - average stage
3) Calculate Allowable WLF change
Allowable WLF change by the proposed project is determined by two factors: Monitored WLF of the wetland, and the size of
the proposed project relative to the wetland’s contributing basin area.
Allowable WLF change for the proposed project is calculated as follows:
• If monitored WLF is < 15 cm (0.49 ft, 5.91 inch),
o Allowable WLF change for the wetland (A) = 20 cm (0.66 ft, 7.87 inch) - monitored WLF
o Allowable W LF change for the proposed project = A / percentage of development by proposed project in
the contributing basin area.
• If monitored WLF for a given calendar month is > 15 cm (0.49 ft, 5.91 inch),
REFERENCE 5: WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 5-8
o Allowable WLF of the wetland (A) for that calendar month may increase by up to, but no more than, 5
cm (0.1 6ft, 1.97 inch).
o Allowable W LF change for the proposed project = 5 cm / percentage of development by proposed
project in the contributing basin area.
For example, if the project develops 10 acres of a 100 acre basin (10 %), the project can cause no more than 10 % of total
allowable WLF change in the wetland. If the total allowable WLF change for the wetland is 10 cm (0.32 ft, 3.94 inch), the
allowable WLF change for the proposed site is 1.0 cm (0.032 ft, 0.394 inch).
4) Verify Compliance with the Criteria
Compare each modeled daily, monthly or annual WLF with the calculated allowable WLF (factored by percentage of
development by proposed project in the contributing basin area). If any of the modeled WLF difference between pre-project
and post-project scenarios exceeds the calculated allowable WLF change for the proposed project, it means the proposed
project does not comply with Method 1 Wetland Hydroperiod Protection.
For criteria about durations and frequencies, assess individual modeled stage outputs to verify compliance.
Method 2
Model Construction and Simulation
When modeling, include the wetland buffer as the final element in both pre- and post-project scenarios, downstream of the
project area including any Flow Control BMPs. The point of compliance (POC) should be assigned to capture the total
(surface, interflow, and ground water) volume leaving the wetland buffer for both the pre-project and the post-project
scenarios.
Pre-project simulation
1. Identify existing impervious and pervious surfaces that discharge to the wetland and use the model elements to
represent these land areas.
2. Identify the wetland buffer area and use the lateral flow soil basin to represent the wetland buffer.
3. Connect the model elements to the wetland buffer ensuring that impervious land areas are connected to surface
flows and that for any other model elements all flows (surface, interflow, and ground water) are connected.
4. Set the wetland buffer element as the most downstream element.
5. Set the POC at the outflow of the wetland buffer element including surface runoff, interflow, and ground water.
Post-project simulation
1. Identify anticipated post-project impervious and pervious surfaces that discharge to the wetland and use the model
elements to represent these land areas.
2. Identify any Flow Control BMPs and use the appropriate the model elements to represent these facilities.
3. Identify the wetland buffer area and use the lateral flow soil basin to represent the wetland buffer.
4. Connect the model elements to the wetland buffer ensuring that impervious land areas are connected to surface
flows and that for any other model elements all flows (surface, interflow, and ground water) are connected.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 5-9
5. Connect any Flow Control BMP elements to the wetland buffer ensuring that surface flows are connected to
surface water and any infiltration is connected to ground water.
6. Set the wetland buffer element as the most downstream element.
7. Set the POC at the outflow of the wetland buffer element including surface runoff, interflow, and ground water.
Once the model simulations are done for post and pre-project scenarios, verify compliance with the Method 2 Hydroperiod
Protection Criteria.
Strategies to meet the Wetland Hydroperiod Protection Criteria
Consider the following strategies to minimize impacts on the wetland hydroperiod and to meet the criteria. The list is in order
of preference:
• Increasing the retention of natural pervious cover.
• Reducing the level of development.
• Reducing the total amount of impervious surfaces.
• Increasing infiltration using on-site LID techniques.
• Increasing or maintaining larger wetland buffer zones.
• Increasing infiltration and/or storage capacity of Flow Control BMPs.
REFERENCE 5: WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 5-10
I-C.8 Wetland Protection Definitions
The following terms are applicable only to this Appendix.
Buffer
The area (either upland, open water, or another wetland) that surrounds a wetland or watercourse and that reduces
adverse impacts to the ecosystem functions and values from adjacent development.
Hydroperiod
The seasonal occurrence of flooding and/or soil saturation; it encompasses the depth, frequency, duration, and
seasonal pattern of inundation.
Peat Wetland
Unique, irreplaceable bogs and fens that can exhibit water pH in a wide range from highly acidic to alkaline,
including fens typified by Sphagnum species, Rhododendron groenlandicum (Labrador tea), Drosera rotundifolia
(sundew), and Vaccinium oxycoccos (bog cranberry); marl fens; estuarine peat deposits; and other moss peat
systems with relatively diverse, undisturbed flora and fauna. Bog is the common name for peat systems having the
Sphagnum association described, but this term applies strictly only to systems that receive water income from
precipitation exclusively.
Perennial Wetland
Wetlands where at least a portion of their area has permanent surface water (i.e., flooded or inundated throughout
the year), in a normal water year or wetter.
POC
Point of compliance
Riverine impounding wetland
Riverine impounded wetlands retain surface water significantly longer than the duration of the flood event. Riverine
impounded wetlands tend to hold water for more than a week after a flood event. These wetlands are found in a
topographic depression on the valley floor, or in areas where natural or human made barriers to downstream flow
occur.
Seasonal wetland, Seasonal ponding
A wetland that has water above the soil surface for a period of time (usually between two months to less than one
year) during and/or after the wettest season but in typical years dries to or below the soil surface in warmer, drier
weather.
SSD
stage-storage-discharge
Stage excursion
A post-project departure, either higher or lower, from the water depth existing under a given set of conditions in the
pre-development state.
Water Level Fluctuation (WLF)
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 5-11
This is a defining characteristic of a wetland. Water level fluctuation (WLF) during a monitoring interval is as
follows:
Average base stage = (Instantaneous stage at beginning of interval + Instantaneous stage at end of interval)/2
Wetland functions
The ecological (physical, chemical, and biological) processes or attributes of a wetland. Functions are often defined
in terms of the processes that provide value to society, but they can also be defined based on processes that are not
value based. Wetland functions include food chain support, provision of ecosystem diversity and fish and wildlife
habitat, flood flow alteration, ground water recharge and discharge, water quality improvement, and soil
stabilization.
Wetlands
Those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to
support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in
saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas. Wetlands do not
include those artificial wetlands intentionally created from nonwetland sites, including, but not limited to, irrigation
and drainage ditches, grass-lined swales, canals, detention facilities, wastewater treatment facilities, farm ponds, and
landscape amenities, or those wetlands created after July 1, 1990, that were unintentionally created as a result of the
construction of a road, street, or highway. Wetlands may include those artificial wetlands intentionally created from
nonwetland areas to mitigate the conversion of wetlands. (Waterbodies not included in the definition of wetlands as
well as those mentioned in the definition are still waters of the state.)
WLF
See Water Level Fluctuation definition References 11 Amanda L. Azous and Richard R. Horner (eds.), Wetlands
and Urbanization, Implications for the Future, Final Report of the Puget Sound Wetlands and Stormwater
Management Research Program, 1997. (vi)
REFERENCE 5: WETLAND HYDROLOGY PROTECTION GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 5-12
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 6
HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6-A INFILTRATION RATE TEST METHODS
6-B POND GEOMETRY CALCULATIONS
6-C INTRODUCTION TO LEVEL POOL ROUTING
6-D SUPPLEMENTAL MODELING GUIDELINES
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-A-2
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 6-A-1
REFERENCE 6-A
INFILTRATION RATE TEST METHODS
See the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual (SWDM) Chapter 5 and Appendix C for
applications and limitations for the use of the infiltration rate test methods below.
PILOT INFILTRATION TEST (PIT)
Source: Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (SMMWW 2014)
In-situ infiltration measurements using the Pilot Infiltration Test (PIT) described below is the preferred
method for estimating the measured (initial) saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat) of the soil profile
beneath the proposed infiltration facility. The larger PIT reduces some of the scale errors associated with
relatively small-scale double ring infiltrometer or “stove-pipe” infiltration tests. It is not a standard test but
rather a practical field procedure recommended by Ecology’s Technical Advisory Committee.
LARGE-SCALE PILOT INFILTRATION TEST (PIT)
Infiltration Test
Excavate the test pit to the estimated surface elevation of the proposed infiltration facility. Lay back
the slopes sufficiently to avoid caving and erosion during the test. Alternatively, consider shoring the
sides of the test pit.
The horizontal surface area of the bottom of the test pit should be approximately 100 square feet.
Accurately document the size and geometry of the test pit.
Install a vertical measuring rod (minimum 5-ft. long) marked in half-inch increments in the center of
the pit bottom.
Use a rigid 6-inch diameter pipe with a splash plate on the bottom to convey water to the pit and
reduce side-wall erosion or excessive disturbance of the pond bottom. Excessive erosion and bottom
disturbance will result in clogging of the infiltration receptor and yield lower than actual infiltration
rates.
Add water to the pit at a rate that will maintain a water level between 6 and 12 inches above the
bottom of the pit. A rotameter can be used to measure the flow rate into the pit.
Note: The depth should not exceed the proposed maximum depth of water expected in the completed
facility. For infiltration facilities serving large drainage areas, designs with multiple feet of standing
water can have infiltration tests with greater than 1 foot of standing water.
Every 15–30 min, record the cumulative volume and instantaneous flow rate in gallons per minute
necessary to maintain the water level at the same point on the measuring rod.
Keep adding water to the pit until one hour after the flow rate into the pit has stabilized (constant flow
rate; a goal of 5% variation or less variation in the total flow) while maintaining the same pond water
level. The total of the pre-soak time plus one hour after the flow rate has stabilized should be no less
than 6 hours.
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-A-2
After the flow rate has stabilized for at least one hour, turn off the water and record the rate of
infiltration (the drop rate of the standing water) in inches per hour from the measuring rod data, until
the pit is empty. Consider running this falling head phase of the test several times to estimate the
dependency of infiltration rate with head.
At the conclusion of testing, over-excavate the pit to see if the test water is mounded on shallow
restrictive layers or if it has continued to flow deep into the subsurface. The depth of excavation varies
depending on soil type and depth to hydraulic restricting layer, and is determined by the engineer or
certified soils professional. Mounding is an indication that a mounding analysis is necessary.
Data Analysis
Calculate and record the saturated hydraulic conductivity rate in inches per hour in 30 minutes or one-hour
increments until one hour after the flow has stabilized.
Note: Use statistical/trend analysis to obtain the hourly flow rate when the flow stabilizes. This would be
the lowest hourly flow rate.
Apply appropriate correction factors to determine the site-specific design infiltration rate. See the
discussion of correction factors for infiltration facilities in SWDM Section 5.4.1.
Example
The area of the bottom of the test pit is 8.5 feet by 11.5 feet.
Water flow rate was measured and recorded at intervals ranging from 15 to 30 minutes throughout the test.
Between 400 minutes and 1,000 minutes the flow rate stabilized between 10 and 12.5 gallons per minute
or 600 to 750 gallons per hour, or an average of (9.8 + 12.3) / 2 = 11.1 inches per hour.
SMALL-SCALE PILOT INFILTRATION TEST (PIT)
A smaller-scale PIT can be substituted for the large-scale PIT in any of the following instances.
The drainage area to the infiltration site is less than 1 acre.
The testing is for LID BMPs that serve small drainage areas and /or are widely dispersed throughout a
project site.
The site has a high infiltration rate, making a large-scale PIT difficult, and the site geotechnical
investigation suggests uniform subsurface characteristics.
Infiltration Test
Excavate the test pit to the estimated surface elevation of the proposed infiltration facility. In the case
of bioretention, excavate to the estimated elevation at which the imported soil mix will lie on top of
the underlying native soil. For trenches, excavate to the proposed bottom of the trench. For permeable
pavements, excavate to the elevation at which the imported subgrade materials, or the pavement itself,
will contact the underlying native soil. If the native soils (road subgrade) will have to meet a minimum
subgrade compaction requirement, compact the native soil to that requirement prior to testing. Note
that the permeable pavement design guidance recommends compaction not exceed 90%–92%. Finally,
lay back the slopes sufficiently to avoid caving and erosion during the test. Alternatively, consider
shoring the sides of the test pit.
The horizontal surface area of the bottom of the test pit should be 12 to 32 square feet. It may be
circular or rectangular, but accurately document the size and geometry of the test pit.
Install a vertical measuring rod adequate to measure the ponded water depth and that is marked in
half-inch increments in the center of the pit bottom.
REFERENCE 6-A: INFILTRATION RATE TEST METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-A-3
Use a rigid pipe with a splash plate on the bottom to convey water to the pit and reduce side-wall
erosion or excessive disturbance of the pond bottom. Excessive erosion and bottom disturbance will
result in clogging of the infiltration receptor and yield lower than actual infiltration rates. Use a 3-inch
diameter pipe for pits on the smaller end of the recommended surface area, and a 4-inch pipe for pits
on the larger end of the recommended surface area.
Pre-soak period: Add water to the pit so that there is standing water for at least 6 hours. Maintain the
pre-soak water level at least 12 inches above the bottom of the pit.
At the end of the pre-soak period, add water to the pit at a rate that will maintain a 6-12 inch water
level above the bottom of the pit over a full hour. The depth should not exceed the proposed maximum
depth of water expected in the completed facility.
Every 15 minutes, record the cumulative volume and instantaneous flow rate in gallons per minute
necessary to maintain the water level at the same point (between 6 inches and 1 foot) on the measuring
rod. The specific depth should be the same as the maximum designed ponding depth (usually
6–12 inches).
After one hour, turn off the water and record the rate of infiltration (the drop rate of the standing
water) in inches per hour from the measuring rod data, until the pit is empty.
A self-logging pressure sensor may also be used to determine water depth and drain-down.
At the conclusion of testing, over-excavate the pit to see if the test water is mounded on shallow
restrictive layers or if it has continued to flow deep into the subsurface. The depth of excavation varies
depending on soil type and depth to hydraulic restricting layer, and is determined by the engineer or
certified soils professional. The soils professional should judge whether a mounding analysis is
necessary.
Data Analysis
See the explanation above under the guidance for the large-scale pilot infiltration test.
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-A-4
SINGLE-RING PERCOLATION TEST PROCEDURE
(See SWDM Section 5.2 and Appendix C for limitations on the use of this procedure)
Preparation for Test
A single ring made of steel or other durable material a minimum of 3 feet in diameter and a minimum of
6 inches high and an adequate supply of clear water is needed. Tests must be performed in undisturbed
native soil in suitable locations to determine soil percolation rates for the proposed infiltration facility. The
surface of the soil where the test is to be run must be accurately leveled and the ring imbedded and sealed
in the soil to prevent water from running under the ring and onto the surface.
Soaking Period
The ring shall be carefully filled with at least 6 inches of clear water. The depth of water should be
maintained for at least 4 hours and preferably overnight if fine-grained soils are present. Automatic
siphons or float valves may be employed to automatically maintain the water level during the soaking
period. It is extremely important that the soil be allowed to soak for a sufficiently long period of time to
allow the soil to swell if accurate results are to be obtained.
In sandy soils with little or no fines, soaking is not necessary. If, after filling the ring twice with 6 inches
of water, the water seeps completely away in less than ten minutes, the test can proceed immediately.
Measurement of the Percolation Rate
Except for sandy soils, percolation rate measurements are made 15 hours but no more than 30 hours after
the soaking period began. The water level is adjusted to 6 inches above the soil surface and successive
measurements are taken to determine the percolation rate. At no time during the test is the water level
allowed to rise more than 6 inches above the soil surface.
Immediately after adjustment, the water level is measured from a fixed reference point to the nearest
1/16th inch at 30-minute intervals. The test is continued until two successive water level drops do not vary
by more than 1/16 inch within a 90-minute period. After each measurement, the water level is readjusted
to the 6-inch level. The last water level drop is used to calculate the percolation rate.
In sandy soils or soils in which the first 6-inch of water added after the soaking period seeps away in less
than 30 minutes, water level measurements are made at 10-minute intervals for a 1-hour period. The last
water level drop is used to calculate the percolation rate.
Calculation of the Percolation Rate
The percolation rate is calculated for each test by dividing the time interval used between measurements
by the magnitude of the last water level drop. This calculation results in a percolation rate in terms of
minutes/inch. To determine the percolation rate for the area, the rates obtained from each hole are
averaged.
Example: If the last measured drop in water level after 30 minutes is 5/8-inch, then:
Percolation rate = (30 minutes)/(5/8 inch) = 48 minutes/inch.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 6-B-1
REFERENCE 6-B
POND GEOMETRY CALCULATIONS
<Known>
Volume (V)
Pond Depth (D)
Side Slope (SS)
Length-to-Width Ratio (R)
<Find>
Bottom Area of Rectangular Pond, Ao
<Solution>
Y = depth of section measured from
bottom, from zero to D
W0= width at pond bottom
The pond width (W) at any depth, Y:
YSWWSY20 (Eq. 1)
The pond length (L) at any depth, Y:
YSRWLSY20 (Eq. 2)
The pond area at any depth, Y:
YSWYSRWWLASSYYY2200 (Eq. 3)
or,
22
0
2
0 42)1(YSYSWRRWASSY (Eq. 4)
The equation for the pond-full volume (V) is obtained by integrating between Y=0 and Y=D:
dYYSYSWRRWV
D
SS
0
22
0
2
0 42)1( (Eq. 5)
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-B-2
or,
D
SS YSYSWRYRWV
0
322
0
2
0 3
41
(Eq. 6)
or,
32
0
22
0 3
41 DSWRDSRDWVSS (Eq. 7)
Where
V = Volume of rectangular pond
D = Depth
W0 = Bottom width
R = Length-to-width ratio
Ss = Side Slope
Rearrange equation to solve for W0 using quadratic equation, cbxax20 :
VDSWRDSRDWSS32
0
22
0 3
410 (Eq. 8)
Use Quadratic Equation to solve for positive solution of W0, a
acbbx2
42:
RD
VDSRDRDSRDS
W
SSS
2
3
4411 32222
0
(Eq. 9)
Use Equation 2 for Length of pond at Y=0:
00RWL
Use Equation 3 for Area of pond at Y=0:
2
000RWWLAO
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 6-C-1
REFERENCE 6-C
INTRODUCTION TO LEVEL POOL ROUTING
STORAGE ROUTING/WATER LEVEL ANALYSIS METHODS
INTRODUCTION TO LEVEL POOL ROUTING
The level pool routing technique is one of the simplest and most commonly used routing methods. It is
described in the Handbook of Applied Hydrology (Chow, Ven Te, 1964) and elsewhere, and it is based on
the continuity equation:
Inflow - Outflow = Change in storage
12
2121
22 SSt
SOOII
(Ref 6C-1)
where I = inflow at time 1 and time 2
O = outflow at time 1 and time 2
S = storage at time 1 and time 2
t = time interval, t2 - t1
The time interval, t, must be consistent with the time interval of the inflow hydrograph or time series.
The t variable can be eliminated by dividing it into the storage variables to obtain the following
rearranged equation:
I1 + I2 + 2S1 - O1 = O2 + 2S2 (Ref 6C-2)
If the time interval, t, is in minutes, the units of storage S are now [cf/min] which can be approximated to
cfs by multiplying by 1 min/60 sec.
The terms on the left-hand side of the equation are known from the inflow time series and from the storage
and outflow values of the previous time step. The unknowns O2 and S2 can be solved using the stage-
storage and stage-discharge relationships for the storage facility being analyzed or sized. The level pool
routing procedure calls for this calculation to be made for each time step of the inflow time series in order
to generate the outflow time series for the facility. Because of the repetitive nature of this procedure, it is
best performed using a computer.
Developing the Stage-Storage Relationship
The following methods and equations are used for determining the stage-storage relationships of various
facility types:
Facilities with Vertical Sides
For vertical-sided facilities such as vaults, the stored volume is simply the bottom area times the height.
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-C-2
Ponds with 3:1 Side Slopes
For ponds with 3:1 side slopes, the stored volume can be approximated by averaging the pond surface area
with the bottom area. The following equation was derived based on this assumption and for a square pond
but provides a reasonable trial estimation for typical ponds of other shapes.
S(H) = 12 H3 + 6 H2 + AbH (Ref 6C-3)
where H = stage height (ft) or water depth above pond bottom
Ab = area of pond bottom (sf)
S(H) = storage (cf) at stage height H
Note: Actual pond volumes and surface areas should be computed based on the methods outlined in
Reference Section 6-B, or the following equation:
V = (At + Ab + ) (Ref 6C-4)
where h = depth
At = area of top
Ab = area of the bottom
Irregularly Shaped Storage Areas
The stage-storage relationship for irregularly shaped storage areas may be developed as follows:
1. Obtain topographic contours of an existing or proposed storage facility location and determine
(with a planimeter or otherwise) the area enclosed by each contour. For example, in Figure A
below, each contour represents a one-foot interval. Contour 71 is the lowest portion of the facility
location and represents zero storage. Contour 76 represents a potential stage of 5 feet above the
bottom the facility.
2. Calculate the average end area within each set of contours. For the example in Figure A, the
average end area between contours 71 and 72 would be:
= 2500 sf
3. Calculate the volume between each set of contours by multiplying the average end area within
each set of contours by the difference in elevation. To illustrate, the volume between contours 71
and 72 would be:
(2500 sf)(1 ft) = 2500 cf
Similarly,
Area 72-73 = 6,550 cf
Area 73-74 = 10,050 cf
Area 74-75 = 12,950 cf
Area 75-76 = 16,750 cf
4. Define the total storage below each contour. This is just the sum of the volumes computed in the
previous step up to the contour in question. For example, there is no storage below contour 71,
2500 cf below contour 72, and (6550 + 2500) = 9050 cf below contour 73.
A b
h
3 A At b
600 4400
2
REFERENCE 6-C: INTRODUCTION TO LEVEL POOL ROUTING
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-C-3
In summary,
Contours Stage Sum of Volumes Total Volume
Contours 71-72 1 0 + 2,500 = 2,500 cf
Contours 72-73 2 2,500 + 6,500 = 9,050 cf
Contours 73-74 3 9,050 + 10,050 = 19,100 cf
Contours 74-75 4 19,100 + 12,950 = 32,050 cf
Contours 75-76 5 32,050 + 16,750 = 48,800 cf
Figure B below is a plot of the stage-storage relationship for this example.
FIGURE A – STORAGE AREA CONTOURS AT ONE-FOOT INTERVALS
FIGURE B – STAGE-STORAGE RELATIONSHIP
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0 10 20 30 40 50
STORAGE (cubic feet/1000)STAGE (feet above contour 71)
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-C-4
Developing the Stage-Discharge Relationship
The stage-discharge relationship is determined by computing the peak discharge rate for each stage height
used in the stage-storage relationship. Peak discharge rates are computed using the appropriate flow
equation(s) or headwater data corresponding to the type of outlet present or proposed.
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 6-D-1
REFERENCE 6-D
SUPPLEMENTAL MODELING GUIDELINES
Following is a list of approved models and default parameters for use specifically with the City of Renton
Surface Water Design Manual (SWDM). For general use of the model(s), including default parameters,
assumptions and limitations of the model(s), see the user’s documentation provided with the software.
NOTE: Modification of the default modeling parameters shall only be considered through the
adjustment process per Section 1.4.
APPROVED MODELS
Note: KCRTS is no longer maintained by King County and is not an approved model for use with the
SWDM.
Stormwater Runoff and Water Quality Design
MGS Flood <http://mgsengr.com/mgsfloodhome.html> (Note: This model is not allowed for explicit
modeling of bioretention)
WWHM2012
The latest update distributed by Ecology is downloadable at:
<https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Guidance-technical-assistance/Stormwater-permittee-
guidance-resources/Stormwater-manuals/Western-Washington-Hydrology-Model#latest >
WWHM 4
<http://www.clearcreeksolutions.info/>
Hydrologic Simulation Program (Fortran) (HSPF)
<http://water.usgs.gov/software/HSPF/>
Groundwater Mounding Evaluation
MODRET ver. 6.1 or later (Infiltration module ONLY)
<https://www.modret.com/software>
MODFLOW
<http://water.usgs.gov/ogw/modflow/>
Backwater Analysis
KCBW
<http://www.kingcounty.gov/environment/waterandland/stormwater/documents/surface-water-design-
manual/hydrologic-hydraulic-model-software.aspx>
Several others as accepted during the CED plan review process
Spreadsheets often used, depending on conveyance network complexity
PARAMETERS USED IN MODELING
Follow the guidance in the software user’s documentation except as indicated below. Revision of default
or specific parameters requires an approved adjustment per SWDM Section 1.4
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-D-2
General Default Parameters
Pervious and Impervious Land Categories (PERLND and IMPLND parameter values)
In WWHM, MGS Flood and HSPF, pervious land categories are represented by PERLNDs;
impervious land categories by IMPLNDs.
WWHM and MGS Flood provide over 20 unique PERLND parameters that describe various
hydrologic factors that influence runoff and 4 parameters to represent IMPLND.
These default values are based on regional parameter values developed by the U.S. Geological Survey
for watersheds in western Washington (Dinicola, 1990), and for the WWHM model, additional HSPF
modeling work conducted by AQUA TERRA Consultants. A complete description of the PERLND
parameters can be found in the HSPF User Manual, 8. The values are not to be revised unless
approved through the adjustment process in Section 1.4.
The precipitation stations used to develop the values represent rainfall at elevations below 1,500 feet.
WWHM and MGS Flood do not include snowfall and snowmelt in their analyses.
When sizing flow control facilities, the infiltration needs to be turned off for infiltrative BMPs to
avoid double-counting the infiltration/credit benefit in the sizing.
Default Parameters and SWDM-Specific Guidelines by Model (periodically updated)
MGS Flood:
<http://mgsengr.com/mgsfloodhome.html>
Applicability and Limitations to MGS Flood1
(See the full discussion of Applications and Limitations in the User’s Documentation)
MGS Flood is intended for the analysis of stormwater detention facilities in the lowlands of western
Washington. The program utilizes the HSPF routines for computing runoff from rainfall for pervious
and impervious land areas. The program does not include routines for simulating the accumulation and
melt of snow and its use should be limited to lowland areas where snowmelt is typically not a major
contributor to floods or to the annual runoff volume. In general, these conditions correspond to an
elevation below approximately 1,500 feet.
The program is applicable for the analysis of stormwater facilities for small sites (several thousand
square feet) to watersheds (10s of square miles). The program includes precipitation timeseries with a
15-minute time step for much of western Washington.
MGS Flood is not currently allowed for explicit modeling of bioretention. It will be allowed for such
use when Ecology has approved it for the same.
Guidelines for Use of MGS Flood with the SWDM:
1. Use of the Extended Precipitation Timeseries per the general model guidance is required.
2. Use the flow control exception threshold of 0.1 cfs with the 1-hr timestep. Where the 15-minute
timestep is required in design (e.g., water quality facility sizing), multiply the 1-hr timestep peak
value by 1.6 to approximate the 15-min timestep peak value (Reference: SMMWW 2014 BMP
T9.10: Basic Biofiltration Swale, Stability Check SC-1).
Western Washington Hydrology Model (WWHM2012, WWHM4):
<https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Guidance-technical-assistance/Stormwater-permittee-
guidance-resources/Stormwater-manuals/Western-Washington-Hydrology-Model#latest >
1 Source: MGS Flood User’s Manual, Proprietary Version, with references to City of Renton requirements added
REFERENCE 6-D: SUPPLEMENTAL MODELING GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-D-3
Applicability and Limitations to WWHM2012/WWHM42
(See the full discussion of Applications and Limitations in the User’s Documentation)
Ecology created WWHM for the specific purpose of sizing stormwater control facilities for new
developments in western Washington. WWHM can be used for a range of conditions and
developments; however, certain limitations are inherent in this software.
WWHM uses the EPA HSPF software program to do all of the rainfall-runoff and routing
computations. Therefore, HSPF limitations are included in the approved model. For example,
backwater or tailwater control situations are not explicitly modeled by HSPF. This is also true in the
approved model.
Earlier versions of WWHM, WWHM1 and WWHM2 had limited routing capabilities. The routing
capabilities of WWHM2012 have improved and the user can input multiple stormwater control
facilities and runoff is routed through them. If the proposed development site involves routing through
a natural lake or wetland in addition to multiple stormwater control facilities, WWHM2012 can be
used to do the routing computations and additional analysis.
Routing effects become more important as the drainage area increases. For this reason, Ecology
recommends that WWHM not be used for drainage areas greater than one-half square mile (320
acres). WWHM can be used for small drainage areas less than an acre in size.
Guidelines for use of WWHM2012 or WWHM4 with the SWDM:
1. The City allows credit for Basic and Enhanced Basic water quality treatment for flows directed
through the Ecology-approved bioretention soil mix. Refer to SWDM Section 6.8 for additional
guidance related to using bioretention facilities to provide water quality treatment.
2. Water quality facility sizing: On-site BMPs serving pollution-generating surfaces may require
water quality treatment located immediately upstream. These water quality facilities may be sized
using the tributary area characterized by BMP flow control credits.
3. Water quality reporting: When using the water quality summary feature, ensure the water quality
design meets the water quality sizing requirements in SWDM Chapter 6.
4. Submittals for permit review:
Electronic files – include the following files from the model run(s):
WWHM2012 binary project file (.WHM file extension)
WWHM2012 ASCII project file (.WH2 file extension)
WWHM2012 WDM file (.WDM file extension)
WWHM2012 report file (PDF)
o Note: When viewing or printing the project report in text mode, the water quality
reporting specific to elements, as selected in the LID Report accessed from the LID icon
to the right of the Tools icon, will not display properly unless landscape orientation and
legal size paper are selected as viewing/printing options.
MODRET ver. 6.1 (Infiltration module ONLY):
<https://www.modret.com/software>
Training available for the software: <www.suncam.com>
Applicability and Limitations for MODRET ver. 6.13
2 Source: Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (SMMWW), 2014 update
3 Source: MODRET ver.6.1 Help files, with references to City of Renton requirements added.
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-D-4
The use of MODRET for SWDM applications is limited to groundwater mounding analyses using
the Infiltration module of the model.
MODRET (Computer MODEL to Design RETENTION Ponds) was originally developed in 1990, by
Nicolas E. Andreyev, P.E. as a complement to a research and development project for the Southwest
Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD), Brooksville, Florida. Since 1990 there have been
several revisions to the original model. The user is assumed to be a professional with a background in
hydrology and/or hydrogeology, and has a good command in surface runoff and groundwater flow
modeling. It is assumed that the user has read the “Stormwater Retention Pond Infiltration Analysis in
Unconfined Aquifers” manual (Andreyev, Wiseman, 1989, available from the author or from DNRP)
and understands the applicability and limitations of the MODRET program. It is also assumed that the
user is familiar with the use of personal computers, Microsoft Windows operating system and its
environment.
As a whole, MODRET 6.1 is not compliant with City requirements and SWDM methodologies. The
model is tailored around southwest Florida regulatory requirements and methodologies, and allows
generation of runoff hydrographs with various methods, calculation of infiltration losses from a
retention pond, discharge (overflow) through various types of weirs and orifices, and generation of
graphical results. However, the model’s methodology and graphic output closely follow southwest
Florida requirements and are not applicable for use in the City. The model’s use with the SWDM is
limited to the infiltration module and to the tabular output produced by the module.
Guidelines for use of MODRET 6.1 with the SWDM:
MODRET is a stormwater model based on USGS’s MODFLOW and is fashioned around Florida
regulatory requirements for stormwater control and pollution abatement. It is single event-based, thus
it is limited in its application to the City’s continuous Runoff Files Method requirements. However, it
is a popular tool for evaluating groundwater mounding in infiltration facilities and is mandated by
Ecology for the purpose. The Infiltration module in MODRET is the only module to be used with the
SWDM.
Due to the model’s event-based limitation, the Infiltration module’s graphics output screens do not
provide useful information for mounding analyses conducted under this manual and are not to be used
unless justified by the professional preparing the analysis and report. The Input screen is the main
entry point for data input. The View screen states the maximum water surface results at the bottom of
the screen (scroll down to view), and the time-based results in the View screen allow a check against
the seasonal rainfall pattern in the hydrograph file.
Infiltration Module Input Screen
Unsaturated Analysis: Yes/No – The unsaturated analysis in MODRET is an initial transitional stage
where the available pore volume fills until the saturated condition is achieved. A conservative
approach would not include the unsaturated analysis, ignoring the benefit of the filling of the pore
volume.
Runoff Data – (selected when the inputs are completed and RUN is selected) Do not use the
MANUAL option in the dropdown. Runoff data shall be prepared per Section 5.4.1, Groundwater
Mounding Analysis and selected with the HYDROGRAPH option in the dropdown menu. The data is
exported from the approved model and manipulated in a spreadsheet to the format described in the
MODRET documentation, then saved as a Formatted Text space-delimited file (.PRN file extension).
This file is then modified by manually changing its filename extension from .PRN to .SCS. The file is
then placed in the MODRET working directory and will appear among the selections when the
HYDROGRAPH option is selected.
Design Highwater Elevation, Area at Starting Water Level (area of pond bottom), Elevation of Pond
Bottom, Elevation of Starting Water Level (same as pond bottom), Pond Length to Width Ratio –
Values are taken or calculated from the design plans for the facility.
REFERENCE 6-D: SUPPLEMENTAL MODELING GUIDELINES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-D-5
Volume Between Starting Water Level and Estimated High Water Level – Enter the calculated net
volume of storage, that is, the gross storage volume of the facility multiplied by the calculated
Average Effective Storage Coefficient of Pond (1.0 for an open pond, <1 for gravel trenches or tanks
bedded in washed rock). The model does not do this calculation.
Average Effective Storage Coefficient of Pond – Calculate from facility design plan.(1.0 for an open
pond, < 1.0 for gravel trenches or tanks bedded in washed rock); use 0.35 porosity for typical 2″
washed drain rock, justify any other porosity value.
Elevation of Effective Aquifer Base, Elevation of Seasonal High Groundwater Table – Values
determined from subsurface exploration and documented/justified in the geotechnical summary
provided with the analysis. Accurate aquifer thickness data (i.e., location of the aquifer base) can be
beneficial to the analysis results, but the data is often incomplete, limiting the reportable aquifer
thickness to the depth of the exploration.
Average Effective Storage Coefficient of Soil for Unsaturated Analysis, Average Effective Storage
Coefficient of Soil for Saturated Analysis – Values determined from subsurface exploration and
documented/justified in the geotechnical summary provided with the analysis. The two values are
typically not the same and should reflect the specific yield characteristic of the soil (the moisture
content of the unsaturated soil left due to capillary forces and surface tension after gravity draining of
the saturated soil).
Unsaturated Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity, Saturated Horizontal Hydraulic Conductivity – The
infiltration rate entered into the model should be the facility design infiltration rate, adjusted to
exclude the geometry reduction factor, fgeometry. This infiltration rate is entered as the Unsaturated
Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity (Kvu) and is derived from field or lab tests (field tests include a
saturation period for the receptor soils, but the results are assumed to reflect the unsaturated condition
unless otherwise justified). The Saturated Horizontal Hydraulic Conductivity is the dominant
mechanism behind mounding, being the lateral movement of the inflow volume through the soil when
confined by the water table or impervious stratum below, once the pore volume in the vadose zone is
filled. It is indirectly related to the Unsaturated Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity and can be
approximated per the guidance in Section 5.4.1 or determined though lab tests or field pumping tests.
The effects of the geometry on groundwater mounding are captured by the model in lieu of applying
the reduction factor, fgeometry, so accurate determination of the geometrical inputs is necessary for the
modeling results to be valid. Geometry influencing the analysis includes length to width ratio (L:W),
design pond depth, net storage volume in the facility, separation of the facility bottom from the
seasonal high groundwater table and/or impermeable layer, and location and thickness of the
underlying aquifer
Factor of Safety for Kvu – A factor of safety of 1.0 for Kvu may be applied when following the
guidance for determining the value for Unsaturated Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity above. The input
screen for MODRET suggests a value of 2.0; software and supporting documentation indicate the
suggestion accounts for plugging by sedimentation and variability of the receptor soil characteristics
and field testing results. The reduction factors described in Section 5.4.1 for the Simplified Method
achieve this purpose and are to be applied to determine the value for Kvu for MODRET input.
Additional factor(s) of safety may be applied according to professional judgment.
Time Increment(s) During/After/Total for Storm Event – Use the program defaults unless otherwise
justified by the professional preparing the analysis.
Additional guidance
Allowable stress periods maximum 400 or so; time steps (aka data points) maximum count 9999
for hydrograph input files.
The MODRET report printout will be very long (approximately 80 pages) when the water year
hydrograph files described above under Input Screen/Runoff Data are applied. The additional
pages are largely a printout of the View screen, where the progress of the model run is displayed
REFERENCE 6: HYDROLOGIC/HYDRAULIC DESIGN METHODS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 6-D-6
and the maximum high water elevation information (i.e., the primary result of concern) appears at
the end of the table. Consult CED review staff to determine if the intermediate portion is
necessary to be included in the review submittal.
The hydrograph input file format is described in the model appendices. It is helpful to view one of
the installed .SCS files as an example for preparing the files. In a spreadsheet (e.g., Microsoft
Excel), manipulate the time series file produced by the approved model to the format described in
the appendix using Courier font, save as a .PRN file (i.e., Space Delimited). After exiting the
spreadsheet program, replace the saved file’s extension with .SCS and move the file to the
working folder for MODRET. The file will show in the Hydrograph selection process of the
Infiltration module.
If the Help module in MODRET does not function, open the document(s) directly from the
program folder.
Guidance for use of MODRET 6.1 with other software
MODRET and 64 bit Win 7/8 compatibility:
MODRET is a 32 bit program that will work on 64 bit operating systems. By default, a 32-bit
program will install to the “Program Files (x86)” directory on a 64-bit operating system, which
causes problems for MODRET. To work around this, change the install directory to
C:\MODRET. (DURING INSTALLATION)
MODRET and Win 7/8 display compatibility:
The menus in MODRET appear black in Win 7/8. To work around this, change the display theme
to the Classic, High Contrast Black, or High Contrast White theme and the menu text will display
properly.
MODRET and Acrobat for Internet Explorer:
During installation, you may receive an error related to AcroIEHelper.dll. Choose Ignore and continue
with the installation. As long as you can continue viewing PDFs in your browser, this should not be an
issue.
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 7
ENGINEERING PLAN SUPPORT
7-A CITY OF RENTON SURVEY AND DRAFTING STANDARDS
See the Survey and Drafting Standards document on the City’s website:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
7-B SURFACE WATER STANDARD PLAN NOTES, EROSION AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL STANDARD PLAN NOTES, AND
EXAMPLE OF CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
See Surface Water Standard Plans 267.00 and 267.10 for the Surface Water
Standard Plan Notes and 268.00 for the Erosion and Sediment Control Standard
Plan Notes:
<https://edocs.rentonwa.gov/Documents/Browse.aspx?id=990403&dbid=0&repo=
CityofRenton>
See attached Example of Construction Sequence.
REFERENCE 7: ENGINEERING PLAN SUPPORT
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 7-B
SURFACE WATER STANDARD PLAN NOTES,
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL STANDARD
PLAN NOTES, AND EXAMPLE OF CONSTRUCTION
SEQUENCE
REFERENCE 7: ENGINEERING PLAN SUPPORT
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 7-B-1
REFERENCE 7-B
See Surface Water Standard Plans 267.00 and 267.10 for the Surface Water Standard Plan Notes and
268.00 for the Erosion and Sediment Control Standard Plan Notes:
<https://edocs.rentonwa.gov/Documents/Browse.aspx?id=990403&dbid=0&repo=CityofRenton >
EXAMPLE OF CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
RECOMMENDED CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
1. Pre-construction meeting.
2. Post sign with name and phone number of CSWPP/ESC supervisor (may be consolidated with the
required notice of construction sign).
3. Flag or fence clearing limits.
4. Install catch basin protection and stormwater BMP area protection as required.
5. Grade and install construction entrance(s).
6. Install perimeter protection (silt fence, brush barrier, etc.).
7. Construct sediment ponds and traps.
8. Grade and stabilize construction roads.
9. Construct surface water controls (interceptor dikes, pipe slope drains, etc.) simultaneously with
clearing and grading for project development. Construct SWPPS controls in anticipation of scheduled
construction activity (e.g., concrete-related pH measures for utility, vault or roadway construction)
10. Maintain erosion control measures in accordance with Appendix D of the City of Renton Surface
Water Design Manual and manufacturer’s recommendations.
11. Relocate erosion control measures or install new measures so that as site conditions change the
erosion and sediment control and pollution prevention is always in accordance with the City’s Erosion
and Sediment Control Standards.
12. Cover all areas that will be unworked for more than seven days during the dry season or two days
during the wet season with straw, wood fiber mulch, compost, or equivalent.
13. Stabilize all areas that reach final grade within seven days.
14. Seed or sod any areas to remain unworked for more than 30 days.
15. Upon completion of the project, all disturbed areas must be stabilized and BMPs removed if
appropriate.
REFERENCE 7: ENGINEERING PLAN SUPPORT
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 7-B-2
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 8
PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEETS
8-A TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
See attached.
8-B OFF-SITE ANALYSIS DRAINAGE SYSTEM TABLE
See attached.
8-C WATER QUALITY FACILITY SIZING WORKSHEETS
See Reference Section 8-C of the 2021 King County Surface Water Design
Manual at:
<https://kingcounty.gov/services/environment/water-and-
land/stormwater/documents/surface-water-design-manual.aspx>
8-D FLOW CONTROL AND WATER QUALITY FACILITY SUMMARY
SHEET AND SKETCH
See the “Flow Control and Water Quality Facility Summary Sheet” document on
the City’s Civil Construction webpage at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-E CSWPP WORKSHEET FORMS
See attached.
8-F ADJUSTMENT APPLICATION AND PROCESS GUIDELINES
Does not apply to the City.
8-G DEDICATION AND INDEMNIFICATION CLAUSE – FINAL
RECORDING
Does not apply to the City.
8-H BOND QUANTITIES WORKSHEET
See the “Bond Quantity Worksheet” document on the City’s Civil Construction
webpage at:
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEETS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-I MAINTENANCE AND DEFECT AGREEMENT
See the “Maintenance and Defect Agreement” document on the City’s Civil
Construction webpage at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-J DRAINAGE FACILITY COVENANT
See the “Declaration of Covenant for Inspection and Maintenance of Drainage
Facilities and On-Site BMPs” document on the City’s Civil Construction webpage
at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-K DRAINAGE RELEASE COVENANT
See the “Release of Easement” and “Partial Release of Easement” documents on
the City’s Civil Construction webpage at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-L DRAINAGE EASEMENT
See the “Easement – Public Utilities” document on the City’s Civil Construction
webpage at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-M ON-SITE BMP COVENANT AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS (RECORDABLE FORMAT)
See the “Declaration of Covenant for Inspection and Maintenance of Drainage
Facilities and On-Site BMPs” document on the City’s Civil Construction webpage
at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
See attached Maintenance Instructions.
8-N IMPERVIOUS SURFACE LIMIT COVENANT
See the “Impervious Surface Limit Covenant” document on the City’s Civil
Construction webpage at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-O CLEARING LIMIT COVENANT
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
See the “Clearing Limit Covenant” document on the City’s Civil Construction
webpage at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-P RIVER PROTECTION EASEMENT – CITY OF RENTON
See the “River Protection Easement” document on the City’s Civil Construction
webpage at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-Q LEACHABLE METALS COVENANT
See the City’s Surface Water Design Standards website at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
8-R AGREEMENT TO CONSTRUCT IMPROVEMENTS
See the “Agreement to Construct Improvements” document on the City’s Civil
Construction webpage at:
<https://rentonwa.gov/city_hall/community_and_economic_development/permits/
civil_construction>
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEETS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 8-A
TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEETS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
8-A-1
REFERENCE 8-A
TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR)
WORKSHEET
Part 1 PROJECT OWNER AND
PROJECT ENGINEER Part 2 PROJECT LOCATION AND
DESCRIPTION
Project Owner _____________________________
Phone ___________________________________
Address __________________________________
_________________________________________
Project Engineer ___________________________
Company _________________________________
Phone ___________________________________
Project Name __________________________
CED Permit # ________________________
Location Township ________________
Range __________________
Section _________________
Site Address __________________________
_____________________________________
Part 3 TYPE OF PERMIT APPLICATION Part 4 OTHER REVIEWS AND PERMITS
Land Use (e.g., Subdivision / Short Subd.)
Building (e.g., M/F / Commercial / SFR)
Grading
Right-of-Way Use
Other _______________________
DFW HPA
COE 404
DOE Dam Safety
FEMA Floodplain
COE Wetlands
Other ________
Shoreline
Management
Structural
Rockery/Vault/_____
ESA Section 7
Part 5 PLAN AND REPORT INFORMATION
Technical Information Report Site Improvement Plan (Engr. Plans)
Type of Drainage Review
(check one):
Date (include revision
dates):
Date of Final:
Full
Targeted
Simplified
Large Project
Directed
__________________
__________________
__________________
Plan Type (check
one):
Date (include revision
dates):
Date of Final:
Full
Modified
Simplified
__________________
__________________
__________________
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
8-A-2
Part 6 SWDM ADJUSTMENT APPROVALS
Type (circle one): Standard / Blanket
Description: (include conditions in TIR Section 2)
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Approved Adjustment No. ______________________ Date of Approval: _______________________
Part 7 MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Monitoring Required: Yes / No
Start Date: _______________________
Completion Date: _______________________
Describe: _________________________________
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
Re: SWDM Adjustment No. ________________
Part 8 SITE COMMUNITY AND DRAINAGE BASIN
Community Plan: ____________________________________________________________________
Special District Overlays: ______________________________________________________________
Drainage Basin: _____________________________________________________________________
Stormwater Requirements: _____________________________________________________________
Part 9 ONSITE AND ADJACENT SENSITIVE AREAS
River/Stream ________________________
Lake ______________________________
Wetlands ____________________________
Closed Depression ____________________
Floodplain ___________________________
Other _______________________________
_______________________________
Steep Slope __________________________
Erosion Hazard _______________________
Landslide Hazard ______________________
Coal Mine Hazard ______________________
Seismic Hazard _______________________
Habitat Protection ______________________
_____________________________________
REFERENCE 8-A: TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 8-A-3
Part 10 SOILS
Soil Type
______________________
______________________
______________________
______________________
Slopes
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
Erosion Potential
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
High Groundwater Table (within 5 feet)
Other ________________________________
Sole Source Aquifer
Seeps/Springs
Additional Sheets Attached
Part 11 DRAINAGE DESIGN LIMITATIONS
REFERENCE
Core 2 – Offsite Analysis_________________
Sensitive/Critical Areas__________________
SEPA________________________________
LID Infeasibility________________________
Other________________________________
_____________________________________
LIMITATION / SITE CONSTRAINT
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
Additional Sheets Attached
Part 12 TIR SUMMARY SHEET (provide one TIR Summary Sheet
per Threshold Discharge Area)
Threshold Discharge Area:
(name or description)
Core Requirements (all 9 apply):
Discharge at Natural Location Number of Natural Discharge Locations:
Offsite Analysis Level: 1 / 2 / 3 dated:__________________
Flow Control (include facility
summary sheet)
Standard: _______________________________
or Exemption Number: ____________
Conveyance System Spill containment located at: _____________________________
Erosion and Sediment Control /
Construction Stormwater Pollution
Prevention
CSWPP/CESCL/ESC Site Supervisor: _____________________
Contact Phone: _________________________
After Hours Phone: _________________________
Maintenance and Operation Responsibility (circle one): Private / Public
If Private, Maintenance Log Required: Yes / No
Financial Guarantees and Liability Provided: Yes / No
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
8-A-4
Part 12 TIR SUMMARY SHEET (provide one TIR Summary Sheet
per Threshold Discharge Area)
Water Quality (include facility
summary sheet)
Type (circle one): Basic / Sens. Lake / Enhanced Basic / Bog
or Exemption No. _______________________
On-site BMPs Describe:
Special Requirements (as applicable):
Area Specific Drainage
Requirements
Type: SDO / MDP / BP / Shared Fac. / None
Name: ________________________
Floodplain/Floodway Delineation Type (circle one): Major / Minor / Exemption / None
100-year Base Flood Elevation (or range): _______________
Datum:
Flood Protection Facilities Describe:
Source Control
(commercial / industrial land use)
Describe land use:
Describe any structural controls:
Oil Control High-Use Site: Yes / No
Treatment BMP: _________________________________
Maintenance Agreement: Yes / No
with whom? _____________________________________
Other Drainage Structures
Describe:
REFERENCE 8-A: TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 8-A-5
Part 13 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
MINIMUM ESC REQUIREMENTS
DURING CONSTRUCTION
Clearing Limits
Cover Measures
Perimeter Protection
Traffic Area Stabilization
Sediment Retention
Surface Water Collection
Dewatering Control
Dust Control
Flow Control
Control Pollutants
Protect Existing and Proposed
BMPs/Facilities
Maintain Protective BMPs / Manage
Project
MINIMUM ESC REQUIREMENTS
AFTER CONSTRUCTION
Stabilize exposed surfaces
Remove and restore Temporary ESC Facilities
Clean and remove all silt and debris, ensure
operation of Permanent BMPs/Facilities, restore
operation of BMPs/Facilities as necessary
Flag limits of sensitive areas and open space
preservation areas
Other _______________________
Part 14 STORMWATER FACILITY DESCRIPTIONS (Note: Include Facility Summary and Sketch)
Flow Control Description Water Quality Description On-site BMPs Description
Detention
Infiltration
Regional
Facility
Shared
Facility
Other
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
Vegetated
Flowpath
Wetpool
Filtration
Oil Control
Spill Control
Other
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
Full Dispersion
Full Infiltration
Limited Infiltration
Rain Gardens
Bioretention
Permeable
Pavement
Basic Dispersion
Soil Amendment
Perforated Pipe
Connection
Other
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
_____________
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
8-A-6
Part 15 EASEMENTS/TRACTS Part 16 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Drainage Easement
Covenant
Native Growth Protection Covenant
Tract
Other ____________________________
Cast in Place Vault
Retaining Wall
Rockery > 4′ High
Structural on Steep Slope
Other _______________________________
Part 17 SIGNATURE OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
I, or a civil engineer under my supervision, have visited the site. Actual site conditions as observed were
incorporated into this worksheet and the attached Technical Information Report. To the best of my
knowledge the information provided here is accurate.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Signed/Date
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 8-B
OFF-SITE ANALYSIS DRAINAGE SYSTEM TABLE
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 8-B-1
REFERENCE 8-B
OFF-SITE ANALYSIS DRAINAGE SYSTEM TABLE
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL, CORE REQUIREMENT #2
Basin: Subbasin
Name:
Subbasin
Number:
Date
Symbol
Drainage Component
Type, Name, and Size
Drainage Component
Description Slope
Distance from
Site Discharge
Existing
Problems
Potential
Problems
Observations of Field
Inspector, Resource
Reviewer, or Resident
See map
Type: sheet flow, swale,
stream, channel, pipe,
pond, flow control/
treatment/on-site
BMP/facility
Size: diameter, surface
area
drainage basin,
vegetation, cover,
depth, type of sensitive
area, volume % ¼ ml = 1,320 ft.
Constrictions, under capacity, ponding,
overtopping, flooding, habitat or
organism destruction, scouring, bank
sloughing, sedimentation, incision,
other erosion
Tributary area, likelihood of
problem, overflow pathways,
potential impacts
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 8-B-2
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 8-E
CSWPP WORKSHEET FORMS
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
8-E-1
REFERENCE 8-E
CSWPP WORKSHEET FORMS
E S C M A I N T E N A N C E R E P O R T
Performed By: ___________________________
Date:___________________________
Project Name: ___________________________
CED Permit #: ___________________________
Clearing Limits
Damage OK Problem
Visible OK Problem
Intrusions OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Mulch
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Thickness OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Nets/Blankets
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Ground Contact OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Plastic
Tears/Gaps OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Seeding
Percent Cover OK Problem
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Mulch OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Sodding
Grass Health OK Problem
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Perimeter Protection including Silt Fence
Damage OK Problem
Sediment Build-up OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Other OK Problem
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 8-E-2
Flow Control, Treatment, and On-site BMP/Facility Protection
Damage OK Problem
Sedimentation OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Intrusions OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Brush Barrier
Damage OK Problem
Sediment Build-up OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Vegetated Strip
Damage OK Problem
Sediment Build-up OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Construction Entrance
Dimensions OK Problem
Sediment Tracking OK Problem
Vehicle Avoidance OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Wheel Wash
Dimensions OK Problem
Sed build up or tracking OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Construction Road
Stable Driving Surf. OK Problem
Vehicle Avoidance OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Sediment Trap/Pond
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Overtopping OK Problem
Inlet/Outlet Erosion OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Catch Basin/Inlet Protection
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Damage OK Problem
Clogged Filter OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Interceptor Dike/Swale
Damage OK Problem
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Overtopping OK Problem
Other OK Problem
REFERENCE 8-E: CSWPP WORKSHEET FORMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
8-E-3
Pipe Slope Drain
Damage OK Problem
Inlet/Outlet OK Problem
Secure Fittings OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Ditches
Damage OK Problem
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Overtopping OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Outlet Protection
Scour OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Level Spreader
Damage OK Problem
Concentrated Flow OK Problem
Rills/Gullies OK Problem
Sed. Accumulation OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Dewatering Controls
Sediment OK Problem
Dust Control
Palliative applied OK Problem
Miscellaneous
Wet Season Stockpile OK Problem
Other OK Problem
Comments:
Actions Taken:
Problems Unresolved:
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 8-E-4
BMP Implementation
Completed by:
Title:
Date:
Develop a plan for implementing each BMP. Describe the steps necessary to implement the BMP (i.e.,
any construction or design), the schedule for completing those steps (list dates), and the person(s)
responsible for implementation.
BMPs
Description of Action(s) Required for
Implementation
Scheduled Milestone
and Completion
Date(s)
Person
Responsible
for Action
Good
Housekeeping
1.
2.
3
Preventive
Maintenance
1.
2.
3.
4.
Spill
Prevention
and
Emergency
Cleanup
1.
2.
3.
Inspections 1.
2.
3.
REFERENCE 8-E: CSWPP WORKSHEET FORMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
8-E-5
BMPs
Description of Action(s) Required for
Implementation
Schedule Milestone
and Completion
Date(s)
Person
Responsible
for Action
Source Control
BMPs
1.
2.
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Water Quality
Facilities
1.
2.
3.
4.
Flow Control
Facilities
1.
2.
3.
4.
On-Site BMPs 1.
2.
3.
4.
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEET
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 8-E-6
Pollution Prevention Team
Completed by: ______________________
Title: ______________________________
Date: ______________________________
Responsible Official: Title:
Team Leader: Office Phone:
Cell Phone:
Responsibilities:
(1) Title:
Office Phone:
Cell Phone:
Responsibilities:
(2) Title:
Office Phone:
Cell Phone:
Responsibilities:
REFERENCE 8-E: CSWPP WORKSHEET FORMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
8-E-7
Employee Training
Completed by:
Title:
Date:
Describe the annual training of employees on the SWPPP, addressing spill response, good housekeeping, and material management practices.
Training Topics
1.) LINE WORKERS
Brief Description of Training Program/Materials
(e.g., film, newsletter course)
Schedule for Training
(list dates)
Attendees
Spill Prevention and
Response
Good Housekeeping
Material Management
Practices
2.) P2 TEAM:
SWPPP Implementation
Monitoring Procedures
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEETS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 8-E-8
List of Significant Spills and Leaks
Completed by:
Title:
Date:
List all spills and leaks of toxic or hazardous pollutants that were significant but are not limited to, release of oil or hazardous substances in
excess of reportable quantities. Although not required, we suggest you list spills and leaks of non-hazardous materials.
Date
(month/
day/
year)
Location
(as
indicated
on site
map)
Description Response Procedure
Preventive Measure Taken
Type of
Material Quantity
Source,
If Known
Reason for
Spill/Leak
Amount of
Material
Recovered
Material no
longer
exposed to
stormwater
(Yes/No)
REFERENCE 8-E: CSWPP WORKSHEET FORMS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
8-E-9
Potential Pollutant Source Identification
Completed by:
Title:
Date:
List all potential stormwater pollutants from materials handled, treated, or stored onsite.
Potential Stormwater Pollutant Stormwater Pollutant Source
Likelihood of pollutant being present in your
stormwater discharge. If yes, explain
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEETS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 8-E-10
Material Inventory
Completed by:
Title:
Date:
List materials handled, treated, stored, or disposed of at the project site that may potentially be exposed to precipitation or runoff.
Material Purpose/Location
Quantity (Units) Likelihood of contact with stormwater
If Yes, describe reason:
Past Spill or
Leak Used Produced Stored
(indicate per wk. or yr.) Yes No
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 8-M
ON-SITE BMP COVENANT AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS (RECORDABLE FORMAT)
REFERENCE 8: PLAN REVIEW FORMS AND WORKSHEETS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FULL DISPERSION
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “full dispersion.”
Full dispersion is a strategy for minimizing the area disturbed by development (i.e., impervious or
nonnative pervious surfaces, such as concrete areas, roofs, and lawns) relative to native vegetated areas
(e.g., forested surface) together with the application of dispersion techniques that utilize the natural
capacity of the native vegetated areas to mitigate the stormwater runoff quantity and quality impacts of
the developed surfaces.
This on-site BMP has two primary components that must be maintained per Appendix A of the City of
Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual:
(1) the devices that disperse runoff from the developed surfaces, and
(2) the native vegetated area and flowpath receiving the dispersed runoff.
Dispersion Devices
The dispersion devices used on your property include the following as indicated on the site
plan (CHECK THE BOX(ES) THAT APPLY):
splash blocks, rock pads, gravel filled trenches, sheet flow.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, placement, composition, and downstream flowpaths of these devices as depicted by the site
plan and design details must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the
City of Renton or through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Dispersion Devices
Dispersion devices must be inspected annually and after major storm events to identify and
repair any physical defects.
When native soil is exposed or erosion channels are present, the sources of the erosion or
concentrated flow need to be identified and mitigated.
Bare spots should be re-vegetated with native vegetation.
Concentrated flow can be mitigated by leveling the edge of the pervious area and/or regrading
or replenishing the rock in the dispersion device, such as in rock pads and gravel-filled
trenches.
Native Growth Retention Area
The native vegetated surface required for full dispersion is delineated as a “native growth
retention area” on the on-site BMP site plan. The trees, vegetation, ground cover, and soil
conditions in this area may not be disturbed, except as allowed by the following provisions for
that portion of the native growth retention area outside of critical areas and critical area
buffers:
1. Individual trees that have a structural defect due to disease or other defects, and which
threaten to damage a structure, road, parking area, utility, or place of employment or
public assembly, or block emergency access, may be topped, pruned, or removed as
needed to eliminate the threat.
2. Dead or fallen trees, tree limbs within ten feet of the ground, and branches
overhanging a residence may be removed to reduce the danger of wildfire.
3. Noxious weeds (i.e., plant species listed on the State noxious weed list in
Chapter 16-750 WAC) and invasive vegetation (i.e., plant species listed as obnoxious
weeds on the noxious weed list adopted by King County) may be removed.
4. Passive recreation uses and related facilities, including pedestrian, equestrian
community and bicycle trails, nature viewing areas, fishing and camping areas, and
other similar uses that do not require permanent structures, are allowed if clearing and
soil compaction associated with these uses and facilities does not exceed eight percent
of the native growth retention area.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These full dispersion on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
TYPICAL FULL DISPERSION APPLICATIONS
SIDE VIEW
NTS
HOUSE
DOWNSPOUT
EXTENSION
SPLASH
BLOCK
ROOF DOWNSPOUT
SPLASH BLOCK
100' MIN. VEGETATED
FLOWPATH UNDER
FULL DISPERSION,
SEE SECTION C.2.1.3
TYPICAL FULL DISPERSION APPLICATIONS
TYPICAL FULL DISPERSION APPLICATIONS
WIDTH = 25 FT FOR
A 100-FT NVFS
WIDTH = 50 FT FOR
A 200-FT NVFS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
CRUSHED ROCK STRIP
2-FT WIDE
= 5%
SLOPE
NATIVE VEGETATED
FLOWPATH SEGMENT
(NVFS)
=15% SLOPE
100 FT MINIMUM
EDGE OF
UNDISTURBED NATIVE
VEGETATION
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FULL INFILTRATION
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “full infiltration,” which
was installed to mitigate the stormwater quantity and quality impacts of some or all of the impervious
surfaces on your property.
Full infiltration is a method of soaking runoff from impervious area (such as paved areas and roofs)
into the ground. If properly installed and maintained per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s Surface
Water Design Manual, full infiltration can manage runoff so that a majority of precipitation events are
absorbed. Infiltration devices, such as gravel filled trenches, drywells, and ground surface depressions,
facilitate this process by putting runoff in direct contact with the soil and holding the runoff long
enough to soak most of it into the ground. To be successful, the soil condition around the infiltration
device must be reliably able to soak water into the ground for a reasonable number of years.
Infiltration Devices
The infiltration devices used on your property include the following as indicated on the site
plan (CHECK THE BOX(ES) THAT APPLY):
gravel filled trenches, drywells, ground surface depressions.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, placement, and composition of these devices as depicted by the site plan and design details
must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or
through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Infiltration devices must be inspected annually and after major storm events to identify and
repair any physical defects.
Maintenance and operation of the system should focus on ensuring the system’s viability by
preventing sediment-laden flows from entering the device. Excessive sedimentation will result
in a plugged or non-functioning facility.
If the infiltration device has a catch basin, sediment accumulation must be removed on a yearly
basis or more frequently if necessary.
Prolonged ponding around or atop a device may indicate a plugged facility. If the device
becomes plugged, it must be replaced.
Keeping the areas that drain to infiltration devices well swept and clean will enhance the
longevity of these devices.
For roofs, frequent cleaning of gutters will reduce sediment loads to these devices.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These full infiltration on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
TYPICAL FULL INFILTRATION APPLICATIONS
6"
24"
12"
24"
WASHED ROCK 1 12"- 34"
LEVEL
INFILTRATION TRENCH
SECTION A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION VIEW
NTS
VARIES
A
A
6"
6"
4" RIGID OR 6"
FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED
PIPE
CB SUMP w/SOLID LID ROOF DRAIN
4" RIGID OR 6" FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED PIPE
OVERFLOW
SPLASH BLOCK
ROOF DRAIN
CB SUMP w/SOLID LID
12"
FINE MESH
SCREEN
SETBACK
FROM
BUILDING
5' MIN.
1' MIN.
1' MIN.
FILTER FABRIC
COMPACTED BACKFILL
4" RIGID OR 6" FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED PIPE
112" - 34" WASHED ROCK
MIN. 1' ABOVE SEASONAL
HIGH GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE SECTION C.2.2.2
TRENCH SETBACK FROM
BUILDING AS REQUIRED,
15' MIN.
D RIVEW AY
X-SECTION
NTS
2' MIN.
FILTER STRIP
SEE SECTIONS
6.3.4 & 6.3.5
18" MIN.
6" MIN.
3/4" TO 1-1/2"
WASHED DRAIN
ROCK
GRASS
OVERFLOW
NOTE:
SEE C.2.2.3 FOR
TRENCH LENGTHS,
TRENCH SPACING AND
SITE LIMITATIONS
MIN. 1' ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH
GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.2
X-SECTION
NTS
GRASS
2' MIN.
18" MIN.
6" MIN.
3/4" TO 1-1/2"
WASHED DRAIN
ROCK
OVERFLOW
15' MIN. AS
REQUIRED,
SEE C.2.2.3
FROM ROOF
NOTE:
SEE C.2.2.3 FOR
TRENCH LENGTHS,
TRENCH SPACING AND
SITE LIMITATIONSMIN. 1' ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH
GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.2
HOUSE
FLOW
48 INCH DIAMETER
HOLE FILLED WITH
1 12" - 3" WASHED
DRAIN ROCK
SECTION
NTS
MARK CENTER OF HOLE
WITH 1" CAPPED PVC
OR OTHER MEANS
FLUSH WITH SURFACE
ROOF DOWNSPOUT
OVERFLOW
SPLASH BLOCK TOPSOIL
FINE MESH SCREEN
MIN. 4" DIA.
PVC PIPE
SIDES OF HOLE
LINED WITH
FILTER FABRIC
CATCH BASIN
(YARD DRAIN)
15' MIN. AS REQUIRED, SEE SECTION C.2.2.3
VARIES
1' MIN.
MIN. 1' ABOVE SEASONAL
HIGH GROUNDWATER TABLE,
SEE SECTION C.2.2.2
5' MIN. SETBACK
FROM BUILDING
FLOW
PLAN VIEW
NTS
HOUSE
ROOF
DOWNSPOUT
ROOF
DOWNSPOUT
CATCH BASIN
(YARD DRAIN)
48 INCH DIAMETER
HOLE FILLED WITH
1 12" - 3" WASHED
DRAIN ROCK
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR A RAIN GARDEN
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called a “rain garden,” which was
installed to mitigate the stormwater quantity and quality impacts of some or all of the impervious or
nonnative pervious surfaces on your property.
Rain gardens include vegetated closed depressions (ponds) that retain and filter stormwater from an
area of impervious surface or nonnative pervious surface on your property. The soil in the rain garden
has been enhanced to encourage and support vigorous plant growth that serves to filter the water and
sustain infiltration capacity. Depending on soil conditions, the rain garden area may have water in it
throughout the wet season and may overflow during major storm events. This on-site BMP shall be
maintained per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, placement, and design of the rain garden as depicted by the site plan and design details must
be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or through a
future development permit from City of Renton. Plant materials may be changed to suit tastes, but
chemical fertilizers and pesticides must not be used.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Rain gardens must be inspected annually for physical defects and sediment accumulation.
Rain gardens have inflow and overflow inlets and outlets. These need to be maintained to
ensure that water is moving into and out of the rain garden. Check inlets/outlets for
debris/sediment blockage, bare spots (exposed soil), or other signs of erosion damage (soil
movement). Remove debris and obstructions as necessary.
After major storm events, the system should be checked to see that the overflow system is
working properly and sedimentation is not occurring at the inlet. If erosion damage or bare
spots are evident, they should be stabilized with soil, plant material, mulch, or landscape rock.
Sediment deposits should be carefully removed and the sediment source eliminated.
Plants must be adapted to wet winter conditions and dry summer conditions. Vegetation is to
be watered and pruned as needed.
Frequent watering is required to keep the plants healthy:
o Year 1: weekly,
o Year 2: bimonthly,
o Year 3: bimonthly,
o Year 4 & beyond: as needed for established plantings and dry periods.
Chemical fertilizers and pesticides must not be used.
Soil must be replaced in areas where sediment accumulation is preventing adequate infiltration
of water through the soil.
Compacted soil should be decompacted.
Trash and debris must be removed often from the rain garden depression.
Mulch must be applied to bare soil at a minimum of 2 inches to maintain healthy growth.
Compost may be added if soil nutrients are no longer adequate to support plant growth.
Vegetation should be maintained as follows:
1) Replace all dead vegetation as soon as possible;
2) Remove fallen leaves and debris as needed;
3) Remove all noxious vegetation when discovered;
4) Manually weed without herbicides or pesticides;
5) To protect infiltration performance, do not compact soils in the bioretention cell with heavy
maintenance equipment and/or excessive foot traffic;
6) During drought conditions, use mulch to prevent excess solar damage and water loss.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These rain garden on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
TYPICAL RAIN GARDEN (SPILLWAY OR CATCH BASIN OUTLET)
NOTES:
TREES, SHRUBS
GROUND COVER
BIORETENTION AREA
PLAN VIEW
NTS
VEGETATED
COMPACTED
EARTH BERM
ROCKED SPILLWAY, 2'Wx4'L
(OR BEYOND BERM IF
LONGER), OVERFLOW TO
SUITABLE DISCHARGE AREA
TREES, SHRUBS
GROUND COVER
BIORETENTION AREA
PLAN VIEW
NTS
VEGETATED
COMPACTED
EARTH BERM,
TOP WIDTH
2' MIN
4" RIGID PIPE OUTLET
TO STORM SYSTEM
CATCH BASIN
w/GRATE
SECTION A-A
NTS
BIORETENTION AREA
GROUND
COVER
TREES TREES
SHRUBS
6" MIN TO 12" MAX
WATER DEPTH
OVERFLOW TO
SUITABLE SURFACE
DISCHARGE AREA
2' MIN TOP WIDTH
COMPACTED EARTH
BERM (AS NEEDED)
6" MIN FREEBOARD
ABOVE OVERFLOW WS
TO TOP OF BERM OR
ADJACENT ROADWAY
BIORETENTION
SOIL MIX PER
REFERENCE 11-C,
MIN.18" DEPTH
MAX SLOPE 3H:1V BELOW
OVERFLOW WATER
SURFACE ELEVATION (TYP.)
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR A BIORETENTION CELL
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “bioretention,” which was
installed to mitigate the stormwater quantity and quality impacts on both the impervious (paved or
roof) and pervious surfaces (lawn or landscape) on your property.
Bioretention cells, like rain gardens, are vegetated closed depressions or ponds that retain and filter
stormwater from an area of impervious surface or nonnative pervious surface. Bioretention cells rely
on effective infiltration performance more so than rain gardens. The soil in the bioretention cell has
been enhanced to encourage and support vigorous plant growth that serves to filter the water and
sustain a minimum infiltration capacity. Depending on soil conditions, bioretention cells may have
water in them throughout the wet season and may overflow during major storm events. However,
standing water can also be an indicator that periodic maintenance is required to sustain infiltrative
performance. This on-site BMP shall be maintained per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s Surface
Water Design Manual.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, placement, and design of the rain garden as depicted by the site plan and design details must
be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or through a
future development permit from the City of Renton. Chemical fertilizers and pesticides must not be
used.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Bioretention cells must be inspected annually for physical defects and sediment accumulation.
Bioretention cells have inflow and overflow inlets and outlets. These need to be maintained to
ensure that water is moving into and out of the bioretention area. Check inlets/outlets for
debris/sediment blockage, bare spots (exposed soil), or other signs of erosion damage (soil
movement). Remove debris and obstructions as necessary.
After major storm events, the bioretention cell should be checked to see that the overflow
system is working properly and sedimentation is not occurring at the inlet. If erosion damage
or bare spots are evident, they should be stabilized with soil, plant material, mulch, or
landscape rock. Sediment deposits should be carefully removed and the sediment source
eliminated.
Plants must be adapted to wet winter conditions and dry summer conditions. Vegetation is to
be watered and pruned as needed.
Frequent watering is required to keep the plants healthy:
o Year 1: weekly,
o Year 2: bimonthly,
o Year 3: bimonthly,
o Year 4 and beyond: as needed for established plantings and dry periods.
Chemical fertilizers and pesticides must not be used.
Bioretention soil must be replaced in areas where sediment accumulation is preventing
adequate infiltration of water through the soil.
Compacted soil should be decompacted.
Trash and debris must be removed often from the bioretention depression.
Mulch must be applied to bare soil at a minimum of 2 inches to maintain healthy growth.
Compost may be added if soil nutrients are no longer adequate to support plant growth.
Plant materials may be changed to suit tastes.
Vegetation should be maintained as follows:
1) Replace all dead vegetation as soon as possible;
2) Remove fallen leaves and debris as needed;
3) Remove all noxious vegetation when discovered;
4) Manually weed without herbicides or pesticides;
5) To protect infiltration performance, do not compact soils in the bioretention cell with heavy
maintenance equipment and/or excessive foot traffic;
6) During drought conditions, use mulch to prevent excess solar damage and water loss.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These bioretention on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
TYPICAL BIORETENTION CELL (SPILLWAY OR CATCH BASIN OUTLET)
NOTES:
TREES, SHRUBS
GROUND COVER
BIORETENTION AREA
PLAN VIEW
NTS
VEGETATED
COMPACTED
EARTH BERM
ROCKED SPILLWAY, 2'Wx4'L
(OR BEYOND BERM IF
LONGER), OVERFLOW TO
SUITABLE DISCHARGE AREA
TREES, SHRUBS
GROUND COVER
BIORETENTION AREA
PLAN VIEW
NTS
VEGETATED
COMPACTED
EARTH BERM,
TOP WIDTH
2' MIN
4" RIGID PIPE OUTLET
TO STORM SYSTEM
CATCH BASIN
w/GRATE
SECTION A-A
NTS
BIORETENTION AREA
GROUND
COVER
TREES TREES
SHRUBS
6" MIN TO 12" MAX
WATER DEPTH
OVERFLOW TO
SUITABLE SURFACE
DISCHARGE AREA
2' MIN TOP WIDTH
COMPACTED EARTH
BERM (AS NEEDED)
6" MIN FREEBOARD
ABOVE OVERFLOW WS
TO TOP OF BERM OR
ADJACENT ROADWAY
BIORETENTION
SOIL MIX PER
REFERENCE 11-C,
MIN.18" DEPTH
MAX SLOPE 3H:1V BELOW
OVERFLOW WATER
SURFACE ELEVATION (TYP.)
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR VEGETATED PERMEABLE
PAVEMENT (GRASSED MODULAR GRID PAVEMENT)
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “grassed modular grid
pavement,” which was installed to minimize the stormwater quantity and quality impacts of some or all
of the paved surfaces on your property.
Grassed modular grid pavement has the runoff characteristics of a lawn while providing the weight-
bearing capacity of concrete pavement. The grassed surface not only minimizes runoff quantity, it
helps to filter pollutants generating by vehicular use of the surface.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The composition and area of grassed modular grid pavement as depicted by the site plan and design
details must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton
or through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Grassed modular grid pavement must be inspected after one major storm each year to make
sure it is working properly. More frequent inspection is recommended.
Prolonged ponding or standing water on the pavement surface is a sign that the system is
defective and may need to be replaced. If this occurs, or if any modification, surface
restoration or stabilization is planned (except for mowing and periodic maintenance), contact
the pavement installer or the City of Renton for further instructions.
The grassed surface of the pavement must be regularly mowed and maintained in a good
condition. Bare spots must be replanted in the spring or fall.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These vegetated permeable pavement on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of
these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be
maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may
require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface
Water Design Manual website for additional information and updates.
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
(NON-VEGETATED)
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “permeable pavement,”
which was installed to minimize the stormwater quantity and quality impacts of some or all of the
paved surfaces on your property.
Permeable pavements reduce the amount of rainfall that becomes runoff by allowing water to seep
through the pavement into a free-draining gravel or sand bed, where it can be infiltrated into the
ground. This on-site BMP shall be maintained per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s Surface Water
Design Manual.
Permeable Pavements
The type(s) of permeable pavement used on your property is (CHECK THE BOX(ES) THAT
APPLY):
Porous concrete
Porous asphalt
Permeable pavers
Modular grid pavement
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The area covered by permeable pavement as depicted by the site plan and design details must be
maintained as permeable pavement and may not be changed without written approval from the City of
Renton or through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Permeable pavements must be inspected after one major storm each year to make sure it is
working properly. More frequent inspection is recommended.
Prolonged ponding or standing water on the pavement surface is a sign that the system is
defective and may need to be replaced. If this occurs, contact the pavement installer or the City
of Renton for further instructions.
A typical permeable pavement system has a life expectancy of approximately 25 years. To help
extend the useful life of the system, the surface of the permeable pavement should be kept
clean, stable and free of leaves, debris, and sediment through regular sweeping or vacuum
sweeping. Aggregate fill in modular grid pavement may need periodic surface replenishment.
The owner is responsible for the repair of all ruts, deformation, and/or broken paving grids or
pavers.
Modular grid pavement and permeable pavers filled with gravel or with gravel in the joints
may need to be refilled periodically.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These permeable pavement on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as
an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR BASIC DISPERSION
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “basic dispersion,” which
was installed to mitigate the stormwater quantity and quality impacts of some or all of the impervious
surfaces or non-native pervious surfaces on your property.
Basic dispersion is a strategy for utilizing any available capacity of onsite vegetated areas to retain,
absorb, and filter the runoff from developed surfaces. This on-site BMP has two primary components
that must be maintained:
(1) The devices that disperse runoff from the developed surfaces and
(2) The vegetated area over which runoff is dispersed.
Dispersion Devices
The dispersion devices used on your property include the following as indicated on the site
plan (CHECK THE BOX(ES) THAT APPLY):
splash blocks, rock pads, gravel filled trenches, sheet flow.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, placement, composition, and downstream flowpaths of these devices as depicted by the site
plan and design details must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the
City of Renton or through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
This on-site BMP has two primary components that must be maintained per Appendix A of the City of
Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual:
(1) The devices that disperse runoff from the developed surfaces and
(2) The vegetated flowpath area over which runoff is dispersed.
Maintenance of Dispersion Devices
Dispersion devices must be inspected annually and after major storm events to identify and
repair any physical defects.
When native soil is exposed or erosion channels are present, the sources of the erosion or
concentrated flow need to be identified and mitigated.
Concentrated flow can be mitigated by leveling the edge of the pervious area and/or realigning
or replenishing the rocks in the dispersion device, such as in rock pads and gravel filled
trenches.
Maintenance of Vegetated Flowpaths
The vegetated area over which runoff is dispersed must be maintained in good condition free
of bare spots and obstructions that would concentrate flows.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These basic dispersion on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
TYPICAL SPLASH BLOCK TYPICAL 10-FOOT DISPERSION
TRENCH CROSS-SECTION
TYPICAL DRIVEWAY APPLICATION OF DISPERSION TRENCH AND ROCK PAD
SIDE VIEW
NTS
HOUSE
DOWNSPOUT
EXTENSION
SPLASH
BLOCK
ROOF DOWNSPOUT
SPLASH BLOCK
100' MIN. VEGETATED
FLOWPATH UNDER
FULL DISPERSION,
SEE SECTION C.2.1.3
10-foot long
dispersion trench
Vegetated Flowpath
Segment (NVFS)
Slot drain Diagonal asphalt berm – 2 to 4 inches high
PLAN VIEW OF DRIVEWAY
NTS
2-ft x 3-ft x 6-inch
crushed rock pad
50-foot separation between
flowpath segments
Vegetated
Flowpath Segment
Edge of undisturbed
native vegetation
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR LIMITED INFILTRATION
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “limited infiltration,” which
was installed to mitigate the stormwater quantity and quality impacts of some or all of the impervious
surfaces on your property.
Limited infiltration is a method of soaking runoff from impervious area (such as paved areas and roofs)
into the ground. Infiltration devices, such as gravel filled trenches, drywells, and ground surface
depressions, facilitate this process by putting runoff in direct contact with the soil and holding the
runoff long enough to soak most of it into the ground. To be successful, the soil condition around the
infiltration device must be able to soak water into the ground for a reasonable number of years. This
on-site BMP shall be maintained per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design
Manual.
Infiltration Devices
The infiltration devices used on your property include the following as indicated on the site
plan (CHECK THE BOX(ES) THAT APPLY):
gravel filled trenches, drywells
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, placement, and composition of these devices as depicted by the site plan and design details
must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or
through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
To be successful, the soil condition around the infiltration device must be able to soak water into the
ground for a reasonable number of years.
Infiltration devices must be inspected annually and after major storm events to identify and
repair any physical defects.
Maintenance and operation of the system should focus on ensuring the system's viability by
preventing sediment-laden flows from entering the device. Excessive sedimentation will result
in a plugged or non-functioning facility.
If the infiltration device has a catch basin, sediment accumulation must be removed on a yearly
basis or more frequently if necessary.
Prolonged ponding around or atop a device may indicate a plugged facility. If the device
becomes plugged, it must be replaced.
Keeping the areas that drain to infiltration devices well swept and clean will enhance the
longevity of these devices.
For roofs, frequent cleaning of gutters will reduce sediment loads to these devices.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These limited infiltration on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
INFILTRATION TRENCH AND DRYWELL SYSTEMS
6"
24"
12"
24"
WASHED ROCK 1 12"- 34"
LEVEL
INFILTRATION TRENCH
SECTION A
NTS
PLAN VIEW
NTS
SECTION VIEW
NTS
VARIES
A
A
6"
6"
4" RIGID OR 6"
FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED
PIPE
CB SUMP w/SOLID LID ROOF DRAIN
4" RIGID OR 6" FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED PIPE
OVERFLOW
SPLASH BLOCK
ROOF DRAIN
CB SUMP w/SOLID LID
12"
FINE MESH
SCREEN
SETBACK
FROM
BUILDING
5' MIN.
1' MIN.
1' MIN.
FILTER FABRIC
COMPACTED BACKFILL
4" RIGID OR 6" FLEXIBLE
PERFORATED PIPE
112" - 34" WASHED ROCK
MIN. 1' ABOVE SEASONAL
HIGH GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE SECTION C.2.2.2
TRENCH SETBACK FROM
BUILDING AS REQUIRED,
15' MIN.
D RIVEW AY
X-SECTION
NTS
2' MIN.
FILTER STRIP
SEE SECTIONS
6.3.4 & 6.3.5
18" MIN.
6" MIN.
3/4" TO 1-1/2"
WASHED DRAIN
ROCK
GRASS
OVERFLOW
NOTE:
SEE C.2.2.3 FOR
TRENCH LENGTHS,
TRENCH SPACING AND
SITE LIMITATIONS
MIN. 1' ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH
GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.2
X-SECTION
NTS
GRASS
2' MIN.
18" MIN.
6" MIN.
3/4" TO 1-1/2"
WASHED DRAIN
ROCK
OVERFLOW
15' MIN. AS
REQUIRED,
SEE C.2.2.3
FROM ROOF
NOTE:
SEE C.2.2.3 FOR
TRENCH LENGTHS,
TRENCH SPACING AND
SITE LIMITATIONSMIN. 1' ABOVE
SEASONAL HIGH
GROUNDWATER
TABLE, SEE
SECTION C.2.2.2
HOUSE
FLOW
48 INCH DIAMETER
HOLE FILLED WITH
1 12" - 3" WASHED
DRAIN ROCK
SECTION
NTS
MARK CENTER OF HOLE
WITH 1" CAPPED PVC
OR OTHER MEANS
FLUSH WITH SURFACE
ROOF DOWNSPOUT
OVERFLOW
SPLASH BLOCK TOPSOIL
FINE MESH SCREEN
MIN. 4" DIA.
PVC PIPE
SIDES OF HOLE
LINED WITH
FILTER FABRIC
CATCH BASIN
(YARD DRAIN)
15' MIN. AS REQUIRED, SEE SECTION C.2.2.3
VARIES
1' MIN.
MIN. 1' ABOVE SEASONAL
HIGH GROUNDWATER TABLE,
SEE SECTION C.2.2.2
5' MIN. SETBACK
FROM BUILDING
FLOW
PLAN VIEW
NTS
HOUSE
ROOF
DOWNSPOUT
ROOF
DOWNSPOUT
CATCH BASIN
(YARD DRAIN)
48 INCH DIAMETER
HOLE FILLED WITH
1 12" - 3" WASHED
DRAIN ROCK
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “rainwater harvesting,”
which was installed to minimize the stormwater runoff impacts of impervious surface on your property.
Rainwater harvesting is a means for the collection and storage of roof runoff for domestic or irrigation
use. Rainwater harvesting systems include a collection area, a filtering system, a storage device, and
an outflow device. This on-site BMP shall be maintained per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s
Surface Water Design Manual.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, components, and configuration of the rainwater system as depicted by the site plan and design
details must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton
or through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Rainwater harvesting systems include a collection area, a filtering system, a storage device, and an
outflow device:
The collection area (e.g., roof) should be routinely inspected for debris and other material that
could impede the entrance and/or exit of surface flows.
The filtering system should be periodically inspected for effectiveness and replaced or
replenished as recommended by the manufacturer.
The storage device must be drained completely during the dry season (May 1 – September 30)
in order to provide the needed capacity for an entire wet season.
A maintenance log should be kept on site with the aforementioned information and dates of
maintenance performance. City of Renton inspection staff may request to view the
maintenance log at any time.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These rainwater harvesting on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
RAINWATER HARVESTING SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
To ensure the system functions as designed and provides the required stormwater management,
system-specific maintenance and operation instructions must be submitted with the small
project drainage plan and approved by the City of Renton. Such instructions should be
prepared by the system’s manufacturer or installer.
A minimum 5-foot setback shall be maintained between any part of the rainwater harvesting
system and any property line.
TYPICAL ABOVE GROUND RESERVOIR CONFIGURATION (STENSROD, 1978)
VARIOUS POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS (TYPICAL) (STENSROD, 1978)
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR VEGETATED ROOFS
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called a “vegetated roof,” which
was installed to minimize the stormwater runoff impacts of the impervious surfaces on your property.
Vegetated roofs (also called green roofs) consist of a pervious growing medium, plants, and a moisture
barrier. The benefits of this device are a reduction in runoff peaks and volumes due to the storage
capabilities of the soil and increased rate of evapotranspiration. This on-site BMP shall be maintained
per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The composition and area of vegetated roof as depicted by the site plan and design details must
be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or
through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
Vegetated roofs must not be subject to any use that would significantly compact the soil.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Vegetated roofs (also called green roofs) consist of a pervious growing medium, plants, and a moisture
barrier:
Vegetated roofs must be inspected annually for physical defects and to make sure the
vegetation is in good condition.
If erosion channels or bare spots are evident, they should be stabilized with additional soil
similar to the original material.
A supplemental watering program may be needed the first year to ensure the long-term survival
of the roof's vegetation.
Vegetation should be maintained as follows:
(1) Vegetated roofs must not be subject to any use that would significantly compact the soil;
(2) Replace all dead vegetation as soon as possible;
(3) Remove fallen leaves and debris;
(4) Remove all noxious vegetation when discovered;
(5) Manually weed without herbicides or pesticides
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These vegetated roof on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an
attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of
Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is
to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and
operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional
instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual
website for additional information and updates.
TYPICAL VEGETATED ROOF CROSS-SECTION
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR REDUCED IMPERVIOUS SURFACE
BMP: RESTRICTED FOOTPRINT
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) known as “restricted footprint,”
the practice of restricting the amount of impervious surface that may be added to a property so as to
minimize the stormwater runoff impacts caused by impervious surface.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The total impervious surface on your property may not exceed ___________ square feet without
written approval from the City of Renton or through a future development permit from the City of
Renton.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These reduced impervious surface on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of
these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be
maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may
require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface
Water Design Manual website for additional information and updates.
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR REDUCED IMPERVIOUS SURFACE
BMP: WHEEL STRIP DRIVEWAY
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called a “wheel strip driveway,”
which was installed to minimize or mitigate for the stormwater runoff impacts of some or all of the
impervious surfaces on your property.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The placement and composition of the wheel strip driveway as depicted by the site plan and design
details must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton
or through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These reduced impervious surface on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of
these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be
maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may
require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface
Water Design Manual website for additional information and updates.
WHEEL STRIP DRIVEWAY DESIGN REQUIREMENTS for the typical 10-foot driveway width:
The two pavement strips must be no more than 2.5 feet wide.
At least 4 feet of the 10-foot driveway width must be amended soil planted with grass.
The amended soil must consist of at least 4 inches of well-rotted compost tilled into the upper
8 inches of the soil between the impervious strips.
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR REDUCED IMPERVIOUS SURFACE
BMP: MINIMUM DISTURBANCE FOUNDATION
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) known as a “minimum
disturbance foundation,” which was installed to minimize or mitigate for the stormwater runoff
impacts of some or all of the impervious surfaces on your property.
This means that all or a portion of the finished living space in your house is elevated over a pervious
surface through the use of piers or piles. The pervious surface is intended to provide additional capacity
to absorb and store the stormwater runoff from your roof and surrounding areas.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The design of this system as depicted by the site plan and design details must be maintained
and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or through a future
development permit from the City of Renton.
In addition, the pervious surface beneath the elevated portion of your house must not be used
in manner that compacts the soil or provides an opportunity for pollutants to enter the soil or
storm runoff.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These reduced impervious surface on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of
these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be
maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; City of Renton may require
additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water
Design Manual website for additional information and updates.
MINIMUM DISTURBANCE FOUNDATION DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The pervious surface beneath the elevated portion of the structure must be either undisturbed
native soil or amended soil. Any amended soil must consist of at least 4 inches of well-rotted
compost tilled into the upper 8 inches of the soil.
Runoff from the structure must be discharged via downspouts or sheet flow onto a vegetated
surface or into a 4- to 6-inch gravel bed within close proximity of the elevated structure.
Runoff discharging from downspouts onto a vegetated surface must be via splash blocks.
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR REDUCED IMPERVIOUS SURFACE
BMP: OPEN GRID DECKING OVER PERVIOUS SURFACE
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “open grid decking over
pervious surface,” which was installed to minimize or mitigate for the stormwater runoff impacts of
some or all of the impervious surfaces on your property.
The decking has evenly spaced openings that allow rain water to reach the uncompacted soil below,
where it has an opportunity to soak into the ground.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The area and openings of the decking as depicted by the site plan and design details must be
maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or
through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
In addition, the pervious surface beneath the decking must not be used in manner that
compacts the soil.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
Check monthly or as needed (e.g., weekly during the autumn season) to assure openings in the
decking are not blocked and are draining freely. Sweep and/or vacuum as needed.
Avoid the use of chemicals or other pollutants on the deck where they have an opportunity to
pass through the decking and soak into the ground.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These reduced impervious surface on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of
these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be
maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may
require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface
Water Design Manual website for additional information and updates.
OPEN GRID DECKING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
The pervious surface beneath the decking must be either undisturbed native soil or amended
soil.
Any amended soil must consist of at least 4 inches of well-rotted compost tilled into the upper
8 inches of the soil.
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR NATIVE GROWTH RETENTION
CREDIT
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) known as “native growth
retention,” the practice of preserving a portion of a property in a native vegetated condition (e.g.,
forest) so as to minimize increases in stormwater runoff from clearing and to offset the stormwater
runoff impacts caused by impervious surfaces on your property.
This native vegetated area on your property was set aside by covenant as “native growth retention
area.” This on-site BMP shall be maintained per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s Surface Water
Design Manual.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The “native growth retention area” is delineated on the site plan attached to the covenant. The trees,
vegetation, ground cover, and soil conditions in this area may not be disturbed, except as allowed by
the following provisions:
1. Trees may be harvested in accordance with a King County-approved forest management plan if
approved by King County prior to annexation to the City.
2. Individual trees that have a structural defect due to disease or other defects, and which threaten
to damage a structure, road, parking area, utility, or place of employment or public assembly,
or block emergency access, may be topped, pruned, or removed as needed to eliminate the
threat.
3. Dead or fallen trees, tree limbs within ten feet of the ground, and branches overhanging a
residence may be removed to reduce the danger of wildfire.
4. Noxious weeds (i.e., plant species listed on the State noxious weed list in Chapter 16-750
WAC) and invasive vegetation (i.e., plant species listed as obnoxious weeds on the noxious
weed list adopted by King County) may be removed.
5. Passive recreation uses and related facilities, including pedestrian, equestrian community and
bicycle trails, nature viewing areas, fishing and camping areas, and other similar uses that do
not require permanent structures, are allowed if clearing and soil compaction associated with
these uses and facilities does not exceed eight percent of the native growth retention area.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These native growth retention credit on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of
these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be
maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton) may
require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface
Water Design Manual website for additional information and updates.
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR A PERFORATED PIPE
CONNECTION
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called a “perforated pipe
connection,” which was installed to reduce the stormwater runoff impacts of some or all of the
impervious surface on your property.
A perforated pipe connection is a length of drainage conveyance pipe with holes in the bottom,
designed to “leak” runoff, conveyed by the pipe, into a gravel filled trench where it can be soaked into
the surrounding soil. The connection is intended to provide opportunity for infiltration of any runoff
that is being conveyed from an impervious surface (usually a roof) to a local drainage system such as a
ditch or roadway pipe system. This on-site BMP shall be maintained per Appendix A of the City of
Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size and composition of the perforated pipe connection as depicted by the site plan and
design details must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the
City of Renton or through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
The soil overtop of the perforated portion of the system must not be compacted or covered
with impervious materials.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These perforated pipe connection on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be
recorded as an attachment to the required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per
Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of
these instructions is to explain to future property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be
maintained and operated. These instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may
require additional instructions based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface
Water Design Manual website for additional information and updates.
TYPICAL PERFORATED PIPE CONNECTION FOR A SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SOIL AMENDMENT
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “soil amendment,” which
was installed to mitigate the stormwater quantity and quality impacts of some or all of the pervious
surfaces on your property.
Soil amendment is a method of regaining greater stormwater functions in the post development
landscape by increasing treatment of pollutants and sediments, and minimizing the need for some
landscaping chemicals. To be successful, the soil condition must be able to soak water into the ground
for a reasonable number of years. This on-site BMP shall be maintained per Appendix A of the City of
Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, placement, and composition of these devices as depicted by the site plan and design details
must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or
through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
To be successful, the soil must be able to soak water into the ground for a reasonable number of years.
Return leaf fall and shredded woody materials from the landscape to the site when possible in
order to replenish soil nutrients and structure.
On turf areas, “grasscycle” (mulch-mow or leave the clippings) to build turf health.
Maintain 2 to 3 inches of mulch over bare areas in landscape beds.
Re-seed bare turf areas until the vegetation fully covers the ground surface.
Avoid using pesticides (bug and weed killers) which damage the soil.
Where fertilization is needed (mainly turf and annual flower beds), a moderate fertilization
program should be used which relies on compost, natural fertilizers, or slow-release synthetic
balanced fertilizers.
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an attachment to the
required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the
City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future
property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These
instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional instructions
based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website for
additional information and updates.
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR TREE RETENTION
Your property contains an on-site BMP (best management practice) called “tree retention,” which was
installed to mitigate the stormwater quantity and quality impacts of some or all of the impervious
surfaces on your property.
Tree retention provides flow control via interception, transpiration, and increased infiltration. This on-
site BMP shall be maintained per Appendix A of the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual.
MAINTENANCE RESTRICTIONS
The size, placement, and composition of these devices as depicted by the site plan and design details
must be maintained and may not be changed without written approval from the City of Renton or
through a future development permit from the City of Renton.
INSPECTION FREQUENCY AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES
To be successful, the soil must be able to soak water into the ground for a reasonable number of years.
Trees should be pruned in an appropriate manner for each species.
Pruning should be performed by landscape professionals familiar with proper pruning
techniques.
Dead trees shall be replaced with like species within 30 days (as practical depending on
weather/planting season).
RECORDING REQUIREMENT
These on-site BMP maintenance and operation instructions must be recorded as an attachment to the
required declaration of covenant and grant of easement per Requirement 3 of Section C.1.3.4 of the
City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The intent of these instructions is to explain to future
property owners, the purpose of the BMP and how it must be maintained and operated. These
instructions are intended to be a minimum; the City of Renton may require additional instructions
based on site-specific conditions. See the City of Renton’s Surface Water Design Manual website for
additional information and updates.
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 9
INTERIM CHANGES TO REQUIREMENTS
9-A BLANKET ADJUSTMENTS
None at this time.
9-B ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES
Does not apply to the City.
REFERENCE 9: INTERIM CHANGES TO REQUIREMENTS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 10
KING COUNTY-IDENTIFIED
WATER QUALITY PROBLEMS
Does not apply to the City.
REFERENCE 10: KING COUNTY-IDENTIFIED WATER QUALITY PROBLEMS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 11
MATERIALS
11-A VACANT
No text association with this section.
11-B VACANT
No text association with this section.
11-C BIORETENTION SOIL MEDIA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
See attached.
11-D VACANT
No text association with this section.
11-E ROOFING ERODIBLE OR LEACHABLE MATERIALS
See attached.
REFERENCE 11: MATERIALS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
11-E-2
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 11-C
BIORETENTION SOIL MEDIA STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
REFERENCE 11: MATERIALS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
11-C-1
REFERENCE 11-C
BIORETENTION SOIL MEDIA STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
11-C.1 COMPOST
Compost products shall be the result of the biological degradation and transformation of uncontaminated
biological organic materials under controlled conditions designed to promote aerobic decomposition.
Compost shall be stable with regard to oxygen consumption, carbon dioxide generation, and seed
germination and seedling vigor. Compost shall be mature with regard to its suitability for use in
stormwater facilities and BMPs, post-construction soil amendment, general landscaping, or an erosion
control BMP as defined below.
Compost shall be tested at a minimum in accordance with the U.S. Composting Council “Testing Methods
for the Examination of Compost and Composting” (TMECC), as established in the Composting Council’s
“Seal of Testing Assurance” (STA) program. Most Washington compost facilities now use these tests. All
tests must be done on compost screened to specification for its intended use.
11-C.1.A SPECIFICATION 1 COMPOST
1. Compost must be produced at a facility that is permitted by the jurisdictional health authority.
Permitted compost facilities in Washington are included on a list available at
<http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/swfa/organics/soil.html>.
2. Compost must meet the definition of “composted material” in WAC 173-350-100, and must comply
with testing parameters and other standards including not exceeding contaminant limits identified in
Table 220-B. Testing Parameters, in WAC 173-350-220; and “Physical contaminants” (as defined in
WAC 173-350-100) content less than 1% by weight (TMECC 03.08-A) total, not to exceed
0.25 percent film plastic by dry weight.
3. The compost product must originate a minimum of 65 percent by volume from recycled plant waste
comprised of “yard debris,” “crop residues,” and “bulking agents” as those terms are defined in
WAC 173-350-100. A maximum of 35 percent by volume of “post-consumer food waste” as defined
in WAC 173-350-100 may be substituted for recycled plant waste. Biosolids, manure, and/or bedding
straw or wood chips or shavings containing animal excreta are not allowed.
4. Wood waste from chemically treated lumber and manufactured wood products containing adhesives
or any other chemical is not allowed; painted and stained wood are not allowed; and only sawdust
from virgin lumber allowed. No other toxic or otherwise harmful materials are allowed.
5. For high-density residential subdivision development, multi-family, commercial, and industrial
projects, and road projects considered high ADT projects,1 the Manufacturer or Vendor shall provide
to the end buyer a list of feedstock sources by percentage by volume in the final compost product.
6. Compost shall have a moisture content that has no visible free water or dust produced when handling
the material.
1 Land uses as described in Bullets 1, 2, and 3, SWDM Section 1.2.8.1, Subsection A “Basic WQ Treatment Areas, Required Treatment
Menu.”
REFERENCE 11: MATERIALS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
11-C-2
7. Compost shall have an organic matter content of 40 percent to 65 percent by dry weight as determined
by loss of ignition test method ASTM D 2974, or by U.S. Composting Council TMECC 05.07A
“Loss-On-Ignition Organic Matter Method (LOI).”
8. Compost shall have a carbon to nitrogen ratio below 25:1, although the carbon to nitrogen ratio may
be as high as 35:1 for plantings composed entirely of plants native to the Puget Sound Lowlands
region. The carbon to nitrogen ratio shall be calculated on a dry weight basis using TMECC 5.02A
(“Carbon to Nitrogen Ratio”), which uses TMECC 04.01A, “Organic Carbon” divided by the dry
weight of “Total N” (TMECC 04.02D).
9. Compost pH shall be between 6.0 and 8.5 when tested in accordance with U.S. Composting Council
TMECC 04.11-A, “1:5 Slurry pH.”
10. Soluble salt content shall be less than 4.0 dS/m (mmhos/cm) when tested in accordance with
U.S. Composting Council TMECC 04.10 “Electrical Conductivity, 1:5 Slurry Method, Mass Basis.”
11. Compost maturity indicators from a cucumber bioassay (TMECC 05.05-A “Germination Seedling
Emergence and Relative Growth) must be greater than 80% for both emergence and vigor”).
12. Stability shall be 7-mg CO2 – C/g OM/day or below in as determined by U.S. Composting Council
TMECC 05.08-B “Carbon Dioxide Evolution Rate,” to establish low oxygen use and low CO 2
generation rates.
Compost shall be screened to the Fine Compost size gradation specification in Section 11-C.1.C of this
Reference.
11-C.1.B SPECIFICATION 2 COMPOST
1. Specification 2 Compost manufacturing, feedstocks, and testing are all identical to Specification 1
Compost except that:
a) A maximum of 35 percent by volume of biosolids or manure may be substituted for recycled plant
waste.
b) Compost may be fine or coarse gradation depending on use and need to meet other screened
material quality criteria.
c) Carbon to Nitrogen ratio may be up to 40:1 for coarse compost to be used as a surface mulch (not
in a soil mix).
11-C.1.C COMPOST SCREENING SIZE GRADATIONS
Where compost gradation is specified, it must meet the following size gradations when tested in
accordance with the U.S. Composting Council “Test Methods for the Examination of Compost and
Composting” (TMECC) Test Method 02.02-B.
Fine Compost shall meet the following gradation by dry weight:
Minimum percent passing 2″ sieve 100%
Minimum percent passing 1″ sieve 99%
Minimum percent passing 5/8″ sieve 90%
Minimum percent passing 1/4″ sieve 75%
Coarse Compost shall meet the following gradation by dry weight:
Minimum Percent passing 3″ sieve 100%
Minimum Percent passing 1″ sieve 90%
Minimum Percent passing 3/4″ sieve 70%
Minimum Percent passing 1/4″ sieve 40%
REFERENCE 11-C: BIORETENTION SOIL MEDIA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
11-C-3
11-C.1.D COMPOST ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall submit the following information to CED for approval:
1. If the manufacturer is not exempt under Table 220-A, “Terms and Conditions for Solid Waste Permit
Exemptions,” a copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the compost manufacturer by the
Jurisdictional Health Department in accordance with WAC 173-350 (Minimum Functional Standards
for Solid Waste Handling) or for biosolids composts a copy of the Coverage Under the General Permit
for Biosolids Management issued to the manufacturer by the Department of Ecology in accordance
with WAC 173-308 (Biosolids Management).
2. The Applicant shall provide written verification and lab analyses that the material complies with the
processes, testing, and standards specified in WAC 173-350 and these Specifications. An independent
Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) Program certified laboratory2 or a laboratory accredited by WA
Ecology3 for the specified methods shall perform the analyses. Lab analysis shall be for the compost
delivered on site for project use.
3. A copy of the STA laboratory’s Seal of Testing Assurance STA certification as issued by the
U.S. Composting Council, or a copy of the Ecology-certified laboratory’s accreditation for the
specified methods.
11-C.2 BIORETENTION SOIL MIX SPECIFICATIONS
Follow the specification below for the approved default bioretention soil mix. Alterations to this
specification require an approved adjustment.
11-C.2.A DEFAULT BIORETENTION SOIL MIX
Bioretention Soil Mix (BSM) shall be a well-blended homogeneous mixture of Bioretention Mineral
Aggregate and Bioretention Compost measured on a volume basis composed of:
35 to 40 percent by volume Specification 1 Compost per Section 11-C.1.A above and
Section 11-C.2.B below.
60 to 65 percent by volume Bioretention Mineral Aggregate per Section 11-C.2.C below.
Projects which prefer to create a custom Bioretention Soil Mix rather than using the default requirement
above must demonstrate compliance with criteria as described in Ecology’s Stormwater Management
Manual for Western Washington (2014) Volume V – Runoff Treatment BMPs, except that any more
stringent compost criteria required by this Reference 11-C are applicable.
11-C.2.B BIORETENTION COMPOST
Bioretention Compost shall be Specification 1, Fine Compost per Sections 11-C.1.A and 11-C.1.C of this
Reference. Fine Specification 1 Compost shall be used for Bioretention Soil Mix and for any compost used
to amend bioretention cell soil.
2 A list of STA certified laboratories can be found at <http://compostingcouncil.org/labs/>.
3 A list of WA Ecology accredited laboratories can be found at <http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/eap/labs/>. Only laboratories
certified for the specified methods may be used for compost testing.
REFERENCE 11: MATERIALS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
11-C-4
11-C.2.C BIORETENTION SOIL MIX AGGREGATE
Aggregate Gradation
The following table provides a gradation guideline for the aggregate component of a Bioretention Soil Mix
specification in western Washington. This sand gradation is often supplied as a well-graded utility or
screened. With compost, this blend provides enough fines for adequate water retention, hydraulic
conductivity within recommended range (see below), pollutant removal capability, and plant growth
characteristics for meeting design guidelines and objectives.
TABLE 11-C.2.A BIORETENTION SOIL MIX
MINERAL AGGREGATE GRADATION
Sieve Size Percent Passing
3/8″ 100
#4 95–100
#10 75–90
#40 25–40
#100 4–10
#200 2–4
Where existing soils meet the above aggregate gradation, those soils may be amended rather than
importing mineral aggregate.
11-C.3 BIORETENTION MULCH
Mulch may only be composed of either chipped wood as defined in Section 11-C.3.A, or compost as
defined in Section 11-C.3.B. Mulch may not be made of synthetic materials including but not limited to
recycled tire material, virgin rubber material, plastics; or pre-or post-consumer cardboard.
11-C.3.A ARBORIST’S WOOD CHIP MULCH
Arborist Wood Chip Mulch shall be coarse ground wood chips (approximately 1/2″ to 6″ along the longest
dimension) derived from the mechanical grinding or shredding of the above-ground portions of trees. It
may contain wood, wood fiber, bark, branches, and leaves, but may not contain visible amounts of soil. It
shall be free of weeds and weed seeds including but not limited to plants on the King County Noxious
Weed list available at: <www.kingcounty.gov/weeds>, and shall be free of invasive plant portions capable
of re-sprouting, including but not limited to horsetail, ivy, clematis, knotweed, etc. It may not contain
more than 0.5% by dry weight of manufactured inert material (plastic, concrete, ceramics, metal, etc.).
Arborist Wood Chip Mulch, when tested, shall meet the following loose volume gradation:
TABLE 11-C.3.A ARBORIST WOOD MULCH GRADATION
Sieve Size Percent Passing
1 inch 100
2″ 95–100
1″ 70–100
5/8 0–50
No. 4 0 – 30
REFERENCE 11-C: BIORETENTION SOIL MEDIA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
11-C-5
Prior to delivery, the Applicant shall provide the following:
1. The source of the product and species of trees included in it;
2. A sieve analysis verifying the product meets the above size gradation requirement;
3. A representative sample of the product for County approval.
11-C.3.B COMPOST MULCH SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Compost Mulch for Bioretention must meet the Specification 1 compost requirements of
Section 11-C.1.A, except that the gradation must be Coarse Compost per Section 11-C.1.C
Compost Mulch for other facilities and BMPs must meet either Specification 1 or Specification 2
compost of Section 11-C.1.A or 11-C.1.B respectively, except that the gradation must be Coarse
Compost per Section 11-C.1.C.
REFERENCE 11: MATERIALS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
11-C-6
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 11-E
ROOFING ERODIBLE OR LEACHABLE MATERIALS
REFERENCE 11: MATERIALS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
11-E-1
REFERENCE 11-E
ROOFING ERODIBLE OR LEACHABLE
MATERIALS
METAL ROOFING COATING: INERT, NON-LEACHABLE MATERIAL
Metal roofs are considered to be pollution generating impervious surface unless they are coated with
PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) with a manufacturer’s 25-year or better guarantee of no metals leaching,
and are not subject to venting significant amounts of dusts, mists, or fumes from manufacturing,
commercial, or other indoor activities.
NON-METAL ROOFING TYPES THAT MAY POSE RISK BUT ARE NOT CURRENTLY REGULATED
The following roof types are currently not regulated as pollution generating surfaces, but there is some
evidence that they may pose risks to water quality. This information is provided to assist the public in
making more informed choices.
These roof types include any roofing manufactured or treated with biocides for moss, algae, rot, or plant
control; i.e., those containing any heavy metal such as copper, lead, zinc, silver, or arsenic, or organic
biocides such as (R,S)-mecoprop bi-ester4 and terbutryn, carbendazim, and Irgarol 10515.
Other roof types that may pose risk include synthetic roofing materials that use zinc or any other leachable
heavy metal as a manufacturing catalyst or for any other purpose, any roofing material containing any
heavy metal as a UV stabilizer or for pigmentation6. Phthalates have also been noted as leaching from
some synthetic roofing.
SPECIFIC EXAMPLES OF NON-METAL AND COATED METAL ROOFS FOR WHICH
THERE IS DOCUMENTED EVIDENCE, OF SOME RUNOFF RISK
Roofs with Potential Risk Based on Regional Monitoring of Regionally Supplied
Materials7,8
Asphalt shingles with algae resistance (AR)
EPDM (ethylene propylene diene monomer)
4 Bucheli, Thomas D., Stephan R. Müller, Andreas Voegelin, and René P. Schwarzenbach. 1998. Bituminous Roof Sealing Membranes as
Major Sources of the Herbicide (R,S)-Mecoprop in Roof Runoff Waters: Potential Contamination of Groundwater and Surface Waters.
Environmental Science & Technology 32 (22):3465-3471.
5 Background literature review in support of the regional study by Ecology. Winters, Nancy. 2013. Quality Assurance Project Plan. Roofing
Materials Assessment: Investigation of Toxic Chemicals in Roof Runoff. Publication No. 13-03-105. Lacey, WA: Washington State
Department of Ecology.
6 Polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) or other fire retardants may be an issue in Central and Eastern Washington, but according to
manufacturers on Ecology’s Roofing Task Force, these are not applied in Western Washington.
7 Materials provided by Western Washington manufacturers and/or vendors. First year of study. Winters, Nancy, and Kyle Graunke. 2014.
Roofing Materials Assessment – Investigation of Toxic Chemicals in Roof Runoff. Lacey, WA.
<https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/SummaryPages/1403003.html>.
8 Materials provided by Western Washington manufacturers and/or vendors. Winters, Nancy, Melissa McCall, and Allison Kingfisher. 2014.
Roofing Materials Assessment – Investigation of Toxic Chemicals in Roof Runoff from Constructed Panels in 2013 and 2014. Publication
No. 14-03-033. Lacey, WA.
REFERENCE 11: MATERIALS
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
11-E-2
Manufacturer-painted galvanized steel, painted with silicone-modified polyester paint9,7
PVC (polyvinyl chloride)
Treated wood shakes
Roofs with Potential Risk Based on Other Studies9
Asphalt shingles
Asphalt fiberglass shingles
Asphalt (residential)
Asphalt impregnated with copper
Asphalt roofs with moss-control zinc strips
Bituminous roof sealing membrane for green roof, treated to inhibit root penetration
Built-up commercial
Built-up with coal tar
Cedar shakes
Ceramic tile
Clay tile
Concrete tile
Ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM or rubber roofing)
Galfan (aluminum-coated)
Gravel
Impregnated wood
Ondura
Painted steel
Pressure treated/water sealed wood
Polyester
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Synthetic roofing materials, e.g., thermoplastic olefin (TPO)
Rubber
Treated roofing materials (non-specific as cited)
Vegetated roof
Wood shingle
9 Background literature review in support of the regional study by Ecology. Winters, Nancy. 2013. Quality Assurance Project Plan. Roofing
Materials Assessment: Investigation of Toxic Chemicals in Roof Runoff. Publication No. 13-03-105. Lacey, WA: Washington State
Department of Ecology.
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 12
VACANT
No text associated with this section.
REFERENCE 12: VACANT
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 13
VACANT
No text associated with this section.
REFERENCE 13: VACANT
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
CITY OF RENTON
SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
REFERENCE 14
SUPPLEMENTAL APPROVED FACILITIES
14-A CITY OF RENTON APPROVED PROPRIETARY FACILITIES
FOR USE ON PRIVATE DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
14-B CITY OF RENTON APPROVED PROPRIETARY FACILITIES
FOR USE IN PUBLIC PROJECTS
REFERENCE 14: SUPPLEMENTAL APPROVED FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 14-A-1
REFERENCE 14-A
CITY OF RENTON APPROVED PROPRIETARY
FACILITIES FOR USE ON PRIVATE
DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
The proprietary facilities summarized in Table 14.A are approved by the City for use on private development projects.
The General Use Level Designation (GULD) letters for each of the approved facilities listed in Table 14.A are included
in this reference section. These GULD letters outline the sizing requirements and maintenance requirements for each
approved proprietary facility. Appendix A also includes more detailed maintenance information for the proprietary
facilities listed in Reference Section 14-B.
TABLE 14.A PROPRIETARY FACILITIES- CURRENT APPROVALS
Proprietary Facility Name Basic WQ
Enhanced
Basic WQ
Lake
Protection High-Use Pretreatment
Aqua-Swirl
CONCENTRATOR
Stormwater Treatment
System
X
BayFilter Stormwater
Treatment System w/
Enhanced 545 Media
Cartridge
X X
BaySeparator Stormwater
Treatment System
X
BioPod X X X
Boxless BioPod X X X
CDS X
Downstream Defender X
EcoStorm Plus X
Filterra X X X X
Filterra Bioscape X X X X
Jellyfish Filter X X
Kraken Filter X X
Modular Wetlands Linear X X X
PerkFilter w/ ZPC Media X X
Stormceptor X
StormFilter w/
PhosphoSorb Media
X X
StormFilter w/ ZPG Media X
StormGarden Biofilter X X
StormTree X X X
REFERENCE 14: SUPPLEMENTAL APPROVED FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 14-A-2
Up-Flo Filter w/ Filter
Ribbons
X X
Vortechs X
WetlandMod X X
Other Facilities with a
General Use Level
Designation (GULD) for
respective treatment
X X X X X
CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL
2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual 6/22/2022
Ref 14-B-1
REFERENCE 14-B
CITY OF RENTON APPROVED PROPRIETARY
FACILITIES FOR USE IN PUBLIC PROJECTS
The proprietary facilities summarized in Table 14.B are approved by the City for use in public projects. The City
reserves the right to modify the list of proprietary facilities approved for public maintenance at any time. The General
Use Level Designation (GULD) letters for each of the approved facilities listed in Table 14.B are included in Reference
Section 14-A. These GULD letters outline the sizing requirements and maintenance requirements for each approved
proprietary facility. Appendix A also includes more detailed maintenance information for the proprietary facilities
listed in Table 14.B.
TABLE 14.B PROPRIETARY FACILITIES AND APPLICABILITY
Proprietary Facility Name Basic WQ
Enhanced
Basic WQ
Lake
Protection High-Use Pretreatment
BayFilter
StormwaterTreatment
System w/ Enhanced 545
Media Cartridge
X X
BioPod X X X
Boxless BioPod X X X
Filterra X X X X
Modular Wetlands Linear X X X
PerkFilter w/ ZPC Media X X
StormFilter w/ ZPG Media X
WetlandMod X X
REFERENCE 14: SUPPLEMENTAL APPROVED FACILITIES
6/22/2022 2022 City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual
Ref 14-B-2
(T his page intentionally left blan k. )
ATTACHMENT B
JULY 2021 KING COUNTY STORMWATER
POLLUTION PREVENTION MANUAL
Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Manual:
Best Management Practices for
Commercial, Multifamily and
Residential Properties
July 2021
Department of Natural Resources and Parks
Water and Land Resources Division
Stormwater Services Section
King Street Center, KCS-NR-5600
201 South Jackson Street, Suite 5600
Seattle, WA 98104
206-477-4800 TTY Relay: 711
www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater
www.kingcounty.gov/sppm
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services i July 2021
Foreword The King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual (SPPM) was developed to comply with requirements of the Federal Clean Water Act–National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Program and the State Puget Sound Water Quality Management Plan–Stormwater Program. The intent of these programs is to maintain and improve the quality and beneficial uses of our water resources. The widespread implementation of best management practices (BMPs) is regarded as one of the best solutions to achieving this goal. This manual provides detailed information for businesses, residents, managers, and owners of property in unincorporated King County, and describes the actions we are all required to take to reduce the contamination of stormwater, surface water (e.g., streams and lakes), and groundwater. Note: This manual replaces the King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Best Management Practices for Businesses, dated April 2016.
Acknowledgements
Primary Contributing Staff: Bob Bernhard, Source Control Program Manager (2021-present) Cynthia Hickey, Source Control Program Manager (2009-2021) Alison Schweitzer, Program/Project Manager The authors would like to thank David Batts, Cameron Chapman, Jeanne Dorn, Marilyn Guthrie, Abby Hawley, Lou Leet, Edward McFarlin, Doug Navetski and Mark Wilgus for their valuable input.
Clarification of Manuals The Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual (www.kingcounty.gov/sppm) presents pollution prevention practices for all property owners in unincorporated King County. Use the King County Surface Water Design Manual (www.kingcounty.gov/swdm) for construction projects that require King County permits and have stormwater quantity and quality control requirements. Redevelopment or property improvements on existing sites may require structural BMPs. Structural BMPs are found in this manual as well as the KCSWDM.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services ii July 2021
Table of Contents 1.0 Overview .................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.1 About This Manual............................................................................................................................. 1 1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) ........................................................................................... 1 1.3 Exemptions ........................................................................................................................................... 2 1.4 Step by Step Approach ..................................................................................................................... 2 1.5 Activities That May Result in Structural Improvements .................................................... 4 1.6 Other Agency Requirements .......................................................................................................... 6 1.7 Your Stormwater Drainage System ............................................................................................ 7 2.0 Stormwater problems ........................................................................................................................... 9 2.1 Stormwater Runoff ............................................................................................................................ 9 2.2 Storm Drains That Lead to Lakes and Streams ...................................................................... 9 2.3 Polluting is Against the Law........................................................................................................... 9 2.4 Ways You May Be Polluting ........................................................................................................... 9 2.5 Pollutants ............................................................................................................................................10 2.5.1 Oils, Greases, and Fuels ............................................................................................................10 2.5.2 Metals .............................................................................................................................................10 2.5.3 Sediments ......................................................................................................................................10 2.5.4 Oxygen–Demanding Substances ..........................................................................................11 2.5.5 Nutrients........................................................................................................................................11 2.5.6 Toxic Organic Compounds ......................................................................................................11 2.5.7 Fecal Bacteria ..............................................................................................................................12 2.5.8 pH .....................................................................................................................................................12 3.0 Commercial and Multifamily BMPs ...............................................................................................13 3.1 Pollution Prevention Practices ...................................................................................................13 3.2 BMP Activity Sheets ........................................................................................................................16 A-1: Required BMPs for All Properties with Commercial Activities .................. 17 A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks ............................ 19 A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers ........................................ 21 A-4: Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand, and Other Erodible Materials ..................... 23 A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers .................................................... 25 A-6: Storage of Contaminated Soils ................................................................................. 31 A-7: Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Storage .............................................. 32
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services iii July 2021
A-8: Storage of Solid Waste and Food Wastes (Including Cooking Grease) .... 35 A-9: Storage of Scrap and Recycling Materials (Including Auto Recycling Facilities) ......................................................................................................................... 37 A-10: Treatment, Storage or Disposal of Dangerous Wastes .................................. 39 A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment .................................................. 40 A-12: Cleaning of Washing of Food Service Areas and Equipment ....................... 42 A-13: Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning ................................................................... 43 A-14: Interior Washing Operations (Including Mobile Contractors) ................... 45 A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops, and Other Large Surfaces ......................... 46 A-16: Truck or Rail Loading and Unloading of Liquid or Solid Material ............. 48 A-17: Stationary Fueling Operations ................................................................................. 49 A-18: Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance ............................................ 53 A-19: Concrete and Asphalt Production and Recycling ............................................. 55 A-20: Concrete and Asphalt Application.......................................................................... 57 A-21: Manufacturing and Post-Processing of Metal Products ................................ 59 A-22: Painting, Finishing, and Coating of Vehicles, Products and Equipment .. 61 A-23: Wood Treatment and Preserving ........................................................................... 63 A-24: Commercial Composting ............................................................................................ 64 A-25: Chemical Applications – Other Than Landscaping .......................................... 66 A-26: Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Management, and Irrigation .............. 68 A-27: Clearing and Grading of Land for Small Construction Projects .................. 73 A-28: Demolition of Buildings ............................................................................................. 74 A-29: Building Repair, Remodeling and Construction ............................................... 76 A-30: Marine Activities ........................................................................................................... 78 A-31: Parking Lots, Driveways and Outside Storage Areas...................................... 85 A-32: Sidewalk Maintenance ................................................................................................ 87 A-33: Swimming Pool and Spa Cleaning and Maintenance ...................................... 88 A-34: Animal Waste ................................................................................................................. 90 A-35: Keeping Livestock in Stables, Pens, Pastures or Fields.................................. 92 A-36: Logging and Log Yards ............................................................................................... 95 A-37: Mining and Quarrying of Sand, Gravel, and Other Materials ....................... 96 A-38: Well, Utility, Directional and Geotechnical Drilling ......................................... 97 A-39: Roof Vents and Fugitive Emissions ....................................................................... 99 A-40: Street Deicing Operations ....................................................................................... 101 A-41: Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track Out Control ................................................ 102 A-42: Potable Water Line Flushing, Water Tank Maintenance and Hydrant Testing ............................................................................................................................ 103 A-44: Dust Control for Commercial Operations .......................................................... 105 A-45: Maintenance of Public and Private Utility Corridors and Facilities ........ 107 A-46: Color Events .................................................................................................................. 109 A-47: Older Stationary Fueling Operations .................................................................. 112 A-48: Mobile Fueling of Vehicles and Heavy Equipment ........................................ 116 A-49: Nurseries and Greenhouses ................................................................................... 119 4.0 Residential (Non-Commercial) BMPs ........................................................................................ 122 R-1: Residential Automobile and Boat Washing ...................................................... 123
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services iv July 2021
R-2: Residential Storage of Solid Waste and Food Wastes (Garbage) ............. 125 R-3: Residential Vehicle Repair and Maintenance .................................................. 126 R-4: Residential Hazardous Waste Use, Storage and Disposal ........................... 127 R-5: Residential Gardening, Lawn Care, Irrigation and Fertilizer Application….. .............................................................................................................. 128 R-6: Residential Home Maintenance and Repair ..................................................... 130 R-7: Residential Swimming Pool and Hot Tub Maintenance .............................. 132 R-8: Residential Animal Waste ....................................................................................... 134 R-9: Residential Dock Washing....................................................................................... 137 5.0 Information Sheets ............................................................................................................................ 140 Catch Basin Inserts ....................................................................................................................... 141 Containment .................................................................................................................................... 145 Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff ............................................................. 148 Covering. ........................................................................................................................................... 151 Disposal.. ........................................................................................................................................... 153 Drainage Maintenance Contractors ....................................................................................... 157 Oil/Water Separator .................................................................................................................... 162 Spill Response and Cleanup Plan ............................................................................................ 164 Water Quality Treatment BMPs .............................................................................................. 170 6.0 Technical Assistance ......................................................................................................................... 173 6.1 General BMP Selection ................................................................................................................ 173 6.2 Sanitary Sewer and Septic Systems Resources ................................................................. 174 6.3 Waste Management and Recycling......................................................................................... 174 6.4 Land Use, Fire Code, and Building Code Requirements ................................................. 177 6.5 Erosion Control Practices .......................................................................................................... 177 6.6 Air Quality ........................................................................................................................................ 178 6.7 Environmental Organizations .................................................................................................. 179 6.8 Quick Phone References ............................................................................................................. 180
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 1 July 2021
1.0 OVERVIEW
1.1 About This Manual King County’s water resources – its streams, lakes, wetlands, groundwater, and Puget Sound – play an important role in the quality of life we enjoy. They provide us with recreation and drinking water, support tourism, salmon and multiple other fish species, and are used extensively in industry. These waters, however, are vulnerable to pollution from a wide variety of human activities. Many of our water pollution problems are due in large part to pollutants washed off of land by storms. The quality of “stormwater” from residential properties, public facilities, commercial and industrial businesses, and agricultural lands is an increasing concern nationwide. The amount of pollution from any one place may not be significant by itself, but cumulative effects to water quality can be significant. The federal Clean Water Act mandates that cities and counties control the quality of stormwater runoff through implementation of pollution prevention measures. To meet the requirements of the Clean Water Act and to sustain our quality of life, the King County Council passed King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12) in November 1992. This manual applies to all activities in unincorporated King County that have the potential to contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff or to receiving waters directly. Stormwater runoff may seep into the ground, drain to a storm drain or a drainage ditch, or flow over the ground. Regardless of the way runoff leaves the site, it can end up in a stream, river, lake, wetland, groundwater, or Puget Sound. King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12) requires the use of best management practices (BMPs) described in this manual. The manual includes:
• Stormwater BMPs for commercial, industrial, public, and multifamily residential activities (Chapter 3).
• Stormwater BMPs for single family residential properties (Chapter 4).
• Information on how to implement many stormwater BMPs (Chapter 5).
• Additional resources (Chapter 6)
1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) The methods of protecting the quality of stormwater, surface water (e.g., streams and lakes) and groundwater, are called best management practices (BMPs). BMPs encompass a variety of managerial, operational, and structural measures that will reduce the amount of contaminants in stormwater and improve the quality of our water resources.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 2 July 2021
BMPs are separated into two broad categories: source control and treatment. Source
control BMPs prevent contaminants from entering water bodies or stormwater runoff. Some source control BMPs are operational, such as checking regularly for leaks and drips from equipment or vehicles, covering materials that have the potential to add pollutants to surface water, and educating employees about site clean–up procedures. Other source control BMPs are structural, including roofs, berms, and fueling pads.
Treatment BMPs are activities that treat stormwater to remove pollutants although no treatment BMP can remove 100 percent of the contaminants. It is more efficient, effective, and economical to prevent the contamination of stormwater than to treat it.
1.3 Exemptions You are exempt from implementing equivalent BMPs in this manual if you:
• Have obtained and are complying with a permit under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Stormwater Permit Program.
• Implement and maintain a farm management plan developed by the King Conservation District (KCD) and approved by King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks.
• Implement BMPs in compliance with KCC 21A.30, which addresses animal and livestock keeping practices.
• Engage in forest practices, with the exception of Class IV general forest practices. These exemptions are only from the requirements of this manual. If you are exempted for one or more of the reasons listed above, King County assumes that you are implementing the appropriate BMPs. If you have not implemented BMPs, or they are not effectively addressing the discharge of contaminants, then you will be required to comply with this manual. The following is a step–by–step approach to BMP compliance.
1.4 Step by Step Approach 1. Determine Your Status - If you are not exempt due to an above listed reason, then you must comply with the BMPs in this manual. 2. Evaluate Existing Conditions - Determine which activities in this manual are applicable to your property using the BMP Identification Worksheet. Review the applicable BMP activity sheets which can be found in Chapter 3 of this manual and on our website at www.kingcounty.gov/sppm. You will need to be familiar with the stormwater drainage system on your site. 3. Seek Assistance - You can have a free on–site consultation with a staff member from King County Stormwater Services who will walk through your site, discuss conditions and necessary BMPs, and provide assistance with implementation. To
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 3 July 2021
request an on–site consultation, call King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811. 4. Check Your Internal Floor Drains and Plumbing System Connections - Discharges from internal floor drains, appliances, industrial processes, and sinks and toilets that are connected to the nearby stormwater drainage system can cause significant stormwater pollution. These discharges must go to the sanitary sewer system, a holding tank, an on–site process water treatment system or a septic system. For information on how to check for illicit connections refer to BMP activity sheet A-1: Required BMPs for All Properties with Commercial Activities. You can also get help from your local sewer utility. If you find out that your internal drains are improperly connected to the stormwater drainage system, they will need to be removed, permanently plugged, or connected to the sanitary sewer, septic system, on–site treatment system under certain conditions, or a holding tank.
Note: Only residential strength wastewater (or domestic wastewater) from sinks,
toilets, washing machines, dishwashers, bathtubs, and showers can legally be
discharged to a septic system. Non–domestic wastewater (or commercial, industrial, or
non–residential wastewater) should never enter the septic system; it cannot be
treated. Non–domestic wastewater may also kill beneficial microorganisms that treat
sewage, and can contaminate soil and groundwater. Only put things down the drain
that the septic system is designed to handle organic waste and septic system friendly
paper products. Floor drains directly connected to septic systems may pose health and
fire hazards due to septic gases. 5. Develop and Implementation Strategy - Look at the property as a whole to determine how the BMPs you implement will work together. There may be acceptable BMPs that are not listed in the manual. Be creative in assessing your own needs and the constraints that you may face on your property. 6. Implement the Nonstructural Source Control BMPs - First, implement the BMPs that do not require extensive construction. Examples include having spill control and cleanup materials on site, using drip pans or drop cloths when conducting day to day activities, and sweeping instead of hosing down an area to a storm drain. 7. Implement Structural Control BMPs if Necessary - Second, implement the structural source control BMPs that may require a building permit or require larger capital expenditures. Examples include constructing a building to enclose a work activity that is currently in the open, or building a containment area. 8. Implement a Treatment BMP - If a treatment BMP is determined to be necessary for your site, you must have an acceptable design prepared and approved by King County Water and Land Resources Division (WLRD). You may be required to use the
King County Surface Water Design Manual (KCSWDM) when designing and receiving approval of treatment BMPs. Once the design has been approved by WLRD and a permit issued (if necessary) from the King County Department of Local Services, Permitting Division (Permitting), construction may begin.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 4 July 2021
9. Keep Records - Keep copies of the activity sheets and other documentation on implementing BMPs. Records may be used to illustrate compliance with this manual. 10. Maintain Your BMPs - Business owners and property managers must ensure employees are maintaining all applicable BMPs in Chapter 3. Employee education should be a continuous process for effective BMP implementation. Single family residential properties are also required to maintain all applicable BMPs in Chapter 4.
1.5 Activities That May Result in Structural
Improvements There are a number of activities that may require structures and/or specific drainage configurations in order to protect stormwater and maintain compliance with King County Water Quality Code 9.12. Roof structures, wheel washes, cement pads, shutoff valves, containment berms and indoor mop sinks are all examples of things that need to be in place prior to commencing the activity. These may require building permits and other approvals prior to construction. For information contact Permitting at 206-296-6600 or DPERWebInquiries@kingcounty.gov. Below are some highlighted activities and BMP activity sheets that provide more detail:
Commercial Composting Structural improvements: paved composting and storage pads, leachate collection system, lined collection ponds, contaminated stormwater collection and treatment, and wheel wash system
• BMP activity sheet A-24: Commercial Composting
Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Storage Structural improvements: roofed enclosures, containment, wastewater collection, storage, and disposal system
• BMP activity sheet A-7: Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Storage
Fueling of equipment and vehicles Structural improvements: Portland cement pads, roofs, spill control devices, trench drains, and oil/water separators
• BMP activity sheet A-17: Stationary Fueling Operations
• BMP activity sheet A-47: Older Stationary Fueling Operations
Greenhouses and plant nurseries Structural improvements: berms, covering and erosion control measures
• BMP activity sheet A-4: Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand and Other Erodible Materials
• BMP activity sheet A-49: Nurseries and Greenhouses
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 5 July 2021
Horse stables Structural improvements: wash racks connected to sanitary sewer or separate infiltration area, and manure containment areas
• BMP activity sheet A- 35: Keeping Livestock in Stables, Pens, Pastures or Fields
Mining of sand or gravel Structural improvements: wheel wash system and track–out control, and catch basin inserts
• BMP activity sheet A-41: Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track Out Control
Outdoor storage of erodible materials (e.g. compost, bark, sand) Structural improvements: wheel wash system and track–out control, berms, containment areas, covering, paving, catch basin inserts, and treatment systems
• BMP activity sheet A-41: Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track Out Control
Outdoor storage or processing of galvanized materials Structural improvements: roofs or other covering, and stormwater collection and treatment system
• BMP activity sheet A-21: Manufacturing and Post–Processing of Metal Products
Painting, Finishing and Coating of Vehicles and Equipment Structural improvements: permitted and enclosed paint booths
• BMP activity sheet A-22: Painting, Finishing and Coating of Vehicles, Products, and Equipment
Restaurants and food trucks Structural improvements: indoor sinks for mat and rack washing, and mop and wastewater disposal
• BMP activity sheet A-8: Storage of Solid and Food Wastes (Including Cooking Grease)
• BMP activity sheet A-12: Cleaning or Washing of Food Service Areas and Equipment
Storage of liquid materials Structural improvements: secondary containment, roofed structures, and spill control devices
• BMP activity sheet A-2: Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
• BMP activity sheet A-3: Storage of Any Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
Utility Corridor Maintenance Structural improvements: road stabilization
• BMP activity sheet A-45: Maintenance of Public and Private Utility Corridors and Facilities
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 6 July 2021
Washing of cars, trucks, and equipment (not just commercial car washes) Structural improvements: dedicated wash pads, sewer connection, holding tanks and catch basin inserts
• BMP activity sheet A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
• BMP activity sheet A-13: Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning
Wood Treatment & Preserving Structural improvements: paved, contained, and covered storage and processing areas
• BMP activity sheet A-23: Wood Treatment and Preserving
1.6 Other Agency Requirements Please note that other federal, state, and local agencies enforce regulations that may relate to your implementation of BMPs. Consult the following entities for guidance on the listed activities:
King County Surface Water Design Manual
• Drainage requirements, and construction BMPs for erosion and sediment control for new development and redevelopment
King County Critical Areas and Clearing and Grading Ordinances
• Land use regulations protecting environmentally sensitive areas and public health and safety
King County Fire Code
• Storage and handling of flammable, combustible, and hazardous materials
King County Animal Regulations (Livestock Ordinance)
• Raising and keeping of livestock
King County Wastewater Treatment Division - Industrial Waste Section, and Local
Sewer Authorities
• Acceptance of process water or contaminated stormwater to sanitary sewers
King County Solid Waste Division – Hazardous Waste Management Program
• Acceptance of household hazardous waste from residents and qualifying small quantity generators
Public Health – Seattle and King County
• Solid waste
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 7 July 2021
• Septic systems (on–site septic systems)
• Structural pesticide applicators
Washington State Department of Ecology
• National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits
• Discharge of process wastewater to surface water
• Underground storage tanks
• Spill prevention and control plans
• Dangerous waste generators
• Groundwater quality protection
• Oil spill prevention and cleanup plans (with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency)
Washington State Department of Agriculture
• Pesticide applications
• Nutrient management plans
Puget Sound Clean Air Agency
• Fugitive dust
• Outside painting
• Spray booths
U.S. Coast Guard
• Transfer of petroleum products on Puget Sound
1.7 Your Stormwater Drainage System If you have a set of plans/blueprints of your site and the associated stormwater drainage system, familiarize yourself and your employees with drainage patterns and drainage structure location. If you do NOT have a set of plans for the property, prepare a rough sketch to familiarize yourself and your employees with your on–site stormwater drainage system to aid in the implementation of BMPs. See the following page for an example. The sketch should include the following:
• Drainage structures—such as storm drains/catch basins, pipes, ditches, ponds, and vaults
• Buildings
• Storage structures/sheds
• Storage areas
• Places/points where stormwater leaves your site
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 8 July 2021
Example of a stormwater drainage system sketch with additional site elements (e.g., buildings, storage areas, stormwater drainage flow and exits) If you have any questions call King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 9 July 2021
2.0 STORMWATER PROBLEMS
2.1 Stormwater Runoff In vegetated areas (e.g., forests, fields, and wetlands) rainwater seeps slowly into the ground. However, when rain falls on paved and other hard, impervious surfaces it runs off quickly and is conveyed by pipes and ditches directly to water bodies (e.g., lakes, wetlands, and streams). This water, including snowmelt, that flows across the land is called stormwater runoff. Stormwater runoff collects pollutants when it hits the ground and carries it to stormwater drainage systems, surface waters and ultimately to Puget Sound. For example, stormwater runoff from parking lots picks up oil and grease dripped from cars, asbestos from worn brake linings and zinc from tires. Pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers are washed off from landscaped areas, and soils are washed away from construction sites. Any substance found on the ground can contaminate stormwater runoff.
2.2 Storm Drains That Lead to Lakes and Streams Stormwater drainage systems are designed to decrease the chance of flooding in developed areas. The stormwater drainage system collects stormwater runoff from catch basins (storm drains), roof downspouts, footing drains, and other inlets. The stormwater is then conveyed to the nearest surface water—such as a wetland, lake, stream or to Puget Sound. In urban areas, the stormwater drainage system consists primarily of drains and underground pipes. In rural areas, the stormwater drainage system may be in the form of ditches. Drainage systems are meant to carry only unpolluted stormwater to the nearest natural body of water. In areas that are served by sanitary sewer, interior drains—including toilets, floor drains and process water—lead to the sanitary sewer system and end up at a wastewater treatment plant where the wastewater is treated before being discharged into Puget Sound. In areas that do not have sanitary sewer the interior drains go to an on-site sewage treatment system, known as an on–site septic system (OSS). The wastewater is treated naturally and infiltrates on site.
2.3 Polluting is Against the Law The Washington State Water Pollution Control Law (RCW 90.48) and the King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12) prohibit the discharge of pollutants to stormwater drainage systems, surface waters, and groundwater. Pollution can cause harmful algal blooms, lesions and tumors in fish and other animals, destruction of fish spawning areas, damage habitat for plants and animals, and impairment of recreational activities.
2.4 Ways You May Be Polluting Many people know that it is illegal to dump toxic chemicals or other material directly down a storm drain but some of the more common pollution generating activities include:
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 10 July 2021
• Washing tools and equipment outside
• Hosing down your work area, driveway, or sidewalk
• Blowing leaf litter and sediment into the street
• Spilling oil or grease on pavement without cleaning it up
• Not repairing leaking vehicles
• Digging without taking steps to prevent erosion
• Washing vehicles even with “environmentally safe” or “green” cleaners
2.5 Pollutants Any substance that can render water harmful to people, fish, or wildlife or impair recreation or other beneficial uses of water is considered a pollutant. The broad categories of pollutants and their effects on fish and wildlife are described below.
2.5.1 Oils, Greases, and Fuels Oils and greases have many common sources: driveways, streets, highways, parking lots, food waste storage areas, heavy equipment and machinery storage areas, and places where pesticides have been applied. The familiar sight of a rainbow–colored puddle or stream of water in parking lots, driveways, and street gutters is a reminder of the presence of oils and greases in stormwater runoff. Oils and greases can be petroleum– based (motor oil) or food–related (cooking oils). Oil and grease are known to be toxic to aquatic organisms even at relatively low concentrations. They can coat fish gills, prevent oxygen from entering the water, and clog drainage facilities.
2.5.2 Metals Many metals, including lead, copper, zinc, and cadmium, are commonly found in urban runoff. Metals can contaminate surface water and groundwater, and can accumulate in sediments causing health problems for fish and animals that eat from the bottom of lakes, streams, and Puget Sound. This in turn harms the people who consume the fish caught in contaminated areas. Industrial areas, scrap yards, paints, pesticides, and fallout from automobile emissions are typical sources of metals in runoff.
2.5.3 Sediments Sediment, often originating as soil particles, sand, and clay, is the most common pollutant in stormwater runoff by volume and weight. Excess sediment turns stream and lake water cloudy, making them less suitable for recreation, fish life, and plant growth. Sediment is of particular concern in fish–bearing streams where it can smother fish eggs, destroy habitat for insects (a food source for fish), and cover prime spawning areas. Sediment can also clog storm drains, leading to increased private and public maintenance costs and flooding problems.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 11 July 2021
Sediment is also of concern because many other pollutants—including polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), oils, metals, bacteria, and nutrients—tend to attach to soil particles. Construction sites and exposed earth are generally the greatest contributors of sediment in surface waters. Other sources include erosion from agricultural lands, pressure washing and sandblasting operations, loose dirt and debris tracked out to roads by equipment and vehicles, and dirt and grit from parking lots, driveways, and sidewalks.
2.5.4 Oxygen–Demanding Substances Plant debris, yard waste, food waste, compost, sawdust, and some chemical wastes fall into a category of water pollutants known as oxygen–demanding substances. Such substances use dissolved oxygen in water when they decay or chemically react. If dissolved oxygen levels in water become too low, aquatic animals become stressed or die. Salmon and trout are particularly at risk because they need high dissolved oxygen levels to live. Animal wastes, food wastes, yard waste and other miscellaneous organic matter carried by stormwater runoff into surface water can lead to reduced oxygen levels. Slow–moving waters are particularly susceptible to oxygen depletion because there is little aeration of the water by turbulence. Therefore, oxygen that is depleted in slow– moving waters is not replaced.
2.5.5 Nutrients Plants need nutrients (e.g., phosphorus and nitrogen) to grow but high levels can be harmful to water quality. Excess nutrient levels can over–stimulate the growth of algae and other aquatic plants, resulting in unpleasant odors, unsightly surface scum, and lowered dissolved oxygen levels from plant decay. Nutrients are most likely to pose a problem in slow moving water such as lakes or sluggish streams. Some forms of algae are toxic to fish and other aquatic organisms and may even cause death in animals that drink affected water. Algae can also cause taste and odor problems in drinking water, foul–smelling odor in ponds and lakes, and problems with clogged water intakes, drains, and pipes. Forms of nitrogen (ammonium), in combination with pH and temperature variations, can cause water quality problems and be toxic to fish. Fertilizers, animal wastes, failing septic systems, detergents, road deicing chemicals, automobile emissions, eroded soils, and organic matter such as yard waste are all contributors to excessive nutrient levels in urban, rural, and agricultural stormwater runoff.
2.5.6 Toxic Organic Compounds Excessive application of toxic organic compounds—such as insecticides, herbicides, fungicides, and rodenticides (all referred to as pesticides)—or the application of any of these shortly before or during rainfall can result in the pesticide being carried from agricultural lands, construction sites, parks, golf courses, and residential lawns and gardens
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 12 July 2021
to receiving waters. Many pesticide compounds are extremely toxic to aquatic organisms and can cause fish kills. Other toxic organic compounds—such as phenols, glycol ethers, esters, nitrosamines, and other nitrogen compounds—also affect receiving waters. Common sources of these compounds include wood preservatives, antifreeze, dry cleaning chemicals, cleansers, and a variety of other chemical products. Like pesticides, these toxic organic compounds can be lethal to aquatic organisms.
2.5.7 Fecal Bacteria Fecal bacteria in water may indicate the presence of pathogenic (disease–causing) bacteria and viruses. Pet and other animal wastes, failing septic systems, livestock waste, and fertilizers can all contribute fecal coliform bacteria. Bacterial contamination has led to closures of numerous shellfish harvesting areas and swimming beaches in the Puget Sound region.
2.5.8 pH The pH value of water is an indication of its relative acidity. The pH value can range from 0 to 14, with 6 to 8 being desirable for most bodies of water. A pH level outside this range will adversely affect plant and animal life. Waters with very high (basic) or very low (acidic) pH are corrosive to metal surfaces. There are several sources that can contribute to change of pH in stormwater runoff, including industrial processes that discharge acidic wastewater, solutions used in metal plating operations, acidic chemicals used in printing and graphic art businesses, cement used in concrete products and concrete pavement, and chemical cleaners used in homes and businesses.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 13 July 2021
3.0 COMMERCIAL AND MULTIFAMILY
BMPS
3.1 Pollution Prevention Practices The eight pollution prevention practices listed below are measures that should be considered at all times for improving pollution control. They are not required but should be incorporated in your BMP implementation plan. Application of these pollution prevention practices may reduce or eliminate the need for more complicated or costly BMPs. 1. Locate activities as far as possible from surface drainage paths 2. Avoid the activity or reduce its occurrence 3. Use less material 4. Use the least toxic materials available 5. Create and/or maintain vegetated areas near activity locations 6. Recycle as much as possible 7. Educate others about stormwater pollution prevention 8. Implement treatment BMPs
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 14 July 2021
Complete a BMP Identification Worksheet to identify activities you conduct. Interpret the categories broadly. Activity sheet numbers correspond to BMP Activity Sheets in Chapter 3.
BMP IDENTIFICATION WORKSHEET
Activity
Sheet #
Type of activity
Do you conduct this
activity? If so, where?
Indoors Outdoors
Storage A-1 Required BMPs for All Properties with Commercial Activities A-2 Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks A-3 Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers A-4 Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand and Other Erodible Materials A-5 Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers A-6 Storage of Contaminated Soils A-7 Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Storage A-8 Storage of Solid Wastes and Food Wastes (Including Cooking Grease) A-9 Storage of Scrap and Recycling Materials (Including Auto Recycling Facilities) A-10 Treatment, Storage or Disposal of Dangerous Wastes A-31 Parking Lots, Driveways and Outside Storage Areas
Washing A-11 Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment A-12 Cleaning or Washing of Food Service Areas and Equipment A-13 Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning A-14 Interior Washing Operations (Including Mobile Contractors) A-15 Washing of Buildings, Rooftops and Other Large Objects A-32 Sidewalk Maintenance A-41 Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track Out Control
Transfer of Liquid Materials A-16 Truck or Rail Loading and Unloading of Liquid or Solid Materials A-17 Stationary Fueling Operations A-18 Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 15 July 2021
A-47 Older Stationary Fueling Operations A-48 Mobile Fueling of Vehicles and Heavy Equipment
Production and Application A-19 Concrete and Asphalt Production and Recycling A-20 Concrete and Asphalt Application A-21 Manufacturing and Post–Processing of Metal Products A-22 Painting, Finishing and Coating of Vehicles, Products, and Equipment A-23 Wood Treatment and Preserving A-24 Commercial Composting A-25 Chemical Applications–Other Than Landscaping A-37 Mining and Quarrying of Sand, Gravel, and Other Materials A-39 Roof Vents and Fugitive Emissions A-44 Dust Control for Commercial Operations
Landscaping A-26 Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Management, and Irrigation
Construction A-27 Clearing and Grading of Land for Small Construction Projects A-28 Demolition of Buildings A-29 Building Repair, Remodeling and Construction A-30 Marine Activities
Other A-33 Swimming Pool and Spa Cleaning and Maintenance A-34 Animal Waste A-35 Keeping Livestock in Stables, Pens, Pastures or Fields A-36 Logging and Log Yards A-38 Well, Utility, Directional and Geotechnical Drilling A-40 Street Deicing Operations A-42 Potable Water Line Flushing, Water Tank Maintenance and Hydrant Flushing A-45 Maintenance of Public and Private Utility Corridors and Facilities A-46 Color Events A-49 Nurseries and Greenhouses
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 16 July 2021
3.2 BMP Activity Sheets The BMPs in this chapter are required for commercial, industrial, agricultural, public, and multifamily residential activities conducted in unincorporated King County. King County’s goal is to reduce pollution through education and prevention efforts, emphasizing source control BMPs before treatment. If the implemented BMPs are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, additional measures will be required. Every property in the county has unique characteristics and drainage systems. The BMPs used on each property depend on the type of stormwater drainage system, slope, ground cover and pollution generating activities occurring on site. The activity sheets offer flexibility in BMP selection and recognize the wide variety of site conditions that may be encountered. For manufacturing and commercial activities not addressed in these activity sheets refer to the Washington State Department of Ecology Stormwater Management
Manual for Western Washington, Volume IV (https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Guidance-technical-assistance/Stormwater-permittee-guidance-resources/Stormwater-manuals) for the required Operational and Structural Source Control BMPs.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 17 July 2021
A-1: Required BMPs for All Properties with Commercial
Activities The following best management practices (BMPs) are required for all commercial, industrial, agricultural, public, and residential properties with commercial activities in unincorporated King County. In addition to implementing required BMPs listed herein, property owners must maintain drainage facilities to meet King County Standards, as required by King County Code 9.04.120. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
Clean and Maintain Stormwater Drainage System
• Evaluate the condition of the catch basin by checking the amount of sediment in the bottom of the catch basin (sump). Catch basins must be cleaned out when the solids, trash and debris in the sump reaches one–half of the depth between the bottom of the sump and the bottom of the lowest inflow or outflow pipe connected to the catch basin or is at least 6 inches below this point.
• Clean and maintain catch basins annually. Sites with activities generating sediments and other debris will have to inspect and clean out their catch basins more often. Frequent sweeping of paved parking and storage areas will save time and money in maintaining the stormwater drainage system.
• Hire a professional drainage contractor to inspect and maintain your stormwater drainage system or clean the system yourself. If there is sediment or other debris in the drainage pipes, then a professional contractor must be hired to flush or jet out the pipes. Confined space entry should only be conducted by individuals trained to do so. For information on confined spaces refer to www.osha.gov/confined-spaces
• Soak up small amounts of floating oil with absorbent pads. The pads and nonhazardous sediments can be bagged up and disposed of as solid waste. Up to one cubic yard of nonhazardous solid material may be disposed of as solid waste in your regular garbage. For additional information please call King County Solid Waste Division at 206-477-4466. If you exceed this threshold hire a professional drainage contractor. For information on how to use absorbent pads please watch Seattle Public Utility’s video How to Use Your Spill Kit (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NeH98Rx7dOE).
• All of the solids and stagnant water collected from catch basin sumps must be disposed of properly. None of the sump contents can be flushed into the catch basin outflow pipe. Contractors who perform catch basin clean-out services are required to follow appropriate disposal requirements.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 18 July 2021
• Other components of the stormwater drainage system (e.g., ponds, tanks, and bioswales) must also be maintained. If this maintenance is beyond your ability, contractors are available to complete this work.
Label All Storm Drain Inlets on Your Property
• Stencil or apply catch basin/storm drain markers adjacent to storm drains to help prevent the improper disposal of pollutants. If the catch basin grate is stamped with warnings against polluting, then additional marking may not be required if there is no evidence of pollutants being dumped or washed into the storm drain.
• When painting stencils or installing markers, temporarily block the storm drain inlet so that no pollutants are discharged from labelling activities.
• Maintain the legibility of markers and signs.
• Contact King County Stormwater Services at 206-477-4811 for a free stencil or catch basin marker.
Eliminate Illicit Connections to the Storm Drainage System
• Connections to the stormwater drainage system that convey substances other than stormwater are prohibited.
• Illicit connections must be removed immediately, permanently plugged or re–plumbed.
• If the connection is re-plumbed, the line must discharge to the proper receiver, such as the sanitary sewer, a septic system, an on–site treatment system, or a holding tank for off–site disposal. There are restrictions on what can be disposed of to the sanitary sewer and septic systems. Contact your sewer authority or Public Health – Seattle and King County.
• Unknown connections may require additional investigation to determine where all stormwater and non–stormwater discharges go. This may include smoke, dye or chemical testing, or closed-circuit television inspection. Contact King County Stormwater Services at 206-477-4811 for further assistance.
Maintain Drainage Facilities
• Drainage facilities must meet the standards and requirements set forth in King County’s Surface Water Design Manual for continual performance, operation, and maintenance.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Inserts
o Disposal
o Drainage Maintenance Contractors
o Oil/Water Separator
Contact King County Stormwater Services at 206-477-4811 or visit kingcounty.gov/stormwater for stencils,
catch basin markers, assistance with determining if you have an illicit connection or any further questions.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 19 July 2021
A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary
Tanks The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the outdoor storage of liquid materials in stationary containers and indoor storage where the potential exists to flow outside. This does not apply to underground storage tanks or to businesses permitted by the Washington State Department of Ecology to treat, store or dispose of dangerous wastes. Storage of reactive, combustibles or flammable liquids must comply with the King County Fire Code (KCC 17).
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Store and contain liquid materials so if the tank leaks, the contents will not get into the stormwater drainage system, surface waters or groundwater. This requires secondary containment or using a double–walled tank.
• Place small, gravity–fed farm fuel tanks without secondary containment on flat and open ground so that a spill or leak will not run downhill toward creeks, ditches, floor drains or drain tiles before it can be contained and cleaned up.
• Place tanks securely on stable ground.
• Label all containers with the product name and associated hazards (e.g., flammable, corrosive, toxic or reactive).
• Install a spill control device (e.g., an oil/water separator or down–turned elbow) in the catch basins that collect runoff from the tank storage area if the liquid is oil, gas, or other material that separates from and floats on water.
• Place drip pans or absorbent materials under taps and at all potential drip and spill locations during filling and unloading of tanks. Properly dispose of collected liquids and absorbent materials. Turn over empty drip pans when not in use of move under cover.
• Have spill cleanup materials/spill kit near the tanks and any liquid transfer areas.
• Post a spill plan and keep contact information current.
• Train all employees on spill response methods and procedures.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Sweep and clean paved storage areas as needed. Do not hose down the area to a storm drain.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 20 July 2021
• Check tanks and sumps/catch basins regularly for leaks and spills. Collect and dispose of all spilled liquids.
• Inspect spill control devices regularly and remove floating oil and debris.
• Collect and properly dispose of stormwater that collects in containment areas.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Disposal
o Oil/Water Separator
o Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 21 July 2021
A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the outdoor storage of liquid materials in portable containers and indoor storage where the potential exists to flow outside. Storage of reactive, combustibles or flammable liquids must comply with the King County Fire Code (KCC 17). The local fire district must be consulted for limitations on clearance of roof covers over containers used to store flammable materials.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Place tight–fitting lids on all containers.
• Enclose or cover the containers.
• Raise containers off the ground with a spill containment pallet or similar method to contain the material in the event of a spill or accident.
• Place drip pans or absorbent materials under all potential drip and spill locations during filling and unloading of containers. Properly dispose of collected liquids and used absorbent materials. Turn over empty drip pans when not in use or move under cover.
• Do not use metal drums for liquid chemicals that are corrosive.
• Label all containers with the product name and associated hazards (e.g., flammable, corrosive, toxic or reactive).
• Have spill cleanup materials/spill kit located nearby.
• Have a spill plan with current contact information.
• Train all employees on spill response methods and procedures.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Sweep and clean the container storage areas as needed. Do not hose down the area to the stormwater drainage system.
• Routinely check containers and replace any compromised ones. Check nearby catch basins to ensure nothing spilled into them. Dispose of all spilled liquids properly.
• Inspect spill control devices routinely and properly remove and dispose of accumulated oil and debris.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 22 July 2021
• Storage of reactive, combustible, or flammable liquids must comply with the King County Fire Code. The local fire district must be consulted for limitations on clearance of roof covers over containers used to store flammable materials.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Disposal
o Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 23 July 2021
A-4: Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand, and Other Erodible
Materials The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to both permanent and temporary sites. Contact between outside bulk materials and stormwater can cause leaching and erosion of stored materials.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, metals,
nutrients, oxygen demanding substances, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Cover and contain the stockpiled materials unless the material cannot wash into the stormwater drainage system or surface waters and cannot be blown away by the wind.
• Covers must be in place at all times when the stockpile is not in active use.
• Do not hose down the contained stockpile area to the stormwater drainage system.
• For stockpiles greater than 5 cubic yards of erodible or water-soluble materials—such as soil, road deicing salts, compost, unwashed sand and gravel, sawdust, and bark—and for outside storage areas for solid leachable materials—such as freshly treated lumber and metal products (excluding aluminum)—choose one or more of the following BMPs:
o Store in a building or paved and bermed covered area;
o Place temporary plastic sheeting (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, Hypalon, or equivalent) over the material;
o Pave the area and install a drainage system. Place curbs or berms along the perimeter of the area to prevent the run-on of uncontaminated stormwater and to collect and convey all the runoff to treatment. Slope the paved area in a manner that minimizes the contact between stormwater and leachable materials (e.g., compost, logs, bark, wood chips);
o For large uncovered stockpiles, implement containment practices at the perimeter of the site and at any storm drains as needed to prevent erosion and discharge from the stockpiled material off-site or to a storm drain. Ensure that no direct discharge of contaminated stormwater to storm drains exists without conveying runoff through an appropriate treatment BMP. Catch basin inserts are not appropriate treatment for compost or road de-icing salts.
Required Routine Maintenance
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 24 July 2021
• Sweep paved surfaces to collect solid materials. Do not hose down area to the stormwater drainage system.
• Check covers over the stockpiles to ensure they are still functioning properly.
• Inspect and maintain catch basin inserts.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Containment
o Covering
• King County Surface Water Design Manual, Appendix D: Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Standards (Erosion Control Practices)
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 25 July 2021
A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the storage and use of pesticides and fertilizers. Pesticides include herbicides, rodenticides, insecticides, and fungicides. Washington pesticide law requires most businesses that commercially apply pesticides to the property of another to be licensed as a Commercial Applicator from the Washington State Department of Agriculture. For irrigation, landscaping, and vegetation maintenance, please refer to activity sheet A-26: Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Maintenance, and Irrigation.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, metals,
nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other
pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs: Storage
• Store pesticides and fertilizers in impervious containment areas that prevent water from coming into contact with the product.
• Containment areas must be secured to prevent unauthorized personnel from coming into contact with the materials.
• Containers and bags must be covered, intact, and off the ground. If a container or bag has been opened (including tears and punctures) or is showing signs of leakage, secondary containment is also required.
• Immediately clean up any spilled fertilizer or pesticides. Sweep paved storage areas as needed. Collect and dispose of spilled materials. Do not hose down the area.
• Keep pesticide and fertilizer contaminated waste materials in designated covered and contained areas.
• Dispose of contaminated pesticide and fertilizer waste materials properly.
• Store and maintain spill cleanup materials near the storage area.
• Do not discharge spills, leaks or stormwater containing pesticides or fertilizers to the stormwater drainage systems or to the sanitary sewer. Unused product, stormwater contaminated with pesticides and/or fertilizers, and spilled material must be collected and disposed of properly, according to the product label. Required BMPs: Fertilizer Application
• Never apply fertilizers if it is raining or about to rain. The longer the period between fertilizer application and either rainfall or irrigation, the less fertilizer runoff occurs.
• Determine the proper fertilizer application for the types of soil and vegetation involved.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 26 July 2021
• Follow manufacturers’ recommendations and label directions.
• Train employees on the proper use and application of fertilizers.
• Keep fertilizer granules off of impervious surfaces. Clean up any spills immediately. Do not hose down any spilled pesticide or fertilizer to a storm drain, conveyance ditch, or surface waters.
• If possible, do not fertilize areas within 100 feet of water bodies including wetlands, ponds, and streams.
• Avoid fertilizer applications in stormwater drainage systems, including ditches ponds and swales.
• Unless approved by the local jurisdiction, do not apply fertilizer at commercial and industrial facilities, to grass swales, buffer areas or filter strips if the area drains to sensitive water bodies.
• Apply fertilizers in amounts appropriate for the target vegetation and at the time of year that minimizes losses to surface and ground waters.
Supplemental BMPs: Fertilizer Application
• Apply the minimum amount of slow-release fertilizer necessary to achieve successful plant establishment.
• Do not fertilize when the soil is dry or during a drought.
• Test soils to determine the correct fertilizer application rates.
• Evaluation of soil nutrient levels through regular testing ensures the best possible efficiency and economy of fertilization.
• Fertilization needs vary by site depending on plant, soil, and climatic conditions.
• Choose organic fertilizers when possible.
• Use slow-release fertilizers such as methylene urea, isobutylidene, or resin coated fertilizers when appropriate, generally in the spring. Use of slow-release fertilizers is especially important in areas with sandy or gravelly soils.
• Time the fertilizer application to periods of maximum plant uptake. Washington State Department of Ecology generally recommends application in the fall and spring, although Washington State University turf specialists recommend four fertilizer applications per year.
• Do not use turf fertilizers containing phosphorous unless a soil sample analysis taken within the past 36 months that indicates the soil of the established lawn is deficient in phosphorus. For more information about restrictions on turf fertilizers containing phosphorus, visit the Washington State Department of Agriculture’s website https://agr.wa.gov/departments/pesticides-and-fertilizers/fertilizers/fertilizers-containing-phosphorus
Required BMPs: Pesticide Application
• All procedures shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 17.21 RCW and Chapter 16-228 WAC.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 27 July 2021
• Train employees on proper application of pesticides and disposal practices.
• Follow manufacturers’ application guidelines and label requirements.
• Avoid excessive application of chemicals. Do not apply pesticides in quantities that exceed the limits on the product’s Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) label.
• Conduct spray applications during weather conditions as specified on the label requirements and applicable local and state regulations. Do not apply during rain or immediately before expected rain (unless the label directs such timing).
• Clean up any spilled pesticides immediately. Do not hose down to a storm drain, conveyance ditch, or surface water.
• Flag all sensitive areas including wells, creeks, and wetlands prior to spraying.
• Post notices and delineate the spray area prior to the application, as required by the local jurisdiction, or by the Washington State Department of Ecology.
• Mix pesticides and clean the application equipment under cover in an area where accidental spills will not enter surface or ground waters, and will not contaminate the soil.
• Follow the FIFRA label requirements for disposal. If the FIFRA label does not have disposal requirements, the rinseate from equipment cleaning and/or triple-rinsing of pesticide containers should be used as product or recycled into product.
• Collect the equipment wash water (rinseate) and store it in a labelled leakproof container with a lid. Reuse the wash water when making another spray mixture of the same pesticide. Do not mix different pesticide wash waters. Do not dump the wash water down a storm drain, to a conveyance ditch, surface water or to the ground. Unused wash water will most likely be a regulated hazardous waste, requiring special disposal.
• The pesticide application equipment must be capable of immediate shutoff in the event of an emergency.
Supplemental BMPs: Pesticide Application
• Use manual pest control strategies, such as physically scraping moss from rooftops and using rodent traps.
• Remove weeds/vegetation in stormwater ditches, detention ponds and drainage swales by hand or other mechanical means.
• Use pesticides only as a last resort. Consider alternatives to the use of pesticides such as:
o Covering or harvesting weeds, substitute vegetative growth, and manual weed control/moss removal.
o Soil amendments, such as compost, that are known to control some common diseases in plants, such as Pythium root rot, ashy stem blight, and parasitic nematodes.
• Implement a pest-use plan which should include at a minimum:
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 28 July 2021
o A list of selected pesticides and their specific uses.
o Brands and formulations of the pesticides.
o Application methods and quantities to be used.
o Equipment use and maintenance procedures.
o Safety, storage, and disposal methods.
o Monitoring, record keeping, and public notice procedures.
• Develop and implement an Integrated Pest Management (IPM) program if pests are present. The following steps are adapted from Least Toxic Pest Management for
Lawns, written by Sheila Daar.
o Step One: Correctly identify problem pests and understand their life cycle.
Learn more about the pest.
Observe it and pay attention to any damage that may be occurring.
Learn about the life cycle.
Many pests are only a problem during certain seasons, or can only be treated effectively in certain phases of the life cycle.
o Step Two: Establish tolerance thresholds for pests.
Decide on the level of infestation that must be exceeded before treatment needs to be considered. Pest populations under this threshold should be monitored but don’t need treatment.
o Step Three: Monitor to detect and prevent pest problems.
Monitor regularly to anticipate and prevent major pest outbreaks.
Conduct a visual evaluation of the lawn or landscape's condition. Take a few minutes before mowing to walk around and look for problems.
Keep a notebook, record when and where a problem occurs, then monitor for it at about the same time in future years.
Specific monitoring techniques can be used in the appropriate season for some potential problem pests, such as European crane fly.
o Step Four: Modify the maintenance program to promote healthy plants and dis-courage pests.
Review your landscape maintenance practices to see if they can be modified to prevent or reduce the problem.
A healthy landscape is resistant to most pest problems. Lawn aeration and over-seeding along with proper mowing height, fertilization, and irrigation will help the grass out-compete weeds.
Correcting drainage problems and letting soil dry out between waterings in the summer may reduce the number of crane-fly larvae that survive.
o Step Five: If pests exceed the tolerance thresholds:
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 29 July 2021
Consider the most effective management options concurrent with reducing impacts to the environment. This may mean chemical pesticides are the best option in some circumstances.
Consider the use of physical, mechanical, or biological controls.
Study to determine what products are available and choose a product that is the least toxic and has the least non-target impact.
o Step Six: Evaluate and record the effectiveness of the control, and modify maintenance practices to support lawn or landscape recovery and prevent recurrence.
Keep records!
Note when, where, and what symptoms occurred, or when monitoring revealed a potential pest problem.
Note what controls were applied and when, and the effectiveness of the control.
Monitor next year for the same problems.
• Conduct any pest control activity at the life stage when the pest is most vulnerable. For example, if it is necessary to use a Bacillus thuringiens application to control tent caterpillars, apply it to the material before the caterpillars cocoon or it will be ineffective. Any method used should be site-specific and not used wholesale over a wide area.
• Choose pesticides categorized by the EPA as reduced risk, such as the herbicide imazamox, and choose the least toxic pesticide available that is capable of reducing the infestation to acceptable levels. The pesticide should readily degrade in the environment and/or have properties that strongly bind it to the soil.
• When possible, apply pesticides during the dry season so that the pesticide residue is degraded prior to the next rain event.
• If possible, do not spray pesticides within 100 feet of water bodies. Spraying pesticides within 100 feet of water bodies including any drainage ditch or channel that leads to open water may have additional regulatory requirements beyond just following the pesticide product label. Additional requirements may include:
o Obtaining a discharge permit from the Washington State Department of Ecology.
o Obtaining a permit from the local jurisdiction.
o Using an aquatic labeled pesticide and adjuvant.
• Once a pesticide is applied, evaluate its effectiveness for possible improvement. Records should be kept showing the effectiveness of the pesticides applied.
• Develop an adaptive management plan and annual evaluation procedure including: (adapted from Daar’s Least Toxic Pest Management for Lawns)
o A review of the effectiveness of pesticide applications.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 30 July 2021
o Impact on buffers and sensitive areas, including potable wells. If individual or public potable wells are located in the proximity of commercial pesticide applications, contact the regional Ecology hydrogeologist to determine if additional pesticide application control measures are necessary.
o Public concerns.
o Recent toxicological information on pesticides used/proposed for use.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-26: Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Management, and Irrigation
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Covering
o Disposal
• For soils testing, contact the King Conservation District (425-282-1900 or district@kingcd.org, a soils testing professional, or a Washington State University Extension office, 206-205-3100.
• Comply with WAC 16-228 (General Pesticide Rules) and WAC 16-229 (Secondary and Operational Area Containment for Bulk Pesticides).
• For more information, refer to the Pesticide Information Center Online (PICOL) Databases at https://picol.cahnrs.wsu.edu/
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 31 July 2021
A-6: Storage of Contaminated Soils The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the storage and/or treatment of contaminated soils such as those excavated during underground fuel tank removal or on-site soil remediation. The Washington State Department of Ecology regulates businesses engaged in this activity. In addition, a permit from the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency is required if the treatment method for removing soil contaminants involves forcing air through the soil.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
PCBs, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Cover contaminated soils to keep them from coming into contact with stormwater.
• Contain the material so that nothing flows into or out of the stockpile.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Sweep paved storage areas as needed. Collect and dispose of soil particles. Do not hose down the area.
• Stock cleanup materials near the storage area.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Covering
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 32 July 2021
A-7: Food and Beverage Manufacturing and Storage The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the outdoor storage and/or processing of raw materials for food or beverage items prior to or after packing, processing, or sale, or that crush, cut, ferment, distill or shred food items for fermented beverages, juices, and other food and beverage products. Additional BMPs may be required for wineries covered under the Washington State Department of Ecology’s Winery general permit. Brewery, distillery, cidery general permits may be created by the Department of Ecology in the future. Contact the Department of Ecology’s Northwest Regional Office at 206-594-0000for more information. Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to nutrients, oxygen demanding substances, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs – Temporary Outdoor Storage
• Train employees to keep a clean storage area.
• Store all food and beverage items in leak-proof containers. The edge of the container should be higher than the items stored within. Do not allow food items to drape over the side of the container.
• Make sure all outside materials that have the potential to leach or spill to the stormwater drainage system are covered, contained, or moved to an indoor location.
• For fruits, vegetables, and grains stored outside for a week or more, cover with a tarp or other waterproof material. Make sure coverings are secured from wind.
• Do not drain water or ice that was in contact with food or beverage items to the stormwater drainage system.
• Dispose of perished items in a timely manner.
• Stock cleanup materials, such as brooms and dustpans, near the storage area.
• Sweep and/or pick up dirt and food fragments daily. Place collected waste in covered leak-proof containers prior to disposal. Do not hose down the storage area to the stormwater drainage system. If water is used for clean-up, it must be collected and treated as wastewater.
Required BMPs – Processing
• Enclose the processing area in a building or shed or cover the area to prevent stormwater run-on. Pave and slope the processing area to capture the water used for cleaning, rinsing, and processing. Collect all wastewater and drain to a holding tank, the sanitary sewer or other treatment facility.
• Do not discharge the wastewater to the stormwater drainage system or to ground.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 33 July 2021
• If a holding tank is used for the storage of wastewater, pump out the contents before the tank is full and dispose of the wastewater to the sanitary sewer or an approved wastewater treatment system.
Required BMPs – Wineries, Breweries, Distilleries and Cideries
• Wastewater may not be discharged to the stormwater drainage system, surface waters or an on-site septic system.
• Implement a waste management plan that includes how to manage and dispose of all solid organic waste and wastewater created by production, cleaning, rinsing, and bottling and shall include the following:
o Identification of all solid and liquid waste streams and what steps in the process they are generated;
o How these waste streams will be collected, stored, and disposed of; and
o Spill prevention and clean up procedures.
• Disposal options include:
o Solid organic wastes
On-site composting
Off-site composting
Animal feedstock
o Wastewater
Animal feedstock – contact Washington State Department of Agriculture for approval.
Sewer discharge – contact King County Industrial Waste for approval.
Land treatment systems – the controlled application of wastewater to irrigation lands for treatment. Irrigation to managed vegetation includes discharging to crops, landscaped areas, or other vegetated areas as long as the vegetation is healthy and maintained. Contact Washington State Department of Ecology for approval.
Infiltration basin: A structure where treated wastewater is discharged and allowed to infiltrate to ground. Contact Washington State Department of Ecology for approval.
Subsurface Infiltration: An onsite system that treats wastewater before discharging it to a drain field where additional treatment occurs. This is a separate system from a domestic onsite sewage system (septic system). Contact Washington State Department of Ecology for approval.
Supplemental BMPs
• Cover outdoor storage areas.
• Use a containment curb, dike, or berm to prevent off-site runoff from storage or processing areas and to prevent stormwater run-on
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 34 July 2021
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-8: Storage of Solid Waste and Food Waste (Including Cooking Grease)
o A-12: Cleaning or Washing of Food Service Areas and Equipment
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff
o Covering
o Disposal
• Contact the local sewer authority and the King County Wastewater Treatment Division Industrial Waste Section at 206-477-5371 for more information on disposal to the sanitary sewer system.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 35 July 2021
A-8: Storage of Solid Waste and Food Wastes (Including
Cooking Grease) The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to garbage dumpsters, trash compactors and outdoor waste containers (e.g., cooking oil/grease receptacles).
Potential pollutants include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, hydrocarbons,
metals, nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other
pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Store wastes in leak-proof containers with solid lids (e.g., dumpsters and trash compactors). No rainwater should be able to enter the container and no fluids should be leaking out.
• Keep all waste receptacles (e.g., dumpsters, garbage cans, used cooking oil/grease containers) closed except when adding waste.
• Leaking outdoor waste containers must be repaired or replaced. Contact your waste hauler for replacements if the container is leased.
• Trash compactor wastewater must be discharged to the sanitary sewer, septic system or collected and hauled off-site for proper disposal. It must not be discharged to ground, stormwater drainage systems, surface waters or groundwater.
• Trash compactor drain lines should be connected to the sanitary sewer or septic system. If a connection is not possible, collect the wastewater in a dead-end sump or similar device. The wastewater containment must be easily inspected, maintained, and pumped out for proper disposal.
• Used cooking oil/grease containers should be labeled with their contents and have a secured lid.
• While oil/grease containers are not required to have secondary containment, they should be located and/or secured such that they can’t be tipped over.
• Clean up any spills immediately using absorbent material or scraping it up. Grease cannot be left on the ground.
• Have spill cleanup materials nearby.
• Use a lid or cover when transporting cooking oil/grease containers from kitchens to outside grease containers to prevent contents from spilling.
• Ensure that drip pans or absorbent materials are used whenever grease containers are emptied by vacuum trucks or other means.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 36 July 2021
• Dispose of collected cooking oil/grease as garbage if it is not being recycled. Do not dispose of fats, oils, or grease (FOG) into the sanitary sewer, septic system, or stormwater drainage system.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Keep the area around the grease container clean and free of debris.
• Check storage containers frequently for leaks and to ensure that lids are secure.
• Regularly check for loose debris in the waste container storage area and sweep if the area is paved. After sweeping, the waste storage area may be hosed down—without the use of soaps, detergents, or other chemicals—if there are no accumulations of oil and grease present and the rinse water is not discharged to a stormwater drainage system or surface water. The rinse water can infiltrate to ground or be discharged to a sanitary sewer.
• Do not hose down or apply soaps, detergents, or other chemicals to waste storage areas with accumulated oil and grease. Oily wastewater can clog stormwater drainage systems and sanitary sewer lines. Contact a service provider to remove and properly dispose of oil and grease accumulations.
• If cleaning or rinsing waste containers, dispose of all wastewater into the sanitary sewer. If sanitary sewer is not available, then store the wastewater in a holding tank, dead-end sump, or truck it off-site to an approved disposal location.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-31: Parking Lots, Driveways and Outside Storage Areas
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Disposal
o Drainage Maintenance Contractors
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 37 July 2021
A-9: Storage of Scrap and Recycling Materials (Including
Auto Recycling Facilities) The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the salvaging and storage of scrap metal, scrapped equipment, junked appliance and vehicles, empty metal drums, and recyclable materials such as cans, bottle, plastic, and paper products.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Check incoming scrap materials, vehicles, and equipment for potential fluid contents and batteries.
• Drain and transfer fluids from vehicles and other equipment only in a designated area with a waste collection system or over drip pans.
• Cover and contain vehicle and equipment dismantling areas to prevent rainwater contact.
• Remove batteries and store off the ground in a leak proof container and under cover.
• Cover and raise any materials that may contaminate stormwater. A tarp and a pallet are acceptable.
• Cover and contain stockpiles of any material that has the potential to contaminate stormwater runoff.
• All containers used to store fluids must comply with activity sheets A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks and A-3: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers regarding secondary containment. Storage of gasoline must comply with the appropriate Fire Codes.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Inspect storage areas regularly and promptly clean up any leaks, spills, or contamination.
• Sweep scrap storage areas as needed. Do not hose down anything to the stormwater drainage system.
• Keep spill cleanup materials in a location known to all. Ensure that employees are familiar with the site’s spill control plan and/or proper spill cleanup procedures.
• If you are involved in transporting any of these materials you must carry spill cleanup material in the vehicle to capture any spilled liquids, and have an impermeable liner in the bed of your truck to capture any spilled or leaked materials. Properly dispose of or reuse any collected fluids.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 38 July 2021
Supplemental BMPs
• Install catch basin inserts to collect excess sediment and debris if necessary. Inspect and maintain catch basin inserts to ensure they are working correctly.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
o A-3: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Inserts
o Containment
o Covering
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 39 July 2021
A-10:. Treatment, Storage or Disposal of Dangerous Wastes This activity applies to businesses that are permitted by the Washington State Department of Ecology to treat, store, or dispose of dangerous wastes.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, hydrocarbons,
metals, nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other
pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Detailed BMPs are not included here because treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) site requirements are beyond the level of typical BMP application.
• Department of Ecology regulates these facilities with specific requirements, which include the need for a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
• Contact Ecology at 206-594-0000 or 360-407-6000
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 40 July 2021
A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the cleaning of tools and equipment such as lawn mowers, edgers and grass trimmers, tools used at equipment repair shops, and manufacturing equipment such as saws, grinders, and screens.
Potential pollutants include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Discharge tool and equipment wash water to the sanitary sewer (with approval from the sewer authority) or a holding tank for offsite disposal. The discharge of wash water to the stormwater drain system is not allowed without treatment and an Individual Wastewater Discharge permit from the Washington State Department of Ecology.
• Rinse lawnmowers with water only on a lawn or similar area where grass clippings will not get into the stormwater drainage system or surface waters when it rains.
• Oily, soapy, or otherwise dirty water is not allowed to discharge to any stormwater drainage system or surface water.
Supplemental BMPs
• Recycle your wash water with an enclosed loop system or use self-contained parts washers. Numerous products are commercially available that recycle and contain wash water and cleaning solvents.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-13: Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning
o A-18: Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Disposal
o Oil/Water Separator
o Water Quality Treatment BMP
• Washington State Department of Ecology’s Vehicle and Equipment Washwater Discharges/Best Management Practices Manual https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/summarypages/95056.html
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 41 July 2021
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 42 July 2021
A-12: Cleaning of Washing of Food Service Areas and
Equipment The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to stationary and mobile operations.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen
demanding substances, pH, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• The cleaning of food service equipment—such as cooking equipment, filter screens, and floor mats—must be done indoors.
• All wash and rinse water (including mop water) must be discharged to the sanitary sewer or the septic system. It may not be discharged outdoors or into the stormwater drainage system.
• Floor mop water must not be poured outside. Instead pour mop water into a mop sink, utility sink or toilet.
• Wash and rinse water containing fats, oils, or grease (FOG) may require pretreatment to remove FOG prior to disposal to the sanitary sewer or septic system. Check with your sewer authority or Public Health-Seattle and King County.
• Do not dispose of wash or rinse waster containing floor stripping or disinfectant chemicals into the septic system as they can seriously inhibit wastewater treatment and cause the system to fail. The wash or rinse water should be collected and hauled offsite for proper disposal (e.g., taken to a wastewater treatment facility).
• The use of “environmentally friendly”, "nontoxic" or “biodegradable” soaps and detergents does NOT make it acceptable to discharge to any stormwater drain system or surface waters. All soaps and detergents are harmful to aquatic organisms.
Additional Information
• Contact Public Health-Seattle and King County at 206-263-9566 or 206-477-8050
• Contact the local sewer authority and the King County Wastewater Treatment Division Industrial Waste Section at 206-477-5371 for more information on disposal to the sanitary sewer system.
• Interagency Resource for Achieving Cooperation’s A Guide to Restaurant Grease
Management https://apps.lhwmp.org/IRAC/eDoc.ashx?DocID=Xb9va1HRGBg%3d
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 43 July 2021
A-13: Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to all vehicle washing including mobile vehicle washing and detailing services, firefighting equipment, and fleet maintenance. For exterior vessel washing refer to activity sheet A-30: Marine Activities.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Commercial and fleet car washing and detailing must be done in a contained area where all water is collected and either recycled or discharged to the sanitary sewer.
• Occasional vehicle washing (less than 5 vehicles, 1-2 times a month) with a mild (pH neutral) soap or detergent on gravel, grass, or loose soil is allowed as long as all the water soaks into the ground (with no possibility of the wash water getting into the stormwater drainage system) and you only wash the exterior (not the engine compartment or undercarriage) of the vehicle.
• The use of “environmentally friendly”, "nontoxic" or “biodegradable” soaps and detergents does NOT make it acceptable to discharge vehicle wash water to any stormwater drain system or surface waters. All soaps and detergents are harmful to aquatic organisms.
• If your business is located in an area designated as a critical aquifer recharge area (CARA), infiltration may not be allowed. For additional information on critical aquifer recharge areas in King County, refer to King County Code 21A.24.311-316.
• Do not wash or rinse vehicles on permeable pavement or pavers.
• Do not wash vehicles on impermeable (conventional) paved areas or wash or rinse the engine compartment or the underside of vehicles, unless you do one of the following:
o Designate a wash area for all vehicles where the wash water is collected and discharged to the sanitary sewer or is processed through an enclosed recycling system;
o Use a portable collection system that captures all the wash water for proper disposal; or
o For the occasional washing of the exterior (not the engine compartment or undercarriage) of vehicles (less than 5 vehicles, 1-2 times a month), ensure that the paved area drains directly to grass, gravel or loose soil and there is no possibility of the wash water getting into the stormwater drainage system
• Do not conduct oil changes or other engine maintenance in the designated washing area.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 44 July 2021
• Rinsing the outside of a vehicle with water and without any soaps or detergents is allowed as long as the water is filtered prior to discharge to the stormwater drainage system.
• At multifamily properties it may be necessary to post signs at the designated wash areas, indicating where and how vehicle washing must be done.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-30: Marine Activities
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Inserts
o Disposal
• Washington State Department of Ecology’s Vehicle and Equipment Wash Water Discharges/Best Management Practices Manual https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/summarypages/95056.html
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 45 July 2021
A-14: Interior Washing Operations (Including Mobile
Contractors)
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to nutrients, oil and grease, pH, sediment,
and other pollutants. Best management practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• All wash and rinse water (including floor mop water) must be discharged to the sanitary sewer or septic system. It may not be discharged outdoors or into the stormwater drainage system.
• Do not dispose of wash or rinse waster containing floor stripping or disinfectant chemicals into the septic system as they can seriously inhibit wastewater treatment and cause the system to fail. The wash or rinse water should be collected and hauled offsite for proper disposal (e.g., taken to a wastewater treatment facility).
• The use of “environmentally friendly”, "nontoxic" or “biodegradable” soaps and detergents does NOT make it acceptable to discharge to any stormwater drain system or surface waters. All soaps are harmful to aquatic organisms.
• Do not dispose of sludge (thick, wet, viscous mixture; e.g., accumulated food debris cleaned from surface of equipment) outdoors or into the stormwater drainage system.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Disposal
• Contact the local sewer authority and the King County Wastewater Treatment Division Industrial Waste Section at 206-477-5371 for more information on disposal to the sanitary sewer system.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 46 July 2021
A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops, and Other Large
Surfaces The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the washing of objects not associated with the operation or storage of automotive equipment or machinery. For washing of parking lots, driveways, or other areas where automotive fluid (e.g., oil, gasoline) are present, see activity sheet A-31: Parking Lots, Driveways, and Outside Storage Areas. For washing of docks, wharves, piers, floats, and boat ramps, see activity sheet A-30: Marine Activities.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• If soaps, detergents, or any other chemicals are used, use a sump pump, wet vacuum or similar device that enables collection of wash water and associated solids so they can be disposed of properly. The wash water must not go to the stormwater drainage system, groundwater, or surface water. This may require temporarily blocking or disconnecting downspouts from the stormwater drainage system in order to prevent illicit discharges.
• Wash water runoff does not have to be collected if:
o No soaps, detergents, or any other chemical (including pesticides) are used;
o Only cold water is used. Heated water cannot be discharged to the stormwater drainage system; and
the wash water can be diverted to a nearby vegetated area to infiltrate into the ground, or
the wash water is filtered through media (e.g., filter fabric) to trap solid materials, prior to entering a stormwater drainage system. The area must be swept prior to washing, in order to remove all fines (e.g., silts and clay) that may otherwise clog or bypass the filtering process.
• Oil stains must be removed with absorbent materials prior to washing
• Wash water is not allowed to flow off-site.
• If the surface being washed has lead or other heavy metal-bearing paint or dust (such as chromium or cadmium), you must use a commercial washing service that will collect, test, and properly dispose of the wash water.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 47 July 2021
• Block or disconnect all rooftop downspouts when washing roofs. The wash water must be directed to pervious areas such as landscaping or gravel for infiltration, collected and disposed of to the sanitary sewer, or taken off-site for proper disposal.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-30: Marine Activities
o A-31: Parking Lots, Driveways and Outside Storage Areas
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Disposal
Note: Washing of boats in boat yards, marinas, and dry dock areas is covered by a
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit, administered by the
Washington State Department of Ecology, so the BMPs listed above may not apply to
washing in these locations.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 48 July 2021
A-16: Truck or Rail Loading and Unloading of Liquid or Solid
Material
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, and other pollutants. Best management practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Place drip pans underneath hose and pipe connections and other leak-prone spots during liquid transfer operations, and when making and breaking connections.
• Immediately clean up any material that has spilled during transfer operations.
• Have a current spill control plan.
• Train employees to follow proper loading and unloading procedures. Ensure that employees are familiar with the site’s spill response and cleanup plans and/or proper spill cleanup procedures.
• Store and maintain appropriate spill cleanup materials in a location known to all.
• Conduct loading and unloading operations under cover if possible.
Required Routine Maintenance BMPs
• Clean drip pans as needed and dispose of contents properly.
• Check equipment for leaks on a regular basis and repair if needed.
• Sweep loading/unloading areas as needed. Never wash anything to the stormwater drainage system or the street.
Supplemental BMPs
• Pave areas where liquids are transferred to and from tanker trucks. Use Portland cement concrete for fuels that react with asphalt, such as gasoline.
• Install a curb or dike, or slope the area to prevent stormwater from running on to the loading/unloading area and washing away spilled material.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Disposal
o Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 49 July 2021
A-17: Stationary Fueling Operations The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the fueling of vehicles and equipment, including gas stations and fuel pumps to service equipment or vehicles, where the fuel pumps were constructed or substantially remodeled after July 1995. “Substantial remodeling” means replacing the canopy, adding fuel tanks, or relocating or adding one or more fuel dispensers in such a way that modifies the impervious concrete paving in the fueling area. For fueling operations installed prior to July 1995, see activity sheet A-47: Older Stationary Fueling Operations. For mobile fueling operations see activity sheet A-48: Mobile Fueling of Vehicles and Heavy Equipment. For in-water and over-water fueling operations, see activity sheet A-30: Marine Activities. All BMPs related to fueling must be consistent with the requirements of the King County Fire Code (KCC 17.04). The water quality requirements presented in this manual are separate from, and in addition to, the requirements of the King County Fire Code.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
and oxygen demanding substances. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Design the fueling island to minimize stormwater contamination, to control spills, and to collect and direct contaminated stormwater and/or wastewater for treatment.
• The fueling island must have a roof or canopy to prevent the direct entry of precipitation onto the spill containment pad. At a minimum, cover the spill containment pad (within the grade break or fuel dispensing area) and extend several additional feet to reduce the introduction of windblown rain.
o Roofs and canopies 10 feet or less in height must have a minimum overhang of 3 feet on all sides.
o Roofs and canopies greater than 10 feet in height mush have a minimum overhand of 5 feet on each side.
• Convey runoff collected from the roof and canopy to a stormwater drainage system or receiving water outside of the spill containment pad. This will prevent mixing of uncontaminated runoff from the roof or canopy with contaminated runoff collected on the spill containment pad.
• Design the fueling island as a spill containment pad with a sill or berm, raised to a minimum of four inches, to prevent the runoff of spilled liquids and to prevent the
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 50 July 2021
run-on of stormwater from the surround area. Raised sills are not required at the open-grate trenches that connect to an approved drainage-control system.
• The spill containment pad must be constructed of impervious concrete. Asphalt is not acceptable.
• Slope the spill containment pad around the fueling island towards the spill containment pad drains; either trench drains, catch basins and/or a dead-end sump. The slope of the drains shall not be less than 1 percent.
• Drains from the spill containment pad must have a normally closed shutoff valve. The valve may be opened to convey stormwater with residual contamination to an oil control treatment system (e.g., oil/water separator, catch basin insert, or equivalent treatment) which then discharges to:
o at a minimum, a basic treatment system (e.g., sand filter, filter strips, water quality vault) prior to discharging to a storm drainage system, surface water or ground, or
o a sanitary sewer. Approval from the local sewer authority is required for conveyance of any fuel-contaminated stormwater to a sanitary sewer. State and local regulations prohibit discharges that could cause a fire or explosion (WAC, Section 173-216-060; KCC 28.84.060). For conveyance to the sanitary sewer, a catch basin shall be installed upstream of the oil control treatment system, and a normally closed shutoff valve is required at the discharge point of the oil control treatment system.
• In the case of a fuel spill, spilled fuel must be pumped from the drains or catch basins and must be treated and disposed of offsite in accordance with Department of Ecology regulations. The valve may only then be opened to convey stormwater with residual contamination.
• Discharges from the treatment systems (oil control treatment and basic treatment system) to storm drainage systems, sanitary sewer, surface water or to the ground must not display ongoing or recurring visible sheen and must not contain oil or grease.
• Alternatively, collect runoff from the spill containment pad in a dead-end sump and hold for proper off-site disposal. The dead-end sump must be easily inspected, maintained, and pumped.
• The minimum spill retention volume of the oil control treatment system or dead-end sump shall be:
o 15 minutes for the flow rate of the dispensing mechanism with the highest through-put rate, or
o if the area is uncovered, the 15-minute peak flow rate of the 6-month, 24-hour storm event over the surface of the spill containment pad – whichever is greater.
o The volume of the dead-end sump shall be a minimum of 50 gallons with an adequate grit sedimentation volume.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 51 July 2021
Additional Required BMPs for Vehicles or Equipment 10 feet in height or greater A roof or canopy may not be feasible at fueling stations that regularly fuel vehicles or equipment that are 10 feet in height or greater. At those types of fueling facilities, the following BMPs apply, as well as other applicable BMPs for fueling stations:
• If a roof or canopy is infeasible, then the concrete fueling pad must be equipped with emergency spill control features including a shutoff valve for drainage from the fueling area. The drainage shutoff valve may be kept open to convey stormwater with residual contamination from the fueling pad.
• Maintain the valve in the closed position during a spill event and cleanup. An electronically actuated valve is preferred to minimize the time lapse between spill and containment.
• In the case of a fuel spill, spilled fuel must be pumped from the drains or catch basins and must be treated and disposed of offsite in accordance with Department of Ecology regulations. The valve may only then be reopened to convey stormwater with residual contamination.:
o to a sanitary sewer, if approved by the sewer authority, or
o to an oil control treatment system (e.g., an oil/water separator, catch basin insert, or equivalent treatment), and then, at a minimum, to a basic treatment system (e.g., sand filter, filter strips, water quality vault). Discharges from treatment systems to stormwater drainage systems, sanitary sewer or surface water must not display ongoing or recurring visible sheen and must not contain oil or grease.
Required Operational BMPs
• Train employees on the proper use of fuel dispensers.
• Post signs in accordance with the Uniform Fire Code (UFC) or International Fire Code (IFC). Post “No Topping Off” signs. Topping off fuel tanks results in spillage and vents gasoline fumes to the air.
• The person conducting the fuel transfer must be present at the fueling pump during fuel transfer. It is encouraged to post “Stay with Vehicle During Fueling” signage near fuel dispensers.
• Make sure that the automatic shutoff on the fuel nozzle is functioning properly.
• Prepare an emergency spill response and cleanup plan. Have designated trained person(s) available either on-site or on call at all times to implement the plan promptly and properly and immediately cleanup all spills.
• Keep suitable cleanup materials, such as dry adsorbent materials, on-site to allow prompt cleanup of a spill. Do not use dispersants or soap to clean up spills or sheens.
• Immediately notify Ecology, the local jurisdiction, and the local sewer authority if a spill reaches sanitary or storm sewers, ground water, or surface water, in accordance with federal and Ecology spill reporting requirements.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 52 July 2021
• Sweep or vacuum the fueling area as needed to collect sediment and debris. Never hose down the fueling area to the storm drains. Contaminated runoff and spills must be collected for proper disposal.
• Keep drained oil filters in a closed leak-proof container or drum.
• Transfer the fuel from the delivery tank trucks to the fuel storage tank over impervious, contained areas and ensure that appropriate overflow protection is used. Alternatively, cover nearby storm drains during the filling process and use drip pans under all hose connections.
Supplemental BMPs
• Use absorbent materials in or around catch basin inlets on the property to filter oily runoff. Properly dispose of all gas and oil-contaminated absorbents
• A catch basin inserts configured for oil removal may remove some of the pollutants in runoff. The oil-absorbent filter media must be able to retain absorbed oil during future storm events. Replace the filter media if the absorption capacity has been surpassed. See the King County Surface Water Design Manual for more information regarding which filter media provide acceptable oil retention.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-30: Marine Activities
o A-47: Older Stationary Fueling Operations
o A-48: Mobile Fueling of Vehicles and Heavy Equipment
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Containment
o Covering
o Oil/Water Separators
o Spill Response and Clean-up Plan
• King County Surface Water Design Manual
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 53 July 2021
A-18: Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to vehicle and equipment repair and maintenance.
Potential pollutants include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
oxygen demanding substances, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Inspect all incoming vehicles and equipment for leaks and use drip pans or absorbent material if necessary, while waiting for service.
• Clean up any spilled fluids immediately. The collected material and absorbents must be disposed of, reused, or recycled properly.
• Cover, contain, and label waste oil, antifreeze, and other fluids.
• Store batteries upright in a secure, contained, covered location (not outside on the ground). Check to ensure batteries are not damaged or leaking. Keep battery acid-neutralizing materials, such as baking soda, available near the storage area.
• Regular work at stationary locations must be done indoors or in a covered area using a tarp or drip pans beneath the vehicle or equipment to capture all spills and drips.
• Ensure that employees are familiar with the site’s spill response and cleanup plans and are trained in the proper handling, storage, and disposal of all fluids.
• Store and maintain appropriate spill cleanup materials in an easily accessible location.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Inspect parking and outside storage areas daily for leaks and drips.
• Sweep paved work areas as needed. Soak up vehicle fluids with rags or other absorbent material immediately. Never wash paved areas to the stormwater drainage system or the street.
Supplemental BMPs
• Absorbent material such as pillows or booms can be used around storm drains or in catch basins to absorb oil and other substances.
• A catch basin insert may be necessary. Catch basin inserts require frequent maintenance to be effective.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 54 July 2021
o A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-13: Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Inserts
o Containment
o Covering
o Disposal
• Contact King County Local Hazardous Waste Management Program at 206-296-4692 or visit www.hazwastehelp.org for information on the proper disposal and recycling of vehicle fluids, filters, batteries and used absorbent material.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 55 July 2021
A-19: Concrete and Asphalt Production and Recycling The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to permanent production sites as well as batch plants. Mobile concrete pouring and asphalt applications are covered under activity sheet A-20: Concrete and Asphalt Application. This does not cover concrete production at mining or sand and gravel sites covered by a King County Clearing and Grading Permit or National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Sand and Gravel Permit issued by the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Discharge all process water generated from production, pouring, crushing and equipment cleaning activities to a sump, process water recycling system, or sanitary sewer system. Never wash contaminated water to the stormwater drainage system. Discharge to the sanitary sewer system requires approval from the local sewer district/agency.
• Contain the production and pouring area to prevent pollutants from being washed to the stormwater drainage system.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Vacuum paved areas as necessary to prevent dust and particle mobilization. Collect loose chunks of aggregate and raw material particles for recycling or proper disposal. Do not hose down the area to the stormwater drainage system.
• Dust suppression water may not be discharged to the stormwater drainage system.
Supplemental BMPs
• A catch basin insert may be necessary. Catch basin inserts require frequent maintenance to be effective.
• Pave the mixing, production, and/or pouring area(s) with a slope that drains to a central collection area.
• Stormwater coming into contact with concrete crushing operations must be collected and discharged to an approved discharge location.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 56 July 2021
• When pH levels in stormwater rise above 8.5, the pH must be adjusted to the acceptable range of 6.5 to 8.5. Refer to the King County Surface Water Design
Manual, Appendix D for information on pH adjustment.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-20: Concrete and Asphalt Application
o A-31: Parking Lots, Driveways and Outside Storage Areas
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Inserts
o Containment
o Disposal
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 57 July 2021
A-20: Concrete and Asphalt Application The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to sites where asphalt is applied or small amounts of concrete that is hand mixed on site. The application of premixed concrete must follow the standards in the King County Surface Water Design Manual.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Use drip pans, ground cloths, heavy cardboard, or plywood wherever concrete, asphalt, asphalt emulsion and drips are likely to spill, such as beneath discharge points from equipment.
• Cover and contain all nearby storm drains at the beginning of the workday. Drain covers and other containment devices are commercially available to keep runoff out of the storm drainage system. All solids collected must be disposed of properly at the end of the workday (or more frequently) prior to removing the containment or cover device(s).
• Contain and collect the slurry from exposed aggregate washing. Never allow the slurry to get into a storm drain, ditch, roadway shoulder or gutter. Use a catch basin cover, inlet protection or other containment device, such as a hand-dug, lined sump to direct and contain slurry. All collected runoff must be disposed of properly.
• Do not discharge concrete, slurry, or rinse water into gutters, storm drains, or drainage ditches or onto the paved surface of a roadway or driveway.
• Designate an area onsite where hand tools will be cleaned and the water collected for disposal. Commercial products and services are also available for concrete, slurry, and rinse water containment and disposal.
• Do not use diesel fuel for cleaning or prepping asphalt tools and equipment.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Sweep the pouring area at the end of the job or more frequently if needed. Collect loose aggregate chunks and dust. Do not hose down the area to the stormwater drainage system.
Supplemental BMPs
• A catch basin insert may be necessary for sediment removal. Catch basin inserts require frequent maintenance to be effective.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 58 July 2021
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-19: Concrete and Asphalt Production and Recycling
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Containment
o Covering
o Disposal
• King County Surface Water Design Manual
o Appendix D – Concrete Handling
o Appendix D – Concrete Washout Area
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 59 July 2021
A-21: Manufacturing and Post-Processing of Metal Products The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to mills, foundries, and fabricators that manufacture and/or post-process metal products at stationary sites. Painting, finishing, and coating of metal products are covered under activity sheet A-22: Painting, Finishing and Coating of Vehicles, Products and Equipment.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
oxygen demanding substances, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Keep metal fragments and debris (e.g., grindings, cuttings, dust, shavings) from coming into contact with stormwater. Cover the work area or perform the work indoors.
• Discharge process wastewater to a sanitary sewer, holding tank, or process treatment system. Do not discharge to the stormwater drainage system.
• Cover galvanized metal product storage and processing areas; or capture, treat, and properly dispose of stormwater coming into contact.
Required Routine Maintenance BMPs
• Sweep the work and pouring area at least daily to collect metal fragments and debris and prevent stormwater contamination. Do not hose down the area to the stormwater drainage system.
Supplemental BMPs
• Install catch basin inserts to collect excess sediment and debris, if necessary. Inspect and maintain catch basin inserts regularly to ensure they are working correctly.
• Install collection system to capture fragments and debris.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-9: Storage of Scrap and Recycling Materials (Including Auto Recycling Facilities)
o A-22: Painting, Finishing and Coating of Vehicles, Products and Equipment
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Covering
o Disposal
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 60 July 2021
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 61 July 2021
A-22: Painting, Finishing, and Coating of Vehicles, Products
and Equipment The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the painting, finishing, and coating of vehicles, products, and equipment and includes preparation work such as sanding and blasting. Best management practices for painting buildings are covered in activity sheet A-29: Building Repair, Remodeling and Construction. Painting and other work on vessels is covered in activity sheet A-30: Marine Activities.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
oxygen demanding substances, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Painting must be done in an enclosed work area and meet the standards of the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency.
• Vehicle painting must be done in paint booths approved and permitted by Puget Sound Clean Air Agency.
• Properly dispose of paint booth filters as required under dangerous and hazardous waste regulations.
• Collect dust and debris from sanding operations using vacuum sanders, ground cloths or similar methods. Do not hose down the area to the stormwater drainage system.
• Use ground cloths and/or drip pans in outdoor locations where paints, finishes, and other liquid materials are mixed and/or applied.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Store and maintain appropriate spill cleanup materials in a location known to all employees.
• Train all employees on the site’s spill control plan and/or proper spill cleanup procedures.
• Sweep the area at the end of each day at a minimum. Do not hose down the area to the storm drainage system.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-29: Building Repair, Remodeling and Construction
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 62 July 2021
o A-30: Marine Activities
o A-39: Roof Vents and Fugitive Emissions
• Puget Sound Clean Air Agency, 206-343-8800
• Contact King County Local Hazardous Waste Management Program at 206-296-4692 or visit www.hazwastehelp.org for information on the proper disposal of hazardous waste.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 63 July 2021
A-23: Wood Treatment and Preserving The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to wood treatment performed outdoors including storage of freshly treated wood materials outdoors. It includes permanent sites as well as temporary sites. Large-scale commercial operations are required to have a stormwater National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit from the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
oxygen demanding substances, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Collect drips and spills using ground cloths or drip pans.
• Store portable containers of wood preservative compounds indoors or in a covered location with appropriate secondary containment when not in use.
• Hold dipped lumber over dip tanks until dripping ceases (if applicable).
• Store treated lumber in a covered and paved area until fully dry.
• Cover and contain the storage area to prevent stormwater from running into the covered area.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Cover outdoor dip tanks when not in use.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Covering
o Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 64 July 2021
A-24: Commercial Composting The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to commercial receiving and composting wastes. In addition to other King County requirements, all commercial composting operations must comply with Public Health-Seattle and King County requirements. Commercial composting operations require a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit and/or a State Waste Discharge permit from the Washington State Department of Ecology. Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, metals, nutrients, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• All composting facilities shall obtain the appropriate state and local permits. Contact Public Health – Seattle and King County for more information.
• Screen incoming waste for dangerous materials and solid waste. These materials may not be accepted for composting and must be properly disposed of.
• Locate composting areas on impervious surfaces.
• Drain all leachate from composting operations to the sanitary sewer, holding tank, or on-site treatment system. Leachate may not go to the stormwater drainage system or groundwater.
• Collect the leachate with a dike or berm, or with intercepting drains placed on the down slope side of the compost area.
• Direct outside runoff away from the composting areas.
• Collect runoff from uncovered finished compost and blending areas and discharge to the sanitary sewer. If that is not feasible, then discharge to surface or ground waters according to the condition of a Washington State Industrial Stormwater General or Individual permit or a State Waste Discharge Permit.
• See Washington Administrative Code 173-350-220 (Composting Facilities) for additional requirements.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Clean up debris from yard areas regularly to prevent stormwater contamination.
Supplemental BMPs
• Install catch basin inserts to collect excess sediment and debris if necessary. Inspect and maintain catch basin inserts regularly to ensure they are working correctly.
• Cover compost storage areas.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 65 July 2021
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-4: Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand and Other Erodible Materials
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Inserts
o Containment
o Disposal
• Contact Public Health-Seattle and King County at 206-263-9566
• Washington Administrative Code 173-350-220 (Composting Facilities)
• Washington State Department of Ecology’s Siting and Operating Composting
Facilities in Washington State: Good Management Practices https://apps.ecology.wa.gov/publications/documents/1107005.pdf
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 66 July 2021
A-25: Chemical Applications – Other Than Landscaping The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the use of pesticides, herbicides or other chemicals for such purposes as removing or preventing future growth of rooftop moss, killing nuisance rodents, and using fungicides to preserve patio decks. Application of pesticides for landscaping is covered under activity sheet A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers. Best management practices for washing of roofs are in activity sheet A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops and Other Large Surfaces. Businesses/agencies engaged in this activity must comply with Public Health-Seattle and King County structural pesticide applicator regulations. The BMPs listed here are intended to complement other regulations. Washington pesticide law requires most businesses that commercially apply pesticides to the property of another to be licensed as a Commercial Applicator from the Washington State Department of Agriculture.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to metals, oil and grease, oxygen
demanding substances, PCBs, pH, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Avoid excessive application of chemicals. Follow manufacturers’ application guidelines and label directions.
• Never apply pesticides or other chemicals in the rain.
• Clean up any spilled chemicals immediately. Do not hose down chemicals to the stormwater drainage system.
• Do not spray pesticides within 100 feet of open waters, including wetlands, ponds, and streams, unless approved by local jurisdiction.
• Train employees on proper application and disposal practices
Supplemental BMPs
• Integrated pest management (IPM), a comprehensive approach to the use of pesticides which minimizes application and stresses selection of proper products and tailored application rates, is the most effective BMP measure that can be taken. IPM is applicable to businesses that frequently apply pesticides.
• Use manual pest control strategies such as physically scraping moss from rooftops, high-pressure sprayers to remove moss, and rodent traps.
• Select the least toxic chemical application that can accomplish the job.
Additional Information
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 67 July 2021
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers
o A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops, and Other Large Surfaces
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Covering
o Disposal
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 68 July 2021
A-26: Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Management, and
Irrigation The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to landscaping, vegetation management and irrigation activities which include grading, soil transfer, vegetation planning, and vegetation removal. For storage and use of pesticides and fertilizers see activity sheet A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, metals,
nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs – Landscaping and Vegetation Management
• Do not dispose of collected vegetation into surface waters or stormwater drainage systems.
• Do not blow vegetation or other debris into the stormwater drainage system, sidewalks, or street. Dispose of collected vegetation by recycling or composting.
• Use mulch or other erosion control measures when soils are exposed for more than one week during the dry season (May 1 to September 30) or two days during the rainy season (October 1 to April 30).
• Ensure sprinkler systems do not “overspray” vegetated areas resulting in the excess water discharging into the stormwater drainage system.
• Ensure that plants selected for planting are not on the noxious weed list. Remove, bag, and dispose of class A and B noxious weeds in the garbage immediately. Make reasonable attempts to remove and dispose of class C noxious weeds. Do not compost noxious weeds as it may lead to spreading through seed or fragment if the composting process is not hot enough.
• New and expanding golf courses must have a Golf Course Management Plan as described in addressed in the King County Golf Course BMP Manual
Required BMPs - Irrigation
• Ensure sprinkler systems do not overspray vegetated areas resulting in runoff discharging into surface waters or stormwater drainage systems. Adjust watering times and schedules to ensure that the appropriate amount of water is being used to minimize runoff. Consider factors such as soil structure, grade, time of year, and type of plant material in determining the proper amounts of water for a specific area.
• Inspect irrigated areas regularly for signs of erosion and/or discharge.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 69 July 2021
• Do not irrigate plants during or immediately after fertilizer application. The longer the period between fertilizer application and irrigation, the less fertilizer runoff occurs.
• Do not irrigate plants during or immediately after pesticide application (unless the pesticide label directs such timing).
• Reduce frequency and/or intensity of watering as appropriate for the wet season (October 1 to April 30).
Supplemental BMPs - Landscaping and Vegetation Management
• Select the right plants for the planting location based on proposed use, available maintenance, soil conditions, sun exposure, water availability, height, sight factors, and space available.
• Use native plants in landscaping. Native plants do not require extensive fertilizer or pesticide applications.
• Install engineered soil/landscape systems to improve the infiltration and regulation of stormwater in landscaped areas.
• Use at least an eight-inch "topsoil" layer with at least 8 percent organic matter to provide a sufficient vegetation-growing medium.
o Organic matter is the least water-soluble form of nutrients that can be added to the soil. Composted organic matter generally releases only between 2 and 10 percent of its total nitrogen annually, and this release corresponds closely to the plant growth cycle. Return natural plant debris and mulch to the soil, to continue recycling nutrients indefinitely.
• Select the appropriate turfgrass mixture for the climate and soil type.
o Certain tall fescues and rye grasses resist insect attack because the symbiotic endophytic fungi found naturally in their tissues repel or kill common leaf and stem-eating lawn insects.
The fungus causes no known adverse effects to the host plant or to humans.
Tall fescues and rye grass do not repel root-feeding lawn pests such as Crane Fly larvae.
Tall fescues and rye grass are toxic to ruminants such as cattle and sheep.
o Endophytic grasses are commercially available; use them in areas such as parks or golf courses where grazing does not occur.
o Local agricultural or gardening resources such as Washington State University Extension office can offer advice on which types of grass are best suited to the area and soil type.
• Adjusting the soil properties of the subject site can assist in selection of desired plant species. Consult a soil restoration specialist for site-specific conditions.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 70 July 2021
• Remove weeds/vegetation in stormwater ditches by hand or other mechanical means and only use chemicals as a last resort. If herbicides are used, refer to activity sheet A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers for required BMPs.
• Conduct mulch-mowing whenever practicable.
• Till a topsoil mix or composted organic material into the soil to create a well-mixed transition layer that encourages deeper root systems and drought-resistant plants.
• Apply an annual topdressing application of 3/8” compost. Amending existing landscapes and turf systems by increasing the percent organic matter and depth of topsoil can:
o Substantially improve the permeability of the soil.
o Increase the disease and drought resistance of the vegetation.
o Reduces the demand for fertilizers and pesticides.
• Disinfect gardening tools after pruning diseased plants to prevent the spread of disease.
• Prune trees and shrubs in a manner appropriate for each species.
• If specific plants have a high mortality rate, assess the cause, and replace with another more appropriate species.
• When working around and below mature trees, follow the most current American National Standards Institute (ANSI) ANSI A300 standards, http://www.tcia.org/TCIA/BUSINESS/ANSI_A300_Standards_/TCIA/BUSINESS/A300_Standards/A300_Standards.aspx?hkey=202ff566-4364-4686-b7c1-2a365af59669, and International Society of Arboriculture BMPs to the extent practicable (e.g., take care to minimize any damage to tree roots and avoid compaction of soil).
• Monitor tree support systems (stakes, guys, etc.).
o Repair and adjust as needed to provide support and prevent tree damage.
o Remove tree supports after one growing season or maximum of 1 year.
o Backfill stake holes after removal.
• When continued, regular pruning (more than one time during the growing season) is required to maintain visual sight lines for safety or clearance along a walk or drive, consider relocating the plant to a more appropriate location.
• Re-seed bare turf areas until the vegetation fully covers the ground surface.
• Watch for and respond to new occurrences of especially aggressive weeds such as Himalayan blackberry, Japanese knotweed, morning glory, English ivy, and reed canary grass to avoid invasions.
• Aerate lawns regularly in areas of heavy use where the soil tends to become compacted. Con-duct aeration while the grasses in the lawn are growing most vigorously. Remove layers of thatch greater than ¾-inch deep.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 71 July 2021
• Set the mowing height at the highest acceptable level and mow at times and intervals designed to minimize stress on the turf. Generally mowing only 1/3 of the grass blade height will prevent stressing the turf.
o Mowing is a stress-creating activity for turfgrass.
o Grass decreases its productivity when mowed too short and there is less growth of roots and rhizomes. The turf becomes less tolerant of environmental stresses, more dis-ease prone and more reliant on outside means such as pesticides, fertilizers, and irrigation to remain healthy.
Supplemental BMPs - Irrigation
• Repair broken or leaking sprinkler nozzles as soon as possible.
• Water deeply, but infrequently, so that the top 6 to 12 inches of the root zone is moist. Appropriately irrigate lawns based on the species planted, the available water holding capacity of the soil, and the efficiency of the irrigation system.
o The depth from which a plant normally extracts water depends on the rooting depth of the plant. Appropriately irrigated lawn grasses normally root in the top 6 to 12 inches of soil; lawns irrigated on a daily basis often root only in the top 1 inch of soil.
• Irrigate with the minimum amount of water needed. Never water at rates that exceed the infiltration rate of the soil.
• Maintain all irrigation systems so that irrigation water is applied evenly and where it is needed.
• Place sprinkler systems appropriately so that water is not being sprayed on impervious surfaces instead of vegetation.
• Place irrigation systems to ensure that plants receive water where they need it. For example, do not place irrigation systems downgradient of plant’s root zones on hillsides.
• Use soaker hoses or spot water with a shower type wand when an irrigation system is not present.
o Pulse water to enhance soil absorption, when feasible.
o Pre-moisten soil to break surface tension of dry or hydrophobic soils/mulch, followed by several more passes. With this method, each pass increases soil absorption and allows more water to infiltrate prior to runoff.
• Add a tree bag or slow-release watering device (e.g., bucket with a perforated bottom) for watering newly installed trees when irrigation system is not present.
• Identify trigger mechanisms for drought-stress (e.g., leaf wilt, leaf senescence, etc.) of different species and water immediately after initial signs of stress appear.
• Water during drought conditions or more often if necessary, to maintain plant cover.
• Adjust irrigation frequency / intensity as appropriate after plant establishment.
• Annually inspect irrigation systems to ensure:
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 72 July 2021
o That there are no blockages of sprayer nozzles.
o Sprayer nozzles are rotating as appropriate.
o Sprayer systems are still aligned with the plant locations and root zones.
• Consult with the local water utility, King Conservation District, or Cooperative Extension office to help determine optimum irrigation practices.
• Do not use chemigation and fertigation in irrigation systems. This will help avoid over application of pesticides and fertilizers.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers
• Natural Yard Care Program: http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/naturalyardcare/watering.asp
• The King County Best Management Practices for Golf Course Development and
Operation https://your.kingcounty.gov/dnrp/library/water-and-land/stormwater/stormwater-pollution-prevention-manual/Best%20Manangement%20Practices%20for%20Golf%20Course.pdf
• The King County Noxious Weed List can be found at https://www.kingcounty.gov/services/environment/animals-and-plants/noxious-weeds/laws.aspx. Additional information on the Washington State Noxious Weed List can be found at https://www.nwcb.wa.gov/printable-noxious-weed-list
• The King County Noxious Weed Control Program provides best management practices for the removal of typical noxious weeds such as blackberry and purple loosestrife. Call 206-296-0290 or see: http://www.kingcounty.gov/environment/animalsandplants/noxious-weeds/weed-control-practices.aspx for more information
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 73 July 2021
A-27: Clearing and Grading of Land for Small Construction
Projects
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, and sediment. Best management practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures. Required BMPs
• King County Permitting coordinates the clearing, grading, and erosion control requirements on individual sites. Contact Permitting prior to clearing, grading, and preparation activities for construction-sites greater than 2,000 square feet.
• Even if your site does not require a permit, erosion control measures are still required to prevent turbid water from entering stormwater drainage systems or surface waters.
• Follow the procedures for construction-site erosion and sediment control outlined in the King County Surface Water Design Manual:
o Appendix C: Small Project Drainage Requirements
o Appendix D: Erosion and Sediment Control Standards Additional Information
• King County Surface Water Design Manual
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 74 July 2021
A-28: Demolition of Buildings The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the removal of existing buildings and other structures by controlled explosions, wrecking balls or other methods, and subsequent clearing of the rubble.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to metals, nutrients, pH, sediment, and
other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Train employees about the need to control site activities to prevent stormwater pollution, and train them in spill cleanup procedures
• Protect the stormwater drainage system from dirty runoff and loose particles by placing catch basin covers, or a similarly effective containment device, on all nearby storm drains.
o Place the covers (or devices) on the storm drains at the beginning of the workday.
o Inspect daily and maintain the covers (or devices) to ensure they are working correctly.
o At the end of each workday, collect and properly dispose of the accumulated materials before removing the covers (or devices).
o Use dikes, berms, or other methods to protect natural drainage paths from dirty runoff if storm drains are not present.
• Remove all covers and devices when the job is completed.
• Cover waste container and dumpsters and ensure they are not leaking.
• Sweep surrounding streets, sidewalks, driveways, and other paved surfaces as needed and at the end of the workday to collect loose debris and garbage. Properly dispose of collected debris and garbage. Do not hose down these areas to the stormwater drainage system.
• Handle and dispose of all waste materials and demolition debris in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater.
• Control windblown dust and fine materials by applying water or dust suppression products, avoiding excessive application to prevent runoff. Do not use oils for dust control.
Supplemental BMPs
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 75 July 2021
• Construct a screen to prevent stray building materials and dust from escaping the area during demolition. Size and orient the screen to capture windblown materials and contain them onsite.
• When feasible, schedule demolition to take place at a dry time of the year to prevent stormwater runoff from the demolition-site.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
• King County Surface Water Design Manual, Appendix D: Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Standards
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 76 July 2021
A-29: Building Repair, Remodeling and Construction The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the construction of buildings and other structures, remodeling of existing buildings, houses and other structures, and general exterior building repair work.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, pH,
sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Train employees about the need to prevent stormwater pollution.
• Keep spill cleanup materials in a common location onsite at all times. Train employees on spill prevention and clean up measures.
• Identify, remove, and properly dispose of hazardous substances from the building before beginning repairing or remodeling activities that could expose them to stormwater. Such substances could include PCBs, asbestos, lead paint, mercury switches, and electronic waste.
• Use a catch basin cover, filter fabric, or other runoff control mechanism if dust, grit, wash water, or other pollutants may escape the work area.
o Place the cover or containment device over the catch basin at the beginning of the workday.
o Collect and properly dispose of accumulated dirty runoff and solids before removing the cover or device at the end of each workday.
o Check runoff control mechanisms and replace as necessary.
• Do not dump any substance, wash water or liquid waste on the pavement, ground, or into the stormwater drainage system
• Use drop cloths when painting, scraping, and sandblasting and properly dispose of collected material daily. Use drip pans in areas where drips are likely to occur if the area cannot be protected with a drop cloth.
• Cleaning paint brushes and tools:
o Clean paint brushes and tools covered with water-based paints in sinks connected to sanitary sewers or in portable containers that can be dumped into a sanitary sewer.
o Brushes and tools covered with non-water-based paints, finishes, or other materials must be cleaned in a manner that enables collection of used solvents (e.g., paint thinner, turpentine, etc.) for recycling or proper disposal. Solvents may not be disposed of to the sanitary sewer.
o Never dispose of any wash water to a storm drain.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 77 July 2021
• Refer to activity sheet A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops, and Other Large Surfaces for best management practices associated with pressure washing buildings.
• Control windblown dust and fine materials by applying water or dust suppression products, avoiding excessive application to prevent runoff. Do not use oils for dust control.
• Cover trash bins and dumpsters and ensure they are not leaking.
• Follow Appendix D of the King County Surface Water Design Manual, “Erosion and Sediment Control Measures” for dewatering activities.
Required Routine (Daily) Maintenance
• Sweep paved areas to collect loose particles for proper disposal. Consider using filtered vacuuming to collect waste that may be hard to sweep, such as dust on a drop cloth.
• Wipe up spills with rags or other absorbent material immediately. Do not hose down the area to the stormwater drainage system.
• Store materials, such as solvents, indoors or under cover and secures so that unauthorized personnel will not have access to them.
Supplemental BMPs
• Recycle or reuse leftover materials.
• Set up temporary cover in wet weather conditions.
• Install temporary wheel wash facilities if track out occurs.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops, and Other Large Surfaces
o A-20: Concrete and Asphalt Application
o A-41: Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track Out Control
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
• King County Surface Water Design Manual, Appendix D: Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Standards
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 78 July 2021
A-30: Marine Activities The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to businesses that operate in or over the marine environment. Marine activities include:
• operations not covered by a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit from the Washington State Department of Ecology (e.g., boatyard general permit);
• transferring fuels from a fueling station to vehicles or equipment in or over surface waters; and
• washing docks, wharves, piers, floats, and boat ramps.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of surface water and stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Ship/Boat/Watercraft Building, Maintenance and Repair
Required BMPs
• Move maintenance and repair activities onshore, if possible.
• Enclose blasting and spray-painting activities by deploying tarps to prevent dust and overspray from escaping. Use sanders that have dust containment bags. Collect drips and spills using drop cloths or drip pans.
• Collect bilge and ballast water that has an oily sheen on the surface. Properly dispose of it rather than dumping it in surface waters or on land.
• Perform paint and solvent mixing, fuel mixing, and similar handling of liquids on land to avoid spilling into the water. Clean up spills immediately. Do not wash spills to the stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• Collect and properly dispose of wash water from washing painted boat hulls. Never dispose of wash water containing soap or other chemicals to the stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• Cover boat construction and structural repair activities.
• Place a tarp underneath the work area on boats or piers to collect drips, spills, paint chips, and loose solids when work is performed over water.
• Do not use soaps or detergents of any kind to wash the topsides or hulls of boats where the wash water will enter surface waters.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Store and maintain appropriate spill cleanup materials in a readily accessible location.
• Have a current spill control plan and train all employees on proper spill cleanup procedures.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 79 July 2021
• Sweep maintenance yard areas, piers, wharves, and boat ramps to collect sandblasting material, paint chips, oils, and other loose debris. Properly dispose of these collected materials. Do not hose down the area to the water or to a storm drain.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-18: Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Disposal
• Washington State Department of Ecology’s Vehicle and Equipment Wash Water
Discharges/Best Management Practices Manual https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/publications/summarypages/95056.html
In-Water and Over-Water Fueling Operations
Required BMPs
• Facilities that load or unload petroleum products must comply with U.S. Coast Guard requirements. Refer to specifications in Coast Guard Requirements for Marine Transfer of Petroleum Products.
• Refer to activity sheets A-17: Stationary Fueling Operations and A-47: Older Stationary Fueling Operations for applicable best management practices.
Required BMPs – Training and Fuel Dock Supervision
• Have a trained employee supervise the fuel dock during fueling activities.
• Do not allow self-service on a marina dock without some means of controlling the dock activity. This can be done via camera, intercom, and shutoff abilities in the office.
Required BMPs – Fueling Dock Setup, Maintenance, and Inspection
• Install personal watercraft floats at fuel docks to stabilize personal watercraft/jet skis while refueling.
• Use automatic shut-off nozzles and promote the use of “whistles” and fuel/air separators on air vents or tank stems of inboard fuel tanks to reduce the amount of fuel spilled into receiving waters during fueling of boats.
• Have spill containment booms, pads, and absorbents easily accessible and clearly marked.
• Post a spill response and cleanup plan where employees can easily see it and keep contact information current.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 80 July 2021
• Post readable refueling directions, BMPs, and emergency protocols at the fueling station.
• Post a sign with emergency spill reporting phone numbers clearly visible. Marinas on land leased from the Washington Department of Natural Resources (DNR) are required to post the “Spills Aren’t Slick” signage.
• Display “No Smoking” signs on fuel docks.
• Create a regular inspection, maintenance, and replacement schedule for fuel hoses, pipes, tanks, and spill cleanup materials. Have staff walk the dock fuel lines from dispenser to tank to look for signs of leakage at joints and determine hose condition from end to end.
Required BMPs – Fueling Practices
• Discourage operators from “topping off”. Fuel expands and can slosh out of the vent when temperatures rise or waters become choppy.
• When handing over the nozzle, wrap an absorbent pad around the nozzle end or plug inside the nozzle end to prevent fuel in the nozzle from spilling.
• Have the boat operator place an absorbent pad or suction cup bottle under the vent(s) to capture fuel spurts from the vent.
• Never block open the fuel nozzle trigger and always disable hands-free clips to ensure the boater remains with the nozzle to prevent overfilling. Hands-free clips are not allowed in Washington, per WAC 296-24-33015.
• Always keep the nozzle tip pointing up and hang the nozzle vertically when not in use.
• During fueling operations, visually monitor the liquid level indicator to prevent the tank from being overfilled.
• The maximum amount of product received must not exceed 95 percent capacity of the receiving tank.
Required BMPs – Spill Cleanup
• Train all employees on required spill response methods and procedures.
• Manage petroleum-contaminated booms, pads, and absorbents in a designated collection container and properly dispose of these materials.
• Do not use soaps or dispersants in the event of a spill. Use absorbent materials instead.
• See activity sheets A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks and A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers for additional BMPs.
Required BMPs – Fueling by Portable Container
• Have boats fuel on shore or at a fuel dock rather than transport fuel from an upland facility to the boats. Only use hand-held fueling containers or “jerry cans” when necessary or when shore or dock fueling is not practical.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 81 July 2021
• Always refill portable fuel containers on the pavement or dock to ensure a good electrical ground. While the deck of the boat may seem stable, static electricity can build up and cause a spark.
• On the dock, put an absorbent pad under the container and wrap an absorbent pad around the fuel fill — this can easily be done by putting a hole in the pad.
• Ensure the nozzle stays in contact with the tank opening.
• When transferring fuel from a portable can, use a fuel siphon with a shut-off feature. If a siphon is not available, a nozzle/spout with a shut off is a good alternative.
• Since fueling boats with a portable container can take time, make sure the container is comfortable to carry, hold, and balance.
• Use a high flow funnel. Funnels can help prevent spills by making a larger opening for fueling.
• Place a plug of absorbent pad or paper towel in the nozzle when not in use to capture any extra drops that accumulate.
• Fuel slowly, pour deliberately and watch the container (especially the nozzle mechanism) for signs of wear.
• Store portable fuel tanks out of direct sunlight and keep in a cool, dry place to minimize condensation.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-17: Stationary Fueling Operations
o A-47: Older Stationary Fueling Operations
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Disposal
o Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
Dock Washing
Required BMPs – Surface Preparation and Spot Cleaning
• Use dry methods and equipment (scraping, sweeping, vacuuming) to remove debris, bird feces and other contaminants prior to cleaning with water to prevent these pollutants from entering surface water. This will minimize the need for chemical cleaners. Dispose of debris from the dock as solid waste.
• During cleaning activities, if debris, substances, or wash water have the potential to enter surface waters through drains, temporarily block the drains prior to cleaning activities.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 82 July 2021
• Hose down the area if necessary and to the extent practicable, collect wash water and dispose of it properly.
o If the dock is paved, the landward area is vegetated, and no soaps or detergents are used, then the wash water does not have to be collected if the water can soak into the ground without discharging to surface waters or the storm drainage system. However, the wash water does have to be filtered to trap solid materials before entering vegetated areas.
o If the dock and the landward area are both paved, then use a sump pump, wet vacuum or similar device that enables collection of wash water and associated solids so they can be disposed of in a sink or toilet for treatment at your local sewage treatment plant. On-site septic systems should not receive wash water containing harsh chemicals. The wash water must not go to surface waters or storm drainage system.
• Spot clean with water and a coarse cloth before using soaps or detergents or washing down an area.
• If a cleaner is needed for spot cleaning:
o Mix it in a bucket and use it to scrub down only the areas that need extra attention.
o Try starting with vinegar and baking soda and move to other options as needed. Spot clean using a rag if harsher cleaning products are needed.
o Use a mild detergent or soap that is pH neutral. Avoid or minimize the use of petroleum distillates, chlorinated solvents, and ammoniated cleaning agents.
o Use degreasers or absorbent material to remove residual grease by hand and do not allow this material to enter surface waters.
o Keep cleaners in sealed containers and keep cleaner containers closed securely when transporting between the shore and docks.
o Properly dispose of wash water.
• Minimize the scour impact of wash water to any exposed soil at the landward end(s) of the dock or below the dock. Place a tarp over exposed soil, plant vegetation, or put berms to contain eroded soil.
Required BMPs – Dock Washing and Disposal
• During cleaning activities, if debris, substances, or wash water could enter surface waters through drains, then temporarily block the drains and collect all of the wash water.
• To the extent practicable, collect any wash water generated from cleaning dock areas, and dispose of it properly.
o If the dock is paved, the landward area is vegetated and no soaps or detergents are used, then the wash water does not have to be collected if the water can soak into the ground without discharging to surface waters or the storm drainage system. However, the wash water does have to be filtered to trap solid materials before entering vegetated areas.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 83 July 2021
o If the dock and the landward area are both paved, then use a sump pump, wet vacuum or similar device that enables collection of wash water and associated solids so they can be disposed of in a sink or toilet for treatment at your local sewage treatment plant. On-site septic systems should not receive wash water containing harsh chemicals. The wash water must not go to surface waters or storm drainage system.
• If pressure washing use only light pressure. Avoid using excessive pressure, which may damage the dock or send flakes of paint and other material into the water. If the surface is painted with lead or other heavy metal-bearing paint (such as chromium or cadmium), use a commercial pressure washing service that will collect, test, and properly dispose of the wash water.
• Do not place any debris or substances resulting from cleaning activities in shoreline areas, riparian areas, or on adjacent land where these substances may erode into surface waters.
• Where treated wood associated with the structure being washed are present, use non-abrasive methods and tools that, to the maximum extent practicable, minimize removal of the creosote or treated wood fibers when it removes marine growth from creosote or any other treated wood.
• Do not discharge removed marine growth to surface waters.
• Do not discharge emulsifiers, dispersants, solvents, or other toxic deleterious materials to surface waters or storm drainage systems.
Required BMPs – Goose Waste
• If possible, pick up goose waste using shovels, brooms, rakes, power sweepers, and trash cans. Properly dispose of goose waste in the garbage.
• Do not blow, sweep, or wash goose waste into surface waters or storm drainage systems.
• Regularly clean goose waste from areas of chronic deposition.
Supplemental BMPs- Goose Waste
• Do not feed wild geese or other waterfowl.
• Change areas of chronic accumulation of goose waste from goose friendly to goose resistant. Reduce lawn areas and increase the height of shoreline vegetation (tall grass, shrubs) as geese are reluctant to walk through tall vegetation.
• Geese’s favorite food is new shoots of grass. Let grass grow to six inches or taller. Stop fertilizing and watering lawn in areas of geese accumulation to reduce the palatability of the lawn.
• Create a natural geese barrier of 20 to 100 feet of herbaceous vegetation at least 3 feet in height to discourage geese. A narrow, winding path through the plantings will allow for beach access, while preventing geese from having a direct line of sight through the planted area. Minimize open sight lines for geese to less than 30 feet.
• Where space is limited, use one or two rows of shrub plantings combined with a fence to construct a geese barrier. Fences should be at least 24 inches tall (3 feet
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 84 July 2021
may be better), firmly constructed, and installed to prevent the geese from walking around the ends. Lower openings should be no larger than 4 inches from the ground to prevent goslings from walking under or through the fence.
• Construct bank slopes steeper than 4:1 to discourage geese by preventing a clear view of the bank top and potential predators. Or, separate the beach from the grass with a few steep steps, which makes the ascent too difficult for most geese.
• Plant shrubs or trees near the water’s edge to limit takeoff and landing opportunities.
• Scare geese away when they are around. Geese often learn quickly to ignore scare devices that are not a real physical danger. Vary the use, timing, and location of tactics. Examples of harassment and scare tactics include dogs, monitor lizards, eyespot balloons, flags and streamers, and scarecrows.
• Canada geese are protected under federal and state law. A hunting license and open season are required to hunt them. Where lethal control is necessary outside of hunting seasons, it should be carried out only under permits issued by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff
o Drainage Maintenance Contractors
o Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
• The Humane Society of the United States’ Solving Problems with Canada Geese: A
Management Plan and Information Guide http://www.humanesociety.org/assets/pdfs/wild_neighbors/canada_goose_guide.pdf
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 85 July 2021
A-31: Parking Lots, Driveways and Outside Storage Areas
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
sediment, and other pollutants. Best management practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of surface water and stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Sweep areas as needed to collect dirt, waste, debris, and spilled material. Do not hose down areas to the stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• Clean up vehicle and equipment fluid drips and spills immediately using absorbent materials.
• Place drip pans under leaking vehicles and equipment, including employee vehicles, until the vehicle/equipment no longer leaks. Properly dispose of accumulated leaked fluids.
• Pressure wash water from paved areas must be collected and disposed of to the sanitary sewer or hauled for offsite disposal, even if soaps, detergents, or cleaners are not used. If the surface to be pressure washed is not utilized by automotive equipment or machinery, see activity sheet A-15: Washing of Building, Rooftops and Other Large Surfaces.
• There are businesses that will clean parking lots and collect water for off-site disposal. Never drain wash water to the stormwater drainage system.
• Follow basic sediment controls as outlined in Appendix D (“Erosion and Sediment Control Standards”) of the King County Surface Water Design Manual for gravel and dirt lots. These types of parking lots may require additional BMPs to prevent sediment-laden water from leaving your site.
Supplemental BMPs
• Encourage employees to repair leaking personal vehicles.
• Install catch basin inserts to collect excess sediment and oil, if necessary. Inspect and maintain catch basin inserts regularly to ensure they are working correctly.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops, and Other Large Surfaces
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Disposal
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 86 July 2021
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 87 July 2021
A-32: Sidewalk Maintenance
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, hydrocarbons,
metals, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, and sediment. Best management practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of surface water and stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Sweep sidewalks as needed to collect loose dirt and debris rather than blowing or pushing it into the street or gutter or hosing it down. Collected materials must be disposed of as solid waste.
• Clean individual stains instead of washing the entire sidewalk, if possible.
• Collect wash water and dispose of into the sanitary sewer or take off-site for appropriate disposal if soaps or other cleaners are used. If only water is used, then install a catch basin insert or filter cloth in order to collect all solids and debris.
• Use a minimum amount of sand or deicing salts and sweep up any remaining granules when the snow and ice have melted.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops, and Other Large Surfaces
o A-31: Parking Lots, Driveways and Outside Storage Areas
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Disposal
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 88 July 2021
A-33: Swimming Pool and Spa Cleaning and Maintenance The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to pools, spas, hot tubs, and fountains that use chemicals and/or that are heated.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, nutrients,
oxygen demanding substances, pH, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required Operational BMPs
• Clean the pool, spa, hot tub, or fountain regularly, maintain proper chlorine levels and maintain water filtration and circulation. Doing so will limit the need to drain the facility.
• Manage pH and water hardness to reduce copper pipe corrosion that can stain the facility and pollute receiving waters.
• Before using copper algaecides, try less toxic alternatives. Only use copper algaecides if the other alternatives do not work. Ask a pool/spa/hot tub/fountain maintenance service or store for help resolving persistent algae problems without using copper algaecides.
• Develop and regularly update a facility maintenance plan that follows all discharge requirements.
• Dispose of unwanted chemicals properly. Many of them are hazardous wastes when discarded.
• Store pool chemicals under cover and in enclosed containers.
Required Water Disposal BMPs
• All pools and spas regulated by Public Health-Seattle and King County must be connected to the sanitary sewer for draining pool water, pool wash water and filter backwash. If the pool or spa does not have a permanent drain connection, then water must be pumped or drained to the sanitary sewer or meet the following BMPs.
• Discharging pool and spa water if sanitary sewer is not available:
o Non-saltwater and saltwater pool and spa water
Have it hauled off-site for disposal at an approved location; or
Infiltrate to ground if all 9 conditions below are met. Saltwater pool and spa water must not be allowed to flow off-site, nor may it enter stormwater drainage systems or surface waters. Saltwater discharges can elevate salt concentrations in your soil and damage vegetation.
o Non-saltwater pools and spas only
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 89 July 2021
Drain to the stormwater drainage system if all 9 conditions listed below are met
• Conditions for draining to ground (non-saltwater and saltwater pools and spas) or to a stormwater drainage system (non-saltwater pools and spas only): 1. No copper-based algaecides were used; 2. The water must be tested to determine chlorine levels and pH; 3. The water is dechlorinated to 0.10 ppm Chlorine or less, using neutralizing chemicals or by letting the pool or spa “sit” long enough to reduce the chlorine level to the allowable limit. The pool or spa must not be used during this period; 4. The pH is neutral (6-8); 5. Free of any coloration, dirt, suds, or algae; 6. Free of any filter media; 7. Free of acid cleaning wastes; 8. Released at a rate that does not cause erosion either onsite or in the drainage system; and 9. At ambient temperature.
• Saltwater pool and spa water must not be discharged to the stormwater drainage system. Either infiltrate to ground if all 9 conditions above are met or hire a professional pool-draining service to collect all water for off-site disposal at an approved location.
• Diatomaceous earth (commonly used as a filtering agent) and water from back flushing filter systems cannot be discharged to surface waters, storm drainage systems, septic systems, or the ground. Dispose of diatomaceous earth filter material as solid waste.
• Do not discharge pool or spa water to a septic system, as it is prohibited and may cause the system to fail.
• The discharge of pool and spa filter backwash or cleaning water to the ground, surface waters or the storm drainage system is not allowed.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-15: Washing of Buildings, Rooftops, and Other Large Surfaces
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 90 July 2021
A-34: Animal Waste The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to kennels, doggy daycare, catteries, veterinary clinics, fenced pens, recreational areas, multi-family properties and other locations where pets (not including livestock) are permitted. For livestock BMPs see activity sheet A-35: Keeping Livestock in Stables, Pens, Pastures or Fields.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, nutrients,
oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Regularly sweep and clean areas where animals are kept. Collect, bag, and dispose of droppings, uneaten food, and other potential stormwater pollutants.
• Put pet waste in a securely closed bag and deposit it in the trash. Do not place pet waste in yard waste containers because pet waste may carry diseases, and composting may not kill disease-causing organisms.
• Do not use pet waste as fertilizer. Harmful bacteria, worms, and parasites that can transmit disease can live in the soil for years even after the solid portion of the pet waste has dissolved.
• Do not hose down kennels or paved areas where animals are kept to the stormwater drainage system.
• Sweep and clean kennels and paved areas prior to washing the areas. Collect and dispose of the wash water to the sanitary sewer system or infiltrate the wash water into grass or gravel if mild soaps or detergents are used. If floor stripping or disinfectant chemicals are used, the wash water must be hauled off-site for proper disposal (e.g., taken to a wastewater treatment facility).
• Bathe pets indoors or in a manner that wash water won’t be discharged to the stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• Install covered waste containers and provide waste collection service at designated dog exercise areas.
Supplemental BMPs
• Make sure there is vegetative cover or some other type of ground cover, such as mulch, if animals are kept in unpaved and uncovered areas in order to prevent erosion.
• Specially designed septic systems for kennels are commercially available and are recommended if the above BMPs are not adequate.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 91 July 2021
• Do not dispose of unused pet pharmaceuticals in a storm drain, in a toilet, or down a sink. For proper disposal refer to King County’s Secure Medicine Return program, https://kingcountysecuremedicinereturn.org/ .
• Pet pesticides, such as flea prevention, cannot be disposed of at a medicine return drop-box. Pesticides should be taken to at a local hazardous waste drop-off location. Refer to www.hazwastehelp.org for guidelines and to find a drop-off location near you.
Required BMPs – Recreational Areas and Multi-Family Properties
• Post signs at recreation areas and multi-family properties (that allow pets) reminding residents and visitors to pick up after their pets.
• Carefully consider the placement of pet waste stations at recreation sites and near multi-family properties that allow pets. Choose locations convenient for dog walkers to pick up a bag at the start of their walk and locations for them to dispose of it at mid-walk or at the end of their walk.
• Check pet waste stations on a regular basis to keep pet waste bags stocked and disposal stations empty. Consider signage to keep regular trash out of pet waste disposal stations to avoid filling them too quickly. Make sure pet waste disposal stations have a cover to keep out water.
• At multi-family properties with roof-top dog runs, ensure that stormwater from the dog run is not discharged to the stormwater system. Check with the local jurisdiction regarding roof-top dog run connections to sanitary sewer.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-8: Storage of Solid Waste and Food Waste (Including Cooking Grease)
o A-35: Keeping Livestock in Stables, Pens, Pastures or Fields
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 92 July 2021
A-35: Keeping Livestock in Stables, Pens, Pastures or Fields The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to livestock, including cows, horses, and other hoofed animals. If a site-specific farm management plan has been approved by King County, adhere to the BMPs in the plan to minimize pollution generated from agricultural activities. For information on farm management plans and livestock management requirements, refer to King County Code 21A.30.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, nutrients,
oxygen demanding substances and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Livestock wash areas may not be plumbed or flow to the stormwater drainage system or surface waters. Wash water must be discharged to the sanitary sewer, septic system, or infiltrate into the ground.
• Locate soiled bedding and manure piles such that runoff does not flow to the stormwater drainage system or to surface waters.
• Contain bedding to prevent the materials from being blown or washed away into the stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• Use fencing or dense vegetation to prohibit livestock from entering county owned storm drain ditches
• Properly dispose of spent fluorescent bulbs often used in barns, stables, and arenas. The mercury containing bulbs should not be stored loosely nor thrown in the garbage. Find the nearest collection site at www.lightrecycle.org.
• When maintaining, repairing, and fueling farm equipment implement BMPs in activity sheets A-18 Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance, A-2 Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks, and A-3 Storage of Liquid Material in Portable Containers.
• Implement BMPs and specific requirements in accordance with King County Code 21A.30 for livestock management. If BMPs are implemented in accordance with the livestock management code, then additional BMPs may not be necessary unless they are not adequate to protect King County surface waters.
Supplemental BMPs
• Make sure there is vegetative cover or some other type of ground cover, such as mulch, if animals are kept in unpaved and uncovered areas in order to prevent erosion.
• Surround the area where animals are kept by a fence or other means that prevents animals from moving away from the controlled area where BMPs are used.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 93 July 2021
Technical Assistance
King Conservation District
• The King Conservation District can provide technical assistance for the implementation of livestock management BMPs. Personnel are available for site visits and can help prepare farm management plans compliant with King County code. 1107 SW Grady Way, Suite 130 Renton, WA 98057 Telephone: 425-282-1900 Email: district@kingcd.org http://www.kingcd.org/
Washington State University Cooperative Extension – King County
• The Washington State University Cooperative Extension Service offers a variety of educational services designed to promote sensitivity to water quality concerns in relation to agricultural production, livestock management, and small farms. 919 SW Grady Way Suite 120 Renton, WA 98055 Telephone: 206-205-3100 http://king.wsu.edu/
Horses for Clean Water
• Horses for Clean Water offers environmentally sensitive horse keeping education on manure management, pasture management, mowing, composting, and what equipment to use. 7235 Southside Boulevard Nampa, ID 83686 Telephone: 206-909-0225 http://www.horsesforcleanwater.com
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Material in Portable Containers
o A-18: Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance
o A-34: Animal Waste
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 94 July 2021
o Containment
• King Conservation District - Healthy Horses, Clean Water https://kingcd.org/2019/08/29/healthy-horses-clean-water-tips-for-small-acreages/
• Washington State Department of Agriculture – Nutrient Management Plans https://agr.wa.gov/departments/land-and-water/livestock-nutrients/nutrient-management-plans
• United States Department of Agriculture – Natural Resources Conservation Services https://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/site/national/home/
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 95 July 2021
A-36: Logging and Log Yards The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to activities that fall under the classification of Class IV General Forest Practices, where timber harvesting is done in the process of converting forest lands into other land uses, such as forest cutting for construction of homes.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, nutrients, oil and grease,
oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, then you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Comply with King County Code 21A.24 (Critical Areas) requirements for logging near streams, wetlands, and other sensitive areas, and the King County Surface
Water Design Manual requirements for the clearing and grading of sites.
• Apply for coverage under the Washington State Department of Ecology's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 96 July 2021
A-37: Mining and Quarrying of Sand, Gravel, and Other
Materials The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to surface excavation and on-site storage of sand, gravel, minerals, peat, clay, rock, and other materials that are mined in unincorporated King County.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, pH, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Obtain a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Sand and Gravel General Permit for Sand and Gravel Operations, Rock Quarries, and similar mining facilities.
• Obtain a grading permit from King County Local Services Permitting Division (Permitting).
• Comply with King County Code 16.82 (Clearing and Grading). If the grading permit conditions do not adequately protect surface waters and groundwater, then additional BMPs will be required under KCC 9.12 (Water Quality).
• Maintain stormwater facilities per KCC 9.04 (Stormwater Water Runoff).
• Control sediment and erodible materials on-site to prevent track out on to road right of ways and from entering the storm drainage system.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-41: Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track Out Control
o A-44: Dust Control for Commercial Operations
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff
o Water Quality Treatment BMPs
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 97 July 2021
A-38: Well, Utility, Directional and Geotechnical Drilling The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to drilling water wells and utilities, environmental protection and monitoring wells, and geotechnical borings that use machinery in the drilling. It does not apply to the use of devices such as hand augers, or for large structural drilling such as drilled shafts.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Obtain permits for drilling activities, and for clearing and grading the access routes and the work site. For more information, contact the King County Local Services Permitting Division at 206-296-6600.
• When drilling in known or suspected soil contamination, test and characterize soil cuttings and accumulated sediment to determine proper management and disposal methods. If applicable, generator knowledge may be used to characterize the soil cuttings and accumulated sediment.
• Protect environmentally sensitive areas (streams, wetlands, erosion hazards, and landslide hazards) within the area of influence of the work site. For horizontal directional drilling, take measures to capture and contain drilling fluids and slurry.
• Mitigate potential impacts to surrounding areas and/or the storm drainage system. The driller must be equipped to quickly respond to spills and unusual conditions that may arise.
• Locate and prepare access roadways to minimize the amount of excavation and the potential for erosion. See the King County Surface Water Design Manual for information on vehicle access preparation and maintenance and erosion control measures.
• Contain accumulated uncontaminated water and sediment on-site and pump into a storage tank or direct through a geotextile filtration system (or equivalent system) before discharging to the surrounding ground surface.
• Keep all sediment-laden water out of storm drains and surface waters. If sediment-laden water does escape from the immediate drilling location, block flow to any nearby waterways or catch basins using fabric, inlet protections, sandbags, erosion fences, or other similar methods. Immediately notify King County Stormwater Services at 206-477-4811 and the Washington State Department of Ecology at 206-594-0000, if sediment-laden water impacts the storm drainage system or surface waters.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 98 July 2021
• Divert any concentrated flows of water into the job site using sandbags or check dams up-slope from the site.
• Dispose of soil cuttings and accumulated sediment appropriately. If cuttings or other soils disturbed in the drilling process are to be temporarily stockpiled on-site, they must be covered and surrounded by a berm or filter device.
• Stabilize exposed soils at the end of the job, using mulch or other erosion control measures.
• Contain spent drilling slurry on-site and allow it to dewater, or haul to an appropriate, approved, disposal site.
• Restore disturbed areas with mulch and seeding or hydroseeding.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-4: Storage of Soil, Sand, Salt, and Other Erodible Materials
o A-6: Storage of Contaminated Soils
o A-10: Treatment, Storage or Disposal of Dangerous Wastes
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-18: Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Containment
o Disposal
• King County Surface Water Design Manual
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 99 July 2021
A-39: Roof Vents and Fugitive Emissions The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to processes that vent emissions to a roof and/or the accumulation of pollutants on a roof. Processes of special concern are stone cutting, metal grinding, spray painting, paint stripping, galvanizing, and electroplating. Pollutants from these processes may build up on roofs and may contaminate stormwater roof runoff. Contact Puget Sound Clean Air Agency and/or the Washington State Department of Ecology for air pollution control regulations. If your activities are permitted by either of these agencies, then these requirements are supplemental.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to metals, oil and grease, pH, sediment,
and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Identify processes that are vented to the roof and may contribute pollutants. Pollutants of concern include and are not limited to:
o metal dust
o grease from food preparation
o solvents
o hydrocarbons
o fines
o stone dust
• Inspect around vents, pipes, and other surfaces for pollutant deposition. Properly clean up any deposited pollutants, ensuring they are not disposed of into the stormwater drainage system.
• Install appropriate source control measures such as air pollution control equipment (filters, scrubbers, and other treatment) and/or institute operational or process changes.
• If proper installation and maintenance of air pollution control equipment does not prevent pollutant fallout on your roof, additional treatment of the roof runoff may be necessary. Install/provide appropriate devices for roof runoff before it is discharged off-site. This may include approved water quality treatment BMPs or structural stormwater treatment systems.
• Consider instituting operational or process changes to reduce pollution.
Required Routine Maintenance
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 100 July 2021
• Maintain air filters and pollution control equipment on a regular basis to ensure they are working properly. If you smell odors from outside the building, the pollution control equipment may need maintenance or evaluation.
• When cleaning deposited pollutants from roof tops, first clean using dry methods such as sweeping or vacuuming before using water.
• Collect the wash water and loose materials using a sump pump, wet vacuum, or similar device. Discharge the collected runoff to the sanitary sewer after obtaining permission from the local sewer authority or have a waste disposal company remove it. Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Disposal
o Water Quality Treatment BMPs
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 101 July 2021
A-40: Street Deicing Operations The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to deicing and anti-icing operations on streets and highways to control ice and snow.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to oxygen demanding substances, pH,
sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Select deicers and anti-icing materials such as sand, calcium chloride, magnesium acetate, potassium acetate, or similar materials that cause less adverse environmental impact than urea, and sodium chloride.
• Apply de/anti-icing materials only as needed, using minimum quantities. Adhere to manufacturer and industry standards of use and application.
• Store de/anti-icing materials (except for sand) in an impervious containment area to keep the material from entering stormwater drainage systems or surface waters. Maintain sand piles so that sand cannot wash into the stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• Transfer liquid de/anti-icing materials in the containment area or use a drip pan under the hose connection.
• Sweep/clean up accumulated de/anti-icing materials and grit from roads as soon as possible.
• Minimize use of de/anti-icing materials in areas where runoff or spray from the roadway immediately enters sensitive areas such as fish-bearing streams.
Supplemental BMPs
• Intensify roadway cleaning in early spring to help remove particulates from road surfaces.
• When feasible, use de/anti-icing materials with low amounts of metals.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-4: Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand and Other Erodible Materials
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 102 July 2021
A-41: Wheel Wash and Tire Bath Track Out Control The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to commercial and industrial operations where materials may be tracked off-site. If a rocked construction-type entrance for an unpaved site, or routine sweeping/vacuuming of a paved site, does not control mud and sediment track out, then a wheel wash system must be installed.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Install a portable wheel wash system, or
• Install a permanent wheel wash system as described in Appendix D of the King
County Surface Water Design Manual.
Required Routine Maintenance
• Change water as necessary. Dispose of wheel wash water to an appropriate disposal location. Do not discharge wheel wash water to a stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• Remove and properly dispose of accumulated sediment from the wheel wash system as needed.
• Maintain the appropriate level of water per design.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-13: Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Containment
o Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff
o Disposal
o Water Quality Treatment BMPs
• King County Surface Water Design Manual
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 103 July 2021
A-42: Potable Water Line Flushing, Water Tank Maintenance
and Hydrant Testing
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, metals, pH,
sediment, and other pollutants. Best management practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Remove solids from associated curbs and gutters before flushing water. Use erosion and sediment control BMPs such as those found in the King County Surface Water
Design Manual (straw wattles, D.2.1.2.5; and catch basin inlet protection, C.3.9) to collect any solids resulting from flushing activities.
• Discharge water to the sanitary sewer if super chlorination or chemical treatment is used as part of flushing. If sanitary sewer is not available, the water may be infiltrated to the ground as long as it:
o is dechlorinated to a total residual chlorine concentration of 0.1 ppm or less;
o meets water quality standards;
o is discharged through a diffuser to prevent erosion; and
o does not cross property lines.
• Discharging water (chlorinated to any degree or dechlorinated) to a stormwater drainage system requires approval from King County Stormwater Services. The water must be:
o dechlorinated to a total residual chlorine concentration of 0.1 ppm or less;
o pH adjusted if necessary; and
o volumetrically and velocity controlled to prevent resuspension of sediments in the municipal separate storm sewer system.
• Do not over apply dechlorination products. This can deplete the dissolved oxygen concentration and reduce the pH in discharge/receiving waters. Dechlorination products can include ascorbic acid/sodium ascorbate, calcium thiosulfate, sodium sulfite tablets, sodium thiosulfate, sodium bisulfite or other alternate dechlorination products.
Supplemental BMPs
• If possible, design flushing to convey accumulated materials to strategic locations such as a treatment facility, preventing resuspension and overflow of the solids during storm events.
• If possible, conduct flushing and tank maintenance activities on non-rainy days and during the time of the year that poses the least risk to aquatic biota.
Additional Information
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 104 July 2021
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Water Quality Treatment BMPs
• King County Surface Water Design Manual
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 105 July 2021
A-44: Dust Control for Commercial Operations The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to existing manufacturing and commercial operations as opposed to new construction or land development. Material handling activities may include concrete crushing, cement mixing, commercial composting, stone grinding, and wood milling.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oxygen
demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Sweep paved areas where dust and erodible materials accumulate. Use vacuum sweepers to minimize generation of airborne dust and for more efficient dust removal.
• Clean equipment and vehicles that leave the property to prevent dust and track out of material. Create a designated wash area to collect and properly dispose of the wash water. Never wash down equipment or vehicles to the stormwater drainage system or to surface waters.
• Train employees in the proper operating procedures to minimize dust accumulation.
Supplemental BMPs
• Use dust filtration and collection systems such as bag house filters.
• Use water spray to flush dust accumulations to an approved treatment system or the sanitary sewer where available and allowed by the local sewer authority and the King County Industrial Waste Program.
• Use approved dust suppressants such as those listed in the King County Surface
Water Design Manual, Appendix D: Erosion and Sediment Control Standards.
• When pH levels in stormwater rise above 8.5, the pH must be adjusted to the acceptable range of 6.5 to 8.5. Refer to the King County Surface Water Design
Manual, Appendix D, Sections D.2.2.7 and D.2.2.8 for information on pH adjustment.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff
o Water Quality Treatment BMPs
• Washington State Department of Ecology’s Techniques for Dust Prevention and
Suppression, #96-433 https://p2infohouse.org/ref/14/13215.pdf. Note that not all
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 106 July 2021
dust suppressants are appropriate for use near storm drainage systems or surface waters.
• Contact Puget Sound Clean Air Agency and/or the Washington State Department of Ecology for air pollution control regulations.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 107 July 2021
A-45: Maintenance of Public and Private Utility Corridors and
Facilities The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to maintenance activities associated with the transmission and distribution of public and private utilities such as petroleum products, natural gas, water, sewage, and electrical power. This includes the maintenance of underground utility vaults, pump stations, and similar facilities.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Minimize the amount of herbicides and other pesticides used to maintain access roads and facilities.
• Stabilize access roads or areas of bare ground with gravel, crushed rock, or another method to prevent erosion. Use and manage vegetation to minimize bare ground/soils that may be susceptible to erosion.
• Provide stormwater drainage for roads and maintenance areas. Grade roads with a crown or slope to minimize the potential for erosion from runoff. Provide ditches, swales, and culverts to convey stormwater runoff.
• Keep ditches and culverts properly clear to reduce the possibility of the drainage becoming plugged or blocked, which could cause overflows and erosion.
• Check utility vaults or other underground structures for oil prior to pumping out any collected water. Contaminated water must be collected for proper disposal. Small amounts of oil may be captured with absorbent material. Never discharge contaminated water, including oil, sediment, or high or low pH, to stormwater drainage systems, stormwater drainage facilities or surface waters.
• When removing water and/or sediment from electrical transformer vaults, determine from records or testing if the transformers contain PCBs. Properly dispose of accumulated water and sediment from these vaults.
• Clean up any debris or spilled material immediately after completing maintenance and repair activities.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers
o A-22: Painting, Finishing and Coating of Vehicles, Products and Equipment
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 108 July 2021
o A-26: Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Management, and Irrigation
• King County Surface Water Design Manual, Appendix D: Erosion and Sediment Control Standards
• Work in public road right of ways requires permission from King County Utility Inspection Program, call 206-296-8122.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 109 July 2021
A-46: Color Events The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to color events which include charity, religious, or commercial events that involve the use of powdered and/or liquid dyes. Because they typically occur outside, there is a high likelihood of the color material entering stormwater drainage systems and surface water unless measures are taken to prevent these illicit discharges from occurring.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to nutrients, oxygen demanding
substances, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Pre-event BMPs
• Call King County Stormwater Services at 206-477-4811 and ask to speak to a source control inspector for specific approval requirements and to arrange a pre-event site visit and/or consultation. Every event will have site specific stormwater considerations.
• Create a map of your event that includes the following: event route; nearby streams, lakes and ponds; start and finish areas; color application stations/areas; and the catch basin inlets and open stormwater features (e.g. ditches, swales, bioretention, rain gardens) at the color application, start and finish areas.
• Create a Pollution Prevention Plan that details the measures taken to ensure that NO dye material, either during or after the event, will enter the stormwater drainage system and how all dye material will be removed and disposed of. The plan must address what will happen in the event of rain. Include emergency phone numbers for King County Stormwater Services, 206-477-4811, in case dye material enters the stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• Contract with a commercial street cleaning company to clean paved surfaces. Have a storm drain cleaning contractor on-call for discharges to stormwater drainage systems or emergency clean-up if necessary. Ensure the commercial street cleaning firm has a plan in place for the proper disposal of sweepings from the event and associated air filters.
• All clean-up must be completed prior to the next forecasted rainfall, no later than 24-hours after the event.
• Request a copy of the dye product’s safety data sheet (SDS) from the manufacturer or supplier. Review SDS for potential safety and environmental hazards.
• Provide copies of the map, pollution prevention plan, commercial cleaning contract, dye material SDSs, and the names and contact information of the event officials to the local stormwater agency. This information shall be submitted at least 3 weeks prior to the event.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 110 July 2021
• Preventing runoff from entering storm drain systems and water bodies:
• Protect storm drains by using berms and covering the drains with tarps or catch basin covers.
• Prohibit participants from throwing dye within 100 feet of any stream, ditch, or water body.
• Set up color stations at least 100 feet away from any stream, ditch, or water body.
• The route, start, finish, and color application stations must be at least 100’ away from any permeable pavement or the permeable pavement must be completely covered.
• If the event will be held on a small, contained area, cordon off the area and place enough covers on the ground to cover the entire site. If possible, contain the color application to grassy areas where ground covers are unnecessary.
Event clean-up BMPs
• Dry off tarps and stained wet pavement with towels or absorbent pads.
• Use brooms or street sweepers to clean up paved areas. The fineness of the material may require sweepers with dust control systems.
• Use care when removing berms, covers and tarps to ensure no dye enters the storm drains.
• Do not use blowers to move dye material.
• Do not use hoses or pressure washers to rinse excess dye off of tarps, sidewalks, or paved areas.
• If it becomes necessary to use water to clean surfaces, all the water must be collected and disposed of to the sanitary sewer system, with approval from the local sewer agency.
• Call King County Stormwater Services immediately (24/7) if any colored water enters a stormwater drainage system or water body.
• All litter and debris must be picked up and properly disposed of.
• “Biodegradable” and “non-toxic” do NOT mean that a substance can go into stormwater drainage systems or water bodies. The dye material can harm aquatic organisms by altering water quality and chemistry. State and federal environmental laws require local jurisdictions to prohibit non-stormwater discharges to storm drains. Dye material and any wash water are prohibited non-stormwater discharges.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
o Catch Basin Insert
o Containment
o Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff
o Drainage Maintenance Contractors
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 111 July 2021
o Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 112 July 2021
A-47: Older Stationary Fueling Operations The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to the fueling of vehicles and equipment, including gas stations and fuel pumps to service equipment or vehicles, where the fuel pumps were installed prior to July 1995. For new or remodeled fueling areas installed after July 1995, see activity sheet A-17: Stationary Fueling Operations. For mobile fueling operations see activity sheet A-48: Mobile Fueling of Vehicles and Heavy Equipment. For farm and agricultural operations with above ground fuel tanks, refer to activity sheet A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks. For in-water and over-water fueling operations, see activity sheet A-30: Marine Activities.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease
and oxygen demanding substances. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Pave and contain the fueling area with impervious concrete (e.g., Portland cement). The fueling area (spill containment pad) shall have a sill or berm raised to a minimum of four inches to prevent the runoff of spilled liquids and to prevent run-on of stormwater from the surrounding area. Raised sills are not required at the open-grate trenches that connect to an approved drainage-control system.
• Cover the fueling area with a roof or canopy or in lieu of covering the fueling area (if the fuel pumps were installed prior to July 1995):
o Maintain spill materials and drip pans at all times next to the fueling area.
o For non-retail fueling operations, post a sign stating that a drip pan must be used during fueling and that all spills and drip must be cleaned up immediately.
o Should subsequent inspections find evidence of spilled fuel on the ground or stormwater contamination, then the fueling area must be covered.
• Drains from the spill containment pad of a fueling areas with a roof or canopy must have a normally closed shutoff valve. The valve may be opened to convey stormwater with residual contamination to an oil control treatment system (e.g., an oil/water separator, catch basin insert, or equivalent treatment) which then discharges to:
o At a minimum, a basic treatment system (e.g., sand filter, filter strips, water quality vault) prior to discharging to a storm drainage system, surface water or ground; or
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 113 July 2021
o a sanitary sewer. Approval from the local sewer authority is required for conveyance of any fuel-contaminated stormwater to a sanitary sewer. State and local regulations prohibit discharges that could cause a fire or explosion (WAC, Section 173-216-060; KCC 28.84.060). For conveyance to the sanitary sewer, a catch basin shall be installed upstream of the oil control treatment system, and a normally closed shutoff valve is required at the discharge point of the oil control treatment system.
• In the case of a fuel spill, spilled fuel must be pumped from the drains or catch basins and must be treated and disposed of offsite in accordance with Department of Ecology regulations. The valve may only then be opened to convey stormwater with residual contamination.
• Discharges from the treatment systems (oil control treatment system and basic treatment system) to storm drainage systems, surface water or to the ground must not display ongoing or recurring visible sheen and must not contain oil or grease.
• Alternatively, collect runoff from the spill containment pad in a dead-end sump and hold for proper off-site disposal. The dead-end sump must be easily inspected, maintained, and pumped.
• If a roof or canopy is infeasible, then the concrete fueling pad must be equipped with emergency spill control features including a shutoff valve for drainage from the fueling area. The drainage shutoff valve may be kept open to convey stormwater with residual contamination from the fueling pad.
• Maintain the valve in the closed position during a spill event and cleanup. An electronically actuated valve is preferred to minimize the time lapse between spill and containment.
• In the case of a fuel spill, spilled fuel must be pumped from the drains or catch basins and must be treated and disposed of offsite in accordance with Department of Ecology regulations. The valve may only then be reopened to convey stormwater with residual contamination.:
o to a sanitary sewer, if approved by the sewer authority, or
o to an oil control treatment system (e.g., an oil/water separator, catch basin insert, or equivalent treatment), and then, at a minimum, to a basic treatment system (e.g., sand filter, filter strips, water quality vault). Discharges from treatment systems to storm drain system or surface water must not display ongoing or recurring visible sheen and must not contain oil or grease.
Required Operational BMPs
• Train employees on the proper use of fuel dispensers.
• Use drip pans or absorbent pads under all hose connections to capture drips or spills during fuel transfers.
• Post signs in accordance with the Uniform Fire Code (UFC) or International Fire Code (IFC). Post “No Topping Off” signs. Topping off fuel tanks results in spillage and vents gasoline fumes to the air. Post signs that ban customers and employees from changing engine oil or other fluids at that location.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 114 July 2021
• The person conducting the fuel transfer must be present at the fueling pump during fuel transfer. It is encouraged to post “Stay with Vehicle During Fueling” signage near fuel dispensers.
• Make sure that the automatic shutoff on the fuel nozzle is functioning properly.
• Prepare an emergency spill response and cleanup plan. Have designated trained person(s) available either on-site or on call at all times to implement the plan promptly and properly and immediately cleanup all spills.
• Keep suitable cleanup materials, such as dry adsorbent materials, on-site to allow prompt cleanup of a spill. Do not use dispersants or soap to clean up spills or sheens.
• Immediately notify Ecology, the local jurisdiction, and the local sewer authority if a spill may reach sanitary or storm sewers, ground water, or surface water, in accordance with federal and Ecology spill reporting requirements.
• Sweep or vacuum up sediment and debris in the fueling area as needed. Never hose down the fueling area to the storm drains. Contaminated runoff must be collected for proper disposal.
• Keep drained oil filters in a closed, leak-proof container or drum.
• Transfer the fuel from the delivery tank trucks to the fuel storage tank over impervious, contained areas and ensure that appropriate overflow protection is used. Alternatively, cover nearby storm drains during the filling process and use drip pans under all hose connections.
• Store and maintain appropriate spill cleanup materials in a location known to all employees.
Supplemental BMPs
• Use absorbent materials in or around catch basin inlets on the property to filter oily runoff. Properly dispose of absorbent materials.
• Install a catch basin insert configured for oil removal. The oil absorbent filter media must retain absorbed oil during future storm events.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-2: Outdoor Storage of Liquid Materials in Stationary Tanks
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
o A-13: Vehicle Washing and Steam Cleaning
o A-17: Stationary Fueling Operations
o A-18: Vehicle and Equipment Repair and Maintenance
o A-30: Marine Activities
o A-31: Parking Lots, Driveways and Outside Storage Areas
o A-48: Mobile Fueling of Vehicles and Heavy Equipment
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 115 July 2021
o Catch Basin Insert
o Containment
o Covering
o Oil/Water Separators
o Spill Response and Cleanup
• King County Surface Water Design Manual
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 116 July 2021
A-48: Mobile Fueling of Vehicles and Heavy Equipment The following best management practices apply to mobile fueling, also known as fleet fueling, wet fueling, or wet hosing. Mobile fueling is the practice of filling fuel tanks of vehicles or equipment by fuel tank trucks, tank trailers, and trucks with accessory fueling tanks that are driven to the yards or sites where the vehicles to be fueled are located.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
and oxygen demanding substances. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required Operational BMPs
• Obtain approval from the local fire department. Comply with local and Washington State fire codes.
• The driver/operator must be present and constantly observe all fuel transfer operations to ensure the implementation of the following procedures at all fuel transfer locations:
o To the extent practical, locate the point of fueling at least 25 feet from the nearest storm drain or drainage ditch, or inside an impervious containment with a volumetric holding capacity equal to or greater than 110 percent of the fueling tank volume, or covering the catch basin to prevent discharge of spilled or leaked fuel. Covers are not required for storm drains that convey the inflow to a spill control separator approved by the local jurisdiction and the fire department;
o Place a leak-proof drip pan or an absorbent pad under each fueling location prior to and during all dispensing operations. The pan or the absorbent pad must have a capacity of at least 5 gallons. There is no need to report spills retained in the drip pan or the pad;
o Manage the handling and operation of fuel transfer hoses and nozzle, drip pan(s), and absorbent pads as needed to prevent spills/leaks of fuel from reaching the ground, storm drains, or surface waters;
o Do not extend fueling hoses across a traffic lane without fluorescent traffic cones, or equivalent devices, conspicuously placed to block all traffic from crossing the fuel hose;
o Remove the fill nozzle and cease filling the tank when the automatic shut-off valve engages. Do not lock automatic shutoff fueling nozzles in the open position;
o Do not “top off” the fuel tanks; and
o Do not use dispersants or soap to clean up spills or sheens.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 117 July 2021
• Develop and follow a mobile fueling plan that includes the required operational BMPs and spill response procedures.
• The responsible manager shall:
o Sign and date the mobile fueling plan;
o Distribute mobile fueling procedures to all operators; and
o Update and retain the mobile fueling plan in the organization files.
• Immediately notify the local fire department (911) and Washington State Department of Ecology in the event of any spill entering surface or ground waters. Establish a “call down list” to ensure the rapid and proper notification of management and government officials should any significant amount of product be lost off-site. Keep the list in a protected but readily accessible location in the mobile fueling truck. The “call down list” should also pre-identify spill response contractors available in the area to ensure the rapid removal of significant product spillage into the environment.
• Train the driver/operator upon hiring, and annually thereafter, on proper fueling procedures, spill prevention, cleanup measures, and emergency procedures. Make all employees are aware of the significant liability associated with fuel spills.
• The driver/operator of the fueling vehicle must have:
o A current copy of the mobile fueling plan;
o Adequate flashlights or other mobile lighting to view fuel fill openings with poor accessibility; and
o Two-way communication with the operator’s home base.
• Maintain a minimum of the following spill clean-up materials in all fueling vehicles, that are readily available for use:
o Non-water absorbents capable of absorbing at least 15 gallons of diesel fuel;
o A catch basin plug or cover kit;
o Two, five-gallon buckets with lids or sealable disposal bags;
o A non-spark generating shovel; and
o For fuel tankers and trailers with fueling tanks greater than 100 gallons, a non-water absorbent containment boom, minimum 10 feet in length with a 12-gallon minimum absorbent capacity.
• Use automatic shutoff nozzles for dispensing the fuel. Replace automatic shut-off nozzles as recommended by the manufacturer.
• Maintain fueling equipment, particularly hoses and nozzles.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 5: Information Sheets
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 118 July 2021
o Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff
o Spill Response and Clean-up Plan
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 119 July 2021
A-49: Nurseries and Greenhouses The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to commercial container plant, greenhouse grown, cut foliage, and cannabis production operations.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, metals,
nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, and sediment. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of surface water and stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required Operational BMPs
• Establish nursery composting areas, soil storage, and mixing areas as far away as possible from surface waters and stormwater drainage systems.
• Do not blow, sweep, or otherwise allow vegetation or other debris into stormwater drainage systems or surface waters.
• Regularly clean up spilled potting soil, especially if fertilizers and pesticides are incorporated.
• Cover soil storage and compost storage piles. Refer to activity sheet A-4: Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand and Other Erodible Materials.
• Dispose of pathogen-laced potting substrate and diseased plants appropriately.
• Place plants on gravel, geotextile, or weed cloth to allow infiltration and minimize erosion, including inside greenhouse structures.
• Properly store, reuse, recycle, and dispose of used polyfilm, containers, and other plastic-based products so that they do not collect stormwater.
• Evaluate and manage irrigation to reduce runoff, sediment transport, and erosion. Refer to activity sheet A-26: Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Management, and Irrigation
Required Structural BMPs
• Control stormwater and irrigation runoff. Either:
o Collect runoff in a small basin and reuse the runoff,
o Route runoff through an onsite vegetative treatment area, or
o Use a graveled area and allow runoff to infiltrate.
• Surround soil storage and compost storage areas with a berm or wattles.
• Use groundcover, such as geotextile fabric or mulch, to stabilize disturbed areas and prevent erosion in areas where vegetative cover is not an option.
• In areas with heavy traffic (foot or machine), use appropriate aggregate such as rock and gravel for stabilization.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 120 July 2021
• Store potting substrate that contains fertilizer in a dedicated area with an impermeable base. If the storage area is not under a roof to protect it from rainfall, then manage runoff so that no substrate enters the storm drain system or surface waters.
Supplemental BMPs – Operational
• Use soil mixing and layering techniques with composted organic material to reduce herbicide use and watering.
• Utilize soil incorporated with fertilizers and/or pesticides immediately; do not store for extended periods.
• Irrigation:
o Place irrigation emitters primarily in the plant’s root zone. This will significantly reduce nutrient related impacts from fertilizers.
o Avoid over-irrigating. This may exceed the soil’s water-holding capacity and lead to run-off or leaching
o Consider, and adjust as needed, the uniformity of application, the amount of water retained within the potting substrate, and the amount of water that enters containers compared to that which exits the containers and/or falls between containers.
o Consolidate containers and turn off irrigation in areas not in production. This may require individual on/off valves at each sprinkler head.
o Based on the stage of plant growth, space containers and flats as close as possible to minimize the amount of irrigation water that falls between containers.
o Group plants of similar irrigation needs together.
o Consider minimizing water losses by using cyclic irrigation (multiple applications of small amounts). Consider using sub-irrigation systems (e.g. capillary mat, ebb-and-flow benches, and trays or benches with liners); these systems can conserve water and reduce nutrient loss, particularly when nutrients are supplied in irrigation water that is reused.
Supplemental BMPs – Structural
• Use windbreaks or other means (e.g. pot in pot) to minimize plant blow over.
• Cover potting areas with a permanent structure to minimize the loss of soil. Use a temporary structure if a permanent structure is not feasible.
Additional Information
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual, Chapter 3: Commercial and Multifamily BMPs
o A-3: Storage of Liquid Materials in Portable Containers
o A-4: Outdoor Storage of Soil, Sand and Other Erodible Materials
o A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers
o A-11: Cleaning or Washing of Tools and Equipment
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 121 July 2021
o A-24: Commercial Composting
o A-26: Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Management, and Irrigation
• Washington State Department of Ecology’s Regulatory Guidance For Cannabis
Operations https://appswr.ecology.wa.gov/docs/WaterRights/wrwebpdf/Guidance4CannabisOperations.pdf
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 122 July 2021
4.0 RESIDENTIAL (NON-COMMERCIAL)
BMPS This chapter consists of a series of activity sheets listing the best management practices (BMPs) that are required for single family residential activities in unincorporated King County. They address typical household activities that have the potential to pollute stormwater, surface waters, and groundwater. Even small amounts of commonly used household products such as motor oil, pesticides, paint waste, and soaps are harmful to aquatic life. Although individual activities may appear insignificant, runoff from urban areas is now a leading cause of water pollution in rivers, lakes, and coastal areas. King County's goal is to reduce pollution by educating homeowners and residents to prevent the contamination of stormwater runoff and our streams, rivers, lakes, and groundwater. For commercial activities occurring on single family residential properties, the BMPs in Chapter 3 must be implemented in order to protect stormwater quality. This includes home occupations that have an outdoor component such as guest or employee parking areas or outdoor storage.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 123 July 2021
R-1: Residential Automobile and Boat Washing The following best management practices (BMPs) apply to washing vehicles and boats at your house. Vehicle washing is one of the most common residential activities that pollute streams, creeks, lakes, and Puget Sound. Even soaps that are labeled "biodegradable," "environmentally friendly", or "nontoxic" are harmful to aquatic life and water quality. The “nontoxic” label simply means the soap is less toxic to humans. The most environmentally responsible thing to do is to take your vehicle to a commercial car wash where wash water is properly recycled and discharged to the sanitary sewer.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, oil and
grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. BMPs are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Washing may only be done in an area that allows for infiltration of the wash water, such as gravel, grass, or loose soil.
• When washing vehicles or boats, use a mild detergent or soap that is pH neutral.
• Never clean or pressure wash the engine or undercarriage of your vehicle at home. The pollutants from this activity can contaminate your property or well water.
• Dispose of any remaining soapy water in your wash bucket down the toilet or sink.
• Do not wash or rinse vehicles on permeable pavement or pavers.
• If you wash on an impermeable (conventional) paved area such as your driveway and use soaps or detergents, you must do one of the following:
o Redirect the wash water to vegetated areas such as the lawn using temporary measures such as a berm, boom/socks, or other solid materials like a piece of lumber placed at the low point of where your vehicle is parked. This will redirect the flow of water to the vegetated area where it can infiltrate into the ground; or.
o Use a wet vacuum or pump to collect the wash water and then dispose of the water in your sink or toilet for treatment at your local sewage treatment plant.
Tips
• Use a hose nozzle with a trigger and shut it off when you’re not using it to conserve water.
• There are several waterless car wash products on the market. Cloths, rags, etc. used with these products should be disposed of as solid waste.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 124 July 2021
• Do not take your car to a “charity car wash” unless you can see that the wash water is being collected and discharged to the sewer system. When in doubt, ask the event organizers where the car wash water is being disposed of.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 125 July 2021
R-2: Residential Storage of Solid Waste and Food Wastes
(Garbage) Leaking garbage cans, waste containers without lids, and scrap piles can cause polluted runoff, which can harm surface waters and groundwater. Accumulated garbage can attract rodents, rats, mosquitoes, and other pests that are also health hazards.
Potential pollutants include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, hydrocarbons,
metals, nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other
pollutants. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Keep garbage, recyclables, and food wastes in covered or lidded containers.
• Dispose of waste, using a curbside pick-up service or take it to a solid waste transfer station.
• Do not let garbage accumulate to the point that it spills out of the container or prevents people from using the container.
Tips
• Recycle as much as possible. Use the King County “What do I do with…?” website to find businesses that accept materials for recycling, donations and disposal https://info.kingcounty.gov/services/recycling-garbage/solid-waste/what-do-i-do-with/
• King County Solid Waste Division waste disposal information http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/index.asp
• Household hazardous waste disposal: www.hazwastehelp.org, or contact the Household Hazards Line at 206-296-4692. See activity sheet R-4: Residential Hazardous Waste Use, Storage, and Disposal for more information.
• Composting yard and food waste http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/composting/index.asp
• Yard waste collection http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/garbage-recycling/yardwaste.asp
• Dispose of pet waste in your garbage, see activity sheet R-8: Residential Animal Waste
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 126 July 2021
R-3: Residential Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Many people repair and maintain their vehicles at home. Keeping your vehicle from leaking oil or other fluids is an important pollution prevention measure. These activities cannot pollute streams, rivers, and lakes.
Potential pollutants include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, oil and grease,
oxygen demanding substances, pH, sediment, and other pollutants. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Collect all used oil, antifreeze, and other vehicle fluids in containers with tight fitting lids. Do not mix these fluids in the same container.
• Recycle oil at an auto parts store or service station. Oil and other fluids can be disposed of at a household hazardous waste collection site. Call the household hazardous waste line at 206-296-4692 or see https://www.hazwastehelp.org/HHW/disposal-locations.aspx for recycling and disposal information and locations. Never dispose of any fluids or waste materials into the stormwater drainage system, surface waters, or onto the ground.
• Never clean the engine or undercarriage of your vehicle at home. For this type of cleaning, take the vehicle to a commercial car wash facility.
• Use drip pans, tarps, or even cardboard and newspaper under the vehicle to capture leaks or spills that may occur during maintenance and repair activities. This ensures spilled fluids won't be washed to the stormwater drainage system.
• Clean up spills with rags or absorbent material, such as sand, dirt, or cat litter. Do not wash down spills. Sweep up absorbents and dispose of them as garbage.
• Store used batteries under cover and off the ground or inside until they can be recycled.
Tips
• Take your vehicle to a commercial car repair facility where fluids are handled, recycled, and disposed of properly.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 127 July 2021
R-4: Residential Hazardous Waste Use, Storage and
Disposal A variety of hazardous materials are routinely used in and around our homes including chemical cleaners, pesticides, paints, solvents, lighter fluid, gasoline, antifreeze, brake fluid and other automotive products, wood preservatives and even batteries from our electronic equipment. Improper disposal and failure to keep hazardous products from rainwater contact may cause surface water and groundwater pollution. With so many hazardous materials present in thousands of households in King County, the cumulative adverse effects of poor usage, storage and disposal practices are potentially severe to human and environmental health.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, hydrocarbons,
metals, nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, pH, sediment, and other
pollutants. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Store all hazardous materials inside a building, shed or under cover. Do not expose hazardous materials to rainwater.
• Use products only as specified on labeling directions.
• Carefully follow disposal directions on containers of chemicals.
• Never discharge or dump hazardous chemicals into storm drainage systems or on to the ground.
Disposal Options Dispose of and recycle hazardous wastes through the Household Hazardous Waste Program or other recycling programs or businesses. There are three fixed hazardous waste collection sites for household hazardous waste in Seattle and King County. See www.hazwastehelp.org/ or call the Household Hazards Line at 206-296-4692 for more information.
Tips
• Use the least toxic product available. See https://kingcountyhazwastewa.gov/en/households-disposal/households-safer-home-products for information on finding alternatives to hazardous household products.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 128 July 2021
R-5: Residential Gardening, Lawn Care, Irrigation and
Fertilizer Application Many pollutants can enter stormwater systems, groundwater, and water bodies as a result of typical lawn and gardening work. Runoff contaminated by pesticides and fertilizers can severely degrade streams and lakes and adversely affect fish and other aquatic life. Disposal of grass clippings and other vegetation into water bodies leads to decreased oxygen levels that can be lethal to fish and other aquatic life. In addition, disposal of leaf litter and other debris to the storm drain system can clog drainage pipes, leading to street flooding and increased maintenance costs. Some gardening chemicals are also harmful to children and pets.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, metals,
nutrients, oil and grease, oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, and sediment. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Never apply herbicides, insecticides, rodenticides, or fungicides near water or when it is raining.
• Manually or mechanically remove weeds and other pests rather than using pesticides near water.
• Store all bags, piles, and containers of fertilizers and pesticides in a covered location such as a garden shed.
• Do not sweep, blow, or dump grass clippings, leaves, or twigs into any street, drainage ditch, storm drain, or surface waters. Instead, collect and either compost it or dispose as yard waste.
• Store piles of erodible materials, such as topsoil, on lawns or other pervious areas. If these materials are stored on impervious areas such as driveways, cover them with a tarp so they are not washed into storm drains or ditches.
• Control lawn and garden watering so that no runoff leaves your property. Check automatic sprinkler systems to ensure there is no overspray to driveways and sidewalks that drain to storm drainage systems.
Tips
• Compost your yard waste, or use it as mulch in your yard or garden. Contact your local solid waste utility to see if yard waste pickup service is available. See http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/garbage-recycling/yardwaste.asp.
• Use as little pesticide as possible and always follow the label directions for application. Try pest control measures that do not require chemicals first.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 129 July 2021
• Learn about alternatives to chemical pesticides and fertilizers. Contact the King County Hazardous Waste Management Program at 206-296-4692, or visit http://www.hazwastehelp.org and the Garden Hotline at https://gardenhotline.org/
• Avoid planting species on the Noxious Weeds list. For assistance or questions contact King County’s Noxious Weed Program at 206-296-1900 or visit https://www.kingcounty.gov/services/environment/animals-and-plants/noxious-weeds.aspx.
• For additional information on pesticides and fertilizers see activity sheet A-5: Storage and Use of Pesticides and Fertilizers.
• For additional information on vegetation management and irrigation see activity sheet A-26: Landscaping Activities, Vegetation Management, and Irrigation.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 130 July 2021
R-6: Residential Home Maintenance and Repair There are a variety of home maintenance and repair activities that have the potential to adversely affect our streams, rivers, and lakes. Pollutants generated from these activities can affect whether a water body is swimmable or fishable.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to hydrocarbons, metals, nutrients, pH,
sediment, and other pollutants. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Code 9.12. If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs
• Do not dispose of wastewater into the street, gutter, storm drain, drainage ditch, or surface water (e.g., stream, creek, or any other body of water).
Painting
• Do not dispose of wash water from cleaning brushes, paint rollers, paint buckets, or containers to surface water, storm drains, or ditches.
• Wash water from latex paints can be disposed of to the sanitary sewer (down a sink or toilet).
• Empty containers of latex paint can be left open to dry out any residual paint, and then, once a solid, can be disposed of in your normal garbage or taken to a transfer station for disposal.
• Residual oil-based paint, paint thinners, and solvents must be disposed of as hazardous waste.
Washing
• Water from washing decks, driveways, roofs, or other hard surfaces may contain suspended solids and other pollutants that should not be directly discharged to stormwater drainage systems.
• Redirect wash water to vegetated areas or areas such as gravel, lawns, landscaping, or bare soil where the water will infiltrate slowly into the ground. If this cannot be accomplished, then filter the wash water through filter fabric, or other filtering media to collect the suspended solids before discharging the water to a stormwater drainage system.
• If any chemicals, soaps or detergents are used the wash water must be collected and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system (i.e., a sink or toilet) or infiltrated on-site. Do not dispose of this wash water to the stormwater drainage system or surface waters.
• If moss control or another chemical treatment is used during the washing of roofs, then disconnect the downspouts so the chemicals do not discharge to the
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 131 July 2021
stormwater drainage system. Disperse this wash water onto adjacent lawns and landscaping to infiltrate.
Carpet Cleaning
• Most commercial carpet cleaners have onboard wastewater recycling systems. If you do your own carpet cleaning, then the wash water must be discharged to the sanitary sewer or your septic system.
• Filter the water if it contains lint or other particles to avoid clogging the drains.
• If you prefer not to discharge the water to your septic system, you may also discharge the water to your lawn or a landscaped area to allow the wash water to infiltrate slowly into the ground.
• Be aware that detergents and other cleaning chemicals such as solvents can be harmful to vegetation and septic systems.
• Discharging wash water to the ground may not be allowed if you live in a critical aquifer recharge area. For additional information on critical aquifer recharge areas in King County, refer to King County Code 21A.24.311-316.
• Never dispose of carpet cleaning wash water to a storm drain, drainage ditch, or surface water. Carpet cleaning wastewater contains chemicals, detergents, and suspended solids that adversely impact the quality of surface and ground waters.
Cement/Concrete Work
• Concrete/cement wash water has a pH level that is toxic to aquatic life.
• Do not allow wash water from concrete work to discharge into stormwater drainage systems, including small yard drains or adjacent roadways.
• This is especially important when installing washed aggregate driveways or patios. Direct the wash water to vegetated areas or dig a hole where the wash water can settle and infiltrate slowly into the ground. The cement residue can be mixed into the soil where the wash water is infiltrated with no detrimental effects, and the pH will be neutralized.
Tips
• Hire a professional home maintenance and repair company that follows the approved BMPs for home repair and maintenance. If you have questions about which BMPs a business must comply with contact King County Stormwater Services at 206-477-4811 or visit www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
• Remember, as a homeowner, you have a responsibility to ensure your contractors follow these required BMPs and all King County codes and regulations.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 132 July 2021
R-7: Residential Swimming Pool and Hot Tub Maintenance Improper drainage or discharge of water from swimming pools, hot tubs, or spas to storm drains or ditches during maintenance activities can lead to pollution of streams, rivers, and lakes. Chemicals used in pool, spa, and hot tub maintenance can contaminate stormwater and surface water if they are not stored, used, and disposed of correctly.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, nutrients,
oxygen demanding substances, pH, and sediment. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required Operational BMPs
• Clean the pool, spa, hot tub, or fountain regularly.
• Maintain proper chlorine levels, water filtration, and circulation, which will limit the need to drain the facility.
• Manage pH and water hardness to reduce copper pipe corrosion that can stain the facility and pollute receiving waters.
• Before using copper algaecides, try less toxic alternatives. Only use copper algaecides if the other alternatives do not work. Ask a pool/spa/hot tub/fountain maintenance service or store for help resolving persistent algae problems without using copper algaecides.
• Develop and regularly update a facility maintenance plan that follows all discharge requirements.
• Dispose of unwanted chemicals properly. Many of them are hazardous wastes when discarded.
• Store pool chemicals under cover and in enclosed containers.
Required Water Disposal BMPs If the pool or spa does not have a permanent drain connection, then water must be pumped or drained to the sanitary sewer or meet the following BMPs.
• Discharging pool and spa water if sanitary sewer is not available:
o Non-saltwater and saltwater pool and spa water
Have it hauled off-site for disposal at an approved location; or
Infiltrate to ground if all 9 conditions below are met. Saltwater pool and spa water must not be allowed to flow off-site, nor may it enter stormwater drainage systems or surface waters. Saltwater discharges can elevate salt concentrations in your soil and damage vegetation.
o Non-saltwater pools and spas only
Drain to the stormwater drainage system if all 9 conditions listed below are met
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 133 July 2021
• Conditions for draining to ground (non-saltwater and saltwater pools and spas) or to a stormwater drainage system (non-saltwater pools and spas only): 1. No copper-based algaecides were used; 2. The water must be tested to determine chlorine levels and pH; 3. The water is dechlorinated to 0.10 ppm Chlorine or less, using neutralizing chemicals or by letting the pool or spa “sit” long enough to reduce the chlorine level to the allowable limit. The pool or spa must not be used during this period; 4. The pH is neutral (6-8); 5. Free of any coloration, dirt, suds, or algae; 6. Free of any filter media; 7. Free of acid cleaning wastes; 8. Released at a rate that does not cause erosion either onsite or in the drainage system; and 9. At ambient temperature.
• Saltwater pool and spa water must not be discharged to the stormwater drainage system. Either infiltrate to ground if all 9 conditions above are met or hire a professional pool-draining service to collect all water for off-site disposal at an approved location.
• Diatomaceous earth (commonly used as a filtering agent) and water from back flushing filter systems cannot be discharged to surface waters, storm drainage systems, septic systems, or the ground. Dispose of diatomaceous earth filter material as solid waste.
• Do not discharge pool or spa water to a septic system, as it is prohibited and may cause the system to fail.
• The discharge of pool and spa filter backwash or cleaning water to the ground, surface waters or the storm drainage system is not allowed.
Tips
• Hire a professional maintenance company to service your pool, hot tub, or spa.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 134 July 2021
R-8: Residential Animal Waste Animal feces that enters lakes, streams or Puget Sound begins to decay, using up oxygen and releasing ammonia (nutrients). Low oxygen levels and ammonia combined with warm water can kill fish. Nutrients encourage weed and algae growth, and contribute to low oxygen and high pH in waters we use for swimming, boating, and fishing. Most importantly, feces and fecal contaminated wash water can carry viruses and bacteria that could cause disease and lead to beach or shellfish harvesting closures.
Potential pollutants can include but are not limited to fecal coliform bacteria, nutrients,
oxygen demanding substances, PCBs, and sediment. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of surface water and stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Supplemental BMPs – Pet Waste
• Promptly pick up and dispose of your pet waste when away from home.
• Regularly pick up pet waste deposited on your property.
• Put pet waste in a securely closed bag and deposit it in the trash. Do not place pet waste in yard waste containers because pet waste may carry diseases, and composting may not kill disease-causing organisms.
• Do not compost or use pet waste as fertilizer. Harmful bacteria, worms, and parasites that can transmit disease can live in the soil for years even after the solid portion of the pet waste has dissolved.
• When cleaning out cages and kennels, dispose of wash water down the toilet or a mop sink. Otherwise, wash directly over lawn areas or make sure the wash water drains to a vegetated area.
• Bathe pets indoors or in a manner that wash water won’t be discharged to storm drain systems, ditches, or surface waters.
Required BMPs – Goose Waste
• If possible, pick up goose waste using shovels, brooms, rakes, power sweepers, and trash cans. Properly dispose of goose waste in the garbage.
• Do not blow, sweep, or wash goose waste into surface waters or stormwater drainage systems.
• Regularly clean goose waste from areas of chronic deposition.
Supplemental BMPs – Pet Pharmaceuticals and Pesticides
• Do not dispose of unused pet pharmaceuticals in a toilet or down a sink.
• Pet pharmaceuticals can be disposed of at several medicine return drop-boxes located throughout the county. Refer to www.kingcountysecuremedicinereturn.org for guidelines and to locate a drop-box near you.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 135 July 2021
• Pet pesticides, such as flea prevention, cannot be disposed of at a medicine return drop-box. Pesticides should be taken to at a local hazardous waste drop-off location. Refer to www.hazwastehelp.org for guidelines and to find a drop-off location near you.
Supplemental BMPs – Goose Waste
• Do not feed wild geese or other waterfowl.
• Change areas of chronic accumulation of goose waste from goose friendly to goose resistant. Reduce lawn areas and increase the height of shoreline vegetation (tall grass, shrubs) as geese are reluctant to walk through tall vegetation.
• Geese’s favorite food is new shoots of grass. Let grass grow to six inches or taller. Stop fertilizing and watering lawn in areas of geese accumulation to reduce the palatability of the lawn.
• Create a natural geese barrier of 20 to 100 feet of herbaceous vegetation at least 3 feet in height to discourage geese. A narrow, winding path through the plantings will allow for beach access, while preventing geese from having a direct line of sight through the planted area. Minimize open sight lines for geese to less than 30 feet.
• Where space is limited, use one or two rows of shrub plantings combined with a fence to construct a geese barrier. Fences can be made from woven wire, poultry netting, plastic netting, plastic snow fencing, mono-filament line, or electrified wire. Fences should be at least 24 inches tall (3 feet may be better), firmly constructed, and installed to prevent the geese from walking around the ends. Lower openings should be no larger than 4 inches from the ground to prevent goslings from walking under or through the fence.
• Construct bank slopes steeper than 4:1 to discourage geese by preventing a clear view of the bank top and potential predators. Or, separate the beach from the grass with a few steep steps, which makes the ascent too difficult for most geese.
• Plant shrubs or trees along ponds to limit takeoff and landing opportunities.
• Scare geese away when they are around. Geese often learn quickly to ignore scare devices that are not a real physical danger. Vary the use, timing, and location of tactics. Take advantage of geese being fearful of new objects. Examples of harassment and scare tactics include:
o Dog patrols: Dogs are the method of choice for large open areas. Results are often immediate. After an aggressive initial use (several times a day for one or two weeks), geese get tired of being harassed and will use adjacent areas instead. A dog can be tethered to a long lead (which may require relocating the dog and tether frequently to cover more area), be allowed to chase and retrieve a decoy thrown over a large flock of geese, or be periodically released to chase the birds (if this is not against leash laws).
o Eyespot Balloons: Large, helium-filled balloons with large eye-like images. Tether balloons on a 20 to 40-foot monofilament line attached to a stake or heavy object. Locate balloons where they will not tangle with trees or utility lines.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 136 July 2021
o Flags and Streamers: Simple flags from plastic mounted on tall poles or mylar tape to make 6-foot streamers attached to the top of 8-foot-long poles. Flags and streamers work best in areas where there is steady wind.
o Scarecrows: Effective in areas where geese view humans as dangerous predators. For maximum effect, the arms and legs should move in the wind, use bright colors, and large eyes. Large, blow-up toy snakes are reported to work as a type of scarecrow.
• Canada geese are protected under federal and state law and a hunting license and open season are required to hunt them. Where lethal control of Canada geese is necessary outside of hunting seasons, it should be carried out only after the above nonlethal control techniques have proven unsuccessful and only under permits issued by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Currently, the only agency permitted for lethal removal is the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Wildlife Services. Lethal control techniques include legal hunting, shooting out of season by permit, egg destruction by permit, and euthanasia of adults by government officials.
• The Humane Society of the United States’ Solving Problems with Canada Geese: A
Management Plan and Information Guide http://www.humanesociety.org/assets/pdfs/wild_neighbors/canada_goose_guide.pdf
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 137 July 2021
R-9: Residential Dock Washing Improper washing of docks and floats can result in the discharge of dirt, bird feces, soaps and detergents that can be toxic to aquatic life. Best Management Practices (BMPs) are required by King County Water Quality Code (KCC 9.12). If the BMPs included here are not enough to prevent contamination of surface water and stormwater, you will be required to take additional measures.
Required BMPs – Surface Preparation and Spot Cleaning
• Use dry methods and equipment (scraping, sweeping, vacuuming) to remove debris, bird feces and other contaminants prior to cleaning with water to prevent these pollutants from entering surface water. This will minimize the need for chemical cleaners. Dispose of debris from the dock as solid waste.
• During cleaning activities, if debris, substances, or wash water have the potential to enter surface waters through drains, temporarily block the drains prior to cleaning activities.
• Hose down the area if necessary and to the extent practicable, collect wash water and dispose of it properly.
o If the dock is paved and the landward area is vegetated, then the wash water does not have to be collected if the water can soak into the ground without discharging to surface waters or the storm drainage system. However, the wash water does have to be filtered to trap solid materials before entering vegetated areas.
o If the dock and the landward area are both paved, then use a sump pump, wet vacuum or similar device that enables collection of wash water and associated solids so they can be disposed of in a sink or toilet for treatment at your local sewage treatment plant. On-site septic systems should not receive wash water containing harsh chemicals. The wash water must not go to surface waters or storm drainage system.
• Try spot cleaning with water and a coarse cloth before using soaps or detergents or washing down an area.
o If a cleaner is needed for spot cleaning:
o Mix it in a bucket and use it to scrub down only the areas that need extra attention.
o Try starting with vinegar and baking soda and move to other options as needed. Spot clean using a rag if harsher cleaning products are needed.
o Use a mild detergent or soap that is pH neutral. Avoid or minimize the use of petroleum distillates, chlorinated solvents, and ammoniated cleaning agents.
o Use degreasers or absorbent material to remove residual grease by hand and do not allow this material to enter surface waters.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 138 July 2021
o Keep cleaners in sealed containers and keep cleaner containers closed securely when transporting between the shore and docks.
o Properly dispose of wash water.
• Minimize the scour impact of wash water to any exposed soil at the landward end(s) of the dock or below the dock. Place a tarp over exposed soil, plant vegetation, or put berms to contain eroded soil.
Required BMPs – Goose Waste
• If possible, pick up goose waste using shovels, brooms, rakes, power sweepers, and trash cans. Properly dispose of goose waste in the garbage.
• Do not blow, sweep, or wash goose waste into surface waters or storm drainage systems.
• Regularly clean goose waste from areas of chronic deposition.
Required BMPs – Dock Washing and Disposal
• During cleaning activities, if debris, substances, or wash water could enter surface waters through drains, then temporarily block the drains and collect all of the wash water.
• To the extent practicable, collect any wash water generated from hosing down or cleaning dock areas, and dispose of it properly.
o If the dock is paved and the landward area is vegetated, then the wash water does not have to be collected if the water can soak into the ground without discharging to surface waters or the storm drainage system. However, the wash water does have to be filtered to trap solid materials before entering vegetated areas.
o If the dock and the landward area are both paved, then use a sump pump, wet vacuum or similar device that enables collection of wash water and associated solids so they can be disposed of in a sink or toilet for treatment at your local sewage treatment plant. On-site septic systems should not receive wash water containing harsh chemicals. The wash water must not go to surface waters or storm drainage system.
• If pressure washing using light pressure. Avoid using excessive pressure, which may damage the dock or send flakes of paint and other material into the water. If the surface is painted with lead or other heavy metal-bearing paint (such as chromium or cadmium), hire a commercial pressure washing service that will collect, test, and properly dispose of the wash water.
• Do not place any debris or substances resulting from cleaning activities in shoreline areas, riparian areas, or on adjacent land where these substances may erode into surface waters.
• Where treated wood associated with the structure being washed are present, use non-abrasive methods and tools that, to the maximum extent practicable, minimize removal of the creosote or treated wood fibers when it removes marine growth from creosote or any other treated wood.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 139 July 2021
• Do not discharge removed marine growth to surface waters.
• Do not discharge emulsifiers, dispersants, solvents, or other toxic deleterious materials to surface waters or storm drainage systems.
Supplemental BMPs- Goose Waste
• Do not feed wild geese.
• Change areas of chronic accumulation of goose waste from goose friendly to goose resistant. Reduce lawn areas and increase the height of shoreline vegetation (tall grass, shrubs) as geese are reluctant to walk through tall vegetation.
• Geese’s favorite food is new shoots of grass. Let grass grow to six inches or taller. Stop fertilizing and watering lawn in areas of geese accumulation to reduce the palatability of the lawn.
• Create a natural geese barrier of 20 to 100 feet of herbaceous vegetation at least 3 feet in height to discourage geese. A narrow, winding path through the plantings will allow for beach access, while preventing geese from having a direct line of sight through the planted area. Minimize open sight lines for geese to less than 30 feet.
• Where space is limited, use one or two rows of shrub plantings combined with a fence to construct a geese barrier. Fences should be at least 24 inches tall (3 feet may be better), firmly constructed, and installed to prevent the geese from walking around the ends. Lower openings should be no larger than 4 inches from the ground to prevent goslings from walking under or through the fence.
• Construct bank slopes steeper than 4:1 to discourage geese by preventing a clear view of the bank top and potential predators. Or, separate the beach from the grass with a few steep steps, which makes the ascent too difficult for most geese.
• Plant shrubs or trees near the water’s edge to limit takeoff and landing opportunities.
• Scare geese away when they are around. Geese often learn quickly to ignore scare devices that are not a real physical danger. Vary the use, timing, and location of tactics. Examples of harassment and scare tactics include dogs, eyespot balloons, flags and streamers, and scarecrows.
• Canada geese are protected under federal and state law and a hunting license and open season are required to hunt them. Where lethal control is necessary outside of hunting seasons, it should be carried out only under permits issued by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
• The Humane Society of the United States’ Solving Problems with Canada Geese: A
Management Plan and Information Guide http://www.humanesociety.org/assets/pdfs/wild_neighbors/canada_goose_guide.pdf
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 140 July 2021
5.0 INFORMATION SHEETS This chapter provides additional information on how to implement best management practices for certain commercial and residential activities.
• Catch Basin Inserts
• Containment
• Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff
• Covering
• Disposal
• Drainage Maintenance Contractors
• Oil/Water Separator
• Spill Response and Cleanup Plan
• Water Quality Treatment BMPs
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 141 July 2021
Catch Basin Inserts A catch basin insert is a device installed in a catch basin to provide water quality treatment through filtration or absorption. Catch basin inserts fit into existing catch basins and are configured to remove one or more of the following contaminants: coarse sediment, oil and grease, and litter and debris. Some units may be able to remove dissolved pollutants and pollutants associated with fine sediments. When selecting an insert, ensure that your specific pollutant-removal needs are met. As with any treatment BMP, catch basin inserts should never be used in place of source control practices.
Oil and Grease Removal: Inserts designed for the removal of oil and grease contain, and depend on, oil-absorbing media. The King County Surface Water Design Manual (KCSWDM) requires specific materials/media to be used in catch basin inserts to ensure oils are not re-released during storm flows. These inserts are appropriate for use in any area in which vehicles are used, maintained, or stored. Because of the small storage capacity of these inserts, they are not acceptable as the sole line of defense against actual oil spills in areas where large amounts of oil could be released. Large amounts of sediment entering the catch basin significantly reduce the effectiveness and longevity of the oil absorbing media. Under these conditions, an oil/water separator with a pre-settling chamber may be more appropriate.
Sediment Removal: Inserts designed for sediment removal may be used at construction sites and in situations where stockpiles or unpaved areas are likely to contribute high sediment loads. They may also be appropriate for small (low traffic) businesses. They are not considered a substitute for other source control BMPs.
Debris Removal: Inserts can also be used for the removal of litter and debris, particularly leaf and tree material.
Design and Maintenance Unlike most other treatment BMPs, which must be designed and constructed specifically for your site, catch basin inserts may be purchased directly from a vendor and installed by the user. While standardized insert units are available, most vendors are able to customize their systems for your site. Before purchasing a catch basin insert, the following factors must be considered.
Conveyance Capacity: The conveyance capacity refers to the amount of water that the insert can pass without causing flooding. This capacity is equal to the amount of water that is able to pass through the insert’s treatment area, plus the amount that can pass through
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 142 July 2021
the built-in overflow. Over time, the treatment area begins to clog and the total conveyance capacity is reduced. If maintenance is neglected or if an unusually high amount of sediment or debris is captured by the insert, the treatment capacity may drop to zero and all of the water will have to drain through the overflow (routine inspections help prevent this problem). In order to minimize the chance of flooding, the insert should function as designed and be able to handle flow from the area draining to the catch basin. The vendor should be able to tell you what the conveyance capacity is. Don’t allow employees to poke holes in the insert to drain flooded areas.
Treatment Capacity and Bypass: The treatment capacity refers to the amount of stormwater that the insert unit will pass through its treatment area. The insert unit should be sized to ensure that most of the water entering the drain inlet is treated even as the treatment area starts to clog. The ability of the insert to remove pollutants will be reduced if water is able to seep between the catch basin grate and the edge of the pavement. Ensure that this gap is sealed. The vendor should provide you with information on how to prevent this situation and information on the treatment capacity of the system.
Maximum Weight: The maximum weight of the insert/filter will be equal to the weight of the insert/unit when new, plus the weight of the sediment and water trapped in the unit. Under the most extreme cases, the treatment area of the insert/unit may become
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 143 July 2021
completely clogged, and the unit may be full of water when it comes time to service it. It is essential the maximum weight of the insert be less than what can be lifted by the people or equipment to be used during maintenance. Before ordering a system, or having a system customized to your site, be sure the vendor knows how you will be removing the insert/unit for maintenance.
Maintenance: Since the installation of one or more catch basin inserts represents a long-term commitment to maintenance, it is important that the unit selected be easy to use and maintain, and that it is built to last. Be sure to have the vendor provide a complete demonstration of the product at your site, and if possible, ask to try an insert before committing to its purchase. Catch basin inserts are ineffective without adequate
maintenance. Frequent inspection of the insert is necessary. Actual maintenance will generally consist of removing the insert from the catch basin, emptying accumulated sediments, cleaning or replacing the filter media (if applicable), and reinstalling the insert. In most cases these materials may be disposed of as regular solid waste, however, media used for oil and grease removal may require special treatment. See the Disposal information sheet for more information. Maintenance frequency will vary depending on the site and on the amount and type of pollutant targeted for removal. All units should be inspected every one to two weeks (except during periods of dry weather), and complete maintenance performed whenever necessary. The simplest way to determine whether the units need maintenance is to inspect them during a rainstorm and see whether water is exiting the overflow.
Performance
Problem Conditions When Maintenance or
Replacement is Needed Results Expected When
Maintenance is Performed Sediment Accumulation When sediment forms a cap over the insert media of the insert and/or unit. No sediment cap on the insert media and its unit. Trash and Debris Accumulation Trash and debris accumulate on insert unit creating a blockage/restriction. Trash and debris removed from insert unit. Runoff freely flows into catch basin. Media Insert Not Removing Oil Effluent water from media insert has a visible sheen. Effluent water is free of oils and has no visible sheen. Media Insert Water Saturated Catch basin insert is saturated with water and no longer has the capacity to absorb. Effluent water is free of oils and has no visible sheen Media Insert-Oil Saturated Media oil saturated due to petroleum spill that drains into catch basin. Effluent water is free of oils and has no visible sheen Media Insert Use Beyond Normal Product Life Media has been used beyond the typical average life of media insert product. Effluent water is free of oils and has no visible sheen
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 144 July 2021
Additional Information
King County Wastewater Division – Industrial Waste Program (206) 263-3000 www.kingcounty.gov/environment/wastewater/IndustrialWaste
King County Business Waste Line (206) 263-8899 www.hazwastehelp.org
King County Surface Water Design Manual www.kingcounty.gov/swdm
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 145 July 2021
Containment Containment refers to methods to prevent material from leaving or entering a specific area. Containment is an effective means for preventing uncontaminated stormwater from flowing into or onto a contaminated activity area. It is also critical for containing spills in activity areas where pollutants may be present. The term “secondary containment” means the specific requirement for all chemical liquids, fluids, petroleum products and hazardous wastes stored on-site, to be in a containment area sized to hold a volume of 110 percent of the volume of the largest container or 10% of the volume of all the containers, whichever is greater. Secondary containment may be achieved with specially designed containment pallets, concrete curbing, or earthen berms, depending on the nature and amount of the material, activities on-site, and site-specific conditions.
• Use separate secondary containers for products and wastes that are incompatible (e.g., acids and bases).
• Make sure the construction materials and containers are compatible with products or wastes stored. Activity areas contained by a curb, berm, or dike (to prevent stormwater run-on) should be covered. This will stop precipitation from ponding inside the secondary containment area. In some instances, run-on prevention can be accomplished by placing a curb or berm on the upslope sides of the area. Elevating the activity or storing materials on a platform can also prevent stormwater run-on. If not covered, containment areas will allow rainwater to accumulate. Contaminated water cannot be drained from the containment area to storm drains or surface waters, or infiltrated into the ground. The water must be collected and disposed of either in a sanitary sewer, a stormwater treatment system, or at a licensed decant facility. During the wet season, secondary containment without cover can lead to frequent disposal of relatively clean water that can be costly. For more detailed information on uncovered containment areas, see the Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff information sheet.
Containment Curb
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 146 July 2021
If containing stockpiles of erodible material, a dike, berm, or filtering device must be placed on at least three sides to act as a barrier or filter to treat runoff and to remove suspended solids. If the containment device is three-sided, the open side should not be on the upslope or the downslope side of the stockpile. The dike or filter can be made of hay bales, silt fencing (filter fabric), concrete curbing, ecology blocks, compacted earth with grass planted on it, or similarly effective materials. Timbers treated with creosote or other preservatives should not be used because they can leach contaminants into runoff. All filter materials used around stockpiles must be maintained to work effectively and must be replaced when necessary. See Appendix D of the Surface Water Design Manual for other options. For storing small items, a tub or wading pool is an acceptable containment structure. A rubber or plastic wading pool may be sufficient for containment of some stored materials that do not require much space, such as storing remodeling or painting materials, or temporary storage of wastes in drums. These small storage devices should also be covered to prevent rain from accumulating. You must also consider the type of materials stored to ensure adverse chemical reactions do not occur with the containment material. Regular maintenance of containment devices is essential for proper functioning. Commercial products are available that combine containment boxes with elevated pedestals. They prevent stormwater run-on by elevating containers of liquids off the ground and collecting spills and drips inside the pedestal box.
Additional Information
Local Sewer Agency The name and phone number are identified on your water and sewer bill.
King County Wastewater Division – Industrial Waste Program (206) 263-3000 www.kingcounty.gov/environment/wastewater/IndustrialWaste
King County Business Waste Line (206) 263-8899 www.hazwastehelp.org
King County Stormwater Services
Simple Containment Devices
(uncovered)
Containment Dike
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 147 July 2021
(206) 477-4811 www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater
King County Surface Water Design Manual www.kingcounty.gov/swdm
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 148 July 2021
Controlling and Collecting Contaminated Runoff This BMP applies to activities that cannot be covered effectively yet require a method of controlling and containing contaminated runoff. It is particularly suited to activities with the potential for spills and leaks, but that otherwise do not generate excessive amounts of polluted runoff or that are intermittent such as washing or cleaning operations. A sump or holding tank can provide containment until the liquids can be pumped out of the tank and disposed of properly. If the activity produces large amounts of runoff or wastewater, this BMP will not be effective because contaminated water will overflow the sump or pass through the sump before collection and disposal are possible. A designated area must be paved and sloped to a drain connected to a central collection point. A sump, vault, or holding tank must be installed to capture the wastewater. Some materials, such as gasoline, can react with and cause deterioration of asphalt pavement. It is preferable for the area to be paved with Portland cement concrete. If the area is already paved with asphalt, an asphalt sealant should be applied to the pavement surface. Whatever material is used, the paved surface must be free of gaps and cracks. The sump or holding tank should have a large enough capacity to contain the entire volume of wastewater or potential spill generated by the activity. Depending on the circumstances, the sump or tank can be equipped with an outflow pipe to allow discharge of uncontaminated runoff to the storm drainage system, along with a shutoff valve to prevent outflows in the case of a spill. The local sewer authority may, in some instances, allow a connection to the sanitary sewer system. The paved activity area must also be contained to prevent stormwater run-on and runoff. Curbs, dikes, or berms direct uncontaminated runoff away from the area so that only the precipitation falling within the activity area is discharged (and/or treated) along with the process water. See the Containment information sheet for more information. The catch basin/tank/sump must have a two-way valve installed at the outflow pipe so that uncontaminated runoff can flow to the storm drainage system when the pollutant-generating activity is not occurring. The two-way valve must easily switch between discharges to the sanitary sewer, holding tank, or treatment facility, and discharges to the storm drainage system. When the activity is occurring, the two-way valve must be set so
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 149 July 2021
the polluted runoff discharges to the sanitary sewer, holding tank, or treatment system. After the pollutant-generating activity operation is finished and no more process water is generated, the area must be washed down so that the wash water discharges to the sanitary sewer, holding tank, or treatment facility. The two-way valve must be switched after clean-up is completed so that subsequent runoff is discharged to the storm drainage system until the activity resumes. It is critical this valve is always switched to the correct position. Just as contaminated stormwater cannot be discharged to the storm drain system, uncontaminated stormwater cannot be discharged to the sanitary sewer. Approval for discharges with a two-way valve should be obtained from the King County Industrial Waste Program, the local sewer authority and King County Water and Land Resources Division, Water Quality Compliance Unit. If discharges to the storm drainage system or sanitary sewer are not allowed, the sump or holding tank contents must be pumped out periodically and disposed of properly. This requirement can make this BMP costly, especially during the wet season. See the Disposal information sheet for disposal options. To keep disposal costs down, use a drain cover, plug, or shutoff valve in the pipe leading to the sump when the activity is not occurring. Before starting the activity (if the activity is intermittent), open the cover, plug, or valve. Constructing a sump and disposing of accumulated contents can be expensive, so businesses should consider other BMP alternatives. Your local sewer agency may charge additional fees for a sanitary sewer hookup. The fees depend on location, quantity of discharge, and whether the hookup is for a business or residence. A King County industrial waste discharge permit may also be required. Several commercial services are available for pumping out sumps and holding tanks. Information on these services can be found on the King County Stormwater Services website at www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater and the Drainage Maintenance Contractors information sheet. Septage hauling contractors may not be used for this type of service.
Paved Area with Sump Drain
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 150 July 2021
Additional Information
Local Sewer Agency The name and phone number are identified on your water and sewer bill.
King County Wastewater Division – Industrial Waste Program (206) 263-3000 www.kingcounty.gov/environment/wastewater/IndustrialWaste
King County Business Waste Line (206) 263-8899 www.hazwastehelp.org
King County Stormwater Services (206) 477-4811 www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater
King County Surface Water Design Manual www.kingcounty.gov/swdm
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 151 July 2021
Covering Covering potential pollutant-generating activities and materials is one of the most effective ways to prevent stormwater contamination. All of the options must be combined with a method to prevent run-on of stormwater into piles and runoff of any liquids that might leave the pile. See the Containment information sheet for more information. The first step is reviewing what materials are stored outside and what activities are conducted outside that could cause pollutants to get on the ground. 1. Does the activity need to be conducted outside? Does the material need to be stored outside? Is there a suitable indoor location for these activities? 2. How often does the activity occur? 3. How often is the material used? 4. Can any of the material or equipment be removed if it is no longer needed? 5. Is it feasible to tarp materials or is a permanent structure needed?
Tarps Many materials, such as stockpiles of erodible materials or storage of drums, can be by covered with a heavy plastic tarp made of impermeable material. Weights such as bricks, tires, or sandbags must be used to anchor the cover in place. Care should be taken to ensure that the tarp covers the stored materials completely and that stormwater does not penetrate the cover. If several tarps are used to form a cover, they should be tethered together or overlapped. If necessary, pins or stakes should be used to anchor the tarps to the ground. The tarp/cover will be easier to keep in place and will last longer if some form of wind protection is used or stockpiles are located in areas protected from the wind. The tarps must be in place when the material is not being used and inspected weekly to ensure that no holes or gaps are present.
Roofs & Awnings The other option for covering is a roof. The roof cover option used depends on the site layout, available space, affordability, and limitations imposed by other regulations. The area of the roof should be sufficient to keep the contents underneath dry. The storage/activity area must be designed to prevent stormwater run-on into the covered area.
Tarp
Lean-To Structure
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 152 July 2021
Permanent structures may require a permit and must comply with all applicable building and fire codes. Contact the King County Department of Permitting and Environmental Review for information on permits and code requirements for a roof structure. Another option for covering is to use an overhanging awning large enough to prevent precipitation from reaching the contents underneath. This does not include awnings already in place over a public right-of-way such as a sidewalk in front of a store, as this area is not suitable for storage or business activities. Many of the building permit, fire code, and zoning code requirements mentioned above apply to these structures.
Storage Sheds There are also numerous prefabricated storage sheds that may be effective. Before purchasing these structures, ensure they meet applicable building and fire codes.
Fueling Operations Activities such as fueling operations must covered by an island-type roof. This roof is supported by columns along the center of the structure rather than at the corners, allowing vehicular traffic underneath while still providing protection from precipitation. Refer to BMP Activity Sheet A-17: Stationary Fueling Operations for requirements.
Additional Information
King County Department of Local Services, Permitting Division Land Use, Fire Code, and Building Code Requirements (206) 296-6600 www.kingcounty.gov/property/permits
King County Stormwater Services (206) 477-4811 www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater
King County Surface Water Design Manual www.kingcounty.gov/swdm
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stand-Alone
Island-Type Overhanging Roof
Overhanging Awning
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 153 July 2021
Disposal All solid and liquid wastes and contaminated stormwater in King County must be disposed of properly. There are generally five options for disposal depending on the types and quantity of materials. These options are: 1. Sanitary sewer system 2. Septic system 3. Municipal solid waste disposal facilities 4. Recycling 5. Off-site waste transportation and disposal services. Ordinary stormwater runoff is not considered to be contaminated, but stormwater that is mixed with concentrated wastes requires special disposal, as discussed below.
Discharge to Sanitary Sewer System Wastewater generated by commercial and industrial processes (depending on the nature of the wastewater) may be put into the sanitary sewer, subject to approval by the local sewer authority and the King County Industrial Waste Program. It may be necessary to pretreat the wastewater in order to remove pollutants. Sewer fees may be collected on such discharges. The local sewer authority and King County must be contacted prior to the installation of any permanent connection to the sanitary sewer. Process wastewater may be recycled on-site as an alternative to discharge to the sanitary sewer. There are numerous products on the market that are designed to recycle wash water. It is not an option to discharge stormwater to the sanitary sewer in place of implementing adequate best management practices to prevent contamination.
Local Sewer Agency Contact your local sewer agency for information on allowable discharges and the location of your side sewer. The name of your local sewer agency is identified on your water and sewer bill.
King County Wastewater Division – Industrial Waste Program The Industrial Waste Program provides information on what can be discharged to the sanitary sewer. Industrial Waste can also assist with information regarding the rerouting of illicit storm water connections/discharges. (206) 263-3000, www.kingcounty.gov/environment/wastewater/IndustrialWaste
Discharge to Septic System If your site is not serviced by a sanitary sewer system, you probably have a septic system. Only waste that is comparable to residential sewage may be disposed of into septic systems. Hazardous chemicals and process wastewater cannot be disposed of into septic
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 154 July 2021
systems. Furthermore, the septic system must be designed to accommodate the volume of wastewater generated. Any changes in waste volume and constituency from those which existed when the system was permitted must be approved by Public Health – Seattle & King County. Stormwater, whether contaminated or not, may not be disposed of in septic systems. Animal waste may not be disposed of in a septic system unless specifically designed for this purpose.
Public Health - Seattle & King County – Wastewater Program Information regarding on-site sewage treatment systems (septic systems) is available for both property owners and septic system professionals. (206) 296-4932 , www.kingcounty.gov/healthservices/health/ehs/wastewater.aspx
Municipal Solid Waste Disposal Facilities Municipal solid waste disposal facilities are designed to handle solid wastes. They do not accept liquid wastes. Hazardous and dangerous wastes and many liquid wastes must be properly transported and disposed of at an appropriate offsite facility. Contact your local solid waste disposal facility or contact King County Solid Waste Division to find out how to dispose of garbage and other materials.
King County Solid Waste Division The Solid Waste Division (SWD) provides garbage transfer, disposal and recycling services for residents and businesses in all of King County, except for Seattle and Milton. SWD also provides household hazardous waste disposal options and recycling education programs for its residents. (206) 477-4466, www.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/index.asp
King County Business Waste Line The Business Waste Line answers questions from small businesses on the proper disposal of oil, antifreeze, and other hazardous wastes. The Waste Line may also be used to report complaints and hazardous waste violations. (206) 263-8899 , www.hazwastehelp.org
Hazardous Waste Onsite Consultation Program The Onsite Consultation Program provides free visits to businesses that request assistance with hazardous waste handling and waste reduction. Only small quantity generators of hazardous wastes (or businesses that are potentially small quantity generators) qualify for this service. 206-263-8899, www.hazwastehelp.org
Recycling Recycling facilities are recommended for many commercial items, including used oils, used batteries, a variety of used auto parts, scrap metal, solvents, paints, and other solid wastes. There are a number of private businesses that accept materials for recycling. There is also an Industrial Material Exchange clearinghouse which facilitates the transfer of unwanted materials from the generator to another business that can use them.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 155 July 2021
King County Solid Waste Division – Workplace Recycling Program This program assists businesses with recycling by: 1) providing information on waste reduction and recycling services for particular needs; 2) helping you work with your employees to promote participation; 3) offering information on buying recycled products; and 4) providing you with ongoing support to ensure your program is successful. (206) 477-4466, http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/business/index.asp
Industrial Materials Exchange (IMEX) IMEX provides a free service helping businesses with surplus materials to find businesses that need them. Surplus or waste materials, such as solvents, paint, plastics, and wood, are exchanged. The website lists materials available and materials wanted. IMEX is a component of the Hazardous Waste Management Program. (206) 263-8465 , www.lhwmp.org/home/IMEX/index.aspx
Offsite Waste Transportation and Disposal Services Depending on the nature of the waste, it may not be possible to dispose of it in the sewer or municipal landfill. The Seattle-King County Department of Public Health’s Waste Characterization Program serves hazardous waste generators in Seattle and King County. Information supplied by the generator on questionable wastes such as sludge, sandblast waste, treated wood, and contaminated soils is reviewed by the Health Department. Permits are issued for wastes that will be allowed in the garbage. The State of Washington’s dangerous waste regulations as well as other criteria are used in the decision process. Sumps, holding tanks or other temporary storage devices may be useful for storing relatively small volumes of liquid wastes on a temporary basis if you cannot discharge to a sanitary sewer or septic system. There are commercial services that can help you identify, quantify, transport, and dispose of any waste that you may generate. They can pump out your sump or holding tank and haul the waste to authorized disposal locations. These can be found in the yellow pages under the headings “Sewer Contractors and Cleaners” and “Tank Cleaning,” or on the King County Stormwater Services website at www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater. Holding tanks must be pumped out or drained before the tank is full. Septic system pump out and hauling contractors may only dispose of domestic sewage and cannot haul industrial wastes. Costs of disposal vary considerably depending on the types of materials, quantities, methods of collection and transport, and whether the wastes are mixed. The rate the contractor charges will generally reflect the costs of testing and/or treating waste materials (if necessary) and the subsequent disposal. It is important to keep different types of wastes separated, so that the disposal contractors can take them to the appropriate place without causing inadvertent contamination problems elsewhere, and so that you are not paying too much for disposal of materials that are not contaminated (e.g. regular garbage). It is essential to be familiar with disposal alternatives and the different types of contractors for each disposal option so that all wastes are disposed of properly.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 156 July 2021
The disposal of wastes is the responsibility of the generator. Before agreeing to let a company handle your waste, it is recommended that you check the company's references. All waste collected by the company should be delivered to an authorized site. Transfer of waste to a vendor does not release a generator from legal obligation for disposal to a licensed disposal facility. Generators of wastes to be hauled off-site should keep copies of all transactions, including waste manifests and receipts.
Public Health - Seattle & King County -- Waste Characterization (206) 263-8528 www.kingcounty.gov/healthservices/health/ehs/toxic/SolidWaste.aspx
Washington State Department of Ecology Dangerous Waste TSD information The Department of Ecology is the source of information on businesses that provide dangerous waste treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) services, and information on applicable regulations for TSD businesses. www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/hwtr/managewaste.html
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 157 July 2021
Drainage Maintenance Contractors The firms below perform drainage system cleaning and maintenance services. King County provides this list for your convenience but makes no recommendation whatsoever regarding these firms. Property owners are encouraged to obtain at least three bids
for each job, check references, and inspect the work that has been done to ensure the
work has been completed as per County requirements.
A-1 SERVICES, INC. P.O. Box 84523 Seattle, WA 98134 Phone: 206-749-5700 or 1-800-343-8096 Fax: 1-800-659-3624
ACAIN’S PARKING LOT SERVICES PO Box 1270 Maple Valley, WA 98038 425-890-1214-Troy 206-719-1509-Joey Fax: 425-392-0694 cainspw@hotmail.com
ACTION SERVICES PO Box 4339 Bremerton, WA 98310 Phone: 360-373-4265 or 1-800-697-1000 Fax: 360-373-9711 amy@getasc.com
ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL
SOLUTIONS, INC. 8463 South 212th St. Kent, WA 98031 Phone: 253-872-9363 or 1-800-275-3549 Fax: 253-872-0260 www.shopaes.com
APEX COMPANIES, LLC Pacific NW Regional Offices: 10220 North Nevada, Suite 70 Spokane, WA 99218 Phone: 509-922-4973 Fax: 509-922-1783 www.apexcos.com
AQUA CLEAN JET-N-VAC 18912 SE 133rd Place Renton, WA 98059 Phone: 425-271-5459 or 1-800-84-CLEAN Fax: 425-227-9793 www.aquacleanjetnvac.com
BEST PARKING LOT CLEANING, INC. P.O. Box 159 Sumner, WA 98390 Phone: 1-888-851-2378 or 1-800-310-7406 Emergency: 253-221-1018 Fax: 253-770-0724 www.bestparkinglot.com
BODINE CONSTRUCTION 6009 212th St. SW Lynwood, WA 98036 Phone: 425-778-2557 Emergency: 206-510-5482 Fax: 425-672-2434 www.bodineconstruction.com
BRAVO ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 6437 S. 144th St. Tukwila, WA 98168 Phone: 425-424-9000 Fax: 425-424-9002 www.bravoenvironmental.com
CATCHALL ENVIRONMENTAL 2522 North Proctor St., Suite 370 Tacoma, WA 98406 Phone: 253-572-0989 Cell: 253 279-5110 www.catchallenvironmental.com
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 158 July 2021
CCS (COWLITZ CLEAN SWEEP) 55 International Way Longview, WA 98632 (works in King County) Phone: 888-423-6316 Fax: 360-423-3409 www.pnecorp.com
CERTIFIED CLEANING SERVICES, INC. 2103 East 112th St. Tacoma, WA 98445 Phone: 253-536-5500 or 1-800-290-3008 Fax: 253-536-5900 www.certifiedcleaning.com
CLEAN HARBORS ENVIRONMENTAL
SERVICES 26328 79th Ave. South Kent, WA 98032 Phone: 253-639-4240 Fax: 253-639-4249 www.cleanharbors.com
CS DRAINAGE SYSTEMS CLEANING PO Box 46876 Seattle, WA 98146 Phone: 206-242-7280 Fax: 206-257-1529 drainagesystems@gmail.com
DAVIDSON MACRI INC. 12020 SE 32nd St., Suite 4 Bellevue, WA 98005 Phone: 425-289-1145 or 1-866-457-9337 Fax: 425-289-1146 www.davidsonmacri.com
DeANGELO BROTHERS INC 13122 NE David Circle Portland, OR 97230 Phone: 503-542-0906 Fax: 503-542-0908 www.dbiservices.com
DRAIN PRO 5111 85th Ave. East, C-2 Puyallup, WA 98371 Phone: 253-255-5663 Fax: 253-926-5555 www.drainproinc.com
DRAIN PRO PLUMBING, INC. 9620 South 242nd Court Kent, WA 98030 Phone: 253-236-5000 Fax: 253-277-0794
EMERALD SERVICES 7343 East Marginal Way South Seattle, WA 98108 Phone: 206-832-3000 or 206-832-3052 Fax: 206-832-3030 www.emeraldservices.com
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
MANAGEMENT 6825 216th St SW Lynnwood, WA 98036 Phone: 425-673-2900 Fax: 425-673-7511
EVERGREEN SANITATION AKA
COASTAL ENVIRONMENTAL P.O. Box 259 Lake Stevens, WA 98258 Phone: 206-622-7070 or 1-800-433-1678 www.evergreensanitation.com
EVERSON'S ECONOVAC P.O. Box 428 Sumner, WA 98390 Phone: 253-848-5250 Fax: 253-848-5363 www.eversons-econovac.com
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 159 July 2021
FISCHER PLUMBING 1115 NW 51st St. Seattle, WA 98107 Phone: 206-337-2141 Fax: 206-784-4924 www.fischerplumbing.com
GUARDIAN INDUSTRIAL SERVICES, INC. 1813 99th St. East Tacoma, WA 98445 Phone: 253-536-0455 Fax: 253-536-3072 www.guardianindustrial.net
INNOVAC 20909 70th Ave. West Edmonds, WA 98026 Phone: 206-783-3317 or 1-800-945-4081 Fax: 206-783-9109 www.innovac.com
JIM DANDY SEWER & PLUMBING 1501 NW 46th St. SEATTLE WA 98107 Phone: 206-633-1141 or 425-454-8153 Fax: 206-784-2095 www.jimdandysewer.com
LAVELL VAC & DRAINAGE P.O. Box 3028 Federal Way, WA 98063 Phone: 253-815-0988 Fax: 253-815-0325 office@lavellvac.com
MARINE VACUUM SERVICE, INC. PO Box 24263 Seattle, WA 98124 Phone: 206-762-0240 or 1-800-540-7491 Fax: 206-763-8084 www.marinevacuum.com
MARSHALL BROTHERS VACUUM
SERVICE 4004 103rd Ave. SE Lake Stevens, WA 98258 Phone: 425-377-9820 Fax: 425-377-9830
MASTER VAC PO Box 440 Kapowsin, WA 983454 Phone: 253-875-0074 Fax: 360-893-1091 Emergency: 253-377-3007 www.rickysstormdraincleaning.com
McDONOUGH& SONS, INC. 27218 SE Kent Kangley Rd. Ravensdale, WA 98051 Phone: 425-432-1054 www.msisweep.com
NORTHWEST CASCADE, INC. P.O. Box 73399 Puyallup, WA 98373 Phone: 253-838-2359 or 1-800-562-4442 www.nwcascade.com
NORTHWEST NATIVES, INC. P.O. Box 52985 Bellevue, WA 98015 Phone: 206-271-2776 Fax: 425-222-4843 www.nwnatives.com
NORTHWEST STORMWATER
MANAGEMENT 1621 Central Ave. South Kent, WA 98032 Phone: 206-480-2072 - South End Phone: 206-851-4869 - Seattle Fax: 253-480-2073 www.nwstormwater.com
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 160 July 2021
NRC ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 9520 10th Ave. South Suite 150 Seattle, WA 98108 Phone 1-800-337-7455 or 206-607-3000 Fax: 206-607-3001 www.nrces.com
OLSON BROTHERS PRO-VAC 6622 112th St East Puyallup, WA 98373 Phone: 253-435-4328 Fax: 253-435-5788 Cell: 253-606-4212 dean@pro-vac.com
PACIFIC CONCRETE SERVICES (PCS) 26220 79th Ave. South Kent, WA 98032 Phone: 253-856-2572 Fax: 253-859-5087 www.pcsjac.com
PIPELINE VIDEO & CLEANING NORTH 2212 Port of Tacoma Rd. Tacoma, WA 98421 Phone: 253-661-0828 Fax: 253-952-7465
PRO-VAC CLEAN SERVICE 6622 112th St. East Puyallup, WA 98373 Phone: 253-435-4328 or 1-888-565-5665 Fax: 253-435-5788 www.pro-vac.com
PSC ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 18000 72nd Ave. South Kent, WA 98032 Phone: 1-800-882-9785 or 425-227-0311 Emergency: 1-877-577-2669 Fax: 425-204-7164 www.pscnow.com
RELIAKOR SERVICES 4008 132nd Pl. NE Suite 502 Marysville, WA 98271 Phone: 425-487-6313 Fax: 425-487-6413 www.reliakor.com
RESCUE ROOTER 175A Roy Rd. SW, Suite 101 Pacific, WA 98047 Phone: 253-872-6970 Fax: 253-872-2390 www.rescuerooter.com
SAFETY KLEEN 3102 B St NW Auburn, WA 98001 Phone: 253-561-8270 Fax: 253-939-5051 www.safety-kleen.com
SEATTLE DRAIN SERVICE 1820 North 48th St. Seattle, WA 98103 Phone: 206-632-8069 www.seattledrainservice.com
THERMO FLUIDS, INC. 14221 29th St. East, Suite 101 Sumner, WA 98390 Phone: 253-863-3310 Fax: 253-863-3490 www.thermofluids.com
TIGER CONSTRUCTION AND
EXCAVATION 12201 Avondale Rd. NE Redmond, WA 98052 Phone: 425-558-4437 Fax: 425-869-2633 david@tigerexcavation.com jill@tigerexcavation.com
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 161 July 2021
VENTILATION POWER CLEANING 3914 Leary Way NW Seattle, WA 98107 Phone: 1-800-347-3509 or 206-634-2750 Fax: 206-634-2753 www.ventilationpower.com
WHIRLWIND SERVICES, INC. 6801 – 216th St SW Mountlake Terrace, WA 98043 Phone: 425-697-4373 or 1-800-800-2935 www.whirlwindservices.com
SoundEarth Strategies Construction, LLC 2811 Fairview Ave East, Suite 2000 Seattle, Washington 98102 Phone: 206-306-1900 Mobile: 206-462-0380 Visit King County Stormwater Services Drainage System Maintenance Contractors webpage, https://kingcounty.gov/services/environment/water-and-land/stormwater/problem-investigation-line/drainage_maint_vendors.aspx for the most current list of drainage maintenance contractors.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 162 July 2021
Oil/Water Separator
APPLICATION AND DESCRIPTION An oil/water separator is a device designed to remove oil, grease, and similar floatable pollutants from stormwater runoff. The name commonly refers to an underground structure; however, more simple designs exist. Oil/water separators are appropriate at locations where petroleum products may be difficult to control with source-control BMPs. An oil/water separator can be a tee section in a catch basin that contains spills on an emergency basis, or a complex unit that is designed to treat runoff from sites. For many sites, such as small parking lots, a simple down-turned elbow in a catch basin will temporarily contain pollutants, so they can be cleaned up a before leaving the site. If tee sections are used or installed in catch basins, other measures must be used such as oil absorbent pads or booms. On-sites with greater potential for oil spills and high concentrations of oil and grease in runoff, such as fleet vehicle lots, auto repair shops, or fueling stations, a more complex oil/water separator is needed. Spills must always be cleaned up immediately to avoid downstream contamination. There are two types of complex oil/water separators commonly used in situations where oily runoff is a concern: the American Petroleum Institute (API) separator and the coalescing plate interceptor (CPI). The API separator has the appearance of a long septic tank and must be sized relative to the area it is treating. By placing coalescing plates in the separator, its size can be significantly reduced while retaining the efficiency needed. Consequently, the CPI separator is more commonly used. The savings from reducing the cost of vault construction offset the relatively high cost of the plates. These oil/water separators should be used for targeted pollutant removal in high traffic areas where oil or petroleum products are a significant problem rather than as an all-purpose stormwater treatment facility. The separator will function more efficiently and require less maintenance if the amount of stormwater passing through is limited. Only runoff that has been exposed to high oil activity areas should be directed through the oil/water separator. Avoid directing stormwater (from other areas on your site) through the separator.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 163 July 2021
For information on oil/water separators that will be used as pretreatment prior to discharge to the sanitary sewer, contact your local sewer agency or King County’s Industrial Waste Program within the Wastewater Treatment Division.
DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE API and CPI oil/water separators must be designed and sized in accordance with the King
County Surface Water Design Manual. Oil/water separators must be checked frequently during the wet season. These inspections must occur often enough to prevent BMP failure that allows waste products to exit the oil/water separators. Violations can be cited under King County Code 9.12. How often material should be removed depends on the amount of petroleum in the influent, but the separator should be cleaned at least quarterly, and particularly in the fall before the first storm of the wet season. In addition, the following maintenance requirements apply:
• Remove all sediments from the unit or catch basin if greater than six inches in depth, or if within six inches of the outlet pipe. Sediments should be tested and disposed of properly.
• Oil absorbent pads should be replaced as needed, but should always be replaced in the fall prior to the wet season, and in the spring. Collect used pads in a covered container for oil recovery and recycling by a vendor.
• Use a vendor to clean out the oil/water separator and take any oil and residuals to an approved offsite location for disposal and/or recycling.
• The outlet pipe of the separator must be blocked during cleaning operations.
• Any standing water removed during the maintenance operation must be disposed to a sanitary sewer at a discharge location approved by the local jurisdiction.
Additional Information
Local Sewer Agency The name and phone number are identified on your water and sewer bill.
King County Wastewater Division – Industrial Waste Program (206) 263-3000 www.kingcounty.gov/environment/wastewater/IndustrialWaste
King County Business Waste Line (206) 263-8899 www.hazwastehelp.org
King County Surface Water Design Manual www.kingcounty.gov/swdm
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 164 July 2021
Spill Response and Cleanup Plan It is critical to have your employees trained, and have a plan and supplies in place to address spills that might occur on or near your property. A spill plan identifies the materials of concern and outlines the steps to be taken when responding to a spill. Plans are customized to each site and can be prepared in-house or by consultants. A template for a sample spill plan follows. There are numerous resources and templates for spill prevention and clean-up plans that can be found online. The nature of the business, the type and amount of liquid materials transferred and stored on-site, and the potential for spills will dictate the scope and detail of a spill plan. It is critical that the plan be kept up to date to reflect personnel and procedural changes and to have a regular, ongoing review of the plan by all affected employees. Spill plans should include the following elements:
• Identification of materials of concern
• Spill prevention methods (if you don’t have a site pollution prevention plan)
• Likely areas for spill or leaks to occur
• Site plan that identifies the locations of liquid material storage and spill control equipment
• Spill control techniques
• Evacuation procedures (if necessary)
• Cleanup procedures
• Designated responsible employees
• Spill reporting protocols
• Emergency contact numbers Even if unsure whether a spill presents a threat to human health, welfare, or the environment, go ahead and report it. This will ensure that you have complied with state and federal spill reporting laws. The sooner the agencies know about an incident, the quicker they can deploy resources and assistance to reduce damage to the environment and protect natural resources. A downloadable version of the spill response and clean-up plan is available at www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 165 July 2021
SPILL RESPONSE AND CLEANUP PL AN
Company Name Date
Site Address Runoff Drains to
FACILITY ACTIVITIES (Check all that apply)
❑ Fueling & fuel transfer ❑ Loading/unloading of products
❑ Outdoor manufacturing ❑ Landscape construction/maintenance
❑ Outside drum or container storage ❑ Outside storage of uncovered materials
❑ Vehicle, equipment & building washing ❑ Other:
LIQUIDS STORED ONSITE (Check all that apply)
Cleaning Products
❑ Bleach
❑ Drain cleaners
❑ Sanitizers
❑ Soaps
❑ Other
Solvents & Paints
❑ Solvents, degreasers
❑ Paint thinner, turpentine
❑ Paints, coatings, sealers
❑ Preservatives
❑ Other liquids
Petrochemicals
❑ Antifreeze
❑ Brake and transmission fluid
❑ Gasoline
❑ Oil (motor, cutting)
❑ Hydraulic fluids
Food Preparation/Waste
❑ Cooking Oil
❑ Grease
❑ Other liquids
Acids, Bases, Chemicals
❑ Acid
❑ Ammonia
❑ Caustic, base, lye
❑ Photographic chemicals
Other
❑ Fertilizers
❑ Inks, dyes
❑ Other liquids
❑ Pesticides, herbicides
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 166 July 2021
SPILL RESPONSE AND CLEANUP PL AN, CONTINUED
CONTACTS
Title Name Phone Numbers
Site Manager
Environmental Officer
Onsite Spill Cleanup Coordinator
Backup Spill Cleanup Coordinator
Business Owner
Cleanup Contractor
Potential Spill Areas (list all locations)
Spill Material & Spill Kit Locations (list all locations)
Attach a Site Plan
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 167 July 2021
SPILL RESPONSE AND CLEANUP PL AN, CONTINUED
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Provide a description of any additional emergency cleanup and disposal procedures not listed
above that you will use at your site, or any other special conditions that exist:
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 168 July 2021
SPILL RESPONSE AND CLEANUP PL AN, CONTINUED
SPILL REPORTING
Stop, contain, and clean up the chemical spill if: ❑ The spilled chemical and its hazardous properties have been identified; ❑ The spill is small and easily contained; and ❑ The responder is aware of the chemical’s hazardous properties.
Spill clean up ❑ Alert the manager/owner of property where the spill has occurred. ❑ Obtain personal protective equipment, as appropriate to the hazards. Refer to the Material Safety Data
Sheet or other references for information. ❑ Stop the source of the spill (upright container, plug leak, etc.). ❑ Seal off storm drains with berms or drain covers and stop any spread of the spill. ❑ Protect floor drains or other means for environmental release. Spill socks and absorbents may be placed
around drains, as needed. ❑ Use pads and/or granular sorbent to clean up spilled material. Loose spill–control material should be
distributed over the entire spill area, working from the outside, circling to the inside. When spilled materials
have been absorbed, use brush and scoop to place materials in an appropriate container. ❑ Let pads sit on spill to absorb spilled material. ❑ Remove spent pads and/or sorbent and dispose of properly.
If a spill or release cannot be controlled or injuries have occurred due to the release the following
procedures should be implemented: ❑ Summon help or alert others of the release; ❑ Evacuate the immediate area and provide care to the injured – Call 911; ❑ If potential fire or explosion hazards exist, initiate evacuation procedures – Call 911; ❑ Respond defensively to any uncontrolled spills: ❑ Use appropriate personal protective equipment when responding to any spill; ❑ Attempt to shut off the source of the release (if safe to do so); ❑ Eliminate sources of ignition (if safe to do so); ❑ Protect drains by use of adsorbent, booms or drain covers (if safe to do so). ❑ Notify the onsite emergency contacts; ❑ Notify other trained staff and/or emergency response contractors to assist with the spill response and
cleanup activities; ❑ Be prepared to provide MSDS information to the fire department, EMT, hospital or physician; ❑ Notify the appropriate agency if a release has entered the environment. Refer to the Spill Reporting Table
for reporting thresholds.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 169 July 2021
SPILL RESPONSE AND CLEANUP PL AN, CONTINUED
SPILL REPORTING
A spill of hazardous material, oil, or other
substance, unless there is no chance it
will leak out of the building, get into a
storm or sewer drain or endanger people.
Ecology Northwest Regional Office:
206-594–0000
Immediately, but no
later than 24–hours
after obtaining the
knowledge.
A spill or discharge which could
constitute a threat to human health,
welfare, or the environment.
Ecology Northwest Regional Office:
206-594–0000
AND
911
Immediately, but no
later than 24–hours
after obtaining the
knowledge.
A spill or discharge of oil or hazardous
substances which presents a threat
to human or health, welfare, or the
environment.
National Response Center:
1-800-424–8802
AND
Washington Emergency
Management Division: 1–800–
258–5990 OR 1–800–OILS911
AND Ecology Northwest Regional Office:
206-594–0000
AND
911
Immediately
A spill or discharge which might cause
bacterial contamination of shellfish.
WA State Department of Health:
360-236–3330
AND
Ecology Northwest Regional Office:
206-594–0000
Immediately
All spills to the storm drain system,
including catch basins and drainage
ditches, as well as streams, lakes, etc.
King County Stormwater Services:
206-477–4811
Immediately
To the best of your ability, please be ready with the following information: ❑ Where is the spill? ❑ What spilled? ❑ How much spilled? ❑ How concentrated is the spilled material? ❑ Who spilled the material? Is anyone cleaning up the spill? ❑ Are there resource damages (e.g. dead fish or oiled birds)? ❑ Who is reporting the spill? ❑ How can we get back to you?
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 170 July 2021
Water Quality Treatment BMPs Water quality treatment BMP options may be required if operational or basic structural source controls do not adequately address pollutant discharges from your site. Source control BMPs, as presented in Chapter Three, must always be implemented before treatment BMPs are considered. The following information describes some basics of water quality treatment systems/facilities. Design and construction details can be found in the King County Surface
Water Design Manual (which contains relevant information for the treatment BMPs discussed). A private vendor specializing in the treatment system or an engineering consultant can also provide information on treatment systems. All of these systems require regular inspection and maintenance in order to function properly. Businesses and agencies are allowed to select a treatment BMP other than those presented in this manual if they follow the adjustment process as outlined in the King County Surface
Water Design Manual and obtain approval from the King County Water Quality Compliance Unit. The first table presents a brief description of some typical water quality treatment BMPs. The second table presents water quality treatment BMPs for removing specified pollutants. One treatment BMP usually cannot treat all pollutant problems. Each BMP is designed for a specific purpose and is capable of removing only specified pollutants. If you decide to install a water quality treatment BMP, always ensure that it is removing the pollutant of concern from your site runoff.
For more information or assistance contact the King County Stormwater Services at 206–477–4811 and visit
kingcounty.gov/stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 171 July 2021
WATER QUALITY TREATMENT BMPs
TREATMENT BMP BRIEF DESCRIPTION Oil/Water Separator An underground vault specifically designed to remove oil and grease. Also, will remove floatable and some settleable solids.
Catch Basin Insert A filtering device that is installed within an existing catch basin and uses various sorbent materials and settling space to collect pollutants. Catch Basin Sump and Vault Filter A device similar to catch basin inserts, only larger and placed underground. Leaf Compost Filters A filtering device that is installed above or below ground and uses leaf compost to remove pollutants from stormwater.
Wet Pond, Constructed Wetland, Wet Vault A wet pond is a stormwater pond that retains a permanent pool of water. A constructed wetland is similar to a wet pond, but shallower and supporting wetland vegetation in large areas. A wet vault is an underground, covered, engineered structure that retains a permanent pool of water.
Vegetated Biofilter - Biofiltration Swale and Filter Strip
A biofiltration swale is a long, gently sloped ditch or depression Designed to treat water as it passes through the vegetation. Grass is the most common vegetation. A filter strip is a grass area, wider than biofilters, also with gentle slopes. Water usually enters as sheet flow from the adjacent pavement.
Sand Filter A structure placed in the landscape, with grass grown on top, or in vaults. Stormwater passes through the sand allowing particulate pollutants to be filtered out.
Infiltration A normally dry basin which temporarily stores stormwater until it soaks through the bottom and sides of the basin, and infiltrates into surrounding soil. Chemical Treatment See the King County Design Manual for allowable chemical treatment including chitosan and alum and CO2 sparging.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 172 July 2021
APPROPRIATE USES FOR WATER QUALITY TREATMENT BMPs
POLLUTANTS TO REMOVE APPROPRIATE TREATMENT BMPs
Oil/Grease Sources: vehicle and equipment areas, industrial areas, food preparation Oil/water separators; catch basin inserts; catch basin sump/vault filters, leaf compost filters.
Sediments/Solids Sources: sand/gravel storage, construction sites, unpaved areas, agriculture/livestock uses
For coarse sediments -Wet pond/vault; constructed wetland (with forebay); vegetated biofilter; sand filter; catch basin insert; catch basin sump/vault filters; leaf compost filters. For fine sediments -Wet pond/vault; constructed wetland (with forebay); vegetated biofilter; sand filter. Also see catch basin sump/vault filters, chemical treatment
Phosphorus Compounds Sources: detergents/cleaners, fertilizers, organic matter, animal wastes
For particulate phosphorus -Wet pond/vault; constructed wetland (with forebay); vegetated biofilter; sand filter. If dissolved phosphorus must also be removed - a large “oversized” wet pond or sand filter.
Nitrogen Compounds Sources: fertilizers, animal wastes, organic matter For particulate nitrate -Wet pond/vault; constructed wetland (with forebay); vegetated biofilter; sand filter. For dissolved nitrate - constructed wetland.
Metals Sources: industrial areas, vehicle and equipment areas, paints, pesticides
For particulate metals -Wet pond/vault; constructed wetland (with sediment forebay); vegetated biofilter; sand filter. For dissolved metals - leaf compost filter or constructed wetland.
Fecal Coliform Bacteria Sources: animal wastes; fertilizers There is no treatment BMP that can reliably reduce fecal coliform bacteria to acceptable levels. Some studies have shown constructed wetlands provide some benefit.
pH Sources: metal plating, printing/graphic industries, cement/concrete production, cleaners A constructed wetland can neutralize some ranges of pH.
BOD and Trace Organics Sources: organic debris, food wastes, some chemical wastes For particulate BOD - see “particulate nitrate” above. For dissolved BOD -A constructed wetland will remove some dissolved BOD and trace organics; more reliable performance requires activated carbon.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 173 July 2021
6.0 TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE There is a variety of local and regional programs as well as state and federal agencies that can offer technical assistance in selecting and implementing BMPs. Many local governments as well as private sector associations are available to provide suggestions and guidance regarding the most effective and appropriate measures to take in order to protect King County’s valuable water resources. This section provides names, contact information, and brief descriptions of several sources of information and assistance available to the businesses and residents of unincorporated King County. In addition to the personal assistance offered by many organizations and programs, there is also a broad range of written materials available to help businesses and residents select, design, and understand applicable BMPs for water quality protection. This section provides information that can help in the formation of pollution prevention strategies to protect King County’s water quality.
6.1 General BMP Selection King County Water and Land Resources Division The Water and Land Resources Division has staff available to provide free on-site consultations to businesses and residents for assistance in implementing the water quality BMPs in this manual. For information, or to request an on-site consultation, contact: King County Water and Land Resources Division 201 South Jackson, Suite 5600 Seattle, WA 98104 206-477-4811 www.kingcounty.gov/stormwater Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington The Department of Ecology developed this manual as a model for local governments. It contains requirements for stormwater management system design, erosion control, and urban best management practices. Volume IV discusses source control. To obtain a copy of the manual, go to: https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/ezshare/wq/Permits/Flare/2019SWMMWW/2019SWMMWW.htm
Trade/Business Associations Local trade or business associations can be valuable sources of information for specific BMP applications on a business property. Many trade and business associations have developed pollution prevention information for the benefit of their members that is unique to their specific types of operations. Contact the appropriate trade or business
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 174 July 2021
association to obtain information, BMP assistance, and help in locating other businesses that are working out similar problems.
6.2 Sanitary Sewer and Septic Systems Resources Local Sewer Agency Contact your local sewer agency for information on allowable discharges and location of your side sewer. The name of your local sewer agency is identified on your water and sewer bill. Public Health Seattle King County – Wastewater Program Information and regulation on on-site sewage treatment systems (septic systems) are available for both property owners and on-site system professionals. Eastgate Environmental Health Services 14350 SE Eastgate Way Bellevue, WA 98007 206-296-4932 www.kingcounty.gov/healthservices/health/ehs/wastewater.aspx King County Wastewater Division – Industrial Waste Program The Industrial Waste Program provides information on what can be discharged to the sanitary sewer. Industrial Waste can also assist with information for rerouting illicit storm sewer connections to the sanitary sewer. King County Industrial Waste Program 201 S. Jackson St, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 206-477-5300 www.kingcounty.gov/environment/wastewater/IndustrialWaste
6.3 Waste Management and Recycling King County Solid Waste Division The Solid Waste Division (SWD) provides garbage transfer, disposal and recycling services for residents and businesses in all of King County, except for Seattle and Milton. SWD also provides household hazardous waste disposal options and recycling education programs for its residents. King County Solid Waste Division 201 S. Jackson St, Suite 5701 Seattle, WA 98104 206-477-4466 www.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 175 July 2021
King County Business Waste Line The Business Waste Line answers questions from small businesses about hazardous waste. The Waste Line may also be used to report complaints and hazardous waste violations. Business Waste Line: 206-263-8899 www.kingcountyhazwastewa.gov Hazardous Waste Onsite Consultation Program The Onsite Consultation Program provides free visits to businesses that request assistance with hazardous waste handling and waste reduction. Only small quantity waste generators or businesses that are potential small quantity waste generators qualify for this service. King County Hazardous Waste Management Program 201 S. Jackson St, Suite 5600 Seattle, WA 98104 206-296-4692 www.kingcountyhazwastewa.gov/business-disposal
The Household Hazards Line (Household Hazardous Waste) This telephone hot line provides hazardous waste information and referrals to the general public. (Businesses should call the Business Waste Line, also listed in this Reference Guide.) The Hazards Line tells citizens where to dispose of their hazardous waste and suggests less hazardous alternatives. It also provides operations times and locations for household disposal sites for King County and the City of Seattle. Hazards Line: 206-296-4692 www.hazwastehelp.org
King County Solid Waste Division – Workplace Recycling Program This program assists businesses with recycling by: 1) providing information on waste reduction and recycling services for particular needs; 2) helping you work with your employees to promote participation; 3) offering information on buying recycled products; and 4) providing you with ongoing support to ensure your program is successful. Workplace Recycling King County Solid Waste Division 201 S. Jackson St, Suite 5701 Seattle, WA 98104 206-477-4466 www.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/business/index.asp Seattle – King County Department of Public Health Waste Characterization
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 176 July 2021
This program serves businesses in Seattle and King County that have questionable wastes such as sludge, sandblast waste, treated wood, and contaminated soils. Waste characterization staff assists generators with profiling their waste and determining if the waste can be disposed of in the garbage. For some wastes staff will be able to provide other options such as treatment, recycling, or reuse. The Health Department issues authorizations for proper disposal.
King County Department of Public Health Waste Characterization 206-263-8528 www.kingcounty.gov/healthservices/health/ehs/toxic/SolidWaste.aspx Industrial Materials Exchange (IMEX) IMEX provides a free service helping businesses that have surplus materials find businesses that need them. Surplus or waste materials, such as solvents, paint, plastics, and wood, are exchanged. The website lists materials available and materials wanted. IMEX is a component of the Hazardous Waste Management Program. IMEX 201 S. Jackson St, Suite 5600 Seattle, WA 98104 206-296-4692 or imex@kingcounty.gov www.kingcountyhazwastewa.gov/en/business-disposal/imex Washington State Department of Ecology The Department of Ecology has extensive information on managing and reducing waste, hazardous waste and toxics reduction, and pollution prevention. Waste and Toxics: www.ecy.wa.gov/waste.html What you can do: www.ecy.wa.gov/green.html Washington State Department of Ecology Dangerous Waste TSD The Department of Ecology is the source of information on businesses that provide dangerous waste treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) services, and information on applicable regulations for TSD businesses. www.ecy.wa.gov/waste.html Washington Toxics Coalition The Washington Toxics Coalition is a nonprofit organization dedicated to providing information on reducing the use and production of toxic materials. The Coalition offers fact sheets, research materials, and personal assistance to individuals interested in reducing toxics (such as pesticides, solvents, cleaning chemicals, and a variety of other chemicals) and finding safer alternatives to toxic materials. Washington Toxics Coalition 4516 University Way NE
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 177 July 2021
Seattle, WA 98105 206-632-1545 www.watoxics.org
6.4 Land Use, Fire Code, and Building Code
Requirements King County Department of Local Services The Department of Local Services Permitting Division (Permitting) should be consulted to determine whether any permits may be required in constructing BMPs, modifying property layout, or otherwise altering a site to control runoff contamination. If permit requirements are overlooked or ignored, business or property owners may be subject to fines. should be contacted while plans are being formed for BMPs, and before any action is taken, to determine permit applicability and potential fees. King County Local Services Permitting Division 35030 SE Douglas St., Suite 210 Snoqualmie, WA 98065-9266 206-296-6600 www.kingcounty.gov/property/permits.aspx
King County Fire Marshal Questions on specific fire code requirements for individual site conditions and potential BMP scenarios can be directed to the King County Fire Marshal’s office. King County Fire Marshal 35050 SE Douglas St., Ste. 210 Snoqualmie, WA 98065-9266 206-296-6600 www.kingcounty.gov/fire King County Critical Area Ordinance User’s Manual King County has enacted a Critical Areas Ordinance (CAO) to define and protect certain land and water features throughout the county. The Environmental Education Section of King County’s Department of Local Services Permitting Division (Permitting) prepared a CAO User’s Manual that serves as a reference for the CAO in an easy-to-understand format. The CAO User’s Manual can help determine special considerations that may be necessary for implementation of BMPs within or near a designated sensitive area. To obtain a copy of the manual, go to: www.kingcounty.gov/property/permits/codes/CAO.aspx#manual
6.5 Erosion Control Practices King County Surface Water Design Manual
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 178 July 2021
This manual contains the requirements and standards for designing surface and stormwater management systems in King County. It also includes a chapter on erosion and sediment control requirements for permitted sites. To obtain a copy of the manual, go to: www.kingcounty.gov/swdm Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington, Volume II The Department of Ecology developed this manual as a model for local governments. It contains requirements for stormwater management system design, erosion control, and urban best management practices. Volume II discusses erosion and sediment control. To obtain a copy of the manual, go to: https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/ezshare/wq/Permits/Flare/2019SWMMWW/2019SWMMWW.htm Master Builders Association of King and Snohomish Counties This is a business association primarily for residential construction companies. Members have experience in applying erosion and sediment control BMPs on both small and large sites. The association can provide references on erosion and sediment control products for use on construction sites as well as material suppliers who carry erosion and sediment control products. Master Builders Association of King and Snohomish Counties 335 116th Ave SE Bellevue, WA 98004 425-451-7920 www.mba-ks.com/ Associated General Contractors This association provides information and training on erosion and sediment control for contractors and field staff. The Association also provides resources in the areas of waste disposal and erosion/sediment control. It provides information on recommended water quality protection methods for contractors who maintain equipment yards or are involved in building construction or site preparation activities, such as clearing and grading. Associated General Contractors of Washington 1200 Westlake Avenue North, Suite 310 Seattle, WA 98109 206-284-0061 www.agcwa.com/
6.6 Air Quality Puget Sound Clean Air Agency
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 179 July 2021
The Puget Sound Clean Air Agency is the primary entity responsible for regulating air pollution from business and industrial activities in King, Kitsap, Pierce, and Snohomish counties. The agency issues air operating permits. Puget Sound Clean Air Agency 1904 Third Avenue - Suite 105 Seattle, WA 98101 206-343-8800 www.pscleanair.org
6.7 Environmental Organizations
Environmental Coalition of South Seattle (ECOSS) ECOSS is a nonprofit organization that encourages urban redevelopment and a healthy environment by providing education, resources and technical assistance to diverse businesses and communities in the Puget Sound region. ECOSS helps business with environmentally sustainable practices. ECOSS 8201 10th Ave S, #3 Seattle, WA 98108 206-767-0432 www.ecoss.org
Pacific Northwest Pollution Prevention Resource Center The Pacific Northwest Pollution Prevention Resource Center (PPRC) is a nonprofit organization that provides pollution prevention information to business, government, non-government organizations, and other sectors. Pacific Northwest Pollution Prevention Resource Center 13751 Lake City Way NE, Suite 305 Seattle, WA 98125 206-352-2050 www.pprc.org/ Puget Sound Starts Here Puget Sound Starts Here is a partnership of cities, counties, state and federal agencies, nonprofit groups, and local organizations dedicated to improving water quality and aquatic habitat in the Puget Sound region. Visit the website to find out how you can protect Puget Sound as a resident. www.pugetsoundstartshere.org
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual
King County Stormwater Services 180 July 2021
6.8 Quick Phone References
Associated General Contractors ................................................................ 206-284-0061
Environmental Coalition of South Seattle ............................................. 206-767-0432
King Conservation District ........................................................................... 425-282-1900
King County Department of Local Services (Permitting) ............. 206-296-6600
King County Fire Marshall ............................................................................ 206-296-6600
King County Industrial Waste Program ................................................. 206-477-5300
King County Hazardous Waste Management Program .................. 206-296-4692
King County Solid Waste Division ............................................................. 206-477-4466
King County Stormwater Services ............................................................ 206-477-4811
Master Builders Association of King and Snohomish Counties . 425-451-7920
Pacific Northwest Pollution Prevention Research Center ........... 206-352-2050
Puget Sound Clean Air ..................................................................................... 206-343-8800
Public Health Seattle–King County Business Waste Line ...................................................................................... 206-263-8899 Hazards Line (for households) .................................................................. 206-296-4692 Industrial Materials Exchange (IMEX) ................................................... 206-296-4692 Wastewater Program (septic systems) .................................................. 206-477-8050 Waste Characterization ............................................................................... 206-296-4692
Washington State Department of Ecology Northwest Regional Office (Bellevue) .................................................... 206-594-0000 Reporting of Spills .......................................................................................... 206-594-0000 Waste reduction and recycling .................................................................. 1-800-RECYCLE
Washington Toxics Coalition ....................................................................... 206-632-1545